diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index 989697a..695f5ef 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ | 31 | screenwidget | 屏幕截图控件 | | 32 | echartgauge | echart仪表盘含交互支持webkit及webengine | | 33 | imageswitch | 图片开关控件 | +| 34 | ffmpegdemo | 视频流播放ffmpeg内核 | +| 35 | vlcdemo | 视频流播放vlc内核 | ![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/lightbutton.gif) ![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/movewidget.gif) @@ -67,4 +69,6 @@ ![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/videowidget.gif) ![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/screenwidget.gif) ![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/echartgauge.gif) -![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/imageswitch.gif) \ No newline at end of file +![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/imageswitch.gif) +![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/ffmpegdemo.png) +![avatar](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun/QWidgetDemo/raw/master/snap/vlcdemo.png) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.cpp b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fdf33a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,431 @@ +#include "ffmpeg.h" + +#pragma execution_character_set("utf-8") +#define TIMEMS qPrintable(QTime::currentTime().toString("HH:mm:ss zzz")) +#define STRDATETIME qPrintable(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("yyyy-MM-dd-HH-mm-ss")) + +FFmpegThread::FFmpegThread(QObject *parent) : QThread(parent) +{ + setObjectName("FFmpegThread"); + stopped = false; + isPlay = false; + + frameFinish = false; + videoWidth = 0; + videoHeight = 0; + oldWidth = 0; + oldHeight = 0; + videoStreamIndex = -1; + audioStreamIndex = -1; + + url = "rtsp://192.168.1.128:554/1"; + + buffer = NULL; + avPacket = NULL; + avFrame = NULL; + avFrame2 = NULL; + avFrame3 = NULL; + avFormatContext = NULL; + videoCodec = NULL; + audioCodec = NULL; + swsContext = NULL; + + options = NULL; + videoDecoder = NULL; + audioDecoder = NULL; + + //初始化注册,一个软件中只注册一次即可 + FFmpegThread::initlib(); +} + +//一个软件中只需要初始化一次就行 +void FFmpegThread::initlib() +{ + static QMutex mutex; + QMutexLocker locker(&mutex); + static bool isInit = false; + if (!isInit) { + //注册库中所有可用的文件格式和解码器 + av_register_all(); + //注册所有设备,主要用于本地摄像机播放支持 +#ifdef ffmpegdevice + avdevice_register_all(); +#endif + //初始化网络流格式,使用网络流时必须先执行 + avformat_network_init(); + + isInit = true; + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "init ffmpeg lib ok" << " version:" << FFMPEG_VERSION; +#if 0 + //输出所有支持的解码器名称 + QStringList listCodeName; + AVCodec *code = av_codec_next(NULL); + while (code != NULL) { + listCodeName << code->name; + code = code->next; + } + + qDebug() << TIMEMS << listCodeName; +#endif + } +} + +bool FFmpegThread::init() +{ + //在打开码流前指定各种参数比如:探测时间/超时时间/最大延时等 + //设置缓存大小,1080p可将值调大 + av_dict_set(&options, "buffer_size", "8192000", 0); + //以tcp方式打开,如果以udp方式打开将tcp替换为udp + av_dict_set(&options, "rtsp_transport", "tcp", 0); + //设置超时断开连接时间,单位微秒,3000000表示3秒 + av_dict_set(&options, "stimeout", "3000000", 0); + //设置最大时延,单位微秒,1000000表示1秒 + av_dict_set(&options, "max_delay", "1000000", 0); + //自动开启线程数 + av_dict_set(&options, "threads", "auto", 0); + + //打开视频流 + avFormatContext = avformat_alloc_context(); + + int result = avformat_open_input(&avFormatContext, url.toStdString().data(), NULL, &options); + if (result < 0) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open input error" << url; + return false; + } + + //释放设置参数 + if (options != NULL) { + av_dict_free(&options); + } + + //获取流信息 + result = avformat_find_stream_info(avFormatContext, NULL); + if (result < 0) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "find stream info error"; + return false; + } + + //----------视频流部分开始,打个标记方便折叠代码---------- + if (1) { + videoStreamIndex = av_find_best_stream(avFormatContext, AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, -1, -1, &videoDecoder, 0); + if (videoStreamIndex < 0) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "find video stream index error"; + return false; + } + + //获取视频流 + AVStream *videoStream = avFormatContext->streams[videoStreamIndex]; + + //获取视频流解码器,或者指定解码器 + videoCodec = videoStream->codec; + videoDecoder = avcodec_find_decoder(videoCodec->codec_id); + //videoDecoder = avcodec_find_decoder_by_name("h264_qsv"); + if (videoDecoder == NULL) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "video decoder not found"; + return false; + } + + //设置加速解码 + videoCodec->lowres = videoDecoder->max_lowres; + videoCodec->flags2 |= AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST; + + //打开视频解码器 + result = avcodec_open2(videoCodec, videoDecoder, NULL); + if (result < 0) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open video codec error"; + return false; + } + + //获取分辨率大小 + videoWidth = videoStream->codec->width; + videoHeight = videoStream->codec->height; + + //如果没有获取到宽高则返回 + if (videoWidth == 0 || videoHeight == 0) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "find width height error"; + return false; + } + + QString videoInfo = QString("视频流信息 -> 索引: %1 解码: %2 格式: %3 时长: %4 秒 分辨率: %5*%6") + .arg(videoStreamIndex).arg(videoDecoder->name).arg(avFormatContext->iformat->name) + .arg((avFormatContext->duration) / 1000000).arg(videoWidth).arg(videoHeight); + qDebug() << TIMEMS << videoInfo; + } + //----------视频流部分开始---------- + + //----------音频流部分开始,打个标记方便折叠代码---------- + if (1) { + //循环查找音频流索引 + audioStreamIndex = -1; + for (uint i = 0; i < avFormatContext->nb_streams; i++) { + if (avFormatContext->streams[i]->codec->codec_type == AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO) { + audioStreamIndex = i; + break; + } + } + + //有些没有音频流,所以这里不用返回 + if (audioStreamIndex == -1) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "find audio stream index error"; + } else { + //获取音频流 + AVStream *audioStream = avFormatContext->streams[audioStreamIndex]; + audioCodec = audioStream->codec; + + //获取音频流解码器,或者指定解码器 + audioDecoder = avcodec_find_decoder(audioCodec->codec_id); + //audioDecoder = avcodec_find_decoder_by_name("aac"); + if (audioDecoder == NULL) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "audio codec not found"; + return false; + } + + //打开音频解码器 + result = avcodec_open2(audioCodec, audioDecoder, NULL); + if (result < 0) { + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open audio codec error"; + return false; + } + + QString audioInfo = QString("音频流信息 -> 索引: %1 解码: %2 比特率: %3 声道数: %4 采样: %5") + .arg(audioStreamIndex).arg(audioDecoder->name).arg(avFormatContext->bit_rate) + .arg(audioCodec->channels).arg(audioCodec->sample_rate); + qDebug() << TIMEMS << audioInfo; + } + } + //----------音频流部分结束---------- + + //预分配好内存 + avPacket = av_packet_alloc(); + avFrame = av_frame_alloc(); + avFrame2 = av_frame_alloc(); + avFrame3 = av_frame_alloc(); + + //比较上一次文件的宽度高度,当改变时,需要重新分配内存 + if (oldWidth != videoWidth || oldHeight != videoHeight) { + int byte = avpicture_get_size(AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32, videoWidth, videoHeight); + buffer = (uint8_t *)av_malloc(byte * sizeof(uint8_t)); + oldWidth = videoWidth; + oldHeight = videoHeight; + } + + //定义像素格式 + AVPixelFormat srcFormat = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P; + AVPixelFormat dstFormat = AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32; + //通过解码器获取解码格式 + srcFormat = videoCodec->pix_fmt; + + //默认最快速度的解码采用的SWS_FAST_BILINEAR参数,可能会丢失部分图片数据,可以自行更改成其他参数 + int flags = SWS_FAST_BILINEAR; + + //开辟缓存存储一帧数据 + //以下两种方法都可以,avpicture_fill已经逐渐被废弃 + //avpicture_fill((AVPicture *)avFrame3, buffer, dstFormat, videoWidth, videoHeight); + av_image_fill_arrays(avFrame3->data, avFrame3->linesize, buffer, dstFormat, videoWidth, videoHeight, 1); + + //图像转换 + swsContext = sws_getContext(videoWidth, videoHeight, srcFormat, videoWidth, videoHeight, dstFormat, flags, NULL, NULL, NULL); + + //输出视频信息 + //av_dump_format(avFormatContext, 0, url.toStdString().data(), 0); + + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "init ffmpeg finsh"; + return true; +} + +void FFmpegThread::run() +{ + //计时 + QTime time; + while (!stopped) { + //根据标志位执行初始化操作 + if (isPlay) { + this->init(); + isPlay = false; + continue; + } + + time.restart(); + if (av_read_frame(avFormatContext, avPacket) >= 0) { + //判断当前包是视频还是音频 + int packetSize = avPacket->size; + int index = avPacket->stream_index; + if (index == videoStreamIndex) { + //解码视频流 + avcodec_decode_video2(videoCodec, avFrame2, &frameFinish, avPacket); + + if (frameFinish) { + //将数据转成一张图片 + sws_scale(swsContext, (const uint8_t *const *)avFrame2->data, avFrame2->linesize, 0, videoHeight, avFrame3->data, avFrame3->linesize); + + //以下两种方法都可以 + //QImage image(avFrame3->data[0], videoWidth, videoHeight, QImage::Format_RGB32); + QImage image((uchar *)buffer, videoWidth, videoHeight, QImage::Format_RGB32); + if (!image.isNull()) { + emit receiveImage(image); + } + + msleep(1); + } + } else if (index == audioStreamIndex) { + //解码音频流,这里暂不处理,以后交给sdl播放 + } + } + + av_packet_unref(avPacket); + av_freep(avPacket); + msleep(1); + } + + //线程结束后释放资源 + free(); + stopped = false; + isPlay = false; + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "stop ffmpeg thread"; +} + +void FFmpegThread::setUrl(const QString &url) +{ + this->url = url; +} + +void FFmpegThread::free() +{ + if (swsContext != NULL) { + sws_freeContext(swsContext); + swsContext = NULL; + } + + if (avPacket != NULL) { + av_packet_unref(avPacket); + avPacket = NULL; + } + + if (avFrame != NULL) { + av_frame_free(&avFrame); + avFrame = NULL; + } + + if (avFrame2 != NULL) { + av_frame_free(&avFrame2); + avFrame2 = NULL; + } + + if (avFrame3 != NULL) { + av_frame_free(&avFrame3); + avFrame3 = NULL; + } + + if (videoCodec != NULL) { + avcodec_close(videoCodec); + videoCodec = NULL; + } + + if (audioCodec != NULL) { + avcodec_close(audioCodec); + audioCodec = NULL; + } + + if (avFormatContext != NULL) { + avformat_close_input(&avFormatContext); + avFormatContext = NULL; + } + + av_dict_free(&options); + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "close ffmpeg ok"; +} + +void FFmpegThread::play() +{ + //通过标志位让线程执行初始化 + isPlay = true; +} + +void FFmpegThread::pause() +{ + +} + +void FFmpegThread::next() +{ + +} + +void FFmpegThread::stop() +{ + //通过标志位让线程停止 + stopped = true; +} + +//实时视频显示窗体类 +FFmpegWidget::FFmpegWidget(QWidget * parent) : QWidget(parent) +{ + ffmpeg = new FFmpegThread(this); + connect(ffmpeg, SIGNAL(receiveImage(QImage)), this, SLOT(updateImage(QImage))); + image = QImage(); +} + +FFmpegWidget::~FFmpegWidget() +{ + close(); +} + +void FFmpegWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *) +{ + if (image.isNull()) { + return; + } + + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "paintEvent" << objectName(); + QPainter painter(this); + painter.drawImage(this->rect(), image); +} + +void FFmpegWidget::updateImage(const QImage &image) +{ + //this->image = image.copy(); + this->image = image; + this->update(); +} + +void FFmpegWidget::setUrl(const QString &url) +{ + ffmpeg->setUrl(url); +} + +void FFmpegWidget::open() +{ + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open video" << objectName(); + clear(); + + ffmpeg->play(); + ffmpeg->start(); +} + +void FFmpegWidget::pause() +{ + ffmpeg->pause(); +} + +void FFmpegWidget::next() +{ + ffmpeg->next(); +} + +void FFmpegWidget::close() +{ + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "close video" << objectName(); + if (ffmpeg->isRunning()) { + ffmpeg->stop(); + ffmpeg->quit(); + ffmpeg->wait(500); + } + + QTimer::singleShot(1, this, SLOT(clear())); +} + +void FFmpegWidget::clear() +{ + image = QImage(); + update(); +} diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2af2c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +#ifndef FFMPEG_H +#define FFMPEG_H + +#include +#if (QT_VERSION > QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,0,0)) +#include +#endif + +#include "ffmpeghead.h" +class FFmpegWidget; + +class FFmpegThread : public QThread +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit FFmpegThread(QObject *parent = 0); + static void initlib(); + +protected: + void run(); + +private: + volatile bool stopped; //线程停止标志位 + volatile bool isPlay; //播放视频标志位 + + int frameFinish; //一帧完成 + int videoWidth; //视频宽度 + int videoHeight; //视频高度 + int oldWidth; //上一次视频宽度 + int oldHeight; //上一次视频高度 + int videoStreamIndex; //视频流索引 + int audioStreamIndex; //音频流索引 + + QString url; //视频流地址 + + uint8_t *buffer; //存储解码后图片buffer + AVPacket *avPacket; //包对象 + AVFrame *avFrame; //帧对象 + AVFrame *avFrame2; //帧对象 + AVFrame *avFrame3; //帧对象 + AVFormatContext *avFormatContext;//格式对象 + AVCodecContext *videoCodec; //视频解码器 + AVCodecContext *audioCodec; //音频解码器 + SwsContext *swsContext; //处理图片数据对象 + + AVDictionary *options; //参数对象 + AVCodec *videoDecoder; //视频解码 + AVCodec *audioDecoder; //音频解码 + +signals: + //收到图片信号 + void receiveImage(const QImage &image); + +public slots: + //设置视频流地址 + void setUrl(const QString &url); + + //初始化视频对象 + bool init(); + //释放对象 + void free(); + //播放视频对象 + void play(); + //暂停播放 + void pause(); + //继续播放 + void next(); + //停止采集线程 + void stop(); +}; + +//实时视频显示窗体类 +class FFmpegWidget : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit FFmpegWidget(QWidget *parent = 0); + ~FFmpegWidget(); + +protected: + void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *); + +private: + FFmpegThread *ffmpeg; //实时视频采集对象 + QImage image; //要显示的图片 + +private slots: + //接收图像并绘制 + void updateImage(const QImage &image); + +public slots: + //设置视频流地址 + void setUrl(const QString &url); + + //打开设备 + void open(); + //暂停 + void pause(); + //继续 + void next(); + //关闭设备 + void close(); + //清空 + void clear(); +}; + +#endif // FFMPEG_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.pri b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.pri new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e5ce40 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.pri @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +HEADERS += $$PWD/ffmpeghead.h +HEADERS += $$PWD/ffmpeg.h +SOURCES += $$PWD/ffmpeg.cpp + +#ffmpeg4则使用ffmpeg4的目录 +contains(DEFINES, ffmpeg4) { +strPath = ffmpeg4 +} else { +strPath = ffmpeg3 +} + +#32位的库则使用32位的库的头文件和lib文件 +contains(DEFINES, qt32) { +strLib = winlib +strInclude = include +} else { +strLib = winlib64 +strInclude = include64 +} + +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/$$strPath/$$strInclude +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/$$strPath/$$strInclude/plugins + +win32 { +LIBS += -L$$PWD/$$strPath/$$strLib/ -lavcodec -lavfilter -lavformat -lswscale -lavutil -lswresample -lavdevice +} + +#请自行替换 +unix { +LIBS += -L$$PWD/linuxlib/ -lavfilter -lavformat -lavdevice -lavcodec -lswscale -lavutil -lswresample -lavdevice -lpthread -lm -lz -lrt -ldl +} diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18c3e3e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,6425 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libavc libavcodec + * Encoding/Decoding Library + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * This API replaces the following legacy functions: + * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4(): + * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet. + * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from + * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially + * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to + * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then + * no data was read from the packet). + * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once. + * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2(): + * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets. + * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not + * possible. + * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet. + * + * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed, + * and will result in undefined behavior. + * + * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return + * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This + * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless + * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to + * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second + * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). + * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed + * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed + * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive + * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be + * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between + * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that + * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now + * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an + * avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC, +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, +#if FF_API_VIMA_DECODER + AV_CODEC_ID_VIMA = AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, +#endif + + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, +#if FF_API_VOXWARE + AV_CODEC_ID_VOXWARE, +#endif + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char *const *mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile *profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 + +#if FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +/** + * @deprecated use AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE instead + */ +#define FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * @deprecated use AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE instead + */ +#define FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE 16384 +#endif /* FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX */ + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * motion estimation type. + * @deprecated use codec private option instead + */ +#if FF_API_MOTION_EST +enum Motion_Est_ID { + ME_ZERO = 1, ///< no search, that is use 0,0 vector whenever one is needed + ME_FULL, + ME_LOG, + ME_PHODS, + ME_EPZS, ///< enhanced predictive zonal search + ME_X1, ///< reserved for experiments + ME_HEX, ///< hexagon based search + ME_UMH, ///< uneven multi-hexagon search + ME_TESA, ///< transformed exhaustive search algorithm + ME_ITER=50, ///< iterative search +}; +#endif + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +#if FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES +/** + * @deprecated there is no libavcodec-wide limit on the number of B-frames + */ +#define FF_MAX_B_FRAMES 16 +#endif + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) +/** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU (1 << 7) +#endif + +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 + + +#if FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED +#define CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE +#define CODEC_FLAG_4MV AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV +#define CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT +#define CODEC_FLAG_QPEL AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL +#if FF_API_GMC +/** + * @deprecated use the "gmc" private option of the libxvid encoder + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_GMC 0x0020 ///< Use GMC. +#endif +#if FF_API_MV0 +/** + * @deprecated use the flag "mv0" in the "mpv_flags" private option of the + * mpegvideo encoders + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_MV0 0x0040 +#endif +#if FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED +/** + * @deprecated passing reference-counted frames to the encoders replaces this + * flag + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_INPUT_PRESERVED 0x0100 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 +#define CODEC_FLAG_GRAY AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY +#if FF_API_EMU_EDGE +/** + * @deprecated edges are not used/required anymore. I.e. this flag is now always + * set. + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE 0x4000 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_PSNR AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR +#define CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED + +#if FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP +/** + * @deprecated use the flag "naq" in the "mpv_flags" private option of the + * mpegvideo encoders + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_NORMALIZE_AQP 0x00020000 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY +#define CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER +#define CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT +#define CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME +#define CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP +#define CODEC_FLAG2_FAST AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST +#define CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT +#define CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER +#define CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE +#define CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP + +#define CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL +#define CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +#define CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND ///< Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DR1 AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 +#define CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED +#if FF_API_XVMC +/* Codec can export data for HW decoding. This flag indicates that + * the codec would call get_format() with list that might contain HW accelerated + * pixel formats (XvMC, VDPAU, VAAPI, etc). The application can pick any of them + * including raw image format. + * The application can use the passed context to determine bitstream version, + * chroma format, resolution etc. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL 0x0010 +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DELAY AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU AV_CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU +#endif +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF +#if FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES +/** + * @deprecated no codecs use this capability + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_NEG_LINESIZES 0x0800 +#endif +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 +#endif /* FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX */ + +#if FF_API_MB_TYPE +//The following defines may change, don't expect compatibility if you use them. +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA4x4 0x0001 +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA16x16 0x0002 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA_PCM 0x0004 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_16x16 0x0008 +#define MB_TYPE_16x8 0x0010 +#define MB_TYPE_8x16 0x0020 +#define MB_TYPE_8x8 0x0040 +#define MB_TYPE_INTERLACED 0x0080 +#define MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 0x0100 //FIXME +#define MB_TYPE_ACPRED 0x0200 +#define MB_TYPE_GMC 0x0400 +#define MB_TYPE_SKIP 0x0800 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L0 0x1000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L0 0x2000 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L1 0x4000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L1 0x8000 +#define MB_TYPE_L0 (MB_TYPE_P0L0 | MB_TYPE_P1L0) +#define MB_TYPE_L1 (MB_TYPE_P0L1 | MB_TYPE_P1L1) +#define MB_TYPE_L0L1 (MB_TYPE_L0 | MB_TYPE_L1) +#define MB_TYPE_QUANT 0x00010000 +#define MB_TYPE_CBP 0x00020000 +// Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (H.264 ref0, MPEG-1 0mv, ...) +#endif + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan{ + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +}AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int max_bitrate; + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int min_bitrate; + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int avg_bitrate; + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +#if FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG1 0 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG2 1 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_H264 2 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_VP56 3 +#endif + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + /** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES=70, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + /** + * MPEGTS stream ID, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + /** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + /** + * The number of side data elements (in fact a bit more than it). + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NB +}; + +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED + +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t *data; + int size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public + * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it + * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required + * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the + * duration field was still an int. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif +} AVPacket; +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted +/** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **/ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 +/** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; +/** + * @} + */ + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line + * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; +#if FF_API_CODEC_NAME + /** + * @deprecated this field is not used for anything in libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + char codec_name[32]; +#endif + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + +#if FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int stream_codec_tag; +#endif + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not + * constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. + * Use framerate instead. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + +#if FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED +#define FF_ASPECT_EXTENDED 15 +#endif + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + +#if FF_API_MOTION_EST + /** + * This option does nothing + * @deprecated use codec private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int me_method; +#endif + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for + * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not + * in the fmt list of formats. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + +#if FF_API_RC_STRATEGY + /** @deprecated use codec private option instead */ + attribute_deprecated int rc_strategy; +#define FF_RC_STRATEGY_XVID 1 +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int b_frame_strategy; +#endif + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int mpeg_quant; +#endif + + /** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int prediction_method; +#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 +#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 +#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 +#endif + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int pre_me; +#endif + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + +#if FF_API_AFD + /** + * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio + * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams) + * 0 if not set. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by decoder. + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of AVSideData + */ + attribute_deprecated int dtg_active_format; +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SAME 8 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3 9 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9 10 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_14_9 11 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 13 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 14 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SP_4_3 15 +#endif /* FF_API_AFD */ + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + +#if FF_API_QUANT_BIAS + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private option instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int intra_quant_bias; +#define FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS 999999 + + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private option instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int inter_quant_bias; +#endif + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + +#if FF_API_XVMC + /** + * XVideo Motion Acceleration + * - encoding: forbidden + * - decoding: set by decoder + * @deprecated XvMC doesn't need it anymore. + */ + attribute_deprecated int xvmc_acceleration; +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int scenechange_threshold; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int noise_reduction; +#endif + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int me_threshold; + + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int mb_threshold; +#endif + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float border_masking; +#endif + + /** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int me_penalty_compensation; +#endif + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int brd_scale; +#endif + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int chromaoffset; +#endif + +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS + /** + * Multiplied by qscale for each frame and added to scene_change_score. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int scenechange_factor; +#endif + + /** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int b_sensitivity; +#endif + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + int channels; ///< number of audio channels + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int frame_number; + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint64_t request_channel_layout; + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more + * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + + /** + * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from + * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted + * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with + * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. + * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are + * only valid until the next decode call. + * + * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). + */ + attribute_deprecated + int refcounted_frames; + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float rc_qsquish; + + attribute_deprecated + float rc_qmod_amp; + attribute_deprecated + int rc_qmod_freq; +#endif + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + const char *rc_eq; +#endif + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float rc_buffer_aggressivity; + + attribute_deprecated + float rc_initial_cplx; +#endif + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + +#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_DEFLATE 4 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int coder_type; +#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */ + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int context_model; +#endif + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int lmin; + + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int lmax; +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_threshold; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_factor; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_exp; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_cmp; +#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */ + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int min_prediction_order; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int max_prediction_order; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t timecode_frame_start; +#endif + +#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ + /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ + /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ + /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ + /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ + /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ + attribute_deprecated + void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ + /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ + /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ + /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ + /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ + /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ +#endif + +#if FF_API_STAT_BITS + /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ + attribute_deprecated + int mv_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int header_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int p_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_count; + attribute_deprecated + int p_count; + attribute_deprecated + int skip_count; + attribute_deprecated + int misc_bits; + + /** @deprecated this field is unused */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_bits; +#endif + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#if FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 +#define FF_BUG_OLD_MSMPEG4 2 +#endif +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#if FF_API_AC_VLC +#define FF_BUG_AC_VLC 0 ///< Will be removed, libavcodec can now handle these non-compliant files by default. +#endif +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 +#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + */ + int strict_std_compliance; +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +/** + * @deprecated this option does nothing + */ +#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_DEBUG_PTS 0x00000200 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames +#endif + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error + + + /** + * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#if FF_API_ARCH_SH4 +#define FF_IDCT_SH4 9 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_IDCT_IPP 13 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#if FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX +#define FF_IDCT_XVIDMMX 14 +#endif /* FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX */ +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#if FF_API_ARCH_SPARC +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEVIS 18 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#if FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEALPHA 23 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */ +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + +#if FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; +#endif + +#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME + /** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + * + * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead + */ + attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame; +#endif + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_safe_callbacks; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + +#if FF_API_ERROR_RATE + /** + * @deprecated use the 'error_rate' private AVOption of the mpegvideo + * encoders + */ + attribute_deprecated + int error_rate; +#endif + +#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY + /** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of + * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t vbv_delay; +#endif + +#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT + /** + * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets + * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data. + * + * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream + * parameters at the end of encoding. + * + * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and + * it is kept only for compatibility. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int side_data_only_packets; +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + +#if !FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; +#endif + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + +#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug motion vectors + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames +#endif + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_text_format; +#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0 +#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING +#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1 +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + */ + int trailing_padding; + + /** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_pixels; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + */ + int hwaccel_flags; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + */ + int apply_cropping; +} AVCodecContext; + +AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); + +const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); + +unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx); + +int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); + +int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); + +uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val); + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; + +struct AVSubtitle; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int priv_data_size; + struct AVCodec *next; + /** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + */ + /** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + */ + int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + */ + int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); + /** @} */ + + /** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + */ + const AVCodecDefault *defaults; + + /** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + */ + void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); + + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); + int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const struct AVSubtitle *sub); + /** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ + int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, + int *got_packet_ptr); + int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); + int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the + * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except + * that: + * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type, + * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent, + * - only one drain frame is ever passed down, + */ + int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + + /** + * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called + * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain + * input data. + */ + int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + /** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + */ + void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Internal codec capabilities. + * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to + * packets before decoding. + */ + const char *bsfs; +} AVCodec; + +int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec); + +struct MpegEncContext; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVHWAccel *next; + + /** + * Allocate a custom buffer + */ + int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int frame_priv_data_size; + + /** + * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. + * + * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb(). + * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are + * stored in an array provided by the video driver. + * + * @param s the mpeg context + */ + void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s); + + /** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + */ + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + */ + int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal hwaccel capabilities. + */ + int caps_internal; +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Picture data structure. + * + * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is + * alpha. + * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead + */ +typedef struct AVPicture { + attribute_deprecated + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes + attribute_deprecated + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line +} AVPicture; + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVPicture pict; +#endif + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t *data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVCodecParameters { + /** + * General type of the encoded data. + */ + enum AVMediaType codec_type; + /** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + */ + enum AVCodecID codec_id; + /** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + */ + uint32_t codec_tag; + + /** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + /** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + */ + int extradata_size; + + /** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + */ + int profile; + int level; + + /** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + */ + int video_delay; + + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is + * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to + * the channels field. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio channels. + */ + int channels; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + /** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + */ + int block_align; + /** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + */ + int trailing_padding; + /** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + */ + int seek_preroll; +} AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + */ +AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + */ +void avcodec_register_all(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); + +#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS +/** + * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec + * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be + * allocated for each new use. + */ +int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); +#endif + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + * + * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not + * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context + * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the + * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context() + * functions. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + */ +void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); + +/** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); + +/** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par, + const AVCodecContext *codec); + +/** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, + const AVCodecParameters *par); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); + +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); + +#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +/** + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +/** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy packet side data + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free a packet. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref + * + * @param pkt packet to free + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int *size); + +#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API +attribute_deprecated +int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict); + + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +#if FF_API_EMU_EDGE +/** + * Return the amount of padding in pixels which the get_buffer callback must + * provide around the edge of the image for codecs which do not have the + * CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE flag. + * + * @return Required padding in pixels. + * + * @deprecated CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is deprecated, so this function is no longer + * needed + */ +attribute_deprecated +unsigned avcodec_get_edge_width(void); +#endif + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be + * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be + * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to + * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet + * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely + * consumed or an error occurs. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by + * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero + * does not mean that an error has occurred. For + * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode + * call is guaranteed to produce a frame. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + * +* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, + int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, + int *got_picture_ptr, + const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2()) + * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now + * or in future libavcodec versions. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can + * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush + * packet is sent) + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * decoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @return + * 0: success, a frame was returned + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try + * to send new input + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() + * to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. + * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the + * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create + * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is + * not reference-counted). + * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush + * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder + * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this + * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush + * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a + * decoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user + * must try to send input + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output packets + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + struct AVCodecParser *next; +} AVCodecParser; + +AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c); + +void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame + can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +/** + * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed + * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter + */ +int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +/** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_resample Audio resampling + * @ingroup libavc + * @deprecated use libswresample instead + * + * @{ + */ +struct ReSampleContext; +struct AVResampleContext; + +typedef struct ReSampleContext ReSampleContext; + +/** + * Initialize audio resampling context. + * + * @param output_channels number of output channels + * @param input_channels number of input channels + * @param output_rate output sample rate + * @param input_rate input sample rate + * @param sample_fmt_out requested output sample format + * @param sample_fmt_in input sample format + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff frequency + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear if 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + * @return allocated ReSampleContext, NULL if error occurred + */ +attribute_deprecated +ReSampleContext *av_audio_resample_init(int output_channels, int input_channels, + int output_rate, int input_rate, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_out, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_in, + int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, + int linear, double cutoff); + +attribute_deprecated +int audio_resample(ReSampleContext *s, short *output, short *input, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Free resample context. + * + * @param s a non-NULL pointer to a resample context previously + * created with av_audio_resample_init() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void audio_resample_close(ReSampleContext *s); + + +/** + * Initialize an audio resampler. + * Note, if either rate is not an integer then simply scale both rates up so they are. + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff freq + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear If 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + */ +attribute_deprecated +struct AVResampleContext *av_resample_init(int out_rate, int in_rate, int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, int linear, double cutoff); + +/** + * Resample an array of samples using a previously configured context. + * @param src an array of unconsumed samples + * @param consumed the number of samples of src which have been consumed are returned here + * @param src_size the number of unconsumed samples available + * @param dst_size the amount of space in samples available in dst + * @param update_ctx If this is 0 then the context will not be modified, that way several channels can be resampled with the same context. + * @return the number of samples written in dst or -1 if an error occurred + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_resample(struct AVResampleContext *c, short *dst, short *src, int *consumed, int src_size, int dst_size, int update_ctx); + + +/** + * Compensate samplerate/timestamp drift. The compensation is done by changing + * the resampler parameters, so no audible clicks or similar distortions occur + * @param compensation_distance distance in output samples over which the compensation should be performed + * @param sample_delta number of output samples which should be output less + * + * example: av_resample_compensate(c, 10, 500) + * here instead of 510 samples only 500 samples would be output + * + * note, due to rounding the actual compensation might be slightly different, + * especially if the compensation_distance is large and the in_rate used during init is small + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_resample_compensate(struct AVResampleContext *c, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); +attribute_deprecated +void av_resample_close(struct AVResampleContext *c); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int width, int height, + unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +#if FF_API_GETCHROMA +/** + * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + */ + +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); +#endif + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss() + */ +int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +attribute_deprecated +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS +/** + * @deprecated this function is not supposed to be used from outside of lavc + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_set_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int width, int height); +#endif + +#if FF_API_TAG_STRING +/** + * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + * + * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); +#endif + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0), + * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When + * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might + * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + +/** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { + void *priv_data; + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + AVCodecParserContext *parser; + struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; + /** + * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter(). + * Not for access by library users. + */ + char *args; +} AVBitStreamFilterContext; +#endif + +typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal; + +/** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVBSFContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + */ + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + + /** + * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any + * way. + */ + AVBSFInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_in; + + /** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_out; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_in; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_out; +} AVBSFContext; + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + + /** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + */ + const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + int priv_data_size; + int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx); + int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx); +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +/** + * Register a bitstream filter. + * + * The filter will be accessible to the application code through + * av_bitstream_filter_next() or can be directly initialized with + * av_bitstream_filter_init(). + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); + +/** + * Create and initialize a bitstream filter context given a bitstream + * filter name. + * + * The returned context must be freed with av_bitstream_filter_close(). + * + * @param name the name of the bitstream filter + * @return a bitstream filter context if a matching filter was found + * and successfully initialized, NULL otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); + +/** + * Filter bitstream. + * + * This function filters the buffer buf with size buf_size, and places the + * filtered buffer in the buffer pointed to by poutbuf. + * + * The output buffer must be freed by the caller. + * + * @param bsfc bitstream filter context created by av_bitstream_filter_init() + * @param avctx AVCodecContext accessed by the filter, may be NULL. + * If specified, this must point to the encoder context of the + * output stream the packet is sent to. + * @param args arguments which specify the filter configuration, may be NULL + * @param poutbuf pointer which is updated to point to the filtered buffer + * @param poutbuf_size pointer which is updated to the filtered buffer size in bytes + * @param buf buffer containing the data to filter + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param keyframe set to non-zero if the buffer to filter corresponds to a key-frame packet data + * @return >= 0 in case of success, or a negative error code in case of failure + * + * If the return value is positive, an output buffer is allocated and + * is available in *poutbuf, and is distinct from the input buffer. + * + * If the return value is 0, the output buffer is not allocated and + * should be considered identical to the input buffer, or in case + * *poutbuf was set it points to the input buffer (not necessarily to + * its starting address). A special case is if *poutbuf was set to NULL and + * *poutbuf_size was set to 0, which indicates the packet should be dropped. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); + +/** + * Release bitstream filter context. + * + * @param bsf the bitstream filter context created with + * av_bitstream_filter_init(), can be NULL + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); + +/** + * If f is NULL, return the first registered bitstream filter, + * if f is non-NULL, return the next registered bitstream filter + * after f, or NULL if f is the last one. + * + * This function can be used to iterate over all registered bitstream + * filters. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f); +#endif + +/** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context + * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + */ +int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. + * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more + * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it + * may have buffered internally. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the + * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there + * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if + * an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + */ +int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + */ +void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); + +/** + * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. + * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; + +/** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + */ +AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + */ +void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); + +/** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); + +/** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); +/** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly + * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter + * + * @return + */ +int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +#if FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] feature string containing the name of the missing feature + * @param[in] want_sample indicates if samples are wanted which exhibit this feature. + * If want_sample is non-zero, additional verbiage will be added to the log + * message which tells the user how to report samples to the development + * mailing list. + * @deprecated Use avpriv_report_missing_feature() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_log_missing_feature(void *avc, const char *feature, int want_sample); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message asking for a sample. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing an optional message, or NULL if no message + * @deprecated Use avpriv_request_sample() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_log_ask_for_sample(void *avc, const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); +#endif /* FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE */ + +/** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + */ +void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + +/** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + */ +AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + + +/** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + */ +enum AVLockOp { + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources +}; + +/** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points + * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user + * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the + * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is + * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same + * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However, + * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to + * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds + * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a + * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks. + * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a + * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls + * to this callback and the previously registered callback. + * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex + * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking + * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to + * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the + * lockmgr will be unregistered. + */ +int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avdct.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..272422e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass *av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
+ * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, + ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); + +const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c0f9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6816b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Direct3D11 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H +#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va + * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * + * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { + /** + * D3D11 decoder object + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * D3D11 VideoContext + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; + + /** + * Mutex to access video_context + */ + HANDLE context_mutex; +} AVD3D11VAContext; + +/** + * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dirac.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dirac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6d9d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dirac.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards + * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad + * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H +#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H + +/** + * @file + * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder + * @author Marco Gerards + * @author David Conrad + * @author Jordi Ortiz + */ + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both + * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default). + * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed. + * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting + * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter). + * + * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory. + */ +#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5 + +/** + * Parse code values: + * + * Dirac Specification -> + * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 + * + * VC-2 Specification -> + * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 + */ + +enum DiracParseCodes { + DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, + DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, + DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, + DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC, + DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, +}; + +typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { + int major; + int minor; +} DiracVersionInfo; + +typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 + + uint8_t interlaced; + uint8_t top_field_first; + + uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] + uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] + + uint16_t clean_width; + uint16_t clean_height; + uint16_t clean_left_offset; + uint16_t clean_right_offset; + + uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] + uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] + + int profile; + int level; + + AVRational framerate; + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + DiracVersionInfo version; + int bit_depth; +} AVDiracSeqHeader; + +/** + * Parse a Dirac sequence header. + * + * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct + * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with + * av_free(). + * @param buf the data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes + * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, + const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, + void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9380a66 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H +#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to + * determine the profile */ +#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ + + +/* + * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various + * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating + * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various + * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). + */ +typedef struct AVDVProfile { + int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ + int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ + int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ + int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ + int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ + AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ + int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ + int height; /* picture height in pixels */ + int width; /* picture width in pixels */ + AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ + int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ + const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ + int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ + int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ + /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ + int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ + /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ + const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ +} AVDVProfile; + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. + * + * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL + * @param frame the compressed data buffer + * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes + * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, + const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22c9399 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/jni.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/jni.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd99e92 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/jni.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * JNI public API functions + * + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H +#define AVCODEC_JNI_H + +/* + * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI + * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning + * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer + * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine + */ +void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5606d24 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * Android MediaCodec public API + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will + * be used as output by the decoder. + * + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext { + + /** + * android/view/Surface object reference. + */ + void *surface; + +} AVMediaCodecContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context. + * + * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the + * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free. + * + * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise + */ +AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize + * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with + * av_mediacodec_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx codec context + */ +void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render. + */ +typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer; + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated + * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given + * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus + * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to + * discard the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/qsv.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b77158e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H +#define AVCODEC_QSV_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" + +/** + * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and + * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() + * callback + * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() + */ +typedef struct AVQSVContext { + /** + * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. + * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. + */ + mfxSession session; + + /** + * The IO pattern to use. + */ + int iopattern; + + /** + * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. + */ + mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; + int nb_ext_buffers; + + /** + * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec + * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to + * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also + * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. + * + * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number + * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. + * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through + * the opaque_surfaces field. + */ + int opaque_alloc; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before + * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number + * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the + * encoder. + * + * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to + * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. + */ + int nb_opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the + * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be + * passed to other parts of the pipeline. + * + * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, + * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free + * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * + * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in + * the opaque allocation request. + */ + int opaque_alloc_type; +} AVQSVContext; + +/** + * Allocate a new context. + * + * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). + */ +AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb28455 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +/* + * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) + * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 + * + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H +#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi + * Public libavcodec VA API header. + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and + * the client video application. + * This shall be zero-allocated and available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead. + */ +struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context { + /** + * Window system dependent data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *display; + + /** + * Configuration ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t config_id; + + /** + * Context ID (video decode pipeline) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t context_id; + +#if FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT + /** + * VAPictureParameterBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t pic_param_buf_id; + + /** + * VAIQMatrixBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id; + + /** + * VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t bitplane_buf_id; + + /** + * Slice parameter/data buffer IDs + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t *slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + void *slice_params; + + /** + * Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_param_size; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_params + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_params_alloc; + + /** + * Number of slices currently filled in + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_count; + + /** + * Pointer to slice data buffer base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + const uint8_t *slice_data; + + /** + * Current size of slice data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t slice_data_size; +#endif +}; + +/* @} */ + +#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vda.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bde14e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vda.h @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/* + * VDA HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H +#define AVCODEC_VDA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda + * Public libavcodec VDA header. + */ + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +#include + +// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes +// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390 +#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/version.h" + +// extra flags not defined in VDADecoder.h +enum { + kVDADecodeInfo_Asynchronous = 1UL << 0, + kVDADecodeInfo_FrameDropped = 1UL << 1 +}; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data + * to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct vda_context { + /** + * VDA decoder object. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + VDADecoder decoder; + + /** + * The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user. + */ + CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer; + + /** + * Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by user. + */ + int use_sync_decoding; + + /** + * The frame width. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int width; + + /** + * The frame height. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int height; + + /** + * The frame format. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The pixel format for output image buffers. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * unused + */ + uint8_t *priv_bitstream; + + /** + * unused + */ + int priv_bitstream_size; + + /** + * unused + */ + int priv_allocated_size; + + /** + * Use av_buffer to manage buffer. + * When the flag is set, the CVPixelBuffers returned by the decoder will + * be released automatically, so you have to retain them if necessary. + * Not setting this flag may cause memory leak. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by user. + */ + int use_ref_buffer; +}; + +/** Create the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx, + uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** Destroy the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx); + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing VDA decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_vda_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVDAContext { + /** + * VDA decoder object. Created and freed by the caller. + */ + VDADecoder decoder; + + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to VDADecoderCreate. + * Set by av_vda_alloc_context(). + */ + VDADecoderOutputCallback output_callback; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that VDA will use for decoded frames; set by + * the caller. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; +} AVVDAContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a VDA context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VDA format. The caller must then create the decoder + * object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that will be used + * for VDA-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with VDA is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the VDA context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + */ +AVVDAContext *av_vda_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_vda_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vdactx the VDA context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_vda_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVDAContext *vdactx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the VDA context initialized with + * av_vda_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + */ +void av_vda_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..855d387 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" +#include "version.h" + +#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU +union AVVDPAUPictureInfo { + VdpPictureInfoH264 h264; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg; + VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4; +}; +#endif + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, + const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel + * function and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an + * AVVDPAUContext. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + +#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU + /** + * VDPAU picture information + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info; + + /** + * Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table. + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + + /** + * Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table. + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int bitstream_buffers_used; + + /** + * Table of bitstream buffers. + * The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; +#endif + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, + uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); + +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); + +#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +/** + * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder. + * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback. + * + * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead. + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success. + * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns + * an error. + * + * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile); +#endif + +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1 + +/** + * @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction. + * The codec manipulates this. + */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2 + +/** + * @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg + * decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module. + * This is used for defining a video frame containing surface, + * picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed + * between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients. + */ +struct vdpau_render_state { + VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed. + + int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values. + + /** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */ + union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info; + + /** Describe size/location of the compressed video data. + Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */ + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + int bitstream_buffers_used; + /** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */ + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; +}; +#endif + +/* @}*/ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10d9ac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 107 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_VIMA_DECODER +#define FF_API_VIMA_DECODER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT +#define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE +#define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES +#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +#define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU +#define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE +#define FF_API_VOXWARE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS +#define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC +#define FF_API_AC_VLC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 +#define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED +#define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA +#define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_XVMC +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE +#define FF_API_ERROR_RATE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE +#define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE +#define FF_API_MB_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES +#define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES +#define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE +#define FF_API_EMU_EDGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4 +#define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC +#define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX +#define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED +#define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP +#define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GMC +#define FF_API_GMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MV0 +#define FF_API_MV0 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME +#define FF_API_CODEC_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AFD +#define FF_API_AFD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VISMV +/* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation */ +#define FF_API_VISMV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY +#define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD +#define FF_API_MERGE_SD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE +#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT +#define FF_API_MPV_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG +#define FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_QUANT_BIAS +#define FF_API_QUANT_BIAS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_RC_STRATEGY +#define FF_API_RC_STRATEGY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME +#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MOTION_EST +#define FF_API_MOTION_EST (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +#define FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT +#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION +#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE +#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK +#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY +#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS +#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT +#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING +#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF +#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS +#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME +#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API +#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING +#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA +#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af2db0d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* + * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox + * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. + */ + +#include + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { + /** + * Videotoolbox decompression session object. + * Created and freed the caller. + */ + VTDecompressionSessionRef session; + + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to the session. + * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init() + */ + VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. + * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is + * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; + + /** + * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + int cm_codec_type; +} AVVideotoolboxContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create + * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that + * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + */ +AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with + * av_videotoolbox_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + */ +void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..789932a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A public API for Vorbis parsing + * + * Determines the duration for each packet. + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. + */ +AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** + * Free the parser and everything associated with it. + */ +void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); + +#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * If @p flags is @c NULL, + * special frames are considered invalid. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + * @param flags flags for special frames + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int *flags); + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size); + +void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..465ee78 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee94624 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H +#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Main libavdevice API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavd libavdevice + * Special devices muxing/demuxing library. + * + * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It + * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for + * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the + * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own + * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not + * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific + * meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name. + * + * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all + * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/opt.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavformat/avformat.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avdevice_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avdevice_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice license. + */ +const char *avdevice_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices. + */ +void avdevice_register_all(void); + +/** + * Audio input devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d); + +/** + * Video input devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d); + +/** + * Audio output devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d); + +/** + * Video output devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d); + +typedef struct AVDeviceRect { + int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */ + int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */ + int width; /**< width */ + int height; /**< height */ +} AVDeviceRect; + +/** + * Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(). + */ +enum AVAppToDevMessageType { + /** + * Dummy message. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'), + + /** + * Window size change message. + * + * Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size + * of the window device renders to. + * Message should also be sent right after window is created. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: new window size. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'), + + /** + * Repaint request message. + * + * Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted. + * NULL: whole area is required to be repainted. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'), + + /** + * Request pause/play. + * + * Application requests pause/unpause playback. + * Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer. + * By default devices are not paused. + * + * data: NULL + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'), + + /** + * Volume control message. + * + * Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume + * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume + * change is expected when possible. + * + * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'), + + /** + * Mute control messages. + * + * Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status + * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status + * change is expected when possible. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + + /** + * Get volume/mute messages. + * + * Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or + * AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'), +}; + +/** + * Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(). + */ +enum AVDevToAppMessageType { + /** + * Dummy message. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'), + + /** + * Create window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device- + * and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first + * frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here. + * Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size. + * + * @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size + * with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer. + * NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'), + + /** + * Prepare window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering. + * Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent. + * Message is sent before rendering of each frame. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'), + + /** + * Display window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to display a window buffer. + * Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed. + * Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'), + + /** + * Destroy window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to destroy a window buffer. + * Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window + * buffer is not required anymore. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'), + + /** + * Buffer fullness status messages. + * + * Device signals buffer overflow/underflow. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'), + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'), + + /** + * Buffer readable/writable. + * + * Device informs that buffer is readable/writable. + * When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write. + * + * @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes. + * + * data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write. + * NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '), + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '), + + /** + * Mute state change message. + * + * Device informs that mute state has changed. + * + * data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'), + + /** + * Volume level change message. + * + * Device informs that volume level has changed. + * + * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'), +}; + +/** + * Send control message from application to device. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param type message type. + * @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type. + * @param data_size size of message data. + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message. + */ +int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s, + enum AVAppToDevMessageType type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +/** + * Send control message from device to application. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param type message type. + * @param data message data. Can be NULL. + * @param data_size size of message data. + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message. + */ +int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s, + enum AVDevToAppMessageType type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +/** + * Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs, + * pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc). + * It is build on top op AVOption API. + * Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio + * parameters that fit to the device. + * + * List of capabilities that can be queried: + * - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices: + * - codec: supported audio/video codecs. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value) + * - Capabilities valid for audio devices: + * - sample_format: supported sample formats. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value) + * - sample_rate: supported sample rates. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT + * - channels: supported number of channels. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT + * - channel_layout: supported channel layouts. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64 + * - Capabilities valid for video devices: + * - pixel_format: supported pixel formats. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value) + * - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user). + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE + * - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames). + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE + * - fps: supported fps values + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL + * + * Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function + * and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will + * limit results to the values matching already set capabilities. + * For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values + * returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero. + * + * Example of the usage basing on opengl output device: + * + * @code + * AVFormatContext *oc = NULL; + * AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * int ret; + * + * if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0) + * goto fail; + * + * //query codecs + * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * //pick codec here and set it + * av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0); + * + * //query format + * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * //pick format here and set it + * av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0); + * + * //query and set more capabilities + * + * fail: + * //clean up code + * avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc); + * avformat_free_context(oc); + * @endcode + */ + +/** + * Structure describes device capabilities. + * + * It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table + * to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFormatContext *device_context; + enum AVCodecID codec; + enum AVSampleFormat sample_format; + enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format; + int sample_rate; + int channels; + int64_t channel_layout; + int window_width; + int window_height; + int frame_width; + int frame_height; + AVRational fps; +} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user. + */ +extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[]; + +/** + * Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. + * + * avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is + * not used anymore. + * + * @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param s Context of the device. + * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output + * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place + * that affects device-private options. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise. + */ +int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s, + AVDictionary **device_options); + +/** + * Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create() + * + * @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed. + * @param s Context of the device. + */ +void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Structure describes basic parameters of the device. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceInfo { + char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */ + char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */ +} AVDeviceInfo; + +/** + * List of devices. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList { + AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */ + int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */ + int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */ +} AVDeviceInfoList; + +/** + * List devices. + * + * Returns available device names and their parameters. + * + * @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be + * autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to + * be always completed. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices. + * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error. + */ +int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices(). + * + * @param devices device list to be freed. + */ +void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * List devices. + * + * Returns available device names and their parameters. + * These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices(). + * Device context is allocated and deallocated internally. + * + * @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set. + * @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set. + * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL. + * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output + * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place + * that affects device-private options. + * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices + * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error. + * @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set. + */ +int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name, + AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); +int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name, + AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavdevice/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavdevice/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d90087 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavdevice/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H +#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Libavdevice version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 10 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73a723d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,1197 @@ +/* + * filter layer + * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Main libavfilter public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi libavfilter + * Graph-based frame editing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavfilter/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avfilter_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avfilter_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter license. + */ +const char *avfilter_license(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext; +typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink; +typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad; +typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats; + +/** + * Get the number of elements in a NULL-terminated array of AVFilterPads (e.g. + * AVFilter.inputs/outputs). + */ +int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads); + +/** + * Get the name of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Get the type of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs. + * The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the + * options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0) +/** + * The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs. + * The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on + * the options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1) +/** + * The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts + * and processing them concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2) +/** + * Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used + * to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this + * option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default + * no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame() + * callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to + * the next filters. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16) +/** + * Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will + * have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable + * expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the + * filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on + * the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17) +/** + * Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature + * (internally or generically). + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL) + +/** + * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the + * callback functions used to interact with the filter. + */ +typedef struct AVFilter { + /** + * Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * A description of the filter. May be NULL. + * + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *description; + + /** + * List of inputs, terminated by a zeroed element. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *inputs; + /** + * List of outputs, terminated by a zeroed element. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *outputs; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions. + * This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /** + * A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_* + */ + int flags; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Filter pre-initialization function + * + * This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is + * allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects. + * + * If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on + * allocation failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, + * AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be + * dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code) + */ + int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Filter initialization function. + * + * This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after + * all the options have been set, but before links between filters are + * established and format negotiation is done. + * + * Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic + * inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on + * provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be + * done after this callback. + * + * This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame + * parameters are known. + * + * @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if + * initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on + * failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ + int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that + * want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are + * allocated during init. + * + * On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that + * contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or + * with NULL if all the options were processed). + * + * Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init". + */ + int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + + /** + * Filter uninitialization function. + * + * Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any + * memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does + * not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself. + * + * This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not + * called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation. + */ + void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs. + * + * This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs + * and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This + * callback may be called more than once. + * + * This callback must set AVFilterLink.out_formats on every input link and + * AVFilterLink.in_formats on every output link to a list of pixel/sample + * formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio links, this + * filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.in_samplerates "in_samplerates" / + * @ref AVFilterLink.out_samplerates "out_samplerates" and + * @ref AVFilterLink.in_channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" / + * @ref AVFilterLink.out_channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously. + * + * This callback may be NULL for filters with one input, in which case + * libavfilter assumes that it supports all input formats and preserves + * them on output. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ + int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *); + + int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter + + int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only. + + /** + * Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other + * code. + */ + struct AVFilter *next; + + /** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * + * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported. + * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be + * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ + int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + + /** + * Filter initialization function, alternative to the init() + * callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is + * used for providing binary data. + */ + int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque); + + /** + * Filter activation function. + * + * Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any + * filter_frame and request_frame on pads. + * + * The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single + * step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do + * nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be + * possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another + * activation. + */ + int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx); +} AVFilter; + +/** + * Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0) + +typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal; + +/** An instance of a filter */ +struct AVFilterContext { + const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options + + const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance + + char *name; ///< name of this filter instance + + AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads + AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links + unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads + + AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads + AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links + unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads + + void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter + + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to + + /** + * Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of + * AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some + * or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing + * everything. + * + * When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with + * AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining + * allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both + * to be allowed. + * + * After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the + * threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading). + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterInternal *internal; + + struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue; + + char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string + void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*) + double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression + int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation + + /** + * For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the + * filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field: + * in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will + * instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the + * hardware context information. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance. + * If <= 0, its value is ignored. + * Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Ready status of the filter. + * A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating; + * a higher value suggests a more urgent activation. + */ + unsigned ready; +}; + +/** + * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and + * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of + * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters + * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as + * image dimensions, format, etc. + * + * Applications must not normally access the link structure directly. + * Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead. + * In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters + * implementation. + */ +struct AVFilterLink { + AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter + AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter + + AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter + AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type + + /* These parameters apply only to video */ + int w; ///< agreed upon image width + int h; ///< agreed upon image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio + /* These parameters apply only to audio */ + uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + int format; ///< agreed upon media format + + /** + * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples + * which will pass through this link. + * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to + * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the + * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output + * filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format + * to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and + * channel_layout members, above, when chosen. + * + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_formats; + AVFilterFormats *out_formats; + + /** + * Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic + * negotiation. + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates; + AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts; + + /** + * Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to + * request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to + * it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input + * pad. + * Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence. + */ + int request_samples; + + /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */ + enum { + AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started + AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete + AVLINK_INIT ///< complete + } init_state; + + /** + * Graph the filter belongs to. + */ + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in link time_base units. + */ + int64_t current_pts; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units. + */ + int64_t current_pts_us; + + /** + * Index in the age array. + */ + int age_index; + + /** + * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable; + * if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input + * of the source filter if it exists. + * + * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate. + * If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0. + * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function. + * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate. + * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size. + */ + AVFrame *partial_buf; + + /** + * Size of the partial buffer to allocate. + * Must be between min_samples and max_samples. + */ + int partial_buf_size; + + /** + * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf. + * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering + * has started. + * If 0, all related fields are ignored. + */ + int min_samples; + + /** + * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with more samples, it will split them. + */ + int max_samples; + + /** + * Number of channels. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * Link processing flags. + */ + unsigned flags; + + /** + * Number of past frames sent through the link. + */ + int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out; + + /** + * A pointer to a FFFramePool struct. + */ + void *frame_pool; + + /** + * True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter. + * Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output, + * cleared when a frame is filtered. + */ + int frame_wanted_out; + + /** + * For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + +#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS + + /** + * Internal structure members. + * The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use + * and must in no way be accessed by applications. + */ + char reserved[0xF000]; + +#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + + /** + * Queue of frames waiting to be filtered. + */ + FFFrameQueue fifo; + + /** + * If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is. + * The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on + * the same link. + */ + int frame_blocked_in; + + /** + * Link input status. + * If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_in; + + /** + * Timestamp of the input status change. + */ + int64_t status_in_pts; + + /** + * Link output status. + * If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_out; + +#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + +}; + +/** + * Link two filters together. + * + * @param src the source filter + * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter + * @param dst the destination filter + * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad, + AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad); + +/** + * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL. + */ +void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link); + +/** + * Get the number of channels of a link. + */ +int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link); + +/** + * Set the closed field of a link. + * @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should + * close the sinks. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed); + +/** + * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs + * @return zero on successful negotiation + */ +int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter); + +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw) + +/** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command(). + */ +int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */ +void avfilter_register_all(void); + +#if FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER +/** Uninitialize the filter system. Unregister all filters. */ +attribute_deprecated +void avfilter_uninit(void); +#endif + +/** + * Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use + * avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A + * filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_graph_alloc_filter even if it + * is not registered. + * + * @param filter the filter to register + * @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value + * otherwise + */ +int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter); + +/** + * Get a filter definition matching the given name. + * + * @param name the filter name to find + * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered. + * NULL if none found. + */ +#if !FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME +const +#endif +AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered filters. + * @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if + * prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter. + */ +const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev); + +#if FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER +/** + * If filter is NULL, returns a pointer to the first registered filter pointer, + * if filter is non-NULL, returns the next pointer after filter. + * If the returned pointer points to NULL, the last registered filter + * was already reached. + * @deprecated use avfilter_next() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFilter **av_filter_next(AVFilter **filter); +#endif + +#if FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN +/** + * Create a filter instance. + * + * @param filter_ctx put here a pointer to the created filter context + * on success, NULL on failure + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param inst_name Name to give to the new instance. Can be NULL for none. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + * @deprecated use avfilter_graph_alloc_filter() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_open(AVFilterContext **filter_ctx, AVFilter *filter, const char *inst_name); +#endif + + +#if FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER +/** + * Initialize a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to initialize + * @param args A string of parameters to use when initializing the filter. + * The format and meaning of this string varies by filter. + * @param opaque Any extra non-string data needed by the filter. The meaning + * of this parameter varies by filter. + * @return zero on success + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_init_filter(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *args, void *opaque); +#endif + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a + * ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form. + * May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the + * AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ +int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args); + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On + * return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary + * must be freed by the caller. + * May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to + * avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + * + * @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing, + * the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the + * calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also + * behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as + * supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but + * this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and + * continue as usual. + */ +int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its + * filtergraph's list of filters. + * + * @param filter the filter to free + */ +void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link. + * + * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted + * @param filt the filter to be inserted + * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect + * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt, + unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx); + +/** + * @return AVClass for AVFilterContext. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal; + +/** + * A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be + * executed multiple times, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to + * @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref + * AVFilterGraph.execute + * @param jobnr the index of the job being executed + * @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs); + +/** + * A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong + * @param func the function to be called multiple times + * @param arg the argument to be passed to func + * @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each + * invocation of func + * @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func, + void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraph { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFilterContext **filters; + unsigned nb_filters; + + char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters +#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS + attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters +#endif + + /** + * Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination + * of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all + * filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything. + * + * When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using + * bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for + * determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be + * set in both to be allowed. + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by + * the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the + * default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Opaque object for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterGraphInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to + * be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute. + * Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the + * graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom + * multithreading implementation. + * + * If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback + * to execute multiple jobs in parallel. + * + * If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal + * implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the + * platform and build options. + */ + avfilter_execute_func *execute; + + char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions + + /** + * Private fields + * + * The following fields are for internal use only. + * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice. + */ + + AVFilterLink **sink_links; + int sink_links_count; + + unsigned disable_auto_convert; +} AVFilterGraph; + +/** + * Allocate a filter graph. + * + * @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL. + */ +AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new filter instance in a filter graph. + * + * @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to + * AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify + * different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to + * this parameter. May be NULL. + * + * @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is + * also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with + * avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, + const AVFilter *filter, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph. + * + * @param graph filter graph to search through. + * @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph). + * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it + * cannot be found. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name); + +#if FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN +/** + * Add an existing filter instance to a filter graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param filter the filter to be added + * + * @deprecated use avfilter_graph_alloc_filter() to allocate a filter in a + * filter graph + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_graph_add_filter(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, AVFilterContext *filter); +#endif + +/** + * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph. + * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited + * with the parameters args and opaque. + * + * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created + * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL. + * + * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance + * @param graph_ctx the filter graph + * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non + * negative value otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt, + const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque, + AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx); + +/** + * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph. + * + * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted + * scale and aresample filters. + * + * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants + */ +void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags); + +enum { + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */ + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */ +}; + +/** + * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL. + * If *graph is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph); + +/** + * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain. + * + * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(), + * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and + * to the caller. + * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the + * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterInOut { + /** unique name for this input/output in the list */ + char *name; + + /** filter context associated to this input/output */ + AVFilterContext *filter_ctx; + + /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */ + int pad_idx; + + /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */ + struct AVFilterInOut *next; +} AVFilterInOut; + +/** + * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry. + * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL. + * If *inout is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs, + * which therefore must be known before calling the function. + * + * @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing + * part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created + * part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes + * outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as + * inputs to the parsed filters. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph + * @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first + * filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of + * the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param[in] filters string to be parsed + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed + * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the + * caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + * + * @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left + * unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with + * them. + * @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already + * existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return + * contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously + * the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created + * filters. + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Send a command to one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ +int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Queue a command for one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter + * + * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code + * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported. + */ +int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts); + + +/** + * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation. + * + * @param graph the graph to dump + * @param options formatting options; currently ignored + * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure; + * the string must be freed using av_free + */ +char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options); + +/** + * Request a frame on the oldest sink link. + * + * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next. + * + * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism + * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph + * in a balanced way under normal circumstances. + * + * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on + * some of the sinks during the process. + * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link + * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames + * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested. + * + * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(), + * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF + */ +int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b31d581 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + * Filter graphs + * copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H + +#include "avfilter.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21d6bb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink + * memory buffer sink API for audio and video + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer + * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you + * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it. + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1 + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input. + * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer), + * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN). + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2 + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams { + const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE +} AVBufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context. + */ +typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams { + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1 + const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1 + int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout + int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1 +} AVABufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink. + * + * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with + * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is + * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0. + */ +void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size); + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors + * Get the properties of the stream + * @{ + */ + +enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * + * @return + * - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more + * input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink. + * - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number + * of samples read. This function is less efficient than + * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at + * the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples. + * + * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for + * av_buffersink_get_samples(). + * + * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or + * the other with a single sink, not both. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0652113 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc + * Memory buffer source API. + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +enum { + + /** + * Do not check for format changes. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1, + + /** + * Immediately push the frame to the output. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4, + + /** + * Keep a reference to the frame. + * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise + * copy the frame data. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8, + +}; + +/** + * Get the number of failed requests. + * + * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no + * frame is present in the buffer. + * The number is reset when a frame is added. + */ +unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src); + +/** + * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be + * passed to this filter. + * + * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters { + /** + * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat + * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat + */ + int format; + /** + * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be + * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate + * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or + * unknown. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an + * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per secon. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio channel layout + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; +} AVBufferSrcParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the + * caller with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters. + * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the + * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then + * whatever method is used last takes precedence. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter + * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter + * must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in + * param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal + * copies or references when necessary. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be + * copied. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. + * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error, + * the input frame is not touched. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is + * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame, + * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled + * using the flags. + * + * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Close the buffer source after EOF. + * + * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() + * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end + * of the last frame. + */ +int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e67ad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavfilter/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 6 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 107 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS +#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR +#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN +#define FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER +#define FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER +#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME +#define FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS +#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/avformat.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0de66a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,3008 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf libavformat + * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call + * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols. + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() / + * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public + * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the + * avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @section urls + * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a + * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files + * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files. + * + * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted + * sources without checks. + * + * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to + * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local + * audio and video devices and so on. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "file:in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the + * caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is + * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a + * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid + * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller + * requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy + * of it. + * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write + * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. + * + * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the + * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the + * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. + * + * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call + * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up + * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: + * + * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the + * muxer that will be used. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb + * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from + * avio_open2() or a custom one. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must + * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill + * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the + * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id + * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, + * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should + * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note + * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be + * described later). + * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in + * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during + * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid + * for both input and output format contexts. + * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref + * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" + * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref + * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the + * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be + * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer + * support. + * + * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call + * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file + * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step + * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer + * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. + * + * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or + * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for + * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with + * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing + * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding + * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the + * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase + * requested by the caller. + * + * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() + * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO + * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with + * avformat_free_context(). + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing + * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. + * + * Some of possible use cases: + * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, + * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all + * files from a given directory. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory + * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() + * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing + * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive + * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. + * + * @code + * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; + * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without + * any additional parameters. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries + * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else + * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. + * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by + * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or + * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the + * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be + * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated + * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. + * @code + * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; + * for (;;) { + * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * if (!entry) + * break; + * printf("%s\n", entry->name); + * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); + * } + * @endcode + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +#include +#include /* FILE */ +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +struct AVFormatContext; + +struct AVDeviceInfoList; +struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful + * call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags + * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata + * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext + * and check their individual event_flags. + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- . + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +#if FF_API_LAVF_FRAC +/*************************************************/ +/* fractional numbers for exact pts handling */ + +/** + * The exact value of the fractional number is: 'val + num / den'. + * num is assumed to be 0 <= num < den. + */ +typedef struct AVFrac { + int64_t val, num, den; +} AVFrac; +#endif + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ + const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1) + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score + +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#if FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE +#define AVFMT_RAWPICTURE 0x0020 /**< Format wants AVPicture structure for + raw picture data. @deprecated Not used anymore */ +#endif +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVOutputFormat *next; + /** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + */ + int priv_data_size; + + int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + */ + int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + */ + int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *in, int flush); + /** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + */ + int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance); + + void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + /** + * Allows sending messages from application to device. + */ + int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + + /** + * Write an uncoded AVFrame. + * + * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details. + * + * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it + * by setting the pointer to NULL. + */ + int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index, + AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags); + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */ + /** + * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or + * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent. + * This method must not write output. + * + * Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure + * + * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit(). + */ + int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being + * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written. + * + * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer(). + * + * This is called if init() fails as well. + */ + void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed + * for the global header. + * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not. + */ + int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt); +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /** + * Comma-separated list of mime types. + * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. + * @see av_probe_input_format2 + */ + const char *mime_type; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVInputFormat *next; + + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be + * called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW=MKTAG(0,'R','A','W'), /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 +#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /** + * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding. + */ + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020 + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */ +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it + * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless + * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in + * AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400 +/** + * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding + * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800 + +typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal; + +/** + * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default). + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000 + +/** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + */ +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + */ + int id; +#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX + /** + * @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVCodecContext *codec; +#endif + void *priv_data; + +#if FF_API_LAVF_FRAC + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + struct AVFrac pts; +#endif + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In + * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field + * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps + * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the + * user-provided one, depending on the format). + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + * + * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */ + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + * + * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /** + * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the + * container does not allow it to change between packets). + * + * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data + * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer + * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never + * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through + * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or + * changes), then it does not appear in this array. + * + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + * + * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + /** + * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. + */ + int nb_side_data; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields + * will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and + * add new fields to AVStreamInternal. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info() + */ +#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6) + struct { + int64_t last_dts; + int64_t duration_gcd; + int duration_count; + int64_t rfps_duration_sum; + double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES]; + int64_t codec_info_duration; + int64_t codec_info_duration_fields; + + /** + * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet. + * >0 -> decoder found + * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found + */ + int found_decoder; + + int64_t last_duration; + + /** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + */ + int64_t fps_first_dts; + int fps_first_dts_idx; + int64_t fps_last_dts; + int fps_last_dts_idx; + + } *info; + + int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */ + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + */ + int64_t first_dts; + int64_t cur_dts; + int64_t last_IP_pts; + int last_IP_duration; + + /** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + */ + int probe_packets; + + /** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info() + */ + int codec_info_nb_frames; + + /* av_read_frame() support */ + enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing; + struct AVCodecParserContext *parser; + + /** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + */ + struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer; + AVProbeData probe_data; +#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16 + int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. */ + int nb_index_entries; + unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size; + + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + * + * Code outside avformat should access this field using: + * av_stream_get/set_r_frame_rate(stream) + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; + + /** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + */ + int stream_identifier; + + int64_t interleaver_chunk_size; + int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration; + + /** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int request_probe; + /** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + */ + int skip_to_keyframe; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + */ + int skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of + * the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also + * assumes negative timestamps do not happen). + * Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio + * support. + */ + int64_t start_skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream. + * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be + * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless + * audio support. + */ + int64_t first_discard_sample; + + /** + * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after + * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent + * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s). + */ + int64_t last_discard_sample; + + /** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. + */ + int nb_decoded_frames; + + /** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int64_t mux_ts_offset; + + /** + * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp + */ + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; + + /** + * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. + * + * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. + * + * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: + * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset + * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. + * Otherwise the offset will be added. + */ + int pts_wrap_behavior; + + /** + * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice + */ + int update_initial_durations_done; + + /** + * Internal data to generate dts from pts + */ + int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + /** + * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams + */ + int64_t last_dts_for_order_check; + uint8_t dts_ordered; + uint8_t dts_misordered; + + /** + * Internal data to inject global side data + */ + int inject_global_side_data; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields above this line are not part of the public API. + * Fields below are part of the public API and ABI again. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * String containing paris of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration. + * Paris are separated by ','. + * Keys are separated from values by '='. + */ + char *recommended_encoder_configuration; + + /** + * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally + */ + AVRational display_aspect_ratio; + + struct FFFrac *priv_pts; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVStreamInternal *internal; + + /* + * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context() + * respectively. + * + * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in + * avformat_find_stream_info() + * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + AVCodecParameters *codecpar; +} AVStream; + +AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s); +void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r); +struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s); +char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s); +void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration); + +/** + * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration + * + * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. + */ +int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st); + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int64_t start_time; + int64_t end_time; + + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ +typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*), + * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and + * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h. + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The input container format. + * + * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). + */ + struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + + /** + * The output container format. + * + * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + * + * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must + * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + /** + * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. + * Set by libavformat. + */ + int ctx_flags; + + /** + * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. + * + * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVStream **streams; + + /** + * input or output filename + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + char filename[1024]; + + /** + * Position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + /** + * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. + * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). + */ + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. +/** + * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. + * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. + * + * This flag is mainly intended for testing. + */ +#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400 +#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Enable RTP MP4A-LATM payload +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) +#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG +#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Don't merge side data but keep it separate. Deprecated, will be the default. +#endif +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Wait for packet data before writing a header, and add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer + + /** + * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining + * the input container format. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int64_t probesize; + + /** + * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read + * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. + */ + int64_t max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * - muxing: unused + * - demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + /** + * Number of chapters in AVChapter array. + * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header, + * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header + * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters + * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters + * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when + * write_trailer is called. + * - muxing: set by user + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + */ + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + /** + * Metadata that applies to the whole file. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the + * stream was captured at this real world time. + * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to + * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will + * be used. + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that + * the value may become known after some number of frames + * have been received. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. + * + * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, + * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet + * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. + * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between + * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. + * + * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the + * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat + * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all + * the streams. + * + * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int64_t max_interleave_delta; + + /** + * Allow non-standard and experimental extension + * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /** + * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. + * Decoding only. + */ + int max_ts_probe; + + /** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. + * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. + * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use) + * - muxing: Set by user + * - demuxing: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int64_t skip_initial_bytes; + + /** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; + + /** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int seek2any; + + /** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int flush_packets; + + /** + * format probing score. + * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes + * the format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user + */ + int probe_score; + + /** + * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int format_probesize; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *format_whitelist; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVFormatInternal *internal; + + /** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + */ + int io_repositioned; + + /** + * Forced video codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *video_codec; + + /** + * Forced audio codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *audio_codec; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *subtitle_codec; + + /** + * Forced data codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *data_codec; + + /** + * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. + * Demuxing: Unused. + * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. + */ + int metadata_header_padding; + + /** + * User data. + * This is a place for some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ + av_format_control_message control_message_cb; + + /** + * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. + * Muxing: set by user + */ + int64_t output_ts_offset; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - muxing: Set by user. + * - demuxing: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * Forced Data codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID data_codec_id; + +#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS + /** + * Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing. + * + * This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on + * the URLs before opening them. + * The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided + * as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque. + * + * If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2(). + * + * Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat. + * @See av_format_set_open_cb() + * + * Demuxing: Set by user. + * + * @deprecated Use io_open and io_close. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); +#endif + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_whitelist; + + /* + * A callback for opening new IO streams. + * + * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from + * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at + * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here + * @param url the url to open + * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_* + * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same + * semantics as in avio_open2() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more + * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer + * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller. + * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field. + */ + int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, + int flags, AVDictionary **options); + + /** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + */ + void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * The maximum number of streams. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int max_streams; +} AVFormatContext; + +/** + * Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s); +AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c); +void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque); +av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback); +#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS +attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback); +#endif + +/** + * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet + * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. + */ +void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + */ +void av_register_all(void); + +void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format); +void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format); + +/** + * Do global initialization of network components. This is optional, + * but recommended, since it avoids the overhead of implicitly + * doing the setup for each session. + * + * Calling this function will become mandatory if using network + * protocols at some major version bump. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to + * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream(). + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as stream side data. + * + * @param st stream + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * st. + * @param size side information size + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure, + * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller. + */ +int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate new information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size); +/** + * Get side information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +#if FF_API_NOCONST_GET_SIDE_DATA +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size); +#else +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size); +#endif + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param url the url of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param url URL of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic); + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next + * av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet + * is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with + * av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each + * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames + * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with + * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that + * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also + * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. + * + * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do + * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's + * better to open a new AVFormatContext. + * + * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call + * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + */ +int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ + +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header. + * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters + * before actually writing the header. + * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering + * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the + * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle + * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this + * function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike + * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take + * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make + * an internal reference to the input packet). + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for + * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the + * output. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly + * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they + * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration + * "duration") should also be set if known. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + * + * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the + * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of + * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call + * av_write_frame() instead of this function. + * + * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance + * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4 + * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. + *
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees + * fit. + * The caller must not access the data through this reference after + * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted, + * libavformat will make a copy. + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to + * flush the interleaving queues. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly + * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). + * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always + * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails. + * + * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used. + * + * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details. + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame + * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. + * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw + * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. + * + * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, + * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). + * + * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it + * afterwards. + * + * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error + */ +int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. + * + * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, + * <0 if not + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index); + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + */ +int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, + unsigned int *tag); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * + * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to + * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +/** + * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as + * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, + * codec and time base. + * + * @param ic the context to analyze + * @param index index of the stream to dump information about + * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file + * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) + */ +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + + +#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_* + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number, int flags); + +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility + * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, + int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +/** + * Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet. + * + * @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream + * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned + * packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that + * the packet should be dropped + * @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply + * @return >=0 on success; + * AVERROR code on failure + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt, + AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); +#endif + +enum AVTimebaseSource { + AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1, + AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER, + AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER, +#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE + AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE, +#endif +}; + +/** + * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another. + * + * This function is useful when doing stream copy. + * + * @param ofmt target output format for ost + * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments + * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from + * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported + */ +int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, + AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist, + enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb); + +/** + * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream. + * + * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from + */ +AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/avio.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9c5972 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,867 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +/** + * Seeking works like for a local file. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1) + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Directory entry types. + */ +enum AVIODirEntryType { + AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, + AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, + AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, + AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, + AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, + AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, + AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP, +}; + +/** + * Describes single entry of the directory. + * + * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. + * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. + */ +typedef struct AVIODirEntry { + char *name; /**< Filename */ + int type; /**< Type of the entry */ + int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. + Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */ + int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, + -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */ +} AVIODirEntry; + +typedef struct AVIODirContext { + struct URLContext *url_context; +} AVIODirContext; + +/** + * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO + * write_data_type callback. + */ +enum AVIODataMarkerType { + /** + * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding + * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with + * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + * should give decodeable results. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing + * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any + * non-keyframe packet start point. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + /** + * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking + * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point + * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment + * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN, + /** + * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for + * finalizing the output file. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might + * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically + * means the end of a packet. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT, +}; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /* + * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, + * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing + * (since AVIOContext is used for both): + * + ********************************************************************************** + * READING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |---------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * + * pos + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * input file: | | | + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * + * + ********************************************************************************** + * WRITING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |--------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buf_ptr_max + * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | | + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * buf_ptr can be in this + * due to a backward seek + * + * pos + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * output file: | | | + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * + */ + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int must_flush; /**< unused */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t maxsize; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int seek_count; + + /** + * writeout statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int writeout_count; + + /** + * Original buffer size + * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int orig_buffer_size; + + /** + * Threshold to favor readahead over seek. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int short_seek_threshold; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of write_packet. + */ + int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time); + /** + * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly + * small chunks of data returned from the callback). + */ + int ignore_boundary_point; + + /** + * Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext. + */ + enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type; + int64_t last_time; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque); + + int64_t written; + + /** + * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer, + * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush. + */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr_max; + + /** + * Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it + */ + int min_packet_size; +} AVIOContext; + +/** + * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. + * + * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. + * + * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. + */ +const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url); + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Move or rename a resource. + * + * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. + * + * @param url_src url to resource to be moved + * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst); + +/** + * Delete a resource. + * + * @param url resource to be deleted. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url); + +/** + * Open directory for reading. + * + * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param url directory to be listed. + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Get next directory entry. + * + * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular + * it may outlive AVIODirContext. + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an + * error. + */ +int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next); + +/** + * Close directory. + * + * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be + * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s); + +/** + * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). + * + * @param entry entry to be freed. + */ +void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with avio_context_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. + * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, + * which must be later freed with av_free(). + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +/** + * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it. + * + * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL + * into s. + */ +void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type. + * + * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output. + * + * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to + * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not + * applicable + * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos + */ +void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type); + +/** + * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return non zero if and only if end of file + */ +int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s); +#if FF_API_URL_FEOF +/** + * @deprecated use avio_feof() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int url_feof(AVIOContext *s); +#endif + +/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data. + * + * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + * + * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the + * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not + * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed + * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next + * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte. + * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_closep + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + */ +int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); + + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. + * The AVIOContext stream is left intact. + * The buffer must NOT be freed. + * No padding is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */ +struct AVBPrint; + +/** + * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. + * + * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error + * code otherwise + */ +int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size); + +/** + * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. + * @param s the server context + * @param c the client context, must be unallocated + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR on failure + */ +int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before + * using it as a read/write context. + * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. + * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may + * decide to change the proceedings. + * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each + * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters + * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual + * chunk of the request can constitute a step. + * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and + * returns 0 immediately. + * + * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on + * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake + * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete + * < 0 for an AVERROR code + */ +int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c); +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..878917d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavformat/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium) +// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 83 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + */ +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT +#define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC +#define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB +#define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF +#define FF_API_URL_FEOF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE +#define FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 +#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS +#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX +#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NOCONST_GET_SIDE_DATA +#define FF_API_NOCONST_GET_SIDE_DATA (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT +#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP +#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MERGE_SD +#define FF_API_LAVF_MERGE_SD (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG +#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API +#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif + + +#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1 +#endif +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1f035b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_adler32 + * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * Adler-32 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf, + unsigned int len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/aes.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09efbda --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f596fa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54d1901 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8a9194 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "fifo.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46f3fea --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "log.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) +#endif + +/** + * Assert that floating point opperations can be executed. + * + * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 + */ +void av_assert0_fpu(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f10aa61 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffconf */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04d2695 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Convert a number to an av_malloced string. + */ +char *av_d2str(double d); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * Locale-independent strings replace. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace + */ +char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".". + * @note the function may change the input string. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, + * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' + * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to + * match all names. + * + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d63315 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string + * with length x to a data buffer. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e289a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c09b1ac --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local "char buf[512]". + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the + * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * + * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * + * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1). + * + * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length; + * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage; + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to + * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible. + * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param data pointer to data + * param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91cb795 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73b6bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + int size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size), + void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/camellia.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e674c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/cast5.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad5b347 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50bb8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * audio channel layout utility functions + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL + +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + */ +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. + * + * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse + * unknown channel layout specifications. + * + * @param[in] name channel layout specification string + * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) + * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. + */ +int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + */ +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +struct AVBPrint; +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + */ +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + */ +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + */ +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + */ +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/common.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58ead80 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ +#include "common.h" + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) +{ + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= (GET_BYTE);\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + ERROR\ + while (val & top) {\ + int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + ERROR\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = GET_16BIT;\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + ERROR\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ + +/* + * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard + * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. + */ + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e5d40a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); + +/** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/crc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a1b0d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_crc32 + * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. + * + * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most + * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available + * polynomials. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ +#if FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE + AV_CRC_24_IEEE = 12, +#else + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, +#endif /* FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE */ + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/des.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/des.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf11f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/dict.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..118f1f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create + * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to + * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever + * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all + * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary + * and all its contents. + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key + * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key matching key + * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved + * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. + * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @param[in] m dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/display.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..515adad --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Display matrix + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include +#include "common.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_display + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + * @endcode + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..221cf5b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/error.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71df4da --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/eval.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dacd22b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/ffversion.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed47f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "3.4.5" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc7bc6f --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param nmemb number of elements + * @param size size of the single element + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO + */ +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + */ +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + */ +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/file.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8666c7b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include + +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms + */ +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/frame.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..abe4f4f --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,821 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format + * MUST be set to NULL. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, size in bytes of each picture line. + * For audio, size in bytes of each plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + +#if FF_API_PKT_PTS + /** + * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame. + * @deprecated use the pts field instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t pkt_pts; +#endif + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + int display_picture_number; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + +#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +#endif + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + + /** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of + * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array + * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must + * also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_duration; + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 + + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP + /** + * QP table + */ + attribute_deprecated + int8_t *qscale_table; + /** + * QP store stride + */ + attribute_deprecated + int qstride; + + attribute_deprecated + int qscale_type; + + AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf; +#endif + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ +} AVFrame; + +/** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); +AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); +int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val); +AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame); +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP +int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type); +int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type); +#endif +enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val); +enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val); + +/** + * Get the name of a colorspace. + * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. + */ +const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it + * from the frame. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hash.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a20b893 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic + * Generic hashing API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Hash functions useful in multimedia. + * + * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and + * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient + * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for + * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API + * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. + * + * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash + * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, + * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. + * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash + * "individual hash" directly. + * + * @section Sample Code + * + * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: + * + * @code + * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; + * const char *hash_name = NULL; + * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; + * + * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() + * hash_name = ...; + * + * // Allocate a hash context + * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + * + * // Initialize the hash context + * av_hash_init(ctx); + * + * // Update the hash context with data + * while (data_left) { + * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); + * } + * + * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the + * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can + * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just + * // av_malloc(). + * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); + * if (!output_buf) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Finalize the hash context. + * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other + * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation + * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra + * // memory needed. + * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); + * + * // Free the context + * av_hash_freep(&ctx); + * @endcode + * + * @section Hash Function-Specific Information + * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be + * used. + * + * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref + * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @example ffhash.c + * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more + * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, + * initialization, updating, and finalizing. + */ + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * + * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must + * call av_hash_init() to do so. + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for + * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to + * libavutil without recompilation. + * + * @warning + * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing + * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from + * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with + * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are + * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @param[in] ctx Hash context + * @return Size of the hash value in bytes + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context + * @param[in] len Size of the additional data + */ +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * + * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * + * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the + * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the + * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is + * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hmac.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..576a0a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384 = 12, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03334e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,582 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, +}; + +typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWFramesInternal *internal; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef *device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool *pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); + + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); + + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, + const void *hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); + + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, + int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12dae84 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H + +#ifndef CUDA_VERSION +#include +#endif + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. + */ + +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { + CUcontext cuda_ctx; + AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; +} AVCUDADeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98db7ce --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. + * + * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is + * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate + * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. + * + * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to + * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for + * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. + * + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" + * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation + * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. + */ + +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to + * set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and + * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; + +/** + * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + * + * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not + * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 + * if the texture is not an array texture. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). + */ + intptr_t index; +} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { + /** + * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL + * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array + * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. + * + * The only situation when the API user should set this is: + * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting + * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext + * allocate the pool + * - of an array texture + * - and wants it to use it for decoding + * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() + * + * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + * + * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which + * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView + * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must + * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for + * video decoding. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT BindFlags; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT MiscFlags; +} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e22545 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1b79bc --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. + * + * Only fixed-size pools are supported. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { + IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; +} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { + /** + * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or + * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. + */ + DWORD surface_type; + + /** + * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, + * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by + * libavutil. + */ + IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. + * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this + * field is provided. + * + * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on + * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. + * + * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the + * decoder reference. + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; +} AVDXVA2FramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98d611 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. + * + * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must + * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { + mfxSession session; +} AVQSVDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { + mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. + */ + int frame_type; +} AVQSVFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b2e071 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID *surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b7ea1e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { + VdpDevice device; + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; +} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..380918d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +#include + +#include + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. + * + * This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox + * API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames. + * + * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. + * + * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always + * NULL. + */ + +/** + * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. + * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); + +/** + * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b790ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy(). + * + * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required + * by the CPU architecture. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment + * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed + * with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, + int width, int height); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe3d7ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d54d4b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,634 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(__DECC) + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03f779a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. + * + * Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. + */ +int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63]; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/log.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0a5738 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +#if FF_API_DLOG +/** + * av_dlog macros + * @deprecated unused + * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally. + */ + +#ifdef DEBUG +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#endif +#endif /* FF_API_DLOG */ + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/lzo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c034039 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/macros.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2007ee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..847b0b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/** + * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + + +/** + * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of + * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). + */ + AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; + + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. + */ + AVRational white_point[2]; + + /** + * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational min_luminance; + + /** + * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational max_luminance; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. + */ + int has_primaries; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. + */ + int has_luminance; + +} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { + /** + * Max content light level (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxCLL; + + /** + * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxFALL; +} AVContentLightMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5490180 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/md5.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca72ccb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_md5 + * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MD5 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); +#else +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len); +#else +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mem.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..527cd03 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,699 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros + * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) + * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42; + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128]; + * + * // The default-alignment equivalent would be + * uint16_t aligned_int = 42; + * uint8_t aligned_array[128]; + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) + * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline + * assembly code. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v +#elif defined(__DJGPP__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v +#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v +#else + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_malloc(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_mallocz(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array(). + * + * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function. + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If + * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec29556 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/murmur3.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a1694c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 + * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + * + * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three + * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: + * + * - 32-bit output + * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms + * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms + * + * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit + * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, + * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced + * performance. + * + * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo + * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, + * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a + * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer + * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). + * + * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to + * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error + */ +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] seed Random seed + * + * @see av_murmur3_init() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * + * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); + +/** + * Update hash context with new data. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with + * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` + */ +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param[in,out] c Hash context + * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/opt.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d89379 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,866 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * const AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev) + * { + * return prev ? NULL : &child_class; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '), + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL = MKBETAG('B','O','O','L'), +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#if FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#endif +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +/** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set + * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e66d24b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S' + * - %%: a literal '%' + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc3737c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,430 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; + +#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 + /** deprecated, use step instead */ + attribute_deprecated int step_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use depth instead */ + attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use offset instead */ + attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1; +#endif +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a + * fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each + * PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can + * in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on + * the pixel format without using the palette. + * An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8 + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way. The exception is AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, which can + * carry alpha as part of the palette. Details are explained in the + * AVPixelFormat enum, and are also encoded in the corresponding + * AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * The alpha is always straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) + +/** + * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, + * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * See av_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a + * valid pixel format instead of returning an error code. + * Its recommended that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless + * you do check the return code! + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +/** + * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + */ +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + */ +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8dbc15 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include +#include +#include "common.h" + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1< + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @note + * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor + * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC = AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) +#if FF_API_VDPAU + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers +#endif + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + +#if FF_API_VAAPI + /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */ + /**@{*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID + /**@}*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, +#else + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian +#if FF_API_VDPAU + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG-4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers +#endif + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDA, ///< HW acceleration through VDA, data[3] contains a CVPixelBufferRef + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4,///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ +#if !FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing +#endif /* !FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB) + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0462a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/rational.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c6b67b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/rc4.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..029cd2a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/replaygain.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b49bf1a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/ripemd.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d6bb32 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_ripemd + * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * RIPEMD hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cd43ae --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case + * of success at the next bump + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/sha.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0180e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha + * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: + * + * - SHA-1: 160 bits + * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * + * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/sha512.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bef714b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha512 + * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: + * + * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits + * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits + * - SHA-384: 384 bits + * - SHA-512: 512 bits + * + * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/spherical.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/spherical.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cef759c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/spherical.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Spherical video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H +#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical + * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a + * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion + * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before + * the video should be mapped and displayed. + */ + +/** + * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. + */ +enum AVSphericalProjection { + /** + * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using + * equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a + * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, + * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is + * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is + * to the back. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, + + /** + * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface + * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate + * the position of the current video in a larger surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining + * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { + /** + * Projection type. + */ + enum AVSphericalProjection projection; + + /** + * @name Initial orientation + * @{ + * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after + * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the + * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always + * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. + * + * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the + * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to + * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). + * + * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer + * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere + * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of + * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. + * + * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. + * + * See this equirectangular projection as example: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * Yaw + * -180 0 180 + * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 + * | | | up + * P | | | y| forward + * i | ^ | | /z + * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / + * c | | | | / + * h | | | 0|/_____right + * | | | x + * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 + * + * X - the default camera center + * ^ - the default up vector + * @endcode + */ + int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. + int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. + int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @name Bounding rectangle + * @anchor bounding + * @{ + * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where + * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are + * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic + * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * +----------------+----------+ + * | |bound_top | + * | +--------+ | + * | bound_left |tile | | + * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right + * | +--------+ | + * | | | + * | bound_bottom| | + * +----------------+----------+ + * @endcode + * + * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived + * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, + * like in the following example: + * + * @code{c} + * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; + * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; + * @endcode + * + * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular + * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), + * and should be ignored in all other cases. + */ + uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge + uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge + uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge + uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. + * + * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type + * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other + * cases. + */ + uint32_t padding; +} AVSphericalMapping; + +/** + * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo + * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. + * + * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. + * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. + * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. + * @param left Pixels from the left edge. + * @param top Pixels from the top edge. + * @param right Pixels from the right edge. + * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. + */ +void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t *left, size_t *top, + size_t *right, size_t *bottom); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); + +/** + * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54f4c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Stereoscopic video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d + * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single + * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all + * possible codec-independent view arrangements. + * */ + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, +}; + + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d type value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/tea.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd929bd --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8480a0a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/time.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc169b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37c1361 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity + * correction (PC) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e082f01 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/tree.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5e0aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the + * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/twofish.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..813cfec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f594dc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 55 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 78 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU +#define FF_API_VDPAU (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_XVMC +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA +#define FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DLOG +#define FF_API_DLOG (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI +#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP +#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 +#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME +#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE +#define FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS +#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif + + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..735427c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d180686 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H +#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lpp + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lpp libpostproc + * Video postprocessing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include "libpostproc/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned postproc_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc build-time configuration. + */ +const char *postproc_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc license. + */ +const char *postproc_license(void); + +#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6 + +#if FF_API_QP_TYPE +#define QP_STORE_T int8_t //deprecated +#endif + +#include + +typedef void pp_context; +typedef void pp_mode; + +#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16) +typedef pp_context pp_context_t; +typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t; +extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text +#else +extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text +#endif + +void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3], + uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3], + int horizontalSize, int verticalSize, + const int8_t *QP_store, int QP_stride, + pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type); + + +/** + * Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred. + * + * @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line + * @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX + */ +pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality); +void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode); + +pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags); +void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext); + +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_AUTO 0x00080000 + +#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008 +#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_440 (0x00000010|PP_FORMAT) + +#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libpostproc/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libpostproc/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8f0abe --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libpostproc/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H +#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libpostproc version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 54 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 7 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION) + +#ifndef FF_API_QP_TYPE +#define FF_API_QP_TYPE (LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif + +#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswresample/swresample.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswresample/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7b84fb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswresample/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,579 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lswr + * libswresample public header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lswr libswresample + * @{ + * + * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library. + * + * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is + * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters + * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. + * + * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate + * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). If you + * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API. + * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some + * common options in the same statement. + * + * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample + * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to + * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing + * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function. + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * @endcode + * + * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts() as well: + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc_set_opts(NULL, // we're allocating a new context + * AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt + * 44100, // out_sample_rate + * AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt + * 48000, // in_sample_rate + * 0, // log_offset + * NULL); // log_ctx + * @endcode + * + * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If + * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters + * using @ref AVOptions, as described above in the first example; or by using + * swr_alloc_set_opts(), but with the first argument the allocated context. + * You must then call swr_init() again. + * + * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). + * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient + * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" + * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any + * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). + * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling + * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. + * + * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil + * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc() + * function used in the following example. + * + * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using + * swr_get_delay(). + * + * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters + * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): + * @code + * uint8_t **input; + * int in_samples; + * + * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { + * uint8_t *output; + * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + + * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); + * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, + * input, in_samples); + * handle_output(output, out_samples); + * av_freep(&output); + * } + * @endcode + * + * When the conversion is finished, the conversion + * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). + * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for + * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called. + * + * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before + * swr_free(). + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libswresample/version.h" + +/** + * @name Option constants + * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr. + * @{ + * + */ + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +/** Dithering algorithms */ +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Engines */ +enum SwrEngine { + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure + * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use + * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the + * structure. + */ +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + * @return the AVClass of SwrContext + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * @name SwrContext constructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API. + * + * @see av_opt_set_int() + * @see av_opt_set_dict() + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. + * + * @param[in] s Swr context to check + * @see swr_init() + * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized + */ +int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, + int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name SwrContext destructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + * + * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. + * + * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), + * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). + * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase + * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed + */ +void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Core conversion functions + * @{ + */ + +/** Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an + * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of + * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, + const uint8_t **in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers. + * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation. + * + * @param s[in] initialized Swr context + * @param pts[in] timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are + * function used internally for timestamp compensation. + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Low-level option setting functions + * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible + * with the AVOption API. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is + * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, + * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is + * called with the flag set. + * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample + * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for + * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: + * @li @c s is NULL, + * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, + * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, + * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or + * @li swr_init() fails when called. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Sample handling functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: + * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds + * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned + * delay is in input samples + * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned + * delay is in output samples + * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and + * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be + * returned + * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This + * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state + * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples + * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. + * + * @param in_samples number of input samples. + * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() + * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit + * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size + * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() + * indicates that less would be used. + * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * will output or a negative value to indicate an error + */ +int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Configuration accessors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + * + * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version + * as the run-time one. + * + * @returns the unsigned int-typed version + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + * + * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + * + * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name AVFrame based API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame. + * + * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set. + * + * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples + * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer() + * is called to allocate the frame. + * + * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required. + * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added + * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function + * or to swr_convert(). + * + * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal + * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of + * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or + * swr_convert() with NULL input. + * + * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and + * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on + * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED + * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned. + * + * @see swr_delay() + * @see swr_convert() + * @see swr_get_delay() + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching + * configuration. + */ +int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr, + AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input); + +/** + * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information + * provided by the AVFrames. + * + * The original resampling context is reset even on failure. + * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open. + * + * @see swr_close(); + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswresample/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswresample/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a66173 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswresample/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 2 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 9 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswscale/swscale.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswscale/swscale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7713f51 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswscale/swscale.h @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H +#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libsws + * external API header + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libsws libswscale + * Color conversion and scaling library. + * + * @{ + * + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swscale_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swscale_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale license. + */ +const char *swscale_license(void); + +/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ +#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 +#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 +#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 +#define SWS_X 8 +#define SWS_POINT 0x10 +#define SWS_AREA 0x20 +#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 +#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 +#define SWS_SINC 0x100 +#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 +#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 + +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 + +#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 + +#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 + +//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented +//internal chrominance subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 +//input subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 +#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 +#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 +#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 +#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000 + +#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 + +#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 +#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 +#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 +#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 +#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 +#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9 + +/** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + */ +const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); + +// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements +// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors +typedef struct SwsVector { + double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients + int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector +} SwsVector; + +// vectors can be shared +typedef struct SwsFilter { + SwsVector *lumH; + SwsVector *lumV; + SwsVector *chrH; + SwsVector *chrV; +} SwsFilter; + +struct SwsContext; + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is + * supported, 0 otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); + +/** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + */ +void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); + +/** + * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler + * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis + * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1) + * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff + * frequency + * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + */ +int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], + const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, + uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); + +/** + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], + int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, + int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); + +/** + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, + int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, + int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); + +/** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + */ +SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); + +/** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + */ +void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + */ +void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); + +#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length); +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void); +attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift); +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a); +attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level); +#endif + +void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); + +SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, + float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, + float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, + int verbose); +void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); + +/** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, + int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswscale/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswscale/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..474e93b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/libswscale/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 4 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 8 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR +#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6) +#endif + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxdefs.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxdefs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2cb52a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxdefs.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ +#ifndef __MFXDEFS_H__ +#define __MFXDEFS_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined ( _WIN64 ) + #define __INT64 __int64 + #define __UINT64 unsigned __int64 +#else + #define __INT64 long long + #define __UINT64 unsigned long long +#endif + +#define MFX_INFINITE 0xFFFFFFFF + +typedef unsigned char mfxU8; +typedef char mfxI8; +typedef short mfxI16; +typedef unsigned short mfxU16; +typedef unsigned int mfxU32; +typedef int mfxI32; +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined ( _WIN64 ) +typedef unsigned long mfxUL32; +typedef long mfxL32; +#else +typedef unsigned int mfxUL32; +typedef int mfxL32; +#endif +typedef float mfxF32; +typedef double mfxF64; +typedef __UINT64 mfxU64; +typedef __INT64 mfxI64; +typedef void* mfxHDL; +typedef mfxHDL mfxMemId; +typedef void* mfxThreadTask; + +typedef struct { + mfxI16 x; + mfxI16 y; +} mfxI16Pair; + +typedef struct { + mfxHDL first; + mfxHDL second; +} mfxHDLPair; + + +/*********************************************************************************\ +Error message +\*********************************************************************************/ +typedef enum +{ + /* no error */ + MFX_ERR_NONE = 0, /* no error */ + + /* reserved for unexpected errors */ + MFX_ERR_UNKNOWN = -1, /* unknown error. */ + + /* error codes <0 */ + MFX_ERR_NULL_PTR = -2, /* null pointer */ + MFX_ERR_UNSUPPORTED = -3, /* undeveloped feature */ + MFX_ERR_MEMORY_ALLOC = -4, /* failed to allocate memory */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_ENOUGH_BUFFER = -5, /* insufficient buffer at input/output */ + MFX_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE = -6, /* invalid handle */ + MFX_ERR_LOCK_MEMORY = -7, /* failed to lock the memory block */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED = -8, /* member function called before initialization */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_FOUND = -9, /* the specified object is not found */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_DATA = -10, /* expect more data at input */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_SURFACE = -11, /* expect more surface at output */ + MFX_ERR_ABORTED = -12, /* operation aborted */ + MFX_ERR_DEVICE_LOST = -13, /* lose the HW acceleration device */ + MFX_ERR_INCOMPATIBLE_VIDEO_PARAM = -14, /* incompatible video parameters */ + MFX_ERR_INVALID_VIDEO_PARAM = -15, /* invalid video parameters */ + MFX_ERR_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR = -16, /* undefined behavior */ + MFX_ERR_DEVICE_FAILED = -17, /* device operation failure */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_BITSTREAM = -18, /* expect more bitstream buffers at output */ + + /* warnings >0 */ + MFX_WRN_IN_EXECUTION = 1, /* the previous asynchrous operation is in execution */ + MFX_WRN_DEVICE_BUSY = 2, /* the HW acceleration device is busy */ + MFX_WRN_VIDEO_PARAM_CHANGED = 3, /* the video parameters are changed during decoding */ + MFX_WRN_PARTIAL_ACCELERATION = 4, /* SW is used */ + MFX_WRN_INCOMPATIBLE_VIDEO_PARAM = 5, /* incompatible video parameters */ + MFX_WRN_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 6, /* the value is saturated based on its valid range */ + MFX_WRN_OUT_OF_RANGE = 7, /* the value is out of valid range */ + + /* threading statuses */ + MFX_TASK_DONE = MFX_ERR_NONE, /* task has been completed */ + MFX_TASK_WORKING = 8, /* there is some more work to do */ + MFX_TASK_BUSY = 9 /* task is waiting for resources */ + +} mfxStatus; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __MFXDEFS_H__ */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxjpeg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxjpeg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b8ab27 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxjpeg.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2010 - 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxjpeg.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFX_JPEG_H__ +#define __MFX_JPEG_H__ + +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* CodecId */ +enum { + MFX_CODEC_JPEG = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('J','P','E','G') +}; + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum +{ + MFX_PROFILE_JPEG_BASELINE = 1 +}; + +enum +{ + MFX_ROTATION_0 = 0, + MFX_ROTATION_90 = 1, + MFX_ROTATION_180 = 2, + MFX_ROTATION_270 = 3 +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif // __MFX_JPEG_H__ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxmvc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxmvc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af74465 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxmvc.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2010 - 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxmvc.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXMVC_H__ +#define __MFXMVC_H__ + +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum { + /* MVC profiles */ + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_MULTIVIEW_HIGH =118, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_STEREO_HIGH =128 +}; + +/* Extended Buffer Ids */ +enum { + MFX_EXTBUFF_MVC_SEQ_DESC = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','V','C','D'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_MVC_TARGET_VIEWS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','V','C','T') +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxU16 ViewId; + + mfxU16 NumAnchorRefsL0; + mfxU16 NumAnchorRefsL1; + mfxU16 AnchorRefL0[16]; + mfxU16 AnchorRefL1[16]; + + mfxU16 NumNonAnchorRefsL0; + mfxU16 NumNonAnchorRefsL1; + mfxU16 NonAnchorRefL0[16]; + mfxU16 NonAnchorRefL1[16]; +} mfxMVCViewDependency; + +typedef struct { + mfxU16 TemporalId; /* operation point temporal ID */ + mfxU16 LevelIdc; + + mfxU16 NumViews; /* total number of views, including "depend on" views */ + mfxU16 NumTargetViews; /* number of the output views for the current operation point */ + mfxU16 *TargetViewId; /* array of target view ID, it points to mfxExtMVCSeqDesc::ViewId, set by SDK */ +} mfxMVCOperationPoint; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU32 NumView; /* number of view in the stream, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumViewAlloc; /* number of allocated elements, set by application */ + mfxMVCViewDependency *View; /* view ID and list of views used as reference for this view, allocated by application */ + + mfxU32 NumViewId; /* num of views IDs, to simplify copying, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumViewIdAlloc; /* number of allocated elements, set by application */ + mfxU16 *ViewId; /* allocated by application */ + + mfxU32 NumOP; /* number of operation points in OP array, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumOPAlloc; /* number of allocated elements in OP array, set by application */ + mfxMVCOperationPoint *OP; /* allocated by application */ + + mfxU16 NumRefsTotal; /* total number of reference frames in the sequence */ + mfxU32 Reserved[16]; + +} mfxExtMVCSeqDesc; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU16 TemporalId; + mfxU32 NumView; /* number of view to decode */ + mfxU16 ViewId[1024]; +} mfxExtMVCTargetViews ; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxplugin++.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxplugin++.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b62c9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxplugin++.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + + +File Name: mfxplugin++.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ + +#ifndef __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H +#define __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H + +#include "mfxvideo.h" +#include "mfxplugin.h" + +class MFXPlugin +{ +public: + virtual mfxStatus mfxPluginInit(mfxCoreInterface *core) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxPluginClose() = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxGetPluginParam(mfxPluginParam *par) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxSubmit(const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxExecute(mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 uid_p, mfxU32 uid_a) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxFreeResources(mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts) = 0; +}; + +/* Class adapter between "C" structure mfxPlugin and C++ interface MFXPlugin */ +class MFXPluginAdapter : public mfxPlugin +{ +public: + MFXPluginAdapter(MFXPlugin *pPlugin) + { + pthis = pPlugin; + PluginInit = MFXPluginAdapter::_PluginInit; + PluginClose = MFXPluginAdapter::_PluginClose; + GetPluginParam = MFXPluginAdapter::_GetPluginParam; + Submit = MFXPluginAdapter::_Submit; + Execute = MFXPluginAdapter::_Execute; + FreeResources = MFXPluginAdapter::_FreeResources; + } + +private: + static mfxStatus _PluginInit(mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreInterface *core) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxPluginInit(core); } + static mfxStatus _PluginClose(mfxHDL pthis) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxPluginClose(); } + static mfxStatus _GetPluginParam(mfxHDL pthis, mfxPluginParam *par) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxGetPluginParam(par); } + static mfxStatus _Submit(mfxHDL pthis, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxSubmit(in, in_num, out, out_num, task); } + static mfxStatus _Execute(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 thread_id, mfxU32 call_count) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxExecute(task, thread_id, call_count); } + static mfxStatus _FreeResources(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxFreeResources(task, sts); } +}; + +#endif // __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxplugin.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxplugin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfb7547 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxplugin.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxplugin.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXPLUGIN_H__ +#define __MFXPLUGIN_H__ +#include "mfxvideo.h" + +#pragma warning(disable: 4201) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +typedef enum { + MFX_THREADPOLICY_SERIAL = 0, + MFX_THREADPOLICY_PARALLEL = 1 +} mfxThreadPolicy; + +typedef struct mfxPluginParam { + mfxU32 reserved[14]; + mfxThreadPolicy ThreadPolicy; + mfxU32 MaxThreadNum; +} mfxPluginParam; + +typedef struct mfxCoreParam{ + mfxU32 reserved[13]; + mfxIMPL Impl; + mfxVersion Version; + mfxU32 NumWorkingThread; +} mfxCoreParam; + +typedef struct mfxCoreInterface { + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxHDL reserved1[2]; + mfxFrameAllocator FrameAllocator; + mfxBufferAllocator reserved3; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetCoreParam)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreParam *par); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetHandle) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *handle); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *IncreaseReference) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameData *fd); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *DecreaseReference) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameData *fd); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *CopyFrame) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *dst, mfxFrameSurface1 *src); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *CopyBuffer)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU8 *dst, mfxU32 size, mfxFrameSurface1 *src); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *MapOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 num, mfxU32 type, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *UnmapOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 num, mfxU32 type, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetRealSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *op_surf, mfxFrameSurface1 **surf); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *surf, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + + mfxHDL reserved4[4]; +} mfxCoreInterface; + +typedef struct mfxPlugin{ + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *PluginInit) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreInterface *core); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *PluginClose) (mfxHDL pthis); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetPluginParam)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxPluginParam *par); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Submit)(mfxHDL pthis, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Execute)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 uid_p, mfxU32 uid_a); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *FreeResources)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts); + + mfxHDL reserved[9]; +} mfxPlugin; + + + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_Register(mfxSession session, mfxU32 type, const mfxPlugin *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_Unregister(mfxSession session, mfxU32 type); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_ProcessFrameAsync(mfxSession session, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __MFXPLUGIN_H__ */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxstructures.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxstructures.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13e362b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxstructures.h @@ -0,0 +1,763 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxstructures.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXSTRUCTURES_H__ +#define __MFXSTRUCTURES_H__ +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#pragma warning(disable: 4201) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define MFX_MAKEFOURCC(A,B,C,D) ((((int)A))+(((int)B)<<8)+(((int)C)<<16)+(((int)D)<<24)) + +/* Extended Configuration Header Structure */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 BufferId; + mfxU32 BufferSz; +} mfxExtBuffer; + +/* Frame ID for SVC and MVC */ +typedef struct { + mfxU16 TemporalId; + mfxU16 PriorityId; + union { + struct { + mfxU16 DependencyId; + mfxU16 QualityId; + }; + struct { + mfxU16 ViewId; + }; + }; +} mfxFrameId; + +/* Frame Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[6]; + mfxFrameId FrameId; + + mfxU32 FourCC; + mfxU16 Width; + mfxU16 Height; + + mfxU16 CropX; + mfxU16 CropY; + mfxU16 CropW; + mfxU16 CropH; + + mfxU32 FrameRateExtN; + mfxU32 FrameRateExtD; + mfxU16 reserved3; + + mfxU16 AspectRatioW; + mfxU16 AspectRatioH; + + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 ChromaFormat; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameInfo; + +/* FourCC */ +enum { + MFX_FOURCC_NV12 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('N','V','1','2'), /* Native Format */ + MFX_FOURCC_YV12 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('Y','V','1','2'), + MFX_FOURCC_YUY2 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('Y','U','Y','2'), + MFX_FOURCC_RGB3 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','G','B','3'), /* RGB24 */ + MFX_FOURCC_RGB4 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','G','B','4'), /* RGB32 */ + MFX_FOURCC_P8 = 41 /* D3DFMT_P8 */ +}; + +/* PicStruct */ +enum { + MFX_PICSTRUCT_UNKNOWN =0x00, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_PROGRESSIVE =0x01, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_TFF =0x02, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_BFF =0x04, + + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_REPEATED=0x10, /* first field repeated, pic_struct=5 or 6 in H.264 */ + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FRAME_DOUBLING=0x20, /* pic_struct=7 in H.264 */ + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FRAME_TRIPLING=0x40 /* pic_struct=8 in H.264 */ +}; + +/* ColorFormat */ +enum { + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_MONOCHROME =0, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV420 =1, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422 =2, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV444 =3, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV400 = MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_MONOCHROME, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV411 = 4, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422H = MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422V = 5 + +}; + +enum { + MFX_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN = -1 +}; + +enum { + MFX_FRAMEORDER_UNKNOWN = -1 +}; + +/* DataFlag in mfxFrameData */ +enum { + MFX_FRAMEDATA_ORIGINAL_TIMESTAMP = 0x0001 +}; + +/* Corrupted in mfxFrameData */ +enum { + MFX_CORRUPTION_MINOR = 0x0001, + MFX_CORRUPTION_MAJOR = 0x0002, + MFX_CORRUPTION_REFERENCE_FRAME = 0x0010, + MFX_CORRUPTION_REFERENCE_LIST = 0x0020 +}; + +/* Frame Data Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + + mfxU64 TimeStamp; + mfxU32 FrameOrder; + mfxU16 Locked; + mfxU16 Pitch; + + /* color planes */ + union { + mfxU8 *Y; + mfxU8 *R; + }; + union { + mfxU8 *UV; /* for UV merged formats */ + mfxU8 *VU; /* for VU merged formats */ + mfxU8 *CbCr; /* for CbCr merged formats */ + mfxU8 *CrCb; /* for CrCb merged formats */ + mfxU8 *Cb; + mfxU8 *U; + mfxU8 *G; + }; + union { + mfxU8 *Cr; + mfxU8 *V; + mfxU8 *B; + }; + mfxU8 *A; + mfxMemId MemId; + + /* Additional Flags */ + mfxU16 Corrupted; + mfxU16 DataFlag; +} mfxFrameData; + +/* Frame Surface */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxFrameInfo Info; + mfxFrameData Data; +} mfxFrameSurface1; + +enum { + MFX_TIMESTAMPCALC_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_TIMESTAMPCALC_TELECINE = 1, +}; + +/* Transcoding Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[7]; + + mfxU16 reserved4; + mfxU16 BRCParamMultiplier; + + mfxFrameInfo FrameInfo; + mfxU32 CodecId; + mfxU16 CodecProfile; + mfxU16 CodecLevel; + mfxU16 NumThread; + + union { + struct { /* MPEG-2/H.264 Encoding Options */ + mfxU16 TargetUsage; + + mfxU16 GopPicSize; + mfxU16 GopRefDist; + mfxU16 GopOptFlag; + mfxU16 IdrInterval; + + mfxU16 RateControlMethod; + union { + mfxU16 InitialDelayInKB; + mfxU16 QPI; + mfxU16 Accuracy; + }; + mfxU16 BufferSizeInKB; + union { + mfxU16 TargetKbps; + mfxU16 QPP; + }; + union { + mfxU16 MaxKbps; + mfxU16 QPB; + mfxU16 Convergence; + }; + + mfxU16 NumSlice; + mfxU16 NumRefFrame; + mfxU16 EncodedOrder; + }; + struct { /* H.264, MPEG-2 and VC-1 Decoding Options */ + mfxU16 DecodedOrder; + mfxU16 ExtendedPicStruct; + mfxU16 TimeStampCalc; + mfxU16 reserved2[10]; + }; + struct { /* JPEG Decoding Options */ + mfxU16 JPEGChromaFormat; + mfxU16 Rotation; + mfxU16 reserved3[11]; + }; + }; +} mfxInfoMFX; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + mfxFrameInfo In; + mfxFrameInfo Out; +} mfxInfoVPP; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[3]; + mfxU16 reserved3; + mfxU16 AsyncDepth; + + union { + mfxInfoMFX mfx; + mfxInfoVPP vpp; + }; + mfxU16 Protected; + mfxU16 IOPattern; + mfxExtBuffer** ExtParam; + mfxU16 NumExtParam; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxVideoParam; + +/* IOPattern */ +enum { + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0x01, + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_SYSTEM_MEMORY = 0x02, + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY = 0x04, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0x10, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_SYSTEM_MEMORY = 0x20, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_OPAQUE_MEMORY = 0x40 +}; + +/* CodecId */ +enum { + MFX_CODEC_AVC =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','V','C',' '), + MFX_CODEC_MPEG2 =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','P','G','2'), + MFX_CODEC_VC1 =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('V','C','1',' ') +}; + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum { + MFX_PROFILE_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_LEVEL_UNKNOWN =0, + + /* AVC Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET0 = (0x100 << 0), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET1 = (0x100 << 1), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET2 = (0x100 << 2), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET3 = (0x100 << 3), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4 = (0x100 << 4), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET5 = (0x100 << 5), + + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_BASELINE =66, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_MAIN =77, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_EXTENDED =88, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH =100, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_BASELINE + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET1, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINED_HIGH =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4 + + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET5, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_PROGRESSIVE_HIGH =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4, + + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_1 =10, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_1b =9, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_11 =11, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_12 =12, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_13 =13, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_2 =20, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_21 =21, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_22 =22, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_3 =30, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_31 =31, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_32 =32, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_4 =40, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_41 =41, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_42 =42, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_5 =50, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_51 =51, + + /* MPEG-2 Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE =0x50, + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN =0x40, + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH =0x10, + + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_LOW =0xA, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_MAIN =0x8, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_HIGH =0x4, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_HIGH1440 =0x6, + + /* VC1 Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE =(0+1), + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN =(4+1), + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED =(12+1), + + /* VC1 levels for simple & main profiles */ + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_LOW =(0+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_MEDIAN =(2+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_HIGH =(4+1), + + /* VC1 levels for the advanced profile */ + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_0 =(0x00+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_1 =(0x01+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_2 =(0x02+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_3 =(0x03+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_4 =(0x04+1) +}; + +/* GopOptFlag */ +enum { + MFX_GOP_CLOSED =1, + MFX_GOP_STRICT =2 +}; + +/* TargetUsages: from 1 to 7 inclusive */ +enum { + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BEST_QUALITY =1, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BALANCED =4, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BEST_SPEED =7 +}; + +/* RateControlMethod */ +enum { + MFX_RATECONTROL_CBR =1, + MFX_RATECONTROL_VBR =2, + MFX_RATECONTROL_CQP =3, + MFX_RATECONTROL_AVBR =4 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU16 reserved1; + mfxU16 RateDistortionOpt; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 MECostType; + mfxU16 MESearchType; + mfxI16Pair MVSearchWindow; + mfxU16 EndOfSequence; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 FramePicture; /* tri-state option */ + + union { + struct { /* AVC */ + mfxU16 CAVLC; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 reserved2[3]; + mfxU16 ViewOutput; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 NalHrdConformance; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 SingleSeiNalUnit; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 VuiVclHrdParameters; /* tri-state option */ + + mfxU16 RefPicListReordering; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 ResetRefList; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 RefPicMarkRep; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 FieldOutput; /* tri-state option */ + + mfxU16 IntraPredBlockSize; + mfxU16 InterPredBlockSize; + mfxU16 MVPrecision; + mfxU16 MaxDecFrameBuffering; + + mfxU16 AUDelimiter; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 EndOfStream; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 PicTimingSEI; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 VuiNalHrdParameters; /* tri-state option */ + }; + }; +} mfxExtCodingOption; + +/* IntraPredBlockSize/InterPredBlockSize */ +enum { + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_16X16 = 1, /* 16x16 */ + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_8X8 = 2, /* 16x16, 8x8 */ + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_4X4 = 3 /* 16x16, 8x8, 4x4 */ +}; + +/* MVPrecision */ +enum { + MFX_MVPRECISION_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_MVPRECISION_INTEGER = (1 << 0), + MFX_MVPRECISION_HALFPEL = (1 << 1), + MFX_MVPRECISION_QUARTERPEL = (1 << 2) +}; + +enum { + MFX_CODINGOPTION_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_CODINGOPTION_ON =0x10, + MFX_CODINGOPTION_OFF =0x20 +}; + +typedef struct _mfxEncryptedData mfxEncryptedData; + +typedef struct { + union { + mfxEncryptedData* EncryptedData; + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + }; + mfxU64 TimeStamp; + mfxU8* Data; + mfxU32 DataOffset; + mfxU32 DataLength; + mfxU32 MaxLength; + + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 FrameType; + mfxU16 DataFlag; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxBitstream; + +/* Data Flag */ +enum { + MFX_BITSTREAM_COMPLETE_FRAME = 0x0001 /* the bitstream contains a complete frame or field pair of data */ +}; + +/* Extended Buffer Ids */ +enum { + MFX_EXTBUFF_CODING_OPTION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('C','D','O','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_CODING_OPTION_SPSPPS= MFX_MAKEFOURCC('C','O','S','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DONOTUSE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('N','U','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_AUXDATA = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','U','X','D'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DENOISE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','N','I','S'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_ANALYSIS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('S','C','L','Y'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_CHANGE = MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_ANALYSIS, + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_PROCAMP = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('P','A','M','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DETAIL = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','E','T',' '), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('V','S','I','N'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DOUSE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','U','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_OPAQUE_SURFACE_ALLOCATION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('O','P','Q','S'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_AVC_REFLIST_CTRL = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','L','S','T'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_FRAME_RATE_CONVERSION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('F','R','C',' '), + MFX_EXTBUFF_PICTURE_TIMING_SEI = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('P','T','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_AVC_TEMPORAL_LAYERS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','T','M','L') +}; + +/* VPP Conf: Do not use certain algorithms */ +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 NumAlg; + mfxU32* AlgList; +} mfxExtVPPDoNotUse; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 DenoiseFactor; +} mfxExtVPPDenoise; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 DetailFactor; +} mfxExtVPPDetail; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxF64 Brightness; + mfxF64 Contrast; + mfxF64 Hue; + mfxF64 Saturation; +} mfxExtVPPProcAmp; + +/* statistics collected for decode, encode and vpp */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU64 NumBit; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxEncodeStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU32 NumSkippedFrame; + mfxU32 NumError; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxDecodeStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxVPPStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 SpatialComplexity; + mfxU32 TemporalComplexity; + mfxU16 SceneChangeRate; + mfxU16 RepeatedFrame; +} mfxExtVppAuxData; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxU8 *Data; /* buffer pointer */ + mfxU32 NumBit; /* number of bits */ + mfxU16 Type; /* SEI message type in H.264 or user data start_code in MPEG-2 */ + mfxU16 BufSize; /* payload buffer size in bytes */ +} mfxPayload; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved[5]; + mfxU16 reserved1; + + mfxU16 QP; /* per frame QP */ + + mfxU16 FrameType; + mfxU16 NumExtParam; + mfxU16 NumPayload; /* MPEG-2 user data or H.264 SEI message(s) */ + mfxU16 reserved2; + + mfxExtBuffer **ExtParam; + mfxPayload **Payload; /* for field pair, first field uses even payloads and second field uses odd payloads */ +} mfxEncodeCtrl; + +/* Buffer Memory Types */ +enum { + /* Buffer types */ + MFX_MEMTYPE_PERSISTENT_MEMORY =0x0002 +}; + +/* Frame Memory Types */ +#define MFX_MEMTYPE_BASE(x) (0xf0ff & (x)) + +enum { + MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_DECODER_TARGET =0x0010, + MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_PROCESSOR_TARGET =0x0020, + MFX_MEMTYPE_VIDEO_MEMORY_DECODER_TARGET = MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_DECODER_TARGET, + MFX_MEMTYPE_VIDEO_MEMORY_PROCESSOR_TARGET = MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_PROCESSOR_TARGET, + MFX_MEMTYPE_SYSTEM_MEMORY =0x0040, + + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_ENCODE = 0x0100, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_DECODE = 0x0200, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_VPPIN = 0x0400, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_VPPOUT = 0x0800, + + MFX_MEMTYPE_INTERNAL_FRAME = 0x0001, + MFX_MEMTYPE_EXTERNAL_FRAME = 0x0002, + MFX_MEMTYPE_OPAQUE_FRAME = 0x0004 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxFrameInfo Info; + mfxU16 Type; /* decoder or processor render targets */ + mfxU16 NumFrameMin; + mfxU16 NumFrameSuggested; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameAllocRequest; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxMemId *mids; /* the array allocated by application */ + mfxU16 NumFrameActual; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameAllocResponse; + +/* FrameType */ +enum { + MFX_FRAMETYPE_UNKNOWN =0x0000, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_I =0x0001, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_P =0x0002, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_B =0x0004, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_S =0x0008, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_REF =0x0040, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_IDR =0x0080, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xI =0x0100, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xP =0x0200, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xB =0x0400, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xS =0x0800, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xREF =0x4000, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xIDR =0x8000 +}; + +typedef enum { + MFX_HANDLE_DIRECT3D_DEVICE_MANAGER9 =1, /* IDirect3DDeviceManager9 */ + MFX_HANDLE_D3D9_DEVICE_MANAGER = MFX_HANDLE_DIRECT3D_DEVICE_MANAGER9, + MFX_HANDLE_D3D11_DEVICE_AND_CONTEXT = 2, + MFX_HANDLE_D3D11_DEVICE = 3, + MFX_HANDLE_VA_DISPLAY = 4 +} mfxHandleType; + +typedef enum { + MFX_SKIPMODE_NOSKIP=0, + MFX_SKIPMODE_MORE=1, + MFX_SKIPMODE_LESS=2 +} mfxSkipMode; + +/* Library initialization and deinitialization */ +typedef mfxI32 mfxIMPL; +#define MFX_IMPL_BASETYPE(x) (0x00ff & (x)) + +enum { + MFX_IMPL_AUTO = 0x0000, /* Auto Selection/In or Not Supported/Out */ + MFX_IMPL_SOFTWARE = 0x0001, /* Pure Software Implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE = 0x0002, /* Hardware Accelerated Implementation (default device) */ + MFX_IMPL_AUTO_ANY = 0x0003, /* Auto selection of any hardware/software implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE_ANY = 0x0004, /* Auto selection of any hardware implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE2 = 0x0005, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (2nd device) */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE3 = 0x0006, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (3rd device) */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE4 = 0x0007, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (4th device) */ + + MFX_IMPL_VIA_ANY = 0x0100, + MFX_IMPL_VIA_D3D9 = 0x0200, + MFX_IMPL_VIA_D3D11 = 0x0300, + + MFX_IMPL_UNSUPPORTED = 0x0000 /* One of the MFXQueryIMPL returns */ +}; + +/* Version Info */ +typedef union { + struct { + mfxU16 Minor; + mfxU16 Major; + }; + mfxU32 Version; +} mfxVersion; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU8 *SPSBuffer; + mfxU8 *PPSBuffer; + mfxU16 SPSBufSize; + mfxU16 PPSBufSize; + mfxU16 SPSId; + mfxU16 PPSId; +} mfxExtCodingOptionSPSPPS; + +/* session priority */ +typedef enum +{ + MFX_PRIORITY_LOW = 0, + MFX_PRIORITY_NORMAL = 1, + MFX_PRIORITY_HIGH = 2 + +} mfxPriority; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 VideoFormat; + mfxU16 VideoFullRange; + mfxU16 ColourDescriptionPresent; + mfxU16 ColourPrimaries; + mfxU16 TransferCharacteristics; + mfxU16 MatrixCoefficients; +} mfxExtVideoSignalInfo; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 NumAlg; + mfxU32 *AlgList; +} mfxExtVPPDoUse; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved1[2]; + struct { + mfxFrameSurface1 **Surfaces; + mfxU32 reserved2[5]; + mfxU16 Type; + mfxU16 NumSurface; + } In, Out; +} mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 NumRefIdxL0Active; + mfxU16 NumRefIdxL1Active; + + struct { + mfxU32 FrameOrder; + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 ViewId; + mfxU32 reserved[2]; + } PreferredRefList[32], RejectedRefList[16], LongTermRefList[16]; + + mfxU32 reserved[8]; +} mfxExtAVCRefListCtrl; + +enum { + MFX_FRCALGM_PRESERVE_TIMESTAMP = 1, + MFX_FRCALGM_DISTRIBUTED_TIMESTAMP = 2 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 Algorithm; + mfxU16 reserved; + mfxU32 reserved2[15]; +} mfxExtVPPFrameRateConversion; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved[14]; + + struct { + mfxU16 ClockTimestampFlag; + mfxU16 CtType; + mfxU16 NuitFieldBasedFlag; + mfxU16 CountingType; + mfxU16 FullTimestampFlag; + mfxU16 DiscontinuityFlag; + mfxU16 CntDroppedFlag; + mfxU16 NFrames; + mfxU16 SecondsFlag; + mfxU16 MinutesFlag; + mfxU16 HoursFlag; + mfxU16 SecondsValue; + mfxU16 MinutesValue; + mfxU16 HoursValue; + mfxU32 TimeOffset; + } TimeStamp[3]; +} mfxExtPictureTimingSEI; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved1[4]; + mfxU16 reserved2; + mfxU16 BaseLayerPID; + + struct { + mfxU16 Scale; + mfxU16 reserved[3]; + }Layer[8]; +} mfxExtAvcTemporalLayers; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxvideo++.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxvideo++.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e513b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxvideo++.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2010 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + + +File Name: mfxvideo++.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ + +#ifndef __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H +#define __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H + +#include "mfxvideo.h" + +class MFXVideoSession +{ +public: + MFXVideoSession(void) { m_session = (mfxSession) 0; } + virtual ~MFXVideoSession(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Init(mfxIMPL impl, mfxVersion *ver) { return MFXInit(impl, ver, &m_session); } + mfxStatus Close(void) + { + mfxStatus mfxRes; + mfxRes = MFXClose(m_session); m_session = (mfxSession) 0; + return mfxRes; + } + + mfxStatus QueryIMPL(mfxIMPL *impl) { return MFXQueryIMPL(m_session, impl); } + mfxStatus QueryVersion(mfxVersion *version) { return MFXQueryVersion(m_session, version); } + + mfxStatus JoinSession(mfxSession child_session) { return MFXJoinSession(m_session, child_session);} + mfxStatus DisjoinSession( ) { return MFXDisjoinSession(m_session);} + mfxStatus CloneSession( mfxSession *clone) { return MFXCloneSession(m_session, clone);} + mfxStatus SetPriority( mfxPriority priority) { return MFXSetPriority(m_session, priority);} + mfxStatus GetPriority( mfxPriority *priority) { return MFXGetPriority(m_session, priority);} + + mfxStatus SetBufferAllocator(mfxBufferAllocator *allocator) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetBufferAllocator(m_session, allocator); } + mfxStatus SetFrameAllocator(mfxFrameAllocator *allocator) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetFrameAllocator(m_session, allocator); } + mfxStatus SetHandle(mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL hdl) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetHandle(m_session, type, hdl); } + mfxStatus GetHandle(mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *hdl) { return MFXVideoCORE_GetHandle(m_session, type, hdl); } + + mfxStatus SyncOperation(mfxSyncPoint syncp, mfxU32 wait) { return MFXVideoCORE_SyncOperation(m_session, syncp, wait); } + + operator mfxSession (void) { return m_session; } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoENCODE +{ +public: + + MFXVideoENCODE(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoENCODE(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request) { return MFXVideoENCODE_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus GetEncodeStat(mfxEncodeStat *stat) { return MFXVideoENCODE_GetEncodeStat(m_session, stat); } + + mfxStatus EncodeFrameAsync(mfxEncodeCtrl *ctrl, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoENCODE_EncodeFrameAsync(m_session, ctrl, surface, bs, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoDECODE +{ +public: + + MFXVideoDECODE(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoDECODE(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus DecodeHeader(mfxBitstream *bs, mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeHeader(m_session, bs, par); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request) { return MFXVideoDECODE_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + + mfxStatus GetDecodeStat(mfxDecodeStat *stat) { return MFXVideoDECODE_GetDecodeStat(m_session, stat); } + mfxStatus GetPayload(mfxU64 *ts, mfxPayload *payload) {return MFXVideoDECODE_GetPayload(m_session, ts, payload); } + mfxStatus SetSkipMode(mfxSkipMode mode) { return MFXVideoDECODE_SetSkipMode(m_session, mode); } + mfxStatus DecodeFrameAsync(mfxBitstream *bs, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface_work, mfxFrameSurface1 **surface_out, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeFrameAsync(m_session, bs, surface_work, surface_out, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoVPP +{ +public: + + MFXVideoVPP(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoVPP(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoVPP_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest request[2]) { return MFXVideoVPP_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoVPP_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus GetVPPStat(mfxVPPStat *stat) { return MFXVideoVPP_GetVPPStat(m_session, stat); } + mfxStatus RunFrameVPPAsync(mfxFrameSurface1 *in, mfxFrameSurface1 *out, mfxExtVppAuxData *aux, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoVPP_RunFrameVPPAsync(m_session, in, out, aux, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +#endif // __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxvideo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxvideo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..641dc7a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include/mfx/mfxvideo.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxvideo.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ +#ifndef __MFXVIDEO_H__ +#define __MFXVIDEO_H__ +#include "mfxstructures.h" + +/* This is the external include file for the Intel(R) Media Sofware Development Kit product */ +#define MFX_VERSION_MAJOR 1 +#define MFX_VERSION_MINOR 4 + +#ifdef _WIN32 + #define MFX_CDECL __cdecl + #define MFX_STDCALL __stdcall +#else + #define MFX_CDECL + #define MFX_STDCALL +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif + +/* MFXVideoCORE */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxHDL pthis; + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Alloc) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 nbytes, mfxU16 type, mfxMemId *mid); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Lock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxU8 **ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Unlock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Free) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid); +} mfxBufferAllocator; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Alloc) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request, mfxFrameAllocResponse *response); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Lock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxFrameData *ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Unlock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxFrameData *ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetHDL) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxHDL *handle); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Free) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameAllocResponse *response); +} mfxFrameAllocator; + +/* Global Functions */ +typedef struct _mfxSession *mfxSession; +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXInit(mfxIMPL impl, mfxVersion *ver, mfxSession *session); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXClose(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXQueryIMPL(mfxSession session, mfxIMPL *impl); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXQueryVersion(mfxSession session, mfxVersion *version); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXJoinSession(mfxSession session, mfxSession child); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXDisjoinSession(mfxSession session); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXCloneSession(mfxSession session, mfxSession *clone); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXSetPriority(mfxSession session, mfxPriority priority); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXGetPriority(mfxSession session, mfxPriority *priority); + +/* VideoCORE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetBufferAllocator(mfxSession session, mfxBufferAllocator *allocator); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetFrameAllocator(mfxSession session, mfxFrameAllocator *allocator); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetHandle(mfxSession session, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL hdl); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_GetHandle(mfxSession session, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *hdl); + +typedef struct _mfxSyncPoint *mfxSyncPoint; +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SyncOperation(mfxSession session, mfxSyncPoint syncp, mfxU32 wait); + +/* VideoENCODE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_GetEncodeStat(mfxSession session, mfxEncodeStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_EncodeFrameAsync(mfxSession session, mfxEncodeCtrl *ctrl, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +/* VideoDECODE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeHeader(mfxSession session, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetDecodeStat(mfxSession session, mfxDecodeStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_SetSkipMode(mfxSession session, mfxSkipMode mode); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetPayload(mfxSession session, mfxU64 *ts, mfxPayload *payload); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeFrameAsync(mfxSession session, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface_work, mfxFrameSurface1 **surface_out, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +/* VideoVPP */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest request[2]); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_GetVPPStat(mfxSession session, mfxVPPStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_RunFrameVPPAsync(mfxSession session, mfxFrameSurface1 *in, mfxFrameSurface1 *out, mfxExtVppAuxData *aux, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18c3e3e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,6425 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libavc libavcodec + * Encoding/Decoding Library + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * This API replaces the following legacy functions: + * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4(): + * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet. + * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from + * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially + * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to + * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then + * no data was read from the packet). + * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once. + * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2(): + * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets. + * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not + * possible. + * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet. + * + * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed, + * and will result in undefined behavior. + * + * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return + * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This + * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless + * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to + * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second + * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). + * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed + * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed + * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive + * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be + * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between + * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that + * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now + * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an + * avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC, +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, +#if FF_API_VIMA_DECODER + AV_CODEC_ID_VIMA = AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, +#endif + + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, +#if FF_API_VOXWARE + AV_CODEC_ID_VOXWARE, +#endif + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char *const *mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile *profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 + +#if FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +/** + * @deprecated use AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE instead + */ +#define FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * @deprecated use AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE instead + */ +#define FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE 16384 +#endif /* FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX */ + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * motion estimation type. + * @deprecated use codec private option instead + */ +#if FF_API_MOTION_EST +enum Motion_Est_ID { + ME_ZERO = 1, ///< no search, that is use 0,0 vector whenever one is needed + ME_FULL, + ME_LOG, + ME_PHODS, + ME_EPZS, ///< enhanced predictive zonal search + ME_X1, ///< reserved for experiments + ME_HEX, ///< hexagon based search + ME_UMH, ///< uneven multi-hexagon search + ME_TESA, ///< transformed exhaustive search algorithm + ME_ITER=50, ///< iterative search +}; +#endif + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +#if FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES +/** + * @deprecated there is no libavcodec-wide limit on the number of B-frames + */ +#define FF_MAX_B_FRAMES 16 +#endif + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) +/** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU (1 << 7) +#endif + +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 + + +#if FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED +#define CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE +#define CODEC_FLAG_4MV AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV +#define CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT +#define CODEC_FLAG_QPEL AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL +#if FF_API_GMC +/** + * @deprecated use the "gmc" private option of the libxvid encoder + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_GMC 0x0020 ///< Use GMC. +#endif +#if FF_API_MV0 +/** + * @deprecated use the flag "mv0" in the "mpv_flags" private option of the + * mpegvideo encoders + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_MV0 0x0040 +#endif +#if FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED +/** + * @deprecated passing reference-counted frames to the encoders replaces this + * flag + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_INPUT_PRESERVED 0x0100 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 +#define CODEC_FLAG_GRAY AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY +#if FF_API_EMU_EDGE +/** + * @deprecated edges are not used/required anymore. I.e. this flag is now always + * set. + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE 0x4000 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_PSNR AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR +#define CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED + +#if FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP +/** + * @deprecated use the flag "naq" in the "mpv_flags" private option of the + * mpegvideo encoders + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_NORMALIZE_AQP 0x00020000 +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY +#define CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER +#define CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT +#define CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME +#define CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP +#define CODEC_FLAG2_FAST AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST +#define CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT +#define CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER +#define CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE +#define CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP + +#define CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL +#define CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +#define CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND ///< Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DR1 AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 +#define CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED +#if FF_API_XVMC +/* Codec can export data for HW decoding. This flag indicates that + * the codec would call get_format() with list that might contain HW accelerated + * pixel formats (XvMC, VDPAU, VAAPI, etc). The application can pick any of them + * including raw image format. + * The application can use the passed context to determine bitstream version, + * chroma format, resolution etc. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL 0x0010 +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DELAY AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU AV_CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU +#endif +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF +#if FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES +/** + * @deprecated no codecs use this capability + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_NEG_LINESIZES 0x0800 +#endif +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 +#endif /* FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX */ + +#if FF_API_MB_TYPE +//The following defines may change, don't expect compatibility if you use them. +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA4x4 0x0001 +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA16x16 0x0002 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA_PCM 0x0004 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_16x16 0x0008 +#define MB_TYPE_16x8 0x0010 +#define MB_TYPE_8x16 0x0020 +#define MB_TYPE_8x8 0x0040 +#define MB_TYPE_INTERLACED 0x0080 +#define MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 0x0100 //FIXME +#define MB_TYPE_ACPRED 0x0200 +#define MB_TYPE_GMC 0x0400 +#define MB_TYPE_SKIP 0x0800 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L0 0x1000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L0 0x2000 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L1 0x4000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L1 0x8000 +#define MB_TYPE_L0 (MB_TYPE_P0L0 | MB_TYPE_P1L0) +#define MB_TYPE_L1 (MB_TYPE_P0L1 | MB_TYPE_P1L1) +#define MB_TYPE_L0L1 (MB_TYPE_L0 | MB_TYPE_L1) +#define MB_TYPE_QUANT 0x00010000 +#define MB_TYPE_CBP 0x00020000 +// Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (H.264 ref0, MPEG-1 0mv, ...) +#endif + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan{ + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +}AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int max_bitrate; + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int min_bitrate; + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int avg_bitrate; + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +#if FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG1 0 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG2 1 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_H264 2 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_VP56 3 +#endif + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + /** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES=70, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + /** + * MPEGTS stream ID, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + /** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + /** + * The number of side data elements (in fact a bit more than it). + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NB +}; + +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED + +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t *data; + int size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public + * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it + * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required + * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the + * duration field was still an int. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif +} AVPacket; +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted +/** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **/ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 +/** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; +/** + * @} + */ + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line + * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; +#if FF_API_CODEC_NAME + /** + * @deprecated this field is not used for anything in libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + char codec_name[32]; +#endif + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + +#if FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int stream_codec_tag; +#endif + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not + * constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. + * Use framerate instead. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + +#if FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED +#define FF_ASPECT_EXTENDED 15 +#endif + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + +#if FF_API_MOTION_EST + /** + * This option does nothing + * @deprecated use codec private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int me_method; +#endif + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for + * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not + * in the fmt list of formats. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + +#if FF_API_RC_STRATEGY + /** @deprecated use codec private option instead */ + attribute_deprecated int rc_strategy; +#define FF_RC_STRATEGY_XVID 1 +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int b_frame_strategy; +#endif + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int mpeg_quant; +#endif + + /** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int prediction_method; +#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 +#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 +#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 +#endif + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int pre_me; +#endif + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + +#if FF_API_AFD + /** + * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio + * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams) + * 0 if not set. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by decoder. + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of AVSideData + */ + attribute_deprecated int dtg_active_format; +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SAME 8 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3 9 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9 10 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_14_9 11 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 13 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 14 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SP_4_3 15 +#endif /* FF_API_AFD */ + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + +#if FF_API_QUANT_BIAS + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private option instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int intra_quant_bias; +#define FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS 999999 + + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private option instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int inter_quant_bias; +#endif + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + +#if FF_API_XVMC + /** + * XVideo Motion Acceleration + * - encoding: forbidden + * - decoding: set by decoder + * @deprecated XvMC doesn't need it anymore. + */ + attribute_deprecated int xvmc_acceleration; +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int scenechange_threshold; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int noise_reduction; +#endif + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int me_threshold; + + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int mb_threshold; +#endif + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float border_masking; +#endif + + /** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int me_penalty_compensation; +#endif + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int brd_scale; +#endif + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int chromaoffset; +#endif + +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS + /** + * Multiplied by qscale for each frame and added to scene_change_score. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int scenechange_factor; +#endif + + /** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int b_sensitivity; +#endif + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + int channels; ///< number of audio channels + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int frame_number; + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint64_t request_channel_layout; + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more + * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + + /** + * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from + * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted + * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with + * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. + * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are + * only valid until the next decode call. + * + * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). + */ + attribute_deprecated + int refcounted_frames; + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float rc_qsquish; + + attribute_deprecated + float rc_qmod_amp; + attribute_deprecated + int rc_qmod_freq; +#endif + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + const char *rc_eq; +#endif + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + float rc_buffer_aggressivity; + + attribute_deprecated + float rc_initial_cplx; +#endif + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + +#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_DEFLATE 4 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int coder_type; +#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */ + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int context_model; +#endif + +#if FF_API_MPV_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int lmin; + + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int lmax; +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_threshold; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_factor; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_exp; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_cmp; +#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */ + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int min_prediction_order; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int max_prediction_order; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t timecode_frame_start; +#endif + +#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ + /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ + /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ + /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ + /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ + /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ + attribute_deprecated + void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ + /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ + /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ + /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ + /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ + /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ +#endif + +#if FF_API_STAT_BITS + /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ + attribute_deprecated + int mv_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int header_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int p_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_count; + attribute_deprecated + int p_count; + attribute_deprecated + int skip_count; + attribute_deprecated + int misc_bits; + + /** @deprecated this field is unused */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_bits; +#endif + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#if FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 +#define FF_BUG_OLD_MSMPEG4 2 +#endif +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#if FF_API_AC_VLC +#define FF_BUG_AC_VLC 0 ///< Will be removed, libavcodec can now handle these non-compliant files by default. +#endif +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 +#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + */ + int strict_std_compliance; +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +/** + * @deprecated this option does nothing + */ +#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_DEBUG_PTS 0x00000200 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames +#endif + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error + + + /** + * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#if FF_API_ARCH_SH4 +#define FF_IDCT_SH4 9 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#if FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_IDCT_IPP 13 +#endif /* FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS */ +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#if FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX +#define FF_IDCT_XVIDMMX 14 +#endif /* FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX */ +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#if FF_API_ARCH_SPARC +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEVIS 18 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#if FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEALPHA 23 +#endif +#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */ +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + +#if FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; +#endif + +#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME + /** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + * + * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead + */ + attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame; +#endif + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_safe_callbacks; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + +#if FF_API_ERROR_RATE + /** + * @deprecated use the 'error_rate' private AVOption of the mpegvideo + * encoders + */ + attribute_deprecated + int error_rate; +#endif + +#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY + /** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of + * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t vbv_delay; +#endif + +#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT + /** + * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets + * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data. + * + * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream + * parameters at the end of encoding. + * + * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and + * it is kept only for compatibility. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int side_data_only_packets; +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + +#if !FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; +#endif + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + +#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug motion vectors + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames +#endif + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_text_format; +#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0 +#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING +#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1 +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + */ + int trailing_padding; + + /** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_pixels; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + */ + int hwaccel_flags; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + */ + int apply_cropping; +} AVCodecContext; + +AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); + +const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); + +unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx); + +int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); + +int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); + +uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val); + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; + +struct AVSubtitle; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int priv_data_size; + struct AVCodec *next; + /** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + */ + /** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + */ + int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + */ + int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); + /** @} */ + + /** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + */ + const AVCodecDefault *defaults; + + /** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + */ + void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); + + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); + int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const struct AVSubtitle *sub); + /** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ + int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, + int *got_packet_ptr); + int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); + int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the + * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except + * that: + * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type, + * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent, + * - only one drain frame is ever passed down, + */ + int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + + /** + * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called + * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain + * input data. + */ + int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + /** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + */ + void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Internal codec capabilities. + * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to + * packets before decoding. + */ + const char *bsfs; +} AVCodec; + +int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec); + +struct MpegEncContext; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVHWAccel *next; + + /** + * Allocate a custom buffer + */ + int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int frame_priv_data_size; + + /** + * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. + * + * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb(). + * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are + * stored in an array provided by the video driver. + * + * @param s the mpeg context + */ + void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s); + + /** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + */ + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + */ + int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal hwaccel capabilities. + */ + int caps_internal; +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Picture data structure. + * + * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is + * alpha. + * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead + */ +typedef struct AVPicture { + attribute_deprecated + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes + attribute_deprecated + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line +} AVPicture; + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVPicture pict; +#endif + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t *data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVCodecParameters { + /** + * General type of the encoded data. + */ + enum AVMediaType codec_type; + /** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + */ + enum AVCodecID codec_id; + /** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + */ + uint32_t codec_tag; + + /** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + /** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + */ + int extradata_size; + + /** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + */ + int profile; + int level; + + /** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + */ + int video_delay; + + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is + * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to + * the channels field. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio channels. + */ + int channels; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + /** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + */ + int block_align; + /** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + */ + int trailing_padding; + /** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + */ + int seek_preroll; +} AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + */ +AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + */ +void avcodec_register_all(void); + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); + +#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS +/** + * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec + * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be + * allocated for each new use. + */ +int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); +#endif + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + * + * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not + * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context + * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the + * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context() + * functions. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + */ +void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); + +/** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); + +/** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par, + const AVCodecContext *codec); + +/** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, + const AVCodecParameters *par); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); + +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); + +#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +/** + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +/** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy packet side data + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free a packet. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref + * + * @param pkt packet to free + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int *size); + +#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API +attribute_deprecated +int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict); + + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +#if FF_API_EMU_EDGE +/** + * Return the amount of padding in pixels which the get_buffer callback must + * provide around the edge of the image for codecs which do not have the + * CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE flag. + * + * @return Required padding in pixels. + * + * @deprecated CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is deprecated, so this function is no longer + * needed + */ +attribute_deprecated +unsigned avcodec_get_edge_width(void); +#endif + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be + * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be + * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to + * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet + * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely + * consumed or an error occurs. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by + * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero + * does not mean that an error has occurred. For + * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode + * call is guaranteed to produce a frame. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + * +* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, + int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, + int *got_picture_ptr, + const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2()) + * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now + * or in future libavcodec versions. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can + * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush + * packet is sent) + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * decoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @return + * 0: success, a frame was returned + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try + * to send new input + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() + * to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. + * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the + * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create + * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is + * not reference-counted). + * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush + * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder + * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this + * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush + * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a + * decoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user + * must try to send input + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output packets + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + struct AVCodecParser *next; +} AVCodecParser; + +AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c); + +void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame + can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +/** + * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed + * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter + */ +int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +/** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_resample Audio resampling + * @ingroup libavc + * @deprecated use libswresample instead + * + * @{ + */ +struct ReSampleContext; +struct AVResampleContext; + +typedef struct ReSampleContext ReSampleContext; + +/** + * Initialize audio resampling context. + * + * @param output_channels number of output channels + * @param input_channels number of input channels + * @param output_rate output sample rate + * @param input_rate input sample rate + * @param sample_fmt_out requested output sample format + * @param sample_fmt_in input sample format + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff frequency + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear if 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + * @return allocated ReSampleContext, NULL if error occurred + */ +attribute_deprecated +ReSampleContext *av_audio_resample_init(int output_channels, int input_channels, + int output_rate, int input_rate, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_out, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_in, + int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, + int linear, double cutoff); + +attribute_deprecated +int audio_resample(ReSampleContext *s, short *output, short *input, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Free resample context. + * + * @param s a non-NULL pointer to a resample context previously + * created with av_audio_resample_init() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void audio_resample_close(ReSampleContext *s); + + +/** + * Initialize an audio resampler. + * Note, if either rate is not an integer then simply scale both rates up so they are. + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff freq + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear If 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + */ +attribute_deprecated +struct AVResampleContext *av_resample_init(int out_rate, int in_rate, int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, int linear, double cutoff); + +/** + * Resample an array of samples using a previously configured context. + * @param src an array of unconsumed samples + * @param consumed the number of samples of src which have been consumed are returned here + * @param src_size the number of unconsumed samples available + * @param dst_size the amount of space in samples available in dst + * @param update_ctx If this is 0 then the context will not be modified, that way several channels can be resampled with the same context. + * @return the number of samples written in dst or -1 if an error occurred + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_resample(struct AVResampleContext *c, short *dst, short *src, int *consumed, int src_size, int dst_size, int update_ctx); + + +/** + * Compensate samplerate/timestamp drift. The compensation is done by changing + * the resampler parameters, so no audible clicks or similar distortions occur + * @param compensation_distance distance in output samples over which the compensation should be performed + * @param sample_delta number of output samples which should be output less + * + * example: av_resample_compensate(c, 10, 500) + * here instead of 510 samples only 500 samples would be output + * + * note, due to rounding the actual compensation might be slightly different, + * especially if the compensation_distance is large and the in_rate used during init is small + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_resample_compensate(struct AVResampleContext *c, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); +attribute_deprecated +void av_resample_close(struct AVResampleContext *c); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int width, int height, + unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +#if FF_API_GETCHROMA +/** + * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + */ + +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); +#endif + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss() + */ +int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +attribute_deprecated +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS +/** + * @deprecated this function is not supposed to be used from outside of lavc + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_set_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int width, int height); +#endif + +#if FF_API_TAG_STRING +/** + * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + * + * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); +#endif + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0), + * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When + * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might + * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + +/** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { + void *priv_data; + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + AVCodecParserContext *parser; + struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; + /** + * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter(). + * Not for access by library users. + */ + char *args; +} AVBitStreamFilterContext; +#endif + +typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal; + +/** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVBSFContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + */ + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + + /** + * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any + * way. + */ + AVBSFInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_in; + + /** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_out; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_in; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_out; +} AVBSFContext; + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + + /** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + */ + const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + int priv_data_size; + int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx); + int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx); +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +/** + * Register a bitstream filter. + * + * The filter will be accessible to the application code through + * av_bitstream_filter_next() or can be directly initialized with + * av_bitstream_filter_init(). + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); + +/** + * Create and initialize a bitstream filter context given a bitstream + * filter name. + * + * The returned context must be freed with av_bitstream_filter_close(). + * + * @param name the name of the bitstream filter + * @return a bitstream filter context if a matching filter was found + * and successfully initialized, NULL otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); + +/** + * Filter bitstream. + * + * This function filters the buffer buf with size buf_size, and places the + * filtered buffer in the buffer pointed to by poutbuf. + * + * The output buffer must be freed by the caller. + * + * @param bsfc bitstream filter context created by av_bitstream_filter_init() + * @param avctx AVCodecContext accessed by the filter, may be NULL. + * If specified, this must point to the encoder context of the + * output stream the packet is sent to. + * @param args arguments which specify the filter configuration, may be NULL + * @param poutbuf pointer which is updated to point to the filtered buffer + * @param poutbuf_size pointer which is updated to the filtered buffer size in bytes + * @param buf buffer containing the data to filter + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param keyframe set to non-zero if the buffer to filter corresponds to a key-frame packet data + * @return >= 0 in case of success, or a negative error code in case of failure + * + * If the return value is positive, an output buffer is allocated and + * is available in *poutbuf, and is distinct from the input buffer. + * + * If the return value is 0, the output buffer is not allocated and + * should be considered identical to the input buffer, or in case + * *poutbuf was set it points to the input buffer (not necessarily to + * its starting address). A special case is if *poutbuf was set to NULL and + * *poutbuf_size was set to 0, which indicates the packet should be dropped. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); + +/** + * Release bitstream filter context. + * + * @param bsf the bitstream filter context created with + * av_bitstream_filter_init(), can be NULL + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); + +/** + * If f is NULL, return the first registered bitstream filter, + * if f is non-NULL, return the next registered bitstream filter + * after f, or NULL if f is the last one. + * + * This function can be used to iterate over all registered bitstream + * filters. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f); +#endif + +/** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context + * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + */ +int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. + * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more + * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it + * may have buffered internally. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the + * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there + * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if + * an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + */ +int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + */ +void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); + +/** + * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. + * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; + +/** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + */ +AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + */ +void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); + +/** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); + +/** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); +/** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly + * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter + * + * @return + */ +int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +#if FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] feature string containing the name of the missing feature + * @param[in] want_sample indicates if samples are wanted which exhibit this feature. + * If want_sample is non-zero, additional verbiage will be added to the log + * message which tells the user how to report samples to the development + * mailing list. + * @deprecated Use avpriv_report_missing_feature() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_log_missing_feature(void *avc, const char *feature, int want_sample); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message asking for a sample. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing an optional message, or NULL if no message + * @deprecated Use avpriv_request_sample() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_log_ask_for_sample(void *avc, const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); +#endif /* FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE */ + +/** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + */ +void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + +/** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + */ +AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + + +/** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + */ +enum AVLockOp { + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources +}; + +/** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points + * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user + * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the + * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is + * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same + * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However, + * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to + * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds + * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a + * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks. + * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a + * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls + * to this callback and the previously registered callback. + * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex + * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking + * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to + * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the + * lockmgr will be unregistered. + */ +int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avdct.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..272422e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass *av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
+ * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, + ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); + +const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avfft.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c0f9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6816b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Direct3D11 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H +#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va + * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * + * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { + /** + * D3D11 decoder object + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * D3D11 VideoContext + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; + + /** + * Mutex to access video_context + */ + HANDLE context_mutex; +} AVD3D11VAContext; + +/** + * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dirac.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dirac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6d9d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dirac.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards + * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad + * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H +#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H + +/** + * @file + * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder + * @author Marco Gerards + * @author David Conrad + * @author Jordi Ortiz + */ + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both + * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default). + * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed. + * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting + * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter). + * + * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory. + */ +#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5 + +/** + * Parse code values: + * + * Dirac Specification -> + * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 + * + * VC-2 Specification -> + * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 + */ + +enum DiracParseCodes { + DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, + DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, + DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, + DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC, + DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, +}; + +typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { + int major; + int minor; +} DiracVersionInfo; + +typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 + + uint8_t interlaced; + uint8_t top_field_first; + + uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] + uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] + + uint16_t clean_width; + uint16_t clean_height; + uint16_t clean_left_offset; + uint16_t clean_right_offset; + + uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] + uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] + + int profile; + int level; + + AVRational framerate; + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + DiracVersionInfo version; + int bit_depth; +} AVDiracSeqHeader; + +/** + * Parse a Dirac sequence header. + * + * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct + * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with + * av_free(). + * @param buf the data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes + * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, + const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, + void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dv_profile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9380a66 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dv_profile.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H +#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to + * determine the profile */ +#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ + + +/* + * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various + * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating + * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various + * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). + */ +typedef struct AVDVProfile { + int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ + int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ + int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ + int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ + int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ + AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ + int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ + int height; /* picture height in pixels */ + int width; /* picture width in pixels */ + AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ + int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ + const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ + int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ + int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ + /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ + int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ + /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ + const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ +} AVDVProfile; + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. + * + * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL + * @param frame the compressed data buffer + * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes + * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, + const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22c9399 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/jni.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/jni.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd99e92 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/jni.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * JNI public API functions + * + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H +#define AVCODEC_JNI_H + +/* + * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI + * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning + * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer + * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine + */ +void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/mediacodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5606d24 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * Android MediaCodec public API + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will + * be used as output by the decoder. + * + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext { + + /** + * android/view/Surface object reference. + */ + void *surface; + +} AVMediaCodecContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context. + * + * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the + * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free. + * + * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise + */ +AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize + * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with + * av_mediacodec_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx codec context + */ +void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render. + */ +typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer; + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated + * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given + * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus + * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to + * discard the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/qsv.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b77158e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H +#define AVCODEC_QSV_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" + +/** + * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and + * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() + * callback + * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() + */ +typedef struct AVQSVContext { + /** + * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. + * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. + */ + mfxSession session; + + /** + * The IO pattern to use. + */ + int iopattern; + + /** + * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. + */ + mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; + int nb_ext_buffers; + + /** + * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec + * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to + * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also + * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. + * + * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number + * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. + * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through + * the opaque_surfaces field. + */ + int opaque_alloc; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before + * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number + * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the + * encoder. + * + * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to + * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. + */ + int nb_opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the + * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be + * passed to other parts of the pipeline. + * + * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, + * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free + * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * + * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in + * the opaque allocation request. + */ + int opaque_alloc_type; +} AVQSVContext; + +/** + * Allocate a new context. + * + * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). + */ +AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb28455 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +/* + * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) + * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 + * + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H +#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi + * Public libavcodec VA API header. + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and + * the client video application. + * This shall be zero-allocated and available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead. + */ +struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context { + /** + * Window system dependent data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *display; + + /** + * Configuration ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t config_id; + + /** + * Context ID (video decode pipeline) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t context_id; + +#if FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT + /** + * VAPictureParameterBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t pic_param_buf_id; + + /** + * VAIQMatrixBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id; + + /** + * VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t bitplane_buf_id; + + /** + * Slice parameter/data buffer IDs + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t *slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + void *slice_params; + + /** + * Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_param_size; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_params + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_params_alloc; + + /** + * Number of slices currently filled in + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + unsigned int slice_count; + + /** + * Pointer to slice data buffer base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + const uint8_t *slice_data; + + /** + * Current size of slice data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint32_t slice_data_size; +#endif +}; + +/* @} */ + +#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vda.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bde14e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vda.h @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/* + * VDA HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H +#define AVCODEC_VDA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda + * Public libavcodec VDA header. + */ + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +#include + +// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes +// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390 +#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/version.h" + +// extra flags not defined in VDADecoder.h +enum { + kVDADecodeInfo_Asynchronous = 1UL << 0, + kVDADecodeInfo_FrameDropped = 1UL << 1 +}; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data + * to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct vda_context { + /** + * VDA decoder object. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + VDADecoder decoder; + + /** + * The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user. + */ + CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer; + + /** + * Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by user. + */ + int use_sync_decoding; + + /** + * The frame width. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int width; + + /** + * The frame height. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int height; + + /** + * The frame format. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The pixel format for output image buffers. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * unused + */ + uint8_t *priv_bitstream; + + /** + * unused + */ + int priv_bitstream_size; + + /** + * unused + */ + int priv_allocated_size; + + /** + * Use av_buffer to manage buffer. + * When the flag is set, the CVPixelBuffers returned by the decoder will + * be released automatically, so you have to retain them if necessary. + * Not setting this flag may cause memory leak. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by user. + */ + int use_ref_buffer; +}; + +/** Create the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx, + uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** Destroy the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx); + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing VDA decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_vda_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVDAContext { + /** + * VDA decoder object. Created and freed by the caller. + */ + VDADecoder decoder; + + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to VDADecoderCreate. + * Set by av_vda_alloc_context(). + */ + VDADecoderOutputCallback output_callback; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that VDA will use for decoded frames; set by + * the caller. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; +} AVVDAContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a VDA context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VDA format. The caller must then create the decoder + * object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that will be used + * for VDA-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with VDA is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the VDA context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + */ +AVVDAContext *av_vda_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_vda_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vdactx the VDA context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_vda_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVDAContext *vdactx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the VDA context initialized with + * av_vda_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + */ +void av_vda_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..855d387 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" +#include "version.h" + +#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU +union AVVDPAUPictureInfo { + VdpPictureInfoH264 h264; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg; + VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4; +}; +#endif + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, + const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel + * function and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an + * AVVDPAUContext. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + +#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU + /** + * VDPAU picture information + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info; + + /** + * Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table. + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + + /** + * Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table. + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int bitstream_buffers_used; + + /** + * Table of bitstream buffers. + * The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). + * + * Set by libavcodec. + */ + attribute_deprecated + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; +#endif + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, + uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); + +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); + +#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +/** + * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder. + * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback. + * + * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead. + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success. + * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns + * an error. + * + * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile); +#endif + +#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1 + +/** + * @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction. + * The codec manipulates this. + */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2 + +/** + * @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg + * decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module. + * This is used for defining a video frame containing surface, + * picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed + * between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients. + */ +struct vdpau_render_state { + VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed. + + int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values. + + /** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */ + union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info; + + /** Describe size/location of the compressed video data. + Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */ + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + int bitstream_buffers_used; + /** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */ + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; +}; +#endif + +/* @}*/ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10d9ac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 107 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_VIMA_DECODER +#define FF_API_VIMA_DECODER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT +#define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE +#define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES +#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU +#define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU +#define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE +#define FF_API_VOXWARE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS +#define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC +#define FF_API_AC_VLC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 +#define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED +#define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA +#define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_XVMC +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE +#define FF_API_ERROR_RATE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE +#define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE +#define FF_API_MB_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES +#define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES +#define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE +#define FF_API_EMU_EDGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4 +#define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC +#define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS +#define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX +#define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED +#define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP +#define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GMC +#define FF_API_GMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MV0 +#define FF_API_MV0 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME +#define FF_API_CODEC_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AFD +#define FF_API_AFD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VISMV +/* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation */ +#define FF_API_VISMV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY +#define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD +#define FF_API_MERGE_SD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE +#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT +#define FF_API_MPV_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG +#define FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_QUANT_BIAS +#define FF_API_QUANT_BIAS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_RC_STRATEGY +#define FF_API_RC_STRATEGY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME +#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MOTION_EST +#define FF_API_MOTION_EST (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX +#define FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT +#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION +#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE +#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK +#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY +#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS +#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT +#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING +#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF +#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS +#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME +#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API +#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING +#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA +#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af2db0d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* + * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox + * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. + */ + +#include + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { + /** + * Videotoolbox decompression session object. + * Created and freed the caller. + */ + VTDecompressionSessionRef session; + + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to the session. + * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init() + */ + VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. + * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is + * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; + + /** + * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + int cm_codec_type; +} AVVideotoolboxContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create + * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that + * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + */ +AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with + * av_videotoolbox_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + */ +void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..789932a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A public API for Vorbis parsing + * + * Determines the duration for each packet. + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. + */ +AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** + * Free the parser and everything associated with it. + */ +void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); + +#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * If @p flags is @c NULL, + * special frames are considered invalid. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + * @param flags flags for special frames + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int *flags); + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size); + +void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..465ee78 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavcodec/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavdevice/avdevice.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavdevice/avdevice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee94624 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavdevice/avdevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H +#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Main libavdevice API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavd libavdevice + * Special devices muxing/demuxing library. + * + * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It + * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for + * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the + * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own + * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not + * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific + * meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name. + * + * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all + * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/opt.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavformat/avformat.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avdevice_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avdevice_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice license. + */ +const char *avdevice_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices. + */ +void avdevice_register_all(void); + +/** + * Audio input devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d); + +/** + * Video input devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d); + +/** + * Audio output devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d); + +/** + * Video output devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d); + +typedef struct AVDeviceRect { + int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */ + int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */ + int width; /**< width */ + int height; /**< height */ +} AVDeviceRect; + +/** + * Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(). + */ +enum AVAppToDevMessageType { + /** + * Dummy message. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'), + + /** + * Window size change message. + * + * Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size + * of the window device renders to. + * Message should also be sent right after window is created. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: new window size. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'), + + /** + * Repaint request message. + * + * Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted. + * NULL: whole area is required to be repainted. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'), + + /** + * Request pause/play. + * + * Application requests pause/unpause playback. + * Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer. + * By default devices are not paused. + * + * data: NULL + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'), + + /** + * Volume control message. + * + * Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume + * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume + * change is expected when possible. + * + * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'), + + /** + * Mute control messages. + * + * Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status + * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status + * change is expected when possible. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + + /** + * Get volume/mute messages. + * + * Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or + * AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'), +}; + +/** + * Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(). + */ +enum AVDevToAppMessageType { + /** + * Dummy message. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'), + + /** + * Create window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device- + * and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first + * frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here. + * Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size. + * + * @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size + * with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer. + * NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'), + + /** + * Prepare window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering. + * Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent. + * Message is sent before rendering of each frame. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'), + + /** + * Display window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to display a window buffer. + * Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed. + * Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'), + + /** + * Destroy window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to destroy a window buffer. + * Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window + * buffer is not required anymore. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'), + + /** + * Buffer fullness status messages. + * + * Device signals buffer overflow/underflow. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'), + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'), + + /** + * Buffer readable/writable. + * + * Device informs that buffer is readable/writable. + * When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write. + * + * @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes. + * + * data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write. + * NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '), + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '), + + /** + * Mute state change message. + * + * Device informs that mute state has changed. + * + * data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'), + + /** + * Volume level change message. + * + * Device informs that volume level has changed. + * + * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'), +}; + +/** + * Send control message from application to device. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param type message type. + * @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type. + * @param data_size size of message data. + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message. + */ +int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s, + enum AVAppToDevMessageType type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +/** + * Send control message from device to application. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param type message type. + * @param data message data. Can be NULL. + * @param data_size size of message data. + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message. + */ +int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s, + enum AVDevToAppMessageType type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +/** + * Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs, + * pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc). + * It is build on top op AVOption API. + * Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio + * parameters that fit to the device. + * + * List of capabilities that can be queried: + * - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices: + * - codec: supported audio/video codecs. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value) + * - Capabilities valid for audio devices: + * - sample_format: supported sample formats. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value) + * - sample_rate: supported sample rates. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT + * - channels: supported number of channels. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT + * - channel_layout: supported channel layouts. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64 + * - Capabilities valid for video devices: + * - pixel_format: supported pixel formats. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value) + * - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user). + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE + * - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames). + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE + * - fps: supported fps values + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL + * + * Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function + * and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will + * limit results to the values matching already set capabilities. + * For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values + * returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero. + * + * Example of the usage basing on opengl output device: + * + * @code + * AVFormatContext *oc = NULL; + * AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * int ret; + * + * if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0) + * goto fail; + * + * //query codecs + * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * //pick codec here and set it + * av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0); + * + * //query format + * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * //pick format here and set it + * av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0); + * + * //query and set more capabilities + * + * fail: + * //clean up code + * avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc); + * avformat_free_context(oc); + * @endcode + */ + +/** + * Structure describes device capabilities. + * + * It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table + * to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFormatContext *device_context; + enum AVCodecID codec; + enum AVSampleFormat sample_format; + enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format; + int sample_rate; + int channels; + int64_t channel_layout; + int window_width; + int window_height; + int frame_width; + int frame_height; + AVRational fps; +} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user. + */ +extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[]; + +/** + * Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. + * + * avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is + * not used anymore. + * + * @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param s Context of the device. + * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output + * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place + * that affects device-private options. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise. + */ +int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s, + AVDictionary **device_options); + +/** + * Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create() + * + * @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed. + * @param s Context of the device. + */ +void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Structure describes basic parameters of the device. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceInfo { + char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */ + char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */ +} AVDeviceInfo; + +/** + * List of devices. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList { + AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */ + int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */ + int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */ +} AVDeviceInfoList; + +/** + * List devices. + * + * Returns available device names and their parameters. + * + * @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be + * autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to + * be always completed. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices. + * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error. + */ +int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices(). + * + * @param devices device list to be freed. + */ +void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * List devices. + * + * Returns available device names and their parameters. + * These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices(). + * Device context is allocated and deallocated internally. + * + * @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set. + * @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set. + * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL. + * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output + * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place + * that affects device-private options. + * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices + * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error. + * @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set. + */ +int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name, + AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); +int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name, + AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavdevice/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavdevice/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d90087 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavdevice/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H +#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Libavdevice version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 10 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/avfilter.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/avfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73a723d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/avfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,1197 @@ +/* + * filter layer + * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Main libavfilter public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi libavfilter + * Graph-based frame editing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavfilter/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avfilter_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avfilter_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter license. + */ +const char *avfilter_license(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext; +typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink; +typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad; +typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats; + +/** + * Get the number of elements in a NULL-terminated array of AVFilterPads (e.g. + * AVFilter.inputs/outputs). + */ +int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads); + +/** + * Get the name of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Get the type of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs. + * The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the + * options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0) +/** + * The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs. + * The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on + * the options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1) +/** + * The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts + * and processing them concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2) +/** + * Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used + * to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this + * option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default + * no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame() + * callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to + * the next filters. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16) +/** + * Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will + * have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable + * expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the + * filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on + * the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17) +/** + * Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature + * (internally or generically). + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL) + +/** + * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the + * callback functions used to interact with the filter. + */ +typedef struct AVFilter { + /** + * Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * A description of the filter. May be NULL. + * + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *description; + + /** + * List of inputs, terminated by a zeroed element. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *inputs; + /** + * List of outputs, terminated by a zeroed element. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *outputs; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions. + * This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /** + * A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_* + */ + int flags; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Filter pre-initialization function + * + * This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is + * allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects. + * + * If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on + * allocation failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, + * AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be + * dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code) + */ + int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Filter initialization function. + * + * This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after + * all the options have been set, but before links between filters are + * established and format negotiation is done. + * + * Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic + * inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on + * provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be + * done after this callback. + * + * This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame + * parameters are known. + * + * @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if + * initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on + * failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ + int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that + * want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are + * allocated during init. + * + * On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that + * contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or + * with NULL if all the options were processed). + * + * Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init". + */ + int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + + /** + * Filter uninitialization function. + * + * Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any + * memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does + * not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself. + * + * This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not + * called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation. + */ + void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs. + * + * This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs + * and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This + * callback may be called more than once. + * + * This callback must set AVFilterLink.out_formats on every input link and + * AVFilterLink.in_formats on every output link to a list of pixel/sample + * formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio links, this + * filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.in_samplerates "in_samplerates" / + * @ref AVFilterLink.out_samplerates "out_samplerates" and + * @ref AVFilterLink.in_channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" / + * @ref AVFilterLink.out_channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously. + * + * This callback may be NULL for filters with one input, in which case + * libavfilter assumes that it supports all input formats and preserves + * them on output. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ + int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *); + + int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter + + int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only. + + /** + * Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other + * code. + */ + struct AVFilter *next; + + /** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * + * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported. + * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be + * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ + int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + + /** + * Filter initialization function, alternative to the init() + * callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is + * used for providing binary data. + */ + int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque); + + /** + * Filter activation function. + * + * Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any + * filter_frame and request_frame on pads. + * + * The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single + * step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do + * nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be + * possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another + * activation. + */ + int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx); +} AVFilter; + +/** + * Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0) + +typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal; + +/** An instance of a filter */ +struct AVFilterContext { + const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options + + const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance + + char *name; ///< name of this filter instance + + AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads + AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links + unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads + + AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads + AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links + unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads + + void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter + + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to + + /** + * Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of + * AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some + * or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing + * everything. + * + * When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with + * AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining + * allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both + * to be allowed. + * + * After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the + * threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading). + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterInternal *internal; + + struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue; + + char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string + void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*) + double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression + int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation + + /** + * For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the + * filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field: + * in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will + * instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the + * hardware context information. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance. + * If <= 0, its value is ignored. + * Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Ready status of the filter. + * A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating; + * a higher value suggests a more urgent activation. + */ + unsigned ready; +}; + +/** + * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and + * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of + * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters + * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as + * image dimensions, format, etc. + * + * Applications must not normally access the link structure directly. + * Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead. + * In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters + * implementation. + */ +struct AVFilterLink { + AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter + AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter + + AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter + AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type + + /* These parameters apply only to video */ + int w; ///< agreed upon image width + int h; ///< agreed upon image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio + /* These parameters apply only to audio */ + uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + int format; ///< agreed upon media format + + /** + * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples + * which will pass through this link. + * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to + * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the + * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output + * filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format + * to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and + * channel_layout members, above, when chosen. + * + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_formats; + AVFilterFormats *out_formats; + + /** + * Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic + * negotiation. + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates; + AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts; + + /** + * Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to + * request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to + * it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input + * pad. + * Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence. + */ + int request_samples; + + /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */ + enum { + AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started + AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete + AVLINK_INIT ///< complete + } init_state; + + /** + * Graph the filter belongs to. + */ + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in link time_base units. + */ + int64_t current_pts; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units. + */ + int64_t current_pts_us; + + /** + * Index in the age array. + */ + int age_index; + + /** + * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable; + * if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input + * of the source filter if it exists. + * + * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate. + * If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0. + * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function. + * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate. + * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size. + */ + AVFrame *partial_buf; + + /** + * Size of the partial buffer to allocate. + * Must be between min_samples and max_samples. + */ + int partial_buf_size; + + /** + * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf. + * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering + * has started. + * If 0, all related fields are ignored. + */ + int min_samples; + + /** + * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with more samples, it will split them. + */ + int max_samples; + + /** + * Number of channels. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * Link processing flags. + */ + unsigned flags; + + /** + * Number of past frames sent through the link. + */ + int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out; + + /** + * A pointer to a FFFramePool struct. + */ + void *frame_pool; + + /** + * True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter. + * Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output, + * cleared when a frame is filtered. + */ + int frame_wanted_out; + + /** + * For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + +#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS + + /** + * Internal structure members. + * The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use + * and must in no way be accessed by applications. + */ + char reserved[0xF000]; + +#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + + /** + * Queue of frames waiting to be filtered. + */ + FFFrameQueue fifo; + + /** + * If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is. + * The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on + * the same link. + */ + int frame_blocked_in; + + /** + * Link input status. + * If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_in; + + /** + * Timestamp of the input status change. + */ + int64_t status_in_pts; + + /** + * Link output status. + * If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_out; + +#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + +}; + +/** + * Link two filters together. + * + * @param src the source filter + * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter + * @param dst the destination filter + * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad, + AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad); + +/** + * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL. + */ +void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link); + +/** + * Get the number of channels of a link. + */ +int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link); + +/** + * Set the closed field of a link. + * @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should + * close the sinks. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed); + +/** + * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs + * @return zero on successful negotiation + */ +int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter); + +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw) + +/** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command(). + */ +int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */ +void avfilter_register_all(void); + +#if FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER +/** Uninitialize the filter system. Unregister all filters. */ +attribute_deprecated +void avfilter_uninit(void); +#endif + +/** + * Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use + * avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A + * filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_graph_alloc_filter even if it + * is not registered. + * + * @param filter the filter to register + * @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value + * otherwise + */ +int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter); + +/** + * Get a filter definition matching the given name. + * + * @param name the filter name to find + * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered. + * NULL if none found. + */ +#if !FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME +const +#endif +AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered filters. + * @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if + * prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter. + */ +const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev); + +#if FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER +/** + * If filter is NULL, returns a pointer to the first registered filter pointer, + * if filter is non-NULL, returns the next pointer after filter. + * If the returned pointer points to NULL, the last registered filter + * was already reached. + * @deprecated use avfilter_next() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFilter **av_filter_next(AVFilter **filter); +#endif + +#if FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN +/** + * Create a filter instance. + * + * @param filter_ctx put here a pointer to the created filter context + * on success, NULL on failure + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param inst_name Name to give to the new instance. Can be NULL for none. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + * @deprecated use avfilter_graph_alloc_filter() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_open(AVFilterContext **filter_ctx, AVFilter *filter, const char *inst_name); +#endif + + +#if FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER +/** + * Initialize a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to initialize + * @param args A string of parameters to use when initializing the filter. + * The format and meaning of this string varies by filter. + * @param opaque Any extra non-string data needed by the filter. The meaning + * of this parameter varies by filter. + * @return zero on success + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_init_filter(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *args, void *opaque); +#endif + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a + * ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form. + * May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the + * AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ +int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args); + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On + * return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary + * must be freed by the caller. + * May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to + * avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + * + * @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing, + * the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the + * calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also + * behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as + * supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but + * this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and + * continue as usual. + */ +int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its + * filtergraph's list of filters. + * + * @param filter the filter to free + */ +void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link. + * + * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted + * @param filt the filter to be inserted + * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect + * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt, + unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx); + +/** + * @return AVClass for AVFilterContext. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal; + +/** + * A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be + * executed multiple times, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to + * @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref + * AVFilterGraph.execute + * @param jobnr the index of the job being executed + * @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs); + +/** + * A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong + * @param func the function to be called multiple times + * @param arg the argument to be passed to func + * @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each + * invocation of func + * @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func, + void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraph { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFilterContext **filters; + unsigned nb_filters; + + char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters +#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS + attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters +#endif + + /** + * Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination + * of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all + * filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything. + * + * When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using + * bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for + * determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be + * set in both to be allowed. + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by + * the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the + * default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Opaque object for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterGraphInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to + * be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute. + * Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the + * graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom + * multithreading implementation. + * + * If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback + * to execute multiple jobs in parallel. + * + * If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal + * implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the + * platform and build options. + */ + avfilter_execute_func *execute; + + char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions + + /** + * Private fields + * + * The following fields are for internal use only. + * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice. + */ + + AVFilterLink **sink_links; + int sink_links_count; + + unsigned disable_auto_convert; +} AVFilterGraph; + +/** + * Allocate a filter graph. + * + * @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL. + */ +AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new filter instance in a filter graph. + * + * @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to + * AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify + * different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to + * this parameter. May be NULL. + * + * @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is + * also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with + * avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, + const AVFilter *filter, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph. + * + * @param graph filter graph to search through. + * @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph). + * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it + * cannot be found. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name); + +#if FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN +/** + * Add an existing filter instance to a filter graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param filter the filter to be added + * + * @deprecated use avfilter_graph_alloc_filter() to allocate a filter in a + * filter graph + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_graph_add_filter(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, AVFilterContext *filter); +#endif + +/** + * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph. + * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited + * with the parameters args and opaque. + * + * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created + * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL. + * + * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance + * @param graph_ctx the filter graph + * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non + * negative value otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt, + const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque, + AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx); + +/** + * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph. + * + * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted + * scale and aresample filters. + * + * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants + */ +void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags); + +enum { + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */ + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */ +}; + +/** + * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL. + * If *graph is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph); + +/** + * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain. + * + * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(), + * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and + * to the caller. + * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the + * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterInOut { + /** unique name for this input/output in the list */ + char *name; + + /** filter context associated to this input/output */ + AVFilterContext *filter_ctx; + + /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */ + int pad_idx; + + /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */ + struct AVFilterInOut *next; +} AVFilterInOut; + +/** + * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry. + * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL. + * If *inout is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs, + * which therefore must be known before calling the function. + * + * @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing + * part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created + * part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes + * outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as + * inputs to the parsed filters. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph + * @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first + * filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of + * the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param[in] filters string to be parsed + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed + * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the + * caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + * + * @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left + * unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with + * them. + * @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already + * existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return + * contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously + * the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created + * filters. + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Send a command to one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ +int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Queue a command for one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter + * + * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code + * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported. + */ +int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts); + + +/** + * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation. + * + * @param graph the graph to dump + * @param options formatting options; currently ignored + * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure; + * the string must be freed using av_free + */ +char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options); + +/** + * Request a frame on the oldest sink link. + * + * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next. + * + * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism + * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph + * in a balanced way under normal circumstances. + * + * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on + * some of the sinks during the process. + * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link + * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames + * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested. + * + * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(), + * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF + */ +int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b31d581 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + * Filter graphs + * copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H + +#include "avfilter.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/buffersink.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/buffersink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21d6bb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/buffersink.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink + * memory buffer sink API for audio and video + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer + * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you + * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it. + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1 + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input. + * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer), + * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN). + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2 + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams { + const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE +} AVBufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context. + */ +typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams { + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1 + const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1 + int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout + int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1 +} AVABufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink. + * + * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with + * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is + * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0. + */ +void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size); + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors + * Get the properties of the stream + * @{ + */ + +enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * + * @return + * - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more + * input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink. + * - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number + * of samples read. This function is less efficient than + * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at + * the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples. + * + * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for + * av_buffersink_get_samples(). + * + * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or + * the other with a single sink, not both. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/buffersrc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/buffersrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0652113 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/buffersrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc + * Memory buffer source API. + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +enum { + + /** + * Do not check for format changes. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1, + + /** + * Immediately push the frame to the output. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4, + + /** + * Keep a reference to the frame. + * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise + * copy the frame data. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8, + +}; + +/** + * Get the number of failed requests. + * + * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no + * frame is present in the buffer. + * The number is reset when a frame is added. + */ +unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src); + +/** + * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be + * passed to this filter. + * + * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters { + /** + * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat + * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat + */ + int format; + /** + * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be + * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate + * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or + * unknown. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an + * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per secon. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio channel layout + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; +} AVBufferSrcParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the + * caller with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters. + * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the + * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then + * whatever method is used last takes precedence. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter + * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter + * must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in + * param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal + * copies or references when necessary. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be + * copied. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. + * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error, + * the input frame is not touched. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is + * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame, + * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled + * using the flags. + * + * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Close the buffer source after EOF. + * + * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() + * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end + * of the last frame. + */ +int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e67ad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavfilter/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 6 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 107 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS +#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR +#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN +#define FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER +#define FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER +#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME +#define FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS +#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7) +#endif + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/avformat.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0de66a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,3008 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf libavformat + * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call + * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols. + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() / + * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public + * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the + * avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @section urls + * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a + * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files + * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files. + * + * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted + * sources without checks. + * + * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to + * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local + * audio and video devices and so on. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "file:in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the + * caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is + * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a + * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid + * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller + * requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy + * of it. + * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write + * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. + * + * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the + * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the + * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. + * + * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call + * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up + * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: + * + * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the + * muxer that will be used. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb + * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from + * avio_open2() or a custom one. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must + * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill + * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the + * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id + * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, + * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should + * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note + * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be + * described later). + * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in + * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during + * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid + * for both input and output format contexts. + * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref + * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" + * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref + * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the + * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be + * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer + * support. + * + * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call + * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file + * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step + * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer + * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. + * + * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or + * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for + * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with + * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing + * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding + * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the + * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase + * requested by the caller. + * + * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() + * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO + * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with + * avformat_free_context(). + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing + * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. + * + * Some of possible use cases: + * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, + * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all + * files from a given directory. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory + * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() + * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing + * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive + * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. + * + * @code + * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; + * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without + * any additional parameters. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries + * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else + * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. + * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by + * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or + * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the + * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be + * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated + * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. + * @code + * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; + * for (;;) { + * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * if (!entry) + * break; + * printf("%s\n", entry->name); + * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); + * } + * @endcode + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +#include +#include /* FILE */ +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +struct AVFormatContext; + +struct AVDeviceInfoList; +struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful + * call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags + * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata + * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext + * and check their individual event_flags. + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- . + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +#if FF_API_LAVF_FRAC +/*************************************************/ +/* fractional numbers for exact pts handling */ + +/** + * The exact value of the fractional number is: 'val + num / den'. + * num is assumed to be 0 <= num < den. + */ +typedef struct AVFrac { + int64_t val, num, den; +} AVFrac; +#endif + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ + const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1) + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score + +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#if FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE +#define AVFMT_RAWPICTURE 0x0020 /**< Format wants AVPicture structure for + raw picture data. @deprecated Not used anymore */ +#endif +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVOutputFormat *next; + /** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + */ + int priv_data_size; + + int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + */ + int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + */ + int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *in, int flush); + /** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + */ + int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance); + + void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + /** + * Allows sending messages from application to device. + */ + int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + + /** + * Write an uncoded AVFrame. + * + * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details. + * + * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it + * by setting the pointer to NULL. + */ + int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index, + AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags); + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */ + /** + * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or + * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent. + * This method must not write output. + * + * Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure + * + * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit(). + */ + int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being + * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written. + * + * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer(). + * + * This is called if init() fails as well. + */ + void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed + * for the global header. + * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not. + */ + int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt); +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /** + * Comma-separated list of mime types. + * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. + * @see av_probe_input_format2 + */ + const char *mime_type; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVInputFormat *next; + + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be + * called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW=MKTAG(0,'R','A','W'), /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 +#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /** + * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding. + */ + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020 + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */ +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it + * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless + * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in + * AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400 +/** + * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding + * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800 + +typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal; + +/** + * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default). + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000 + +/** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + */ +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + */ + int id; +#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX + /** + * @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVCodecContext *codec; +#endif + void *priv_data; + +#if FF_API_LAVF_FRAC + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + struct AVFrac pts; +#endif + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In + * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field + * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps + * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the + * user-provided one, depending on the format). + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + * + * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */ + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + * + * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /** + * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the + * container does not allow it to change between packets). + * + * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data + * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer + * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never + * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through + * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or + * changes), then it does not appear in this array. + * + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + * + * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + /** + * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. + */ + int nb_side_data; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields + * will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and + * add new fields to AVStreamInternal. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info() + */ +#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6) + struct { + int64_t last_dts; + int64_t duration_gcd; + int duration_count; + int64_t rfps_duration_sum; + double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES]; + int64_t codec_info_duration; + int64_t codec_info_duration_fields; + + /** + * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet. + * >0 -> decoder found + * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found + */ + int found_decoder; + + int64_t last_duration; + + /** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + */ + int64_t fps_first_dts; + int fps_first_dts_idx; + int64_t fps_last_dts; + int fps_last_dts_idx; + + } *info; + + int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */ + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + */ + int64_t first_dts; + int64_t cur_dts; + int64_t last_IP_pts; + int last_IP_duration; + + /** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + */ + int probe_packets; + + /** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info() + */ + int codec_info_nb_frames; + + /* av_read_frame() support */ + enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing; + struct AVCodecParserContext *parser; + + /** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + */ + struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer; + AVProbeData probe_data; +#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16 + int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. */ + int nb_index_entries; + unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size; + + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + * + * Code outside avformat should access this field using: + * av_stream_get/set_r_frame_rate(stream) + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; + + /** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + */ + int stream_identifier; + + int64_t interleaver_chunk_size; + int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration; + + /** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int request_probe; + /** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + */ + int skip_to_keyframe; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + */ + int skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of + * the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also + * assumes negative timestamps do not happen). + * Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio + * support. + */ + int64_t start_skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream. + * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be + * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless + * audio support. + */ + int64_t first_discard_sample; + + /** + * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after + * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent + * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s). + */ + int64_t last_discard_sample; + + /** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. + */ + int nb_decoded_frames; + + /** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int64_t mux_ts_offset; + + /** + * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp + */ + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; + + /** + * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. + * + * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. + * + * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: + * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset + * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. + * Otherwise the offset will be added. + */ + int pts_wrap_behavior; + + /** + * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice + */ + int update_initial_durations_done; + + /** + * Internal data to generate dts from pts + */ + int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + /** + * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams + */ + int64_t last_dts_for_order_check; + uint8_t dts_ordered; + uint8_t dts_misordered; + + /** + * Internal data to inject global side data + */ + int inject_global_side_data; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields above this line are not part of the public API. + * Fields below are part of the public API and ABI again. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * String containing paris of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration. + * Paris are separated by ','. + * Keys are separated from values by '='. + */ + char *recommended_encoder_configuration; + + /** + * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally + */ + AVRational display_aspect_ratio; + + struct FFFrac *priv_pts; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVStreamInternal *internal; + + /* + * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context() + * respectively. + * + * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in + * avformat_find_stream_info() + * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + AVCodecParameters *codecpar; +} AVStream; + +AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s); +void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r); +struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s); +char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s); +void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration); + +/** + * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration + * + * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. + */ +int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st); + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int64_t start_time; + int64_t end_time; + + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ +typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*), + * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and + * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h. + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The input container format. + * + * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). + */ + struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + + /** + * The output container format. + * + * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + * + * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must + * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + /** + * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. + * Set by libavformat. + */ + int ctx_flags; + + /** + * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. + * + * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVStream **streams; + + /** + * input or output filename + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + char filename[1024]; + + /** + * Position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + /** + * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. + * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). + */ + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. +/** + * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. + * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. + * + * This flag is mainly intended for testing. + */ +#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400 +#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Enable RTP MP4A-LATM payload +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) +#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG +#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Don't merge side data but keep it separate. Deprecated, will be the default. +#endif +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Wait for packet data before writing a header, and add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer + + /** + * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining + * the input container format. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int64_t probesize; + + /** + * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read + * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. + */ + int64_t max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * - muxing: unused + * - demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + /** + * Number of chapters in AVChapter array. + * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header, + * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header + * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters + * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters + * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when + * write_trailer is called. + * - muxing: set by user + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + */ + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + /** + * Metadata that applies to the whole file. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the + * stream was captured at this real world time. + * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to + * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will + * be used. + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that + * the value may become known after some number of frames + * have been received. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. + * + * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, + * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet + * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. + * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between + * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. + * + * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the + * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat + * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all + * the streams. + * + * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int64_t max_interleave_delta; + + /** + * Allow non-standard and experimental extension + * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /** + * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. + * Decoding only. + */ + int max_ts_probe; + + /** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. + * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. + * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use) + * - muxing: Set by user + * - demuxing: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int64_t skip_initial_bytes; + + /** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; + + /** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int seek2any; + + /** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int flush_packets; + + /** + * format probing score. + * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes + * the format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user + */ + int probe_score; + + /** + * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int format_probesize; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *format_whitelist; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVFormatInternal *internal; + + /** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + */ + int io_repositioned; + + /** + * Forced video codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *video_codec; + + /** + * Forced audio codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *audio_codec; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *subtitle_codec; + + /** + * Forced data codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *data_codec; + + /** + * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. + * Demuxing: Unused. + * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. + */ + int metadata_header_padding; + + /** + * User data. + * This is a place for some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ + av_format_control_message control_message_cb; + + /** + * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. + * Muxing: set by user + */ + int64_t output_ts_offset; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - muxing: Set by user. + * - demuxing: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * Forced Data codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID data_codec_id; + +#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS + /** + * Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing. + * + * This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on + * the URLs before opening them. + * The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided + * as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque. + * + * If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2(). + * + * Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat. + * @See av_format_set_open_cb() + * + * Demuxing: Set by user. + * + * @deprecated Use io_open and io_close. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); +#endif + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_whitelist; + + /* + * A callback for opening new IO streams. + * + * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from + * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at + * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here + * @param url the url to open + * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_* + * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same + * semantics as in avio_open2() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more + * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer + * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller. + * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field. + */ + int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, + int flags, AVDictionary **options); + + /** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + */ + void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * The maximum number of streams. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int max_streams; +} AVFormatContext; + +/** + * Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s); +AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c); +void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque); +av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback); +#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS +attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback); +#endif + +/** + * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet + * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. + */ +void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + */ +void av_register_all(void); + +void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format); +void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format); + +/** + * Do global initialization of network components. This is optional, + * but recommended, since it avoids the overhead of implicitly + * doing the setup for each session. + * + * Calling this function will become mandatory if using network + * protocols at some major version bump. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to + * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream(). + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as stream side data. + * + * @param st stream + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * st. + * @param size side information size + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure, + * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller. + */ +int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate new information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size); +/** + * Get side information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +#if FF_API_NOCONST_GET_SIDE_DATA +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size); +#else +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size); +#endif + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param url the url of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param url URL of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic); + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next + * av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet + * is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with + * av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each + * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames + * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with + * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that + * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also + * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. + * + * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do + * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's + * better to open a new AVFormatContext. + * + * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call + * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + */ +int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ + +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header. + * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters + * before actually writing the header. + * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering + * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the + * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle + * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this + * function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike + * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take + * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make + * an internal reference to the input packet). + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for + * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the + * output. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly + * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they + * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration + * "duration") should also be set if known. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + * + * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the + * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of + * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call + * av_write_frame() instead of this function. + * + * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance + * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4 + * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. + *
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees + * fit. + * The caller must not access the data through this reference after + * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted, + * libavformat will make a copy. + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to + * flush the interleaving queues. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly + * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). + * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always + * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails. + * + * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used. + * + * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details. + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame + * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. + * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw + * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. + * + * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, + * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). + * + * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it + * afterwards. + * + * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error + */ +int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. + * + * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, + * <0 if not + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index); + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + */ +int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, + unsigned int *tag); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * + * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to + * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +/** + * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as + * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, + * codec and time base. + * + * @param ic the context to analyze + * @param index index of the stream to dump information about + * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file + * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) + */ +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + + +#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_* + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number, int flags); + +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility + * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, + int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +/** + * Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet. + * + * @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream + * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned + * packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that + * the packet should be dropped + * @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply + * @return >=0 on success; + * AVERROR code on failure + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt, + AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); +#endif + +enum AVTimebaseSource { + AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1, + AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER, + AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER, +#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE + AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE, +#endif +}; + +/** + * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another. + * + * This function is useful when doing stream copy. + * + * @param ofmt target output format for ost + * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments + * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from + * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported + */ +int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, + AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist, + enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb); + +/** + * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream. + * + * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from + */ +AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/avio.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9c5972 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,867 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +/** + * Seeking works like for a local file. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1) + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Directory entry types. + */ +enum AVIODirEntryType { + AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, + AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, + AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, + AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, + AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, + AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, + AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP, +}; + +/** + * Describes single entry of the directory. + * + * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. + * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. + */ +typedef struct AVIODirEntry { + char *name; /**< Filename */ + int type; /**< Type of the entry */ + int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. + Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */ + int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, + -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */ +} AVIODirEntry; + +typedef struct AVIODirContext { + struct URLContext *url_context; +} AVIODirContext; + +/** + * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO + * write_data_type callback. + */ +enum AVIODataMarkerType { + /** + * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding + * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with + * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + * should give decodeable results. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing + * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any + * non-keyframe packet start point. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + /** + * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking + * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point + * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment + * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN, + /** + * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for + * finalizing the output file. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might + * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically + * means the end of a packet. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT, +}; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /* + * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, + * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing + * (since AVIOContext is used for both): + * + ********************************************************************************** + * READING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |---------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * + * pos + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * input file: | | | + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * + * + ********************************************************************************** + * WRITING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |--------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buf_ptr_max + * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | | + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * buf_ptr can be in this + * due to a backward seek + * + * pos + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * output file: | | | + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * + */ + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int must_flush; /**< unused */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t maxsize; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int seek_count; + + /** + * writeout statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int writeout_count; + + /** + * Original buffer size + * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int orig_buffer_size; + + /** + * Threshold to favor readahead over seek. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int short_seek_threshold; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of write_packet. + */ + int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time); + /** + * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly + * small chunks of data returned from the callback). + */ + int ignore_boundary_point; + + /** + * Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext. + */ + enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type; + int64_t last_time; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque); + + int64_t written; + + /** + * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer, + * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush. + */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr_max; + + /** + * Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it + */ + int min_packet_size; +} AVIOContext; + +/** + * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. + * + * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. + * + * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. + */ +const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url); + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Move or rename a resource. + * + * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. + * + * @param url_src url to resource to be moved + * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst); + +/** + * Delete a resource. + * + * @param url resource to be deleted. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url); + +/** + * Open directory for reading. + * + * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param url directory to be listed. + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Get next directory entry. + * + * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular + * it may outlive AVIODirContext. + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an + * error. + */ +int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next); + +/** + * Close directory. + * + * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be + * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s); + +/** + * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). + * + * @param entry entry to be freed. + */ +void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with avio_context_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. + * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, + * which must be later freed with av_free(). + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +/** + * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it. + * + * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL + * into s. + */ +void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type. + * + * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output. + * + * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to + * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not + * applicable + * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos + */ +void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type); + +/** + * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return non zero if and only if end of file + */ +int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s); +#if FF_API_URL_FEOF +/** + * @deprecated use avio_feof() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int url_feof(AVIOContext *s); +#endif + +/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data. + * + * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + * + * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the + * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not + * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed + * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next + * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte. + * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_closep + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + */ +int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); + + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. + * The AVIOContext stream is left intact. + * The buffer must NOT be freed. + * No padding is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */ +struct AVBPrint; + +/** + * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. + * + * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error + * code otherwise + */ +int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size); + +/** + * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. + * @param s the server context + * @param c the client context, must be unallocated + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR on failure + */ +int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before + * using it as a read/write context. + * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. + * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may + * decide to change the proceedings. + * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each + * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters + * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual + * chunk of the request can constitute a step. + * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and + * returns 0 immediately. + * + * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on + * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake + * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete + * < 0 for an AVERROR code + */ +int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c); +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..878917d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavformat/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium) +// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 83 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + */ +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT +#define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC +#define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB +#define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF +#define FF_API_URL_FEOF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE +#define FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 +#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS +#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX +#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NOCONST_GET_SIDE_DATA +#define FF_API_NOCONST_GET_SIDE_DATA (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT +#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP +#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MERGE_SD +#define FF_API_LAVF_MERGE_SD (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG +#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API +#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif + + +#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1 +#endif +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/adler32.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1f035b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_adler32 + * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * Adler-32 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf, + unsigned int len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/aes.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09efbda --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f596fa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/attributes.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54d1901 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8a9194 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "fifo.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avassert.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46f3fea --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "log.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) +#endif + +/** + * Assert that floating point opperations can be executed. + * + * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 + */ +void av_assert0_fpu(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avconfig.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f10aa61 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffconf */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avstring.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04d2695 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Convert a number to an av_malloced string. + */ +char *av_d2str(double d); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * Locale-independent strings replace. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace + */ +char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".". + * @note the function may change the input string. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, + * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' + * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to + * match all names. + * + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avutil.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d63315 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string + * with length x to a data buffer. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/blowfish.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e289a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/bprint.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c09b1ac --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local "char buf[512]". + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the + * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * + * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * + * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1). + * + * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length; + * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage; + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to + * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible. + * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param data pointer to data + * param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/bswap.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91cb795 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/buffer.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73b6bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + int size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size), + void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/camellia.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e674c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/cast5.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad5b347 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50bb8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * audio channel layout utility functions + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL + +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + */ +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. + * + * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse + * unknown channel layout specifications. + * + * @param[in] name channel layout specification string + * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) + * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. + */ +int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + */ +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +struct AVBPrint; +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + */ +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + */ +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + */ +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + */ +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/common.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8142b31 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ +#include "common.h" + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) +{ + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= (GET_BYTE);\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + ERROR\ + while (val & top) {\ + int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + ERROR\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = GET_16BIT;\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + ERROR\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ + +/* + * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard + * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. + */ + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/cpu.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e5d40a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); + +/** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/crc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a1b0d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_crc32 + * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. + * + * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most + * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available + * polynomials. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ +#if FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE + AV_CRC_24_IEEE = 12, +#else + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, +#endif /* FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE */ + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/des.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/des.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf11f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/dict.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..118f1f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create + * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to + * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever + * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all + * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary + * and all its contents. + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key + * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key matching key + * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved + * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. + * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @param[in] m dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/display.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..515adad --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Display matrix + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include +#include "common.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_display + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + * @endcode + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..221cf5b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/error.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71df4da --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/eval.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dacd22b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/ffversion.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f116d16 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "3.4.2" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/fifo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc7bc6f --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param nmemb number of elements + * @param size size of the single element + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO + */ +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + */ +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + */ +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/file.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8666c7b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include + +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms + */ +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/frame.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..abe4f4f --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,821 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format + * MUST be set to NULL. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, size in bytes of each picture line. + * For audio, size in bytes of each plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + +#if FF_API_PKT_PTS + /** + * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame. + * @deprecated use the pts field instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t pkt_pts; +#endif + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + int display_picture_number; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + +#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +#endif + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + + /** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of + * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array + * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must + * also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_duration; + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 + + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP + /** + * QP table + */ + attribute_deprecated + int8_t *qscale_table; + /** + * QP store stride + */ + attribute_deprecated + int qstride; + + attribute_deprecated + int qscale_type; + + AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf; +#endif + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ +} AVFrame; + +/** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); +AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); +int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val); +AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame); +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP +int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type); +int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type); +#endif +enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val); +enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val); + +/** + * Get the name of a colorspace. + * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. + */ +const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it + * from the frame. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hash.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a20b893 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic + * Generic hashing API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Hash functions useful in multimedia. + * + * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and + * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient + * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for + * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API + * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. + * + * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash + * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, + * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. + * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash + * "individual hash" directly. + * + * @section Sample Code + * + * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: + * + * @code + * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; + * const char *hash_name = NULL; + * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; + * + * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() + * hash_name = ...; + * + * // Allocate a hash context + * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + * + * // Initialize the hash context + * av_hash_init(ctx); + * + * // Update the hash context with data + * while (data_left) { + * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); + * } + * + * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the + * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can + * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just + * // av_malloc(). + * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); + * if (!output_buf) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Finalize the hash context. + * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other + * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation + * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra + * // memory needed. + * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); + * + * // Free the context + * av_hash_freep(&ctx); + * @endcode + * + * @section Hash Function-Specific Information + * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be + * used. + * + * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref + * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @example ffhash.c + * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more + * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, + * initialization, updating, and finalizing. + */ + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * + * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must + * call av_hash_init() to do so. + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for + * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to + * libavutil without recompilation. + * + * @warning + * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing + * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from + * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with + * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are + * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @param[in] ctx Hash context + * @return Size of the hash value in bytes + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context + * @param[in] len Size of the additional data + */ +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * + * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * + * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the + * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the + * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is + * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hmac.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..576a0a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384 = 12, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03334e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,582 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, +}; + +typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWFramesInternal *internal; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef *device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool *pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); + + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); + + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, + const void *hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); + + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, + int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12dae84 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H + +#ifndef CUDA_VERSION +#include +#endif + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. + */ + +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { + CUcontext cuda_ctx; + AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; +} AVCUDADeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98db7ce --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. + * + * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is + * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate + * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. + * + * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to + * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for + * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. + * + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" + * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation + * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. + */ + +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to + * set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and + * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; + +/** + * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + * + * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not + * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 + * if the texture is not an array texture. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). + */ + intptr_t index; +} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { + /** + * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL + * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array + * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. + * + * The only situation when the API user should set this is: + * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting + * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext + * allocate the pool + * - of an array texture + * - and wants it to use it for decoding + * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() + * + * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + * + * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which + * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView + * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must + * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for + * video decoding. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT BindFlags; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT MiscFlags; +} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e22545 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1b79bc --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. + * + * Only fixed-size pools are supported. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { + IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; +} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { + /** + * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or + * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. + */ + DWORD surface_type; + + /** + * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, + * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by + * libavutil. + */ + IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. + * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this + * field is provided. + * + * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on + * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. + * + * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the + * decoder reference. + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; +} AVDXVA2FramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98d611 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. + * + * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must + * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { + mfxSession session; +} AVQSVDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { + mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. + */ + int frame_type; +} AVQSVFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b2e071 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID *surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b7ea1e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { + VdpDevice device; + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; +} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..380918d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +#include + +#include + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. + * + * This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox + * API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames. + * + * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. + * + * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always + * NULL. + */ + +/** + * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. + * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); + +/** + * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/imgutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b790ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy(). + * + * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required + * by the CPU architecture. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment + * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed + * with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, + int width, int height); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/intfloat.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe3d7ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d54d4b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,634 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(__DECC) + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/lfg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03f779a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. + * + * Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. + */ +int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63]; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/log.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0a5738 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +#if FF_API_DLOG +/** + * av_dlog macros + * @deprecated unused + * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally. + */ + +#ifdef DEBUG +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#endif +#endif /* FF_API_DLOG */ + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/lzo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c034039 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/macros.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2007ee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..847b0b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/** + * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + + +/** + * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of + * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). + */ + AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; + + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. + */ + AVRational white_point[2]; + + /** + * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational min_luminance; + + /** + * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational max_luminance; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. + */ + int has_primaries; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. + */ + int has_luminance; + +} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { + /** + * Max content light level (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxCLL; + + /** + * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxFALL; +} AVContentLightMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mathematics.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5490180 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/md5.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca72ccb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_md5 + * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MD5 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); +#else +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len); +#else +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mem.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..527cd03 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,699 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros + * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) + * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42; + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128]; + * + * // The default-alignment equivalent would be + * uint16_t aligned_int = 42; + * uint8_t aligned_array[128]; + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) + * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline + * assembly code. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v +#elif defined(__DJGPP__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v +#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v +#else + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_malloc(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_mallocz(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array(). + * + * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function. + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If + * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in + * case of failure + * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec29556 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/murmur3.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a1694c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 + * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + * + * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three + * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: + * + * - 32-bit output + * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms + * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms + * + * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit + * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, + * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced + * performance. + * + * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo + * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, + * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a + * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer + * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). + * + * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to + * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error + */ +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] seed Random seed + * + * @see av_murmur3_init() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * + * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); + +/** + * Update hash context with new data. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with + * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` + */ +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param[in,out] c Hash context + * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/opt.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d89379 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,866 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * const AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev) + * { + * return prev ? NULL : &child_class; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '), + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'), + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL = MKBETAG('B','O','O','L'), +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#if FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#endif +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +/** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set + * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/parseutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e66d24b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S' + * - %%: a literal '%' + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc3737c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,430 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; + +#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 + /** deprecated, use step instead */ + attribute_deprecated int step_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use depth instead */ + attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use offset instead */ + attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1; +#endif +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a + * fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each + * PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can + * in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on + * the pixel format without using the palette. + * An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8 + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way. The exception is AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, which can + * carry alpha as part of the palette. Details are explained in the + * AVPixelFormat enum, and are also encoded in the corresponding + * AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * The alpha is always straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) + +/** + * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, + * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * See av_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a + * valid pixel format instead of returning an error code. + * Its recommended that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless + * you do check the return code! + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +/** + * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + */ +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + */ +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8dbc15 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include +#include +#include "common.h" + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1< + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC = AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, +#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) +#if FF_API_VDPAU + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers +#endif + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + +#if FF_API_VAAPI + /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */ + /**@{*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID + /**@}*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, +#else + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian +#if FF_API_VDPAU + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG-4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers +#endif + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDA, ///< HW acceleration through VDA, data[3] contains a CVPixelBufferRef + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4,///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ +#if !FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing +#endif /* !FF_API_XVMC */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB) + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/random_seed.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0462a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/rational.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c6b67b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/rc4.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..029cd2a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/replaygain.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b49bf1a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/ripemd.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d6bb32 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_ripemd + * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * RIPEMD hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cd43ae --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case + * of success at the next bump + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/sha.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0180e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha + * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: + * + * - SHA-1: 160 bits + * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * + * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/sha512.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bef714b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha512 + * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: + * + * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits + * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits + * - SHA-384: 384 bits + * - SHA-512: 512 bits + * + * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/spherical.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/spherical.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cef759c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/spherical.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Spherical video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H +#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical + * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a + * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion + * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before + * the video should be mapped and displayed. + */ + +/** + * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. + */ +enum AVSphericalProjection { + /** + * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using + * equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a + * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, + * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is + * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is + * to the back. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, + + /** + * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface + * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate + * the position of the current video in a larger surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining + * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { + /** + * Projection type. + */ + enum AVSphericalProjection projection; + + /** + * @name Initial orientation + * @{ + * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after + * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the + * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always + * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. + * + * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the + * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to + * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). + * + * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer + * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere + * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of + * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. + * + * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. + * + * See this equirectangular projection as example: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * Yaw + * -180 0 180 + * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 + * | | | up + * P | | | y| forward + * i | ^ | | /z + * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / + * c | | | | / + * h | | | 0|/_____right + * | | | x + * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 + * + * X - the default camera center + * ^ - the default up vector + * @endcode + */ + int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. + int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. + int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @name Bounding rectangle + * @anchor bounding + * @{ + * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where + * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are + * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic + * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * +----------------+----------+ + * | |bound_top | + * | +--------+ | + * | bound_left |tile | | + * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right + * | +--------+ | + * | | | + * | bound_bottom| | + * +----------------+----------+ + * @endcode + * + * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived + * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, + * like in the following example: + * + * @code{c} + * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; + * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; + * @endcode + * + * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular + * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), + * and should be ignored in all other cases. + */ + uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge + uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge + uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge + uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. + * + * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type + * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other + * cases. + */ + uint32_t padding; +} AVSphericalMapping; + +/** + * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo + * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. + * + * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. + * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. + * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. + * @param left Pixels from the left edge. + * @param top Pixels from the top edge. + * @param right Pixels from the right edge. + * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. + */ +void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t *left, size_t *top, + size_t *right, size_t *bottom); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); + +/** + * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54f4c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Stereoscopic video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d + * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single + * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all + * possible codec-independent view arrangements. + * */ + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, +}; + + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d type value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/tea.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd929bd --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8480a0a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/time.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc169b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/timecode.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37c1361 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity + * correction (PC) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/timestamp.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e082f01 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/tree.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5e0aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the + * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/twofish.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..813cfec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f594dc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 55 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 78 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU +#define FF_API_VDPAU (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_XVMC +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA +#define FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DLOG +#define FF_API_DLOG (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI +#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP +#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 +#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME +#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE +#define FF_API_CRC_BIG_TABLE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS +#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56) +#endif + + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/xtea.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..735427c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libpostproc/postprocess.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libpostproc/postprocess.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d180686 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libpostproc/postprocess.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H +#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lpp + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lpp libpostproc + * Video postprocessing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include "libpostproc/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned postproc_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc build-time configuration. + */ +const char *postproc_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc license. + */ +const char *postproc_license(void); + +#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6 + +#if FF_API_QP_TYPE +#define QP_STORE_T int8_t //deprecated +#endif + +#include + +typedef void pp_context; +typedef void pp_mode; + +#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16) +typedef pp_context pp_context_t; +typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t; +extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text +#else +extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text +#endif + +void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3], + uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3], + int horizontalSize, int verticalSize, + const int8_t *QP_store, int QP_stride, + pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type); + + +/** + * Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred. + * + * @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line + * @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX + */ +pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality); +void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode); + +pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags); +void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext); + +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_AUTO 0x00080000 + +#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008 +#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_440 (0x00000010|PP_FORMAT) + +#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libpostproc/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libpostproc/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8f0abe --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libpostproc/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H +#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libpostproc version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 54 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 7 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION) + +#ifndef FF_API_QP_TYPE +#define FF_API_QP_TYPE (LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif + +#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswresample/swresample.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswresample/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7b84fb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswresample/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,579 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lswr + * libswresample public header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lswr libswresample + * @{ + * + * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library. + * + * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is + * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters + * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. + * + * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate + * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). If you + * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API. + * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some + * common options in the same statement. + * + * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample + * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to + * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing + * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function. + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * @endcode + * + * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts() as well: + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc_set_opts(NULL, // we're allocating a new context + * AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt + * 44100, // out_sample_rate + * AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt + * 48000, // in_sample_rate + * 0, // log_offset + * NULL); // log_ctx + * @endcode + * + * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If + * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters + * using @ref AVOptions, as described above in the first example; or by using + * swr_alloc_set_opts(), but with the first argument the allocated context. + * You must then call swr_init() again. + * + * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). + * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient + * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" + * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any + * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). + * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling + * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. + * + * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil + * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc() + * function used in the following example. + * + * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using + * swr_get_delay(). + * + * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters + * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): + * @code + * uint8_t **input; + * int in_samples; + * + * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { + * uint8_t *output; + * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + + * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); + * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, + * input, in_samples); + * handle_output(output, out_samples); + * av_freep(&output); + * } + * @endcode + * + * When the conversion is finished, the conversion + * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). + * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for + * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called. + * + * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before + * swr_free(). + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libswresample/version.h" + +/** + * @name Option constants + * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr. + * @{ + * + */ + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +/** Dithering algorithms */ +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Engines */ +enum SwrEngine { + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure + * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use + * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the + * structure. + */ +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + * @return the AVClass of SwrContext + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * @name SwrContext constructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API. + * + * @see av_opt_set_int() + * @see av_opt_set_dict() + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. + * + * @param[in] s Swr context to check + * @see swr_init() + * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized + */ +int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, + int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name SwrContext destructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + * + * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. + * + * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), + * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). + * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase + * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed + */ +void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Core conversion functions + * @{ + */ + +/** Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an + * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of + * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, + const uint8_t **in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers. + * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation. + * + * @param s[in] initialized Swr context + * @param pts[in] timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are + * function used internally for timestamp compensation. + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Low-level option setting functions + * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible + * with the AVOption API. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is + * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, + * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is + * called with the flag set. + * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample + * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for + * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: + * @li @c s is NULL, + * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, + * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, + * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or + * @li swr_init() fails when called. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Sample handling functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: + * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds + * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned + * delay is in input samples + * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned + * delay is in output samples + * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and + * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be + * returned + * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This + * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state + * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples + * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. + * + * @param in_samples number of input samples. + * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() + * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit + * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size + * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() + * indicates that less would be used. + * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * will output or a negative value to indicate an error + */ +int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Configuration accessors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + * + * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version + * as the run-time one. + * + * @returns the unsigned int-typed version + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + * + * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + * + * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name AVFrame based API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame. + * + * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set. + * + * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples + * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer() + * is called to allocate the frame. + * + * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required. + * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added + * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function + * or to swr_convert(). + * + * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal + * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of + * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or + * swr_convert() with NULL input. + * + * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and + * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on + * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED + * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned. + * + * @see swr_delay() + * @see swr_convert() + * @see swr_get_delay() + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching + * configuration. + */ +int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr, + AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input); + +/** + * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information + * provided by the AVFrames. + * + * The original resampling context is reset even on failure. + * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open. + * + * @see swr_close(); + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswresample/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswresample/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a66173 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswresample/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 2 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 9 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswscale/swscale.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswscale/swscale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7713f51 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswscale/swscale.h @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H +#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libsws + * external API header + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libsws libswscale + * Color conversion and scaling library. + * + * @{ + * + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swscale_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swscale_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale license. + */ +const char *swscale_license(void); + +/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ +#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 +#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 +#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 +#define SWS_X 8 +#define SWS_POINT 0x10 +#define SWS_AREA 0x20 +#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 +#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 +#define SWS_SINC 0x100 +#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 +#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 + +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 + +#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 + +#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 + +//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented +//internal chrominance subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 +//input subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 +#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 +#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 +#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 +#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000 + +#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 + +#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 +#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 +#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 +#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 +#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 +#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9 + +/** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + */ +const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); + +// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements +// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors +typedef struct SwsVector { + double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients + int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector +} SwsVector; + +// vectors can be shared +typedef struct SwsFilter { + SwsVector *lumH; + SwsVector *lumV; + SwsVector *chrH; + SwsVector *chrV; +} SwsFilter; + +struct SwsContext; + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is + * supported, 0 otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); + +/** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + */ +void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); + +/** + * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler + * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis + * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1) + * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff + * frequency + * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + */ +int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], + const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, + uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); + +/** + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], + int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, + int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); + +/** + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, + int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, + int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); + +/** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + */ +SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); + +/** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + */ +void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + */ +void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); + +#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length); +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void); +attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift); +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a); +attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level); +#endif + +void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); + +SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, + float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, + float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, + int verbose); +void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); + +/** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, + int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswscale/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswscale/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..474e93b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/libswscale/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 4 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 8 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR +#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6) +#endif + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxdefs.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxdefs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2cb52a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxdefs.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ +#ifndef __MFXDEFS_H__ +#define __MFXDEFS_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined ( _WIN64 ) + #define __INT64 __int64 + #define __UINT64 unsigned __int64 +#else + #define __INT64 long long + #define __UINT64 unsigned long long +#endif + +#define MFX_INFINITE 0xFFFFFFFF + +typedef unsigned char mfxU8; +typedef char mfxI8; +typedef short mfxI16; +typedef unsigned short mfxU16; +typedef unsigned int mfxU32; +typedef int mfxI32; +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined ( _WIN64 ) +typedef unsigned long mfxUL32; +typedef long mfxL32; +#else +typedef unsigned int mfxUL32; +typedef int mfxL32; +#endif +typedef float mfxF32; +typedef double mfxF64; +typedef __UINT64 mfxU64; +typedef __INT64 mfxI64; +typedef void* mfxHDL; +typedef mfxHDL mfxMemId; +typedef void* mfxThreadTask; + +typedef struct { + mfxI16 x; + mfxI16 y; +} mfxI16Pair; + +typedef struct { + mfxHDL first; + mfxHDL second; +} mfxHDLPair; + + +/*********************************************************************************\ +Error message +\*********************************************************************************/ +typedef enum +{ + /* no error */ + MFX_ERR_NONE = 0, /* no error */ + + /* reserved for unexpected errors */ + MFX_ERR_UNKNOWN = -1, /* unknown error. */ + + /* error codes <0 */ + MFX_ERR_NULL_PTR = -2, /* null pointer */ + MFX_ERR_UNSUPPORTED = -3, /* undeveloped feature */ + MFX_ERR_MEMORY_ALLOC = -4, /* failed to allocate memory */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_ENOUGH_BUFFER = -5, /* insufficient buffer at input/output */ + MFX_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE = -6, /* invalid handle */ + MFX_ERR_LOCK_MEMORY = -7, /* failed to lock the memory block */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED = -8, /* member function called before initialization */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_FOUND = -9, /* the specified object is not found */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_DATA = -10, /* expect more data at input */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_SURFACE = -11, /* expect more surface at output */ + MFX_ERR_ABORTED = -12, /* operation aborted */ + MFX_ERR_DEVICE_LOST = -13, /* lose the HW acceleration device */ + MFX_ERR_INCOMPATIBLE_VIDEO_PARAM = -14, /* incompatible video parameters */ + MFX_ERR_INVALID_VIDEO_PARAM = -15, /* invalid video parameters */ + MFX_ERR_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR = -16, /* undefined behavior */ + MFX_ERR_DEVICE_FAILED = -17, /* device operation failure */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_BITSTREAM = -18, /* expect more bitstream buffers at output */ + + /* warnings >0 */ + MFX_WRN_IN_EXECUTION = 1, /* the previous asynchrous operation is in execution */ + MFX_WRN_DEVICE_BUSY = 2, /* the HW acceleration device is busy */ + MFX_WRN_VIDEO_PARAM_CHANGED = 3, /* the video parameters are changed during decoding */ + MFX_WRN_PARTIAL_ACCELERATION = 4, /* SW is used */ + MFX_WRN_INCOMPATIBLE_VIDEO_PARAM = 5, /* incompatible video parameters */ + MFX_WRN_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 6, /* the value is saturated based on its valid range */ + MFX_WRN_OUT_OF_RANGE = 7, /* the value is out of valid range */ + + /* threading statuses */ + MFX_TASK_DONE = MFX_ERR_NONE, /* task has been completed */ + MFX_TASK_WORKING = 8, /* there is some more work to do */ + MFX_TASK_BUSY = 9 /* task is waiting for resources */ + +} mfxStatus; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __MFXDEFS_H__ */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxjpeg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxjpeg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b8ab27 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxjpeg.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2010 - 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxjpeg.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFX_JPEG_H__ +#define __MFX_JPEG_H__ + +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* CodecId */ +enum { + MFX_CODEC_JPEG = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('J','P','E','G') +}; + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum +{ + MFX_PROFILE_JPEG_BASELINE = 1 +}; + +enum +{ + MFX_ROTATION_0 = 0, + MFX_ROTATION_90 = 1, + MFX_ROTATION_180 = 2, + MFX_ROTATION_270 = 3 +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif // __MFX_JPEG_H__ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxmvc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxmvc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af74465 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxmvc.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2010 - 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxmvc.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXMVC_H__ +#define __MFXMVC_H__ + +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum { + /* MVC profiles */ + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_MULTIVIEW_HIGH =118, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_STEREO_HIGH =128 +}; + +/* Extended Buffer Ids */ +enum { + MFX_EXTBUFF_MVC_SEQ_DESC = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','V','C','D'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_MVC_TARGET_VIEWS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','V','C','T') +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxU16 ViewId; + + mfxU16 NumAnchorRefsL0; + mfxU16 NumAnchorRefsL1; + mfxU16 AnchorRefL0[16]; + mfxU16 AnchorRefL1[16]; + + mfxU16 NumNonAnchorRefsL0; + mfxU16 NumNonAnchorRefsL1; + mfxU16 NonAnchorRefL0[16]; + mfxU16 NonAnchorRefL1[16]; +} mfxMVCViewDependency; + +typedef struct { + mfxU16 TemporalId; /* operation point temporal ID */ + mfxU16 LevelIdc; + + mfxU16 NumViews; /* total number of views, including "depend on" views */ + mfxU16 NumTargetViews; /* number of the output views for the current operation point */ + mfxU16 *TargetViewId; /* array of target view ID, it points to mfxExtMVCSeqDesc::ViewId, set by SDK */ +} mfxMVCOperationPoint; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU32 NumView; /* number of view in the stream, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumViewAlloc; /* number of allocated elements, set by application */ + mfxMVCViewDependency *View; /* view ID and list of views used as reference for this view, allocated by application */ + + mfxU32 NumViewId; /* num of views IDs, to simplify copying, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumViewIdAlloc; /* number of allocated elements, set by application */ + mfxU16 *ViewId; /* allocated by application */ + + mfxU32 NumOP; /* number of operation points in OP array, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumOPAlloc; /* number of allocated elements in OP array, set by application */ + mfxMVCOperationPoint *OP; /* allocated by application */ + + mfxU16 NumRefsTotal; /* total number of reference frames in the sequence */ + mfxU32 Reserved[16]; + +} mfxExtMVCSeqDesc; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU16 TemporalId; + mfxU32 NumView; /* number of view to decode */ + mfxU16 ViewId[1024]; +} mfxExtMVCTargetViews ; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxplugin++.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxplugin++.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b62c9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxplugin++.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + + +File Name: mfxplugin++.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ + +#ifndef __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H +#define __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H + +#include "mfxvideo.h" +#include "mfxplugin.h" + +class MFXPlugin +{ +public: + virtual mfxStatus mfxPluginInit(mfxCoreInterface *core) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxPluginClose() = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxGetPluginParam(mfxPluginParam *par) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxSubmit(const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxExecute(mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 uid_p, mfxU32 uid_a) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxFreeResources(mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts) = 0; +}; + +/* Class adapter between "C" structure mfxPlugin and C++ interface MFXPlugin */ +class MFXPluginAdapter : public mfxPlugin +{ +public: + MFXPluginAdapter(MFXPlugin *pPlugin) + { + pthis = pPlugin; + PluginInit = MFXPluginAdapter::_PluginInit; + PluginClose = MFXPluginAdapter::_PluginClose; + GetPluginParam = MFXPluginAdapter::_GetPluginParam; + Submit = MFXPluginAdapter::_Submit; + Execute = MFXPluginAdapter::_Execute; + FreeResources = MFXPluginAdapter::_FreeResources; + } + +private: + static mfxStatus _PluginInit(mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreInterface *core) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxPluginInit(core); } + static mfxStatus _PluginClose(mfxHDL pthis) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxPluginClose(); } + static mfxStatus _GetPluginParam(mfxHDL pthis, mfxPluginParam *par) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxGetPluginParam(par); } + static mfxStatus _Submit(mfxHDL pthis, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxSubmit(in, in_num, out, out_num, task); } + static mfxStatus _Execute(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 thread_id, mfxU32 call_count) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxExecute(task, thread_id, call_count); } + static mfxStatus _FreeResources(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxFreeResources(task, sts); } +}; + +#endif // __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxplugin.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxplugin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfb7547 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxplugin.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxplugin.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXPLUGIN_H__ +#define __MFXPLUGIN_H__ +#include "mfxvideo.h" + +#pragma warning(disable: 4201) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +typedef enum { + MFX_THREADPOLICY_SERIAL = 0, + MFX_THREADPOLICY_PARALLEL = 1 +} mfxThreadPolicy; + +typedef struct mfxPluginParam { + mfxU32 reserved[14]; + mfxThreadPolicy ThreadPolicy; + mfxU32 MaxThreadNum; +} mfxPluginParam; + +typedef struct mfxCoreParam{ + mfxU32 reserved[13]; + mfxIMPL Impl; + mfxVersion Version; + mfxU32 NumWorkingThread; +} mfxCoreParam; + +typedef struct mfxCoreInterface { + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxHDL reserved1[2]; + mfxFrameAllocator FrameAllocator; + mfxBufferAllocator reserved3; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetCoreParam)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreParam *par); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetHandle) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *handle); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *IncreaseReference) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameData *fd); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *DecreaseReference) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameData *fd); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *CopyFrame) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *dst, mfxFrameSurface1 *src); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *CopyBuffer)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU8 *dst, mfxU32 size, mfxFrameSurface1 *src); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *MapOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 num, mfxU32 type, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *UnmapOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 num, mfxU32 type, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetRealSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *op_surf, mfxFrameSurface1 **surf); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *surf, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + + mfxHDL reserved4[4]; +} mfxCoreInterface; + +typedef struct mfxPlugin{ + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *PluginInit) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreInterface *core); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *PluginClose) (mfxHDL pthis); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetPluginParam)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxPluginParam *par); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Submit)(mfxHDL pthis, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Execute)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 uid_p, mfxU32 uid_a); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *FreeResources)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts); + + mfxHDL reserved[9]; +} mfxPlugin; + + + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_Register(mfxSession session, mfxU32 type, const mfxPlugin *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_Unregister(mfxSession session, mfxU32 type); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_ProcessFrameAsync(mfxSession session, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __MFXPLUGIN_H__ */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxstructures.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxstructures.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13e362b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxstructures.h @@ -0,0 +1,763 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxstructures.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXSTRUCTURES_H__ +#define __MFXSTRUCTURES_H__ +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#pragma warning(disable: 4201) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define MFX_MAKEFOURCC(A,B,C,D) ((((int)A))+(((int)B)<<8)+(((int)C)<<16)+(((int)D)<<24)) + +/* Extended Configuration Header Structure */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 BufferId; + mfxU32 BufferSz; +} mfxExtBuffer; + +/* Frame ID for SVC and MVC */ +typedef struct { + mfxU16 TemporalId; + mfxU16 PriorityId; + union { + struct { + mfxU16 DependencyId; + mfxU16 QualityId; + }; + struct { + mfxU16 ViewId; + }; + }; +} mfxFrameId; + +/* Frame Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[6]; + mfxFrameId FrameId; + + mfxU32 FourCC; + mfxU16 Width; + mfxU16 Height; + + mfxU16 CropX; + mfxU16 CropY; + mfxU16 CropW; + mfxU16 CropH; + + mfxU32 FrameRateExtN; + mfxU32 FrameRateExtD; + mfxU16 reserved3; + + mfxU16 AspectRatioW; + mfxU16 AspectRatioH; + + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 ChromaFormat; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameInfo; + +/* FourCC */ +enum { + MFX_FOURCC_NV12 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('N','V','1','2'), /* Native Format */ + MFX_FOURCC_YV12 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('Y','V','1','2'), + MFX_FOURCC_YUY2 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('Y','U','Y','2'), + MFX_FOURCC_RGB3 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','G','B','3'), /* RGB24 */ + MFX_FOURCC_RGB4 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','G','B','4'), /* RGB32 */ + MFX_FOURCC_P8 = 41 /* D3DFMT_P8 */ +}; + +/* PicStruct */ +enum { + MFX_PICSTRUCT_UNKNOWN =0x00, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_PROGRESSIVE =0x01, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_TFF =0x02, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_BFF =0x04, + + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_REPEATED=0x10, /* first field repeated, pic_struct=5 or 6 in H.264 */ + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FRAME_DOUBLING=0x20, /* pic_struct=7 in H.264 */ + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FRAME_TRIPLING=0x40 /* pic_struct=8 in H.264 */ +}; + +/* ColorFormat */ +enum { + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_MONOCHROME =0, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV420 =1, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422 =2, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV444 =3, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV400 = MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_MONOCHROME, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV411 = 4, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422H = MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422V = 5 + +}; + +enum { + MFX_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN = -1 +}; + +enum { + MFX_FRAMEORDER_UNKNOWN = -1 +}; + +/* DataFlag in mfxFrameData */ +enum { + MFX_FRAMEDATA_ORIGINAL_TIMESTAMP = 0x0001 +}; + +/* Corrupted in mfxFrameData */ +enum { + MFX_CORRUPTION_MINOR = 0x0001, + MFX_CORRUPTION_MAJOR = 0x0002, + MFX_CORRUPTION_REFERENCE_FRAME = 0x0010, + MFX_CORRUPTION_REFERENCE_LIST = 0x0020 +}; + +/* Frame Data Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + + mfxU64 TimeStamp; + mfxU32 FrameOrder; + mfxU16 Locked; + mfxU16 Pitch; + + /* color planes */ + union { + mfxU8 *Y; + mfxU8 *R; + }; + union { + mfxU8 *UV; /* for UV merged formats */ + mfxU8 *VU; /* for VU merged formats */ + mfxU8 *CbCr; /* for CbCr merged formats */ + mfxU8 *CrCb; /* for CrCb merged formats */ + mfxU8 *Cb; + mfxU8 *U; + mfxU8 *G; + }; + union { + mfxU8 *Cr; + mfxU8 *V; + mfxU8 *B; + }; + mfxU8 *A; + mfxMemId MemId; + + /* Additional Flags */ + mfxU16 Corrupted; + mfxU16 DataFlag; +} mfxFrameData; + +/* Frame Surface */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxFrameInfo Info; + mfxFrameData Data; +} mfxFrameSurface1; + +enum { + MFX_TIMESTAMPCALC_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_TIMESTAMPCALC_TELECINE = 1, +}; + +/* Transcoding Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[7]; + + mfxU16 reserved4; + mfxU16 BRCParamMultiplier; + + mfxFrameInfo FrameInfo; + mfxU32 CodecId; + mfxU16 CodecProfile; + mfxU16 CodecLevel; + mfxU16 NumThread; + + union { + struct { /* MPEG-2/H.264 Encoding Options */ + mfxU16 TargetUsage; + + mfxU16 GopPicSize; + mfxU16 GopRefDist; + mfxU16 GopOptFlag; + mfxU16 IdrInterval; + + mfxU16 RateControlMethod; + union { + mfxU16 InitialDelayInKB; + mfxU16 QPI; + mfxU16 Accuracy; + }; + mfxU16 BufferSizeInKB; + union { + mfxU16 TargetKbps; + mfxU16 QPP; + }; + union { + mfxU16 MaxKbps; + mfxU16 QPB; + mfxU16 Convergence; + }; + + mfxU16 NumSlice; + mfxU16 NumRefFrame; + mfxU16 EncodedOrder; + }; + struct { /* H.264, MPEG-2 and VC-1 Decoding Options */ + mfxU16 DecodedOrder; + mfxU16 ExtendedPicStruct; + mfxU16 TimeStampCalc; + mfxU16 reserved2[10]; + }; + struct { /* JPEG Decoding Options */ + mfxU16 JPEGChromaFormat; + mfxU16 Rotation; + mfxU16 reserved3[11]; + }; + }; +} mfxInfoMFX; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + mfxFrameInfo In; + mfxFrameInfo Out; +} mfxInfoVPP; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[3]; + mfxU16 reserved3; + mfxU16 AsyncDepth; + + union { + mfxInfoMFX mfx; + mfxInfoVPP vpp; + }; + mfxU16 Protected; + mfxU16 IOPattern; + mfxExtBuffer** ExtParam; + mfxU16 NumExtParam; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxVideoParam; + +/* IOPattern */ +enum { + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0x01, + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_SYSTEM_MEMORY = 0x02, + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY = 0x04, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0x10, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_SYSTEM_MEMORY = 0x20, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_OPAQUE_MEMORY = 0x40 +}; + +/* CodecId */ +enum { + MFX_CODEC_AVC =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','V','C',' '), + MFX_CODEC_MPEG2 =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','P','G','2'), + MFX_CODEC_VC1 =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('V','C','1',' ') +}; + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum { + MFX_PROFILE_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_LEVEL_UNKNOWN =0, + + /* AVC Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET0 = (0x100 << 0), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET1 = (0x100 << 1), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET2 = (0x100 << 2), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET3 = (0x100 << 3), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4 = (0x100 << 4), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET5 = (0x100 << 5), + + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_BASELINE =66, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_MAIN =77, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_EXTENDED =88, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH =100, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_BASELINE + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET1, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINED_HIGH =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4 + + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET5, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_PROGRESSIVE_HIGH =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4, + + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_1 =10, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_1b =9, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_11 =11, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_12 =12, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_13 =13, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_2 =20, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_21 =21, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_22 =22, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_3 =30, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_31 =31, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_32 =32, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_4 =40, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_41 =41, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_42 =42, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_5 =50, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_51 =51, + + /* MPEG-2 Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE =0x50, + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN =0x40, + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH =0x10, + + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_LOW =0xA, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_MAIN =0x8, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_HIGH =0x4, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_HIGH1440 =0x6, + + /* VC1 Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE =(0+1), + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN =(4+1), + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED =(12+1), + + /* VC1 levels for simple & main profiles */ + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_LOW =(0+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_MEDIAN =(2+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_HIGH =(4+1), + + /* VC1 levels for the advanced profile */ + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_0 =(0x00+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_1 =(0x01+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_2 =(0x02+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_3 =(0x03+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_4 =(0x04+1) +}; + +/* GopOptFlag */ +enum { + MFX_GOP_CLOSED =1, + MFX_GOP_STRICT =2 +}; + +/* TargetUsages: from 1 to 7 inclusive */ +enum { + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BEST_QUALITY =1, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BALANCED =4, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BEST_SPEED =7 +}; + +/* RateControlMethod */ +enum { + MFX_RATECONTROL_CBR =1, + MFX_RATECONTROL_VBR =2, + MFX_RATECONTROL_CQP =3, + MFX_RATECONTROL_AVBR =4 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU16 reserved1; + mfxU16 RateDistortionOpt; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 MECostType; + mfxU16 MESearchType; + mfxI16Pair MVSearchWindow; + mfxU16 EndOfSequence; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 FramePicture; /* tri-state option */ + + union { + struct { /* AVC */ + mfxU16 CAVLC; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 reserved2[3]; + mfxU16 ViewOutput; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 NalHrdConformance; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 SingleSeiNalUnit; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 VuiVclHrdParameters; /* tri-state option */ + + mfxU16 RefPicListReordering; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 ResetRefList; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 RefPicMarkRep; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 FieldOutput; /* tri-state option */ + + mfxU16 IntraPredBlockSize; + mfxU16 InterPredBlockSize; + mfxU16 MVPrecision; + mfxU16 MaxDecFrameBuffering; + + mfxU16 AUDelimiter; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 EndOfStream; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 PicTimingSEI; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 VuiNalHrdParameters; /* tri-state option */ + }; + }; +} mfxExtCodingOption; + +/* IntraPredBlockSize/InterPredBlockSize */ +enum { + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_16X16 = 1, /* 16x16 */ + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_8X8 = 2, /* 16x16, 8x8 */ + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_4X4 = 3 /* 16x16, 8x8, 4x4 */ +}; + +/* MVPrecision */ +enum { + MFX_MVPRECISION_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_MVPRECISION_INTEGER = (1 << 0), + MFX_MVPRECISION_HALFPEL = (1 << 1), + MFX_MVPRECISION_QUARTERPEL = (1 << 2) +}; + +enum { + MFX_CODINGOPTION_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_CODINGOPTION_ON =0x10, + MFX_CODINGOPTION_OFF =0x20 +}; + +typedef struct _mfxEncryptedData mfxEncryptedData; + +typedef struct { + union { + mfxEncryptedData* EncryptedData; + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + }; + mfxU64 TimeStamp; + mfxU8* Data; + mfxU32 DataOffset; + mfxU32 DataLength; + mfxU32 MaxLength; + + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 FrameType; + mfxU16 DataFlag; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxBitstream; + +/* Data Flag */ +enum { + MFX_BITSTREAM_COMPLETE_FRAME = 0x0001 /* the bitstream contains a complete frame or field pair of data */ +}; + +/* Extended Buffer Ids */ +enum { + MFX_EXTBUFF_CODING_OPTION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('C','D','O','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_CODING_OPTION_SPSPPS= MFX_MAKEFOURCC('C','O','S','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DONOTUSE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('N','U','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_AUXDATA = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','U','X','D'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DENOISE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','N','I','S'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_ANALYSIS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('S','C','L','Y'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_CHANGE = MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_ANALYSIS, + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_PROCAMP = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('P','A','M','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DETAIL = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','E','T',' '), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('V','S','I','N'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DOUSE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','U','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_OPAQUE_SURFACE_ALLOCATION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('O','P','Q','S'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_AVC_REFLIST_CTRL = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','L','S','T'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_FRAME_RATE_CONVERSION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('F','R','C',' '), + MFX_EXTBUFF_PICTURE_TIMING_SEI = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('P','T','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_AVC_TEMPORAL_LAYERS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','T','M','L') +}; + +/* VPP Conf: Do not use certain algorithms */ +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 NumAlg; + mfxU32* AlgList; +} mfxExtVPPDoNotUse; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 DenoiseFactor; +} mfxExtVPPDenoise; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 DetailFactor; +} mfxExtVPPDetail; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxF64 Brightness; + mfxF64 Contrast; + mfxF64 Hue; + mfxF64 Saturation; +} mfxExtVPPProcAmp; + +/* statistics collected for decode, encode and vpp */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU64 NumBit; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxEncodeStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU32 NumSkippedFrame; + mfxU32 NumError; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxDecodeStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxVPPStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 SpatialComplexity; + mfxU32 TemporalComplexity; + mfxU16 SceneChangeRate; + mfxU16 RepeatedFrame; +} mfxExtVppAuxData; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxU8 *Data; /* buffer pointer */ + mfxU32 NumBit; /* number of bits */ + mfxU16 Type; /* SEI message type in H.264 or user data start_code in MPEG-2 */ + mfxU16 BufSize; /* payload buffer size in bytes */ +} mfxPayload; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved[5]; + mfxU16 reserved1; + + mfxU16 QP; /* per frame QP */ + + mfxU16 FrameType; + mfxU16 NumExtParam; + mfxU16 NumPayload; /* MPEG-2 user data or H.264 SEI message(s) */ + mfxU16 reserved2; + + mfxExtBuffer **ExtParam; + mfxPayload **Payload; /* for field pair, first field uses even payloads and second field uses odd payloads */ +} mfxEncodeCtrl; + +/* Buffer Memory Types */ +enum { + /* Buffer types */ + MFX_MEMTYPE_PERSISTENT_MEMORY =0x0002 +}; + +/* Frame Memory Types */ +#define MFX_MEMTYPE_BASE(x) (0xf0ff & (x)) + +enum { + MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_DECODER_TARGET =0x0010, + MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_PROCESSOR_TARGET =0x0020, + MFX_MEMTYPE_VIDEO_MEMORY_DECODER_TARGET = MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_DECODER_TARGET, + MFX_MEMTYPE_VIDEO_MEMORY_PROCESSOR_TARGET = MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_PROCESSOR_TARGET, + MFX_MEMTYPE_SYSTEM_MEMORY =0x0040, + + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_ENCODE = 0x0100, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_DECODE = 0x0200, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_VPPIN = 0x0400, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_VPPOUT = 0x0800, + + MFX_MEMTYPE_INTERNAL_FRAME = 0x0001, + MFX_MEMTYPE_EXTERNAL_FRAME = 0x0002, + MFX_MEMTYPE_OPAQUE_FRAME = 0x0004 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxFrameInfo Info; + mfxU16 Type; /* decoder or processor render targets */ + mfxU16 NumFrameMin; + mfxU16 NumFrameSuggested; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameAllocRequest; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxMemId *mids; /* the array allocated by application */ + mfxU16 NumFrameActual; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameAllocResponse; + +/* FrameType */ +enum { + MFX_FRAMETYPE_UNKNOWN =0x0000, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_I =0x0001, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_P =0x0002, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_B =0x0004, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_S =0x0008, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_REF =0x0040, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_IDR =0x0080, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xI =0x0100, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xP =0x0200, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xB =0x0400, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xS =0x0800, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xREF =0x4000, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xIDR =0x8000 +}; + +typedef enum { + MFX_HANDLE_DIRECT3D_DEVICE_MANAGER9 =1, /* IDirect3DDeviceManager9 */ + MFX_HANDLE_D3D9_DEVICE_MANAGER = MFX_HANDLE_DIRECT3D_DEVICE_MANAGER9, + MFX_HANDLE_D3D11_DEVICE_AND_CONTEXT = 2, + MFX_HANDLE_D3D11_DEVICE = 3, + MFX_HANDLE_VA_DISPLAY = 4 +} mfxHandleType; + +typedef enum { + MFX_SKIPMODE_NOSKIP=0, + MFX_SKIPMODE_MORE=1, + MFX_SKIPMODE_LESS=2 +} mfxSkipMode; + +/* Library initialization and deinitialization */ +typedef mfxI32 mfxIMPL; +#define MFX_IMPL_BASETYPE(x) (0x00ff & (x)) + +enum { + MFX_IMPL_AUTO = 0x0000, /* Auto Selection/In or Not Supported/Out */ + MFX_IMPL_SOFTWARE = 0x0001, /* Pure Software Implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE = 0x0002, /* Hardware Accelerated Implementation (default device) */ + MFX_IMPL_AUTO_ANY = 0x0003, /* Auto selection of any hardware/software implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE_ANY = 0x0004, /* Auto selection of any hardware implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE2 = 0x0005, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (2nd device) */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE3 = 0x0006, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (3rd device) */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE4 = 0x0007, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (4th device) */ + + MFX_IMPL_VIA_ANY = 0x0100, + MFX_IMPL_VIA_D3D9 = 0x0200, + MFX_IMPL_VIA_D3D11 = 0x0300, + + MFX_IMPL_UNSUPPORTED = 0x0000 /* One of the MFXQueryIMPL returns */ +}; + +/* Version Info */ +typedef union { + struct { + mfxU16 Minor; + mfxU16 Major; + }; + mfxU32 Version; +} mfxVersion; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU8 *SPSBuffer; + mfxU8 *PPSBuffer; + mfxU16 SPSBufSize; + mfxU16 PPSBufSize; + mfxU16 SPSId; + mfxU16 PPSId; +} mfxExtCodingOptionSPSPPS; + +/* session priority */ +typedef enum +{ + MFX_PRIORITY_LOW = 0, + MFX_PRIORITY_NORMAL = 1, + MFX_PRIORITY_HIGH = 2 + +} mfxPriority; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 VideoFormat; + mfxU16 VideoFullRange; + mfxU16 ColourDescriptionPresent; + mfxU16 ColourPrimaries; + mfxU16 TransferCharacteristics; + mfxU16 MatrixCoefficients; +} mfxExtVideoSignalInfo; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 NumAlg; + mfxU32 *AlgList; +} mfxExtVPPDoUse; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved1[2]; + struct { + mfxFrameSurface1 **Surfaces; + mfxU32 reserved2[5]; + mfxU16 Type; + mfxU16 NumSurface; + } In, Out; +} mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 NumRefIdxL0Active; + mfxU16 NumRefIdxL1Active; + + struct { + mfxU32 FrameOrder; + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 ViewId; + mfxU32 reserved[2]; + } PreferredRefList[32], RejectedRefList[16], LongTermRefList[16]; + + mfxU32 reserved[8]; +} mfxExtAVCRefListCtrl; + +enum { + MFX_FRCALGM_PRESERVE_TIMESTAMP = 1, + MFX_FRCALGM_DISTRIBUTED_TIMESTAMP = 2 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 Algorithm; + mfxU16 reserved; + mfxU32 reserved2[15]; +} mfxExtVPPFrameRateConversion; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved[14]; + + struct { + mfxU16 ClockTimestampFlag; + mfxU16 CtType; + mfxU16 NuitFieldBasedFlag; + mfxU16 CountingType; + mfxU16 FullTimestampFlag; + mfxU16 DiscontinuityFlag; + mfxU16 CntDroppedFlag; + mfxU16 NFrames; + mfxU16 SecondsFlag; + mfxU16 MinutesFlag; + mfxU16 HoursFlag; + mfxU16 SecondsValue; + mfxU16 MinutesValue; + mfxU16 HoursValue; + mfxU32 TimeOffset; + } TimeStamp[3]; +} mfxExtPictureTimingSEI; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved1[4]; + mfxU16 reserved2; + mfxU16 BaseLayerPID; + + struct { + mfxU16 Scale; + mfxU16 reserved[3]; + }Layer[8]; +} mfxExtAvcTemporalLayers; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxvideo++.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxvideo++.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e513b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxvideo++.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2010 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + + +File Name: mfxvideo++.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ + +#ifndef __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H +#define __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H + +#include "mfxvideo.h" + +class MFXVideoSession +{ +public: + MFXVideoSession(void) { m_session = (mfxSession) 0; } + virtual ~MFXVideoSession(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Init(mfxIMPL impl, mfxVersion *ver) { return MFXInit(impl, ver, &m_session); } + mfxStatus Close(void) + { + mfxStatus mfxRes; + mfxRes = MFXClose(m_session); m_session = (mfxSession) 0; + return mfxRes; + } + + mfxStatus QueryIMPL(mfxIMPL *impl) { return MFXQueryIMPL(m_session, impl); } + mfxStatus QueryVersion(mfxVersion *version) { return MFXQueryVersion(m_session, version); } + + mfxStatus JoinSession(mfxSession child_session) { return MFXJoinSession(m_session, child_session);} + mfxStatus DisjoinSession( ) { return MFXDisjoinSession(m_session);} + mfxStatus CloneSession( mfxSession *clone) { return MFXCloneSession(m_session, clone);} + mfxStatus SetPriority( mfxPriority priority) { return MFXSetPriority(m_session, priority);} + mfxStatus GetPriority( mfxPriority *priority) { return MFXGetPriority(m_session, priority);} + + mfxStatus SetBufferAllocator(mfxBufferAllocator *allocator) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetBufferAllocator(m_session, allocator); } + mfxStatus SetFrameAllocator(mfxFrameAllocator *allocator) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetFrameAllocator(m_session, allocator); } + mfxStatus SetHandle(mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL hdl) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetHandle(m_session, type, hdl); } + mfxStatus GetHandle(mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *hdl) { return MFXVideoCORE_GetHandle(m_session, type, hdl); } + + mfxStatus SyncOperation(mfxSyncPoint syncp, mfxU32 wait) { return MFXVideoCORE_SyncOperation(m_session, syncp, wait); } + + operator mfxSession (void) { return m_session; } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoENCODE +{ +public: + + MFXVideoENCODE(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoENCODE(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request) { return MFXVideoENCODE_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus GetEncodeStat(mfxEncodeStat *stat) { return MFXVideoENCODE_GetEncodeStat(m_session, stat); } + + mfxStatus EncodeFrameAsync(mfxEncodeCtrl *ctrl, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoENCODE_EncodeFrameAsync(m_session, ctrl, surface, bs, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoDECODE +{ +public: + + MFXVideoDECODE(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoDECODE(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus DecodeHeader(mfxBitstream *bs, mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeHeader(m_session, bs, par); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request) { return MFXVideoDECODE_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + + mfxStatus GetDecodeStat(mfxDecodeStat *stat) { return MFXVideoDECODE_GetDecodeStat(m_session, stat); } + mfxStatus GetPayload(mfxU64 *ts, mfxPayload *payload) {return MFXVideoDECODE_GetPayload(m_session, ts, payload); } + mfxStatus SetSkipMode(mfxSkipMode mode) { return MFXVideoDECODE_SetSkipMode(m_session, mode); } + mfxStatus DecodeFrameAsync(mfxBitstream *bs, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface_work, mfxFrameSurface1 **surface_out, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeFrameAsync(m_session, bs, surface_work, surface_out, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoVPP +{ +public: + + MFXVideoVPP(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoVPP(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoVPP_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest request[2]) { return MFXVideoVPP_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoVPP_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus GetVPPStat(mfxVPPStat *stat) { return MFXVideoVPP_GetVPPStat(m_session, stat); } + mfxStatus RunFrameVPPAsync(mfxFrameSurface1 *in, mfxFrameSurface1 *out, mfxExtVppAuxData *aux, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoVPP_RunFrameVPPAsync(m_session, in, out, aux, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +#endif // __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxvideo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxvideo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..641dc7a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/include64/mfx/mfxvideo.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxvideo.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ +#ifndef __MFXVIDEO_H__ +#define __MFXVIDEO_H__ +#include "mfxstructures.h" + +/* This is the external include file for the Intel(R) Media Sofware Development Kit product */ +#define MFX_VERSION_MAJOR 1 +#define MFX_VERSION_MINOR 4 + +#ifdef _WIN32 + #define MFX_CDECL __cdecl + #define MFX_STDCALL __stdcall +#else + #define MFX_CDECL + #define MFX_STDCALL +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif + +/* MFXVideoCORE */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxHDL pthis; + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Alloc) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 nbytes, mfxU16 type, mfxMemId *mid); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Lock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxU8 **ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Unlock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Free) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid); +} mfxBufferAllocator; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Alloc) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request, mfxFrameAllocResponse *response); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Lock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxFrameData *ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Unlock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxFrameData *ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetHDL) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxHDL *handle); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Free) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameAllocResponse *response); +} mfxFrameAllocator; + +/* Global Functions */ +typedef struct _mfxSession *mfxSession; +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXInit(mfxIMPL impl, mfxVersion *ver, mfxSession *session); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXClose(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXQueryIMPL(mfxSession session, mfxIMPL *impl); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXQueryVersion(mfxSession session, mfxVersion *version); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXJoinSession(mfxSession session, mfxSession child); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXDisjoinSession(mfxSession session); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXCloneSession(mfxSession session, mfxSession *clone); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXSetPriority(mfxSession session, mfxPriority priority); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXGetPriority(mfxSession session, mfxPriority *priority); + +/* VideoCORE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetBufferAllocator(mfxSession session, mfxBufferAllocator *allocator); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetFrameAllocator(mfxSession session, mfxFrameAllocator *allocator); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetHandle(mfxSession session, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL hdl); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_GetHandle(mfxSession session, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *hdl); + +typedef struct _mfxSyncPoint *mfxSyncPoint; +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SyncOperation(mfxSession session, mfxSyncPoint syncp, mfxU32 wait); + +/* VideoENCODE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_GetEncodeStat(mfxSession session, mfxEncodeStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_EncodeFrameAsync(mfxSession session, mfxEncodeCtrl *ctrl, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +/* VideoDECODE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeHeader(mfxSession session, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetDecodeStat(mfxSession session, mfxDecodeStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_SetSkipMode(mfxSession session, mfxSkipMode mode); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetPayload(mfxSession session, mfxU64 *ts, mfxPayload *payload); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeFrameAsync(mfxSession session, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface_work, mfxFrameSurface1 **surface_out, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +/* VideoVPP */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest request[2]); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_GetVPPStat(mfxSession session, mfxVPPStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_RunFrameVPPAsync(mfxSession session, mfxFrameSurface1 *in, mfxFrameSurface1 *out, mfxExtVppAuxData *aux, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avcodec.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avcodec.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ad7375 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avcodec.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avdevice.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avdevice.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5abc385 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avdevice.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avfilter.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avfilter.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaf1929 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avfilter.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avformat.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avformat.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f874b23 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avformat.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avutil.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avutil.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba7b0cf Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/avutil.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/postproc.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/postproc.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..451fbdf Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/postproc.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/swresample.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/swresample.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43ffe0b Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/swresample.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/swscale.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/swscale.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9de11e Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib/swscale.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avcodec.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avcodec.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4a77f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avcodec.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avdevice.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avdevice.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55d590a Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avdevice.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avfilter.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avfilter.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ae0efa Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avfilter.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avformat.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avformat.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..add092c Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avformat.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avutil.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avutil.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f242d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/avutil.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/postproc.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/postproc.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7baefb8 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/postproc.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/swresample.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/swresample.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dac692b Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/swresample.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/swscale.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/swscale.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36a3aee Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg3/winlib64/swscale.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff8cc4c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * AC-3 parser prototypes + * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data. + */ +int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size, + uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size); + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f85becd --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7 + +/** + * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data. + * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer + * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written + * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written + * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure. + */ +int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples, + uint8_t *frames); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d234271 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,6228 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libavc libavcodec + * Encoding/Decoding Library + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * This API replaces the following legacy functions: + * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4(): + * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet. + * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from + * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially + * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to + * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then + * no data was read from the packet). + * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once. + * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2(): + * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets. + * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not + * possible. + * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet. + * + * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed, + * and will result in undefined behavior. + * + * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return + * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This + * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless + * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to + * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second + * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). + * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed + * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed + * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive + * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be + * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between + * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that + * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now + * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an + * avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2, + + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4, + AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_RASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP4, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, + + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, + + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, + AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTML, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char *const *mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile *profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +/** + * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first + * decoded frame in stream. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) +/** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 + +/** + * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to + * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use + * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) + +/** + * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not + * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the + * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) + +/** + * This codec takes the reordered_opaque field from input AVFrames + * and returns it in the corresponding field in AVCodecContext after + * encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20) + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan { + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +} AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ +#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES + int max_bitrate; +#else + int64_t max_bitrate; +#endif + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ +#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES + int min_bitrate; +#else + int64_t min_bitrate; +#endif + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ +#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES + int avg_bitrate; +#else + int64_t avg_bitrate; +#endif + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + /** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + /** + * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + /** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + /** + * This side data is encryption initialization data. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to + * access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, + + /** + * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, + + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AFD, + + /** + * The number of side data types. + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NB +}; + +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED + +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t *data; + int size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public + * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it + * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required + * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the + * duration field was still an int. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif +} AVPacket; +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted +/** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **/ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 +/** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 +/** + * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can + * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 + + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; +/** + * @} + */ + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line + * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not + * constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. + * Use framerate instead. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for + * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not + * in the fmt list of formats. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int b_frame_strategy; +#endif + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int mpeg_quant; +#endif + + /** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int prediction_method; +#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 +#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 +#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 +#endif + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int pre_me; +#endif + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int scenechange_threshold; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int noise_reduction; +#endif + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + + /** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int me_penalty_compensation; +#endif + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int brd_scale; +#endif + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int chromaoffset; +#endif + + /** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int b_sensitivity; +#endif + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + int channels; ///< number of audio channels + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int frame_number; + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint64_t request_channel_layout; + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more + * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + + /** + * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from + * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted + * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with + * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. + * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are + * only valid until the next decode call. + * + * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). + */ + attribute_deprecated + int refcounted_frames; + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + +#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int coder_type; +#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */ + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int context_model; +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_threshold; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_factor; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_exp; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_cmp; +#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */ + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int min_prediction_order; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int max_prediction_order; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t timecode_frame_start; +#endif + +#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ + /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ + /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ + /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ + /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ + /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ + attribute_deprecated + void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ + /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ + /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ + /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ + /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ + /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ +#endif + +#if FF_API_STAT_BITS + /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ + attribute_deprecated + int mv_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int header_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int p_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_count; + attribute_deprecated + int p_count; + attribute_deprecated + int skip_count; + attribute_deprecated + int misc_bits; + + /** @deprecated this field is unused */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_bits; +#endif + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 +#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + */ + int strict_std_compliance; +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +/** + * @deprecated this option does nothing + */ +#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames +#endif + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error + + + /** + * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input + * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only + * supported by encoders with the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */ +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + +#if FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; +#endif + +#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME + /** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + * + * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead + */ + attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame; +#endif + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_safe_callbacks; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 + +#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + +#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY + /** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of + * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t vbv_delay; +#endif + +#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT + /** + * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets + * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data. + * + * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream + * parameters at the end of encoding. + * + * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and + * it is kept only for compatibility. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int side_data_only_packets; +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + +#if !FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; +#endif + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + +#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug motion vectors + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames +#endif + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_text_format; +#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0 +#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING +#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1 +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + */ + int trailing_padding; + + /** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_pixels; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + */ + int hwaccel_flags; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + */ + int apply_cropping; + + /* + * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which + * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set + * before avcodec_open2() is called. + * + * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such + * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. + * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder + * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames + * used as reference pictures). + */ + int extra_hw_frames; + + /** + * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int discard_damaged_percentage; +} AVCodecContext; + +#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET +/** + * Accessors for some AVCodecContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); + +attribute_deprecated +const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); + +attribute_deprecated +unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx); + +#if FF_API_LOWRES +attribute_deprecated +int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); +#endif + +attribute_deprecated +int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); + +attribute_deprecated +uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val); +#endif + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +enum { + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should + * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling + * avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format for a decoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames + * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context + * must have been created on a device of the specified type. + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some internal method. + * + * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - + * no device or frames context is required. + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. + * + * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the + * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring + * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be + * used in preference.) + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { + /** + * A hardware pixel format which the codec can use. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible + * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. + */ + int methods; + /** + * The device type associated with the configuration. + * + * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and + * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; +} AVCodecHWConfig; + +typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; + +struct AVSubtitle; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /** + * Group name of the codec implementation. + * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A + * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such + * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or + * the hardware. + * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. + * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases + * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "_"). + */ + const char *wrapper_name; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int priv_data_size; + struct AVCodec *next; + /** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + */ + /** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + */ + int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + */ + int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); + /** @} */ + + /** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + */ + const AVCodecDefault *defaults; + + /** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + * + * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is + * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used. + */ + void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); + + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); + int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const struct AVSubtitle *sub); + /** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ + int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, + int *got_packet_ptr); + int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); + int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the + * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except + * that: + * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type, + * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent, + * - only one drain frame is ever passed down, + */ + int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + + /** + * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called + * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain + * input data. + */ + int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + /** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + */ + void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Internal codec capabilities. + * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to + * packets before decoding. + */ + const char *bsfs; + + /** + * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec, + * or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL + * pointer. + * + * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config(). + */ + const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal **hw_configs; +} AVCodec; + +#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET +attribute_deprecated +int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec); +#endif + +struct MpegEncContext; + +/** + * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. + * + * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration + * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support + * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. + */ +const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index); + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * + * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some + * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. + * + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Allocate a custom buffer + */ + int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). + * + * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the + * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param type the nal unit type + * @param buf the nal unit data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int frame_priv_data_size; + + /** + * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. + * + * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb(). + * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are + * stored in an array provided by the video driver. + * + * @param s the mpeg context + */ + void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s); + + /** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + */ + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + */ + int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal hwaccel capabilities. + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called + * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for + * details. + * + * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume + * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. + */ + int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx); +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Picture data structure. + * + * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is + * alpha. + * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead + */ +typedef struct AVPicture { + attribute_deprecated + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes + attribute_deprecated + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line +} AVPicture; + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVPicture pict; +#endif + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t *data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVCodecParameters { + /** + * General type of the encoded data. + */ + enum AVMediaType codec_type; + /** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + */ + enum AVCodecID codec_id; + /** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + */ + uint32_t codec_tag; + + /** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + /** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + */ + int extradata_size; + + /** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + */ + int profile; + int level; + + /** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + */ + int video_delay; + + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is + * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to + * the channels field. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio channels. + */ + int channels; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + /** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + */ + int block_align; + /** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + */ + int trailing_padding; + /** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + */ + int seek_preroll; +} AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codecs. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); +#endif + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_register_all(void); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); + +#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS +/** + * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec + * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be + * allocated for each new use. + */ +int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); +#endif + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + * + * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not + * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context + * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the + * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context() + * functions. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + */ +void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); + +/** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); + +/** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par, + const AVCodecContext *codec); + +/** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, + const AVCodecParameters *par); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); + +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * and buf fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); + +#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +/** + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref or av_packet_make_refcounted + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +/** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy packet side data + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free a packet. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref + * + * @param pkt packet to free + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int *size); + +#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API +attribute_deprecated +int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict); + + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. + * + * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. + * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_make_writable + * + * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, + * avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be + * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be + * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to + * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet + * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely + * consumed or an error occurs. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by + * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero + * does not mean that an error has occurred. For + * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode + * call is guaranteed to produce a frame. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + * +* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, + int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, + int *got_picture_ptr, + const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2()) + * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now + * or in future libavcodec versions. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can + * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush + * packet is sent) + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * decoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @return + * 0: success, a frame was returned + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try + * to send new input + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED: current decoded frame has changed parameters + * with respect to first decoded frame. Applicable + * when flag AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set. + * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() + * to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. + * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the + * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create + * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is + * not reference-counted). + * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush + * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder + * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this + * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush + * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a + * decoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user + * must try to send input + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output packets + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware + * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is + * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. + * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. + * + * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this + * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid + * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. + * + * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, + * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes + * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about + * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. + * + * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: + * + * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was + * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and + * can trigger undefined behavior. + * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). + * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could + * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream + * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's + * get_format callback returns.) + * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the + * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, + * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. + * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. + * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to + * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter), + * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done + * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). + * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is + * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So + * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every + * get_format call. + * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using + * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a + * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function + * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. + * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set + * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. + * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, + * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. + * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free + * callback. + * + * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext + * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): + * + * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). + * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. + * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An + * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats + * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) + * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the + * API-specific minimum alignment. + * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size + * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec, + * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference + * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced + * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the + * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand + * during decoding. + * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying + * hardware API. + * + * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but + * with basic frame parameters set. + * + * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the + * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. + * + * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which + * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned + * AVHWFramesContext properly. + * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device + * which will be used by the hardware decoder. + * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. + * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ + * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. + * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. + * Not changed if an error is returned. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes + * have special semantics: + * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup + * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not + * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, + * or it is a software format. + * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for + * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported + * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. + */ +int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, + AVBufferRef *device_ref, + enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, + AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref); + + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + struct AVCodecParser *next; +} AVCodecParser; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque); + +attribute_deprecated +AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c); + +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame + can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +/** + * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed + * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter + */ +int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +/** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int width, int height, + unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +#if FF_API_GETCHROMA +/** + * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + */ + +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); +#endif + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss() + */ +int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +attribute_deprecated +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_TAG_STRING +/** + * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + * + * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); +#endif + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0), + * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When + * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might + * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + +/** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { + void *priv_data; + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + AVCodecParserContext *parser; + struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; + /** + * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter(). + * Not for access by library users. + */ + char *args; +} AVBitStreamFilterContext; +#endif + +typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal; + +/** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVBSFContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + */ + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + + /** + * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any + * way. + */ + AVBSFInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_in; + + /** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_out; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_in; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_out; +} AVBSFContext; + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + + /** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + */ + const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + int priv_data_size; + int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx); + int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx); + void (*flush)(AVBSFContext *ctx); +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_get_by_name(), av_bsf_alloc(), and av_bsf_init() + * from the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_send_packet() and av_bsf_receive_packet() from the + * new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_free() from the new bitstream filtering API (using + * AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_iterate() from the new bitstream filtering API (using + * AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f); +#endif + +/** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque); +#if FF_API_NEXT +attribute_deprecated +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context + * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + */ +int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. + * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more + * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it + * may have buffered internally. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the + * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there + * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if + * an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + */ +int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Reset the internal bitstream filter state / flush internal buffers. + */ +void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + */ +void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); + +/** + * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. + * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; + +/** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + */ +AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + */ +void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); + +/** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); + +/** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); +/** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly + * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter + * + * @return + */ +int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +#if FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL +/** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + * + * @deprecated This function doesn't do anything. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + +/** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + * + * @deprecated AVHWaccel structures contain no user-serviceable parts, so + * this function should not be used. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel); +#endif + +#if FF_API_LOCKMGR +/** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + * + * @deprecated Deprecated together with av_lockmgr_register(). + */ +enum AVLockOp { + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources +}; + +/** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points + * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user + * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the + * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is + * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same + * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However, + * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to + * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds + * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a + * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks. + * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a + * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls + * to this callback and the previously registered callback. + * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex + * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking + * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to + * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the + * lockmgr will be unregistered. + * + * @deprecated This function does nothing, and always returns 0. Be sure to + * build with thread support to get basic thread safety. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); +#endif + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avdct.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..272422e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass *av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
+ * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, + ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); + +const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c0f9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6816b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Direct3D11 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H +#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va + * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * + * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { + /** + * D3D11 decoder object + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * D3D11 VideoContext + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; + + /** + * Mutex to access video_context + */ + HANDLE context_mutex; +} AVD3D11VAContext; + +/** + * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dirac.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dirac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6d9d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dirac.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards + * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad + * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H +#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H + +/** + * @file + * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder + * @author Marco Gerards + * @author David Conrad + * @author Jordi Ortiz + */ + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both + * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default). + * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed. + * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting + * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter). + * + * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory. + */ +#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5 + +/** + * Parse code values: + * + * Dirac Specification -> + * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 + * + * VC-2 Specification -> + * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 + */ + +enum DiracParseCodes { + DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, + DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, + DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, + DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC, + DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, +}; + +typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { + int major; + int minor; +} DiracVersionInfo; + +typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 + + uint8_t interlaced; + uint8_t top_field_first; + + uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] + uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] + + uint16_t clean_width; + uint16_t clean_height; + uint16_t clean_left_offset; + uint16_t clean_right_offset; + + uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] + uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] + + int profile; + int level; + + AVRational framerate; + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + DiracVersionInfo version; + int bit_depth; +} AVDiracSeqHeader; + +/** + * Parse a Dirac sequence header. + * + * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct + * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with + * av_free(). + * @param buf the data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes + * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, + const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, + void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9380a66 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H +#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to + * determine the profile */ +#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ + + +/* + * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various + * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating + * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various + * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). + */ +typedef struct AVDVProfile { + int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ + int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ + int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ + int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ + int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ + AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ + int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ + int height; /* picture height in pixels */ + int width; /* picture width in pixels */ + AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ + int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ + const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ + int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ + int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ + /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ + int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ + /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ + const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ +} AVDVProfile; + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. + * + * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL + * @param frame the compressed data buffer + * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes + * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, + const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22c9399 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/jni.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/jni.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd99e92 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/jni.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * JNI public API functions + * + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H +#define AVCODEC_JNI_H + +/* + * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI + * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning + * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer + * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine + */ +void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c8545d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/* + * Android MediaCodec public API + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will + * be used as output by the decoder. + * + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext { + + /** + * android/view/Surface object reference. + */ + void *surface; + +} AVMediaCodecContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context. + * + * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the + * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free. + * + * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise + */ +AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize + * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with + * av_mediacodec_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx codec context + */ +void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render. + */ +typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer; + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated + * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given + * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus + * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to + * discard the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render); + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface + * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second + * of the current java/lang/System#nanoTime() (which is implemented using + * CLOCK_MONOTONIC on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation + * of android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long) for more details. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/qsv.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b77158e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H +#define AVCODEC_QSV_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" + +/** + * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and + * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() + * callback + * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() + */ +typedef struct AVQSVContext { + /** + * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. + * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. + */ + mfxSession session; + + /** + * The IO pattern to use. + */ + int iopattern; + + /** + * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. + */ + mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; + int nb_ext_buffers; + + /** + * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec + * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to + * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also + * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. + * + * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number + * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. + * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through + * the opaque_surfaces field. + */ + int opaque_alloc; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before + * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number + * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the + * encoder. + * + * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to + * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. + */ + int nb_opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the + * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be + * passed to other parts of the pipeline. + * + * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, + * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free + * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * + * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in + * the opaque allocation request. + */ + int opaque_alloc_type; +} AVQSVContext; + +/** + * Allocate a new context. + * + * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). + */ +AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cf7da5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* + * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) + * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 + * + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H +#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi + * Public libavcodec VA API header. + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and + * the client video application. + * This shall be zero-allocated and available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead. + */ +struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context { + /** + * Window system dependent data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *display; + + /** + * Configuration ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t config_id; + + /** + * Context ID (video decode pipeline) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t context_id; +}; + +/* @} */ + +#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d99943 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" +#include "version.h" + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, + const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel + * function and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an + * AVVDPAUContext. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, + uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); + +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); + +#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +/** + * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder. + * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback. + * + * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead. + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success. + * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns + * an error. + * + * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile); +#endif + +/* @}*/ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3331d47 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 54 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES +#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE +#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME +#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT +#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION +#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE +#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK +#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY +#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS +#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT +#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING +#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF +#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS +#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME +#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API +#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING +#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA +#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET +#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL +#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR +#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEXT +#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES +#define FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af2db0d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* + * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox + * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. + */ + +#include + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { + /** + * Videotoolbox decompression session object. + * Created and freed the caller. + */ + VTDecompressionSessionRef session; + + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to the session. + * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init() + */ + VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. + * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is + * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; + + /** + * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + int cm_codec_type; +} AVVideotoolboxContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create + * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that + * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + */ +AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with + * av_videotoolbox_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + */ +void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..789932a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A public API for Vorbis parsing + * + * Determines the duration for each packet. + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. + */ +AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** + * Free the parser and everything associated with it. + */ +void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); + +#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * If @p flags is @c NULL, + * special frames are considered invalid. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + * @param flags flags for special frames + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int *flags); + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size); + +void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..465ee78 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee94624 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H +#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Main libavdevice API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavd libavdevice + * Special devices muxing/demuxing library. + * + * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It + * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for + * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the + * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own + * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not + * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific + * meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name. + * + * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all + * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/opt.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavformat/avformat.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avdevice_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avdevice_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice license. + */ +const char *avdevice_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices. + */ +void avdevice_register_all(void); + +/** + * Audio input devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d); + +/** + * Video input devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d); + +/** + * Audio output devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d); + +/** + * Video output devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d); + +typedef struct AVDeviceRect { + int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */ + int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */ + int width; /**< width */ + int height; /**< height */ +} AVDeviceRect; + +/** + * Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(). + */ +enum AVAppToDevMessageType { + /** + * Dummy message. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'), + + /** + * Window size change message. + * + * Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size + * of the window device renders to. + * Message should also be sent right after window is created. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: new window size. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'), + + /** + * Repaint request message. + * + * Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted. + * NULL: whole area is required to be repainted. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'), + + /** + * Request pause/play. + * + * Application requests pause/unpause playback. + * Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer. + * By default devices are not paused. + * + * data: NULL + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'), + + /** + * Volume control message. + * + * Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume + * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume + * change is expected when possible. + * + * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'), + + /** + * Mute control messages. + * + * Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status + * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status + * change is expected when possible. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + + /** + * Get volume/mute messages. + * + * Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or + * AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'), +}; + +/** + * Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(). + */ +enum AVDevToAppMessageType { + /** + * Dummy message. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'), + + /** + * Create window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device- + * and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first + * frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here. + * Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size. + * + * @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size + * with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer. + * NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'), + + /** + * Prepare window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering. + * Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent. + * Message is sent before rendering of each frame. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'), + + /** + * Display window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to display a window buffer. + * Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed. + * Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'), + + /** + * Destroy window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to destroy a window buffer. + * Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window + * buffer is not required anymore. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'), + + /** + * Buffer fullness status messages. + * + * Device signals buffer overflow/underflow. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'), + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'), + + /** + * Buffer readable/writable. + * + * Device informs that buffer is readable/writable. + * When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write. + * + * @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes. + * + * data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write. + * NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '), + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '), + + /** + * Mute state change message. + * + * Device informs that mute state has changed. + * + * data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'), + + /** + * Volume level change message. + * + * Device informs that volume level has changed. + * + * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'), +}; + +/** + * Send control message from application to device. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param type message type. + * @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type. + * @param data_size size of message data. + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message. + */ +int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s, + enum AVAppToDevMessageType type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +/** + * Send control message from device to application. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param type message type. + * @param data message data. Can be NULL. + * @param data_size size of message data. + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message. + */ +int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s, + enum AVDevToAppMessageType type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +/** + * Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs, + * pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc). + * It is build on top op AVOption API. + * Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio + * parameters that fit to the device. + * + * List of capabilities that can be queried: + * - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices: + * - codec: supported audio/video codecs. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value) + * - Capabilities valid for audio devices: + * - sample_format: supported sample formats. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value) + * - sample_rate: supported sample rates. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT + * - channels: supported number of channels. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT + * - channel_layout: supported channel layouts. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64 + * - Capabilities valid for video devices: + * - pixel_format: supported pixel formats. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value) + * - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user). + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE + * - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames). + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE + * - fps: supported fps values + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL + * + * Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function + * and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will + * limit results to the values matching already set capabilities. + * For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values + * returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero. + * + * Example of the usage basing on opengl output device: + * + * @code + * AVFormatContext *oc = NULL; + * AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * int ret; + * + * if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0) + * goto fail; + * + * //query codecs + * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * //pick codec here and set it + * av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0); + * + * //query format + * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * //pick format here and set it + * av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0); + * + * //query and set more capabilities + * + * fail: + * //clean up code + * avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc); + * avformat_free_context(oc); + * @endcode + */ + +/** + * Structure describes device capabilities. + * + * It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table + * to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFormatContext *device_context; + enum AVCodecID codec; + enum AVSampleFormat sample_format; + enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format; + int sample_rate; + int channels; + int64_t channel_layout; + int window_width; + int window_height; + int frame_width; + int frame_height; + AVRational fps; +} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user. + */ +extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[]; + +/** + * Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. + * + * avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is + * not used anymore. + * + * @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param s Context of the device. + * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output + * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place + * that affects device-private options. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise. + */ +int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s, + AVDictionary **device_options); + +/** + * Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create() + * + * @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed. + * @param s Context of the device. + */ +void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Structure describes basic parameters of the device. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceInfo { + char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */ + char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */ +} AVDeviceInfo; + +/** + * List of devices. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList { + AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */ + int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */ + int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */ +} AVDeviceInfoList; + +/** + * List devices. + * + * Returns available device names and their parameters. + * + * @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be + * autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to + * be always completed. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices. + * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error. + */ +int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices(). + * + * @param devices device list to be freed. + */ +void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * List devices. + * + * Returns available device names and their parameters. + * These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices(). + * Device context is allocated and deallocated internally. + * + * @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set. + * @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set. + * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL. + * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output + * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place + * that affects device-private options. + * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices + * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error. + * @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set. + */ +int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name, + AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); +int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name, + AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavdevice/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavdevice/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..840cefa --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavdevice/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H +#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Libavdevice version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 8 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d70e71 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,1168 @@ +/* + * filter layer + * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Main libavfilter public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi libavfilter + * Graph-based frame editing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavfilter/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avfilter_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avfilter_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter license. + */ +const char *avfilter_license(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext; +typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink; +typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad; +typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats; + +/** + * Get the number of elements in a NULL-terminated array of AVFilterPads (e.g. + * AVFilter.inputs/outputs). + */ +int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads); + +/** + * Get the name of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Get the type of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs. + * The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the + * options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0) +/** + * The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs. + * The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on + * the options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1) +/** + * The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts + * and processing them concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2) +/** + * Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used + * to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this + * option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default + * no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame() + * callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to + * the next filters. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16) +/** + * Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will + * have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable + * expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the + * filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on + * the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17) +/** + * Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature + * (internally or generically). + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL) + +/** + * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the + * callback functions used to interact with the filter. + */ +typedef struct AVFilter { + /** + * Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * A description of the filter. May be NULL. + * + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *description; + + /** + * List of inputs, terminated by a zeroed element. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *inputs; + /** + * List of outputs, terminated by a zeroed element. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *outputs; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions. + * This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /** + * A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_* + */ + int flags; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Filter pre-initialization function + * + * This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is + * allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects. + * + * If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on + * allocation failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, + * AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be + * dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code) + */ + int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Filter initialization function. + * + * This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after + * all the options have been set, but before links between filters are + * established and format negotiation is done. + * + * Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic + * inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on + * provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be + * done after this callback. + * + * This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame + * parameters are known. + * + * @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if + * initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on + * failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ + int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that + * want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are + * allocated during init. + * + * On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that + * contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or + * with NULL if all the options were processed). + * + * Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init". + */ + int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + + /** + * Filter uninitialization function. + * + * Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any + * memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does + * not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself. + * + * This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not + * called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation. + */ + void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs. + * + * This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs + * and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This + * callback may be called more than once. + * + * This callback must set AVFilterLink.out_formats on every input link and + * AVFilterLink.in_formats on every output link to a list of pixel/sample + * formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio links, this + * filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.in_samplerates "in_samplerates" / + * @ref AVFilterLink.out_samplerates "out_samplerates" and + * @ref AVFilterLink.in_channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" / + * @ref AVFilterLink.out_channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously. + * + * This callback may be NULL for filters with one input, in which case + * libavfilter assumes that it supports all input formats and preserves + * them on output. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ + int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *); + + int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter + + int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only. + + /** + * Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other + * code. + */ + struct AVFilter *next; + + /** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * + * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported. + * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be + * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ + int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + + /** + * Filter initialization function, alternative to the init() + * callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is + * used for providing binary data. + */ + int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque); + + /** + * Filter activation function. + * + * Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any + * filter_frame and request_frame on pads. + * + * The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single + * step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do + * nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be + * possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another + * activation. + */ + int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx); +} AVFilter; + +/** + * Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0) + +typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal; + +/** An instance of a filter */ +struct AVFilterContext { + const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options + + const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance + + char *name; ///< name of this filter instance + + AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads + AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links + unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads + + AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads + AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links + unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads + + void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter + + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to + + /** + * Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of + * AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some + * or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing + * everything. + * + * When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with + * AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining + * allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both + * to be allowed. + * + * After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the + * threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading). + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterInternal *internal; + + struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue; + + char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string + void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*) + double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression + int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation + + /** + * For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the + * filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field: + * in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will + * instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the + * hardware context information. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance. + * If <= 0, its value is ignored. + * Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Ready status of the filter. + * A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating; + * a higher value suggests a more urgent activation. + */ + unsigned ready; + + /** + * Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will + * allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by + * the caller. + * + * Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such + * filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be + * of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number + * that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally. + * + * This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is + * configured. + */ + int extra_hw_frames; +}; + +/** + * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and + * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of + * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters + * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as + * image dimensions, format, etc. + * + * Applications must not normally access the link structure directly. + * Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead. + * In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters + * implementation. + */ +struct AVFilterLink { + AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter + AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter + + AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter + AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type + + /* These parameters apply only to video */ + int w; ///< agreed upon image width + int h; ///< agreed upon image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio + /* These parameters apply only to audio */ + uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + int format; ///< agreed upon media format + + /** + * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples + * which will pass through this link. + * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to + * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the + * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output + * filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format + * to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and + * channel_layout members, above, when chosen. + * + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_formats; + AVFilterFormats *out_formats; + + /** + * Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic + * negotiation. + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates; + AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts; + + /** + * Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to + * request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to + * it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input + * pad. + * Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence. + */ + int request_samples; + + /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */ + enum { + AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started + AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete + AVLINK_INIT ///< complete + } init_state; + + /** + * Graph the filter belongs to. + */ + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in link time_base units. + */ + int64_t current_pts; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units. + */ + int64_t current_pts_us; + + /** + * Index in the age array. + */ + int age_index; + + /** + * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable; + * if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input + * of the source filter if it exists. + * + * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate. + * If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0. + * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function. + * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate. + * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size. + */ + AVFrame *partial_buf; + + /** + * Size of the partial buffer to allocate. + * Must be between min_samples and max_samples. + */ + int partial_buf_size; + + /** + * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf. + * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering + * has started. + * If 0, all related fields are ignored. + */ + int min_samples; + + /** + * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with more samples, it will split them. + */ + int max_samples; + + /** + * Number of channels. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * Link processing flags. + */ + unsigned flags; + + /** + * Number of past frames sent through the link. + */ + int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out; + + /** + * A pointer to a FFFramePool struct. + */ + void *frame_pool; + + /** + * True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter. + * Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output, + * cleared when a frame is filtered. + */ + int frame_wanted_out; + + /** + * For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + +#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS + + /** + * Internal structure members. + * The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use + * and must in no way be accessed by applications. + */ + char reserved[0xF000]; + +#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + + /** + * Queue of frames waiting to be filtered. + */ + FFFrameQueue fifo; + + /** + * If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is. + * The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on + * the same link. + */ + int frame_blocked_in; + + /** + * Link input status. + * If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_in; + + /** + * Timestamp of the input status change. + */ + int64_t status_in_pts; + + /** + * Link output status. + * If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_out; + +#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + +}; + +/** + * Link two filters together. + * + * @param src the source filter + * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter + * @param dst the destination filter + * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad, + AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad); + +/** + * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL. + */ +void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link); + +#if FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET +/** + * Get the number of channels of a link. + * @deprecated Use av_buffersink_get_channels() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link); +#endif + +/** + * Set the closed field of a link. + * @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should + * close the sinks. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed); + +/** + * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs + * @return zero on successful negotiation + */ +int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter); + +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw) + +/** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command(). + */ +int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */ +attribute_deprecated +void avfilter_register_all(void); + +/** + * Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use + * avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A + * filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_graph_alloc_filter even if it + * is not registered. + * + * @param filter the filter to register + * @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value + * otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered filters. + * @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if + * prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter. + */ +attribute_deprecated +const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev); +#endif + +/** + * Get a filter definition matching the given name. + * + * @param name the filter name to find + * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered. + * NULL if none found. + */ +const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name); + + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a + * ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form. + * May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the + * AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ +int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args); + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On + * return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary + * must be freed by the caller. + * May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to + * avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + * + * @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing, + * the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the + * calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also + * behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as + * supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but + * this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and + * continue as usual. + */ +int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its + * filtergraph's list of filters. + * + * @param filter the filter to free + */ +void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link. + * + * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted + * @param filt the filter to be inserted + * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect + * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt, + unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx); + +/** + * @return AVClass for AVFilterContext. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal; + +/** + * A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be + * executed multiple times, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to + * @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref + * AVFilterGraph.execute + * @param jobnr the index of the job being executed + * @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs); + +/** + * A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong + * @param func the function to be called multiple times + * @param arg the argument to be passed to func + * @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each + * invocation of func + * @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func, + void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraph { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFilterContext **filters; + unsigned nb_filters; + + char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters +#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS + attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters +#endif + + /** + * Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination + * of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all + * filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything. + * + * When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using + * bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for + * determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be + * set in both to be allowed. + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by + * the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the + * default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Opaque object for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterGraphInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to + * be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute. + * Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the + * graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom + * multithreading implementation. + * + * If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback + * to execute multiple jobs in parallel. + * + * If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal + * implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the + * platform and build options. + */ + avfilter_execute_func *execute; + + char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions + + /** + * Private fields + * + * The following fields are for internal use only. + * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice. + */ + + AVFilterLink **sink_links; + int sink_links_count; + + unsigned disable_auto_convert; +} AVFilterGraph; + +/** + * Allocate a filter graph. + * + * @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL. + */ +AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new filter instance in a filter graph. + * + * @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to + * AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify + * different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to + * this parameter. May be NULL. + * + * @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is + * also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with + * avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, + const AVFilter *filter, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph. + * + * @param graph filter graph to search through. + * @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph). + * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it + * cannot be found. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name); + +/** + * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph. + * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited + * with the parameters args and opaque. + * + * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created + * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL. + * + * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance + * @param graph_ctx the filter graph + * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non + * negative value otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt, + const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque, + AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx); + +/** + * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph. + * + * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted + * scale and aresample filters. + * + * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants + */ +void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags); + +enum { + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */ + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */ +}; + +/** + * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL. + * If *graph is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph); + +/** + * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain. + * + * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(), + * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and + * to the caller. + * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the + * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterInOut { + /** unique name for this input/output in the list */ + char *name; + + /** filter context associated to this input/output */ + AVFilterContext *filter_ctx; + + /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */ + int pad_idx; + + /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */ + struct AVFilterInOut *next; +} AVFilterInOut; + +/** + * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry. + * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL. + * If *inout is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs, + * which therefore must be known before calling the function. + * + * @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing + * part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created + * part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes + * outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as + * inputs to the parsed filters. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph + * @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first + * filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of + * the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param[in] filters string to be parsed + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed + * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the + * caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + * + * @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left + * unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with + * them. + * @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already + * existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return + * contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously + * the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created + * filters. + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Send a command to one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ +int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Queue a command for one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter + * + * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code + * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported. + */ +int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts); + + +/** + * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation. + * + * @param graph the graph to dump + * @param options formatting options; currently ignored + * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure; + * the string must be freed using av_free + */ +char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options); + +/** + * Request a frame on the oldest sink link. + * + * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next. + * + * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism + * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph + * in a balanced way under normal circumstances. + * + * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on + * some of the sinks during the process. + * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link + * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames + * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested. + * + * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(), + * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF + */ +int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c846bb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink + * memory buffer sink API for audio and video + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer + * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you + * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it. + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1 + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input. + * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer), + * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN). + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2 + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams { + const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE +} AVBufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context. + */ +typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams { + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1 + const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1 + int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout + int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1 +} AVABufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink. + * + * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with + * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is + * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0. + */ +void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size); + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors + * Get the properties of the stream + * @{ + */ + +enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * + * @return + * - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more + * input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink. + * - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number + * of samples read. This function is less efficient than + * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at + * the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples. + * + * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for + * av_buffersink_get_frame(). + * + * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or + * the other with a single sink, not both. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08fbd18 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc + * Memory buffer source API. + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +enum { + + /** + * Do not check for format changes. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1, + + /** + * Immediately push the frame to the output. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4, + + /** + * Keep a reference to the frame. + * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise + * copy the frame data. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8, + +}; + +/** + * Get the number of failed requests. + * + * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no + * frame is present in the buffer. + * The number is reset when a frame is added. + */ +unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src); + +/** + * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be + * passed to this filter. + * + * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters { + /** + * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat + * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat + */ + int format; + /** + * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be + * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate + * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or + * unknown. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an + * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio channel layout + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; +} AVBufferSrcParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the + * caller with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters. + * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the + * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then + * whatever method is used last takes precedence. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter + * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter + * must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in + * param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal + * copies or references when necessary. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be + * copied. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. + * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error, + * the input frame is not touched. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is + * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame, + * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled + * using the flags. + * + * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Close the buffer source after EOF. + * + * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() + * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end + * of the last frame. + */ +int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc5b23b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavfilter/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 7 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 57 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100 + + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR +#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS +#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET +#define FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEXT +#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8) +#endif + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/avformat.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6eb329f --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,3092 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf libavformat + * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * input/output formats using the av_demuxer_iterate / av_muxer_iterate() functions. + * The protocols layer is not part of the public API, so you can only get the names + * of supported protocols with the avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @section urls + * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a + * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files + * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files. + * + * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted + * sources without checks. + * + * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to + * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local + * audio and video devices and so on. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "file:in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the + * caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is + * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a + * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid + * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller + * requires a longer lifetime, av_packet_make_refcounted() will ensure that + * the data is reference counted, copying the data if necessary. + * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write + * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. + * + * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the + * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the + * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. + * + * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call + * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up + * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: + * + * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the + * muxer that will be used. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb + * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from + * avio_open2() or a custom one. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must + * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill + * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the + * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id + * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, + * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should + * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note + * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be + * described later). + * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in + * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during + * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid + * for both input and output format contexts. + * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref + * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" + * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref + * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the + * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be + * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer + * support. + * + * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call + * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file + * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step + * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer + * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. + * + * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or + * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for + * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with + * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing + * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding + * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the + * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase + * requested by the caller. + * + * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() + * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO + * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with + * avformat_free_context(). + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing + * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. + * + * Some of possible use cases: + * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, + * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all + * files from a given directory. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory + * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() + * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing + * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive + * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. + * + * @code + * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; + * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without + * any additional parameters. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries + * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else + * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. + * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by + * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or + * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the + * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be + * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated + * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. + * @code + * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; + * for (;;) { + * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * if (!entry) + * break; + * printf("%s\n", entry->name); + * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); + * } + * @endcode + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +#include +#include /* FILE */ +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +struct AVFormatContext; + +struct AVDeviceInfoList; +struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful + * call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags + * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata + * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext + * and check their individual event_flags. + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- . + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ + const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1) + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score + +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * The ff_const59 define is not part of the public API and will + * be removed without further warning. + */ +#if FF_API_AVIOFORMAT +#define ff_const59 +#else +#define ff_const59 const +#endif + ff_const59 struct AVOutputFormat *next; + /** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + */ + int priv_data_size; + + int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + */ + int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + */ + int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *in, int flush); + /** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + */ + int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance); + + void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + /** + * Allows sending messages from application to device. + */ + int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + + /** + * Write an uncoded AVFrame. + * + * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details. + * + * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it + * by setting the pointer to NULL. + */ + int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index, + AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags); + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */ + /** + * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or + * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent. + * This method must not write output. + * + * Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure + * + * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit(). + */ + int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being + * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written. + * + * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer(). + * + * This is called if init() fails as well. + */ + void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed + * for the global header. + * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not. + */ + int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt); +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /** + * Comma-separated list of mime types. + * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. + * @see av_probe_input_format2 + */ + const char *mime_type; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + ff_const59 struct AVInputFormat *next; + + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(const AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be + * called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 +#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /** + * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding. + */ + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020 + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */ +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it + * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless + * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in + * AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400 +/** + * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding + * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800 + +typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal; + +/** + * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default). + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT 0x80000 ///< dependent audio stream (mix_type=0 in mpegts) +#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE 0x100000 ///< still images in video stream (still_picture_flag=1 in mpegts) + +/** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + */ +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + */ + int id; +#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX + /** + * @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVCodecContext *codec; +#endif + void *priv_data; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In + * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field + * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps + * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the + * user-provided one, depending on the format). + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + * + * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */ + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + * + * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /** + * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the + * container does not allow it to change between packets). + * + * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data + * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer + * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never + * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through + * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or + * changes), then it does not appear in this array. + * + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + * + * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + /** + * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. + */ + int nb_side_data; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; + +#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER + /** + * String containing pairs of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration. + * Pairs are separated by ','. + * Keys are separated from values by '='. + * + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + char *recommended_encoder_configuration; +#endif + + /** + * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context() + * respectively. + * + * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in + * avformat_find_stream_info() + * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + AVCodecParameters *codecpar; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields + * will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and + * add new fields to AVStreamInternal. + ***************************************************************** + */ + +#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6) + /** + * Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info() + */ + struct { + int64_t last_dts; + int64_t duration_gcd; + int duration_count; + int64_t rfps_duration_sum; + double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES]; + int64_t codec_info_duration; + int64_t codec_info_duration_fields; + int frame_delay_evidence; + + /** + * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet. + * >0 -> decoder found + * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found + */ + int found_decoder; + + int64_t last_duration; + + /** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + */ + int64_t fps_first_dts; + int fps_first_dts_idx; + int64_t fps_last_dts; + int fps_last_dts_idx; + + } *info; + + int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */ + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + */ + int64_t first_dts; + int64_t cur_dts; + int64_t last_IP_pts; + int last_IP_duration; + + /** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + */ + int probe_packets; + + /** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info() + */ + int codec_info_nb_frames; + + /* av_read_frame() support */ + enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing; + struct AVCodecParserContext *parser; + + /** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + */ + struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer; + AVProbeData probe_data; +#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16 + int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. */ + int nb_index_entries; + unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size; + + /** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + */ + int stream_identifier; + + /** + * Details of the MPEG-TS program which created this stream. + */ + int program_num; + int pmt_version; + int pmt_stream_idx; + + int64_t interleaver_chunk_size; + int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration; + + /** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int request_probe; + /** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + */ + int skip_to_keyframe; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + */ + int skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of + * the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also + * assumes negative timestamps do not happen). + * Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio + * support. + */ + int64_t start_skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream. + * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be + * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless + * audio support. + */ + int64_t first_discard_sample; + + /** + * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after + * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent + * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s). + */ + int64_t last_discard_sample; + + /** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. + */ + int nb_decoded_frames; + + /** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int64_t mux_ts_offset; + + /** + * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp + */ + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; + + /** + * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. + * + * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. + * + * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: + * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset + * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. + * Otherwise the offset will be added. + */ + int pts_wrap_behavior; + + /** + * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice + */ + int update_initial_durations_done; + + /** + * Internal data to generate dts from pts + */ + int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + /** + * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams + */ + int64_t last_dts_for_order_check; + uint8_t dts_ordered; + uint8_t dts_misordered; + + /** + * Internal data to inject global side data + */ + int inject_global_side_data; + + /** + * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally + */ + AVRational display_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVStreamInternal *internal; +} AVStream; + +#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET +/** + * Accessors for some AVStream fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r); +#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER +attribute_deprecated +char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration); +#endif +#endif + +struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s); + +/** + * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration + * + * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. + */ +int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st); + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; + int pmt_version; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int64_t start_time; + int64_t end_time; + + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ +#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely + not seekable, and attempts to call the + seek function will fail. For some + network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can + change dynamically at runtime. */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ +typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*), + * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and + * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h. + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The input container format. + * + * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). + */ + ff_const59 struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + + /** + * The output container format. + * + * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + ff_const59 struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + * + * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must + * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + /** + * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. + * Set by libavformat. + */ + int ctx_flags; + + /** + * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. + * + * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVStream **streams; + +#if FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME + /** + * input or output filename + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * @deprecated Use url instead. + */ + attribute_deprecated + char filename[1024]; +#endif + + /** + * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no + * length restriction. + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty + * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header() + * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string + * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it + * was NULL in avformat_init_output(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + char *url; + + /** + * Position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + /** + * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. + * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). + */ + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. +/** + * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. + * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. + * + * This flag is mainly intended for testing. + */ +#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400 +#if FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM +#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing. +#endif +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) +#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG +#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing. +#endif +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer + + /** + * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining + * the input container format. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int64_t probesize; + + /** + * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read + * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. + */ + int64_t max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * - muxing: unused + * - demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + /** + * Number of chapters in AVChapter array. + * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header, + * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header + * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters + * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters + * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when + * write_trailer is called. + * - muxing: set by user + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + */ + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + /** + * Metadata that applies to the whole file. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the + * stream was captured at this real world time. + * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to + * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will + * be used. + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that + * the value may become known after some number of frames + * have been received. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. + * + * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, + * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet + * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. + * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between + * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. + * + * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the + * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat + * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all + * the streams. + * + * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int64_t max_interleave_delta; + + /** + * Allow non-standard and experimental extension + * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /** + * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. + * Decoding only. + */ + int max_ts_probe; + + /** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. + * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. + * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use) + * - muxing: Set by user + * - demuxing: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int64_t skip_initial_bytes; + + /** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; + + /** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int seek2any; + + /** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int flush_packets; + + /** + * format probing score. + * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes + * the format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user + */ + int probe_score; + + /** + * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int format_probesize; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *format_whitelist; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVFormatInternal *internal; + + /** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + */ + int io_repositioned; + + /** + * Forced video codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *video_codec; + + /** + * Forced audio codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *audio_codec; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *subtitle_codec; + + /** + * Forced data codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *data_codec; + + /** + * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. + * Demuxing: Unused. + * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. + */ + int metadata_header_padding; + + /** + * User data. + * This is a place for some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ + av_format_control_message control_message_cb; + + /** + * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. + * Muxing: set by user + */ + int64_t output_ts_offset; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - muxing: Set by user. + * - demuxing: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * Forced Data codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID data_codec_id; + +#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS + /** + * Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing. + * + * This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on + * the URLs before opening them. + * The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided + * as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque. + * + * If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2(). + * + * Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat. + * @See av_format_set_open_cb() + * + * Demuxing: Set by user. + * + * @deprecated Use io_open and io_close. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); +#endif + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * A callback for opening new IO streams. + * + * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from + * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at + * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here + * @param url the url to open + * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_* + * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same + * semantics as in avio_open2() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more + * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer + * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller. + * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field. + */ + int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, + int flags, AVDictionary **options); + + /** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + */ + void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * The maximum number of streams. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int max_streams; + + /** + * Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts; +} AVFormatContext; + +#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET +/** + * Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +attribute_deprecated +int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c); +attribute_deprecated +void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque); +attribute_deprecated +av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback); +#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS +attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback); +#endif +#endif + +/** + * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet + * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. + */ +void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_all(void); + +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format); +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format); +#endif + +/** + * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional, + * and not recommended anymore. + * + * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues + * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked + * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them, + * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call + * this function before any other threads using them are started. + * + * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and + * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose + * anymore. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only + * once for each time you called avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f); +#endif + +/** + * Iterate over all registered muxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered demuxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to + * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream(). + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as stream side data. + * + * @param st stream + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * st. + * @param size side information size + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure, + * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller. + */ +int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate new information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size); +/** + * Get side information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size); + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param url the url of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, ff_const59 AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, ff_const59 AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param url URL of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, ff_const59 AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic); + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next + * av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet + * is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with + * av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each + * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames + * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with + * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that + * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also + * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. + * + * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do + * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's + * better to open a new AVFormatContext. + * + * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call + * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + */ +int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ + +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header. + * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters + * before actually writing the header. + * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering + * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the + * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle + * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this + * function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike + * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take + * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make + * an internal reference to the input packet). + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for + * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the + * output. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly + * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they + * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration + * "duration") should also be set if known. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + * + * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the + * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of + * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call + * av_write_frame() instead of this function. + * + * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance + * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4 + * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. + *
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees + * fit. + * The caller must not access the data through this reference after + * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted, + * libavformat will make a copy. + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to + * flush the interleaving queues. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly + * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). + * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always + * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails. + * + * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used. + * + * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details. + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame + * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. + * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw + * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. + * + * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, + * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). + * + * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it + * afterwards. + * + * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error + */ +int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. + * + * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, + * <0 if not + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index); + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + */ +int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, + unsigned int *tag); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * + * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to + * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +/** + * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as + * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, + * codec and time base. + * + * @param ic the context to analyze + * @param index index of the stream to dump information about + * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file + * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) + */ +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + + +#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_* + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number, int flags); + +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility + * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, + int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +/** + * Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet. + * + * @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream + * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned + * packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that + * the packet should be dropped + * @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply + * @return >=0 on success; + * AVERROR code on failure + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt, + AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); +#endif + +enum AVTimebaseSource { + AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1, + AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER, + AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER, +#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE + AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE, +#endif +}; + +/** + * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another. + * + * This function is useful when doing stream copy. + * + * @param ofmt target output format for ost + * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments + * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from + * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported + */ +int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, + AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist, + enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb); + +/** + * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream. + * + * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from + */ +AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/avio.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcb8dcd --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,861 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +/** + * Seeking works like for a local file. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1) + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Directory entry types. + */ +enum AVIODirEntryType { + AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, + AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, + AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, + AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, + AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, + AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, + AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP, +}; + +/** + * Describes single entry of the directory. + * + * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. + * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. + */ +typedef struct AVIODirEntry { + char *name; /**< Filename */ + int type; /**< Type of the entry */ + int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. + Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */ + int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, + -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */ +} AVIODirEntry; + +typedef struct AVIODirContext { + struct URLContext *url_context; +} AVIODirContext; + +/** + * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO + * write_data_type callback. + */ +enum AVIODataMarkerType { + /** + * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding + * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with + * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + * should give decodeable results. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing + * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any + * non-keyframe packet start point. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + /** + * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking + * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point + * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment + * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN, + /** + * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for + * finalizing the output file. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might + * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically + * means the end of a packet. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT, +}; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /* + * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, + * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing + * (since AVIOContext is used for both): + * + ********************************************************************************** + * READING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |---------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * + * pos + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * input file: | | | + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * + * + ********************************************************************************** + * WRITING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |--------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buf_ptr_max + * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | | + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * buf_ptr can be in this + * due to a backward seek + * + * pos + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * output file: | | | + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * + */ + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t maxsize; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int seek_count; + + /** + * writeout statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int writeout_count; + + /** + * Original buffer size + * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int orig_buffer_size; + + /** + * Threshold to favor readahead over seek. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int short_seek_threshold; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of write_packet. + */ + int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time); + /** + * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly + * small chunks of data returned from the callback). + */ + int ignore_boundary_point; + + /** + * Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext. + */ + enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type; + int64_t last_time; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque); + + int64_t written; + + /** + * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer, + * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush. + */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr_max; + + /** + * Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it + */ + int min_packet_size; +} AVIOContext; + +/** + * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. + * + * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. + * + * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. + */ +const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url); + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Move or rename a resource. + * + * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. + * + * @param url_src url to resource to be moved + * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst); + +/** + * Delete a resource. + * + * @param url resource to be deleted. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url); + +/** + * Open directory for reading. + * + * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param url directory to be listed. + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Get next directory entry. + * + * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular + * it may outlive AVIODirContext. + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an + * error. + */ +int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next); + +/** + * Close directory. + * + * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be + * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s); + +/** + * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). + * + * @param entry entry to be freed. + */ +void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with avio_context_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. + * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, + * which must be later freed with av_free(). + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather + * a proper AVERROR code. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +/** + * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it. + * + * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL + * into s. + */ +void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type. + * + * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output. + * + * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to + * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not + * applicable + * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos + */ +void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type); + +/** + * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors. + * @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading. + */ +int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s); + +/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data. + * + * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + * + * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the + * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not + * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed + * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next + * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte. + * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_closep + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + */ +int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); + + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. + * The AVIOContext stream is left intact. + * The buffer must NOT be freed. + * No padding is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */ +struct AVBPrint; + +/** + * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. + * + * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error + * code otherwise + */ +int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size); + +/** + * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. + * @param s the server context + * @param c the client context, must be unallocated + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR on failure + */ +int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before + * using it as a read/write context. + * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. + * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may + * decide to change the proceedings. + * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each + * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters + * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual + * chunk of the request can constitute a step. + * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and + * returns 0 immediately. + * + * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on + * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake + * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete + * < 0 for an AVERROR code + */ +int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c); +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22ed534 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavformat/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium) +// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 29 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + */ +#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 +#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS +#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX +#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT +#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP +#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME +#define FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG +#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API +#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET +#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 +#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER +#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME +#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS +#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEXT +#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION +#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM +#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVIOFORMAT +#define FF_API_AVIOFORMAT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif + + +#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1 +#endif +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1f035b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_adler32 + * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * Adler-32 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf, + unsigned int len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/aes.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09efbda --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4aae12 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ced108a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8a9194 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "fifo.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9abeade --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "log.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) +#endif + +/** + * Assert that floating point operations can be executed. + * + * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 + */ +void av_assert0_fpu(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c289fbb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37dd4e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Convert a number to an av_malloced string. + */ +char *av_d2str(double d); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * Locale-independent strings replace. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace + */ +char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".". + * @note the function may change the input string. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, + * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' + * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to + * match all names. + * + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * See libc sscanf manual for more information. + * Locale-independent sscanf implementation. + */ +int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d63315 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string + * with length x to a data buffer. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e289a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c09b1ac --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local "char buf[512]". + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the + * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * + * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * + * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1). + * + * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length; + * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage; + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to + * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible. + * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param data pointer to data + * param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91cb795 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73b6bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + int size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size), + void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/camellia.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e674c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/cast5.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad5b347 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50bb8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * audio channel layout utility functions + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL + +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + */ +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. + * + * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse + * unknown channel layout specifications. + * + * @param[in] name channel layout specification string + * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) + * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. + */ +int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + */ +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +struct AVBPrint; +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + */ +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + */ +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + */ +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + */ +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/common.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8db0291 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,560 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ +#include "common.h" + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) +{ + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= (GET_BYTE);\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + ERROR\ + while (val & top) {\ + int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + ERROR\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = GET_16BIT;\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + ERROR\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ + +/* + * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard + * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. + */ + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub32 +# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 +# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bb9eb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); + +/** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/crc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47e22b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_crc32 + * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. + * + * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most + * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available + * polynomials. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, + AV_CRC_8_EBU, + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/des.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/des.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf11f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/dict.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..118f1f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create + * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to + * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever + * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all + * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary + * and all its contents. + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key + * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key matching key + * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved + * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. + * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @param[in] m dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/display.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..515adad --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Display matrix + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include +#include "common.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_display + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + * @endcode + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..221cf5b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fe7ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/** + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo { + /** The number of bytes that are clear. */ + unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data; + + /** + * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption, + * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern + * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted. + */ + unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data; +} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific + * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo { + /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */ + uint32_t scheme; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are encrypted. + */ + uint32_t crypt_byte_block; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are clear. + */ + uint32_t skip_byte_block; + + /** + * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be + * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *key_id; + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the + * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be + * changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *iv; + uint32_t iv_size; + + /** + * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample + * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is + * encrypted. + */ + AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples; + uint32_t subsample_count; +} AVEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo { + /** + * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it + * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the + * future. + */ + uint8_t* system_id; + uint32_t system_id_size; + + /** + * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the + * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs. + */ + uint8_t** key_ids; + /** The number of key IDs. */ + uint32_t num_key_ids; + /** + * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may + * change in the future. + */ + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly + * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This + * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there + * will be at least one key ID. + */ + uint8_t* data; + uint32_t data_size; + + /** + * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list. + */ + struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next; +} AVEncryptionInitInfo; + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given + * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV, + * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest. + * + * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples. + * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16. + * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size); + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data. + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the + * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side + * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free() + * when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given + * to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the + * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc( + uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free + * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given + * side data. The resulting object should be passed to + * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data( + const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or + * given to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/error.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71df4da --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/eval.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dacd22b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/ffversion.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4690884 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "4.2.1" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc7bc6f --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param nmemb number of elements + * @param size size of the single element + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO + */ +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + */ +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + */ +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/file.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ef4a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include + +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this + * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms + */ +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/frame.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d3231e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,971 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP + /** + * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA. + * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use + * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a + * meaningful way instead. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by + * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and + * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA, +#endif + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.c. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color + * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, + + /** + * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of + * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. + * + * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they + * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only + * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have + * to truncate the list. + * + * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given + * area of the frame applies. + */ +typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { + /** + * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, + * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). + */ + uint32_t self_size; + /** + * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and + * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and + * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. + * + * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region + * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other + * reasons. + */ + int top; + int bottom; + int left; + int right; + /** + * Quantisation offset. + * + * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality + * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), + * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). + * + * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the + * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the + * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region + * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate + * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. + * + * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between + * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that + * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full + * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame + * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP + * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). + * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be + * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of + * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. + */ + AVRational qoffset; +} AVRegionOfInterest; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format + * MUST be set to NULL. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, size in bytes of each picture line. + * For audio, size in bytes of each plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + +#if FF_API_PKT_PTS + /** + * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame. + * @deprecated use the pts field instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t pkt_pts; +#endif + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + int display_picture_number; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + +#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +#endif + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + + /** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of + * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array + * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must + * also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_duration; + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 + + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP + /** + * QP table + */ + attribute_deprecated + int8_t *qscale_table; + /** + * QP store stride + */ + attribute_deprecated + int qstride; + + attribute_deprecated + int qscale_type; + + attribute_deprecated + AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf; +#endif + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. + * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. + * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. + * + * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. + * + * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. + * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() + * for the target frame's private_ref field. + */ + AVBufferRef *private_ref; +} AVFrame; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET +/** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); +attribute_deprecated +AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val); +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP +attribute_deprecated +int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type); +#endif +attribute_deprecated +enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val); +attribute_deprecated +enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val); +#endif + +/** + * Get the name of a colorspace. + * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. + */ +const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type the type of the added side data + * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of + * the reference is transferred to the frame. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure + * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by + * the caller. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it + * from the frame. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hash.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7693e6b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic + * Generic hashing API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Hash functions useful in multimedia. + * + * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and + * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient + * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for + * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API + * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. + * + * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash + * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, + * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. + * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash + * "individual hash" directly. + * + * @section Sample Code + * + * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: + * + * @code + * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; + * const char *hash_name = NULL; + * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; + * + * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() + * hash_name = ...; + * + * // Allocate a hash context + * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + * + * // Initialize the hash context + * av_hash_init(ctx); + * + * // Update the hash context with data + * while (data_left) { + * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); + * } + * + * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the + * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can + * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just + * // av_malloc(). + * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); + * if (!output_buf) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Finalize the hash context. + * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other + * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation + * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra + * // memory needed. + * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); + * + * // Free the context + * av_hash_freep(&ctx); + * @endcode + * + * @section Hash Function-Specific Information + * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be + * used. + * + * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref + * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @example ffhash.c + * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more + * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, + * initialization, updating, and finalizing. + */ + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * + * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must + * call av_hash_init() to do so. + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for + * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to + * libavutil without recompilation. + * + * @warning + * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing + * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from + * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with + * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are + * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @param[in] ctx Hash context + * @return Size of the hash value in bytes + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context + * @param[in] len Size of the additional data + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); +#else +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * + * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * + * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the + * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the + * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is + * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d72de5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image. + */ +enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption { + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0, + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1, +}; + +/** + * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in + * a distribution. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile { + /** + * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized + * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to100, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t percentage; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing + * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational percentile; +} AVHDRPlusPercentile; + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * SMPTE 2094-40. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams { + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y; + + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y; + + /** + * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the + * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external + * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1. + */ + uint8_t rotation_angle; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value + * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current + * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining + * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one + * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors + * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value. + */ + enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option; + + /** + * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to + * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and + * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively. + */ + AVRational maxscl[3]; + + /** + * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the + * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in + * multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. + */ + AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15]; + + /** + * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest + * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.001. + */ + AVRational fraction_bright_pixels; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + uint8_t tone_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_y; + + /** + * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping + * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors; + + /** + * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 + * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023. + */ + AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/8. The default value shall be 1. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_weight; +} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus { + /** + * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5. + */ + uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code; + + /** + * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094 + * suite. The value shall be set to 0. + */ + uint8_t application_version; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 3, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3]; + + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version + * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the + * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be + * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The + * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/15. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array. + * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for + * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15. + */ + AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; +} AVDynamicHDRPlus; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hmac.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..412e950 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5a4b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,584 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, +}; + +typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWFramesInternal *internal; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef *device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool *pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); + + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); + + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, + const void *hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); + + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, + int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81a0552 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H + +#ifndef CUDA_VERSION +#include +#endif + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. + */ + +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { + CUcontext cuda_ctx; + CUstream stream; + AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; +} AVCUDADeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f91e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. + * + * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is + * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate + * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. + * + * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to + * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for + * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. + * + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" + * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation + * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to + * set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and + * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; + +/** + * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + * + * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not + * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 + * if the texture is not an array texture. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). + */ + intptr_t index; +} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { + /** + * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL + * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array + * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. + * + * The only situation when the API user should set this is: + * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting + * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext + * allocate the pool + * - of an array texture + * - and wants it to use it for decoding + * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() + * + * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + * + * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which + * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView + * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must + * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for + * video decoding. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT BindFlags; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT MiscFlags; +} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42709f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + * + * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to + * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID. + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1b79bc --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. + * + * Only fixed-size pools are supported. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { + IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; +} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { + /** + * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or + * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. + */ + DWORD surface_type; + + /** + * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, + * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by + * libavutil. + */ + IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. + * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this + * field is provided. + * + * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on + * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. + * + * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the + * decoder reference. + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; +} AVDXVA2FramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..101a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H + +/** + * MediaCodec details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext { + /** + * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user. + * + * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device. + */ + void *surface; +} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98d611 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. + * + * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must + * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { + mfxSession session; +} AVQSVDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { + mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. + */ + int frame_type; +} AVQSVFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b2e071 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID *surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b7ea1e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { + VdpDevice device; + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; +} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..380918d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +#include + +#include + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. + * + * This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox + * API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames. + * + * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. + * + * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always + * NULL. + */ + +/** + * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. + * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); + +/** + * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b790ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy(). + * + * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required + * by the CPU architecture. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment + * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed + * with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, + int width, int height); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe3d7ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c8413a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p)) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64A +# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64A +# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03f779a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. + * + * Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. + */ +int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63]; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/log.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9554e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/lzo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c034039 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/macros.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2007ee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c23b07c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + + +/** + * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of + * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). + */ + AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; + + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. + */ + AVRational white_point[2]; + + /** + * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational min_luminance; + + /** + * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational max_luminance; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. + */ + int has_primaries; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. + */ + int has_luminance; + +} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { + /** + * Max content light level (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxCLL; + + /** + * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxFALL; +} AVContentLightMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5490180 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/md5.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca72ccb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_md5 + * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MD5 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); +#else +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len); +#else +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mem.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fb1a02 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,700 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros + * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) + * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42; + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128]; + * + * // The default-alignment equivalent would be + * uint16_t aligned_int = 42; + * uint8_t aligned_array[128]; + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) + * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) + * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline + * assembly code. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(__DJGPP__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v +#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v +#else + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array(). + * + * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function. + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If + * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec29556 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/murmur3.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b09175 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 + * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + * + * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three + * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: + * + * - 32-bit output + * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms + * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms + * + * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit + * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, + * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced + * performance. + * + * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo + * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, + * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a + * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer + * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). + * + * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to + * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error + */ +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] seed Random seed + * + * @see av_murmur3_init() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * + * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); + +/** + * Update hash context with new data. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with + * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len); +#else +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param[in,out] c Hash context + * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/opt.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39f4a8d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,865 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * const AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev) + * { + * return prev ? NULL : &child_class; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION, + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL, +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +/** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set + * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e66d24b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S' + * - %%: a literal '%' + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c055810 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; + +#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 + /** deprecated, use step instead */ + attribute_deprecated int step_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use depth instead */ + attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use offset instead */ + attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1; +#endif +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a + * fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each + * PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can + * in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on + * the pixel format without using the palette. + * An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8 + * + * @deprecated This flag is deprecated, and will be removed. When it is removed, + * the extra palette allocation in AVFrame.data[1] is removed as well. Only + * actual paletted formats (as indicated by AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL) will have a + * palette. Starting with FFmpeg versions which have this flag deprecated, the + * extra "pseudo" palette is already ignored, and API users are not required to + * allocate a palette for AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL formats (it was required + * before the deprecation, though). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always + * straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) + +/** + * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, + * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +/** + * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component, + int dst_element_size); + +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size); + +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8dbc15 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include +#include +#include "common.h" + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1< + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @note + * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor + * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + +#if FF_API_VAAPI + /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */ + /**@{*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID + /**@}*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, +#else + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + /** + * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. + * + * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used + * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB) + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0462a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/rational.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c6b67b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/rc4.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..029cd2a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/replaygain.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b49bf1a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/ripemd.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0db6858 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_ripemd + * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * RIPEMD hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cd43ae --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case + * of success at the next bump + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/sha.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0180e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha + * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: + * + * - SHA-1: 160 bits + * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * + * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/sha512.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bef714b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha512 + * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: + * + * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits + * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits + * - SHA-384: 384 bits + * - SHA-512: 512 bits + * + * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/spherical.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/spherical.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cef759c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/spherical.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Spherical video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H +#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical + * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a + * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion + * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before + * the video should be mapped and displayed. + */ + +/** + * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. + */ +enum AVSphericalProjection { + /** + * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using + * equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a + * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, + * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is + * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is + * to the back. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, + + /** + * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface + * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate + * the position of the current video in a larger surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining + * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { + /** + * Projection type. + */ + enum AVSphericalProjection projection; + + /** + * @name Initial orientation + * @{ + * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after + * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the + * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always + * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. + * + * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the + * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to + * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). + * + * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer + * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere + * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of + * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. + * + * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. + * + * See this equirectangular projection as example: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * Yaw + * -180 0 180 + * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 + * | | | up + * P | | | y| forward + * i | ^ | | /z + * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / + * c | | | | / + * h | | | 0|/_____right + * | | | x + * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 + * + * X - the default camera center + * ^ - the default up vector + * @endcode + */ + int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. + int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. + int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @name Bounding rectangle + * @anchor bounding + * @{ + * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where + * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are + * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic + * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * +----------------+----------+ + * | |bound_top | + * | +--------+ | + * | bound_left |tile | | + * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right + * | +--------+ | + * | | | + * | bound_bottom| | + * +----------------+----------+ + * @endcode + * + * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived + * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, + * like in the following example: + * + * @code{c} + * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; + * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; + * @endcode + * + * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular + * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), + * and should be ignored in all other cases. + */ + uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge + uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge + uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge + uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. + * + * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type + * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other + * cases. + */ + uint32_t padding; +} AVSphericalMapping; + +/** + * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo + * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. + * + * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. + * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. + * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. + * @param left Pixels from the left edge. + * @param top Pixels from the top edge. + * @param right Pixels from the right edge. + * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. + */ +void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t *left, size_t *top, + size_t *right, size_t *bottom); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); + +/** + * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d421aac --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Stereoscopic video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d + * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single + * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all + * possible codec-independent view arrangements. + * */ + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, +}; + +/** + * List of possible view types. + */ +enum AVStereo3DView { + /** + * Frame contains two packed views. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED, + + /** + * Frame contains only the left view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT, + + /** + * Frame contains only the right view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT, +}; + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * Determines which views are packed. + */ + enum AVStereo3DView view; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d type value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tea.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd929bd --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42ce655 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Return the current number of messages in the queue. + * + * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built + * without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/time.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc169b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37c1361 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity + * correction (PC) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e082f01 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tree.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5e0aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the + * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/twofish.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..813cfec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tx.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1f2d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/tx.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H +#define AVUTIL_TX_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext; + +typedef struct AVComplexFloat { + float re, im; +} AVComplexFloat; + +enum AVTXType { + /** + * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type AVComplexFloat. + * Scaling currently unsupported + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0, + /** + * Standard MDCT with sample data type of float and a scale type of + * float. Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame) + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1, +}; + +/** + * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform. + * + * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init() + * is not allowed. + * + * @param s the transform context + * @param out the output array + * @param in the input array + * @param stride the input or output stride (depending on transform direction) + * in bytes, currently implemented for all MDCT transforms + */ +typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride); + +/** + * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration + * Currently power of two lengths from 4 to 131072 are supported, along with + * any length decomposable to a power of two and either 3, 5 or 15. + * + * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error + * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set + * @param type type the type of transform + * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform + * @param len the size of the transform in samples + * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type, + int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags); + +/** + * Frees a context and sets ctx to NULL, does nothing when ctx == NULL + */ +void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24ca8ab --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 56 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 31 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI +#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP +#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 +#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME +#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS +#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET +#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL +#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif + + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..735427c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..348ee7c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H +#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lpp + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lpp libpostproc + * Video postprocessing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include "libpostproc/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned postproc_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc build-time configuration. + */ +const char *postproc_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc license. + */ +const char *postproc_license(void); + +#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6 + +#include + +typedef void pp_context; +typedef void pp_mode; + +#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16) +typedef pp_context pp_context_t; +typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t; +extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text +#else +extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text +#endif + +void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3], + uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3], + int horizontalSize, int verticalSize, + const int8_t *QP_store, int QP_stride, + pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type); + + +/** + * Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred. + * + * @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line + * @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX + */ +pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality); +void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode); + +pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags); +void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext); + +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_AUTO 0x00080000 + +#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008 +#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_440 (0x00000010|PP_FORMAT) + +#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libpostproc/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libpostproc/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa6d12c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libpostproc/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H +#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libpostproc version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 55 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 5 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION) + +#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswresample/swresample.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswresample/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7b84fb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswresample/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,579 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lswr + * libswresample public header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lswr libswresample + * @{ + * + * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library. + * + * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is + * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters + * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. + * + * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate + * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). If you + * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API. + * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some + * common options in the same statement. + * + * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample + * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to + * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing + * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function. + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * @endcode + * + * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts() as well: + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc_set_opts(NULL, // we're allocating a new context + * AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt + * 44100, // out_sample_rate + * AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt + * 48000, // in_sample_rate + * 0, // log_offset + * NULL); // log_ctx + * @endcode + * + * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If + * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters + * using @ref AVOptions, as described above in the first example; or by using + * swr_alloc_set_opts(), but with the first argument the allocated context. + * You must then call swr_init() again. + * + * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). + * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient + * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" + * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any + * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). + * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling + * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. + * + * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil + * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc() + * function used in the following example. + * + * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using + * swr_get_delay(). + * + * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters + * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): + * @code + * uint8_t **input; + * int in_samples; + * + * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { + * uint8_t *output; + * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + + * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); + * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, + * input, in_samples); + * handle_output(output, out_samples); + * av_freep(&output); + * } + * @endcode + * + * When the conversion is finished, the conversion + * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). + * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for + * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called. + * + * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before + * swr_free(). + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libswresample/version.h" + +/** + * @name Option constants + * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr. + * @{ + * + */ + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +/** Dithering algorithms */ +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Engines */ +enum SwrEngine { + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure + * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use + * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the + * structure. + */ +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + * @return the AVClass of SwrContext + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * @name SwrContext constructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API. + * + * @see av_opt_set_int() + * @see av_opt_set_dict() + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. + * + * @param[in] s Swr context to check + * @see swr_init() + * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized + */ +int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, + int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name SwrContext destructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + * + * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. + * + * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), + * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). + * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase + * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed + */ +void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Core conversion functions + * @{ + */ + +/** Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an + * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of + * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, + const uint8_t **in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers. + * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation. + * + * @param s[in] initialized Swr context + * @param pts[in] timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are + * function used internally for timestamp compensation. + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Low-level option setting functions + * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible + * with the AVOption API. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is + * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, + * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is + * called with the flag set. + * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample + * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for + * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: + * @li @c s is NULL, + * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, + * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, + * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or + * @li swr_init() fails when called. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Sample handling functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: + * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds + * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned + * delay is in input samples + * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned + * delay is in output samples + * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and + * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be + * returned + * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This + * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state + * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples + * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. + * + * @param in_samples number of input samples. + * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() + * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit + * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size + * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() + * indicates that less would be used. + * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * will output or a negative value to indicate an error + */ +int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Configuration accessors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + * + * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version + * as the run-time one. + * + * @returns the unsigned int-typed version + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + * + * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + * + * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name AVFrame based API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame. + * + * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set. + * + * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples + * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer() + * is called to allocate the frame. + * + * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required. + * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added + * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function + * or to swr_convert(). + * + * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal + * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of + * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or + * swr_convert() with NULL input. + * + * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and + * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on + * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED + * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned. + * + * @see swr_delay() + * @see swr_convert() + * @see swr_get_delay() + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching + * configuration. + */ +int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr, + AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input); + +/** + * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information + * provided by the AVFrames. + * + * The original resampling context is reset even on failure. + * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open. + * + * @see swr_close(); + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswresample/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswresample/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0b361b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswresample/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 3 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 5 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswscale/swscale.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswscale/swscale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7713f51 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswscale/swscale.h @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H +#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libsws + * external API header + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libsws libswscale + * Color conversion and scaling library. + * + * @{ + * + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swscale_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swscale_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale license. + */ +const char *swscale_license(void); + +/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ +#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 +#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 +#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 +#define SWS_X 8 +#define SWS_POINT 0x10 +#define SWS_AREA 0x20 +#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 +#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 +#define SWS_SINC 0x100 +#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 +#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 + +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 + +#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 + +#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 + +//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented +//internal chrominance subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 +//input subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 +#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 +#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 +#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 +#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000 + +#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 + +#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 +#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 +#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 +#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 +#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 +#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9 + +/** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + */ +const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); + +// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements +// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors +typedef struct SwsVector { + double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients + int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector +} SwsVector; + +// vectors can be shared +typedef struct SwsFilter { + SwsVector *lumH; + SwsVector *lumV; + SwsVector *chrH; + SwsVector *chrV; +} SwsFilter; + +struct SwsContext; + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is + * supported, 0 otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); + +/** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + */ +void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); + +/** + * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler + * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis + * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1) + * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff + * frequency + * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + */ +int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], + const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, + uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); + +/** + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], + int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, + int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); + +/** + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, + int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, + int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); + +/** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + */ +SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); + +/** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + */ +void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + */ +void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); + +#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length); +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void); +attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift); +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a); +attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level); +#endif + +void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); + +SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, + float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, + float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, + int verbose); +void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); + +/** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, + int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswscale/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswscale/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acb289d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/libswscale/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 5 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 5 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR +#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6) +#endif + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxdefs.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxdefs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2cb52a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxdefs.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ +#ifndef __MFXDEFS_H__ +#define __MFXDEFS_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined ( _WIN64 ) + #define __INT64 __int64 + #define __UINT64 unsigned __int64 +#else + #define __INT64 long long + #define __UINT64 unsigned long long +#endif + +#define MFX_INFINITE 0xFFFFFFFF + +typedef unsigned char mfxU8; +typedef char mfxI8; +typedef short mfxI16; +typedef unsigned short mfxU16; +typedef unsigned int mfxU32; +typedef int mfxI32; +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined ( _WIN64 ) +typedef unsigned long mfxUL32; +typedef long mfxL32; +#else +typedef unsigned int mfxUL32; +typedef int mfxL32; +#endif +typedef float mfxF32; +typedef double mfxF64; +typedef __UINT64 mfxU64; +typedef __INT64 mfxI64; +typedef void* mfxHDL; +typedef mfxHDL mfxMemId; +typedef void* mfxThreadTask; + +typedef struct { + mfxI16 x; + mfxI16 y; +} mfxI16Pair; + +typedef struct { + mfxHDL first; + mfxHDL second; +} mfxHDLPair; + + +/*********************************************************************************\ +Error message +\*********************************************************************************/ +typedef enum +{ + /* no error */ + MFX_ERR_NONE = 0, /* no error */ + + /* reserved for unexpected errors */ + MFX_ERR_UNKNOWN = -1, /* unknown error. */ + + /* error codes <0 */ + MFX_ERR_NULL_PTR = -2, /* null pointer */ + MFX_ERR_UNSUPPORTED = -3, /* undeveloped feature */ + MFX_ERR_MEMORY_ALLOC = -4, /* failed to allocate memory */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_ENOUGH_BUFFER = -5, /* insufficient buffer at input/output */ + MFX_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE = -6, /* invalid handle */ + MFX_ERR_LOCK_MEMORY = -7, /* failed to lock the memory block */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED = -8, /* member function called before initialization */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_FOUND = -9, /* the specified object is not found */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_DATA = -10, /* expect more data at input */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_SURFACE = -11, /* expect more surface at output */ + MFX_ERR_ABORTED = -12, /* operation aborted */ + MFX_ERR_DEVICE_LOST = -13, /* lose the HW acceleration device */ + MFX_ERR_INCOMPATIBLE_VIDEO_PARAM = -14, /* incompatible video parameters */ + MFX_ERR_INVALID_VIDEO_PARAM = -15, /* invalid video parameters */ + MFX_ERR_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR = -16, /* undefined behavior */ + MFX_ERR_DEVICE_FAILED = -17, /* device operation failure */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_BITSTREAM = -18, /* expect more bitstream buffers at output */ + + /* warnings >0 */ + MFX_WRN_IN_EXECUTION = 1, /* the previous asynchrous operation is in execution */ + MFX_WRN_DEVICE_BUSY = 2, /* the HW acceleration device is busy */ + MFX_WRN_VIDEO_PARAM_CHANGED = 3, /* the video parameters are changed during decoding */ + MFX_WRN_PARTIAL_ACCELERATION = 4, /* SW is used */ + MFX_WRN_INCOMPATIBLE_VIDEO_PARAM = 5, /* incompatible video parameters */ + MFX_WRN_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 6, /* the value is saturated based on its valid range */ + MFX_WRN_OUT_OF_RANGE = 7, /* the value is out of valid range */ + + /* threading statuses */ + MFX_TASK_DONE = MFX_ERR_NONE, /* task has been completed */ + MFX_TASK_WORKING = 8, /* there is some more work to do */ + MFX_TASK_BUSY = 9 /* task is waiting for resources */ + +} mfxStatus; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __MFXDEFS_H__ */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxjpeg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxjpeg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b8ab27 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxjpeg.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2010 - 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxjpeg.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFX_JPEG_H__ +#define __MFX_JPEG_H__ + +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* CodecId */ +enum { + MFX_CODEC_JPEG = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('J','P','E','G') +}; + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum +{ + MFX_PROFILE_JPEG_BASELINE = 1 +}; + +enum +{ + MFX_ROTATION_0 = 0, + MFX_ROTATION_90 = 1, + MFX_ROTATION_180 = 2, + MFX_ROTATION_270 = 3 +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif // __MFX_JPEG_H__ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxmvc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxmvc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af74465 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxmvc.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2010 - 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxmvc.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXMVC_H__ +#define __MFXMVC_H__ + +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum { + /* MVC profiles */ + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_MULTIVIEW_HIGH =118, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_STEREO_HIGH =128 +}; + +/* Extended Buffer Ids */ +enum { + MFX_EXTBUFF_MVC_SEQ_DESC = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','V','C','D'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_MVC_TARGET_VIEWS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','V','C','T') +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxU16 ViewId; + + mfxU16 NumAnchorRefsL0; + mfxU16 NumAnchorRefsL1; + mfxU16 AnchorRefL0[16]; + mfxU16 AnchorRefL1[16]; + + mfxU16 NumNonAnchorRefsL0; + mfxU16 NumNonAnchorRefsL1; + mfxU16 NonAnchorRefL0[16]; + mfxU16 NonAnchorRefL1[16]; +} mfxMVCViewDependency; + +typedef struct { + mfxU16 TemporalId; /* operation point temporal ID */ + mfxU16 LevelIdc; + + mfxU16 NumViews; /* total number of views, including "depend on" views */ + mfxU16 NumTargetViews; /* number of the output views for the current operation point */ + mfxU16 *TargetViewId; /* array of target view ID, it points to mfxExtMVCSeqDesc::ViewId, set by SDK */ +} mfxMVCOperationPoint; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU32 NumView; /* number of view in the stream, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumViewAlloc; /* number of allocated elements, set by application */ + mfxMVCViewDependency *View; /* view ID and list of views used as reference for this view, allocated by application */ + + mfxU32 NumViewId; /* num of views IDs, to simplify copying, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumViewIdAlloc; /* number of allocated elements, set by application */ + mfxU16 *ViewId; /* allocated by application */ + + mfxU32 NumOP; /* number of operation points in OP array, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumOPAlloc; /* number of allocated elements in OP array, set by application */ + mfxMVCOperationPoint *OP; /* allocated by application */ + + mfxU16 NumRefsTotal; /* total number of reference frames in the sequence */ + mfxU32 Reserved[16]; + +} mfxExtMVCSeqDesc; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU16 TemporalId; + mfxU32 NumView; /* number of view to decode */ + mfxU16 ViewId[1024]; +} mfxExtMVCTargetViews ; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxplugin++.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxplugin++.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b62c9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxplugin++.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + + +File Name: mfxplugin++.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ + +#ifndef __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H +#define __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H + +#include "mfxvideo.h" +#include "mfxplugin.h" + +class MFXPlugin +{ +public: + virtual mfxStatus mfxPluginInit(mfxCoreInterface *core) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxPluginClose() = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxGetPluginParam(mfxPluginParam *par) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxSubmit(const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxExecute(mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 uid_p, mfxU32 uid_a) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxFreeResources(mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts) = 0; +}; + +/* Class adapter between "C" structure mfxPlugin and C++ interface MFXPlugin */ +class MFXPluginAdapter : public mfxPlugin +{ +public: + MFXPluginAdapter(MFXPlugin *pPlugin) + { + pthis = pPlugin; + PluginInit = MFXPluginAdapter::_PluginInit; + PluginClose = MFXPluginAdapter::_PluginClose; + GetPluginParam = MFXPluginAdapter::_GetPluginParam; + Submit = MFXPluginAdapter::_Submit; + Execute = MFXPluginAdapter::_Execute; + FreeResources = MFXPluginAdapter::_FreeResources; + } + +private: + static mfxStatus _PluginInit(mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreInterface *core) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxPluginInit(core); } + static mfxStatus _PluginClose(mfxHDL pthis) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxPluginClose(); } + static mfxStatus _GetPluginParam(mfxHDL pthis, mfxPluginParam *par) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxGetPluginParam(par); } + static mfxStatus _Submit(mfxHDL pthis, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxSubmit(in, in_num, out, out_num, task); } + static mfxStatus _Execute(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 thread_id, mfxU32 call_count) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxExecute(task, thread_id, call_count); } + static mfxStatus _FreeResources(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxFreeResources(task, sts); } +}; + +#endif // __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxplugin.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxplugin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfb7547 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxplugin.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxplugin.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXPLUGIN_H__ +#define __MFXPLUGIN_H__ +#include "mfxvideo.h" + +#pragma warning(disable: 4201) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +typedef enum { + MFX_THREADPOLICY_SERIAL = 0, + MFX_THREADPOLICY_PARALLEL = 1 +} mfxThreadPolicy; + +typedef struct mfxPluginParam { + mfxU32 reserved[14]; + mfxThreadPolicy ThreadPolicy; + mfxU32 MaxThreadNum; +} mfxPluginParam; + +typedef struct mfxCoreParam{ + mfxU32 reserved[13]; + mfxIMPL Impl; + mfxVersion Version; + mfxU32 NumWorkingThread; +} mfxCoreParam; + +typedef struct mfxCoreInterface { + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxHDL reserved1[2]; + mfxFrameAllocator FrameAllocator; + mfxBufferAllocator reserved3; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetCoreParam)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreParam *par); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetHandle) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *handle); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *IncreaseReference) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameData *fd); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *DecreaseReference) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameData *fd); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *CopyFrame) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *dst, mfxFrameSurface1 *src); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *CopyBuffer)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU8 *dst, mfxU32 size, mfxFrameSurface1 *src); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *MapOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 num, mfxU32 type, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *UnmapOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 num, mfxU32 type, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetRealSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *op_surf, mfxFrameSurface1 **surf); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *surf, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + + mfxHDL reserved4[4]; +} mfxCoreInterface; + +typedef struct mfxPlugin{ + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *PluginInit) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreInterface *core); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *PluginClose) (mfxHDL pthis); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetPluginParam)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxPluginParam *par); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Submit)(mfxHDL pthis, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Execute)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 uid_p, mfxU32 uid_a); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *FreeResources)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts); + + mfxHDL reserved[9]; +} mfxPlugin; + + + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_Register(mfxSession session, mfxU32 type, const mfxPlugin *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_Unregister(mfxSession session, mfxU32 type); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_ProcessFrameAsync(mfxSession session, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __MFXPLUGIN_H__ */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxstructures.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxstructures.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13e362b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxstructures.h @@ -0,0 +1,763 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxstructures.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXSTRUCTURES_H__ +#define __MFXSTRUCTURES_H__ +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#pragma warning(disable: 4201) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define MFX_MAKEFOURCC(A,B,C,D) ((((int)A))+(((int)B)<<8)+(((int)C)<<16)+(((int)D)<<24)) + +/* Extended Configuration Header Structure */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 BufferId; + mfxU32 BufferSz; +} mfxExtBuffer; + +/* Frame ID for SVC and MVC */ +typedef struct { + mfxU16 TemporalId; + mfxU16 PriorityId; + union { + struct { + mfxU16 DependencyId; + mfxU16 QualityId; + }; + struct { + mfxU16 ViewId; + }; + }; +} mfxFrameId; + +/* Frame Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[6]; + mfxFrameId FrameId; + + mfxU32 FourCC; + mfxU16 Width; + mfxU16 Height; + + mfxU16 CropX; + mfxU16 CropY; + mfxU16 CropW; + mfxU16 CropH; + + mfxU32 FrameRateExtN; + mfxU32 FrameRateExtD; + mfxU16 reserved3; + + mfxU16 AspectRatioW; + mfxU16 AspectRatioH; + + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 ChromaFormat; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameInfo; + +/* FourCC */ +enum { + MFX_FOURCC_NV12 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('N','V','1','2'), /* Native Format */ + MFX_FOURCC_YV12 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('Y','V','1','2'), + MFX_FOURCC_YUY2 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('Y','U','Y','2'), + MFX_FOURCC_RGB3 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','G','B','3'), /* RGB24 */ + MFX_FOURCC_RGB4 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','G','B','4'), /* RGB32 */ + MFX_FOURCC_P8 = 41 /* D3DFMT_P8 */ +}; + +/* PicStruct */ +enum { + MFX_PICSTRUCT_UNKNOWN =0x00, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_PROGRESSIVE =0x01, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_TFF =0x02, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_BFF =0x04, + + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_REPEATED=0x10, /* first field repeated, pic_struct=5 or 6 in H.264 */ + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FRAME_DOUBLING=0x20, /* pic_struct=7 in H.264 */ + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FRAME_TRIPLING=0x40 /* pic_struct=8 in H.264 */ +}; + +/* ColorFormat */ +enum { + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_MONOCHROME =0, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV420 =1, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422 =2, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV444 =3, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV400 = MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_MONOCHROME, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV411 = 4, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422H = MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422V = 5 + +}; + +enum { + MFX_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN = -1 +}; + +enum { + MFX_FRAMEORDER_UNKNOWN = -1 +}; + +/* DataFlag in mfxFrameData */ +enum { + MFX_FRAMEDATA_ORIGINAL_TIMESTAMP = 0x0001 +}; + +/* Corrupted in mfxFrameData */ +enum { + MFX_CORRUPTION_MINOR = 0x0001, + MFX_CORRUPTION_MAJOR = 0x0002, + MFX_CORRUPTION_REFERENCE_FRAME = 0x0010, + MFX_CORRUPTION_REFERENCE_LIST = 0x0020 +}; + +/* Frame Data Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + + mfxU64 TimeStamp; + mfxU32 FrameOrder; + mfxU16 Locked; + mfxU16 Pitch; + + /* color planes */ + union { + mfxU8 *Y; + mfxU8 *R; + }; + union { + mfxU8 *UV; /* for UV merged formats */ + mfxU8 *VU; /* for VU merged formats */ + mfxU8 *CbCr; /* for CbCr merged formats */ + mfxU8 *CrCb; /* for CrCb merged formats */ + mfxU8 *Cb; + mfxU8 *U; + mfxU8 *G; + }; + union { + mfxU8 *Cr; + mfxU8 *V; + mfxU8 *B; + }; + mfxU8 *A; + mfxMemId MemId; + + /* Additional Flags */ + mfxU16 Corrupted; + mfxU16 DataFlag; +} mfxFrameData; + +/* Frame Surface */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxFrameInfo Info; + mfxFrameData Data; +} mfxFrameSurface1; + +enum { + MFX_TIMESTAMPCALC_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_TIMESTAMPCALC_TELECINE = 1, +}; + +/* Transcoding Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[7]; + + mfxU16 reserved4; + mfxU16 BRCParamMultiplier; + + mfxFrameInfo FrameInfo; + mfxU32 CodecId; + mfxU16 CodecProfile; + mfxU16 CodecLevel; + mfxU16 NumThread; + + union { + struct { /* MPEG-2/H.264 Encoding Options */ + mfxU16 TargetUsage; + + mfxU16 GopPicSize; + mfxU16 GopRefDist; + mfxU16 GopOptFlag; + mfxU16 IdrInterval; + + mfxU16 RateControlMethod; + union { + mfxU16 InitialDelayInKB; + mfxU16 QPI; + mfxU16 Accuracy; + }; + mfxU16 BufferSizeInKB; + union { + mfxU16 TargetKbps; + mfxU16 QPP; + }; + union { + mfxU16 MaxKbps; + mfxU16 QPB; + mfxU16 Convergence; + }; + + mfxU16 NumSlice; + mfxU16 NumRefFrame; + mfxU16 EncodedOrder; + }; + struct { /* H.264, MPEG-2 and VC-1 Decoding Options */ + mfxU16 DecodedOrder; + mfxU16 ExtendedPicStruct; + mfxU16 TimeStampCalc; + mfxU16 reserved2[10]; + }; + struct { /* JPEG Decoding Options */ + mfxU16 JPEGChromaFormat; + mfxU16 Rotation; + mfxU16 reserved3[11]; + }; + }; +} mfxInfoMFX; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + mfxFrameInfo In; + mfxFrameInfo Out; +} mfxInfoVPP; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[3]; + mfxU16 reserved3; + mfxU16 AsyncDepth; + + union { + mfxInfoMFX mfx; + mfxInfoVPP vpp; + }; + mfxU16 Protected; + mfxU16 IOPattern; + mfxExtBuffer** ExtParam; + mfxU16 NumExtParam; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxVideoParam; + +/* IOPattern */ +enum { + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0x01, + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_SYSTEM_MEMORY = 0x02, + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY = 0x04, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0x10, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_SYSTEM_MEMORY = 0x20, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_OPAQUE_MEMORY = 0x40 +}; + +/* CodecId */ +enum { + MFX_CODEC_AVC =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','V','C',' '), + MFX_CODEC_MPEG2 =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','P','G','2'), + MFX_CODEC_VC1 =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('V','C','1',' ') +}; + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum { + MFX_PROFILE_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_LEVEL_UNKNOWN =0, + + /* AVC Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET0 = (0x100 << 0), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET1 = (0x100 << 1), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET2 = (0x100 << 2), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET3 = (0x100 << 3), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4 = (0x100 << 4), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET5 = (0x100 << 5), + + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_BASELINE =66, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_MAIN =77, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_EXTENDED =88, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH =100, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_BASELINE + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET1, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINED_HIGH =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4 + + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET5, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_PROGRESSIVE_HIGH =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4, + + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_1 =10, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_1b =9, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_11 =11, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_12 =12, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_13 =13, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_2 =20, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_21 =21, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_22 =22, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_3 =30, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_31 =31, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_32 =32, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_4 =40, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_41 =41, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_42 =42, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_5 =50, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_51 =51, + + /* MPEG-2 Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE =0x50, + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN =0x40, + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH =0x10, + + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_LOW =0xA, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_MAIN =0x8, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_HIGH =0x4, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_HIGH1440 =0x6, + + /* VC1 Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE =(0+1), + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN =(4+1), + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED =(12+1), + + /* VC1 levels for simple & main profiles */ + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_LOW =(0+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_MEDIAN =(2+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_HIGH =(4+1), + + /* VC1 levels for the advanced profile */ + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_0 =(0x00+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_1 =(0x01+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_2 =(0x02+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_3 =(0x03+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_4 =(0x04+1) +}; + +/* GopOptFlag */ +enum { + MFX_GOP_CLOSED =1, + MFX_GOP_STRICT =2 +}; + +/* TargetUsages: from 1 to 7 inclusive */ +enum { + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BEST_QUALITY =1, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BALANCED =4, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BEST_SPEED =7 +}; + +/* RateControlMethod */ +enum { + MFX_RATECONTROL_CBR =1, + MFX_RATECONTROL_VBR =2, + MFX_RATECONTROL_CQP =3, + MFX_RATECONTROL_AVBR =4 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU16 reserved1; + mfxU16 RateDistortionOpt; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 MECostType; + mfxU16 MESearchType; + mfxI16Pair MVSearchWindow; + mfxU16 EndOfSequence; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 FramePicture; /* tri-state option */ + + union { + struct { /* AVC */ + mfxU16 CAVLC; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 reserved2[3]; + mfxU16 ViewOutput; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 NalHrdConformance; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 SingleSeiNalUnit; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 VuiVclHrdParameters; /* tri-state option */ + + mfxU16 RefPicListReordering; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 ResetRefList; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 RefPicMarkRep; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 FieldOutput; /* tri-state option */ + + mfxU16 IntraPredBlockSize; + mfxU16 InterPredBlockSize; + mfxU16 MVPrecision; + mfxU16 MaxDecFrameBuffering; + + mfxU16 AUDelimiter; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 EndOfStream; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 PicTimingSEI; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 VuiNalHrdParameters; /* tri-state option */ + }; + }; +} mfxExtCodingOption; + +/* IntraPredBlockSize/InterPredBlockSize */ +enum { + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_16X16 = 1, /* 16x16 */ + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_8X8 = 2, /* 16x16, 8x8 */ + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_4X4 = 3 /* 16x16, 8x8, 4x4 */ +}; + +/* MVPrecision */ +enum { + MFX_MVPRECISION_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_MVPRECISION_INTEGER = (1 << 0), + MFX_MVPRECISION_HALFPEL = (1 << 1), + MFX_MVPRECISION_QUARTERPEL = (1 << 2) +}; + +enum { + MFX_CODINGOPTION_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_CODINGOPTION_ON =0x10, + MFX_CODINGOPTION_OFF =0x20 +}; + +typedef struct _mfxEncryptedData mfxEncryptedData; + +typedef struct { + union { + mfxEncryptedData* EncryptedData; + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + }; + mfxU64 TimeStamp; + mfxU8* Data; + mfxU32 DataOffset; + mfxU32 DataLength; + mfxU32 MaxLength; + + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 FrameType; + mfxU16 DataFlag; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxBitstream; + +/* Data Flag */ +enum { + MFX_BITSTREAM_COMPLETE_FRAME = 0x0001 /* the bitstream contains a complete frame or field pair of data */ +}; + +/* Extended Buffer Ids */ +enum { + MFX_EXTBUFF_CODING_OPTION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('C','D','O','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_CODING_OPTION_SPSPPS= MFX_MAKEFOURCC('C','O','S','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DONOTUSE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('N','U','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_AUXDATA = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','U','X','D'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DENOISE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','N','I','S'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_ANALYSIS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('S','C','L','Y'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_CHANGE = MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_ANALYSIS, + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_PROCAMP = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('P','A','M','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DETAIL = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','E','T',' '), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('V','S','I','N'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DOUSE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','U','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_OPAQUE_SURFACE_ALLOCATION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('O','P','Q','S'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_AVC_REFLIST_CTRL = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','L','S','T'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_FRAME_RATE_CONVERSION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('F','R','C',' '), + MFX_EXTBUFF_PICTURE_TIMING_SEI = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('P','T','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_AVC_TEMPORAL_LAYERS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','T','M','L') +}; + +/* VPP Conf: Do not use certain algorithms */ +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 NumAlg; + mfxU32* AlgList; +} mfxExtVPPDoNotUse; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 DenoiseFactor; +} mfxExtVPPDenoise; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 DetailFactor; +} mfxExtVPPDetail; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxF64 Brightness; + mfxF64 Contrast; + mfxF64 Hue; + mfxF64 Saturation; +} mfxExtVPPProcAmp; + +/* statistics collected for decode, encode and vpp */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU64 NumBit; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxEncodeStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU32 NumSkippedFrame; + mfxU32 NumError; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxDecodeStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxVPPStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 SpatialComplexity; + mfxU32 TemporalComplexity; + mfxU16 SceneChangeRate; + mfxU16 RepeatedFrame; +} mfxExtVppAuxData; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxU8 *Data; /* buffer pointer */ + mfxU32 NumBit; /* number of bits */ + mfxU16 Type; /* SEI message type in H.264 or user data start_code in MPEG-2 */ + mfxU16 BufSize; /* payload buffer size in bytes */ +} mfxPayload; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved[5]; + mfxU16 reserved1; + + mfxU16 QP; /* per frame QP */ + + mfxU16 FrameType; + mfxU16 NumExtParam; + mfxU16 NumPayload; /* MPEG-2 user data or H.264 SEI message(s) */ + mfxU16 reserved2; + + mfxExtBuffer **ExtParam; + mfxPayload **Payload; /* for field pair, first field uses even payloads and second field uses odd payloads */ +} mfxEncodeCtrl; + +/* Buffer Memory Types */ +enum { + /* Buffer types */ + MFX_MEMTYPE_PERSISTENT_MEMORY =0x0002 +}; + +/* Frame Memory Types */ +#define MFX_MEMTYPE_BASE(x) (0xf0ff & (x)) + +enum { + MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_DECODER_TARGET =0x0010, + MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_PROCESSOR_TARGET =0x0020, + MFX_MEMTYPE_VIDEO_MEMORY_DECODER_TARGET = MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_DECODER_TARGET, + MFX_MEMTYPE_VIDEO_MEMORY_PROCESSOR_TARGET = MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_PROCESSOR_TARGET, + MFX_MEMTYPE_SYSTEM_MEMORY =0x0040, + + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_ENCODE = 0x0100, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_DECODE = 0x0200, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_VPPIN = 0x0400, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_VPPOUT = 0x0800, + + MFX_MEMTYPE_INTERNAL_FRAME = 0x0001, + MFX_MEMTYPE_EXTERNAL_FRAME = 0x0002, + MFX_MEMTYPE_OPAQUE_FRAME = 0x0004 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxFrameInfo Info; + mfxU16 Type; /* decoder or processor render targets */ + mfxU16 NumFrameMin; + mfxU16 NumFrameSuggested; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameAllocRequest; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxMemId *mids; /* the array allocated by application */ + mfxU16 NumFrameActual; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameAllocResponse; + +/* FrameType */ +enum { + MFX_FRAMETYPE_UNKNOWN =0x0000, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_I =0x0001, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_P =0x0002, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_B =0x0004, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_S =0x0008, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_REF =0x0040, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_IDR =0x0080, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xI =0x0100, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xP =0x0200, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xB =0x0400, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xS =0x0800, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xREF =0x4000, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xIDR =0x8000 +}; + +typedef enum { + MFX_HANDLE_DIRECT3D_DEVICE_MANAGER9 =1, /* IDirect3DDeviceManager9 */ + MFX_HANDLE_D3D9_DEVICE_MANAGER = MFX_HANDLE_DIRECT3D_DEVICE_MANAGER9, + MFX_HANDLE_D3D11_DEVICE_AND_CONTEXT = 2, + MFX_HANDLE_D3D11_DEVICE = 3, + MFX_HANDLE_VA_DISPLAY = 4 +} mfxHandleType; + +typedef enum { + MFX_SKIPMODE_NOSKIP=0, + MFX_SKIPMODE_MORE=1, + MFX_SKIPMODE_LESS=2 +} mfxSkipMode; + +/* Library initialization and deinitialization */ +typedef mfxI32 mfxIMPL; +#define MFX_IMPL_BASETYPE(x) (0x00ff & (x)) + +enum { + MFX_IMPL_AUTO = 0x0000, /* Auto Selection/In or Not Supported/Out */ + MFX_IMPL_SOFTWARE = 0x0001, /* Pure Software Implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE = 0x0002, /* Hardware Accelerated Implementation (default device) */ + MFX_IMPL_AUTO_ANY = 0x0003, /* Auto selection of any hardware/software implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE_ANY = 0x0004, /* Auto selection of any hardware implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE2 = 0x0005, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (2nd device) */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE3 = 0x0006, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (3rd device) */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE4 = 0x0007, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (4th device) */ + + MFX_IMPL_VIA_ANY = 0x0100, + MFX_IMPL_VIA_D3D9 = 0x0200, + MFX_IMPL_VIA_D3D11 = 0x0300, + + MFX_IMPL_UNSUPPORTED = 0x0000 /* One of the MFXQueryIMPL returns */ +}; + +/* Version Info */ +typedef union { + struct { + mfxU16 Minor; + mfxU16 Major; + }; + mfxU32 Version; +} mfxVersion; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU8 *SPSBuffer; + mfxU8 *PPSBuffer; + mfxU16 SPSBufSize; + mfxU16 PPSBufSize; + mfxU16 SPSId; + mfxU16 PPSId; +} mfxExtCodingOptionSPSPPS; + +/* session priority */ +typedef enum +{ + MFX_PRIORITY_LOW = 0, + MFX_PRIORITY_NORMAL = 1, + MFX_PRIORITY_HIGH = 2 + +} mfxPriority; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 VideoFormat; + mfxU16 VideoFullRange; + mfxU16 ColourDescriptionPresent; + mfxU16 ColourPrimaries; + mfxU16 TransferCharacteristics; + mfxU16 MatrixCoefficients; +} mfxExtVideoSignalInfo; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 NumAlg; + mfxU32 *AlgList; +} mfxExtVPPDoUse; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved1[2]; + struct { + mfxFrameSurface1 **Surfaces; + mfxU32 reserved2[5]; + mfxU16 Type; + mfxU16 NumSurface; + } In, Out; +} mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 NumRefIdxL0Active; + mfxU16 NumRefIdxL1Active; + + struct { + mfxU32 FrameOrder; + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 ViewId; + mfxU32 reserved[2]; + } PreferredRefList[32], RejectedRefList[16], LongTermRefList[16]; + + mfxU32 reserved[8]; +} mfxExtAVCRefListCtrl; + +enum { + MFX_FRCALGM_PRESERVE_TIMESTAMP = 1, + MFX_FRCALGM_DISTRIBUTED_TIMESTAMP = 2 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 Algorithm; + mfxU16 reserved; + mfxU32 reserved2[15]; +} mfxExtVPPFrameRateConversion; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved[14]; + + struct { + mfxU16 ClockTimestampFlag; + mfxU16 CtType; + mfxU16 NuitFieldBasedFlag; + mfxU16 CountingType; + mfxU16 FullTimestampFlag; + mfxU16 DiscontinuityFlag; + mfxU16 CntDroppedFlag; + mfxU16 NFrames; + mfxU16 SecondsFlag; + mfxU16 MinutesFlag; + mfxU16 HoursFlag; + mfxU16 SecondsValue; + mfxU16 MinutesValue; + mfxU16 HoursValue; + mfxU32 TimeOffset; + } TimeStamp[3]; +} mfxExtPictureTimingSEI; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved1[4]; + mfxU16 reserved2; + mfxU16 BaseLayerPID; + + struct { + mfxU16 Scale; + mfxU16 reserved[3]; + }Layer[8]; +} mfxExtAvcTemporalLayers; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxvideo++.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxvideo++.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e513b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxvideo++.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2010 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + + +File Name: mfxvideo++.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ + +#ifndef __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H +#define __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H + +#include "mfxvideo.h" + +class MFXVideoSession +{ +public: + MFXVideoSession(void) { m_session = (mfxSession) 0; } + virtual ~MFXVideoSession(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Init(mfxIMPL impl, mfxVersion *ver) { return MFXInit(impl, ver, &m_session); } + mfxStatus Close(void) + { + mfxStatus mfxRes; + mfxRes = MFXClose(m_session); m_session = (mfxSession) 0; + return mfxRes; + } + + mfxStatus QueryIMPL(mfxIMPL *impl) { return MFXQueryIMPL(m_session, impl); } + mfxStatus QueryVersion(mfxVersion *version) { return MFXQueryVersion(m_session, version); } + + mfxStatus JoinSession(mfxSession child_session) { return MFXJoinSession(m_session, child_session);} + mfxStatus DisjoinSession( ) { return MFXDisjoinSession(m_session);} + mfxStatus CloneSession( mfxSession *clone) { return MFXCloneSession(m_session, clone);} + mfxStatus SetPriority( mfxPriority priority) { return MFXSetPriority(m_session, priority);} + mfxStatus GetPriority( mfxPriority *priority) { return MFXGetPriority(m_session, priority);} + + mfxStatus SetBufferAllocator(mfxBufferAllocator *allocator) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetBufferAllocator(m_session, allocator); } + mfxStatus SetFrameAllocator(mfxFrameAllocator *allocator) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetFrameAllocator(m_session, allocator); } + mfxStatus SetHandle(mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL hdl) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetHandle(m_session, type, hdl); } + mfxStatus GetHandle(mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *hdl) { return MFXVideoCORE_GetHandle(m_session, type, hdl); } + + mfxStatus SyncOperation(mfxSyncPoint syncp, mfxU32 wait) { return MFXVideoCORE_SyncOperation(m_session, syncp, wait); } + + operator mfxSession (void) { return m_session; } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoENCODE +{ +public: + + MFXVideoENCODE(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoENCODE(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request) { return MFXVideoENCODE_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus GetEncodeStat(mfxEncodeStat *stat) { return MFXVideoENCODE_GetEncodeStat(m_session, stat); } + + mfxStatus EncodeFrameAsync(mfxEncodeCtrl *ctrl, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoENCODE_EncodeFrameAsync(m_session, ctrl, surface, bs, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoDECODE +{ +public: + + MFXVideoDECODE(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoDECODE(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus DecodeHeader(mfxBitstream *bs, mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeHeader(m_session, bs, par); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request) { return MFXVideoDECODE_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + + mfxStatus GetDecodeStat(mfxDecodeStat *stat) { return MFXVideoDECODE_GetDecodeStat(m_session, stat); } + mfxStatus GetPayload(mfxU64 *ts, mfxPayload *payload) {return MFXVideoDECODE_GetPayload(m_session, ts, payload); } + mfxStatus SetSkipMode(mfxSkipMode mode) { return MFXVideoDECODE_SetSkipMode(m_session, mode); } + mfxStatus DecodeFrameAsync(mfxBitstream *bs, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface_work, mfxFrameSurface1 **surface_out, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeFrameAsync(m_session, bs, surface_work, surface_out, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoVPP +{ +public: + + MFXVideoVPP(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoVPP(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoVPP_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest request[2]) { return MFXVideoVPP_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoVPP_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus GetVPPStat(mfxVPPStat *stat) { return MFXVideoVPP_GetVPPStat(m_session, stat); } + mfxStatus RunFrameVPPAsync(mfxFrameSurface1 *in, mfxFrameSurface1 *out, mfxExtVppAuxData *aux, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoVPP_RunFrameVPPAsync(m_session, in, out, aux, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +#endif // __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxvideo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxvideo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..641dc7a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include/mfx/mfxvideo.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxvideo.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ +#ifndef __MFXVIDEO_H__ +#define __MFXVIDEO_H__ +#include "mfxstructures.h" + +/* This is the external include file for the Intel(R) Media Sofware Development Kit product */ +#define MFX_VERSION_MAJOR 1 +#define MFX_VERSION_MINOR 4 + +#ifdef _WIN32 + #define MFX_CDECL __cdecl + #define MFX_STDCALL __stdcall +#else + #define MFX_CDECL + #define MFX_STDCALL +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif + +/* MFXVideoCORE */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxHDL pthis; + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Alloc) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 nbytes, mfxU16 type, mfxMemId *mid); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Lock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxU8 **ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Unlock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Free) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid); +} mfxBufferAllocator; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Alloc) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request, mfxFrameAllocResponse *response); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Lock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxFrameData *ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Unlock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxFrameData *ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetHDL) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxHDL *handle); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Free) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameAllocResponse *response); +} mfxFrameAllocator; + +/* Global Functions */ +typedef struct _mfxSession *mfxSession; +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXInit(mfxIMPL impl, mfxVersion *ver, mfxSession *session); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXClose(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXQueryIMPL(mfxSession session, mfxIMPL *impl); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXQueryVersion(mfxSession session, mfxVersion *version); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXJoinSession(mfxSession session, mfxSession child); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXDisjoinSession(mfxSession session); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXCloneSession(mfxSession session, mfxSession *clone); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXSetPriority(mfxSession session, mfxPriority priority); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXGetPriority(mfxSession session, mfxPriority *priority); + +/* VideoCORE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetBufferAllocator(mfxSession session, mfxBufferAllocator *allocator); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetFrameAllocator(mfxSession session, mfxFrameAllocator *allocator); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetHandle(mfxSession session, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL hdl); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_GetHandle(mfxSession session, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *hdl); + +typedef struct _mfxSyncPoint *mfxSyncPoint; +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SyncOperation(mfxSession session, mfxSyncPoint syncp, mfxU32 wait); + +/* VideoENCODE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_GetEncodeStat(mfxSession session, mfxEncodeStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_EncodeFrameAsync(mfxSession session, mfxEncodeCtrl *ctrl, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +/* VideoDECODE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeHeader(mfxSession session, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetDecodeStat(mfxSession session, mfxDecodeStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_SetSkipMode(mfxSession session, mfxSkipMode mode); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetPayload(mfxSession session, mfxU64 *ts, mfxPayload *payload); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeFrameAsync(mfxSession session, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface_work, mfxFrameSurface1 **surface_out, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +/* VideoVPP */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest request[2]); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_GetVPPStat(mfxSession session, mfxVPPStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_RunFrameVPPAsync(mfxSession session, mfxFrameSurface1 *in, mfxFrameSurface1 *out, mfxExtVppAuxData *aux, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff8cc4c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * AC-3 parser prototypes + * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data. + */ +int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size, + uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size); + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/adts_parser.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/adts_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f85becd --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/adts_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7 + +/** + * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data. + * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer + * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written + * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written + * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure. + */ +int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples, + uint8_t *frames); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d234271 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,6228 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec external API header + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libavc libavcodec + * Encoding/Decoding Library + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @ingroup libavc + * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview + * @{ + * + * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ + * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which + * decouples input and output. + * + * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as + * follows: + * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. + * - Send valid input: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw + * compressed data in an AVPacket. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame + * containing uncompressed audio or video. + * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are + * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat + * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates + * refcounted AVFrames.) + * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() + * functions and process their output: + * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return + * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. + * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return + * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. + * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to + * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each + * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, + * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. + * + * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple + * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers + * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps + * outlined above. + * + * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if + * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode + * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could + * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that + * returns EAGAIN. + * + * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, + * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for + * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). + * This is handled as follows: + * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) + * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining + * mode. + * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() + * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will + * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. + * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with + * avcodec_flush_buffers(). + * + * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also + * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can + * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling + * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed + * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of + * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to + * read at least some output. + * + * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only + * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on + * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or + * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will + * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. + * + * This API replaces the following legacy functions: + * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4(): + * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet. + * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from + * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially + * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to + * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then + * no data was read from the packet). + * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once. + * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2(): + * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use + * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets. + * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not + * possible. + * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet. + * + * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed, + * and will result in undefined behavior. + * + * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return + * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API. + * + * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This + * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless + * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to + * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second + * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). + * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed + * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed + * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive + * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be + * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between + * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that + * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now + * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an + * avcodec_send_packet() call. + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, + AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, + AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, +#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC + AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, + AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2, + + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, + AV_CODEC_ID_012V, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, + AV_CODEC_ID_V308, + AV_CODEC_ID_V408, + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, + AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, + AV_CODEC_ID_M101, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, + AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, + AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4, + AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_RASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP4, + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, + + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, + + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM, + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800, + AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, + AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, + + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, + AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_DST, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, + AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, + AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9, + AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM, + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800, + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_STL, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, + AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTML, + AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION, + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + + AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, + AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, + + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket +}; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; + /** + * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. + * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. + * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. + */ + const char *const *mime_types; + /** + * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. + * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. + */ + const struct AVProfile *profiles; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video and audio codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) +/** + * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which + * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the + * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding + * frames. + * + * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be + * equal. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) +/** + * Subtitle codec is bitmap based + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) +/** + * Subtitle codec is text based. + * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
+ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +/** + * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned + * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) +/** + * Use fixed qscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) +/** + * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) +/** + * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) +/** + * Use qpel MC. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) +/** + * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first + * decoded frame in stream. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) +/** + * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) +/** + * loop filter. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) +/** + * Only decode/encode grayscale. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) +/** + * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16) +/** + * Use interlaced DCT. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) +/** + * Force low delay. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) +/** + * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) +/** + * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) +/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ +/** + * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) +/** + * interlaced motion estimation + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) + +/** + * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) +/** + * Skip bitstream encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) +/** + * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) + +/** + * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13) + +/** + * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries + * instead of only at frame boundaries. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) +/** + * Discard cropping information from SPS. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) + +/** + * Show all frames before the first keyframe + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) +/** + * Export motion vectors through frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) +/** + * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) +/** + * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) + */ +#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +/** + * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3) +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) + +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15) +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) +/** + * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. + * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. + * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, + * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about + * the stream. + * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort + * choice for probing. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 + +/** + * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to + * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use + * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) + +/** + * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not + * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the + * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) + +/** + * This codec takes the reordered_opaque field from input AVFrames + * and returns it in the corresponding field in AVCodecContext after + * encoding. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20) + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan { + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +} AVPanScan; + +/** + * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It + * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD + * parameters for H.264/HEVC. + */ +typedef struct AVCPBProperties { + /** + * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ +#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES + int max_bitrate; +#else + int64_t max_bitrate; +#endif + /** + * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ +#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES + int min_bitrate; +#else + int64_t min_bitrate; +#endif + /** + * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ +#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES + int avg_bitrate; +#else + int64_t avg_bitrate; +#endif + + /** + * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. + * Zero if unknown or unspecified. + */ + int buffer_size; + + /** + * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with + * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz + * clock. + * + * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; +} AVCPBProperties; + +/** + * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. + */ +#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE + * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is + * present. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + + /** + * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format + * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should + * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side + * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current + * frame or packet. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains + * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for + * correct presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains + * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds + * to enum AVAudioServiceType. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + + /** + * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. + * @code + * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). + * u8 picture type + * u8 error count + * u16 reserved + * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, + + /** + * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index + * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate + * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. + * e.g. no decoder available for codec. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, + + /** + * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, + + /** + * Subtitle event position + * @code + * u32le x1 + * u32le y1 + * u32le x2 + * u32le y2 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, + + /** + * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is + * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data + * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed + * by data. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, + + /** + * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, + + /** + * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately + * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, + + /** + * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for + * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This + * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, + + /** + * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID + * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, + + /** + * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata + * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form + * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + + /** + * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds + * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be + * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the + * AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with + * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, + + /** + * This side data is encryption initialization data. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to + * access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, + + /** + * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. + * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, + + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_AFD, + + /** + * The number of side data types. + * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may + * change when new side data types are added. + * This must stay the last enum value. + * If its value becomes huge, some code using it + * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_NB +}; + +#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED + +typedef struct AVPacketSideData { + uint8_t *data; + int size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; +} AVPacketSideData; + +/** + * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers + * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and + * then passed to muxers. + * + * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may + * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty + * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data + * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). + * + * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public + * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it + * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. + * + * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. + * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is + * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the + * reference count to 0. + * + * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead + * of increasing the reference count. + * + * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by + * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_unref + */ +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is + * stored. + * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf; + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required + * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the + * duration field was still an int. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif +} AVPacket; +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted +/** + * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid + * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped + * after decoding. + **/ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 +/** + * The packet comes from a trusted source. + * + * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data + * outside the packet may be followed. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 +/** + * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can + * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. + */ +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 + + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; +/** + * @} + */ + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line + * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec + * if this info is available in the stream + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * MJPEG: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate + * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not + * constant. + * + * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base + * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. + * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) + * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate + * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. + * Use framerate instead. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Codec delay. + * + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). + * + * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to + * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should + * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * + * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. + * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions + * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when + * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. + * + * @note Those field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known + * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may + * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * + * @note This field may not match the value of the last + * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame + * reordering. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while + * parsing the data. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for + * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed. + * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not + * in the fmt list of formats. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int b_frame_strategy; +#endif + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int mpeg_quant; +#endif + + /** + * qscale factor between P- and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int prediction_method; +#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 +#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 +#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 +#endif + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int pre_me; +#endif + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in + * avcodec_free_context(). + * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int scenechange_threshold; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int noise_reduction; +#endif + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + + /** + * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int me_penalty_compensation; +#endif + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int brd_scale; +#endif + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int chromaoffset; +#endif + + /** + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int b_sensitivity; +#endif + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + int channels; ///< number of audio channels + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. + * + * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame + * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. + * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the + * frame size is not restricted. + * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int frame_number; + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint64_t request_channel_layout; + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data + * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or + * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What + * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. + * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description + * of buf[] below). + * + * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is + * called: + * - format + * - width, height (video only) + * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) + * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in + * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec + * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. + * + * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: + * - data[] + * - linesize[] + * - extended_data: + * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this + * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers + * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. + * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * * otherwise extended_data must point to data + * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of + * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That + * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one + * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), + * and av_buffer_ref(). + * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by + * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more + * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in + * av_frame_unref(). + * + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target + * CPU. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() + * + * Video: + * + * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused + * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. + * + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more + * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + + /** + * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from + * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted + * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with + * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. + * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are + * only valid until the next decode call. + * + * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). + */ + attribute_deprecated + int refcounted_frames; + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int64_t rc_min_rate; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + +#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 + /** + * @deprecated use encoder private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int coder_type; +#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */ + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int context_model; +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_threshold; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_factor; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_exp; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_skip_cmp; +#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */ + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int min_prediction_order; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int max_prediction_order; + + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t timecode_frame_start; +#endif + +#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ + /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ + /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ + /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ + /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ + /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ + attribute_deprecated + void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); +#endif + +#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT + /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ + attribute_deprecated + int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ + /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ + /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ + /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ + /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ + /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ +#endif + +#if FF_API_STAT_BITS + /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ + attribute_deprecated + int mv_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int header_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int p_tex_bits; + attribute_deprecated + int i_count; + attribute_deprecated + int p_count; + attribute_deprecated + int skip_count; + attribute_deprecated + int misc_bits; + + /** @deprecated this field is unused */ + attribute_deprecated + int frame_bits; +#endif + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 +#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + */ + int strict_std_compliance; +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 +#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +/** + * @deprecated this option does nothing + */ +#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 +#endif +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 +#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 +#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 + +#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames +#endif + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; + +/** + * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or + * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. + * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the + * decoder returning an error. + */ +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection + +#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error + + + /** + * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input + * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only + * supported by encoders with the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */ +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + +#if FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; +#endif + +#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME + /** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + * + * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead + */ + attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame; +#endif + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_safe_callbacks; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 + +#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 + +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * Skip decoding for selected frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + +#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY + /** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of + * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t vbv_delay; +#endif + +#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT + /** + * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets + * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data. + * + * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream + * parameters at the end of encoding. + * + * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and + * it is kept only for compatibility. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int side_data_only_packets; +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the + * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading + * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio + * without leading padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are + * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the + * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, + * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is + * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is + * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be + * -initial_padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + + /** + * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed + * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when + * unknown. + * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an + * encoder. + */ + AVRational framerate; + + /** + * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * - encoding unused. + * - decoding set by user. + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + +#if !FF_API_LOWRES + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; +#endif + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame + + /** + * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + char *sub_charenc; + + /** + * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting + * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_charenc_mode; +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv +#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 + + /** + * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. + * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, + * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) + * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. + * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha + * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently + * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int skip_alpha; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + */ + int seek_preroll; + +#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV + /** + * debug motion vectors + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames +#endif + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * Properties of the stream that gets decoded + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned properties; +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 +#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 + + /** + * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). + */ + AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; + int nb_coded_side_data; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) + * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and + * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by + * the caller after being set. + * + * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() + * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be + * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. + * + * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel + * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for + * allocating the frame buffers. + * + * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel + * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference + * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. + * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to + * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. + * + * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int sub_text_format; +#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0 +#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING +#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1 +#endif + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + * + * - decoding: unused + * - encoding: unused + */ + int trailing_padding; + + /** + * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: set by user + */ + int64_t max_pixels; + + /** + * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will + * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the + * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. + * + * This should be used if either the codec device does not require + * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by + * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as + * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used + * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this + * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but + * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. + * + * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before + * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. + * + * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in + * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames + * contexts used must be created on the same device. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated + * decoding (if active). + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the + * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) + */ + int hwaccel_flags; + + /** + * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that + * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This + * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. + * + * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. + * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the + * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or + * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that + * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The + * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. + * + * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set + * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping + * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. + * + * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, + * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. + * + * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the + * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec + * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in + * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions + * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). + */ + int apply_cropping; + + /* + * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which + * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set + * before avcodec_open2() is called. + * + * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such + * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. + * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder + * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames + * used as reference pictures). + */ + int extra_hw_frames; + + /** + * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame. + * + * - decoding: set by user + * - encoding: unused + */ + int discard_damaged_percentage; +} AVCodecContext; + +#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET +/** + * Accessors for some AVCodecContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); + +attribute_deprecated +const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); + +attribute_deprecated +unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx); + +#if FF_API_LOWRES +attribute_deprecated +int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); +#endif + +attribute_deprecated +int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); + +attribute_deprecated +uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +attribute_deprecated +void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val); +#endif + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +enum { + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should + * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling + * avcodec_open2(). + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, + /** + * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. + * + * When selecting this format for a decoder, + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames + * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context + * must have been created on a device of the specified type. + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some internal method. + * + * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - + * no device or frames context is required. + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, + /** + * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. + * + * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the + * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring + * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be + * used in preference.) + */ + AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { + /** + * A hardware pixel format which the codec can use. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + /** + * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible + * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. + */ + int methods; + /** + * The device type associated with the configuration. + * + * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and + * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; +} AVCodecHWConfig; + +typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; + +struct AVSubtitle; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /** + * Group name of the codec implementation. + * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A + * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such + * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or + * the hardware. + * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. + * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases + * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "_"). + */ + const char *wrapper_name; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int priv_data_size; + struct AVCodec *next; + /** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + */ + /** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + */ + int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + */ + int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); + /** @} */ + + /** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + */ + const AVCodecDefault *defaults; + + /** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + * + * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is + * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used. + */ + void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); + + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); + int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const struct AVSubtitle *sub); + /** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ + int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, + int *got_packet_ptr); + int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); + int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the + * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except + * that: + * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type, + * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent, + * - only one drain frame is ever passed down, + */ + int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + + /** + * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called + * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain + * input data. + */ + int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + /** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + */ + void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Internal codec capabilities. + * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to + * packets before decoding. + */ + const char *bsfs; + + /** + * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec, + * or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL + * pointer. + * + * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config(). + */ + const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal **hw_configs; +} AVCodec; + +#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET +attribute_deprecated +int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec); +#endif + +struct MpegEncContext; + +/** + * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. + * + * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration + * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support + * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. + */ +const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index); + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel + * + * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some + * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. + * + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Allocate a custom buffer + */ + int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). + * + * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the + * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param type the nal unit type + * @param buf the nal unit data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int frame_priv_data_size; + + /** + * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. + * + * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb(). + * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are + * stored in an array provided by the video driver. + * + * @param s the mpeg context + */ + void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s); + + /** + * Initialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and + * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal + * is allocated. + */ + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. + * + * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel + * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. + */ + int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of the private data to allocate in + * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Internal hwaccel capabilities. + */ + int caps_internal; + + /** + * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called + * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for + * details. + * + * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume + * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. + */ + int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx); +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * codecs + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level + * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the + * hardware driver. + * + * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific + * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma + * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) + +/** + * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the + * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. + * + * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 + * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked + * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. + * + * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is + * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output + * while indicating success. + */ +#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Picture data structure. + * + * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is + * alpha. + * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead + */ +typedef struct AVPicture { + attribute_deprecated + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes + attribute_deprecated + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line +} AVPicture; + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVPicture pict; +#endif + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. + */ + uint8_t *data[4]; + int linesize[4]; + + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + int flags; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. + * + * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must + * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVCodecParameters { + /** + * General type of the encoded data. + */ + enum AVMediaType codec_type; + /** + * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). + */ + enum AVCodecID codec_id; + /** + * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). + */ + uint32_t codec_tag; + + /** + * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. + * + * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by + * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at + * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding + * bytes zeroed. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + /** + * Size of the extradata content in bytes. + */ + int extradata_size; + + /** + * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. + * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + /** + * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. + * + * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of + * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in + * the actual coded bitstream. + * + * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM + * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the + * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional + * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample + * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will + * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. + * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." + * + * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar + * Can be 0 + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. + */ + int profile; + int level; + + /** + * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel + * should have when displayed. + * + * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be + * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * Video only. Number of delayed frames. + */ + int video_delay; + + /** + * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is + * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to + * the channels field. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio channels. + */ + int channels; + /** + * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + /** + * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some + * formats. + * + * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. + */ + int block_align; + /** + * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at + * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples + * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading + * padding. + */ + int initial_padding; + /** + * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to + * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be + * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original + * audio without any trailing padding. + */ + int trailing_padding; + /** + * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. + */ + int seek_preroll; +} AVCodecParameters; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codecs. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); +#endif + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_register_all(void); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to + * the provided pointer. + */ +void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); + +#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS +/** + * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec + * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be + * allocated for each new use. + */ +int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); +#endif + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + * + * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not + * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context + * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the + * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context() + * functions. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values + * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with + * avcodec_parameters_free(). + */ +AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and + * write NULL to the supplied pointer. + */ +void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); + +/** + * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and + * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); + +/** + * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec + * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates + * of the corresponding fields in codec. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par, + const AVCodecContext *codec); + +/** + * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec + * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in + * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. + * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, + const AVCodecParameters *par); + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as + * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or + * equal to the previously passed codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL + * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. + * + * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a + * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context + * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts + * instead. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). + * + * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. + * + * @see av_new_packet + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. + * + * @see av_packet_alloc + * @see av_packet_ref + */ +AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * @note passing NULL is a no-op. + */ +void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); + +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. + * + * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, + * and buf fields, all others are left untouched. + * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this + * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. + * The caller may not access the data through other means. + * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); + +#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +/** + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref or av_packet_make_refcounted + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +/** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy packet side data + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free a packet. + * + * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref + * + * @param pkt packet to free + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * pkt. + * @param size side information size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on + * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains + * owned by the caller. + */ +int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int *size); + +#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API +attribute_deprecated +int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); + +/** + * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. + * + * @param dict The dictionary to pack. + * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data + * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size); +/** + * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. + * + * @param data data from side_data + * @param size size of the data + * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict); + + +/** + * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. + * All the other fields stay untouched. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet + * + * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the + * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the + * data from src into it. + * + * All the other fields are copied from src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Wipe the packet. + * + * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the + * remaining packet fields to their default values. + * + * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. + */ +void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @see av_packet_unref + * + * @param src Source packet, will be reset + * @param dst Destination packet + */ +void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. + * + * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields + * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) + * + * @param dst Destination packet + * @param src Source packet + * + * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. + * + * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. + * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. + * + * @see av_packet_ref + * @see av_packet_make_writable + * + * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, + * avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the + * packet is unchanged. + */ +int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one + * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be + * ignored. + * + * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed + * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are + * expressed + * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be + * converted + */ +void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so + * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. + */ +int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be + * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be + * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to + * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet + * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely + * consumed or an error occurs. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by + * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero + * does not mean that an error has occurred. For + * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode + * call is guaranteed to produce a frame. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + * +* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, + int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is + * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the + * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() + * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write + * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. + * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned + * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the + * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the + * decoder. The caller may not write to it. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, + int *got_picture_ptr, + const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input + * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately + * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get + * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets + * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops + * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not + * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, + * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. + * + * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can + * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually + * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the + * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2()) + * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now + * or in future libavcodec versions. + * + * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() + * before packets may be fed to the decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video + * frame, or several complete audio frames. + * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the + * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create + * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is + * not reference-counted). + * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, + * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), + * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple + * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. + * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and + * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush + * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the + * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are + * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder + * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending + * a flush packet. + * + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can + * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush + * packet is sent) + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Return decoded output data from a decoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio + * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the + * decoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * + * @return + * 0: success, a frame was returned + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try + * to send new input + * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output frames + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED: current decoded frame has changed parameters + * with respect to first decoded frame. Applicable + * when flag AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set. + * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() + * to retrieve buffered output packets. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. + * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the + * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create + * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is + * not reference-counted). + * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush + * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder + * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this + * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush + * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * For audio: + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user + * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once + * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and + * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can + * be sent to it + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a + * decoder, or requires flush + * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Read encoded data from the encoder. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the + * encoder. Note that the function will always call + * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. + * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: + * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user + * must try to send input + * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be + * no more output packets + * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder + * other errors: legitimate decoding errors + */ +int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware + * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is + * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. + * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. + * + * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this + * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid + * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. + * + * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, + * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes + * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about + * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. + * + * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: + * + * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was + * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and + * can trigger undefined behavior. + * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). + * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could + * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream + * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's + * get_format callback returns.) + * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the + * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, + * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. + * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. + * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to + * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter), + * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done + * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal + * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). + * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is + * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So + * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every + * get_format call. + * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using + * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a + * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function + * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. + * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set + * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. + * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, + * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. + * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free + * callback. + * + * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext + * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): + * + * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). + * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. + * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An + * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats + * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) + * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the + * API-specific minimum alignment. + * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size + * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec, + * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference + * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced + * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the + * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand + * during decoding. + * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying + * hardware API. + * + * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but + * with basic frame parameters set. + * + * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the + * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. + * + * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which + * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned + * AVHWFramesContext properly. + * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device + * which will be used by the hardware decoder. + * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. + * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ + * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. + * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. + * Not changed if an error is returned. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes + * have special semantics: + * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup + * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not + * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, + * or it is a software format. + * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for + * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported + * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. + */ +int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, + AVBufferRef *device_ref, + enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, + AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref); + + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureStructure { + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field + AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame +}; + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + +#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t convergence_duration; +#endif + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; + + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /** + * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. + * + * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag + * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to + * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. + */ + enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; + + /** + * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. + * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. + */ + int output_picture_number; + + /** + * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * Dimensions of the coded video. + */ + int coded_width; + int coded_height; + + /** + * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video + * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. + * + * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it + * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the + * one returned by a decoder. + */ + int format; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that + * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + struct AVCodecParser *next; +} AVCodecParser; + +/** + * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque); + +attribute_deprecated +AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c); + +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer + size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. + To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame + can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +/** + * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed + * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter + */ +int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +/** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_packet_unref(). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_AVPICTURE +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int width, int height, + unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); + +/** + * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); + +/** + * @deprecated unused + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +#if FF_API_GETCHROMA +/** + * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample + */ + +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); +#endif + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss() + */ +int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +/** + * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() + */ +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +attribute_deprecated +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_TAG_STRING +/** + * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + * + * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); +#endif + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + * + * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles + * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this + * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor + */ +const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. + * + * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough + * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data + * pointers will point to this buffer. + * + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in + * case of success, at the next libavutil bump + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called + * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + * + * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0), + * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When + * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might + * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + +/** + * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works + * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { + void *priv_data; + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + AVCodecParserContext *parser; + struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; + /** + * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter(). + * Not for access by library users. + */ + char *args; +} AVBitStreamFilterContext; +#endif + +typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal; + +/** + * The bitstream filter state. + * + * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with + * av_bsf_free(). + * + * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the + * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered + * immutable otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVBSFContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. + */ + const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + + /** + * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any + * way. + */ + AVBSFInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, + * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before + * av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_in; + + /** + * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in + * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVCodecParameters *par_out; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the + * caller before av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_in; + + /** + * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the + * filter in av_bsf_init(). + */ + AVRational time_base_out; +} AVBSFContext; + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + + /** + * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by + * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. + */ + const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private + * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare + * any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + int priv_data_size; + int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx); + int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx); + void (*flush)(AVBSFContext *ctx); +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_get_by_name(), av_bsf_alloc(), and av_bsf_init() + * from the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_send_packet() and av_bsf_receive_packet() from the + * new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_free() from the new bitstream filtering API (using + * AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); +/** + * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) + * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_iterate() from the new bitstream filtering API (using + * AVBSFContext). + */ +attribute_deprecated +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f); +#endif + +/** + * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such + * bitstream filter exists. + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque); +#if FF_API_NEXT +attribute_deprecated +const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the + * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call + * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. + * + * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. + * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context + * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the + * filtering is done. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been + * set. + */ +int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Submit a packet for filtering. + * + * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling + * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or + * AVERROR_EOF. + * + * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of + * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. + * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more + * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it + * may have buffered internally. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Retrieve a filtered packet. + * + * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered + * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using + * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated + * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) + * when this function is called. If this function returns + * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely + * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not + * touched. + * + * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the + * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there + * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if + * an error occurs. + * + * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending + * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called + * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to + * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. + */ +int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Reset the internal bitstream filter state / flush internal buffers. + */ +void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx); + +/** + * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL + * into the supplied pointer. + */ +void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); + +/** + * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. + * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; + +/** + * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. + * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() + * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). + * + * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure + */ +AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() + */ +void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); + +/** + * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf Filter context to be appended + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); + +/** + * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options + * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. + * + * @param lst List to append to + * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter + * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); +/** + * Finalize list of bitstream filters. + * + * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, + * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter + * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst + * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for + * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() + * + * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single + * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. + * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly + * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). + * + * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format + * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure + * representing the chain of bitstream filters + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure + */ +int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/** + * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. + * + * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter + * + * @return + */ +int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +#if FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL +/** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + * + * @deprecated This function doesn't do anything. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + +/** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + * + * @deprecated AVHWaccel structures contain no user-serviceable parts, so + * this function should not be used. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel); +#endif + +#if FF_API_LOCKMGR +/** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + * + * @deprecated Deprecated together with av_lockmgr_register(). + */ +enum AVLockOp { + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources +}; + +/** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points + * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user + * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the + * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is + * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same + * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However, + * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to + * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds + * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a + * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks. + * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a + * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls + * to this callback and the previously registered callback. + * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex + * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking + * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to + * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the + * lockmgr will be unregistered. + * + * @deprecated This function does nothing, and always returns 0. Be sure to + * build with thread support to get basic thread safety. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); +#endif + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written + * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avdct.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avdct.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..272422e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avdct.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H + +#include "libavutil/opt.h" + +/** + * AVDCT context. + * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been + * disabled at build time. + */ +typedef struct AVDCT { + const AVClass *av_class; + + void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + /** + * IDCT input permutation. + * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the + * normal order of the reference IDCT). + * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. + * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
+ * An example to avoid confusion: + * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) + * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) + * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant + * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) + */ + uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; + + void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); + + + /** + * DCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int dct_algo; + + /** + * IDCT algorithm. + * must use AVOptions to set this field. + */ + int idct_algo; + + void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, + const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, + ptrdiff_t line_size); + + int bits_per_sample; +} AVDCT; + +/** + * Allocates a AVDCT context. + * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally + * configuring it with AVOptions. + * + * To free it use av_free() + */ +AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); +int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); + +const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avfft.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c0f9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * @param type the type of transform + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6816b6c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Direct3D11 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H +#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va + * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * + * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { + /** + * D3D11 decoder object + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * D3D11 VideoContext + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; + + /** + * Mutex to access video_context + */ + HANDLE context_mutex; +} AVD3D11VAContext; + +/** + * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dirac.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dirac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6d9d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dirac.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards + * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad + * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H +#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H + +/** + * @file + * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder + * @author Marco Gerards + * @author David Conrad + * @author Jordi Ortiz + */ + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both + * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default). + * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed. + * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting + * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter). + * + * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory. + */ +#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5 + +/** + * Parse code values: + * + * Dirac Specification -> + * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 + * + * VC-2 Specification -> + * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 + */ + +enum DiracParseCodes { + DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, + DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, + DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, + DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, + DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C, + DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC, + DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, +}; + +typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { + int major; + int minor; +} DiracVersionInfo; + +typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 + + uint8_t interlaced; + uint8_t top_field_first; + + uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] + uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] + + uint16_t clean_width; + uint16_t clean_height; + uint16_t clean_left_offset; + uint16_t clean_right_offset; + + uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] + uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] + + int profile; + int level; + + AVRational framerate; + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + DiracVersionInfo version; + int bit_depth; +} AVDiracSeqHeader; + +/** + * Parse a Dirac sequence header. + * + * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct + * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with + * av_free(). + * @param buf the data buffer + * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes + * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, + const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, + void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dv_profile.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9380a66 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dv_profile.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H +#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to + * determine the profile */ +#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ + + +/* + * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various + * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating + * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various + * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). + */ +typedef struct AVDVProfile { + int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ + int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ + int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ + int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ + int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ + AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ + int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ + int height; /* picture height in pixels */ + int width; /* picture width in pixels */ + AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ + int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ + const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ + int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ + int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ + /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ + int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ + /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ + const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ +} AVDVProfile; + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. + * + * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL + * @param frame the compressed data buffer + * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes + * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, + const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. + * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. + */ +const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22c9399 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/jni.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/jni.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd99e92 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/jni.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* + * JNI public API functions + * + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H +#define AVCODEC_JNI_H + +/* + * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI + * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning + * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer + * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx); + +/* + * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm. + * + * @param vm Java virtual machine + * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine + */ +void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/mediacodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c8545d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/* + * Android MediaCodec public API + * + * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will + * be used as output by the decoder. + * + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext { + + /** + * android/view/Surface object reference. + */ + void *surface; + +} AVMediaCodecContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context. + * + * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the + * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free. + * + * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise + */ +AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize + * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with + * av_mediacodec_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx codec context + */ +void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render. + */ +typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer; + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated + * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given + * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus + * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to + * discard the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render); + +/** + * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface + * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second + * of the current java/lang/System#nanoTime() (which is implemented using + * CLOCK_MONOTONIC on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation + * of android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long) for more details. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to render + * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer + * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise + */ +int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/qsv.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b77158e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H +#define AVCODEC_QSV_H + +#include + +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" + +/** + * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and + * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() + * callback + * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() + */ +typedef struct AVQSVContext { + /** + * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. + * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. + */ + mfxSession session; + + /** + * The IO pattern to use. + */ + int iopattern; + + /** + * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. + */ + mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; + int nb_ext_buffers; + + /** + * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec + * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to + * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also + * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. + * + * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number + * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. + * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through + * the opaque_surfaces field. + */ + int opaque_alloc; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before + * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number + * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the + * encoder. + * + * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to + * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. + */ + int nb_opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the + * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be + * passed to other parts of the pipeline. + * + * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, + * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free + * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. + * + * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; + + /** + * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return + * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in + * the opaque allocation request. + */ + int opaque_alloc_type; +} AVQSVContext; + +/** + * Allocate a new context. + * + * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). + */ +AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cf7da5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* + * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) + * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 + * + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H +#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi + * Public libavcodec VA API header. + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and + * the client video application. + * This shall be zero-allocated and available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead. + */ +struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context { + /** + * Window system dependent data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *display; + + /** + * Configuration ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t config_id; + + /** + * Context ID (video decode pipeline) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t context_id; +}; + +/* @} */ + +#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d99943 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" + +#include "avcodec.h" +#include "version.h" + +struct AVCodecContext; +struct AVFrame; + +typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, + const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, + const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and + * the client video application. + * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel + * function and make it available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + * + * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not + * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an + * AVVDPAUContext. + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { + /** + * VDPAU decoder handle + * + * Set by user. + */ + VdpDecoder decoder; + + /** + * VDPAU decoder render callback + * + * Set by the user. + */ + VdpDecoderRender *render; + + AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; +} AVVDPAUContext; + +/** + * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext + * + * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); + +AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); +void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); + +/** + * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. + * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, + * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change + * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent + * display preemption). + * + * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes + * successfully. + * + * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked + * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration + * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver + * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); + +/** + * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec + * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. + * + * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a + * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width + * (or NULL to ignore) + * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height + * (or NULL to ignore) + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, + uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); + +/** + * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. + * + * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); + +#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +/** + * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder. + * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback. + * + * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead. + * + * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream + * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success. + * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns + * an error. + * + * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile); +#endif + +/* @}*/ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3331d47 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 54 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES +#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV +#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE +#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME +#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT +#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE +#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION +#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE +#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API +#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK +#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY +#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE +#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS +#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT +#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING +#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF +#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS +#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME +#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API +#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING +#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA +#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET +#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL +#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR +#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEXT +#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES +#define FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif + + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af2db0d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* + * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox + * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. + */ + +#include + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include +#undef Picture + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" + +/** + * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed + * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. + * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with + * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { + /** + * Videotoolbox decompression session object. + * Created and freed the caller. + */ + VTDecompressionSessionRef session; + + /** + * The output callback that must be passed to the session. + * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init() + */ + VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback; + + /** + * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. + * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is + * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; + + /** + * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. + * Set by the caller. + */ + int cm_codec_type; +} AVVideotoolboxContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context. + * + * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller + * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create + * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that + * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding. + * + * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder + * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free(). + * + * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure + */ +AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using + * an internal implementation. + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx); + +/** + * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with + * av_videotoolbox_default_init(). + * + * @param avctx the corresponding codec context + */ +void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..789932a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A public API for Vorbis parsing + * + * Determines the duration for each packet. + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H +#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. + */ +AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** + * Free the parser and everything associated with it. + */ +void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); + +#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 +#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * If @p flags is @c NULL, + * special frames are considered invalid. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + * @param flags flags for special frames + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int *flags); + +/** + * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. + * + * @param s Vorbis parser context + * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame + * @param buf_size size of the buffer + */ +int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size); + +void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..465ee78 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavcodec/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavdevice/avdevice.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavdevice/avdevice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee94624 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavdevice/avdevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H +#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Main libavdevice API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavd libavdevice + * Special devices muxing/demuxing library. + * + * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It + * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for + * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the + * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own + * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not + * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific + * meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name. + * + * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all + * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/opt.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavformat/avformat.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avdevice_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avdevice_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice license. + */ +const char *avdevice_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices. + */ +void avdevice_register_all(void); + +/** + * Audio input devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d); + +/** + * Video input devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d); + +/** + * Audio output devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d); + +/** + * Video output devices iterator. + * + * If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device, + * if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d + * or NULL if d is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d); + +typedef struct AVDeviceRect { + int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */ + int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */ + int width; /**< width */ + int height; /**< height */ +} AVDeviceRect; + +/** + * Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(). + */ +enum AVAppToDevMessageType { + /** + * Dummy message. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'), + + /** + * Window size change message. + * + * Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size + * of the window device renders to. + * Message should also be sent right after window is created. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: new window size. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'), + + /** + * Repaint request message. + * + * Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted. + * NULL: whole area is required to be repainted. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'), + + /** + * Request pause/play. + * + * Application requests pause/unpause playback. + * Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer. + * By default devices are not paused. + * + * data: NULL + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'), + + /** + * Volume control message. + * + * Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume + * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume + * change is expected when possible. + * + * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'), + + /** + * Mute control messages. + * + * Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status + * is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status + * change is expected when possible. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'), + + /** + * Get volume/mute messages. + * + * Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or + * AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'), + AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'), +}; + +/** + * Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(). + */ +enum AVDevToAppMessageType { + /** + * Dummy message. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'), + + /** + * Create window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device- + * and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first + * frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here. + * Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size. + * + * @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size + * with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message. + * + * data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer. + * NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'), + + /** + * Prepare window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering. + * Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent. + * Message is sent before rendering of each frame. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'), + + /** + * Display window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to display a window buffer. + * Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed. + * Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'), + + /** + * Destroy window buffer message. + * + * Device requests to destroy a window buffer. + * Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window + * buffer is not required anymore. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'), + + /** + * Buffer fullness status messages. + * + * Device signals buffer overflow/underflow. + * + * data: NULL. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'), + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'), + + /** + * Buffer readable/writable. + * + * Device informs that buffer is readable/writable. + * When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write. + * + * @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes. + * + * data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write. + * NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '), + AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '), + + /** + * Mute state change message. + * + * Device informs that mute state has changed. + * + * data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'), + + /** + * Volume level change message. + * + * Device informs that volume level has changed. + * + * data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0. + */ + AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'), +}; + +/** + * Send control message from application to device. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param type message type. + * @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type. + * @param data_size size of message data. + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message. + */ +int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s, + enum AVAppToDevMessageType type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +/** + * Send control message from device to application. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param type message type. + * @param data message data. Can be NULL. + * @param data_size size of message data. + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message. + */ +int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s, + enum AVDevToAppMessageType type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +/** + * Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs, + * pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc). + * It is build on top op AVOption API. + * Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio + * parameters that fit to the device. + * + * List of capabilities that can be queried: + * - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices: + * - codec: supported audio/video codecs. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value) + * - Capabilities valid for audio devices: + * - sample_format: supported sample formats. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value) + * - sample_rate: supported sample rates. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT + * - channels: supported number of channels. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT + * - channel_layout: supported channel layouts. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64 + * - Capabilities valid for video devices: + * - pixel_format: supported pixel formats. + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value) + * - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user). + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE + * - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames). + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE + * - fps: supported fps values + * type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL + * + * Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function + * and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will + * limit results to the values matching already set capabilities. + * For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values + * returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero. + * + * Example of the usage basing on opengl output device: + * + * @code + * AVFormatContext *oc = NULL; + * AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * int ret; + * + * if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0) + * goto fail; + * + * //query codecs + * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * //pick codec here and set it + * av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0); + * + * //query format + * if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0) + * goto fail; + * //pick format here and set it + * av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0); + * + * //query and set more capabilities + * + * fail: + * //clean up code + * avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc); + * avformat_free_context(oc); + * @endcode + */ + +/** + * Structure describes device capabilities. + * + * It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table + * to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFormatContext *device_context; + enum AVCodecID codec; + enum AVSampleFormat sample_format; + enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format; + int sample_rate; + int channels; + int64_t channel_layout; + int window_width; + int window_height; + int frame_width; + int frame_height; + AVRational fps; +} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user. + */ +extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[]; + +/** + * Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. + * + * avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is + * not used anymore. + * + * @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param s Context of the device. + * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output + * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place + * that affects device-private options. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise. + */ +int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s, + AVDictionary **device_options); + +/** + * Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create() + * + * @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed. + * @param s Context of the device. + */ +void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Structure describes basic parameters of the device. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceInfo { + char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */ + char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */ +} AVDeviceInfo; + +/** + * List of devices. + */ +typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList { + AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */ + int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */ + int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */ +} AVDeviceInfoList; + +/** + * List devices. + * + * Returns available device names and their parameters. + * + * @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be + * autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to + * be always completed. + * + * @param s device context. + * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices. + * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error. + */ +int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices(). + * + * @param devices device list to be freed. + */ +void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * List devices. + * + * Returns available device names and their parameters. + * These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices(). + * Device context is allocated and deallocated internally. + * + * @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set. + * @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set. + * @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL. + * The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output + * devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place + * that affects device-private options. + * @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices + * @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error. + * @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set. + */ +int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name, + AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); +int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name, + AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavdevice/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavdevice/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..840cefa --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavdevice/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H +#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Libavdevice version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 8 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/avfilter.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/avfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d70e71 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/avfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,1168 @@ +/* + * filter layer + * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Main libavfilter public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi libavfilter + * Graph-based frame editing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/buffer.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavfilter/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avfilter_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avfilter_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter license. + */ +const char *avfilter_license(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext; +typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink; +typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad; +typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats; + +/** + * Get the number of elements in a NULL-terminated array of AVFilterPads (e.g. + * AVFilter.inputs/outputs). + */ +int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads); + +/** + * Get the name of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Get the type of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs. + * The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the + * options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0) +/** + * The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs. + * The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on + * the options supplied to it. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1) +/** + * The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts + * and processing them concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2) +/** + * Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used + * to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this + * option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default + * no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame() + * callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to + * the next filters. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16) +/** + * Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will + * have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable + * expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the + * filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on + * the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value. + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17) +/** + * Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature + * (internally or generically). + */ +#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL) + +/** + * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the + * callback functions used to interact with the filter. + */ +typedef struct AVFilter { + /** + * Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * A description of the filter. May be NULL. + * + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *description; + + /** + * List of inputs, terminated by a zeroed element. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *inputs; + /** + * List of outputs, terminated by a zeroed element. + * + * NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with + * AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in + * this list. + */ + const AVFilterPad *outputs; + + /** + * A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions. + * This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options. + * + * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data + * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic + * code to this class. + */ + const AVClass *priv_class; + + /** + * A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_* + */ + int flags; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Filter pre-initialization function + * + * This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is + * allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects. + * + * If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on + * allocation failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, + * AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be + * dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code) + */ + int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Filter initialization function. + * + * This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after + * all the options have been set, but before links between filters are + * established and format negotiation is done. + * + * Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic + * inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on + * provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be + * done after this callback. + * + * This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame + * parameters are known. + * + * @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if + * initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on + * failure. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ + int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that + * want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are + * allocated during init. + * + * On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that + * contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or + * with NULL if all the options were processed). + * + * Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init". + */ + int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + + /** + * Filter uninitialization function. + * + * Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any + * memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does + * not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself. + * + * This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not + * called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation. + */ + void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs. + * + * This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs + * and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This + * callback may be called more than once. + * + * This callback must set AVFilterLink.out_formats on every input link and + * AVFilterLink.in_formats on every output link to a list of pixel/sample + * formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio links, this + * filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.in_samplerates "in_samplerates" / + * @ref AVFilterLink.out_samplerates "out_samplerates" and + * @ref AVFilterLink.in_channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" / + * @ref AVFilterLink.out_channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously. + * + * This callback may be NULL for filters with one input, in which case + * libavfilter assumes that it supports all input formats and preserves + * them on output. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ + int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *); + + int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter + + int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only. + + /** + * Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other + * code. + */ + struct AVFilter *next; + + /** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * + * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported. + * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be + * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ + int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + + /** + * Filter initialization function, alternative to the init() + * callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is + * used for providing binary data. + */ + int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque); + + /** + * Filter activation function. + * + * Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any + * filter_frame and request_frame on pads. + * + * The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single + * step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do + * nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be + * possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another + * activation. + */ + int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx); +} AVFilter; + +/** + * Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently. + */ +#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0) + +typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal; + +/** An instance of a filter */ +struct AVFilterContext { + const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options + + const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance + + char *name; ///< name of this filter instance + + AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads + AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links + unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads + + AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads + AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links + unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads + + void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter + + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to + + /** + * Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of + * AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some + * or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing + * everything. + * + * When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with + * AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining + * allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both + * to be allowed. + * + * After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the + * threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading). + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterInternal *internal; + + struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue; + + char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string + void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*) + double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression + int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation + + /** + * For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the + * filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field: + * in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will + * instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the + * hardware context information. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; + + /** + * Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance. + * If <= 0, its value is ignored. + * Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Ready status of the filter. + * A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating; + * a higher value suggests a more urgent activation. + */ + unsigned ready; + + /** + * Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will + * allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by + * the caller. + * + * Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for + * output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such + * filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be + * of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number + * that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally. + * + * This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is + * configured. + */ + int extra_hw_frames; +}; + +/** + * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and + * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of + * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters + * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as + * image dimensions, format, etc. + * + * Applications must not normally access the link structure directly. + * Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead. + * In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters + * implementation. + */ +struct AVFilterLink { + AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter + AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter + + AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter + AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type + + /* These parameters apply only to video */ + int w; ///< agreed upon image width + int h; ///< agreed upon image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio + /* These parameters apply only to audio */ + uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h) + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + int format; ///< agreed upon media format + + /** + * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples + * which will pass through this link. + * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to + * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the + * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output + * filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format + * to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and + * channel_layout members, above, when chosen. + * + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_formats; + AVFilterFormats *out_formats; + + /** + * Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic + * negotiation. + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates; + AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts; + + /** + * Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to + * request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to + * it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input + * pad. + * Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence. + */ + int request_samples; + + /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */ + enum { + AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started + AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete + AVLINK_INIT ///< complete + } init_state; + + /** + * Graph the filter belongs to. + */ + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in link time_base units. + */ + int64_t current_pts; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units. + */ + int64_t current_pts_us; + + /** + * Index in the age array. + */ + int age_index; + + /** + * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable; + * if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input + * of the source filter if it exists. + * + * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate. + * If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0. + * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function. + * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate. + * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size. + */ + AVFrame *partial_buf; + + /** + * Size of the partial buffer to allocate. + * Must be between min_samples and max_samples. + */ + int partial_buf_size; + + /** + * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf. + * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering + * has started. + * If 0, all related fields are ignored. + */ + int min_samples; + + /** + * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is + * called with more samples, it will split them. + */ + int max_samples; + + /** + * Number of channels. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * Link processing flags. + */ + unsigned flags; + + /** + * Number of past frames sent through the link. + */ + int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out; + + /** + * A pointer to a FFFramePool struct. + */ + void *frame_pool; + + /** + * True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter. + * Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output, + * cleared when a frame is filtered. + */ + int frame_wanted_out; + + /** + * For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + +#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS + + /** + * Internal structure members. + * The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use + * and must in no way be accessed by applications. + */ + char reserved[0xF000]; + +#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + + /** + * Queue of frames waiting to be filtered. + */ + FFFrameQueue fifo; + + /** + * If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is. + * The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on + * the same link. + */ + int frame_blocked_in; + + /** + * Link input status. + * If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_in; + + /** + * Timestamp of the input status change. + */ + int64_t status_in_pts; + + /** + * Link output status. + * If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the + * corresponding code. + */ + int status_out; + +#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */ + +}; + +/** + * Link two filters together. + * + * @param src the source filter + * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter + * @param dst the destination filter + * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad, + AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad); + +/** + * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL. + */ +void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link); + +#if FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET +/** + * Get the number of channels of a link. + * @deprecated Use av_buffersink_get_channels() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link); +#endif + +/** + * Set the closed field of a link. + * @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should + * close the sinks. + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed); + +/** + * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs + * @return zero on successful negotiation + */ +int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter); + +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw) + +/** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command(). + */ +int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered filters. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */ +attribute_deprecated +void avfilter_register_all(void); + +/** + * Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use + * avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A + * filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_graph_alloc_filter even if it + * is not registered. + * + * @param filter the filter to register + * @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value + * otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered filters. + * @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if + * prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter. + */ +attribute_deprecated +const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev); +#endif + +/** + * Get a filter definition matching the given name. + * + * @param name the filter name to find + * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered. + * NULL if none found. + */ +const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name); + + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a + * ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form. + * May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the + * AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + */ +int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args); + +/** + * Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options. + * + * @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On + * return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with + * a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary + * must be freed by the caller. + * May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to + * avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure + * + * @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing, + * the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the + * calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also + * behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as + * supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but + * this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and + * continue as usual. + */ +int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its + * filtergraph's list of filters. + * + * @param filter the filter to free + */ +void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link. + * + * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted + * @param filt the filter to be inserted + * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect + * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt, + unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx); + +/** + * @return AVClass for AVFilterContext. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal; + +/** + * A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be + * executed multiple times, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to + * @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref + * AVFilterGraph.execute + * @param jobnr the index of the job being executed + * @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs); + +/** + * A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel. + * + * @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong + * @param func the function to be called multiple times + * @param arg the argument to be passed to func + * @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each + * invocation of func + * @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func, + void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs); + +typedef struct AVFilterGraph { + const AVClass *av_class; + AVFilterContext **filters; + unsigned nb_filters; + + char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters +#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS + attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters +#endif + + /** + * Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination + * of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags. + * + * May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all + * filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything. + * + * When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using + * bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for + * determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be + * set in both to be allowed. + */ + int thread_type; + + /** + * Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by + * the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the + * default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically. + */ + int nb_threads; + + /** + * Opaque object for libavfilter internal use. + */ + AVFilterGraphInternal *internal; + + /** + * Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to + * be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute. + * Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the + * graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom + * multithreading implementation. + * + * If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback + * to execute multiple jobs in parallel. + * + * If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal + * implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the + * platform and build options. + */ + avfilter_execute_func *execute; + + char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions + + /** + * Private fields + * + * The following fields are for internal use only. + * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice. + */ + + AVFilterLink **sink_links; + int sink_links_count; + + unsigned disable_auto_convert; +} AVFilterGraph; + +/** + * Allocate a filter graph. + * + * @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL. + */ +AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void); + +/** + * Create a new filter instance in a filter graph. + * + * @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to + * AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify + * different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to + * this parameter. May be NULL. + * + * @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is + * also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with + * avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, + const AVFilter *filter, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph. + * + * @param graph filter graph to search through. + * @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph). + * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it + * cannot be found. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name); + +/** + * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph. + * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited + * with the parameters args and opaque. + * + * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created + * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL. + * + * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance + * @param graph_ctx the filter graph + * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non + * negative value otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt, + const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque, + AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx); + +/** + * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph. + * + * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted + * scale and aresample filters. + * + * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants + */ +void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags); + +enum { + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */ + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */ +}; + +/** + * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL. + * If *graph is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph); + +/** + * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain. + * + * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(), + * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and + * to the caller. + * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the + * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterInOut { + /** unique name for this input/output in the list */ + char *name; + + /** filter context associated to this input/output */ + AVFilterContext *filter_ctx; + + /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */ + int pad_idx; + + /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */ + struct AVFilterInOut *next; +} AVFilterInOut; + +/** + * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry. + * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL. + * If *inout is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs, + * which therefore must be known before calling the function. + * + * @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing + * part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created + * part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes + * outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as + * inputs to the parsed filters. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph + * @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first + * filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of + * the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param[in] filters string to be parsed + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed + * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the + * caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + * + * @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left + * unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with + * them. + * @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already + * existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return + * contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously + * the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created + * filters. + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + +/** + * Send a command to one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ +int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Queue a command for one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter + * + * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code + * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported. + */ +int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts); + + +/** + * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation. + * + * @param graph the graph to dump + * @param options formatting options; currently ignored + * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure; + * the string must be freed using av_free + */ +char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options); + +/** + * Request a frame on the oldest sink link. + * + * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next. + * + * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism + * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph + * in a balanced way under normal circumstances. + * + * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on + * some of the sinks during the process. + * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link + * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames + * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested. + * + * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(), + * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF + */ +int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/buffersink.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/buffersink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c846bb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/buffersink.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersink + * memory buffer sink API for audio and video + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags + * + * @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer + * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you + * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it. + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1 + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input. + * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer), + * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN). + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2 + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams { + const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE +} AVBufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context. + */ +typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams { + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1 + const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1 + int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout + int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1 +} AVABufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink. + * + * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with + * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is + * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0. + */ +void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size); + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors + * Get the properties of the stream + * @{ + */ + +enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx); +int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * + * @return + * - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned. + * - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more + * input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output. + * - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink. + * - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number + * of samples read. This function is less efficient than + * av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data. + * The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free() + * frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at + * the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples. + * + * @return The return codes have the same meaning as for + * av_buffersink_get_frame(). + * + * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or + * the other with a single sink, not both. + */ +int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/buffersrc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/buffersrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..08fbd18 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/buffersrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc + * Memory buffer source API. + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API + * @ingroup lavfi + * @{ + */ + +enum { + + /** + * Do not check for format changes. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1, + + /** + * Immediately push the frame to the output. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4, + + /** + * Keep a reference to the frame. + * If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise + * copy the frame data. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8, + +}; + +/** + * Get the number of failed requests. + * + * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no + * frame is present in the buffer. + * The number is reset when a frame is added. + */ +unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src); + +/** + * This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be + * passed to this filter. + * + * It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with + * av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters { + /** + * video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat + * audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat + */ + int format; + /** + * The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be + * set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate + * and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or + * unknown. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an + * AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Audio only, the audio channel layout + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; +} AVBufferSrcParameters; + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the + * caller with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters. + * This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the + * previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then + * whatever method is used last takes precedence. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter + * @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter + * must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in + * param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal + * copies or references when necessary. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be + * copied. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter + * @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this + * function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. + * Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error, + * the input frame is not touched. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is + * that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame, + * while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the + * AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled + * using the flags. + * + * If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Close the buffer source after EOF. + * + * This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() + * except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end + * of the last frame. + */ +int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc5b23b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavfilter/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavfi + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 7 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 57 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100 + + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR +#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS +#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET +#define FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEXT +#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8) +#endif + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/avformat.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6eb329f --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,3092 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf libavformat + * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * input/output formats using the av_demuxer_iterate / av_muxer_iterate() functions. + * The protocols layer is not part of the public API, so you can only get the names + * of supported protocols with the avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @section urls + * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a + * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files + * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files. + * + * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted + * sources without checks. + * + * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to + * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local + * audio and video devices and so on. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "file:in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the + * caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is + * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. + * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a + * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid + * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller + * requires a longer lifetime, av_packet_make_refcounted() will ensure that + * the data is reference counted, copying the data if necessary. + * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no + * longer needed. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write + * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. + * + * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the + * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the + * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. + * + * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call + * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up + * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: + * + * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the + * muxer that will be used. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb + * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from + * avio_open2() or a custom one. + * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must + * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill + * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the + * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id + * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, + * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should + * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note + * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be + * described later). + * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in + * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during + * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid + * for both input and output format contexts. + * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref + * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" + * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref + * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the + * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be + * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer + * support. + * + * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call + * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file + * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step + * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer + * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. + * + * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or + * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for + * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with + * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing + * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding + * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the + * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase + * requested by the caller. + * + * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() + * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO + * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with + * avformat_free_context(). + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing + * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. + * + * Some of possible use cases: + * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, + * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all + * files from a given directory. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory + * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() + * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing + * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive + * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. + * + * @code + * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; + * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without + * any additional parameters. + * + * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries + * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else + * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. + * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by + * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or + * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the + * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be + * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated + * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. + * @code + * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; + * for (;;) { + * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); + * abort(); + * } + * if (!entry) + * break; + * printf("%s\n", entry->name); + * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); + * } + * @endcode + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + */ + +#include +#include /* FILE */ +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +struct AVFormatContext; + +struct AVDeviceInfoList; +struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful + * call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags + * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata + * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext + * and check their individual event_flags. + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- . + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param s associated IO context + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ + const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1) + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score + +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ +#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative + timestamps. If not set the timestamp + will be shifted in av_write_frame and + av_interleaved_write_frame so they + start from 0. + The user or muxer can override this through + AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts + */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * The ff_const59 define is not part of the public API and will + * be removed without further warning. + */ +#if FF_API_AVIOFORMAT +#define ff_const59 +#else +#define ff_const59 const +#endif + ff_const59 struct AVOutputFormat *next; + /** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + */ + int priv_data_size; + + int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + */ + int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + */ + int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *in, int flush); + /** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + */ + int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance); + + void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + /** + * Allows sending messages from application to device. + */ + int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + + /** + * Write an uncoded AVFrame. + * + * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details. + * + * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it + * by setting the pointer to NULL. + */ + int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index, + AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags); + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */ + /** + * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or + * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent. + * This method must not write output. + * + * Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure + * + * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit(). + */ + int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being + * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written. + * + * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer(). + * + * This is called if init() fails as well. + */ + void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed + * for the global header. + * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not. + */ + int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt); +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /** + * Comma-separated list of mime types. + * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. + * @see av_probe_input_format2 + */ + const char *mime_type; + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + ff_const59 struct AVInputFormat *next; + + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(const AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be + * called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + + /** + * Returns device list with it properties. + * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. + */ + int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); + + /** + * Initialize device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. + */ + int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); + + /** + * Free device capabilities submodule. + * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. + */ + int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 +#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /** + * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding. + */ + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020 + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */ +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it + * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless + * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in + * AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400 +/** + * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding + * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800 + +typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal; + +/** + * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default). + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT 0x80000 ///< dependent audio stream (mix_type=0 in mpegts) +#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE 0x100000 ///< still images in video stream (still_picture_flag=1 in mpegts) + +/** + * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. + */ +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection +#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset + */ + int id; +#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX + /** + * @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + AVCodecContext *codec; +#endif + void *priv_data; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In + * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field + * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps + * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the + * user-provided one, depending on the format). + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + * + * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to + * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */ + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + * + * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /** + * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the + * container does not allow it to change between packets). + * + * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data + * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer + * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never + * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through + * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or + * changes), then it does not appear in this array. + * + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. + * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + * + * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() + */ + AVPacketSideData *side_data; + /** + * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. + */ + int nb_side_data; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; + +#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER + /** + * String containing pairs of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration. + * Pairs are separated by ','. + * Keys are separated from values by '='. + * + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + char *recommended_encoder_configuration; +#endif + + /** + * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context() + * respectively. + * + * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in + * avformat_find_stream_info() + * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header() + */ + AVCodecParameters *codecpar; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields + * will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and + * add new fields to AVStreamInternal. + ***************************************************************** + */ + +#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6) + /** + * Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info() + */ + struct { + int64_t last_dts; + int64_t duration_gcd; + int duration_count; + int64_t rfps_duration_sum; + double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES]; + int64_t codec_info_duration; + int64_t codec_info_duration_fields; + int frame_delay_evidence; + + /** + * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet. + * >0 -> decoder found + * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found + */ + int found_decoder; + + int64_t last_duration; + + /** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + */ + int64_t fps_first_dts; + int fps_first_dts_idx; + int64_t fps_last_dts; + int fps_last_dts_idx; + + } *info; + + int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */ + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + */ + int64_t first_dts; + int64_t cur_dts; + int64_t last_IP_pts; + int last_IP_duration; + + /** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + */ + int probe_packets; + + /** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info() + */ + int codec_info_nb_frames; + + /* av_read_frame() support */ + enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing; + struct AVCodecParserContext *parser; + + /** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + */ + struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer; + AVProbeData probe_data; +#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16 + int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. */ + int nb_index_entries; + unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size; + + /** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + */ + int stream_identifier; + + /** + * Details of the MPEG-TS program which created this stream. + */ + int program_num; + int pmt_version; + int pmt_stream_idx; + + int64_t interleaver_chunk_size; + int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration; + + /** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int request_probe; + /** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + */ + int skip_to_keyframe; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + */ + int skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of + * the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also + * assumes negative timestamps do not happen). + * Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio + * support. + */ + int64_t start_skip_samples; + + /** + * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream. + * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be + * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless + * audio support. + */ + int64_t first_discard_sample; + + /** + * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after + * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent + * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s). + */ + int64_t last_discard_sample; + + /** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. + */ + int nb_decoded_frames; + + /** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int64_t mux_ts_offset; + + /** + * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp + */ + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; + + /** + * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. + * + * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. + * + * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: + * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset + * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. + * Otherwise the offset will be added. + */ + int pts_wrap_behavior; + + /** + * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice + */ + int update_initial_durations_done; + + /** + * Internal data to generate dts from pts + */ + int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + /** + * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams + */ + int64_t last_dts_for_order_check; + uint8_t dts_ordered; + uint8_t dts_misordered; + + /** + * Internal data to inject global side data + */ + int inject_global_side_data; + + /** + * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally + */ + AVRational display_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVStreamInternal *internal; +} AVStream; + +#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET +/** + * Accessors for some AVStream fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r); +#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER +attribute_deprecated +char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration); +#endif +#endif + +struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s); + +/** + * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration + * + * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. + */ +int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st); + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; + int pmt_version; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int64_t start_time; + int64_t end_time; + + int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection + int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ +#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely + not seekable, and attempts to call the + seek function will fail. For some + network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can + change dynamically at runtime. */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ +typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, + void *data, size_t data_size); + +typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*), + * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and + * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h. + * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C + * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * The input container format. + * + * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). + */ + ff_const59 struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + + /** + * The output container format. + * + * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + ff_const59 struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + * + * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must + * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + /** + * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. + * Set by libavformat. + */ + int ctx_flags; + + /** + * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. + * + * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVStream **streams; + +#if FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME + /** + * input or output filename + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * @deprecated Use url instead. + */ + attribute_deprecated + char filename[1024]; +#endif + + /** + * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no + * length restriction. + * + * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty + * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input(). + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header() + * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string + * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it + * was NULL in avformat_init_output(). + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + char *url; + + /** + * Position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + * + * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int64_t bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + /** + * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. + * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). + */ + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. +/** + * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. + * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. + * + * This flag is mainly intended for testing. + */ +#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400 +#if FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM +#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing. +#endif +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) +#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG +#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing. +#endif +#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer + + /** + * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining + * the input container format. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int64_t probesize; + + /** + * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read + * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. + */ + int64_t max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * - muxing: unused + * - demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + /** + * Number of chapters in AVChapter array. + * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header, + * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header + * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters + * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters + * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when + * write_trailer is called. + * - muxing: set by user + * - demuxing: set by libavformat + */ + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + /** + * Metadata that applies to the whole file. + * + * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() + * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() + * + * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the + * stream was captured at this real world time. + * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to + * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will + * be used. + * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that + * the value may become known after some number of frames + * have been received. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in + * avformat_find_stream_info(). + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. + * + * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, + * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet + * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. + * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between + * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. + * + * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the + * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat + * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all + * the streams. + * + * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). + */ + int64_t max_interleave_delta; + + /** + * Allow non-standard and experimental extension + * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance + */ + int strict_std_compliance; + + /** + * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must + * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. + * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. + */ + int event_flags; +#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. + + /** + * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. + * Decoding only. + */ + int max_ts_probe; + + /** + * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. + * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. + * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use) + * - muxing: Set by user + * - demuxing: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative +#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /** + * Skip initial bytes when opening stream + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int64_t skip_initial_bytes; + + /** + * Correct single timestamp overflows + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; + + /** + * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int seek2any; + + /** + * Flush the I/O context after each packet. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int flush_packets; + + /** + * format probing score. + * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes + * the format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user + */ + int probe_score; + + /** + * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int format_probesize; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *codec_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. + * If NULL then all are allowed + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *format_whitelist; + + /** + * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. + * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. + */ + AVFormatInternal *internal; + + /** + * IO repositioned flag. + * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer + * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. + * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. + */ + int io_repositioned; + + /** + * Forced video codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *video_codec; + + /** + * Forced audio codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *audio_codec; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *subtitle_codec; + + /** + * Forced data codec. + * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with + * the same codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user + */ + AVCodec *data_codec; + + /** + * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. + * Demuxing: Unused. + * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. + */ + int metadata_header_padding; + + /** + * User data. + * This is a place for some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. + */ + av_format_control_message control_message_cb; + + /** + * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. + * Muxing: set by user + */ + int64_t output_ts_offset; + + /** + * dump format separator. + * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else + * - muxing: Set by user. + * - demuxing: Set by user. + */ + uint8_t *dump_separator; + + /** + * Forced Data codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID data_codec_id; + +#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS + /** + * Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing. + * + * This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on + * the URLs before opening them. + * The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided + * as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque. + * + * If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2(). + * + * Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat. + * @See av_format_set_open_cb() + * + * Demuxing: Set by user. + * + * @deprecated Use io_open and io_close. + */ + attribute_deprecated + int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); +#endif + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * A callback for opening new IO streams. + * + * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from + * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at + * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context. + * + * @param s the format context + * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here + * @param url the url to open + * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_* + * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same + * semantics as in avio_open2() + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + * + * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more + * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer + * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller. + * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field. + */ + int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, + int flags, AVDictionary **options); + + /** + * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). + */ + void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * The maximum number of streams. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int max_streams; + + /** + * Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by user + */ + int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts; +} AVFormatContext; + +#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET +/** + * Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +attribute_deprecated +AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); +attribute_deprecated +int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c); +attribute_deprecated +void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque); +attribute_deprecated +av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated +void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback); +#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS +attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); +attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback); +#endif +#endif + +/** + * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet + * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. + */ +void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_all(void); + +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format); +attribute_deprecated +void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format); +#endif + +/** + * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional, + * and not recommended anymore. + * + * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues + * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked + * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them, + * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call + * this function before any other threads using them are started. + * + * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and + * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose + * anymore. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only + * once for each time you called avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +#if FF_API_NEXT +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f); +#endif + +/** + * Iterate over all registered muxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Iterate over all registered demuxers. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to + * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream(). + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Wrap an existing array as stream side data. + * + * @param st stream + * @param type side information type + * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() + * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to + * st. + * @param size side information size + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure, + * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller. + */ +int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + uint8_t *data, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate new information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size); +/** + * Get side information from stream. + * + * @param stream stream + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream, + enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size); + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param pd data to be probed + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param url the url of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, ff_const59 AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, ff_const59 AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *url, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param url URL of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, ff_const59 AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic); + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next + * av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet + * is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with + * av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each + * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames + * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with + * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that + * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also + * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. + * + * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do + * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's + * better to open a new AVFormatContext. + * + * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call + * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + */ +int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ + +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header +#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header. + * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters + * before actually writing the header. + * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize, + * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized, + * negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering + * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the + * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle + * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this + * function. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike + * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take + * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make + * an internal reference to the input packet). + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for + * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the + * output. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly + * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they + * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration + * "duration") should also be set if known. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + * + * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the + * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of + * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call + * av_write_frame() instead of this function. + * + * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance + * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4 + * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. + *
+ * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take + * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees + * fit. + * The caller must not access the data through this reference after + * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted, + * libavformat will make a copy. + *
+ * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to + * flush the interleaving queues. + *
+ * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be + * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref + * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". + *
+ * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") + * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the + * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then + * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly + * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). + * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always + * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails. + * + * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used. + * + * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details. + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. + * + * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame + * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. + * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw + * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. + * + * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, + * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). + * + * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it + * afterwards. + * + * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error + */ +int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. + * + * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, + * <0 if not + */ +int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index); + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + const AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list + * @param tag A pointer to the found tag + * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found + */ +int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, + unsigned int *tag); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * + * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to + * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +/** + * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as + * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, + * codec and time base. + * + * @param ic the context to analyze + * @param index index of the stream to dump information about + * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file + * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) + */ +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + + +#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_* + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number, int flags); + +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts + * for getting unique dynamic payload types. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility + * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, + int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. + * + * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL + * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + +#if FF_API_OLD_BSF +/** + * Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet. + * + * @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream + * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned + * packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that + * the packet should be dropped + * @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply + * @return >=0 on success; + * AVERROR code on failure + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt, + AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); +#endif + +enum AVTimebaseSource { + AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1, + AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER, + AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER, +#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE + AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE, +#endif +}; + +/** + * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another. + * + * This function is useful when doing stream copy. + * + * @param ofmt target output format for ost + * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments + * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from + * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported + */ +int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, + AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist, + enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb); + +/** + * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream. + * + * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from + */ +AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/avio.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcb8dcd --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,861 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +/** + * Seeking works like for a local file. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0) + +/** + * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible. + */ +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1) + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Directory entry types. + */ +enum AVIODirEntryType { + AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, + AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, + AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, + AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, + AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, + AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, + AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, + AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, + AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP, +}; + +/** + * Describes single entry of the directory. + * + * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. + * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. + */ +typedef struct AVIODirEntry { + char *name; /**< Filename */ + int type; /**< Type of the entry */ + int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. + Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */ + int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, + -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix + epoch, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ + int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */ +} AVIODirEntry; + +typedef struct AVIODirContext { + struct URLContext *url_context; +} AVIODirContext; + +/** + * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO + * write_data_type callback. + */ +enum AVIODataMarkerType { + /** + * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding + * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with + * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + * should give decodeable results. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing + * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any + * non-keyframe packet start point. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + /** + * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking + * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point + * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment + * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN, + /** + * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for + * finalizing the output file. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER, + /** + * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might + * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically + * means the end of a packet. + */ + AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT, +}; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /* + * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, + * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing + * (since AVIOContext is used for both): + * + ********************************************************************************** + * READING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |---------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buffer buf_ptr buf_end + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | + * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | + * +---------------+-----------------------+ + * + * pos + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * input file: | | | + * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ + * + * + ********************************************************************************** + * WRITING + ********************************************************************************** + * + * | buffer_size | + * |--------------------------------------| + * | | + * + * buf_ptr_max + * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | | + * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | + * +-----------------------+--------------+ + * buf_ptr can be in this + * due to a backward seek + * + * pos + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * output file: | | | + * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ + * + */ + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t maxsize; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int seek_count; + + /** + * writeout statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int writeout_count; + + /** + * Original buffer size + * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int orig_buffer_size; + + /** + * Threshold to favor readahead over seek. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int short_seek_threshold; + + /** + * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_whitelist; + + /** + * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. + */ + const char *protocol_blacklist; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of write_packet. + */ + int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time); + /** + * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, + * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly + * small chunks of data returned from the callback). + */ + int ignore_boundary_point; + + /** + * Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext. + */ + enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type; + int64_t last_time; + + /** + * A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold. + * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. + */ + int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque); + + int64_t written; + + /** + * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer, + * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush. + */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr_max; + + /** + * Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it + */ + int min_packet_size; +} AVIOContext; + +/** + * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. + * + * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. + * + * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. + */ +const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url); + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Move or rename a resource. + * + * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. + * + * @param url_src url to resource to be moved + * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst); + +/** + * Delete a resource. + * + * @param url resource to be deleted. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url); + +/** + * Open directory for reading. + * + * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. + * @param url directory to be listed. + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary + * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Get next directory entry. + * + * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular + * it may outlive AVIODirContext. + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an + * error. + */ +int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next); + +/** + * Close directory. + * + * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be + * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). + * + * @param s directory read context. + * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. + */ +int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s); + +/** + * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). + * + * @param entry entry to be freed. + */ +void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with avio_context_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. + * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, + * which must be later freed with av_free(). + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather + * a proper AVERROR code. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +/** + * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it. + * + * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL + * into s. + */ +void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. + * @param s the AVIOContext + * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string + * + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type. + * + * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output. + * + * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to + * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not + * applicable + * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos + */ +void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type); + +/** + * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable + * means that can be extremely slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors. + * @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading. + */ +int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s); + +/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data. + * + * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + * + * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the + * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not + * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed + * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next + * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte. + * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param url resource to access + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_closep + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it + * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + * @see avio_close + */ +int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); + + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. + * The AVIOContext stream is left intact. + * The buffer must NOT be freed. + * No padding is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * + * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */ +struct AVBPrint; + +/** + * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. + * + * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error + * code otherwise + */ +int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size); + +/** + * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. + * @param s the server context + * @param c the client context, must be unallocated + * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding + * to an AVERROR on failure + */ +int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c); + +/** + * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. + * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before + * using it as a read/write context. + * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. + * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may + * decide to change the proceedings. + * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each + * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters + * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual + * chunk of the request can constitute a step. + * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and + * returns 0 immediately. + * + * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on + * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake + * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete + * < 0 for an AVERROR code + */ +int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c); +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22ed534 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavformat/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium) +// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 29 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + */ +#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 +#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS +#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX +#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT +#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP +#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME +#define FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG +#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API +#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET +#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 +#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER +#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME +#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS +#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEXT +#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION +#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM +#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVIOFORMAT +#define FF_API_AVIOFORMAT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) +#endif + + +#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1 +#endif +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/adler32.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1f035b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_adler32 + * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * Adler-32 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf, + unsigned int len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/aes.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09efbda --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4aae12 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/attributes.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ced108a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8a9194 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "fifo.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avassert.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9abeade --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "log.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) +#endif + +/** + * Assert that floating point operations can be executed. + * + * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 + */ +void av_assert0_fpu(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avconfig.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c289fbb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avstring.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37dd4e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,413 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Convert a number to an av_malloced string. + */ +char *av_d2str(double d); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * Locale-independent strings replace. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace + */ +char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".". + * @note the function may change the input string. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, + * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' + * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to + * match all names. + * + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * See libc sscanf manual for more information. + * Locale-independent sscanf implementation. + */ +int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avutil.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d63315 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string + * with length x to a data buffer. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/blowfish.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e289a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/bprint.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c09b1ac --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local "char buf[512]". + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the + * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * + * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * + * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1). + * + * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length; + * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage; + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to + * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible. + * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param data pointer to data + * param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/bswap.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91cb795 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/buffer.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73b6bd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + int size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size), + void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/camellia.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e674c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/cast5.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad5b347 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50bb8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * audio channel layout utility functions + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL + +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + */ +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. + * + * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse + * unknown channel layout specifications. + * + * @param[in] name channel layout specification string + * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) + * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. + */ +int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + */ +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +struct AVBPrint; +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + */ +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + */ +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + */ +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + */ +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/common.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8db0291 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,560 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "macros.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ +#include "common.h" + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) +{ + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= (GET_BYTE);\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + ERROR\ + while (val & top) {\ + int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + ERROR\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = GET_16BIT;\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + ERROR\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ + +/* + * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard + * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. + */ + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub32 +# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 +# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/cpu.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bb9eb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); + +/** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/crc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47e22b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_crc32 + * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. + * + * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most + * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available + * polynomials. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, + AV_CRC_8_EBU, + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/des.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/des.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cf11f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/dict.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..118f1f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create + * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to + * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever + * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all + * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary + * and all its contents. + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key + * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key matching key + * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved + * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. + * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @param[in] m dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/display.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..515adad --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Display matrix + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include +#include "common.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_display + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + * @endcode + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..221cf5b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/encryption_info.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/encryption_info.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fe7ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/encryption_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/** + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo { + /** The number of bytes that are clear. */ + unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data; + + /** + * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption, + * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern + * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted. + */ + unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data; +} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific + * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo { + /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */ + uint32_t scheme; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are encrypted. + */ + uint32_t crypt_byte_block; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are clear. + */ + uint32_t skip_byte_block; + + /** + * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be + * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *key_id; + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the + * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be + * changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *iv; + uint32_t iv_size; + + /** + * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample + * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is + * encrypted. + */ + AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples; + uint32_t subsample_count; +} AVEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo { + /** + * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it + * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the + * future. + */ + uint8_t* system_id; + uint32_t system_id_size; + + /** + * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the + * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs. + */ + uint8_t** key_ids; + /** The number of key IDs. */ + uint32_t num_key_ids; + /** + * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may + * change in the future. + */ + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly + * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This + * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there + * will be at least one key ID. + */ + uint8_t* data; + uint32_t data_size; + + /** + * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list. + */ + struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next; +} AVEncryptionInitInfo; + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given + * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV, + * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest. + * + * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples. + * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16. + * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size); + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data. + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the + * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side + * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free() + * when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given + * to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the + * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc( + uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free + * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given + * side data. The resulting object should be passed to + * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data( + const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or + * given to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/error.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71df4da --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/eval.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dacd22b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/ffversion.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4690884 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "4.2.1" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/fifo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc7bc6f --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param nmemb number of elements + * @param size size of the single element + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO + */ +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + */ +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + */ +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/file.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ef4a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include + +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this + * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms + */ +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/frame.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d3231e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,971 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP + /** + * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA. + * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use + * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a + * meaningful way instead. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES, + + /** + * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by + * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and + * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA, +#endif + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.c. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color + * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, + + /** + * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of + * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. + * + * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they + * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only + * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have + * to truncate the list. + * + * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given + * area of the frame applies. + */ +typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { + /** + * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, + * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). + */ + uint32_t self_size; + /** + * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and + * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and + * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. + * + * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region + * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other + * reasons. + */ + int top; + int bottom; + int left; + int right; + /** + * Quantisation offset. + * + * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality + * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), + * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). + * + * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the + * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the + * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region + * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate + * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. + * + * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between + * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that + * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full + * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame + * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP + * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). + * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be + * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of + * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. + */ + AVRational qoffset; +} AVRegionOfInterest; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format + * MUST be set to NULL. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, size in bytes of each picture line. + * For audio, size in bytes of each plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + +#if FF_API_PKT_PTS + /** + * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame. + * @deprecated use the pts field instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t pkt_pts; +#endif + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + int display_picture_number; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + +#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME + /** + * @deprecated unused + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +#endif + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + + /** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of + * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array + * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must + * also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_duration; + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 + + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int channels; + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP + /** + * QP table + */ + attribute_deprecated + int8_t *qscale_table; + /** + * QP store stride + */ + attribute_deprecated + int qstride; + + attribute_deprecated + int qscale_type; + + attribute_deprecated + AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf; +#endif + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. + * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. + * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. + * + * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. + * + * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. + * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() + * for the target frame's private_ref field. + */ + AVBufferRef *private_ref; +} AVFrame; + +#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET +/** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI + * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); +attribute_deprecated +AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val); +#if FF_API_FRAME_QP +attribute_deprecated +int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type); +attribute_deprecated +int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type); +#endif +attribute_deprecated +enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val); +attribute_deprecated +enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame); +attribute_deprecated +void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val); +#endif + +/** + * Get the name of a colorspace. + * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. + */ +const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type the type of the added side data + * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of + * the reference is transferred to the frame. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure + * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by + * the caller. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it + * from the frame. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hash.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7693e6b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic + * Generic hashing API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Hash functions useful in multimedia. + * + * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and + * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient + * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for + * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API + * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. + * + * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash + * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, + * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. + * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash + * "individual hash" directly. + * + * @section Sample Code + * + * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: + * + * @code + * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; + * const char *hash_name = NULL; + * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; + * + * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() + * hash_name = ...; + * + * // Allocate a hash context + * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + * + * // Initialize the hash context + * av_hash_init(ctx); + * + * // Update the hash context with data + * while (data_left) { + * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); + * } + * + * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the + * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can + * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just + * // av_malloc(). + * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); + * if (!output_buf) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Finalize the hash context. + * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other + * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation + * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra + * // memory needed. + * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); + * + * // Free the context + * av_hash_freep(&ctx); + * @endcode + * + * @section Hash Function-Specific Information + * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be + * used. + * + * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref + * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @example ffhash.c + * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more + * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, + * initialization, updating, and finalizing. + */ + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * + * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must + * call av_hash_init() to do so. + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for + * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to + * libavutil without recompilation. + * + * @warning + * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing + * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from + * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with + * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are + * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @param[in] ctx Hash context + * @return Size of the hash value in bytes + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context + * @param[in] len Size of the additional data + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); +#else +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * + * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * + * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the + * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the + * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is + * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d72de5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image. + */ +enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption { + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0, + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1, +}; + +/** + * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in + * a distribution. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile { + /** + * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized + * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to100, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t percentage; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing + * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational percentile; +} AVHDRPlusPercentile; + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * SMPTE 2094-40. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams { + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y; + + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y; + + /** + * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the + * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external + * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1. + */ + uint8_t rotation_angle; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value + * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current + * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining + * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one + * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors + * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value. + */ + enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option; + + /** + * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to + * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and + * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively. + */ + AVRational maxscl[3]; + + /** + * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the + * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in + * multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. + */ + AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15]; + + /** + * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest + * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.001. + */ + AVRational fraction_bright_pixels; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + uint8_t tone_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_y; + + /** + * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping + * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors; + + /** + * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 + * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023. + */ + AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/8. The default value shall be 1. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_weight; +} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus { + /** + * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5. + */ + uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code; + + /** + * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094 + * suite. The value shall be set to 0. + */ + uint8_t application_version; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 3, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3]; + + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version + * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the + * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be + * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The + * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/15. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array. + * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for + * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15. + */ + AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; +} AVDynamicHDRPlus; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hmac.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..412e950 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5a4b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,584 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, +}; + +typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWFramesInternal *internal; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef *device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool *pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); + + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); + + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, + const void *hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); + + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, + int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81a0552 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H + +#ifndef CUDA_VERSION +#include +#endif + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. + */ + +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { + CUcontext cuda_ctx; + CUstream stream; + AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; +} AVCUDADeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f91e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. + * + * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is + * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate + * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. + * + * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to + * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for + * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. + * + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" + * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation + * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to + * set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and + * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; + +/** + * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + * + * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not + * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 + * if the texture is not an array texture. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). + */ + intptr_t index; +} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { + /** + * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL + * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array + * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. + * + * The only situation when the API user should set this is: + * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting + * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext + * allocate the pool + * - of an array texture + * - and wants it to use it for decoding + * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() + * + * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + * + * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which + * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView + * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must + * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for + * video decoding. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT BindFlags; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT MiscFlags; +} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42709f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + * + * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to + * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID. + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1b79bc --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. + * + * Only fixed-size pools are supported. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { + IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; +} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { + /** + * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or + * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. + */ + DWORD surface_type; + + /** + * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, + * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by + * libavutil. + */ + IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. + * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this + * field is provided. + * + * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on + * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. + * + * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the + * decoder reference. + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; +} AVDXVA2FramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..101a980 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H + +/** + * MediaCodec details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext { + /** + * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user. + * + * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device. + */ + void *surface; +} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98d611 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. + * + * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must + * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { + mfxSession session; +} AVQSVDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { + mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. + */ + int frame_type; +} AVQSVFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b2e071 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID *surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b7ea1e --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { + VdpDevice device; + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; +} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..380918d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +#include + +#include + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. + * + * This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox + * API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames. + * + * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. + * + * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always + * NULL. + */ + +/** + * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. + * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); + +/** + * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/imgutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b790ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy(). + * + * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required + * by the CPU architecture. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment + * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed + * with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, + int width, int height); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/intfloat.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe3d7ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c8413a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p)) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64A +# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64A +# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/lfg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03f779a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. + * + * Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. + */ +int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63]; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/log.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9554e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/lzo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c034039 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/macros.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2007ee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c23b07c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + + +/** + * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of + * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). + */ + AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; + + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. + */ + AVRational white_point[2]; + + /** + * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational min_luminance; + + /** + * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational max_luminance; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. + */ + int has_primaries; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. + */ + int has_luminance; + +} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { + /** + * Max content light level (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxCLL; + + /** + * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxFALL; +} AVContentLightMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mathematics.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5490180 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a,b Operands + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/md5.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca72ccb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_md5 + * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MD5 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); +#else +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len); +#else +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mem.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fb1a02 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,700 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros + * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) + * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42; + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128]; + * + * // The default-alignment equivalent would be + * uint16_t aligned_int = 42; + * uint8_t aligned_array[128]; + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) + * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) + * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline + * assembly code. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(__DJGPP__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v +#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v +#else + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array(). + * + * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function. + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If + * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec29556 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/murmur3.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b09175 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 + * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + * + * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three + * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: + * + * - 32-bit output + * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms + * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms + * + * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit + * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, + * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced + * performance. + * + * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo + * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, + * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a + * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer + * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). + * + * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to + * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error + */ +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] seed Random seed + * + * @see av_murmur3_init() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * + * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); + +/** + * Update hash context with new data. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with + * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len); +#else +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param[in,out] c Hash context + * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/opt.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39f4a8d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,865 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * const AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev) + * { + * return prev ? NULL : &child_class; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION, + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL, +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +/** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set + * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/parseutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e66d24b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S' + * - %%: a literal '%' + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c055810 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; + +#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 + /** deprecated, use step instead */ + attribute_deprecated int step_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use depth instead */ + attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1; + + /** deprecated, use offset instead */ + attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1; +#endif +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a + * fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each + * PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can + * in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on + * the pixel format without using the palette. + * An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8 + * + * @deprecated This flag is deprecated, and will be removed. When it is removed, + * the extra palette allocation in AVFrame.data[1] is removed as well. Only + * actual paletted formats (as indicated by AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL) will have a + * palette. Starting with FFmpeg versions which have this flag deprecated, the + * extra "pseudo" palette is already ignored, and API users are not required to + * allocate a palette for AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL formats (it was required + * before the deprecation, though). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always + * straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) + +/** + * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, + * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +/** + * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component, + int dst_element_size); + +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size); + +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8dbc15 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include +#include +#include "common.h" + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1< + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @note + * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor + * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + +#if FF_API_VAAPI + /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */ + /**@{*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID + /**@}*/ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, +#else + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ + + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + /** + * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. + * + * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used + * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB) + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/random_seed.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0462a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/rational.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c6b67b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/rc4.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..029cd2a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/replaygain.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b49bf1a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/ripemd.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0db6858 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_ripemd + * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * RIPEMD hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cd43ae --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case + * of success at the next bump + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/sha.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0180e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha + * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: + * + * - SHA-1: 160 bits + * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * + * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/sha512.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bef714b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha512 + * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: + * + * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits + * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits + * - SHA-384: 384 bits + * - SHA-512: 512 bits + * + * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); +#else +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/spherical.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/spherical.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cef759c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/spherical.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Spherical video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H +#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical + * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a + * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion + * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before + * the video should be mapped and displayed. + */ + +/** + * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. + */ +enum AVSphericalProjection { + /** + * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using + * equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a + * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, + * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is + * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is + * to the back. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, + + /** + * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface + * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate + * the position of the current video in a larger surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining + * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { + /** + * Projection type. + */ + enum AVSphericalProjection projection; + + /** + * @name Initial orientation + * @{ + * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after + * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the + * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always + * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. + * + * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the + * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to + * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). + * + * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer + * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere + * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of + * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. + * + * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. + * + * See this equirectangular projection as example: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * Yaw + * -180 0 180 + * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 + * | | | up + * P | | | y| forward + * i | ^ | | /z + * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / + * c | | | | / + * h | | | 0|/_____right + * | | | x + * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 + * + * X - the default camera center + * ^ - the default up vector + * @endcode + */ + int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. + int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. + int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @name Bounding rectangle + * @anchor bounding + * @{ + * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where + * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are + * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic + * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * +----------------+----------+ + * | |bound_top | + * | +--------+ | + * | bound_left |tile | | + * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right + * | +--------+ | + * | | | + * | bound_bottom| | + * +----------------+----------+ + * @endcode + * + * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived + * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, + * like in the following example: + * + * @code{c} + * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; + * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; + * @endcode + * + * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular + * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), + * and should be ignored in all other cases. + */ + uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge + uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge + uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge + uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. + * + * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type + * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other + * cases. + */ + uint32_t padding; +} AVSphericalMapping; + +/** + * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo + * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. + * + * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. + * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. + * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. + * @param left Pixels from the left edge. + * @param top Pixels from the top edge. + * @param right Pixels from the right edge. + * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. + */ +void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t *left, size_t *top, + size_t *right, size_t *bottom); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); + +/** + * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d421aac --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Stereoscopic video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d + * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single + * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all + * possible codec-independent view arrangements. + * */ + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, +}; + +/** + * List of possible view types. + */ +enum AVStereo3DView { + /** + * Frame contains two packed views. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED, + + /** + * Frame contains only the left view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT, + + /** + * Frame contains only the right view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT, +}; + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * Determines which views are packed. + */ + enum AVStereo3DView view; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d type value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tea.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd929bd --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42ce655 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Return the current number of messages in the queue. + * + * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built + * without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/time.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc169b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/timecode.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37c1361 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity + * correction (PC) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/timestamp.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e082f01 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tree.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5e0aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the + * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/twofish.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..813cfec --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tx.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1f2d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/tx.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H +#define AVUTIL_TX_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext; + +typedef struct AVComplexFloat { + float re, im; +} AVComplexFloat; + +enum AVTXType { + /** + * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type AVComplexFloat. + * Scaling currently unsupported + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0, + /** + * Standard MDCT with sample data type of float and a scale type of + * float. Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame) + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1, +}; + +/** + * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform. + * + * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init() + * is not allowed. + * + * @param s the transform context + * @param out the output array + * @param in the input array + * @param stride the input or output stride (depending on transform direction) + * in bytes, currently implemented for all MDCT transforms + */ +typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride); + +/** + * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration + * Currently power of two lengths from 4 to 131072 are supported, along with + * any length decomposable to a power of two and either 3, 5 or 15. + * + * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error + * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set + * @param type type the type of transform + * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform + * @param len the size of the transform in samples + * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type, + int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags); + +/** + * Frees a context and sets ctx to NULL, does nothing when ctx == NULL + */ +void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24ca8ab --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 56 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 31 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI +#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP +#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 +#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME +#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS +#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T +#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET +#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL +#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) +#endif + + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/xtea.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..735427c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libpostproc/postprocess.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libpostproc/postprocess.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..348ee7c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libpostproc/postprocess.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H +#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lpp + * external API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lpp libpostproc + * Video postprocessing library. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include "libpostproc/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned postproc_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc build-time configuration. + */ +const char *postproc_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc license. + */ +const char *postproc_license(void); + +#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6 + +#include + +typedef void pp_context; +typedef void pp_mode; + +#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16) +typedef pp_context pp_context_t; +typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t; +extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text +#else +extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text +#endif + +void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3], + uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3], + int horizontalSize, int verticalSize, + const int8_t *QP_store, int QP_stride, + pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type); + + +/** + * Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred. + * + * @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line + * @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX + */ +pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality); +void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode); + +pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags); +void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext); + +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_AUTO 0x00080000 + +#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008 +#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_440 (0x00000010|PP_FORMAT) + +#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libpostproc/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libpostproc/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa6d12c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libpostproc/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H +#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libpostproc version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 55 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 5 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION) + +#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswresample/swresample.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswresample/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7b84fb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswresample/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,579 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lswr + * libswresample public header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lswr libswresample + * @{ + * + * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library. + * + * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is + * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters + * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. + * + * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate + * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). If you + * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API. + * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some + * common options in the same statement. + * + * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample + * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to + * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing + * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function. + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); + * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); + * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); + * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * @endcode + * + * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts() as well: + * @code + * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc_set_opts(NULL, // we're allocating a new context + * AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt + * 44100, // out_sample_rate + * AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt + * 48000, // in_sample_rate + * 0, // log_offset + * NULL); // log_ctx + * @endcode + * + * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If + * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters + * using @ref AVOptions, as described above in the first example; or by using + * swr_alloc_set_opts(), but with the first argument the allocated context. + * You must then call swr_init() again. + * + * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). + * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient + * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" + * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any + * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). + * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling + * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. + * + * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil + * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc() + * function used in the following example. + * + * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using + * swr_get_delay(). + * + * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters + * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): + * @code + * uint8_t **input; + * int in_samples; + * + * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { + * uint8_t *output; + * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + + * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); + * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); + * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, + * input, in_samples); + * handle_output(output, out_samples); + * av_freep(&output); + * } + * @endcode + * + * When the conversion is finished, the conversion + * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). + * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for + * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called. + * + * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before + * swr_free(). + */ + +#include +#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#include "libswresample/version.h" + +/** + * @name Option constants + * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr. + * @{ + * + */ + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +/** Dithering algorithms */ +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + + SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI + SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, + SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, + SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Engines */ +enum SwrEngine { + SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ + SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure + * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use + * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the + * structure. + */ +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + * @return the AVClass of SwrContext + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * @name SwrContext constructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API. + * + * @see av_opt_set_int() + * @see av_opt_set_dict() + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. + * + * @param[in] s Swr context to check + * @see swr_init() + * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized + */ +int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, + int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name SwrContext destructor functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + * + * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. + * + * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), + * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). + * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase + * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. + * + * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed + */ +void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Core conversion functions + * @{ + */ + +/** Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an + * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of + * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, + const uint8_t **in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers. + * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation. + * + * @param s[in] initialized Swr context + * @param pts[in] timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are + * function used internally for timestamp compensation. + * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Low-level option setting functions + * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible + * with the AVOption API. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is + * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, + * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is + * called with the flag set. + * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample + * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for + * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: + * @li @c s is NULL, + * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, + * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, + * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or + * @li swr_init() fails when called. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +/** + * Generate a channel mixing matrix. + * + * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the + * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for + * building custom matrices. + * + * @param in_layout input channel layout + * @param out_layout output channel layout + * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel + * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) + * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel + * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent + * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be + * normalized. + * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. + * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the + * matrix array + * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout, + double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, + double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval, + double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, + int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Sample handling functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + * + * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() + * if needed for "hard" compensation. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context + * @param count number of samples to be dropped + * + * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or + * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the + * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly + * for upsampling and the input sample rate. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: + * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds + * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned + * delay is in input samples + * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned + * delay is in output samples + * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and + * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be + * returned + * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This + * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state + * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples + * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. + * + * @param in_samples number of input samples. + * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() + * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit + * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size + * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() + * indicates that less would be used. + * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert + * will output or a negative value to indicate an error + */ +int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name Configuration accessors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + * + * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version + * as the run-time one. + * + * @returns the unsigned int-typed version + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + * + * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + * + * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +/** + * @} + * + * @name AVFrame based API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame. + * + * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set. + * + * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples + * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer() + * is called to allocate the frame. + * + * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required. + * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added + * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function + * or to swr_convert(). + * + * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal + * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of + * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or + * swr_convert() with NULL input. + * + * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and + * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on + * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED + * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned. + * + * @see swr_delay() + * @see swr_convert() + * @see swr_get_delay() + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching + * configuration. + */ +int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr, + AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input); + +/** + * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information + * provided by the AVFrames. + * + * The original resampling context is reset even on failure. + * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open. + * + * @see swr_close(); + * + * @param swr audio resample context + * @param output output AVFrame + * @param input input AVFrame + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. + */ +int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswresample/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswresample/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0b361b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswresample/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H +#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libswresample version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 3 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 5 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) + +#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswscale/swscale.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswscale/swscale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7713f51 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswscale/swscale.h @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H +#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libsws + * external API header + */ + +#include + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup libsws libswscale + * Color conversion and scaling library. + * + * @{ + * + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swscale_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swscale_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale license. + */ +const char *swscale_license(void); + +/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ +#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 +#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 +#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 +#define SWS_X 8 +#define SWS_POINT 0x10 +#define SWS_AREA 0x20 +#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 +#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 +#define SWS_SINC 0x100 +#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 +#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 + +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 + +#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 + +#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 + +//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented +//internal chrominance subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 +//input subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 +#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 +#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 +#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 +#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000 + +#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 + +#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 +#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 +#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 +#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 +#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 +#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9 + +/** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + */ +const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); + +// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements +// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors +typedef struct SwsVector { + double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients + int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector +} SwsVector; + +// vectors can be shared +typedef struct SwsFilter { + SwsVector *lumH; + SwsVector *lumV; + SwsVector *chrH; + SwsVector *chrV; +} SwsFilter; + +struct SwsContext; + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is + * supported, 0 otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); + +/** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + */ +void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); + +/** + * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler + * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis + * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1) + * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff + * frequency + * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + */ +int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], + const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, + uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); + +/** + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], + int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, + int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); + +/** + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, + int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, + int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); + +/** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + */ +SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); + +/** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + */ +void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + */ +void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); + +#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length); +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void); +attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift); +attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a); +attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level); +#endif + +void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); + +SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, + float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, + float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, + int verbose); +void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); + +/** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, + int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswscale/version.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswscale/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acb289d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/libswscale/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/version.h" + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 5 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 5 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR +#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6) +#endif + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxdefs.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxdefs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2cb52a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxdefs.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxdefs.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ +#ifndef __MFXDEFS_H__ +#define __MFXDEFS_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined ( _WIN64 ) + #define __INT64 __int64 + #define __UINT64 unsigned __int64 +#else + #define __INT64 long long + #define __UINT64 unsigned long long +#endif + +#define MFX_INFINITE 0xFFFFFFFF + +typedef unsigned char mfxU8; +typedef char mfxI8; +typedef short mfxI16; +typedef unsigned short mfxU16; +typedef unsigned int mfxU32; +typedef int mfxI32; +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined ( _WIN64 ) +typedef unsigned long mfxUL32; +typedef long mfxL32; +#else +typedef unsigned int mfxUL32; +typedef int mfxL32; +#endif +typedef float mfxF32; +typedef double mfxF64; +typedef __UINT64 mfxU64; +typedef __INT64 mfxI64; +typedef void* mfxHDL; +typedef mfxHDL mfxMemId; +typedef void* mfxThreadTask; + +typedef struct { + mfxI16 x; + mfxI16 y; +} mfxI16Pair; + +typedef struct { + mfxHDL first; + mfxHDL second; +} mfxHDLPair; + + +/*********************************************************************************\ +Error message +\*********************************************************************************/ +typedef enum +{ + /* no error */ + MFX_ERR_NONE = 0, /* no error */ + + /* reserved for unexpected errors */ + MFX_ERR_UNKNOWN = -1, /* unknown error. */ + + /* error codes <0 */ + MFX_ERR_NULL_PTR = -2, /* null pointer */ + MFX_ERR_UNSUPPORTED = -3, /* undeveloped feature */ + MFX_ERR_MEMORY_ALLOC = -4, /* failed to allocate memory */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_ENOUGH_BUFFER = -5, /* insufficient buffer at input/output */ + MFX_ERR_INVALID_HANDLE = -6, /* invalid handle */ + MFX_ERR_LOCK_MEMORY = -7, /* failed to lock the memory block */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED = -8, /* member function called before initialization */ + MFX_ERR_NOT_FOUND = -9, /* the specified object is not found */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_DATA = -10, /* expect more data at input */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_SURFACE = -11, /* expect more surface at output */ + MFX_ERR_ABORTED = -12, /* operation aborted */ + MFX_ERR_DEVICE_LOST = -13, /* lose the HW acceleration device */ + MFX_ERR_INCOMPATIBLE_VIDEO_PARAM = -14, /* incompatible video parameters */ + MFX_ERR_INVALID_VIDEO_PARAM = -15, /* invalid video parameters */ + MFX_ERR_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR = -16, /* undefined behavior */ + MFX_ERR_DEVICE_FAILED = -17, /* device operation failure */ + MFX_ERR_MORE_BITSTREAM = -18, /* expect more bitstream buffers at output */ + + /* warnings >0 */ + MFX_WRN_IN_EXECUTION = 1, /* the previous asynchrous operation is in execution */ + MFX_WRN_DEVICE_BUSY = 2, /* the HW acceleration device is busy */ + MFX_WRN_VIDEO_PARAM_CHANGED = 3, /* the video parameters are changed during decoding */ + MFX_WRN_PARTIAL_ACCELERATION = 4, /* SW is used */ + MFX_WRN_INCOMPATIBLE_VIDEO_PARAM = 5, /* incompatible video parameters */ + MFX_WRN_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 6, /* the value is saturated based on its valid range */ + MFX_WRN_OUT_OF_RANGE = 7, /* the value is out of valid range */ + + /* threading statuses */ + MFX_TASK_DONE = MFX_ERR_NONE, /* task has been completed */ + MFX_TASK_WORKING = 8, /* there is some more work to do */ + MFX_TASK_BUSY = 9 /* task is waiting for resources */ + +} mfxStatus; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __MFXDEFS_H__ */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxjpeg.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxjpeg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b8ab27 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxjpeg.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2010 - 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxjpeg.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFX_JPEG_H__ +#define __MFX_JPEG_H__ + +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* CodecId */ +enum { + MFX_CODEC_JPEG = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('J','P','E','G') +}; + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum +{ + MFX_PROFILE_JPEG_BASELINE = 1 +}; + +enum +{ + MFX_ROTATION_0 = 0, + MFX_ROTATION_90 = 1, + MFX_ROTATION_180 = 2, + MFX_ROTATION_270 = 3 +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif // __MFX_JPEG_H__ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxmvc.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxmvc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af74465 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxmvc.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2010 - 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxmvc.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXMVC_H__ +#define __MFXMVC_H__ + +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum { + /* MVC profiles */ + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_MULTIVIEW_HIGH =118, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_STEREO_HIGH =128 +}; + +/* Extended Buffer Ids */ +enum { + MFX_EXTBUFF_MVC_SEQ_DESC = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','V','C','D'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_MVC_TARGET_VIEWS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','V','C','T') +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxU16 ViewId; + + mfxU16 NumAnchorRefsL0; + mfxU16 NumAnchorRefsL1; + mfxU16 AnchorRefL0[16]; + mfxU16 AnchorRefL1[16]; + + mfxU16 NumNonAnchorRefsL0; + mfxU16 NumNonAnchorRefsL1; + mfxU16 NonAnchorRefL0[16]; + mfxU16 NonAnchorRefL1[16]; +} mfxMVCViewDependency; + +typedef struct { + mfxU16 TemporalId; /* operation point temporal ID */ + mfxU16 LevelIdc; + + mfxU16 NumViews; /* total number of views, including "depend on" views */ + mfxU16 NumTargetViews; /* number of the output views for the current operation point */ + mfxU16 *TargetViewId; /* array of target view ID, it points to mfxExtMVCSeqDesc::ViewId, set by SDK */ +} mfxMVCOperationPoint; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU32 NumView; /* number of view in the stream, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumViewAlloc; /* number of allocated elements, set by application */ + mfxMVCViewDependency *View; /* view ID and list of views used as reference for this view, allocated by application */ + + mfxU32 NumViewId; /* num of views IDs, to simplify copying, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumViewIdAlloc; /* number of allocated elements, set by application */ + mfxU16 *ViewId; /* allocated by application */ + + mfxU32 NumOP; /* number of operation points in OP array, set by SDK */ + mfxU32 NumOPAlloc; /* number of allocated elements in OP array, set by application */ + mfxMVCOperationPoint *OP; /* allocated by application */ + + mfxU16 NumRefsTotal; /* total number of reference frames in the sequence */ + mfxU32 Reserved[16]; + +} mfxExtMVCSeqDesc; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU16 TemporalId; + mfxU32 NumView; /* number of view to decode */ + mfxU16 ViewId[1024]; +} mfxExtMVCTargetViews ; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxplugin++.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxplugin++.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b62c9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxplugin++.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + + +File Name: mfxplugin++.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ + +#ifndef __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H +#define __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H + +#include "mfxvideo.h" +#include "mfxplugin.h" + +class MFXPlugin +{ +public: + virtual mfxStatus mfxPluginInit(mfxCoreInterface *core) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxPluginClose() = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxGetPluginParam(mfxPluginParam *par) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxSubmit(const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxExecute(mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 uid_p, mfxU32 uid_a) = 0; + virtual mfxStatus mfxFreeResources(mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts) = 0; +}; + +/* Class adapter between "C" structure mfxPlugin and C++ interface MFXPlugin */ +class MFXPluginAdapter : public mfxPlugin +{ +public: + MFXPluginAdapter(MFXPlugin *pPlugin) + { + pthis = pPlugin; + PluginInit = MFXPluginAdapter::_PluginInit; + PluginClose = MFXPluginAdapter::_PluginClose; + GetPluginParam = MFXPluginAdapter::_GetPluginParam; + Submit = MFXPluginAdapter::_Submit; + Execute = MFXPluginAdapter::_Execute; + FreeResources = MFXPluginAdapter::_FreeResources; + } + +private: + static mfxStatus _PluginInit(mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreInterface *core) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxPluginInit(core); } + static mfxStatus _PluginClose(mfxHDL pthis) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxPluginClose(); } + static mfxStatus _GetPluginParam(mfxHDL pthis, mfxPluginParam *par) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxGetPluginParam(par); } + static mfxStatus _Submit(mfxHDL pthis, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxSubmit(in, in_num, out, out_num, task); } + static mfxStatus _Execute(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 thread_id, mfxU32 call_count) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxExecute(task, thread_id, call_count); } + static mfxStatus _FreeResources(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts) { return ((MFXPlugin*)pthis)->mfxFreeResources(task, sts); } +}; + +#endif // __MFXPLUGINPLUSPLUS_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxplugin.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxplugin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfb7547 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxplugin.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2011 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxplugin.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXPLUGIN_H__ +#define __MFXPLUGIN_H__ +#include "mfxvideo.h" + +#pragma warning(disable: 4201) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +typedef enum { + MFX_THREADPOLICY_SERIAL = 0, + MFX_THREADPOLICY_PARALLEL = 1 +} mfxThreadPolicy; + +typedef struct mfxPluginParam { + mfxU32 reserved[14]; + mfxThreadPolicy ThreadPolicy; + mfxU32 MaxThreadNum; +} mfxPluginParam; + +typedef struct mfxCoreParam{ + mfxU32 reserved[13]; + mfxIMPL Impl; + mfxVersion Version; + mfxU32 NumWorkingThread; +} mfxCoreParam; + +typedef struct mfxCoreInterface { + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxHDL reserved1[2]; + mfxFrameAllocator FrameAllocator; + mfxBufferAllocator reserved3; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetCoreParam)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreParam *par); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetHandle) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *handle); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *IncreaseReference) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameData *fd); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *DecreaseReference) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameData *fd); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *CopyFrame) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *dst, mfxFrameSurface1 *src); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *CopyBuffer)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU8 *dst, mfxU32 size, mfxFrameSurface1 *src); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *MapOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 num, mfxU32 type, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *UnmapOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 num, mfxU32 type, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetRealSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *op_surf, mfxFrameSurface1 **surf); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetOpaqueSurface)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameSurface1 *surf, mfxFrameSurface1 **op_surf); + + mfxHDL reserved4[4]; +} mfxCoreInterface; + +typedef struct mfxPlugin{ + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *PluginInit) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxCoreInterface *core); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *PluginClose) (mfxHDL pthis); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetPluginParam)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxPluginParam *par); + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Submit)(mfxHDL pthis, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxThreadTask *task); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Execute)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxU32 uid_p, mfxU32 uid_a); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *FreeResources)(mfxHDL pthis, mfxThreadTask task, mfxStatus sts); + + mfxHDL reserved[9]; +} mfxPlugin; + + + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_Register(mfxSession session, mfxU32 type, const mfxPlugin *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_Unregister(mfxSession session, mfxU32 type); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoUSER_ProcessFrameAsync(mfxSession session, const mfxHDL *in, mfxU32 in_num, const mfxHDL *out, mfxU32 out_num, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __MFXPLUGIN_H__ */ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxstructures.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxstructures.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13e362b --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxstructures.h @@ -0,0 +1,763 @@ +/******************************************************************************* *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxstructures.h + +*******************************************************************************/ +#ifndef __MFXSTRUCTURES_H__ +#define __MFXSTRUCTURES_H__ +#include "mfxdefs.h" + +#pragma warning(disable: 4201) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define MFX_MAKEFOURCC(A,B,C,D) ((((int)A))+(((int)B)<<8)+(((int)C)<<16)+(((int)D)<<24)) + +/* Extended Configuration Header Structure */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 BufferId; + mfxU32 BufferSz; +} mfxExtBuffer; + +/* Frame ID for SVC and MVC */ +typedef struct { + mfxU16 TemporalId; + mfxU16 PriorityId; + union { + struct { + mfxU16 DependencyId; + mfxU16 QualityId; + }; + struct { + mfxU16 ViewId; + }; + }; +} mfxFrameId; + +/* Frame Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[6]; + mfxFrameId FrameId; + + mfxU32 FourCC; + mfxU16 Width; + mfxU16 Height; + + mfxU16 CropX; + mfxU16 CropY; + mfxU16 CropW; + mfxU16 CropH; + + mfxU32 FrameRateExtN; + mfxU32 FrameRateExtD; + mfxU16 reserved3; + + mfxU16 AspectRatioW; + mfxU16 AspectRatioH; + + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 ChromaFormat; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameInfo; + +/* FourCC */ +enum { + MFX_FOURCC_NV12 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('N','V','1','2'), /* Native Format */ + MFX_FOURCC_YV12 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('Y','V','1','2'), + MFX_FOURCC_YUY2 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('Y','U','Y','2'), + MFX_FOURCC_RGB3 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','G','B','3'), /* RGB24 */ + MFX_FOURCC_RGB4 = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','G','B','4'), /* RGB32 */ + MFX_FOURCC_P8 = 41 /* D3DFMT_P8 */ +}; + +/* PicStruct */ +enum { + MFX_PICSTRUCT_UNKNOWN =0x00, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_PROGRESSIVE =0x01, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_TFF =0x02, + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_BFF =0x04, + + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FIELD_REPEATED=0x10, /* first field repeated, pic_struct=5 or 6 in H.264 */ + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FRAME_DOUBLING=0x20, /* pic_struct=7 in H.264 */ + MFX_PICSTRUCT_FRAME_TRIPLING=0x40 /* pic_struct=8 in H.264 */ +}; + +/* ColorFormat */ +enum { + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_MONOCHROME =0, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV420 =1, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422 =2, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV444 =3, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV400 = MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_MONOCHROME, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV411 = 4, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422H = MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422, + MFX_CHROMAFORMAT_YUV422V = 5 + +}; + +enum { + MFX_TIMESTAMP_UNKNOWN = -1 +}; + +enum { + MFX_FRAMEORDER_UNKNOWN = -1 +}; + +/* DataFlag in mfxFrameData */ +enum { + MFX_FRAMEDATA_ORIGINAL_TIMESTAMP = 0x0001 +}; + +/* Corrupted in mfxFrameData */ +enum { + MFX_CORRUPTION_MINOR = 0x0001, + MFX_CORRUPTION_MAJOR = 0x0002, + MFX_CORRUPTION_REFERENCE_FRAME = 0x0010, + MFX_CORRUPTION_REFERENCE_LIST = 0x0020 +}; + +/* Frame Data Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + + mfxU64 TimeStamp; + mfxU32 FrameOrder; + mfxU16 Locked; + mfxU16 Pitch; + + /* color planes */ + union { + mfxU8 *Y; + mfxU8 *R; + }; + union { + mfxU8 *UV; /* for UV merged formats */ + mfxU8 *VU; /* for VU merged formats */ + mfxU8 *CbCr; /* for CbCr merged formats */ + mfxU8 *CrCb; /* for CrCb merged formats */ + mfxU8 *Cb; + mfxU8 *U; + mfxU8 *G; + }; + union { + mfxU8 *Cr; + mfxU8 *V; + mfxU8 *B; + }; + mfxU8 *A; + mfxMemId MemId; + + /* Additional Flags */ + mfxU16 Corrupted; + mfxU16 DataFlag; +} mfxFrameData; + +/* Frame Surface */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxFrameInfo Info; + mfxFrameData Data; +} mfxFrameSurface1; + +enum { + MFX_TIMESTAMPCALC_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_TIMESTAMPCALC_TELECINE = 1, +}; + +/* Transcoding Info */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[7]; + + mfxU16 reserved4; + mfxU16 BRCParamMultiplier; + + mfxFrameInfo FrameInfo; + mfxU32 CodecId; + mfxU16 CodecProfile; + mfxU16 CodecLevel; + mfxU16 NumThread; + + union { + struct { /* MPEG-2/H.264 Encoding Options */ + mfxU16 TargetUsage; + + mfxU16 GopPicSize; + mfxU16 GopRefDist; + mfxU16 GopOptFlag; + mfxU16 IdrInterval; + + mfxU16 RateControlMethod; + union { + mfxU16 InitialDelayInKB; + mfxU16 QPI; + mfxU16 Accuracy; + }; + mfxU16 BufferSizeInKB; + union { + mfxU16 TargetKbps; + mfxU16 QPP; + }; + union { + mfxU16 MaxKbps; + mfxU16 QPB; + mfxU16 Convergence; + }; + + mfxU16 NumSlice; + mfxU16 NumRefFrame; + mfxU16 EncodedOrder; + }; + struct { /* H.264, MPEG-2 and VC-1 Decoding Options */ + mfxU16 DecodedOrder; + mfxU16 ExtendedPicStruct; + mfxU16 TimeStampCalc; + mfxU16 reserved2[10]; + }; + struct { /* JPEG Decoding Options */ + mfxU16 JPEGChromaFormat; + mfxU16 Rotation; + mfxU16 reserved3[11]; + }; + }; +} mfxInfoMFX; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + mfxFrameInfo In; + mfxFrameInfo Out; +} mfxInfoVPP; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[3]; + mfxU16 reserved3; + mfxU16 AsyncDepth; + + union { + mfxInfoMFX mfx; + mfxInfoVPP vpp; + }; + mfxU16 Protected; + mfxU16 IOPattern; + mfxExtBuffer** ExtParam; + mfxU16 NumExtParam; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxVideoParam; + +/* IOPattern */ +enum { + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0x01, + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_SYSTEM_MEMORY = 0x02, + MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY = 0x04, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_VIDEO_MEMORY = 0x10, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_SYSTEM_MEMORY = 0x20, + MFX_IOPATTERN_OUT_OPAQUE_MEMORY = 0x40 +}; + +/* CodecId */ +enum { + MFX_CODEC_AVC =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','V','C',' '), + MFX_CODEC_MPEG2 =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('M','P','G','2'), + MFX_CODEC_VC1 =MFX_MAKEFOURCC('V','C','1',' ') +}; + +/* CodecProfile, CodecLevel */ +enum { + MFX_PROFILE_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_LEVEL_UNKNOWN =0, + + /* AVC Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET0 = (0x100 << 0), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET1 = (0x100 << 1), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET2 = (0x100 << 2), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET3 = (0x100 << 3), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4 = (0x100 << 4), + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET5 = (0x100 << 5), + + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_BASELINE =66, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_MAIN =77, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_EXTENDED =88, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH =100, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_BASELINE + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET1, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINED_HIGH =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4 + + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET5, + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_PROGRESSIVE_HIGH =MFX_PROFILE_AVC_HIGH + MFX_PROFILE_AVC_CONSTRAINT_SET4, + + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_1 =10, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_1b =9, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_11 =11, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_12 =12, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_13 =13, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_2 =20, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_21 =21, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_22 =22, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_3 =30, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_31 =31, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_32 =32, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_4 =40, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_41 =41, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_42 =42, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_5 =50, + MFX_LEVEL_AVC_51 =51, + + /* MPEG-2 Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE =0x50, + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN =0x40, + MFX_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH =0x10, + + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_LOW =0xA, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_MAIN =0x8, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_HIGH =0x4, + MFX_LEVEL_MPEG2_HIGH1440 =0x6, + + /* VC1 Profiles & Levels */ + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE =(0+1), + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN =(4+1), + MFX_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED =(12+1), + + /* VC1 levels for simple & main profiles */ + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_LOW =(0+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_MEDIAN =(2+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_HIGH =(4+1), + + /* VC1 levels for the advanced profile */ + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_0 =(0x00+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_1 =(0x01+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_2 =(0x02+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_3 =(0x03+1), + MFX_LEVEL_VC1_4 =(0x04+1) +}; + +/* GopOptFlag */ +enum { + MFX_GOP_CLOSED =1, + MFX_GOP_STRICT =2 +}; + +/* TargetUsages: from 1 to 7 inclusive */ +enum { + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BEST_QUALITY =1, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BALANCED =4, + MFX_TARGETUSAGE_BEST_SPEED =7 +}; + +/* RateControlMethod */ +enum { + MFX_RATECONTROL_CBR =1, + MFX_RATECONTROL_VBR =2, + MFX_RATECONTROL_CQP =3, + MFX_RATECONTROL_AVBR =4 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + + mfxU16 reserved1; + mfxU16 RateDistortionOpt; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 MECostType; + mfxU16 MESearchType; + mfxI16Pair MVSearchWindow; + mfxU16 EndOfSequence; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 FramePicture; /* tri-state option */ + + union { + struct { /* AVC */ + mfxU16 CAVLC; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 reserved2[3]; + mfxU16 ViewOutput; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 NalHrdConformance; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 SingleSeiNalUnit; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 VuiVclHrdParameters; /* tri-state option */ + + mfxU16 RefPicListReordering; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 ResetRefList; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 RefPicMarkRep; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 FieldOutput; /* tri-state option */ + + mfxU16 IntraPredBlockSize; + mfxU16 InterPredBlockSize; + mfxU16 MVPrecision; + mfxU16 MaxDecFrameBuffering; + + mfxU16 AUDelimiter; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 EndOfStream; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 PicTimingSEI; /* tri-state option */ + mfxU16 VuiNalHrdParameters; /* tri-state option */ + }; + }; +} mfxExtCodingOption; + +/* IntraPredBlockSize/InterPredBlockSize */ +enum { + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_16X16 = 1, /* 16x16 */ + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_8X8 = 2, /* 16x16, 8x8 */ + MFX_BLOCKSIZE_MIN_4X4 = 3 /* 16x16, 8x8, 4x4 */ +}; + +/* MVPrecision */ +enum { + MFX_MVPRECISION_UNKNOWN = 0, + MFX_MVPRECISION_INTEGER = (1 << 0), + MFX_MVPRECISION_HALFPEL = (1 << 1), + MFX_MVPRECISION_QUARTERPEL = (1 << 2) +}; + +enum { + MFX_CODINGOPTION_UNKNOWN =0, + MFX_CODINGOPTION_ON =0x10, + MFX_CODINGOPTION_OFF =0x20 +}; + +typedef struct _mfxEncryptedData mfxEncryptedData; + +typedef struct { + union { + mfxEncryptedData* EncryptedData; + mfxU32 reserved[8]; + }; + mfxU64 TimeStamp; + mfxU8* Data; + mfxU32 DataOffset; + mfxU32 DataLength; + mfxU32 MaxLength; + + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 FrameType; + mfxU16 DataFlag; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxBitstream; + +/* Data Flag */ +enum { + MFX_BITSTREAM_COMPLETE_FRAME = 0x0001 /* the bitstream contains a complete frame or field pair of data */ +}; + +/* Extended Buffer Ids */ +enum { + MFX_EXTBUFF_CODING_OPTION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('C','D','O','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_CODING_OPTION_SPSPPS= MFX_MAKEFOURCC('C','O','S','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DONOTUSE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('N','U','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_AUXDATA = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','U','X','D'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DENOISE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','N','I','S'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_ANALYSIS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('S','C','L','Y'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_CHANGE = MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_SCENE_ANALYSIS, + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_PROCAMP = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('P','A','M','P'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DETAIL = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','E','T',' '), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('V','S','I','N'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_DOUSE = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('D','U','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_OPAQUE_SURFACE_ALLOCATION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('O','P','Q','S'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_AVC_REFLIST_CTRL = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('R','L','S','T'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_VPP_FRAME_RATE_CONVERSION = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('F','R','C',' '), + MFX_EXTBUFF_PICTURE_TIMING_SEI = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('P','T','S','E'), + MFX_EXTBUFF_AVC_TEMPORAL_LAYERS = MFX_MAKEFOURCC('A','T','M','L') +}; + +/* VPP Conf: Do not use certain algorithms */ +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 NumAlg; + mfxU32* AlgList; +} mfxExtVPPDoNotUse; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 DenoiseFactor; +} mfxExtVPPDenoise; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 DetailFactor; +} mfxExtVPPDetail; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxF64 Brightness; + mfxF64 Contrast; + mfxF64 Hue; + mfxF64 Saturation; +} mfxExtVPPProcAmp; + +/* statistics collected for decode, encode and vpp */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU64 NumBit; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxEncodeStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU32 NumSkippedFrame; + mfxU32 NumError; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxDecodeStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[16]; + mfxU32 NumFrame; + mfxU32 NumCachedFrame; +} mfxVPPStat; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 SpatialComplexity; + mfxU32 TemporalComplexity; + mfxU16 SceneChangeRate; + mfxU16 RepeatedFrame; +} mfxExtVppAuxData; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxU8 *Data; /* buffer pointer */ + mfxU32 NumBit; /* number of bits */ + mfxU16 Type; /* SEI message type in H.264 or user data start_code in MPEG-2 */ + mfxU16 BufSize; /* payload buffer size in bytes */ +} mfxPayload; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved[5]; + mfxU16 reserved1; + + mfxU16 QP; /* per frame QP */ + + mfxU16 FrameType; + mfxU16 NumExtParam; + mfxU16 NumPayload; /* MPEG-2 user data or H.264 SEI message(s) */ + mfxU16 reserved2; + + mfxExtBuffer **ExtParam; + mfxPayload **Payload; /* for field pair, first field uses even payloads and second field uses odd payloads */ +} mfxEncodeCtrl; + +/* Buffer Memory Types */ +enum { + /* Buffer types */ + MFX_MEMTYPE_PERSISTENT_MEMORY =0x0002 +}; + +/* Frame Memory Types */ +#define MFX_MEMTYPE_BASE(x) (0xf0ff & (x)) + +enum { + MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_DECODER_TARGET =0x0010, + MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_PROCESSOR_TARGET =0x0020, + MFX_MEMTYPE_VIDEO_MEMORY_DECODER_TARGET = MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_DECODER_TARGET, + MFX_MEMTYPE_VIDEO_MEMORY_PROCESSOR_TARGET = MFX_MEMTYPE_DXVA2_PROCESSOR_TARGET, + MFX_MEMTYPE_SYSTEM_MEMORY =0x0040, + + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_ENCODE = 0x0100, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_DECODE = 0x0200, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_VPPIN = 0x0400, + MFX_MEMTYPE_FROM_VPPOUT = 0x0800, + + MFX_MEMTYPE_INTERNAL_FRAME = 0x0001, + MFX_MEMTYPE_EXTERNAL_FRAME = 0x0002, + MFX_MEMTYPE_OPAQUE_FRAME = 0x0004 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxFrameInfo Info; + mfxU16 Type; /* decoder or processor render targets */ + mfxU16 NumFrameMin; + mfxU16 NumFrameSuggested; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameAllocRequest; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxMemId *mids; /* the array allocated by application */ + mfxU16 NumFrameActual; + mfxU16 reserved2; +} mfxFrameAllocResponse; + +/* FrameType */ +enum { + MFX_FRAMETYPE_UNKNOWN =0x0000, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_I =0x0001, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_P =0x0002, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_B =0x0004, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_S =0x0008, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_REF =0x0040, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_IDR =0x0080, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xI =0x0100, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xP =0x0200, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xB =0x0400, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xS =0x0800, + + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xREF =0x4000, + MFX_FRAMETYPE_xIDR =0x8000 +}; + +typedef enum { + MFX_HANDLE_DIRECT3D_DEVICE_MANAGER9 =1, /* IDirect3DDeviceManager9 */ + MFX_HANDLE_D3D9_DEVICE_MANAGER = MFX_HANDLE_DIRECT3D_DEVICE_MANAGER9, + MFX_HANDLE_D3D11_DEVICE_AND_CONTEXT = 2, + MFX_HANDLE_D3D11_DEVICE = 3, + MFX_HANDLE_VA_DISPLAY = 4 +} mfxHandleType; + +typedef enum { + MFX_SKIPMODE_NOSKIP=0, + MFX_SKIPMODE_MORE=1, + MFX_SKIPMODE_LESS=2 +} mfxSkipMode; + +/* Library initialization and deinitialization */ +typedef mfxI32 mfxIMPL; +#define MFX_IMPL_BASETYPE(x) (0x00ff & (x)) + +enum { + MFX_IMPL_AUTO = 0x0000, /* Auto Selection/In or Not Supported/Out */ + MFX_IMPL_SOFTWARE = 0x0001, /* Pure Software Implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE = 0x0002, /* Hardware Accelerated Implementation (default device) */ + MFX_IMPL_AUTO_ANY = 0x0003, /* Auto selection of any hardware/software implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE_ANY = 0x0004, /* Auto selection of any hardware implementation */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE2 = 0x0005, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (2nd device) */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE3 = 0x0006, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (3rd device) */ + MFX_IMPL_HARDWARE4 = 0x0007, /* Hardware accelerated implementation (4th device) */ + + MFX_IMPL_VIA_ANY = 0x0100, + MFX_IMPL_VIA_D3D9 = 0x0200, + MFX_IMPL_VIA_D3D11 = 0x0300, + + MFX_IMPL_UNSUPPORTED = 0x0000 /* One of the MFXQueryIMPL returns */ +}; + +/* Version Info */ +typedef union { + struct { + mfxU16 Minor; + mfxU16 Major; + }; + mfxU32 Version; +} mfxVersion; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU8 *SPSBuffer; + mfxU8 *PPSBuffer; + mfxU16 SPSBufSize; + mfxU16 PPSBufSize; + mfxU16 SPSId; + mfxU16 PPSId; +} mfxExtCodingOptionSPSPPS; + +/* session priority */ +typedef enum +{ + MFX_PRIORITY_LOW = 0, + MFX_PRIORITY_NORMAL = 1, + MFX_PRIORITY_HIGH = 2 + +} mfxPriority; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 VideoFormat; + mfxU16 VideoFullRange; + mfxU16 ColourDescriptionPresent; + mfxU16 ColourPrimaries; + mfxU16 TransferCharacteristics; + mfxU16 MatrixCoefficients; +} mfxExtVideoSignalInfo; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 NumAlg; + mfxU32 *AlgList; +} mfxExtVPPDoUse; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved1[2]; + struct { + mfxFrameSurface1 **Surfaces; + mfxU32 reserved2[5]; + mfxU16 Type; + mfxU16 NumSurface; + } In, Out; +} mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 NumRefIdxL0Active; + mfxU16 NumRefIdxL1Active; + + struct { + mfxU32 FrameOrder; + mfxU16 PicStruct; + mfxU16 ViewId; + mfxU32 reserved[2]; + } PreferredRefList[32], RejectedRefList[16], LongTermRefList[16]; + + mfxU32 reserved[8]; +} mfxExtAVCRefListCtrl; + +enum { + MFX_FRCALGM_PRESERVE_TIMESTAMP = 1, + MFX_FRCALGM_DISTRIBUTED_TIMESTAMP = 2 +}; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU16 Algorithm; + mfxU16 reserved; + mfxU32 reserved2[15]; +} mfxExtVPPFrameRateConversion; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved[14]; + + struct { + mfxU16 ClockTimestampFlag; + mfxU16 CtType; + mfxU16 NuitFieldBasedFlag; + mfxU16 CountingType; + mfxU16 FullTimestampFlag; + mfxU16 DiscontinuityFlag; + mfxU16 CntDroppedFlag; + mfxU16 NFrames; + mfxU16 SecondsFlag; + mfxU16 MinutesFlag; + mfxU16 HoursFlag; + mfxU16 SecondsValue; + mfxU16 MinutesValue; + mfxU16 HoursValue; + mfxU32 TimeOffset; + } TimeStamp[3]; +} mfxExtPictureTimingSEI; + +typedef struct { + mfxExtBuffer Header; + mfxU32 reserved1[4]; + mfxU16 reserved2; + mfxU16 BaseLayerPID; + + struct { + mfxU16 Scale; + mfxU16 reserved[3]; + }Layer[8]; +} mfxExtAvcTemporalLayers; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxvideo++.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxvideo++.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e513b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxvideo++.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2010 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + + +File Name: mfxvideo++.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ + +#ifndef __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H +#define __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H + +#include "mfxvideo.h" + +class MFXVideoSession +{ +public: + MFXVideoSession(void) { m_session = (mfxSession) 0; } + virtual ~MFXVideoSession(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Init(mfxIMPL impl, mfxVersion *ver) { return MFXInit(impl, ver, &m_session); } + mfxStatus Close(void) + { + mfxStatus mfxRes; + mfxRes = MFXClose(m_session); m_session = (mfxSession) 0; + return mfxRes; + } + + mfxStatus QueryIMPL(mfxIMPL *impl) { return MFXQueryIMPL(m_session, impl); } + mfxStatus QueryVersion(mfxVersion *version) { return MFXQueryVersion(m_session, version); } + + mfxStatus JoinSession(mfxSession child_session) { return MFXJoinSession(m_session, child_session);} + mfxStatus DisjoinSession( ) { return MFXDisjoinSession(m_session);} + mfxStatus CloneSession( mfxSession *clone) { return MFXCloneSession(m_session, clone);} + mfxStatus SetPriority( mfxPriority priority) { return MFXSetPriority(m_session, priority);} + mfxStatus GetPriority( mfxPriority *priority) { return MFXGetPriority(m_session, priority);} + + mfxStatus SetBufferAllocator(mfxBufferAllocator *allocator) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetBufferAllocator(m_session, allocator); } + mfxStatus SetFrameAllocator(mfxFrameAllocator *allocator) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetFrameAllocator(m_session, allocator); } + mfxStatus SetHandle(mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL hdl) { return MFXVideoCORE_SetHandle(m_session, type, hdl); } + mfxStatus GetHandle(mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *hdl) { return MFXVideoCORE_GetHandle(m_session, type, hdl); } + + mfxStatus SyncOperation(mfxSyncPoint syncp, mfxU32 wait) { return MFXVideoCORE_SyncOperation(m_session, syncp, wait); } + + operator mfxSession (void) { return m_session; } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoENCODE +{ +public: + + MFXVideoENCODE(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoENCODE(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request) { return MFXVideoENCODE_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoENCODE_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoENCODE_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus GetEncodeStat(mfxEncodeStat *stat) { return MFXVideoENCODE_GetEncodeStat(m_session, stat); } + + mfxStatus EncodeFrameAsync(mfxEncodeCtrl *ctrl, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoENCODE_EncodeFrameAsync(m_session, ctrl, surface, bs, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoDECODE +{ +public: + + MFXVideoDECODE(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoDECODE(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus DecodeHeader(mfxBitstream *bs, mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeHeader(m_session, bs, par); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request) { return MFXVideoDECODE_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoDECODE_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoDECODE_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + + mfxStatus GetDecodeStat(mfxDecodeStat *stat) { return MFXVideoDECODE_GetDecodeStat(m_session, stat); } + mfxStatus GetPayload(mfxU64 *ts, mfxPayload *payload) {return MFXVideoDECODE_GetPayload(m_session, ts, payload); } + mfxStatus SetSkipMode(mfxSkipMode mode) { return MFXVideoDECODE_SetSkipMode(m_session, mode); } + mfxStatus DecodeFrameAsync(mfxBitstream *bs, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface_work, mfxFrameSurface1 **surface_out, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeFrameAsync(m_session, bs, surface_work, surface_out, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +class MFXVideoVPP +{ +public: + + MFXVideoVPP(mfxSession session) { m_session = session; } + virtual ~MFXVideoVPP(void) { Close(); } + + mfxStatus Query(mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out) { return MFXVideoVPP_Query(m_session, in, out); } + mfxStatus QueryIOSurf(mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest request[2]) { return MFXVideoVPP_QueryIOSurf(m_session, par, request); } + mfxStatus Init(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_Init(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Reset(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_Reset(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus Close(void) { return MFXVideoVPP_Close(m_session); } + + mfxStatus GetVideoParam(mfxVideoParam *par) { return MFXVideoVPP_GetVideoParam(m_session, par); } + mfxStatus GetVPPStat(mfxVPPStat *stat) { return MFXVideoVPP_GetVPPStat(m_session, stat); } + mfxStatus RunFrameVPPAsync(mfxFrameSurface1 *in, mfxFrameSurface1 *out, mfxExtVppAuxData *aux, mfxSyncPoint *syncp) { return MFXVideoVPP_RunFrameVPPAsync(m_session, in, out, aux, syncp); } + +protected: + + mfxSession m_session; // (mfxSession) handle to the owning session +}; + +#endif // __MFXVIDEOPLUSPLUS_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxvideo.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxvideo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..641dc7a --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/include64/mfx/mfxvideo.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* ****************************************************************************** *\ + +INTEL CORPORATION PROPRIETARY INFORMATION +This software is supplied under the terms of a license agreement or nondisclosure +agreement with Intel Corporation and may not be copied or disclosed except in +accordance with the terms of that agreement +Copyright(c) 2007-2012 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. + +File Name: mfxvideo.h + +\* ****************************************************************************** */ +#ifndef __MFXVIDEO_H__ +#define __MFXVIDEO_H__ +#include "mfxstructures.h" + +/* This is the external include file for the Intel(R) Media Sofware Development Kit product */ +#define MFX_VERSION_MAJOR 1 +#define MFX_VERSION_MINOR 4 + +#ifdef _WIN32 + #define MFX_CDECL __cdecl + #define MFX_STDCALL __stdcall +#else + #define MFX_CDECL + #define MFX_STDCALL +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +{ +#endif + +/* MFXVideoCORE */ +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxHDL pthis; + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Alloc) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxU32 nbytes, mfxU16 type, mfxMemId *mid); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Lock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxU8 **ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Unlock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Free) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid); +} mfxBufferAllocator; + +typedef struct { + mfxU32 reserved[4]; + mfxHDL pthis; + + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Alloc) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request, mfxFrameAllocResponse *response); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Lock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxFrameData *ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Unlock) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxFrameData *ptr); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *GetHDL) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxMemId mid, mfxHDL *handle); + mfxStatus (MFX_CDECL *Free) (mfxHDL pthis, mfxFrameAllocResponse *response); +} mfxFrameAllocator; + +/* Global Functions */ +typedef struct _mfxSession *mfxSession; +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXInit(mfxIMPL impl, mfxVersion *ver, mfxSession *session); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXClose(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXQueryIMPL(mfxSession session, mfxIMPL *impl); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXQueryVersion(mfxSession session, mfxVersion *version); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXJoinSession(mfxSession session, mfxSession child); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXDisjoinSession(mfxSession session); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXCloneSession(mfxSession session, mfxSession *clone); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXSetPriority(mfxSession session, mfxPriority priority); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXGetPriority(mfxSession session, mfxPriority *priority); + +/* VideoCORE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetBufferAllocator(mfxSession session, mfxBufferAllocator *allocator); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetFrameAllocator(mfxSession session, mfxFrameAllocator *allocator); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SetHandle(mfxSession session, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL hdl); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_GetHandle(mfxSession session, mfxHandleType type, mfxHDL *hdl); + +typedef struct _mfxSyncPoint *mfxSyncPoint; +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoCORE_SyncOperation(mfxSession session, mfxSyncPoint syncp, mfxU32 wait); + +/* VideoENCODE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_GetEncodeStat(mfxSession session, mfxEncodeStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoENCODE_EncodeFrameAsync(mfxSession session, mfxEncodeCtrl *ctrl, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +/* VideoDECODE */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeHeader(mfxSession session, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest *request); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetDecodeStat(mfxSession session, mfxDecodeStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_SetSkipMode(mfxSession session, mfxSkipMode mode); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_GetPayload(mfxSession session, mfxU64 *ts, mfxPayload *payload); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoDECODE_DecodeFrameAsync(mfxSession session, mfxBitstream *bs, mfxFrameSurface1 *surface_work, mfxFrameSurface1 **surface_out, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +/* VideoVPP */ +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Query(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *in, mfxVideoParam *out); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_QueryIOSurf(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par, mfxFrameAllocRequest request[2]); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Init(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Reset(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_Close(mfxSession session); + +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_GetVideoParam(mfxSession session, mfxVideoParam *par); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_GetVPPStat(mfxSession session, mfxVPPStat *stat); +mfxStatus MFX_CDECL MFXVideoVPP_RunFrameVPPAsync(mfxSession session, mfxFrameSurface1 *in, mfxFrameSurface1 *out, mfxExtVppAuxData *aux, mfxSyncPoint *syncp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avcodec.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avcodec.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0f4984 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avcodec.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avdevice.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avdevice.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..438c0a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avdevice.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avfilter.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avfilter.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..515a513 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avfilter.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avformat.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avformat.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59a39e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avformat.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avutil.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avutil.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71ff6b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/avutil.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/postproc.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/postproc.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0b7b8e Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/postproc.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/swresample.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/swresample.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc297b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/swresample.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/swscale.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/swscale.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..105ea1b Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib/swscale.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avcodec.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avcodec.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29d0e73 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avcodec.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avdevice.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avdevice.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e943f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avdevice.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avfilter.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avfilter.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9940c2b Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avfilter.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avformat.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avformat.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1116bc Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avformat.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avutil.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avutil.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0ec59f Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/avutil.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/postproc.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/postproc.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c1688d Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/postproc.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/swresample.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/swresample.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f25b3f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/swresample.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/swscale.lib b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/swscale.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19bb8bb Binary files /dev/null and b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeg4/winlib64/swscale.lib differ diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeghead.h b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeghead.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..933dcdb --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpeg/ffmpeghead.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +//必须加以下内容,否则编译不能通过,为了兼容C和C99标准 +#ifndef INT64_C +#define INT64_C +#define UINT64_C +#endif + +//引入ffmpeg头文件 +extern "C" { +#include "libavutil/opt.h" +#include "libavutil/time.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" +#include "libavutil/pixdesc.h" +#include "libavutil/avassert.h" +#include "libavutil/imgutils.h" +#include "libavutil/ffversion.h" +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "libswscale/swscale.h" + +#include "libavformat/avformat.h" +#include "libavfilter/avfilter.h" + +#ifdef ffmpegdevice +#include "libavdevice/avdevice.h" +#endif + +#ifndef gcc45 +#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" +#include "libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h" +#endif +} diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/ffmpegdemo.pro b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpegdemo.pro new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b90f4b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/ffmpegdemo.pro @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +QT += core gui + +greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets + +TARGET = ffmpegdemo +TEMPLATE = app +MOC_DIR = temp/moc +RCC_DIR = temp/rcc +UI_DIR = temp/ui +OBJECTS_DIR = temp/obj +DESTDIR = $$PWD/../bin + +#ffmpeg3表示用ffmpeg3版本 可以改成ffmpeg4表示用ffmpeg4版本 +#qt32表示采用32位的ffmpeg 可以改成qt64表示采用64位的ffmpeg +DEFINES += ffmpeg3 qt32 +SOURCES += main.cpp widget.cpp +HEADERS += widget.h +FORMS += widget.ui +CONFIG += warn_off + +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/ffmpeg +include ($$PWD/ffmpeg/ffmpeg.pri) diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/main.cpp b/ffmpegdemo/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a741f6c --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +#pragma execution_character_set("utf-8") +#include "widget.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + QApplication a(argc, argv); + + QFont font; + font.setFamily("MicroSoft Yahei"); + font.setPixelSize(12); + a.setFont(font); + +#if (QT_VERSION <= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,0,0)) +#if _MSC_VER + QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("gbk"); +#else + QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("utf-8"); +#endif + QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale(codec); + QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(codec); + QTextCodec::setCodecForTr(codec); +#else + QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("utf-8"); + QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale(codec); +#endif + + Widget w; + w.setWindowTitle("视频流播放ffmpeg内核 (QQ: 517216493)"); + w.show(); + + //居中显示窗体 + QDesktopWidget deskWidget; + int deskWidth = deskWidget.availableGeometry().width(); + int deskHeight = deskWidget.availableGeometry().height(); + QPoint movePoint(deskWidth / 2 - w.width() / 2, deskHeight / 2 - w.height() / 2); + w.move(movePoint); + + return a.exec(); +} diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/readme.txt b/ffmpegdemo/readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..032811d --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +ԺǵýdllļƵִļͬһĿ¼ +Ӧ汾dllļصַhttps://pan.baidu.com/s/13LDRu6mXC6gaADtrGprNVA ȡ: ujm7 + +շǿ汾https://blog.csdn.net/feiyangqingyun/article/details/103946731 + +2. վ㣺[https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun) +3. վ㣺[https://github.com/feiyangqingyun](https://github.com/feiyangqingyun) +4. ҳ[https://blog.csdn.net/feiyangqingyun](https://blog.csdn.net/feiyangqingyun) +5. ֪ҳ[https://www.zhihu.com/people/feiyangqingyun/](https://www.zhihu.com/people/feiyangqingyun/) + +1. ߳ʵʱ +2. ͬʱƵƵ +3. ֧Qt汾ϵͳ +4. ʹ룬չǿ +5. ѡffmpeg3ffmpeg4汾 +6. ѡ32λ64λffmpeg +7. ע;ϸ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/widget.cpp b/ffmpegdemo/widget.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fae6d11 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/widget.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#pragma execution_character_set("utf-8") +#include "widget.h" +#include "ui_widget.h" + +Widget::Widget(QWidget *parent) + : QWidget(parent) + , ui(new Ui::Widget) +{ + ui->setupUi(this); + + QStringList urls; + urls << "rtsp://wowzaec2demo.streamlock.net/vod/mp4:BigBuckBunny_115k.mov"; + urls << "rtsp://admin:Admin123456@192.168.1.64:554/Streaming/Channels/102?transportmode=unicast&profile=Profile_2"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.108:554/cam/realmonitor?channel=1&subtype=0&unicast=true&proto=Onvif"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.15:554/media/video1"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.15:554/media/video2"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.247:554/av0_0"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.247:554/av0_1"; + ui->cboxUrl->addItems(urls); +} + +Widget::~Widget() +{ + delete ui; +} + +void Widget::on_btnOpen_clicked() +{ + if (ui->btnOpen->text() == "打开") { + ui->btnOpen->setText("关闭"); + QString url = ui->cboxUrl->currentText().trimmed(); + ui->ffmpegWidget->setUrl(url); + ui->ffmpegWidget->open(); + } else { + ui->btnOpen->setText("打开"); + ui->ffmpegWidget->close(); + } +} diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/widget.h b/ffmpegdemo/widget.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d54597 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/widget.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#ifndef WIDGET_H +#define WIDGET_H + +#include + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE +namespace Ui { class Widget; } +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +class Widget : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + Widget(QWidget *parent = 0); + ~Widget(); + +private slots: + void on_btnOpen_clicked(); + +private: + Ui::Widget *ui; +}; +#endif // WIDGET_H diff --git a/ffmpegdemo/widget.ui b/ffmpegdemo/widget.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b75261 --- /dev/null +++ b/ffmpegdemo/widget.ui @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + Widget + + + + 0 + 0 + 700 + 600 + + + + Widget + + + + + + + 0 + 0 + + + + + + + + + + + 0 + 0 + + + + true + + + + + + + 打开 + + + + + + + + + + FFmpegWidget + QWidget +
ffmpeg.h
+ 1 + + + + + diff --git a/snap/ffmpegdemo.png b/snap/ffmpegdemo.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e31e65e Binary files /dev/null and b/snap/ffmpegdemo.png differ diff --git a/snap/vlcdemo.png b/snap/vlcdemo.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..195c640 Binary files /dev/null and b/snap/vlcdemo.png differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/main.cpp b/vlcdemo/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62bc384 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +#pragma execution_character_set("utf-8") +#include "widget.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + QApplication a(argc, argv); + + QFont font; + font.setFamily("MicroSoft Yahei"); + font.setPixelSize(12); + a.setFont(font); + +#if (QT_VERSION <= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,0,0)) +#if _MSC_VER + QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("gbk"); +#else + QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("utf-8"); +#endif + QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale(codec); + QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(codec); + QTextCodec::setCodecForTr(codec); +#else + QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("utf-8"); + QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale(codec); +#endif + + Widget w; + w.setWindowTitle("视频流播放vlc内核 (QQ: 517216493)"); + w.show(); + + //居中显示窗体 + QDesktopWidget deskWidget; + int deskWidth = deskWidget.availableGeometry().width(); + int deskHeight = deskWidget.availableGeometry().height(); + QPoint movePoint(deskWidth / 2 - w.width() / 2, deskHeight / 2 - w.height() / 2); + w.move(movePoint); + + return a.exec(); +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/readme.txt b/vlcdemo/readme.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db5b099 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/readme.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +ԺǵýdllļƵִļͬһĿ¼ +Ӧ汾dllļصַhttps://pan.baidu.com/s/13LDRu6mXC6gaADtrGprNVA ȡ: ujm7 + +շǿ汾https://blog.csdn.net/feiyangqingyun/article/details/103946067 + +2. վ㣺[https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun](https://gitee.com/feiyangqingyun) +3. վ㣺[https://github.com/feiyangqingyun](https://github.com/feiyangqingyun) +4. ҳ[https://blog.csdn.net/feiyangqingyun](https://blog.csdn.net/feiyangqingyun) +5. ֪ҳ[https://www.zhihu.com/people/feiyangqingyun/](https://www.zhihu.com/people/feiyangqingyun/) + +1. ߳ʵʱ +2. ͬʱƵƵ +3. ֧Qt汾ϵͳ +4. ʹ룬չǿ +5. ѡvlc2vlc3汾 +6. ѡ32λ64λvlc +7. ע;ϸ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.cpp b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..474a308 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +#include "vlc.h" + +#pragma execution_character_set("utf-8") +#define TIMEMS qPrintable(QTime::currentTime().toString("HH:mm:ss zzz")) +#define STRDATETIME qPrintable(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString("yyyy-MM-dd-HH-mm-ss")) + +VlcThread::VlcThread(QObject *parent) : QThread(parent) +{ + setObjectName("VlcThread"); + + stopped = false; + isPlay = false; + + url = "rtsp://192.168.1.200:554/1"; + + vlcInst = NULL; + vlcMedia = NULL; + vlcPlayer = NULL; + + static bool isInit = false; + if (!isInit) { + isInit = true; + qDebug() << TIMEMS << "init vlc lib ok" << " version:" << libvlc_get_version(); + } +} + +void VlcThread::run() +{ + while (!stopped) { + msleep(1); + } + + //线程结束后释放资源 + free(); + stopped = false; + isPlay = false; + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "stop vlc thread"; +} + +void VlcThread::setUrl(const QString &url) +{ + this->url = url; +} + +void VlcThread::setOption(const QString &option) +{ + if (vlcMedia != NULL) { + QByteArray data = option.toUtf8(); + const char *arg = data.constData(); + libvlc_media_add_option(vlcMedia, arg); + } +} + +bool VlcThread::init() +{ + const char *tempArg = ""; + const char *vlc_args[9] = {"-I", "dummy", "--no-osd", "--no-stats", "--ignore-config", "--no-video-on-top", "--no-video-title-show", "--no-snapshot-preview", tempArg}; + vlcInst = libvlc_new(sizeof(vlc_args) / sizeof(vlc_args[0]), vlc_args); + if (vlcInst == NULL) { + return false; + } + + vlcMedia = libvlc_media_new_location(vlcInst, url.toUtf8().constData()); + vlcPlayer = libvlc_media_player_new_from_media(vlcMedia); + if (vlcPlayer == NULL) { + return false; + } + + //设置播放句柄 + VlcWidget *w = (VlcWidget *)this->parent(); +#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) + libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd(vlcPlayer, (void *)w->winId()); +#elif defined(Q_OS_LINUX) + libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow(vlcPlayer, w->winId()); +#elif defined(Q_OS_MAC) + libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(vlcPlayer, (void *)w->winId()); +#endif + + //设置硬件加速 none auto any d3d11va dxva2 + setOption(QString(":avcodec-hw=%1").arg("none")); + //设置通信协议 tcp udp + setOption(QString(":rtsp-%1").arg("tcp")); + //设置缓存时间 默认500毫秒 + setOption(QString(":network-caching=%1").arg(300)); + + libvlc_media_player_play(vlcPlayer); + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "init vlc finsh"; + return true; +} + +void VlcThread::play() +{ + isPlay = true; + this->init(); +} + +void VlcThread::pause() +{ + if (vlcPlayer != NULL) { + libvlc_media_player_pause(vlcPlayer); + } +} + +void VlcThread::next() +{ + if (vlcPlayer != NULL) { + libvlc_media_player_pause(vlcPlayer); + } +} + +void VlcThread::free() +{ + if (vlcInst != NULL) { + libvlc_release(vlcInst); + vlcInst = NULL; + } + + if (vlcMedia != NULL) { + libvlc_media_release(vlcMedia); + vlcMedia = NULL; + } + + if (vlcPlayer != NULL) { + libvlc_media_player_release(vlcPlayer); + vlcPlayer = NULL; + } + + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "close vlc ok"; +} + +void VlcThread::stop() +{ + stopped = true; +} + +//实时视频显示窗体类 +VlcWidget::VlcWidget(QWidget *parent) : QWidget(parent) +{ + vlc = new VlcThread(this); +} + +VlcWidget::~VlcWidget() +{ + close(); +} + +void VlcWidget::setUrl(const QString &url) +{ + vlc->setUrl(url); +} + +void VlcWidget::open() +{ + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "open video" << objectName(); + clear(); + + vlc->play(); + vlc->start(); +} + +void VlcWidget::pause() +{ + vlc->pause(); +} + +void VlcWidget::next() +{ + vlc->next(); +} + +void VlcWidget::close() +{ + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "close video" << objectName(); + if (vlc->isRunning()) { + vlc->stop(); + vlc->quit(); + vlc->wait(3000); + } + + QTimer::singleShot(5, this, SLOT(clear())); +} + +void VlcWidget::restart() +{ + //qDebug() << TIMEMS << "restart video" << objectName(); + close(); + QTimer::singleShot(10, this, SLOT(open())); +} + +void VlcWidget::clear() +{ + update(); +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d34e46 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +#ifndef VLC_H +#define VLC_H + +#include +#if (QT_VERSION > QT_VERSION_CHECK(5,0,0)) +#include +#endif + +#include "vlchead.h" +class VlcWidget; + +class VlcThread : public QThread +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit VlcThread(QObject *parent = 0); + +protected: + void run(); + +private: + volatile bool stopped; //线程停止标志位 + volatile bool isPlay; //播放视频标志位 + + QString url; //视频流地址 + + libvlc_instance_t *vlcInst; //载体对象 + libvlc_media_t *vlcMedia; //媒体对象 + libvlc_media_player_t *vlcPlayer; //播放对象 + +signals: + //收到图片信号 + void receiveImage(const QImage &image); + +public slots: + //设置视频流地址 + void setUrl(const QString &url); + void setOption(const QString &option); + + //初始化视频对象 + bool init(); + //播放视频对象 + void play(); + //暂停播放 + void pause(); + //继续播放 + void next(); + //释放对象 + void free(); + //停止采集线程 + void stop(); +}; + +//实时视频显示窗体类 +class VlcWidget : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit VlcWidget(QWidget *parent = 0); + ~VlcWidget(); + +private: + VlcThread *vlc; //实时视频采集对象 + +public slots: + //设置视频流地址 + void setUrl(const QString &url); + + //打开设备 + void open(); + //暂停 + void pause(); + //继续 + void next(); + //关闭设备 + void close(); + //重新加载 + void restart(); + //清空 + void clear(); + +}; + +#endif // VLC_H diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.pri b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.pri new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1fa098 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc.pri @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +HEADERS += $$PWD/vlchead.h +HEADERS += $$PWD/vlc.h +SOURCES += $$PWD/vlc.cpp + +#vlc3则使用vlc3的目录 +contains(DEFINES, vlc3) { +strPath = vlc3 +} else { +strPath = vlc2 +} + +#32位的库则使用32位的库的头文件和lib文件 +contains(DEFINES, qt32) { +strLib = winlib +strInclude = include +} else { +strLib = winlib64 +strInclude = include64 +} + +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/$$strPath/$$strInclude +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/$$strPath/$$strInclude/plugins + +win32 { +LIBS += -L$$PWD/$$strPath/$$strLib/ -llibvlc -llibvlccore +} + +#需要自己改为对应目录下的库 +unix:!macx {} +macx {} diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/deprecated.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/deprecated.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65df232 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/deprecated.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * deprecated.h: libvlc deprecated API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 7f55090fcd482489ceed9145ce2253e78fa6fd2a $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H +#define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc deprecated API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Playlist (Deprecated) + *****************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup libvlc_playlist LibVLC playlist (legacy) + * \ingroup libvlc + * @deprecated Use @ref libvlc_media_list instead. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Start playing (if there is any item in the playlist). + * + * Additionnal playlist item options can be specified for addition to the + * item before it is played. + * + * \param p_instance the playlist instance + * \param i_id the item to play. If this is a negative number, the next + * item will be selected. Otherwise, the item with the given ID will be + * played + * \param i_options the number of options to add to the item + * \param ppsz_options the options to add to the item + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_playlist_play( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, int i_id, + int i_options, char **ppsz_options ); + +/** @}*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..395cb65 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc.h @@ -0,0 +1,634 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 0bc0b401a553d2758abddf6f545022a6c2644405 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc external API + */ + +/** + * \defgroup libvlc LibVLC + * LibVLC is the external programming interface of the VLC media player. + * It is used to embed VLC into other applications or frameworks. + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_H 1 + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined (DLL_EXPORT) +# define LIBVLC_API __declspec(dllexport) +#elif defined (__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4) +# define LIBVLC_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define LIBVLC_API +#endif + +#ifdef __LIBVLC__ +/* Avoid unhelpful warnings from libvlc with our deprecated APIs */ +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && \ + (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 0) +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +#endif + +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +#include + +/** \defgroup libvlc_core LibVLC core + * \ingroup libvlc + * Before it can do anything useful, LibVLC must be initialized. + * You can create one (or more) instance(s) of LibVLC in a given process, + * with libvlc_new() and destroy them with libvlc_release(). + * + * \version Unless otherwise stated, these functions are available + * from LibVLC versions numbered 1.1.0 or more. + * Earlier versions (0.9.x and 1.0.x) are not compatible. + * @{ + */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_error LibVLC error handling + * @{ + */ + +/** + * A human-readable error message for the last LibVLC error in the calling + * thread. The resulting string is valid until another error occurs (at least + * until the next LibVLC call). + * + * @warning + * This will be NULL if there was no error. + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_errmsg (void); + +/** + * Clears the LibVLC error status for the current thread. This is optional. + * By default, the error status is automatically overridden when a new error + * occurs, and destroyed when the thread exits. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_clearerr (void); + +/** + * Sets the LibVLC error status and message for the current thread. + * Any previous error is overridden. + * \param fmt the format string + * \param ap the arguments + * \return a nul terminated string in any case + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_vprinterr (const char *fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Sets the LibVLC error status and message for the current thread. + * Any previous error is overridden. + * \param fmt the format string + * \param args the arguments + * \return a nul terminated string in any case + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_printerr (const char *fmt, ...); + +/**@} */ + +/** + * Create and initialize a libvlc instance. + * This functions accept a list of "command line" arguments similar to the + * main(). These arguments affect the LibVLC instance default configuration. + * + * \version + * Arguments are meant to be passed from the command line to LibVLC, just like + * VLC media player does. The list of valid arguments depends on the LibVLC + * version, the operating system and platform, and set of available LibVLC + * plugins. Invalid or unsupported arguments will cause the function to fail + * (i.e. return NULL). Also, some arguments may alter the behaviour or + * otherwise interfere with other LibVLC functions. + * + * \warning + * There is absolutely no warranty or promise of forward, backward and + * cross-platform compatibility with regards to libvlc_new() arguments. + * We recommend that you do not use them, other than when debugging. + * + * \param argc the number of arguments (should be 0) + * \param argv list of arguments (should be NULL) + * \return the libvlc instance or NULL in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_instance_t * +libvlc_new( int argc , const char *const *argv ); + +/** + * Decrement the reference count of a libvlc instance, and destroy it + * if it reaches zero. + * + * \param p_instance the instance to destroy + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_release( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Increments the reference count of a libvlc instance. + * The initial reference count is 1 after libvlc_new() returns. + * + * \param p_instance the instance to reference + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_retain( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Try to start a user interface for the libvlc instance. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param name interface name, or NULL for default + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_add_intf( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *name ); + +/** + * Registers a callback for the LibVLC exit event. This is mostly useful if + * the VLC playlist and/or at least one interface are started with + * libvlc_playlist_play() or libvlc_add_intf() respectively. + * Typically, this function will wake up your application main loop (from + * another thread). + * + * \note This function should be called before the playlist or interface are + * started. Otherwise, there is a small race condition: the exit event could + * be raised before the handler is registered. + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param cb callback to invoke when LibVLC wants to exit, + * or NULL to disable the exit handler (as by default) + * \param opaque data pointer for the callback + * \warning This function and libvlc_wait() cannot be used at the same time. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_exit_handler( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + void (*cb) (void *), void *opaque ); + +/** + * Waits until an interface causes the instance to exit. + * You should start at least one interface first, using libvlc_add_intf(). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \warning This function wastes one thread doing basically nothing. + * libvlc_set_exit_handler() should be used instead. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_wait( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Sets the application name. LibVLC passes this as the user agent string + * when a protocol requires it. + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param name human-readable application name, e.g. "FooBar player 1.2.3" + * \param http HTTP User Agent, e.g. "FooBar/1.2.3 Python/2.6.0" + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_user_agent( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *name, const char *http ); + +/** + * Sets some meta-information about the application. + * See also libvlc_set_user_agent(). + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param id Java-style application identifier, e.g. "com.acme.foobar" + * \param version application version numbers, e.g. "1.2.3" + * \param icon application icon name, e.g. "foobar" + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_app_id( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *id, + const char *version, const char *icon ); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc version. + * + * Example: "1.1.0-git The Luggage" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc version + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_version(void); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc compiler version. + * + * Example: "gcc version 4.2.3 (Ubuntu 4.2.3-2ubuntu6)" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc compiler version + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_compiler(void); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc changeset. + * + * Example: "aa9bce0bc4" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc changeset + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_changeset(void); + +/** + * Frees an heap allocation returned by a LibVLC function. + * If you know you're using the same underlying C run-time as the LibVLC + * implementation, then you can call ANSI C free() directly instead. + * + * \param ptr the pointer + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_free( void *ptr ); + +/** \defgroup libvlc_event LibVLC asynchronous events + * LibVLC emits asynchronous events. + * + * Several LibVLC objects (such @ref libvlc_instance_t as + * @ref libvlc_media_player_t) generate events asynchronously. Each of them + * provides @ref libvlc_event_manager_t event manager. You can subscribe to + * events with libvlc_event_attach() and unsubscribe with + * libvlc_event_detach(). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Event manager that belongs to a libvlc object, and from whom events can + * be received. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_event_manager_t libvlc_event_manager_t; + +struct libvlc_event_t; + +/** + * Type of a LibVLC event. + */ +typedef int libvlc_event_type_t; + +/** + * Callback function notification + * \param p_event the event triggering the callback + */ +typedef void ( *libvlc_callback_t )( const struct libvlc_event_t *, void * ); + +/** + * Register for an event notification. + * + * \param p_event_manager the event manager to which you want to attach to. + * Generally it is obtained by vlc_my_object_event_manager() where + * my_object is the object you want to listen to. + * \param i_event_type the desired event to which we want to listen + * \param f_callback the function to call when i_event_type occurs + * \param user_data user provided data to carry with the event + * \return 0 on success, ENOMEM on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_event_attach( libvlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + libvlc_event_type_t i_event_type, + libvlc_callback_t f_callback, + void *user_data ); + +/** + * Unregister an event notification. + * + * \param p_event_manager the event manager + * \param i_event_type the desired event to which we want to unregister + * \param f_callback the function to call when i_event_type occurs + * \param p_user_data user provided data to carry with the event + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_event_detach( libvlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + libvlc_event_type_t i_event_type, + libvlc_callback_t f_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +/** + * Get an event's type name. + * + * \param event_type the desired event + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_event_type_name( libvlc_event_type_t event_type ); + +/** @} */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_log LibVLC logging + * libvlc_log_* functions provide access to the LibVLC messages log. + * This is used for logging and debugging. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Logging messages level. + * \note Future LibVLC versions may define new levels. + */ +enum libvlc_log_level +{ + LIBVLC_DEBUG=0, /**< Debug message */ + LIBVLC_NOTICE=2, /**< Important informational message */ + LIBVLC_WARNING=3, /**< Warning (potential error) message */ + LIBVLC_ERROR=4 /**< Error message */ +}; + +typedef struct vlc_log_t libvlc_log_t; + +/** + * Gets debugging information about a log message: the name of the VLC module + * emitting the message and the message location within the source code. + * + * The returned module name and file name will be NULL if unknown. + * The returned line number will similarly be zero if unknown. + * + * \param ctx message context (as passed to the @ref libvlc_log_cb callback) + * \param module module name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param file source code file name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param line source code file line number storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \warning The returned module name and source code file name, if non-NULL, + * are only valid until the logging callback returns. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_get_context(const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char **module, const char **file, unsigned *line); + +/** + * Gets VLC object information about a log message: the type name of the VLC + * object emitting the message, the object header if any and a temporaly-unique + * object identifier. This information is mainly meant for manual + * troubleshooting. + * + * The returned type name may be "generic" if unknown, but it cannot be NULL. + * The returned header will be NULL if unset; in current versions, the header + * is used to distinguish for VLM inputs. + * The returned object ID will be zero if the message is not associated with + * any VLC object. + * + * \param ctx message context (as passed to the @ref libvlc_log_cb callback) + * \param name object name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param header object header (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param line source code file line number storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \warning The returned module name and source code file name, if non-NULL, + * are only valid until the logging callback returns. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_get_object(const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char **name, const char **header, uintptr_t *id); + +/** + * Callback prototype for LibVLC log message handler. + * \param data data pointer as given to libvlc_log_set() + * \param level message level (@ref enum libvlc_log_level) + * \param ctx message context (meta-information about the message) + * \param fmt printf() format string (as defined by ISO C11) + * \param args variable argument list for the format + * \note Log message handlers must be thread-safe. + * \warning The message context pointer, the format string parameters and the + * variable arguments are only valid until the callback returns. + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_log_cb)(void *data, int level, const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char *fmt, va_list args); + +/** + * Unsets the logging callback for a LibVLC instance. This is rarely needed: + * the callback is implicitly unset when the instance is destroyed. + * This function will wait for any pending callbacks invocation to complete + * (causing a deadlock if called from within the callback). + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_unset( libvlc_instance_t * ); + +/** + * Sets the logging callback for a LibVLC instance. + * This function is thread-safe: it will wait for any pending callbacks + * invocation to complete. + * + * \param cb callback function pointer + * \param data opaque data pointer for the callback function + * + * \note Some log messages (especially debug) are emitted by LibVLC while + * is being initialized. These messages cannot be captured with this interface. + * + * \warning A deadlock may occur if this function is called from the callback. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_set( libvlc_instance_t *, + libvlc_log_cb cb, void *data ); + + +/** + * Sets up logging to a file. + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \param stream FILE pointer opened for writing + * (the FILE pointer must remain valid until libvlc_log_unset()) + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_set_file( libvlc_instance_t *, FILE *stream ); + +/** + * Always returns minus one. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance ignored + * \return always -1 + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_get_log_verbosity( const libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * This function does nothing. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance ignored + * \param level ignored + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_log_verbosity( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, unsigned level ); + +/** + * This function does nothing useful. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return an unique pointer or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_t *libvlc_log_open( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Frees memory allocated by libvlc_log_open(). + * + * \param p_log libvlc log instance or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_close( libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * Always returns zero. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + * \return always zero + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_log_count( const libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * This function does nothing. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_clear( libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * This function does nothing useful. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + * \return an unique pointer or NULL on error or if the parameter was NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_iterator_t *libvlc_log_get_iterator( const libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * Frees memory allocated by libvlc_log_get_iterator(). + * + * \param p_iter libvlc log iterator or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_iterator_free( libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter ); + +/** + * Always returns zero. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_iter ignored + * \return always zero + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_log_iterator_has_next( const libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter ); + +/** + * Always returns NULL. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_iter libvlc log iterator or NULL + * \param p_buf ignored + * \return always NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_message_t *libvlc_log_iterator_next( libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter, + libvlc_log_message_t *p_buf ); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Description of a module. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_module_description_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_shortname; + char *psz_longname; + char *psz_help; + struct libvlc_module_description_t *p_next; +} libvlc_module_description_t; + +/** + * Release a list of module descriptions. + * + * \param p_list the list to be released + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_module_description_list_release( libvlc_module_description_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Returns a list of audio filters that are available. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * + * \return a list of module descriptions. It should be freed with libvlc_module_description_list_release(). + * In case of an error, NULL is returned. + * + * \see libvlc_module_description_t + * \see libvlc_module_description_list_release + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_module_description_t *libvlc_audio_filter_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Returns a list of video filters that are available. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * + * \return a list of module descriptions. It should be freed with libvlc_module_description_list_release(). + * In case of an error, NULL is returned. + * + * \see libvlc_module_description_t + * \see libvlc_module_description_list_release + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_module_description_t *libvlc_video_filter_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** @} */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_clock LibVLC time + * These functions provide access to the LibVLC time/clock. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the current time as defined by LibVLC. The unit is the microsecond. + * Time increases monotonically (regardless of time zone changes and RTC + * adjustements). + * The origin is arbitrary but consistent across the whole system + * (e.g. the system uptim, the time since the system was booted). + * \note On systems that support it, the POSIX monotonic clock is used. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int64_t libvlc_clock(void); + +/** + * Return the delay (in microseconds) until a certain timestamp. + * \param pts timestamp + * \return negative if timestamp is in the past, + * positive if it is in the future + */ +static inline int64_t libvlc_delay(int64_t pts) +{ + return pts - libvlc_clock(); +} + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_events.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_events.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b29cd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_events.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_events.h: libvlc_events external API structure + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id $ + * + * Authors: Filippo Carone + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_EVENTS_H +#define LIBVLC_EVENTS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_event external API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_event + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Event types + */ +enum libvlc_event_e { + /* Append new event types at the end of a category. + * Do not remove, insert or re-order any entry. + * Keep this in sync with lib/event.c:libvlc_event_type_name(). */ + libvlc_MediaMetaChanged=0, + libvlc_MediaSubItemAdded, + libvlc_MediaDurationChanged, + libvlc_MediaParsedChanged, + libvlc_MediaFreed, + libvlc_MediaStateChanged, + libvlc_MediaSubItemTreeAdded, + + libvlc_MediaPlayerMediaChanged=0x100, + libvlc_MediaPlayerNothingSpecial, + libvlc_MediaPlayerOpening, + libvlc_MediaPlayerBuffering, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPlaying, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPaused, + libvlc_MediaPlayerStopped, + libvlc_MediaPlayerForward, + libvlc_MediaPlayerBackward, + libvlc_MediaPlayerEndReached, + libvlc_MediaPlayerEncounteredError, + libvlc_MediaPlayerTimeChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPositionChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerSeekableChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPausableChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerTitleChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerSnapshotTaken, + libvlc_MediaPlayerLengthChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerVout, + libvlc_MediaPlayerScrambledChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerCorked = libvlc_MediaPlayerScrambledChanged + 3 + 1, + libvlc_MediaPlayerUncorked, + libvlc_MediaPlayerMuted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerUnmuted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerAudioVolume, + + libvlc_MediaListItemAdded=0x200, + libvlc_MediaListWillAddItem, + libvlc_MediaListItemDeleted, + libvlc_MediaListWillDeleteItem, + + libvlc_MediaListViewItemAdded=0x300, + libvlc_MediaListViewWillAddItem, + libvlc_MediaListViewItemDeleted, + libvlc_MediaListViewWillDeleteItem, + + libvlc_MediaListPlayerPlayed=0x400, + libvlc_MediaListPlayerNextItemSet, + libvlc_MediaListPlayerStopped, + + libvlc_MediaDiscovererStarted=0x500, + libvlc_MediaDiscovererEnded, + + libvlc_VlmMediaAdded=0x600, + libvlc_VlmMediaRemoved, + libvlc_VlmMediaChanged, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStarted, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStopped, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusInit, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusOpening, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusPlaying, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusPause, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusEnd, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusError +}; + +/** + * A LibVLC event + */ +typedef struct libvlc_event_t +{ + int type; /**< Event type (see @ref libvlc_event_e) */ + void *p_obj; /**< Object emitting the event */ + union + { + /* media descriptor */ + struct + { + libvlc_meta_t meta_type; + } media_meta_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * new_child; + } media_subitem_added; + struct + { + int64_t new_duration; + } media_duration_changed; + struct + { + int new_status; + } media_parsed_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * md; + } media_freed; + struct + { + libvlc_state_t new_state; + } media_state_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + } media_subitemtree_added; + + /* media instance */ + struct + { + float new_cache; + } media_player_buffering; + struct + { + float new_position; + } media_player_position_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_time_t new_time; + } media_player_time_changed; + struct + { + int new_title; + } media_player_title_changed; + struct + { + int new_seekable; + } media_player_seekable_changed; + struct + { + int new_pausable; + } media_player_pausable_changed; + struct + { + int new_scrambled; + } media_player_scrambled_changed; + struct + { + int new_count; + } media_player_vout; + + /* media list */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_item_added; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_will_add_item; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_item_deleted; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_will_delete_item; + + /* media list player */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + } media_list_player_next_item_set; + + /* snapshot taken */ + struct + { + char* psz_filename ; + } media_player_snapshot_taken ; + + /* Length changed */ + struct + { + libvlc_time_t new_length; + } media_player_length_changed; + + /* VLM media */ + struct + { + const char * psz_media_name; + const char * psz_instance_name; + } vlm_media_event; + + /* Extra MediaPlayer */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * new_media; + } media_player_media_changed; + + struct + { + float volume; + } media_player_audio_volume; + } u; /**< Type-dependent event description */ +} libvlc_event_t; + + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_EVENTS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3e9913 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media.h @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 948230a3f17569091b982038ec2c66b48e1a4398 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media LibVLC media + * \ingroup libvlc + * @ref libvlc_media_t is an abstract representation of a playable media. + * It consists of a media location and various optional meta data. + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_t libvlc_media_t; + +/** defgroup libvlc_meta LibVLC meta data + * \ingroup libvlc_media + * @{ + */ + +/** Meta data types */ +typedef enum libvlc_meta_t { + libvlc_meta_Title, + libvlc_meta_Artist, + libvlc_meta_Genre, + libvlc_meta_Copyright, + libvlc_meta_Album, + libvlc_meta_TrackNumber, + libvlc_meta_Description, + libvlc_meta_Rating, + libvlc_meta_Date, + libvlc_meta_Setting, + libvlc_meta_URL, + libvlc_meta_Language, + libvlc_meta_NowPlaying, + libvlc_meta_Publisher, + libvlc_meta_EncodedBy, + libvlc_meta_ArtworkURL, + libvlc_meta_TrackID, + libvlc_meta_TrackTotal, + libvlc_meta_Director, + libvlc_meta_Season, + libvlc_meta_Episode, + libvlc_meta_ShowName, + libvlc_meta_Actors + /* Add new meta types HERE */ +} libvlc_meta_t; + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * Note the order of libvlc_state_t enum must match exactly the order of + * \see mediacontrol_PlayerStatus, \see input_state_e enums, + * and VideoLAN.LibVLC.State (at bindings/cil/src/media.cs). + * + * Expected states by web plugins are: + * IDLE/CLOSE=0, OPENING=1, BUFFERING=2, PLAYING=3, PAUSED=4, + * STOPPING=5, ENDED=6, ERROR=7 + */ +typedef enum libvlc_state_t +{ + libvlc_NothingSpecial=0, + libvlc_Opening, + libvlc_Buffering, + libvlc_Playing, + libvlc_Paused, + libvlc_Stopped, + libvlc_Ended, + libvlc_Error +} libvlc_state_t; + +enum +{ + libvlc_media_option_trusted = 0x2, + libvlc_media_option_unique = 0x100 +}; + +typedef enum libvlc_track_type_t +{ + libvlc_track_unknown = -1, + libvlc_track_audio = 0, + libvlc_track_video = 1, + libvlc_track_text = 2 +} libvlc_track_type_t; + +/** defgroup libvlc_media_stats_t LibVLC media statistics + * \ingroup libvlc_media + * @{ + */ +typedef struct libvlc_media_stats_t +{ + /* Input */ + int i_read_bytes; + float f_input_bitrate; + + /* Demux */ + int i_demux_read_bytes; + float f_demux_bitrate; + int i_demux_corrupted; + int i_demux_discontinuity; + + /* Decoders */ + int i_decoded_video; + int i_decoded_audio; + + /* Video Output */ + int i_displayed_pictures; + int i_lost_pictures; + + /* Audio output */ + int i_played_abuffers; + int i_lost_abuffers; + + /* Stream output */ + int i_sent_packets; + int i_sent_bytes; + float f_send_bitrate; +} libvlc_media_stats_t; +/** @}*/ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_track_info_t +{ + /* Codec fourcc */ + uint32_t i_codec; + int i_id; + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + + /* Codec specific */ + int i_profile; + int i_level; + + union { + struct { + /* Audio specific */ + unsigned i_channels; + unsigned i_rate; + } audio; + struct { + /* Video specific */ + unsigned i_height; + unsigned i_width; + } video; + } u; + +} libvlc_media_track_info_t; + + +typedef struct libvlc_audio_track_t +{ + unsigned i_channels; + unsigned i_rate; +} libvlc_audio_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_video_track_t +{ + unsigned i_height; + unsigned i_width; + unsigned i_sar_num; + unsigned i_sar_den; + unsigned i_frame_rate_num; + unsigned i_frame_rate_den; +} libvlc_video_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_subtitle_track_t +{ + char *psz_encoding; +} libvlc_subtitle_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_media_track_t +{ + /* Codec fourcc */ + uint32_t i_codec; + uint32_t i_original_fourcc; + int i_id; + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + + /* Codec specific */ + int i_profile; + int i_level; + + union { + libvlc_audio_track_t *audio; + libvlc_video_track_t *video; + libvlc_subtitle_track_t *subtitle; + }; + + unsigned int i_bitrate; + char *psz_language; + char *psz_description; + +} libvlc_media_track_t; + + +/** + * Create a media with a certain given media resource location, + * for instance a valid URL. + * + * \note To refer to a local file with this function, + * the file://... URI syntax must be used (see IETF RFC3986). + * We recommend using libvlc_media_new_path() instead when dealing with + * local files. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_mrl the media location + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_location( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char * psz_mrl ); + +/** + * Create a media for a certain file path. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param path local filesystem path + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_path( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *path ); + +/** + * Create a media for an already open file descriptor. + * The file descriptor shall be open for reading (or reading and writing). + * + * Regular file descriptors, pipe read descriptors and character device + * descriptors (including TTYs) are supported on all platforms. + * Block device descriptors are supported where available. + * Directory descriptors are supported on systems that provide fdopendir(). + * Sockets are supported on all platforms where they are file descriptors, + * i.e. all except Windows. + * + * \note This library will not automatically close the file descriptor + * under any circumstance. Nevertheless, a file descriptor can usually only be + * rendered once in a media player. To render it a second time, the file + * descriptor should probably be rewound to the beginning with lseek(). + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \version LibVLC 1.1.5 and later. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param fd open file descriptor + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_fd( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + int fd ); + + +/** + * Create a media as an empty node with a given name. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the node + * \return the new empty media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_as_node( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Add an option to the media. + * + * This option will be used to determine how the media_player will + * read the media. This allows to use VLC's advanced + * reading/streaming options on a per-media basis. + * + * \note The options are listed in 'vlc --long-help' from the command line, + * e.g. "-sout-all". Keep in mind that available options and their semantics + * vary across LibVLC versions and builds. + * \warning Not all options affects libvlc_media_t objects: + * Specifically, due to architectural issues most audio and video options, + * such as text renderer options, have no effects on an individual media. + * These options must be set through libvlc_new() instead. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param psz_options the options (as a string) + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_add_option( + libvlc_media_t *p_md, + const char * psz_options ); + +/** + * Add an option to the media with configurable flags. + * + * This option will be used to determine how the media_player will + * read the media. This allows to use VLC's advanced + * reading/streaming options on a per-media basis. + * + * The options are detailed in vlc --long-help, for instance + * "--sout-all". Note that all options are not usable on medias: + * specifically, due to architectural issues, video-related options + * such as text renderer options cannot be set on a single media. They + * must be set on the whole libvlc instance instead. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param psz_options the options (as a string) + * \param i_flags the flags for this option + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_add_option_flag( + libvlc_media_t *p_md, + const char * psz_options, + unsigned i_flags ); + + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media descriptor object (libvlc_media_t). Use + * libvlc_media_release() to decrement the reference count of a + * media descriptor object. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_retain( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Decrement the reference count of a media descriptor object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_release() will release the + * media descriptor object. It will send out an libvlc_MediaFreed event + * to all listeners. If the media descriptor object has been released it + * should not be used again. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_release( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get the media resource locator (mrl) from a media descriptor object + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return string with mrl of media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_media_get_mrl( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Duplicate a media descriptor object. + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_duplicate( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Read the meta of the media. + * + * If the media has not yet been parsed this will return NULL. + * + * This methods automatically calls libvlc_media_parse_async(), so after calling + * it you may receive a libvlc_MediaMetaChanged event. If you prefer a synchronous + * version ensure that you call libvlc_media_parse() before get_meta(). + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse + * \see libvlc_media_parse_async + * \see libvlc_MediaMetaChanged + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param e_meta the meta to read + * \return the media's meta + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_media_get_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_meta_t e_meta ); + +/** + * Set the meta of the media (this function will not save the meta, call + * libvlc_media_save_meta in order to save the meta) + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param e_meta the meta to write + * \param psz_value the media's meta + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_set_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_meta_t e_meta, + const char *psz_value ); + + +/** + * Save the meta previously set + * + * \param p_md the media desriptor + * \return true if the write operation was successful + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_save_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get current state of media descriptor object. Possible media states + * are defined in libvlc_structures.c ( libvlc_NothingSpecial=0, + * libvlc_Opening, libvlc_Buffering, libvlc_Playing, libvlc_Paused, + * libvlc_Stopped, libvlc_Ended, + * libvlc_Error). + * + * \see libvlc_state_t + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return state of media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t libvlc_media_get_state( + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get the current statistics about the media + * \param p_md: media descriptor object + * \param p_stats: structure that contain the statistics about the media + * (this structure must be allocated by the caller) + * \return true if the statistics are available, false otherwise + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_get_stats( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_stats_t *p_stats ); + +/* The following method uses libvlc_media_list_t, however, media_list usage is optionnal + * and this is here for convenience */ +#define VLC_FORWARD_DECLARE_OBJECT(a) struct a + +/** + * Get subitems of media descriptor object. This will increment + * the reference count of supplied media descriptor object. Use + * libvlc_media_list_release() to decrement the reference counting. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return list of media descriptor subitems or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_API VLC_FORWARD_DECLARE_OBJECT(libvlc_media_list_t *) +libvlc_media_subitems( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get event manager from media descriptor object. + * NOTE: this function doesn't increment reference counting. + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return event manager object + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_event_manager( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get duration (in ms) of media descriptor object item. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return duration of media item or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t + libvlc_media_get_duration( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Parse a media. + * + * This fetches (local) meta data and tracks information. + * The method is synchronous. + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_async + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_get_tracks_info + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Parse a media. + * + * This fetches (local) meta data and tracks information. + * The method is the asynchronous of libvlc_media_parse(). + * + * To track when this is over you can listen to libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * event. However if the media was already parsed you will not receive this + * event. + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_get_tracks_info + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse_async( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get Parsed status for media descriptor object. + * + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return true if media object has been parsed otherwise it returns false + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_is_parsed( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Sets media descriptor's user_data. user_data is specialized data + * accessed by the host application, VLC.framework uses it as a pointer to + * an native object that references a libvlc_media_t pointer + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param p_new_user_data pointer to user data + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_set_user_data( libvlc_media_t *p_md, void *p_new_user_data ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's user_data. user_data is specialized data + * accessed by the host application, VLC.framework uses it as a pointer to + * an native object that references a libvlc_media_t pointer + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API void *libvlc_media_get_user_data( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's elementary streams description + * + * Note, you need to call libvlc_media_parse() or play the media at least once + * before calling this function. + * Not doing this will result in an empty array. + * + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_tracks_get instead + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param tracks address to store an allocated array of Elementary Streams + * descriptions (must be freed by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of Elementary Streams + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_get_tracks_info( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_track_info_t **tracks ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's elementary streams description + * + * Note, you need to call libvlc_media_parse() or play the media at least once + * before calling this function. + * Not doing this will result in an empty array. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 and later. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param tracks address to store an allocated array of Elementary Streams + * descriptions (must be freed with libvlc_media_tracks_release + by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of Elementary Streams (zero on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_media_tracks_get( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_track_t ***tracks ); + + +/** + * Release media descriptor's elementary streams description array + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 and later. + * + * \param p_tracks tracks info array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_tracks_release( libvlc_media_track_t **p_tracks, + unsigned i_count ); + +/** @}*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_discoverer.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_discoverer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3883419 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_discoverer.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_discoverer.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: cf263b0536d9b19e725e039f12ef20eaa392fec3 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_discoverer external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_DISCOVERER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_DISCOVERER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_discoverer LibVLC media discovery + * \ingroup libvlc + * LibVLC media discovery finds available media via various means. + * This corresponds to the service discovery functionality in VLC media player. + * Different plugins find potential medias locally (e.g. user media directory), + * from peripherals (e.g. video capture device), on the local network + * (e.g. SAP) or on the Internet (e.g. Internet radios). + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_discoverer_t libvlc_media_discoverer_t; + +/** + * Discover media service by name. + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param psz_name service name + * \return media discover object or NULL in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_discoverer_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_new_from_name( libvlc_instance_t * p_inst, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Release media discover object. If the reference count reaches 0, then + * the object will be released. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_discoverer_release( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get media service discover object its localized name. + * + * \param p_mdis media discover object + * \return localized name + */ +LIBVLC_API char * libvlc_media_discoverer_localized_name( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get media service discover media list. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return list of media items + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * libvlc_media_discoverer_media_list( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get event manager from media service discover object. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return event manager object. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_discoverer_event_manager( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Query if media service discover object is running. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return true if running, false if not + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_discoverer_is_running( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_library.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_library.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4134c07 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_library.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_library.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fa7094a6a8aac42607490c9982d9f4d082c2794c $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_library external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_library LibVLC media library + * \ingroup libvlc + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_library_t libvlc_media_library_t; + +/** + * Create an new Media Library object + * + * \param p_instance the libvlc instance + * \return a new object or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_library_t * + libvlc_media_library_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance ); + +/** + * Release media library object. This functions decrements the + * reference count of the media library object. If it reaches 0, + * then the object will be released. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_library_release( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media library object. This function will + * increment the reference counting for this object. Use + * libvlc_media_library_release() to decrement the reference count. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_library_retain( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Load media library. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_library_load( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Get media library subitems. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + * \return media list subitems + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * + libvlc_media_library_media_list( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_list.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_list.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6330c6f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_list.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_list.h: libvlc_media_list API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 015824bf54e656cc67838452c7e99a00a452af6e $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H +#define LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_list API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_list LibVLC media list + * \ingroup libvlc + * A LibVLC media list holds multiple @ref libvlc_media_t media descriptors. + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_list_t libvlc_media_list_t; + +/** + * Create an empty media list. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return empty media list, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * + libvlc_media_list_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Release media list created with libvlc_media_list_new(). + * + * \param p_ml a media list created with libvlc_media_list_new() + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_release( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Retain reference to a media list + * + * \param p_ml a media list created with libvlc_media_list_new() + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_retain( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED int + libvlc_media_list_add_file_content( libvlc_media_list_t * p_ml, + const char * psz_uri ); + +/** + * Associate media instance with this media list instance. + * If another media instance was present it will be released. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should NOT be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md media instance to add + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_list_set_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media instance from this media list instance. This action will increase + * the refcount on the media instance. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should NOT be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return media instance + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * + libvlc_media_list_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Add media instance to media list + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md a media instance + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the media list is read-only + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_add_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Insert media instance in media list on a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md a media instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the media list is read-only + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_insert_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, + libvlc_media_t *p_md, int i_pos ); + +/** + * Remove media instance from media list on a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the list is read-only or the item was not found + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_remove_index( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, int i_pos ); + +/** + * Get count on media list items + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return number of items in media list + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_count( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * List media instance in media list at a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return media instance at position i_pos, or NULL if not found. + * In case of success, libvlc_media_retain() is called to increase the refcount + * on the media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * + libvlc_media_list_item_at_index( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, int i_pos ); +/** + * Find index position of List media instance in media list. + * Warning: the function will return the first matched position. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md media instance + * \return position of media instance or -1 if media not found + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_index_of_item( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * This indicates if this media list is read-only from a user point of view + * + * \param p_ml media list instance + * \return 1 on readonly, 0 on readwrite + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_is_readonly( libvlc_media_list_t * p_ml ); + +/** + * Get lock on media list items + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_lock( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Release lock on media list items + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_unlock( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Get libvlc_event_manager from this media list instance. + * The p_event_manager is immutable, so you don't have to hold the lock + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return libvlc_event_manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_list_event_manager( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** @} media_list */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_list_player.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_list_player.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fa3285 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_list_player.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_list_player.h: libvlc_media_list API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c95ad972c7dcf380ef62e60d821af726848dae48 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H +#define LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_list_player API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Media List Player + *****************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_list_player LibVLC media list player + * \ingroup libvlc + * The LibVLC media list player plays a @ref libvlc_media_list_t list of media, + * in a certain order. + * This is required to especially support playlist files. + * The normal @ref libvlc_media_player_t LibVLC media player can only play a + * single media, and does not handle playlist files properly. + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_list_player_t libvlc_media_list_player_t; + +/** + * Defines playback modes for playlist. + */ +typedef enum libvlc_playback_mode_t +{ + libvlc_playback_mode_default, + libvlc_playback_mode_loop, + libvlc_playback_mode_repeat +} libvlc_playback_mode_t; + +/** + * Create new media_list_player. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return media list player instance or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_player_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance ); + +/** + * Release a media_list_player after use + * Decrement the reference count of a media player object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_list_player_release() will + * release the media player object. If the media player object + * has been released, then it should not be used again. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_release( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media player list object. Use + * libvlc_media_list_player_release() to decrement reference count. + * + * \param p_mlp media player list object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_retain( libvlc_media_list_player_t *p_mlp ); + +/** + * Return the event manager of this media_list_player. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return the event manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_event_manager(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Replace media player in media_list_player with this instance. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_mi media player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_set_media_player( + libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_player_t * p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the media list associated with the player + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_mlist list of media + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_set_media_list( + libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_list_t * p_mlist ); + +/** + * Play media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_play(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Toggle pause (or resume) media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_pause(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Is media list playing? + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return true for playing and false for not playing + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_player_is_playing( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Get current libvlc_state of media list player + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return libvlc_state_t for media list player + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t + libvlc_media_list_player_get_state( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Play media list item at position index + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param i_index index in media list to play + * \return 0 upon success -1 if the item wasn't found + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_play_item_at_index(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + int i_index); + +/** + * Play the given media item + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_md the media instance + * \return 0 upon success, -1 if the media is not part of the media list + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_play_item(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_t * p_md); + +/** + * Stop playing media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_stop( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Play next item from media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return 0 upon success -1 if there is no next item + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_next(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Play previous item from media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return 0 upon success -1 if there is no previous item + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_previous(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + + + +/** + * Sets the playback mode for the playlist + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param e_mode playback mode specification + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_set_playback_mode(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_playback_mode_t e_mode ); + +/** @} media_list_player */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_player.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_player.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00afa61 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_media_player.h @@ -0,0 +1,1881 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_player.h: libvlc_media_player external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 94bf7e8c4461896ff0d22b7c86ce6d3f9854eb17 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_player external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# else +# include +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Media Player + *****************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_player LibVLC media player + * \ingroup libvlc + * A LibVLC media player plays one media (usually in a custom drawable). + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_player_t libvlc_media_player_t; + +/** + * Description for video, audio tracks and subtitles. It contains + * id, name (description string) and pointer to next record. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_track_description_t +{ + int i_id; + char *psz_name; + struct libvlc_track_description_t *p_next; + +} libvlc_track_description_t; + +/** + * Description for audio output. It contains + * name, description and pointer to next record. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_audio_output_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_description; + struct libvlc_audio_output_t *p_next; + +} libvlc_audio_output_t; + +/** + * Description for audio output device. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_audio_output_device_t +{ + struct libvlc_audio_output_device_t *p_next; /**< Next entry in list */ + char *psz_device; /**< Device identifier string */ + char *psz_description; /**< User-friendly device description */ + /* More fields may be added here in later versions */ +} libvlc_audio_output_device_t; + +/** + * Rectangle type for video geometry + */ +typedef struct libvlc_rectangle_t +{ + int top, left; + int bottom, right; +} libvlc_rectangle_t; + +/** + * Marq options definition + */ +typedef enum libvlc_video_marquee_option_t { + libvlc_marquee_Enable = 0, + libvlc_marquee_Text, /** string argument */ + libvlc_marquee_Color, + libvlc_marquee_Opacity, + libvlc_marquee_Position, + libvlc_marquee_Refresh, + libvlc_marquee_Size, + libvlc_marquee_Timeout, + libvlc_marquee_X, + libvlc_marquee_Y +} libvlc_video_marquee_option_t; + +/** + * Navigation mode + */ +typedef enum libvlc_navigate_mode_t +{ + libvlc_navigate_activate = 0, + libvlc_navigate_up, + libvlc_navigate_down, + libvlc_navigate_left, + libvlc_navigate_right +} libvlc_navigate_mode_t; + +/** + * Enumeration of values used to set position (e.g. of video title). + */ +typedef enum libvlc_position_t { + libvlc_position_disable=-1, + libvlc_position_center, + libvlc_position_left, + libvlc_position_right, + libvlc_position_top, + libvlc_position_top_left, + libvlc_position_top_right, + libvlc_position_bottom, + libvlc_position_bottom_left, + libvlc_position_bottom_right +} libvlc_position_t; + +/** + * Opaque equalizer handle. + * + * Equalizer settings can be applied to a media player. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_equalizer_t libvlc_equalizer_t; + +/** + * Create an empty Media Player object + * + * \param p_libvlc_instance the libvlc instance in which the Media Player + * should be created. + * \return a new media player object, or NULL on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * libvlc_media_player_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_libvlc_instance ); + +/** + * Create a Media Player object from a Media + * + * \param p_md the media. Afterwards the p_md can be safely + * destroyed. + * \return a new media player object, or NULL on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * libvlc_media_player_new_from_media( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Release a media_player after use + * Decrement the reference count of a media player object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_player_release() will + * release the media player object. If the media player object + * has been released, then it should not be used again. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player to free + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_release( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media player object. Use + * libvlc_media_player_release() to decrement reference count. + * + * \param p_mi media player object + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_retain( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the media that will be used by the media_player. If any, + * previous md will be released. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param p_md the Media. Afterwards the p_md can be safely + * destroyed. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_media( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get the media used by the media_player. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the media associated with p_mi, or NULL if no + * media is associated + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * libvlc_media_player_get_media( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the Event Manager from which the media player send event. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the event manager associated with p_mi + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * libvlc_media_player_event_manager ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * is_playing + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return 1 if the media player is playing, 0 otherwise + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_is_playing ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Play + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return 0 if playback started (and was already started), or -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_play ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Pause or resume (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param mp the Media Player + * \param do_pause play/resume if zero, pause if non-zero + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_pause ( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + int do_pause ); + +/** + * Toggle pause (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_pause ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Stop (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_stop ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Callback prototype to allocate and lock a picture buffer. + * + * Whenever a new video frame needs to be decoded, the lock callback is + * invoked. Depending on the video chroma, one or three pixel planes of + * adequate dimensions must be returned via the second parameter. Those + * planes must be aligned on 32-bytes boundaries. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param planes start address of the pixel planes (LibVLC allocates the array + * of void pointers, this callback must initialize the array) [OUT] + * \return a private pointer for the display and unlock callbacks to identify + * the picture buffers + */ +typedef void *(*libvlc_video_lock_cb)(void *opaque, void **planes); + +/** + * Callback prototype to unlock a picture buffer. + * + * When the video frame decoding is complete, the unlock callback is invoked. + * This callback might not be needed at all. It is only an indication that the + * application can now read the pixel values if it needs to. + * + * \warning A picture buffer is unlocked after the picture is decoded, + * but before the picture is displayed. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param picture private pointer returned from the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback [IN] + * \param planes pixel planes as defined by the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback (this parameter is only for convenience) [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_unlock_cb)(void *opaque, void *picture, + void *const *planes); + +/** + * Callback prototype to display a picture. + * + * When the video frame needs to be shown, as determined by the media playback + * clock, the display callback is invoked. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param picture private pointer returned from the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_display_cb)(void *opaque, void *picture); + +/** + * Callback prototype to configure picture buffers format. + * This callback gets the format of the video as output by the video decoder + * and the chain of video filters (if any). It can opt to change any parameter + * as it needs. In that case, LibVLC will attempt to convert the video format + * (rescaling and chroma conversion) but these operations can be CPU intensive. + * + * \param opaque pointer to the private pointer passed to + * libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN/OUT] + * \param chroma pointer to the 4 bytes video format identifier [IN/OUT] + * \param width pointer to the pixel width [IN/OUT] + * \param height pointer to the pixel height [IN/OUT] + * \param pitches table of scanline pitches in bytes for each pixel plane + * (the table is allocated by LibVLC) [OUT] + * \param lines table of scanlines count for each plane [OUT] + * \return the number of picture buffers allocated, 0 indicates failure + * + * \note + * For each pixels plane, the scanline pitch must be bigger than or equal to + * the number of bytes per pixel multiplied by the pixel width. + * Similarly, the number of scanlines must be bigger than of equal to + * the pixel height. + * Furthermore, we recommend that pitches and lines be multiple of 32 + * to not break assumption that might be made by various optimizations + * in the video decoders, video filters and/or video converters. + */ +typedef unsigned (*libvlc_video_format_cb)(void **opaque, char *chroma, + unsigned *width, unsigned *height, + unsigned *pitches, + unsigned *lines); + +/** + * Callback prototype to configure picture buffers format. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() + * (and possibly modified by @ref libvlc_video_format_cb) [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_cleanup_cb)(void *opaque); + + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data to render decoded video to a custom area + * in memory. + * Use libvlc_video_set_format() or libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded format. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param lock callback to lock video memory (must not be NULL) + * \param unlock callback to unlock video memory (or NULL if not needed) + * \param display callback to display video (or NULL if not needed) + * \param opaque private pointer for the three callbacks (as first parameter) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_video_lock_cb lock, + libvlc_video_unlock_cb unlock, + libvlc_video_display_cb display, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Set decoded video chroma and dimensions. + * This only works in combination with libvlc_video_set_callbacks(), + * and is mutually exclusive with libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param chroma a four-characters string identifying the chroma + * (e.g. "RV32" or "YUYV") + * \param width pixel width + * \param height pixel height + * \param pitch line pitch (in bytes) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + * \bug All pixel planes are expected to have the same pitch. + * To use the YCbCr color space with chrominance subsampling, + * consider using libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks() instead. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_format( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, const char *chroma, + unsigned width, unsigned height, + unsigned pitch ); + +/** + * Set decoded video chroma and dimensions. This only works in combination with + * libvlc_video_set_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param setup callback to select the video format (cannot be NULL) + * \param cleanup callback to release any allocated resources (or NULL) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_video_format_cb setup, + libvlc_video_cleanup_cb cleanup ); + +/** + * Set the NSView handler where the media player should render its video output. + * + * Use the vout called "macosx". + * + * The drawable is an NSObject that follow the VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding + * protocol: + * + * @begincode + * \@protocol VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding + * - (void)addVoutSubview:(NSView *)view; + * - (void)removeVoutSubview:(NSView *)view; + * \@end + * @endcode + * + * Or it can be an NSView object. + * + * If you want to use it along with Qt4 see the QMacCocoaViewContainer. Then + * the following code should work: + * @begincode + * { + * NSView *video = [[NSView alloc] init]; + * QMacCocoaViewContainer *container = new QMacCocoaViewContainer(video, parent); + * libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(mp, video); + * [video release]; + * } + * @endcode + * + * You can find a live example in VLCVideoView in VLCKit.framework. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable the drawable that is either an NSView or an object following + * the VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding protocol. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, void * drawable ); + +/** + * Get the NSView handler previously set with libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the NSView handler or 0 if none where set + */ +LIBVLC_API void * libvlc_media_player_get_nsobject ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the agl handler where the media player should render its video output. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable the agl handler + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_agl ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, uint32_t drawable ); + +/** + * Get the agl handler previously set with libvlc_media_player_set_agl(). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the agl handler or 0 if none where set + */ +LIBVLC_API uint32_t libvlc_media_player_get_agl ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set an X Window System drawable where the media player should render its + * video output. If LibVLC was built without X11 output support, then this has + * no effects. + * + * The specified identifier must correspond to an existing Input/Output class + * X11 window. Pixmaps are not supported. The caller shall ensure that + * the X11 server is the same as the one the VLC instance has been configured + * with. This function must be called before video playback is started; + * otherwise it will only take effect after playback stop and restart. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable the ID of the X window + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, uint32_t drawable ); + +/** + * Get the X Window System window identifier previously set with + * libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow(). Note that this will return the identifier + * even if VLC is not currently using it (for instance if it is playing an + * audio-only input). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return an X window ID, or 0 if none where set. + */ +LIBVLC_API uint32_t libvlc_media_player_get_xwindow ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set a Win32/Win64 API window handle (HWND) where the media player should + * render its video output. If LibVLC was built without Win32/Win64 API output + * support, then this has no effects. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable windows handle of the drawable + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, void *drawable ); + +/** + * Get the Windows API window handle (HWND) previously set with + * libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd(). The handle will be returned even if LibVLC + * is not currently outputting any video to it. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return a window handle or NULL if there are none. + */ +LIBVLC_API void *libvlc_media_player_get_hwnd ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio playback. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param samples pointer to the first audio sample to play back [IN] + * \param count number of audio samples to play back + * \param pts expected play time stamp (see libvlc_delay()) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_play_cb)(void *data, const void *samples, + unsigned count, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio pause. + * \note The pause callback is never called if the audio is already paused. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param pts time stamp of the pause request (should be elapsed already) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_pause_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio resumption (i.e. restart from pause). + * \note The resume callback is never called if the audio is not paused. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param pts time stamp of the resumption request (should be elapsed already) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_resume_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio buffer flush + * (i.e. discard all pending buffers and stop playback as soon as possible). + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_flush_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio buffer drain + * (i.e. wait for pending buffers to be played). + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_drain_cb)(void *data); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio volume change. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param volume software volume (1. = nominal, 0. = mute) + * \param mute muted flag + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_set_volume_cb)(void *data, + float volume, bool mute); + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data for decoded audio. + * Use libvlc_audio_set_format() or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded audio format. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param play callback to play audio samples (must not be NULL) + * \param pause callback to pause playback (or NULL to ignore) + * \param resume callback to resume playback (or NULL to ignore) + * \param flush callback to flush audio buffers (or NULL to ignore) + * \param drain callback to drain audio buffers (or NULL to ignore) + * \param opaque private pointer for the audio callbacks (as first parameter) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_play_cb play, + libvlc_audio_pause_cb pause, + libvlc_audio_resume_cb resume, + libvlc_audio_flush_cb flush, + libvlc_audio_drain_cb drain, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data for decoded audio. This only works in + * combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(). + * Use libvlc_audio_set_format() or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded audio format. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param set_volume callback to apply audio volume, + * or NULL to apply volume in software + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_volume_callback( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_set_volume_cb set_volume ); + +/** + * Callback prototype to setup the audio playback. + * This is called when the media player needs to create a new audio output. + * \param opaque pointer to the data pointer passed to + * libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN/OUT] + * \param format 4 bytes sample format [IN/OUT] + * \param rate sample rate [IN/OUT] + * \param channels channels count [IN/OUT] + * \return 0 on success, anything else to skip audio playback + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_audio_setup_cb)(void **data, char *format, unsigned *rate, + unsigned *channels); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio playback cleanup. + * This is called when the media player no longer needs an audio output. + * \param opaque data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_cleanup_cb)(void *data); + +/** + * Set decoded audio format. This only works in combination with + * libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param setup callback to select the audio format (cannot be NULL) + * \param cleanup callback to release any allocated resources (or NULL) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_setup_cb setup, + libvlc_audio_cleanup_cb cleanup ); + +/** + * Set decoded audio format. + * This only works in combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(), + * and is mutually exclusive with libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param format a four-characters string identifying the sample format + * (e.g. "S16N" or "FL32") + * \param rate sample rate (expressed in Hz) + * \param channels channels count + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_format( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, const char *format, + unsigned rate, unsigned channels ); + +/** \bug This might go away ... to be replaced by a broader system */ + +/** + * Get the current movie length (in ms). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the movie length (in ms), or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t libvlc_media_player_get_length( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the current movie time (in ms). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the movie time (in ms), or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t libvlc_media_player_get_time( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the movie time (in ms). This has no effect if no media is being played. + * Not all formats and protocols support this. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_time the movie time (in ms). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_time( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_time_t i_time ); + +/** + * Get movie position as percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return movie position, or -1. in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_position( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set movie position as percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. + * This has no effect if playback is not enabled. + * This might not work depending on the underlying input format and protocol. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param f_pos the position + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_position( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float f_pos ); + +/** + * Set movie chapter (if applicable). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_chapter chapter number to play + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_chapter ); + +/** + * Get movie chapter. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return chapter number currently playing, or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie chapter count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return number of chapters in movie, or -1. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Is the player able to play + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return boolean + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_will_play( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get title chapter count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_title title + * \return number of chapters in title, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter_count_for_title( + libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Set movie title + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_title title number to play + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_title( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Get movie title + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return title number currently playing, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_title( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie title count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return title number count, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_title_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set previous chapter (if applicable) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_previous_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set next chapter (if applicable) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_next_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the requested movie play rate. + * @warning Depending on the underlying media, the requested rate may be + * different from the real playback rate. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return movie play rate + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_rate( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set movie play rate + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param rate movie play rate to set + * \return -1 if an error was detected, 0 otherwise (but even then, it might + * not actually work depending on the underlying media protocol) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_rate( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float rate ); + +/** + * Get current movie state + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the current state of the media player (playing, paused, ...) \see libvlc_state_t + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t libvlc_media_player_get_state( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie fps rate + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return frames per second (fps) for this playing movie, or 0 if unspecified + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_fps( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** end bug */ + +/** + * How many video outputs does this media player have? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the number of video outputs + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_media_player_has_vout( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Is this media player seekable? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the media player can seek + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_is_seekable( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Can this media player be paused? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the media player can pause + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_can_pause( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Check if the current program is scrambled + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the current program is scrambled + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_program_scrambled( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Display the next frame (if supported) + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_next_frame( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Navigate through DVD Menu + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param navigate the Navigation mode + * \version libVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_navigate( libvlc_media_player_t* p_mi, + unsigned navigate ); + +/** + * Set if, and how, the video title will be shown when media is played. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param position position at which to display the title, or libvlc_position_disable to prevent the title from being displayed + * \param timeout title display timeout in milliseconds (ignored if libvlc_position_disable) + * \version libVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_video_title_display( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_position_t position, unsigned int timeout ); + +/** + * Release (free) libvlc_track_description_t + * + * \param p_track_description the structure to release + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_track_description_list_release( libvlc_track_description_t *p_track_description ); + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_track_description_list_release instead + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_track_description_release( libvlc_track_description_t *p_track_description ); + +/** \defgroup libvlc_video LibVLC video controls + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Toggle fullscreen status on non-embedded video outputs. + * + * @warning The same limitations applies to this function + * as to libvlc_set_fullscreen(). + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_toggle_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Enable or disable fullscreen. + * + * @warning With most window managers, only a top-level windows can be in + * full-screen mode. Hence, this function will not operate properly if + * libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow() was used to embed the video in a + * non-top-level window. In that case, the embedding window must be reparented + * to the root window before fullscreen mode is enabled. You will want + * to reparent it back to its normal parent when disabling fullscreen. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param b_fullscreen boolean for fullscreen status + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_set_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int b_fullscreen ); + +/** + * Get current fullscreen status. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the fullscreen status (boolean) + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_get_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Enable or disable key press events handling, according to the LibVLC hotkeys + * configuration. By default and for historical reasons, keyboard events are + * handled by the LibVLC video widget. + * + * \note On X11, there can be only one subscriber for key press and mouse + * click events per window. If your application has subscribed to those events + * for the X window ID of the video widget, then LibVLC will not be able to + * handle key presses and mouse clicks in any case. + * + * \warning This function is only implemented for X11 and Win32 at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param on true to handle key press events, false to ignore them. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_key_input( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned on ); + +/** + * Enable or disable mouse click events handling. By default, those events are + * handled. This is needed for DVD menus to work, as well as a few video + * filters such as "puzzle". + * + * \see libvlc_video_set_key_input(). + * + * \warning This function is only implemented for X11 and Win32 at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param on true to handle mouse click events, false to ignore them. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_mouse_input( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned on ); + +/** + * Get the pixel dimensions of a video. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param num number of the video (starting from, and most commonly 0) + * \param px pointer to get the pixel width [OUT] + * \param py pointer to get the pixel height [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the specified video does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_size( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + unsigned *px, unsigned *py ); + +/** + * Get current video height. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_video_get_size() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video pixel height or 0 if not applicable + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_height( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current video width. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_video_get_size() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video pixel width or 0 if not applicable + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_width( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the mouse pointer coordinates over a video. + * Coordinates are expressed in terms of the decoded video resolution, + * not in terms of pixels on the screen/viewport (to get the latter, + * you can query your windowing system directly). + * + * Either of the coordinates may be negative or larger than the corresponding + * dimension of the video, if the cursor is outside the rendering area. + * + * @warning The coordinates may be out-of-date if the pointer is not located + * on the video rendering area. LibVLC does not track the pointer if it is + * outside of the video widget. + * + * @note LibVLC does not support multiple pointers (it does of course support + * multiple input devices sharing the same pointer) at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param num number of the video (starting from, and most commonly 0) + * \param px pointer to get the abscissa [OUT] + * \param py pointer to get the ordinate [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the specified video does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_cursor( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + int *px, int *py ); + +/** + * Get the current video scaling factor. + * See also libvlc_video_set_scale(). + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the currently configured zoom factor, or 0. if the video is set + * to fit to the output window/drawable automatically. + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_video_get_scale( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the video scaling factor. That is the ratio of the number of pixels on + * screen to the number of pixels in the original decoded video in each + * dimension. Zero is a special value; it will adjust the video to the output + * window/drawable (in windowed mode) or the entire screen. + * + * Note that not all video outputs support scaling. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param f_factor the scaling factor, or zero + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_scale( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float f_factor ); + +/** + * Get current video aspect ratio. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video aspect ratio or NULL if unspecified + * (the result must be released with free() or libvlc_free()). + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_aspect_ratio( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new video aspect ratio. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_aspect new video aspect-ratio or NULL to reset to default + * \note Invalid aspect ratios are ignored. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_aspect_ratio( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_aspect ); + +/** + * Get current video subtitle. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video subtitle selected, or -1 if none + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_spu( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the number of available video subtitles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the number of available video subtitles + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_spu_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available video subtitles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return list containing description of available video subtitles + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_spu_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new video subtitle. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_spu video subtitle track to select (i_id from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 if out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_spu( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_spu ); + +/** + * Set new video subtitle file. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_subtitle new video subtitle file + * \return the success status (boolean) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_subtitle_file( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_subtitle ); + +/** + * Get the current subtitle delay. Positive values means subtitles are being + * displayed later, negative values earlier. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return time (in microseconds) the display of subtitles is being delayed + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int64_t libvlc_video_get_spu_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the subtitle delay. This affects the timing of when the subtitle will + * be displayed. Positive values result in subtitles being displayed later, + * while negative values will result in subtitles being displayed earlier. + * + * The subtitle delay will be reset to zero each time the media changes. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_delay time (in microseconds) the display of subtitles should be delayed + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_spu_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int64_t i_delay ); + +/** + * Get the description of available titles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return list containing description of available titles + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_title_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available chapters for specific title. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_title selected title + * \return list containing description of available chapter for title i_title + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_chapter_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Get current crop filter geometry. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the crop filter geometry or NULL if unset + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_crop_geometry( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new crop filter geometry. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_geometry new crop filter geometry (NULL to unset) + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_crop_geometry( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_geometry ); + +/** + * Get current teletext page requested. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the current teletext page requested. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new teletext page to retrieve. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_page teletex page number requested + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_page ); + +/** + * Toggle teletext transparent status on video output. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_toggle_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get number of available video tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the number of available video tracks (int) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_track_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available video tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return list with description of available video tracks, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_track_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current video track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the video track ID (int) or -1 if no active input + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set video track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_track the track ID (i_id field from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 if out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_set_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_track ); + +/** + * Take a snapshot of the current video window. + * + * If i_width AND i_height is 0, original size is used. + * If i_width XOR i_height is 0, original aspect-ratio is preserved. + * + * \param p_mi media player instance + * \param num number of video output (typically 0 for the first/only one) + * \param psz_filepath the path where to save the screenshot to + * \param i_width the snapshot's width + * \param i_height the snapshot's height + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the video was not found + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_take_snapshot( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + const char *psz_filepath, unsigned int i_width, + unsigned int i_height ); + +/** + * Enable or disable deinterlace filter + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param psz_mode type of deinterlace filter, NULL to disable + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_deinterlace( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const char *psz_mode ); + +/** + * Get an integer marquee option value + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to get \see libvlc_video_marquee_int_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_marquee_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Get a string marquee option value + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to get \see libvlc_video_marquee_string_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_marquee_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Enable, disable or set an integer marquee option + * + * Setting libvlc_marquee_Enable has the side effect of enabling (arg !0) + * or disabling (arg 0) the marq filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to set \see libvlc_video_marquee_int_option_t + * \param i_val marq option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_marquee_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int i_val ); + +/** + * Set a marquee string option + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to set \see libvlc_video_marquee_string_option_t + * \param psz_text marq option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_marquee_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, const char *psz_text ); + +/** option values for libvlc_video_{get,set}_logo_{int,string} */ +enum libvlc_video_logo_option_t { + libvlc_logo_enable, + libvlc_logo_file, /**< string argument, "file,d,t;file,d,t;..." */ + libvlc_logo_x, + libvlc_logo_y, + libvlc_logo_delay, + libvlc_logo_repeat, + libvlc_logo_opacity, + libvlc_logo_position +}; + +/** + * Get integer logo option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to get, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_logo_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set logo option as integer. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * Passing libvlc_logo_enable as option value has the side effect of + * starting (arg !0) or stopping (arg 0) the logo filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to set, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + * \param value logo option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_logo_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int value ); + +/** + * Set logo option as string. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to set, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + * \param psz_value logo option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_logo_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, const char *psz_value ); + + +/** option values for libvlc_video_{get,set}_adjust_{int,float,bool} */ +enum libvlc_video_adjust_option_t { + libvlc_adjust_Enable = 0, + libvlc_adjust_Contrast, + libvlc_adjust_Brightness, + libvlc_adjust_Hue, + libvlc_adjust_Saturation, + libvlc_adjust_Gamma +}; + +/** + * Get integer adjust option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adjust option to get, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_adjust_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set adjust option as integer. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * Passing libvlc_adjust_enable as option value has the side effect of + * starting (arg !0) or stopping (arg 0) the adjust filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adust option to set, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \param value adjust option value + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_adjust_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int value ); + +/** + * Get float adjust option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adjust option to get, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_video_get_adjust_float( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set adjust option as float. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adust option to set, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \param value adjust option value + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_adjust_float( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, float value ); + +/** @} video */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_audio LibVLC audio controls + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio device types + */ +typedef enum libvlc_audio_output_device_types_t { + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Error = -1, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Mono = 1, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Stereo = 2, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_2F2R = 4, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_3F2R = 5, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_5_1 = 6, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_6_1 = 7, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_7_1 = 8, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_SPDIF = 10 +} libvlc_audio_output_device_types_t; + +/** + * Audio channels + */ +typedef enum libvlc_audio_output_channel_t { + libvlc_AudioChannel_Error = -1, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Stereo = 1, + libvlc_AudioChannel_RStereo = 2, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Left = 3, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Right = 4, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Dolbys = 5 +} libvlc_audio_output_channel_t; + + +/** + * Gets the list of available audio output modules. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return list of available audio outputs. It must be freed it with +* \see libvlc_audio_output_list_release \see libvlc_audio_output_t . + * In case of error, NULL is returned. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_t * +libvlc_audio_output_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Frees the list of available audio output modules. + * + * \param p_list list with audio outputs for release + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_output_list_release( libvlc_audio_output_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Selects an audio output module. + * \note Any change will take be effect only after playback is stopped and + * restarted. Audio output cannot be changed while playing. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param psz_name name of audio output, + * use psz_name of \see libvlc_audio_output_t + * \return 0 if function succeded, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_output_set( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always 0. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_audio_output_device_count( libvlc_instance_t *, const char * ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always NULL. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +char *libvlc_audio_output_device_longname( libvlc_instance_t *, const char *, + int ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always NULL. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +char *libvlc_audio_output_device_id( libvlc_instance_t *, const char *, int ); + +/** + * Gets a list of potential audio output devices, + * \see libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \note Not all audio outputs support enumerating devices. + * The audio output may be functional even if the list is empty (NULL). + * + * \note The list may not be exhaustive. + * + * \warning Some audio output devices in the list might not actually work in + * some circumstances. By default, it is recommended to not specify any + * explicit audio device. + * + * \param mp media player + * \return A NULL-terminated linked list of potential audio output devices. + * It must be freed it with libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release() + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_device_t * +libvlc_audio_output_device_enum( libvlc_media_player_t *mp ); + +/** + * Gets a list of audio output devices for a given audio output module, + * \see libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \note Not all audio outputs support this. In particular, an empty (NULL) + * list of devices does not imply that the specified audio output does + * not work. + * + * \note The list might not be exhaustive. + * + * \warning Some audio output devices in the list might not actually work in + * some circumstances. By default, it is recommended to not specify any + * explicit audio device. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \param psz_aout audio output name + * (as returned by libvlc_audio_output_list_get()) + * \return A NULL-terminated linked list of potential audio output devices. + * It must be freed it with libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release() + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_device_t * +libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *aout ); + +/** + * Frees a list of available audio output devices. + * + * \param p_list list with audio outputs for release + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release( + libvlc_audio_output_device_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Configures an explicit audio output device. + * + * If the module paramater is NULL, audio output will be moved to the device + * specified by the device identifier string immediately. This is the + * recommended usage. + * + * A list of adequate potential device strings can be obtained with + * libvlc_audio_output_device_enum(). + * + * However passing NULL is supported in LibVLC version 2.2.0 and later only; + * in earlier versions, this function would have no effects when the module + * parameter was NULL. + * + * If the module parameter is not NULL, the device parameter of the + * corresponding audio output, if it exists, will be set to the specified + * string. Note that some audio output modules do not have such a parameter + * (notably MMDevice and PulseAudio). + * + * A list of adequate potential device strings can be obtained with + * libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get(). + * + * \note This function does not select the specified audio output plugin. + * libvlc_audio_output_set() is used for that purpose. + * + * \warning The syntax for the device parameter depends on the audio output. + * + * Some audio output modules require further parameters (e.g. a channels map + * in the case of ALSA). + * + * \param mp media player + * \param module If NULL, current audio output module. + * if non-NULL, name of audio output module + (\see libvlc_audio_output_t) + * \param device_id device identifier string + * \return Nothing. Errors are ignored (this is a design bug). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_device_set( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + const char *module, + const char *device_id ); + +/** + * Stub for backward compatibility. + * \return always -1. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_output_get_device_type( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Stub for backward compatibility. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_set_device_type( libvlc_media_player_t *, + int ); + + +/** + * Toggle mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \warning Toggling mute atomically is not always possible: On some platforms, + * other processes can mute the VLC audio playback stream asynchronously. Thus, + * there is a small race condition where toggling will not work. + * See also the limitations of libvlc_audio_set_mute(). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_toggle_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the mute status (boolean) if defined, -1 if undefined/unapplicable + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param status If status is true then mute, otherwise unmute + * \warning This function does not always work. If there are no active audio + * playback stream, the mute status might not be available. If digital + * pass-through (S/PDIF, HDMI...) is in use, muting may be unapplicable. Also + * some audio output plugins do not support muting at all. + * \note To force silent playback, disable all audio tracks. This is more + * efficient and reliable than mute. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_set_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int status ); + +/** + * Get current software audio volume. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the software volume in percents + * (0 = mute, 100 = nominal / 0dB) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_volume( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current software audio volume. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_volume the volume in percents (0 = mute, 100 = 0dB) + * \return 0 if the volume was set, -1 if it was out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_volume( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_volume ); + +/** + * Get number of available audio tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the number of available audio tracks (int), or -1 if unavailable + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_track_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available audio tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return list with description of available audio tracks, or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_audio_get_track_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current audio track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio track ID or -1 if no active input. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_track the track ID (i_id field from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_track ); + +/** + * Get current audio channel. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio channel \see libvlc_audio_output_channel_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_channel( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio channel. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param channel the audio channel, \see libvlc_audio_output_channel_t + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_channel( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int channel ); + +/** + * Get current audio delay. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio delay (microseconds) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int64_t libvlc_audio_get_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio delay. The audio delay will be reset to zero each time the media changes. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_delay the audio delay (microseconds) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int64_t i_delay ); + +/** + * Get the number of equalizer presets. + * + * \return number of presets + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preset_count( void ); + +/** + * Get the name of a particular equalizer preset. + * + * This name can be used, for example, to prepare a preset label or menu in a user + * interface. + * + * \param u_index index of the preset, counting from zero + * \return preset name, or NULL if there is no such preset + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preset_name( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Get the number of distinct frequency bands for an equalizer. + * + * \return number of frequency bands + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_band_count( void ); + +/** + * Get a particular equalizer band frequency. + * + * This value can be used, for example, to create a label for an equalizer band control + * in a user interface. + * + * \param u_index index of the band, counting from zero + * \return equalizer band frequency (Hz), or -1 if there is no such band + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_band_frequency( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Create a new default equalizer, with all frequency values zeroed. + * + * The new equalizer can subsequently be applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The returned handle should be freed via libvlc_audio_equalizer_release() when + * it is no longer needed. + * + * \return opaque equalizer handle, or NULL on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_equalizer_t *libvlc_audio_equalizer_new( void ); + +/** + * Create a new equalizer, with initial frequency values copied from an existing + * preset. + * + * The new equalizer can subsequently be applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The returned handle should be freed via libvlc_audio_equalizer_release() when + * it is no longer needed. + * + * \param u_index index of the preset, counting from zero + * \return opaque equalizer handle, or NULL on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_equalizer_t *libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Release a previously created equalizer instance. + * + * The equalizer was previously created by using libvlc_audio_equalizer_new() or + * libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset(). + * + * It is safe to invoke this method with a NULL p_equalizer parameter for no effect. + * + * \param p_equalizer opaque equalizer handle, or NULL + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_equalizer_release( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Set a new pre-amplification value for an equalizer. + * + * The new equalizer settings are subsequently applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The supplied amplification value will be clamped to the -20.0 to +20.0 range. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param f_preamp preamp value (-20.0 to 20.0 Hz) + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_equalizer_set_preamp( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, float f_preamp ); + +/** + * Get the current pre-amplification value from an equalizer. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \return preamp value (Hz) + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preamp( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Set a new amplification value for a particular equalizer frequency band. + * + * The new equalizer settings are subsequently applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The supplied amplification value will be clamped to the -20.0 to +20.0 range. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param f_amp amplification value (-20.0 to 20.0 Hz) + * \param u_band index, counting from zero, of the frequency band to set + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_equalizer_set_amp_at_index( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, float f_amp, unsigned u_band ); + +/** + * Get the amplification value for a particular equalizer frequency band. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param u_band index, counting from zero, of the frequency band to get + * \return amplification value (Hz); NaN if there is no such frequency band + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_amp_at_index( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, unsigned u_band ); + +/** + * Apply new equalizer settings to a media player. + * + * The equalizer is first created by invoking libvlc_audio_equalizer_new() or + * libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset(). + * + * It is possible to apply new equalizer settings to a media player whether the media + * player is currently playing media or not. + * + * Invoking this method will immediately apply the new equalizer settings to the audio + * output of the currently playing media if there is any. + * + * If there is no currently playing media, the new equalizer settings will be applied + * later if and when new media is played. + * + * Equalizer settings will automatically be applied to subsequently played media. + * + * To disable the equalizer for a media player invoke this method passing NULL for the + * p_equalizer parameter. + * + * The media player does not keep a reference to the supplied equalizer so it is safe + * for an application to release the equalizer reference any time after this method + * returns. + * + * \param p_mi opaque media player handle + * \param p_equalizer opaque equalizer handle, or NULL to disable the equalizer for this media player + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** @} audio */ + +/** @} media_player */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_structures.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_structures.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54cd1fd --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_structures.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_structures.h: libvlc_* new external API structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id $ + * + * Authors: Filippo Carone + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_STRUCTURES_H +#define LIBVLC_STRUCTURES_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_* new external API structures + */ + +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** This structure is opaque. It represents a libvlc instance */ +typedef struct libvlc_instance_t libvlc_instance_t; + +typedef int64_t libvlc_time_t; + +/**@} */ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_log + * @{ + */ + +/** This structure is opaque. It represents a libvlc log iterator */ +typedef struct libvlc_log_iterator_t libvlc_log_iterator_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_log_message_t +{ + int i_severity; /* 0=INFO, 1=ERR, 2=WARN, 3=DBG */ + const char *psz_type; /* module type */ + const char *psz_name; /* module name */ + const char *psz_header; /* optional header */ + const char *psz_message; /* message */ +} libvlc_log_message_t; + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_version.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e9294c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_version.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_version.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines version macros for LibVLC. + * Those macros are primilarly intended for conditional (pre)compilation. + * To get the run-time LibVLC version, use libvlc_get_version() instead + * (the run-time version may be more recent than build-time one, thanks to + * backward binary compatibility). + * + * \version This header file is available in LibVLC 1.1.4 and higher. + */ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_VERSION_H +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_H 1 + +/** LibVLC major version number */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_MAJOR (2) + +/** LibVLC minor version number */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_MINOR (2) + +/** LibVLC revision */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_REVISION (6) + +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_EXTRA (0) + +/** Makes a single integer from a LibVLC version numbers */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION(maj,min,rev,extra) \ + ((maj << 24) | (min << 16) | (rev << 8) | (extra)) + +/** LibVLC full version as a single integer (for comparison) */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_INT \ + LIBVLC_VERSION(LIBVLC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBVLC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBVLC_VERSION_REVISION, LIBVLC_VERSION_EXTRA) + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_vlm.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_vlm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20c75f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/libvlc_vlm.h @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_vlm.h: libvlc_* new external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 26e5cbb5ee7968a21520af0b8f553a4a117d4f99 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_VLM_H +#define LIBVLC_VLM_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_vlm_* external API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * VLM + *****************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup libvlc_vlm LibVLC VLM + * \ingroup libvlc + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Release the vlm instance related to the given libvlc_instance_t + * + * \param p_instance the instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_vlm_release( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Add a broadcast, with one input. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new broadcast + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new broadcast + * \param b_loop Should this broadcast be played in loop ? + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_broadcast( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + const char *psz_output, int i_options, + const char * const* ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, int b_loop ); + +/** + * Add a vod, with one input. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new vod media + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new vod + * \param psz_mux the muxer of the vod media + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_vod( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + int i_options, const char * const* ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, const char *psz_mux ); + +/** + * Delete a media (VOD or broadcast). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to delete + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_del_media( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Enable or disable a media (VOD or broadcast). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param b_enabled the new status + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_enabled( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int b_enabled ); + +/** + * Set the output for a media. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_output( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_output ); + +/** + * Set a media's input MRL. This will delete all existing inputs and + * add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_input( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_input ); + +/** + * Add a media's input MRL. This will add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_input( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_input ); + +/** + * Set a media's loop status. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param b_loop the new status + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_loop( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int b_loop ); + +/** + * Set a media's vod muxer. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_mux the new muxer + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_mux( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_mux ); + +/** + * Edit the parameters of a media. This will delete all existing inputs and + * add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new broadcast + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new broadcast + * \param b_loop Should this broadcast be played in loop ? + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_change_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + const char *psz_output, int i_options, + const char * const *ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, int b_loop ); + +/** + * Play the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_play_media ( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Stop the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_stop_media ( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Pause the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_pause_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Seek in the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \param f_percentage the percentage to seek to + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_seek_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + float f_percentage ); + +/** + * Return information about the named media as a JSON + * string representation. + * + * This function is mainly intended for debugging use, + * if you want programmatic access to the state of + * a vlm_media_instance_t, please use the corresponding + * libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_xxx -functions. + * Currently there are no such functions available for + * vlm_media_t though. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the media, + * if the name is an empty string, all media is described + * \return string with information about named media, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API const char* libvlc_vlm_show_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance position by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return position as float or -1. on error + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_position( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance time by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return time as integer or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_time( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance length by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return length of media item or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_length( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance playback rate by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return playback rate or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_rate( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); +#if 0 +/** + * Get vlm_media instance title number by name or instance id + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return title as number or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_title( libvlc_instance_t *, + const char *, int ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance chapter number by name or instance id + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return chapter as number or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_chapter( libvlc_instance_t *, + const char *, int ); + +/** + * Is libvlc instance seekable ? + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return 1 if seekable, 0 if not, -1 if media does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_seekable( libvlc_instance_t *, + const char *, int ); +#endif +/** + * Get libvlc_event_manager from a vlm media. + * The p_event_manager is immutable, so you don't have to hold the lock + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \return libvlc_event_manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_vlm_get_event_manager( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_about.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_about.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85cf847 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_about.h @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +/* Automatically generated file - DO NOT EDIT */ +static const char psz_license[] = +" GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" +" Version 2, June 1991\n" +"\n" +" Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" +" 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" +" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies\n" +" of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\n" +"\n" +" Preamble\n" +"\n" +" The licenses for most software are designed to take away your\n" +"freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public\n" +"License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free\n" +"software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This\n" +"General Public License applies to most of the Free Software\n" +"Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to\n" +"using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by\n" +"the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to\n" +"your programs, too.\n" +"\n" +" When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not\n" +"price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you\n" +"have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for\n" +"this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it\n" +"if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it\n" +"in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.\n" +"\n" +" To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid\n" +"anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.\n" +"These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you\n" +"distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.\n" +"\n" +" For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether\n" +"gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that\n" +"you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the\n" +"source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their\n" +"rights.\n" +"\n" +" We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and\n" +"(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,\n" +"distribute and/or modify the software.\n" +"\n" +" Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain\n" +"that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free\n" +"software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we\n" +"want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so\n" +"that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original\n" +"authors' reputations.\n" +"\n" +" Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software\n" +"patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free\n" +"program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the\n" +"program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any\n" +"patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.\n" +"\n" +" The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and\n" +"modification follow.\n" +"\n" +" GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" +" TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION\n" +"\n" +" 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains\n" +"a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed\n" +"under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below,\n" +"refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\"\n" +"means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:\n" +"that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,\n" +"either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another\n" +"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in\n" +"the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\".\n" +"\n" +"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not\n" +"covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of\n" +"running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program\n" +"is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the\n" +"Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).\n" +"Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.\n" +"\n" +" 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's\n" +"source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you\n" +"conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate\n" +"copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the\n" +"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;\n" +"and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License\n" +"along with the Program.\n" +"\n" +"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and\n" +"you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.\n" +"\n" +" 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion\n" +"of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and\n" +"distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1\n" +"above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:\n" +"\n" +" a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices\n" +" stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.\n" +"\n" +" b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in\n" +" whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any\n" +" part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third\n" +" parties under the terms of this License.\n" +"\n" +" c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively\n" +" when run, you must cause it, when started running for such\n" +" interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an\n" +" announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a\n" +" notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide\n" +" a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under\n" +" these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this\n" +" License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but\n" +" does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on\n" +" the Program is not required to print an announcement.)\n" +"\n" +"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If\n" +"identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,\n" +"and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in\n" +"themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those\n" +"sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you\n" +"distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based\n" +"on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of\n" +"this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the\n" +"entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.\n" +"\n" +"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest\n" +"your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to\n" +"exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or\n" +"collective works based on the Program.\n" +"\n" +"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program\n" +"with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of\n" +"a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under\n" +"the scope of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,\n" +"under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of\n" +"Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:\n" +"\n" +" a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable\n" +" source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections\n" +" 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" +"\n" +" b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three\n" +" years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your\n" +" cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete\n" +" machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be\n" +" distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium\n" +" customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" +"\n" +" c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer\n" +" to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is\n" +" allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you\n" +" received the program in object code or executable form with such\n" +" an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)\n" +"\n" +"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for\n" +"making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source\n" +"code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any\n" +"associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to\n" +"control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a\n" +"special exception, the source code distributed need not include\n" +"anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary\n" +"form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the\n" +"operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component\n" +"itself accompanies the executable.\n" +"\n" +"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering\n" +"access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent\n" +"access to copy the source code from the same place counts as\n" +"distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not\n" +"compelled to copy the source along with the object code.\n" +"\n" +" 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program\n" +"except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt\n" +"otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is\n" +"void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.\n" +"However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under\n" +"this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such\n" +"parties remain in full compliance.\n" +"\n" +" 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not\n" +"signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or\n" +"distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are\n" +"prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by\n" +"modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the\n" +"Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and\n" +"all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying\n" +"the Program or works based on it.\n" +"\n" +" 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the\n" +"Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the\n" +"original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to\n" +"these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further\n" +"restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.\n" +"You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to\n" +"this License.\n" +"\n" +" 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent\n" +"infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),\n" +"conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or\n" +"otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not\n" +"excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot\n" +"distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this\n" +"License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you\n" +"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent\n" +"license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by\n" +"all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then\n" +"the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to\n" +"refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.\n" +"\n" +"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under\n" +"any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to\n" +"apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other\n" +"circumstances.\n" +"\n" +"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any\n" +"patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any\n" +"such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the\n" +"integrity of the free software distribution system, which is\n" +"implemented by public license practices. Many people have made\n" +"generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed\n" +"through that system in reliance on consistent application of that\n" +"system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing\n" +"to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot\n" +"impose that choice.\n" +"\n" +"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to\n" +"be a consequence of the rest of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in\n" +"certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the\n" +"original copyright holder who places the Program under this License\n" +"may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding\n" +"those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among\n" +"countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates\n" +"the limitation as if written in the body of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions\n" +"of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will\n" +"be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to\n" +"address new problems or concerns.\n" +"\n" +"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program\n" +"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any\n" +"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions\n" +"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free\n" +"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of\n" +"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software\n" +"Foundation.\n" +"\n" +" 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free\n" +"programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author\n" +"to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free\n" +"Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes\n" +"make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals\n" +"of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and\n" +"of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.\n" +"\n" +" NO WARRANTY\n" +"\n" +" 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY\n" +"FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN\n" +"OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES\n" +"PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED\n" +"OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF\n" +"MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS\n" +"TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE\n" +"PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,\n" +"REPAIR OR CORRECTION.\n" +"\n" +" 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING\n" +"WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR\n" +"REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,\n" +"INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING\n" +"OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED\n" +"TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY\n" +"YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER\n" +"PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE\n" +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.\n" +"\n" +" END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS\n" +"\n" +" How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs\n" +"\n" +" If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest\n" +"possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it\n" +"free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.\n" +"\n" +" To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest\n" +"to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively\n" +"convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least\n" +"the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.\n" +"\n" +" \n" +" Copyright (C) \n" +"\n" +" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" +" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" +" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" +" (at your option) any later version.\n" +"\n" +" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" +" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" +" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" +" GNU General Public License for more details.\n" +"\n" +" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along\n" +" with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" +" 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.\n" +"\n" +"Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.\n" +"\n" +"If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this\n" +"when it starts in an interactive mode:\n" +"\n" +" Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author\n" +" Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.\n" +" This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\n" +" under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.\n" +"\n" +"The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate\n" +"parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may\n" +"be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be\n" +"mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.\n" +"\n" +"You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your\n" +"school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if\n" +"necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:\n" +"\n" +" Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program\n" +" `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.\n" +"\n" +" , 1 April 1989\n" +" Ty Coon, President of Vice\n" +"\n" +"This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into\n" +"proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may\n" +"consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the\n" +"library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General\n" +"Public License instead of this License.\n" +; +static const char psz_thanks[] = +"Some VLC plugins use external libraries and make extensive use of the\n" +"following persons' or companies' code:\n" +"\n" +"FAAD2 - Copyright (c) Nero AG, www.nero.com\" - GPLv2 or later\n" +"FFmpeg - Copyright (c) 2000-2015 the FFmpeg developers - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"FluidSynth - Copyright (c) 2003-2010 Peter Hanappe, Conrad Berhörster, Antoine\n" +" Schmitt, Pedro López-Cabanillas, Josh Green, David Henningsson - LGPLv2.1 or\n" +" later\n" +"Fontconfig - Copyright (c) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006,2007 Keith Packard,\n" +" (c) 2005 Patrick Lam, (c) 2009 Roozbeh Pournader, (c) 2008,2009 Red Hat,\n" +" Inc., (c) 2008 Danilo Šegan, (c) 2012 Google, Inc. - MIT License\n" +"freetype - David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg - FreeType License\n" +"GSM - Copyright (c) 1992 - 1994, 2009 Jutta Degener & Carsten Bormann - GSM\n" +" permissive license\n" +"GNU FriBidi - Copyright (c) 2004-2012 Behdad Esfahbod, Dov Grobgeld, Roozbeh\n" +" Pournader - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"GnuTLS - Copyright (C) 2000-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - LGPLv2.1 or\n" +" later\n" +"harfbuzz - Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, 2012 Google, Inc., (c) 2012 Mozilla\n" +" Foundation, (c) 2011 Codethink Limited, (c) 2008, 2010 Nokia Corporation\n" +" and/or its subsidiary(-ies), (c) 2009 Keith Stribley, (c) 2009 Martin Hosken\n" +" and SIL International, (c) 2007 Chris Wilson, (c) 2006 Behdad Esfahbod,\n" +" (c) 2005 David Turner, (c) 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Red Hat, Inc.,\n" +" (c) 1998-2004 David Turner and Werner Lemberg - Old MIT License\n" +"liba52 - Aaron Holtzman & Michel Lespinasse, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libav - Copyright (c) 2000 - 2015 the libav developers - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libass - Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Grigori Goronzy et al. - ISC License\n" +"libbluray - Copyright (c) 2009-2015 VideoLAN and authors - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libcaca - Copyright (c) 2004 Sam Hocevar - WTFPL / LGPLv2.1 or later /\n" +" GPLv2 or later / ISC\n" +"libdca - Copyright (c) 2004-2007 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvbpsi - Copyright (c) 2001-2015 VideoLAN and authors - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libdvdcss - Copyright (c) 2001-2015 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvdread - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvdnav - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libebml - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Steve Lhomme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libFLAC - Copyright (c) 2001 - 2014 Josh Coalson et al. - Xiph.org BSD license\n" +"libgme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libgpg-error - Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2013 g10 Code GmbH\n" +" - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libkate - Copyright (c) 2008-2011 Vincent Penquerc'h - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"liblive555 - Copyright (c) 1996-2015 Live Networks, Inc. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libmad - Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Robert Leslie, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libmatroska - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Steve Lhomme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libmpeg2 - Aaron Holtzman & Michel Lespinasse, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libmodplug - Oliver Lapicque, Konstanty - Public domain\n" +"libogg, libvorbis - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Xiph.org Foundation - Xiph.org BSD\n" +" license\n" +"libpostproc - Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Michael Niedermayer, et al. - GPLv2 or\n" +" later\n" +"libpng - Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2014 Glenn Randers-Perhson, et al. - libpng\n" +" license\n" +"libsamplerate - Copyright (c) 2002-2011 Erik de Castro Lopo - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libschroedinger - Copyright (c) 2006 BBC and Fluendo - MIT License\n" +"libsdl - Copyright (c) 1997-2014 Sam Lantinga et al. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libshout - Copyright (c) 2012 - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libtheora - Copyright (c) Xiph.org Foundation - Xiph.org BSD license\n" +"libtiff - Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler, (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics,\n" +" Inc. - BSD-like\n" +"libtwolame - Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Michael Cheng, (c) 2004-2006 The TwoLAME\n" +" Project - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libupnp - Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Intel Corporation - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"libvpx - Copyright (c) 2010-2015, Google Inc. - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"libxml2 - Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Daniel Veillard - MIT License\n" +"lua - Copyright (c) 1994-2008 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. - MIT License\n" +"Musepack decoder library - Copyright (c) 2005-2011, The Musepack Development\n" +" Team - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"OpenJPEG - Copyright (c) 2002-2014, Communcations and Remote Sensing\n" +" Laboratory, UCL, Belgium - ISC License\n" +"Opus - Copyright 2001-2013 Xiph.Org, Skype Limited, Octasic, Jean-Marc Valin,\n" +" Timothy B. Terriberry, CSIRO, Gregory Maxwell, Mark Borgerding,\n" +" Erik de Castro Lopo - Xiph.org BSD License\n" +"Sparkle — Andy Matuschak et al. - MIT License\n" +"Speex, Speexdsp - Copyright (c) 1992-2015 Xiph.org Foundation, Jean-Marc Valin,\n" +" Analog Devices Inc. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research\n" +" Organisation, David Row, Jutta Degener, Carsten Bormann - 3-clause BSD\n" +" License\n" +"taglib - Copyright (c) 2004-2013 Scott Wheeler, et al. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"x264 - Copyright (c) 2004-2015 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"x265 - Copyright (c) 2004-2015 x265 project - GPLv2 or later\n" +"Zapping VBI library - Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Michael H. Schimek, Iñaki García\n" +" Etxebarria - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"zlib - Copyright (c) 1995-2012 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler - zlib license\n" +"\n" +"The VideoLAN team would like to thank the following donators:\n" +"\n" +"Julian Cain, who made a $1000 donation\n" +"The French website MacBidouille gave €500 to help us buy a PowerMac G5\n" +"The French magazine à vos MAC gave €500 to help us buy a PowerMac G5\n" +"Laurent Dupuy, who made a €540 donation\n" +"The French company Cybervia (Actech) gave €2000 to pay for webserver hosting\n" +"Dennis Perov - Hardware donation\n" +"\n" +"...the following active members of our user community:\n" +"\n" +"Alan Wright\n" +"David J LaBarre \"DJ\"\n" +"Eric Adler\n" +"Julien Bouquillon\n" +"\n" +"...and code auditors and testers:\n" +"\n" +"David Thiel\n" +"Philippe A. aka \"Lotesdelère\"\n" +"Sebastien Chaumat\n" +; +static const char psz_authors[] = +"VideoLAN and the VLC team would like to acknowledge the following contributors:\n" +"\n" +"Programming\n" +"-----------\n" +"Rémi Denis-Courmont\n" +"Jean-Baptiste Kempf\n" +"Laurent Aimar\n" +"Rafaël Carré\n" +"Felix Paul Kühne\n" +"Gildas Bazin\n" +"Pierre d'Herbemont\n" +"Rémi Duraffort\n" +"Derk-Jan Hartman\n" +"Antoine Cellerier\n" +"Jean-Paul Saman\n" +"Samuel Hocevar\n" +"Christophe Mutricy\n" +"Clément Stenac\n" +"Christophe Massiot\n" +"François Cartegnie\n" +"Ilkka Ollakka\n" +"David Fuhrmann\n" +"Pierre Ynard\n" +"Damien Fouilleul\n" +"Sigmund Augdal Helberg\n" +"Erwan Tulou\n" +"Olivier Teulière\n" +"Cyril Deguet\n" +"Eric Petit\n" +"Filippo Carone\n" +"Rocky Bernstein\n" +"Hugo Beauzée-Luyssen\n" +"Olivier Aubert\n" +"Pavlov Konstantin\n" +"Jakob Leben\n" +"Benjamin Pracht\n" +"Jean-Philippe André\n" +"Steve Lhomme\n" +"Stéphane Borel\n" +"Ludovic Fauvet\n" +"Martin Storsjö\n" +"JP Dinger\n" +"Geoffroy Couprie\n" +"KO Myung-Hun\n" +"Marian Ďurkovič\n" +"Yoann Peronneau\n" +"Sébastien Escudier\n" +"Denis Charmet\n" +"Edward Wang\n" +"Jon Lech Johansen\n" +"Felix Abecassis\n" +"Tristan Matthews\n" +"Dennis van Amerongen\n" +"Mirsal Ennaime\n" +"Faustino Osuna\n" +"Jérôme Decoodt\n" +"Loïc Minier\n" +"Christoph Miebach\n" +"Adrien Maglo\n" +"David Flynn\n" +"Frédéric Yhuel\n" +"Kaarlo Raiha\n" +"Mark Moriarty\n" +"Christopher Mueller\n" +"Fabio Ritrovato\n" +"Tony Castley\n" +"Srikanth Raju\n" +"Michel Kaempf\n" +"Jean-Marc Dressler\n" +"Johan Bilien\n" +"Vincent Seguin\n" +"Simon Latapie\n" +"Bernie Purcell\n" +"Henri Fallon\n" +"Sebastien Zwickert\n" +"Emmanuel Puig\n" +"Sean McGovern\n" +"Renaud Dartus\n" +"Alexis de Lattre\n" +"Naohiro Koriyama\n" +"Vincent Penquerc'h\n" +"Arnaud de Bossoreille de Ribou\n" +"Mohammed Adnène Trojette\n" +"Petri Hintukainen\n" +"Boris Dorès\n" +"Hannes Domani\n" +"Jai Menon\n" +"Anil Daoud\n" +"Daniel Mierswa\n" +"Dominique Leuenberger\n" +"Rob Jonson\n" +"Pierre Baillet\n" +"Andre Pang\n" +"Michał Trzebiatowski\n" +"Zoran Turalija\n" +"Akash Mehrotra\n" +"André Weber\n" +"Anthony Loiseau\n" +"Devin Heitmueller\n" +"Lukas Durfina\n" +"Xavier Marchesini\n" +"Cyril Mathé\n" +"Tobias Güntner\n" +"Juho Vähä-Herttua\n" +"Ken Self\n" +"Luca Barbato\n" +"Steinar H. Gunderson\n" +"Sébastien Toque\n" +"Alexis Ballier\n" +"Juha Jeronen\n" +"Nicolas Chauvet\n" +"Richard Hosking\n" +"Thomas Guillem\n" +"Timothy B. Terriberry\n" +"Éric Lassauge\n" +"Marc Ariberti\n" +"Matthias Keiser\n" +"Vittorio Giovara\n" +"Benoit Steiner\n" +"Maxim Bublis\n" +"Michel Lespinasse\n" +"Carlo Calabrò\n" +"Cheng Sun\n" +"Gleb Pinigin\n" +"Brad Smith\n" +"Brendon Justin\n" +"Daniel Verkamp\n" +"Mark Lee\n" +"Ronald Wright\n" +"Alexey Sokolov\n" +"Basos G\n" +"Philippe Morin\n" +"Thomas De Rocker\n" +"Vicente Jimenez Aguilar\n" +"Yuval Tze\n" +"Benjamin Drung\n" +"Yves Duret\n" +"Julien 'Lta' BALLET\n" +"Michael Hanselmann\n" +"Vianney Boyer\n" +"Alex Merry\n" +"Damien Lucas\n" +"Grigori Goronzy\n" +"Julian Scheel\n" +"Richard Shepherd\n" +"Gaël Hendryckx\n" +"Michael Feurstein\n" +"Rui Zhang\n" +"Stephan Assmus\n" +"Adrien Grand\n" +"Alexander Lakhin\n" +"Anatoliy Anischovich\n" +"Colin Guthrie\n" +"David Menestrina\n" +"Dominique Martinet\n" +"Jason Luka\n" +"Luc Saillard\n" +"Mario Speiß\n" +"Pankaj Yadav\n" +"Ramiro Polla\n" +"Can Wu\n" +"Christophe Courtaut\n" +"FUJISAWA Tooru\n" +"François Revol\n" +"Manol Manolov\n" +"Nicolas Bertrand\n" +"Andrey Utkin\n" +"Antoine Lejeune\n" +"Arnaud Schauly\n" +"Branko Kokanovic\n" +"Dylan Yudaken\n" +"Florian G. Pflug\n" +"G Finch\n" +"Keary Griffin\n" +"Konstanty Bialkowski\n" +"Ming Hu\n" +"Philippe Coent\n" +"Przemyslaw Fiala\n" +"Tanguy Krotoff\n" +"Wieland Hoffmann\n" +"Casian Andrei\n" +"Chris Smowton\n" +"David Kaplan\n" +"Eugenio Jarosiewicz\n" +"Fabian Keil\n" +"Guillaume Poussel\n" +"John Peterson\n" +"Justus Piater\n" +"Martin T. H. Sandsmark\n" +"Rune Botten\n" +"Sergey Radionov\n" +"Søren Bøg\n" +"Toralf Niebuhr\n" +"Adrian Yanes\n" +"Angelo Haller\n" +"Aurélien Nephtali\n" +"Austin Burrow\n" +"Bill C. Riemers\n" +"Colin Delacroix\n" +"Cristian Maglie\n" +"Elminster2031\n" +"Georgi Chorbadzhiyski\n" +"Gilles Sabourin\n" +"Jakub Wieczorek\n" +"John Freed\n" +"Mark Hassman\n" +"Martin Briza\n" +"Mike Houben\n" +"Romain Goyet\n" +"Barry Wardell\n" +"Ben Hutchings\n" +"Besnard Jean-Baptiste\n" +"Brian Weaver\n" +"Clement Chesnin\n" +"David Geldreich\n" +"David Robison\n" +"Dennis Hamester\n" +"Diego Elio Pettenò\n" +"Diego Fernando Nieto\n" +"Fabian Yamaguchi\n" +"Frode Tennebø\n" +"Jerome Forissier\n" +"John Stebbins\n" +"Jon Stacey\n" +"Jonathan Rosser\n" +"Joris van Rooij\n" +"Josh Watzman\n" +"Kaloyan Kovachev\n" +"Katsushi Kobayashi\n" +"Kelly Anderson\n" +"Loren Merritt\n" +"Maciej Blizinski\n" +"Mark Bidewell\n" +"Martell Malone\n" +"Miguel Angel Cabrera Moya\n" +"Niles Bindel\n" +"Samuel Pitoiset\n" +"Scott Caudle\n" +"Sean Robinson\n" +"Sergio Ammirata\n" +"Simon Hailes\n" +"Stephen Parry\n" +"Sukrit Sangwan\n" +"Thierry Reding\n" +"Uwe L. Korn\n" +"Valentin Vetter\n" +"Xavier Martin\n" +"Adam Leggett\n" +"Alex Converse\n" +"Alexander Bethke\n" +"Alexandre Ratchov\n" +"Andres Krapf\n" +"Andri Pálsson\n" +"Andy Chenee\n" +"Andy Tather\n" +"Anuradha Suraparaju\n" +"Arun Pandian G\n" +"Avishay Spitzer\n" +"Ben Littler\n" +"Benjamin Poulain\n" +"Brieuc Jeunhomme\n" +"Chris Clayton\n" +"Clément Lecigne\n" +"Cédric Cocquebert\n" +"Daniel Peng\n" +"Danny Wood\n" +"David K\n" +"Edouard Gomez\n" +"Emmanuel de Roux\n" +"Finn Hughes\n" +"GBX\n" +"Gaurav Narula\n" +"Geraud CONTINSOUZAS\n" +"Gilles Chanteperdrix\n" +"Gwenole Beauchesne\n" +"Hugues Fruchet\n" +"Jan Winter\n" +"Jean-François Massol\n" +"Jean-Philippe Grimaldi\n" +"Jean-Yves Avenard\n" +"Kai Lauterbach\n" +"Konstantin Bogdanov\n" +"Kuan-Chung Chiu\n" +"Kuang Rufan\n" +"Matthias Dahl\n" +"Michael McEll\n" +"Michael Ploujnikov\n" +"Mike Schrag\n" +"Nickolai Zeldovich\n" +"Niklas Hayer\n" +"Olafs Vandāns\n" +"Olivier Gambier\n" +"Paul Corke\n" +"Reka Inovan\n" +"Ron Frederick\n" +"Ross Finlayson\n" +"Rov Juvano\n" +"Sam Lade\n" +"Sandeep Kumar\n" +"Sasha Koruga\n" +"Simona-Marinela Prodea\n" +"Sreng Jean\n" +"Sven Petai\n" +"Timo Rothenpieler\n" +"Tomas Krotil\n" +"Tomer Barletz\n" +"Tristan Leteurtre\n" +"Vikram Fugro\n" +"Wang Bo\n" +"maxime Ripard\n" +"xxcv\n" +"Adam Hoka\n" +"Adrian Haensler\n" +"Adrian Knoth\n" +"Adrien Cunin\n" +"Ago Allikmaa\n" +"Alain Degreffe\n" +"Alan Fischer\n" +"Alan McCosh\n" +"Alex Helfet\n" +"Alex Peak\n" +"Alex Warhawk\n" +"Alex Woods\n" +"Alexander Terentyev\n" +"Alexandre Ferreira\n" +"Alexandre Pereira Nunes\n" +"Alina Friedrichsen\n" +"Allan Odgaard\n" +"An L. Ber\n" +"Andreas Schlick\n" +"Andrew Schubert\n" +"Andrey Makhnutin\n" +"Arnaud Vallat\n" +"Arne de Bruijn\n" +"Asad Mehmood\n" +"Ashok Bhat\n" +"Austin English\n" +"Baptiste Coudurier\n" +"Benoit Calvez\n" +"Björn Stenberg\n" +"Blake Livingston\n" +"Brandon Brooks\n" +"Brian Johnson\n" +"Brian Kurle\n" +"Brian Schmidt\n" +"Brion Vibber\n" +"Cezar Elnazli\n" +"Chris White\n" +"Christian Masus\n" +"Christian Suloway\n" +"Christoph Pfister\n" +"Christoph Seibert\n" +"Christopher Key\n" +"Christopher Rath\n" +"Claudio Ortelli\n" +"Cody Russell\n" +"Cristian Morales Vega\n" +"Dan Rosenberg\n" +"Daniel Marth\n" +"Daniel Tisza\n" +"Detlef Schroeder\n" +"Diego Biurrun\n" +"Dominik 'Rathann' Mierzejewski\n" +"Duncan Salerno\n" +"Edward Sheldrake\n" +"Elliot Murphy\n" +"Elodie Thomann\n" +"Eren Inan Canpolat\n" +"Ernest E. Teem III\n" +"Etienne Membrives\n" +"Fabrizio Ge\n" +"Fargier Sylvain\n" +"Fathi Boudra\n" +"Felix Geyer\n" +"Filipe Azevedo\n" +"Florent Pillet\n" +"Florian Hubold\n" +"Florian Roeske\n" +"Forteve Zepushisti\n" +"Frank Enderle\n" +"Frédéric Crozat\n" +"Gal Vinograd\n" +"Gaurav Pruthi\n" +"Georg Seifert\n" +"Gertjan Van Droogenbroeck\n" +"Greg Farrell\n" +"Gregory Maxwell\n" +"Götz Waschk\n" +"Hans-Kristian Arntzen\n" +"Harry Sintonen\n" +"Heorhi Valakhanovich\n" +"Iain Wade\n" +"Ibraheem Paredath\n" +"Igor Prokopenkov\n" +"Isamu Arimoto\n" +"Ismael Luceno\n" +"James Bates\n" +"James Bond\n" +"James Turner\n" +"Janne Grunau\n" +"Janne Kujanpää\n" +"Jarmo Torvinen\n" +"Jason Scheunemann\n" +"Jeff Lu\n" +"Jeremy Huddleston Sequoia\n" +"Jeroen Ost\n" +"Joe Taber\n" +"Johann Ransay\n" +"Johannes Weißl\n" +"John Hendrikx\n" +"Jonas Gehring\n" +"Joseph S. Atkinson\n" +"Juergen Lock\n" +"Julien / Gellule\n" +"Julien Humbert\n" +"Kamil Baldyga\n" +"Kamil Klimek\n" +"Karlheinz Wohlmuth\n" +"Kevin Anthony\n" +"Kevin DuBois\n" +"Konstantin Pavlov\n" +"Konstantinos Tsanaktsidis\n" +"LANGLOIS Olivier PIS -EXT\n" +"Lari Natri\n" +"Lorenzo Pistone\n" +"Lucas C. Villa Real\n" +"Lukas Juhrich\n" +"Lukáš Lalinský\n" +"Mal Graty\n" +"Malte Tancred\n" +"Marc Aldorasi\n" +"Marc Etcheverry\n" +"Martin Pöhlmann\n" +"Martin Zeman\n" +"Marton Balint\n" +"Mathew King\n" +"Mathieu Sonet\n" +"Matthew A. Townsend\n" +"Matthias Bauer\n" +"Max Dilipovich\n" +"Mika Tiainen\n" +"Mike Cardillo\n" +"Mounir Lamouri (volkmar)\n" +"Natanael Copa\n" +"Nathan Phillip Brink\n" +"Nick Briggs\n" +"Nick Pope\n" +"Nil Geiswiller\n" +"O. Hartmann\n" +"Pascal Thomet\n" +"Paul Clark\n" +"Paweł Stankowski\n" +"Pere Orga\n" +"Peter Bak Nielsen\n" +"Phil Roffe and David Grellscheid\n" +"Philip Sequeira\n" +"Pierre Souchay\n" +"Pierre-Hugues Husson\n" +"Piotr Fusik\n" +"Pádraig Brady\n" +"R.M\n" +"Ralph Giles\n" +"Ramon Gabarró\n" +"Ray Tiley\n" +"Robert Forsman\n" +"Robert Jedrzejczyk\n" +"Robert Paciorek\n" +"Rolf Ahrenberg\n" +"Romain FLIEDEL\n" +"Roman Pen\n" +"Ruud Althuizen\n" +"Salah-Eddin Shaban\n" +"Sam Malone\n" +"Samuli Suominen\n" +"Santiago Gimeno\n" +"Scott Lyons\n" +"Sebastian Birk\n" +"Sebastian Ramacher\n" +"Sergey Bolshakov\n" +"Sergey Puzanov\n" +"Sharad Dixit\n" +"Song Ye Wen\n" +"Stephan Krempel\n" +"Steven Kramer\n" +"Steven Sheehy\n" +"Sveinung Kvilhaugsvik\n" +"Sylvain Cadhillac\n" +"Sylver Bruneau\n" +"Takahito HIRANO\n" +"Theron Lewis\n" +"Thierry Foucu\n" +"Thijs Alkemade\n" +"Tillmann Karras\n" +"Tim Walker\n" +"Timo Paulssen\n" +"Tobias Rapp\n" +"Tomasen\n" +"Tony Vankrunkelsven\n" +"Tristan Heaven\n" +"Tzu-Jung Lee\n" +"Varphone Wong\n" +"Vasily Fomin\n" +"Vikram Narayanan\n" +"Wills Wang\n" +"Yannick Bréhon\n" +"Yavor Doganov\n" +"Yohann Martineau\n" +"dharani.prabhu.s\n" +"suheaven\n" +"wucan\n" +"أحمد المحم ودي (Ahmed El-Mahmoudy)\n" +"김정은\n" +"Adam Sampson\n" +"Alexander Gall\n" +"Alex Antropoff\n" +"Alexis Guillard\n" +"Alex Izvorski\n" +"Amir Gouini\n" +"Andrea Guzzo\n" +"Andrew Flintham\n" +"Andrew Zaikin\n" +"Andy Lindsay\n" +"Arai/Fujisawa Tooru\n" +"Arkadiusz Miskiewicz\n" +"Arnaud Gomes-do-Vale\n" +"Arwed v. Merkatz\n" +"Barak Ori\n" +"Basil Achermann\n" +"Benjamin Mironer\n" +"Bill\n" +"Bob Maguire\n" +"Brian C. Wiles\n" +"Brian Raymond\n" +"Brian Robb\n" +"Carsten Gottbehüt\n" +"Carsten Haitzler\n" +"Charles Hordis\n" +"Chris Clepper\n" +"Christian Henz\n" +"Christof Baumgaertner\n" +"Christophe Burgalat\n" +"Christopher Johnson\n" +"Cian Duffy\n" +"Colin Simmonds\n" +"Damian Ivereigh\n" +"Daniel Fischer\n" +"Daniel Stränger\n" +"Danko Dolch\n" +"Dennis Lou\n" +"Dermot McGahon\n" +"Douglas West\n" +"Dugal Harris\n" +"Emmanuel Blindauer\n" +"Enrico Gueli\n" +"Enrique Osuna\n" +"Eren Türkay\n" +"Eric Dudiak\n" +"Espen Skoglund\n" +"Ethan C. Baldridge\n" +"François Seingier\n" +"Frans van Veen\n" +"Frédéric Ruget\n" +"Gerald Hansink\n" +"Gisle Vanem\n" +"Glen Gray\n" +"Goetz Waschk\n" +"Gregory Hazel\n" +"Gustaf Neumann\n" +"Hang Su\n" +"Hans Lambermont\n" +"Hans-Peter Jansen\n" +"Harris Dugal\n" +"Heiko Panther\n" +"Igor Helman\n" +"Isaac Osunkunle\n" +"Jan David Mol\n" +"Jan Gerber\n" +"Jan Van Boghout\n" +"Jasper Alias\n" +"Jean-Alexis Montignies\n" +"Jean-Baptiste Le Stang\n" +"Jeffrey Baker\n" +"Jeroen Massar\n" +"Jérôme Guilbaud\n" +"Johannes Buchner\n" +"Johen Michael Zorko\n" +"Johnathan Rosser\n" +"John Dalgliesh\n" +"John Paul Lorenti\n" +"Jörg\n" +"Joseph Tulou\n" +"Julien Blache\n" +"Julien Plissonneau Duquène\n" +"Julien Robert\n" +"Kenneth Ostby\n" +"Kenneth Self\n" +"Kevin H. Patterson\n" +"Koehler, Vitally\n" +"K. Staring\n" +"Lahiru Lakmal Priyadarshana\n" +"Laurent Mutricy\n" +"Leo Spalteholz\n" +"Loox Thefuture\n" +"Marc Nolette\n" +"Marco Munderloh\n" +"Mark Gritter\n" +"Markus Kern\n" +"Markus Kuespert\n" +"Martin Hamrle\n" +"Martin Kahr\n" +"Mateus Krepsky Ludwich\n" +"Mathias Kretschmer\n" +"Mats Rojestal\n" +"Matthias P. Nowak\n" +"Matthieu Lochegnies\n" +"Michael Mondragon\n" +"Michael S. Feurstein\n" +"Michel Lanners\n" +"Mickael Hoerdt\n" +"Miguel Angel Cabrera\n" +"Mikko Hirvonen\n" +"Moritz Bunkus\n" +"Nilmoni Deb\n" +"Olivier Houchard\n" +"Olivier Pomel\n" +"Ondrej Kuda aka Albert\n" +"Øyvind Kolbu\n" +"Pascal Levesque\n" +"Patrick Horn\n" +"Patrick McLean\n" +"Pauline Castets\n" +"Paul Mackerras\n" +"Peter Surda\n" +"Petr Vacek\n" +"Philippe Van Hecke\n" +"Pierre-Luc Beaudoin\n" +"Pierre Marc Dumuid\n" +"Régis Duchesne\n" +"Remco Poortinga\n" +"Rene Gollent\n" +"Rob Casey\n" +"Robson Braga Araujo\n" +"Roine Gustafsson\n" +"Roman Bednarek\n" +"Rudolf Cornelissen\n" +"Sašo Kiselkov\n" +"Sebastian Jenny\n" +"Shane Harper\n" +"Stefán Freyr Stefánsson\n" +"Steve Brown\n" +"Steven M. Schultz\n" +"Tapio Hiltunen\n" +"Thomas L. Wood\n" +"Thomas Mühlgrabner\n" +"Thomas Parmelan\n" +"Tim 'O Callagha\n" +"Tim Schuerewegen\n" +"Tong Ka Man\n" +"Torsten Spindler\n" +"Udo Richter\n" +"Vincent Dimar\n" +"Vincent Penne\n" +"Vitalijus Slavinskas\n" +"Vitaly V. Bursov\n" +"Vladimir Chernyshov\n" +"Wade Majors\n" +"Wallace Wadge\n" +"Watanabe Go\n" +"William Hawkins\n" +"Xavier Maillard\n" +"Ye zhang\n" +"Yuehua Zhao\n" +"\n" +"Artwork\n" +"-------\n" +"Damien Erambert\n" +"Daniel Dreibrodt, aka aLtgLasS\n" +"David Weber\n" +"Davor Orel\n" +"Dominic Spitaler\n" +"Eurodata Computer Club\n" +"Geoffrey Roussel\n" +"Joeri van Dooren\n" +"kty0ne\n" +"Max Rudberg\n" +"Richard Øiestad\n" +"Simon Damkjær Andersen\n" +"Tom Bigelajzen\n" +"Vincent van den Heuvel\n" +"\n" +"Documentation\n" +"-------------\n" +"Bill Eldridge\n" +"\n" +"Localization\n" +"------------\n" +"Abdul Fousan - Tamil\n" +"A. Decorte - Friulian\n" +"A. Regnander - Swedish\n" +"Adem Gunes - Turkish\n" +"Adi Nugroho - Tagalog\n" +"Adnan Memija - Bosnian\n" +"airplanez - Korean\n" +"Ajith Manjula - Sinhala\n" +"Aled Powell - Welsh\n" +"Alexander Didebulidze - Georgian\n" +"Alexander Henket - Dutch\n" +"Alexander Jansen - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Alexander Lakhin - Russian\n" +"Alexey Lugin - Ukrainian\n" +"Alexey Salmin - Russian\n" +"Alfred John - Acoli\n" +"Amanpreet Singh Alam - Punjabi\n" +"André de Barros Martins Ribeiro - Brazilian portuguese\n" +"Andrey Brilevskiy - Russian\n" +"Andrey Wolk - Russian\n" +"Andri Pálsson - Icelandic\n" +"Andriy Bandura - Ukrainian\n" +"Anh Phan - Vietnamese\n" +"Aniket Eknath Kudale - Marathi\n" +"Animesh Swar - Nepalese\n" +"Aputsiaĸ Niels Janussen - Danish\n" +"Ara Bextiyar - Sorani (Kurdish)\n" +"Ari Constâncio - Portuguese\n" +"Arkadiusz Lipiec - Polish\n" +"Ask Hjorth Larsen - Danish\n" +"Audrey Prevost - French\n" +"Auk Piseth - Khmer\n" +"Bayarsaikhan Enkhtaivan Баярсайхан Энхтайван - Mongolian\n" +"Biraj Karmakar - Bengali (India)\n" +"Bruno Queirós - Portuguese\n" +"Bruno Vella - Italian\n" +"Caner Başaran - Turkish\n" +"Carlo Calabrò - Italian\n" +"Chandan Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Chesús Daniel Trigo - Aragonese\n" +"Christoph Miebach - German\n" +"Chynggyz Jumaliev - Kirgyz\n" +"Circo Radu - Romanian\n" +"Cristian Secară - Romanian\n" +"Daniel Nylander - Swedish\n" +"Daniel Winzen - German\n" +"David González - Spanish\n" +"David Planella - Catalan\n" +"Dean Lee - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Denis Arnaud - Breton\n" +"Derk-Jan Hartman - Dutch\n" +"DirektX - Hungarian\n" +"Dominko Aždajić - Croatian\n" +"Dylan Aïssi - French\n" +"Đorđe Vasiljević - Serbian\n" +"Eduard Babayan - Armenian\n" +"Eero - Estonian\n" +"Eirik U. Birkeland - Norwegian Nynorsk\n" +"Elizabeth Da Conceicao Baptista - Tetum\n" +"Emilio Sepúlveda - Interlingua\n" +"Emin Mastizada - Azerbaijani\n" +"Éric Lassauge - French\n" +"Farzaneh Sarafraz - Persian\n" +"Florence Tushabe - Chiga\n" +"Fouzia Bourai - Arabic\n" +"Frank Chao - Traditional Chinese\n" +"Freyr Gunnar Ólafsson - Icelandic\n" +"Friedel Wolff - Afrikaans\n" +"Fumio Nakayama - Japanese\n" +"Gabor Kelemen - Hungarian\n" +"Gaurav Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Gaëtan Rousseaux - Walloon\n" +"Ghjuvan Pasquinu - Corsican\n" +"Goce Manevski - Macedonian\n" +"Golam Maruf Oovee - Bengali\n" +"Gonçalo Cordeiro - Galician\n" +"Gorana Milicevic - Serbian\n" +"Goswami Hardikpuri Kishorpuri - Gujarati\n" +"Haakon Meland Eriksen - Norwegian\n" +"Han HoJoong - Korean\n" +"Hardik Kishorpuri Goswami - Gujarati\n" +"Hemanta Nandi - Bengali (India)\n" +"Huw Waters - Welsh\n" +"H.Shalitha Vikum - Sinhala\n" +"Ibrahima Sarr - Fulah\n" +"Ingmārs Dīriņš - Latvian\n" +"Israt Jahan - Bengali\n" +"Ivar Smolin - Estonian\n" +"Iván Seoane Pardo - Galician\n" +"Ivo Ivanov - Bulgarian\n" +"Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio - Basque\n" +"Iñigo Varela - Asturian; Bable\n" +"Jakub Žáček - Czech\n" +"James Olweny - Ganda\n" +"Jamil Ahmed - Bengali\n" +"Javier Varela - Spanish\n" +"Jean-Pierre Kuypers - French\n" +"Jens Seidel - German\n" +"Joao Almeida - Portuguese\n" +"Joel Arvidsson - Swedish\n" +"jogijs - Latvian\n" +"Jonas Larsen - Danish\n" +"Jon Stødle - Norwegian Nynorsk\n" +"Jouni Kähkönen - Finnish\n" +"Juha Jeronen - Finnish\n" +"Julen Ruiz Aizpuru - Basque\n" +"Kai Hermann - German\n" +"Kamil Páral - Czech\n" +"Kang Jeong-Hee - Korean\n" +"Kasper Tvede - Danish\n" +"Kaya Zeren - Turkish\n" +"Kenneth Nielsen - Danish\n" +"Khin Mi Mi Aung - Burmese\n" +"Khoem Sokhem - Khmer\n" +"Kola - Albanian\n" +"Kypchak Kypchak - Kazakh\n" +"Laurent Jonqueres - Occitan\n" +"Loba Yeasmeen - Bengali\n" +"Lorena Gomes - Catalan\n" +"Lorenzo Porta - Italian\n" +"Luqman Hakim - Indonesian\n" +"L. Balasubramaniam - Hindi\n" +"Mahrazi Mohd Kamal - Malay\n" +"Manolis Stefanis - Modern Greek\n" +"Manuela Silva/Alfredo Silva - Portuguese\n" +"Marián Hikaník - Slovak\n" +"Mario Siegmann - German\n" +"Marko Uskokovic - Serbian\n" +"Martin Srebotnjak - Slovenian\n" +"Martin Zicha - Czech\n" +"Matej Urbančič - Slovenian\n" +"Mathias C. Berens, welcome-soft - German\n" +"Mattias Põldaru - Estonian\n" +"Md. Rezwan Shahid - Bengali\n" +"Meelad Zakaria - Persian\n" +"Michael Bauer - Scottish Gaelic\n" +"Michal Halenka - Czech\n" +"Michał Trzebiatowski - Polish\n" +"Miguel Sousa - Portuguese\n" +"Mihkel Kirjutas - Estonian\n" +"Mindaugas Baranauskas - Lithuanian\n" +"Miroslav Oujeský - Czech\n" +"Morten Brix Pedersen - Danish\n" +"Mustafa Sandal - Czech\n" +"Myckel Habets - Dutch\n" +"Namhyung Kim - Korean\n" +"Niels Fanøe - Danish\n" +"Niklas 'Nille' Åkerström - Swedish\n" +"Olav Dahlum - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Oleksandr Natalenko - Ukrainian\n" +"Omer Ensari - Kurmanji (Kurdish)\n" +"Osama Khalid - Arabic\n" +"Otto Kekäläinen - Finnish\n" +"Paras Nath Chaudhary - Nepali\n" +"Pasindu Kavinda - Sinhala\n" +"Pau Iranzo - Catalan\n" +"Paula Iglesias - Galician\n" +"Pedro Valadares - Portuguese\n" +"Peter Jespersen - Danish\n" +"Petr Šimáček - Czech\n" +"Phan Anh - Vietnamese\n" +"Philipp Weissenbacher - German\n" +"Pittayakom Saingtong - Thai\n" +"Prasannajit Acharya - Oriya\n" +"Praveen Illa - Telugu\n" +"Predrag Ljubenović - Serbian\n" +"Pyae Sone - Burmese\n" +"Rajnikant Kumbhar - Marathi\n" +"Ricardo Perdigão - Portuguese\n" +"Ricardo Pérez López - Spanish\n" +"Roustam Ghizdatov - Russian\n" +"Ruei-Yuan Lu - Traditional Chinese\n" +"Saad Liaquat Kiani - Urdu\n" +"Sadia Afroz - Bengali\n" +"Said Marjan Zazai - Pashto\n" +"Salar Khalilzadeh - Persian\n" +"Sam Askari - Spanish\n" +"Sam Hocevar - British\n" +"Samuel Hocevar - French\n" +"Saúl Ortega - Spanish\n" +"Savvas Nesseris - Modern Greek\n" +"Sayan Chowdhury - Hindi\n" +"Seanán Ó Coistín - Irish\n" +"Semsudin Abdic - Bosnian\n" +"Shambhu Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Shantanu Sarkar - Hindi\n" +"Shashi Ranjan - Hindi\n" +"Siarhei Daryichau Дар'ічаў Сяргей - Belarusian\n" +"Sidney Doria - Brazilian Portuguese\n" +"Sigmund Augdal - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Simos Xenitellis - Modern Greek\n" +"Sipho Sibiya - Zulu\n" +"Sok Sophea - Khmer\n" +"Solomon Gizaw - Amharic\n" +"Sreejith P - Malayalam\n" +"Suraj Kawade - Marathi\n" +"Stian Jørgensrud - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Sveinn í Felli - Icelandic\n" +"Tadashi Jokagi - Japanese\n" +"Tarsem Singh - Hindi\n" +"Thanakrit Chomphuming - Thai\n" +"Tero Pelander - Finnish\n" +"Thomas De Rocker - Dutch\n" +"Thomas Graf - gettext support, German\n" +"Tomáš Chvátal - Czech\n" +"Tòni Galhard - Occitan\n" +"Umesh Agarwal - Bengali (India)\n" +"Umidjon Almasov - Uzbek\n" +"Václav Pavlíček - Czech\n" +"Valek Filippov - Russian\n" +"Vicente Jimenez Aguilar - Spanish\n" +"Vincenzo Reale - Italian\n" +"Vít Pelčák - Czech\n" +"viyyer - Hindi\n" +"Vladimir Yermolayev - Russian\n" +"Vojtěch Smejkal - Czech\n" +"Wei Mingzhi - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Xènia Albà Cantero - Catalan\n" +"Xuacu Saturio - Asturian\n" +"Yaron Shahrabani - Hebrew\n" +"Yaşar Tay - Turkish\n" +"Yhal Htet Aung - Burmese\n" +"Yogesh K S - Kannada\n" +"Yoyo - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Yuksel Yildirim - Turkish\n" +"Zabeeh Khan - Pashto\n" +"Zhang Tong - Chinese\n" +; diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_access.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_access.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3697db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_access.h @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_access.h: Access descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 511278add942a4ff59cc658431901236dd48e341 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ACCESS_H +#define VLC_ACCESS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and definitions for access object + */ + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup access Access + * @{ + */ + +enum access_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + ACCESS_CAN_SEEK, /* arg1= bool* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_CAN_FASTSEEK, /* arg1= bool* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_CAN_PAUSE, /* arg1= bool* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_CAN_CONTROL_PACE,/* arg1= bool* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_GET_SIZE=6, /* arg1= uin64_t* */ + + /* */ + ACCESS_GET_PTS_DELAY = 0x101,/* arg1= int64_t* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_GET_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t*** arg2=int* res=can fail */ + ACCESS_GET_TITLE, /* arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + ACCESS_GET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + + /* Meta data */ + ACCESS_GET_META, /* arg1= vlc_meta_t ** res=can fail */ + ACCESS_GET_CONTENT_TYPE,/* arg1=char **ppsz_content_type res=can fail */ + + ACCESS_GET_SIGNAL, /* arg1=double *pf_quality, arg2=double *pf_strength res=can fail */ + + /* */ + ACCESS_SET_PAUSE_STATE = 0x200, /* arg1= bool can fail */ + + /* */ + ACCESS_SET_TITLE, /* arg1= int can fail */ + ACCESS_SET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /* Special mode for access/demux communication + * XXX: avoid to use it unless you can't */ + ACCESS_SET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE = 0x1000, /* arg1= int i_private_data, bool b_selected res=can fail */ + ACCESS_SET_PRIVATE_ID_CA, /* arg1= int i_program_number, uint16_t i_vpid, uint16_t i_apid1, uint16_t i_apid2, uint16_t i_apid3, uint8_t i_length, uint8_t *p_data */ + ACCESS_GET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE, /* arg1=int i_private_data arg2=bool * res=can fail */ +}; + +struct access_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* Access name (empty if non forced) */ + char *psz_access; + char *psz_location; /**< Location (URL with the scheme stripped) */ + char *psz_filepath; /**< Local file path (if applicable) */ + + /* Access can fill this entry to force a demuxer + * XXX: fill it once you know for sure you will succeed + * (if you fail, this value won't be reseted */ + char *psz_demux; + + /* pf_read/pf_block is used to read data. + * XXX A access should set one and only one of them */ + ssize_t (*pf_read) ( access_t *, uint8_t *, size_t ); /* Return -1 if no data yet, 0 if no more data, else real data read */ + block_t *(*pf_block)( access_t * ); /* return a block of data in his 'natural' size, NULL if not yet data or eof */ + + /* Called for each seek. + * XXX can be null */ + int (*pf_seek) ( access_t *, uint64_t ); /* can be null if can't seek */ + + /* Used to retreive and configure the access + * XXX mandatory. look at access_query_e to know what query you *have to* support */ + int (*pf_control)( access_t *, int i_query, va_list args); + + /* Access has to maintain them uptodate */ + struct + { + uint64_t i_pos; /* idem */ + bool b_eof; /* idem */ + } info; + access_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +static inline int access_vaControl( access_t *p_access, int i_query, va_list args ) +{ + if( !p_access ) return VLC_EGENERIC; + return p_access->pf_control( p_access, i_query, args ); +} + +static inline int access_Control( access_t *p_access, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = access_vaControl( p_access, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +static inline uint64_t access_GetSize( access_t *p_access ) +{ + uint64_t val; + if( access_Control( p_access, ACCESS_GET_SIZE, &val ) ) + val = 0; + return val; +} + +static inline void access_InitFields( access_t *p_a ) +{ + p_a->info.i_pos = 0; + p_a->info.b_eof = false; +} + +/** + * This function will return the parent input of this access. + * It is retained. It can return NULL. + */ +VLC_API input_thread_t * access_GetParentInput( access_t *p_access ) VLC_USED; + +#define ACCESS_SET_CALLBACKS( read, block, control, seek ) \ + do { \ + p_access->pf_read = (read); \ + p_access->pf_block = (block); \ + p_access->pf_control = (control); \ + p_access->pf_seek = (seek); \ + } while(0) + +#define STANDARD_READ_ACCESS_INIT \ + do { \ + access_InitFields( p_access ); \ + ACCESS_SET_CALLBACKS( Read, NULL, Control, Seek ); \ + p_sys = p_access->p_sys = (access_sys_t*)calloc( 1, sizeof( access_sys_t ) ); \ + if( !p_sys ) return VLC_ENOMEM;\ + } while(0); + +#define STANDARD_BLOCK_ACCESS_INIT \ + do { \ + access_InitFields( p_access ); \ + ACCESS_SET_CALLBACKS( NULL, Block, Control, Seek ); \ + p_sys = p_access->p_sys = (access_sys_t*)calloc( 1, sizeof( access_sys_t ) ); \ + if( !p_sys ) return VLC_ENOMEM; \ + } while(0); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_addons.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_addons.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92d5bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_addons.h @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_addons.h : addons handling and describing + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2013 VideoLAN and authors + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ADDONS_H +#define VLC_ADDONS_H 1 + +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef enum addon_type_t +{ + ADDON_UNKNOWN = 0, + ADDON_EXTENSION, + ADDON_PLAYLIST_PARSER, + ADDON_SERVICE_DISCOVERY, + ADDON_SKIN2, + ADDON_PLUGIN, + ADDON_INTERFACE, + ADDON_META, + ADDON_OTHER +} addon_type_t; + +typedef enum addon_state_t +{ + ADDON_NOTINSTALLED = 0, + ADDON_INSTALLING, + ADDON_INSTALLED, + ADDON_UNINSTALLING +} addon_state_t; + +typedef enum addon_flags_t +{ + ADDON_BROKEN = 1, /* Have install inconsistency */ + ADDON_MANAGEABLE = 1 << 1, /* Have manifest, can install or uninstall files */ + ADDON_UPDATABLE = 1 << 2, +} addon_flags_t; + +#define ADDON_MAX_SCORE (5 * 100) +#define ADDON_UUID_SIZE 16 +#define ADDON_UUID_PSZ_SIZE (ADDON_UUID_SIZE * 2 + 4) +typedef uint8_t addon_uuid_t[ADDON_UUID_SIZE]; + +typedef struct addon_file_t +{ + addon_type_t e_filetype; + char *psz_download_uri; + char *psz_filename; +} addon_file_t; + +struct addon_entry_t +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + + addon_type_t e_type; + addon_state_t e_state; + addon_flags_t e_flags; + + /* data describing addon */ + addon_uuid_t uuid; + char *psz_name; + char *psz_summary; + char *psz_description; + char *psz_author; + char *psz_source_uri; /* webpage, ... */ + char *psz_image_uri; + char *psz_image_data; /* base64, png */ + char *psz_version; + + /* stats */ + long int i_downloads; + int i_score; /* score 0..5 in hundredth */ + + /* Lister */ + char *psz_source_module; + + /* files list */ + char *psz_archive_uri; /* Archive */ + DECL_ARRAY(addon_file_t *) files; + + /* custom data storage (if needed by module/source) */ + void * p_custom; +}; + +typedef struct addons_finder_t addons_finder_t; +typedef struct addons_finder_sys_t addons_finder_sys_t; +struct addons_finder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + int ( * pf_find )( addons_finder_t * ); + int ( * pf_retrieve )( addons_finder_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + DECL_ARRAY( addon_entry_t * ) entries; + char *psz_uri; + + addons_finder_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +typedef struct addons_storage_t addons_storage_t; +typedef struct addons_storage_sys_t addons_storage_sys_t; +struct addons_storage_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + int ( * pf_install )( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + int ( * pf_remove )( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + int ( * pf_catalog ) ( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t **, int ); + + addons_storage_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +typedef struct addons_manager_private_t addons_manager_private_t; +struct addons_manager_t +{ + vlc_event_manager_t * p_event_manager; + + addons_manager_private_t *p_priv; +}; +typedef struct addons_manager_t addons_manager_t; + +/** + * addon entry lifecycle + */ +VLC_API addon_entry_t *addon_entry_New( void ); +VLC_API addon_entry_t *addon_entry_Hold(addon_entry_t *); +VLC_API void addon_entry_Release(addon_entry_t *); + +/** + * addons manager lifecycle + */ +VLC_API addons_manager_t *addons_manager_New( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API void addons_manager_Delete( addons_manager_t * ); + +/** + * Charge currently installed, usable and manageable addons + * (default "addons storage" module) + */ +VLC_API int addons_manager_LoadCatalog( addons_manager_t * ); + +/** + * Gather addons info from repository (default "addons finder" module) + * If psz_uri is not NULL, only gather info from the pointed package. + */ +VLC_API void addons_manager_Gather( addons_manager_t *, const char *psz_uri ); + +/** + * Install or Remove the addon identified by its uuid + */ +VLC_API int addons_manager_Install( addons_manager_t *p_manager, const addon_uuid_t uuid ); +VLC_API int addons_manager_Remove( addons_manager_t *p_manager, const addon_uuid_t uuid ); + +/** + * String uuid to binary uuid helpers + */ +static inline bool addons_uuid_read( const char *psz_uuid, addon_uuid_t *p_uuid ) +{ + if ( !psz_uuid ) return false; + if ( strlen( psz_uuid ) < ADDON_UUID_PSZ_SIZE ) return false; + + int i = 0, j = 0; + while ( i + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AOUT_H +#define VLC_AOUT_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for audio output object + */ + +/* Buffers which arrive in advance of more than AOUT_MAX_ADVANCE_TIME + * will be considered as bogus and be trashed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_ADVANCE_TIME (AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME + CLOCK_FREQ) + +/* Buffers which arrive in advance of more than AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME + * will cause the calling thread to sleep */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME (2 * CLOCK_FREQ) + +/* Buffers which arrive after pts - AOUT_MIN_PREPARE_TIME will be trashed + * to avoid too heavy resampling */ +#define AOUT_MIN_PREPARE_TIME AOUT_MAX_PTS_ADVANCE + +/* Tolerance values from EBU Recommendation 37 */ +/** Maximum advance of actual audio playback time to coded PTS, + * above which downsampling will be performed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PTS_ADVANCE (CLOCK_FREQ / 25) + +/** Maximum delay of actual audio playback time from coded PTS, + * above which upsampling will be performed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PTS_DELAY (3 * CLOCK_FREQ / 50) + +/* Max acceptable resampling (in %) */ +#define AOUT_MAX_RESAMPLING 10 + +#include "vlc_es.h" + +#define AOUT_FMTS_IDENTICAL( p_first, p_second ) ( \ + ((p_first)->i_format == (p_second)->i_format) \ + && AOUT_FMTS_SIMILAR(p_first, p_second) ) + +/* Check if i_rate == i_rate and i_channels == i_channels */ +#define AOUT_FMTS_SIMILAR( p_first, p_second ) ( \ + ((p_first)->i_rate == (p_second)->i_rate) \ + && ((p_first)->i_physical_channels == (p_second)->i_physical_channels)\ + && ((p_first)->i_original_channels == (p_second)->i_original_channels) ) + +#define AOUT_FMT_LINEAR( p_format ) \ + (aout_BitsPerSample((p_format)->i_format) != 0) + +#define VLC_CODEC_SPDIFL VLC_FOURCC('s','p','d','i') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPDIFB VLC_FOURCC('s','p','d','b') + +#define AOUT_FMT_SPDIF( p_format ) \ + ( ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_SPDIFL) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_SPDIFB) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_A52) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_DTS) ) + +/* Values used for the audio-channels object variable */ +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_UNSET 0 /* must be zero */ +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_STEREO 1 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_RSTEREO 2 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_LEFT 3 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_RIGHT 4 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_DOLBYS 5 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Main audio output structures + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Size of a frame for S/PDIF output. */ +#define AOUT_SPDIF_SIZE 6144 + +/* Number of samples in an A/52 frame. */ +#define A52_FRAME_NB 1536 + +/* FIXME to remove once aout.h is cleaned a bit more */ +#include + +/** Audio output object */ +struct audio_output +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct aout_sys_t *sys; /**< Private data for callbacks */ + + int (*start)(audio_output_t *, audio_sample_format_t *fmt); + /**< Starts a new stream (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \param fmt input stream sample format upon entry, + * output stream sample format upon return [IN/OUT] + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on success, non-zero on failure + * \note No other stream may be already started when called. + */ + void (*stop)(audio_output_t *); + /**< Stops the existing stream (optional, may be NULL). + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + int (*time_get)(audio_output_t *, mtime_t *delay); + /**< Estimates playback buffer latency (optional, may be NULL). + * \param delay pointer to the delay until the next sample to be written + * to the playback buffer is rendered [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on failure or lack of data + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*play)(audio_output_t *, block_t *); + /**< Queues a block of samples for playback (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*pause)( audio_output_t *, bool pause, mtime_t date); + /**< Pauses or resumes playback (optional, may be NULL). + * \param pause pause if true, resume from pause if false + * \param date timestamp when the pause or resume was requested + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*flush)( audio_output_t *, bool wait); + /**< Flushes or drains the playback buffers (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \param wait true to wait for playback of pending buffers (drain), + * false to discard pending buffers (flush) + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + int (*volume_set)(audio_output_t *, float volume); + /**< Changes playback volume (optional, may be NULL). + * \param volume requested volume (0. = mute, 1. = nominal) + * \note The volume is always a positive number. + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + int (*mute_set)(audio_output_t *, bool mute); + /**< Changes muting (optinal, may be NULL). + * \param mute true to mute, false to unmute + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + int (*device_select)(audio_output_t *, const char *id); + /**< Selects an audio output device (optional, may be NULL). + * \param id nul-terminated device unique identifier. + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on failure. + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + struct { + void (*volume_report)(audio_output_t *, float); + void (*mute_report)(audio_output_t *, bool); + void (*policy_report)(audio_output_t *, bool); + void (*device_report)(audio_output_t *, const char *); + void (*hotplug_report)(audio_output_t *, const char *, const char *); + int (*gain_request)(audio_output_t *, float); + void (*restart_request)(audio_output_t *, unsigned); + } event; +}; + +/** + * It describes the audio channel order VLC expect. + */ +static const uint32_t pi_vlc_chan_order_wg4[] = +{ + AOUT_CHAN_LEFT, AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT, + AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT, AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT, + AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT, AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT, AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER, + AOUT_CHAN_CENTER, AOUT_CHAN_LFE, 0 +}; + +#define AOUT_RESTART_FILTERS 1 +#define AOUT_RESTART_OUTPUT 2 +#define AOUT_RESTART_DECODER 4 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This function computes the reordering needed to go from pi_chan_order_in to + * pi_chan_order_out. + * If pi_chan_order_in or pi_chan_order_out is NULL, it will assume that vlc + * internal (WG4) order is requested. + */ +VLC_API unsigned aout_CheckChannelReorder( const uint32_t *, const uint32_t *, + uint32_t mask, uint8_t *table ); +VLC_API void aout_ChannelReorder(void *, size_t, unsigned, const uint8_t *, vlc_fourcc_t); + +VLC_API void aout_Interleave(void *dst, const void *const *planes, + unsigned samples, unsigned channels, + vlc_fourcc_t fourcc); +VLC_API void aout_Deinterleave(void *dst, const void *src, unsigned samples, + unsigned channels, vlc_fourcc_t fourcc); + +/** + * This function will compute the extraction parameter into pi_selection to go + * from i_channels with their type given by pi_order_src[] into the order + * describe by pi_order_dst. + * It will also set : + * - *pi_channels as the number of channels that will be extracted which is + * lower (in case of non understood channels type) or equal to i_channels. + * - the layout of the channels (*pi_layout). + * + * It will return true if channel extraction is really needed, in which case + * aout_ChannelExtract must be used + * + * XXX It must be used when the source may have channel type not understood + * by VLC. In this case the channel type pi_order_src[] must be set to 0. + * XXX It must also be used if multiple channels have the same type. + */ +VLC_API bool aout_CheckChannelExtraction( int *pi_selection, uint32_t *pi_layout, int *pi_channels, const uint32_t pi_order_dst[AOUT_CHAN_MAX], const uint32_t *pi_order_src, int i_channels ); + +/** + * Do the actual channels extraction using the parameters created by + * aout_CheckChannelExtraction. + * + * XXX this function does not work in place (p_dst and p_src must not overlap). + * XXX Only 8, 16, 24, 32, 64 bits per sample are supported. + */ +VLC_API void aout_ChannelExtract( void *p_dst, int i_dst_channels, const void *p_src, int i_src_channels, int i_sample_count, const int *pi_selection, int i_bits_per_sample ); + +/* */ +static inline unsigned aout_FormatNbChannels(const audio_sample_format_t *fmt) +{ + return popcount(fmt->i_physical_channels); +} + +VLC_API unsigned int aout_BitsPerSample( vlc_fourcc_t i_format ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void aout_FormatPrepare( audio_sample_format_t * p_format ); +VLC_API void aout_FormatPrint(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + const audio_sample_format_t *); +#define aout_FormatPrint(o, t, f) aout_FormatPrint(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, f) +VLC_API const char * aout_FormatPrintChannels( const audio_sample_format_t * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API float aout_VolumeGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_VolumeSet (audio_output_t *, float); +VLC_API int aout_MuteGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_MuteSet (audio_output_t *, bool); +VLC_API char *aout_DeviceGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_DeviceSet (audio_output_t *, const char *); +VLC_API int aout_DevicesList (audio_output_t *, char ***, char ***); + +/** + * Report change of configured audio volume to the core and UI. + */ +static inline void aout_VolumeReport(audio_output_t *aout, float volume) +{ + aout->event.volume_report(aout, volume); +} + +/** + * Report change of muted flag to the core and UI. + */ +static inline void aout_MuteReport(audio_output_t *aout, bool mute) +{ + aout->event.mute_report(aout, mute); +} + +/** + * Report audio policy status. + * \parm cork true to request a cork, false to undo any pending cork. + */ +static inline void aout_PolicyReport(audio_output_t *aout, bool cork) +{ + aout->event.policy_report(aout, cork); +} + +/** + * Report change of output device. + */ +static inline void aout_DeviceReport(audio_output_t *aout, const char *id) +{ + aout->event.device_report(aout, id); +} + +/** + * Report a device hot-plug event. + * @param id device ID + * @param name human-readable device name (NULL for hot unplug) + */ +static inline void aout_HotplugReport(audio_output_t *aout, + const char *id, const char *name) +{ + aout->event.hotplug_report(aout, id, name); +} + +/** + * Request a change of software audio amplification. + * \param gain linear amplitude gain (must be positive) + * \warning Values in excess 1.0 may cause overflow and distorsion. + */ +static inline int aout_GainRequest(audio_output_t *aout, float gain) +{ + return aout->event.gain_request(aout, gain); +} + +static inline void aout_RestartRequest(audio_output_t *aout, unsigned mode) +{ + aout->event.restart_request(aout, mode); +} + +static inline int aout_ChannelsRestart (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *varname, + vlc_value_t oldval, vlc_value_t newval, void *data) +{ + audio_output_t *aout = (audio_output_t *)obj; + (void)varname; (void)oldval; (void)newval; (void)data; + + aout_RestartRequest (aout, AOUT_RESTART_OUTPUT); + return 0; +} + +/* Audio output filters */ +typedef struct aout_filters aout_filters_t; +typedef struct aout_request_vout aout_request_vout_t; + +VLC_API aout_filters_t *aout_FiltersNew(vlc_object_t *, + const audio_sample_format_t *, + const audio_sample_format_t *, + const aout_request_vout_t *) VLC_USED; +#define aout_FiltersNew(o,inf,outf,rv) \ + aout_FiltersNew(VLC_OBJECT(o),inf,outf,rv) +VLC_API void aout_FiltersDelete(vlc_object_t *, aout_filters_t *); +#define aout_FiltersDelete(o,f) \ + aout_FiltersDelete(VLC_OBJECT(o),f) +VLC_API bool aout_FiltersAdjustResampling(aout_filters_t *, int); +VLC_API block_t *aout_FiltersPlay(aout_filters_t *, block_t *, int rate); + +VLC_API vout_thread_t * aout_filter_RequestVout( filter_t *, vout_thread_t *p_vout, video_format_t *p_fmt ); + +#endif /* VLC_AOUT_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f571afb --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_aout_volume.h: audio volume module + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 051413ba105d5f7ee552679bf7fcd3a053db112c $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AOUT_MIXER_H +#define VLC_AOUT_MIXER_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for audio output mixer object + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct audio_volume audio_volume_t; + +/** + * Audio volume + */ +struct audio_volume +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_fourcc_t format; /**< Audio samples format */ + void (*amplify)(audio_volume_t *, block_t *, float); /**< Amplifier */ +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_arrays.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_arrays.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dac7a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_arrays.h @@ -0,0 +1,622 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_arrays.h : Arrays and data structures handling + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 91f540533b3144f00d1e74bd47dc34cf69598276 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Clément Stenac + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ARRAYS_H_ +#define VLC_ARRAYS_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for handling arrays in vlc + */ + +/* realloc() that never fails *if* downsizing */ +static inline void *realloc_down( void *ptr, size_t size ) +{ + void *ret = realloc( ptr, size ); + return ret ? ret : ptr; +} + +/** + * Simple dynamic array handling. Array is realloced at each insert/removal + */ +#define INSERT_ELEM( p_ar, i_oldsize, i_pos, elem ) \ + do \ + { \ + if( !(i_oldsize) ) (p_ar) = NULL; \ + (p_ar) = realloc( p_ar, ((i_oldsize) + 1) * sizeof(*(p_ar)) ); \ + if( !(p_ar) ) abort(); \ + if( (i_oldsize) - (i_pos) ) \ + { \ + memmove( (p_ar) + (i_pos) + 1, (p_ar) + (i_pos), \ + ((i_oldsize) - (i_pos)) * sizeof( *(p_ar) ) ); \ + } \ + (p_ar)[(i_pos)] = elem; \ + (i_oldsize)++; \ + } \ + while( 0 ) + +#define REMOVE_ELEM( p_ar, i_size, i_pos ) \ + do \ + { \ + if( (i_size) - (i_pos) - 1 ) \ + { \ + memmove( (p_ar) + (i_pos), \ + (p_ar) + (i_pos) + 1, \ + ((i_size) - (i_pos) - 1) * sizeof( *(p_ar) ) ); \ + } \ + if( i_size > 1 ) \ + (p_ar) = realloc_down( p_ar, ((i_size) - 1) * sizeof( *(p_ar) ) );\ + else \ + { \ + free( p_ar ); \ + (p_ar) = NULL; \ + } \ + (i_size)--; \ + } \ + while( 0 ) + +#define TAB_INIT( count, tab ) \ + do { \ + (count) = 0; \ + (tab) = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_CLEAN( count, tab ) \ + do { \ + free( tab ); \ + (count)= 0; \ + (tab)= NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_APPEND_CAST( cast, count, tab, p ) \ + do { \ + if( (count) > 0 ) \ + (tab) = cast realloc( tab, sizeof( *(tab) ) * ( (count) + 1 ) ); \ + else \ + (tab) = cast malloc( sizeof( *(tab) ) ); \ + if( !(tab) ) abort(); \ + (tab)[count] = (p); \ + (count)++; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_APPEND( count, tab, p ) \ + TAB_APPEND_CAST( , count, tab, p ) + +#define TAB_FIND( count, tab, p, idx ) \ + do { \ + for( (idx) = 0; (idx) < (count); (idx)++ ) \ + if( (tab)[(idx)] == (p) ) \ + break; \ + if( (idx) >= (count) ) \ + (idx) = -1; \ + } while(0) + + +#define TAB_REMOVE( count, tab, p ) \ + do { \ + int i_index; \ + TAB_FIND( count, tab, p, i_index ); \ + if( i_index >= 0 ) \ + { \ + if( (count) > 1 ) \ + { \ + memmove( ((void**)(tab) + i_index), \ + ((void**)(tab) + i_index+1), \ + ( (count) - i_index - 1 ) * sizeof( *(tab) ) );\ + } \ + (count)--; \ + if( (count) == 0 ) \ + { \ + free( tab ); \ + (tab) = NULL; \ + } \ + } \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_INSERT_CAST( cast, count, tab, p, index ) do { \ + if( (count) > 0 ) \ + (tab) = cast realloc( tab, sizeof( *(tab) ) * ( (count) + 1 ) ); \ + else \ + (tab) = cast malloc( sizeof( *(tab) ) ); \ + if( !(tab) ) abort(); \ + if( (count) - (index) > 0 ) \ + memmove( (void**)(tab) + (index) + 1, \ + (void**)(tab) + (index), \ + ((count) - (index)) * sizeof(*(tab)) );\ + (tab)[(index)] = (p); \ + (count)++; \ +} while(0) + +#define TAB_INSERT( count, tab, p, index ) \ + TAB_INSERT_CAST( , count, tab, p, index ) + +/** + * Binary search in a sorted array. The key must be comparable by < and > + * \param entries array of entries + * \param count number of entries + * \param elem key to check within an entry (like .id, or ->i_id) + * \param zetype type of the key + * \param key value of the key + * \param answer index of answer within the array. -1 if not found + */ +#define BSEARCH( entries, count, elem, zetype, key, answer ) \ + do { \ + int low = 0, high = count - 1; \ + answer = -1; \ + while( low <= high ) {\ + int mid = (low + high ) / 2; /* Just don't care about 2^30 tables */ \ + zetype mid_val = entries[mid] elem;\ + if( mid_val < key ) \ + low = mid + 1; \ + else if ( mid_val > key ) \ + high = mid -1; \ + else \ + { \ + answer = mid; break; \ + }\ + } \ + } while(0) + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dynamic arrays with progressive allocation + ************************************************************************/ + +/* Internal functions */ +#define _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, newsize) { \ + (array).i_alloc = newsize; \ + (array).p_elems = realloc( (array).p_elems, (array).i_alloc * \ + sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + if( !(array).p_elems ) abort(); \ +} + +#define _ARRAY_GROW1(array) { \ + if( (array).i_alloc < 10 ) \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, 10 ) \ + else if( (array).i_alloc == (array).i_size ) \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, (int)(array.i_alloc * 1.5) ) \ +} + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) + +/* API */ +#define DECL_ARRAY(type) struct { \ + int i_alloc; \ + int i_size; \ + type *p_elems; \ +} + +#define TYPEDEF_ARRAY(type, name) typedef DECL_ARRAY(type) name; + +#define ARRAY_INIT(array) \ + do { \ + (array).i_alloc = 0; \ + (array).i_size = 0; \ + (array).p_elems = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_RESET(array) \ + do { \ + (array).i_alloc = 0; \ + (array).i_size = 0; \ + free( (array).p_elems ); (array).p_elems = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_APPEND(array, elem) \ + do { \ + _ARRAY_GROW1(array); \ + (array).p_elems[(array).i_size] = elem; \ + (array).i_size++; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_INSERT(array,elem,pos) \ + do { \ + _ARRAY_GROW1(array); \ + if( (array).i_size - pos ) { \ + memmove( (array).p_elems + pos + 1, (array).p_elems + pos, \ + ((array).i_size-pos) * sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + } \ + (array).p_elems[pos] = elem; \ + (array).i_size++; \ + } while(0) + +#define _ARRAY_SHRINK(array) { \ + if( (array).i_size > 10 && (array).i_size < (int)((array).i_alloc / 1.5) ) { \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, (array).i_size + 5); \ + } \ +} + +#define ARRAY_REMOVE(array,pos) \ + do { \ + if( (array).i_size - (pos) - 1 ) \ + { \ + memmove( (array).p_elems + pos, (array).p_elems + pos + 1, \ + ( (array).i_size - pos - 1 ) *sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + } \ + (array).i_size--; \ + _ARRAY_SHRINK(array); \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_VAL(array, pos) array.p_elems[pos] + +#define ARRAY_BSEARCH(array, elem, zetype, key, answer) \ + BSEARCH( (array).p_elems, (array).i_size, elem, zetype, key, answer) + +#define FOREACH_ARRAY( item, array ) { \ + int fe_idx; \ + for( fe_idx = 0 ; fe_idx < (array).i_size ; fe_idx++ ) \ + { \ + item = (array).p_elems[fe_idx]; + +#define FOREACH_END() } } + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dynamic arrays with progressive allocation (Preferred API) + ************************************************************************/ +typedef struct vlc_array_t +{ + int i_count; + void ** pp_elems; +} vlc_array_t; + +static inline void vlc_array_init( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + memset( p_array, 0, sizeof(vlc_array_t) ); +} + +static inline void vlc_array_clear( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + free( p_array->pp_elems ); + memset( p_array, 0, sizeof(vlc_array_t) ); +} + +static inline vlc_array_t * vlc_array_new( void ) +{ + vlc_array_t * ret = (vlc_array_t *)malloc( sizeof(vlc_array_t) ); + if( ret ) vlc_array_init( ret ); + return ret; +} + +static inline void vlc_array_destroy( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + if( !p_array ) + return; + vlc_array_clear( p_array ); + free( p_array ); +} + + +/* Read */ +static inline int +vlc_array_count( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + return p_array->i_count; +} + +static inline void * +vlc_array_item_at_index( vlc_array_t * p_array, int i_index ) +{ + return p_array->pp_elems[i_index]; +} + +static inline int +vlc_array_index_of_item( vlc_array_t * p_array, void * item ) +{ + int i; + for( i = 0; i < p_array->i_count; i++) + { + if( p_array->pp_elems[i] == item ) + return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* Write */ +static inline void +vlc_array_insert( vlc_array_t * p_array, void * p_elem, int i_index ) +{ + TAB_INSERT_CAST( (void **), p_array->i_count, p_array->pp_elems, p_elem, i_index ); +} + +static inline void +vlc_array_append( vlc_array_t * p_array, void * p_elem ) +{ + vlc_array_insert( p_array, p_elem, p_array->i_count ); +} + +static inline void +vlc_array_remove( vlc_array_t * p_array, int i_index ) +{ + if( i_index >= 0 ) + { + if( p_array->i_count > 1 ) + { + memmove( p_array->pp_elems + i_index, + p_array->pp_elems + i_index+1, + ( p_array->i_count - i_index - 1 ) * sizeof( void* ) ); + } + p_array->i_count--; + if( p_array->i_count == 0 ) + { + free( p_array->pp_elems ); + p_array->pp_elems = NULL; + } + } +} + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dictionaries + ************************************************************************/ + +/* This function is not intended to be crypto-secure, we only want it to be + * fast and not suck too much. This one is pretty fast and did 0 collisions + * in wenglish's dictionary. + */ +static inline uint64_t DictHash( const char *psz_string, int hashsize ) +{ + uint64_t i_hash = 0; + if( psz_string ) + { + while( *psz_string ) + { + i_hash += *psz_string++; + i_hash += i_hash << 10; + i_hash ^= i_hash >> 8; + } + } + return i_hash % hashsize; +} + +typedef struct vlc_dictionary_entry_t +{ + char * psz_key; + void * p_value; + struct vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_next; +} vlc_dictionary_entry_t; + +typedef struct vlc_dictionary_t +{ + int i_size; + vlc_dictionary_entry_t ** p_entries; +} vlc_dictionary_t; + +static void * const kVLCDictionaryNotFound = NULL; + +static inline void vlc_dictionary_init( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, int i_size ) +{ + p_dict->p_entries = NULL; + + if( i_size > 0 ) + { + p_dict->p_entries = (vlc_dictionary_entry_t **)calloc( i_size, sizeof(*p_dict->p_entries) ); + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + i_size = 0; + } + p_dict->i_size = i_size; +} + +static inline void vlc_dictionary_clear( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, + void ( * pf_free )( void * p_data, void * p_obj ), + void * p_obj ) +{ + if( p_dict->p_entries ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_current, * p_next; + p_current = p_dict->p_entries[i]; + while( p_current ) + { + p_next = p_current->p_next; + if( pf_free != NULL ) + ( * pf_free )( p_current->p_value, p_obj ); + free( p_current->psz_key ); + free( p_current ); + p_current = p_next; + } + } + free( p_dict->p_entries ); + p_dict->p_entries = NULL; + } + p_dict->i_size = 0; +} + +static inline int +vlc_dictionary_has_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return 0; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + return p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] != NULL; +} + +static inline void * +vlc_dictionary_value_for_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + + if( !p_entry ) + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; + + /* Make sure we return the right item. (Hash collision) */ + do { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + return p_entry->p_value; + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } while( p_entry ); + + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; +} + +static inline int +vlc_dictionary_keys_count( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + int i, count = 0; + + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return 0; + + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + for( p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; p_entry; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) count++; + } + return count; +} + +static inline char ** +vlc_dictionary_all_keys( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + char ** ppsz_ret; + int i, count = vlc_dictionary_keys_count( p_dict ); + + ppsz_ret = (char**)malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 1)); + if( unlikely(!ppsz_ret) ) + return NULL; + + count = 0; + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + for( p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; p_entry; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) + ppsz_ret[count++] = strdup( p_entry->psz_key ); + } + ppsz_ret[count] = NULL; + return ppsz_ret; +} + +static inline void +__vlc_dictionary_insert( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, + void * p_value, bool rebuild ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + vlc_dictionary_init( p_dict, 1 ); + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + + p_entry = (vlc_dictionary_entry_t *)malloc(sizeof(*p_entry)); + p_entry->psz_key = strdup( psz_key ); + p_entry->p_value = p_value; + p_entry->p_next = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] = p_entry; + if( rebuild ) + { + /* Count how many items there was */ + int count; + for( count = 1; p_entry->p_next; count++ ) + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + if( count > 3 ) /* XXX: this need tuning */ + { + /* Here it starts to be not good, rebuild a bigger dictionary */ + struct vlc_dictionary_t new_dict; + int i_new_size = ( (p_dict->i_size+2) * 3) / 2; /* XXX: this need tuning */ + int i; + vlc_dictionary_init( &new_dict, i_new_size ); + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; + while( p_entry ) + { + __vlc_dictionary_insert( &new_dict, p_entry->psz_key, + p_entry->p_value, + false /* To avoid multiple rebuild loop */); + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } + } + + vlc_dictionary_clear( p_dict, NULL, NULL ); + p_dict->i_size = new_dict.i_size; + p_dict->p_entries = new_dict.p_entries; + } + } +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_insert( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, void * p_value ) +{ + __vlc_dictionary_insert( p_dict, psz_key, p_value, true ); +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_remove_value_for_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, + void ( * pf_free )( void * p_data, void * p_obj ), + void * p_obj ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_prev; + + if( !p_entry ) + return; /* Not found, nothing to do */ + + /* Hash collision */ + p_prev = NULL; + do { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + { + if( pf_free != NULL ) + ( * pf_free )( p_entry->p_value, p_obj ); + if( !p_prev ) + p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] = p_entry->p_next; + else + p_prev->p_next = p_entry->p_next; + free( p_entry->psz_key ); + free( p_entry ); + return; + } + p_prev = p_entry; + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } while( p_entry ); + + /* No key was found */ +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// C++ helpers +template +void vlc_delete_all( T &container ) +{ + typename T::iterator it = container.begin(); + while ( it != container.end() ) + { + delete *it; + ++it; + } + container.clear(); +} + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_atomic.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15ccf8c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,430 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_atomic.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ATOMIC_H +# define VLC_ATOMIC_H + +/** + * \file + * Atomic operations do not require locking, but they are not very powerful. + */ + +# if !defined (__cplusplus) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L) \ + && !defined (__STDC_NO_ATOMICS__) + +/*** Native C11 atomics ***/ +# include + +# else + +# define ATOMIC_FLAG_INIT false + +# define ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(value) (value) + +# define atomic_init(obj, value) \ + do { *(obj) = (value); } while(0) + +# define kill_dependency(y) \ + ((void)0) + +# define atomic_thread_fence(order) \ + __sync_synchronize() + +# define atomic_signal_fence(order) \ + ((void)0) + +# define atomic_is_lock_free(obj) \ + false + +/* In principles, __sync_*() only supports int, long and long long and their + * unsigned equivalents, i.e. 4-bytes and 8-bytes types, although GCC also + * supports 1 and 2-bytes types. Some non-x86 architectures do not support + * 8-byte atomic types (or not efficiently). */ +# if defined (_MSC_VER) +/* Some atomic operations of the Interlocked API are only + available for desktop apps. Thus we define the atomic types to + be at least 32 bits wide. */ +typedef int_least32_t atomic_flag; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_bool; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_char; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_schar; +typedef uint_least32_t atomic_uchar; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_short; +typedef uint_least32_t atomic_ushort; +# else +typedef bool atomic_flag; +typedef bool atomic_bool; +typedef char atomic_char; +typedef signed char atomic_schar; +typedef unsigned char atomic_uchar; +typedef short atomic_short; +typedef unsigned short atomic_ushort; +# endif +typedef int atomic_int; +typedef unsigned int atomic_uint; +typedef long atomic_long; +typedef unsigned long atomic_ulong; +typedef long long atomic_llong; +typedef unsigned long long atomic_ullong; +//typedef char16_t atomic_char16_t; +//typedef char32_t atomic_char32_t; +typedef wchar_t atomic_wchar_t; +typedef int_least8_t atomic_int_least8_t; +typedef uint_least8_t atomic_uint_least8_t; +typedef int_least16_t atomic_int_least16_t; +typedef uint_least16_t atomic_uint_least16_t; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_int_least32_t; +typedef uint_least32_t atomic_uint_least32_t; +typedef int_least64_t atomic_int_least64_t; +typedef uint_least64_t atomic_uint_least64_t; +typedef int_fast8_t atomic_int_fast8_t; +typedef uint_fast8_t atomic_uint_fast8_t; +typedef int_fast16_t atomic_int_fast16_t; +typedef uint_fast16_t atomic_uint_fast16_t; +typedef int_fast32_t atomic_int_fast32_t; +typedef uint_fast32_t atomic_uint_fast32_t; +typedef int_fast64_t atomic_int_fast64_t; +typedef uint_fast64_t atomic_uint_fast64_t; +typedef intptr_t atomic_intptr_t; +typedef uintptr_t atomic_uintptr_t; +typedef size_t atomic_size_t; +typedef ptrdiff_t atomic_ptrdiff_t; +typedef intmax_t atomic_intmax_t; +typedef uintmax_t atomic_uintmax_t; + +# if defined (__GCC_HAVE_SYNC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_4) || (defined (__clang__) && (defined (__x86_64__) || defined (__i386__))) + +/*** Intel/GCC atomics ***/ + +# define atomic_store(object,desired) \ + do { \ + *(object) = (desired); \ + __sync_synchronize(); \ + } while (0) + +# define atomic_store_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_store(object,desired) + +# define atomic_load(object) \ + (__sync_synchronize(), *(object)) + +# define atomic_load_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_load(object) + +# define atomic_exchange(object,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + do \ + _old = atomic_load(_obj); \ + while (!__sync_bool_compare_and_swap(_obj, _old, (desired))); \ + _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_exchange_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_exchange(object,desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange(object,expected,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _exp = (expected); \ + typeof (*object) _old = *_exp; \ + *_exp = __sync_val_compare_and_swap((object), _old, (desired)); \ + *_exp == _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object,expected,desired,order,order_different) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object,expected,desired,order_equal,order_different) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_add(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_or(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_and(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) \ + atomic_exchange(object, true) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) + +# define atomic_flag_clear(object) \ + atomic_store(object, false) + +# define atomic_flag_clear_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_clear(object) + +# elif defined (__GNUC__) + +/*** No atomics ***/ + +# define atomic_store(object,desired) \ + do { \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _des = (desired); \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + *_obj = _des; \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + } while (0) +# define atomic_store_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_store(object,desired) + +# define atomic_load(object) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old = *_obj; \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old; \ +}) +# define atomic_load_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_load(object) + +# define atomic_exchange(object,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _des = (desired); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old = *_obj; \ + *_obj = _des; \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old; \ +}) +# define atomic_exchange_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_exchange(object,desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object,expected,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (object) _exp = (expected); \ + typeof (*object) _des = (desired); \ + bool ret; \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + ret = *_obj == *_exp; \ + if (ret) \ + *_obj = _des; \ + else \ + *_exp = *_obj; \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + ret; \ +}) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object,expected,desired,order) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object,expected,desired,order) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_fetch_OP(object,desired,op) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _des = (desired); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old = *_obj; \ + *_obj = (*_obj) op (_des); \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,+) +# define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,-) +# define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,|) +# define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,^) +# define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,&) +# define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) \ + atomic_exchange(object, true) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) + +# define atomic_flag_clear(object) \ + atomic_store(object, false) + +# define atomic_flag_clear_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_clear(object) + +# elif defined (_MSC_VER) + +# include + +/*** Use the Interlocked API. ***/ + +/* Define macros in order to dispatch to the correct function depending on the type. + Several ranges are need because some operations are not implemented for all types. */ +# define atomic_type_dispatch_32_64(operation, object, ...) \ + (sizeof(*object) == 4 ? operation((LONG *)object, __VA_ARGS__) : \ + sizeof(*object) == 8 ? operation##64((LONGLONG *)object, __VA_ARGS__) : \ + (abort(), 0)) + +# define atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(operation, object, ...) \ + (sizeof(*object) == 2 ? operation##16((short *)object, __VA_ARGS__) : \ + atomic_type_dispatch_32_64(operation, object, __VA_ARGS__)) + +# define atomic_type_dispatch_8_64(operation, object, ...) \ + (sizeof(*object) == 1 ? operation##8((char *)object, __VA_ARGS__) : \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(operation, object, __VA_ARGS__)) + +# define atomic_store(object,desired) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(InterlockedExchange, object, desired) +# define atomic_store_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_store(object, desired) + +# define atomic_load(object) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(InterlockedCompareExchange, object, 0, 0) +# define atomic_load_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_load(object) + +# define atomic_exchange(object,desired) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(InterlockedExchange, object, desired) +# define atomic_exchange_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_exchange(object, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(InterlockedCompareExchange, object, *expected, desired) == *expected +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object,expected,desired,order) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object,expected,desired,order) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_32_64(InterlockedExchangeAdd, object, operand) +# define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_add(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_32_64(InterlockedExchangeAdd, object, -(LONGLONG)operand) +# define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_8_64(InterlockedOr, object, operand) +# define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_or(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_8_64(InterlockedXor, object, operand) +# define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_8_64(InterlockedAnd, object, operand) +# define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_and(object, operand) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) \ + atomic_exchange(object, true) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) + +# define atomic_flag_clear(object) \ + atomic_store(object, false) + +# define atomic_flag_clear_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_clear(object) + +# else +# error FIXME: implement atomic operations for this compiler. +# endif +# endif + +typedef atomic_uint_least32_t vlc_atomic_float; + +static inline void vlc_atomic_init_float(vlc_atomic_float *var, float f) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.f = f; + atomic_init(var, u.i); +} + +/** Helper to retrieve a single precision from an atom. */ +static inline float vlc_atomic_load_float(vlc_atomic_float *atom) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.i = atomic_load(atom); + return u.f; +} + +/** Helper to store a single precision into an atom. */ +static inline void vlc_atomic_store_float(vlc_atomic_float *atom, float f) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.f = f; + atomic_store(atom, u.i); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..664633a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_avcodec.h: VLC thread support for libavcodec + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AVCODEC_H +# define VLC_AVCODEC_H 1 + +static inline void vlc_avcodec_lock (void) +{ + vlc_global_lock (VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX); +} + +static inline void vlc_avcodec_unlock (void) +{ + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_bits.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_bits.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80010de --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_bits.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_bits.h : Bit handling helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 6c2915138c768d9c49b6646dde6c711acf6eabef $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BITS_H +#define VLC_BITS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures for handling streams of bits in vlc + */ + +typedef struct bs_s +{ + uint8_t *p_start; + uint8_t *p; + uint8_t *p_end; + + ssize_t i_left; /* i_count number of available bits */ +} bs_t; + +static inline void bs_init( bs_t *s, const void *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + s->p_start = (void *)p_data; + s->p = s->p_start; + s->p_end = s->p_start + i_data; + s->i_left = 8; +} + +static inline int bs_pos( const bs_t *s ) +{ + return( 8 * ( s->p - s->p_start ) + 8 - s->i_left ); +} + +static inline int bs_eof( const bs_t *s ) +{ + return( s->p >= s->p_end ? 1: 0 ); +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_read( bs_t *s, int i_count ) +{ + static const uint32_t i_mask[33] = + { 0x00, + 0x01, 0x03, 0x07, 0x0f, + 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0xff, + 0x1ff, 0x3ff, 0x7ff, 0xfff, + 0x1fff, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 0xffff, + 0x1ffff, 0x3ffff, 0x7ffff, 0xfffff, + 0x1fffff, 0x3fffff, 0x7fffff, 0xffffff, + 0x1ffffff, 0x3ffffff, 0x7ffffff, 0xfffffff, + 0x1fffffff,0x3fffffff,0x7fffffff,0xffffffff}; + int i_shr; + uint32_t i_result = 0; + + while( i_count > 0 ) + { + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + { + break; + } + + if( ( i_shr = s->i_left - i_count ) >= 0 ) + { + /* more in the buffer than requested */ + i_result |= ( *s->p >> i_shr )&i_mask[i_count]; + s->i_left -= i_count; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + s->p++; + s->i_left = 8; + } + return( i_result ); + } + else + { + /* less in the buffer than requested */ + i_result |= (*s->p&i_mask[s->i_left]) << -i_shr; + i_count -= s->i_left; + s->p++; + s->i_left = 8; + } + } + + return( i_result ); +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_read1( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->p < s->p_end ) + { + unsigned int i_result; + + s->i_left--; + i_result = ( *s->p >> s->i_left )&0x01; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + s->p++; + s->i_left = 8; + } + return i_result; + } + + return 0; +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_show( bs_t *s, int i_count ) +{ + bs_t s_tmp = *s; + return bs_read( &s_tmp, i_count ); +} + +static inline void bs_skip( bs_t *s, ssize_t i_count ) +{ + s->i_left -= i_count; + + if( s->i_left <= 0 ) + { + const int i_bytes = ( -s->i_left + 8 ) / 8; + + s->p += i_bytes; + s->i_left += 8 * i_bytes; + } +} + +static inline void bs_write( bs_t *s, int i_count, uint32_t i_bits ) +{ + while( i_count > 0 ) + { + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + { + break; + } + + i_count--; + + if( ( i_bits >> i_count )&0x01 ) + { + *s->p |= 1 << ( s->i_left - 1 ); + } + else + { + *s->p &= ~( 1 << ( s->i_left - 1 ) ); + } + s->i_left--; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + s->p++; + s->i_left = 8; + } + } +} + +static inline void bs_align( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + s->i_left = 8; + s->p++; + } +} + +static inline void bs_align_0( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + bs_write( s, s->i_left, 0 ); + } +} + +static inline void bs_align_1( bs_t *s ) +{ + while( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + bs_write( s, 1, 1 ); + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_block.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_block.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20377e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_block.h @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_block.h: Data blocks management functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 75f98ff4bd59bf3dad9356f9e84ebe53942efe69 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BLOCK_H +#define VLC_BLOCK_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file implements functions and structures to handle blocks of data in vlc + * + */ + +#include /* for ssize_t */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * block: + **************************************************************************** + * - i_flags may not always be set (ie could be 0, even for a key frame + * it depends where you receive the buffer (before/after a packetizer + * and the demux/packetizer implementations. + * - i_dts/i_pts could be VLC_TS_INVALID, it means no pts/dts + * - i_length: length in microseond of the packet, can be null except in the + * sout where it is mandatory. + * + * - i_buffer number of valid data pointed by p_buffer + * you can freely decrease it but never increase it yourself + * (use block_Realloc) + * - p_buffer: pointer over datas. You should never overwrite it, you can + * only incremment it to skip datas, in others cases use block_Realloc + * (don't duplicate yourself in a bigger buffer, block_Realloc is + * optimised for preheader/postdatas increase) + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** The content doesn't follow the last block, or is probably broken */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY 0x0001 +/** Intra frame */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_I 0x0002 +/** Inter frame with backward reference only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_P 0x0004 +/** Inter frame with backward and forward reference */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_B 0x0008 +/** For inter frame when you don't know the real type */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_PB 0x0010 +/** Warn that this block is a header one */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_HEADER 0x0020 +/** This is the last block of the frame */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_END_OF_FRAME 0x0040 +/** This is not a key frame for bitrate shaping */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_NO_KEYFRAME 0x0080 +/** This block contains the last part of a sequence */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_END_OF_SEQUENCE 0x0100 +/** This block contains a clock reference */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CLOCK 0x0200 +/** This block is scrambled */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_SCRAMBLED 0x0400 +/** This block has to be decoded but not be displayed */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PREROLL 0x0800 +/** This block is corrupted and/or there is data loss */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORRUPTED 0x1000 +/** This block contains an interlaced picture with top field first */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST 0x2000 +/** This block contains an interlaced picture with bottom field first */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_BOTTOM_FIELD_FIRST 0x4000 + +/** This block contains an interlaced picture */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_INTERLACED_MASK \ + (BLOCK_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST|BLOCK_FLAG_BOTTOM_FIELD_FIRST) + +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_MASK \ + (BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_I|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_P|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_B|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_PB) + +/* These are for input core private usage only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORE_PRIVATE_MASK 0x00ff0000 +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORE_PRIVATE_SHIFT 16 + +/* These are for module private usage only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PRIVATE_MASK 0xff000000 +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PRIVATE_SHIFT 24 + +typedef void (*block_free_t) (block_t *); + +struct block_t +{ + block_t *p_next; + + uint8_t *p_buffer; /**< Payload start */ + size_t i_buffer; /**< Payload length */ + uint8_t *p_start; /**< Buffer start */ + size_t i_size; /**< Buffer total size */ + + uint32_t i_flags; + unsigned i_nb_samples; /* Used for audio */ + + mtime_t i_pts; + mtime_t i_dts; + mtime_t i_length; + + /* Rudimentary support for overloading block (de)allocation. */ + block_free_t pf_release; +}; + +/**************************************************************************** + * Blocks functions: + **************************************************************************** + * - block_Alloc : create a new block with the requested size ( >= 0 ), return + * NULL for failure. + * - block_Release : release a block allocated with block_Alloc. + * - block_Realloc : realloc a block, + * i_pre: how many bytes to insert before body if > 0, else how many + * bytes of body to skip (the latter can be done without using + * block_Realloc i_buffer -= -i_pre, p_buffer += -i_pre as i_pre < 0) + * i_body (>= 0): the final size of the body (decreasing it can directly + * be done with i_buffer = i_body). + * with preheader and or body (increase + * and decrease are supported). Use it as it is optimised. + * - block_Duplicate : create a copy of a block. + ****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void block_Init( block_t *, void *, size_t ); +VLC_API block_t *block_Alloc( size_t ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t *block_Realloc( block_t *, ssize_t i_pre, size_t i_body ) VLC_USED; + +static inline void block_CopyProperties( block_t *dst, block_t *src ) +{ + dst->i_flags = src->i_flags; + dst->i_nb_samples = src->i_nb_samples; + dst->i_dts = src->i_dts; + dst->i_pts = src->i_pts; + dst->i_length = src->i_length; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline block_t *block_Duplicate( block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_t *p_dup = block_Alloc( p_block->i_buffer ); + if( p_dup == NULL ) + return NULL; + + block_CopyProperties( p_dup, p_block ); + memcpy( p_dup->p_buffer, p_block->p_buffer, p_block->i_buffer ); + + return p_dup; +} + +static inline void block_Release( block_t *p_block ) +{ + p_block->pf_release( p_block ); +} + +VLC_API block_t *block_heap_Alloc(void *, size_t) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t *block_mmap_Alloc(void *addr, size_t length) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t * block_shm_Alloc(void *addr, size_t length) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t *block_File(int fd) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t *block_FilePath(const char *) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +static inline void block_Cleanup (void *block) +{ + block_Release ((block_t *)block); +} +#define block_cleanup_push( block ) vlc_cleanup_push (block_Cleanup, block) + +/**************************************************************************** + * Chains of blocks functions helper + **************************************************************************** + * - block_ChainAppend : append a block to the last block of a chain. Try to + * avoid using with a lot of data as it's really slow, prefer + * block_ChainLastAppend, p_block can be NULL + * - block_ChainLastAppend : use a pointer over a pointer to the next blocks, + * and update it. + * - block_ChainRelease : release a chain of block + * - block_ChainExtract : extract data from a chain, return real bytes counts + * - block_ChainGather : gather a chain, free it and return one block. + ****************************************************************************/ +static inline void block_ChainAppend( block_t **pp_list, block_t *p_block ) +{ + if( *pp_list == NULL ) + { + *pp_list = p_block; + } + else + { + block_t *p = *pp_list; + + while( p->p_next ) p = p->p_next; + p->p_next = p_block; + } +} + +static inline void block_ChainLastAppend( block_t ***ppp_last, block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_t *p_last = p_block; + + **ppp_last = p_block; + + while( p_last->p_next ) p_last = p_last->p_next; + *ppp_last = &p_last->p_next; +} + +static inline void block_ChainRelease( block_t *p_block ) +{ + while( p_block ) + { + block_t *p_next = p_block->p_next; + block_Release( p_block ); + p_block = p_next; + } +} + +static size_t block_ChainExtract( block_t *p_list, void *p_data, size_t i_max ) +{ + size_t i_total = 0; + uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)p_data; + + while( p_list && i_max ) + { + size_t i_copy = __MIN( i_max, p_list->i_buffer ); + memcpy( p, p_list->p_buffer, i_copy ); + i_max -= i_copy; + i_total += i_copy; + p += i_copy; + + p_list = p_list->p_next; + } + return i_total; +} + +static inline void block_ChainProperties( block_t *p_list, int *pi_count, size_t *pi_size, mtime_t *pi_length ) +{ + size_t i_size = 0; + mtime_t i_length = 0; + int i_count = 0; + + while( p_list ) + { + i_size += p_list->i_buffer; + i_length += p_list->i_length; + i_count++; + + p_list = p_list->p_next; + } + + if( pi_size ) + *pi_size = i_size; + if( pi_length ) + *pi_length = i_length; + if( pi_count ) + *pi_count = i_count; +} + +static inline block_t *block_ChainGather( block_t *p_list ) +{ + size_t i_total = 0; + mtime_t i_length = 0; + block_t *g; + + if( p_list->p_next == NULL ) + return p_list; /* Already gathered */ + + block_ChainProperties( p_list, NULL, &i_total, &i_length ); + + g = block_Alloc( i_total ); + block_ChainExtract( p_list, g->p_buffer, g->i_buffer ); + + g->i_flags = p_list->i_flags; + g->i_pts = p_list->i_pts; + g->i_dts = p_list->i_dts; + g->i_length = i_length; + + /* free p_list */ + block_ChainRelease( p_list ); + return g; +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * Fifos of blocks. + **************************************************************************** + * - block_FifoNew : create and init a new fifo + * - block_FifoRelease : destroy a fifo and free all blocks in it. + * - block_FifoPace : wait for a fifo to drain to a specified number of packets or total data size + * - block_FifoEmpty : free all blocks in a fifo + * - block_FifoPut : put a block + * - block_FifoGet : get a packet from the fifo (and wait if it is empty) + * - block_FifoShow : show the first packet of the fifo (and wait if + * needed), be carefull, you can use it ONLY if you are sure to be the + * only one getting data from the fifo. + * - block_FifoCount : how many packets are waiting in the fifo + * + * block_FifoGet and block_FifoShow are cancellation points. + ****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API block_fifo_t *block_FifoNew( void ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API void block_FifoRelease( block_fifo_t * ); +VLC_API void block_FifoPace( block_fifo_t *fifo, size_t max_depth, size_t max_size ); +VLC_API void block_FifoEmpty( block_fifo_t * ); +VLC_API size_t block_FifoPut( block_fifo_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API void block_FifoWake( block_fifo_t * ); +VLC_API block_t * block_FifoGet( block_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API block_t * block_FifoShow( block_fifo_t * ); +size_t block_FifoSize( const block_fifo_t *p_fifo ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API size_t block_FifoCount( const block_fifo_t *p_fifo ) VLC_USED; + +#endif /* VLC_BLOCK_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e6231f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h @@ -0,0 +1,517 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_block_helper.h: Helper functions for data blocks management. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fdd5fdbeafee1f296c157410ef3e69a7cf57d3e5 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H +#define VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H 1 + +#include + +typedef struct block_bytestream_t +{ + block_t *p_chain; /**< byte stream head block */ + block_t *p_block; /**< byte stream read pointer block */ + size_t i_offset; /**< byte stream read pointer offset within block */ + /* TODO? add tail pointer for faster push? */ +} block_bytestream_t; + +/***************************************************************************** + * block_bytestream_t management + *****************************************************************************/ +static inline void block_BytestreamInit( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = NULL; + p_bytestream->i_offset = 0; +} + +static inline void block_BytestreamRelease( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + for( block_t *block = p_bytestream->p_chain; block != NULL; ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + } +} + +/** + * It flush all data (read and unread) from a block_bytestream_t. + */ +static inline void block_BytestreamEmpty( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_BytestreamRelease( p_bytestream ); + block_BytestreamInit( p_bytestream ); +} + +/** + * It flushes all already read data from a block_bytestream_t. + */ +static inline void block_BytestreamFlush( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_t *block = p_bytestream->p_chain; + + while( block != p_bytestream->p_block ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + } + + while( block != NULL && block->i_buffer == p_bytestream->i_offset ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + p_bytestream->i_offset = 0; + } + + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = block; +} + +static inline void block_BytestreamPush( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_ChainAppend( &p_bytestream->p_chain, p_block ); + if( !p_bytestream->p_block ) p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline block_t *block_BytestreamPop( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + + block_BytestreamFlush( p_bytestream ); + + p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + if( p_block == NULL ) + { + return NULL; + } + else if( !p_block->p_next ) + { + p_block->p_buffer += p_bytestream->i_offset; + p_block->i_buffer -= p_bytestream->i_offset; + p_bytestream->i_offset = 0; + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = NULL; + return p_block; + } + + while( p_block->p_next && p_block->p_next->p_next ) + p_block = p_block->p_next; + + block_t *p_block_old = p_block; + p_block = p_block->p_next; + p_block_old->p_next = NULL; + + return p_block; +} + +static inline int block_SkipByte( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + /* Most common case first */ + if( p_bytestream->p_block->i_buffer - p_bytestream->i_offset ) + { + p_bytestream->i_offset++; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + block_t *p_block; + + /* Less common case which is also slower */ + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block->p_next; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + if( p_block->i_buffer ) + { + p_bytestream->i_offset = 1; + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +static inline int block_PeekByte( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data ) +{ + /* Most common case first */ + if( p_bytestream->p_block->i_buffer - p_bytestream->i_offset ) + { + *p_data = p_bytestream->p_block->p_buffer[p_bytestream->i_offset]; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + block_t *p_block; + + /* Less common case which is also slower */ + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block->p_next; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + if( p_block->i_buffer ) + { + *p_data = p_block->p_buffer[0]; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +static inline int block_GetByte( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data ) +{ + /* Most common case first */ + if( p_bytestream->p_block->i_buffer - p_bytestream->i_offset ) + { + *p_data = p_bytestream->p_block->p_buffer[p_bytestream->i_offset]; + p_bytestream->i_offset++; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + block_t *p_block; + + /* Less common case which is also slower */ + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block->p_next; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + if( p_block->i_buffer ) + { + *p_data = p_block->p_buffer[0]; + p_bytestream->i_offset = 1; + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +static inline int block_WaitBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy, i_size; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + if( i_size ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_SkipBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_data, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_data -= i_copy; + + if( !i_data ) break; + + i_offset = 0; + } + + if( i_data ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + p_bytestream->i_offset = i_offset + i_copy; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_PeekBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy, i_size; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + if( i_size ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Copy the data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_GetBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy, i_size; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + if( i_size ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Copy the data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + if( !i_size ) break; + + i_offset = 0; + } + + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + p_bytestream->i_offset = i_offset + i_copy; + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_PeekOffsetBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_peek_offset, uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy, i_size; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data + i_peek_offset; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + if( i_size ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Find the right place */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_peek_offset; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( !i_size ) break; + + i_offset = 0; + } + + /* Copy the data */ + i_offset += i_copy; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( ; p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_FindStartcodeFromOffset( + block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, size_t *pi_offset, + const uint8_t *p_startcode, int i_startcode_length ) +{ + block_t *p_block, *p_block_backup = 0; + int i_size = 0; + size_t i_offset, i_offset_backup = 0; + int i_caller_offset_backup = 0, i_match; + + /* Find the right place */ + i_size = *pi_offset + p_bytestream->i_offset; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_size -= p_block->i_buffer; + if( i_size < 0 ) break; + } + + if( i_size >= 0 ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Begin the search. + * We first look for an occurrence of the 1st startcode byte and + * if found, we do a more thorough check. */ + i_size += p_block->i_buffer; + *pi_offset -= i_size; + i_match = 0; + for( ; p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + for( i_offset = i_size; i_offset < p_block->i_buffer; i_offset++ ) + { + if( p_block->p_buffer[i_offset] == p_startcode[i_match] ) + { + if( !i_match ) + { + p_block_backup = p_block; + i_offset_backup = i_offset; + i_caller_offset_backup = *pi_offset; + } + + if( i_match + 1 == i_startcode_length ) + { + /* We have it */ + *pi_offset += i_offset - i_match; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + + i_match++; + } + else if ( i_match ) + { + /* False positive */ + p_block = p_block_backup; + i_offset = i_offset_backup; + *pi_offset = i_caller_offset_backup; + i_match = 0; + } + + } + i_size = 0; + *pi_offset += i_offset; + } + + *pi_offset -= i_match; + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +#endif /* VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_charset.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_charset.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb265c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_charset.h @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_charset.h: Unicode UTF-8 wrappers function + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2005-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 3119e89fd6bad58096a18211009d1504b97c9fbe $ + * + * Author: Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CHARSET_H +#define VLC_CHARSET_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This files handles locale conversions in vlc + */ + +/* iconv wrappers (defined in src/extras/libc.c) */ +typedef void *vlc_iconv_t; +VLC_API vlc_iconv_t vlc_iconv_open( const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API size_t vlc_iconv( vlc_iconv_t, const char **, size_t *, char **, size_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int vlc_iconv_close( vlc_iconv_t ); + +#include + +VLC_API int utf8_vfprintf( FILE *stream, const char *fmt, va_list ap ); +VLC_API int utf8_fprintf( FILE *, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 2, 3 ); +VLC_API char * vlc_strcasestr(const char *, const char *) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API char * EnsureUTF8( char * ); +VLC_API const char * IsUTF8( const char * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API char * FromCharset( const char *charset, const void *data, size_t data_size ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void * ToCharset( const char *charset, const char *in, size_t *outsize ) VLC_USED; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +VLC_USED +static inline char *FromWide (const wchar_t *wide) +{ + size_t len = WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, wide, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + char *out = (char *)malloc (len); + + if (likely(out)) + WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, wide, -1, out, len, NULL, NULL); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline wchar_t *ToWide (const char *utf8) +{ + int len = MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, NULL, 0); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + wchar_t *out = (wchar_t *)malloc (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + + if (likely(out)) + MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, out, len); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *ToCodePage (unsigned cp, const char *utf8) +{ + wchar_t *wide = ToWide (utf8); + if (wide == NULL) + return NULL; + + size_t len = WideCharToMultiByte (cp, 0, wide, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (len == 0) { + free(wide); + return NULL; + } + + char *out = (char *)malloc (len); + if (likely(out != NULL)) + WideCharToMultiByte (cp, 0, wide, -1, out, len, NULL, NULL); + free (wide); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *FromCodePage (unsigned cp, const char *mb) +{ + int len = MultiByteToWideChar (cp, 0, mb, -1, NULL, 0); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + wchar_t *wide = (wchar_t *)malloc (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + if (unlikely(wide == NULL)) + return NULL; + MultiByteToWideChar (cp, 0, mb, -1, wide, len); + + char *utf8 = FromWide (wide); + free (wide); + return utf8; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *FromANSI (const char *ansi) +{ + return FromCodePage (GetACP (), ansi); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *ToANSI (const char *utf8) +{ + return ToCodePage (GetACP (), utf8); +} + +# ifdef UNICODE +# define FromT FromWide +# define ToT ToWide +# else +# define FromT FromANSI +# define ToT ToANSI +# endif +# define FromLocale FromANSI +# define ToLocale ToANSI +# define LocaleFree(s) free((char *)(s)) +# define FromLocaleDup FromANSI +# define ToLocaleDup ToANSI + +#elif defined(__OS2__) + +VLC_USED static inline char *FromLocale (const char *locale) +{ + return locale ? FromCharset ((char *)"", locale, strlen(locale)) : NULL; +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *ToLocale (const char *utf8) +{ + size_t outsize; + return utf8 ? (char *)ToCharset ("", utf8, &outsize) : NULL; +} + +VLC_USED static inline void LocaleFree (const char *str) +{ + free ((char *)str); +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *FromLocaleDup (const char *locale) +{ + return FromCharset ("", locale, strlen(locale)); +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *ToLocaleDup (const char *utf8) +{ + size_t outsize; + return (char *)ToCharset ("", utf8, &outsize); +} + +#else + +# define FromLocale(l) (l) +# define ToLocale(u) (u) +# define LocaleFree(s) ((void)(s)) +# define FromLocaleDup strdup +# define ToLocaleDup strdup +#endif + +/** + * Converts a nul-terminated string from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8. + */ +static inline char *FromLatin1 (const char *latin) +{ + char *str = (char *)malloc (2 * strlen (latin) + 1), *utf8 = str; + unsigned char c; + + if (str == NULL) + return NULL; + + while ((c = *(latin++)) != '\0') + { + if (c >= 0x80) + { + *(utf8++) = 0xC0 | (c >> 6); + *(utf8++) = 0x80 | (c & 0x3F); + } + else + *(utf8++) = c; + } + *(utf8++) = '\0'; + + utf8 = (char *)realloc (str, utf8 - str); + return utf8 ? utf8 : str; +} + +VLC_API double us_strtod( const char *, char ** ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API float us_strtof( const char *, char ** ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API double us_atof( const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int us_vasprintf( char **, const char *, va_list ); +VLC_API int us_asprintf( char **, const char *, ... ) VLC_USED; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_codec.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_codec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be775cd --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_codec.h: Definition of the decoder and encoder structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 1e7c8a6f160cd27fc3123abf64c62a52b62f5111 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CODEC_H +#define VLC_CODEC_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the structure and types used by decoders and encoders + */ + +typedef struct decoder_owner_sys_t decoder_owner_sys_t; + +/** + * \defgroup decoder Decoder + * + * The structure describing a decoder + * + * @{ + */ + +/* + * BIG FAT WARNING : the code relies in the first 4 members of filter_t + * and decoder_t to be the same, so if you have anything to add, do it + * at the end of the structure. + */ +struct decoder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + decoder_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Input format ie from demuxer (XXX: a lot of field could be invalid) */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Output format of decoder/packetizer */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + + /* Some decoders only accept packetized data (ie. not truncated) */ + bool b_need_packetized; + + /* Tell the decoder if it is allowed to drop frames */ + bool b_pace_control; + + /* */ + picture_t * ( * pf_decode_video )( decoder_t *, block_t ** ); + block_t * ( * pf_decode_audio )( decoder_t *, block_t ** ); + subpicture_t * ( * pf_decode_sub) ( decoder_t *, block_t ** ); + block_t * ( * pf_packetize ) ( decoder_t *, block_t ** ); + + /* Closed Caption (CEA 608/708) extraction. + * If set, it *may* be called after pf_decode_video/pf_packetize + * returned data. It should return CC for the pictures returned by the + * last pf_packetize/pf_decode_video call only, + * pb_present will be used to known which cc channel are present (but + * globaly, not necessary for the current packet */ + block_t * ( * pf_get_cc ) ( decoder_t *, bool pb_present[4] ); + + /* Meta data at codec level + * The decoder owner set it back to NULL once it has retreived what it needs. + * The decoder owner is responsible of its release except when you overwrite it. + */ + vlc_meta_t *p_description; + + /* + * Owner fields + * XXX You MUST not use them directly. + */ + + /* Video output callbacks + * XXX use decoder_NewPicture/decoder_DeletePicture + * and decoder_LinkPicture/decoder_UnlinkPicture */ + picture_t *(*pf_vout_buffer_new)( decoder_t * ); + void (*pf_vout_buffer_del)( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + void (*pf_picture_link) ( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + void (*pf_picture_unlink) ( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + + /** + * Number of extra (ie in addition to the DPB) picture buffers + * needed for decoding. + */ + int i_extra_picture_buffers; + + /* Audio output callbacks */ + int (*pf_aout_format_update)( decoder_t * ); + + /* SPU output callbacks + * XXX use decoder_NewSubpicture and decoder_DeleteSubpicture */ + subpicture_t *(*pf_spu_buffer_new)( decoder_t *, const subpicture_updater_t * ); + void (*pf_spu_buffer_del)( decoder_t *, subpicture_t * ); + + /* Input attachments + * XXX use decoder_GetInputAttachments */ + int (*pf_get_attachments)( decoder_t *p_dec, input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, int *pi_attachment ); + + /* Display date + * XXX use decoder_GetDisplayDate */ + mtime_t (*pf_get_display_date)( decoder_t *, mtime_t ); + + /* Display rate + * XXX use decoder_GetDisplayRate */ + int (*pf_get_display_rate)( decoder_t * ); + + /* Private structure for the owner of the decoder */ + decoder_owner_sys_t *p_owner; + + bool b_error; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * \defgroup encoder Encoder + * + * The structure describing a Encoder + * + * @{ + */ + +struct encoder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + encoder_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Properties of the input data fed to the encoder */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Properties of the output of the encoder */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + + block_t * ( * pf_encode_video )( encoder_t *, picture_t * ); + block_t * ( * pf_encode_audio )( encoder_t *, block_t * ); + block_t * ( * pf_encode_sub )( encoder_t *, subpicture_t * ); + + /* Common encoder options */ + int i_threads; /* Number of threads to use during encoding */ + int i_iframes; /* One I frame per i_iframes */ + int i_bframes; /* One B frame per i_bframes */ + int i_tolerance; /* Bitrate tolerance */ + + /* Encoder config */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * This function will return a new picture usable by a decoder as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using decoder_DeletePicture or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_decode_video return value. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * decoder_NewPicture( decoder_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will release a picture create by decoder_NewPicture. + */ +VLC_API void decoder_DeletePicture( decoder_t *, picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will increase the picture reference count. + * (picture_Hold is not usable.) + */ +VLC_API void decoder_LinkPicture( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will decrease the picture reference count. + * (picture_Release is not usable.) + */ +VLC_API void decoder_UnlinkPicture( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * This function notifies the audio output pipeline of a new audio output + * format (fmt_out.audio). If there is currently no audio output or if the + * audio output format has changed, a new audio output will be set up. + * @return 0 if the audio output is working, -1 if not. */ +static inline int decoder_UpdateAudioFormat( decoder_t *dec ) +{ + if( dec->pf_aout_format_update != NULL ) + return dec->pf_aout_format_update( dec ); + else + return -1; +} + +/** + * This function will return a new audio buffer usable by a decoder as an + * output buffer. You have to release it using decoder_DeleteAudioBuffer + * or by returning it to the caller as a pf_decode_audio return value. + */ +VLC_API block_t * decoder_NewAudioBuffer( decoder_t *, int i_size ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will return a new subpicture usable by a decoder as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using decoder_DeleteSubpicture or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_decode_sub return value. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * decoder_NewSubpicture( decoder_t *, const subpicture_updater_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will release a subpicture created by decoder_NewSubicture. + */ +VLC_API void decoder_DeleteSubpicture( decoder_t *, subpicture_t *p_subpicture ); + +/** + * This function gives all input attachments at once. + * + * You MUST release the returned values + */ +VLC_API int decoder_GetInputAttachments( decoder_t *, input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, int *pi_attachment ); + +/** + * This function converts a decoder timestamp into a display date comparable + * to mdate(). + * You MUST use it *only* for gathering statistics about speed. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t decoder_GetDisplayDate( decoder_t *, mtime_t ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function returns the current input rate. + * You MUST use it *only* for gathering statistics about speed. + */ +VLC_API int decoder_GetDisplayRate( decoder_t * ) VLC_USED; + +#endif /* _VLC_CODEC_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_common.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b4b923 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,932 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_common.h: common definitions + * Collection of useful common types and macros definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Vincent Seguin + * Gildas Bazin + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file is a collection of common definitions and types + */ + +#ifndef VLC_COMMON_H +# define VLC_COMMON_H 1 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Required vlc headers + *****************************************************************************/ +#include "vlc_config.h" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Required system headers + *****************************************************************************/ +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef __cplusplus +# include +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Compilers definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +/* Helper for GCC version checks */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define VLC_GCC_VERSION(maj,min) \ + ((__GNUC__ > (maj)) || (__GNUC__ == (maj) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (min))) +#else +# define VLC_GCC_VERSION(maj,min) (0) +#endif + +/* Try to fix format strings for all versions of mingw and mingw64 */ +#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO ) + #undef PRId64 + #define PRId64 "lld" + #undef PRIi64 + #define PRIi64 "lli" + #undef PRIu64 + #define PRIu64 "llu" + #undef PRIo64 + #define PRIo64 "llo" + #undef PRIx64 + #define PRIx64 "llx" + #define snprintf __mingw_snprintf + #define vsnprintf __mingw_vsnprintf + #define swprintf _snwprintf +#endif + +/* Function attributes for compiler warnings */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define VLC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) + +# if defined( _WIN32 ) && VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,4) +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) __attribute__ ((format(gnu_printf,x,y))) +# else +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) __attribute__ ((format(printf,x,y))) +# endif +# define VLC_FORMAT_ARG(x) __attribute__ ((format_arg(x))) + +# define VLC_MALLOC __attribute__ ((malloc)) +# define VLC_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn)) + +# if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) +# define VLC_USED __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result)) +# else +# define VLC_USED +# endif + +#else +# define VLC_DEPRECATED +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) +# define VLC_FORMAT_ARG(x) +# define VLC_MALLOC +# define VLC_NORETURN +# define VLC_USED +#endif + + +/* Branch prediction */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define likely(p) __builtin_expect(!!(p), 1) +# define unlikely(p) __builtin_expect(!!(p), 0) +#else +# define likely(p) (!!(p)) +# define unlikely(p) (!!(p)) +#endif + +/* Linkage */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +# define VLC_EXTERN extern "C" +#else +# define VLC_EXTERN +#endif + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined (DLL_EXPORT) +# define VLC_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#elif VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,0) +# define VLC_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define VLC_EXPORT +#endif + +#define VLC_API VLC_EXTERN VLC_EXPORT + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Basic types definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +/** + * High precision date or time interval + * + * Store a high precision date or time interval. The maximum precision is the + * microsecond, and a 64 bits integer is used to avoid overflows (maximum + * time interval is then 292271 years, which should be long enough for any + * video). Dates are stored as microseconds since a common date (usually the + * epoch). Note that date and time intervals can be manipulated using regular + * arithmetic operators, and that no special functions are required. + */ +typedef int64_t mtime_t; + +/** + * The vlc_fourcc_t type. + * + * See http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/ for a very detailed list. + */ +typedef uint32_t vlc_fourcc_t; + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define VLC_FOURCC( a, b, c, d ) \ + ( ((uint32_t)d) | ( ((uint32_t)c) << 8 ) \ + | ( ((uint32_t)b) << 16 ) | ( ((uint32_t)a) << 24 ) ) +# define VLC_TWOCC( a, b ) \ + ( (uint16_t)(b) | ( (uint16_t)(a) << 8 ) ) + +#else +# define VLC_FOURCC( a, b, c, d ) \ + ( ((uint32_t)a) | ( ((uint32_t)b) << 8 ) \ + | ( ((uint32_t)c) << 16 ) | ( ((uint32_t)d) << 24 ) ) +# define VLC_TWOCC( a, b ) \ + ( (uint16_t)(a) | ( (uint16_t)(b) << 8 ) ) + +#endif + +/** + * Translate a vlc_fourcc into its string representation. This function + * assumes there is enough room in psz_fourcc to store 4 characters in. + * + * \param fcc a vlc_fourcc_t + * \param psz_fourcc string to store string representation of vlc_fourcc in + */ +static inline void vlc_fourcc_to_char( vlc_fourcc_t fcc, char *psz_fourcc ) +{ + memcpy( psz_fourcc, &fcc, 4 ); +} + +#define vlc_fourcc_to_char( a, b ) \ + vlc_fourcc_to_char( (vlc_fourcc_t)(a), (char *)(b) ) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Classes declaration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Internal types */ +typedef struct vlc_list_t vlc_list_t; +typedef struct vlc_object_t vlc_object_t; +typedef struct libvlc_int_t libvlc_int_t; +typedef struct date_t date_t; + +/* Playlist */ + +/* FIXME */ +/** + * Playlist commands + */ +typedef enum { + PLAYLIST_PLAY, /**< No arg. res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_VIEWPLAY, /**< arg1= playlist_item_t*,*/ + /** arg2 = playlist_item_t* , res=can fail */ + PLAYLIST_PAUSE, /**< No arg res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_STOP, /**< No arg res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_SKIP, /**< arg1=int, res=can fail*/ +} playlist_command_t; + + +typedef struct playlist_t playlist_t; +typedef struct playlist_item_t playlist_item_t; +typedef struct services_discovery_t services_discovery_t; +typedef struct services_discovery_sys_t services_discovery_sys_t; +typedef struct playlist_add_t playlist_add_t; + +/* Modules */ +typedef struct module_t module_t; +typedef struct module_config_t module_config_t; + +typedef struct config_category_t config_category_t; + +/* Input */ +typedef struct input_thread_t input_thread_t; +typedef struct input_item_t input_item_t; +typedef struct input_item_node_t input_item_node_t; +typedef struct access_t access_t; +typedef struct access_sys_t access_sys_t; +typedef struct stream_t stream_t; +typedef struct stream_sys_t stream_sys_t; +typedef struct demux_t demux_t; +typedef struct demux_sys_t demux_sys_t; +typedef struct es_out_t es_out_t; +typedef struct es_out_id_t es_out_id_t; +typedef struct es_out_sys_t es_out_sys_t; +typedef struct seekpoint_t seekpoint_t; +typedef struct info_t info_t; +typedef struct info_category_t info_category_t; +typedef struct input_attachment_t input_attachment_t; + +/* Format */ +typedef struct audio_format_t audio_format_t; +typedef struct video_format_t video_format_t; +typedef struct subs_format_t subs_format_t; +typedef struct es_format_t es_format_t; +typedef struct video_palette_t video_palette_t; + +/* Audio */ +typedef struct audio_output audio_output_t; +typedef struct aout_sys_t aout_sys_t; +typedef audio_format_t audio_sample_format_t; + +/* Video */ +typedef struct vout_thread_t vout_thread_t; + +typedef video_format_t video_frame_format_t; +typedef struct picture_t picture_t; +typedef struct picture_sys_t picture_sys_t; + +/* Subpictures */ +typedef struct spu_t spu_t; +typedef struct subpicture_t subpicture_t; +typedef struct subpicture_region_t subpicture_region_t; + +typedef struct image_handler_t image_handler_t; + +/* Stream output */ +typedef struct sout_instance_t sout_instance_t; + +typedef struct sout_input_t sout_input_t; +typedef struct sout_packetizer_input_t sout_packetizer_input_t; + +typedef struct sout_access_out_t sout_access_out_t; +typedef struct sout_access_out_sys_t sout_access_out_sys_t; + +typedef struct sout_mux_t sout_mux_t; +typedef struct sout_mux_sys_t sout_mux_sys_t; + +typedef struct sout_stream_t sout_stream_t; +typedef struct sout_stream_sys_t sout_stream_sys_t; + +typedef struct config_chain_t config_chain_t; +typedef struct session_descriptor_t session_descriptor_t; + +/* Decoders */ +typedef struct decoder_t decoder_t; +typedef struct decoder_sys_t decoder_sys_t; +typedef struct decoder_synchro_t decoder_synchro_t; + +/* Encoders */ +typedef struct encoder_t encoder_t; +typedef struct encoder_sys_t encoder_sys_t; + +/* Filters */ +typedef struct filter_t filter_t; +typedef struct filter_sys_t filter_sys_t; + +/* Network */ +typedef struct virtual_socket_t v_socket_t; +typedef struct vlc_url_t vlc_url_t; + +/* Misc */ +typedef struct iso639_lang_t iso639_lang_t; + +/* block */ +typedef struct block_t block_t; +typedef struct block_fifo_t block_fifo_t; + +/* Hashing */ +typedef struct md5_s md5_t; + +/* XML */ +typedef struct xml_t xml_t; +typedef struct xml_sys_t xml_sys_t; +typedef struct xml_reader_t xml_reader_t; +typedef struct xml_reader_sys_t xml_reader_sys_t; + +/* vod server */ +typedef struct vod_t vod_t; +typedef struct vod_sys_t vod_sys_t; +typedef struct vod_media_t vod_media_t; + +/* VLM */ +typedef struct vlm_t vlm_t; +typedef struct vlm_message_t vlm_message_t; + +/* misc */ +typedef struct vlc_meta_t vlc_meta_t; +typedef struct input_stats_t input_stats_t; +typedef struct addon_entry_t addon_entry_t; + +/* Update */ +typedef struct update_t update_t; + +/** + * VLC value structure + */ +typedef union +{ + int64_t i_int; + bool b_bool; + float f_float; + char * psz_string; + void * p_address; + vlc_object_t * p_object; + vlc_list_t * p_list; + mtime_t i_time; + struct { int32_t x; int32_t y; } coords; + +} vlc_value_t; + +/** + * VLC list structure + */ +struct vlc_list_t +{ + int i_count; + vlc_value_t * p_values; + int * pi_types; + +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Error values (shouldn't be exposed) + *****************************************************************************/ +#define VLC_SUCCESS (-0) /**< No error */ +#define VLC_EGENERIC (-1) /**< Unspecified error */ +#define VLC_ENOMEM (-2) /**< Not enough memory */ +#define VLC_ETIMEOUT (-3) /**< Timeout */ +#define VLC_ENOMOD (-4) /**< Module not found */ +#define VLC_ENOOBJ (-5) /**< Object not found */ +#define VLC_ENOVAR (-6) /**< Variable not found */ +#define VLC_EBADVAR (-7) /**< Bad variable value */ +#define VLC_ENOITEM (-8) /**< Item not found */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Variable callbacks + *****************************************************************************/ +typedef int ( * vlc_callback_t ) ( vlc_object_t *, /* variable's object */ + char const *, /* variable name */ + vlc_value_t, /* old value */ + vlc_value_t, /* new value */ + void * ); /* callback data */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * OS-specific headers and thread types + *****************************************************************************/ +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +# include +# ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX MAX_PATH +# endif +# include +#endif + +#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__ + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __OS2__ +# define OS2EMX_PLAIN_CHAR +# define INCL_BASE +# define INCL_PM +# include +# include +#endif + +#include "vlc_mtime.h" +#include "vlc_threads.h" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Common structure members + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS : members common to all basic vlc objects */ +#define VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS \ +/** \name VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS \ + * these members are common for all vlc objects \ + */ \ +/**@{*/ \ + const char *psz_object_type; \ + \ + /* Messages header */ \ + char *psz_header; \ + int i_flags; \ + \ + /* Object properties */ \ + bool b_force; /**< set by the outside (eg. module_need()) */ \ + \ + /* Stuff related to the libvlc structure */ \ + libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc; /**< (root of all evil) - 1 */ \ + \ + vlc_object_t * p_parent; /**< our parent */ \ + \ +/**@}*/ \ + +/* VLC_OBJECT: attempt at doing a clever cast */ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,0) +# ifndef __cplusplus +# define VLC_OBJECT( x ) \ + __builtin_choose_expr( \ + __builtin_offsetof(__typeof__(*(x)), psz_object_type), \ + (void)0 /* screw you */, \ + (vlc_object_t *)(x)) +# else +# define VLC_OBJECT( x ) \ + ((vlc_object_t *)(x) \ + + 0 * __builtin_offsetof(__typeof__(*(x)), psz_object_type)) +# endif +#else +# define VLC_OBJECT( x ) ((vlc_object_t *)(x)) +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Macros and inline functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* CEIL: division with round to nearest greater integer */ +#define CEIL(n, d) ( ((n) / (d)) + ( ((n) % (d)) ? 1 : 0) ) + +/* PAD: PAD(n, d) = CEIL(n ,d) * d */ +#define PAD(n, d) ( ((n) % (d)) ? ((((n) / (d)) + 1) * (d)) : (n) ) + +/* __MAX and __MIN: self explanatory */ +#ifndef __MAX +# define __MAX(a, b) ( ((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b) ) +#endif +#ifndef __MIN +# define __MIN(a, b) ( ((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b) ) +#endif + +/* clip v in [min, max] */ +#define VLC_CLIP(v, min, max) __MIN(__MAX((v), (min)), (max)) + +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t GCD ( int64_t a, int64_t b ) +{ + while( b ) + { + int64_t c = a % b; + a = b; + b = c; + } + return a; +} + +/* function imported from libavutil/common.h */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint8_t clip_uint8_vlc( int32_t a ) +{ + if( a&(~255) ) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** Count leading zeroes */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned clz (unsigned x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) + return __builtin_clz (x); +#else + unsigned i = sizeof (x) * 8; + + while (x) + { + x >>= 1; + i--; + } + return i; +#endif +} + +#define clz8( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint8_t)) * 8)) +#define clz16( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint16_t)) * 8)) +/* XXX: this assumes that int is 32-bits or more */ +#define clz32( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint32_t)) * 8)) + +/** Count trailing zeroes */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned ctz (unsigned x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) + return __builtin_ctz (x); +#else + unsigned i = sizeof (x) * 8; + + while (x) + { + x <<= 1; + i--; + } + return i; +#endif +} + +/** Bit weight */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned popcount (unsigned x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) + return __builtin_popcount (x); +#else + unsigned count = 0; + while (x) + { + count += x & 1; + x = x >> 1; + } + return count; +#endif +} + +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned parity (unsigned x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) + return __builtin_parity (x); +#else + for (unsigned i = 4 * sizeof (x); i > 0; i /= 2) + x ^= x >> i; + return x & 1; +#endif +} + +#ifdef __OS2__ +# undef bswap16 +# undef bswap32 +# undef bswap64 +#endif + +/** Byte swap (16 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t bswap16 (uint16_t x) +{ + return (x << 8) | (x >> 8); +} + +/** Byte swap (32 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t bswap32 (uint32_t x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,3) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_bswap32 (x); +#else + return ((x & 0x000000FF) << 24) + | ((x & 0x0000FF00) << 8) + | ((x & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) + | ((x & 0xFF000000) >> 24); +#endif +} + +/** Byte swap (64 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t bswap64 (uint64_t x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,3) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_bswap64 (x); +#elif !defined (__cplusplus) + return ((x & 0x00000000000000FF) << 56) + | ((x & 0x000000000000FF00) << 40) + | ((x & 0x0000000000FF0000) << 24) + | ((x & 0x00000000FF000000) << 8) + | ((x & 0x000000FF00000000) >> 8) + | ((x & 0x0000FF0000000000) >> 24) + | ((x & 0x00FF000000000000) >> 40) + | ((x & 0xFF00000000000000) >> 56); +#else + return ((x & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) + | ((x & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) + | ((x & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) + | ((x & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) + | ((x & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) + | ((x & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) + | ((x & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) + | ((x & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56); +#endif +} + + +/* Free and set set the variable to NULL */ +#define FREENULL(a) do { free( a ); a = NULL; } while(0) + +#define EMPTY_STR(str) (!str || !*str) + +VLC_API char const * vlc_error( int ) VLC_USED; + +#include + +/* MSB (big endian)/LSB (little endian) conversions - network order is always + * MSB, and should be used for both network communications and files. */ + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define hton16(i) ((uint16_t)(i)) +# define hton32(i) ((uint32_t)(i)) +# define hton64(i) ((uint64_t)(i)) +#else +# define hton16(i) bswap16(i) +# define hton32(i) bswap32(i) +# define hton64(i) bswap64(i) +#endif +#define ntoh16(i) hton16(i) +#define ntoh32(i) hton32(i) +#define ntoh64(i) hton64(i) + +/** Reads 16 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t U16_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint16_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh16 (x); +} + +/** Reads 32 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t U32_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint32_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh32 (x); +} + +/** Reads 64 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t U64_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint64_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh64 (x); +} + +#define GetWBE(p) U16_AT(p) +#define GetDWBE(p) U32_AT(p) +#define GetQWBE(p) U64_AT(p) + +/** Reads 16 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t GetWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint16_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap16 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Reads 32 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t GetDWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint32_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap32 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Reads 64 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t GetQWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint64_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap64 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Writes 16 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetWBE (void *p, uint16_t w) +{ + w = hton16 (w); + memcpy (p, &w, sizeof (w)); +} + +/** Writes 32 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetDWBE (void *p, uint32_t dw) +{ + dw = hton32 (dw); + memcpy (p, &dw, sizeof (dw)); +} + +/** Writes 64 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetQWBE (void *p, uint64_t qw) +{ + qw = hton64 (qw); + memcpy (p, &qw, sizeof (qw)); +} + +/** Writes 16 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetWLE (void *p, uint16_t w) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + w = bswap16 (w); +#endif + memcpy (p, &w, sizeof (w)); +} + +/** Writes 32 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetDWLE (void *p, uint32_t dw) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + dw = bswap32 (dw); +#endif + memcpy (p, &dw, sizeof (dw)); +} + +/** Writes 64 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetQWLE (void *p, uint64_t qw) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + qw = bswap64 (qw); +#endif + memcpy (p, &qw, sizeof (qw)); +} + +/* */ +#define VLC_UNUSED(x) (void)(x) + +/* Stuff defined in src/extras/libc.c */ + +#if defined(_WIN32) +/* several type definitions */ +# if defined( __MINGW32__ ) +# if !defined( _OFF_T_ ) + typedef long long _off_t; + typedef _off_t off_t; +# define _OFF_T_ +# else +# ifdef off_t +# undef off_t +# endif +# define off_t long long +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef O_NONBLOCK +# define O_NONBLOCK 0 +# endif + +# include +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +VLC_API bool vlc_ureduce( unsigned *, unsigned *, uint64_t, uint64_t, uint64_t ); + +/* Aligned memory allocator */ +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __MINGW32__ +# define vlc_memalign(align, size) (__mingw_aligned_malloc(size, align)) +# define vlc_free(base) (__mingw_aligned_free(base)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define vlc_memalign(align, size) (_aligned_malloc(size, align)) +# define vlc_free(base) (_aligned_free(base)) +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6) +static inline void *vlc_memalign(size_t align, size_t size) +{ + long diff; + void *ptr; + + ptr = malloc(size+align); + if(!ptr) + return ptr; + diff = ((-(long)ptr - 1)&(align-1)) + 1; + ptr = (char*)ptr + diff; + ((char*)ptr)[-1]= diff; + return ptr; +} + +static void vlc_free(void *ptr) +{ + if (ptr) + free((char*)ptr - ((char*)ptr)[-1]); +} +#else +static inline void *vlc_memalign(size_t align, size_t size) +{ + void *base; + if (unlikely(posix_memalign(&base, align, size))) + base = NULL; + return base; +} +# define vlc_free(base) free(base) +#endif + +VLC_API void vlc_tdestroy( void *, void (*)(void *) ); + +/***************************************************************************** + * I18n stuff + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API char *vlc_gettext( const char *msgid ) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(1); +VLC_API char *vlc_ngettext( const char *s, const char *p, unsigned long n ) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(1) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(2); + +#define vlc_pgettext( ctx, id ) \ + vlc_pgettext_aux( ctx "\004" id, id ) + +VLC_FORMAT_ARG(2) +static inline const char *vlc_pgettext_aux( const char *ctx, const char *id ) +{ + const char *tr = vlc_gettext( ctx ); + return (tr == ctx) ? id : tr; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Loosy memory allocation functions. Do not use in new code. + *****************************************************************************/ +static inline void *xmalloc (size_t len) +{ + void *ptr = malloc (len); + if (unlikely (ptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +static inline void *xrealloc (void *ptr, size_t len) +{ + void *nptr = realloc (ptr, len); + if (unlikely (nptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return nptr; +} + +static inline void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t size) +{ + void *ptr = calloc (n, size); + if (unlikely (ptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +static inline char *xstrdup (const char *str) +{ + char *ptr = strdup (str); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc features + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API const char * VLC_CompileBy( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * VLC_CompileHost( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * VLC_Compiler( void ) VLC_USED; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Additional vlc stuff + *****************************************************************************/ +#include "vlc_messages.h" +#include "vlc_objects.h" +#include "vlc_variables.h" +#include "vlc_main.h" +#include "vlc_configuration.h" + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined( __SYMBIAN32__ ) || defined( __OS2__ ) +# define DIR_SEP_CHAR '\\' +# define DIR_SEP "\\" +# define PATH_SEP_CHAR ';' +# define PATH_SEP ";" +#else +# define DIR_SEP_CHAR '/' +# define DIR_SEP "/" +# define PATH_SEP_CHAR ':' +# define PATH_SEP ":" +#endif + +#define LICENSE_MSG \ + _("This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by " \ + "law.\nYou may redistribute it under the terms of the GNU General " \ + "Public License;\nsee the file named COPYING for details.\n" \ + "Written by the VideoLAN team; see the AUTHORS file.\n") + +#endif /* !VLC_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_config.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50b4887 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_config.h: limits and configuration + * Defines all compilation-time configuration constants and size limits + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines of values used in interface, vout, aout and vlc core functions. + */ + +/* Conventions regarding names of symbols and variables + * ---------------------------------------------------- + * + * - Symbols should begin with a prefix indicating in which module they are + * used, such as INTF_, VOUT_ or AOUT_. + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * General configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* All timestamp below or equal to this define are invalid/unset + * XXX the numerical value is 0 because of historical reason and will change.*/ +#define VLC_TS_INVALID INT64_C(0) +#define VLC_TS_0 INT64_C(1) + +#define CLOCK_FREQ INT64_C(1000000) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Interface configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Base delay in micro second for interface sleeps */ +#define INTF_IDLE_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/20) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Input thread configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Used in ErrorThread */ +#define INPUT_IDLE_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/10) + +/* + * General limitations + */ + +/* Duration between the time we receive the data packet, and the time we will + * mark it to be presented */ +#define DEFAULT_PTS_DELAY (3*CLOCK_FREQ/10) + +/***************************************************************************** + * SPU configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Buffer must avoid arriving more than SPU_MAX_PREPARE_TIME in advanced to + * the SPU */ +#define SPU_MAX_PREPARE_TIME (CLOCK_FREQ/2) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Video configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Default settings for video output threads + */ + +/* Multiplier value for aspect ratio calculation (2^7 * 3^3 * 5^3) */ +#define VOUT_ASPECT_FACTOR 432000 + +/* Maximum width of a scaled source picture - this should be relatively high, + * since higher stream values will result in no display at all. */ +#define VOUT_MAX_WIDTH 4096 + +/* Number of planes in a picture */ +#define VOUT_MAX_PLANES 5 + +/* + * Time settings + */ + +/* Time to sleep when waiting for a buffer (from vout or the video fifo). + * It should be approximately the time needed to perform a complete picture + * loop. Since it only happens when the video heap is full, it does not need + * to be too low, even if it blocks the decoder. */ +#define VOUT_OUTMEM_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/50) + +/* The default video output window title */ +#define VOUT_TITLE "VLC" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Messages and console interfaces configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Maximal depth of the object tree output by vlc_dumpstructure */ +#define MAX_DUMPSTRUCTURE_DEPTH 100 diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..225e026 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_config_cat.h : Definition of configuration categories + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 00d7352f061379bd7eca6cbfea6af347dd5ea0cb $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Anil Daoud + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HELP_H +#define VLC_HELP_H 1 +# include + +/* + * First, we need help strings for the General Settings and for the + * Plugins screen + */ +#define MAIN_TITLE N_( "VLC preferences" ) +#define MAIN_HELP N_( \ + "Select \"Advanced Options\" to see all options." ) + +/* Interface */ +#define INTF_TITLE N_("Interface") +#define INTF_HELP N_( "Settings for VLC's interfaces" ) + +#define INTF_GENERAL_HELP N_( "Main interfaces settings" ) + +#define INTF_MAIN_TITLE N_( "Main interfaces" ) +#define INTF_MAIN_HELP N_( "Settings for the main interface" ) + +#define INTF_CONTROL_TITLE N_( "Control interfaces" ) +#define INTF_CONTROL_HELP N_( "Settings for VLC's control interfaces" ) + +#define INTF_HOTKEYS_TITLE N_( "Hotkeys settings" ) +#define INTF_HOTKEYS_HELP N_( "Hotkeys settings" ) + +/* Audio */ +#define AUDIO_TITLE N_( "Audio" ) +#define AUDIO_HELP N_( "Audio settings" ) + +#define AUDIO_GENERAL_HELP N_("General audio settings") + +#define AFILTER_TITLE N_("Filters") +#define AFILTER_HELP N_( "Audio filters are used to process the audio stream." ) + +#define AVISUAL_TITLE N_("Visualizations") +#define AVISUAL_HELP N_( "Audio visualizations" ) + +#define AOUT_TITLE N_( "Output modules" ) +#define AOUT_HELP N_("General settings for audio output modules.") + +#define AMISC_TITLE N_("Miscellaneous") +#define AMISC_HELP N_( "Miscellaneous audio settings and modules." ) + +/* Video */ +#define VIDEO_TITLE N_("Video") +#define VIDEO_HELP N_("Video settings") + +#define VIDEO_GENERAL_HELP N_( "General video settings" ) + +#define _VOUT_TITLE N_("Output modules" ) +#define VOUT_HELP N_("General settings for video output modules.") + +#define VFILTER_TITLE N_("Filters" ) +#define VFILTER_HELP N_("Video filters are used to process the video stream." ) + +#define SUBPIC_TITLE N_( "Subtitles / OSD") +#define SUBPIC_HELP N_( "Settings related to On-Screen-Display,"\ + " subtitles and \"overlay subpictures\"") +/* +#define TEXT_HELP N_( \ + "Use the settings of the \"freetype\" module to choose the font you " \ + "want VLC to use for text rendering (to display subtitles for example).") +*/ +/* Input */ +#define INPUT_TITLE N_( "Input / Codecs" ) +#define INPUT_HELP N_( "Settings for input, demultiplexing, " \ + "decoding and encoding") + +#define ACCESS_TITLE N_( "Access modules" ) +#define ACCESS_HELP N_( \ + "Settings related to the various access methods. " \ + "Common settings you may want to alter are HTTP proxy or " \ + "caching settings." ) + +#define STREAM_FILTER_TITLE N_( "Stream filters" ) +#define STREAM_FILTER_HELP N_( \ + "Stream filters are special modules that allow advanced operations on " \ + "the input side of VLC. Use with care..." ) + +#define DEMUX_TITLE N_("Demuxers") +#define DEMUX_HELP N_( "Demuxers are used to separate audio and video streams." ) + +#define VDEC_TITLE N_( "Video codecs" ) +#define VDEC_HELP N_( "Settings for the video, images or video+audio decoders and encoders." ) + +#define ADEC_TITLE N_( "Audio codecs" ) +#define ADEC_HELP N_( "Settings for the audio-only decoders and encoders." ) + +#define SDEC_TITLE N_( "Subtitle codecs") +#define SDEC_HELP N_( "Settings for subtitle, teletext and CC decoders and encoders." ) + +#define ADVANCED_HELP N_( "General input settings. Use with care..." ) + +/* Sout */ +#define SOUT_TITLE N_( "Stream output" ) +#define SOUT_HELP N_( \ + "Stream output settings are used when acting as a streaming server " \ + "or when saving incoming streams.\n" \ + "Streams are first muxed and then sent through an \"access output\" "\ + "module that can either save the stream to a file, or stream " \ + "it (UDP, HTTP, RTP/RTSP).\n" \ + "Sout streams modules allow advanced stream processing (transcoding, "\ + "duplicating...).") + +#define SOUT_GENERAL_HELP N_( "General stream output settings") + +#define SOUT_MUX_TITLE N_( "Muxers" ) +#define SOUT_MUX_HELP N_( \ + "Muxers create the encapsulation formats that are used to " \ + "put all the elementary streams (video, audio, ...) " \ + "together. This setting allows you to always force a specific muxer. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each muxer." ) + +#define SOUT_ACO_TITLE N_( "Access output" ) +#define SOUT_ACO_HELP N_( \ + "Access output modules control the ways the muxed streams are sent. " \ + "This setting allows you to always force a specific access output method. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each access output.") + +#define SOUT_PACKET_TITLE N_( "Packetizers" ) +#define SOUT_PACKET_HELP N_( \ + "Packetizers are used to \"preprocess\" the elementary "\ + "streams before muxing. " \ + "This setting allows you to always force a packetizer. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each packetizer." ) + +#define SOUT_STREAM_TITLE N_("Sout stream") +#define SOUT_STREAM_HELP N_( "Sout stream modules allow to build a sout " \ + "processing chain. Please refer to the Streaming Howto for " \ + "more information. You can configure default options for " \ + "each sout stream module here.") + +#define SOUT_VOD_TITLE N_( "VOD" ) +#define SOUT_VOD_HELP N_( "VLC's implementation of Video On Demand" ) + + +/* Playlist */ +#define PLAYLIST_TITLE N_( "Playlist" ) +#define PLAYLIST_HELP N_( "Settings related to playlist behaviour " \ + "(e.g. playback mode) and to modules that automatically add "\ + "items to the playlist (\"service discovery\" modules).") + +#define PGENERAL_HELP N_( "General playlist behaviour") +#define SD_TITLE N_("Services discovery") +#define SD_HELP N_("Services discovery modules are facilities "\ + "that automatically add items to playlist.") + +/* Advanced */ +#define AADVANCED_TITLE N_( "Advanced" ) +#define AADVANCED_HELP N_( "Advanced settings. Use with care...") + +#define MISC_TITLE N_( "Advanced settings" ) + +/* This function is deprecated and is kept only for compatibility */ +static const struct config_category_t categories_array[] = +{ + /* Interface */ + { CAT_INTERFACE, INTF_TITLE, INTF_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_GENERAL, INTF_TITLE, INTF_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_MAIN, INTF_MAIN_TITLE, INTF_MAIN_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_CONTROL, INTF_CONTROL_TITLE, INTF_CONTROL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_HOTKEYS, INTF_HOTKEYS_TITLE, INTF_HOTKEYS_HELP }, + + { CAT_AUDIO, AUDIO_TITLE, AUDIO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_GENERAL, AUDIO_TITLE, AUDIO_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_AOUT, AOUT_TITLE, AOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_AFILTER, AFILTER_TITLE, AFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_VISUAL, AVISUAL_TITLE, AVISUAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_MISC, AMISC_TITLE, AMISC_HELP }, + + { CAT_VIDEO, VIDEO_TITLE, VIDEO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_GENERAL, VIDEO_TITLE, VIDEO_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_VOUT, _VOUT_TITLE, VOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_VFILTER, VFILTER_TITLE, VFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_SUBPIC, SUBPIC_TITLE, SUBPIC_HELP }, + + { CAT_INPUT, INPUT_TITLE, INPUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_GENERAL, INPUT_TITLE, INPUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_ACCESS, ACCESS_TITLE, ACCESS_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_DEMUX, DEMUX_TITLE, DEMUX_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_VCODEC, VDEC_TITLE, VDEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_ACODEC, ADEC_TITLE, ADEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_SCODEC, SDEC_TITLE, SDEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_STREAM_FILTER, STREAM_FILTER_TITLE, STREAM_FILTER_HELP }, + + { CAT_SOUT, SOUT_TITLE, SOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_GENERAL, SOUT_TITLE, SOUT_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_STREAM, SOUT_STREAM_TITLE, SOUT_STREAM_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_MUX, SOUT_MUX_TITLE, SOUT_MUX_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_ACO, SOUT_ACO_TITLE, SOUT_ACO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_PACKETIZER, SOUT_PACKET_TITLE, SOUT_PACKET_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_VOD, SOUT_VOD_TITLE, SOUT_VOD_HELP }, + + { CAT_PLAYLIST, PLAYLIST_TITLE , PLAYLIST_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_GENERAL, PLAYLIST_TITLE, PGENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_SD, SD_TITLE, SD_HELP }, + + { CAT_ADVANCED, AADVANCED_TITLE, AADVANCED_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_ADVANCED_MISC, MISC_TITLE, AADVANCED_HELP }, + + { -1, NULL, NULL } +}; + +VLC_USED +static inline const char *config_CategoryNameGet( int i_value ) +{ + int i = 0; + while( categories_array[i].psz_name != NULL ) + { + if( categories_array[i].i_id == i_value ) + { + return vlc_gettext(categories_array[i].psz_name); + } + i++; + } + return NULL; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline const char *config_CategoryHelpGet( int i_value ) +{ + int i = 0; + while( categories_array[i].psz_help != NULL ) + { + if( categories_array[i].i_id == i_value ) + { + return vlc_gettext(categories_array[i].psz_help); + } + i++; + } + return NULL; +} + +#endif /* VLC_HELP_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_configuration.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..778e422 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_configuration.h : configuration management module + * This file describes the programming interface for the configuration module. + * It includes functions allowing to declare, get or set configuration options. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fe0aba5ca8b9d5bb60afd0ac9027d023b1862f2f $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CONFIGURATION_H +#define VLC_CONFIGURATION_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file describes the programming interface for the configuration module. + * It includes functions allowing to declare, get or set configuration options. + */ + +#include /* for ssize_t */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct config_category_t +{ + int i_id; + const char *psz_name; + const char *psz_help; +}; + +typedef union +{ + char *psz; + int64_t i; + float f; +} module_value_t; + +typedef int (*vlc_string_list_cb)(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + char ***, char ***); +typedef int (*vlc_integer_list_cb)(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + int64_t **, char ***); + +struct module_config_t +{ + uint8_t i_type; /* Configuration type */ + char i_short; /* Optional short option name */ + unsigned b_advanced:1; /* Advanced option */ + unsigned b_internal:1; /* Hidden from prefs and help */ + unsigned b_unsaveable:1; /* Not stored in configuration */ + unsigned b_safe:1; /* Safe in web plugins and playlists */ + unsigned b_removed:1; /* Deprecated */ + + char *psz_type; /* Configuration subtype */ + char *psz_name; /* Option name */ + char *psz_text; /* Short comment on the configuration option */ + char *psz_longtext; /* Long comment on the configuration option */ + + module_value_t value; /* Option value */ + module_value_t orig; + module_value_t min; + module_value_t max; + + /* Values list */ + uint16_t list_count; /* Options list size */ + union + { + char **psz; /* List of possible values for the option */ + int *i; + vlc_string_list_cb psz_cb; + vlc_integer_list_cb i_cb; + } list; + char **list_text; /* Friendly names for list values */ +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes - these methods are used to get, set or manipulate configuration + * data. + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int config_GetType(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int64_t config_GetInt(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void config_PutInt(vlc_object_t *, const char *, int64_t); +VLC_API float config_GetFloat(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void config_PutFloat(vlc_object_t *, const char *, float); +VLC_API char * config_GetPsz(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API void config_PutPsz(vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *); +VLC_API int config_GetIntChoices(vlc_object_t *, const char *, int64_t **, char ***) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int config_GetPszChoices(vlc_object_t *, const char *, char ***, char ***) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int config_SaveConfigFile( vlc_object_t * ); +#define config_SaveConfigFile(a) config_SaveConfigFile(VLC_OBJECT(a)) + +VLC_API void config_ResetAll( vlc_object_t * ); +#define config_ResetAll(a) config_ResetAll(VLC_OBJECT(a)) + +VLC_API module_config_t * config_FindConfig( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * config_GetDataDir(void) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API char *config_GetLibDir(void) VLC_USED; + +typedef enum vlc_userdir +{ + VLC_HOME_DIR, /* User's home */ + VLC_CONFIG_DIR, /* VLC-specific configuration directory */ + VLC_DATA_DIR, /* VLC-specific data directory */ + VLC_CACHE_DIR, /* VLC-specific user cached data directory */ + /* Generic directories (same as XDG) */ + VLC_DESKTOP_DIR=0x80, + VLC_DOWNLOAD_DIR, + VLC_TEMPLATES_DIR, + VLC_PUBLICSHARE_DIR, + VLC_DOCUMENTS_DIR, + VLC_MUSIC_DIR, + VLC_PICTURES_DIR, + VLC_VIDEOS_DIR, +} vlc_userdir_t; + +VLC_API char * config_GetUserDir( vlc_userdir_t ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API void config_AddIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +VLC_API void config_RemoveIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +VLC_API bool config_ExistIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +#define config_GetType(a,b) config_GetType(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_GetInt(a,b) config_GetInt(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutInt(a,b,c) config_PutInt(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define config_GetFloat(a,b) config_GetFloat(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutFloat(a,b,c) config_PutFloat(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define config_GetPsz(a,b) config_GetPsz(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutPsz(a,b,c) config_PutPsz(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +#define config_AddIntf(a,b) config_AddIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_RemoveIntf(a,b) config_RemoveIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_ExistIntf(a,b) config_ExistIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/**************************************************************************** + * config_chain_t: + ****************************************************************************/ +struct config_chain_t +{ + config_chain_t *p_next; /**< Pointer on the next config_chain_t element */ + + char *psz_name; /**< Option name */ + char *psz_value; /**< Option value */ +}; + +/** + * This function will + * - create all options in the array ppsz_options (var_Create). + * - parse the given linked list of config_chain_t and set the value (var_Set). + * + * The option names will be created by adding the psz_prefix prefix. + */ +VLC_API void config_ChainParse( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_prefix, const char *const *ppsz_options, config_chain_t * ); +#define config_ChainParse( a, b, c, d ) config_ChainParse( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) + +/** + * This function will parse a configuration string (psz_opts) and + * - set all options for this module in a chained list (*pp_cfg) + * - returns a pointer on the next module if any. + * + * The string format is + * module{option=*,option=*} + * + * The options values are unescaped using config_StringUnescape. + */ +VLC_API const char *config_ChainParseOptions( config_chain_t **pp_cfg, const char *ppsz_opts ); + +/** + * This function will parse a configuration string (psz_string) and + * - set the module name (*ppsz_name) + * - set all options for this module in a chained list (*pp_cfg) + * - returns a pointer on the next module if any. + * + * The string format is + * module{option=*,option=*}[:modulenext{option=*,...}] + * + * The options values are unescaped using config_StringUnescape. + */ +VLC_API char *config_ChainCreate( char **ppsz_name, config_chain_t **pp_cfg, const char *psz_string ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * This function will release a linked list of config_chain_t + * (Including the head) + */ +VLC_API void config_ChainDestroy( config_chain_t * ); + +/** + * This function will duplicate a linked list of config_chain_t + */ +VLC_API config_chain_t * config_ChainDuplicate( const config_chain_t * ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * This function will unescape a string in place and will return a pointer on + * the given string. + * No memory is allocated by it (unlike config_StringEscape). + * If NULL is given as parameter nothing will be done (NULL will be returned). + * + * The following sequences will be unescaped (only one time): + * \\ \' and \" + */ +VLC_API char * config_StringUnescape( char *psz_string ); + +/** + * This function will escape a string that can be unescaped by + * config_StringUnescape. + * The returned value is allocated by it. You have to free it once you + * do not need it anymore (unlike config_StringUnescape). + * If NULL is given as parameter nothing will be done (NULL will be returned). + * + * The escaped characters are ' " and \ + */ +VLC_API char * config_StringEscape( const char *psz_string ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_CONFIGURATION_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_cpu.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..910900a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_cpu.h: CPU capabilities + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file provides CPU features detection. + */ + +#ifndef VLC_CPU_H +# define VLC_CPU_H 1 + +VLC_API unsigned vlc_CPU(void); + +# if defined (__i386__) || defined (__x86_64__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# define VLC_CPU_MMX 0x00000008 +# define VLC_CPU_3dNOW 0x00000010 +# define VLC_CPU_MMXEXT 0x00000020 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE 0x00000040 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE2 0x00000080 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE3 0x00000100 +# define VLC_CPU_SSSE3 0x00000200 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4_1 0x00000400 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4_2 0x00000800 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4A 0x00001000 +# define VLC_CPU_AVX 0x00002000 +# define VLC_CPU_AVX2 0x00004000 +# define VLC_CPU_XOP 0x00008000 +# define VLC_CPU_FMA4 0x00010000 + +# if defined (__MMX__) +# define vlc_CPU_MMX() (1) +# define VLC_MMX +# else +# define vlc_CPU_MMX() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_MMX) != 0) +# if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4, 4) || defined(__clang__) +# define VLC_MMX __attribute__ ((__target__ ("mmx"))) +# else +# define VLC_MMX VLC_MMX_is_not_implemented_on_this_compiler +# endif +# endif + +# if defined (__SSE__) +# define vlc_CPU_MMXEXT() (1) +# define vlc_CPU_SSE() (1) +# define VLC_SSE +# else +# define vlc_CPU_MMXEXT() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_MMXEXT) != 0) +# define vlc_CPU_SSE() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE) != 0) +# if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4, 4) || defined(__clang__) +# define VLC_SSE __attribute__ ((__target__ ("sse"))) +# else +# define VLC_SSE VLC_SSE_is_not_implemented_on_this_compiler +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE2__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE3__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE3() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE3() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE3) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSSE3__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSSE3() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSSE3() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSSE3) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4_1__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_1() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_1() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4_1) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4_2__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4_2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4A__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4A() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4A() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4A) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __AVX__ +# define vlc_CPU_AVX() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_AVX() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_AVX) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __AVX2__ +# define vlc_CPU_AVX2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_AVX2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_AVX2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __3dNOW__ +# define vlc_CPU_3dNOW() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_3dNOW() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_3dNOW) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __XOP__ +# define vlc_CPU_XOP() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_XOP() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_XOP) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __FMA4__ +# define vlc_CPU_FMA4() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_FMA4() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_FMA4) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__ppc__) || defined (__ppc64__) || defined (__powerpc__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# define VLC_CPU_ALTIVEC 2 + +# ifdef ALTIVEC +# define vlc_CPU_ALTIVEC() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ALTIVEC() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ALTIVEC) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__arm__) +# if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined (__SOFTFP__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# else +# define HAVE_FPU 0 +# endif +# define VLC_CPU_ARMv6 4 +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_NEON 2 + +# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_7A__) +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 7 +# elif defined (__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 6 +# else +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 4 +# endif + +# if (VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH >= 6) +# define vlc_CPU_ARMv6() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ARMv6() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ARMv6) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __ARM_NEON__ +# define vlc_CPU_ARM_NEON() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ARM_NEON() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ARM_NEON) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__aarch64__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# elif defined (__sparc__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# elif defined (__mips_hard_float) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# else +/** + * Are single precision floating point operations "fast"? + * If this preprocessor constant is zero, floating point should be avoided + * (especially relevant for audio codecs). + */ +# define HAVE_FPU 0 + +# endif + +#endif /* !VLC_CPU_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_demux.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_demux.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cd49ce --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_demux.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_demux.h: Demuxer descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 0dcee0dffe2ac9dafdc9fe8fd5fa363a64cb85e1 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_DEMUX_H +#define VLC_DEMUX_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This files defines functions and structures used by demux objects in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup demux Demux + * @{ + */ + +struct demux_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* eg informative but needed (we can have access+demux) */ + char *psz_access; + char *psz_demux; + char *psz_location; + char *psz_file; + + /* input stream */ + stream_t *s; /* NULL in case of a access+demux in one */ + + /* es output */ + es_out_t *out; /* our p_es_out */ + + /* set by demuxer */ + int (*pf_demux) ( demux_t * ); /* demux one frame only */ + int (*pf_control)( demux_t *, int i_query, va_list args); + + /* Demux has to maintain them uptodate + * when it is responsible of seekpoint/title */ + struct + { + unsigned int i_update; /* Demux sets them on change, + Input removes them once take into account*/ + /* Seekpoint/Title at demux level */ + int i_title; /* idem, start from 0 (could be menu) */ + int i_seekpoint; /* idem, start from 0 */ + } info; + demux_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +/* demux_t.info.i_update field */ +#define INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE 0x0010 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_SEEKPOINT 0x0020 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_META 0x0040 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE_LIST 0x0100 + +/* demux_meta_t is returned by "meta reader" module to the demuxer */ +typedef struct demux_meta_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + demux_t *p_demux; /** FIXME: use stream_t instead? */ + input_item_t *p_item; /***< the input item that is being read */ + + vlc_meta_t *p_meta; /**< meta data */ + + int i_attachments; /**< number of attachments */ + input_attachment_t **attachments; /**< array of attachments */ +} demux_meta_t; + +enum demux_query_e +{ + /* I. Common queries to access_demux and demux */ + /* POSITION double between 0.0 and 1.0 */ + DEMUX_GET_POSITION, /* arg1= double * res= */ + DEMUX_SET_POSITION, /* arg1= double arg2= bool b_precise res=can fail */ + + /* LENGTH/TIME in microsecond, 0 if unknown */ + DEMUX_GET_LENGTH, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + DEMUX_GET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + DEMUX_SET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t arg2= bool b_precise res=can fail */ + + /* TITLE_INFO only if more than 1 title or 1 chapter */ + DEMUX_GET_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t*** arg2=int* + arg3=int*pi_title_offset(0), arg4=int*pi_seekpoint_offset(0) can fail */ + /* TITLE/SEEKPOINT, only when TITLE_INFO succeed */ + DEMUX_SET_TITLE, /* arg1= int can fail */ + DEMUX_SET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /* DEMUX_SET_GROUP/SET_ES only a hint for demuxer (mainly DVB) to allow not + * reading everything (you should not use this to call es_out_Control) + * if you don't know what to do with it, just IGNORE it, it is safe(r) + * -1 means all group, 0 default group (first es added) */ + DEMUX_SET_GROUP, /* arg1= int, arg2=const vlc_list_t * can fail */ + DEMUX_SET_ES, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /* Ask the demux to demux until the given date at the next pf_demux call + * but not more (and not less, at the precision available of course). + * XXX: not mandatory (except for subtitle demux) but will help a lot + * for multi-input + */ + DEMUX_SET_NEXT_DEMUX_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t can fail */ + /* FPS for correct subtitles handling */ + DEMUX_GET_FPS, /* arg1= double * res=can fail */ + + /* Meta data */ + DEMUX_GET_META, /* arg1= vlc_meta_t ** res=can fail */ + DEMUX_HAS_UNSUPPORTED_META, /* arg1= bool * res can fail */ + + /* Attachments */ + DEMUX_GET_ATTACHMENTS, /* arg1=input_attachment_t***, int* res=can fail */ + + /* RECORD you are ensured that it is never called twice with the same state + * you should accept it only if the stream can be recorded without + * any modification or header addition. */ + DEMUX_CAN_RECORD, /* arg1=bool* res=can fail(assume false) */ + DEMUX_SET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool res=can fail */ + + DEMUX_GET_SIGNAL, /* arg1=double *pf_quality, arg2=double *pf_strength + res=can fail */ + + /* II. Specific access_demux queries */ + /* PAUSE you are ensured that it is never called twice with the same state */ + DEMUX_CAN_PAUSE = 0x1000, /* arg1= bool* can fail (assume false)*/ + DEMUX_SET_PAUSE_STATE, /* arg1= bool can fail */ + + DEMUX_GET_PTS_DELAY, /* arg1= int64_t* cannot fail */ + + /* DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE returns true (*pb_pace) if we can read the + * data at our pace */ + DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE, /* arg1= bool*pb_pace can fail (assume false) */ + + /* DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE is called only if DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE has returned false. + * *pb_rate should be true when the rate can be changed (using DEMUX_SET_RATE) + * *pb_ts_rescale should be true when the timestamps (pts/dts/pcr) have to be rescaled */ + DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE, /* arg1= bool*pb_rate arg2= bool*pb_ts_rescale can fail(assume false) */ + /* DEMUX_SET_RATE is called only if DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE has returned true. + * It should return the value really used in *pi_rate */ + DEMUX_SET_RATE, /* arg1= int*pi_rate can fail */ + + DEMUX_CAN_SEEK, /* arg1= bool* can fail (assume false)*/ + + /* Navigation */ + DEMUX_NAV_ACTIVATE, /* res=can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_UP, /* res=can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_DOWN, /* res=can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_LEFT, /* res=can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_RIGHT, /* res=can fail */ +}; + +VLC_API int demux_vaControlHelper( stream_t *, int64_t i_start, int64_t i_end, int64_t i_bitrate, int i_align, int i_query, va_list args ); + +static inline void demux_UpdateTitleFromStream( demux_t *demux ) +{ + stream_t *s = demux->s; + unsigned title, seekpoint; + + if( stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_TITLE, &title ) == VLC_SUCCESS + && title != (unsigned)demux->info.i_title ) + { + demux->info.i_title = title; + demux->info.i_update |= INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE; + } + + if( stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_SEEKPOINT, &seekpoint ) == VLC_SUCCESS + && seekpoint != (unsigned)demux->info.i_seekpoint ) + { + demux->info.i_seekpoint = seekpoint; + demux->info.i_update |= INPUT_UPDATE_SEEKPOINT; + } +} + +/************************************************************************* + * Miscellaneous helpers for demuxers + *************************************************************************/ + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsPathExtension( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_extension ) +{ + const char *name = (p_demux->psz_file != NULL) ? p_demux->psz_file + : p_demux->psz_location; + const char *psz_ext = strrchr ( name, '.' ); + if( !psz_ext || strcasecmp( psz_ext, psz_extension ) ) + return false; + return true; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsForced( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_name ) +{ + if( !p_demux->psz_demux || strcmp( p_demux->psz_demux, psz_name ) ) + return false; + return true; +} + +/** + * This function will create a packetizer suitable for a demuxer that parses + * elementary stream. + * + * The provided es_format_t will be cleaned on error or by + * demux_PacketizerDestroy. + */ +VLC_API decoder_t * demux_PacketizerNew( demux_t *p_demux, es_format_t *p_fmt, const char *psz_msg ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will destroy a packetizer create by demux_PacketizerNew. + */ +VLC_API void demux_PacketizerDestroy( decoder_t *p_packetizer ); + +/** + * This function will return the parent input of this demux. + * It is retained. Can return NULL. + */ +VLC_API input_thread_t * demux_GetParentInput( demux_t *p_demux ) VLC_USED; + +/* */ +#define DEMUX_INIT_COMMON() do { \ + p_demux->pf_control = Control; \ + p_demux->pf_demux = Demux; \ + p_demux->p_sys = calloc( 1, sizeof( demux_sys_t ) ); \ + if( !p_demux->p_sys ) return VLC_ENOMEM;\ + } while(0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_dialog.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..168bea4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_dialog.h: user interaction dialogs + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_DIALOG_H_ +#define VLC_DIALOG_H_ +# include + +/** + * \file vlc_dialog.h + * User interaction dialog APIs + */ + +/** + * A fatal error dialog. + * No response expected from the user. + */ +typedef struct dialog_fatal_t +{ + const char *title; + const char *message; +} dialog_fatal_t; + +VLC_API void dialog_VFatal(vlc_object_t *, bool, const char *, const char *, va_list); + +static inline VLC_FORMAT(3, 4) +void dialog_Fatal (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *title, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start (ap, fmt); + dialog_VFatal(obj, false, title, fmt, ap); + va_end (ap); +} +#define dialog_Fatal(o, t, ...) \ + dialog_Fatal(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, __VA_ARGS__) + +static inline VLC_FORMAT(3, 4) +void dialog_FatalWait (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *title, + const char *fmt, ...){ + va_list ap; + + va_start (ap, fmt); + dialog_VFatal(obj, true, title, fmt, ap); + va_end (ap); +} +#define dialog_FatalWait(o, t, ...) \ + dialog_FatalWait(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, __VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * A login dialog. + */ +typedef struct dialog_login_t +{ + const char *title; + const char *message; + char **username; + char **password; +} dialog_login_t; + +VLC_API void dialog_Login(vlc_object_t *, char **, char **, const char *, const char *, ...) VLC_FORMAT (5, 6); +#define dialog_Login(o, u, p, t, ...) \ + dialog_Login(VLC_OBJECT(o), u, p, t, __VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * A question dialog. + */ +typedef struct dialog_question_t +{ + const char *title; + const char *message; + const char *yes; + const char *no; + const char *cancel; + int answer; +} dialog_question_t; + +VLC_API int dialog_Question(vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, const char *, ...) +VLC_FORMAT(3, 7); +#define dialog_Question(o, t, m, y, n, ...) \ + dialog_Question(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, m, y, n, __VA_ARGS__) + +typedef struct dialog_progress_bar_t +{ /* Request-time parameters */ + const char *title; + const char *message; + const char *cancel; + /* Permanent parameters */ + void (*pf_update) (void *, const char *, float); + bool (*pf_check) (void *); + void (*pf_destroy) (void *); + void *p_sys; +} dialog_progress_bar_t; + +VLC_API dialog_progress_bar_t * dialog_ProgressCreate(vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *, const char *) VLC_USED; +#define dialog_ProgressCreate(o, t, m, c) \ + dialog_ProgressCreate(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, m, c) +VLC_API void dialog_ProgressDestroy(dialog_progress_bar_t *); +VLC_API void dialog_ProgressSet(dialog_progress_bar_t *, const char *, float); +VLC_API bool dialog_ProgressCancelled(dialog_progress_bar_t *); + +VLC_API int dialog_Register(vlc_object_t *); +VLC_API int dialog_Unregister(vlc_object_t *); +#define dialog_Register(o) dialog_Register(VLC_OBJECT(o)) +#define dialog_Unregister(o) dialog_Unregister(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_epg.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_epg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ae770f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_epg.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_epg.h: Electronic Program Guide + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2007 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c0fd0f559ac3bb7ed6201889dcda998ebff3a413 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_EPG_H +#define VLC_EPG_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for storing dvb epg information + */ + +typedef struct +{ + int64_t i_start; /* Interpreted as a value return by time() */ + int i_duration; /* Duration of the event in second */ + + char *psz_name; + char *psz_short_description; + char *psz_description; + + uint8_t i_rating; /* Parental control, set to 0 when undefined */ +} vlc_epg_event_t; + +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_name; + vlc_epg_event_t *p_current; /* Can be null or should be the same than one of pp_event entry */ + + int i_event; + vlc_epg_event_t **pp_event; +} vlc_epg_t; + +/** + * It initializes a vlc_epg_t. + * + * You must call vlc_epg_Clean to release the associated resource. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Init(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, const char *psz_name); + +/** + * It releases all resources associated to a vlc_epg_t + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Clean(vlc_epg_t *p_epg); + +/** + * It creates and appends a new vlc_epg_event_t to a vlc_epg_t. + * + * \see vlc_epg_t for the definitions of the parameters. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_AddEvent(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, int64_t i_start, int i_duration, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_short_description, const char *psz_description, uint8_t i_rating ); + +/** + * It creates a new vlc_epg_t* + * + * You must call vlc_epg_Delete to release the associated resource. + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_t * vlc_epg_New(const char *psz_name) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It releases a vlc_epg_t*. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Delete(vlc_epg_t *p_epg); + +/** + * It set the current event of a vlc_epg_t given a start time + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_SetCurrent(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, int64_t i_start); + +/** + * It merges all the event of \p p_src and \p p_dst into \p p_dst. + * + * \p p_src is not modified. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Merge(vlc_epg_t *p_dst, const vlc_epg_t *p_src); + +#endif + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_es.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_es.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e131c73 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_es.h @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_es.h: Elementary stream formats descriptions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 8db588494350b40b0f9225df00234f44189c5072 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ES_H +#define VLC_ES_H 1 + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the elementary streams format types + */ + +/** + * video palette data + * \see video_format_t + * \see subs_format_t + */ +#define VIDEO_PALETTE_COLORS_MAX 256 + +struct video_palette_t +{ + int i_entries; /**< to keep the compatibility with libavcodec's palette */ + uint8_t palette[VIDEO_PALETTE_COLORS_MAX][4]; /**< 4-byte RGBA/YUVA palette */ +}; + +/** + * audio replay gain description + */ +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX (2) +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_TRACK (0) +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_ALBUM (1) +typedef struct +{ + /* true if we have the peak value */ + bool pb_peak[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + /* peak value where 1.0 means full sample value */ + float pf_peak[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + + /* true if we have the gain value */ + bool pb_gain[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + /* gain value in dB */ + float pf_gain[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; +} audio_replay_gain_t; + +/** + * audio format description + */ +struct audio_format_t +{ + vlc_fourcc_t i_format; /**< audio format fourcc */ + unsigned int i_rate; /**< audio sample-rate */ + + /* Describes the channels configuration of the samples (ie. number of + * channels which are available in the buffer, and positions). */ + uint16_t i_physical_channels; + + /* Describes from which original channels, before downmixing, the + * buffer is derived. */ + uint32_t i_original_channels; + + /* Optional - for A/52, SPDIF and DTS types : */ + /* Bytes used by one compressed frame, depends on bitrate. */ + unsigned int i_bytes_per_frame; + + /* Number of sampleframes contained in one compressed frame. */ + unsigned int i_frame_length; + /* Please note that it may be completely arbitrary - buffers are not + * obliged to contain a integral number of so-called "frames". It's + * just here for the division : + * buffer_size = i_nb_samples * i_bytes_per_frame / i_frame_length + */ + + /* FIXME ? (used by the codecs) */ + unsigned i_bitspersample; + unsigned i_blockalign; + uint8_t i_channels; /* must be <=32 */ +}; + +/* Values available for audio channels */ +#define AOUT_CHAN_CENTER 0x1 +#define AOUT_CHAN_LEFT 0x2 +#define AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT 0x4 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER 0x10 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT 0x20 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT 0x40 +#define AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT 0x100 +#define AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT 0x200 +#define AOUT_CHAN_LFE 0x1000 + +#define AOUT_CHANS_FRONT (AOUT_CHAN_LEFT | AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT | AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_REAR (AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT | AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_CENTER (AOUT_CHAN_CENTER | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER) + +#define AOUT_CHANS_STEREO AOUT_CHANS_2_0 +#define AOUT_CHANS_2_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_2_1 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_3_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_3_1 (AOUT_CHANS_3_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_REAR) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_1 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_0 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_1 (AOUT_CHANS_5_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_6_0 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_7_0 (AOUT_CHANS_6_0 | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_7_1 (AOUT_CHANS_5_1 | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_8_1 (AOUT_CHANS_7_1 | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER) + +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_0_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_CENTER_REAR (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_0_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_4_0_MIDDLE | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_6_1_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_5_0_MIDDLE | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) + +/* Values available for original channels only */ +#define AOUT_CHAN_DOLBYSTEREO 0x10000 +#define AOUT_CHAN_DUALMONO 0x20000 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REVERSESTEREO 0x40000 + +#define AOUT_CHAN_PHYSMASK 0xFFFF +#define AOUT_CHAN_MAX 9 + +/** + * Picture orientation. + */ +typedef enum video_orientation_t +{ + ORIENT_TOP_LEFT = 0, /**< Top line represents top, left column left. */ + ORIENT_TOP_RIGHT, /**< Flipped horizontally */ + ORIENT_BOTTOM_LEFT, /**< Flipped vertically */ + ORIENT_BOTTOM_RIGHT, /**< Rotated 180 degrees */ + ORIENT_LEFT_TOP, /**< Transposed */ + ORIENT_LEFT_BOTTOM, /**< Rotated 90 degrees clockwise */ + ORIENT_RIGHT_TOP, /**< Rotated 90 degrees anti-clockwise */ + ORIENT_RIGHT_BOTTOM, /**< Anti-transposed */ + + ORIENT_NORMAL = ORIENT_TOP_LEFT, + ORIENT_TRANSPOSED = ORIENT_LEFT_TOP, + ORIENT_ANTI_TRANSPOSED = ORIENT_RIGHT_BOTTOM, + ORIENT_HFLIPPED = ORIENT_TOP_RIGHT, + ORIENT_VFLIPPED = ORIENT_BOTTOM_LEFT, + ORIENT_ROTATED_180 = ORIENT_BOTTOM_RIGHT, + ORIENT_ROTATED_270 = ORIENT_LEFT_BOTTOM, + ORIENT_ROTATED_90 = ORIENT_RIGHT_TOP, +} video_orientation_t; +/** Convert EXIF orientation to enum video_orientation_t */ +#define ORIENT_FROM_EXIF(exif) ((0x01324675U >> (4 * ((exif) - 1))) & 7) +/** Convert enum video_orientation_t to EXIF */ +#define ORIENT_TO_EXIF(orient) ((0x12435867U >> (4 * (orient))) & 15) +/** If the orientation is natural or mirrored */ +#define ORIENT_IS_MIRROR(orient) parity(orient) +/** If the orientation swaps dimensions */ +#define ORIENT_IS_SWAP(orient) (((orient) & 4) != 0) +/** Applies horizontal flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_HFLIP(orient) ((orient) ^ 1) +/** Applies vertical flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_VFLIP(orient) ((orient) ^ 2) +/** Applies horizontal flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_ROTATE_180(orient) ((orient) ^ 3) + +typedef enum video_transform_t +{ + TRANSFORM_IDENTITY = ORIENT_NORMAL, + TRANSFORM_HFLIP = ORIENT_HFLIPPED, + TRANSFORM_VFLIP = ORIENT_VFLIPPED, + TRANSFORM_R180 = ORIENT_ROTATED_180, + TRANSFORM_R270 = ORIENT_ROTATED_270, + TRANSFORM_R90 = ORIENT_ROTATED_90, + TRANSFORM_TRANSPOSE = ORIENT_TRANSPOSED, + TRANSFORM_ANTI_TRANSPOSE = ORIENT_ANTI_TRANSPOSED +} video_transform_t; + +/** + * video format description + */ +struct video_format_t +{ + vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma; /**< picture chroma */ + + unsigned int i_width; /**< picture width */ + unsigned int i_height; /**< picture height */ + unsigned int i_x_offset; /**< start offset of visible area */ + unsigned int i_y_offset; /**< start offset of visible area */ + unsigned int i_visible_width; /**< width of visible area */ + unsigned int i_visible_height; /**< height of visible area */ + + unsigned int i_bits_per_pixel; /**< number of bits per pixel */ + + unsigned int i_sar_num; /**< sample/pixel aspect ratio */ + unsigned int i_sar_den; + + unsigned int i_frame_rate; /**< frame rate numerator */ + unsigned int i_frame_rate_base; /**< frame rate denominator */ + + uint32_t i_rmask, i_gmask, i_bmask; /**< color masks for RGB chroma */ + int i_rrshift, i_lrshift; + int i_rgshift, i_lgshift; + int i_rbshift, i_lbshift; + video_palette_t *p_palette; /**< video palette from demuxer */ + video_orientation_t orientation; /**< picture orientation */ +}; + +/** + * Initialize a video_format_t structure with chroma 'i_chroma' + * \param p_src pointer to video_format_t structure + * \param i_chroma chroma value to use + */ +static inline void video_format_Init( video_format_t *p_src, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma ) +{ + memset( p_src, 0, sizeof( video_format_t ) ); + p_src->i_chroma = i_chroma; + p_src->i_sar_num = p_src->i_sar_den = 1; + p_src->p_palette = NULL; +} + +/** + * Copy video_format_t including the palette + * \param p_dst video_format_t to copy to + * \param p_src video_format_t to copy from + */ +static inline int video_format_Copy( video_format_t *p_dst, const video_format_t *p_src ) +{ + memcpy( p_dst, p_src, sizeof( *p_dst ) ); + if( p_src->p_palette ) + { + p_dst->p_palette = (video_palette_t *) malloc( sizeof( video_palette_t ) ); + if( !p_dst->p_palette ) + return VLC_ENOMEM; + memcpy( p_dst->p_palette, p_src->p_palette, sizeof( *p_dst->p_palette ) ); + } + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * Cleanup and free palette of this video_format_t + * \param p_src video_format_t structure to clean + */ +static inline void video_format_Clean( video_format_t *p_src ) +{ + free( p_src->p_palette ); + memset( p_src, 0, sizeof( video_format_t ) ); + p_src->p_palette = NULL; +} + +/** + * It will fill up a video_format_t using the given arguments. + * Note that the video_format_t must already be initialized. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_Setup( video_format_t *, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma, + int i_width, int i_height, int i_visible_width, int i_visible_height, + int i_sar_num, int i_sar_den ); + +/** + * It will copy the crop properties from a video_format_t to another. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_CopyCrop( video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * It will compute the crop/ar properties when scaling. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_ScaleCropAr( video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This function "normalizes" the formats orientation, by switching the a/r according to the orientation, + * producing a format whose orientation is ORIENT_NORMAL. It makes a shallow copy (pallette is not alloc'ed). + */ +VLC_API void video_format_ApplyRotation(video_format_t * /*restrict*/ out, + const video_format_t *in); + +/** + * This function applies the transform operation to fmt. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_TransformBy(video_format_t *fmt, video_transform_t transform); + +/** + * This function applies the transforms necessary to fmt so that the resulting fmt + * has the dst_orientation. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_TransformTo(video_format_t *fmt, video_orientation_t dst_orientation); + +/** + * Returns the operation required to transform src into dst. + */ +VLC_API video_transform_t video_format_GetTransform(video_orientation_t src, video_orientation_t dst); + +/** + * This function will check if the first video format is similar + * to the second one. + */ +VLC_API bool video_format_IsSimilar( const video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * It prints details about the given video_format_t + */ +VLC_API void video_format_Print( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const video_format_t * ); + + +static inline video_transform_t transform_Inverse( video_transform_t transform ) +{ + switch ( transform ) { + case TRANSFORM_R90: + return TRANSFORM_R270; + case TRANSFORM_R270: + return TRANSFORM_R90; + default: + return transform; + } +} +/** + * subtitles format description + */ +struct subs_format_t +{ + /* the character encoding of the text of the subtitle. + * all gettext recognized shorts can be used */ + char *psz_encoding; + + + int i_x_origin; /**< x coordinate of the subtitle. 0 = left */ + int i_y_origin; /**< y coordinate of the subtitle. 0 = top */ + + struct + { + /* */ + uint32_t palette[16+1]; + + /* the width of the original movie the spu was extracted from */ + int i_original_frame_width; + /* the height of the original movie the spu was extracted from */ + int i_original_frame_height; + } spu; + + struct + { + int i_id; + } dvb; + struct + { + int i_magazine; + int i_page; + } teletext; + + text_style_t *p_style; /* Default styles to use */ +}; + +/** + * ES language definition + */ +typedef struct extra_languages_t +{ + char *psz_language; + char *psz_description; +} extra_languages_t; + +/** + * ES format definition + */ +#define ES_PRIORITY_NOT_SELECTABLE -2 +#define ES_PRIORITY_NOT_DEFAULTABLE -1 +#define ES_PRIORITY_SELECTABLE_MIN 0 +#define ES_PRIORITY_MIN ES_PRIORITY_NOT_SELECTABLE +struct es_format_t +{ + int i_cat; /**< ES category @see es_format_category_e */ + vlc_fourcc_t i_codec; /**< FOURCC value as used in vlc */ + vlc_fourcc_t i_original_fourcc; /**< original FOURCC from the container */ + + int i_id; /**< es identifier, where means + -1: let the core mark the right id + >=0: valid id */ + int i_group; /**< group identifier, where means: + -1 : standalone + >= 0 then a "group" (program) is created + for each value */ + int i_priority; /**< priority, where means: + -2 : mean not selectable by the users + -1 : mean not selected by default even + when no other stream + >=0: priority */ + + char *psz_language; /**< human readible language name */ + char *psz_description; /**< human readible description of language */ + int i_extra_languages; /**< length in bytes of extra language data pointer */ + extra_languages_t *p_extra_languages; /**< extra language data needed by some decoders */ + + audio_format_t audio; /**< description of audio format */ + audio_replay_gain_t audio_replay_gain; /*< audio replay gain information */ + video_format_t video; /**< description of video format */ + subs_format_t subs; /**< description of subtitle format */ + + unsigned int i_bitrate; /**< bitrate of this ES */ + int i_profile; /**< codec specific information (like real audio flavor, mpeg audio layer, h264 profile ...) */ + int i_level; /**< codec specific information: indicates maximum restrictions on the stream (resolution, bitrate, codec features ...) */ + + bool b_packetized; /**< whether the data is packetized (ie. not truncated) */ + int i_extra; /**< length in bytes of extra data pointer */ + void *p_extra; /**< extra data needed by some decoders or muxers */ + +}; + +/** ES Categories */ +enum es_format_category_e +{ + UNKNOWN_ES = 0x00, + VIDEO_ES, + AUDIO_ES, + SPU_ES, + NAV_ES, +}; +#define ES_CATEGORY_COUNT (NAV_ES + 1) + +/** + * This function will fill all RGB shift from RGB masks. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_FixRgb( video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This function will initialize a es_format_t structure. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_Init( es_format_t *, int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_codec ); + +/** + * This function will initialize a es_format_t structure from a video_format_t. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_InitFromVideo( es_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This functions will copy a es_format_t. + */ +VLC_API int es_format_Copy( es_format_t *p_dst, const es_format_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will clean up a es_format_t and release all associated + * resources. + * You can call it multiple times on the same structure. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_Clean( es_format_t *fmt ); + +/** + * This function will check if the first ES format is similar + * to the second one. + * + * All descriptive fields are ignored. + */ +VLC_API bool es_format_IsSimilar( const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_es_out.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_es_out.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e2bad1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_es_out.h @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_es_out.h: es_out (demuxer output) descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: cf1abcec08467eb495ad62474e055c1500f358b6 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ES_OUT_H +#define VLC_ES_OUT_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for handling es_out in stream output + */ + +/** + * \defgroup es out Es Out + * @{ + */ + +enum es_out_query_e +{ + /* set ES selected for the es category (audio/video/spu) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + ES_OUT_RESTART_ES, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + + /* set 'default' tag on ES (copied across from container) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_DEFAULT, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + + /* force selection/unselection of the ES (bypass current mode) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_STATE,/* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=bool */ + ES_OUT_GET_ES_STATE,/* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=bool* */ + + /* */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP, /* arg1= int */ + + /* PCR handling, DTS/PTS will be automatically computed using thoses PCR + * XXX: SET_PCR(_GROUP) are in charge of the pace control. They will wait + * to slow down the demuxer so that it reads at the right speed. + * XXX: if you want PREROLL just call ES_OUT_SET_NEXT_DISPLAY_TIME and send + * as you would normally do. + */ + ES_OUT_SET_PCR, /* arg1=int64_t i_pcr(microsecond!) (using default group 0)*/ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_PCR, /* arg1= int i_group, arg2=int64_t i_pcr(microsecond!)*/ + ES_OUT_RESET_PCR, /* no arg */ + + /* Try not to use this one as it is a bit hacky */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_FMT, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=es_format_t* */ + + /* Allow preroll of data (data with dts/pts < i_pts for all ES will be decoded but not displayed */ + ES_OUT_SET_NEXT_DISPLAY_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t i_pts(microsecond) */ + /* Set meta data for group (dynamic) (The vlc_meta_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_META, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_meta_t */ + /* Set epg for group (dynamic) (The vlc_epg_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_EPG, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_epg_t */ + /* */ + ES_OUT_DEL_GROUP, /* arg1=int i_group */ + + /* Set scrambled state for one es */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_SCRAMBLED_STATE, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=es_out_id_t* */ + + /* Stop any buffering being done, and ask if es_out has no more data to + * play. + * It will not block and so MUST be used carrefully. The only good reason + * is for interactive playback (like for DVD menu). + * XXX You SHALL call ES_OUT_RESET_PCR before any other es_out_Control/Send calls. */ + ES_OUT_GET_EMPTY, /* arg1=bool* res=cannot fail */ + + /* Set global meta data (The vlc_meta_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_META, /* arg1=const vlc_meta_t * */ + + /* PCR system clock manipulation for external clock synchronization */ + ES_OUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=mtime_t *, arg2=mtime_t * res=can fail */ + ES_OUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=int is_absolute, arg2=mtime_t, res=can fail */ + + /* First value usable for private control */ + ES_OUT_PRIVATE_START = 0x10000, +}; + +struct es_out_t +{ + es_out_id_t *(*pf_add) ( es_out_t *, const es_format_t * ); + int (*pf_send) ( es_out_t *, es_out_id_t *, block_t * ); + void (*pf_del) ( es_out_t *, es_out_id_t * ); + int (*pf_control)( es_out_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + void (*pf_destroy)( es_out_t * ); + + es_out_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +VLC_USED +static inline es_out_id_t * es_out_Add( es_out_t *out, const es_format_t *fmt ) +{ + return out->pf_add( out, fmt ); +} + +static inline void es_out_Del( es_out_t *out, es_out_id_t *id ) +{ + out->pf_del( out, id ); +} + +static inline int es_out_Send( es_out_t *out, es_out_id_t *id, + block_t *p_block ) +{ + return out->pf_send( out, id, p_block ); +} + +static inline int es_out_vaControl( es_out_t *out, int i_query, va_list args ) +{ + return out->pf_control( out, i_query, args ); +} + +static inline int es_out_Control( es_out_t *out, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = es_out_vaControl( out, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +static inline void es_out_Delete( es_out_t *p_out ) +{ + p_out->pf_destroy( p_out ); +} + +static inline int es_out_ControlSetMeta( es_out_t *out, const vlc_meta_t *p_meta ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_SET_META, p_meta ); +} + +static inline int es_out_ControlGetPcrSystem( es_out_t *out, mtime_t *pi_system, mtime_t *pi_delay ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, pi_system, pi_delay ); +} +static inline int es_out_ControlModifyPcrSystem( es_out_t *out, bool b_absolute, mtime_t i_system ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, b_absolute, i_system ); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_events.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_events.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b167e91 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_events.h @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_events.h: events definitions + * Interface used to send events. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2007 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c3425102b47c0ed953b527412521d1c8698b083e $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_EVENTS_H +# define VLC_EVENTS_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file is the interface definition for events + * (implementation in src/misc/events.c) + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Documentation + *****************************************************************************/ +/* + **** Background + * + * This implements a way to send and receive event for an object (which can be + * a simple C struct or less). + * + * This is in direct concurrency with the Variable based Callback + * (see src/misc/variables.c). + * + * It has the following advantages over Variable based Callback: + * - No need to implement the whole VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS in the object, + * thus it reduce it size. This is especially true for input_item_t which + * doesn't have VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS. This is the first reason of existence of + * this implementation. + * - Libvlc can easily be based upon that. + * - Existing event are clearly declared (in include/vlc_events.h) + * + * + **** Example usage + * + * (vlc_cool_object_t doesn't need to have the VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS.) + * + * struct vlc_cool_object_t + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_t p_event_manager; + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_new() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_init( &p_self->p_event_manager, p_self, p_a_libvlc_object ); + * vlc_event_manager_register_event_type(p_self->p_event_manager, + * vlc_MyCoolObjectDidSomething, p_e) + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_release() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_fini( &p_self->p_event_manager ); + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_do_something() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_t event; + * event.type = vlc_MyCoolObjectDidSomething; + * event.u.my_cool_object_did_something.what_it_did = kSomething; + * vlc_event_send( &p_self->p_event_manager, &event ); + * } + * */ + + /***************************************************************************** + * Event Type + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Private structure defined in misc/events.c */ +struct vlc_event_listeners_group_t; + +/* Event manager type */ +typedef struct vlc_event_manager_t +{ + void * p_obj; + vlc_mutex_t object_lock; + vlc_mutex_t event_sending_lock; + DECL_ARRAY(struct vlc_event_listeners_group_t *) listeners_groups; +} vlc_event_manager_t; + +/* List of event */ +typedef enum vlc_event_type_t { + /* Input (thread) events */ + vlc_InputStateChanged, + vlc_InputSelectedStreamChanged, + + /* Input item events */ + vlc_InputItemMetaChanged, + vlc_InputItemSubItemAdded, + vlc_InputItemSubItemTreeAdded, + vlc_InputItemDurationChanged, + vlc_InputItemPreparsedChanged, + vlc_InputItemNameChanged, + vlc_InputItemInfoChanged, + vlc_InputItemErrorWhenReadingChanged, + + /* Service Discovery event */ + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryItemAdded, + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryItemRemoved, + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryItemRemoveAll, + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryStarted, + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryEnded, + + /* Addons Manager events */ + vlc_AddonFound, + vlc_AddonsDiscoveryEnded, + vlc_AddonChanged +} vlc_event_type_t; + +/* Event definition */ +typedef struct vlc_event_t +{ + vlc_event_type_t type; + void * p_obj; /* Sender object, automatically filled by vlc_event_send() */ + union vlc_event_type_specific + { + /* Input (thread) events */ + struct vlc_input_state_changed + { + int new_state; + } input_state_changed; + struct vlc_input_selected_stream_changed + { + void * unused; + } input_selected_stream_changed; + + /* Input item events */ + struct vlc_input_item_meta_changed + { + vlc_meta_type_t meta_type; + } input_item_meta_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_subitem_added + { + input_item_t * p_new_child; + } input_item_subitem_added; + struct vlc_input_item_subitem_tree_added + { + input_item_node_t * p_root; + } input_item_subitem_tree_added; + struct vlc_input_item_duration_changed + { + mtime_t new_duration; + } input_item_duration_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_preparsed_changed + { + int new_status; + } input_item_preparsed_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_name_changed + { + const char * new_name; + } input_item_name_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_info_changed + { + void * unused; + } input_item_info_changed; + struct input_item_error_when_reading_changed + { + bool new_value; + } input_item_error_when_reading_changed; + + /* Service discovery events */ + struct vlc_services_discovery_item_added + { + input_item_t * p_new_item; + const char * psz_category; + } services_discovery_item_added; + struct vlc_services_discovery_item_removed + { + input_item_t * p_item; + } services_discovery_item_removed; + struct vlc_services_discovery_started + { + void * unused; + } services_discovery_started; + struct vlc_services_discovery_ended + { + void * unused; + } services_discovery_ended; + + /* Addons */ + struct vlc_addon_generic_event + { + addon_entry_t * p_entry; + } addon_generic_event; + } u; +} vlc_event_t; + +/* Event callback type */ +typedef void ( *vlc_event_callback_t )( const vlc_event_t *, void * ); + + /***************************************************************************** + * Event manager + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * p_obj points to the object that owns the event manager, and from + * which events are sent + */ +VLC_API int vlc_event_manager_init( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, void * p_obj ); + +/* + * Destroy + */ +VLC_API void vlc_event_manager_fini( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em ); + +/* + * Tells a specific event manager that it will handle event_type object + */ +VLC_API int vlc_event_manager_register_event_type( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, + vlc_event_type_t ); + +/* + * Send an event to the listener attached to this p_em. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_event_send( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, vlc_event_t * ); + +/* + * Add a callback for an event. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_event_attach( vlc_event_manager_t * p_event_manager, + vlc_event_type_t event_type, + vlc_event_callback_t pf_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +/* + * Remove a callback for an event. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_event_detach( vlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + vlc_event_type_t event_type, + vlc_event_callback_t pf_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +#endif /* VLC_EVENTS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_filter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_filter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91a14a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_filter.h @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_filter.h: filter related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 320cbac3a4a5b8461ec41eabd77f323bbbc509dd $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FILTER_H +#define VLC_FILTER_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the structure and types used by video and audio filters + */ + +typedef struct filter_owner_sys_t filter_owner_sys_t; + +/** Structure describing a filter + * @warning BIG FAT WARNING : the code relies on the first 4 members of + * filter_t and decoder_t to be the same, so if you have anything to add, + * do it at the end of the structure. + */ +struct filter_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + filter_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Input format */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Output format of filter */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + bool b_allow_fmt_out_change; + + /* Filter configuration */ + config_chain_t * p_cfg; + + union + { + struct + { + picture_t * (*pf_filter) ( filter_t *, picture_t * ); + void (*pf_flush)( filter_t * ); + picture_t * (*pf_buffer_new) ( filter_t * ); + void (*pf_buffer_del) ( filter_t *, picture_t * ); + /* Filter mouse state. + * + * If non-NULL, you must convert from output to input formats: + * - If VLC_SUCCESS is returned, the mouse state is propagated. + * - Otherwise, the mouse change is not propagated. + * If NULL, the mouse state is considered unchanged and will be + * propagated. + */ + int (*pf_mouse)( filter_t *, vlc_mouse_t *, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ); + } video; +#define pf_video_filter u.video.pf_filter +#define pf_video_flush u.video.pf_flush +#define pf_video_mouse u.video.pf_mouse +#define pf_video_buffer_new u.video.pf_buffer_new +#define pf_video_buffer_del u.video.pf_buffer_del + + struct + { + block_t * (*pf_filter) ( filter_t *, block_t * ); + } audio; +#define pf_audio_filter u.audio.pf_filter + + struct + { + void (*pf_blend) ( filter_t *, picture_t *, + const picture_t *, int, int, int ); + } blend; +#define pf_video_blend u.blend.pf_blend + + struct + { + subpicture_t * (*pf_source) ( filter_t *, mtime_t ); + subpicture_t * (*pf_buffer_new)( filter_t * ); + void (*pf_buffer_del)( filter_t *, subpicture_t * ); + int (*pf_mouse) ( filter_t *, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + const video_format_t * ); + } sub; +#define pf_sub_source u.sub.pf_source +#define pf_sub_buffer_new u.sub.pf_buffer_new +#define pf_sub_buffer_del u.sub.pf_buffer_del +#define pf_sub_mouse u.sub.pf_mouse + + struct + { + subpicture_t * (*pf_filter) ( filter_t *, subpicture_t * ); + } subf; +#define pf_sub_filter u.subf.pf_filter + + struct + { + int (*pf_text) ( filter_t *, subpicture_region_t *, + subpicture_region_t *, + const vlc_fourcc_t * ); + int (*pf_html) ( filter_t *, subpicture_region_t *, + subpicture_region_t *, + const vlc_fourcc_t * ); + } render; +#define pf_render_text u.render.pf_text +#define pf_render_html u.render.pf_html + + } u; + + /* Input attachments + * XXX use filter_GetInputAttachments */ + int (*pf_get_attachments)( filter_t *, input_attachment_t ***, int * ); + + /* Private structure for the owner of the decoder */ + filter_owner_sys_t *p_owner; +}; + +/** + * This function will return a new picture usable by p_filter as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using filter_DeletePicture or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_video_filter return value. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \return new picture on success or NULL on failure + */ +static inline picture_t *filter_NewPicture( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + picture_t *p_picture = p_filter->pf_video_buffer_new( p_filter ); + if( !p_picture ) + msg_Warn( p_filter, "can't get output picture" ); + return p_picture; +} + +/** + * This function will release a picture create by filter_NewPicture. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \param p_picture picture to be deleted + */ +static inline void filter_DeletePicture( filter_t *p_filter, picture_t *p_picture ) +{ + p_filter->pf_video_buffer_del( p_filter, p_picture ); +} + +/** + * This function will flush the state of a video filter. + */ +static inline void filter_FlushPictures( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + if( p_filter->pf_video_flush ) + p_filter->pf_video_flush( p_filter ); +} + +/** + * This function will return a new subpicture usable by p_filter as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using filter_DeleteSubpicture or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_sub_source return value. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \return new subpicture + */ +static inline subpicture_t *filter_NewSubpicture( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + subpicture_t *p_subpicture = p_filter->pf_sub_buffer_new( p_filter ); + if( !p_subpicture ) + msg_Warn( p_filter, "can't get output subpicture" ); + return p_subpicture; +} + +/** + * This function will release a subpicture create by filter_NewSubicture. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \param p_subpicture to be released + */ +static inline void filter_DeleteSubpicture( filter_t *p_filter, subpicture_t *p_subpicture ) +{ + p_filter->pf_sub_buffer_del( p_filter, p_subpicture ); +} + +/** + * This function gives all input attachments at once. + * + * You MUST release the returned values + */ +static inline int filter_GetInputAttachments( filter_t *p_filter, + input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, + int *pi_attachment ) +{ + if( !p_filter->pf_get_attachments ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + return p_filter->pf_get_attachments( p_filter, + ppp_attachment, pi_attachment ); +} + +/** + * It creates a blend filter. + * + * Only the chroma properties of the dest format is used (chroma + * type, rgb masks and shifts) + */ +VLC_API filter_t * filter_NewBlend( vlc_object_t *, const video_format_t *p_dst_chroma ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It configures blend filter parameters that are allowed to changed + * after the creation. + */ +VLC_API int filter_ConfigureBlend( filter_t *, int i_dst_width, int i_dst_height, const video_format_t *p_src ); + +/** + * It blends a picture into another one. + * + * The input picture is not modified and not released. + */ +VLC_API int filter_Blend( filter_t *, picture_t *p_dst, int i_dst_x, int i_dst_y, const picture_t *p_src, int i_alpha ); + +/** + * It destroys a blend filter created by filter_NewBlend. + */ +VLC_API void filter_DeleteBlend( filter_t * ); + +/** + * Create a picture_t *(*)( filter_t *, picture_t * ) compatible wrapper + * using a void (*)( filter_t *, picture_t *, picture_t * ) function + * + * Currently used by the chroma video filters + */ +#define VIDEO_FILTER_WRAPPER( name ) \ + static picture_t *name ## _Filter ( filter_t *p_filter, \ + picture_t *p_pic ) \ + { \ + picture_t *p_outpic = filter_NewPicture( p_filter ); \ + if( p_outpic ) \ + { \ + name( p_filter, p_pic, p_outpic ); \ + picture_CopyProperties( p_outpic, p_pic ); \ + } \ + picture_Release( p_pic ); \ + return p_outpic; \ + } + +/** + * Filter chain management API + * The filter chain management API is used to dynamically construct filters + * and add them in a chain. + */ + +typedef struct filter_chain_t filter_chain_t; + +/** + * Create new filter chain + * + * \param p_object pointer to a vlc object + * \param psz_capability vlc capability of filters in filter chain + * \param b_allow_format_fmt_change allow changing of fmt + * \param pf_buffer_allocation_init callback function to initialize buffer allocations + * \param pf_buffer_allocation_clear callback function to clear buffer allocation initialization + * \param p_buffer_allocation_data pointer to private allocation data + * \return pointer to a filter chain + */ +VLC_API filter_chain_t * filter_chain_New( vlc_object_t *, const char *, bool, int (*)( filter_t *, void * ), void (*)( filter_t * ), void * ) VLC_USED; +#define filter_chain_New( a, b, c, d, e, f ) filter_chain_New( VLC_OBJECT( a ), b, c, d, e, f ) + +/** + * Delete filter chain will delete all filters in the chain and free all + * allocated data. The pointer to the filter chain is then no longer valid. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_Delete( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Reset filter chain will delete all filters in the chain and + * reset p_fmt_in and p_fmt_out to the new values. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_fmt_in new fmt_in params + * \param p_fmt_out new fmt_out params + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_Reset( filter_chain_t *, const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +/** + * Append filter to the end of the chain. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param psz_name name of filter + * \param p_cfg + * \param p_fmt_in input es_format_t + * \param p_fmt_out output es_format_t + * \return pointer to filter chain + */ +VLC_API filter_t * filter_chain_AppendFilter( filter_chain_t *, const char *, config_chain_t *, const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +/** + * Append new filter to filter chain from string. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param psz_string string of filters + * \return 0 for success + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_AppendFromString( filter_chain_t *, const char * ); + +/** + * Delete filter from filter chain. This function also releases the filter + * object and unloads the filter modules. The pointer to p_filter is no + * longer valid after this function successfully returns. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_filter pointer to filter object + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on succes, else VLC_EGENERIC + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_DeleteFilter( filter_chain_t *, filter_t * ); + +/** + * Get the number of filters in the filter chain. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \return number of filters in this filter chain + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_GetLength( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Get last p_fmt_out in the chain. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \return last p_fmt (es_format_t) of this filter chain + */ +VLC_API const es_format_t * filter_chain_GetFmtOut( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a video picture. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_picture picture to apply filters on + * \return modified picture after applying all video filters + */ +VLC_API picture_t * filter_chain_VideoFilter( filter_chain_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * Flush a video filter chain. + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_VideoFlush( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a audio block. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_block audio frame to apply filters on + * \return modified audio frame after applying all audio filters + */ +VLC_API block_t * filter_chain_AudioFilter( filter_chain_t *, block_t * ); + +/** + * Apply filter chain to subpictures. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param display_date of subpictures + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_SubSource( filter_chain_t *, mtime_t ); + +/** + * Apply filter chain to subpictures. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_subpicture subpicture to apply filters on + * \return modified subpicture after applying all subpicture filters + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * filter_chain_SubFilter( filter_chain_t *, subpicture_t * ); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a mouse state. + * + * It will be applied from the output to the input. It makes sense only + * for a video filter chain. + * + * The vlc_mouse_t* pointers may be the same. + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_MouseFilter( filter_chain_t *, vlc_mouse_t *, const vlc_mouse_t * ); + +/** + * Inform the filter chain of mouse state. + * + * It makes sense only for a sub source chain. + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_MouseEvent( filter_chain_t *, const vlc_mouse_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +#endif /* _VLC_FILTER_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5d3afe --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fingerprinter.h: Fingerprinter abstraction layer + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FINGERPRINTER_H +# define VLC_FINGERPRINTER_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct fingerprinter_sys_t fingerprinter_sys_t; + +struct fingerprint_request_t +{ + input_item_t *p_item; + unsigned int i_duration; /* track length hint in seconds, 0 if unkown */ + struct + { + char *psz_fingerprint; + vlc_array_t metas_array; + } results ; +}; +typedef struct fingerprint_request_t fingerprint_request_t; + +static inline fingerprint_request_t *fingerprint_request_New( input_item_t *p_item ) +{ + fingerprint_request_t *p_r = + ( fingerprint_request_t * ) calloc( 1, sizeof( fingerprint_request_t ) ); + if ( !p_r ) return NULL; + p_r->results.psz_fingerprint = NULL; + p_r->i_duration = 0; + vlc_gc_incref( p_item ); + p_r->p_item = p_item; + vlc_array_init( & p_r->results.metas_array ); /* shouldn't be needed */ + return p_r; +} + +static inline void fingerprint_request_Delete( fingerprint_request_t *p_f ) +{ + vlc_gc_decref( p_f->p_item ); + free( p_f->results.psz_fingerprint ); + for( int i = 0; i < vlc_array_count( & p_f->results.metas_array ); i++ ) + vlc_meta_Delete( (vlc_meta_t *) vlc_array_item_at_index( & p_f->results.metas_array, i ) ); + free( p_f ); +} + +struct fingerprinter_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Specific interfaces */ + fingerprinter_sys_t * p_sys; + + module_t * p_module; + void ( *pf_run ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t * ); + + void ( *pf_enqueue ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t *f, fingerprint_request_t *r ); + fingerprint_request_t * ( *pf_getresults ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t *f ); + void ( *pf_apply ) ( fingerprint_request_t *, int i_resultid ); +}; +typedef struct fingerprinter_thread_t fingerprinter_thread_t; + +VLC_API fingerprinter_thread_t *fingerprinter_Create( vlc_object_t *p_this ); +VLC_API void fingerprinter_Destroy( fingerprinter_thread_t *p_fingerprint ); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f691438 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,575 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fourcc.h: Definition of various FOURCC and helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: debb5c97d7d74c6591943104a4fb2afc15a1aa49 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FOURCC_H +#define VLC_FOURCC_H 1 + +#include + +/* Video codec */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MPGV VLC_FOURCC('m','p','g','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_MP4V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','4','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV1 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV2 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV3 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVQ1 VLC_FOURCC('S','V','Q','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVQ3 VLC_FOURCC('S','V','Q','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H264 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263I VLC_FOURCC('I','2','6','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263P VLC_FOURCC('I','L','V','R') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLV1 VLC_FOURCC('F','L','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_H261 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_MJPG VLC_FOURCC('M','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_MJPGB VLC_FOURCC('m','j','p','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_LJPG VLC_FOURCC('L','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV1 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV2 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV3 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVA VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVP VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','P') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVP2 VLC_FOURCC('W','V','P','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_VC1 VLC_FOURCC('V','C','-','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_THEORA VLC_FOURCC('t','h','e','o') +#define VLC_CODEC_TARKIN VLC_FOURCC('t','a','r','k') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIRAC VLC_FOURCC('d','r','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_CAVS VLC_FOURCC('C','A','V','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_NUV VLC_FOURCC('N','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV10 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV13 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV20 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV30 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','3','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV40 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','4','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP3 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','3',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP5 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','5',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6F VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','F') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6A VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSVIDEO1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLIC VLC_FOURCC('F','L','I','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_SP5X VLC_FOURCC('S','P','5','X') +#define VLC_CODEC_DV VLC_FOURCC('d','v',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSRLE VLC_FOURCC('m','r','l','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_HUFFYUV VLC_FOURCC('H','F','Y','U') +#define VLC_CODEC_FFVHUFF VLC_FOURCC('F','F','V','H') +#define VLC_CODEC_ASV1 VLC_FOURCC('A','S','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ASV2 VLC_FOURCC('A','S','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_FFV1 VLC_FOURCC('F','F','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_VCR1 VLC_FOURCC('V','C','R','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_CLJR VLC_FOURCC('C','L','J','R') +#define VLC_CODEC_RPZA VLC_FOURCC('r','p','z','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMC VLC_FOURCC('s','m','c',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_CINEPAK VLC_FOURCC('C','V','I','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_TSCC VLC_FOURCC('T','S','C','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_CSCD VLC_FOURCC('C','S','C','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_ZMBV VLC_FOURCC('Z','M','B','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMNC VLC_FOURCC('V','M','n','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_FRAPS VLC_FOURCC('F','P','S','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEMOTION1 VLC_FOURCC('D','U','C','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEMOTION2 VLC_FOURCC('T','M','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_QTRLE VLC_FOURCC('r','l','e',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDRAW VLC_FOURCC('q','d','r','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_QPEG VLC_FOURCC('Q','P','E','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_ULTI VLC_FOURCC('U','L','T','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_VIXL VLC_FOURCC('V','I','X','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_LOCO VLC_FOURCC('L','O','C','O') +#define VLC_CODEC_WNV1 VLC_FOURCC('W','N','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_AASC VLC_FOURCC('A','A','S','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO2 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO3 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','3','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO4 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','4','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO5 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','5','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLASHSV VLC_FOURCC('F','S','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_KMVC VLC_FOURCC('K','M','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMACKVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('S','M','K','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_DNXHD VLC_FOURCC('A','V','d','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_8BPS VLC_FOURCC('8','B','P','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_MIMIC VLC_FOURCC('M','L','2','O') +#define VLC_CODEC_INTERPLAY VLC_FOURCC('i','m','v','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_IDCIN VLC_FOURCC('I','D','C','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_4XM VLC_FOURCC('4','X','M','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_ROQ VLC_FOURCC('R','o','Q','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_MDEC VLC_FOURCC('M','D','E','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMDVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('V','M','D','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_CDG VLC_FOURCC('C','D','G',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_FRWU VLC_FOURCC('F','R','W','U') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMV VLC_FOURCC('A','M','V',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP7 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','7','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP8 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','8','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP9 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','9','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEG2000 VLC_FOURCC('J','P','2','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_LAGARITH VLC_FOURCC('L','A','G','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLASHSV2 VLC_FOURCC('F','S','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_PRORES VLC_FOURCC('a','p','c','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_MXPEG VLC_FOURCC('M','X','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_CDXL VLC_FOURCC('C','D','X','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMVVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('B','M','V','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_UTVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('U','L','R','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_VBLE VLC_FOURCC('V','B','L','E') +#define VLC_CODEC_DXTORY VLC_FOURCC('x','t','o','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSS1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','S','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSS2 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','S','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSA1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_TSC2 VLC_FOURCC('T','S','C','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_MTS2 VLC_FOURCC('M','T','S','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_HEVC VLC_FOURCC('h','e','v','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ICOD VLC_FOURCC('i','c','o','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M2 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M3 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M4 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('B','I','K','f') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKAUDIO_DCT VLC_FOURCC('B','A','U','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKAUDIO_RDFT VLC_FOURCC('B','A','U','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_XAN_WC4 VLC_FOURCC('X','x','a','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_LCL_MSZH VLC_FOURCC('M','S','Z','H') +#define VLC_CODEC_LCL_ZLIB VLC_FOURCC('Z','L','I','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_THP VLC_FOURCC('T','H','P','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_ESCAPE124 VLC_FOURCC('E','1','2','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_KGV1 VLC_FOURCC('K','G','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_CLLC VLC_FOURCC('C','L','L','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_AURA VLC_FOURCC('A','U','R','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_FIC VLC_FOURCC('F','I','C','V') + +/* Planar YUV 4:1:0 Y:V:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YV9 VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','U','9') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:V:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YV12 VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','1','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:1:0 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I410 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','1','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:1:1 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I411 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','1','1') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:0 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I440 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','4','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','4','4') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 16-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_16L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_16B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','F','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J420 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','2','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J422 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','2','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:0 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J440 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','4','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J444 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','4','4') +/* Palettized YUV with palette element Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVP VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','V','P') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVA VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','V','A') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUV422A VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','A') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUV420A VLC_FOURCC('I','4','0','A') + +/* Palettized RGB with palette element R:G:B */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBP VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','P') +/* 8 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB8 VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','8') +/* 12 bits RGB padded to 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB12 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','2') +/* 15 bits RGB padded to 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB15 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','5') +/* 16 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB16 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','6') +/* 24 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB24 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','2','4') +/* 24 bits RGB padded to 32 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB32 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','3','2') +/* 32 bits RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBA VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','A') +/* 32 bits ARGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_ARGB VLC_FOURCC('A','R','G','B') +/* 32 bits BGRA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_BGRA VLC_FOURCC('B','G','R','A') + +/* Planar GBR 4:4:4 8 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR VLC_FOURCC('G','B','R','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_9B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','9','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_9L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_10B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','A','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_10L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_16L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_16B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','F','B') + +/* 8 bits grey */ +#define VLC_CODEC_GREY VLC_FOURCC('G','R','E','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, U:Y:V:Y */ +#define VLC_CODEC_UYVY VLC_FOURCC('U','Y','V','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, V:Y:U:Y */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VYUY VLC_FOURCC('V','Y','U','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, Y:U:Y:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUYV VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','Y','2') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, Y:V:Y:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YVYU VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','Y','U') +/* Packed YUV 2:1:1, Y:U:Y:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_Y211 VLC_FOURCC('Y','2','1','1') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, U:Y:V:Y, reverted */ +#define VLC_CODEC_CYUV VLC_FOURCC('c','y','u','v') +/* 10-bit 4:2:2 Component YCbCr */ +#define VLC_CODEC_V210 VLC_FOURCC('v','2','1','0') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV12 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','1','2') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV21 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','2','1') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV16 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','1','6') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV61 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','6','1') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV24 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','2','4') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV42 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','4','2') + +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_420 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','0') +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_422 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','2') +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_444 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','4') +/* VDPAU output surface RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_OUTPUT VLC_FOURCC('V','D','O','R') + +/* MediaCodec/IOMX opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_ANDROID_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('A','N','O','P') + +/* Broadcom MMAL opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MMAL_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('M','M','A','L') + +/* Image codec (video) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_PNG VLC_FOURCC('p','n','g',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PPM VLC_FOURCC('p','p','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PGM VLC_FOURCC('p','g','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PGMYUV VLC_FOURCC('p','g','m','y') +#define VLC_CODEC_PAM VLC_FOURCC('p','a','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEG VLC_FOURCC('j','p','e','g') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEGLS VLC_FOURCC('M','J','L','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMP VLC_FOURCC('b','m','p',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TIFF VLC_FOURCC('t','i','f','f') +#define VLC_CODEC_GIF VLC_FOURCC('g','i','f',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TARGA VLC_FOURCC('t','g','a',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVG VLC_FOURCC('s','v','g',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SGI VLC_FOURCC('s','g','i',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PNM VLC_FOURCC('p','n','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PCX VLC_FOURCC('p','c','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_XWD VLC_FOURCC('X','W','D',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TXD VLC_FOURCC('T','X','D',' ') + + +/* Audio codec */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MPGA VLC_FOURCC('m','p','g','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_MP4A VLC_FOURCC('m','p','4','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ALS VLC_FOURCC('a','l','s',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_A52 VLC_FOURCC('a','5','2',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_EAC3 VLC_FOURCC('e','a','c','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_DTS VLC_FOURCC('d','t','s',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMA1 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMA2 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAP VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','P') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAL VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAS VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLAC VLC_FOURCC('f','l','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_MLP VLC_FOURCC('m','l','p',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEHD VLC_FOURCC('t','r','h','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('d','v','a','u') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPEEX VLC_FOURCC('s','p','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_OPUS VLC_FOURCC('O','p','u','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_VORBIS VLC_FOURCC('v','o','r','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_MACE3 VLC_FOURCC('M','A','C','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_MACE6 VLC_FOURCC('M','A','C','6') +#define VLC_CODEC_MUSEPACK7 VLC_FOURCC('M','P','C',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_MUSEPACK8 VLC_FOURCC('M','P','C','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_RA_144 VLC_FOURCC('1','4','_','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_RA_288 VLC_FOURCC('2','8','_','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_INTERPLAY_DPCM VLC_FOURCC('i','d','p','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ROQ_DPCM VLC_FOURCC('R','o','Q','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_DSICINAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('D','C','I','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_4XM VLC_FOURCC('4','x','m','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_EA VLC_FOURCC('A','D','E','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_XA VLC_FOURCC('x','a',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_ADX VLC_FOURCC('a','d','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_WS VLC_FOURCC('A','I','W','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_G722 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_G726 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','6') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SWF VLC_FOURCC('S','W','F','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_MS VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x02) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_WAV VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x11) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_AMV VLC_FOURCC('i','m','a','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_QT VLC_FOURCC('i','m','a','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_YAMAHA VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x20) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_DK3 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x62) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_DK4 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x61) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_THP VLC_FOURCC('T','H','P','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_G723_1 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2', 0x31) +#define VLC_CODEC_G729 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','9') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMDAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('v','m','d','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMR_NB VLC_FOURCC('s','a','m','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMR_WB VLC_FOURCC('s','a','w','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_ALAC VLC_FOURCC('a','l','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDM2 VLC_FOURCC('Q','D','M','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_COOK VLC_FOURCC('c','o','o','k') +#define VLC_CODEC_SIPR VLC_FOURCC('s','i','p','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_TTA VLC_FOURCC('T','T','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_SHORTEN VLC_FOURCC('s','h','n',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_WAVPACK VLC_FOURCC('W','V','P','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_GSM VLC_FOURCC('g','s','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_GSM_MS VLC_FOURCC('a','g','s','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC1 VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC3 VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC3P VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_IMC VLC_FOURCC(0x1,0x4,0x0,0x0) +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUESPEECH VLC_FOURCC(0x22,0x0,0x0,0x0) +#define VLC_CODEC_NELLYMOSER VLC_FOURCC('N','E','L','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_APE VLC_FOURCC('A','P','E',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_QCELP VLC_FOURCC('Q','c','l','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_302M VLC_FOURCC('3','0','2','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVD_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('l','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVDA_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('a','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('b','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_WIDI_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('w','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_SDDS VLC_FOURCC('s','d','d','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_MIDI VLC_FOURCC('M','I','D','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_RALF VLC_FOURCC('R','A','L','F') + +#define VLC_CODEC_S8 VLC_FOURCC('s','8',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_U8 VLC_FOURCC('u','8',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16L VLC_FOURCC('s','1','6','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16B VLC_FOURCC('s','1','6','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U16L VLC_FOURCC('u','1','6','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U16B VLC_FOURCC('u','1','6','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S20B VLC_FOURCC('s','2','0','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24L VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24B VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U24L VLC_FOURCC('u','2','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U24B VLC_FOURCC('u','2','4','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24L32 VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24B32 VLC_FOURCC('S','2','4','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_S32L VLC_FOURCC('s','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S32B VLC_FOURCC('s','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U32L VLC_FOURCC('u','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U32B VLC_FOURCC('u','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_F32L VLC_FOURCC('f','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_F32B VLC_FOURCC('f','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_F64L VLC_FOURCC('f','6','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_F64B VLC_FOURCC('f','6','4','b') + +#define VLC_CODEC_ALAW VLC_FOURCC('a','l','a','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_MULAW VLC_FOURCC('m','l','a','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_DAT12 VLC_FOURCC('L','P','1','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24DAUD VLC_FOURCC('d','a','u','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_TWINVQ VLC_FOURCC('T','W','I','N') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMVAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('B','M','V','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ULEAD_DV_AUDIO_NTSC VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x02,0x15) +#define VLC_CODEC_ULEAD_DV_AUDIO_PAL VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x02,0x16) +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO_AUDIO VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x04,0x02) +#define VLC_CODEC_METASOUND VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x75) +#define VLC_CODEC_ON2AVC VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x05,0x00) +#define VLC_CODEC_TAK VLC_FOURCC('t','a','k',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMACKAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('S','M','K','A') + +/* Subtitle */ +#define VLC_CODEC_SPU VLC_FOURCC('s','p','u',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVBS VLC_FOURCC('d','v','b','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_SUBT VLC_FOURCC('s','u','b','t') +#define VLC_CODEC_XSUB VLC_FOURCC('X','S','U','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_SSA VLC_FOURCC('s','s','a',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TEXT VLC_FOURCC('T','E','X','T') +#define VLC_CODEC_TELETEXT VLC_FOURCC('t','e','l','x') +#define VLC_CODEC_KATE VLC_FOURCC('k','a','t','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_CMML VLC_FOURCC('c','m','m','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_ITU_T140 VLC_FOURCC('t','1','4','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_USF VLC_FOURCC('u','s','f',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_OGT VLC_FOURCC('o','g','t',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVD VLC_FOURCC('c','v','d',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TX3G VLC_FOURCC('t','x','3','g') +/* Blu-ray Presentation Graphics */ +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_PG VLC_FOURCC('b','d','p','g') +/* EBU STL (TECH. 3264-E) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_EBU_STL VLC_FOURCC('S','T','L',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SCTE_27 VLC_FOURCC('S','C','2','7') + +/* XYZ colorspace 12 bits packed in 16 bits, organisation |XXX0|YYY0|ZZZ0| */ +#define VLC_CODEC_XYZ12 VLC_FOURCC('X','Y','1','2') + + +/* Special endian dependant values + * The suffic N means Native + * The suffix I means Inverted (ie non native) */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define VLC_CODEC_S16N VLC_CODEC_S16B +# define VLC_CODEC_U16N VLC_CODEC_U16B +# define VLC_CODEC_S24N VLC_CODEC_S24B +# define VLC_CODEC_U24N VLC_CODEC_U24B +# define VLC_CODEC_S32N VLC_CODEC_S32B +# define VLC_CODEC_U32N VLC_CODEC_U32B +# define VLC_CODEC_FL32 VLC_CODEC_F32B +# define VLC_CODEC_FL64 VLC_CODEC_F64B + +# define VLC_CODEC_S16I VLC_CODEC_S16L +# define VLC_CODEC_U16I VLC_CODEC_U16L +# define VLC_CODEC_S24I VLC_CODEC_S24L +# define VLC_CODEC_U24I VLC_CODEC_U24L +# define VLC_CODEC_S32I VLC_CODEC_S32L +# define VLC_CODEC_U32I VLC_CODEC_U32L + +#else +# define VLC_CODEC_S16N VLC_CODEC_S16L +# define VLC_CODEC_U16N VLC_CODEC_U16L +# define VLC_CODEC_S24N VLC_CODEC_S24L +# define VLC_CODEC_U24N VLC_CODEC_U24L +# define VLC_CODEC_S32N VLC_CODEC_S32L +# define VLC_CODEC_U32N VLC_CODEC_U32L +# define VLC_CODEC_FL32 VLC_CODEC_F32L +# define VLC_CODEC_FL64 VLC_CODEC_F64L + +# define VLC_CODEC_S16I VLC_CODEC_S16B +# define VLC_CODEC_U16I VLC_CODEC_U16B +# define VLC_CODEC_S24I VLC_CODEC_S24B +# define VLC_CODEC_U24I VLC_CODEC_U24B +# define VLC_CODEC_S32I VLC_CODEC_S32B +# define VLC_CODEC_U32I VLC_CODEC_U32B +#endif + +/* Non official codecs, used to force a profile in an encoder */ +/* MPEG-1 video */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP1V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','1','v') +/* MPEG-2 video */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP2V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','2','v') +/* MPEG-I/II layer 2 audio */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP2 VLC_FOURCC('m','p','2',' ') +/* MPEG-I/II layer 3 audio */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP3 VLC_FOURCC('m','p','3',' ') + +/** + * It returns the codec associated to a fourcc within a ES category. + * + * If not found, it will return the given fourcc. + * If found, it will always be one of the VLC_CODEC_ defined above. + * + * You may use UNKNOWN_ES for the ES category if you don't have the information. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodec( int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc ); + +/** + * It returns the codec associated to a fourcc store in a zero terminated + * string. + * + * If the string is NULL or does not have exactly 4 charateres, it will + * return 0, otherwise it behaves like vlc_fourcc_GetCodec. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodecFromString( int i_cat, const char * ); + +/** + * It convert the gives fourcc to an audio codec when possible. + * + * The fourcc converted are aflt, araw/pcm , twos, sowt. When an incompatible i_bits + * is detected, 0 is returned. + * The other fourcc goes through vlc_fourcc_GetCodec and i_bits is not checked. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodecAudio( vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc, int i_bits ); + +/** + * It returns the description of the given fourcc or NULL if not found. + * + * You may use UNKNOWN_ES for the ES category if you don't have the information. + */ +VLC_API const char * vlc_fourcc_GetDescription( int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc ); + +/** + * It returns a list (terminated with the value 0) of YUV fourccs in + * decreasing priority order for the given chroma. + * + * It will always return a non NULL pointer that must not be freed. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_fourcc_t * vlc_fourcc_GetYUVFallback( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns a list (terminated with the value 0) of RGB fourccs in + * decreasing priority order for the given chroma. + * + * It will always return a non NULL pointer that must not be freed. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_fourcc_t * vlc_fourcc_GetRGBFallback( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns true if the given fourcc is YUV and false otherwise. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_fourcc_IsYUV( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns true if the two fourccs are equivalent if their U&V planes are + * swapped. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_fourcc_AreUVPlanesSwapped(vlc_fourcc_t , vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * Chroma related information. + */ +typedef struct { + unsigned plane_count; + struct { + struct { + unsigned num; + unsigned den; + } w; + struct { + unsigned num; + unsigned den; + } h; + } p[4]; + unsigned pixel_size; /* Number of bytes per pixel for a plane */ + unsigned pixel_bits; /* Number of bits actually used bits per pixel for a plane */ +} vlc_chroma_description_t; + +/** + * It returns a vlc_chroma_description_t describing the request fourcc or NULL + * if not found. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_chroma_description_t * vlc_fourcc_GetChromaDescription( vlc_fourcc_t fourcc ); + +#endif /* _VLC_FOURCC_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fs.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..533aa9b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_fs.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fs.h: File system helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2006-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FS_H +#define VLC_FS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * Those functions convert file paths from UTF-8 to the system-specific + * encoding (especially UTF-16 on Windows). Also, they always mark file + * descriptor with the close-on-exec flag. + */ + +#include +#include + +VLC_API int vlc_open( const char *filename, int flags, ... ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API FILE * vlc_fopen( const char *filename, const char *mode ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int vlc_openat( int fd, const char *filename, int flags, ... ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API DIR * vlc_opendir( const char *dirname ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * vlc_readdir( DIR *dir ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int vlc_loaddir( DIR *dir, char ***namelist, int (*select)( const char * ), int (*compar)( const char **, const char ** ) ); +VLC_API int vlc_scandir( const char *dirname, char ***namelist, int (*select)( const char * ), int (*compar)( const char **, const char ** ) ); +VLC_API int vlc_mkdir( const char *filename, mode_t mode ); + +VLC_API int vlc_unlink( const char *filename ); +VLC_API int vlc_rename( const char *oldpath, const char *newpath ); +VLC_API char *vlc_getcwd( void ) VLC_USED; + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +typedef struct vlc_DIR +{ + _WDIR *wdir; /* MUST be first, see */ + char *entry; + union + { + DWORD drives; + bool insert_dot_dot; + } u; +} vlc_DIR; + +static inline int vlc_closedir( DIR *dir ) +{ + vlc_DIR *vdir = (vlc_DIR *)dir; + _WDIR *wdir = vdir->wdir; + + free( vdir->entry ); + free( vdir ); + return (wdir != NULL) ? _wclosedir( wdir ) : 0; +} +# undef closedir +# define closedir vlc_closedir + +static inline void vlc_rewinddir( DIR *dir ) +{ + _WDIR *wdir = *(_WDIR **)dir; + + _wrewinddir( wdir ); +} +# undef rewinddir +# define rewinddir vlc_rewinddir + +# include +# ifndef stat +# define stat _stati64 +# endif +# ifndef fstat +# define fstat _fstati64 +# endif +# ifndef _MSC_VER +# undef lseek +# define lseek _lseeki64 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# define lseek lseek64 +#endif + +struct stat; + +VLC_API int vlc_stat( const char *filename, struct stat *buf ); +VLC_API int vlc_lstat( const char *filename, struct stat *buf ); + +VLC_API int vlc_mkstemp( char * ); + +VLC_API int vlc_dup( int ); +VLC_API int vlc_pipe( int[2] ); +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89bdab8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_gcrypt.h: VLC thread support for gcrypt + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file implements gcrypt support functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +#ifdef LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD +/** + * If possible, use gcrypt-provided thread implementation. This is so that + * other non-VLC components (inside the process) can also use gcrypt safely. + */ +GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_PTHREAD_IMPL; +# define gcry_threads_vlc gcry_threads_pthread +#else + +/** + * gcrypt thread option VLC implementation + */ + +static int gcry_vlc_mutex_init( void **p_sys ) +{ + vlc_mutex_t *p_lock = (vlc_mutex_t *)malloc( sizeof( vlc_mutex_t ) ); + if( p_lock == NULL) + return ENOMEM; + + vlc_mutex_init( p_lock ); + *p_sys = p_lock; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static int gcry_vlc_mutex_destroy( void **p_sys ) +{ + vlc_mutex_t *p_lock = (vlc_mutex_t *)*p_sys; + vlc_mutex_destroy( p_lock ); + free( p_lock ); + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static int gcry_vlc_mutex_lock( void **p_sys ) +{ + vlc_mutex_lock( (vlc_mutex_t *)*p_sys ); + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static int gcry_vlc_mutex_unlock( void **lock ) +{ + vlc_mutex_unlock( (vlc_mutex_t *)*lock ); + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static const struct gcry_thread_cbs gcry_threads_vlc = +{ + GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_USER, + NULL, + gcry_vlc_mutex_init, + gcry_vlc_mutex_destroy, + gcry_vlc_mutex_lock, + gcry_vlc_mutex_unlock, + NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL +}; +#endif + +/** + * Initializes gcrypt with proper locking. + */ +static inline void vlc_gcrypt_init (void) +{ + /* This would need a process-wide static mutex with all libraries linking + * to a given instance of libgcrypt. We cannot do this as we have different + * plugins linking with gcrypt, and some underlying libraries may use it + * behind our back. Only way is to always link gcrypt statically (ouch!) or + * have upstream gcrypt provide one shared object per threading system. */ + static bool done = false; + + vlc_global_lock (VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX); + if (!done) + { + gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_THREAD_CBS, &gcry_threads_vlc); + done = true; + } + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX); +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_http.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_http.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b0510a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_http.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_http.h: Shared code for HTTP clients + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: ddde13efed1e11a15632f17e1da4437f59750988 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * Christophe Massiot + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HTTP_H +#define VLC_HTTP_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures, enums and macros shared between + * HTTP clients. + */ + +/* RFC 2617: Basic and Digest Access Authentication */ +typedef struct http_auth_t +{ + char *psz_realm; + char *psz_domain; + char *psz_nonce; + char *psz_opaque; + char *psz_stale; + char *psz_algorithm; + char *psz_qop; + int i_nonce; + char *psz_cnonce; + char *psz_HA1; /* stored H(A1) value if algorithm = "MD5-sess" */ +} http_auth_t; + + +VLC_API void http_auth_Init( http_auth_t * ); +VLC_API void http_auth_Reset( http_auth_t * ); +VLC_API void http_auth_ParseWwwAuthenticateHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, http_auth_t * , + const char * ); +VLC_API int http_auth_ParseAuthenticationInfoHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, http_auth_t *, + const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, + const char * ); +VLC_API char *http_auth_FormatAuthorizationHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, http_auth_t *, + const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +#endif /* VLC_HTTP_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_httpd.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_httpd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ade72f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_httpd.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_httpd.h: builtin HTTP/RTSP server. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 852a7a8c15f9c419cf00e2565d71986500258da7 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HTTPD_H +#define VLC_HTTPD_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * HTTP/RTSP server API. + */ + +enum +{ + HTTPD_MSG_NONE, + + /* answer */ + HTTPD_MSG_ANSWER, + + /* http request */ + HTTPD_MSG_GET, + HTTPD_MSG_HEAD, + HTTPD_MSG_POST, + + /* rtsp request */ + HTTPD_MSG_OPTIONS, + HTTPD_MSG_DESCRIBE, + HTTPD_MSG_SETUP, + HTTPD_MSG_PLAY, + HTTPD_MSG_PAUSE, + HTTPD_MSG_GETPARAMETER, + HTTPD_MSG_TEARDOWN, + + /* just to track the count of MSG */ + HTTPD_MSG_MAX +}; + +enum +{ + HTTPD_PROTO_NONE, + HTTPD_PROTO_HTTP, /* HTTP/1.x */ + HTTPD_PROTO_RTSP, /* RTSP/1.x */ + HTTPD_PROTO_HTTP0, /* HTTP/0.x */ +}; + +typedef struct httpd_host_t httpd_host_t; +typedef struct httpd_client_t httpd_client_t; +/* create a new host */ +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_http_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_https_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_rtsp_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +/* delete a host */ +VLC_API void httpd_HostDelete( httpd_host_t * ); + +typedef struct +{ + char * name; + char * value; +} httpd_header; + +typedef struct httpd_message_t +{ + httpd_client_t *cl; /* NULL if not throught a connection e vlc internal */ + + uint8_t i_type; + uint8_t i_proto; + uint8_t i_version; + + /* for an answer */ + int i_status; + + /* for a query */ + char *psz_url; + /* FIXME find a clean way to handle GET(psz_args) + and POST(body) through the same code */ + uint8_t *psz_args; + + /* options */ + size_t i_headers; + httpd_header *p_headers; + + /* body */ + int64_t i_body_offset; + int i_body; + uint8_t *p_body; + +} httpd_message_t; + +typedef struct httpd_url_t httpd_url_t; +typedef struct httpd_callback_sys_t httpd_callback_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_callback_t)( httpd_callback_sys_t *, httpd_client_t *, httpd_message_t *answer, const httpd_message_t *query ); +/* register a new url */ +VLC_API httpd_url_t * httpd_UrlNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password ) VLC_USED; +/* register callback on a url */ +VLC_API int httpd_UrlCatch( httpd_url_t *, int i_msg, httpd_callback_t, httpd_callback_sys_t * ); +/* delete a url */ +VLC_API void httpd_UrlDelete( httpd_url_t * ); + +VLC_API char* httpd_ClientIP( const httpd_client_t *cl, char *, int * ); +VLC_API char* httpd_ServerIP( const httpd_client_t *cl, char *, int * ); + +/* High level */ + +typedef struct httpd_file_t httpd_file_t; +typedef struct httpd_file_sys_t httpd_file_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_file_callback_t)( httpd_file_sys_t *, httpd_file_t *, uint8_t *psz_request, uint8_t **pp_data, int *pi_data ); +VLC_API httpd_file_t * httpd_FileNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_mime, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password, httpd_file_callback_t pf_fill, httpd_file_sys_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_file_sys_t * httpd_FileDelete( httpd_file_t * ); + + +typedef struct httpd_handler_t httpd_handler_t; +typedef struct httpd_handler_sys_t httpd_handler_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_handler_callback_t)( httpd_handler_sys_t *, httpd_handler_t *, char *psz_url, uint8_t *psz_request, int i_type, uint8_t *p_in, int i_in, char *psz_remote_addr, char *psz_remote_host, uint8_t **pp_data, int *pi_data ); +VLC_API httpd_handler_t * httpd_HandlerNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password, httpd_handler_callback_t pf_fill, httpd_handler_sys_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_handler_sys_t * httpd_HandlerDelete( httpd_handler_t * ); + +typedef struct httpd_redirect_t httpd_redirect_t; +VLC_API httpd_redirect_t * httpd_RedirectNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url_dst, const char *psz_url_src ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void httpd_RedirectDelete( httpd_redirect_t * ); + + +typedef struct httpd_stream_t httpd_stream_t; +VLC_API httpd_stream_t * httpd_StreamNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_mime, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void httpd_StreamDelete( httpd_stream_t * ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamHeader( httpd_stream_t *, uint8_t *p_data, int i_data ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamSend( httpd_stream_t *, const block_t *p_block ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamSetHTTPHeaders(httpd_stream_t *, httpd_header *, size_t); + +/* Msg functions facilities */ +VLC_API void httpd_MsgAdd( httpd_message_t *, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_value, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); +/* return "" if not found. The string is not allocated */ +VLC_API const char * httpd_MsgGet( const httpd_message_t *, const char *psz_name ); + +#endif /* _VLC_HTTPD_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_image.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_image.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52419af --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_image.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_image.h : wrapper for image reading/writing facilities + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 52bce1f24495ffdbadfb6d0aef0953577992b9a2 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_IMAGE_H +#define VLC_IMAGE_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for image conversions in vlc + */ + +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct image_handler_t +{ + picture_t * (*pf_read) ( image_handler_t *, block_t *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + picture_t * (*pf_read_url) ( image_handler_t *, const char *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + block_t * (*pf_write) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + int (*pf_write_url) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t *, + const char * ); + + picture_t * (*pf_convert) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + picture_t * (*pf_filter) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + video_format_t *, const char * ); + + /* Private properties */ + vlc_object_t *p_parent; + decoder_t *p_dec; + encoder_t *p_enc; + filter_t *p_filter; +}; + +VLC_API image_handler_t * image_HandlerCreate( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define image_HandlerCreate( a ) image_HandlerCreate( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void image_HandlerDelete( image_handler_t * ); + +#define image_Read( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_read( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_ReadUrl( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_read_url( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_Write( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_write( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_WriteUrl( a, b, c, d, e ) a->pf_write_url( a, b, c, d, e ) +#define image_Convert( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_convert( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_Filter( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_filter( a, b, c, d ) + +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Type2Fourcc( const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Ext2Fourcc( const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Mime2Fourcc( const char *psz_mime ); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_IMAGE_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1f7330 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_inhibit.h: VLC screen saver inhibition + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the interface for screen-saver inhibition modules + */ + +#ifndef VLC_INHIBIT_H +# define VLC_INHIBIT_H 1 + +typedef struct vlc_inhibit vlc_inhibit_t; +typedef struct vlc_inhibit_sys vlc_inhibit_sys_t; + +enum vlc_inhibit_flags +{ + VLC_INHIBIT_NONE=0 /*< No inhibition */, + VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND=0x1 /*< Processor is in use - do not suspend */, + VLC_INHIBIT_DISPLAY=0x2 /*< Display is in use - do not blank/lock */, +#define VLC_INHIBIT_AUDIO (VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND) +#define VLC_INHIBIT_VIDEO (VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND|VLC_INHIBIT_DISPLAY) +}; + +struct vlc_inhibit +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_inhibit_sys_t *p_sys; + void (*inhibit) (vlc_inhibit_t *, unsigned flags); +}; + +static inline void vlc_inhibit_Set (vlc_inhibit_t *ih, unsigned flags) +{ + ih->inhibit (ih, flags); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_input.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_input.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f53bcaa --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_input.h @@ -0,0 +1,676 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_input.h: Core input structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 13a944a2ac92728542d3f33755daf7857113d5d9 $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* __ is need because conflict with */ +#ifndef VLC_INPUT_H +#define VLC_INPUT_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and enums for input objects in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +/***************************************************************************** + * Seek point: (generalisation of chapters) + *****************************************************************************/ +struct seekpoint_t +{ + int64_t i_byte_offset; + int64_t i_time_offset; + char *psz_name; +}; + +static inline seekpoint_t *vlc_seekpoint_New( void ) +{ + seekpoint_t *point = (seekpoint_t*)malloc( sizeof( seekpoint_t ) ); + if( !point ) + return NULL; + point->i_byte_offset = + point->i_time_offset = -1; + point->psz_name = NULL; + return point; +} + +static inline void vlc_seekpoint_Delete( seekpoint_t *point ) +{ + if( !point ) return; + free( point->psz_name ); + free( point ); +} + +static inline seekpoint_t *vlc_seekpoint_Duplicate( const seekpoint_t *src ) +{ + seekpoint_t *point = vlc_seekpoint_New(); + if( src->psz_name ) point->psz_name = strdup( src->psz_name ); + point->i_time_offset = src->i_time_offset; + point->i_byte_offset = src->i_byte_offset; + return point; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Title: + *****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct input_title_t +{ + char *psz_name; + + bool b_menu; /* Is it a menu or a normal entry */ + + int64_t i_length; /* Length(microsecond) if known, else 0 */ + int64_t i_size; /* Size (bytes) if known, else 0 */ + + /* Title seekpoint */ + int i_seekpoint; + seekpoint_t **seekpoint; + +} input_title_t; + +static inline input_title_t *vlc_input_title_New(void) +{ + input_title_t *t = (input_title_t*)malloc( sizeof( input_title_t ) ); + if( !t ) + return NULL; + + t->psz_name = NULL; + t->b_menu = false; + t->i_length = 0; + t->i_size = 0; + t->i_seekpoint = 0; + t->seekpoint = NULL; + + return t; +} + +static inline void vlc_input_title_Delete( input_title_t *t ) +{ + int i; + if( t == NULL ) + return; + + free( t->psz_name ); + for( i = 0; i < t->i_seekpoint; i++ ) + { + free( t->seekpoint[i]->psz_name ); + free( t->seekpoint[i] ); + } + free( t->seekpoint ); + free( t ); +} + +static inline input_title_t *vlc_input_title_Duplicate( const input_title_t *t ) +{ + input_title_t *dup = vlc_input_title_New( ); + int i; + + if( t->psz_name ) dup->psz_name = strdup( t->psz_name ); + dup->b_menu = t->b_menu; + dup->i_length = t->i_length; + dup->i_size = t->i_size; + dup->i_seekpoint = t->i_seekpoint; + if( t->i_seekpoint > 0 ) + { + dup->seekpoint = (seekpoint_t**)calloc( t->i_seekpoint, + sizeof(seekpoint_t*) ); + + for( i = 0; i < t->i_seekpoint; i++ ) + { + dup->seekpoint[i] = vlc_seekpoint_Duplicate( t->seekpoint[i] ); + } + } + + return dup; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Attachments + *****************************************************************************/ +struct input_attachment_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_mime; + char *psz_description; + + int i_data; + void *p_data; +}; + +static inline input_attachment_t *vlc_input_attachment_New( const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_mime, + const char *psz_description, + const void *p_data, + int i_data ) +{ + input_attachment_t *a = + (input_attachment_t*)malloc( sizeof(input_attachment_t) ); + if( !a ) + return NULL; + a->psz_name = strdup( psz_name ? psz_name : "" ); + a->psz_mime = strdup( psz_mime ? psz_mime : "" ); + a->psz_description = strdup( psz_description ? psz_description : "" ); + a->i_data = i_data; + a->p_data = NULL; + if( i_data > 0 ) + { + a->p_data = malloc( i_data ); + if( a->p_data && p_data ) + memcpy( a->p_data, p_data, i_data ); + } + return a; +} +static inline input_attachment_t *vlc_input_attachment_Duplicate( const input_attachment_t *a ) +{ + return vlc_input_attachment_New( a->psz_name, a->psz_mime, a->psz_description, + a->p_data, a->i_data ); +} +static inline void vlc_input_attachment_Delete( input_attachment_t *a ) +{ + if( !a ) + return; + free( a->psz_name ); + free( a->psz_mime ); + free( a->psz_description ); + free( a->p_data ); + free( a ); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * input defines/constants. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This defines private core storage for an input. + */ +typedef struct input_thread_private_t input_thread_private_t; + +/** + * This defines an opaque input resource handler. + */ +typedef struct input_resource_t input_resource_t; + +/** + * Main structure representing an input thread. This structure is mostly + * private. The only public fields are READ-ONLY. You must use the helpers + * to modify them + */ +struct input_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + bool b_error; + bool b_eof; + bool b_preparsing; + bool b_dead; + + /* All other data is input_thread is PRIVATE. You can't access it + * outside of src/input */ + input_thread_private_t *p; +}; + +/** + * Record prefix string. + * TODO make it configurable. + */ +#define INPUT_RECORD_PREFIX "vlc-record-%Y-%m-%d-%Hh%Mm%Ss-$ N-$ p" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Input events and variables + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup inputvariable Input variables + * + * The input provides multiples variable you can write to and/or read from. + * + * TODO complete the documentation. + * The read only variables are: + * - "length" + * - "can-seek" (if you can seek, it doesn't say if 'bar display' has be shown + * or not, for that check position != 0.0) + * - "can-pause" + * - "can-rate" + * - "can-rewind" + * - "can-record" (if a stream can be recorded while playing) + * - "teletext-es" (list of id from the spu tracks (spu-es) that are teletext, the + * variable value being the one currently selected, -1 if no teletext) + * - "signal-quality" + * - "signal-strength" + * - "program-scrambled" (if the current program is scrambled) + * - "cache" (level of data cached [0 .. 1]) + * + * The read-write variables are: + * - state (\see input_state_e) + * - rate + * - position, position-offset + * - time, time-offset + * - title, next-title, prev-title + * - chapter, next-chapter, next-chapter-prev + * - program, audio-es, video-es, spu-es + * - audio-delay, spu-delay + * - bookmark (bookmark list) + * - record + * - frame-next + * - navigation (list of "title %2i") + * - "title %2i" + * + * The variable used for event is + * - intf-event (\see input_event_type_e) + */ + +/** + * Input state + * + * This enum is used by the variable "state" + */ +typedef enum input_state_e +{ + INIT_S = 0, + OPENING_S, + PLAYING_S, + PAUSE_S, + END_S, + ERROR_S, +} input_state_e; + +/** + * Input rate. + * + * It is an float used by the variable "rate" in the + * range [INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT/INPUT_RATE_MAX, INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT/INPUT_RATE_MIN] + * the default value being 1. It represents the ratio of playback speed to + * nominal speed (bigger is faster). + * + * Internally, the rate is stored as a value in the range + * [INPUT_RATE_MIN, INPUT_RATE_MAX]. + * internal rate = INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT / rate variable + */ + +/** + * Default rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT 1000 +/** + * Minimal rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_MIN 32 /* Up to 32/1 */ +/** + * Maximal rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_MAX 32000 /* Up to 1/32 */ + +/** + * Input events + * + * You can catch input event by adding a callback on the variable "intf-event". + * This variable is an integer that will hold a input_event_type_e value. + */ +typedef enum input_event_type_e +{ + /* "state" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_STATE, + /* b_dead is true */ + INPUT_EVENT_DEAD, + /* a *user* abort has been requested */ + INPUT_EVENT_ABORT, + + /* "rate" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_RATE, + + /* At least one of "position" or "time" */ + INPUT_EVENT_POSITION, + + /* "length" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_LENGTH, + + /* A title has been added or removed or selected. + * It imply that chapter has changed (not chapter event is sent) */ + INPUT_EVENT_TITLE, + /* A chapter has been added or removed or selected. */ + INPUT_EVENT_CHAPTER, + + /* A program ("program") has been added or removed or selected, + * or "program-scrambled" has changed.*/ + INPUT_EVENT_PROGRAM, + /* A ES has been added or removed or selected */ + INPUT_EVENT_ES, + /* "teletext-es" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_TELETEXT, + + /* "record" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_RECORD, + + /* input_item_t media has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_META, + /* input_item_t info has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_INFO, + /* input_item_t name has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_NAME, + /* input_item_t epg has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_EPG, + + /* Input statistics have been updated */ + INPUT_EVENT_STATISTICS, + /* At least one of "signal-quality" or "signal-strength" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_SIGNAL, + + /* "audio-delay" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_AUDIO_DELAY, + /* "spu-delay" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_SUBTITLE_DELAY, + + /* "bookmark" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_BOOKMARK, + + /* cache" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_CACHE, + + /* A audio_output_t object has been created/deleted by *the input* */ + INPUT_EVENT_AOUT, + /* A vout_thread_t object has been created/deleted by *the input* */ + INPUT_EVENT_VOUT, + +} input_event_type_e; + +/** + * Input queries + */ +enum input_query_e +{ + /* input variable "position" */ + INPUT_GET_POSITION, /* arg1= double * res= */ + INPUT_SET_POSITION, /* arg1= double res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "length" */ + INPUT_GET_LENGTH, /* arg1= int64_t * res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "time" */ + INPUT_GET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + INPUT_SET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "rate" (nominal is INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT) */ + INPUT_GET_RATE, /* arg1= int * res= */ + INPUT_SET_RATE, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "state" */ + INPUT_GET_STATE, /* arg1= int * res= */ + INPUT_SET_STATE, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "audio-delay" and "sub-delay" */ + INPUT_GET_AUDIO_DELAY, /* arg1 = int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_AUDIO_DELAY, /* arg1 = int res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_SPU_DELAY, /* arg1 = int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_SPU_DELAY, /* arg1 = int res=can fail */ + + /* Menu navigation */ + INPUT_NAV_ACTIVATE, + INPUT_NAV_UP, + INPUT_NAV_DOWN, + INPUT_NAV_LEFT, + INPUT_NAV_RIGHT, + + /* Meta datas */ + INPUT_ADD_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* arg3=... res=can fail */ + INPUT_REPLACE_INFOS,/* arg1= info_category_t * res=cannot fail */ + INPUT_MERGE_INFOS,/* arg1= info_category_t * res=cannot fail */ + INPUT_GET_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* arg3= char** res=can fail */ + INPUT_DEL_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_NAME, /* arg1= char* res=can fail */ + + /* Input properties */ + INPUT_GET_VIDEO_FPS, /* arg1= double * res=can fail */ + + /* bookmarks */ + INPUT_GET_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_BOOKMARKS, /* arg1= seekpoint_t *** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_CLEAR_BOOKMARKS, /* res=can fail */ + INPUT_ADD_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_CHANGE_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_DEL_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* titles */ + INPUT_GET_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + + /* Attachments */ + INPUT_GET_ATTACHMENTS, /* arg1=input_attachment_t***, arg2=int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_ATTACHMENT, /* arg1=input_attachment_t**, arg2=char* res=can fail */ + + /* On the fly input slave */ + INPUT_ADD_SLAVE, /* arg1= const char * */ + INPUT_ADD_SUBTITLE, /* arg1= const char *, arg2=bool b_check_extension */ + + /* On the fly record while playing */ + INPUT_SET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool* res=can fail */ + + /* ES */ + INPUT_RESTART_ES, /* arg1=int (-AUDIO/VIDEO/SPU_ES for the whole category) */ + + /* Input ressources + * XXX You must call vlc_object_release as soon as possible */ + INPUT_GET_AOUT, /* arg1=audio_output_t ** res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_VOUTS, /* arg1=vout_thread_t ***, size_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_ES_OBJECTS, /* arg1=int id, vlc_object_t **dec, vout_thread_t **, audio_output_t ** */ + + /* External clock managments */ + INPUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=mtime_t *, arg2=mtime_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM,/* arg1=int absolute, arg2=mtime_t res=can fail */ +}; + +/** @}*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API input_thread_t * input_Create( vlc_object_t *p_parent, input_item_t *, const char *psz_log, input_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define input_Create(a,b,c,d) input_Create(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) + +VLC_API input_thread_t * input_CreateAndStart( vlc_object_t *p_parent, input_item_t *, const char *psz_log ) VLC_USED; +#define input_CreateAndStart(a,b,c) input_CreateAndStart(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +VLC_API int input_Start( input_thread_t * ); + +VLC_API void input_Stop( input_thread_t *, bool b_abort ); + +VLC_API int input_Read( vlc_object_t *, input_item_t * ); +#define input_Read(a,b) input_Read(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_API int input_vaControl( input_thread_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + +VLC_API int input_Control( input_thread_t *, int i_query, ... ); + +VLC_API void input_Close( input_thread_t * ); +void input_Join( input_thread_t * ); +void input_Release( input_thread_t * ); + +/** + * Get the input item for an input thread + * + * You have to keep a reference to the input or to the input_item_t until + * you do not need it anymore. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t* input_GetItem( input_thread_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It will return the current state of the input. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline input_state_e input_GetState( input_thread_t * p_input ) +{ + input_state_e state = INIT_S; + input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_STATE, &state ); + return state; +} + +/** + * Return one of the video output (if any). If possible, you should use + * INPUT_GET_VOUTS directly and process _all_ video outputs instead. + * @param p_input an input thread from which to get a video output + * @return NULL on error, or a video output thread pointer (which needs to be + * released with vlc_object_release()). + */ +static inline vout_thread_t *input_GetVout( input_thread_t *p_input ) +{ + vout_thread_t **pp_vout, *p_vout; + size_t i_vout; + + if( input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_VOUTS, &pp_vout, &i_vout ) ) + return NULL; + + for( size_t i = 1; i < i_vout; i++ ) + vlc_object_release( (vlc_object_t *)(pp_vout[i]) ); + + p_vout = (i_vout >= 1) ? pp_vout[0] : NULL; + free( pp_vout ); + return p_vout; +} + +/** + * It will add a new subtitle source to the input. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline int input_AddSubtitleOSD( input_thread_t *p_input, const char *psz_url, + bool b_check_extension, bool b_osd ) +{ + int i_result = input_Control( p_input, INPUT_ADD_SUBTITLE, psz_url, b_check_extension ); + if( i_result != VLC_SUCCESS || !b_osd ) + return i_result; + + vout_thread_t *p_vout = input_GetVout( p_input ); + if( p_vout ) + { + vout_OSDMessage(p_vout, SPU_DEFAULT_CHANNEL, "%s", + vlc_gettext("Subtitle track added") ); + vlc_object_release( (vlc_object_t *)p_vout ); + } + return i_result; +} +#define input_AddSubtitle(a, b, c) input_AddSubtitleOSD(a, b, c, false) + + +/** + * Return the audio output (if any) associated with an input. + * @param p_input an input thread + * @return NULL on error, or the audio output (which needs to be + * released with vlc_object_release()). + */ +static inline audio_output_t *input_GetAout( input_thread_t *p_input ) +{ + audio_output_t *p_aout; + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_AOUT, &p_aout ) ? NULL : p_aout; +} + +/** + * Returns the objects associated to an ES. + * + * You must release all non NULL object using vlc_object_release. + * You may set pointer of pointer to NULL to avoid retreiving it. + */ +static inline int input_GetEsObjects( input_thread_t *p_input, int i_id, + vlc_object_t **pp_decoder, + vout_thread_t **pp_vout, audio_output_t **pp_aout ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_ES_OBJECTS, i_id, + pp_decoder, pp_vout, pp_aout ); +} + +/** + * \see input_clock_GetSystemOrigin + */ +static inline int input_GetPcrSystem( input_thread_t *p_input, mtime_t *pi_system, mtime_t *pi_delay ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, pi_system, pi_delay ); +} +/** + * \see input_clock_ChangeSystemOrigin + */ +static inline int input_ModifyPcrSystem( input_thread_t *p_input, bool b_absolute, mtime_t i_system ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, b_absolute, i_system ); +} + +/* */ +VLC_API decoder_t * input_DecoderCreate( vlc_object_t *, es_format_t *, input_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void input_DecoderDelete( decoder_t * ); +VLC_API void input_DecoderDecode( decoder_t *, block_t *, bool b_do_pace ); + +/** + * This function creates a sane filename path. + */ +VLC_API char * input_CreateFilename( input_thread_t *, const char *psz_path, const char *psz_prefix, const char *psz_extension ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It creates an empty input resource handler. + * + * The given object MUST stay alive as long as the input_resource_t is + * not deleted. + */ +VLC_API input_resource_t * input_resource_New( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It releases an input resource. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_Release( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * Forcefully destroys the video output (e.g. when the playlist is stopped). + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_TerminateVout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function releases all resources (object). + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_Terminate( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * \return the current audio output if any. + * Use vlc_object_release() to drop the reference. + */ +VLC_API audio_output_t *input_resource_HoldAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates or recycles an audio output. + */ +VLC_API audio_output_t *input_resource_GetAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function retains or destroys an audio output. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_PutAout( input_resource_t *, audio_output_t * ); + +/** + * Prevents the existing audio output (if any) from being recycled. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_ResetAout( input_resource_t * ); + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_input_item.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_input_item.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8dd17a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_input_item.h @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_input_item.h: Core input item + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f4eb4bb23416e1b7ed774b447c5948b3086f9cfe $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_INPUT_ITEM_H +#define VLC_INPUT_ITEM_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and enums for input items in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +/***************************************************************************** + * input_item_t: Describes an input and is used to spawn input_thread_t objects + *****************************************************************************/ +struct info_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< Name of this info */ + char *psz_value; /**< Value of the info */ +}; + +struct info_category_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< Name of this category */ + int i_infos; /**< Number of infos in the category */ + struct info_t **pp_infos; /**< Pointer to an array of infos */ +}; + +struct input_item_t +{ + int i_id; /**< Identifier of the item */ + + char *psz_name; /**< text describing this item */ + char *psz_uri; /**< mrl of this item */ + + int i_options; /**< Number of input options */ + char **ppsz_options; /**< Array of input options */ + uint8_t *optflagv; /**< Some flags of input options */ + unsigned optflagc; + + mtime_t i_duration; /**< Duration in microseconds */ + + + int i_categories; /**< Number of info categories */ + info_category_t **pp_categories; /**< Pointer to the first info category */ + + int i_es; /**< Number of es format descriptions */ + es_format_t **es; /**< Es formats */ + + input_stats_t *p_stats; /**< Statistics */ + int i_nb_played; /**< Number of times played */ + + vlc_meta_t *p_meta; + + int i_epg; /**< Number of EPG entries */ + vlc_epg_t **pp_epg; /**< EPG entries */ + + vlc_event_manager_t event_manager; + + vlc_mutex_t lock; /**< Lock for the item */ + + uint8_t i_type; /**< Type (file, disc, ... see input_item_type_e) */ + bool b_fixed_name; /**< Can the interface change the name ?*/ + bool b_error_when_reading;/**< Error When Reading */ +}; + +TYPEDEF_ARRAY(input_item_t*, input_item_array_t) + +enum input_item_type_e +{ + ITEM_TYPE_UNKNOWN, + ITEM_TYPE_FILE, + ITEM_TYPE_DIRECTORY, + ITEM_TYPE_DISC, + ITEM_TYPE_CDDA, + ITEM_TYPE_CARD, + ITEM_TYPE_NET, + ITEM_TYPE_PLAYLIST, + ITEM_TYPE_NODE, + + /* This one is not a real type but the number of input_item types. */ + ITEM_TYPE_NUMBER +}; + +struct input_item_node_t +{ + input_item_t * p_item; + int i_children; + input_item_node_t **pp_children; + input_item_node_t *p_parent; +}; + +VLC_API void input_item_CopyOptions( input_item_t *p_parent, input_item_t *p_child ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetName( input_item_t *p_item, const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Add one subitem to this item + * + * This won't hold the item, but can tell to interested third parties + * Like the playlist, that there is a new sub item. With this design + * It is not the input item's responsability to keep all the ref of + * the input item children. + * + * Sends a vlc_InputItemSubItemTreeAdded and a vlc_InputItemSubItemAdded event + */ +VLC_API void input_item_PostSubItem( input_item_t *p_parent, input_item_t *p_child ); + +/** + * Start adding multiple subitems. + * + * Create a root node to hold a tree of subitems for given item + */ +VLC_API input_item_node_t * input_item_node_Create( input_item_t *p_input ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Add a new child node to this parent node that will point to this subitem. + */ +VLC_API input_item_node_t * input_item_node_AppendItem( input_item_node_t *p_node, input_item_t *p_item ); + +/** + * Add an already created node to children of this parent node. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_AppendNode( input_item_node_t *p_parent, input_item_node_t *p_child ); + +/** + * Delete a node created with input_item_node_Create() and all its children. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_Delete( input_item_node_t *p_node ); + +/** + * End adding multiple subitems. + * + * Sends a vlc_InputItemSubItemTreeAdded event to notify that the item pointed to + * by the given root node has created new subitems that are pointed to by all the + * children of the node. + * + * Also sends vlc_InputItemSubItemAdded event for every child under the given root node; + * + * In the end deletes the node and all its children nodes. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_PostAndDelete( input_item_node_t *p_node ); + + +/** + * Option flags + */ +enum input_item_option_e +{ + /* Allow VLC to trust the given option. + * By default options are untrusted */ + VLC_INPUT_OPTION_TRUSTED = 0x2, + + /* Add the option, unless the same option + * is already present. */ + VLC_INPUT_OPTION_UNIQUE = 0x100, +}; + +/** + * This function allows to add an option to an existing input_item_t. + */ +VLC_API int input_item_AddOption(input_item_t *, const char *, unsigned i_flags ); + +/* */ +VLC_API bool input_item_HasErrorWhenReading( input_item_t * ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetMeta( input_item_t *, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz_val ); +VLC_API bool input_item_MetaMatch( input_item_t *p_i, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz ); +VLC_API char * input_item_GetMeta( input_item_t *p_i, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetName( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetTitleFbName( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetURI( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void input_item_SetURI( input_item_t * p_i, const char *psz_uri ); +VLC_API mtime_t input_item_GetDuration( input_item_t * p_i ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetDuration( input_item_t * p_i, mtime_t i_duration ); +VLC_API bool input_item_IsPreparsed( input_item_t *p_i ); +VLC_API bool input_item_IsArtFetched( input_item_t *p_i ); + +static inline char *input_item_GetNowPlayingFb( input_item_t *p_item ) +{ + char *psz_meta = input_item_GetMeta( p_item, vlc_meta_NowPlaying ); + if( !psz_meta || strlen( psz_meta ) == 0 ) + { + free( psz_meta ); + return input_item_GetMeta( p_item, vlc_meta_ESNowPlaying ); + } + return psz_meta; +} + +#define INPUT_META( name ) \ +static inline \ +void input_item_Set ## name (input_item_t *p_input, const char *val) \ +{ \ + input_item_SetMeta (p_input, vlc_meta_ ## name, val); \ +} \ +static inline \ +char *input_item_Get ## name (input_item_t *p_input) \ +{ \ + return input_item_GetMeta (p_input, vlc_meta_ ## name); \ +} + +INPUT_META(Title) +INPUT_META(Artist) +INPUT_META(Genre) +INPUT_META(Copyright) +INPUT_META(Album) +INPUT_META(TrackNumber) +INPUT_META(Description) +INPUT_META(Rating) +INPUT_META(Date) +INPUT_META(Setting) +INPUT_META(URL) +INPUT_META(Language) +INPUT_META(NowPlaying) +INPUT_META(ESNowPlaying) +INPUT_META(Publisher) +INPUT_META(EncodedBy) +INPUT_META(ArtworkURL) +INPUT_META(TrackID) +INPUT_META(TrackTotal) +INPUT_META(Director) +INPUT_META(Season) +INPUT_META(Episode) +INPUT_META(ShowName) +INPUT_META(Actors) + +#define input_item_SetTrackNum input_item_SetTrackNumber +#define input_item_GetTrackNum input_item_GetTrackNumber +#define input_item_SetArtURL input_item_SetArtworkURL +#define input_item_GetArtURL input_item_GetArtworkURL + +VLC_API char * input_item_GetInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat,const char *psz_name ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int input_item_AddInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_format, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 4, 5 ); +VLC_API int input_item_DelInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat, const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API void input_item_ReplaceInfos( input_item_t *, info_category_t * ); +VLC_API void input_item_MergeInfos( input_item_t *, info_category_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t with the provided information. + * + * XXX You may also use input_item_New or input_item_NewExt as they need + * less arguments. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_NewWithType( const char *psz_uri, const char *psz_name, int i_options, const char *const *ppsz_options, unsigned i_option_flags, mtime_t i_duration, int i_type ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t with the provided information. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_NewExt( const char *psz_uri, const char *psz_name, int i_options, const char *const *ppsz_options, unsigned i_option_flags, mtime_t i_duration ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t with the provided information. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +#define input_item_New( a,b ) input_item_NewExt( a, b, 0, NULL, 0, -1 ) + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t as a copy of another. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_Copy(input_item_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** Holds an input item, i.e. creates a new reference. */ +VLC_API input_item_t *input_item_Hold(input_item_t *); + +/** Releases an input item, i.e. decrements its reference counter. */ +VLC_API void input_item_Release(input_item_t *); + +/* Historical hack... */ +#define vlc_gc_incref(i) input_item_Hold(i) +#define vlc_gc_decref(i) input_item_Release(i) + +typedef enum input_item_meta_request_option_t +{ + META_REQUEST_OPTION_NONE = 0x00, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_LOCAL = 0x01, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_NETWORK = 0x02, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_ANY = 0x03 +} input_item_meta_request_option_t; + +VLC_API int libvlc_MetaRequest(libvlc_int_t *, input_item_t *, + input_item_meta_request_option_t ); +VLC_API int libvlc_ArtRequest(libvlc_int_t *, input_item_t *, + input_item_meta_request_option_t ); + +/****************** + * Input stats + ******************/ +struct input_stats_t +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + + /* Input */ + int64_t i_read_packets; + int64_t i_read_bytes; + float f_input_bitrate; + float f_average_input_bitrate; + + /* Demux */ + int64_t i_demux_read_packets; + int64_t i_demux_read_bytes; + float f_demux_bitrate; + float f_average_demux_bitrate; + int64_t i_demux_corrupted; + int64_t i_demux_discontinuity; + + /* Decoders */ + int64_t i_decoded_audio; + int64_t i_decoded_video; + + /* Vout */ + int64_t i_displayed_pictures; + int64_t i_lost_pictures; + + /* Sout */ + int64_t i_sent_packets; + int64_t i_sent_bytes; + float f_send_bitrate; + + /* Aout */ + int64_t i_played_abuffers; + int64_t i_lost_abuffers; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_keys.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_keys.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf31710 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_keys.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_keys.h: keycode defines + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 49edab323f602e2149b6371bdb3b3277732b9cc0 $ + * + * Authors: Sigmund Augdal Helberg + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_KEYS_H +#define VLC_KEYS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines keys and functions + */ + +#define KEY_MODIFIER 0xFF000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_ALT 0x01000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x02000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_CTRL 0x04000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_META 0x08000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_COMMAND 0x10000000 + +#define KEY_UNSET 0x00000000 +#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x08 +#define KEY_TAB 0x09 +#define KEY_ENTER 0x0D +#define KEY_ESC 0x1B +/* End of Unicode range: 0x0010FFFF */ +#define KEY_LEFT 0x00210000 +#define KEY_RIGHT 0x00220000 +#define KEY_UP 0x00230000 +#define KEY_DOWN 0x00240000 +#define KEY_F1 0x00270000 +#define KEY_F2 0x00280000 +#define KEY_F3 0x00290000 +#define KEY_F4 0x002A0000 +#define KEY_F5 0x002B0000 +#define KEY_F6 0x002C0000 +#define KEY_F7 0x002D0000 +#define KEY_F8 0x002E0000 +#define KEY_F9 0x002F0000 +#define KEY_F10 0x00300000 +#define KEY_F11 0x00310000 +#define KEY_F12 0x00320000 +#define KEY_HOME 0x00330000 +#define KEY_END 0x00340000 +#define KEY_INSERT 0x00350000 +#define KEY_DELETE 0x00360000 +#define KEY_MENU 0x00370000 +#define KEY_PAGEUP 0x00390000 +#define KEY_PAGEDOWN 0x003A0000 +#define KEY_PRINT 0x003B0000 +#define KEY_PAUSE 0x003D0000 + +#define KEY_BROWSER_BACK 0x003F0000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_FORWARD 0x00400000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_REFRESH 0x00410000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_STOP 0x00420000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_SEARCH 0x00430000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_FAVORITES 0x00440000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_HOME 0x00450000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_MUTE 0x00460000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_DOWN 0x00470000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_UP 0x00480000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK 0x00490000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK 0x004A0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_STOP 0x004B0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE 0x004C0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_RECORD 0x004D0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_REWIND 0x004E0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FORWARD 0x004F0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_REPEAT 0x00500000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SHUFFLE 0x00510000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SUBTITLE 0x00520000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_AUDIO 0x00530000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_ANGLE 0x00540000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_TIME 0x00550000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FRAME_PREV 0x00560000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FRAME_NEXT 0x00570000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SELECT 0x00580000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_VIEW 0x00590000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_MENU 0x005A0000 +#define KEY_ZOOM_IN 0x00600000 +#define KEY_ZOOM_OUT 0x00610000 +#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP 0x00620000 +#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN 0x00630000 + +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELUP 0x00F00000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELDOWN 0x00F10000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELLEFT 0x00F20000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELRIGHT 0x00F30000 + +VLC_API char *vlc_keycode2str(uint_fast32_t i_key, bool locale) VLC_USED; +VLC_API uint_fast32_t vlc_str2keycode(const char *str) VLC_USED; + +typedef enum vlc_action { + ACTIONID_NONE = 0, + ACTIONID_QUIT, + ACTIONID_PLAY_PAUSE, + ACTIONID_PLAY, + ACTIONID_PAUSE, + ACTIONID_STOP, + ACTIONID_PREV, + ACTIONID_NEXT, + ACTIONID_SLOWER, + ACTIONID_FASTER, + ACTIONID_TOGGLE_FULLSCREEN, + ACTIONID_VOL_UP, + ACTIONID_VOL_DOWN, + ACTIONID_NAV_ACTIVATE, + ACTIONID_NAV_UP, + ACTIONID_NAV_DOWN, + ACTIONID_NAV_LEFT, + ACTIONID_NAV_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_EXTRASHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_EXTRASHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_SHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_SHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_MEDIUM, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_MEDIUM, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_LONG, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_LONG, + ACTIONID_FRAME_NEXT, + ACTIONID_POSITION, + ACTIONID_VOL_MUTE, +/* let ACTIONID_SET_BOOMARK* and ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK* be contiguous */ + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK1, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK2, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK3, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK4, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK5, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK6, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK7, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK8, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK9, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK10, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK1, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK2, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK3, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK4, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK5, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK6, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK7, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK8, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK9, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK10, + /* end of contiguous zone */ + ACTIONID_PLAY_CLEAR, + ACTIONID_SUBDELAY_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBDELAY_DOWN, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_MARKAUDIO, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_MARKSUB, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_APPLY, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_RESET, + ACTIONID_SUBPOS_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBPOS_DOWN, + ACTIONID_AUDIO_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TOGGLE, + ACTIONID_INTF_TOGGLE_FSC, + ACTIONID_INTF_HIDE, + ACTIONID_INTF_BOSS, + /* chapter and title navigation */ + ACTIONID_TITLE_PREV, + ACTIONID_TITLE_NEXT, + ACTIONID_CHAPTER_PREV, + ACTIONID_CHAPTER_NEXT, + /* end of chapter and title navigation */ + ACTIONID_AUDIODELAY_UP, + ACTIONID_AUDIODELAY_DOWN, + ACTIONID_SNAPSHOT, + ACTIONID_RECORD, + ACTIONID_DISC_MENU, + ACTIONID_ASPECT_RATIO, + ACTIONID_CROP, + ACTIONID_DEINTERLACE, + ACTIONID_DEINTERLACE_MODE, + ACTIONID_ZOOM, + ACTIONID_UNZOOM, + ACTIONID_CROP_TOP, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_TOP, + ACTIONID_CROP_LEFT, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_LEFT, + ACTIONID_CROP_BOTTOM, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_BOTTOM, + ACTIONID_CROP_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_RANDOM, + ACTIONID_LOOP, + ACTIONID_WALLPAPER, + ACTIONID_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN, + /* Zoom */ + ACTIONID_ZOOM_QUARTER, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_HALF, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_ORIGINAL, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_DOUBLE, + /* Cycle Through Audio Devices */ + ACTIONID_AUDIODEVICE_CYCLE, + /* scaling */ + ACTIONID_TOGGLE_AUTOSCALE, + ACTIONID_SCALE_UP, + ACTIONID_SCALE_DOWN, + /* */ + ACTIONID_RATE_NORMAL, + ACTIONID_RATE_SLOWER_FINE, + ACTIONID_RATE_FASTER_FINE, + /* Cycle Through Program Service IDs */ + ACTIONID_PROGRAM_SID_NEXT, + ACTIONID_PROGRAM_SID_PREV, + ACTIONID_INTF_POPUP_MENU, + +} vlc_action_t; + +VLC_API vlc_action_t vlc_GetActionId(const char *psz_key) VLC_USED; + +struct hotkey +{ + const char *psz_action; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_main.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_main.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..142ce01 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_main.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_main.h: access to all program variables + * Declaration and extern access to LibVLC instance object. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_int_t internal libvlc instance + */ + +struct hotkey; + +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_internal_instance_t + ***************************************************************************** + * This structure is a LibVLC instance, for use by libvlc core and plugins + *****************************************************************************/ +struct libvlc_int_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Structure storing the action name / key associations */ + const struct hotkey *p_hotkeys; +}; + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_md5.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b8c579 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_md5.h: MD5 hash + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2004-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Rafaël Carré + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MD5_H +# define VLC_MD5_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures to compute MD5 digests + */ + +struct md5_s +{ + uint32_t A, B, C, D; /* chaining variables */ + uint32_t nblocks; + uint8_t buf[64]; + int count; +}; + +VLC_API void InitMD5( struct md5_s * ); +VLC_API void AddMD5( struct md5_s *, const void *, size_t ); +VLC_API void EndMD5( struct md5_s * ); + +/** + * Returns a char representation of the md5 hash, as shown by UNIX md5 or + * md5sum tools. + */ +static inline char * psz_md5_hash( struct md5_s *md5_s ) +{ + char *psz = malloc( 33 ); /* md5 string is 32 bytes + NULL character */ + if( likely(psz) ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < 16; i++ ) + sprintf( &psz[2*i], "%02" PRIx8, md5_s->buf[i] ); + } + return psz; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_media_library.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_media_library.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7e1f70 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_media_library.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_media_library.h: SQL-based media library + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2008-2010 the VideoLAN Team and AUTHORS + * $Id: a35d9729ca3705ec792b7be9e1819919f6e601f6 $ + * + * Authors: Antoine Lejeune + * Jean-Philippe André + * Rémi Duraffort + * Adrien Maglo + * Srikanth Raju + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H +# define VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * ML Enums + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define ML_PERSON_ARTIST "Artist" +#define ML_PERSON_ALBUM_ARTIST "Album Artist" +#define ML_PERSON_ENCODER "Encoder" +#define ML_PERSON_PUBLISHER "Publisher" + + +/** List of Query select types. + * In a query array or variable argument list, each select type is followed + * by an argument (X) of variable type (char* or int, @see ml_element_t). + * These types can be used either in the query list or in the result array. + * Some types are reserved for the result array: + */ +typedef enum +{ + ML_ALBUM = 1, /**< Album Title */ + ML_ALBUM_ID, /**< Album ID */ + ML_ALBUM_COVER, /**< Album Cover art url */ + /* FIXME: Remove ML_ARTIST */ + ML_ARTIST, /**< Artist, interpreted as ML_PEOPLE + && ML_PEOPLE_ROLE = ML_PERSON_ARTIST */ + ML_ARTIST_ID, /**< Artist ID, interpreted as ML_PEOPLE_ID + && ML_PEOPLE_ROLE = ML_PERSON_ARTIST */ + ML_COMMENT, /**< Comment about media */ + ML_COUNT_MEDIA, /**< Number of medias */ + ML_COUNT_ALBUM, /**< Number of albums */ + ML_COUNT_PEOPLE, /**< Number of people */ + ML_COVER, /**< Cover art url */ + ML_DURATION, /**< Duration in ms */ + ML_DISC_NUMBER, /**< Disc number of the track */ + ML_EXTRA, /**< Extra/comment (string) on the media */ + ML_FIRST_PLAYED, /**< First time media was played */ + ML_FILESIZE, /**< Size of the media file */ + ML_GENRE, /**< Genre of the media (if any) */ + ML_ID, /**< Media ID */ + ML_IMPORT_TIME, /**< Date when media was imported */ + ML_LANGUAGE, /**< Language */ + ML_LAST_PLAYED, /**< Last play UNIX timestamp */ + ML_LAST_SKIPPED, /**< Time when media was last skipped */ + ML_ORIGINAL_TITLE, /**< Media original title (if any) */ + ML_PEOPLE, /**< Any People associated with this media */ + ML_PEOPLE_ID, /**< Id of a person */ + ML_PEOPLE_ROLE, /**< Person role */ + ML_PLAYED_COUNT, /**< Media play count */ + ML_PREVIEW, /**< Url of the video preview */ + ML_SKIPPED_COUNT, /**< Number of times skipped */ + ML_SCORE, /**< Computed media score */ + ML_TITLE, /**< Media title */ + ML_TRACK_NUMBER, /**< Media track number (if any) */ + ML_TYPE, /**< Media type. @see ml_type_e */ + ML_URI, /**< Media full URI. */ + ML_VOTE, /**< Media user vote value */ + ML_YEAR, /**< Media publishing year */ + ML_DIRECTORY, /**< Monitored directory */ + ML_MEDIA, /**< Full media descriptor. @see ml_media_t */ + ML_MEDIA_SPARSE, /**< Sparse media. @see ml_media_t */ + ML_MEDIA_EXTRA, /**< Sparse + Extra = Full media */ + + /* Some special elements */ + ML_LIMIT = -1, /**< Limit a query to X results */ + ML_SORT_DESC = -2, /**< Sort a query descending on argument X */ + ML_SORT_ASC = -3, /**< Sort a query ascending on argument X */ + ML_DISTINCT = -4, /**< Add DISTINCT to SELECT statements. */ + ML_END = -42 /**< End of argument list */ +} ml_select_e; + +/** Media types (audio, video, etc...) */ +typedef enum +{ + ML_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown media type */ + ML_AUDIO = 1 << 0, /**< Audio only media */ + ML_VIDEO = 1 << 1, /**< Video media. May contain audio channels */ + ML_STREAM = 1 << 2, /**< Streamed media = not a local file */ + ML_NODE = 1 << 3, /**< Nodes like simple nodes, directories, playlists, etc */ + ML_REMOVABLE = 1 << 4, /**< Removable media: CD/DVD/Card/... */ +} ml_type_e; + +/** Query result item/list type: integers, strings, medias, timestamps */ +typedef enum { + ML_TYPE_INT, /**< Object is an int */ + ML_TYPE_PSZ, /**< A string char* */ + ML_TYPE_TIME, /**< A timestamp mtime_t */ + ML_TYPE_MEDIA, /**< A pointer to a media ml_media_t* */ +} ml_result_type_e; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* C++ */ + +#endif /* VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_messages.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_messages.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5b1833 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_messages.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_messages.h: messages interface + * This library provides basic functions for threads to interact with user + * interface, such as message output. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f746f61c09afd91f89dee61340a1d090bd96416c $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MESSAGES_H_ +#define VLC_MESSAGES_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines structures and functions to handle messages and statistics gathering + */ + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup messages Messages + * This library provides basic functions for threads to interact with user + * interface, such as message output. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** Message types */ +enum vlc_log_type +{ + VLC_MSG_INFO=0, /**< Important information */ + VLC_MSG_ERR, /**< Error */ + VLC_MSG_WARN, /**< Warning */ + VLC_MSG_DBG, /**< Debug */ +}; + +/** + * Log message + */ +typedef struct vlc_log_t +{ + uintptr_t i_object_id; /**< Emitter (temporaly) unique object ID or 0 */ + const char *psz_object_type; /**< Emitter object type name */ + const char *psz_module; /**< Emitter module (source code) */ + const char *psz_header; /**< Additional header (used by VLM media) */ +} vlc_log_t; + +VLC_API void vlc_Log(vlc_object_t *, int, + const char *, const char *, ...) VLC_FORMAT( 4, 5 ); +VLC_API void vlc_vaLog(vlc_object_t *, int, + const char *, const char *, va_list); +#define msg_GenericVa(a, b, c, d, e) vlc_vaLog(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +#define msg_Info( p_this, ... ) \ + vlc_Log( VLC_OBJECT(p_this), VLC_MSG_INFO, MODULE_STRING, __VA_ARGS__ ) +#define msg_Err( p_this, ... ) \ + vlc_Log( VLC_OBJECT(p_this), VLC_MSG_ERR, MODULE_STRING, __VA_ARGS__ ) +#define msg_Warn( p_this, ... ) \ + vlc_Log( VLC_OBJECT(p_this), VLC_MSG_WARN, MODULE_STRING, __VA_ARGS__ ) +#define msg_Dbg( p_this, ... ) \ + vlc_Log( VLC_OBJECT(p_this), VLC_MSG_DBG, MODULE_STRING, __VA_ARGS__ ) + +#ifndef MODULE_STRING +# define MODULE_STRING __FILE__ +#endif + +VLC_API const char *vlc_strerror(int); +VLC_API const char *vlc_strerror_c(int); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_meta.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_meta.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75cf8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_meta.h: Stream meta-data + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 4292095290d804f6e22303de88ecae86be983fc0 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_META_H +#define VLC_META_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for stream meta-data in vlc + * + */ + +typedef enum vlc_meta_type_t +{ + vlc_meta_Title, + vlc_meta_Artist, + vlc_meta_Genre, + vlc_meta_Copyright, + vlc_meta_Album, + vlc_meta_TrackNumber, + vlc_meta_Description, + vlc_meta_Rating, + vlc_meta_Date, + vlc_meta_Setting, + vlc_meta_URL, + vlc_meta_Language, + vlc_meta_NowPlaying, + vlc_meta_ESNowPlaying, + vlc_meta_Publisher, + vlc_meta_EncodedBy, + vlc_meta_ArtworkURL, + vlc_meta_TrackID, + vlc_meta_TrackTotal, + vlc_meta_Director, + vlc_meta_Season, + vlc_meta_Episode, + vlc_meta_ShowName, + vlc_meta_Actors, +} vlc_meta_type_t; + +#define VLC_META_TYPE_COUNT 24 + +#define ITEM_PREPARSED 1 +#define ITEM_ARTURL_FETCHED 2 +#define ITEM_ART_FETCHED 4 +#define ITEM_ART_NOTFOUND 8 + +/** + * Basic function to deal with meta + */ +struct vlc_meta_t; + +VLC_API vlc_meta_t * vlc_meta_New( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Delete( vlc_meta_t *m ); +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Set( vlc_meta_t *p_meta, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz_val ); +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_Get( const vlc_meta_t *p_meta, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ); + +VLC_API void vlc_meta_AddExtra( vlc_meta_t *m, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_value ); +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_GetExtra( const vlc_meta_t *m, const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API unsigned vlc_meta_GetExtraCount( const vlc_meta_t *m ); + +/** + * Allocate a copy of all extra meta names and a table with it. + * Be sure to free both the returned pointers and its name. + */ +VLC_API char ** vlc_meta_CopyExtraNames( const vlc_meta_t *m ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Merge( vlc_meta_t *dst, const vlc_meta_t *src ); + +VLC_API int vlc_meta_GetStatus( vlc_meta_t *m ); +VLC_API void vlc_meta_SetStatus( vlc_meta_t *m, int status ); + +/** + * Returns a localizes string describing the meta + */ +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ); + +/* deprecated (album-art variable) */ +enum { + ALBUM_ART_WHEN_ASKED, + ALBUM_ART_WHEN_PLAYED, + ALBUM_ART_ALL +}; + + +typedef struct meta_export_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; + const char *psz_file; +} meta_export_t; + +VLC_API int input_item_WriteMeta(vlc_object_t *, input_item_t *); + +/* Setters for meta. + * Warning: Make sure to use the input_item meta setters (defined in vlc_input_item.h) + * instead of those one. */ +#define vlc_meta_SetTitle( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Title, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetArtist( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Artist, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetGenre( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Genre, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetCopyright( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Copyright, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetAlbum( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Album, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackNum( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackNumber, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDescription( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Description, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetRating( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Rating, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDate( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Date, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetSetting( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Setting, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetURL( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_URL, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetLanguage( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Language, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetNowPlaying( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_NowPlaying, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetPublisher( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Publisher, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetEncodedBy( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_EncodedBy, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetArtURL( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_ArtworkURL, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackID( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackID, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackTotal( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackTotal, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDirector( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Director, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetSeason( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Season, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetEpisode( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Episode, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetShowName( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_ShowName, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetActors( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Actors, b ) + +#define VLC_META_TITLE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Title ) +#define VLC_META_ARTIST vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Artist ) +#define VLC_META_GENRE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Genre ) +#define VLC_META_COPYRIGHT vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Copyright ) +#define VLC_META_ALBUM vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Album ) +#define VLC_META_TRACK_NUMBER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_TrackNumber ) +#define VLC_META_DESCRIPTION vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Description ) +#define VLC_META_RATING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Rating ) +#define VLC_META_DATE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Date ) +#define VLC_META_SETTING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Setting ) +#define VLC_META_URL vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_URL ) +#define VLC_META_LANGUAGE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Language ) +#define VLC_META_NOW_PLAYING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_NowPlaying ) +#define VLC_META_PUBLISHER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Publisher ) +#define VLC_META_ENCODED_BY vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_EncodedBy ) +#define VLC_META_ART_URL vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_ArtworkURL ) +#define VLC_META_TRACKID vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_TrackID ) +#define VLC_META_DIRECTOR vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Director ) +#define VLC_META_SEASON vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Season ) +#define VLC_META_EPISODE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Episode ) +#define VLC_META_SHOW_NAME vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_ShowName ) +#define VLC_META_ACTORS vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Actors ) + +#define VLC_META_EXTRA_MB_ALBUMID "MB_ALBUMID" + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e806145 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_meta_fetcher.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_META_FETCHER_H +#define VLC_META_FETCHER_H 1 + +typedef enum meta_fetcher_scope_t +{ + FETCHER_SCOPE_LOCAL = 0x01, + FETCHER_SCOPE_NETWORK = 0x02, + FETCHER_SCOPE_ANY = 0x03 +} meta_fetcher_scope_t; + +typedef struct meta_fetcher_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; + meta_fetcher_scope_t e_scope; +} meta_fetcher_t; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mime.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f04fc95 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mime.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mime.h: Mime type recognition + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MIME_H +#define VLC_MIME_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * Mime type recognition helpers. + */ + +VLC_API const char * vlc_mime_Ext2Mime( const char *psz_url ); + +#endif /* _VLC_MIME_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_modules.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_modules.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be68094 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_modules.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_modules.h : Module descriptor and load functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 7f45217969b63e32af360d2e48789f5a16809b9a $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions for modules in vlc + */ + +typedef int (*vlc_activate_t)(void *func, va_list args); +typedef void (*vlc_deactivate_t)(void *func, va_list args); + +/***************************************************************************** + * Exported functions. + *****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API module_t * vlc_module_load( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *cap, const char *name, bool strict, vlc_activate_t probe, ... ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_module_load(o,c,n,s,...) \ + vlc_module_load(VLC_OBJECT(o),c,n,s,__VA_ARGS__) +VLC_API void vlc_module_unload( module_t *, vlc_deactivate_t deinit, ... ); + +VLC_API module_t * module_need( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *, bool ) VLC_USED; +#define module_need(a,b,c,d) module_need(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) +VLC_API void module_unneed( vlc_object_t *, module_t * ); +#define module_unneed(a,b) module_unneed(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +VLC_API bool module_exists(const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API module_t * module_find(const char *) VLC_USED; + +int module_start(vlc_object_t *, const module_t *); +#define module_start(o, m) module_start(VLC_OBJECT(o),m) +void module_stop(vlc_object_t *, const module_t *); +#define module_stop(o, m) module_stop(VLC_OBJECT(o),m) + +VLC_API module_config_t * module_config_get( const module_t *, unsigned * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void module_config_free( module_config_t * ); + +VLC_API void module_list_free(module_t **); +VLC_API module_t ** module_list_get(size_t *n) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API bool module_provides( const module_t *m, const char *cap ); +VLC_API const char * module_get_object( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_get_name( const module_t *m, bool long_name ) VLC_USED; +#define module_GetLongName( m ) module_get_name( m, true ) +VLC_API const char * module_get_help( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_get_capability( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int module_get_score( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_gettext( const module_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_USED static inline module_t *module_get_main (void) +{ + return module_find ("core"); +} +#define module_get_main(a) module_get_main() + +VLC_USED static inline bool module_is_main( const module_t * p_module ) +{ + return !strcmp( module_get_object( p_module ), "core" ); +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mouse.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mouse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c62ee3c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mouse.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mouse.h: mouse related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: b48853570a09ad1d77cc95cda0c5b04b5028ee80 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _VLC_MOUSE_H +#define _VLC_MOUSE_H 1 + +/** + * Mouse buttons + */ +enum +{ + MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT=0, + MOUSE_BUTTON_CENTER, + MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_LEFT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_RIGHT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_MAX +}; + +/** + * Mouse state + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* Coordinate */ + int i_x; + int i_y; + /* Mask of pressed button */ + int i_pressed; + /* Is double clicked */ + bool b_double_click; +} vlc_mouse_t; + +static inline void vlc_mouse_Init( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + p_mouse->i_x = 0; + p_mouse->i_y = 0; + p_mouse->i_pressed = 0; + p_mouse->b_double_click = false; +} + +/* */ +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetPressed( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + p_mouse->i_pressed |= 1 << i_button; +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetReleased( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + p_mouse->i_pressed &= ~(1 << i_button); +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetPosition( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_x, int i_y ) +{ + p_mouse->i_x = i_x; + p_mouse->i_y = i_y; +} + +/* */ +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + return ( p_mouse->i_pressed & (1 << i_button) ) != 0; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsLeftPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsCenterPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_CENTER ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsRightPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsWheelUpPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsWheelDownPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN ); +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_GetMotion( int *pi_x, int *pi_y, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + *pi_x = p_new->i_x - p_old->i_x; + *pi_y = p_new->i_y - p_old->i_y; +} + +/* */ +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasChanged( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_x != p_new->i_x || p_old->i_y != p_new->i_y || + p_old->i_pressed != p_new->i_pressed; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasMoved( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_x != p_new->i_x || p_old->i_y != p_new->i_y; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasButton( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_pressed != p_new->i_pressed; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + int i_button ) +{ + const int i_mask = 1 << i_button; + return (p_old->i_pressed & i_mask) == 0 && (p_new->i_pressed & i_mask); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasReleased( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + int i_button ) +{ + const int i_mask = 1 << i_button; + return (p_old->i_pressed & i_mask) && (p_new->i_pressed & i_mask) == 0; +} +#endif /* _VLC_MOUSE_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mtime.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mtime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42172e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_mtime.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mtime.h: high resolution time management functions + ***************************************************************************** + * This header provides portable high precision time management functions, + * which should be the only ones used in other segments of the program, since + * functions like gettimeofday() and ftime() are not always supported. + * Most functions are declared as inline or as macros since they are only + * interfaces to system calls and have to be called frequently. + * 'm' stands for 'micro', since maximum resolution is the microsecond. + * Functions prototyped are implemented in interface/mtime.c. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: ab89a972120c8ee3f45d9823994eac584f8fe527 $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __VLC_MTIME_H +# define __VLC_MTIME_H 1 + +/***************************************************************************** + * LAST_MDATE: date which will never happen + ***************************************************************************** + * This date can be used as a 'never' date, to mark missing events in a function + * supposed to return a date, such as nothing to display in a function + * returning the date of the first image to be displayed. It can be used in + * comparaison with other values: all existing dates will be earlier. + *****************************************************************************/ +#define LAST_MDATE ((mtime_t)((uint64_t)(-1)/2)) + +/***************************************************************************** + * MSTRTIME_MAX_SIZE: maximum possible size of mstrtime + ***************************************************************************** + * This values is the maximal possible size of the string returned by the + * mstrtime() function, including '-' and the final '\0'. It should be used to + * allocate the buffer. + *****************************************************************************/ +#define MSTRTIME_MAX_SIZE 22 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API char * mstrtime( char *psz_buffer, mtime_t date ); +VLC_API char * secstotimestr( char *psz_buffer, int32_t secs ); + +/***************************************************************************** + * date_t: date incrementation without long-term rounding errors + *****************************************************************************/ +struct date_t +{ + mtime_t date; + uint32_t i_divider_num; + uint32_t i_divider_den; + uint32_t i_remainder; +}; + +VLC_API void date_Init( date_t *, uint32_t, uint32_t ); +VLC_API void date_Change( date_t *, uint32_t, uint32_t ); +VLC_API void date_Set( date_t *, mtime_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Get( const date_t * ); +VLC_API void date_Move( date_t *, mtime_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Increment( date_t *, uint32_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Decrement( date_t *, uint32_t ); +VLC_API uint64_t NTPtime64( void ); +#endif /* !__VLC_MTIME_ */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_network.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_network.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3461c9f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_network.h @@ -0,0 +1,370 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_network.h: interface to communicate with network plug-ins + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2006-2007 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 70281a229d0acf031b71e0d22ac0a08be0712c68 $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_NETWORK_H +# define VLC_NETWORK_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines interface to communicate with network plug-ins + */ + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +# define _NO_OLDNAMES 1 +# include +# include +# include +# define net_errno (WSAGetLastError()) + +struct iovec +{ + void *iov_base; + size_t iov_len; +}; + +struct msghdr +{ + void *msg_name; + size_t msg_namelen; + struct iovec *msg_iov; + size_t msg_iovlen; + void *msg_control; + size_t msg_controllen; + int msg_flags; +}; + +# ifndef IPV6_V6ONLY +# define IPV6_V6ONLY 27 +# endif +#else +# include +# include +# include +# include +# include +# define net_errno errno +#endif + +#if defined( __SYMBIAN32__ ) +# undef AF_INET6 +# undef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST +# undef IPV6_V6ONLY +# undef IPV6_MULTICAST_HOPS +# undef IPV6_MULTICAST_IF +# undef IPV6_TCLASS +# undef IPV6_JOIN_GROUP +#endif + +VLC_API int vlc_socket (int, int, int, bool nonblock) VLC_USED; + +struct sockaddr; +VLC_API int vlc_accept( int, struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *, bool ) VLC_USED; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* Portable networking layer communication */ +int net_Socket (vlc_object_t *obj, int family, int socktype, int proto); + +VLC_API int net_Connect(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int socktype, int protocol); +#define net_Connect(a, b, c, d, e) net_Connect(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +VLC_API int * net_Listen(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int socktype, int protocol); + +#define net_ListenTCP(a, b, c) net_Listen(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, \ + SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) + +static inline int net_ConnectTCP (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port) +{ + return net_Connect (obj, host, port, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); +} +#define net_ConnectTCP(a, b, c) net_ConnectTCP(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +VLC_API int net_AcceptSingle(vlc_object_t *obj, int lfd); + +VLC_API int net_Accept( vlc_object_t *, int * ); +#define net_Accept(a, b) \ + net_Accept(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +VLC_API int net_ConnectDgram( vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int hlim, int proto ); +#define net_ConnectDgram(a, b, c, d, e ) \ + net_ConnectDgram(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +static inline int net_ConnectUDP (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port, int hlim) +{ + return net_ConnectDgram (obj, host, port, hlim, IPPROTO_UDP); +} + +VLC_API int net_OpenDgram( vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_bind, int i_bind, const char *psz_server, int i_server, int proto ); +#define net_OpenDgram( a, b, c, d, e, g ) \ + net_OpenDgram(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, g) + +static inline int net_ListenUDP1 (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port) +{ + return net_OpenDgram (obj, host, port, NULL, 0, IPPROTO_UDP); +} + +VLC_API void net_ListenClose( int *fd ); + +int net_Subscribe (vlc_object_t *obj, int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, + socklen_t addrlen); + +VLC_API int net_SetCSCov( int fd, int sendcov, int recvcov ); + +/* Functions to read from or write to the networking layer */ +struct virtual_socket_t +{ + void *p_sys; + int (*pf_recv) ( void *, void *, size_t ); + int (*pf_send) ( void *, const void *, size_t ); +}; + +VLC_API ssize_t net_Read( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t *, void *p_data, size_t i_data, bool b_retry ); +#define net_Read(a,b,c,d,e,f) net_Read(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d,e,f) +VLC_API ssize_t net_Write( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t *, const void *p_data, size_t i_data ); +#define net_Write(a,b,c,d,e) net_Write(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d,e) +VLC_API char * net_Gets( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t * ); +#define net_Gets(a,b,c) net_Gets(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + + +VLC_API ssize_t net_Printf( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t *, const char *psz_fmt, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 4, 5 ); +#define net_Printf(o,fd,vs,...) net_Printf(VLC_OBJECT(o),fd,vs, __VA_ARGS__) +VLC_API ssize_t net_vaPrintf( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t *, const char *psz_fmt, va_list args ); +#define net_vaPrintf(a,b,c,d,e) net_vaPrintf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d,e) + +#ifdef _WIN32 +/* Microsoft: same semantic, same value, different name... go figure */ +# define SHUT_RD SD_RECEIVE +# define SHUT_WR SD_SEND +# define SHUT_RDWR SD_BOTH +# define net_Close( fd ) closesocket ((SOCKET)fd) +#else +# ifdef __OS2__ +# define SHUT_RD 0 +# define SHUT_WR 1 +# define SHUT_RDWR 2 +# endif +# define net_Close( fd ) (void)close (fd) +#endif + +/* Portable network names/addresses resolution layer */ + +/* GAI error codes */ +# ifndef EAI_BADFLAGS +# define EAI_BADFLAGS -1 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_NONAME +# define EAI_NONAME -2 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_AGAIN +# define EAI_AGAIN -3 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_FAIL +# define EAI_FAIL -4 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_NODATA +# define EAI_NODATA -5 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_FAMILY +# define EAI_FAMILY -6 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_SOCKTYPE +# define EAI_SOCKTYPE -7 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_SERVICE +# define EAI_SERVICE -8 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_ADDRFAMILY +# define EAI_ADDRFAMILY -9 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_MEMORY +# define EAI_MEMORY -10 +# endif +#ifndef EAI_OVERFLOW +# define EAI_OVERFLOW -11 +#endif +# ifndef EAI_SYSTEM +# define EAI_SYSTEM -12 +# endif + + +# ifndef NI_MAXHOST +# define NI_MAXHOST 1025 +# define NI_MAXSERV 32 +# endif +# define NI_MAXNUMERICHOST 64 + +#ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV +# define AI_NUMERICSERV 0 +#endif +#ifndef AI_IDN +# define AI_IDN 0 /* GNU/libc extension */ +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# undef gai_strerror +# define gai_strerror gai_strerrorA +#endif + +#ifdef __OS2__ +# ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST +# define NI_NUMERICHOST 0x01 +# define NI_NUMERICSERV 0x02 +# define NI_NOFQDN 0x04 +# define NI_NAMEREQD 0x08 +# define NI_DGRAM 0x10 +# endif + +# define AI_PASSIVE 1 +# define AI_CANONNAME 2 +# define AI_NUMERICHOST 4 + +VLC_API const char *gai_strerror( int errnum ); + +VLC_API int getaddrinfo ( const char *, const char *, + const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo ** ); +VLC_API void freeaddrinfo( struct addrinfo * ); +VLC_API int getnameinfo ( const struct sockaddr *, socklen_t, + char *, int, char *, int, int ); +#endif + +VLC_API int vlc_getnameinfo( const struct sockaddr *, int, char *, int, int *, int ); +VLC_API int vlc_getaddrinfo (const char *, unsigned, + const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo **); + + +#ifdef __OS2__ +/* OS/2 does not support IPv6, yet. But declare these only for compilation */ +struct in6_addr +{ + uint8_t s6_addr[16]; +}; + +struct sockaddr_in6 +{ + uint8_t sin6_len; + uint8_t sin6_family; + uint16_t sin6_port; + uint32_t sin6_flowinfo; + struct in6_addr sin6_addr; + uint32_t sin6_scope_id; +}; + +# define IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) (((__const uint8_t *) (a))[0] == 0xff) + +static const struct in6_addr in6addr_any = + { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; +#endif + +static inline bool +net_SockAddrIsMulticast (const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t len) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef IN_MULTICAST + case AF_INET: + { + const struct sockaddr_in *v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)addr; + if ((size_t)len < sizeof (*v4)) + return false; + return IN_MULTICAST (ntohl (v4->sin_addr.s_addr)) != 0; + } +#endif + +#ifdef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST + case AF_INET6: + { + const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr; + if ((size_t)len < sizeof (*v6)) + return false; + return IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST (&v6->sin6_addr) != 0; + } +#endif + } + + return false; +} + + +static inline int net_GetSockAddress( int fd, char *address, int *port ) +{ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; + socklen_t addrlen = sizeof( addr ); + + return getsockname( fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen ) + || vlc_getnameinfo( (struct sockaddr *)&addr, addrlen, address, + NI_MAXNUMERICHOST, port, NI_NUMERICHOST ) + ? VLC_EGENERIC : 0; +} + +static inline int net_GetPeerAddress( int fd, char *address, int *port ) +{ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; + socklen_t addrlen = sizeof( addr ); + + return getpeername( fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen ) + || vlc_getnameinfo( (struct sockaddr *)&addr, addrlen, address, + NI_MAXNUMERICHOST, port, NI_NUMERICHOST ) + ? VLC_EGENERIC : 0; +} + +static inline uint16_t net_GetPort (const struct sockaddr *addr) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef AF_INET6 + case AF_INET6: + return ((const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_port; +#endif + case AF_INET: + return ((const struct sockaddr_in *)addr)->sin_port; + } + return 0; +} + +static inline void net_SetPort (struct sockaddr *addr, uint16_t port) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef AF_INET6 + case AF_INET6: + ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_port = port; + break; +#endif + case AF_INET: + ((struct sockaddr_in *)addr)->sin_port = port; + break; + } +} + +VLC_API char *vlc_getProxyUrl(const char *); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_objects.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_objects.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db3f8fe --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_objects.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_objects.h: vlc_object_t definition and manipulation methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c6708750ee9cd68a9fce0246f019ad8aec80432b $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the vlc_object_t structure and object types. + */ + +/** + * \defgroup vlc_object Objects + * @{ + */ + +/* Object flags */ +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_QUIET 0x0002 +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_NOINTERACT 0x0004 + +/***************************************************************************** + * The vlc_object_t type. Yes, it's that simple :-) + *****************************************************************************/ +/** The main vlc_object_t structure */ +struct vlc_object_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void *vlc_object_create( vlc_object_t *, size_t ) VLC_MALLOC VLC_USED; +VLC_API vlc_object_t *vlc_object_find_name( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED; +VLC_API void * vlc_object_hold( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_object_release( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API vlc_list_t *vlc_list_children( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_list_release( vlc_list_t * ); +VLC_API char *vlc_object_get_name( const vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_object_get_name(o) vlc_object_get_name(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +/**}@*/ + +#define vlc_object_create(a,b) vlc_object_create( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +#define vlc_object_find_name(a,b) \ + vlc_object_find_name( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +#define vlc_object_hold(a) \ + vlc_object_hold( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +#define vlc_object_release(a) \ + vlc_object_release( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +#define vlc_list_children(a) \ + vlc_list_children( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +/* Objects and threading */ +VLC_API VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED bool vlc_object_alive (vlc_object_t *); +#define vlc_object_alive(a) vlc_object_alive( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +/** @} */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_opengl.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_opengl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cc8ca2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_opengl.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_opengl.h: VLC GL API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * Copyright (C) 2011 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_GL_H +#define VLC_GL_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines GL structures and functions. + */ + +struct vout_window_t; + +/** + * A VLC GL context (and its underlying surface) + */ +typedef struct vlc_gl_t vlc_gl_t; + +struct vlc_gl_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct vout_window_t *surface; + module_t *module; + void *sys; + + int (*makeCurrent)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*releaseCurrent)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*swap)(vlc_gl_t *); + int (*lock)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*unlock)(vlc_gl_t *); + void*(*getProcAddress)(vlc_gl_t *, const char *); +}; + +enum { + VLC_OPENGL, + VLC_OPENGL_ES, + VLC_OPENGL_ES2, +}; + +VLC_API vlc_gl_t *vlc_gl_Create(struct vout_window_t *, unsigned, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_gl_Destroy(vlc_gl_t *); + +static inline int vlc_gl_MakeCurrent(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + return gl->makeCurrent(gl); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_ReleaseCurrent(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + gl->releaseCurrent(gl); +} + +static inline int vlc_gl_Lock(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + return (gl->lock != NULL) ? gl->lock(gl) : VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_Unlock(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + if (gl->unlock != NULL) + gl->unlock(gl); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_Swap(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + gl->swap(gl); +} + +static inline void *vlc_gl_GetProcAddress(vlc_gl_t *gl, const char *name) +{ + return (gl->getProcAddress != NULL) ? gl->getProcAddress(gl, name) : NULL; +} + +#endif /* VLC_GL_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0dc2b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture.h: picture definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: e45374ba04791df4b80ebda3987d4897757b5663 $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include +#if (defined (__LIBVLC__) && !defined (__PLUGIN__)) +# include +#endif + +/** Description of a planar graphic field */ +typedef struct plane_t +{ + uint8_t *p_pixels; /**< Start of the plane's data */ + + /* Variables used for fast memcpy operations */ + int i_lines; /**< Number of lines, including margins */ + int i_pitch; /**< Number of bytes in a line, including margins */ + + /** Size of a macropixel, defaults to 1 */ + int i_pixel_pitch; + + /* Variables used for pictures with margins */ + int i_visible_lines; /**< How many visible lines are there ? */ + int i_visible_pitch; /**< How many visible pixels are there ? */ + +} plane_t; + +/** + * Maximum number of plane for a picture + */ +#define PICTURE_PLANE_MAX (VOUT_MAX_PLANES) + + +/** + * A private definition to help overloading picture release + */ +typedef struct picture_gc_sys_t picture_gc_sys_t; + +/** + * Video picture + */ +struct picture_t +{ + /** + * The properties of the picture + */ + video_frame_format_t format; + + plane_t p[PICTURE_PLANE_MAX]; /**< description of the planes */ + int i_planes; /**< number of allocated planes */ + + /** \name Picture management properties + * These properties can be modified using the video output thread API, + * but should never be written directly */ + /**@{*/ + mtime_t date; /**< display date */ + bool b_force; + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Picture dynamic properties + * Those properties can be changed by the decoder + * @{ + */ + bool b_progressive; /**< is it a progressive frame ? */ + bool b_top_field_first; /**< which field is first */ + unsigned int i_nb_fields; /**< # of displayed fields */ + void * context; /**< video format-specific data pointer, + * must point to a (void (*)(void*)) pointer to free the context */ + /**@}*/ + + /** Private data - the video output plugin might want to put stuff here to + * keep track of the picture */ + picture_sys_t * p_sys; + + /** This way the picture_Release can be overloaded */ + struct + { +#if (defined (__LIBVLC__) && !defined (__PLUGIN__)) + atomic_uintptr_t refcount; +#else + uintptr_t refcount_placeholder_keep_off; +#endif + void (*pf_destroy)( picture_t * ); + picture_gc_sys_t *p_sys; + } gc; + + /** Next picture in a FIFO a pictures */ + struct picture_t *p_next; +}; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture. + * The picture created will implement a default release management compatible + * with picture_Hold and picture_Release. This default management will release + * p_sys, gc.p_sys fields if non NULL. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_New( vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma, int i_width, int i_height, int i_sar_num, int i_sar_den ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture using the given format. + * + * When possible, it is preferred to use this function over picture_New + * as more information about the format is kept. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_NewFromFormat( const video_format_t *p_fmt ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Resource for a picture. + */ +typedef struct +{ + picture_sys_t *p_sys; + void (*pf_destroy)(picture_t *); + + /* Plane resources + * XXX all fields MUST be set to the right value. + */ + struct + { + uint8_t *p_pixels; /**< Start of the plane's data */ + int i_lines; /**< Number of lines, including margins */ + int i_pitch; /**< Number of bytes in a line, including margins */ + } p[PICTURE_PLANE_MAX]; + +} picture_resource_t; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture using the provided resource. + * + * If the resource is NULL then a plain picture_NewFromFormat is returned. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_NewFromResource( const video_format_t *, const picture_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will increase the picture reference count. + * It will not have any effect on picture obtained from vout + * + * It returns the given picture for convenience. + */ +VLC_API picture_t *picture_Hold( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will release a picture. + * It will not have any effect on picture obtained from vout + */ +VLC_API void picture_Release( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will return true if you are not the only owner of the + * picture. + * + * It is only valid if it is created using picture_New. + */ +VLC_API bool picture_IsReferenced( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will copy all picture dynamic properties. + */ +VLC_API void picture_CopyProperties( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will reset a picture information (properties and quantizers). + * It is sometimes useful for reusing pictures (like from a pool). + */ +VLC_API void picture_Reset( picture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will copy the picture pixels. + * You can safely copy between pictures that do not have the same size, + * only the compatible(smaller) part will be copied. + */ +VLC_API void picture_CopyPixels( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); +VLC_API void plane_CopyPixels( plane_t *p_dst, const plane_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will copy both picture dynamic properties and pixels. + * You have to notice that sometime a simple picture_Hold may do what + * you want without the copy overhead. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_dst pointer to the destination picture. + * \param p_src pointer to the source picture. + */ +VLC_API void picture_Copy( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will export a picture to an encoded bitstream. + * + * pp_image will contain the encoded bitstream in psz_format format. + * + * p_fmt can be NULL otherwise it will be set with the format used for the + * picture before encoding. + * + * i_override_width/height allow to override the width and/or the height of the + * picture to be encoded: + * - if strictly lower than 0, the original dimension will be used. + * - if equal to 0, it will be deduced from the other dimension which must be + * different to 0. + * - if strictly higher than 0, it will override the dimension. + * If at most one of them is > 0 then the picture aspect ratio will be kept. + */ +VLC_API int picture_Export( vlc_object_t *p_obj, block_t **pp_image, video_format_t *p_fmt, picture_t *p_picture, vlc_fourcc_t i_format, int i_override_width, int i_override_height ); + +/** + * This function will setup all fields of a picture_t without allocating any + * memory. + * XXX The memory must already be initialized. + * It does not need to be released. + * + * It will return VLC_EGENERIC if the core does not understand the requested + * format. + * + * It can be useful to get the properties of planes. + */ +VLC_API int picture_Setup( picture_t *, const video_format_t * ); + + +/** + * This function will blend a given subpicture onto a picture. + * + * The subpicture and all its region must: + * - be absolute. + * - not be ephemere. + * - not have the fade flag. + * - contains only picture (no text rendering). + * \return the number of region(s) succesfully blent + */ +VLC_API unsigned picture_BlendSubpicture( picture_t *, filter_t *p_blend, subpicture_t * ); + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Shortcuts to access image components + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Plane indices */ +enum +{ + Y_PLANE = 0, + U_PLANE = 1, + V_PLANE = 2, + A_PLANE = 3, +}; + +/* Shortcuts */ +#define Y_PIXELS p[Y_PLANE].p_pixels +#define Y_PITCH p[Y_PLANE].i_pitch +#define U_PIXELS p[U_PLANE].p_pixels +#define U_PITCH p[U_PLANE].i_pitch +#define V_PIXELS p[V_PLANE].p_pixels +#define V_PITCH p[V_PLANE].i_pitch +#define A_PIXELS p[A_PLANE].p_pixels +#define A_PITCH p[A_PLANE].i_pitch + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d337a3b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture_fifo.h: picture fifo definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 73d1b20c279f628cf94bc7cfc83b2548878bcc07 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture fifo structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * Picture fifo handle + * + * It is thread safe (push/pop). + */ +typedef struct picture_fifo_t picture_fifo_t; + +/** + * It creates an empty picture_fifo_t. + */ +VLC_API picture_fifo_t * picture_fifo_New( void ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It destroys a fifo created by picture_fifo_New. + * + * All pictures inside the fifo will be released by picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Delete( picture_fifo_t * ); + +/** + * It retreives a picture_t from the fifo. + * + * If the fifo is empty, it return NULL without waiting. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_fifo_Pop( picture_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It returns the first picture_t pointer from the fifo but does not + * remove it. The picture returned has been hold for you so you + * must call picture_Release on it. + * + * If the fifo is empty, it return NULL without waiting. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_fifo_Peek( picture_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It saves a picture_t into the fifo. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Push( picture_fifo_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * It release all picture inside the fifo that have a lower or equal date + * if flush_before or higher or equal to if not flush_before than the given one. + * + * All pictures inside the fifo will be released by picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Flush( picture_fifo_t *, mtime_t date, bool flush_before ); + +/** + * It applies a delta on all the picture timestamp. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_OffsetDate( picture_fifo_t *, mtime_t delta ); + + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..147d9c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture_pool.h: picture pool definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: d4574dc5a1dfd2d873c6f286ee612462f886bb33 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture pool structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * Picture pool handle + * + * XXX it is not thread safe, all pool manipulations and picture_Release + * must be properly locked if needed. + */ +typedef struct picture_pool_t picture_pool_t; + +/** + * Picture pool configuration + */ +typedef struct { + int picture_count; + picture_t **picture; + + int (*lock)(picture_t *); + void (*unlock)(picture_t *); +} picture_pool_configuration_t; + +/** + * It creates a picture_pool_t wrapping the given configuration. + * + * It avoids useless picture creations/destructions. + * The given picture must not have a reference count greater than 1. + * The pool takes ownership of the picture and MUST not be used directly. + * When deleted, the pool will release the pictures using picture_Release. + * If defined, picture_pool_configuration_t::lock will be called before + * a picture is used, and picture_pool_configuration_t::unlock will be called + * as soon as a picture is unused. They are allowed to modify picture_t::p and + * access picture_t::p_sys. + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_NewExtended( const picture_pool_configuration_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It creates a picture_pool_t wrapping the given arrays of picture. + * + * It is provided as convenience. + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_New( int picture_count, picture_t *picture[] ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It creates a picture_pool_t creating images using the given format. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_NewFromFormat( const video_format_t *, int picture_count ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It destroys a pool created by picture_pool_New. + * + * All pictures must already be released to the pool. The pool will then + * released them. + */ +VLC_API void picture_pool_Delete( picture_pool_t * ); + +/** + * It retreives a picture_t from a pool. + * + * The picture must be release by using picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_pool_Get( picture_pool_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It forces the next picture_pool_Get to return a picture even if no + * pictures are free. + * + * If b_reset is true, all pictures will be marked as free. + * + * It does it by releasing itself the oldest used picture if none is + * available. + * XXX it should be used with great care, the only reason you may need + * it is to workaround a bug. + */ +VLC_API void picture_pool_NonEmpty( picture_pool_t *, bool reset ); + +/** + * It reserves picture_count pictures from the given pool and returns + * a new pool with thoses pictures. + * + * The master pool must be full. + * The returned pool must be deleted before the master pool. + * When deleted, all pictures return to the master pool. + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_Reserve(picture_pool_t *, int picture_count) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It returns the size of the given pool. + */ +VLC_API int picture_pool_GetSize(picture_pool_t *); + + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_playlist.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_playlist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b0f684 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_playlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_playlist.h : Playlist functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 49dcd1535bdff782f18463b5b45c80b298f8e5c5 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PLAYLIST_H_ +#define VLC_PLAYLIST_H_ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +#include +#include + +TYPEDEF_ARRAY(playlist_item_t*, playlist_item_array_t) + +struct intf_thread_t; + +/** + * \file + * This file contain structures and function prototypes related + * to the playlist in vlc + * + * \defgroup vlc_playlist Playlist + * + * The VLC playlist system has a tree structure. This allows advanced + * categorization, like for SAP streams (which are grouped by "sap groups"). + * + * The base structure for all playlist operations is the input_item_t. This + * contains all information needed to play a stream and get info, ie, mostly, + * mrl and metadata. This structure contains a unique i_id field. ids are + * not recycled when an item is destroyed. + * + * Input items are not used directly, but through playlist items. + * The playlist items are themselves in a tree structure. They only contain + * a link to the input item, a unique id and a few flags. the playlist + * item id is NOT the same as the input item id. + * Several playlist items can be attached to a single input item. The input + * item is refcounted and is automatically destroyed when it is not used + * anymore. + * + * The top-level items are the main media sources and include: + * playlist, media library, SAP, Shoutcast, devices, ... + * + * It is envisioned that a third tree will appear: VLM, but it's not done yet + * + * The playlist also stores, for utility purposes, an array of all input + * items, an array of all playlist items and an array of all playlist items + * and nodes (both are represented by the same structure). + * + * So, here is an example: + * \verbatim + * Inputs array + * - input 1 -> name = foo 1 uri = ... + * - input 2 -> name = foo 2 uri = ... + * + * Playlist items tree + * - playlist (id 1) + * - category 1 (id 2) + * - foo 2 (id 6 - input 2) + * - media library (id 2) + * - foo 1 (id 5 - input 1) + * \endverbatim + * + * Sometimes, an item creates subitems. This happens for the directory access + * for example. In that case, if the item is under the "playlist" top-level item + * and playlist is configured to be flat then the item will be deleted and + * replaced with new subitems. If the item is under another top-level item, it + * will be transformed to a node and removed from the list of all items without + * nodes. + * + * For "standard" item addition, you can use playlist_Add, playlist_AddExt + * (more options) or playlist_AddInput if you already created your input + * item. This will add the item at the root of "Playlist" or of "Media library" + * in each of the two trees. + * + * You can create nodes with playlist_NodeCreate and can create items from + * existing input items to be placed under any node with playlist_NodeAddInput. + * + * To delete an item, use playlist_DeleteFromInput( p_item ) which will + * remove all occurrences of the input. + * + * + * The playlist defines the following event variables: + * + * - "item-change": It will contain the input_item_t->i_id of a changed input + * item monitored by the playlist. + * item being played. + * + * - "playlist-item-append": It will contain a pointer to a playlist_add_t. + * - "playlist-item-deleted": It will contain the playlist_item_t->i_id of a + * deleted playlist_item_t. + * + * - "leaf-to-parent": It will contain the playlist_item_t->i_id of an item that is transformed + * into a node. + * + * The playlist contains rate-variable which is propagated to current input if available + * also rate-slower/rate-faster is in use + * + * XXX Be really carefull, playlist_item_t->i_id and input_item_t->i_id are not + * the same. Yes, the situation is pretty bad. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** Helper structure to export to file part of the playlist */ +typedef struct playlist_export_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + const char *psz_filename; + FILE *p_file; + playlist_item_t *p_root; +} playlist_export_t; + +/** playlist item / node */ +struct playlist_item_t +{ + input_item_t *p_input; /**< Linked input item */ + + playlist_item_t **pp_children; /**< Children nodes/items */ + playlist_item_t *p_parent; /**< Item parent */ + int i_children; /**< Number of children, -1 if not a node */ + + int i_id; /**< Playlist item specific id */ + uint8_t i_flags; /**< Flags \see playlist_item_flags_e */ + + playlist_t *p_playlist; /**< Parent playlist */ +}; + +typedef enum { + PLAYLIST_SAVE_FLAG = 0x0001, /**< Must it be saved */ + PLAYLIST_SKIP_FLAG = 0x0002, /**< Must playlist skip after it ? */ + PLAYLIST_DBL_FLAG = 0x0004, /**< Is it disabled ? */ + PLAYLIST_RO_FLAG = 0x0008, /**< Write-enabled ? */ + PLAYLIST_REMOVE_FLAG = 0x0010, /**< Remove this item at the end */ + PLAYLIST_EXPANDED_FLAG = 0x0020, /**< Expanded node */ + PLAYLIST_SUBITEM_STOP_FLAG = 0x0040, /**< Must playlist stop if the item gets subitems ?*/ +} playlist_item_flags_e; + +/** Playlist status */ +typedef enum +{ PLAYLIST_STOPPED,PLAYLIST_RUNNING,PLAYLIST_PAUSED } playlist_status_t; + +/** Structure containing information about the playlist */ +struct playlist_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + playlist_item_array_t items; /**< Arrays of items */ + playlist_item_array_t all_items; /**< Array of items and nodes */ + + playlist_item_array_t current; /**< Items currently being played */ + int i_current_index; /**< Index in current array */ + + /* Predefined items */ + playlist_item_t * p_root; + playlist_item_t * p_playing; + playlist_item_t * p_media_library; + + //Phony ones, point to those above; + playlist_item_t * p_root_category; /**< Root of category tree */ + playlist_item_t * p_root_onelevel; /**< Root of onelevel tree */ + playlist_item_t * p_local_category; /** < "Playlist" in CATEGORY view */ + playlist_item_t * p_ml_category; /** < "Library" in CATEGORY view */ + playlist_item_t * p_local_onelevel; /** < "Playlist" in ONELEVEL view */ + playlist_item_t * p_ml_onelevel; /** < "Library" in ONELEVEL view */ +}; + +/** Helper to add an item */ +struct playlist_add_t +{ + int i_node; /**< Playist id of the parent node */ + int i_item; /**< Playist id of the playlist_item_t */ +}; + +/* A bit of macro magic to generate an enum out of the following list, + * and later, to generate a list of static functions out of the same list. + * There is also SORT_RANDOM, which is always last and handled specially. + */ +#define VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS \ + DEF( SORT_ID )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE_NODES_FIRST )\ + DEF( SORT_ARTIST )\ + DEF( SORT_GENRE )\ + DEF( SORT_DURATION )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE_NUMERIC )\ + DEF( SORT_ALBUM )\ + DEF( SORT_TRACK_NUMBER )\ + DEF( SORT_DESCRIPTION )\ + DEF( SORT_RATING )\ + DEF( SORT_URI ) + +#define DEF( s ) s, +enum +{ + VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS + SORT_RANDOM, + NUM_SORT_FNS=SORT_RANDOM +}; +#undef DEF +#ifndef VLC_INTERNAL_PLAYLIST_SORT_FUNCTIONS +#undef VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +enum +{ + ORDER_NORMAL = 0, + ORDER_REVERSE = 1, +}; + +/* Used by playlist_Import */ +#define PLAYLIST_INSERT 0x0001 +#define PLAYLIST_APPEND 0x0002 +#define PLAYLIST_GO 0x0004 +#define PLAYLIST_PREPARSE 0x0008 +#define PLAYLIST_SPREPARSE 0x0010 +#define PLAYLIST_NO_REBUILD 0x0020 + +#define PLAYLIST_END -666 + +enum pl_locked_state +{ + pl_Locked = true, + pl_Unlocked = false +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Helpers */ +#define PL_LOCK playlist_Lock( p_playlist ) +#define PL_UNLOCK playlist_Unlock( p_playlist ) +#define PL_ASSERT_LOCKED playlist_AssertLocked( p_playlist ) + +/* Playlist control */ +#define playlist_Play(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_PLAY, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_Pause(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_PAUSE, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_Stop(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_STOP, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_Next(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, 1) +#define playlist_Prev(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, -1) +#define playlist_Skip(p,i) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, (i) ) + +VLC_API void playlist_Lock( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API void playlist_Unlock( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API void playlist_AssertLocked( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API void playlist_Deactivate( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Do a playlist action. + * If there is something in the playlist then you can do playlist actions. + * Possible queries are listed in vlc_common.h + * \param p_playlist the playlist to do the command on + * \param i_query the command to do + * \param b_locked TRUE if playlist is locked when entering this function + * \param variable number of arguments + * \return VLC_SUCCESS or an error + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Control( playlist_t *p_playlist, int i_query, bool b_locked, ... ); + +/** Get current playing input. The object is retained. + */ +VLC_API input_thread_t * playlist_CurrentInput( playlist_t *p_playlist ) VLC_USED; + +/** Get the duration of all items in a node. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t playlist_GetNodeDuration( playlist_item_t * ); + +/** Clear the playlist + * \param b_locked TRUE if playlist is locked when entering this function + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Clear( playlist_t *, bool ); + +/* Playlist sorting */ +VLC_API int playlist_TreeMove( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_TreeMoveMany( playlist_t *, int, playlist_item_t **, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_RecursiveNodeSort( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *,int, int ); + +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_CurrentPlayingItem( playlist_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int playlist_Status( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Export a node of the playlist to a certain type of playlistfile + * \param p_playlist the playlist to export + * \param psz_filename the location where the exported file will be saved + * \param p_export_root the root node to export + * \param psz_type the type of playlist file to create (m3u, pls, ..) + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on success + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Export( playlist_t *p_playlist, const char *psz_name, playlist_item_t *p_export_root, const char *psz_type ); + +/** + * Open a playlist file, add its content to the current playlist + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Import( playlist_t *p_playlist, const char *psz_file ); + +/********************** Services discovery ***********************/ + +/** Add a list of comma-separated service discovery modules */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryAdd(playlist_t *, const char *); +/** Remove a services discovery module by name */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryRemove(playlist_t *, const char *); +/** Check whether a given SD is loaded */ +VLC_API bool playlist_IsServicesDiscoveryLoaded( playlist_t *,const char *) VLC_DEPRECATED; +/** Query a services discovery */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryControl( playlist_t *, const char *, int, ... ); + + + +/******************************************************** + * Item management + ********************************************************/ + +/*************************** Item deletion **************************/ +VLC_API int playlist_DeleteFromInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, bool ); + +/******************** Item addition ********************/ +VLC_API int playlist_Add( playlist_t *, const char *, const char *, int, int, bool, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_AddExt( playlist_t *, const char *, const char *, int, int, mtime_t, int, const char *const *, unsigned, bool, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_AddInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, int, int, bool, bool ); +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_NodeAddInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int, int, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeAddCopy( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); + +/********************************** Item search *************************/ +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ItemGetById(playlist_t *, int ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ItemGetByInput(playlist_t *,input_item_t * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int playlist_LiveSearchUpdate(playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, const char *, bool ); + +/******************************************************** + * Tree management + ********************************************************/ +/* Node management */ +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_NodeCreate( playlist_t *, const char *, playlist_item_t * p_parent, int i_pos, int i_flags, input_item_t * ); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeAppend(playlist_t *,playlist_item_t*,playlist_item_t *); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeInsert(playlist_t *,playlist_item_t*,playlist_item_t *, int); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeRemoveItem(playlist_t *,playlist_item_t*,playlist_item_t *); +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ChildSearchName(playlist_item_t*, const char* ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int playlist_NodeDelete( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, bool , bool ); + +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_GetNextLeaf( playlist_t *p_playlist, playlist_item_t *p_root, playlist_item_t *p_item, bool b_ena, bool b_unplayed ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_GetPrevLeaf( playlist_t *p_playlist, playlist_item_t *p_root, playlist_item_t *p_item, bool b_ena, bool b_unplayed ) VLC_USED; + +/************************** + * Audio output management + **************************/ + +VLC_API audio_output_t *playlist_GetAout( playlist_t * ); + +#define AOUT_VOLUME_DEFAULT 256 +#define AOUT_VOLUME_MAX 512 + +VLC_API float playlist_VolumeGet( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API int playlist_VolumeSet( playlist_t *, float ); +VLC_API int playlist_VolumeUp( playlist_t *, int, float * ); +#define playlist_VolumeDown(a, b, c) playlist_VolumeUp(a, -(b), c) +VLC_API int playlist_MuteSet( playlist_t *, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_MuteGet( playlist_t * ); + +static inline int playlist_MuteToggle( playlist_t *pl ) +{ + int val = playlist_MuteGet( pl ); + if (val >= 0) + val = playlist_MuteSet( pl, !val ); + return val; +} + +VLC_API void playlist_EnableAudioFilter( playlist_t *, const char *, bool ); + +/*********************************************************************** + * Inline functions + ***********************************************************************/ +/** Tell if the playlist is empty */ +static inline bool playlist_IsEmpty( playlist_t *p_playlist ) +{ + PL_ASSERT_LOCKED; + return p_playlist->items.i_size == 0; +} + +/** Tell the number of items in the current playing context */ +static inline int playlist_CurrentSize( playlist_t *p_playlist ) +{ + PL_ASSERT_LOCKED; + return p_playlist->current.i_size; +} + +/** @} */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_plugin.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_plugin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14c48f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_plugin.h @@ -0,0 +1,538 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_plugin.h : Macros used from within a module. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2007-2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MODULES_MACROS_H +# define LIBVLC_MODULES_MACROS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file implements plugin (module) macros used to define a vlc module. + */ + +enum vlc_module_properties +{ + VLC_MODULE_CREATE, + VLC_CONFIG_CREATE, + + /* DO NOT EVER REMOVE, INSERT OR REPLACE ANY ITEM! It would break the ABI! + * Append new items at the end ONLY. */ + VLC_MODULE_CPU_REQUIREMENT=0x100, + VLC_MODULE_SHORTCUT, + VLC_MODULE_CAPABILITY, + VLC_MODULE_SCORE, + VLC_MODULE_CB_OPEN, + VLC_MODULE_CB_CLOSE, + VLC_MODULE_NO_UNLOAD, + VLC_MODULE_NAME, + VLC_MODULE_SHORTNAME, + VLC_MODULE_DESCRIPTION, + VLC_MODULE_HELP, + VLC_MODULE_TEXTDOMAIN, + /* Insert new VLC_MODULE_* here */ + + /* DO NOT EVER REMOVE, INSERT OR REPLACE ANY ITEM! It would break the ABI! + * Append new items at the end ONLY. */ + VLC_CONFIG_NAME=0x1000, + /* command line name (args=const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, + /* actual value (args=int/double/const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, + /* minimum value (args=int/double/const char * twice) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_ADVANCED, + /* enable advanced flag (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_VOLATILE, + /* don't write variable to storage (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_PERSISTENT_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_PRIVATE, + /* hide from user (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_REMOVED, + /* tag as no longer supported (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, + /* capability for a module or list thereof (args=const char*) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_SHORTCUT, + /* one-character (short) command line option name (args=char) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_OLDNAME_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_SAFE, + /* tag as modifiable by untrusted input item "sources" (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_DESC, + /* description (args=const char *, const char *, const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_ADD_ACTION_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST, + /* list of suggested values + * (args=size_t, const *, const char *const *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, + /* callback for suggested values + * (args=size_t (*)(vlc_object_t *, **, char ***)) */ + + /* Insert new VLC_CONFIG_* here */ +}; + +/* Configuration hint types */ +#define CONFIG_HINT_CATEGORY 0x02 /* Start of new category */ +#define CONFIG_HINT_USAGE 0x05 /* Usage information */ + +#define CONFIG_CATEGORY 0x06 /* Set category */ +#define CONFIG_SUBCATEGORY 0x07 /* Set subcategory */ +#define CONFIG_SECTION 0x08 /* Start of new section */ + +/* Configuration item types */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT 0x20 /* Float option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER 0x40 /* Integer option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_RGB 0x41 /* RGB color option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL 0x60 /* Bool option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_STRING 0x80 /* String option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_PASSWORD 0x81 /* Password option (*) */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_KEY 0x82 /* Hot key option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE 0x84 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_CAT 0x85 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST 0x86 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST_CAT 0x87 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_LOADFILE 0x8C /* Read file option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_SAVEFILE 0x8D /* Written file option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_DIRECTORY 0x8E /* Directory option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_FONT 0x8F /* Font option */ + +#define CONFIG_ITEM(x) (((x) & ~0xF) != 0) + +/* Categories and subcategories */ +#define CAT_INTERFACE 1 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_GENERAL 101 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_MAIN 102 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_CONTROL 103 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_HOTKEYS 104 + +#define CAT_AUDIO 2 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_GENERAL 201 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_AOUT 202 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_AFILTER 203 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_VISUAL 204 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_MISC 205 + +#define CAT_VIDEO 3 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_GENERAL 301 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_VOUT 302 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_VFILTER 303 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_SUBPIC 305 + +#define CAT_INPUT 4 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_GENERAL 401 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_ACCESS 402 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_DEMUX 403 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_VCODEC 404 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_ACODEC 405 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_SCODEC 406 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_STREAM_FILTER 407 + +#define CAT_SOUT 5 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_GENERAL 501 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_STREAM 502 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_MUX 503 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_ACO 504 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_PACKETIZER 505 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_VOD 507 + +#define CAT_ADVANCED 6 +#define SUBCAT_ADVANCED_MISC 602 +#define SUBCAT_ADVANCED_NETWORK 603 + +#define CAT_PLAYLIST 7 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_GENERAL 701 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_SD 702 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_EXPORT 703 + + +/** + * Current plugin ABI version + */ +# define MODULE_SYMBOL 2_2_0b +# define MODULE_SUFFIX "__2_2_0b" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Add a few defines. You do not want to read this section. Really. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Explanation: + * + * if linking a module statically, we will need: + * #define MODULE_FUNC( zog ) module_foo_zog + * + * this can't easily be done with the C preprocessor, thus a few ugly hacks. + */ + +/* I need to do _this_ to change « foo bar » to « module_foo_bar » ! */ +#define CONCATENATE( y, z ) CRUDE_HACK( y, z ) +#define CRUDE_HACK( y, z ) y##__##z + +/* If the module is built-in, then we need to define foo_InitModule instead + * of InitModule. Same for Activate- and DeactivateModule. */ +#ifdef __PLUGIN__ +# define __VLC_SYMBOL( symbol ) CONCATENATE( symbol, MODULE_SYMBOL ) +#else +# define __VLC_SYMBOL( symbol ) CONCATENATE( symbol, MODULE_NAME ) +#endif + +#define CDECL_SYMBOL +#if defined (__PLUGIN__) +# if defined (_WIN32) +# define DLL_SYMBOL __declspec(dllexport) +# undef CDECL_SYMBOL +# define CDECL_SYMBOL __cdecl +# elif VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,0) +# define DLL_SYMBOL __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +# else +# define DLL_SYMBOL +# endif +#else +# define DLL_SYMBOL +#endif + +#if defined( __cplusplus ) +# define EXTERN_SYMBOL extern "C" +#else +# define EXTERN_SYMBOL +#endif + +typedef int (*vlc_set_cb) (void *, void *, int, ...); + +#define vlc_plugin_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, NULL, __VA_ARGS__) +#define vlc_module_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, module, __VA_ARGS__) +#define vlc_config_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, config, __VA_ARGS__) + +/* + * InitModule: this function is called once and only once, when the module + * is looked at for the first time. We get the useful data from it, for + * instance the module name, its shortcuts, its capabilities... we also create + * a copy of its config because the module can be unloaded at any time. + */ +#define vlc_module_begin() \ +EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL \ +int CDECL_SYMBOL __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry) (vlc_set_cb, void *); \ +EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL \ +int CDECL_SYMBOL __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry) (vlc_set_cb vlc_set, void *opaque) \ +{ \ + module_t *module; \ + module_config_t *config = NULL; \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_CREATE, &module)) \ + goto error; \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_NAME, (MODULE_STRING))) \ + goto error; + +#define vlc_module_end() \ + (void) config; \ + return 0; \ +error: \ + return -1; \ +} \ +VLC_METADATA_EXPORTS + +#define add_submodule( ) \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_CREATE, &module)) \ + goto error; + +#define add_shortcut( ... ) \ +{ \ + const char *shortcuts[] = { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SHORTCUT, \ + sizeof(shortcuts)/sizeof(shortcuts[0]), shortcuts)) \ + goto error; \ +} + +#define set_shortname( shortname ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SHORTNAME, (const char *)(shortname))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_description( desc ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_DESCRIPTION, (const char *)(desc))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_help( help ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_HELP, (const char *)(help))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_capability( cap, score ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(cap)) \ + || vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SCORE, (int)(score))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_callbacks( activate, deactivate ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_CB_OPEN, activate) \ + || vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_CB_CLOSE, deactivate)) \ + goto error; + +#define cannot_unload_broken_library( ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_NO_UNLOAD)) \ + goto error; + +#define set_text_domain( dom ) \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_TEXTDOMAIN, (dom))) \ + goto error; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Macros used to build the configuration structure. + * + * Note that internally we support only 3 types of config data: int, float + * and string. + * The other types declared here just map to one of these 3 basic types but + * have the advantage of also providing very good hints to a configuration + * interface so as to make it more user friendly. + * The configuration structure also includes category hints. These hints can + * provide a configuration interface with some very useful data and again + * allow for a more user friendly interface. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_plugin_set (VLC_CONFIG_CREATE, (type), &config); + +#define add_typedesc_inner( type, text, longtext ) \ + add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_DESC, \ + (const char *)(text), (const char *)(longtext)); + +#define add_typeadv_inner( type, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( type, text, longtext ) \ + if (advc) vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_ADVANCED); + +#define add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typeadv_inner( type, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_NAME, (const char *)(name)); + +#define add_string_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc, v ) \ + add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (const char *)(v)); + +#define add_int_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc, v ) \ + add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(v)); + + +#define set_category( i_id ) \ + add_type_inner( CONFIG_CATEGORY ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(i_id)); + +#define set_subcategory( i_id ) \ + add_type_inner( CONFIG_SUBCATEGORY ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(i_id)); + +#define set_section( text, longtext ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( CONFIG_SECTION, text, longtext ) + +#define add_category_hint( text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typeadv_inner( CONFIG_HINT_CATEGORY, text, longtext, advc ) + +#define add_usage_hint( text ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( CONFIG_HINT_USAGE, text, NULL ) + +#define add_string( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_STRING, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_password( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_PASSWORD, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_loadfile( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_LOADFILE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_savefile( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_SAVEFILE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_directory( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_DIRECTORY, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_font( name, value, text, longtext, advc )\ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_FONT, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_module( name, psz_caps, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(psz_caps)); + +#define add_module_list( name, psz_caps, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(psz_caps)); + +#ifndef __PLUGIN__ +#define add_module_cat( name, i_subcategory, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_CAT, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + change_integer_range (i_subcategory /* gruik */, 0); + +#define add_module_list_cat( name, i_subcategory, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST_CAT, name, text, longtext, \ + advc, value ) \ + change_integer_range (i_subcategory /* gruik */, 0); +#endif + +#define add_integer( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_int_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) + +#define add_rgb( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_int_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_RGB, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) \ + change_integer_range( 0, 0xFFFFFF ) + +#define add_key( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_KEY, "global-" name, text, longtext, advc, \ + KEY_UNSET ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_KEY, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) + +#define add_integer_with_range( name, value, i_min, i_max, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_integer( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + change_integer_range( i_min, i_max ) + +#define add_float( name, v, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typename_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (double)(v)); + +#define add_float_with_range( name, value, f_min, f_max, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_float( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + change_float_range( f_min, f_max ) + +#define add_bool( name, v, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typename_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + if (v) vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)true); + +/* For removed option */ +#define add_obsolete_inner( name, type ) \ + add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_NAME, (const char *)(name)); \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_REMOVED); + +#define add_obsolete_bool( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL ) + +#define add_obsolete_integer( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER ) + +#define add_obsolete_float( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT ) + +#define add_obsolete_string( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_STRING ) + +/* Modifier macros for the config options (used for fine tuning) */ + +#define change_short( ch ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_SHORTCUT, (int)(ch)); + +#define change_string_list( list, list_text ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST, \ + (size_t)(sizeof (list) / sizeof (char *)), \ + (const char *const *)(list), \ + (const char *const *)(list_text)); + +#define change_string_cb( cb ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, (cb)); + +#define change_integer_list( list, list_text ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST, \ + (size_t)(sizeof (list) / sizeof (int)), \ + (const int *)(list), \ + (const char *const *)(list_text)); + +#define change_integer_cb( cb ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, (cb)); + +#define change_integer_range( minv, maxv ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, (int64_t)(minv), (int64_t)(maxv)); + +#define change_float_range( minv, maxv ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, (double)(minv), (double)(maxv)); + +#define change_action_add( pf_action, text ) \ + (void)(pf_action, text); + +/* For options that are saved but hidden from the preferences panel */ +#define change_private() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_PRIVATE); + +/* For options that cannot be saved in the configuration */ +#define change_volatile() \ + change_private() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VOLATILE); + +#define change_safe() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_SAFE); + +/* Meta data plugin exports */ +#define VLC_META_EXPORT( name, value ) \ + EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL const char * CDECL_SYMBOL \ + __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry_ ## name) (void); \ + EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL const char * CDECL_SYMBOL \ + __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry_ ## name) (void) \ + { \ + return value; \ + } + +#if defined (__LIBVLC__) +# define VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT VLC_META_EXPORT (copyright, \ + "\x43\x6f\x70\x79\x72\x69\x67\x68\x74\x20\x28\x43\x29\x20\x74\x68" \ + "\x65\x20\x56\x69\x64\x65\x6f\x4c\x41\x4e\x20\x56\x4c\x43\x20\x6d" \ + "\x65\x64\x69\x61\x20\x70\x6c\x61\x79\x65\x72\x20\x64\x65\x76\x65" \ + "\x6c\x6f\x70\x65\x72\x73" ) +# define VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT VLC_META_EXPORT (license, \ + "\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73\x65\x64\x20\x75\x6e\x64\x65\x72\x20\x74" \ + "\x68\x65\x20\x74\x65\x72\x6d\x73\x20\x6f\x66\x20\x74\x68\x65\x20" \ + "\x47\x4e\x55\x20\x4c\x65\x73\x73\x65\x72\x20\x47\x65\x6e\x65\x72" \ + "\x61\x6c\x20\x50\x75\x62\x6c\x69\x63\x20\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73" \ + "\x65\x2c\x20\x76\x65\x72\x73\x69\x6f\x6e\x20\x32\x2e\x31\x20\x6f" \ + "\x72\x20\x6c\x61\x74\x65\x72\x2e" ) +#else +# if !defined (VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT) +# define VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT +# endif +# if !defined (VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT) +# define VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT +# endif +#endif + +#define VLC_METADATA_EXPORTS \ + VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT \ + VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_probe.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_probe.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efa4d97 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_probe.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_probe.h: service probing interface + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PROBE_H +# define VLC_PROBE_H 1 + +# include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures to run-time probe VLC extensions + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +void *vlc_probe (vlc_object_t *, const char *, size_t *); +#define vlc_probe(obj, cap, pcount) \ + vlc_probe(VLC_OBJECT(obj), cap, pcount) + +struct vlc_probe_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + void *list; + size_t count; +}; + +typedef struct vlc_probe_t vlc_probe_t; + +static inline int vlc_probe_add(vlc_probe_t *obj, const void *data, + size_t len) +{ + char *tab = (char *)realloc (obj->list, (obj->count + 1) * len); + + if (unlikely(tab == NULL)) + return VLC_ENOMEM; + memcpy(tab + (obj->count * len), data, len); + obj->list = tab; + obj->count++; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +# define VLC_PROBE_CONTINUE VLC_EGENERIC +# define VLC_PROBE_STOP VLC_SUCCESS + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_rand.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_rand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..761cee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_rand.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_rand.h: RNG + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2007 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 3ae95ac04c55f46d116481eb89255b013f6d1c32 $ + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_RAND_H +# define VLC_RAND_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defined random number generator function in vlc + */ + +VLC_API void vlc_rand_bytes(void *buf, size_t len); + +/* Interlocked (but not reproducible) functions for the POSIX PRNG */ +VLC_API double vlc_drand48(void) VLC_USED; +VLC_API long vlc_lrand48(void) VLC_USED; +VLC_API long vlc_mrand48(void) VLC_USED; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3652230 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_services_discovery.h : Services Discover functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: d9c231b28f3ec075343e0f8016792b8fa33f60f5 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SERVICES_DISCOVERY_H_ +#define VLC_SERVICES_DISCOVERY_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file lists functions and structures for service discovery (SD) in vlc + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Main service discovery structure to build a SD module + */ +struct services_discovery_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t * p_module; /**< Loaded module */ + + /**< Event manager + * You should access it through setters, outside of the core */ + vlc_event_manager_t event_manager; + + char *psz_name; /**< Main name of the SD */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; /**< Configuration for the SD */ + + /** Control function + * \see services_discovery_command_e + */ + int ( *pf_control ) ( services_discovery_t *, int, va_list ); + + services_discovery_sys_t *p_sys; /**< Custom private data */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery categories + * \see vlc_sd_probe_Add + */ +enum services_discovery_category_e +{ + SD_CAT_DEVICES = 1, /**< Devices, like portable music players */ + SD_CAT_LAN, /**< LAN/WAN services, like Upnp or SAP */ + SD_CAT_INTERNET, /**< Internet or Website channels services */ + SD_CAT_MYCOMPUTER /**< Computer services, like Discs or Apps */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery control commands + */ +enum services_discovery_command_e +{ + SD_CMD_SEARCH = 1, /**< arg1 = query */ + SD_CMD_DESCRIPTOR /**< arg1 = services_discovery_descriptor_t* */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery capabilities + */ +enum services_discovery_capability_e +{ + SD_CAP_SEARCH = 1 /**< One can search in the SD */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery descriptor + * \see services_discovery_command_e + */ +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_short_desc; /**< The short description, human-readable */ + char *psz_icon_url; /**< URL to the icon that represents it */ + char *psz_url; /**< URL for the service */ + int i_capabilities; /**< \see services_discovery_capability_e */ +} services_discovery_descriptor_t; + + +/*********************************************************************** + * Service Discovery + ***********************************************************************/ + +/** + * Ask for a research in the SD + * @param p_sd: the Service Discovery + * @param i_control: the command to issue + * @param args: the argument list + * @return VLC_SUCCESS in case of success, the error code overwise + */ +static inline int vlc_sd_control( services_discovery_t *p_sd, int i_control, va_list args ) +{ + if( p_sd->pf_control ) + return p_sd->pf_control( p_sd, i_control, args ); + else + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +/* Get the services discovery modules names to use in Create(), in a null + * terminated string array. Array and string must be freed after use. */ +VLC_API char ** vlc_sd_GetNames( vlc_object_t *, char ***, int ** ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_sd_GetNames(obj, pln, pcat ) \ + vlc_sd_GetNames(VLC_OBJECT(obj), pln, pcat) + +/* Creation of a services_discovery object */ +VLC_API services_discovery_t * vlc_sd_Create( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API bool vlc_sd_Start( services_discovery_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_sd_Stop( services_discovery_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_sd_Destroy( services_discovery_t * ); + +/** + * Helper to stop and destroy the Service Discovery + */ +static inline void vlc_sd_StopAndDestroy( services_discovery_t * p_this ) +{ + vlc_sd_Stop( p_this ); + vlc_sd_Destroy( p_this ); +} + +/* Read info from discovery object */ +VLC_API char * services_discovery_GetLocalizedName( services_discovery_t * p_this ) VLC_USED; + +/* Receive event notification (preferred way to get new items) */ +VLC_API vlc_event_manager_t * services_discovery_EventManager( services_discovery_t * p_this ) VLC_USED; + +/* Used by services_discovery to post update about their items */ + /* About the psz_category, it is a legacy way to add info to the item, + * for more options, directly set the (meta) data on the input item */ +VLC_API void services_discovery_AddItem( services_discovery_t * p_this, input_item_t * p_item, const char * psz_category ); +VLC_API void services_discovery_RemoveItem( services_discovery_t * p_this, input_item_t * p_item ); +VLC_API void services_discovery_RemoveAll( services_discovery_t * p_sd ); + + +/* SD probing */ + +VLC_API int vlc_sd_probe_Add(vlc_probe_t *, const char *, const char *, int category); + +#define VLC_SD_PROBE_SUBMODULE \ + add_submodule() \ + set_capability( "services probe", 100 ) \ + set_callbacks( vlc_sd_probe_Open, NULL ) + +#define VLC_SD_PROBE_HELPER(name, longname, cat) \ +static int vlc_sd_probe_Open (vlc_object_t *obj) \ +{ \ + return vlc_sd_probe_Add ((struct vlc_probe_t *)obj, \ + name "{longname=\"" longname "\"}", \ + longname, cat); \ +} + +/** @} */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_sout.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_sout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7df3a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_sout.h @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_sout.h : stream output module + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: b9366f790374562525f49d5449ec882fff348ddf $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * Eric Petit + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SOUT_H_ +#define VLC_SOUT_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines structures and functions for stream output in vlc + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** Stream output instance (FIXME: should be private to src/ to avoid + * invalid unsynchronized access) */ +struct sout_instance_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + char *psz_sout; + + /** count of output that can't control the space */ + int i_out_pace_nocontrol; + + vlc_mutex_t lock; + sout_stream_t *p_stream; +}; + +/**************************************************************************** + * sout_stream_id_sys_t: opaque (private for all sout_stream_t) + ****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct sout_stream_id_sys_t sout_stream_id_sys_t; + +/** Stream output access_output */ +struct sout_access_out_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *p_module; + char *psz_access; + + char *psz_path; + sout_access_out_sys_t *p_sys; + int (*pf_seek)( sout_access_out_t *, off_t ); + ssize_t (*pf_read)( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); + ssize_t (*pf_write)( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); + int (*pf_control)( sout_access_out_t *, int, va_list ); + + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +}; + +enum access_out_query_e +{ + ACCESS_OUT_CONTROLS_PACE, /* arg1=bool *, can fail (assume true) */ + ACCESS_OUT_CAN_SEEK, /* arg1=bool *, can fail (assume true) */ +}; + +VLC_API sout_access_out_t * sout_AccessOutNew( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_access, const char *psz_name ) VLC_USED; +#define sout_AccessOutNew( obj, access, name ) \ + sout_AccessOutNew( VLC_OBJECT(obj), access, name ) +VLC_API void sout_AccessOutDelete( sout_access_out_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_AccessOutSeek( sout_access_out_t *, off_t ); +VLC_API ssize_t sout_AccessOutRead( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API ssize_t sout_AccessOutWrite( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_AccessOutControl( sout_access_out_t *, int, ... ); + +static inline bool sout_AccessOutCanControlPace( sout_access_out_t *p_ao ) +{ + bool b; + if( sout_AccessOutControl( p_ao, ACCESS_OUT_CONTROLS_PACE, &b ) ) + return true; + return b; +} + +/** Muxer structure */ +struct sout_mux_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t *p_module; + + sout_instance_t *p_sout; + + char *psz_mux; + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + + sout_access_out_t *p_access; + + int (*pf_addstream)( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + int (*pf_delstream)( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + int (*pf_mux) ( sout_mux_t * ); + int (*pf_control) ( sout_mux_t *, int, va_list ); + + /* here are all inputs accepted by muxer */ + int i_nb_inputs; + sout_input_t **pp_inputs; + + /* mux private */ + sout_mux_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* XXX private to stream_output.c */ + /* if muxer doesn't support adding stream at any time then we first wait + * for stream then we refuse all stream and start muxing */ + bool b_add_stream_any_time; + bool b_waiting_stream; + /* we wait one second after first stream added */ + mtime_t i_add_stream_start; +}; + +enum sout_mux_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + MUX_CAN_ADD_STREAM_WHILE_MUXING, /* arg1= bool *, res=cannot fail */ + /* properties */ + MUX_GET_ADD_STREAM_WAIT, /* arg1= bool *, res=cannot fail */ + MUX_GET_MIME, /* arg1= char ** res=can fail */ +}; + +struct sout_input_t +{ + es_format_t *p_fmt; + block_fifo_t *p_fifo; + + void *p_sys; +}; + + +VLC_API sout_mux_t * sout_MuxNew( sout_instance_t*, const char *, sout_access_out_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API sout_input_t * sout_MuxAddStream( sout_mux_t *, es_format_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void sout_MuxDeleteStream( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); +VLC_API void sout_MuxDelete( sout_mux_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_MuxSendBuffer( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_MuxGetStream(sout_mux_t *, int , mtime_t *); + +static inline int sout_MuxControl( sout_mux_t *p_mux, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = p_mux->pf_control( p_mux, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * sout_stream: + ****************************************************************************/ +struct sout_stream_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *p_module; + sout_instance_t *p_sout; + + char *psz_name; + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + sout_stream_t *p_next; + + /* add, remove a stream */ + sout_stream_id_sys_t *(*pf_add)( sout_stream_t *, es_format_t * ); + int (*pf_del)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t * ); + /* manage a packet */ + int (*pf_send)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t *, block_t* ); + + sout_stream_sys_t *p_sys; + bool pace_nocontrol; +}; + +VLC_API void sout_StreamChainDelete(sout_stream_t *p_first, sout_stream_t *p_last ); +VLC_API sout_stream_t *sout_StreamChainNew(sout_instance_t *p_sout, + char *psz_chain, sout_stream_t *p_next, sout_stream_t **p_last) VLC_USED; + +static inline sout_stream_id_sys_t *sout_StreamIdAdd( sout_stream_t *s, es_format_t *fmt ) +{ + return s->pf_add( s, fmt ); +} +static inline int sout_StreamIdDel( sout_stream_t *s, sout_stream_id_sys_t *id ) +{ + return s->pf_del( s, id ); +} +static inline int sout_StreamIdSend( sout_stream_t *s, sout_stream_id_sys_t *id, block_t *b ) +{ + return s->pf_send( s, id, b ); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * Encoder + ****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API encoder_t * sout_EncoderCreate( vlc_object_t *obj ); +#define sout_EncoderCreate(o) sout_EncoderCreate(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +/**************************************************************************** + * Announce handler + ****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API session_descriptor_t* sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int sout_AnnounceUnRegister(vlc_object_t *,session_descriptor_t* ); +#define sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP(o, sdp, addr) \ + sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP(VLC_OBJECT (o), sdp, addr) +#define sout_AnnounceUnRegister(o, a) \ + sout_AnnounceUnRegister(VLC_OBJECT (o), a) + +/** SDP */ + +struct sockaddr; + +VLC_API char * vlc_sdp_Start( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *cfgpref, const struct sockaddr *src, size_t srclen, const struct sockaddr *addr, size_t addrlen ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * sdp_AddMedia(char **sdp, const char *type, const char *protocol, int dport, unsigned pt, bool bw_indep, unsigned bw, const char *ptname, unsigned clockrate, unsigned channels, const char *fmtp); +VLC_API char * sdp_AddAttribute(char **sdp, const char *name, const char *fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); + +/** Description module */ +typedef struct sout_description_data_t +{ + int i_es; + es_format_t **es; + vlc_sem_t *sem; +} sout_description_data_t; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_spu.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_spu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbd20ea --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_spu.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_spu.h: spu_t definition and functions. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright (C) 2010 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: d448d06f8c9f9c91d70239ff0d07cb5ceac06423 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SPU_H +#define VLC_SPU_H 1 + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/********************************************************************** + * Base SPU structures + **********************************************************************/ +/** + * \defgroup spu Subpicture Unit + * This module describes the programming interface for the subpicture unit. + * It includes functions allowing to create/destroy an spu, and render + * subpictures. + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct spu_private_t spu_private_t; + +/* Default subpicture channel ID */ +#define SPU_DEFAULT_CHANNEL (1) + +/** + * Subpicture unit descriptor + */ +struct spu_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + spu_private_t *p; +}; + +VLC_API spu_t * spu_Create( vlc_object_t * ); +#define spu_Create(a) spu_Create(VLC_OBJECT(a)) +VLC_API void spu_Destroy( spu_t * ); + +/** + * This function sends a subpicture to the spu_t core. + * + * You cannot use the provided subpicture anymore. The spu_t core + * will destroy it at its convenience. + */ +VLC_API void spu_PutSubpicture( spu_t *, subpicture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will return an unique subpicture containing the OSD and + * subtitles visibles at the requested date. + * + * \param p_chroma_list is a list of supported chroma for the output (can be NULL) + * \param p_fmt_dst is the format of the picture on which the return subpicture will be rendered. + * \param p_fmt_src is the format of the original(source) video. + * + * The returned value if non NULL must be released by subpicture_Delete(). + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * spu_Render( spu_t *, const vlc_fourcc_t *p_chroma_list, const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, mtime_t render_subtitle_date, mtime_t render_osd_date, bool ignore_osd ); + +/** + * It registers a new SPU channel. + */ +VLC_API int spu_RegisterChannel( spu_t * ); + +/** + * It clears all subpictures associated to a SPU channel. + */ +VLC_API void spu_ClearChannel( spu_t *, int ); + +/** + * It changes the sub sources list + */ +VLC_API void spu_ChangeSources( spu_t *, const char * ); + +/** + * It changes the sub filters list + */ +VLC_API void spu_ChangeFilters( spu_t *, const char * ); + +/** @}*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_SPU_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_stream.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_stream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cec1b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_stream.h @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_stream.h: Stream (between access and demux) descriptor and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 10a98ef2811fdfddb4b934c04806fea6813aaab5 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STREAM_H +#define VLC_STREAM_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines structures and functions for stream (between access and demux) descriptor in vlc + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \defgroup stream Stream + * + * This will allow you to easily handle read/seek in demuxer modules. + * @{ + */ + +/* Opaque definition for text reader context */ +typedef struct stream_text_t stream_text_t; + +/** + * stream_t definition + */ + +struct stream_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + bool b_error; + + /* Module properties for stream filter */ + module_t *p_module; + + char *psz_access; + /* Real or virtual path (it can only be changed during stream_t opening) */ + char *psz_path; + + /* Stream source for stream filter */ + stream_t *p_source; + + /* */ + int (*pf_read) ( stream_t *, void *p_read, unsigned int i_read ); + int (*pf_peek) ( stream_t *, const uint8_t **pp_peek, unsigned int i_peek ); + int (*pf_control)( stream_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + + /* */ + void (*pf_destroy)( stream_t *); + + /* Private data for module */ + stream_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Text reader state */ + stream_text_t *p_text; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +/** + * Possible commands to send to stream_Control() and stream_vaControl() + */ +enum stream_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + STREAM_CAN_SEEK, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_FASTSEEK, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_PAUSE, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_CONTROL_PACE, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + + /* */ + STREAM_SET_POSITION, /**< arg1= uint64_t res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_POSITION, /**< arg1= uint64_t * res=cannot fail*/ + + STREAM_GET_SIZE, /**< arg1= uint64_t * res=cannot fail (0 if no sense)*/ + + /* You should update size of source if any and then update size + * FIXME find a way to avoid it */ + STREAM_UPDATE_SIZE, + + /* */ + STREAM_GET_PTS_DELAY = 0x101,/**< arg1= int64_t* res=cannot fail */ + STREAM_GET_TITLE_INFO, /**< arg1=input_title_t*** arg2=int* res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_TITLE, /**< arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_SEEKPOINT, /**< arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_META, /**< arg1= vlc_meta_t ** res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_CONTENT_TYPE, /**< arg1= char ** res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_SIGNAL, /**< arg1=double *pf_quality, arg2=double *pf_strength res=can fail */ + + STREAM_SET_PAUSE_STATE = 0x200, /**< arg1= bool res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_TITLE, /**< arg1= int res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_SEEKPOINT, /**< arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* XXX only data read through stream_Read/Block will be recorded */ + STREAM_SET_RECORD_STATE, /**< arg1=bool, arg2=const char *psz_ext (if arg1 is true) res=can fail */ + + STREAM_SET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE = 0x1000, /* arg1= int i_private_data, bool b_selected res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_PRIVATE_ID_CA, /* arg1= int i_program_number, uint16_t i_vpid, uint16_t i_apid1, uint16_t i_apid2, uint16_t i_apid3, uint8_t i_length, uint8_t *p_data */ + STREAM_GET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE, /* arg1=int i_private_data arg2=bool * res=can fail */ +}; + +VLC_API int stream_Read( stream_t *s, void *p_read, int i_read ); +VLC_API int stream_Peek( stream_t *s, const uint8_t **pp_peek, int i_peek ); +VLC_API int stream_vaControl( stream_t *s, int i_query, va_list args ); +VLC_API void stream_Delete( stream_t *s ); +VLC_API int stream_Control( stream_t *s, int i_query, ... ); +VLC_API block_t * stream_Block( stream_t *s, int i_size ); +VLC_API block_t * stream_BlockRemaining( stream_t *s, int i_max_size ); +VLC_API char * stream_ReadLine( stream_t * ); + +/** + * Get the current position in a stream + */ +static inline int64_t stream_Tell( stream_t *s ) +{ + uint64_t i_pos; + stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_POSITION, &i_pos ); + if( i_pos >> 62 ) + return (int64_t)1 << 62; + return i_pos; +} + +/** + * Get the size of the stream. + */ +static inline int64_t stream_Size( stream_t *s ) +{ + uint64_t i_pos; + stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_SIZE, &i_pos ); + if( i_pos >> 62 ) + return (int64_t)1 << 62; + return i_pos; +} + +static inline int stream_Seek( stream_t *s, uint64_t i_pos ) +{ + return stream_Control( s, STREAM_SET_POSITION, i_pos ); +} + +/** + * Get the Content-Type of a stream, or NULL if unknown. + * Result must be free()'d. + */ +static inline char *stream_ContentType( stream_t *s ) +{ + char *res; + if( stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_CONTENT_TYPE, &res ) ) + return NULL; + return res; +} + +/** + * Create a special stream and a demuxer, this allows chaining demuxers + * You must delete it using stream_Delete. + */ +VLC_API stream_t * stream_DemuxNew( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_demux, es_out_t *out ); + +/** + * Send data to a stream handle created by stream_DemuxNew(). + */ +VLC_API void stream_DemuxSend( stream_t *s, block_t *p_block ); + +/** + * Perform a demux (i.e. DEMUX_...) control request on a stream handle + * created by stream_DemuxNew(). + */ +VLC_API int stream_DemuxControlVa( stream_t *s, int, va_list ); + +static inline int stream_DemuxControl( stream_t *s, int query, ... ) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start( ap, query ); + ret = stream_DemuxControlVa( s, query, ap ); + va_end( ap ); + return ret; +} + +/** + * Create a stream_t reading from memory. + * You must delete it using stream_Delete. + */ +VLC_API stream_t * stream_MemoryNew(vlc_object_t *p_obj, uint8_t *p_buffer, uint64_t i_size, bool b_preserve_memory ); +#define stream_MemoryNew( a, b, c, d ) stream_MemoryNew( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) + +/** + * Create a stream_t reading from a URL. + * You must delete it using stream_Delete. + */ +VLC_API stream_t * stream_UrlNew(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_url ); +#define stream_UrlNew( a, b ) stream_UrlNew( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + + +/** + * Try to add a stream filter to an open stream. + * @return New stream to use, or NULL if the filter could not be added. + **/ +VLC_API stream_t* stream_FilterNew( stream_t *p_source, const char *psz_stream_filter ); +/** + * @} + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_strings.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_strings.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52a5bde --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_strings.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_strings.h: String functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 3ce4884e7ac610205103c2e1cbab521a4c1ebab4 $ + * + * Authors: Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STRINGS_H +#define VLC_STRINGS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures handling misc strings + */ + +/** + * \defgroup strings Strings + * @{ + */ + +VLC_API void resolve_xml_special_chars( char *psz_value ); +VLC_API char * convert_xml_special_chars( const char *psz_content ); + +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_encode_binary( const uint8_t *, size_t ); +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_encode( const char * ); + +VLC_API size_t vlc_b64_decode_binary_to_buffer( uint8_t *p_dst, size_t i_dst_max, const char *psz_src ); +VLC_API size_t vlc_b64_decode_binary( uint8_t **pp_dst, const char *psz_src ); +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_decode( const char *psz_src ); + +VLC_API char * str_format_time( const char * ); +VLC_API char * str_format_meta( input_thread_t *, const char * ); + +static inline char *str_format( input_thread_t *input, const char *fmt ) +{ + char *s1 = str_format_time( fmt ); + char *s2 = str_format_meta( input, s1 ); + free( s1 ); + return s2; +} + +VLC_API void filename_sanitize( char * ); +VLC_API void path_sanitize( char * ); + +VLC_API time_t str_duration( const char * ); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d78bb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_subpicture.h: subpicture definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 6bfede171002b78b80c7635e87fdd51ea7d15ea4 $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SUBPICTURE_H +#define VLC_SUBPICTURE_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines subpicture structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup subpicture Video Subpictures + * Subpictures are pictures that should be displayed on top of the video, like + * subtitles and OSD + * \ingroup video_output + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Video subtitle region spu core private + */ +typedef struct subpicture_region_private_t subpicture_region_private_t; + +/** + * Video subtitle region + * + * A subtitle region is defined by a picture (graphic) and its rendering + * coordinates. + * Subtitles contain a list of regions. + */ +struct subpicture_region_t +{ + video_format_t fmt; /**< format of the picture */ + picture_t *p_picture; /**< picture comprising this region */ + + int i_x; /**< position of region */ + int i_y; /**< position of region */ + int i_align; /**< alignment within a region */ + int i_alpha; /**< transparency */ + + char *psz_text; /**< text string comprising this region */ + char *psz_html; /**< HTML version of subtitle (NULL = use psz_text) */ + text_style_t *p_style; /**< a description of the text style formatting */ + bool b_renderbg; /**< render black background under text */ + + subpicture_region_t *p_next; /**< next region in the list */ + subpicture_region_private_t *p_private; /**< Private data for spu_t *only* */ +}; + +/* Subpicture region position flags */ +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEFT 0x1 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x2 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_TOP 0x4 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x8 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEAVETEXT 0x10 /**< Align the subpicture, but not the text inside */ +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_MASK ( SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEFT|SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_RIGHT| \ + SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_TOP |SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_BOTTOM| \ + SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEAVETEXT ) +/** + * This function will create a new subpicture region. + * + * You must use subpicture_region_Delete to destroy it. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_region_t * subpicture_region_New( const video_format_t *p_fmt ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a subpicture region allocated by + * subpicture_region_New. + * + * You may give it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_region_Delete( subpicture_region_t *p_region ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a list of subpicture regions allocated by + * subpicture_region_New. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_region_ChainDelete( subpicture_region_t *p_head ); + +/** + * + */ +typedef struct subpicture_updater_sys_t subpicture_updater_sys_t; +typedef struct +{ + int (*pf_validate)( subpicture_t *, + bool has_src_changed, const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, + bool has_dst_changed, const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, + mtime_t); + void (*pf_update) ( subpicture_t *, + const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, + const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, + mtime_t ); + void (*pf_destroy) ( subpicture_t * ); + subpicture_updater_sys_t *p_sys; +} subpicture_updater_t; + +typedef struct subpicture_private_t subpicture_private_t; + +/** + * Video subtitle + * + * Any subtitle destined to be displayed by a video output thread should + * be stored in this structure from it's creation to it's effective display. + * Subtitle type and flags should only be modified by the output thread. Note + * that an empty subtitle MUST have its flags set to 0. + */ +struct subpicture_t +{ + /** \name Channel ID */ + /**@{*/ + int i_channel; /**< subpicture channel ID */ + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Type and flags + Should NOT be modified except by the vout thread */ + /**@{*/ + int64_t i_order; /** an increasing unique number */ + subpicture_t * p_next; /**< next subtitle to be displayed */ + /**@}*/ + + subpicture_region_t *p_region; /**< region list composing this subtitle */ + + /** \name Date properties */ + /**@{*/ + mtime_t i_start; /**< beginning of display date */ + mtime_t i_stop; /**< end of display date */ + bool b_ephemer; /**< If this flag is set to true the subtitle + will be displayed untill the next one appear */ + bool b_fade; /**< enable fading */ + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Display properties + * These properties are only indicative and may be + * changed by the video output thread, or simply ignored depending of the + * subtitle type. */ + /**@{*/ + bool b_subtitle; /**< the picture is a movie subtitle */ + bool b_absolute; /**< position is absolute */ + int i_original_picture_width; /**< original width of the movie */ + int i_original_picture_height;/**< original height of the movie */ + int i_alpha; /**< transparency */ + /**@}*/ + + subpicture_updater_t updater; + + subpicture_private_t *p_private; /* Reserved to the core */ +}; + +/** + * This function create a new empty subpicture. + * + * You must use subpicture_Delete to destroy it. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * subpicture_New( const subpicture_updater_t * ); + +/** + * This function delete a subpicture created by subpicture_New. + * You may give it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_Delete( subpicture_t *p_subpic ); + +/** + * This function will create a subpicture having one region in the requested + * chroma showing the given picture. + * + * The picture_t given is not released nor used inside the + * returned subpicture_t. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * subpicture_NewFromPicture( vlc_object_t *, picture_t *, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma ); + +/** + * This function will update the content of a subpicture created with + * a non NULL subpicture_updater_t. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_Update( subpicture_t *, const video_format_t *src, const video_format_t *, mtime_t ); + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* _VLC_VIDEO_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_text_style.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_text_style.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10a1b5b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_text_style.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_text_style.h: text_style_t definition and helpers. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 51677243e472c3e7712f1a0b168a647433f7470b $ + * + * Authors: Derk-Jan Hartman + * basOS G + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H +#define VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * Text style + * + * A text style is used to specify the formatting of text. + * A font renderer can use the supplied information to render the + * text specified. + */ +typedef struct +{ + char * psz_fontname; /**< The name of the font */ + char * psz_monofontname; /**< The name of the mono font */ + int i_font_size; /**< The font size in pixels */ + int i_font_color; /**< The color of the text 0xRRGGBB + (native endianness) */ + unsigned i_font_alpha; /**< The transparency of the text. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_style_flags; /**< Formatting style flags */ + int i_outline_color; /**< The color of the outline 0xRRGGBB */ + int i_outline_alpha; /**< The transparency of the outline. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_shadow_color; /**< The color of the shadow 0xRRGGBB */ + int i_shadow_alpha; /**< The transparency of the shadow. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_background_color;/**< The color of the background 0xRRGGBB */ + int i_background_alpha;/**< The transparency of the background. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_karaoke_background_color;/**< Background color for karaoke 0xRRGGBB */ + int i_karaoke_background_alpha;/**< The transparency of the karaoke bg. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_outline_width; /**< The width of the outline in pixels */ + int i_shadow_width; /**< The width of the shadow in pixels */ + int i_spacing; /**< The spaceing between glyphs in pixels */ +} text_style_t; + +/* Style flags for \ref text_style_t */ +#define STYLE_BOLD 1 +#define STYLE_ITALIC 2 +#define STYLE_OUTLINE 4 +#define STYLE_SHADOW 8 +#define STYLE_BACKGROUND 16 +#define STYLE_UNDERLINE 32 +#define STYLE_STRIKEOUT 64 + +#define STYLE_DEFAULT_FONT_SIZE 22 + +/** + * Create a default text style + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_New( void ); + +/** + * Copy a text style into another + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Copy( text_style_t *, const text_style_t * ); + +/** + * Duplicate a text style + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Duplicate( const text_style_t * ); + +/** + * Delete a text style created by text_style_New or text_style_Duplicate + */ +VLC_API void text_style_Delete( text_style_t * ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_threads.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_threads.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6ac360 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_threads.h @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_threads.h : threads implementation for the VideoLAN client + * This header provides portable declarations for mutexes & conditions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2002 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2007-2008 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Jean-Marc Dressler + * Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * Christophe Massiot + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_THREADS_H_ +#define VLC_THREADS_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines structures and functions for handling threads in vlc + * + */ + +#if defined (_WIN32) +# include +# ifndef ETIMEDOUT +# define ETIMEDOUT 10060 /* This is the value in winsock.h. */ +# endif + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +typedef struct +{ + bool dynamic; + union + { + struct + { + bool locked; + unsigned long contention; + }; + CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; + }; +} vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX { false, { { false, 0 } } } +typedef struct +{ + HANDLE handle; + unsigned clock; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { 0, 0 } +typedef HANDLE vlc_sem_t; +#define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_threadvar *vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL + +#elif defined (__OS2__) +# include + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +typedef struct +{ + bool dynamic; + union + { + struct + { + bool locked; + unsigned long contention; + }; + HMTX hmtx; + }; +} vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX { false, { { false, 0 } } } +typedef struct +{ + HEV hev; + unsigned waiters; + HEV hevAck; + unsigned signaled; + unsigned clock; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { NULLHANDLE, 0, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0 } +#define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +#define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_threadvar *vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT \ + MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM / 2, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT \ + MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM / 2, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST MAKESHORT(0, PRTYC_TIMECRITICAL) + +# define pthread_sigmask sigprocmask + +#elif defined (__ANDROID__) /* pthreads subset without pthread_cancel() */ +# include +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +# define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +# define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +typedef struct +{ + pthread_cond_t cond; + unsigned clock; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, CLOCK_REALTIME } + +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 0 + +#elif defined (__APPLE__) +# define _APPLE_C_SOURCE 1 /* Proper pthread semantics on OSX */ +# include +# include +/* Unnamed POSIX semaphores not supported on Mac OS X */ +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CANCEL 1 + +typedef pthread_t vlc_thread_t; +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +typedef struct +{ + pthread_cond_t cond; + unsigned clock; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0 } +typedef semaphore_t vlc_sem_t; +typedef pthread_rwlock_t vlc_rwlock_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 22 + +#else /* POSIX threads */ +# include /* _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS */ +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CANCEL 1 + +typedef pthread_t vlc_thread_t; +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_cond_t vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER +typedef sem_t vlc_sem_t; +typedef pthread_rwlock_t vlc_rwlock_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 10 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 5 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 15 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 20 + +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +typedef struct vlc_sem +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + vlc_cond_t wait; + unsigned value; +} vlc_sem_t; +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_rwlock +{ + vlc_mutex_t mutex; + vlc_cond_t wait; + long state; +} vlc_rwlock_t; +# define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK { VLC_STATIC_MUTEX, VLC_STATIC_COND, 0 } +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Function definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_init( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_init_recursive( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_destroy( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_lock( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API int vlc_mutex_trylock( vlc_mutex_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_unlock( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_init( vlc_cond_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_init_daytime( vlc_cond_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_destroy( vlc_cond_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_signal(vlc_cond_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_broadcast(vlc_cond_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_wait(vlc_cond_t *, vlc_mutex_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_cond_timedwait(vlc_cond_t *, vlc_mutex_t *, mtime_t); +VLC_API void vlc_sem_init(vlc_sem_t *, unsigned); +VLC_API void vlc_sem_destroy(vlc_sem_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_sem_post(vlc_sem_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_sem_wait(vlc_sem_t *); + +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_init(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_destroy(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_rdlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_wrlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_unlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_threadvar_create(vlc_threadvar_t * , void (*) (void *) ); +VLC_API void vlc_threadvar_delete(vlc_threadvar_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_threadvar_set(vlc_threadvar_t, void *); +VLC_API void * vlc_threadvar_get(vlc_threadvar_t); + +VLC_API int vlc_clone(vlc_thread_t *, void * (*) (void *), void *, int) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_cancel(vlc_thread_t); +VLC_API void vlc_join(vlc_thread_t, void **); +VLC_API void vlc_control_cancel (int cmd, ...); + +VLC_API mtime_t mdate(void); +VLC_API void mwait(mtime_t deadline); +VLC_API void msleep(mtime_t delay); + +#define VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP 10000 /* 10 milliseconds = 1 tick at 100Hz */ +#define VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP 9000000 /* 9 seconds */ + +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,3) +/* Linux has 100, 250, 300 or 1000Hz + * + * HZ=100 by default on FreeBSD, but some architectures use a 1000Hz timer + */ + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((error("sorry, cannot sleep for such short a time"))) +mtime_t impossible_delay( mtime_t delay ) +{ + (void) delay; + return VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP; +} + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((warning("use proper event handling instead of short delay"))) +mtime_t harmful_delay( mtime_t delay ) +{ + return delay; +} + +# define check_delay( d ) \ + ((__builtin_constant_p(d < VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP) \ + && (d < VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP)) \ + ? impossible_delay(d) \ + : ((__builtin_constant_p(d < VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP) \ + && (d < VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP)) \ + ? harmful_delay(d) \ + : d)) + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((error("deadlines can not be constant"))) +mtime_t impossible_deadline( mtime_t deadline ) +{ + return deadline; +} + +# define check_deadline( d ) \ + (__builtin_constant_p(d) ? impossible_deadline(d) : d) +#else +# define check_delay(d) (d) +# define check_deadline(d) (d) +#endif + +VLC_API int vlc_timer_create(vlc_timer_t *, void (*) (void *), void *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_timer_destroy(vlc_timer_t); +VLC_API void vlc_timer_schedule(vlc_timer_t, bool, mtime_t, mtime_t); +VLC_API unsigned vlc_timer_getoverrun(vlc_timer_t) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API unsigned vlc_GetCPUCount(void); + +VLC_API int vlc_savecancel(void); +VLC_API void vlc_restorecancel(int state); +VLC_API void vlc_testcancel(void); + +#if defined (LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP) +/** + * Registers a new procedure to run if the thread is cancelled (or otherwise + * exits prematurely). Any call to vlc_cleanup_push() must paired with a + * call to either vlc_cleanup_pop() or vlc_cleanup_run(). Branching into or out + * of the block between these two function calls is not allowed (read: it will + * likely crash the whole process). If multiple procedures are registered, + * they are handled in last-in first-out order. + * + * @param routine procedure to call if the thread ends + * @param arg argument for the procedure + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_push( routine, arg ) pthread_cleanup_push (routine, arg) + +/** + * Removes a cleanup procedure that was previously registered with + * vlc_cleanup_push(). + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_pop( ) pthread_cleanup_pop (0) + +/** + * Removes a cleanup procedure that was previously registered with + * vlc_cleanup_push(), and executes it. + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_run( ) pthread_cleanup_pop (1) + +#else +enum +{ + VLC_CLEANUP_PUSH, + VLC_CLEANUP_POP, +}; +typedef struct vlc_cleanup_t vlc_cleanup_t; + +struct vlc_cleanup_t +{ + vlc_cleanup_t *next; + void (*proc) (void *); + void *data; +}; + +/* This macros opens a code block on purpose. This is needed for multiple + * calls within a single function. This also prevent Win32 developers from + * writing code that would break on POSIX (POSIX opens a block as well). */ +# define vlc_cleanup_push( routine, arg ) \ + do { \ + vlc_cleanup_t vlc_cleanup_data = { NULL, routine, arg, }; \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_PUSH, &vlc_cleanup_data) + +# define vlc_cleanup_pop( ) \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_POP); \ + } while (0) + +# define vlc_cleanup_run( ) \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_POP); \ + vlc_cleanup_data.proc (vlc_cleanup_data.data); \ + } while (0) + +#endif /* !LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP */ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CANCEL +/* poll() with cancellation */ +# ifdef __OS2__ +static inline int vlc_poll (struct pollfd *fds, unsigned nfds, int timeout) +{ + static int (*vlc_poll_os2)(struct pollfd *, unsigned, int) = NULL; + + if (!vlc_poll_os2) + { + HMODULE hmod; + CHAR szFailed[CCHMAXPATH]; + + if (DosLoadModule(szFailed, sizeof(szFailed), "vlccore", &hmod)) + return -1; + + if (DosQueryProcAddr(hmod, 0, "_vlc_poll_os2", (PFN *)&vlc_poll_os2)) + return -1; + } + + return (*vlc_poll_os2)(fds, nfds, timeout); +} +# else +static inline int vlc_poll (struct pollfd *fds, unsigned nfds, int timeout) +{ + int val; + + do + { + int ugly_timeout = ((unsigned)timeout >= 50) ? 50 : timeout; + if (timeout >= 0) + timeout -= ugly_timeout; + + vlc_testcancel (); + val = poll (fds, nfds, ugly_timeout); + } + while (val == 0 && timeout != 0); + + return val; +} +# endif + +# define poll(u,n,t) vlc_poll(u, n, t) + +#endif /* LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CANCEL */ + +static inline void vlc_cleanup_lock (void *lock) +{ + vlc_mutex_unlock ((vlc_mutex_t *)lock); +} +#define mutex_cleanup_push( lock ) vlc_cleanup_push (vlc_cleanup_lock, lock) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +/** + * Helper C++ class to lock a mutex. + * The mutex is locked when the object is created, and unlocked when the object + * is destroyed. + */ +class vlc_mutex_locker +{ + private: + vlc_mutex_t *lock; + public: + vlc_mutex_locker (vlc_mutex_t *m) : lock (m) + { + vlc_mutex_lock (lock); + } + + ~vlc_mutex_locker (void) + { + vlc_mutex_unlock (lock); + } +}; +#endif + +enum +{ + VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX = 0, + VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX, + VLC_XLIB_MUTEX, + VLC_MOSAIC_MUTEX, + VLC_HIGHLIGHT_MUTEX, + VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX, + /* Insert new entry HERE */ + VLC_MAX_MUTEX +}; + +VLC_API void vlc_global_mutex( unsigned, bool ); +#define vlc_global_lock( n ) vlc_global_mutex( n, true ) +#define vlc_global_unlock( n ) vlc_global_mutex( n, false ) + +#endif /* !_VLC_THREADS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_tls.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_tls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9db9cc --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_tls.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_tls.h: Transport Layer Security API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2011 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2005-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TLS_H +# define VLC_TLS_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines Transport Layer Security API (TLS) in vlc + */ + +# include + +typedef struct vlc_tls vlc_tls_t; +typedef struct vlc_tls_sys vlc_tls_sys_t; +typedef struct vlc_tls_creds vlc_tls_creds_t; +typedef struct vlc_tls_creds_sys vlc_tls_creds_sys_t; + +/** TLS session */ +struct vlc_tls +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_tls_sys_t *sys; + + struct virtual_socket_t sock; + int (*handshake) (vlc_tls_t *, const char *host, const char *service); +}; + +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreate (vlc_tls_creds_t *, int fd, + const char *host, const char *service); +vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SessionCreate (vlc_tls_creds_t *, int fd, const char *host); +int vlc_tls_SessionHandshake (vlc_tls_t *, const char *host, const char *serv); +VLC_API void vlc_tls_SessionDelete (vlc_tls_t *); + +/* NOTE: It is assumed that a->sock.p_sys = a */ +# define tls_Send( a, b, c ) (((vlc_tls_t *)a)->sock.pf_send (a, b, c)) + +# define tls_Recv( a, b, c ) (((vlc_tls_t *)a)->sock.pf_recv (a, b, c)) + + +/** TLS credentials (certificate, private and trust settings) */ +struct vlc_tls_creds +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *module; + vlc_tls_creds_sys_t *sys; + + int (*add_CA) (vlc_tls_creds_t *, const char *path); + int (*add_CRL) (vlc_tls_creds_t *, const char *path); + + int (*open) (vlc_tls_creds_t *, vlc_tls_t *, int fd, const char *host); + void (*close) (vlc_tls_creds_t *, vlc_tls_t *); +}; + +VLC_API vlc_tls_creds_t *vlc_tls_ClientCreate (vlc_object_t *); +vlc_tls_creds_t *vlc_tls_ServerCreate (vlc_object_t *, + const char *cert, const char *key); +VLC_API void vlc_tls_Delete (vlc_tls_creds_t *); +int vlc_tls_ServerAddCA (vlc_tls_creds_t *srv, const char *path); +int vlc_tls_ServerAddCRL (vlc_tls_creds_t *srv, const char *path); + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_url.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_url.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f548ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_url.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_url.h: URL related macros + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 820250f963fbc31ff56ef1e866fe6bd020686ef0 $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_URL_H +# define VLC_URL_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions for manipulating URL in vlc + */ + +VLC_API char *vlc_path2uri (const char *path, const char *scheme) VLC_MALLOC; + +struct vlc_url_t +{ + char *psz_protocol; + char *psz_username; + char *psz_password; + char *psz_host; + unsigned i_port; + char *psz_path; + char *psz_option; + + char *psz_buffer; /* to be freed */ +}; + +VLC_API char * decode_URI_duplicate( const char *psz ) VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API char * decode_URI( char *psz ); +VLC_API char * encode_URI_component( const char *psz ) VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API char * make_path( const char *url ) VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API void vlc_UrlParse (vlc_url_t *, const char *, unsigned char); +VLC_API void vlc_UrlClean (vlc_url_t *); +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_variables.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_variables.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5b83ab --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_variables.h @@ -0,0 +1,755 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_variables.h: variables handling + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 420f0b4d026725d423f32ed510276bd53ffcf207 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VARIABLES_H +#define VLC_VARIABLES_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for dynamic variables in vlc + */ + +/** + * \defgroup variables Variables + * + * Functions for using the object variables in vlc. + * + * Vlc have a very powerful "object variable" infrastructure useful + * for many things. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define VLC_VAR_TYPE 0x00ff +#define VLC_VAR_CLASS 0x00f0 +#define VLC_VAR_FLAGS 0xff00 + +/** + * \defgroup var_type Variable types + * These are the different types a vlc variable can have. + * @{ + */ +#define VLC_VAR_VOID 0x0010 +#define VLC_VAR_BOOL 0x0020 +#define VLC_VAR_INTEGER 0x0030 +#define VLC_VAR_HOTKEY 0x0031 +#define VLC_VAR_STRING 0x0040 +#define VLC_VAR_VARIABLE 0x0044 +#define VLC_VAR_FLOAT 0x0050 +#define VLC_VAR_TIME 0x0060 +#define VLC_VAR_ADDRESS 0x0070 +#define VLC_VAR_COORDS 0x00A0 +/**@}*/ + +/** \defgroup var_flags Additive flags + * These flags are added to the type field of the variable. Most as a result of + * a var_Change() call, but some may be added at creation time + * @{ + */ +#define VLC_VAR_HASCHOICE 0x0100 +#define VLC_VAR_HASMIN 0x0200 +#define VLC_VAR_HASMAX 0x0400 +#define VLC_VAR_HASSTEP 0x0800 + +#define VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND 0x2000 + +/** Creation flag */ +/* If the variable is not found on the current module + search all parents and finally module config until found */ +#define VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT 0x8000 +/**@}*/ + +/** + * \defgroup var_action Variable actions + * These are the different actions that can be used with var_Change(). + * The parameters given are the meaning of the two last parameters of + * var_Change() when this action is being used. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Set the minimum value of this variable + * \param p_val The new minimum value + * \param p_val2 Unused + */ +#define VLC_VAR_SETMIN 0x0010 +/** + * Set the maximum value of this variable + * \param p_val The new maximum value + * \param p_val2 Unused + */ +#define VLC_VAR_SETMAX 0x0011 +#define VLC_VAR_SETSTEP 0x0012 + +/** + * Set the value of this variable without triggering any callbacks + * \param p_val The new value + * \param p_val2 Unused + */ +#define VLC_VAR_SETVALUE 0x0013 + +#define VLC_VAR_SETTEXT 0x0014 +#define VLC_VAR_GETTEXT 0x0015 + +#define VLC_VAR_GETMIN 0x0016 +#define VLC_VAR_GETMAX 0x0017 +#define VLC_VAR_GETSTEP 0x0018 + +#define VLC_VAR_ADDCHOICE 0x0020 +#define VLC_VAR_DELCHOICE 0x0021 +#define VLC_VAR_CLEARCHOICES 0x0022 +#define VLC_VAR_SETDEFAULT 0x0023 +#define VLC_VAR_GETCHOICES 0x0024 +#define VLC_VAR_GETLIST 0x0025 +#define VLC_VAR_CHOICESCOUNT 0x0026 + +/**@}*/ + +/** \defgroup var_GetAndSet Variable actions + * These are the different actions that can be used with var_GetAndSet() + * @{ + */ +enum { + VLC_VAR_BOOL_TOGGLE, /**< Invert a boolean value (param ignored) */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, /**< Add parameter to an integer value */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_OR, /**< Binary OR over an integer bits field */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_NAND,/**< Binary NAND over an integer bits field */ +}; +/**@}*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int var_Create( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int ); +#define var_Create(a,b,c) var_Create( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_Destroy( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +#define var_Destroy(a,b) var_Destroy( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +VLC_API int var_Change( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t *, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_Change(a,b,c,d,e) var_Change( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e ) + +VLC_API int var_Type( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +#define var_Type(a,b) var_Type( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +VLC_API int var_Set( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_value_t ); +#define var_Set(a,b,c) var_Set( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_Get( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_Get(a,b,c) var_Get( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_SetChecked( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t ); +#define var_SetChecked(o,n,t,v) var_SetChecked(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,t,v) +VLC_API int var_GetChecked( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_GetChecked(o,n,t,v) var_GetChecked(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,t,v) +VLC_API int var_GetAndSet( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); + +VLC_API int var_Inherit( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); + +VLC_API void var_FreeList( vlc_value_t *, vlc_value_t * ); + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Variable callbacks + ***************************************************************************** + * int MyCallback( vlc_object_t *p_this, + * char const *psz_variable, + * vlc_value_t oldvalue, + * vlc_value_t newvalue, + * void *p_data); + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int var_AddCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API int var_DelCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API int var_TriggerCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); + +#define var_AddCallback(a,b,c,d) var_AddCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_DelCallback(a,b,c,d) var_DelCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_TriggerCallback(a,b) var_TriggerCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +/***************************************************************************** + * helpers functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Set the value of an integer variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param i The new integer value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, + int64_t i ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = i; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of an boolean variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param b The new boolean value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, bool b ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.b_bool = b; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a time variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param i The new time value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetTime( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, int64_t i ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_time = i; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_TIME, val ); +} + +static inline int var_SetCoords( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + int32_t x, int32_t y ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.coords.x = x; + val.coords.y = y; + return var_SetChecked (obj, name, VLC_VAR_COORDS, val); +} +#define var_SetCoords(o,n,x,y) var_SetCoords(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,x,y) + +/** + * Set the value of a float variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param f The new float value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, float f ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.f_float = f; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a string variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param psz_string The new string value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_string ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.psz_string = (char *)psz_string; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a pointer variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param ptr The new pointer value of this variable + */ +static inline +int var_SetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, void *ptr ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.p_address = ptr; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, val ); +} + +#define var_SetInteger(a,b,c) var_SetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetBool(a,b,c) var_SetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetTime(a,b,c) var_SetTime( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetFloat(a,b,c) var_SetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetString(a,b,c) var_SetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetAddress(o, n, p) var_SetAddress(VLC_OBJECT(o), n, p) + + +/** + * Get an integer value +* + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_GetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, &val ) ) + return val.i_int; + else + return 0; +} + +/** + * Get a boolean value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_GetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.b_bool = false; + + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, &val ) ) + return val.b_bool; + else + return false; +} + +/** + * Get a time value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_GetTime( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.i_time = 0L; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_TIME, &val ) ) + return val.i_time; + else + return 0; +} + +static inline void var_GetCoords( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + int32_t *px, int32_t *py ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if (likely(!var_GetChecked (obj, name, VLC_VAR_COORDS, &val))) + { + *px = val.coords.x; + *py = val.coords.y; + } + else + *px = *py = 0; +} +#define var_GetCoords(o,n,x,y) var_GetCoords(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,x,y) + +/** + * Get a float value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_GetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.f_float = 0.0; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, &val ) ) + return val.f_float; + else + return 0.0; +} + +/** + * Get a string value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_GetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.psz_string = NULL; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + return NULL; + else + return val.psz_string; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_GetNonEmptyString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + return NULL; + if( val.psz_string && *val.psz_string ) + return val.psz_string; + free( val.psz_string ); + return NULL; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_GetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, &val ) ) + return NULL; + else + return val.p_address; +} + +/** + * Increment an integer variable + * \param p_obj the object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name the name of the variable + */ +static inline int64_t var_IncInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = 1; + var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, &val ); + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_IncInteger(a,b) var_IncInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +/** + * Decrement an integer variable + * \param p_obj the object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name the name of the variable + */ +static inline int64_t var_DecInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = -1; + var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, &val ); + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_DecInteger(a,b) var_DecInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +static inline uint64_t var_OrInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + unsigned v ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = v; + var_GetAndSet( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_OR, &val ); + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_OrInteger(a,b,c) var_OrInteger(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +static inline uint64_t var_NAndInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + unsigned v ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = v; + var_GetAndSet( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_NAND, &val ); + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_NAndInteger(a,b,c) var_NAndInteger(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +/** + * Create a integer variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetInteger( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a boolean variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_CreateGetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetBool( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a time variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetTime( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_TIME | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetTime( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a float variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_CreateGetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetFloat( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a string variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetNonEmptyString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetNonEmptyString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create an address variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_CreateGetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetAddress( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +#define var_CreateGetInteger(a,b) var_CreateGetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetBool(a,b) var_CreateGetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetTime(a,b) var_CreateGetTime( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetFloat(a,b) var_CreateGetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetString(a,b) var_CreateGetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetNonEmptyString(a,b) var_CreateGetNonEmptyString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetAddress(a,b) var_CreateGetAddress( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/** + * Create a integer command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetIntegerCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetInteger( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a boolean command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_CreateGetBoolCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetBool( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a time command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetTimeCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_TIME | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetTime( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a float command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_CreateGetFloatCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetFloat( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a string command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetStringCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetNonEmptyString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +#define var_CreateGetIntegerCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetIntegerCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetBoolCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetBoolCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetTimeCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetTimeCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetFloatCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetFloatCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetStringCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetStringCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_USED +static inline int var_CountChoices( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t count; + if( var_Change( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_CHOICESCOUNT, &count, NULL ) ) + return 0; + return count.i_int; +} +#define var_CountChoices(a,b) var_CountChoices( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + + +static inline bool var_ToggleBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL_TOGGLE, &val ); + return val.b_bool; +} +#define var_ToggleBool(a,b) var_ToggleBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b ) + + +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_InheritBool( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, &val ) ) + val.b_bool = false; + return val.b_bool; +} +#define var_InheritBool(o, n) var_InheritBool(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_InheritInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, &val ) ) + val.i_int = 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_InheritInteger(o, n) var_InheritInteger(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline float var_InheritFloat( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, &val ) ) + val.f_float = 0.; + return val.f_float; +} +#define var_InheritFloat(o, n) var_InheritFloat(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_InheritString( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + val.psz_string = NULL; + else if( val.psz_string && !*val.psz_string ) + { + free( val.psz_string ); + val.psz_string = NULL; + } + return val.psz_string; +} +#define var_InheritString(o, n) var_InheritString(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline mtime_t var_InheritTime( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_TIME, &val ) ) + val.i_time = 0; + return val.i_time; +} +#define var_InheritTime(o, n) var_InheritTime(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_InheritAddress( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, &val ) ) + val.p_address = NULL; + return val.p_address; +} +#define var_InheritAddress(o, n) var_InheritAddress(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_API int var_InheritURational( vlc_object_t *, unsigned *num, unsigned *den, const char *var ); +#define var_InheritURational(a,b,c,d) var_InheritURational(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d) + +#define var_GetInteger(a,b) var_GetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetBool(a,b) var_GetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetTime(a,b) var_GetTime( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetFloat(a,b) var_GetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetString(a,b) var_GetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetNonEmptyString(a,b) var_GetNonEmptyString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetAddress(a,b) var_GetAddress( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_API int var_LocationParse(vlc_object_t *, const char *mrl, const char *prefix); +#define var_LocationParse(o, m, p) var_LocationParse(VLC_OBJECT(o), m, p) + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* _VLC_VARIABLES_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..419a4ca --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_video_splitter.h: "video splitter" related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: eb2bf00f85a3ee2df1c35a90f12da4099a95a463 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H +#define VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the structure and types used by video splitter filters. + */ + +typedef struct video_splitter_t video_splitter_t; +typedef struct video_splitter_sys_t video_splitter_sys_t; +typedef struct video_splitter_owner_t video_splitter_owner_t; + +/** Structure describing a video splitter output properties + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* Video format of the output */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Window hints */ + struct + { + /* Relative position. + * (0,0) is equal to the default position. + */ + int i_x; + int i_y; + + /* Alignment inside the window + */ + int i_align; + } window; + + /* Video output module + * Use NULL for default + */ + char *psz_module; + +} video_splitter_output_t; + +/** Structure describing a video splitter + */ +struct video_splitter_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* configuration */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + + /* Input format + * It is filled by the creator and cannot be modified. + */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Output formats + * + * It can only be set in the open() function and must remain + * constant. + * The module is responsible for the allocation and deallocation. + */ + int i_output; + video_splitter_output_t *p_output; + + int (*pf_filter)( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_dst[], + picture_t *p_src ); + int (*pf_mouse) ( video_splitter_t *, vlc_mouse_t *, + int i_index, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ); + + video_splitter_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Buffer allocation */ + int (*pf_picture_new) ( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_picture[] ); + void (*pf_picture_del) ( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_picture[] ); + video_splitter_owner_t *p_owner; +}; + +/** + * It will create an array of pictures suitable as output. + * + * You must either returned them through pf_filter or by calling + * video_splitter_DeletePicture. + * + * If VLC_SUCCESS is not returned, pp_picture values are undefined. + */ +static inline int video_splitter_NewPicture( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_picture[] ) +{ + int i_ret = p_splitter->pf_picture_new( p_splitter, pp_picture ); + if( i_ret ) + msg_Warn( p_splitter, "can't get output pictures" ); + return i_ret; +} + +/** + * It will release an array of pictures created by video_splitter_NewPicture. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline void video_splitter_DeletePicture( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_picture[] ) +{ + p_splitter->pf_picture_del( p_splitter, pp_picture ); +} + +/* */ +VLC_API video_splitter_t * video_splitter_New( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_name, const video_format_t * ); +VLC_API void video_splitter_Delete( video_splitter_t * ); + +static inline int video_splitter_Filter( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_dst[], picture_t *p_src ) +{ + return p_splitter->pf_filter( p_splitter, pp_dst, p_src ); +} +static inline int video_splitter_Mouse( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_index, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + if( !p_splitter->pf_mouse ) + { + *p_mouse = *p_new; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + return p_splitter->pf_mouse( p_splitter, p_mouse, i_index, p_old, p_new ); +} + +#endif /* VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vlm.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vlm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58680b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vlm.h @@ -0,0 +1,369 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vlm.h: VLM core structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 11111da6edb9fbecaa750af4c2851a5f0c338f0b $ + * + * Authors: Simon Latapie + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VLM_H +#define VLC_VLM_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines VLM core functions and structures in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup server VLM + * VLM is the server core in vlc that allows streaming of multiple media streams + * at the same time. It provides broadcast, schedule and video on demand features + * for streaming using several streaming and network protocols. + * @{ + */ + +/** VLM media */ +typedef struct +{ + int64_t id; /*< numeric id for vlm_media_t item */ + bool b_enabled; /*< vlm_media_t is enabled */ + + char *psz_name; /*< descriptive name of vlm_media_t item */ + + int i_input; /*< number of input options */ + char **ppsz_input; /*< array of input options */ + + int i_option; /*< number of output options */ + char **ppsz_option; /*< array of output options */ + + char *psz_output; /*< */ + + bool b_vod; /*< vlm_media_t is of type VOD */ + struct + { + bool b_loop; /*< this vlc_media_t broadcast item should loop */ + } broadcast; /*< Broadcast specific information */ + struct + { + char *psz_mux; /*< name of muxer to use */ + } vod; /*< VOD specific information */ + +} vlm_media_t; + +/** VLM media instance */ +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_name; /*< vlm media instance descriptive name */ + + int64_t i_time; /*< vlm media instance vlm media current time */ + int64_t i_length; /*< vlm media instance vlm media item length */ + double d_position; /*< vlm media instance position in stream */ + bool b_paused; /*< vlm media instance is paused */ + int i_rate; // normal is INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT +} vlm_media_instance_t; + +#if 0 +typedef struct +{ + +} vlm_schedule_t +#endif + +/** VLM events + * You can catch vlm event by adding a callback on the variable "intf-event" + * of the VLM object. + * This variable is an address that will hold a vlm_event_t* value. + */ +enum vlm_event_type_e +{ + /* */ + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_ADDED = 0x100, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_REMOVED, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_CHANGED, + + /* */ + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STARTED = 0x200, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STOPPED, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STATE, +}; + +typedef struct +{ + int i_type; /* a vlm_event_type_e value */ + int64_t id; /* Media ID */ + const char *psz_name; /* Media name */ + const char *psz_instance_name; /* Instance name or NULL */ + input_state_e input_state; /* Input instance event type */ +} vlm_event_t; + +/** VLM control query */ +enum vlm_query_e +{ + /* --- Media control */ + /* Get all medias */ + VLM_GET_MEDIAS, /* arg1=vlm_media_t ***, int *pi_media */ + /* Delete all medias */ + VLM_CLEAR_MEDIAS, /* no arg */ + + /* Add a new media */ + VLM_ADD_MEDIA, /* arg1=vlm_media_t* arg2=int64_t *p_id res=can fail */ + /* Delete an existing media */ + VLM_DEL_MEDIA, /* arg1=int64_t id */ + /* Change properties of an existing media (all fields but id and b_vod) */ + VLM_CHANGE_MEDIA, /* arg1=vlm_media_t* res=can fail */ + /* Get 1 media by it's ID */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA, /* arg1=int64_t id arg2=vlm_media_t ** */ + /* Get media ID from its name */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_ID, /* arg1=const char *psz_name arg2=int64_t* */ + + /* Media instance control XXX VOD control are for internal use only */ + /* Get all media instances */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCES, /* arg1=int64_t id arg2=vlm_media_instance_t *** arg3=int *pi_instance */ + /* Delete all media instances */ + VLM_CLEAR_MEDIA_INSTANCES, /* arg1=int64_t id */ + /* Control broadcast instance */ + VLM_START_MEDIA_BROADCAST_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name, int i_input_index res=can fail */ + /* Control VOD instance */ + VLM_START_MEDIA_VOD_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name, int i_input_index char *psz_vod_output res=can fail */ + /* Stop an instance */ + VLM_STOP_MEDIA_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name res=can fail */ + /* Pause an instance */ + VLM_PAUSE_MEDIA_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name res=can fail */ + /* Get instance position time (in microsecond) */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=int64_t * */ + /* Set instance position time (in microsecond) */ + VLM_SET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=int64_t */ + /* Get instance position ([0.0 .. 1.0]) */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_POSITION, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=double * */ + /* Set instance position ([0.0 .. 1.0]) */ + VLM_SET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_POSITION, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=double */ + + /* Schedule control */ + VLM_CLEAR_SCHEDULES, /* no arg */ + /* TODO: missing schedule control */ + + /* */ +}; + + +/* VLM specific - structures and functions */ + +/* ok, here is the structure of a vlm_message: + The parent node is ( name_of_the_command , NULL ), or + ( name_of_the_command , message_error ) on error. + If a node has children, it should not have a value (=NULL).*/ +struct vlm_message_t +{ + char *psz_name; /*< message name */ + char *psz_value; /*< message value */ + + int i_child; /*< number of child messages */ + vlm_message_t **child; /*< array of vlm_message_t */ +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +VLC_API vlm_t * vlm_New( vlc_object_t * ); +#define vlm_New( a ) vlm_New( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void vlm_Delete( vlm_t * ); +VLC_API int vlm_ExecuteCommand( vlm_t *, const char *, vlm_message_t ** ); +VLC_API int vlm_Control( vlm_t *p_vlm, int i_query, ... ); + +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageSimpleNew( const char * ); +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageNew( const char *, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 2, 3 ); +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageAdd( vlm_message_t *, vlm_message_t * ); +VLC_API void vlm_MessageDelete( vlm_message_t * ); + +/* media helpers */ + +/** + * Initialize a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_media vlm_media_t instance to initialize + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Init( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + memset( p_media, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + p_media->id = 0; // invalid id + p_media->psz_name = NULL; + TAB_INIT( p_media->i_input, p_media->ppsz_input ); + TAB_INIT( p_media->i_option, p_media->ppsz_option ); + p_media->psz_output = NULL; + p_media->b_vod = false; + + p_media->vod.psz_mux = NULL; + p_media->broadcast.b_loop = false; +} + +/** + * Copy a vlm_media_t instance into another vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_dst vlm_media_t instance to copy to + * \param p_src vlm_media_t instance to copy from + */ +static inline void +#ifndef __cplusplus +vlm_media_Copy( vlm_media_t *restrict p_dst, const vlm_media_t *restrict p_src ) +#else +vlm_media_Copy( vlm_media_t *p_dst, const vlm_media_t *p_src ) +#endif +{ + int i; + + memset( p_dst, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + p_dst->id = p_src->id; + p_dst->b_enabled = p_src->b_enabled; + if( p_src->psz_name ) + p_dst->psz_name = strdup( p_src->psz_name ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_src->i_input; i++ ) + TAB_APPEND_CAST( (char**), p_dst->i_input, p_dst->ppsz_input, strdup(p_src->ppsz_input[i]) ); + for( i = 0; i < p_src->i_option; i++ ) + TAB_APPEND_CAST( (char**), p_dst->i_option, p_dst->ppsz_option, strdup(p_src->ppsz_option[i]) ); + + if( p_src->psz_output ) + p_dst->psz_output = strdup( p_src->psz_output ); + + p_dst->b_vod = p_src->b_vod; + if( p_src->b_vod ) + { + if( p_src->vod.psz_mux ) + p_dst->vod.psz_mux = strdup( p_src->vod.psz_mux ); + } + else + { + p_dst->broadcast.b_loop = p_src->broadcast.b_loop; + } +} + +/** + * Cleanup and release memory associated with this vlm_media_t instance. + * You still need to release p_media itself with vlm_media_Delete(). + * \param p_media vlm_media_t to cleanup + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Clean( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + int i; + free( p_media->psz_name ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_media->i_input; i++ ) + free( p_media->ppsz_input[i]); + TAB_CLEAN(p_media->i_input, p_media->ppsz_input ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_media->i_option; i++ ) + free( p_media->ppsz_option[i]); + TAB_CLEAN(p_media->i_option, p_media->ppsz_option ); + + free( p_media->psz_output ); + if( p_media->b_vod ) + free( p_media->vod.psz_mux ); +} + +/** + * Allocate a new vlm_media_t instance + * \return vlm_media_t instance + */ +static inline vlm_media_t *vlm_media_New(void) +{ + vlm_media_t *p_media = (vlm_media_t *)malloc( sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + if( p_media ) + vlm_media_Init( p_media ); + return p_media; +} + +/** + * Delete a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_media vlm_media_t instance to delete + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Delete( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + vlm_media_Clean( p_media ); + free( p_media ); +} + +/** + * Copy a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_src vlm_media_t instance to copy + * \return vlm_media_t duplicate of p_src + */ +static inline vlm_media_t *vlm_media_Duplicate( vlm_media_t *p_src ) +{ + vlm_media_t *p_dst = vlm_media_New(); + if( p_dst ) + vlm_media_Copy( p_dst, p_src ); + return p_dst; +} + +/* media instance helpers */ +/** + * Initialize vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to initialize + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Init( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + memset( p_instance, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_instance_t) ); + p_instance->psz_name = NULL; + p_instance->i_time = 0; + p_instance->i_length = 0; + p_instance->d_position = 0.0; + p_instance->b_paused = false; + p_instance->i_rate = INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT; +} + +/** + * Cleanup vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to cleanup + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Clean( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + free( p_instance->psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Allocate a new vlm_media_instance_t + * \return a new vlm_media_instance_t + */ +static inline vlm_media_instance_t *vlm_media_instance_New(void) +{ + vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance = (vlm_media_instance_t *) malloc( sizeof(vlm_media_instance_t) ); + if( p_instance ) + vlm_media_instance_Init( p_instance ); + return p_instance; +} + +/** + * Delete a vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to delete + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Delete( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + vlm_media_instance_Clean( p_instance ); + free( p_instance ); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/**@}*/ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ff13aa --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout.h: common video definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: b39e49b564e8367df07a2a85ee8bddfac6b548c4 $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_H_ +#define VLC_VOUT_H_ 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines common video output structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup video_output Video Output + * This module describes the programming interface for video output threads. + * It includes functions allowing to open a new thread, send pictures to a + * thread, and destroy a previously opened video output thread. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Vout configuration + */ +typedef struct { + vout_thread_t *vout; + vlc_object_t *input; + bool change_fmt; + const video_format_t *fmt; + unsigned dpb_size; +} vout_configuration_t; + +/** + * Video output thread private structure + */ +typedef struct vout_thread_sys_t vout_thread_sys_t; + +/** + * Video output thread descriptor + * + * Any independent video output device, such as an X11 window or a GGI device, + * is represented by a video output thread, and described using the following + * structure. + */ +struct vout_thread_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Private vout_thread data */ + vout_thread_sys_t *p; +}; + +/* Alignment flags */ +#define VOUT_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0001 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x0002 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_HMASK 0x0003 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_TOP 0x0004 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x0008 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_VMASK 0x000C + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Returns a suitable vout or release the given one. + * + * If cfg->fmt is non NULL and valid, a vout will be returned, reusing cfg->vout + * is possible, otherwise it returns NULL. + * If cfg->vout is not used, it will be closed and released. + * + * You can release the returned value either by vout_Request or vout_Close() + * followed by a vlc_object_release() or shorter vout_CloseAndRelease() + * + * \param object a vlc object + * \param cfg the video configuration requested. + * \return a vout + */ +VLC_API vout_thread_t * vout_Request( vlc_object_t *object, const vout_configuration_t *cfg ); +#define vout_Request(a,b) vout_Request(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/** + * This function will close a vout created by vout_Request. + * The associated vout module is closed. + * Note: It is not released yet, you'll have to call vlc_object_release() + * or use the convenient vout_CloseAndRelease(). + * + * \param p_vout the vout to close + */ +VLC_API void vout_Close( vout_thread_t *p_vout ); + +/** + * This function will close a vout created by vout_Create + * and then release it. + * + * \param p_vout the vout to close and release + */ +static inline void vout_CloseAndRelease( vout_thread_t *p_vout ) +{ + vout_Close( p_vout ); + vlc_object_release( p_vout ); +} + +/** + * This function will handle a snapshot request. + * + * pp_image, pp_picture and p_fmt can be NULL otherwise they will be + * set with returned value in case of success. + * + * pp_image will hold an encoded picture in psz_format format. + * + * i_timeout specifies the time the function will wait for a snapshot to be + * available. + * + */ +VLC_API int vout_GetSnapshot( vout_thread_t *p_vout, + block_t **pp_image, picture_t **pp_picture, + video_format_t *p_fmt, + const char *psz_format, mtime_t i_timeout ); + +VLC_API void vout_ChangeAspectRatio( vout_thread_t *p_vout, + unsigned int i_num, unsigned int i_den ); + +/* */ +VLC_API picture_t * vout_GetPicture( vout_thread_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_PutPicture( vout_thread_t *, picture_t * ); + +VLC_API void vout_HoldPicture( vout_thread_t *, picture_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_ReleasePicture( vout_thread_t *, picture_t * ); + +/* */ +VLC_API void vout_PutSubpicture( vout_thread_t *, subpicture_t * ); +VLC_API int vout_RegisterSubpictureChannel( vout_thread_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_FlushSubpictureChannel( vout_thread_t *, int ); + +VLC_API void vout_EnableFilter( vout_thread_t *, const char *,bool , bool ); + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* _VLC_VIDEO_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8142b91 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h @@ -0,0 +1,453 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_display.h: vout_display_t definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: f5f68177a4b543fcd986363dc2563dbce0f81298 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H +#define VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines vout display structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* XXX + * Do NOT use video_format_t::i_aspect but i_sar_num/den everywhere. i_aspect + * will be removed as soon as possible. + * + */ +typedef struct vout_display_t vout_display_t; +typedef struct vout_display_sys_t vout_display_sys_t; +typedef struct vout_display_owner_t vout_display_owner_t; +typedef struct vout_display_owner_sys_t vout_display_owner_sys_t; + +/** + * Possible alignments for vout_display. + */ +typedef enum +{ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_CENTER, + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_LEFT, + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_RIGHT, + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_TOP, + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_BOTTOM, +} vout_display_align_t; + +/** + * Window management state. + */ +enum { + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_NORMAL=0, + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_ABOVE=1, + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_BELOW=2, + VOUT_WINDOW_STACK_MASK=3, +}; + +/** + * Initial/Current configuration for a vout_display_t + */ +typedef struct { + bool is_fullscreen; /* Is the display fullscreen */ + + /* Display properties */ + struct { + /* Window title (may be NULL) */ + const char *title; + + /* Display size */ + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + + /* Display SAR */ + struct { + unsigned num; + unsigned den; + } sar; + } display; + + /* Alignment of the picture inside the display */ + struct { + int horizontal; + int vertical; + } align; + + /* Do we fill up the display with the video */ + bool is_display_filled; + + /* Zoom to use + * It will be applied to the whole display if b_display_filled is set, otherwise + * only on the video source */ + struct { + int num; + int den; + } zoom; + +} vout_display_cfg_t; + +/** + * Information from a vout_display_t to configure + * the core behaviour. + * + * By default they are all false or NULL. + * + */ +typedef struct { + bool is_slow; /* The picture memory has slow read/write */ + bool has_double_click; /* Is double-click generated */ + bool has_hide_mouse; /* Is mouse automatically hidden */ + bool has_pictures_invalid; /* Will VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID be used */ + bool has_event_thread; /* Will events (key at least) be emitted using an independent thread */ + const vlc_fourcc_t *subpicture_chromas; /* List of supported chromas for subpicture rendering. */ +} vout_display_info_t; + +/** + * Control query for vout_display_t + */ +enum { + /* Hide the mouse. It will be sent when + * vout_display_t::info.b_hide_mouse is false */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_HIDE_MOUSE, + + /* Ask to reset the internal buffers after a VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID + * request. + */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_RESET_PICTURES, + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the fullscreen state change after + * being requested (externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_FULLSCREEN, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the window management state change + * after being requested externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_WINDOW_STATE */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_WINDOW_STATE, /* unsigned state */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the display size change requested + * (externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE) */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_DISPLAY_SIZE, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg, int is_forced */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse fill display state change after + * being requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_DISPLAY_FILLED, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse zoom change after being requested + * externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_ZOOM, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse source aspect ratio after being + * requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_SOURCE_ASPECT, /* const video_format_t *p_source */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse source crop change after being + * requested externally. + * The cropping requested is stored by video_format_t::i_x/y_offset and + * video_format_t::i_visible_width/height */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_SOURCE_CROP, /* const video_format_t *p_source */ + + /* Ask an opengl interface if available. */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_GET_OPENGL, /* vlc_gl_t ** */ +}; + +/** + * Event from vout_display_t + * + * Events modifiying the state may be sent multiple times. + * Only the transition will be retained and acted upon. + */ +enum { + /* TODO: + * ZOOM ? DISPLAY_FILLED ? ON_TOP ? + */ + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID, /* The buffer are now invalid and need to be changed */ + + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_WINDOW_STATE, + + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE, /* The display size need to change : int i_width, int i_height, bool is_fullscreen */ + + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_CLOSE, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_KEY, + + /* Full mouse state. + * You can use it OR use the other mouse events. The core will do + * the conversion. + */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_STATE, + + /* Mouse event */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_MOVED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_PRESSED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_RELEASED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK, +}; + +/** + * Vout owner structures + */ +struct vout_display_owner_t { + /* Private place holder for the vout_display_t creator + */ + vout_display_owner_sys_t *sys; + + /* Event coming from the module + * + * This function is set prior to the module instantiation and must not + * be overwritten nor used directly (use the vout_display_SendEvent* + * wrapper. + * + * You can send it at any time i.e. from any vout_display_t functions or + * from another thread. + * Be careful, it does not ensure correct serialization if it is used + * from multiple threads. + */ + void (*event)(vout_display_t *, int, va_list); + + /* Window management + * + * These functions are set prior to the module instantiation and must not + * be overwritten nor used directly (use the vout_display_*Window + * wrapper */ + vout_window_t *(*window_new)(vout_display_t *, const vout_window_cfg_t *); + void (*window_del)(vout_display_t *, vout_window_t *); +}; + +struct vout_display_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module */ + module_t *module; + + /* Initial and current configuration. + * You cannot modify it directly, you must use the appropriate events. + * + * It reflects the current values, i.e. after the event has been accepted + * and applied/configured if needed. + */ + const vout_display_cfg_t *cfg; + + /* video source format. + * + * Cropping is not requested while in the open function. + * You cannot change it. + */ + video_format_t source; + + /* picture_t format. + * + * You can only change it inside the module open function to + * match what you want, and when a VOUT_DISPLAY_RESET_PICTURES control + * request is made and succeeds. + * + * By default, it is equal to ::source except for the aspect ratio + * which is undefined(0) and is ignored. + */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Information + * + * You can only set them in the open function. + */ + vout_display_info_t info; + + /* Return a pointer over the current picture_pool_t* (mandatory). + * + * For performance reasons, it is best to provide at least count + * pictures but it is not mandatory. + * You can return NULL when you cannot/do not want to allocate + * pictures. + * The vout display module keeps the ownership of the pool and can + * destroy it only when closing or on invalid pictures control. + */ + picture_pool_t *(*pool)(vout_display_t *, unsigned count); + + /* Prepare a picture and an optional subpicture for display (optional). + * + * It is called before the next pf_display call to provide as much + * time as possible to prepare the given picture and the subpicture + * for display. + * You are guaranted that pf_display will always be called and using + * the exact same picture_t and subpicture_t. + * You cannot change the pixel content of the picture_t or of the + * subpicture_t. + */ + void (*prepare)(vout_display_t *, picture_t *, subpicture_t *); + + /* Display a picture and an optional subpicture (mandatory). + * + * The picture and the optional subpicture must be displayed as soon as + * possible. + * You cannot change the pixel content of the picture_t or of the + * subpicture_t. + * + * This function gives away the ownership of the picture and of the + * subpicture, so you must release them as soon as possible. + */ + void (*display)(vout_display_t *, picture_t *, subpicture_t *); + + /* Control on the module (mandatory) */ + int (*control)(vout_display_t *, int, va_list); + + /* Manage pending event (optional) */ + void (*manage)(vout_display_t *); + + /* Private place holder for the vout_display_t module (optional) + * + * A module is free to use it as it wishes. + */ + vout_display_sys_t *sys; + + /* Reserved for the vout_display_t owner. + * + * It must not be overwritten nor used directly by a module. + */ + vout_display_owner_t owner; +}; + +static inline void vout_display_SendEvent(vout_display_t *vd, int query, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, query); + vd->owner.event(vd, query, args); + va_end(args); +} + +static inline void vout_display_SendEventDisplaySize(vout_display_t *vd, int width, int height, bool is_fullscreen) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE, width, height, is_fullscreen); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventPicturesInvalid(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventClose(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_CLOSE); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventKey(vout_display_t *vd, int key) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_KEY, key); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventFullscreen(vout_display_t *vd, bool is_fullscreen) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN, is_fullscreen); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendWindowState(vout_display_t *vd, unsigned state) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_WINDOW_STATE, state); +} +/* The mouse position (State and Moved event) must be expressed against vout_display_t::source unit */ +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseState(vout_display_t *vd, int x, int y, int button_mask) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_STATE, x, y, button_mask); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved(vout_display_t *vd, int x, int y) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_MOVED, x, y); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMousePressed(vout_display_t *vd, int button) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_PRESSED, button); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseReleased(vout_display_t *vd, int button) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_RELEASED, button); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseDoubleClick(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK); +} + +/** + * Asks for a new window with the given configuration as hint. + * + * b_standalone/i_x/i_y may be overwritten by the core + */ +static inline vout_window_t *vout_display_NewWindow(vout_display_t *vd, const vout_window_cfg_t *cfg) +{ + return vd->owner.window_new(vd, cfg); +} +/** + * Deletes a window created by vout_display_NewWindow if window is non NULL + * or any unused windows otherwise. + */ +static inline void vout_display_DeleteWindow(vout_display_t *vd, + vout_window_t *window) +{ + vd->owner.window_del(vd, window); +} + +/** + * Computes the default display size given the source and + * the display configuration. + * + * This asssumes that the picture is already cropped. + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_GetDefaultDisplaySize(unsigned *width, unsigned *height, const video_format_t *source, const vout_display_cfg_t *); + + +/** + * Structure used to store the result of a vout_display_PlacePicture. + */ +typedef struct { + int x; + int y; + unsigned width; + unsigned height; +} vout_display_place_t; + +/** + * Computes how to place a picture inside the display to respect + * the given parameters. + * This assumes that cropping is done by an external mean. + * + * \param p_place Place inside the window (window pixel unit) + * \param p_source Video source format + * \param p_cfg Display configuration + * \param b_clip If true, prevent the video to go outside the display (break zoom). + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_PlacePicture(vout_display_place_t *place, const video_format_t *source, const vout_display_cfg_t *cfg, bool do_clipping); + + +/** + * Helper function that applies the necessary transforms to the mouse position + * and then calls vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved. + * + * \param vd vout_display_t. + * \param orient_display The orientation of the picture as seen on screen (probably ORIENT_NORMAL). + * \param m_x Mouse x position (relative to place, origin is top left). + * \param m_y Mouse y position (relative to place, origin is top left). + * \param place Place of the picture. + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_SendMouseMovedDisplayCoordinates(vout_display_t *vd, video_orientation_t orient_display, int m_x, int m_y, + vout_display_place_t *place); +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b2b27d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_osd.h: vout OSD + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 M2X + * $Id: 74d79379258cf0af1cdafcd45946c7b4cf23b01f $ + * + * Authors: Jean-Paul Saman + * Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_OSD_H +#define VLC_VOUT_OSD_H 1 + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * OSD menu position and picture type defines + */ +enum +{ + /* Icons */ + OSD_PLAY_ICON = 1, + OSD_PAUSE_ICON, + OSD_SPEAKER_ICON, + OSD_MUTE_ICON, + /* Sliders */ + OSD_HOR_SLIDER, + OSD_VERT_SLIDER, +}; + +/********************************************************************** + * Vout text and widget overlays + **********************************************************************/ +VLC_API int vout_OSDEpg( vout_thread_t *, input_item_t * ); + +/** + * \brief Write an informative message if the OSD option is enabled. + * \param vout The vout on which the message will be displayed + * \param channel Subpicture channel + * \param position Position of the text + * \param duration Duration of the text being displayed + * \param text Text to be displayed + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDText( vout_thread_t *vout, int channel, int position, mtime_t duration, const char *text ); + +/** + * \brief Write an informative message at the default location, + * for the default duration and only if the OSD option is enabled. + * \param vout The vout on which the message will be displayed + * \param channel Subpicture channel + * \param format printf style formatting + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDMessage( vout_thread_t *, int, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); + +/** + * Display a slider on the video output. + * \param p_this The object that called the function. + * \param i_channel Subpicture channel + * \param i_postion Current position in the slider + * \param i_type Types are: OSD_HOR_SLIDER and OSD_VERT_SLIDER. + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDSlider( vout_thread_t *, int, int , short ); + +/** + * Display an Icon on the video output. + * \param p_this The object that called the function. + * \param i_channel Subpicture channel + * \param i_type Types are: OSD_PLAY_ICON, OSD_PAUSE_ICON, OSD_SPEAKER_ICON, OSD_MUTE_ICON + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDIcon( vout_thread_t *, int, short ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_OSD_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85dd6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_window.h: vout_window_t definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2008 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: ed7d42c89657225e42bcf8dab18a61710f41d635 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H +#define VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines vout windows structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/* */ +typedef struct vout_window_t vout_window_t; +typedef struct vout_window_sys_t vout_window_sys_t; + + +/** + * Window handle type + */ +enum { + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_INVALID=0, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_XID, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_HWND, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_NSOBJECT, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_ANDROID_NATIVE, +}; + +/** + * Control query for vout_window_t + */ +enum { + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_STATE, /* unsigned state */ + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_SIZE, /* unsigned i_width, unsigned i_height */ + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_FULLSCREEN, /* int b_fullscreen */ +}; + +typedef struct { + /* If true, a standalone window is requested */ + bool is_standalone; + + /* Window handle type */ + unsigned type; + + /* Window position hint */ + int x; + int y; + + /* Windows size hint */ + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + +} vout_window_cfg_t; + +/** + * FIXME do we need an event system in the window too ? + * or the window user will take care of it ? + */ +struct vout_window_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + unsigned type; /**< Window handle type */ + + /* window handle (mandatory) + * + * It must be filled in the open function. + */ + union { + void *hwnd; /* Win32 window handle */ + uint32_t xid; /* X11 windows ID */ + void *nsobject; /* Mac OSX view object */ + void *anativewindow; /* Android native window. */ + } handle; + + /* display server (mandatory) */ + union { + char *x11; /* X11 display (NULL = use default) */ + } display; + + /* Control on the module (mandatory) + * + * Do not use it directly; use vout_window_Control instead. + */ + int (*control)(vout_window_t *, int query, va_list); + + /* Private place holder for the vout_window_t module (optional) + * + * A module is free to use it as it wishes. + */ + vout_window_sys_t *sys; +}; + +/** + * Creates a new window. + * + * @param module plugin name (usually "$window") + * @note If you are inside a "vout display", you must use + / vout_display_NewWindow() and vout_display_DeleteWindow() instead. + * This enables recycling windows. + */ +VLC_API vout_window_t * vout_window_New(vlc_object_t *, const char *module, const vout_window_cfg_t *); + +/** + * Deletes a window created by vout_window_New(). + * + * @note See vout_window_New() about window recycling. + */ +VLC_API void vout_window_Delete(vout_window_t *); + + +/** + * Reconfigures a window. + * + * @note The vout_window_* wrappers should be used instead of this function. + * + * @warning The caller must own the window, as vout_window_t is not thread safe. + */ +VLC_API int vout_window_Control(vout_window_t *, int query, ...); + +/** + * Configures the window manager state for this window. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetState(vout_window_t *window, unsigned state) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_STATE, state); +} + +/** + * Configures the window display (i.e. inner/useful) size. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetSize(vout_window_t *window, + unsigned width, unsigned height) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_SIZE, width, height); +} + +/** + * Sets fullscreen mode. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetFullScreen(vout_window_t *window, bool full) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_FULLSCREEN, full); +} + +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_xlib.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_xlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6818c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_xlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_xlib.h: initialization of Xlib + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_XLIB_H +# define VLC_XLIB_H 1 + +# include +# include +# include +# include + +static inline bool vlc_xlib_init (vlc_object_t *obj) +{ + if (!var_InheritBool (obj, "xlib")) + return false; + + bool ok = false; + + /* XInitThreads() can be called multiple times, + * but it is not reentrant, so we need this global lock. */ + vlc_global_lock (VLC_XLIB_MUTEX); + + if (_Xglobal_lock == NULL && unlikely(_XErrorFunction != NULL)) + /* (_Xglobal_lock == NULL) => Xlib threads not initialized */ + /* (_XErrorFunction != NULL) => Xlib already in use */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u:%s: Xlib not initialized for threads.\n" + "This process is probably using LibVLC incorrectly.\n" + "Pass \"--no-xlib\" to libvlc_new() to fix this.\n", + __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__); + else if (XInitThreads ()) + ok = true; + + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_XLIB_MUTEX); + + if (!ok) + msg_Err (obj, "Xlib not initialized for threads"); + return ok; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_xml.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_xml.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bb8312 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include/plugins/vlc_xml.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_xml.h: XML abstraction layer + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Author: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_XML_H +#define VLC_XML_H + +/** +* \file +* This file defines functions and structures to handle xml tags in vlc +* +*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct xml_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + xml_sys_t *p_sys; + + void (*pf_catalog_load) ( xml_t *, const char * ); + void (*pf_catalog_add) ( xml_t *, const char *, const char *, + const char * ); +}; + +VLC_API xml_t * xml_Create( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define xml_Create( a ) xml_Create( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void xml_Delete( xml_t * ); + +static inline void xml_CatalogLoad( xml_t *xml, const char *catalog ) +{ + xml->pf_catalog_load( xml, catalog ); +} + +static inline void xml_CatalogAdd( xml_t *xml, const char *type, + const char *orig, const char *value ) +{ + xml->pf_catalog_add( xml, type, orig, value ); +} + + +struct xml_reader_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + xml_reader_sys_t *p_sys; + stream_t *p_stream; + module_t *p_module; + + int (*pf_next_node) ( xml_reader_t *, const char ** ); + const char *(*pf_next_attr) ( xml_reader_t *, const char ** ); + + int (*pf_use_dtd) ( xml_reader_t * ); + int (*pf_is_empty) ( xml_reader_t * ); +}; + +VLC_API xml_reader_t * xml_ReaderCreate(vlc_object_t *, stream_t *) VLC_USED; +#define xml_ReaderCreate( a, s ) xml_ReaderCreate(VLC_OBJECT(a), s) +VLC_API void xml_ReaderDelete(xml_reader_t *); +VLC_API xml_reader_t * xml_ReaderReset(xml_reader_t *, stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +static inline int xml_ReaderNextNode( xml_reader_t *reader, const char **pval ) +{ + return reader->pf_next_node( reader, pval ); +} + +static inline const char *xml_ReaderNextAttr( xml_reader_t *reader, + const char **pval ) +{ + return reader->pf_next_attr( reader, pval ); +} + +static inline int xml_ReaderUseDTD( xml_reader_t *reader ) +{ + return reader->pf_use_dtd( reader ); +} + +static inline int xml_ReaderIsEmptyElement( xml_reader_t *reader ) +{ + if(reader->pf_is_empty == NULL) + return -2; + + return reader->pf_is_empty( reader ); +} + +enum { + XML_READER_NONE=0, + XML_READER_STARTELEM, + XML_READER_ENDELEM, + XML_READER_TEXT, +}; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/deprecated.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/deprecated.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65df232 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/deprecated.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * deprecated.h: libvlc deprecated API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 7f55090fcd482489ceed9145ce2253e78fa6fd2a $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H +#define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc deprecated API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Playlist (Deprecated) + *****************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup libvlc_playlist LibVLC playlist (legacy) + * \ingroup libvlc + * @deprecated Use @ref libvlc_media_list instead. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Start playing (if there is any item in the playlist). + * + * Additionnal playlist item options can be specified for addition to the + * item before it is played. + * + * \param p_instance the playlist instance + * \param i_id the item to play. If this is a negative number, the next + * item will be selected. Otherwise, the item with the given ID will be + * played + * \param i_options the number of options to add to the item + * \param ppsz_options the options to add to the item + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_playlist_play( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, int i_id, + int i_options, char **ppsz_options ); + +/** @}*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..395cb65 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc.h @@ -0,0 +1,634 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 0bc0b401a553d2758abddf6f545022a6c2644405 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc external API + */ + +/** + * \defgroup libvlc LibVLC + * LibVLC is the external programming interface of the VLC media player. + * It is used to embed VLC into other applications or frameworks. + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_H 1 + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined (DLL_EXPORT) +# define LIBVLC_API __declspec(dllexport) +#elif defined (__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4) +# define LIBVLC_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define LIBVLC_API +#endif + +#ifdef __LIBVLC__ +/* Avoid unhelpful warnings from libvlc with our deprecated APIs */ +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && \ + (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 0) +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +#endif + +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +#include + +/** \defgroup libvlc_core LibVLC core + * \ingroup libvlc + * Before it can do anything useful, LibVLC must be initialized. + * You can create one (or more) instance(s) of LibVLC in a given process, + * with libvlc_new() and destroy them with libvlc_release(). + * + * \version Unless otherwise stated, these functions are available + * from LibVLC versions numbered 1.1.0 or more. + * Earlier versions (0.9.x and 1.0.x) are not compatible. + * @{ + */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_error LibVLC error handling + * @{ + */ + +/** + * A human-readable error message for the last LibVLC error in the calling + * thread. The resulting string is valid until another error occurs (at least + * until the next LibVLC call). + * + * @warning + * This will be NULL if there was no error. + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_errmsg (void); + +/** + * Clears the LibVLC error status for the current thread. This is optional. + * By default, the error status is automatically overridden when a new error + * occurs, and destroyed when the thread exits. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_clearerr (void); + +/** + * Sets the LibVLC error status and message for the current thread. + * Any previous error is overridden. + * \param fmt the format string + * \param ap the arguments + * \return a nul terminated string in any case + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_vprinterr (const char *fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Sets the LibVLC error status and message for the current thread. + * Any previous error is overridden. + * \param fmt the format string + * \param args the arguments + * \return a nul terminated string in any case + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_printerr (const char *fmt, ...); + +/**@} */ + +/** + * Create and initialize a libvlc instance. + * This functions accept a list of "command line" arguments similar to the + * main(). These arguments affect the LibVLC instance default configuration. + * + * \version + * Arguments are meant to be passed from the command line to LibVLC, just like + * VLC media player does. The list of valid arguments depends on the LibVLC + * version, the operating system and platform, and set of available LibVLC + * plugins. Invalid or unsupported arguments will cause the function to fail + * (i.e. return NULL). Also, some arguments may alter the behaviour or + * otherwise interfere with other LibVLC functions. + * + * \warning + * There is absolutely no warranty or promise of forward, backward and + * cross-platform compatibility with regards to libvlc_new() arguments. + * We recommend that you do not use them, other than when debugging. + * + * \param argc the number of arguments (should be 0) + * \param argv list of arguments (should be NULL) + * \return the libvlc instance or NULL in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_instance_t * +libvlc_new( int argc , const char *const *argv ); + +/** + * Decrement the reference count of a libvlc instance, and destroy it + * if it reaches zero. + * + * \param p_instance the instance to destroy + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_release( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Increments the reference count of a libvlc instance. + * The initial reference count is 1 after libvlc_new() returns. + * + * \param p_instance the instance to reference + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_retain( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Try to start a user interface for the libvlc instance. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param name interface name, or NULL for default + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_add_intf( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *name ); + +/** + * Registers a callback for the LibVLC exit event. This is mostly useful if + * the VLC playlist and/or at least one interface are started with + * libvlc_playlist_play() or libvlc_add_intf() respectively. + * Typically, this function will wake up your application main loop (from + * another thread). + * + * \note This function should be called before the playlist or interface are + * started. Otherwise, there is a small race condition: the exit event could + * be raised before the handler is registered. + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param cb callback to invoke when LibVLC wants to exit, + * or NULL to disable the exit handler (as by default) + * \param opaque data pointer for the callback + * \warning This function and libvlc_wait() cannot be used at the same time. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_exit_handler( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + void (*cb) (void *), void *opaque ); + +/** + * Waits until an interface causes the instance to exit. + * You should start at least one interface first, using libvlc_add_intf(). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \warning This function wastes one thread doing basically nothing. + * libvlc_set_exit_handler() should be used instead. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_wait( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Sets the application name. LibVLC passes this as the user agent string + * when a protocol requires it. + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param name human-readable application name, e.g. "FooBar player 1.2.3" + * \param http HTTP User Agent, e.g. "FooBar/1.2.3 Python/2.6.0" + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_user_agent( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *name, const char *http ); + +/** + * Sets some meta-information about the application. + * See also libvlc_set_user_agent(). + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param id Java-style application identifier, e.g. "com.acme.foobar" + * \param version application version numbers, e.g. "1.2.3" + * \param icon application icon name, e.g. "foobar" + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_app_id( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *id, + const char *version, const char *icon ); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc version. + * + * Example: "1.1.0-git The Luggage" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc version + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_version(void); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc compiler version. + * + * Example: "gcc version 4.2.3 (Ubuntu 4.2.3-2ubuntu6)" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc compiler version + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_compiler(void); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc changeset. + * + * Example: "aa9bce0bc4" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc changeset + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_changeset(void); + +/** + * Frees an heap allocation returned by a LibVLC function. + * If you know you're using the same underlying C run-time as the LibVLC + * implementation, then you can call ANSI C free() directly instead. + * + * \param ptr the pointer + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_free( void *ptr ); + +/** \defgroup libvlc_event LibVLC asynchronous events + * LibVLC emits asynchronous events. + * + * Several LibVLC objects (such @ref libvlc_instance_t as + * @ref libvlc_media_player_t) generate events asynchronously. Each of them + * provides @ref libvlc_event_manager_t event manager. You can subscribe to + * events with libvlc_event_attach() and unsubscribe with + * libvlc_event_detach(). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Event manager that belongs to a libvlc object, and from whom events can + * be received. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_event_manager_t libvlc_event_manager_t; + +struct libvlc_event_t; + +/** + * Type of a LibVLC event. + */ +typedef int libvlc_event_type_t; + +/** + * Callback function notification + * \param p_event the event triggering the callback + */ +typedef void ( *libvlc_callback_t )( const struct libvlc_event_t *, void * ); + +/** + * Register for an event notification. + * + * \param p_event_manager the event manager to which you want to attach to. + * Generally it is obtained by vlc_my_object_event_manager() where + * my_object is the object you want to listen to. + * \param i_event_type the desired event to which we want to listen + * \param f_callback the function to call when i_event_type occurs + * \param user_data user provided data to carry with the event + * \return 0 on success, ENOMEM on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_event_attach( libvlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + libvlc_event_type_t i_event_type, + libvlc_callback_t f_callback, + void *user_data ); + +/** + * Unregister an event notification. + * + * \param p_event_manager the event manager + * \param i_event_type the desired event to which we want to unregister + * \param f_callback the function to call when i_event_type occurs + * \param p_user_data user provided data to carry with the event + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_event_detach( libvlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + libvlc_event_type_t i_event_type, + libvlc_callback_t f_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +/** + * Get an event's type name. + * + * \param event_type the desired event + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_event_type_name( libvlc_event_type_t event_type ); + +/** @} */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_log LibVLC logging + * libvlc_log_* functions provide access to the LibVLC messages log. + * This is used for logging and debugging. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Logging messages level. + * \note Future LibVLC versions may define new levels. + */ +enum libvlc_log_level +{ + LIBVLC_DEBUG=0, /**< Debug message */ + LIBVLC_NOTICE=2, /**< Important informational message */ + LIBVLC_WARNING=3, /**< Warning (potential error) message */ + LIBVLC_ERROR=4 /**< Error message */ +}; + +typedef struct vlc_log_t libvlc_log_t; + +/** + * Gets debugging information about a log message: the name of the VLC module + * emitting the message and the message location within the source code. + * + * The returned module name and file name will be NULL if unknown. + * The returned line number will similarly be zero if unknown. + * + * \param ctx message context (as passed to the @ref libvlc_log_cb callback) + * \param module module name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param file source code file name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param line source code file line number storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \warning The returned module name and source code file name, if non-NULL, + * are only valid until the logging callback returns. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_get_context(const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char **module, const char **file, unsigned *line); + +/** + * Gets VLC object information about a log message: the type name of the VLC + * object emitting the message, the object header if any and a temporaly-unique + * object identifier. This information is mainly meant for manual + * troubleshooting. + * + * The returned type name may be "generic" if unknown, but it cannot be NULL. + * The returned header will be NULL if unset; in current versions, the header + * is used to distinguish for VLM inputs. + * The returned object ID will be zero if the message is not associated with + * any VLC object. + * + * \param ctx message context (as passed to the @ref libvlc_log_cb callback) + * \param name object name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param header object header (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param line source code file line number storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \warning The returned module name and source code file name, if non-NULL, + * are only valid until the logging callback returns. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_get_object(const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char **name, const char **header, uintptr_t *id); + +/** + * Callback prototype for LibVLC log message handler. + * \param data data pointer as given to libvlc_log_set() + * \param level message level (@ref enum libvlc_log_level) + * \param ctx message context (meta-information about the message) + * \param fmt printf() format string (as defined by ISO C11) + * \param args variable argument list for the format + * \note Log message handlers must be thread-safe. + * \warning The message context pointer, the format string parameters and the + * variable arguments are only valid until the callback returns. + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_log_cb)(void *data, int level, const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char *fmt, va_list args); + +/** + * Unsets the logging callback for a LibVLC instance. This is rarely needed: + * the callback is implicitly unset when the instance is destroyed. + * This function will wait for any pending callbacks invocation to complete + * (causing a deadlock if called from within the callback). + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_unset( libvlc_instance_t * ); + +/** + * Sets the logging callback for a LibVLC instance. + * This function is thread-safe: it will wait for any pending callbacks + * invocation to complete. + * + * \param cb callback function pointer + * \param data opaque data pointer for the callback function + * + * \note Some log messages (especially debug) are emitted by LibVLC while + * is being initialized. These messages cannot be captured with this interface. + * + * \warning A deadlock may occur if this function is called from the callback. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_set( libvlc_instance_t *, + libvlc_log_cb cb, void *data ); + + +/** + * Sets up logging to a file. + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \param stream FILE pointer opened for writing + * (the FILE pointer must remain valid until libvlc_log_unset()) + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_set_file( libvlc_instance_t *, FILE *stream ); + +/** + * Always returns minus one. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance ignored + * \return always -1 + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_get_log_verbosity( const libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * This function does nothing. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance ignored + * \param level ignored + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_log_verbosity( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, unsigned level ); + +/** + * This function does nothing useful. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return an unique pointer or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_t *libvlc_log_open( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Frees memory allocated by libvlc_log_open(). + * + * \param p_log libvlc log instance or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_close( libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * Always returns zero. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + * \return always zero + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_log_count( const libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * This function does nothing. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_clear( libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * This function does nothing useful. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + * \return an unique pointer or NULL on error or if the parameter was NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_iterator_t *libvlc_log_get_iterator( const libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * Frees memory allocated by libvlc_log_get_iterator(). + * + * \param p_iter libvlc log iterator or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_iterator_free( libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter ); + +/** + * Always returns zero. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_iter ignored + * \return always zero + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_log_iterator_has_next( const libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter ); + +/** + * Always returns NULL. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_iter libvlc log iterator or NULL + * \param p_buf ignored + * \return always NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_message_t *libvlc_log_iterator_next( libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter, + libvlc_log_message_t *p_buf ); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Description of a module. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_module_description_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_shortname; + char *psz_longname; + char *psz_help; + struct libvlc_module_description_t *p_next; +} libvlc_module_description_t; + +/** + * Release a list of module descriptions. + * + * \param p_list the list to be released + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_module_description_list_release( libvlc_module_description_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Returns a list of audio filters that are available. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * + * \return a list of module descriptions. It should be freed with libvlc_module_description_list_release(). + * In case of an error, NULL is returned. + * + * \see libvlc_module_description_t + * \see libvlc_module_description_list_release + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_module_description_t *libvlc_audio_filter_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Returns a list of video filters that are available. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * + * \return a list of module descriptions. It should be freed with libvlc_module_description_list_release(). + * In case of an error, NULL is returned. + * + * \see libvlc_module_description_t + * \see libvlc_module_description_list_release + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_module_description_t *libvlc_video_filter_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** @} */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_clock LibVLC time + * These functions provide access to the LibVLC time/clock. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the current time as defined by LibVLC. The unit is the microsecond. + * Time increases monotonically (regardless of time zone changes and RTC + * adjustements). + * The origin is arbitrary but consistent across the whole system + * (e.g. the system uptim, the time since the system was booted). + * \note On systems that support it, the POSIX monotonic clock is used. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int64_t libvlc_clock(void); + +/** + * Return the delay (in microseconds) until a certain timestamp. + * \param pts timestamp + * \return negative if timestamp is in the past, + * positive if it is in the future + */ +static inline int64_t libvlc_delay(int64_t pts) +{ + return pts - libvlc_clock(); +} + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_events.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_events.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b29cd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_events.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_events.h: libvlc_events external API structure + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id $ + * + * Authors: Filippo Carone + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_EVENTS_H +#define LIBVLC_EVENTS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_event external API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_event + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Event types + */ +enum libvlc_event_e { + /* Append new event types at the end of a category. + * Do not remove, insert or re-order any entry. + * Keep this in sync with lib/event.c:libvlc_event_type_name(). */ + libvlc_MediaMetaChanged=0, + libvlc_MediaSubItemAdded, + libvlc_MediaDurationChanged, + libvlc_MediaParsedChanged, + libvlc_MediaFreed, + libvlc_MediaStateChanged, + libvlc_MediaSubItemTreeAdded, + + libvlc_MediaPlayerMediaChanged=0x100, + libvlc_MediaPlayerNothingSpecial, + libvlc_MediaPlayerOpening, + libvlc_MediaPlayerBuffering, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPlaying, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPaused, + libvlc_MediaPlayerStopped, + libvlc_MediaPlayerForward, + libvlc_MediaPlayerBackward, + libvlc_MediaPlayerEndReached, + libvlc_MediaPlayerEncounteredError, + libvlc_MediaPlayerTimeChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPositionChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerSeekableChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPausableChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerTitleChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerSnapshotTaken, + libvlc_MediaPlayerLengthChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerVout, + libvlc_MediaPlayerScrambledChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerCorked = libvlc_MediaPlayerScrambledChanged + 3 + 1, + libvlc_MediaPlayerUncorked, + libvlc_MediaPlayerMuted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerUnmuted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerAudioVolume, + + libvlc_MediaListItemAdded=0x200, + libvlc_MediaListWillAddItem, + libvlc_MediaListItemDeleted, + libvlc_MediaListWillDeleteItem, + + libvlc_MediaListViewItemAdded=0x300, + libvlc_MediaListViewWillAddItem, + libvlc_MediaListViewItemDeleted, + libvlc_MediaListViewWillDeleteItem, + + libvlc_MediaListPlayerPlayed=0x400, + libvlc_MediaListPlayerNextItemSet, + libvlc_MediaListPlayerStopped, + + libvlc_MediaDiscovererStarted=0x500, + libvlc_MediaDiscovererEnded, + + libvlc_VlmMediaAdded=0x600, + libvlc_VlmMediaRemoved, + libvlc_VlmMediaChanged, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStarted, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStopped, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusInit, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusOpening, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusPlaying, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusPause, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusEnd, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusError +}; + +/** + * A LibVLC event + */ +typedef struct libvlc_event_t +{ + int type; /**< Event type (see @ref libvlc_event_e) */ + void *p_obj; /**< Object emitting the event */ + union + { + /* media descriptor */ + struct + { + libvlc_meta_t meta_type; + } media_meta_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * new_child; + } media_subitem_added; + struct + { + int64_t new_duration; + } media_duration_changed; + struct + { + int new_status; + } media_parsed_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * md; + } media_freed; + struct + { + libvlc_state_t new_state; + } media_state_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + } media_subitemtree_added; + + /* media instance */ + struct + { + float new_cache; + } media_player_buffering; + struct + { + float new_position; + } media_player_position_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_time_t new_time; + } media_player_time_changed; + struct + { + int new_title; + } media_player_title_changed; + struct + { + int new_seekable; + } media_player_seekable_changed; + struct + { + int new_pausable; + } media_player_pausable_changed; + struct + { + int new_scrambled; + } media_player_scrambled_changed; + struct + { + int new_count; + } media_player_vout; + + /* media list */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_item_added; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_will_add_item; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_item_deleted; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_will_delete_item; + + /* media list player */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + } media_list_player_next_item_set; + + /* snapshot taken */ + struct + { + char* psz_filename ; + } media_player_snapshot_taken ; + + /* Length changed */ + struct + { + libvlc_time_t new_length; + } media_player_length_changed; + + /* VLM media */ + struct + { + const char * psz_media_name; + const char * psz_instance_name; + } vlm_media_event; + + /* Extra MediaPlayer */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * new_media; + } media_player_media_changed; + + struct + { + float volume; + } media_player_audio_volume; + } u; /**< Type-dependent event description */ +} libvlc_event_t; + + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_EVENTS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3e9913 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media.h @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 948230a3f17569091b982038ec2c66b48e1a4398 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media LibVLC media + * \ingroup libvlc + * @ref libvlc_media_t is an abstract representation of a playable media. + * It consists of a media location and various optional meta data. + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_t libvlc_media_t; + +/** defgroup libvlc_meta LibVLC meta data + * \ingroup libvlc_media + * @{ + */ + +/** Meta data types */ +typedef enum libvlc_meta_t { + libvlc_meta_Title, + libvlc_meta_Artist, + libvlc_meta_Genre, + libvlc_meta_Copyright, + libvlc_meta_Album, + libvlc_meta_TrackNumber, + libvlc_meta_Description, + libvlc_meta_Rating, + libvlc_meta_Date, + libvlc_meta_Setting, + libvlc_meta_URL, + libvlc_meta_Language, + libvlc_meta_NowPlaying, + libvlc_meta_Publisher, + libvlc_meta_EncodedBy, + libvlc_meta_ArtworkURL, + libvlc_meta_TrackID, + libvlc_meta_TrackTotal, + libvlc_meta_Director, + libvlc_meta_Season, + libvlc_meta_Episode, + libvlc_meta_ShowName, + libvlc_meta_Actors + /* Add new meta types HERE */ +} libvlc_meta_t; + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * Note the order of libvlc_state_t enum must match exactly the order of + * \see mediacontrol_PlayerStatus, \see input_state_e enums, + * and VideoLAN.LibVLC.State (at bindings/cil/src/media.cs). + * + * Expected states by web plugins are: + * IDLE/CLOSE=0, OPENING=1, BUFFERING=2, PLAYING=3, PAUSED=4, + * STOPPING=5, ENDED=6, ERROR=7 + */ +typedef enum libvlc_state_t +{ + libvlc_NothingSpecial=0, + libvlc_Opening, + libvlc_Buffering, + libvlc_Playing, + libvlc_Paused, + libvlc_Stopped, + libvlc_Ended, + libvlc_Error +} libvlc_state_t; + +enum +{ + libvlc_media_option_trusted = 0x2, + libvlc_media_option_unique = 0x100 +}; + +typedef enum libvlc_track_type_t +{ + libvlc_track_unknown = -1, + libvlc_track_audio = 0, + libvlc_track_video = 1, + libvlc_track_text = 2 +} libvlc_track_type_t; + +/** defgroup libvlc_media_stats_t LibVLC media statistics + * \ingroup libvlc_media + * @{ + */ +typedef struct libvlc_media_stats_t +{ + /* Input */ + int i_read_bytes; + float f_input_bitrate; + + /* Demux */ + int i_demux_read_bytes; + float f_demux_bitrate; + int i_demux_corrupted; + int i_demux_discontinuity; + + /* Decoders */ + int i_decoded_video; + int i_decoded_audio; + + /* Video Output */ + int i_displayed_pictures; + int i_lost_pictures; + + /* Audio output */ + int i_played_abuffers; + int i_lost_abuffers; + + /* Stream output */ + int i_sent_packets; + int i_sent_bytes; + float f_send_bitrate; +} libvlc_media_stats_t; +/** @}*/ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_track_info_t +{ + /* Codec fourcc */ + uint32_t i_codec; + int i_id; + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + + /* Codec specific */ + int i_profile; + int i_level; + + union { + struct { + /* Audio specific */ + unsigned i_channels; + unsigned i_rate; + } audio; + struct { + /* Video specific */ + unsigned i_height; + unsigned i_width; + } video; + } u; + +} libvlc_media_track_info_t; + + +typedef struct libvlc_audio_track_t +{ + unsigned i_channels; + unsigned i_rate; +} libvlc_audio_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_video_track_t +{ + unsigned i_height; + unsigned i_width; + unsigned i_sar_num; + unsigned i_sar_den; + unsigned i_frame_rate_num; + unsigned i_frame_rate_den; +} libvlc_video_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_subtitle_track_t +{ + char *psz_encoding; +} libvlc_subtitle_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_media_track_t +{ + /* Codec fourcc */ + uint32_t i_codec; + uint32_t i_original_fourcc; + int i_id; + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + + /* Codec specific */ + int i_profile; + int i_level; + + union { + libvlc_audio_track_t *audio; + libvlc_video_track_t *video; + libvlc_subtitle_track_t *subtitle; + }; + + unsigned int i_bitrate; + char *psz_language; + char *psz_description; + +} libvlc_media_track_t; + + +/** + * Create a media with a certain given media resource location, + * for instance a valid URL. + * + * \note To refer to a local file with this function, + * the file://... URI syntax must be used (see IETF RFC3986). + * We recommend using libvlc_media_new_path() instead when dealing with + * local files. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_mrl the media location + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_location( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char * psz_mrl ); + +/** + * Create a media for a certain file path. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param path local filesystem path + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_path( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *path ); + +/** + * Create a media for an already open file descriptor. + * The file descriptor shall be open for reading (or reading and writing). + * + * Regular file descriptors, pipe read descriptors and character device + * descriptors (including TTYs) are supported on all platforms. + * Block device descriptors are supported where available. + * Directory descriptors are supported on systems that provide fdopendir(). + * Sockets are supported on all platforms where they are file descriptors, + * i.e. all except Windows. + * + * \note This library will not automatically close the file descriptor + * under any circumstance. Nevertheless, a file descriptor can usually only be + * rendered once in a media player. To render it a second time, the file + * descriptor should probably be rewound to the beginning with lseek(). + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \version LibVLC 1.1.5 and later. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param fd open file descriptor + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_fd( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + int fd ); + + +/** + * Create a media as an empty node with a given name. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the node + * \return the new empty media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_as_node( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Add an option to the media. + * + * This option will be used to determine how the media_player will + * read the media. This allows to use VLC's advanced + * reading/streaming options on a per-media basis. + * + * \note The options are listed in 'vlc --long-help' from the command line, + * e.g. "-sout-all". Keep in mind that available options and their semantics + * vary across LibVLC versions and builds. + * \warning Not all options affects libvlc_media_t objects: + * Specifically, due to architectural issues most audio and video options, + * such as text renderer options, have no effects on an individual media. + * These options must be set through libvlc_new() instead. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param psz_options the options (as a string) + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_add_option( + libvlc_media_t *p_md, + const char * psz_options ); + +/** + * Add an option to the media with configurable flags. + * + * This option will be used to determine how the media_player will + * read the media. This allows to use VLC's advanced + * reading/streaming options on a per-media basis. + * + * The options are detailed in vlc --long-help, for instance + * "--sout-all". Note that all options are not usable on medias: + * specifically, due to architectural issues, video-related options + * such as text renderer options cannot be set on a single media. They + * must be set on the whole libvlc instance instead. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param psz_options the options (as a string) + * \param i_flags the flags for this option + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_add_option_flag( + libvlc_media_t *p_md, + const char * psz_options, + unsigned i_flags ); + + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media descriptor object (libvlc_media_t). Use + * libvlc_media_release() to decrement the reference count of a + * media descriptor object. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_retain( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Decrement the reference count of a media descriptor object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_release() will release the + * media descriptor object. It will send out an libvlc_MediaFreed event + * to all listeners. If the media descriptor object has been released it + * should not be used again. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_release( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get the media resource locator (mrl) from a media descriptor object + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return string with mrl of media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_media_get_mrl( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Duplicate a media descriptor object. + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_duplicate( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Read the meta of the media. + * + * If the media has not yet been parsed this will return NULL. + * + * This methods automatically calls libvlc_media_parse_async(), so after calling + * it you may receive a libvlc_MediaMetaChanged event. If you prefer a synchronous + * version ensure that you call libvlc_media_parse() before get_meta(). + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse + * \see libvlc_media_parse_async + * \see libvlc_MediaMetaChanged + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param e_meta the meta to read + * \return the media's meta + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_media_get_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_meta_t e_meta ); + +/** + * Set the meta of the media (this function will not save the meta, call + * libvlc_media_save_meta in order to save the meta) + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param e_meta the meta to write + * \param psz_value the media's meta + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_set_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_meta_t e_meta, + const char *psz_value ); + + +/** + * Save the meta previously set + * + * \param p_md the media desriptor + * \return true if the write operation was successful + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_save_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get current state of media descriptor object. Possible media states + * are defined in libvlc_structures.c ( libvlc_NothingSpecial=0, + * libvlc_Opening, libvlc_Buffering, libvlc_Playing, libvlc_Paused, + * libvlc_Stopped, libvlc_Ended, + * libvlc_Error). + * + * \see libvlc_state_t + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return state of media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t libvlc_media_get_state( + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get the current statistics about the media + * \param p_md: media descriptor object + * \param p_stats: structure that contain the statistics about the media + * (this structure must be allocated by the caller) + * \return true if the statistics are available, false otherwise + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_get_stats( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_stats_t *p_stats ); + +/* The following method uses libvlc_media_list_t, however, media_list usage is optionnal + * and this is here for convenience */ +#define VLC_FORWARD_DECLARE_OBJECT(a) struct a + +/** + * Get subitems of media descriptor object. This will increment + * the reference count of supplied media descriptor object. Use + * libvlc_media_list_release() to decrement the reference counting. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return list of media descriptor subitems or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_API VLC_FORWARD_DECLARE_OBJECT(libvlc_media_list_t *) +libvlc_media_subitems( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get event manager from media descriptor object. + * NOTE: this function doesn't increment reference counting. + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return event manager object + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_event_manager( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get duration (in ms) of media descriptor object item. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return duration of media item or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t + libvlc_media_get_duration( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Parse a media. + * + * This fetches (local) meta data and tracks information. + * The method is synchronous. + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_async + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_get_tracks_info + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Parse a media. + * + * This fetches (local) meta data and tracks information. + * The method is the asynchronous of libvlc_media_parse(). + * + * To track when this is over you can listen to libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * event. However if the media was already parsed you will not receive this + * event. + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_get_tracks_info + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse_async( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get Parsed status for media descriptor object. + * + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return true if media object has been parsed otherwise it returns false + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_is_parsed( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Sets media descriptor's user_data. user_data is specialized data + * accessed by the host application, VLC.framework uses it as a pointer to + * an native object that references a libvlc_media_t pointer + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param p_new_user_data pointer to user data + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_set_user_data( libvlc_media_t *p_md, void *p_new_user_data ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's user_data. user_data is specialized data + * accessed by the host application, VLC.framework uses it as a pointer to + * an native object that references a libvlc_media_t pointer + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API void *libvlc_media_get_user_data( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's elementary streams description + * + * Note, you need to call libvlc_media_parse() or play the media at least once + * before calling this function. + * Not doing this will result in an empty array. + * + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_tracks_get instead + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param tracks address to store an allocated array of Elementary Streams + * descriptions (must be freed by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of Elementary Streams + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_get_tracks_info( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_track_info_t **tracks ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's elementary streams description + * + * Note, you need to call libvlc_media_parse() or play the media at least once + * before calling this function. + * Not doing this will result in an empty array. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 and later. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param tracks address to store an allocated array of Elementary Streams + * descriptions (must be freed with libvlc_media_tracks_release + by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of Elementary Streams (zero on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_media_tracks_get( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_track_t ***tracks ); + + +/** + * Release media descriptor's elementary streams description array + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 and later. + * + * \param p_tracks tracks info array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_tracks_release( libvlc_media_track_t **p_tracks, + unsigned i_count ); + +/** @}*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_discoverer.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_discoverer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3883419 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_discoverer.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_discoverer.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: cf263b0536d9b19e725e039f12ef20eaa392fec3 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_discoverer external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_DISCOVERER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_DISCOVERER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_discoverer LibVLC media discovery + * \ingroup libvlc + * LibVLC media discovery finds available media via various means. + * This corresponds to the service discovery functionality in VLC media player. + * Different plugins find potential medias locally (e.g. user media directory), + * from peripherals (e.g. video capture device), on the local network + * (e.g. SAP) or on the Internet (e.g. Internet radios). + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_discoverer_t libvlc_media_discoverer_t; + +/** + * Discover media service by name. + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param psz_name service name + * \return media discover object or NULL in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_discoverer_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_new_from_name( libvlc_instance_t * p_inst, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Release media discover object. If the reference count reaches 0, then + * the object will be released. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_discoverer_release( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get media service discover object its localized name. + * + * \param p_mdis media discover object + * \return localized name + */ +LIBVLC_API char * libvlc_media_discoverer_localized_name( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get media service discover media list. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return list of media items + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * libvlc_media_discoverer_media_list( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get event manager from media service discover object. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return event manager object. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_discoverer_event_manager( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Query if media service discover object is running. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return true if running, false if not + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_discoverer_is_running( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_library.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_library.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4134c07 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_library.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_library.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fa7094a6a8aac42607490c9982d9f4d082c2794c $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_library external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_library LibVLC media library + * \ingroup libvlc + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_library_t libvlc_media_library_t; + +/** + * Create an new Media Library object + * + * \param p_instance the libvlc instance + * \return a new object or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_library_t * + libvlc_media_library_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance ); + +/** + * Release media library object. This functions decrements the + * reference count of the media library object. If it reaches 0, + * then the object will be released. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_library_release( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media library object. This function will + * increment the reference counting for this object. Use + * libvlc_media_library_release() to decrement the reference count. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_library_retain( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Load media library. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_library_load( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Get media library subitems. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + * \return media list subitems + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * + libvlc_media_library_media_list( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_list.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_list.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6330c6f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_list.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_list.h: libvlc_media_list API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 015824bf54e656cc67838452c7e99a00a452af6e $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H +#define LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_list API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_list LibVLC media list + * \ingroup libvlc + * A LibVLC media list holds multiple @ref libvlc_media_t media descriptors. + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_list_t libvlc_media_list_t; + +/** + * Create an empty media list. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return empty media list, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * + libvlc_media_list_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Release media list created with libvlc_media_list_new(). + * + * \param p_ml a media list created with libvlc_media_list_new() + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_release( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Retain reference to a media list + * + * \param p_ml a media list created with libvlc_media_list_new() + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_retain( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED int + libvlc_media_list_add_file_content( libvlc_media_list_t * p_ml, + const char * psz_uri ); + +/** + * Associate media instance with this media list instance. + * If another media instance was present it will be released. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should NOT be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md media instance to add + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_list_set_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media instance from this media list instance. This action will increase + * the refcount on the media instance. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should NOT be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return media instance + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * + libvlc_media_list_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Add media instance to media list + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md a media instance + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the media list is read-only + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_add_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Insert media instance in media list on a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md a media instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the media list is read-only + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_insert_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, + libvlc_media_t *p_md, int i_pos ); + +/** + * Remove media instance from media list on a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the list is read-only or the item was not found + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_remove_index( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, int i_pos ); + +/** + * Get count on media list items + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return number of items in media list + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_count( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * List media instance in media list at a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return media instance at position i_pos, or NULL if not found. + * In case of success, libvlc_media_retain() is called to increase the refcount + * on the media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * + libvlc_media_list_item_at_index( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, int i_pos ); +/** + * Find index position of List media instance in media list. + * Warning: the function will return the first matched position. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md media instance + * \return position of media instance or -1 if media not found + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_index_of_item( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * This indicates if this media list is read-only from a user point of view + * + * \param p_ml media list instance + * \return 1 on readonly, 0 on readwrite + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_is_readonly( libvlc_media_list_t * p_ml ); + +/** + * Get lock on media list items + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_lock( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Release lock on media list items + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_unlock( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Get libvlc_event_manager from this media list instance. + * The p_event_manager is immutable, so you don't have to hold the lock + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return libvlc_event_manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_list_event_manager( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** @} media_list */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_list_player.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_list_player.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fa3285 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_list_player.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_list_player.h: libvlc_media_list API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c95ad972c7dcf380ef62e60d821af726848dae48 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H +#define LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_list_player API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Media List Player + *****************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_list_player LibVLC media list player + * \ingroup libvlc + * The LibVLC media list player plays a @ref libvlc_media_list_t list of media, + * in a certain order. + * This is required to especially support playlist files. + * The normal @ref libvlc_media_player_t LibVLC media player can only play a + * single media, and does not handle playlist files properly. + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_list_player_t libvlc_media_list_player_t; + +/** + * Defines playback modes for playlist. + */ +typedef enum libvlc_playback_mode_t +{ + libvlc_playback_mode_default, + libvlc_playback_mode_loop, + libvlc_playback_mode_repeat +} libvlc_playback_mode_t; + +/** + * Create new media_list_player. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return media list player instance or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_player_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance ); + +/** + * Release a media_list_player after use + * Decrement the reference count of a media player object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_list_player_release() will + * release the media player object. If the media player object + * has been released, then it should not be used again. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_release( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media player list object. Use + * libvlc_media_list_player_release() to decrement reference count. + * + * \param p_mlp media player list object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_retain( libvlc_media_list_player_t *p_mlp ); + +/** + * Return the event manager of this media_list_player. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return the event manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_event_manager(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Replace media player in media_list_player with this instance. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_mi media player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_set_media_player( + libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_player_t * p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the media list associated with the player + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_mlist list of media + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_set_media_list( + libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_list_t * p_mlist ); + +/** + * Play media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_play(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Toggle pause (or resume) media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_pause(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Is media list playing? + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return true for playing and false for not playing + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_player_is_playing( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Get current libvlc_state of media list player + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return libvlc_state_t for media list player + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t + libvlc_media_list_player_get_state( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Play media list item at position index + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param i_index index in media list to play + * \return 0 upon success -1 if the item wasn't found + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_play_item_at_index(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + int i_index); + +/** + * Play the given media item + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_md the media instance + * \return 0 upon success, -1 if the media is not part of the media list + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_play_item(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_t * p_md); + +/** + * Stop playing media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_stop( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Play next item from media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return 0 upon success -1 if there is no next item + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_next(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Play previous item from media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return 0 upon success -1 if there is no previous item + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_previous(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + + + +/** + * Sets the playback mode for the playlist + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param e_mode playback mode specification + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_set_playback_mode(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_playback_mode_t e_mode ); + +/** @} media_list_player */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_player.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_player.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00afa61 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_media_player.h @@ -0,0 +1,1881 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_player.h: libvlc_media_player external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 94bf7e8c4461896ff0d22b7c86ce6d3f9854eb17 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_media_player external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# else +# include +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Media Player + *****************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_player LibVLC media player + * \ingroup libvlc + * A LibVLC media player plays one media (usually in a custom drawable). + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_player_t libvlc_media_player_t; + +/** + * Description for video, audio tracks and subtitles. It contains + * id, name (description string) and pointer to next record. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_track_description_t +{ + int i_id; + char *psz_name; + struct libvlc_track_description_t *p_next; + +} libvlc_track_description_t; + +/** + * Description for audio output. It contains + * name, description and pointer to next record. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_audio_output_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_description; + struct libvlc_audio_output_t *p_next; + +} libvlc_audio_output_t; + +/** + * Description for audio output device. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_audio_output_device_t +{ + struct libvlc_audio_output_device_t *p_next; /**< Next entry in list */ + char *psz_device; /**< Device identifier string */ + char *psz_description; /**< User-friendly device description */ + /* More fields may be added here in later versions */ +} libvlc_audio_output_device_t; + +/** + * Rectangle type for video geometry + */ +typedef struct libvlc_rectangle_t +{ + int top, left; + int bottom, right; +} libvlc_rectangle_t; + +/** + * Marq options definition + */ +typedef enum libvlc_video_marquee_option_t { + libvlc_marquee_Enable = 0, + libvlc_marquee_Text, /** string argument */ + libvlc_marquee_Color, + libvlc_marquee_Opacity, + libvlc_marquee_Position, + libvlc_marquee_Refresh, + libvlc_marquee_Size, + libvlc_marquee_Timeout, + libvlc_marquee_X, + libvlc_marquee_Y +} libvlc_video_marquee_option_t; + +/** + * Navigation mode + */ +typedef enum libvlc_navigate_mode_t +{ + libvlc_navigate_activate = 0, + libvlc_navigate_up, + libvlc_navigate_down, + libvlc_navigate_left, + libvlc_navigate_right +} libvlc_navigate_mode_t; + +/** + * Enumeration of values used to set position (e.g. of video title). + */ +typedef enum libvlc_position_t { + libvlc_position_disable=-1, + libvlc_position_center, + libvlc_position_left, + libvlc_position_right, + libvlc_position_top, + libvlc_position_top_left, + libvlc_position_top_right, + libvlc_position_bottom, + libvlc_position_bottom_left, + libvlc_position_bottom_right +} libvlc_position_t; + +/** + * Opaque equalizer handle. + * + * Equalizer settings can be applied to a media player. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_equalizer_t libvlc_equalizer_t; + +/** + * Create an empty Media Player object + * + * \param p_libvlc_instance the libvlc instance in which the Media Player + * should be created. + * \return a new media player object, or NULL on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * libvlc_media_player_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_libvlc_instance ); + +/** + * Create a Media Player object from a Media + * + * \param p_md the media. Afterwards the p_md can be safely + * destroyed. + * \return a new media player object, or NULL on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * libvlc_media_player_new_from_media( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Release a media_player after use + * Decrement the reference count of a media player object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_player_release() will + * release the media player object. If the media player object + * has been released, then it should not be used again. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player to free + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_release( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media player object. Use + * libvlc_media_player_release() to decrement reference count. + * + * \param p_mi media player object + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_retain( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the media that will be used by the media_player. If any, + * previous md will be released. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param p_md the Media. Afterwards the p_md can be safely + * destroyed. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_media( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get the media used by the media_player. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the media associated with p_mi, or NULL if no + * media is associated + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * libvlc_media_player_get_media( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the Event Manager from which the media player send event. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the event manager associated with p_mi + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * libvlc_media_player_event_manager ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * is_playing + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return 1 if the media player is playing, 0 otherwise + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_is_playing ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Play + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return 0 if playback started (and was already started), or -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_play ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Pause or resume (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param mp the Media Player + * \param do_pause play/resume if zero, pause if non-zero + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_pause ( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + int do_pause ); + +/** + * Toggle pause (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_pause ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Stop (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_stop ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Callback prototype to allocate and lock a picture buffer. + * + * Whenever a new video frame needs to be decoded, the lock callback is + * invoked. Depending on the video chroma, one or three pixel planes of + * adequate dimensions must be returned via the second parameter. Those + * planes must be aligned on 32-bytes boundaries. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param planes start address of the pixel planes (LibVLC allocates the array + * of void pointers, this callback must initialize the array) [OUT] + * \return a private pointer for the display and unlock callbacks to identify + * the picture buffers + */ +typedef void *(*libvlc_video_lock_cb)(void *opaque, void **planes); + +/** + * Callback prototype to unlock a picture buffer. + * + * When the video frame decoding is complete, the unlock callback is invoked. + * This callback might not be needed at all. It is only an indication that the + * application can now read the pixel values if it needs to. + * + * \warning A picture buffer is unlocked after the picture is decoded, + * but before the picture is displayed. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param picture private pointer returned from the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback [IN] + * \param planes pixel planes as defined by the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback (this parameter is only for convenience) [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_unlock_cb)(void *opaque, void *picture, + void *const *planes); + +/** + * Callback prototype to display a picture. + * + * When the video frame needs to be shown, as determined by the media playback + * clock, the display callback is invoked. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param picture private pointer returned from the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_display_cb)(void *opaque, void *picture); + +/** + * Callback prototype to configure picture buffers format. + * This callback gets the format of the video as output by the video decoder + * and the chain of video filters (if any). It can opt to change any parameter + * as it needs. In that case, LibVLC will attempt to convert the video format + * (rescaling and chroma conversion) but these operations can be CPU intensive. + * + * \param opaque pointer to the private pointer passed to + * libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN/OUT] + * \param chroma pointer to the 4 bytes video format identifier [IN/OUT] + * \param width pointer to the pixel width [IN/OUT] + * \param height pointer to the pixel height [IN/OUT] + * \param pitches table of scanline pitches in bytes for each pixel plane + * (the table is allocated by LibVLC) [OUT] + * \param lines table of scanlines count for each plane [OUT] + * \return the number of picture buffers allocated, 0 indicates failure + * + * \note + * For each pixels plane, the scanline pitch must be bigger than or equal to + * the number of bytes per pixel multiplied by the pixel width. + * Similarly, the number of scanlines must be bigger than of equal to + * the pixel height. + * Furthermore, we recommend that pitches and lines be multiple of 32 + * to not break assumption that might be made by various optimizations + * in the video decoders, video filters and/or video converters. + */ +typedef unsigned (*libvlc_video_format_cb)(void **opaque, char *chroma, + unsigned *width, unsigned *height, + unsigned *pitches, + unsigned *lines); + +/** + * Callback prototype to configure picture buffers format. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() + * (and possibly modified by @ref libvlc_video_format_cb) [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_cleanup_cb)(void *opaque); + + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data to render decoded video to a custom area + * in memory. + * Use libvlc_video_set_format() or libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded format. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param lock callback to lock video memory (must not be NULL) + * \param unlock callback to unlock video memory (or NULL if not needed) + * \param display callback to display video (or NULL if not needed) + * \param opaque private pointer for the three callbacks (as first parameter) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_video_lock_cb lock, + libvlc_video_unlock_cb unlock, + libvlc_video_display_cb display, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Set decoded video chroma and dimensions. + * This only works in combination with libvlc_video_set_callbacks(), + * and is mutually exclusive with libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param chroma a four-characters string identifying the chroma + * (e.g. "RV32" or "YUYV") + * \param width pixel width + * \param height pixel height + * \param pitch line pitch (in bytes) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + * \bug All pixel planes are expected to have the same pitch. + * To use the YCbCr color space with chrominance subsampling, + * consider using libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks() instead. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_format( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, const char *chroma, + unsigned width, unsigned height, + unsigned pitch ); + +/** + * Set decoded video chroma and dimensions. This only works in combination with + * libvlc_video_set_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param setup callback to select the video format (cannot be NULL) + * \param cleanup callback to release any allocated resources (or NULL) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_video_format_cb setup, + libvlc_video_cleanup_cb cleanup ); + +/** + * Set the NSView handler where the media player should render its video output. + * + * Use the vout called "macosx". + * + * The drawable is an NSObject that follow the VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding + * protocol: + * + * @begincode + * \@protocol VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding + * - (void)addVoutSubview:(NSView *)view; + * - (void)removeVoutSubview:(NSView *)view; + * \@end + * @endcode + * + * Or it can be an NSView object. + * + * If you want to use it along with Qt4 see the QMacCocoaViewContainer. Then + * the following code should work: + * @begincode + * { + * NSView *video = [[NSView alloc] init]; + * QMacCocoaViewContainer *container = new QMacCocoaViewContainer(video, parent); + * libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(mp, video); + * [video release]; + * } + * @endcode + * + * You can find a live example in VLCVideoView in VLCKit.framework. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable the drawable that is either an NSView or an object following + * the VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding protocol. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, void * drawable ); + +/** + * Get the NSView handler previously set with libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the NSView handler or 0 if none where set + */ +LIBVLC_API void * libvlc_media_player_get_nsobject ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the agl handler where the media player should render its video output. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable the agl handler + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_agl ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, uint32_t drawable ); + +/** + * Get the agl handler previously set with libvlc_media_player_set_agl(). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the agl handler or 0 if none where set + */ +LIBVLC_API uint32_t libvlc_media_player_get_agl ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set an X Window System drawable where the media player should render its + * video output. If LibVLC was built without X11 output support, then this has + * no effects. + * + * The specified identifier must correspond to an existing Input/Output class + * X11 window. Pixmaps are not supported. The caller shall ensure that + * the X11 server is the same as the one the VLC instance has been configured + * with. This function must be called before video playback is started; + * otherwise it will only take effect after playback stop and restart. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable the ID of the X window + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, uint32_t drawable ); + +/** + * Get the X Window System window identifier previously set with + * libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow(). Note that this will return the identifier + * even if VLC is not currently using it (for instance if it is playing an + * audio-only input). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return an X window ID, or 0 if none where set. + */ +LIBVLC_API uint32_t libvlc_media_player_get_xwindow ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set a Win32/Win64 API window handle (HWND) where the media player should + * render its video output. If LibVLC was built without Win32/Win64 API output + * support, then this has no effects. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable windows handle of the drawable + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, void *drawable ); + +/** + * Get the Windows API window handle (HWND) previously set with + * libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd(). The handle will be returned even if LibVLC + * is not currently outputting any video to it. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return a window handle or NULL if there are none. + */ +LIBVLC_API void *libvlc_media_player_get_hwnd ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio playback. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param samples pointer to the first audio sample to play back [IN] + * \param count number of audio samples to play back + * \param pts expected play time stamp (see libvlc_delay()) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_play_cb)(void *data, const void *samples, + unsigned count, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio pause. + * \note The pause callback is never called if the audio is already paused. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param pts time stamp of the pause request (should be elapsed already) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_pause_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio resumption (i.e. restart from pause). + * \note The resume callback is never called if the audio is not paused. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param pts time stamp of the resumption request (should be elapsed already) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_resume_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio buffer flush + * (i.e. discard all pending buffers and stop playback as soon as possible). + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_flush_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio buffer drain + * (i.e. wait for pending buffers to be played). + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_drain_cb)(void *data); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio volume change. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param volume software volume (1. = nominal, 0. = mute) + * \param mute muted flag + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_set_volume_cb)(void *data, + float volume, bool mute); + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data for decoded audio. + * Use libvlc_audio_set_format() or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded audio format. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param play callback to play audio samples (must not be NULL) + * \param pause callback to pause playback (or NULL to ignore) + * \param resume callback to resume playback (or NULL to ignore) + * \param flush callback to flush audio buffers (or NULL to ignore) + * \param drain callback to drain audio buffers (or NULL to ignore) + * \param opaque private pointer for the audio callbacks (as first parameter) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_play_cb play, + libvlc_audio_pause_cb pause, + libvlc_audio_resume_cb resume, + libvlc_audio_flush_cb flush, + libvlc_audio_drain_cb drain, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data for decoded audio. This only works in + * combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(). + * Use libvlc_audio_set_format() or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded audio format. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param set_volume callback to apply audio volume, + * or NULL to apply volume in software + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_volume_callback( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_set_volume_cb set_volume ); + +/** + * Callback prototype to setup the audio playback. + * This is called when the media player needs to create a new audio output. + * \param opaque pointer to the data pointer passed to + * libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN/OUT] + * \param format 4 bytes sample format [IN/OUT] + * \param rate sample rate [IN/OUT] + * \param channels channels count [IN/OUT] + * \return 0 on success, anything else to skip audio playback + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_audio_setup_cb)(void **data, char *format, unsigned *rate, + unsigned *channels); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio playback cleanup. + * This is called when the media player no longer needs an audio output. + * \param opaque data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_cleanup_cb)(void *data); + +/** + * Set decoded audio format. This only works in combination with + * libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param setup callback to select the audio format (cannot be NULL) + * \param cleanup callback to release any allocated resources (or NULL) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_setup_cb setup, + libvlc_audio_cleanup_cb cleanup ); + +/** + * Set decoded audio format. + * This only works in combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(), + * and is mutually exclusive with libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param format a four-characters string identifying the sample format + * (e.g. "S16N" or "FL32") + * \param rate sample rate (expressed in Hz) + * \param channels channels count + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_format( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, const char *format, + unsigned rate, unsigned channels ); + +/** \bug This might go away ... to be replaced by a broader system */ + +/** + * Get the current movie length (in ms). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the movie length (in ms), or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t libvlc_media_player_get_length( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the current movie time (in ms). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the movie time (in ms), or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t libvlc_media_player_get_time( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the movie time (in ms). This has no effect if no media is being played. + * Not all formats and protocols support this. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_time the movie time (in ms). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_time( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_time_t i_time ); + +/** + * Get movie position as percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return movie position, or -1. in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_position( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set movie position as percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. + * This has no effect if playback is not enabled. + * This might not work depending on the underlying input format and protocol. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param f_pos the position + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_position( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float f_pos ); + +/** + * Set movie chapter (if applicable). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_chapter chapter number to play + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_chapter ); + +/** + * Get movie chapter. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return chapter number currently playing, or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie chapter count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return number of chapters in movie, or -1. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Is the player able to play + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return boolean + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_will_play( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get title chapter count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_title title + * \return number of chapters in title, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter_count_for_title( + libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Set movie title + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_title title number to play + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_title( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Get movie title + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return title number currently playing, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_title( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie title count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return title number count, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_title_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set previous chapter (if applicable) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_previous_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set next chapter (if applicable) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_next_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the requested movie play rate. + * @warning Depending on the underlying media, the requested rate may be + * different from the real playback rate. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return movie play rate + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_rate( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set movie play rate + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param rate movie play rate to set + * \return -1 if an error was detected, 0 otherwise (but even then, it might + * not actually work depending on the underlying media protocol) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_rate( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float rate ); + +/** + * Get current movie state + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the current state of the media player (playing, paused, ...) \see libvlc_state_t + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t libvlc_media_player_get_state( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie fps rate + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return frames per second (fps) for this playing movie, or 0 if unspecified + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_fps( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** end bug */ + +/** + * How many video outputs does this media player have? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the number of video outputs + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_media_player_has_vout( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Is this media player seekable? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the media player can seek + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_is_seekable( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Can this media player be paused? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the media player can pause + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_can_pause( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Check if the current program is scrambled + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the current program is scrambled + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_program_scrambled( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Display the next frame (if supported) + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_next_frame( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Navigate through DVD Menu + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param navigate the Navigation mode + * \version libVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_navigate( libvlc_media_player_t* p_mi, + unsigned navigate ); + +/** + * Set if, and how, the video title will be shown when media is played. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param position position at which to display the title, or libvlc_position_disable to prevent the title from being displayed + * \param timeout title display timeout in milliseconds (ignored if libvlc_position_disable) + * \version libVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_video_title_display( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_position_t position, unsigned int timeout ); + +/** + * Release (free) libvlc_track_description_t + * + * \param p_track_description the structure to release + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_track_description_list_release( libvlc_track_description_t *p_track_description ); + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_track_description_list_release instead + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_track_description_release( libvlc_track_description_t *p_track_description ); + +/** \defgroup libvlc_video LibVLC video controls + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Toggle fullscreen status on non-embedded video outputs. + * + * @warning The same limitations applies to this function + * as to libvlc_set_fullscreen(). + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_toggle_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Enable or disable fullscreen. + * + * @warning With most window managers, only a top-level windows can be in + * full-screen mode. Hence, this function will not operate properly if + * libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow() was used to embed the video in a + * non-top-level window. In that case, the embedding window must be reparented + * to the root window before fullscreen mode is enabled. You will want + * to reparent it back to its normal parent when disabling fullscreen. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param b_fullscreen boolean for fullscreen status + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_set_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int b_fullscreen ); + +/** + * Get current fullscreen status. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the fullscreen status (boolean) + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_get_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Enable or disable key press events handling, according to the LibVLC hotkeys + * configuration. By default and for historical reasons, keyboard events are + * handled by the LibVLC video widget. + * + * \note On X11, there can be only one subscriber for key press and mouse + * click events per window. If your application has subscribed to those events + * for the X window ID of the video widget, then LibVLC will not be able to + * handle key presses and mouse clicks in any case. + * + * \warning This function is only implemented for X11 and Win32 at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param on true to handle key press events, false to ignore them. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_key_input( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned on ); + +/** + * Enable or disable mouse click events handling. By default, those events are + * handled. This is needed for DVD menus to work, as well as a few video + * filters such as "puzzle". + * + * \see libvlc_video_set_key_input(). + * + * \warning This function is only implemented for X11 and Win32 at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param on true to handle mouse click events, false to ignore them. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_mouse_input( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned on ); + +/** + * Get the pixel dimensions of a video. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param num number of the video (starting from, and most commonly 0) + * \param px pointer to get the pixel width [OUT] + * \param py pointer to get the pixel height [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the specified video does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_size( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + unsigned *px, unsigned *py ); + +/** + * Get current video height. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_video_get_size() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video pixel height or 0 if not applicable + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_height( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current video width. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_video_get_size() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video pixel width or 0 if not applicable + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_width( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the mouse pointer coordinates over a video. + * Coordinates are expressed in terms of the decoded video resolution, + * not in terms of pixels on the screen/viewport (to get the latter, + * you can query your windowing system directly). + * + * Either of the coordinates may be negative or larger than the corresponding + * dimension of the video, if the cursor is outside the rendering area. + * + * @warning The coordinates may be out-of-date if the pointer is not located + * on the video rendering area. LibVLC does not track the pointer if it is + * outside of the video widget. + * + * @note LibVLC does not support multiple pointers (it does of course support + * multiple input devices sharing the same pointer) at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param num number of the video (starting from, and most commonly 0) + * \param px pointer to get the abscissa [OUT] + * \param py pointer to get the ordinate [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the specified video does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_cursor( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + int *px, int *py ); + +/** + * Get the current video scaling factor. + * See also libvlc_video_set_scale(). + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the currently configured zoom factor, or 0. if the video is set + * to fit to the output window/drawable automatically. + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_video_get_scale( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the video scaling factor. That is the ratio of the number of pixels on + * screen to the number of pixels in the original decoded video in each + * dimension. Zero is a special value; it will adjust the video to the output + * window/drawable (in windowed mode) or the entire screen. + * + * Note that not all video outputs support scaling. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param f_factor the scaling factor, or zero + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_scale( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float f_factor ); + +/** + * Get current video aspect ratio. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video aspect ratio or NULL if unspecified + * (the result must be released with free() or libvlc_free()). + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_aspect_ratio( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new video aspect ratio. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_aspect new video aspect-ratio or NULL to reset to default + * \note Invalid aspect ratios are ignored. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_aspect_ratio( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_aspect ); + +/** + * Get current video subtitle. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video subtitle selected, or -1 if none + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_spu( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the number of available video subtitles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the number of available video subtitles + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_spu_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available video subtitles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return list containing description of available video subtitles + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_spu_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new video subtitle. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_spu video subtitle track to select (i_id from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 if out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_spu( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_spu ); + +/** + * Set new video subtitle file. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_subtitle new video subtitle file + * \return the success status (boolean) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_subtitle_file( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_subtitle ); + +/** + * Get the current subtitle delay. Positive values means subtitles are being + * displayed later, negative values earlier. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return time (in microseconds) the display of subtitles is being delayed + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int64_t libvlc_video_get_spu_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the subtitle delay. This affects the timing of when the subtitle will + * be displayed. Positive values result in subtitles being displayed later, + * while negative values will result in subtitles being displayed earlier. + * + * The subtitle delay will be reset to zero each time the media changes. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_delay time (in microseconds) the display of subtitles should be delayed + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_spu_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int64_t i_delay ); + +/** + * Get the description of available titles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return list containing description of available titles + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_title_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available chapters for specific title. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_title selected title + * \return list containing description of available chapter for title i_title + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_chapter_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Get current crop filter geometry. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the crop filter geometry or NULL if unset + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_crop_geometry( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new crop filter geometry. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_geometry new crop filter geometry (NULL to unset) + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_crop_geometry( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_geometry ); + +/** + * Get current teletext page requested. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the current teletext page requested. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new teletext page to retrieve. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_page teletex page number requested + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_page ); + +/** + * Toggle teletext transparent status on video output. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_toggle_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get number of available video tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the number of available video tracks (int) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_track_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available video tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return list with description of available video tracks, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_track_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current video track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the video track ID (int) or -1 if no active input + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set video track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_track the track ID (i_id field from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 if out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_set_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_track ); + +/** + * Take a snapshot of the current video window. + * + * If i_width AND i_height is 0, original size is used. + * If i_width XOR i_height is 0, original aspect-ratio is preserved. + * + * \param p_mi media player instance + * \param num number of video output (typically 0 for the first/only one) + * \param psz_filepath the path where to save the screenshot to + * \param i_width the snapshot's width + * \param i_height the snapshot's height + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the video was not found + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_take_snapshot( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + const char *psz_filepath, unsigned int i_width, + unsigned int i_height ); + +/** + * Enable or disable deinterlace filter + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param psz_mode type of deinterlace filter, NULL to disable + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_deinterlace( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const char *psz_mode ); + +/** + * Get an integer marquee option value + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to get \see libvlc_video_marquee_int_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_marquee_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Get a string marquee option value + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to get \see libvlc_video_marquee_string_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_marquee_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Enable, disable or set an integer marquee option + * + * Setting libvlc_marquee_Enable has the side effect of enabling (arg !0) + * or disabling (arg 0) the marq filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to set \see libvlc_video_marquee_int_option_t + * \param i_val marq option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_marquee_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int i_val ); + +/** + * Set a marquee string option + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to set \see libvlc_video_marquee_string_option_t + * \param psz_text marq option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_marquee_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, const char *psz_text ); + +/** option values for libvlc_video_{get,set}_logo_{int,string} */ +enum libvlc_video_logo_option_t { + libvlc_logo_enable, + libvlc_logo_file, /**< string argument, "file,d,t;file,d,t;..." */ + libvlc_logo_x, + libvlc_logo_y, + libvlc_logo_delay, + libvlc_logo_repeat, + libvlc_logo_opacity, + libvlc_logo_position +}; + +/** + * Get integer logo option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to get, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_logo_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set logo option as integer. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * Passing libvlc_logo_enable as option value has the side effect of + * starting (arg !0) or stopping (arg 0) the logo filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to set, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + * \param value logo option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_logo_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int value ); + +/** + * Set logo option as string. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to set, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + * \param psz_value logo option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_logo_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, const char *psz_value ); + + +/** option values for libvlc_video_{get,set}_adjust_{int,float,bool} */ +enum libvlc_video_adjust_option_t { + libvlc_adjust_Enable = 0, + libvlc_adjust_Contrast, + libvlc_adjust_Brightness, + libvlc_adjust_Hue, + libvlc_adjust_Saturation, + libvlc_adjust_Gamma +}; + +/** + * Get integer adjust option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adjust option to get, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_adjust_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set adjust option as integer. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * Passing libvlc_adjust_enable as option value has the side effect of + * starting (arg !0) or stopping (arg 0) the adjust filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adust option to set, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \param value adjust option value + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_adjust_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int value ); + +/** + * Get float adjust option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adjust option to get, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_video_get_adjust_float( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set adjust option as float. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adust option to set, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \param value adjust option value + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_adjust_float( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, float value ); + +/** @} video */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_audio LibVLC audio controls + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio device types + */ +typedef enum libvlc_audio_output_device_types_t { + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Error = -1, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Mono = 1, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Stereo = 2, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_2F2R = 4, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_3F2R = 5, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_5_1 = 6, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_6_1 = 7, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_7_1 = 8, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_SPDIF = 10 +} libvlc_audio_output_device_types_t; + +/** + * Audio channels + */ +typedef enum libvlc_audio_output_channel_t { + libvlc_AudioChannel_Error = -1, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Stereo = 1, + libvlc_AudioChannel_RStereo = 2, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Left = 3, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Right = 4, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Dolbys = 5 +} libvlc_audio_output_channel_t; + + +/** + * Gets the list of available audio output modules. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return list of available audio outputs. It must be freed it with +* \see libvlc_audio_output_list_release \see libvlc_audio_output_t . + * In case of error, NULL is returned. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_t * +libvlc_audio_output_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Frees the list of available audio output modules. + * + * \param p_list list with audio outputs for release + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_output_list_release( libvlc_audio_output_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Selects an audio output module. + * \note Any change will take be effect only after playback is stopped and + * restarted. Audio output cannot be changed while playing. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param psz_name name of audio output, + * use psz_name of \see libvlc_audio_output_t + * \return 0 if function succeded, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_output_set( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always 0. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_audio_output_device_count( libvlc_instance_t *, const char * ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always NULL. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +char *libvlc_audio_output_device_longname( libvlc_instance_t *, const char *, + int ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always NULL. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +char *libvlc_audio_output_device_id( libvlc_instance_t *, const char *, int ); + +/** + * Gets a list of potential audio output devices, + * \see libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \note Not all audio outputs support enumerating devices. + * The audio output may be functional even if the list is empty (NULL). + * + * \note The list may not be exhaustive. + * + * \warning Some audio output devices in the list might not actually work in + * some circumstances. By default, it is recommended to not specify any + * explicit audio device. + * + * \param mp media player + * \return A NULL-terminated linked list of potential audio output devices. + * It must be freed it with libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release() + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_device_t * +libvlc_audio_output_device_enum( libvlc_media_player_t *mp ); + +/** + * Gets a list of audio output devices for a given audio output module, + * \see libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \note Not all audio outputs support this. In particular, an empty (NULL) + * list of devices does not imply that the specified audio output does + * not work. + * + * \note The list might not be exhaustive. + * + * \warning Some audio output devices in the list might not actually work in + * some circumstances. By default, it is recommended to not specify any + * explicit audio device. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \param psz_aout audio output name + * (as returned by libvlc_audio_output_list_get()) + * \return A NULL-terminated linked list of potential audio output devices. + * It must be freed it with libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release() + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_device_t * +libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *aout ); + +/** + * Frees a list of available audio output devices. + * + * \param p_list list with audio outputs for release + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release( + libvlc_audio_output_device_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Configures an explicit audio output device. + * + * If the module paramater is NULL, audio output will be moved to the device + * specified by the device identifier string immediately. This is the + * recommended usage. + * + * A list of adequate potential device strings can be obtained with + * libvlc_audio_output_device_enum(). + * + * However passing NULL is supported in LibVLC version 2.2.0 and later only; + * in earlier versions, this function would have no effects when the module + * parameter was NULL. + * + * If the module parameter is not NULL, the device parameter of the + * corresponding audio output, if it exists, will be set to the specified + * string. Note that some audio output modules do not have such a parameter + * (notably MMDevice and PulseAudio). + * + * A list of adequate potential device strings can be obtained with + * libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get(). + * + * \note This function does not select the specified audio output plugin. + * libvlc_audio_output_set() is used for that purpose. + * + * \warning The syntax for the device parameter depends on the audio output. + * + * Some audio output modules require further parameters (e.g. a channels map + * in the case of ALSA). + * + * \param mp media player + * \param module If NULL, current audio output module. + * if non-NULL, name of audio output module + (\see libvlc_audio_output_t) + * \param device_id device identifier string + * \return Nothing. Errors are ignored (this is a design bug). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_device_set( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + const char *module, + const char *device_id ); + +/** + * Stub for backward compatibility. + * \return always -1. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_output_get_device_type( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Stub for backward compatibility. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_set_device_type( libvlc_media_player_t *, + int ); + + +/** + * Toggle mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \warning Toggling mute atomically is not always possible: On some platforms, + * other processes can mute the VLC audio playback stream asynchronously. Thus, + * there is a small race condition where toggling will not work. + * See also the limitations of libvlc_audio_set_mute(). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_toggle_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the mute status (boolean) if defined, -1 if undefined/unapplicable + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param status If status is true then mute, otherwise unmute + * \warning This function does not always work. If there are no active audio + * playback stream, the mute status might not be available. If digital + * pass-through (S/PDIF, HDMI...) is in use, muting may be unapplicable. Also + * some audio output plugins do not support muting at all. + * \note To force silent playback, disable all audio tracks. This is more + * efficient and reliable than mute. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_set_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int status ); + +/** + * Get current software audio volume. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the software volume in percents + * (0 = mute, 100 = nominal / 0dB) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_volume( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current software audio volume. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_volume the volume in percents (0 = mute, 100 = 0dB) + * \return 0 if the volume was set, -1 if it was out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_volume( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_volume ); + +/** + * Get number of available audio tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the number of available audio tracks (int), or -1 if unavailable + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_track_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available audio tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return list with description of available audio tracks, or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_audio_get_track_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current audio track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio track ID or -1 if no active input. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_track the track ID (i_id field from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_track ); + +/** + * Get current audio channel. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio channel \see libvlc_audio_output_channel_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_channel( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio channel. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param channel the audio channel, \see libvlc_audio_output_channel_t + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_channel( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int channel ); + +/** + * Get current audio delay. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio delay (microseconds) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int64_t libvlc_audio_get_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio delay. The audio delay will be reset to zero each time the media changes. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_delay the audio delay (microseconds) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int64_t i_delay ); + +/** + * Get the number of equalizer presets. + * + * \return number of presets + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preset_count( void ); + +/** + * Get the name of a particular equalizer preset. + * + * This name can be used, for example, to prepare a preset label or menu in a user + * interface. + * + * \param u_index index of the preset, counting from zero + * \return preset name, or NULL if there is no such preset + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preset_name( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Get the number of distinct frequency bands for an equalizer. + * + * \return number of frequency bands + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_band_count( void ); + +/** + * Get a particular equalizer band frequency. + * + * This value can be used, for example, to create a label for an equalizer band control + * in a user interface. + * + * \param u_index index of the band, counting from zero + * \return equalizer band frequency (Hz), or -1 if there is no such band + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_band_frequency( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Create a new default equalizer, with all frequency values zeroed. + * + * The new equalizer can subsequently be applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The returned handle should be freed via libvlc_audio_equalizer_release() when + * it is no longer needed. + * + * \return opaque equalizer handle, or NULL on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_equalizer_t *libvlc_audio_equalizer_new( void ); + +/** + * Create a new equalizer, with initial frequency values copied from an existing + * preset. + * + * The new equalizer can subsequently be applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The returned handle should be freed via libvlc_audio_equalizer_release() when + * it is no longer needed. + * + * \param u_index index of the preset, counting from zero + * \return opaque equalizer handle, or NULL on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_equalizer_t *libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Release a previously created equalizer instance. + * + * The equalizer was previously created by using libvlc_audio_equalizer_new() or + * libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset(). + * + * It is safe to invoke this method with a NULL p_equalizer parameter for no effect. + * + * \param p_equalizer opaque equalizer handle, or NULL + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_equalizer_release( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Set a new pre-amplification value for an equalizer. + * + * The new equalizer settings are subsequently applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The supplied amplification value will be clamped to the -20.0 to +20.0 range. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param f_preamp preamp value (-20.0 to 20.0 Hz) + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_equalizer_set_preamp( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, float f_preamp ); + +/** + * Get the current pre-amplification value from an equalizer. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \return preamp value (Hz) + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preamp( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Set a new amplification value for a particular equalizer frequency band. + * + * The new equalizer settings are subsequently applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The supplied amplification value will be clamped to the -20.0 to +20.0 range. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param f_amp amplification value (-20.0 to 20.0 Hz) + * \param u_band index, counting from zero, of the frequency band to set + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_equalizer_set_amp_at_index( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, float f_amp, unsigned u_band ); + +/** + * Get the amplification value for a particular equalizer frequency band. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param u_band index, counting from zero, of the frequency band to get + * \return amplification value (Hz); NaN if there is no such frequency band + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_amp_at_index( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, unsigned u_band ); + +/** + * Apply new equalizer settings to a media player. + * + * The equalizer is first created by invoking libvlc_audio_equalizer_new() or + * libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset(). + * + * It is possible to apply new equalizer settings to a media player whether the media + * player is currently playing media or not. + * + * Invoking this method will immediately apply the new equalizer settings to the audio + * output of the currently playing media if there is any. + * + * If there is no currently playing media, the new equalizer settings will be applied + * later if and when new media is played. + * + * Equalizer settings will automatically be applied to subsequently played media. + * + * To disable the equalizer for a media player invoke this method passing NULL for the + * p_equalizer parameter. + * + * The media player does not keep a reference to the supplied equalizer so it is safe + * for an application to release the equalizer reference any time after this method + * returns. + * + * \param p_mi opaque media player handle + * \param p_equalizer opaque equalizer handle, or NULL to disable the equalizer for this media player + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** @} audio */ + +/** @} media_player */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_structures.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_structures.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54cd1fd --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_structures.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_structures.h: libvlc_* new external API structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id $ + * + * Authors: Filippo Carone + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_STRUCTURES_H +#define LIBVLC_STRUCTURES_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_* new external API structures + */ + +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** This structure is opaque. It represents a libvlc instance */ +typedef struct libvlc_instance_t libvlc_instance_t; + +typedef int64_t libvlc_time_t; + +/**@} */ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_log + * @{ + */ + +/** This structure is opaque. It represents a libvlc log iterator */ +typedef struct libvlc_log_iterator_t libvlc_log_iterator_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_log_message_t +{ + int i_severity; /* 0=INFO, 1=ERR, 2=WARN, 3=DBG */ + const char *psz_type; /* module type */ + const char *psz_name; /* module name */ + const char *psz_header; /* optional header */ + const char *psz_message; /* message */ +} libvlc_log_message_t; + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_version.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e9294c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_version.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_version.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines version macros for LibVLC. + * Those macros are primilarly intended for conditional (pre)compilation. + * To get the run-time LibVLC version, use libvlc_get_version() instead + * (the run-time version may be more recent than build-time one, thanks to + * backward binary compatibility). + * + * \version This header file is available in LibVLC 1.1.4 and higher. + */ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_VERSION_H +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_H 1 + +/** LibVLC major version number */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_MAJOR (2) + +/** LibVLC minor version number */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_MINOR (2) + +/** LibVLC revision */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_REVISION (6) + +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_EXTRA (0) + +/** Makes a single integer from a LibVLC version numbers */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION(maj,min,rev,extra) \ + ((maj << 24) | (min << 16) | (rev << 8) | (extra)) + +/** LibVLC full version as a single integer (for comparison) */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_INT \ + LIBVLC_VERSION(LIBVLC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBVLC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBVLC_VERSION_REVISION, LIBVLC_VERSION_EXTRA) + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_vlm.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_vlm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20c75f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/libvlc_vlm.h @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_vlm.h: libvlc_* new external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 26e5cbb5ee7968a21520af0b8f553a4a117d4f99 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_VLM_H +#define LIBVLC_VLM_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_vlm_* external API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * VLM + *****************************************************************************/ +/** \defgroup libvlc_vlm LibVLC VLM + * \ingroup libvlc + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Release the vlm instance related to the given libvlc_instance_t + * + * \param p_instance the instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_vlm_release( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Add a broadcast, with one input. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new broadcast + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new broadcast + * \param b_loop Should this broadcast be played in loop ? + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_broadcast( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + const char *psz_output, int i_options, + const char * const* ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, int b_loop ); + +/** + * Add a vod, with one input. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new vod media + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new vod + * \param psz_mux the muxer of the vod media + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_vod( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + int i_options, const char * const* ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, const char *psz_mux ); + +/** + * Delete a media (VOD or broadcast). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to delete + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_del_media( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Enable or disable a media (VOD or broadcast). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param b_enabled the new status + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_enabled( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int b_enabled ); + +/** + * Set the output for a media. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_output( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_output ); + +/** + * Set a media's input MRL. This will delete all existing inputs and + * add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_input( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_input ); + +/** + * Add a media's input MRL. This will add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_input( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_input ); + +/** + * Set a media's loop status. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param b_loop the new status + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_loop( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int b_loop ); + +/** + * Set a media's vod muxer. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_mux the new muxer + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_mux( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_mux ); + +/** + * Edit the parameters of a media. This will delete all existing inputs and + * add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new broadcast + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new broadcast + * \param b_loop Should this broadcast be played in loop ? + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_change_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + const char *psz_output, int i_options, + const char * const *ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, int b_loop ); + +/** + * Play the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_play_media ( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Stop the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_stop_media ( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Pause the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_pause_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Seek in the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \param f_percentage the percentage to seek to + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_seek_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + float f_percentage ); + +/** + * Return information about the named media as a JSON + * string representation. + * + * This function is mainly intended for debugging use, + * if you want programmatic access to the state of + * a vlm_media_instance_t, please use the corresponding + * libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_xxx -functions. + * Currently there are no such functions available for + * vlm_media_t though. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the media, + * if the name is an empty string, all media is described + * \return string with information about named media, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API const char* libvlc_vlm_show_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance position by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return position as float or -1. on error + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_position( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance time by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return time as integer or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_time( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance length by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return length of media item or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_length( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance playback rate by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return playback rate or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_rate( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); +#if 0 +/** + * Get vlm_media instance title number by name or instance id + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return title as number or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_title( libvlc_instance_t *, + const char *, int ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance chapter number by name or instance id + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return chapter as number or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_chapter( libvlc_instance_t *, + const char *, int ); + +/** + * Is libvlc instance seekable ? + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return 1 if seekable, 0 if not, -1 if media does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_seekable( libvlc_instance_t *, + const char *, int ); +#endif +/** + * Get libvlc_event_manager from a vlm media. + * The p_event_manager is immutable, so you don't have to hold the lock + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \return libvlc_event_manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_vlm_get_event_manager( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_about.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_about.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85cf847 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_about.h @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +/* Automatically generated file - DO NOT EDIT */ +static const char psz_license[] = +" GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" +" Version 2, June 1991\n" +"\n" +" Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" +" 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" +" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies\n" +" of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\n" +"\n" +" Preamble\n" +"\n" +" The licenses for most software are designed to take away your\n" +"freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public\n" +"License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free\n" +"software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This\n" +"General Public License applies to most of the Free Software\n" +"Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to\n" +"using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by\n" +"the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to\n" +"your programs, too.\n" +"\n" +" When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not\n" +"price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you\n" +"have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for\n" +"this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it\n" +"if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it\n" +"in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.\n" +"\n" +" To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid\n" +"anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.\n" +"These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you\n" +"distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.\n" +"\n" +" For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether\n" +"gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that\n" +"you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the\n" +"source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their\n" +"rights.\n" +"\n" +" We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and\n" +"(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,\n" +"distribute and/or modify the software.\n" +"\n" +" Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain\n" +"that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free\n" +"software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we\n" +"want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so\n" +"that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original\n" +"authors' reputations.\n" +"\n" +" Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software\n" +"patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free\n" +"program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the\n" +"program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any\n" +"patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.\n" +"\n" +" The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and\n" +"modification follow.\n" +"\n" +" GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" +" TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION\n" +"\n" +" 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains\n" +"a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed\n" +"under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below,\n" +"refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\"\n" +"means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:\n" +"that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,\n" +"either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another\n" +"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in\n" +"the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\".\n" +"\n" +"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not\n" +"covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of\n" +"running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program\n" +"is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the\n" +"Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).\n" +"Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.\n" +"\n" +" 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's\n" +"source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you\n" +"conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate\n" +"copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the\n" +"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;\n" +"and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License\n" +"along with the Program.\n" +"\n" +"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and\n" +"you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.\n" +"\n" +" 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion\n" +"of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and\n" +"distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1\n" +"above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:\n" +"\n" +" a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices\n" +" stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.\n" +"\n" +" b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in\n" +" whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any\n" +" part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third\n" +" parties under the terms of this License.\n" +"\n" +" c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively\n" +" when run, you must cause it, when started running for such\n" +" interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an\n" +" announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a\n" +" notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide\n" +" a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under\n" +" these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this\n" +" License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but\n" +" does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on\n" +" the Program is not required to print an announcement.)\n" +"\n" +"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If\n" +"identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,\n" +"and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in\n" +"themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those\n" +"sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you\n" +"distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based\n" +"on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of\n" +"this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the\n" +"entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.\n" +"\n" +"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest\n" +"your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to\n" +"exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or\n" +"collective works based on the Program.\n" +"\n" +"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program\n" +"with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of\n" +"a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under\n" +"the scope of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,\n" +"under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of\n" +"Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:\n" +"\n" +" a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable\n" +" source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections\n" +" 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" +"\n" +" b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three\n" +" years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your\n" +" cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete\n" +" machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be\n" +" distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium\n" +" customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" +"\n" +" c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer\n" +" to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is\n" +" allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you\n" +" received the program in object code or executable form with such\n" +" an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)\n" +"\n" +"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for\n" +"making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source\n" +"code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any\n" +"associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to\n" +"control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a\n" +"special exception, the source code distributed need not include\n" +"anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary\n" +"form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the\n" +"operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component\n" +"itself accompanies the executable.\n" +"\n" +"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering\n" +"access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent\n" +"access to copy the source code from the same place counts as\n" +"distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not\n" +"compelled to copy the source along with the object code.\n" +"\n" +" 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program\n" +"except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt\n" +"otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is\n" +"void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.\n" +"However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under\n" +"this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such\n" +"parties remain in full compliance.\n" +"\n" +" 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not\n" +"signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or\n" +"distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are\n" +"prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by\n" +"modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the\n" +"Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and\n" +"all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying\n" +"the Program or works based on it.\n" +"\n" +" 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the\n" +"Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the\n" +"original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to\n" +"these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further\n" +"restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.\n" +"You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to\n" +"this License.\n" +"\n" +" 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent\n" +"infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),\n" +"conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or\n" +"otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not\n" +"excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot\n" +"distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this\n" +"License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you\n" +"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent\n" +"license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by\n" +"all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then\n" +"the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to\n" +"refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.\n" +"\n" +"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under\n" +"any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to\n" +"apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other\n" +"circumstances.\n" +"\n" +"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any\n" +"patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any\n" +"such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the\n" +"integrity of the free software distribution system, which is\n" +"implemented by public license practices. Many people have made\n" +"generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed\n" +"through that system in reliance on consistent application of that\n" +"system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing\n" +"to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot\n" +"impose that choice.\n" +"\n" +"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to\n" +"be a consequence of the rest of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in\n" +"certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the\n" +"original copyright holder who places the Program under this License\n" +"may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding\n" +"those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among\n" +"countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates\n" +"the limitation as if written in the body of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions\n" +"of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will\n" +"be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to\n" +"address new problems or concerns.\n" +"\n" +"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program\n" +"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any\n" +"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions\n" +"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free\n" +"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of\n" +"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software\n" +"Foundation.\n" +"\n" +" 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free\n" +"programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author\n" +"to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free\n" +"Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes\n" +"make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals\n" +"of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and\n" +"of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.\n" +"\n" +" NO WARRANTY\n" +"\n" +" 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY\n" +"FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN\n" +"OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES\n" +"PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED\n" +"OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF\n" +"MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS\n" +"TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE\n" +"PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,\n" +"REPAIR OR CORRECTION.\n" +"\n" +" 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING\n" +"WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR\n" +"REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,\n" +"INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING\n" +"OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED\n" +"TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY\n" +"YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER\n" +"PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE\n" +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.\n" +"\n" +" END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS\n" +"\n" +" How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs\n" +"\n" +" If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest\n" +"possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it\n" +"free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.\n" +"\n" +" To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest\n" +"to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively\n" +"convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least\n" +"the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.\n" +"\n" +" \n" +" Copyright (C) \n" +"\n" +" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" +" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" +" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" +" (at your option) any later version.\n" +"\n" +" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" +" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" +" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" +" GNU General Public License for more details.\n" +"\n" +" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along\n" +" with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" +" 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.\n" +"\n" +"Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.\n" +"\n" +"If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this\n" +"when it starts in an interactive mode:\n" +"\n" +" Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author\n" +" Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.\n" +" This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\n" +" under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.\n" +"\n" +"The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate\n" +"parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may\n" +"be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be\n" +"mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.\n" +"\n" +"You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your\n" +"school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if\n" +"necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:\n" +"\n" +" Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program\n" +" `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.\n" +"\n" +" , 1 April 1989\n" +" Ty Coon, President of Vice\n" +"\n" +"This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into\n" +"proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may\n" +"consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the\n" +"library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General\n" +"Public License instead of this License.\n" +; +static const char psz_thanks[] = +"Some VLC plugins use external libraries and make extensive use of the\n" +"following persons' or companies' code:\n" +"\n" +"FAAD2 - Copyright (c) Nero AG, www.nero.com\" - GPLv2 or later\n" +"FFmpeg - Copyright (c) 2000-2015 the FFmpeg developers - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"FluidSynth - Copyright (c) 2003-2010 Peter Hanappe, Conrad Berhörster, Antoine\n" +" Schmitt, Pedro López-Cabanillas, Josh Green, David Henningsson - LGPLv2.1 or\n" +" later\n" +"Fontconfig - Copyright (c) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006,2007 Keith Packard,\n" +" (c) 2005 Patrick Lam, (c) 2009 Roozbeh Pournader, (c) 2008,2009 Red Hat,\n" +" Inc., (c) 2008 Danilo Šegan, (c) 2012 Google, Inc. - MIT License\n" +"freetype - David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg - FreeType License\n" +"GSM - Copyright (c) 1992 - 1994, 2009 Jutta Degener & Carsten Bormann - GSM\n" +" permissive license\n" +"GNU FriBidi - Copyright (c) 2004-2012 Behdad Esfahbod, Dov Grobgeld, Roozbeh\n" +" Pournader - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"GnuTLS - Copyright (C) 2000-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - LGPLv2.1 or\n" +" later\n" +"harfbuzz - Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, 2012 Google, Inc., (c) 2012 Mozilla\n" +" Foundation, (c) 2011 Codethink Limited, (c) 2008, 2010 Nokia Corporation\n" +" and/or its subsidiary(-ies), (c) 2009 Keith Stribley, (c) 2009 Martin Hosken\n" +" and SIL International, (c) 2007 Chris Wilson, (c) 2006 Behdad Esfahbod,\n" +" (c) 2005 David Turner, (c) 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Red Hat, Inc.,\n" +" (c) 1998-2004 David Turner and Werner Lemberg - Old MIT License\n" +"liba52 - Aaron Holtzman & Michel Lespinasse, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libav - Copyright (c) 2000 - 2015 the libav developers - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libass - Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Grigori Goronzy et al. - ISC License\n" +"libbluray - Copyright (c) 2009-2015 VideoLAN and authors - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libcaca - Copyright (c) 2004 Sam Hocevar - WTFPL / LGPLv2.1 or later /\n" +" GPLv2 or later / ISC\n" +"libdca - Copyright (c) 2004-2007 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvbpsi - Copyright (c) 2001-2015 VideoLAN and authors - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libdvdcss - Copyright (c) 2001-2015 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvdread - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvdnav - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libebml - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Steve Lhomme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libFLAC - Copyright (c) 2001 - 2014 Josh Coalson et al. - Xiph.org BSD license\n" +"libgme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libgpg-error - Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2013 g10 Code GmbH\n" +" - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libkate - Copyright (c) 2008-2011 Vincent Penquerc'h - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"liblive555 - Copyright (c) 1996-2015 Live Networks, Inc. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libmad - Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Robert Leslie, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libmatroska - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Steve Lhomme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libmpeg2 - Aaron Holtzman & Michel Lespinasse, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libmodplug - Oliver Lapicque, Konstanty - Public domain\n" +"libogg, libvorbis - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Xiph.org Foundation - Xiph.org BSD\n" +" license\n" +"libpostproc - Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Michael Niedermayer, et al. - GPLv2 or\n" +" later\n" +"libpng - Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2014 Glenn Randers-Perhson, et al. - libpng\n" +" license\n" +"libsamplerate - Copyright (c) 2002-2011 Erik de Castro Lopo - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libschroedinger - Copyright (c) 2006 BBC and Fluendo - MIT License\n" +"libsdl - Copyright (c) 1997-2014 Sam Lantinga et al. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libshout - Copyright (c) 2012 - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libtheora - Copyright (c) Xiph.org Foundation - Xiph.org BSD license\n" +"libtiff - Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler, (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics,\n" +" Inc. - BSD-like\n" +"libtwolame - Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Michael Cheng, (c) 2004-2006 The TwoLAME\n" +" Project - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libupnp - Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Intel Corporation - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"libvpx - Copyright (c) 2010-2015, Google Inc. - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"libxml2 - Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Daniel Veillard - MIT License\n" +"lua - Copyright (c) 1994-2008 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. - MIT License\n" +"Musepack decoder library - Copyright (c) 2005-2011, The Musepack Development\n" +" Team - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"OpenJPEG - Copyright (c) 2002-2014, Communcations and Remote Sensing\n" +" Laboratory, UCL, Belgium - ISC License\n" +"Opus - Copyright 2001-2013 Xiph.Org, Skype Limited, Octasic, Jean-Marc Valin,\n" +" Timothy B. Terriberry, CSIRO, Gregory Maxwell, Mark Borgerding,\n" +" Erik de Castro Lopo - Xiph.org BSD License\n" +"Sparkle — Andy Matuschak et al. - MIT License\n" +"Speex, Speexdsp - Copyright (c) 1992-2015 Xiph.org Foundation, Jean-Marc Valin,\n" +" Analog Devices Inc. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research\n" +" Organisation, David Row, Jutta Degener, Carsten Bormann - 3-clause BSD\n" +" License\n" +"taglib - Copyright (c) 2004-2013 Scott Wheeler, et al. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"x264 - Copyright (c) 2004-2015 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"x265 - Copyright (c) 2004-2015 x265 project - GPLv2 or later\n" +"Zapping VBI library - Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Michael H. Schimek, Iñaki García\n" +" Etxebarria - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"zlib - Copyright (c) 1995-2012 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler - zlib license\n" +"\n" +"The VideoLAN team would like to thank the following donators:\n" +"\n" +"Julian Cain, who made a $1000 donation\n" +"The French website MacBidouille gave €500 to help us buy a PowerMac G5\n" +"The French magazine à vos MAC gave €500 to help us buy a PowerMac G5\n" +"Laurent Dupuy, who made a €540 donation\n" +"The French company Cybervia (Actech) gave €2000 to pay for webserver hosting\n" +"Dennis Perov - Hardware donation\n" +"\n" +"...the following active members of our user community:\n" +"\n" +"Alan Wright\n" +"David J LaBarre \"DJ\"\n" +"Eric Adler\n" +"Julien Bouquillon\n" +"\n" +"...and code auditors and testers:\n" +"\n" +"David Thiel\n" +"Philippe A. aka \"Lotesdelère\"\n" +"Sebastien Chaumat\n" +; +static const char psz_authors[] = +"VideoLAN and the VLC team would like to acknowledge the following contributors:\n" +"\n" +"Programming\n" +"-----------\n" +"Rémi Denis-Courmont\n" +"Jean-Baptiste Kempf\n" +"Laurent Aimar\n" +"Rafaël Carré\n" +"Felix Paul Kühne\n" +"Gildas Bazin\n" +"Pierre d'Herbemont\n" +"Rémi Duraffort\n" +"Derk-Jan Hartman\n" +"Antoine Cellerier\n" +"Jean-Paul Saman\n" +"Samuel Hocevar\n" +"Christophe Mutricy\n" +"Clément Stenac\n" +"Christophe Massiot\n" +"François Cartegnie\n" +"Ilkka Ollakka\n" +"David Fuhrmann\n" +"Pierre Ynard\n" +"Damien Fouilleul\n" +"Sigmund Augdal Helberg\n" +"Erwan Tulou\n" +"Olivier Teulière\n" +"Cyril Deguet\n" +"Eric Petit\n" +"Filippo Carone\n" +"Rocky Bernstein\n" +"Hugo Beauzée-Luyssen\n" +"Olivier Aubert\n" +"Pavlov Konstantin\n" +"Jakob Leben\n" +"Benjamin Pracht\n" +"Jean-Philippe André\n" +"Steve Lhomme\n" +"Stéphane Borel\n" +"Ludovic Fauvet\n" +"Martin Storsjö\n" +"JP Dinger\n" +"Geoffroy Couprie\n" +"KO Myung-Hun\n" +"Marian Ďurkovič\n" +"Yoann Peronneau\n" +"Sébastien Escudier\n" +"Denis Charmet\n" +"Edward Wang\n" +"Jon Lech Johansen\n" +"Felix Abecassis\n" +"Tristan Matthews\n" +"Dennis van Amerongen\n" +"Mirsal Ennaime\n" +"Faustino Osuna\n" +"Jérôme Decoodt\n" +"Loïc Minier\n" +"Christoph Miebach\n" +"Adrien Maglo\n" +"David Flynn\n" +"Frédéric Yhuel\n" +"Kaarlo Raiha\n" +"Mark Moriarty\n" +"Christopher Mueller\n" +"Fabio Ritrovato\n" +"Tony Castley\n" +"Srikanth Raju\n" +"Michel Kaempf\n" +"Jean-Marc Dressler\n" +"Johan Bilien\n" +"Vincent Seguin\n" +"Simon Latapie\n" +"Bernie Purcell\n" +"Henri Fallon\n" +"Sebastien Zwickert\n" +"Emmanuel Puig\n" +"Sean McGovern\n" +"Renaud Dartus\n" +"Alexis de Lattre\n" +"Naohiro Koriyama\n" +"Vincent Penquerc'h\n" +"Arnaud de Bossoreille de Ribou\n" +"Mohammed Adnène Trojette\n" +"Petri Hintukainen\n" +"Boris Dorès\n" +"Hannes Domani\n" +"Jai Menon\n" +"Anil Daoud\n" +"Daniel Mierswa\n" +"Dominique Leuenberger\n" +"Rob Jonson\n" +"Pierre Baillet\n" +"Andre Pang\n" +"Michał Trzebiatowski\n" +"Zoran Turalija\n" +"Akash Mehrotra\n" +"André Weber\n" +"Anthony Loiseau\n" +"Devin Heitmueller\n" +"Lukas Durfina\n" +"Xavier Marchesini\n" +"Cyril Mathé\n" +"Tobias Güntner\n" +"Juho Vähä-Herttua\n" +"Ken Self\n" +"Luca Barbato\n" +"Steinar H. Gunderson\n" +"Sébastien Toque\n" +"Alexis Ballier\n" +"Juha Jeronen\n" +"Nicolas Chauvet\n" +"Richard Hosking\n" +"Thomas Guillem\n" +"Timothy B. Terriberry\n" +"Éric Lassauge\n" +"Marc Ariberti\n" +"Matthias Keiser\n" +"Vittorio Giovara\n" +"Benoit Steiner\n" +"Maxim Bublis\n" +"Michel Lespinasse\n" +"Carlo Calabrò\n" +"Cheng Sun\n" +"Gleb Pinigin\n" +"Brad Smith\n" +"Brendon Justin\n" +"Daniel Verkamp\n" +"Mark Lee\n" +"Ronald Wright\n" +"Alexey Sokolov\n" +"Basos G\n" +"Philippe Morin\n" +"Thomas De Rocker\n" +"Vicente Jimenez Aguilar\n" +"Yuval Tze\n" +"Benjamin Drung\n" +"Yves Duret\n" +"Julien 'Lta' BALLET\n" +"Michael Hanselmann\n" +"Vianney Boyer\n" +"Alex Merry\n" +"Damien Lucas\n" +"Grigori Goronzy\n" +"Julian Scheel\n" +"Richard Shepherd\n" +"Gaël Hendryckx\n" +"Michael Feurstein\n" +"Rui Zhang\n" +"Stephan Assmus\n" +"Adrien Grand\n" +"Alexander Lakhin\n" +"Anatoliy Anischovich\n" +"Colin Guthrie\n" +"David Menestrina\n" +"Dominique Martinet\n" +"Jason Luka\n" +"Luc Saillard\n" +"Mario Speiß\n" +"Pankaj Yadav\n" +"Ramiro Polla\n" +"Can Wu\n" +"Christophe Courtaut\n" +"FUJISAWA Tooru\n" +"François Revol\n" +"Manol Manolov\n" +"Nicolas Bertrand\n" +"Andrey Utkin\n" +"Antoine Lejeune\n" +"Arnaud Schauly\n" +"Branko Kokanovic\n" +"Dylan Yudaken\n" +"Florian G. Pflug\n" +"G Finch\n" +"Keary Griffin\n" +"Konstanty Bialkowski\n" +"Ming Hu\n" +"Philippe Coent\n" +"Przemyslaw Fiala\n" +"Tanguy Krotoff\n" +"Wieland Hoffmann\n" +"Casian Andrei\n" +"Chris Smowton\n" +"David Kaplan\n" +"Eugenio Jarosiewicz\n" +"Fabian Keil\n" +"Guillaume Poussel\n" +"John Peterson\n" +"Justus Piater\n" +"Martin T. H. Sandsmark\n" +"Rune Botten\n" +"Sergey Radionov\n" +"Søren Bøg\n" +"Toralf Niebuhr\n" +"Adrian Yanes\n" +"Angelo Haller\n" +"Aurélien Nephtali\n" +"Austin Burrow\n" +"Bill C. Riemers\n" +"Colin Delacroix\n" +"Cristian Maglie\n" +"Elminster2031\n" +"Georgi Chorbadzhiyski\n" +"Gilles Sabourin\n" +"Jakub Wieczorek\n" +"John Freed\n" +"Mark Hassman\n" +"Martin Briza\n" +"Mike Houben\n" +"Romain Goyet\n" +"Barry Wardell\n" +"Ben Hutchings\n" +"Besnard Jean-Baptiste\n" +"Brian Weaver\n" +"Clement Chesnin\n" +"David Geldreich\n" +"David Robison\n" +"Dennis Hamester\n" +"Diego Elio Pettenò\n" +"Diego Fernando Nieto\n" +"Fabian Yamaguchi\n" +"Frode Tennebø\n" +"Jerome Forissier\n" +"John Stebbins\n" +"Jon Stacey\n" +"Jonathan Rosser\n" +"Joris van Rooij\n" +"Josh Watzman\n" +"Kaloyan Kovachev\n" +"Katsushi Kobayashi\n" +"Kelly Anderson\n" +"Loren Merritt\n" +"Maciej Blizinski\n" +"Mark Bidewell\n" +"Martell Malone\n" +"Miguel Angel Cabrera Moya\n" +"Niles Bindel\n" +"Samuel Pitoiset\n" +"Scott Caudle\n" +"Sean Robinson\n" +"Sergio Ammirata\n" +"Simon Hailes\n" +"Stephen Parry\n" +"Sukrit Sangwan\n" +"Thierry Reding\n" +"Uwe L. Korn\n" +"Valentin Vetter\n" +"Xavier Martin\n" +"Adam Leggett\n" +"Alex Converse\n" +"Alexander Bethke\n" +"Alexandre Ratchov\n" +"Andres Krapf\n" +"Andri Pálsson\n" +"Andy Chenee\n" +"Andy Tather\n" +"Anuradha Suraparaju\n" +"Arun Pandian G\n" +"Avishay Spitzer\n" +"Ben Littler\n" +"Benjamin Poulain\n" +"Brieuc Jeunhomme\n" +"Chris Clayton\n" +"Clément Lecigne\n" +"Cédric Cocquebert\n" +"Daniel Peng\n" +"Danny Wood\n" +"David K\n" +"Edouard Gomez\n" +"Emmanuel de Roux\n" +"Finn Hughes\n" +"GBX\n" +"Gaurav Narula\n" +"Geraud CONTINSOUZAS\n" +"Gilles Chanteperdrix\n" +"Gwenole Beauchesne\n" +"Hugues Fruchet\n" +"Jan Winter\n" +"Jean-François Massol\n" +"Jean-Philippe Grimaldi\n" +"Jean-Yves Avenard\n" +"Kai Lauterbach\n" +"Konstantin Bogdanov\n" +"Kuan-Chung Chiu\n" +"Kuang Rufan\n" +"Matthias Dahl\n" +"Michael McEll\n" +"Michael Ploujnikov\n" +"Mike Schrag\n" +"Nickolai Zeldovich\n" +"Niklas Hayer\n" +"Olafs Vandāns\n" +"Olivier Gambier\n" +"Paul Corke\n" +"Reka Inovan\n" +"Ron Frederick\n" +"Ross Finlayson\n" +"Rov Juvano\n" +"Sam Lade\n" +"Sandeep Kumar\n" +"Sasha Koruga\n" +"Simona-Marinela Prodea\n" +"Sreng Jean\n" +"Sven Petai\n" +"Timo Rothenpieler\n" +"Tomas Krotil\n" +"Tomer Barletz\n" +"Tristan Leteurtre\n" +"Vikram Fugro\n" +"Wang Bo\n" +"maxime Ripard\n" +"xxcv\n" +"Adam Hoka\n" +"Adrian Haensler\n" +"Adrian Knoth\n" +"Adrien Cunin\n" +"Ago Allikmaa\n" +"Alain Degreffe\n" +"Alan Fischer\n" +"Alan McCosh\n" +"Alex Helfet\n" +"Alex Peak\n" +"Alex Warhawk\n" +"Alex Woods\n" +"Alexander Terentyev\n" +"Alexandre Ferreira\n" +"Alexandre Pereira Nunes\n" +"Alina Friedrichsen\n" +"Allan Odgaard\n" +"An L. Ber\n" +"Andreas Schlick\n" +"Andrew Schubert\n" +"Andrey Makhnutin\n" +"Arnaud Vallat\n" +"Arne de Bruijn\n" +"Asad Mehmood\n" +"Ashok Bhat\n" +"Austin English\n" +"Baptiste Coudurier\n" +"Benoit Calvez\n" +"Björn Stenberg\n" +"Blake Livingston\n" +"Brandon Brooks\n" +"Brian Johnson\n" +"Brian Kurle\n" +"Brian Schmidt\n" +"Brion Vibber\n" +"Cezar Elnazli\n" +"Chris White\n" +"Christian Masus\n" +"Christian Suloway\n" +"Christoph Pfister\n" +"Christoph Seibert\n" +"Christopher Key\n" +"Christopher Rath\n" +"Claudio Ortelli\n" +"Cody Russell\n" +"Cristian Morales Vega\n" +"Dan Rosenberg\n" +"Daniel Marth\n" +"Daniel Tisza\n" +"Detlef Schroeder\n" +"Diego Biurrun\n" +"Dominik 'Rathann' Mierzejewski\n" +"Duncan Salerno\n" +"Edward Sheldrake\n" +"Elliot Murphy\n" +"Elodie Thomann\n" +"Eren Inan Canpolat\n" +"Ernest E. Teem III\n" +"Etienne Membrives\n" +"Fabrizio Ge\n" +"Fargier Sylvain\n" +"Fathi Boudra\n" +"Felix Geyer\n" +"Filipe Azevedo\n" +"Florent Pillet\n" +"Florian Hubold\n" +"Florian Roeske\n" +"Forteve Zepushisti\n" +"Frank Enderle\n" +"Frédéric Crozat\n" +"Gal Vinograd\n" +"Gaurav Pruthi\n" +"Georg Seifert\n" +"Gertjan Van Droogenbroeck\n" +"Greg Farrell\n" +"Gregory Maxwell\n" +"Götz Waschk\n" +"Hans-Kristian Arntzen\n" +"Harry Sintonen\n" +"Heorhi Valakhanovich\n" +"Iain Wade\n" +"Ibraheem Paredath\n" +"Igor Prokopenkov\n" +"Isamu Arimoto\n" +"Ismael Luceno\n" +"James Bates\n" +"James Bond\n" +"James Turner\n" +"Janne Grunau\n" +"Janne Kujanpää\n" +"Jarmo Torvinen\n" +"Jason Scheunemann\n" +"Jeff Lu\n" +"Jeremy Huddleston Sequoia\n" +"Jeroen Ost\n" +"Joe Taber\n" +"Johann Ransay\n" +"Johannes Weißl\n" +"John Hendrikx\n" +"Jonas Gehring\n" +"Joseph S. Atkinson\n" +"Juergen Lock\n" +"Julien / Gellule\n" +"Julien Humbert\n" +"Kamil Baldyga\n" +"Kamil Klimek\n" +"Karlheinz Wohlmuth\n" +"Kevin Anthony\n" +"Kevin DuBois\n" +"Konstantin Pavlov\n" +"Konstantinos Tsanaktsidis\n" +"LANGLOIS Olivier PIS -EXT\n" +"Lari Natri\n" +"Lorenzo Pistone\n" +"Lucas C. Villa Real\n" +"Lukas Juhrich\n" +"Lukáš Lalinský\n" +"Mal Graty\n" +"Malte Tancred\n" +"Marc Aldorasi\n" +"Marc Etcheverry\n" +"Martin Pöhlmann\n" +"Martin Zeman\n" +"Marton Balint\n" +"Mathew King\n" +"Mathieu Sonet\n" +"Matthew A. Townsend\n" +"Matthias Bauer\n" +"Max Dilipovich\n" +"Mika Tiainen\n" +"Mike Cardillo\n" +"Mounir Lamouri (volkmar)\n" +"Natanael Copa\n" +"Nathan Phillip Brink\n" +"Nick Briggs\n" +"Nick Pope\n" +"Nil Geiswiller\n" +"O. Hartmann\n" +"Pascal Thomet\n" +"Paul Clark\n" +"Paweł Stankowski\n" +"Pere Orga\n" +"Peter Bak Nielsen\n" +"Phil Roffe and David Grellscheid\n" +"Philip Sequeira\n" +"Pierre Souchay\n" +"Pierre-Hugues Husson\n" +"Piotr Fusik\n" +"Pádraig Brady\n" +"R.M\n" +"Ralph Giles\n" +"Ramon Gabarró\n" +"Ray Tiley\n" +"Robert Forsman\n" +"Robert Jedrzejczyk\n" +"Robert Paciorek\n" +"Rolf Ahrenberg\n" +"Romain FLIEDEL\n" +"Roman Pen\n" +"Ruud Althuizen\n" +"Salah-Eddin Shaban\n" +"Sam Malone\n" +"Samuli Suominen\n" +"Santiago Gimeno\n" +"Scott Lyons\n" +"Sebastian Birk\n" +"Sebastian Ramacher\n" +"Sergey Bolshakov\n" +"Sergey Puzanov\n" +"Sharad Dixit\n" +"Song Ye Wen\n" +"Stephan Krempel\n" +"Steven Kramer\n" +"Steven Sheehy\n" +"Sveinung Kvilhaugsvik\n" +"Sylvain Cadhillac\n" +"Sylver Bruneau\n" +"Takahito HIRANO\n" +"Theron Lewis\n" +"Thierry Foucu\n" +"Thijs Alkemade\n" +"Tillmann Karras\n" +"Tim Walker\n" +"Timo Paulssen\n" +"Tobias Rapp\n" +"Tomasen\n" +"Tony Vankrunkelsven\n" +"Tristan Heaven\n" +"Tzu-Jung Lee\n" +"Varphone Wong\n" +"Vasily Fomin\n" +"Vikram Narayanan\n" +"Wills Wang\n" +"Yannick Bréhon\n" +"Yavor Doganov\n" +"Yohann Martineau\n" +"dharani.prabhu.s\n" +"suheaven\n" +"wucan\n" +"أحمد المحم ودي (Ahmed El-Mahmoudy)\n" +"김정은\n" +"Adam Sampson\n" +"Alexander Gall\n" +"Alex Antropoff\n" +"Alexis Guillard\n" +"Alex Izvorski\n" +"Amir Gouini\n" +"Andrea Guzzo\n" +"Andrew Flintham\n" +"Andrew Zaikin\n" +"Andy Lindsay\n" +"Arai/Fujisawa Tooru\n" +"Arkadiusz Miskiewicz\n" +"Arnaud Gomes-do-Vale\n" +"Arwed v. Merkatz\n" +"Barak Ori\n" +"Basil Achermann\n" +"Benjamin Mironer\n" +"Bill\n" +"Bob Maguire\n" +"Brian C. Wiles\n" +"Brian Raymond\n" +"Brian Robb\n" +"Carsten Gottbehüt\n" +"Carsten Haitzler\n" +"Charles Hordis\n" +"Chris Clepper\n" +"Christian Henz\n" +"Christof Baumgaertner\n" +"Christophe Burgalat\n" +"Christopher Johnson\n" +"Cian Duffy\n" +"Colin Simmonds\n" +"Damian Ivereigh\n" +"Daniel Fischer\n" +"Daniel Stränger\n" +"Danko Dolch\n" +"Dennis Lou\n" +"Dermot McGahon\n" +"Douglas West\n" +"Dugal Harris\n" +"Emmanuel Blindauer\n" +"Enrico Gueli\n" +"Enrique Osuna\n" +"Eren Türkay\n" +"Eric Dudiak\n" +"Espen Skoglund\n" +"Ethan C. Baldridge\n" +"François Seingier\n" +"Frans van Veen\n" +"Frédéric Ruget\n" +"Gerald Hansink\n" +"Gisle Vanem\n" +"Glen Gray\n" +"Goetz Waschk\n" +"Gregory Hazel\n" +"Gustaf Neumann\n" +"Hang Su\n" +"Hans Lambermont\n" +"Hans-Peter Jansen\n" +"Harris Dugal\n" +"Heiko Panther\n" +"Igor Helman\n" +"Isaac Osunkunle\n" +"Jan David Mol\n" +"Jan Gerber\n" +"Jan Van Boghout\n" +"Jasper Alias\n" +"Jean-Alexis Montignies\n" +"Jean-Baptiste Le Stang\n" +"Jeffrey Baker\n" +"Jeroen Massar\n" +"Jérôme Guilbaud\n" +"Johannes Buchner\n" +"Johen Michael Zorko\n" +"Johnathan Rosser\n" +"John Dalgliesh\n" +"John Paul Lorenti\n" +"Jörg\n" +"Joseph Tulou\n" +"Julien Blache\n" +"Julien Plissonneau Duquène\n" +"Julien Robert\n" +"Kenneth Ostby\n" +"Kenneth Self\n" +"Kevin H. Patterson\n" +"Koehler, Vitally\n" +"K. Staring\n" +"Lahiru Lakmal Priyadarshana\n" +"Laurent Mutricy\n" +"Leo Spalteholz\n" +"Loox Thefuture\n" +"Marc Nolette\n" +"Marco Munderloh\n" +"Mark Gritter\n" +"Markus Kern\n" +"Markus Kuespert\n" +"Martin Hamrle\n" +"Martin Kahr\n" +"Mateus Krepsky Ludwich\n" +"Mathias Kretschmer\n" +"Mats Rojestal\n" +"Matthias P. Nowak\n" +"Matthieu Lochegnies\n" +"Michael Mondragon\n" +"Michael S. Feurstein\n" +"Michel Lanners\n" +"Mickael Hoerdt\n" +"Miguel Angel Cabrera\n" +"Mikko Hirvonen\n" +"Moritz Bunkus\n" +"Nilmoni Deb\n" +"Olivier Houchard\n" +"Olivier Pomel\n" +"Ondrej Kuda aka Albert\n" +"Øyvind Kolbu\n" +"Pascal Levesque\n" +"Patrick Horn\n" +"Patrick McLean\n" +"Pauline Castets\n" +"Paul Mackerras\n" +"Peter Surda\n" +"Petr Vacek\n" +"Philippe Van Hecke\n" +"Pierre-Luc Beaudoin\n" +"Pierre Marc Dumuid\n" +"Régis Duchesne\n" +"Remco Poortinga\n" +"Rene Gollent\n" +"Rob Casey\n" +"Robson Braga Araujo\n" +"Roine Gustafsson\n" +"Roman Bednarek\n" +"Rudolf Cornelissen\n" +"Sašo Kiselkov\n" +"Sebastian Jenny\n" +"Shane Harper\n" +"Stefán Freyr Stefánsson\n" +"Steve Brown\n" +"Steven M. Schultz\n" +"Tapio Hiltunen\n" +"Thomas L. Wood\n" +"Thomas Mühlgrabner\n" +"Thomas Parmelan\n" +"Tim 'O Callagha\n" +"Tim Schuerewegen\n" +"Tong Ka Man\n" +"Torsten Spindler\n" +"Udo Richter\n" +"Vincent Dimar\n" +"Vincent Penne\n" +"Vitalijus Slavinskas\n" +"Vitaly V. Bursov\n" +"Vladimir Chernyshov\n" +"Wade Majors\n" +"Wallace Wadge\n" +"Watanabe Go\n" +"William Hawkins\n" +"Xavier Maillard\n" +"Ye zhang\n" +"Yuehua Zhao\n" +"\n" +"Artwork\n" +"-------\n" +"Damien Erambert\n" +"Daniel Dreibrodt, aka aLtgLasS\n" +"David Weber\n" +"Davor Orel\n" +"Dominic Spitaler\n" +"Eurodata Computer Club\n" +"Geoffrey Roussel\n" +"Joeri van Dooren\n" +"kty0ne\n" +"Max Rudberg\n" +"Richard Øiestad\n" +"Simon Damkjær Andersen\n" +"Tom Bigelajzen\n" +"Vincent van den Heuvel\n" +"\n" +"Documentation\n" +"-------------\n" +"Bill Eldridge\n" +"\n" +"Localization\n" +"------------\n" +"Abdul Fousan - Tamil\n" +"A. Decorte - Friulian\n" +"A. Regnander - Swedish\n" +"Adem Gunes - Turkish\n" +"Adi Nugroho - Tagalog\n" +"Adnan Memija - Bosnian\n" +"airplanez - Korean\n" +"Ajith Manjula - Sinhala\n" +"Aled Powell - Welsh\n" +"Alexander Didebulidze - Georgian\n" +"Alexander Henket - Dutch\n" +"Alexander Jansen - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Alexander Lakhin - Russian\n" +"Alexey Lugin - Ukrainian\n" +"Alexey Salmin - Russian\n" +"Alfred John - Acoli\n" +"Amanpreet Singh Alam - Punjabi\n" +"André de Barros Martins Ribeiro - Brazilian portuguese\n" +"Andrey Brilevskiy - Russian\n" +"Andrey Wolk - Russian\n" +"Andri Pálsson - Icelandic\n" +"Andriy Bandura - Ukrainian\n" +"Anh Phan - Vietnamese\n" +"Aniket Eknath Kudale - Marathi\n" +"Animesh Swar - Nepalese\n" +"Aputsiaĸ Niels Janussen - Danish\n" +"Ara Bextiyar - Sorani (Kurdish)\n" +"Ari Constâncio - Portuguese\n" +"Arkadiusz Lipiec - Polish\n" +"Ask Hjorth Larsen - Danish\n" +"Audrey Prevost - French\n" +"Auk Piseth - Khmer\n" +"Bayarsaikhan Enkhtaivan Баярсайхан Энхтайван - Mongolian\n" +"Biraj Karmakar - Bengali (India)\n" +"Bruno Queirós - Portuguese\n" +"Bruno Vella - Italian\n" +"Caner Başaran - Turkish\n" +"Carlo Calabrò - Italian\n" +"Chandan Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Chesús Daniel Trigo - Aragonese\n" +"Christoph Miebach - German\n" +"Chynggyz Jumaliev - Kirgyz\n" +"Circo Radu - Romanian\n" +"Cristian Secară - Romanian\n" +"Daniel Nylander - Swedish\n" +"Daniel Winzen - German\n" +"David González - Spanish\n" +"David Planella - Catalan\n" +"Dean Lee - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Denis Arnaud - Breton\n" +"Derk-Jan Hartman - Dutch\n" +"DirektX - Hungarian\n" +"Dominko Aždajić - Croatian\n" +"Dylan Aïssi - French\n" +"Đorđe Vasiljević - Serbian\n" +"Eduard Babayan - Armenian\n" +"Eero - Estonian\n" +"Eirik U. Birkeland - Norwegian Nynorsk\n" +"Elizabeth Da Conceicao Baptista - Tetum\n" +"Emilio Sepúlveda - Interlingua\n" +"Emin Mastizada - Azerbaijani\n" +"Éric Lassauge - French\n" +"Farzaneh Sarafraz - Persian\n" +"Florence Tushabe - Chiga\n" +"Fouzia Bourai - Arabic\n" +"Frank Chao - Traditional Chinese\n" +"Freyr Gunnar Ólafsson - Icelandic\n" +"Friedel Wolff - Afrikaans\n" +"Fumio Nakayama - Japanese\n" +"Gabor Kelemen - Hungarian\n" +"Gaurav Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Gaëtan Rousseaux - Walloon\n" +"Ghjuvan Pasquinu - Corsican\n" +"Goce Manevski - Macedonian\n" +"Golam Maruf Oovee - Bengali\n" +"Gonçalo Cordeiro - Galician\n" +"Gorana Milicevic - Serbian\n" +"Goswami Hardikpuri Kishorpuri - Gujarati\n" +"Haakon Meland Eriksen - Norwegian\n" +"Han HoJoong - Korean\n" +"Hardik Kishorpuri Goswami - Gujarati\n" +"Hemanta Nandi - Bengali (India)\n" +"Huw Waters - Welsh\n" +"H.Shalitha Vikum - Sinhala\n" +"Ibrahima Sarr - Fulah\n" +"Ingmārs Dīriņš - Latvian\n" +"Israt Jahan - Bengali\n" +"Ivar Smolin - Estonian\n" +"Iván Seoane Pardo - Galician\n" +"Ivo Ivanov - Bulgarian\n" +"Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio - Basque\n" +"Iñigo Varela - Asturian; Bable\n" +"Jakub Žáček - Czech\n" +"James Olweny - Ganda\n" +"Jamil Ahmed - Bengali\n" +"Javier Varela - Spanish\n" +"Jean-Pierre Kuypers - French\n" +"Jens Seidel - German\n" +"Joao Almeida - Portuguese\n" +"Joel Arvidsson - Swedish\n" +"jogijs - Latvian\n" +"Jonas Larsen - Danish\n" +"Jon Stødle - Norwegian Nynorsk\n" +"Jouni Kähkönen - Finnish\n" +"Juha Jeronen - Finnish\n" +"Julen Ruiz Aizpuru - Basque\n" +"Kai Hermann - German\n" +"Kamil Páral - Czech\n" +"Kang Jeong-Hee - Korean\n" +"Kasper Tvede - Danish\n" +"Kaya Zeren - Turkish\n" +"Kenneth Nielsen - Danish\n" +"Khin Mi Mi Aung - Burmese\n" +"Khoem Sokhem - Khmer\n" +"Kola - Albanian\n" +"Kypchak Kypchak - Kazakh\n" +"Laurent Jonqueres - Occitan\n" +"Loba Yeasmeen - Bengali\n" +"Lorena Gomes - Catalan\n" +"Lorenzo Porta - Italian\n" +"Luqman Hakim - Indonesian\n" +"L. Balasubramaniam - Hindi\n" +"Mahrazi Mohd Kamal - Malay\n" +"Manolis Stefanis - Modern Greek\n" +"Manuela Silva/Alfredo Silva - Portuguese\n" +"Marián Hikaník - Slovak\n" +"Mario Siegmann - German\n" +"Marko Uskokovic - Serbian\n" +"Martin Srebotnjak - Slovenian\n" +"Martin Zicha - Czech\n" +"Matej Urbančič - Slovenian\n" +"Mathias C. Berens, welcome-soft - German\n" +"Mattias Põldaru - Estonian\n" +"Md. Rezwan Shahid - Bengali\n" +"Meelad Zakaria - Persian\n" +"Michael Bauer - Scottish Gaelic\n" +"Michal Halenka - Czech\n" +"Michał Trzebiatowski - Polish\n" +"Miguel Sousa - Portuguese\n" +"Mihkel Kirjutas - Estonian\n" +"Mindaugas Baranauskas - Lithuanian\n" +"Miroslav Oujeský - Czech\n" +"Morten Brix Pedersen - Danish\n" +"Mustafa Sandal - Czech\n" +"Myckel Habets - Dutch\n" +"Namhyung Kim - Korean\n" +"Niels Fanøe - Danish\n" +"Niklas 'Nille' Åkerström - Swedish\n" +"Olav Dahlum - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Oleksandr Natalenko - Ukrainian\n" +"Omer Ensari - Kurmanji (Kurdish)\n" +"Osama Khalid - Arabic\n" +"Otto Kekäläinen - Finnish\n" +"Paras Nath Chaudhary - Nepali\n" +"Pasindu Kavinda - Sinhala\n" +"Pau Iranzo - Catalan\n" +"Paula Iglesias - Galician\n" +"Pedro Valadares - Portuguese\n" +"Peter Jespersen - Danish\n" +"Petr Šimáček - Czech\n" +"Phan Anh - Vietnamese\n" +"Philipp Weissenbacher - German\n" +"Pittayakom Saingtong - Thai\n" +"Prasannajit Acharya - Oriya\n" +"Praveen Illa - Telugu\n" +"Predrag Ljubenović - Serbian\n" +"Pyae Sone - Burmese\n" +"Rajnikant Kumbhar - Marathi\n" +"Ricardo Perdigão - Portuguese\n" +"Ricardo Pérez López - Spanish\n" +"Roustam Ghizdatov - Russian\n" +"Ruei-Yuan Lu - Traditional Chinese\n" +"Saad Liaquat Kiani - Urdu\n" +"Sadia Afroz - Bengali\n" +"Said Marjan Zazai - Pashto\n" +"Salar Khalilzadeh - Persian\n" +"Sam Askari - Spanish\n" +"Sam Hocevar - British\n" +"Samuel Hocevar - French\n" +"Saúl Ortega - Spanish\n" +"Savvas Nesseris - Modern Greek\n" +"Sayan Chowdhury - Hindi\n" +"Seanán Ó Coistín - Irish\n" +"Semsudin Abdic - Bosnian\n" +"Shambhu Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Shantanu Sarkar - Hindi\n" +"Shashi Ranjan - Hindi\n" +"Siarhei Daryichau Дар'ічаў Сяргей - Belarusian\n" +"Sidney Doria - Brazilian Portuguese\n" +"Sigmund Augdal - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Simos Xenitellis - Modern Greek\n" +"Sipho Sibiya - Zulu\n" +"Sok Sophea - Khmer\n" +"Solomon Gizaw - Amharic\n" +"Sreejith P - Malayalam\n" +"Suraj Kawade - Marathi\n" +"Stian Jørgensrud - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Sveinn í Felli - Icelandic\n" +"Tadashi Jokagi - Japanese\n" +"Tarsem Singh - Hindi\n" +"Thanakrit Chomphuming - Thai\n" +"Tero Pelander - Finnish\n" +"Thomas De Rocker - Dutch\n" +"Thomas Graf - gettext support, German\n" +"Tomáš Chvátal - Czech\n" +"Tòni Galhard - Occitan\n" +"Umesh Agarwal - Bengali (India)\n" +"Umidjon Almasov - Uzbek\n" +"Václav Pavlíček - Czech\n" +"Valek Filippov - Russian\n" +"Vicente Jimenez Aguilar - Spanish\n" +"Vincenzo Reale - Italian\n" +"Vít Pelčák - Czech\n" +"viyyer - Hindi\n" +"Vladimir Yermolayev - Russian\n" +"Vojtěch Smejkal - Czech\n" +"Wei Mingzhi - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Xènia Albà Cantero - Catalan\n" +"Xuacu Saturio - Asturian\n" +"Yaron Shahrabani - Hebrew\n" +"Yaşar Tay - Turkish\n" +"Yhal Htet Aung - Burmese\n" +"Yogesh K S - Kannada\n" +"Yoyo - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Yuksel Yildirim - Turkish\n" +"Zabeeh Khan - Pashto\n" +"Zhang Tong - Chinese\n" +; diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_access.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_access.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3697db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_access.h @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_access.h: Access descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 511278add942a4ff59cc658431901236dd48e341 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ACCESS_H +#define VLC_ACCESS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and definitions for access object + */ + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup access Access + * @{ + */ + +enum access_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + ACCESS_CAN_SEEK, /* arg1= bool* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_CAN_FASTSEEK, /* arg1= bool* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_CAN_PAUSE, /* arg1= bool* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_CAN_CONTROL_PACE,/* arg1= bool* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_GET_SIZE=6, /* arg1= uin64_t* */ + + /* */ + ACCESS_GET_PTS_DELAY = 0x101,/* arg1= int64_t* cannot fail */ + ACCESS_GET_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t*** arg2=int* res=can fail */ + ACCESS_GET_TITLE, /* arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + ACCESS_GET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + + /* Meta data */ + ACCESS_GET_META, /* arg1= vlc_meta_t ** res=can fail */ + ACCESS_GET_CONTENT_TYPE,/* arg1=char **ppsz_content_type res=can fail */ + + ACCESS_GET_SIGNAL, /* arg1=double *pf_quality, arg2=double *pf_strength res=can fail */ + + /* */ + ACCESS_SET_PAUSE_STATE = 0x200, /* arg1= bool can fail */ + + /* */ + ACCESS_SET_TITLE, /* arg1= int can fail */ + ACCESS_SET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /* Special mode for access/demux communication + * XXX: avoid to use it unless you can't */ + ACCESS_SET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE = 0x1000, /* arg1= int i_private_data, bool b_selected res=can fail */ + ACCESS_SET_PRIVATE_ID_CA, /* arg1= int i_program_number, uint16_t i_vpid, uint16_t i_apid1, uint16_t i_apid2, uint16_t i_apid3, uint8_t i_length, uint8_t *p_data */ + ACCESS_GET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE, /* arg1=int i_private_data arg2=bool * res=can fail */ +}; + +struct access_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* Access name (empty if non forced) */ + char *psz_access; + char *psz_location; /**< Location (URL with the scheme stripped) */ + char *psz_filepath; /**< Local file path (if applicable) */ + + /* Access can fill this entry to force a demuxer + * XXX: fill it once you know for sure you will succeed + * (if you fail, this value won't be reseted */ + char *psz_demux; + + /* pf_read/pf_block is used to read data. + * XXX A access should set one and only one of them */ + ssize_t (*pf_read) ( access_t *, uint8_t *, size_t ); /* Return -1 if no data yet, 0 if no more data, else real data read */ + block_t *(*pf_block)( access_t * ); /* return a block of data in his 'natural' size, NULL if not yet data or eof */ + + /* Called for each seek. + * XXX can be null */ + int (*pf_seek) ( access_t *, uint64_t ); /* can be null if can't seek */ + + /* Used to retreive and configure the access + * XXX mandatory. look at access_query_e to know what query you *have to* support */ + int (*pf_control)( access_t *, int i_query, va_list args); + + /* Access has to maintain them uptodate */ + struct + { + uint64_t i_pos; /* idem */ + bool b_eof; /* idem */ + } info; + access_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +static inline int access_vaControl( access_t *p_access, int i_query, va_list args ) +{ + if( !p_access ) return VLC_EGENERIC; + return p_access->pf_control( p_access, i_query, args ); +} + +static inline int access_Control( access_t *p_access, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = access_vaControl( p_access, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +static inline uint64_t access_GetSize( access_t *p_access ) +{ + uint64_t val; + if( access_Control( p_access, ACCESS_GET_SIZE, &val ) ) + val = 0; + return val; +} + +static inline void access_InitFields( access_t *p_a ) +{ + p_a->info.i_pos = 0; + p_a->info.b_eof = false; +} + +/** + * This function will return the parent input of this access. + * It is retained. It can return NULL. + */ +VLC_API input_thread_t * access_GetParentInput( access_t *p_access ) VLC_USED; + +#define ACCESS_SET_CALLBACKS( read, block, control, seek ) \ + do { \ + p_access->pf_read = (read); \ + p_access->pf_block = (block); \ + p_access->pf_control = (control); \ + p_access->pf_seek = (seek); \ + } while(0) + +#define STANDARD_READ_ACCESS_INIT \ + do { \ + access_InitFields( p_access ); \ + ACCESS_SET_CALLBACKS( Read, NULL, Control, Seek ); \ + p_sys = p_access->p_sys = (access_sys_t*)calloc( 1, sizeof( access_sys_t ) ); \ + if( !p_sys ) return VLC_ENOMEM;\ + } while(0); + +#define STANDARD_BLOCK_ACCESS_INIT \ + do { \ + access_InitFields( p_access ); \ + ACCESS_SET_CALLBACKS( NULL, Block, Control, Seek ); \ + p_sys = p_access->p_sys = (access_sys_t*)calloc( 1, sizeof( access_sys_t ) ); \ + if( !p_sys ) return VLC_ENOMEM; \ + } while(0); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_addons.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_addons.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92d5bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_addons.h @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_addons.h : addons handling and describing + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2013 VideoLAN and authors + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ADDONS_H +#define VLC_ADDONS_H 1 + +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef enum addon_type_t +{ + ADDON_UNKNOWN = 0, + ADDON_EXTENSION, + ADDON_PLAYLIST_PARSER, + ADDON_SERVICE_DISCOVERY, + ADDON_SKIN2, + ADDON_PLUGIN, + ADDON_INTERFACE, + ADDON_META, + ADDON_OTHER +} addon_type_t; + +typedef enum addon_state_t +{ + ADDON_NOTINSTALLED = 0, + ADDON_INSTALLING, + ADDON_INSTALLED, + ADDON_UNINSTALLING +} addon_state_t; + +typedef enum addon_flags_t +{ + ADDON_BROKEN = 1, /* Have install inconsistency */ + ADDON_MANAGEABLE = 1 << 1, /* Have manifest, can install or uninstall files */ + ADDON_UPDATABLE = 1 << 2, +} addon_flags_t; + +#define ADDON_MAX_SCORE (5 * 100) +#define ADDON_UUID_SIZE 16 +#define ADDON_UUID_PSZ_SIZE (ADDON_UUID_SIZE * 2 + 4) +typedef uint8_t addon_uuid_t[ADDON_UUID_SIZE]; + +typedef struct addon_file_t +{ + addon_type_t e_filetype; + char *psz_download_uri; + char *psz_filename; +} addon_file_t; + +struct addon_entry_t +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + + addon_type_t e_type; + addon_state_t e_state; + addon_flags_t e_flags; + + /* data describing addon */ + addon_uuid_t uuid; + char *psz_name; + char *psz_summary; + char *psz_description; + char *psz_author; + char *psz_source_uri; /* webpage, ... */ + char *psz_image_uri; + char *psz_image_data; /* base64, png */ + char *psz_version; + + /* stats */ + long int i_downloads; + int i_score; /* score 0..5 in hundredth */ + + /* Lister */ + char *psz_source_module; + + /* files list */ + char *psz_archive_uri; /* Archive */ + DECL_ARRAY(addon_file_t *) files; + + /* custom data storage (if needed by module/source) */ + void * p_custom; +}; + +typedef struct addons_finder_t addons_finder_t; +typedef struct addons_finder_sys_t addons_finder_sys_t; +struct addons_finder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + int ( * pf_find )( addons_finder_t * ); + int ( * pf_retrieve )( addons_finder_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + DECL_ARRAY( addon_entry_t * ) entries; + char *psz_uri; + + addons_finder_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +typedef struct addons_storage_t addons_storage_t; +typedef struct addons_storage_sys_t addons_storage_sys_t; +struct addons_storage_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + int ( * pf_install )( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + int ( * pf_remove )( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + int ( * pf_catalog ) ( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t **, int ); + + addons_storage_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +typedef struct addons_manager_private_t addons_manager_private_t; +struct addons_manager_t +{ + vlc_event_manager_t * p_event_manager; + + addons_manager_private_t *p_priv; +}; +typedef struct addons_manager_t addons_manager_t; + +/** + * addon entry lifecycle + */ +VLC_API addon_entry_t *addon_entry_New( void ); +VLC_API addon_entry_t *addon_entry_Hold(addon_entry_t *); +VLC_API void addon_entry_Release(addon_entry_t *); + +/** + * addons manager lifecycle + */ +VLC_API addons_manager_t *addons_manager_New( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API void addons_manager_Delete( addons_manager_t * ); + +/** + * Charge currently installed, usable and manageable addons + * (default "addons storage" module) + */ +VLC_API int addons_manager_LoadCatalog( addons_manager_t * ); + +/** + * Gather addons info from repository (default "addons finder" module) + * If psz_uri is not NULL, only gather info from the pointed package. + */ +VLC_API void addons_manager_Gather( addons_manager_t *, const char *psz_uri ); + +/** + * Install or Remove the addon identified by its uuid + */ +VLC_API int addons_manager_Install( addons_manager_t *p_manager, const addon_uuid_t uuid ); +VLC_API int addons_manager_Remove( addons_manager_t *p_manager, const addon_uuid_t uuid ); + +/** + * String uuid to binary uuid helpers + */ +static inline bool addons_uuid_read( const char *psz_uuid, addon_uuid_t *p_uuid ) +{ + if ( !psz_uuid ) return false; + if ( strlen( psz_uuid ) < ADDON_UUID_PSZ_SIZE ) return false; + + int i = 0, j = 0; + while ( i + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AOUT_H +#define VLC_AOUT_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for audio output object + */ + +/* Buffers which arrive in advance of more than AOUT_MAX_ADVANCE_TIME + * will be considered as bogus and be trashed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_ADVANCE_TIME (AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME + CLOCK_FREQ) + +/* Buffers which arrive in advance of more than AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME + * will cause the calling thread to sleep */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME (2 * CLOCK_FREQ) + +/* Buffers which arrive after pts - AOUT_MIN_PREPARE_TIME will be trashed + * to avoid too heavy resampling */ +#define AOUT_MIN_PREPARE_TIME AOUT_MAX_PTS_ADVANCE + +/* Tolerance values from EBU Recommendation 37 */ +/** Maximum advance of actual audio playback time to coded PTS, + * above which downsampling will be performed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PTS_ADVANCE (CLOCK_FREQ / 25) + +/** Maximum delay of actual audio playback time from coded PTS, + * above which upsampling will be performed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PTS_DELAY (3 * CLOCK_FREQ / 50) + +/* Max acceptable resampling (in %) */ +#define AOUT_MAX_RESAMPLING 10 + +#include "vlc_es.h" + +#define AOUT_FMTS_IDENTICAL( p_first, p_second ) ( \ + ((p_first)->i_format == (p_second)->i_format) \ + && AOUT_FMTS_SIMILAR(p_first, p_second) ) + +/* Check if i_rate == i_rate and i_channels == i_channels */ +#define AOUT_FMTS_SIMILAR( p_first, p_second ) ( \ + ((p_first)->i_rate == (p_second)->i_rate) \ + && ((p_first)->i_physical_channels == (p_second)->i_physical_channels)\ + && ((p_first)->i_original_channels == (p_second)->i_original_channels) ) + +#define AOUT_FMT_LINEAR( p_format ) \ + (aout_BitsPerSample((p_format)->i_format) != 0) + +#define VLC_CODEC_SPDIFL VLC_FOURCC('s','p','d','i') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPDIFB VLC_FOURCC('s','p','d','b') + +#define AOUT_FMT_SPDIF( p_format ) \ + ( ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_SPDIFL) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_SPDIFB) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_A52) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_DTS) ) + +/* Values used for the audio-channels object variable */ +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_UNSET 0 /* must be zero */ +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_STEREO 1 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_RSTEREO 2 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_LEFT 3 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_RIGHT 4 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_DOLBYS 5 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Main audio output structures + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Size of a frame for S/PDIF output. */ +#define AOUT_SPDIF_SIZE 6144 + +/* Number of samples in an A/52 frame. */ +#define A52_FRAME_NB 1536 + +/* FIXME to remove once aout.h is cleaned a bit more */ +#include + +/** Audio output object */ +struct audio_output +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct aout_sys_t *sys; /**< Private data for callbacks */ + + int (*start)(audio_output_t *, audio_sample_format_t *fmt); + /**< Starts a new stream (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \param fmt input stream sample format upon entry, + * output stream sample format upon return [IN/OUT] + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on success, non-zero on failure + * \note No other stream may be already started when called. + */ + void (*stop)(audio_output_t *); + /**< Stops the existing stream (optional, may be NULL). + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + int (*time_get)(audio_output_t *, mtime_t *delay); + /**< Estimates playback buffer latency (optional, may be NULL). + * \param delay pointer to the delay until the next sample to be written + * to the playback buffer is rendered [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on failure or lack of data + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*play)(audio_output_t *, block_t *); + /**< Queues a block of samples for playback (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*pause)( audio_output_t *, bool pause, mtime_t date); + /**< Pauses or resumes playback (optional, may be NULL). + * \param pause pause if true, resume from pause if false + * \param date timestamp when the pause or resume was requested + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*flush)( audio_output_t *, bool wait); + /**< Flushes or drains the playback buffers (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \param wait true to wait for playback of pending buffers (drain), + * false to discard pending buffers (flush) + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + int (*volume_set)(audio_output_t *, float volume); + /**< Changes playback volume (optional, may be NULL). + * \param volume requested volume (0. = mute, 1. = nominal) + * \note The volume is always a positive number. + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + int (*mute_set)(audio_output_t *, bool mute); + /**< Changes muting (optinal, may be NULL). + * \param mute true to mute, false to unmute + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + int (*device_select)(audio_output_t *, const char *id); + /**< Selects an audio output device (optional, may be NULL). + * \param id nul-terminated device unique identifier. + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on failure. + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + struct { + void (*volume_report)(audio_output_t *, float); + void (*mute_report)(audio_output_t *, bool); + void (*policy_report)(audio_output_t *, bool); + void (*device_report)(audio_output_t *, const char *); + void (*hotplug_report)(audio_output_t *, const char *, const char *); + int (*gain_request)(audio_output_t *, float); + void (*restart_request)(audio_output_t *, unsigned); + } event; +}; + +/** + * It describes the audio channel order VLC expect. + */ +static const uint32_t pi_vlc_chan_order_wg4[] = +{ + AOUT_CHAN_LEFT, AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT, + AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT, AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT, + AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT, AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT, AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER, + AOUT_CHAN_CENTER, AOUT_CHAN_LFE, 0 +}; + +#define AOUT_RESTART_FILTERS 1 +#define AOUT_RESTART_OUTPUT 2 +#define AOUT_RESTART_DECODER 4 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This function computes the reordering needed to go from pi_chan_order_in to + * pi_chan_order_out. + * If pi_chan_order_in or pi_chan_order_out is NULL, it will assume that vlc + * internal (WG4) order is requested. + */ +VLC_API unsigned aout_CheckChannelReorder( const uint32_t *, const uint32_t *, + uint32_t mask, uint8_t *table ); +VLC_API void aout_ChannelReorder(void *, size_t, unsigned, const uint8_t *, vlc_fourcc_t); + +VLC_API void aout_Interleave(void *dst, const void *const *planes, + unsigned samples, unsigned channels, + vlc_fourcc_t fourcc); +VLC_API void aout_Deinterleave(void *dst, const void *src, unsigned samples, + unsigned channels, vlc_fourcc_t fourcc); + +/** + * This function will compute the extraction parameter into pi_selection to go + * from i_channels with their type given by pi_order_src[] into the order + * describe by pi_order_dst. + * It will also set : + * - *pi_channels as the number of channels that will be extracted which is + * lower (in case of non understood channels type) or equal to i_channels. + * - the layout of the channels (*pi_layout). + * + * It will return true if channel extraction is really needed, in which case + * aout_ChannelExtract must be used + * + * XXX It must be used when the source may have channel type not understood + * by VLC. In this case the channel type pi_order_src[] must be set to 0. + * XXX It must also be used if multiple channels have the same type. + */ +VLC_API bool aout_CheckChannelExtraction( int *pi_selection, uint32_t *pi_layout, int *pi_channels, const uint32_t pi_order_dst[AOUT_CHAN_MAX], const uint32_t *pi_order_src, int i_channels ); + +/** + * Do the actual channels extraction using the parameters created by + * aout_CheckChannelExtraction. + * + * XXX this function does not work in place (p_dst and p_src must not overlap). + * XXX Only 8, 16, 24, 32, 64 bits per sample are supported. + */ +VLC_API void aout_ChannelExtract( void *p_dst, int i_dst_channels, const void *p_src, int i_src_channels, int i_sample_count, const int *pi_selection, int i_bits_per_sample ); + +/* */ +static inline unsigned aout_FormatNbChannels(const audio_sample_format_t *fmt) +{ + return popcount(fmt->i_physical_channels); +} + +VLC_API unsigned int aout_BitsPerSample( vlc_fourcc_t i_format ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void aout_FormatPrepare( audio_sample_format_t * p_format ); +VLC_API void aout_FormatPrint(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + const audio_sample_format_t *); +#define aout_FormatPrint(o, t, f) aout_FormatPrint(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, f) +VLC_API const char * aout_FormatPrintChannels( const audio_sample_format_t * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API float aout_VolumeGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_VolumeSet (audio_output_t *, float); +VLC_API int aout_MuteGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_MuteSet (audio_output_t *, bool); +VLC_API char *aout_DeviceGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_DeviceSet (audio_output_t *, const char *); +VLC_API int aout_DevicesList (audio_output_t *, char ***, char ***); + +/** + * Report change of configured audio volume to the core and UI. + */ +static inline void aout_VolumeReport(audio_output_t *aout, float volume) +{ + aout->event.volume_report(aout, volume); +} + +/** + * Report change of muted flag to the core and UI. + */ +static inline void aout_MuteReport(audio_output_t *aout, bool mute) +{ + aout->event.mute_report(aout, mute); +} + +/** + * Report audio policy status. + * \parm cork true to request a cork, false to undo any pending cork. + */ +static inline void aout_PolicyReport(audio_output_t *aout, bool cork) +{ + aout->event.policy_report(aout, cork); +} + +/** + * Report change of output device. + */ +static inline void aout_DeviceReport(audio_output_t *aout, const char *id) +{ + aout->event.device_report(aout, id); +} + +/** + * Report a device hot-plug event. + * @param id device ID + * @param name human-readable device name (NULL for hot unplug) + */ +static inline void aout_HotplugReport(audio_output_t *aout, + const char *id, const char *name) +{ + aout->event.hotplug_report(aout, id, name); +} + +/** + * Request a change of software audio amplification. + * \param gain linear amplitude gain (must be positive) + * \warning Values in excess 1.0 may cause overflow and distorsion. + */ +static inline int aout_GainRequest(audio_output_t *aout, float gain) +{ + return aout->event.gain_request(aout, gain); +} + +static inline void aout_RestartRequest(audio_output_t *aout, unsigned mode) +{ + aout->event.restart_request(aout, mode); +} + +static inline int aout_ChannelsRestart (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *varname, + vlc_value_t oldval, vlc_value_t newval, void *data) +{ + audio_output_t *aout = (audio_output_t *)obj; + (void)varname; (void)oldval; (void)newval; (void)data; + + aout_RestartRequest (aout, AOUT_RESTART_OUTPUT); + return 0; +} + +/* Audio output filters */ +typedef struct aout_filters aout_filters_t; +typedef struct aout_request_vout aout_request_vout_t; + +VLC_API aout_filters_t *aout_FiltersNew(vlc_object_t *, + const audio_sample_format_t *, + const audio_sample_format_t *, + const aout_request_vout_t *) VLC_USED; +#define aout_FiltersNew(o,inf,outf,rv) \ + aout_FiltersNew(VLC_OBJECT(o),inf,outf,rv) +VLC_API void aout_FiltersDelete(vlc_object_t *, aout_filters_t *); +#define aout_FiltersDelete(o,f) \ + aout_FiltersDelete(VLC_OBJECT(o),f) +VLC_API bool aout_FiltersAdjustResampling(aout_filters_t *, int); +VLC_API block_t *aout_FiltersPlay(aout_filters_t *, block_t *, int rate); + +VLC_API vout_thread_t * aout_filter_RequestVout( filter_t *, vout_thread_t *p_vout, video_format_t *p_fmt ); + +#endif /* VLC_AOUT_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f571afb --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_aout_volume.h: audio volume module + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 051413ba105d5f7ee552679bf7fcd3a053db112c $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AOUT_MIXER_H +#define VLC_AOUT_MIXER_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for audio output mixer object + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct audio_volume audio_volume_t; + +/** + * Audio volume + */ +struct audio_volume +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_fourcc_t format; /**< Audio samples format */ + void (*amplify)(audio_volume_t *, block_t *, float); /**< Amplifier */ +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_arrays.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_arrays.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dac7a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_arrays.h @@ -0,0 +1,622 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_arrays.h : Arrays and data structures handling + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 91f540533b3144f00d1e74bd47dc34cf69598276 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Clément Stenac + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ARRAYS_H_ +#define VLC_ARRAYS_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for handling arrays in vlc + */ + +/* realloc() that never fails *if* downsizing */ +static inline void *realloc_down( void *ptr, size_t size ) +{ + void *ret = realloc( ptr, size ); + return ret ? ret : ptr; +} + +/** + * Simple dynamic array handling. Array is realloced at each insert/removal + */ +#define INSERT_ELEM( p_ar, i_oldsize, i_pos, elem ) \ + do \ + { \ + if( !(i_oldsize) ) (p_ar) = NULL; \ + (p_ar) = realloc( p_ar, ((i_oldsize) + 1) * sizeof(*(p_ar)) ); \ + if( !(p_ar) ) abort(); \ + if( (i_oldsize) - (i_pos) ) \ + { \ + memmove( (p_ar) + (i_pos) + 1, (p_ar) + (i_pos), \ + ((i_oldsize) - (i_pos)) * sizeof( *(p_ar) ) ); \ + } \ + (p_ar)[(i_pos)] = elem; \ + (i_oldsize)++; \ + } \ + while( 0 ) + +#define REMOVE_ELEM( p_ar, i_size, i_pos ) \ + do \ + { \ + if( (i_size) - (i_pos) - 1 ) \ + { \ + memmove( (p_ar) + (i_pos), \ + (p_ar) + (i_pos) + 1, \ + ((i_size) - (i_pos) - 1) * sizeof( *(p_ar) ) ); \ + } \ + if( i_size > 1 ) \ + (p_ar) = realloc_down( p_ar, ((i_size) - 1) * sizeof( *(p_ar) ) );\ + else \ + { \ + free( p_ar ); \ + (p_ar) = NULL; \ + } \ + (i_size)--; \ + } \ + while( 0 ) + +#define TAB_INIT( count, tab ) \ + do { \ + (count) = 0; \ + (tab) = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_CLEAN( count, tab ) \ + do { \ + free( tab ); \ + (count)= 0; \ + (tab)= NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_APPEND_CAST( cast, count, tab, p ) \ + do { \ + if( (count) > 0 ) \ + (tab) = cast realloc( tab, sizeof( *(tab) ) * ( (count) + 1 ) ); \ + else \ + (tab) = cast malloc( sizeof( *(tab) ) ); \ + if( !(tab) ) abort(); \ + (tab)[count] = (p); \ + (count)++; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_APPEND( count, tab, p ) \ + TAB_APPEND_CAST( , count, tab, p ) + +#define TAB_FIND( count, tab, p, idx ) \ + do { \ + for( (idx) = 0; (idx) < (count); (idx)++ ) \ + if( (tab)[(idx)] == (p) ) \ + break; \ + if( (idx) >= (count) ) \ + (idx) = -1; \ + } while(0) + + +#define TAB_REMOVE( count, tab, p ) \ + do { \ + int i_index; \ + TAB_FIND( count, tab, p, i_index ); \ + if( i_index >= 0 ) \ + { \ + if( (count) > 1 ) \ + { \ + memmove( ((void**)(tab) + i_index), \ + ((void**)(tab) + i_index+1), \ + ( (count) - i_index - 1 ) * sizeof( *(tab) ) );\ + } \ + (count)--; \ + if( (count) == 0 ) \ + { \ + free( tab ); \ + (tab) = NULL; \ + } \ + } \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_INSERT_CAST( cast, count, tab, p, index ) do { \ + if( (count) > 0 ) \ + (tab) = cast realloc( tab, sizeof( *(tab) ) * ( (count) + 1 ) ); \ + else \ + (tab) = cast malloc( sizeof( *(tab) ) ); \ + if( !(tab) ) abort(); \ + if( (count) - (index) > 0 ) \ + memmove( (void**)(tab) + (index) + 1, \ + (void**)(tab) + (index), \ + ((count) - (index)) * sizeof(*(tab)) );\ + (tab)[(index)] = (p); \ + (count)++; \ +} while(0) + +#define TAB_INSERT( count, tab, p, index ) \ + TAB_INSERT_CAST( , count, tab, p, index ) + +/** + * Binary search in a sorted array. The key must be comparable by < and > + * \param entries array of entries + * \param count number of entries + * \param elem key to check within an entry (like .id, or ->i_id) + * \param zetype type of the key + * \param key value of the key + * \param answer index of answer within the array. -1 if not found + */ +#define BSEARCH( entries, count, elem, zetype, key, answer ) \ + do { \ + int low = 0, high = count - 1; \ + answer = -1; \ + while( low <= high ) {\ + int mid = (low + high ) / 2; /* Just don't care about 2^30 tables */ \ + zetype mid_val = entries[mid] elem;\ + if( mid_val < key ) \ + low = mid + 1; \ + else if ( mid_val > key ) \ + high = mid -1; \ + else \ + { \ + answer = mid; break; \ + }\ + } \ + } while(0) + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dynamic arrays with progressive allocation + ************************************************************************/ + +/* Internal functions */ +#define _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, newsize) { \ + (array).i_alloc = newsize; \ + (array).p_elems = realloc( (array).p_elems, (array).i_alloc * \ + sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + if( !(array).p_elems ) abort(); \ +} + +#define _ARRAY_GROW1(array) { \ + if( (array).i_alloc < 10 ) \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, 10 ) \ + else if( (array).i_alloc == (array).i_size ) \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, (int)(array.i_alloc * 1.5) ) \ +} + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) + +/* API */ +#define DECL_ARRAY(type) struct { \ + int i_alloc; \ + int i_size; \ + type *p_elems; \ +} + +#define TYPEDEF_ARRAY(type, name) typedef DECL_ARRAY(type) name; + +#define ARRAY_INIT(array) \ + do { \ + (array).i_alloc = 0; \ + (array).i_size = 0; \ + (array).p_elems = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_RESET(array) \ + do { \ + (array).i_alloc = 0; \ + (array).i_size = 0; \ + free( (array).p_elems ); (array).p_elems = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_APPEND(array, elem) \ + do { \ + _ARRAY_GROW1(array); \ + (array).p_elems[(array).i_size] = elem; \ + (array).i_size++; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_INSERT(array,elem,pos) \ + do { \ + _ARRAY_GROW1(array); \ + if( (array).i_size - pos ) { \ + memmove( (array).p_elems + pos + 1, (array).p_elems + pos, \ + ((array).i_size-pos) * sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + } \ + (array).p_elems[pos] = elem; \ + (array).i_size++; \ + } while(0) + +#define _ARRAY_SHRINK(array) { \ + if( (array).i_size > 10 && (array).i_size < (int)((array).i_alloc / 1.5) ) { \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, (array).i_size + 5); \ + } \ +} + +#define ARRAY_REMOVE(array,pos) \ + do { \ + if( (array).i_size - (pos) - 1 ) \ + { \ + memmove( (array).p_elems + pos, (array).p_elems + pos + 1, \ + ( (array).i_size - pos - 1 ) *sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + } \ + (array).i_size--; \ + _ARRAY_SHRINK(array); \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_VAL(array, pos) array.p_elems[pos] + +#define ARRAY_BSEARCH(array, elem, zetype, key, answer) \ + BSEARCH( (array).p_elems, (array).i_size, elem, zetype, key, answer) + +#define FOREACH_ARRAY( item, array ) { \ + int fe_idx; \ + for( fe_idx = 0 ; fe_idx < (array).i_size ; fe_idx++ ) \ + { \ + item = (array).p_elems[fe_idx]; + +#define FOREACH_END() } } + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dynamic arrays with progressive allocation (Preferred API) + ************************************************************************/ +typedef struct vlc_array_t +{ + int i_count; + void ** pp_elems; +} vlc_array_t; + +static inline void vlc_array_init( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + memset( p_array, 0, sizeof(vlc_array_t) ); +} + +static inline void vlc_array_clear( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + free( p_array->pp_elems ); + memset( p_array, 0, sizeof(vlc_array_t) ); +} + +static inline vlc_array_t * vlc_array_new( void ) +{ + vlc_array_t * ret = (vlc_array_t *)malloc( sizeof(vlc_array_t) ); + if( ret ) vlc_array_init( ret ); + return ret; +} + +static inline void vlc_array_destroy( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + if( !p_array ) + return; + vlc_array_clear( p_array ); + free( p_array ); +} + + +/* Read */ +static inline int +vlc_array_count( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + return p_array->i_count; +} + +static inline void * +vlc_array_item_at_index( vlc_array_t * p_array, int i_index ) +{ + return p_array->pp_elems[i_index]; +} + +static inline int +vlc_array_index_of_item( vlc_array_t * p_array, void * item ) +{ + int i; + for( i = 0; i < p_array->i_count; i++) + { + if( p_array->pp_elems[i] == item ) + return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* Write */ +static inline void +vlc_array_insert( vlc_array_t * p_array, void * p_elem, int i_index ) +{ + TAB_INSERT_CAST( (void **), p_array->i_count, p_array->pp_elems, p_elem, i_index ); +} + +static inline void +vlc_array_append( vlc_array_t * p_array, void * p_elem ) +{ + vlc_array_insert( p_array, p_elem, p_array->i_count ); +} + +static inline void +vlc_array_remove( vlc_array_t * p_array, int i_index ) +{ + if( i_index >= 0 ) + { + if( p_array->i_count > 1 ) + { + memmove( p_array->pp_elems + i_index, + p_array->pp_elems + i_index+1, + ( p_array->i_count - i_index - 1 ) * sizeof( void* ) ); + } + p_array->i_count--; + if( p_array->i_count == 0 ) + { + free( p_array->pp_elems ); + p_array->pp_elems = NULL; + } + } +} + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dictionaries + ************************************************************************/ + +/* This function is not intended to be crypto-secure, we only want it to be + * fast and not suck too much. This one is pretty fast and did 0 collisions + * in wenglish's dictionary. + */ +static inline uint64_t DictHash( const char *psz_string, int hashsize ) +{ + uint64_t i_hash = 0; + if( psz_string ) + { + while( *psz_string ) + { + i_hash += *psz_string++; + i_hash += i_hash << 10; + i_hash ^= i_hash >> 8; + } + } + return i_hash % hashsize; +} + +typedef struct vlc_dictionary_entry_t +{ + char * psz_key; + void * p_value; + struct vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_next; +} vlc_dictionary_entry_t; + +typedef struct vlc_dictionary_t +{ + int i_size; + vlc_dictionary_entry_t ** p_entries; +} vlc_dictionary_t; + +static void * const kVLCDictionaryNotFound = NULL; + +static inline void vlc_dictionary_init( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, int i_size ) +{ + p_dict->p_entries = NULL; + + if( i_size > 0 ) + { + p_dict->p_entries = (vlc_dictionary_entry_t **)calloc( i_size, sizeof(*p_dict->p_entries) ); + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + i_size = 0; + } + p_dict->i_size = i_size; +} + +static inline void vlc_dictionary_clear( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, + void ( * pf_free )( void * p_data, void * p_obj ), + void * p_obj ) +{ + if( p_dict->p_entries ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_current, * p_next; + p_current = p_dict->p_entries[i]; + while( p_current ) + { + p_next = p_current->p_next; + if( pf_free != NULL ) + ( * pf_free )( p_current->p_value, p_obj ); + free( p_current->psz_key ); + free( p_current ); + p_current = p_next; + } + } + free( p_dict->p_entries ); + p_dict->p_entries = NULL; + } + p_dict->i_size = 0; +} + +static inline int +vlc_dictionary_has_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return 0; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + return p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] != NULL; +} + +static inline void * +vlc_dictionary_value_for_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + + if( !p_entry ) + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; + + /* Make sure we return the right item. (Hash collision) */ + do { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + return p_entry->p_value; + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } while( p_entry ); + + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; +} + +static inline int +vlc_dictionary_keys_count( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + int i, count = 0; + + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return 0; + + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + for( p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; p_entry; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) count++; + } + return count; +} + +static inline char ** +vlc_dictionary_all_keys( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + char ** ppsz_ret; + int i, count = vlc_dictionary_keys_count( p_dict ); + + ppsz_ret = (char**)malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 1)); + if( unlikely(!ppsz_ret) ) + return NULL; + + count = 0; + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + for( p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; p_entry; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) + ppsz_ret[count++] = strdup( p_entry->psz_key ); + } + ppsz_ret[count] = NULL; + return ppsz_ret; +} + +static inline void +__vlc_dictionary_insert( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, + void * p_value, bool rebuild ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + vlc_dictionary_init( p_dict, 1 ); + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + + p_entry = (vlc_dictionary_entry_t *)malloc(sizeof(*p_entry)); + p_entry->psz_key = strdup( psz_key ); + p_entry->p_value = p_value; + p_entry->p_next = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] = p_entry; + if( rebuild ) + { + /* Count how many items there was */ + int count; + for( count = 1; p_entry->p_next; count++ ) + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + if( count > 3 ) /* XXX: this need tuning */ + { + /* Here it starts to be not good, rebuild a bigger dictionary */ + struct vlc_dictionary_t new_dict; + int i_new_size = ( (p_dict->i_size+2) * 3) / 2; /* XXX: this need tuning */ + int i; + vlc_dictionary_init( &new_dict, i_new_size ); + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; + while( p_entry ) + { + __vlc_dictionary_insert( &new_dict, p_entry->psz_key, + p_entry->p_value, + false /* To avoid multiple rebuild loop */); + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } + } + + vlc_dictionary_clear( p_dict, NULL, NULL ); + p_dict->i_size = new_dict.i_size; + p_dict->p_entries = new_dict.p_entries; + } + } +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_insert( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, void * p_value ) +{ + __vlc_dictionary_insert( p_dict, psz_key, p_value, true ); +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_remove_value_for_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, + void ( * pf_free )( void * p_data, void * p_obj ), + void * p_obj ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_prev; + + if( !p_entry ) + return; /* Not found, nothing to do */ + + /* Hash collision */ + p_prev = NULL; + do { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + { + if( pf_free != NULL ) + ( * pf_free )( p_entry->p_value, p_obj ); + if( !p_prev ) + p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] = p_entry->p_next; + else + p_prev->p_next = p_entry->p_next; + free( p_entry->psz_key ); + free( p_entry ); + return; + } + p_prev = p_entry; + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } while( p_entry ); + + /* No key was found */ +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// C++ helpers +template +void vlc_delete_all( T &container ) +{ + typename T::iterator it = container.begin(); + while ( it != container.end() ) + { + delete *it; + ++it; + } + container.clear(); +} + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_atomic.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15ccf8c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,430 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_atomic.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ATOMIC_H +# define VLC_ATOMIC_H + +/** + * \file + * Atomic operations do not require locking, but they are not very powerful. + */ + +# if !defined (__cplusplus) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L) \ + && !defined (__STDC_NO_ATOMICS__) + +/*** Native C11 atomics ***/ +# include + +# else + +# define ATOMIC_FLAG_INIT false + +# define ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(value) (value) + +# define atomic_init(obj, value) \ + do { *(obj) = (value); } while(0) + +# define kill_dependency(y) \ + ((void)0) + +# define atomic_thread_fence(order) \ + __sync_synchronize() + +# define atomic_signal_fence(order) \ + ((void)0) + +# define atomic_is_lock_free(obj) \ + false + +/* In principles, __sync_*() only supports int, long and long long and their + * unsigned equivalents, i.e. 4-bytes and 8-bytes types, although GCC also + * supports 1 and 2-bytes types. Some non-x86 architectures do not support + * 8-byte atomic types (or not efficiently). */ +# if defined (_MSC_VER) +/* Some atomic operations of the Interlocked API are only + available for desktop apps. Thus we define the atomic types to + be at least 32 bits wide. */ +typedef int_least32_t atomic_flag; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_bool; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_char; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_schar; +typedef uint_least32_t atomic_uchar; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_short; +typedef uint_least32_t atomic_ushort; +# else +typedef bool atomic_flag; +typedef bool atomic_bool; +typedef char atomic_char; +typedef signed char atomic_schar; +typedef unsigned char atomic_uchar; +typedef short atomic_short; +typedef unsigned short atomic_ushort; +# endif +typedef int atomic_int; +typedef unsigned int atomic_uint; +typedef long atomic_long; +typedef unsigned long atomic_ulong; +typedef long long atomic_llong; +typedef unsigned long long atomic_ullong; +//typedef char16_t atomic_char16_t; +//typedef char32_t atomic_char32_t; +typedef wchar_t atomic_wchar_t; +typedef int_least8_t atomic_int_least8_t; +typedef uint_least8_t atomic_uint_least8_t; +typedef int_least16_t atomic_int_least16_t; +typedef uint_least16_t atomic_uint_least16_t; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_int_least32_t; +typedef uint_least32_t atomic_uint_least32_t; +typedef int_least64_t atomic_int_least64_t; +typedef uint_least64_t atomic_uint_least64_t; +typedef int_fast8_t atomic_int_fast8_t; +typedef uint_fast8_t atomic_uint_fast8_t; +typedef int_fast16_t atomic_int_fast16_t; +typedef uint_fast16_t atomic_uint_fast16_t; +typedef int_fast32_t atomic_int_fast32_t; +typedef uint_fast32_t atomic_uint_fast32_t; +typedef int_fast64_t atomic_int_fast64_t; +typedef uint_fast64_t atomic_uint_fast64_t; +typedef intptr_t atomic_intptr_t; +typedef uintptr_t atomic_uintptr_t; +typedef size_t atomic_size_t; +typedef ptrdiff_t atomic_ptrdiff_t; +typedef intmax_t atomic_intmax_t; +typedef uintmax_t atomic_uintmax_t; + +# if defined (__GCC_HAVE_SYNC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_4) || (defined (__clang__) && (defined (__x86_64__) || defined (__i386__))) + +/*** Intel/GCC atomics ***/ + +# define atomic_store(object,desired) \ + do { \ + *(object) = (desired); \ + __sync_synchronize(); \ + } while (0) + +# define atomic_store_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_store(object,desired) + +# define atomic_load(object) \ + (__sync_synchronize(), *(object)) + +# define atomic_load_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_load(object) + +# define atomic_exchange(object,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + do \ + _old = atomic_load(_obj); \ + while (!__sync_bool_compare_and_swap(_obj, _old, (desired))); \ + _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_exchange_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_exchange(object,desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange(object,expected,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _exp = (expected); \ + typeof (*object) _old = *_exp; \ + *_exp = __sync_val_compare_and_swap((object), _old, (desired)); \ + *_exp == _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object,expected,desired,order,order_different) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object,expected,desired,order_equal,order_different) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_add(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_or(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_and(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) \ + atomic_exchange(object, true) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) + +# define atomic_flag_clear(object) \ + atomic_store(object, false) + +# define atomic_flag_clear_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_clear(object) + +# elif defined (__GNUC__) + +/*** No atomics ***/ + +# define atomic_store(object,desired) \ + do { \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _des = (desired); \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + *_obj = _des; \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + } while (0) +# define atomic_store_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_store(object,desired) + +# define atomic_load(object) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old = *_obj; \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old; \ +}) +# define atomic_load_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_load(object) + +# define atomic_exchange(object,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _des = (desired); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old = *_obj; \ + *_obj = _des; \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old; \ +}) +# define atomic_exchange_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_exchange(object,desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object,expected,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (object) _exp = (expected); \ + typeof (*object) _des = (desired); \ + bool ret; \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + ret = *_obj == *_exp; \ + if (ret) \ + *_obj = _des; \ + else \ + *_exp = *_obj; \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + ret; \ +}) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object,expected,desired,order) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object,expected,desired,order) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_fetch_OP(object,desired,op) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _des = (desired); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + vlc_global_lock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old = *_obj; \ + *_obj = (*_obj) op (_des); \ + vlc_global_unlock(VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX); \ + _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,+) +# define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,-) +# define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,|) +# define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,^) +# define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) \ + atomic_fetch_OP(object,operand,&) +# define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) \ + atomic_exchange(object, true) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) + +# define atomic_flag_clear(object) \ + atomic_store(object, false) + +# define atomic_flag_clear_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_clear(object) + +# elif defined (_MSC_VER) + +# include + +/*** Use the Interlocked API. ***/ + +/* Define macros in order to dispatch to the correct function depending on the type. + Several ranges are need because some operations are not implemented for all types. */ +# define atomic_type_dispatch_32_64(operation, object, ...) \ + (sizeof(*object) == 4 ? operation((LONG *)object, __VA_ARGS__) : \ + sizeof(*object) == 8 ? operation##64((LONGLONG *)object, __VA_ARGS__) : \ + (abort(), 0)) + +# define atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(operation, object, ...) \ + (sizeof(*object) == 2 ? operation##16((short *)object, __VA_ARGS__) : \ + atomic_type_dispatch_32_64(operation, object, __VA_ARGS__)) + +# define atomic_type_dispatch_8_64(operation, object, ...) \ + (sizeof(*object) == 1 ? operation##8((char *)object, __VA_ARGS__) : \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(operation, object, __VA_ARGS__)) + +# define atomic_store(object,desired) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(InterlockedExchange, object, desired) +# define atomic_store_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_store(object, desired) + +# define atomic_load(object) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(InterlockedCompareExchange, object, 0, 0) +# define atomic_load_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_load(object) + +# define atomic_exchange(object,desired) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(InterlockedExchange, object, desired) +# define atomic_exchange_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_exchange(object, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_16_64(InterlockedCompareExchange, object, *expected, desired) == *expected +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object,expected,desired,order) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object,expected,desired,order) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_32_64(InterlockedExchangeAdd, object, operand) +# define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_add(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_32_64(InterlockedExchangeAdd, object, -(LONGLONG)operand) +# define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_8_64(InterlockedOr, object, operand) +# define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_or(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_8_64(InterlockedXor, object, operand) +# define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) \ + atomic_type_dispatch_8_64(InterlockedAnd, object, operand) +# define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_and(object, operand) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) \ + atomic_exchange(object, true) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) + +# define atomic_flag_clear(object) \ + atomic_store(object, false) + +# define atomic_flag_clear_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_clear(object) + +# else +# error FIXME: implement atomic operations for this compiler. +# endif +# endif + +typedef atomic_uint_least32_t vlc_atomic_float; + +static inline void vlc_atomic_init_float(vlc_atomic_float *var, float f) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.f = f; + atomic_init(var, u.i); +} + +/** Helper to retrieve a single precision from an atom. */ +static inline float vlc_atomic_load_float(vlc_atomic_float *atom) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.i = atomic_load(atom); + return u.f; +} + +/** Helper to store a single precision into an atom. */ +static inline void vlc_atomic_store_float(vlc_atomic_float *atom, float f) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.f = f; + atomic_store(atom, u.i); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..664633a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_avcodec.h: VLC thread support for libavcodec + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AVCODEC_H +# define VLC_AVCODEC_H 1 + +static inline void vlc_avcodec_lock (void) +{ + vlc_global_lock (VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX); +} + +static inline void vlc_avcodec_unlock (void) +{ + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_bits.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_bits.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80010de --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_bits.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_bits.h : Bit handling helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 6c2915138c768d9c49b6646dde6c711acf6eabef $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BITS_H +#define VLC_BITS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures for handling streams of bits in vlc + */ + +typedef struct bs_s +{ + uint8_t *p_start; + uint8_t *p; + uint8_t *p_end; + + ssize_t i_left; /* i_count number of available bits */ +} bs_t; + +static inline void bs_init( bs_t *s, const void *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + s->p_start = (void *)p_data; + s->p = s->p_start; + s->p_end = s->p_start + i_data; + s->i_left = 8; +} + +static inline int bs_pos( const bs_t *s ) +{ + return( 8 * ( s->p - s->p_start ) + 8 - s->i_left ); +} + +static inline int bs_eof( const bs_t *s ) +{ + return( s->p >= s->p_end ? 1: 0 ); +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_read( bs_t *s, int i_count ) +{ + static const uint32_t i_mask[33] = + { 0x00, + 0x01, 0x03, 0x07, 0x0f, + 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0xff, + 0x1ff, 0x3ff, 0x7ff, 0xfff, + 0x1fff, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 0xffff, + 0x1ffff, 0x3ffff, 0x7ffff, 0xfffff, + 0x1fffff, 0x3fffff, 0x7fffff, 0xffffff, + 0x1ffffff, 0x3ffffff, 0x7ffffff, 0xfffffff, + 0x1fffffff,0x3fffffff,0x7fffffff,0xffffffff}; + int i_shr; + uint32_t i_result = 0; + + while( i_count > 0 ) + { + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + { + break; + } + + if( ( i_shr = s->i_left - i_count ) >= 0 ) + { + /* more in the buffer than requested */ + i_result |= ( *s->p >> i_shr )&i_mask[i_count]; + s->i_left -= i_count; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + s->p++; + s->i_left = 8; + } + return( i_result ); + } + else + { + /* less in the buffer than requested */ + i_result |= (*s->p&i_mask[s->i_left]) << -i_shr; + i_count -= s->i_left; + s->p++; + s->i_left = 8; + } + } + + return( i_result ); +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_read1( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->p < s->p_end ) + { + unsigned int i_result; + + s->i_left--; + i_result = ( *s->p >> s->i_left )&0x01; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + s->p++; + s->i_left = 8; + } + return i_result; + } + + return 0; +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_show( bs_t *s, int i_count ) +{ + bs_t s_tmp = *s; + return bs_read( &s_tmp, i_count ); +} + +static inline void bs_skip( bs_t *s, ssize_t i_count ) +{ + s->i_left -= i_count; + + if( s->i_left <= 0 ) + { + const int i_bytes = ( -s->i_left + 8 ) / 8; + + s->p += i_bytes; + s->i_left += 8 * i_bytes; + } +} + +static inline void bs_write( bs_t *s, int i_count, uint32_t i_bits ) +{ + while( i_count > 0 ) + { + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + { + break; + } + + i_count--; + + if( ( i_bits >> i_count )&0x01 ) + { + *s->p |= 1 << ( s->i_left - 1 ); + } + else + { + *s->p &= ~( 1 << ( s->i_left - 1 ) ); + } + s->i_left--; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + s->p++; + s->i_left = 8; + } + } +} + +static inline void bs_align( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + s->i_left = 8; + s->p++; + } +} + +static inline void bs_align_0( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + bs_write( s, s->i_left, 0 ); + } +} + +static inline void bs_align_1( bs_t *s ) +{ + while( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + bs_write( s, 1, 1 ); + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_block.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_block.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20377e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_block.h @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_block.h: Data blocks management functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 75f98ff4bd59bf3dad9356f9e84ebe53942efe69 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BLOCK_H +#define VLC_BLOCK_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file implements functions and structures to handle blocks of data in vlc + * + */ + +#include /* for ssize_t */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * block: + **************************************************************************** + * - i_flags may not always be set (ie could be 0, even for a key frame + * it depends where you receive the buffer (before/after a packetizer + * and the demux/packetizer implementations. + * - i_dts/i_pts could be VLC_TS_INVALID, it means no pts/dts + * - i_length: length in microseond of the packet, can be null except in the + * sout where it is mandatory. + * + * - i_buffer number of valid data pointed by p_buffer + * you can freely decrease it but never increase it yourself + * (use block_Realloc) + * - p_buffer: pointer over datas. You should never overwrite it, you can + * only incremment it to skip datas, in others cases use block_Realloc + * (don't duplicate yourself in a bigger buffer, block_Realloc is + * optimised for preheader/postdatas increase) + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** The content doesn't follow the last block, or is probably broken */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY 0x0001 +/** Intra frame */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_I 0x0002 +/** Inter frame with backward reference only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_P 0x0004 +/** Inter frame with backward and forward reference */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_B 0x0008 +/** For inter frame when you don't know the real type */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_PB 0x0010 +/** Warn that this block is a header one */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_HEADER 0x0020 +/** This is the last block of the frame */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_END_OF_FRAME 0x0040 +/** This is not a key frame for bitrate shaping */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_NO_KEYFRAME 0x0080 +/** This block contains the last part of a sequence */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_END_OF_SEQUENCE 0x0100 +/** This block contains a clock reference */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CLOCK 0x0200 +/** This block is scrambled */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_SCRAMBLED 0x0400 +/** This block has to be decoded but not be displayed */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PREROLL 0x0800 +/** This block is corrupted and/or there is data loss */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORRUPTED 0x1000 +/** This block contains an interlaced picture with top field first */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST 0x2000 +/** This block contains an interlaced picture with bottom field first */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_BOTTOM_FIELD_FIRST 0x4000 + +/** This block contains an interlaced picture */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_INTERLACED_MASK \ + (BLOCK_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST|BLOCK_FLAG_BOTTOM_FIELD_FIRST) + +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_MASK \ + (BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_I|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_P|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_B|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_PB) + +/* These are for input core private usage only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORE_PRIVATE_MASK 0x00ff0000 +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORE_PRIVATE_SHIFT 16 + +/* These are for module private usage only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PRIVATE_MASK 0xff000000 +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PRIVATE_SHIFT 24 + +typedef void (*block_free_t) (block_t *); + +struct block_t +{ + block_t *p_next; + + uint8_t *p_buffer; /**< Payload start */ + size_t i_buffer; /**< Payload length */ + uint8_t *p_start; /**< Buffer start */ + size_t i_size; /**< Buffer total size */ + + uint32_t i_flags; + unsigned i_nb_samples; /* Used for audio */ + + mtime_t i_pts; + mtime_t i_dts; + mtime_t i_length; + + /* Rudimentary support for overloading block (de)allocation. */ + block_free_t pf_release; +}; + +/**************************************************************************** + * Blocks functions: + **************************************************************************** + * - block_Alloc : create a new block with the requested size ( >= 0 ), return + * NULL for failure. + * - block_Release : release a block allocated with block_Alloc. + * - block_Realloc : realloc a block, + * i_pre: how many bytes to insert before body if > 0, else how many + * bytes of body to skip (the latter can be done without using + * block_Realloc i_buffer -= -i_pre, p_buffer += -i_pre as i_pre < 0) + * i_body (>= 0): the final size of the body (decreasing it can directly + * be done with i_buffer = i_body). + * with preheader and or body (increase + * and decrease are supported). Use it as it is optimised. + * - block_Duplicate : create a copy of a block. + ****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void block_Init( block_t *, void *, size_t ); +VLC_API block_t *block_Alloc( size_t ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t *block_Realloc( block_t *, ssize_t i_pre, size_t i_body ) VLC_USED; + +static inline void block_CopyProperties( block_t *dst, block_t *src ) +{ + dst->i_flags = src->i_flags; + dst->i_nb_samples = src->i_nb_samples; + dst->i_dts = src->i_dts; + dst->i_pts = src->i_pts; + dst->i_length = src->i_length; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline block_t *block_Duplicate( block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_t *p_dup = block_Alloc( p_block->i_buffer ); + if( p_dup == NULL ) + return NULL; + + block_CopyProperties( p_dup, p_block ); + memcpy( p_dup->p_buffer, p_block->p_buffer, p_block->i_buffer ); + + return p_dup; +} + +static inline void block_Release( block_t *p_block ) +{ + p_block->pf_release( p_block ); +} + +VLC_API block_t *block_heap_Alloc(void *, size_t) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t *block_mmap_Alloc(void *addr, size_t length) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t * block_shm_Alloc(void *addr, size_t length) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t *block_File(int fd) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API block_t *block_FilePath(const char *) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +static inline void block_Cleanup (void *block) +{ + block_Release ((block_t *)block); +} +#define block_cleanup_push( block ) vlc_cleanup_push (block_Cleanup, block) + +/**************************************************************************** + * Chains of blocks functions helper + **************************************************************************** + * - block_ChainAppend : append a block to the last block of a chain. Try to + * avoid using with a lot of data as it's really slow, prefer + * block_ChainLastAppend, p_block can be NULL + * - block_ChainLastAppend : use a pointer over a pointer to the next blocks, + * and update it. + * - block_ChainRelease : release a chain of block + * - block_ChainExtract : extract data from a chain, return real bytes counts + * - block_ChainGather : gather a chain, free it and return one block. + ****************************************************************************/ +static inline void block_ChainAppend( block_t **pp_list, block_t *p_block ) +{ + if( *pp_list == NULL ) + { + *pp_list = p_block; + } + else + { + block_t *p = *pp_list; + + while( p->p_next ) p = p->p_next; + p->p_next = p_block; + } +} + +static inline void block_ChainLastAppend( block_t ***ppp_last, block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_t *p_last = p_block; + + **ppp_last = p_block; + + while( p_last->p_next ) p_last = p_last->p_next; + *ppp_last = &p_last->p_next; +} + +static inline void block_ChainRelease( block_t *p_block ) +{ + while( p_block ) + { + block_t *p_next = p_block->p_next; + block_Release( p_block ); + p_block = p_next; + } +} + +static size_t block_ChainExtract( block_t *p_list, void *p_data, size_t i_max ) +{ + size_t i_total = 0; + uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)p_data; + + while( p_list && i_max ) + { + size_t i_copy = __MIN( i_max, p_list->i_buffer ); + memcpy( p, p_list->p_buffer, i_copy ); + i_max -= i_copy; + i_total += i_copy; + p += i_copy; + + p_list = p_list->p_next; + } + return i_total; +} + +static inline void block_ChainProperties( block_t *p_list, int *pi_count, size_t *pi_size, mtime_t *pi_length ) +{ + size_t i_size = 0; + mtime_t i_length = 0; + int i_count = 0; + + while( p_list ) + { + i_size += p_list->i_buffer; + i_length += p_list->i_length; + i_count++; + + p_list = p_list->p_next; + } + + if( pi_size ) + *pi_size = i_size; + if( pi_length ) + *pi_length = i_length; + if( pi_count ) + *pi_count = i_count; +} + +static inline block_t *block_ChainGather( block_t *p_list ) +{ + size_t i_total = 0; + mtime_t i_length = 0; + block_t *g; + + if( p_list->p_next == NULL ) + return p_list; /* Already gathered */ + + block_ChainProperties( p_list, NULL, &i_total, &i_length ); + + g = block_Alloc( i_total ); + block_ChainExtract( p_list, g->p_buffer, g->i_buffer ); + + g->i_flags = p_list->i_flags; + g->i_pts = p_list->i_pts; + g->i_dts = p_list->i_dts; + g->i_length = i_length; + + /* free p_list */ + block_ChainRelease( p_list ); + return g; +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * Fifos of blocks. + **************************************************************************** + * - block_FifoNew : create and init a new fifo + * - block_FifoRelease : destroy a fifo and free all blocks in it. + * - block_FifoPace : wait for a fifo to drain to a specified number of packets or total data size + * - block_FifoEmpty : free all blocks in a fifo + * - block_FifoPut : put a block + * - block_FifoGet : get a packet from the fifo (and wait if it is empty) + * - block_FifoShow : show the first packet of the fifo (and wait if + * needed), be carefull, you can use it ONLY if you are sure to be the + * only one getting data from the fifo. + * - block_FifoCount : how many packets are waiting in the fifo + * + * block_FifoGet and block_FifoShow are cancellation points. + ****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API block_fifo_t *block_FifoNew( void ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API void block_FifoRelease( block_fifo_t * ); +VLC_API void block_FifoPace( block_fifo_t *fifo, size_t max_depth, size_t max_size ); +VLC_API void block_FifoEmpty( block_fifo_t * ); +VLC_API size_t block_FifoPut( block_fifo_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API void block_FifoWake( block_fifo_t * ); +VLC_API block_t * block_FifoGet( block_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API block_t * block_FifoShow( block_fifo_t * ); +size_t block_FifoSize( const block_fifo_t *p_fifo ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API size_t block_FifoCount( const block_fifo_t *p_fifo ) VLC_USED; + +#endif /* VLC_BLOCK_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e6231f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h @@ -0,0 +1,517 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_block_helper.h: Helper functions for data blocks management. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fdd5fdbeafee1f296c157410ef3e69a7cf57d3e5 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H +#define VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H 1 + +#include + +typedef struct block_bytestream_t +{ + block_t *p_chain; /**< byte stream head block */ + block_t *p_block; /**< byte stream read pointer block */ + size_t i_offset; /**< byte stream read pointer offset within block */ + /* TODO? add tail pointer for faster push? */ +} block_bytestream_t; + +/***************************************************************************** + * block_bytestream_t management + *****************************************************************************/ +static inline void block_BytestreamInit( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = NULL; + p_bytestream->i_offset = 0; +} + +static inline void block_BytestreamRelease( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + for( block_t *block = p_bytestream->p_chain; block != NULL; ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + } +} + +/** + * It flush all data (read and unread) from a block_bytestream_t. + */ +static inline void block_BytestreamEmpty( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_BytestreamRelease( p_bytestream ); + block_BytestreamInit( p_bytestream ); +} + +/** + * It flushes all already read data from a block_bytestream_t. + */ +static inline void block_BytestreamFlush( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_t *block = p_bytestream->p_chain; + + while( block != p_bytestream->p_block ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + } + + while( block != NULL && block->i_buffer == p_bytestream->i_offset ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + p_bytestream->i_offset = 0; + } + + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = block; +} + +static inline void block_BytestreamPush( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_ChainAppend( &p_bytestream->p_chain, p_block ); + if( !p_bytestream->p_block ) p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline block_t *block_BytestreamPop( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + + block_BytestreamFlush( p_bytestream ); + + p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + if( p_block == NULL ) + { + return NULL; + } + else if( !p_block->p_next ) + { + p_block->p_buffer += p_bytestream->i_offset; + p_block->i_buffer -= p_bytestream->i_offset; + p_bytestream->i_offset = 0; + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = NULL; + return p_block; + } + + while( p_block->p_next && p_block->p_next->p_next ) + p_block = p_block->p_next; + + block_t *p_block_old = p_block; + p_block = p_block->p_next; + p_block_old->p_next = NULL; + + return p_block; +} + +static inline int block_SkipByte( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + /* Most common case first */ + if( p_bytestream->p_block->i_buffer - p_bytestream->i_offset ) + { + p_bytestream->i_offset++; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + block_t *p_block; + + /* Less common case which is also slower */ + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block->p_next; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + if( p_block->i_buffer ) + { + p_bytestream->i_offset = 1; + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +static inline int block_PeekByte( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data ) +{ + /* Most common case first */ + if( p_bytestream->p_block->i_buffer - p_bytestream->i_offset ) + { + *p_data = p_bytestream->p_block->p_buffer[p_bytestream->i_offset]; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + block_t *p_block; + + /* Less common case which is also slower */ + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block->p_next; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + if( p_block->i_buffer ) + { + *p_data = p_block->p_buffer[0]; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +static inline int block_GetByte( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data ) +{ + /* Most common case first */ + if( p_bytestream->p_block->i_buffer - p_bytestream->i_offset ) + { + *p_data = p_bytestream->p_block->p_buffer[p_bytestream->i_offset]; + p_bytestream->i_offset++; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + block_t *p_block; + + /* Less common case which is also slower */ + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block->p_next; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + if( p_block->i_buffer ) + { + *p_data = p_block->p_buffer[0]; + p_bytestream->i_offset = 1; + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +static inline int block_WaitBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy, i_size; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + if( i_size ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_SkipBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_data, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_data -= i_copy; + + if( !i_data ) break; + + i_offset = 0; + } + + if( i_data ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + p_bytestream->i_offset = i_offset + i_copy; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_PeekBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy, i_size; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + if( i_size ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Copy the data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_GetBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy, i_size; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + if( i_size ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Copy the data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + if( !i_size ) break; + + i_offset = 0; + } + + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + p_bytestream->i_offset = i_offset + i_copy; + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_PeekOffsetBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_peek_offset, uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + size_t i_offset, i_copy, i_size; + + /* Check we have that much data */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_data + i_peek_offset; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + if( i_size ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Find the right place */ + i_offset = p_bytestream->i_offset; + i_size = i_peek_offset; + i_copy = 0; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( !i_size ) break; + + i_offset = 0; + } + + /* Copy the data */ + i_offset += i_copy; + i_size = i_data; + i_copy = 0; + for( ; p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_FindStartcodeFromOffset( + block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, size_t *pi_offset, + const uint8_t *p_startcode, int i_startcode_length ) +{ + block_t *p_block, *p_block_backup = 0; + int i_size = 0; + size_t i_offset, i_offset_backup = 0; + int i_caller_offset_backup = 0, i_match; + + /* Find the right place */ + i_size = *pi_offset + p_bytestream->i_offset; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_size -= p_block->i_buffer; + if( i_size < 0 ) break; + } + + if( i_size >= 0 ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Begin the search. + * We first look for an occurrence of the 1st startcode byte and + * if found, we do a more thorough check. */ + i_size += p_block->i_buffer; + *pi_offset -= i_size; + i_match = 0; + for( ; p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + for( i_offset = i_size; i_offset < p_block->i_buffer; i_offset++ ) + { + if( p_block->p_buffer[i_offset] == p_startcode[i_match] ) + { + if( !i_match ) + { + p_block_backup = p_block; + i_offset_backup = i_offset; + i_caller_offset_backup = *pi_offset; + } + + if( i_match + 1 == i_startcode_length ) + { + /* We have it */ + *pi_offset += i_offset - i_match; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + + i_match++; + } + else if ( i_match ) + { + /* False positive */ + p_block = p_block_backup; + i_offset = i_offset_backup; + *pi_offset = i_caller_offset_backup; + i_match = 0; + } + + } + i_size = 0; + *pi_offset += i_offset; + } + + *pi_offset -= i_match; + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +#endif /* VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_charset.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_charset.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb265c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_charset.h @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_charset.h: Unicode UTF-8 wrappers function + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2005-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 3119e89fd6bad58096a18211009d1504b97c9fbe $ + * + * Author: Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CHARSET_H +#define VLC_CHARSET_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This files handles locale conversions in vlc + */ + +/* iconv wrappers (defined in src/extras/libc.c) */ +typedef void *vlc_iconv_t; +VLC_API vlc_iconv_t vlc_iconv_open( const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API size_t vlc_iconv( vlc_iconv_t, const char **, size_t *, char **, size_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int vlc_iconv_close( vlc_iconv_t ); + +#include + +VLC_API int utf8_vfprintf( FILE *stream, const char *fmt, va_list ap ); +VLC_API int utf8_fprintf( FILE *, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 2, 3 ); +VLC_API char * vlc_strcasestr(const char *, const char *) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API char * EnsureUTF8( char * ); +VLC_API const char * IsUTF8( const char * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API char * FromCharset( const char *charset, const void *data, size_t data_size ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void * ToCharset( const char *charset, const char *in, size_t *outsize ) VLC_USED; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +VLC_USED +static inline char *FromWide (const wchar_t *wide) +{ + size_t len = WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, wide, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + char *out = (char *)malloc (len); + + if (likely(out)) + WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, wide, -1, out, len, NULL, NULL); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline wchar_t *ToWide (const char *utf8) +{ + int len = MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, NULL, 0); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + wchar_t *out = (wchar_t *)malloc (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + + if (likely(out)) + MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, out, len); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *ToCodePage (unsigned cp, const char *utf8) +{ + wchar_t *wide = ToWide (utf8); + if (wide == NULL) + return NULL; + + size_t len = WideCharToMultiByte (cp, 0, wide, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (len == 0) { + free(wide); + return NULL; + } + + char *out = (char *)malloc (len); + if (likely(out != NULL)) + WideCharToMultiByte (cp, 0, wide, -1, out, len, NULL, NULL); + free (wide); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *FromCodePage (unsigned cp, const char *mb) +{ + int len = MultiByteToWideChar (cp, 0, mb, -1, NULL, 0); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + wchar_t *wide = (wchar_t *)malloc (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + if (unlikely(wide == NULL)) + return NULL; + MultiByteToWideChar (cp, 0, mb, -1, wide, len); + + char *utf8 = FromWide (wide); + free (wide); + return utf8; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *FromANSI (const char *ansi) +{ + return FromCodePage (GetACP (), ansi); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *ToANSI (const char *utf8) +{ + return ToCodePage (GetACP (), utf8); +} + +# ifdef UNICODE +# define FromT FromWide +# define ToT ToWide +# else +# define FromT FromANSI +# define ToT ToANSI +# endif +# define FromLocale FromANSI +# define ToLocale ToANSI +# define LocaleFree(s) free((char *)(s)) +# define FromLocaleDup FromANSI +# define ToLocaleDup ToANSI + +#elif defined(__OS2__) + +VLC_USED static inline char *FromLocale (const char *locale) +{ + return locale ? FromCharset ((char *)"", locale, strlen(locale)) : NULL; +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *ToLocale (const char *utf8) +{ + size_t outsize; + return utf8 ? (char *)ToCharset ("", utf8, &outsize) : NULL; +} + +VLC_USED static inline void LocaleFree (const char *str) +{ + free ((char *)str); +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *FromLocaleDup (const char *locale) +{ + return FromCharset ("", locale, strlen(locale)); +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *ToLocaleDup (const char *utf8) +{ + size_t outsize; + return (char *)ToCharset ("", utf8, &outsize); +} + +#else + +# define FromLocale(l) (l) +# define ToLocale(u) (u) +# define LocaleFree(s) ((void)(s)) +# define FromLocaleDup strdup +# define ToLocaleDup strdup +#endif + +/** + * Converts a nul-terminated string from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8. + */ +static inline char *FromLatin1 (const char *latin) +{ + char *str = (char *)malloc (2 * strlen (latin) + 1), *utf8 = str; + unsigned char c; + + if (str == NULL) + return NULL; + + while ((c = *(latin++)) != '\0') + { + if (c >= 0x80) + { + *(utf8++) = 0xC0 | (c >> 6); + *(utf8++) = 0x80 | (c & 0x3F); + } + else + *(utf8++) = c; + } + *(utf8++) = '\0'; + + utf8 = (char *)realloc (str, utf8 - str); + return utf8 ? utf8 : str; +} + +VLC_API double us_strtod( const char *, char ** ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API float us_strtof( const char *, char ** ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API double us_atof( const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int us_vasprintf( char **, const char *, va_list ); +VLC_API int us_asprintf( char **, const char *, ... ) VLC_USED; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_codec.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_codec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be775cd --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_codec.h: Definition of the decoder and encoder structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 1e7c8a6f160cd27fc3123abf64c62a52b62f5111 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CODEC_H +#define VLC_CODEC_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the structure and types used by decoders and encoders + */ + +typedef struct decoder_owner_sys_t decoder_owner_sys_t; + +/** + * \defgroup decoder Decoder + * + * The structure describing a decoder + * + * @{ + */ + +/* + * BIG FAT WARNING : the code relies in the first 4 members of filter_t + * and decoder_t to be the same, so if you have anything to add, do it + * at the end of the structure. + */ +struct decoder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + decoder_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Input format ie from demuxer (XXX: a lot of field could be invalid) */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Output format of decoder/packetizer */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + + /* Some decoders only accept packetized data (ie. not truncated) */ + bool b_need_packetized; + + /* Tell the decoder if it is allowed to drop frames */ + bool b_pace_control; + + /* */ + picture_t * ( * pf_decode_video )( decoder_t *, block_t ** ); + block_t * ( * pf_decode_audio )( decoder_t *, block_t ** ); + subpicture_t * ( * pf_decode_sub) ( decoder_t *, block_t ** ); + block_t * ( * pf_packetize ) ( decoder_t *, block_t ** ); + + /* Closed Caption (CEA 608/708) extraction. + * If set, it *may* be called after pf_decode_video/pf_packetize + * returned data. It should return CC for the pictures returned by the + * last pf_packetize/pf_decode_video call only, + * pb_present will be used to known which cc channel are present (but + * globaly, not necessary for the current packet */ + block_t * ( * pf_get_cc ) ( decoder_t *, bool pb_present[4] ); + + /* Meta data at codec level + * The decoder owner set it back to NULL once it has retreived what it needs. + * The decoder owner is responsible of its release except when you overwrite it. + */ + vlc_meta_t *p_description; + + /* + * Owner fields + * XXX You MUST not use them directly. + */ + + /* Video output callbacks + * XXX use decoder_NewPicture/decoder_DeletePicture + * and decoder_LinkPicture/decoder_UnlinkPicture */ + picture_t *(*pf_vout_buffer_new)( decoder_t * ); + void (*pf_vout_buffer_del)( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + void (*pf_picture_link) ( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + void (*pf_picture_unlink) ( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + + /** + * Number of extra (ie in addition to the DPB) picture buffers + * needed for decoding. + */ + int i_extra_picture_buffers; + + /* Audio output callbacks */ + int (*pf_aout_format_update)( decoder_t * ); + + /* SPU output callbacks + * XXX use decoder_NewSubpicture and decoder_DeleteSubpicture */ + subpicture_t *(*pf_spu_buffer_new)( decoder_t *, const subpicture_updater_t * ); + void (*pf_spu_buffer_del)( decoder_t *, subpicture_t * ); + + /* Input attachments + * XXX use decoder_GetInputAttachments */ + int (*pf_get_attachments)( decoder_t *p_dec, input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, int *pi_attachment ); + + /* Display date + * XXX use decoder_GetDisplayDate */ + mtime_t (*pf_get_display_date)( decoder_t *, mtime_t ); + + /* Display rate + * XXX use decoder_GetDisplayRate */ + int (*pf_get_display_rate)( decoder_t * ); + + /* Private structure for the owner of the decoder */ + decoder_owner_sys_t *p_owner; + + bool b_error; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * \defgroup encoder Encoder + * + * The structure describing a Encoder + * + * @{ + */ + +struct encoder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + encoder_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Properties of the input data fed to the encoder */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Properties of the output of the encoder */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + + block_t * ( * pf_encode_video )( encoder_t *, picture_t * ); + block_t * ( * pf_encode_audio )( encoder_t *, block_t * ); + block_t * ( * pf_encode_sub )( encoder_t *, subpicture_t * ); + + /* Common encoder options */ + int i_threads; /* Number of threads to use during encoding */ + int i_iframes; /* One I frame per i_iframes */ + int i_bframes; /* One B frame per i_bframes */ + int i_tolerance; /* Bitrate tolerance */ + + /* Encoder config */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * This function will return a new picture usable by a decoder as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using decoder_DeletePicture or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_decode_video return value. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * decoder_NewPicture( decoder_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will release a picture create by decoder_NewPicture. + */ +VLC_API void decoder_DeletePicture( decoder_t *, picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will increase the picture reference count. + * (picture_Hold is not usable.) + */ +VLC_API void decoder_LinkPicture( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will decrease the picture reference count. + * (picture_Release is not usable.) + */ +VLC_API void decoder_UnlinkPicture( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * This function notifies the audio output pipeline of a new audio output + * format (fmt_out.audio). If there is currently no audio output or if the + * audio output format has changed, a new audio output will be set up. + * @return 0 if the audio output is working, -1 if not. */ +static inline int decoder_UpdateAudioFormat( decoder_t *dec ) +{ + if( dec->pf_aout_format_update != NULL ) + return dec->pf_aout_format_update( dec ); + else + return -1; +} + +/** + * This function will return a new audio buffer usable by a decoder as an + * output buffer. You have to release it using decoder_DeleteAudioBuffer + * or by returning it to the caller as a pf_decode_audio return value. + */ +VLC_API block_t * decoder_NewAudioBuffer( decoder_t *, int i_size ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will return a new subpicture usable by a decoder as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using decoder_DeleteSubpicture or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_decode_sub return value. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * decoder_NewSubpicture( decoder_t *, const subpicture_updater_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will release a subpicture created by decoder_NewSubicture. + */ +VLC_API void decoder_DeleteSubpicture( decoder_t *, subpicture_t *p_subpicture ); + +/** + * This function gives all input attachments at once. + * + * You MUST release the returned values + */ +VLC_API int decoder_GetInputAttachments( decoder_t *, input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, int *pi_attachment ); + +/** + * This function converts a decoder timestamp into a display date comparable + * to mdate(). + * You MUST use it *only* for gathering statistics about speed. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t decoder_GetDisplayDate( decoder_t *, mtime_t ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function returns the current input rate. + * You MUST use it *only* for gathering statistics about speed. + */ +VLC_API int decoder_GetDisplayRate( decoder_t * ) VLC_USED; + +#endif /* _VLC_CODEC_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_common.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b4b923 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,932 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_common.h: common definitions + * Collection of useful common types and macros definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Vincent Seguin + * Gildas Bazin + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file is a collection of common definitions and types + */ + +#ifndef VLC_COMMON_H +# define VLC_COMMON_H 1 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Required vlc headers + *****************************************************************************/ +#include "vlc_config.h" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Required system headers + *****************************************************************************/ +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef __cplusplus +# include +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Compilers definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +/* Helper for GCC version checks */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define VLC_GCC_VERSION(maj,min) \ + ((__GNUC__ > (maj)) || (__GNUC__ == (maj) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (min))) +#else +# define VLC_GCC_VERSION(maj,min) (0) +#endif + +/* Try to fix format strings for all versions of mingw and mingw64 */ +#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO ) + #undef PRId64 + #define PRId64 "lld" + #undef PRIi64 + #define PRIi64 "lli" + #undef PRIu64 + #define PRIu64 "llu" + #undef PRIo64 + #define PRIo64 "llo" + #undef PRIx64 + #define PRIx64 "llx" + #define snprintf __mingw_snprintf + #define vsnprintf __mingw_vsnprintf + #define swprintf _snwprintf +#endif + +/* Function attributes for compiler warnings */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define VLC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) + +# if defined( _WIN32 ) && VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,4) +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) __attribute__ ((format(gnu_printf,x,y))) +# else +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) __attribute__ ((format(printf,x,y))) +# endif +# define VLC_FORMAT_ARG(x) __attribute__ ((format_arg(x))) + +# define VLC_MALLOC __attribute__ ((malloc)) +# define VLC_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn)) + +# if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) +# define VLC_USED __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result)) +# else +# define VLC_USED +# endif + +#else +# define VLC_DEPRECATED +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) +# define VLC_FORMAT_ARG(x) +# define VLC_MALLOC +# define VLC_NORETURN +# define VLC_USED +#endif + + +/* Branch prediction */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define likely(p) __builtin_expect(!!(p), 1) +# define unlikely(p) __builtin_expect(!!(p), 0) +#else +# define likely(p) (!!(p)) +# define unlikely(p) (!!(p)) +#endif + +/* Linkage */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +# define VLC_EXTERN extern "C" +#else +# define VLC_EXTERN +#endif + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined (DLL_EXPORT) +# define VLC_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#elif VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,0) +# define VLC_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define VLC_EXPORT +#endif + +#define VLC_API VLC_EXTERN VLC_EXPORT + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Basic types definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +/** + * High precision date or time interval + * + * Store a high precision date or time interval. The maximum precision is the + * microsecond, and a 64 bits integer is used to avoid overflows (maximum + * time interval is then 292271 years, which should be long enough for any + * video). Dates are stored as microseconds since a common date (usually the + * epoch). Note that date and time intervals can be manipulated using regular + * arithmetic operators, and that no special functions are required. + */ +typedef int64_t mtime_t; + +/** + * The vlc_fourcc_t type. + * + * See http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/ for a very detailed list. + */ +typedef uint32_t vlc_fourcc_t; + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define VLC_FOURCC( a, b, c, d ) \ + ( ((uint32_t)d) | ( ((uint32_t)c) << 8 ) \ + | ( ((uint32_t)b) << 16 ) | ( ((uint32_t)a) << 24 ) ) +# define VLC_TWOCC( a, b ) \ + ( (uint16_t)(b) | ( (uint16_t)(a) << 8 ) ) + +#else +# define VLC_FOURCC( a, b, c, d ) \ + ( ((uint32_t)a) | ( ((uint32_t)b) << 8 ) \ + | ( ((uint32_t)c) << 16 ) | ( ((uint32_t)d) << 24 ) ) +# define VLC_TWOCC( a, b ) \ + ( (uint16_t)(a) | ( (uint16_t)(b) << 8 ) ) + +#endif + +/** + * Translate a vlc_fourcc into its string representation. This function + * assumes there is enough room in psz_fourcc to store 4 characters in. + * + * \param fcc a vlc_fourcc_t + * \param psz_fourcc string to store string representation of vlc_fourcc in + */ +static inline void vlc_fourcc_to_char( vlc_fourcc_t fcc, char *psz_fourcc ) +{ + memcpy( psz_fourcc, &fcc, 4 ); +} + +#define vlc_fourcc_to_char( a, b ) \ + vlc_fourcc_to_char( (vlc_fourcc_t)(a), (char *)(b) ) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Classes declaration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Internal types */ +typedef struct vlc_list_t vlc_list_t; +typedef struct vlc_object_t vlc_object_t; +typedef struct libvlc_int_t libvlc_int_t; +typedef struct date_t date_t; + +/* Playlist */ + +/* FIXME */ +/** + * Playlist commands + */ +typedef enum { + PLAYLIST_PLAY, /**< No arg. res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_VIEWPLAY, /**< arg1= playlist_item_t*,*/ + /** arg2 = playlist_item_t* , res=can fail */ + PLAYLIST_PAUSE, /**< No arg res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_STOP, /**< No arg res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_SKIP, /**< arg1=int, res=can fail*/ +} playlist_command_t; + + +typedef struct playlist_t playlist_t; +typedef struct playlist_item_t playlist_item_t; +typedef struct services_discovery_t services_discovery_t; +typedef struct services_discovery_sys_t services_discovery_sys_t; +typedef struct playlist_add_t playlist_add_t; + +/* Modules */ +typedef struct module_t module_t; +typedef struct module_config_t module_config_t; + +typedef struct config_category_t config_category_t; + +/* Input */ +typedef struct input_thread_t input_thread_t; +typedef struct input_item_t input_item_t; +typedef struct input_item_node_t input_item_node_t; +typedef struct access_t access_t; +typedef struct access_sys_t access_sys_t; +typedef struct stream_t stream_t; +typedef struct stream_sys_t stream_sys_t; +typedef struct demux_t demux_t; +typedef struct demux_sys_t demux_sys_t; +typedef struct es_out_t es_out_t; +typedef struct es_out_id_t es_out_id_t; +typedef struct es_out_sys_t es_out_sys_t; +typedef struct seekpoint_t seekpoint_t; +typedef struct info_t info_t; +typedef struct info_category_t info_category_t; +typedef struct input_attachment_t input_attachment_t; + +/* Format */ +typedef struct audio_format_t audio_format_t; +typedef struct video_format_t video_format_t; +typedef struct subs_format_t subs_format_t; +typedef struct es_format_t es_format_t; +typedef struct video_palette_t video_palette_t; + +/* Audio */ +typedef struct audio_output audio_output_t; +typedef struct aout_sys_t aout_sys_t; +typedef audio_format_t audio_sample_format_t; + +/* Video */ +typedef struct vout_thread_t vout_thread_t; + +typedef video_format_t video_frame_format_t; +typedef struct picture_t picture_t; +typedef struct picture_sys_t picture_sys_t; + +/* Subpictures */ +typedef struct spu_t spu_t; +typedef struct subpicture_t subpicture_t; +typedef struct subpicture_region_t subpicture_region_t; + +typedef struct image_handler_t image_handler_t; + +/* Stream output */ +typedef struct sout_instance_t sout_instance_t; + +typedef struct sout_input_t sout_input_t; +typedef struct sout_packetizer_input_t sout_packetizer_input_t; + +typedef struct sout_access_out_t sout_access_out_t; +typedef struct sout_access_out_sys_t sout_access_out_sys_t; + +typedef struct sout_mux_t sout_mux_t; +typedef struct sout_mux_sys_t sout_mux_sys_t; + +typedef struct sout_stream_t sout_stream_t; +typedef struct sout_stream_sys_t sout_stream_sys_t; + +typedef struct config_chain_t config_chain_t; +typedef struct session_descriptor_t session_descriptor_t; + +/* Decoders */ +typedef struct decoder_t decoder_t; +typedef struct decoder_sys_t decoder_sys_t; +typedef struct decoder_synchro_t decoder_synchro_t; + +/* Encoders */ +typedef struct encoder_t encoder_t; +typedef struct encoder_sys_t encoder_sys_t; + +/* Filters */ +typedef struct filter_t filter_t; +typedef struct filter_sys_t filter_sys_t; + +/* Network */ +typedef struct virtual_socket_t v_socket_t; +typedef struct vlc_url_t vlc_url_t; + +/* Misc */ +typedef struct iso639_lang_t iso639_lang_t; + +/* block */ +typedef struct block_t block_t; +typedef struct block_fifo_t block_fifo_t; + +/* Hashing */ +typedef struct md5_s md5_t; + +/* XML */ +typedef struct xml_t xml_t; +typedef struct xml_sys_t xml_sys_t; +typedef struct xml_reader_t xml_reader_t; +typedef struct xml_reader_sys_t xml_reader_sys_t; + +/* vod server */ +typedef struct vod_t vod_t; +typedef struct vod_sys_t vod_sys_t; +typedef struct vod_media_t vod_media_t; + +/* VLM */ +typedef struct vlm_t vlm_t; +typedef struct vlm_message_t vlm_message_t; + +/* misc */ +typedef struct vlc_meta_t vlc_meta_t; +typedef struct input_stats_t input_stats_t; +typedef struct addon_entry_t addon_entry_t; + +/* Update */ +typedef struct update_t update_t; + +/** + * VLC value structure + */ +typedef union +{ + int64_t i_int; + bool b_bool; + float f_float; + char * psz_string; + void * p_address; + vlc_object_t * p_object; + vlc_list_t * p_list; + mtime_t i_time; + struct { int32_t x; int32_t y; } coords; + +} vlc_value_t; + +/** + * VLC list structure + */ +struct vlc_list_t +{ + int i_count; + vlc_value_t * p_values; + int * pi_types; + +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Error values (shouldn't be exposed) + *****************************************************************************/ +#define VLC_SUCCESS (-0) /**< No error */ +#define VLC_EGENERIC (-1) /**< Unspecified error */ +#define VLC_ENOMEM (-2) /**< Not enough memory */ +#define VLC_ETIMEOUT (-3) /**< Timeout */ +#define VLC_ENOMOD (-4) /**< Module not found */ +#define VLC_ENOOBJ (-5) /**< Object not found */ +#define VLC_ENOVAR (-6) /**< Variable not found */ +#define VLC_EBADVAR (-7) /**< Bad variable value */ +#define VLC_ENOITEM (-8) /**< Item not found */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Variable callbacks + *****************************************************************************/ +typedef int ( * vlc_callback_t ) ( vlc_object_t *, /* variable's object */ + char const *, /* variable name */ + vlc_value_t, /* old value */ + vlc_value_t, /* new value */ + void * ); /* callback data */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * OS-specific headers and thread types + *****************************************************************************/ +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +# include +# ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX MAX_PATH +# endif +# include +#endif + +#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__ + #include +#endif + +#ifdef __OS2__ +# define OS2EMX_PLAIN_CHAR +# define INCL_BASE +# define INCL_PM +# include +# include +#endif + +#include "vlc_mtime.h" +#include "vlc_threads.h" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Common structure members + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS : members common to all basic vlc objects */ +#define VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS \ +/** \name VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS \ + * these members are common for all vlc objects \ + */ \ +/**@{*/ \ + const char *psz_object_type; \ + \ + /* Messages header */ \ + char *psz_header; \ + int i_flags; \ + \ + /* Object properties */ \ + bool b_force; /**< set by the outside (eg. module_need()) */ \ + \ + /* Stuff related to the libvlc structure */ \ + libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc; /**< (root of all evil) - 1 */ \ + \ + vlc_object_t * p_parent; /**< our parent */ \ + \ +/**@}*/ \ + +/* VLC_OBJECT: attempt at doing a clever cast */ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,0) +# ifndef __cplusplus +# define VLC_OBJECT( x ) \ + __builtin_choose_expr( \ + __builtin_offsetof(__typeof__(*(x)), psz_object_type), \ + (void)0 /* screw you */, \ + (vlc_object_t *)(x)) +# else +# define VLC_OBJECT( x ) \ + ((vlc_object_t *)(x) \ + + 0 * __builtin_offsetof(__typeof__(*(x)), psz_object_type)) +# endif +#else +# define VLC_OBJECT( x ) ((vlc_object_t *)(x)) +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Macros and inline functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* CEIL: division with round to nearest greater integer */ +#define CEIL(n, d) ( ((n) / (d)) + ( ((n) % (d)) ? 1 : 0) ) + +/* PAD: PAD(n, d) = CEIL(n ,d) * d */ +#define PAD(n, d) ( ((n) % (d)) ? ((((n) / (d)) + 1) * (d)) : (n) ) + +/* __MAX and __MIN: self explanatory */ +#ifndef __MAX +# define __MAX(a, b) ( ((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b) ) +#endif +#ifndef __MIN +# define __MIN(a, b) ( ((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b) ) +#endif + +/* clip v in [min, max] */ +#define VLC_CLIP(v, min, max) __MIN(__MAX((v), (min)), (max)) + +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t GCD ( int64_t a, int64_t b ) +{ + while( b ) + { + int64_t c = a % b; + a = b; + b = c; + } + return a; +} + +/* function imported from libavutil/common.h */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint8_t clip_uint8_vlc( int32_t a ) +{ + if( a&(~255) ) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** Count leading zeroes */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned clz (unsigned x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) + return __builtin_clz (x); +#else + unsigned i = sizeof (x) * 8; + + while (x) + { + x >>= 1; + i--; + } + return i; +#endif +} + +#define clz8( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint8_t)) * 8)) +#define clz16( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint16_t)) * 8)) +/* XXX: this assumes that int is 32-bits or more */ +#define clz32( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint32_t)) * 8)) + +/** Count trailing zeroes */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned ctz (unsigned x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) + return __builtin_ctz (x); +#else + unsigned i = sizeof (x) * 8; + + while (x) + { + x <<= 1; + i--; + } + return i; +#endif +} + +/** Bit weight */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned popcount (unsigned x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) + return __builtin_popcount (x); +#else + unsigned count = 0; + while (x) + { + count += x & 1; + x = x >> 1; + } + return count; +#endif +} + +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned parity (unsigned x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(3,4) + return __builtin_parity (x); +#else + for (unsigned i = 4 * sizeof (x); i > 0; i /= 2) + x ^= x >> i; + return x & 1; +#endif +} + +#ifdef __OS2__ +# undef bswap16 +# undef bswap32 +# undef bswap64 +#endif + +/** Byte swap (16 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t bswap16 (uint16_t x) +{ + return (x << 8) | (x >> 8); +} + +/** Byte swap (32 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t bswap32 (uint32_t x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,3) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_bswap32 (x); +#else + return ((x & 0x000000FF) << 24) + | ((x & 0x0000FF00) << 8) + | ((x & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) + | ((x & 0xFF000000) >> 24); +#endif +} + +/** Byte swap (64 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t bswap64 (uint64_t x) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,3) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_bswap64 (x); +#elif !defined (__cplusplus) + return ((x & 0x00000000000000FF) << 56) + | ((x & 0x000000000000FF00) << 40) + | ((x & 0x0000000000FF0000) << 24) + | ((x & 0x00000000FF000000) << 8) + | ((x & 0x000000FF00000000) >> 8) + | ((x & 0x0000FF0000000000) >> 24) + | ((x & 0x00FF000000000000) >> 40) + | ((x & 0xFF00000000000000) >> 56); +#else + return ((x & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) + | ((x & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) + | ((x & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) + | ((x & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) + | ((x & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) + | ((x & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) + | ((x & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) + | ((x & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56); +#endif +} + + +/* Free and set set the variable to NULL */ +#define FREENULL(a) do { free( a ); a = NULL; } while(0) + +#define EMPTY_STR(str) (!str || !*str) + +VLC_API char const * vlc_error( int ) VLC_USED; + +#include + +/* MSB (big endian)/LSB (little endian) conversions - network order is always + * MSB, and should be used for both network communications and files. */ + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define hton16(i) ((uint16_t)(i)) +# define hton32(i) ((uint32_t)(i)) +# define hton64(i) ((uint64_t)(i)) +#else +# define hton16(i) bswap16(i) +# define hton32(i) bswap32(i) +# define hton64(i) bswap64(i) +#endif +#define ntoh16(i) hton16(i) +#define ntoh32(i) hton32(i) +#define ntoh64(i) hton64(i) + +/** Reads 16 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t U16_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint16_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh16 (x); +} + +/** Reads 32 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t U32_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint32_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh32 (x); +} + +/** Reads 64 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t U64_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint64_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh64 (x); +} + +#define GetWBE(p) U16_AT(p) +#define GetDWBE(p) U32_AT(p) +#define GetQWBE(p) U64_AT(p) + +/** Reads 16 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t GetWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint16_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap16 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Reads 32 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t GetDWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint32_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap32 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Reads 64 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t GetQWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint64_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap64 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Writes 16 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetWBE (void *p, uint16_t w) +{ + w = hton16 (w); + memcpy (p, &w, sizeof (w)); +} + +/** Writes 32 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetDWBE (void *p, uint32_t dw) +{ + dw = hton32 (dw); + memcpy (p, &dw, sizeof (dw)); +} + +/** Writes 64 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetQWBE (void *p, uint64_t qw) +{ + qw = hton64 (qw); + memcpy (p, &qw, sizeof (qw)); +} + +/** Writes 16 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetWLE (void *p, uint16_t w) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + w = bswap16 (w); +#endif + memcpy (p, &w, sizeof (w)); +} + +/** Writes 32 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetDWLE (void *p, uint32_t dw) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + dw = bswap32 (dw); +#endif + memcpy (p, &dw, sizeof (dw)); +} + +/** Writes 64 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetQWLE (void *p, uint64_t qw) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + qw = bswap64 (qw); +#endif + memcpy (p, &qw, sizeof (qw)); +} + +/* */ +#define VLC_UNUSED(x) (void)(x) + +/* Stuff defined in src/extras/libc.c */ + +#if defined(_WIN32) +/* several type definitions */ +# if defined( __MINGW32__ ) +# if !defined( _OFF_T_ ) + typedef long long _off_t; + typedef _off_t off_t; +# define _OFF_T_ +# else +# ifdef off_t +# undef off_t +# endif +# define off_t long long +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef O_NONBLOCK +# define O_NONBLOCK 0 +# endif + +# include +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +VLC_API bool vlc_ureduce( unsigned *, unsigned *, uint64_t, uint64_t, uint64_t ); + +/* Aligned memory allocator */ +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __MINGW32__ +# define vlc_memalign(align, size) (__mingw_aligned_malloc(size, align)) +# define vlc_free(base) (__mingw_aligned_free(base)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define vlc_memalign(align, size) (_aligned_malloc(size, align)) +# define vlc_free(base) (_aligned_free(base)) +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6) +static inline void *vlc_memalign(size_t align, size_t size) +{ + long diff; + void *ptr; + + ptr = malloc(size+align); + if(!ptr) + return ptr; + diff = ((-(long)ptr - 1)&(align-1)) + 1; + ptr = (char*)ptr + diff; + ((char*)ptr)[-1]= diff; + return ptr; +} + +static void vlc_free(void *ptr) +{ + if (ptr) + free((char*)ptr - ((char*)ptr)[-1]); +} +#else +static inline void *vlc_memalign(size_t align, size_t size) +{ + void *base; + if (unlikely(posix_memalign(&base, align, size))) + base = NULL; + return base; +} +# define vlc_free(base) free(base) +#endif + +VLC_API void vlc_tdestroy( void *, void (*)(void *) ); + +/***************************************************************************** + * I18n stuff + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API char *vlc_gettext( const char *msgid ) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(1); +VLC_API char *vlc_ngettext( const char *s, const char *p, unsigned long n ) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(1) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(2); + +#define vlc_pgettext( ctx, id ) \ + vlc_pgettext_aux( ctx "\004" id, id ) + +VLC_FORMAT_ARG(2) +static inline const char *vlc_pgettext_aux( const char *ctx, const char *id ) +{ + const char *tr = vlc_gettext( ctx ); + return (tr == ctx) ? id : tr; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Loosy memory allocation functions. Do not use in new code. + *****************************************************************************/ +static inline void *xmalloc (size_t len) +{ + void *ptr = malloc (len); + if (unlikely (ptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +static inline void *xrealloc (void *ptr, size_t len) +{ + void *nptr = realloc (ptr, len); + if (unlikely (nptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return nptr; +} + +static inline void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t size) +{ + void *ptr = calloc (n, size); + if (unlikely (ptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +static inline char *xstrdup (const char *str) +{ + char *ptr = strdup (str); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc features + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API const char * VLC_CompileBy( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * VLC_CompileHost( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * VLC_Compiler( void ) VLC_USED; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Additional vlc stuff + *****************************************************************************/ +#include "vlc_messages.h" +#include "vlc_objects.h" +#include "vlc_variables.h" +#include "vlc_main.h" +#include "vlc_configuration.h" + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined( __SYMBIAN32__ ) || defined( __OS2__ ) +# define DIR_SEP_CHAR '\\' +# define DIR_SEP "\\" +# define PATH_SEP_CHAR ';' +# define PATH_SEP ";" +#else +# define DIR_SEP_CHAR '/' +# define DIR_SEP "/" +# define PATH_SEP_CHAR ':' +# define PATH_SEP ":" +#endif + +#define LICENSE_MSG \ + _("This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by " \ + "law.\nYou may redistribute it under the terms of the GNU General " \ + "Public License;\nsee the file named COPYING for details.\n" \ + "Written by the VideoLAN team; see the AUTHORS file.\n") + +#endif /* !VLC_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_config.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50b4887 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_config.h: limits and configuration + * Defines all compilation-time configuration constants and size limits + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines of values used in interface, vout, aout and vlc core functions. + */ + +/* Conventions regarding names of symbols and variables + * ---------------------------------------------------- + * + * - Symbols should begin with a prefix indicating in which module they are + * used, such as INTF_, VOUT_ or AOUT_. + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * General configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* All timestamp below or equal to this define are invalid/unset + * XXX the numerical value is 0 because of historical reason and will change.*/ +#define VLC_TS_INVALID INT64_C(0) +#define VLC_TS_0 INT64_C(1) + +#define CLOCK_FREQ INT64_C(1000000) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Interface configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Base delay in micro second for interface sleeps */ +#define INTF_IDLE_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/20) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Input thread configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Used in ErrorThread */ +#define INPUT_IDLE_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/10) + +/* + * General limitations + */ + +/* Duration between the time we receive the data packet, and the time we will + * mark it to be presented */ +#define DEFAULT_PTS_DELAY (3*CLOCK_FREQ/10) + +/***************************************************************************** + * SPU configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Buffer must avoid arriving more than SPU_MAX_PREPARE_TIME in advanced to + * the SPU */ +#define SPU_MAX_PREPARE_TIME (CLOCK_FREQ/2) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Video configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Default settings for video output threads + */ + +/* Multiplier value for aspect ratio calculation (2^7 * 3^3 * 5^3) */ +#define VOUT_ASPECT_FACTOR 432000 + +/* Maximum width of a scaled source picture - this should be relatively high, + * since higher stream values will result in no display at all. */ +#define VOUT_MAX_WIDTH 4096 + +/* Number of planes in a picture */ +#define VOUT_MAX_PLANES 5 + +/* + * Time settings + */ + +/* Time to sleep when waiting for a buffer (from vout or the video fifo). + * It should be approximately the time needed to perform a complete picture + * loop. Since it only happens when the video heap is full, it does not need + * to be too low, even if it blocks the decoder. */ +#define VOUT_OUTMEM_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/50) + +/* The default video output window title */ +#define VOUT_TITLE "VLC" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Messages and console interfaces configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Maximal depth of the object tree output by vlc_dumpstructure */ +#define MAX_DUMPSTRUCTURE_DEPTH 100 diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..225e026 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_config_cat.h : Definition of configuration categories + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 00d7352f061379bd7eca6cbfea6af347dd5ea0cb $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Anil Daoud + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HELP_H +#define VLC_HELP_H 1 +# include + +/* + * First, we need help strings for the General Settings and for the + * Plugins screen + */ +#define MAIN_TITLE N_( "VLC preferences" ) +#define MAIN_HELP N_( \ + "Select \"Advanced Options\" to see all options." ) + +/* Interface */ +#define INTF_TITLE N_("Interface") +#define INTF_HELP N_( "Settings for VLC's interfaces" ) + +#define INTF_GENERAL_HELP N_( "Main interfaces settings" ) + +#define INTF_MAIN_TITLE N_( "Main interfaces" ) +#define INTF_MAIN_HELP N_( "Settings for the main interface" ) + +#define INTF_CONTROL_TITLE N_( "Control interfaces" ) +#define INTF_CONTROL_HELP N_( "Settings for VLC's control interfaces" ) + +#define INTF_HOTKEYS_TITLE N_( "Hotkeys settings" ) +#define INTF_HOTKEYS_HELP N_( "Hotkeys settings" ) + +/* Audio */ +#define AUDIO_TITLE N_( "Audio" ) +#define AUDIO_HELP N_( "Audio settings" ) + +#define AUDIO_GENERAL_HELP N_("General audio settings") + +#define AFILTER_TITLE N_("Filters") +#define AFILTER_HELP N_( "Audio filters are used to process the audio stream." ) + +#define AVISUAL_TITLE N_("Visualizations") +#define AVISUAL_HELP N_( "Audio visualizations" ) + +#define AOUT_TITLE N_( "Output modules" ) +#define AOUT_HELP N_("General settings for audio output modules.") + +#define AMISC_TITLE N_("Miscellaneous") +#define AMISC_HELP N_( "Miscellaneous audio settings and modules." ) + +/* Video */ +#define VIDEO_TITLE N_("Video") +#define VIDEO_HELP N_("Video settings") + +#define VIDEO_GENERAL_HELP N_( "General video settings" ) + +#define _VOUT_TITLE N_("Output modules" ) +#define VOUT_HELP N_("General settings for video output modules.") + +#define VFILTER_TITLE N_("Filters" ) +#define VFILTER_HELP N_("Video filters are used to process the video stream." ) + +#define SUBPIC_TITLE N_( "Subtitles / OSD") +#define SUBPIC_HELP N_( "Settings related to On-Screen-Display,"\ + " subtitles and \"overlay subpictures\"") +/* +#define TEXT_HELP N_( \ + "Use the settings of the \"freetype\" module to choose the font you " \ + "want VLC to use for text rendering (to display subtitles for example).") +*/ +/* Input */ +#define INPUT_TITLE N_( "Input / Codecs" ) +#define INPUT_HELP N_( "Settings for input, demultiplexing, " \ + "decoding and encoding") + +#define ACCESS_TITLE N_( "Access modules" ) +#define ACCESS_HELP N_( \ + "Settings related to the various access methods. " \ + "Common settings you may want to alter are HTTP proxy or " \ + "caching settings." ) + +#define STREAM_FILTER_TITLE N_( "Stream filters" ) +#define STREAM_FILTER_HELP N_( \ + "Stream filters are special modules that allow advanced operations on " \ + "the input side of VLC. Use with care..." ) + +#define DEMUX_TITLE N_("Demuxers") +#define DEMUX_HELP N_( "Demuxers are used to separate audio and video streams." ) + +#define VDEC_TITLE N_( "Video codecs" ) +#define VDEC_HELP N_( "Settings for the video, images or video+audio decoders and encoders." ) + +#define ADEC_TITLE N_( "Audio codecs" ) +#define ADEC_HELP N_( "Settings for the audio-only decoders and encoders." ) + +#define SDEC_TITLE N_( "Subtitle codecs") +#define SDEC_HELP N_( "Settings for subtitle, teletext and CC decoders and encoders." ) + +#define ADVANCED_HELP N_( "General input settings. Use with care..." ) + +/* Sout */ +#define SOUT_TITLE N_( "Stream output" ) +#define SOUT_HELP N_( \ + "Stream output settings are used when acting as a streaming server " \ + "or when saving incoming streams.\n" \ + "Streams are first muxed and then sent through an \"access output\" "\ + "module that can either save the stream to a file, or stream " \ + "it (UDP, HTTP, RTP/RTSP).\n" \ + "Sout streams modules allow advanced stream processing (transcoding, "\ + "duplicating...).") + +#define SOUT_GENERAL_HELP N_( "General stream output settings") + +#define SOUT_MUX_TITLE N_( "Muxers" ) +#define SOUT_MUX_HELP N_( \ + "Muxers create the encapsulation formats that are used to " \ + "put all the elementary streams (video, audio, ...) " \ + "together. This setting allows you to always force a specific muxer. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each muxer." ) + +#define SOUT_ACO_TITLE N_( "Access output" ) +#define SOUT_ACO_HELP N_( \ + "Access output modules control the ways the muxed streams are sent. " \ + "This setting allows you to always force a specific access output method. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each access output.") + +#define SOUT_PACKET_TITLE N_( "Packetizers" ) +#define SOUT_PACKET_HELP N_( \ + "Packetizers are used to \"preprocess\" the elementary "\ + "streams before muxing. " \ + "This setting allows you to always force a packetizer. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each packetizer." ) + +#define SOUT_STREAM_TITLE N_("Sout stream") +#define SOUT_STREAM_HELP N_( "Sout stream modules allow to build a sout " \ + "processing chain. Please refer to the Streaming Howto for " \ + "more information. You can configure default options for " \ + "each sout stream module here.") + +#define SOUT_VOD_TITLE N_( "VOD" ) +#define SOUT_VOD_HELP N_( "VLC's implementation of Video On Demand" ) + + +/* Playlist */ +#define PLAYLIST_TITLE N_( "Playlist" ) +#define PLAYLIST_HELP N_( "Settings related to playlist behaviour " \ + "(e.g. playback mode) and to modules that automatically add "\ + "items to the playlist (\"service discovery\" modules).") + +#define PGENERAL_HELP N_( "General playlist behaviour") +#define SD_TITLE N_("Services discovery") +#define SD_HELP N_("Services discovery modules are facilities "\ + "that automatically add items to playlist.") + +/* Advanced */ +#define AADVANCED_TITLE N_( "Advanced" ) +#define AADVANCED_HELP N_( "Advanced settings. Use with care...") + +#define MISC_TITLE N_( "Advanced settings" ) + +/* This function is deprecated and is kept only for compatibility */ +static const struct config_category_t categories_array[] = +{ + /* Interface */ + { CAT_INTERFACE, INTF_TITLE, INTF_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_GENERAL, INTF_TITLE, INTF_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_MAIN, INTF_MAIN_TITLE, INTF_MAIN_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_CONTROL, INTF_CONTROL_TITLE, INTF_CONTROL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_HOTKEYS, INTF_HOTKEYS_TITLE, INTF_HOTKEYS_HELP }, + + { CAT_AUDIO, AUDIO_TITLE, AUDIO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_GENERAL, AUDIO_TITLE, AUDIO_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_AOUT, AOUT_TITLE, AOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_AFILTER, AFILTER_TITLE, AFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_VISUAL, AVISUAL_TITLE, AVISUAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_MISC, AMISC_TITLE, AMISC_HELP }, + + { CAT_VIDEO, VIDEO_TITLE, VIDEO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_GENERAL, VIDEO_TITLE, VIDEO_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_VOUT, _VOUT_TITLE, VOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_VFILTER, VFILTER_TITLE, VFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_SUBPIC, SUBPIC_TITLE, SUBPIC_HELP }, + + { CAT_INPUT, INPUT_TITLE, INPUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_GENERAL, INPUT_TITLE, INPUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_ACCESS, ACCESS_TITLE, ACCESS_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_DEMUX, DEMUX_TITLE, DEMUX_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_VCODEC, VDEC_TITLE, VDEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_ACODEC, ADEC_TITLE, ADEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_SCODEC, SDEC_TITLE, SDEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_STREAM_FILTER, STREAM_FILTER_TITLE, STREAM_FILTER_HELP }, + + { CAT_SOUT, SOUT_TITLE, SOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_GENERAL, SOUT_TITLE, SOUT_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_STREAM, SOUT_STREAM_TITLE, SOUT_STREAM_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_MUX, SOUT_MUX_TITLE, SOUT_MUX_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_ACO, SOUT_ACO_TITLE, SOUT_ACO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_PACKETIZER, SOUT_PACKET_TITLE, SOUT_PACKET_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_VOD, SOUT_VOD_TITLE, SOUT_VOD_HELP }, + + { CAT_PLAYLIST, PLAYLIST_TITLE , PLAYLIST_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_GENERAL, PLAYLIST_TITLE, PGENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_SD, SD_TITLE, SD_HELP }, + + { CAT_ADVANCED, AADVANCED_TITLE, AADVANCED_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_ADVANCED_MISC, MISC_TITLE, AADVANCED_HELP }, + + { -1, NULL, NULL } +}; + +VLC_USED +static inline const char *config_CategoryNameGet( int i_value ) +{ + int i = 0; + while( categories_array[i].psz_name != NULL ) + { + if( categories_array[i].i_id == i_value ) + { + return vlc_gettext(categories_array[i].psz_name); + } + i++; + } + return NULL; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline const char *config_CategoryHelpGet( int i_value ) +{ + int i = 0; + while( categories_array[i].psz_help != NULL ) + { + if( categories_array[i].i_id == i_value ) + { + return vlc_gettext(categories_array[i].psz_help); + } + i++; + } + return NULL; +} + +#endif /* VLC_HELP_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_configuration.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..778e422 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_configuration.h : configuration management module + * This file describes the programming interface for the configuration module. + * It includes functions allowing to declare, get or set configuration options. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fe0aba5ca8b9d5bb60afd0ac9027d023b1862f2f $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CONFIGURATION_H +#define VLC_CONFIGURATION_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file describes the programming interface for the configuration module. + * It includes functions allowing to declare, get or set configuration options. + */ + +#include /* for ssize_t */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct config_category_t +{ + int i_id; + const char *psz_name; + const char *psz_help; +}; + +typedef union +{ + char *psz; + int64_t i; + float f; +} module_value_t; + +typedef int (*vlc_string_list_cb)(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + char ***, char ***); +typedef int (*vlc_integer_list_cb)(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + int64_t **, char ***); + +struct module_config_t +{ + uint8_t i_type; /* Configuration type */ + char i_short; /* Optional short option name */ + unsigned b_advanced:1; /* Advanced option */ + unsigned b_internal:1; /* Hidden from prefs and help */ + unsigned b_unsaveable:1; /* Not stored in configuration */ + unsigned b_safe:1; /* Safe in web plugins and playlists */ + unsigned b_removed:1; /* Deprecated */ + + char *psz_type; /* Configuration subtype */ + char *psz_name; /* Option name */ + char *psz_text; /* Short comment on the configuration option */ + char *psz_longtext; /* Long comment on the configuration option */ + + module_value_t value; /* Option value */ + module_value_t orig; + module_value_t min; + module_value_t max; + + /* Values list */ + uint16_t list_count; /* Options list size */ + union + { + char **psz; /* List of possible values for the option */ + int *i; + vlc_string_list_cb psz_cb; + vlc_integer_list_cb i_cb; + } list; + char **list_text; /* Friendly names for list values */ +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes - these methods are used to get, set or manipulate configuration + * data. + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int config_GetType(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int64_t config_GetInt(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void config_PutInt(vlc_object_t *, const char *, int64_t); +VLC_API float config_GetFloat(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void config_PutFloat(vlc_object_t *, const char *, float); +VLC_API char * config_GetPsz(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API void config_PutPsz(vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *); +VLC_API int config_GetIntChoices(vlc_object_t *, const char *, int64_t **, char ***) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int config_GetPszChoices(vlc_object_t *, const char *, char ***, char ***) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int config_SaveConfigFile( vlc_object_t * ); +#define config_SaveConfigFile(a) config_SaveConfigFile(VLC_OBJECT(a)) + +VLC_API void config_ResetAll( vlc_object_t * ); +#define config_ResetAll(a) config_ResetAll(VLC_OBJECT(a)) + +VLC_API module_config_t * config_FindConfig( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * config_GetDataDir(void) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API char *config_GetLibDir(void) VLC_USED; + +typedef enum vlc_userdir +{ + VLC_HOME_DIR, /* User's home */ + VLC_CONFIG_DIR, /* VLC-specific configuration directory */ + VLC_DATA_DIR, /* VLC-specific data directory */ + VLC_CACHE_DIR, /* VLC-specific user cached data directory */ + /* Generic directories (same as XDG) */ + VLC_DESKTOP_DIR=0x80, + VLC_DOWNLOAD_DIR, + VLC_TEMPLATES_DIR, + VLC_PUBLICSHARE_DIR, + VLC_DOCUMENTS_DIR, + VLC_MUSIC_DIR, + VLC_PICTURES_DIR, + VLC_VIDEOS_DIR, +} vlc_userdir_t; + +VLC_API char * config_GetUserDir( vlc_userdir_t ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API void config_AddIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +VLC_API void config_RemoveIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +VLC_API bool config_ExistIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +#define config_GetType(a,b) config_GetType(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_GetInt(a,b) config_GetInt(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutInt(a,b,c) config_PutInt(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define config_GetFloat(a,b) config_GetFloat(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutFloat(a,b,c) config_PutFloat(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define config_GetPsz(a,b) config_GetPsz(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutPsz(a,b,c) config_PutPsz(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +#define config_AddIntf(a,b) config_AddIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_RemoveIntf(a,b) config_RemoveIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_ExistIntf(a,b) config_ExistIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/**************************************************************************** + * config_chain_t: + ****************************************************************************/ +struct config_chain_t +{ + config_chain_t *p_next; /**< Pointer on the next config_chain_t element */ + + char *psz_name; /**< Option name */ + char *psz_value; /**< Option value */ +}; + +/** + * This function will + * - create all options in the array ppsz_options (var_Create). + * - parse the given linked list of config_chain_t and set the value (var_Set). + * + * The option names will be created by adding the psz_prefix prefix. + */ +VLC_API void config_ChainParse( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_prefix, const char *const *ppsz_options, config_chain_t * ); +#define config_ChainParse( a, b, c, d ) config_ChainParse( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) + +/** + * This function will parse a configuration string (psz_opts) and + * - set all options for this module in a chained list (*pp_cfg) + * - returns a pointer on the next module if any. + * + * The string format is + * module{option=*,option=*} + * + * The options values are unescaped using config_StringUnescape. + */ +VLC_API const char *config_ChainParseOptions( config_chain_t **pp_cfg, const char *ppsz_opts ); + +/** + * This function will parse a configuration string (psz_string) and + * - set the module name (*ppsz_name) + * - set all options for this module in a chained list (*pp_cfg) + * - returns a pointer on the next module if any. + * + * The string format is + * module{option=*,option=*}[:modulenext{option=*,...}] + * + * The options values are unescaped using config_StringUnescape. + */ +VLC_API char *config_ChainCreate( char **ppsz_name, config_chain_t **pp_cfg, const char *psz_string ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * This function will release a linked list of config_chain_t + * (Including the head) + */ +VLC_API void config_ChainDestroy( config_chain_t * ); + +/** + * This function will duplicate a linked list of config_chain_t + */ +VLC_API config_chain_t * config_ChainDuplicate( const config_chain_t * ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * This function will unescape a string in place and will return a pointer on + * the given string. + * No memory is allocated by it (unlike config_StringEscape). + * If NULL is given as parameter nothing will be done (NULL will be returned). + * + * The following sequences will be unescaped (only one time): + * \\ \' and \" + */ +VLC_API char * config_StringUnescape( char *psz_string ); + +/** + * This function will escape a string that can be unescaped by + * config_StringUnescape. + * The returned value is allocated by it. You have to free it once you + * do not need it anymore (unlike config_StringUnescape). + * If NULL is given as parameter nothing will be done (NULL will be returned). + * + * The escaped characters are ' " and \ + */ +VLC_API char * config_StringEscape( const char *psz_string ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_CONFIGURATION_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_cpu.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..910900a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_cpu.h: CPU capabilities + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file provides CPU features detection. + */ + +#ifndef VLC_CPU_H +# define VLC_CPU_H 1 + +VLC_API unsigned vlc_CPU(void); + +# if defined (__i386__) || defined (__x86_64__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# define VLC_CPU_MMX 0x00000008 +# define VLC_CPU_3dNOW 0x00000010 +# define VLC_CPU_MMXEXT 0x00000020 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE 0x00000040 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE2 0x00000080 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE3 0x00000100 +# define VLC_CPU_SSSE3 0x00000200 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4_1 0x00000400 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4_2 0x00000800 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4A 0x00001000 +# define VLC_CPU_AVX 0x00002000 +# define VLC_CPU_AVX2 0x00004000 +# define VLC_CPU_XOP 0x00008000 +# define VLC_CPU_FMA4 0x00010000 + +# if defined (__MMX__) +# define vlc_CPU_MMX() (1) +# define VLC_MMX +# else +# define vlc_CPU_MMX() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_MMX) != 0) +# if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4, 4) || defined(__clang__) +# define VLC_MMX __attribute__ ((__target__ ("mmx"))) +# else +# define VLC_MMX VLC_MMX_is_not_implemented_on_this_compiler +# endif +# endif + +# if defined (__SSE__) +# define vlc_CPU_MMXEXT() (1) +# define vlc_CPU_SSE() (1) +# define VLC_SSE +# else +# define vlc_CPU_MMXEXT() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_MMXEXT) != 0) +# define vlc_CPU_SSE() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE) != 0) +# if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4, 4) || defined(__clang__) +# define VLC_SSE __attribute__ ((__target__ ("sse"))) +# else +# define VLC_SSE VLC_SSE_is_not_implemented_on_this_compiler +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE2__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE3__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE3() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE3() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE3) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSSE3__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSSE3() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSSE3() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSSE3) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4_1__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_1() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_1() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4_1) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4_2__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4_2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4A__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4A() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4A() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4A) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __AVX__ +# define vlc_CPU_AVX() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_AVX() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_AVX) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __AVX2__ +# define vlc_CPU_AVX2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_AVX2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_AVX2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __3dNOW__ +# define vlc_CPU_3dNOW() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_3dNOW() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_3dNOW) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __XOP__ +# define vlc_CPU_XOP() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_XOP() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_XOP) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __FMA4__ +# define vlc_CPU_FMA4() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_FMA4() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_FMA4) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__ppc__) || defined (__ppc64__) || defined (__powerpc__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# define VLC_CPU_ALTIVEC 2 + +# ifdef ALTIVEC +# define vlc_CPU_ALTIVEC() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ALTIVEC() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ALTIVEC) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__arm__) +# if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined (__SOFTFP__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# else +# define HAVE_FPU 0 +# endif +# define VLC_CPU_ARMv6 4 +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_NEON 2 + +# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_7A__) +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 7 +# elif defined (__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 6 +# else +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 4 +# endif + +# if (VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH >= 6) +# define vlc_CPU_ARMv6() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ARMv6() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ARMv6) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __ARM_NEON__ +# define vlc_CPU_ARM_NEON() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ARM_NEON() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ARM_NEON) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__aarch64__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# elif defined (__sparc__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# elif defined (__mips_hard_float) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# else +/** + * Are single precision floating point operations "fast"? + * If this preprocessor constant is zero, floating point should be avoided + * (especially relevant for audio codecs). + */ +# define HAVE_FPU 0 + +# endif + +#endif /* !VLC_CPU_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_demux.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_demux.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4cd49ce --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_demux.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_demux.h: Demuxer descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 0dcee0dffe2ac9dafdc9fe8fd5fa363a64cb85e1 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_DEMUX_H +#define VLC_DEMUX_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This files defines functions and structures used by demux objects in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup demux Demux + * @{ + */ + +struct demux_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* eg informative but needed (we can have access+demux) */ + char *psz_access; + char *psz_demux; + char *psz_location; + char *psz_file; + + /* input stream */ + stream_t *s; /* NULL in case of a access+demux in one */ + + /* es output */ + es_out_t *out; /* our p_es_out */ + + /* set by demuxer */ + int (*pf_demux) ( demux_t * ); /* demux one frame only */ + int (*pf_control)( demux_t *, int i_query, va_list args); + + /* Demux has to maintain them uptodate + * when it is responsible of seekpoint/title */ + struct + { + unsigned int i_update; /* Demux sets them on change, + Input removes them once take into account*/ + /* Seekpoint/Title at demux level */ + int i_title; /* idem, start from 0 (could be menu) */ + int i_seekpoint; /* idem, start from 0 */ + } info; + demux_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +/* demux_t.info.i_update field */ +#define INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE 0x0010 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_SEEKPOINT 0x0020 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_META 0x0040 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE_LIST 0x0100 + +/* demux_meta_t is returned by "meta reader" module to the demuxer */ +typedef struct demux_meta_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + demux_t *p_demux; /** FIXME: use stream_t instead? */ + input_item_t *p_item; /***< the input item that is being read */ + + vlc_meta_t *p_meta; /**< meta data */ + + int i_attachments; /**< number of attachments */ + input_attachment_t **attachments; /**< array of attachments */ +} demux_meta_t; + +enum demux_query_e +{ + /* I. Common queries to access_demux and demux */ + /* POSITION double between 0.0 and 1.0 */ + DEMUX_GET_POSITION, /* arg1= double * res= */ + DEMUX_SET_POSITION, /* arg1= double arg2= bool b_precise res=can fail */ + + /* LENGTH/TIME in microsecond, 0 if unknown */ + DEMUX_GET_LENGTH, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + DEMUX_GET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + DEMUX_SET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t arg2= bool b_precise res=can fail */ + + /* TITLE_INFO only if more than 1 title or 1 chapter */ + DEMUX_GET_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t*** arg2=int* + arg3=int*pi_title_offset(0), arg4=int*pi_seekpoint_offset(0) can fail */ + /* TITLE/SEEKPOINT, only when TITLE_INFO succeed */ + DEMUX_SET_TITLE, /* arg1= int can fail */ + DEMUX_SET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /* DEMUX_SET_GROUP/SET_ES only a hint for demuxer (mainly DVB) to allow not + * reading everything (you should not use this to call es_out_Control) + * if you don't know what to do with it, just IGNORE it, it is safe(r) + * -1 means all group, 0 default group (first es added) */ + DEMUX_SET_GROUP, /* arg1= int, arg2=const vlc_list_t * can fail */ + DEMUX_SET_ES, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /* Ask the demux to demux until the given date at the next pf_demux call + * but not more (and not less, at the precision available of course). + * XXX: not mandatory (except for subtitle demux) but will help a lot + * for multi-input + */ + DEMUX_SET_NEXT_DEMUX_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t can fail */ + /* FPS for correct subtitles handling */ + DEMUX_GET_FPS, /* arg1= double * res=can fail */ + + /* Meta data */ + DEMUX_GET_META, /* arg1= vlc_meta_t ** res=can fail */ + DEMUX_HAS_UNSUPPORTED_META, /* arg1= bool * res can fail */ + + /* Attachments */ + DEMUX_GET_ATTACHMENTS, /* arg1=input_attachment_t***, int* res=can fail */ + + /* RECORD you are ensured that it is never called twice with the same state + * you should accept it only if the stream can be recorded without + * any modification or header addition. */ + DEMUX_CAN_RECORD, /* arg1=bool* res=can fail(assume false) */ + DEMUX_SET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool res=can fail */ + + DEMUX_GET_SIGNAL, /* arg1=double *pf_quality, arg2=double *pf_strength + res=can fail */ + + /* II. Specific access_demux queries */ + /* PAUSE you are ensured that it is never called twice with the same state */ + DEMUX_CAN_PAUSE = 0x1000, /* arg1= bool* can fail (assume false)*/ + DEMUX_SET_PAUSE_STATE, /* arg1= bool can fail */ + + DEMUX_GET_PTS_DELAY, /* arg1= int64_t* cannot fail */ + + /* DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE returns true (*pb_pace) if we can read the + * data at our pace */ + DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE, /* arg1= bool*pb_pace can fail (assume false) */ + + /* DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE is called only if DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE has returned false. + * *pb_rate should be true when the rate can be changed (using DEMUX_SET_RATE) + * *pb_ts_rescale should be true when the timestamps (pts/dts/pcr) have to be rescaled */ + DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE, /* arg1= bool*pb_rate arg2= bool*pb_ts_rescale can fail(assume false) */ + /* DEMUX_SET_RATE is called only if DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE has returned true. + * It should return the value really used in *pi_rate */ + DEMUX_SET_RATE, /* arg1= int*pi_rate can fail */ + + DEMUX_CAN_SEEK, /* arg1= bool* can fail (assume false)*/ + + /* Navigation */ + DEMUX_NAV_ACTIVATE, /* res=can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_UP, /* res=can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_DOWN, /* res=can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_LEFT, /* res=can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_RIGHT, /* res=can fail */ +}; + +VLC_API int demux_vaControlHelper( stream_t *, int64_t i_start, int64_t i_end, int64_t i_bitrate, int i_align, int i_query, va_list args ); + +static inline void demux_UpdateTitleFromStream( demux_t *demux ) +{ + stream_t *s = demux->s; + unsigned title, seekpoint; + + if( stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_TITLE, &title ) == VLC_SUCCESS + && title != (unsigned)demux->info.i_title ) + { + demux->info.i_title = title; + demux->info.i_update |= INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE; + } + + if( stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_SEEKPOINT, &seekpoint ) == VLC_SUCCESS + && seekpoint != (unsigned)demux->info.i_seekpoint ) + { + demux->info.i_seekpoint = seekpoint; + demux->info.i_update |= INPUT_UPDATE_SEEKPOINT; + } +} + +/************************************************************************* + * Miscellaneous helpers for demuxers + *************************************************************************/ + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsPathExtension( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_extension ) +{ + const char *name = (p_demux->psz_file != NULL) ? p_demux->psz_file + : p_demux->psz_location; + const char *psz_ext = strrchr ( name, '.' ); + if( !psz_ext || strcasecmp( psz_ext, psz_extension ) ) + return false; + return true; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsForced( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_name ) +{ + if( !p_demux->psz_demux || strcmp( p_demux->psz_demux, psz_name ) ) + return false; + return true; +} + +/** + * This function will create a packetizer suitable for a demuxer that parses + * elementary stream. + * + * The provided es_format_t will be cleaned on error or by + * demux_PacketizerDestroy. + */ +VLC_API decoder_t * demux_PacketizerNew( demux_t *p_demux, es_format_t *p_fmt, const char *psz_msg ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will destroy a packetizer create by demux_PacketizerNew. + */ +VLC_API void demux_PacketizerDestroy( decoder_t *p_packetizer ); + +/** + * This function will return the parent input of this demux. + * It is retained. Can return NULL. + */ +VLC_API input_thread_t * demux_GetParentInput( demux_t *p_demux ) VLC_USED; + +/* */ +#define DEMUX_INIT_COMMON() do { \ + p_demux->pf_control = Control; \ + p_demux->pf_demux = Demux; \ + p_demux->p_sys = calloc( 1, sizeof( demux_sys_t ) ); \ + if( !p_demux->p_sys ) return VLC_ENOMEM;\ + } while(0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_dialog.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..168bea4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_dialog.h: user interaction dialogs + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_DIALOG_H_ +#define VLC_DIALOG_H_ +# include + +/** + * \file vlc_dialog.h + * User interaction dialog APIs + */ + +/** + * A fatal error dialog. + * No response expected from the user. + */ +typedef struct dialog_fatal_t +{ + const char *title; + const char *message; +} dialog_fatal_t; + +VLC_API void dialog_VFatal(vlc_object_t *, bool, const char *, const char *, va_list); + +static inline VLC_FORMAT(3, 4) +void dialog_Fatal (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *title, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start (ap, fmt); + dialog_VFatal(obj, false, title, fmt, ap); + va_end (ap); +} +#define dialog_Fatal(o, t, ...) \ + dialog_Fatal(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, __VA_ARGS__) + +static inline VLC_FORMAT(3, 4) +void dialog_FatalWait (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *title, + const char *fmt, ...){ + va_list ap; + + va_start (ap, fmt); + dialog_VFatal(obj, true, title, fmt, ap); + va_end (ap); +} +#define dialog_FatalWait(o, t, ...) \ + dialog_FatalWait(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, __VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * A login dialog. + */ +typedef struct dialog_login_t +{ + const char *title; + const char *message; + char **username; + char **password; +} dialog_login_t; + +VLC_API void dialog_Login(vlc_object_t *, char **, char **, const char *, const char *, ...) VLC_FORMAT (5, 6); +#define dialog_Login(o, u, p, t, ...) \ + dialog_Login(VLC_OBJECT(o), u, p, t, __VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * A question dialog. + */ +typedef struct dialog_question_t +{ + const char *title; + const char *message; + const char *yes; + const char *no; + const char *cancel; + int answer; +} dialog_question_t; + +VLC_API int dialog_Question(vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, const char *, ...) +VLC_FORMAT(3, 7); +#define dialog_Question(o, t, m, y, n, ...) \ + dialog_Question(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, m, y, n, __VA_ARGS__) + +typedef struct dialog_progress_bar_t +{ /* Request-time parameters */ + const char *title; + const char *message; + const char *cancel; + /* Permanent parameters */ + void (*pf_update) (void *, const char *, float); + bool (*pf_check) (void *); + void (*pf_destroy) (void *); + void *p_sys; +} dialog_progress_bar_t; + +VLC_API dialog_progress_bar_t * dialog_ProgressCreate(vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *, const char *) VLC_USED; +#define dialog_ProgressCreate(o, t, m, c) \ + dialog_ProgressCreate(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, m, c) +VLC_API void dialog_ProgressDestroy(dialog_progress_bar_t *); +VLC_API void dialog_ProgressSet(dialog_progress_bar_t *, const char *, float); +VLC_API bool dialog_ProgressCancelled(dialog_progress_bar_t *); + +VLC_API int dialog_Register(vlc_object_t *); +VLC_API int dialog_Unregister(vlc_object_t *); +#define dialog_Register(o) dialog_Register(VLC_OBJECT(o)) +#define dialog_Unregister(o) dialog_Unregister(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_epg.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_epg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ae770f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_epg.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_epg.h: Electronic Program Guide + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2007 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c0fd0f559ac3bb7ed6201889dcda998ebff3a413 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_EPG_H +#define VLC_EPG_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for storing dvb epg information + */ + +typedef struct +{ + int64_t i_start; /* Interpreted as a value return by time() */ + int i_duration; /* Duration of the event in second */ + + char *psz_name; + char *psz_short_description; + char *psz_description; + + uint8_t i_rating; /* Parental control, set to 0 when undefined */ +} vlc_epg_event_t; + +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_name; + vlc_epg_event_t *p_current; /* Can be null or should be the same than one of pp_event entry */ + + int i_event; + vlc_epg_event_t **pp_event; +} vlc_epg_t; + +/** + * It initializes a vlc_epg_t. + * + * You must call vlc_epg_Clean to release the associated resource. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Init(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, const char *psz_name); + +/** + * It releases all resources associated to a vlc_epg_t + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Clean(vlc_epg_t *p_epg); + +/** + * It creates and appends a new vlc_epg_event_t to a vlc_epg_t. + * + * \see vlc_epg_t for the definitions of the parameters. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_AddEvent(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, int64_t i_start, int i_duration, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_short_description, const char *psz_description, uint8_t i_rating ); + +/** + * It creates a new vlc_epg_t* + * + * You must call vlc_epg_Delete to release the associated resource. + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_t * vlc_epg_New(const char *psz_name) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It releases a vlc_epg_t*. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Delete(vlc_epg_t *p_epg); + +/** + * It set the current event of a vlc_epg_t given a start time + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_SetCurrent(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, int64_t i_start); + +/** + * It merges all the event of \p p_src and \p p_dst into \p p_dst. + * + * \p p_src is not modified. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Merge(vlc_epg_t *p_dst, const vlc_epg_t *p_src); + +#endif + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_es.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_es.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e131c73 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_es.h @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_es.h: Elementary stream formats descriptions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 8db588494350b40b0f9225df00234f44189c5072 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ES_H +#define VLC_ES_H 1 + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the elementary streams format types + */ + +/** + * video palette data + * \see video_format_t + * \see subs_format_t + */ +#define VIDEO_PALETTE_COLORS_MAX 256 + +struct video_palette_t +{ + int i_entries; /**< to keep the compatibility with libavcodec's palette */ + uint8_t palette[VIDEO_PALETTE_COLORS_MAX][4]; /**< 4-byte RGBA/YUVA palette */ +}; + +/** + * audio replay gain description + */ +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX (2) +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_TRACK (0) +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_ALBUM (1) +typedef struct +{ + /* true if we have the peak value */ + bool pb_peak[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + /* peak value where 1.0 means full sample value */ + float pf_peak[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + + /* true if we have the gain value */ + bool pb_gain[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + /* gain value in dB */ + float pf_gain[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; +} audio_replay_gain_t; + +/** + * audio format description + */ +struct audio_format_t +{ + vlc_fourcc_t i_format; /**< audio format fourcc */ + unsigned int i_rate; /**< audio sample-rate */ + + /* Describes the channels configuration of the samples (ie. number of + * channels which are available in the buffer, and positions). */ + uint16_t i_physical_channels; + + /* Describes from which original channels, before downmixing, the + * buffer is derived. */ + uint32_t i_original_channels; + + /* Optional - for A/52, SPDIF and DTS types : */ + /* Bytes used by one compressed frame, depends on bitrate. */ + unsigned int i_bytes_per_frame; + + /* Number of sampleframes contained in one compressed frame. */ + unsigned int i_frame_length; + /* Please note that it may be completely arbitrary - buffers are not + * obliged to contain a integral number of so-called "frames". It's + * just here for the division : + * buffer_size = i_nb_samples * i_bytes_per_frame / i_frame_length + */ + + /* FIXME ? (used by the codecs) */ + unsigned i_bitspersample; + unsigned i_blockalign; + uint8_t i_channels; /* must be <=32 */ +}; + +/* Values available for audio channels */ +#define AOUT_CHAN_CENTER 0x1 +#define AOUT_CHAN_LEFT 0x2 +#define AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT 0x4 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER 0x10 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT 0x20 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT 0x40 +#define AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT 0x100 +#define AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT 0x200 +#define AOUT_CHAN_LFE 0x1000 + +#define AOUT_CHANS_FRONT (AOUT_CHAN_LEFT | AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT | AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_REAR (AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT | AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_CENTER (AOUT_CHAN_CENTER | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER) + +#define AOUT_CHANS_STEREO AOUT_CHANS_2_0 +#define AOUT_CHANS_2_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_2_1 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_3_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_3_1 (AOUT_CHANS_3_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_REAR) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_1 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_0 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_1 (AOUT_CHANS_5_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_6_0 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_7_0 (AOUT_CHANS_6_0 | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_7_1 (AOUT_CHANS_5_1 | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_8_1 (AOUT_CHANS_7_1 | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER) + +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_0_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_CENTER_REAR (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_0_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_4_0_MIDDLE | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_6_1_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_5_0_MIDDLE | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) + +/* Values available for original channels only */ +#define AOUT_CHAN_DOLBYSTEREO 0x10000 +#define AOUT_CHAN_DUALMONO 0x20000 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REVERSESTEREO 0x40000 + +#define AOUT_CHAN_PHYSMASK 0xFFFF +#define AOUT_CHAN_MAX 9 + +/** + * Picture orientation. + */ +typedef enum video_orientation_t +{ + ORIENT_TOP_LEFT = 0, /**< Top line represents top, left column left. */ + ORIENT_TOP_RIGHT, /**< Flipped horizontally */ + ORIENT_BOTTOM_LEFT, /**< Flipped vertically */ + ORIENT_BOTTOM_RIGHT, /**< Rotated 180 degrees */ + ORIENT_LEFT_TOP, /**< Transposed */ + ORIENT_LEFT_BOTTOM, /**< Rotated 90 degrees clockwise */ + ORIENT_RIGHT_TOP, /**< Rotated 90 degrees anti-clockwise */ + ORIENT_RIGHT_BOTTOM, /**< Anti-transposed */ + + ORIENT_NORMAL = ORIENT_TOP_LEFT, + ORIENT_TRANSPOSED = ORIENT_LEFT_TOP, + ORIENT_ANTI_TRANSPOSED = ORIENT_RIGHT_BOTTOM, + ORIENT_HFLIPPED = ORIENT_TOP_RIGHT, + ORIENT_VFLIPPED = ORIENT_BOTTOM_LEFT, + ORIENT_ROTATED_180 = ORIENT_BOTTOM_RIGHT, + ORIENT_ROTATED_270 = ORIENT_LEFT_BOTTOM, + ORIENT_ROTATED_90 = ORIENT_RIGHT_TOP, +} video_orientation_t; +/** Convert EXIF orientation to enum video_orientation_t */ +#define ORIENT_FROM_EXIF(exif) ((0x01324675U >> (4 * ((exif) - 1))) & 7) +/** Convert enum video_orientation_t to EXIF */ +#define ORIENT_TO_EXIF(orient) ((0x12435867U >> (4 * (orient))) & 15) +/** If the orientation is natural or mirrored */ +#define ORIENT_IS_MIRROR(orient) parity(orient) +/** If the orientation swaps dimensions */ +#define ORIENT_IS_SWAP(orient) (((orient) & 4) != 0) +/** Applies horizontal flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_HFLIP(orient) ((orient) ^ 1) +/** Applies vertical flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_VFLIP(orient) ((orient) ^ 2) +/** Applies horizontal flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_ROTATE_180(orient) ((orient) ^ 3) + +typedef enum video_transform_t +{ + TRANSFORM_IDENTITY = ORIENT_NORMAL, + TRANSFORM_HFLIP = ORIENT_HFLIPPED, + TRANSFORM_VFLIP = ORIENT_VFLIPPED, + TRANSFORM_R180 = ORIENT_ROTATED_180, + TRANSFORM_R270 = ORIENT_ROTATED_270, + TRANSFORM_R90 = ORIENT_ROTATED_90, + TRANSFORM_TRANSPOSE = ORIENT_TRANSPOSED, + TRANSFORM_ANTI_TRANSPOSE = ORIENT_ANTI_TRANSPOSED +} video_transform_t; + +/** + * video format description + */ +struct video_format_t +{ + vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma; /**< picture chroma */ + + unsigned int i_width; /**< picture width */ + unsigned int i_height; /**< picture height */ + unsigned int i_x_offset; /**< start offset of visible area */ + unsigned int i_y_offset; /**< start offset of visible area */ + unsigned int i_visible_width; /**< width of visible area */ + unsigned int i_visible_height; /**< height of visible area */ + + unsigned int i_bits_per_pixel; /**< number of bits per pixel */ + + unsigned int i_sar_num; /**< sample/pixel aspect ratio */ + unsigned int i_sar_den; + + unsigned int i_frame_rate; /**< frame rate numerator */ + unsigned int i_frame_rate_base; /**< frame rate denominator */ + + uint32_t i_rmask, i_gmask, i_bmask; /**< color masks for RGB chroma */ + int i_rrshift, i_lrshift; + int i_rgshift, i_lgshift; + int i_rbshift, i_lbshift; + video_palette_t *p_palette; /**< video palette from demuxer */ + video_orientation_t orientation; /**< picture orientation */ +}; + +/** + * Initialize a video_format_t structure with chroma 'i_chroma' + * \param p_src pointer to video_format_t structure + * \param i_chroma chroma value to use + */ +static inline void video_format_Init( video_format_t *p_src, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma ) +{ + memset( p_src, 0, sizeof( video_format_t ) ); + p_src->i_chroma = i_chroma; + p_src->i_sar_num = p_src->i_sar_den = 1; + p_src->p_palette = NULL; +} + +/** + * Copy video_format_t including the palette + * \param p_dst video_format_t to copy to + * \param p_src video_format_t to copy from + */ +static inline int video_format_Copy( video_format_t *p_dst, const video_format_t *p_src ) +{ + memcpy( p_dst, p_src, sizeof( *p_dst ) ); + if( p_src->p_palette ) + { + p_dst->p_palette = (video_palette_t *) malloc( sizeof( video_palette_t ) ); + if( !p_dst->p_palette ) + return VLC_ENOMEM; + memcpy( p_dst->p_palette, p_src->p_palette, sizeof( *p_dst->p_palette ) ); + } + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * Cleanup and free palette of this video_format_t + * \param p_src video_format_t structure to clean + */ +static inline void video_format_Clean( video_format_t *p_src ) +{ + free( p_src->p_palette ); + memset( p_src, 0, sizeof( video_format_t ) ); + p_src->p_palette = NULL; +} + +/** + * It will fill up a video_format_t using the given arguments. + * Note that the video_format_t must already be initialized. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_Setup( video_format_t *, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma, + int i_width, int i_height, int i_visible_width, int i_visible_height, + int i_sar_num, int i_sar_den ); + +/** + * It will copy the crop properties from a video_format_t to another. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_CopyCrop( video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * It will compute the crop/ar properties when scaling. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_ScaleCropAr( video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This function "normalizes" the formats orientation, by switching the a/r according to the orientation, + * producing a format whose orientation is ORIENT_NORMAL. It makes a shallow copy (pallette is not alloc'ed). + */ +VLC_API void video_format_ApplyRotation(video_format_t * /*restrict*/ out, + const video_format_t *in); + +/** + * This function applies the transform operation to fmt. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_TransformBy(video_format_t *fmt, video_transform_t transform); + +/** + * This function applies the transforms necessary to fmt so that the resulting fmt + * has the dst_orientation. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_TransformTo(video_format_t *fmt, video_orientation_t dst_orientation); + +/** + * Returns the operation required to transform src into dst. + */ +VLC_API video_transform_t video_format_GetTransform(video_orientation_t src, video_orientation_t dst); + +/** + * This function will check if the first video format is similar + * to the second one. + */ +VLC_API bool video_format_IsSimilar( const video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * It prints details about the given video_format_t + */ +VLC_API void video_format_Print( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const video_format_t * ); + + +static inline video_transform_t transform_Inverse( video_transform_t transform ) +{ + switch ( transform ) { + case TRANSFORM_R90: + return TRANSFORM_R270; + case TRANSFORM_R270: + return TRANSFORM_R90; + default: + return transform; + } +} +/** + * subtitles format description + */ +struct subs_format_t +{ + /* the character encoding of the text of the subtitle. + * all gettext recognized shorts can be used */ + char *psz_encoding; + + + int i_x_origin; /**< x coordinate of the subtitle. 0 = left */ + int i_y_origin; /**< y coordinate of the subtitle. 0 = top */ + + struct + { + /* */ + uint32_t palette[16+1]; + + /* the width of the original movie the spu was extracted from */ + int i_original_frame_width; + /* the height of the original movie the spu was extracted from */ + int i_original_frame_height; + } spu; + + struct + { + int i_id; + } dvb; + struct + { + int i_magazine; + int i_page; + } teletext; + + text_style_t *p_style; /* Default styles to use */ +}; + +/** + * ES language definition + */ +typedef struct extra_languages_t +{ + char *psz_language; + char *psz_description; +} extra_languages_t; + +/** + * ES format definition + */ +#define ES_PRIORITY_NOT_SELECTABLE -2 +#define ES_PRIORITY_NOT_DEFAULTABLE -1 +#define ES_PRIORITY_SELECTABLE_MIN 0 +#define ES_PRIORITY_MIN ES_PRIORITY_NOT_SELECTABLE +struct es_format_t +{ + int i_cat; /**< ES category @see es_format_category_e */ + vlc_fourcc_t i_codec; /**< FOURCC value as used in vlc */ + vlc_fourcc_t i_original_fourcc; /**< original FOURCC from the container */ + + int i_id; /**< es identifier, where means + -1: let the core mark the right id + >=0: valid id */ + int i_group; /**< group identifier, where means: + -1 : standalone + >= 0 then a "group" (program) is created + for each value */ + int i_priority; /**< priority, where means: + -2 : mean not selectable by the users + -1 : mean not selected by default even + when no other stream + >=0: priority */ + + char *psz_language; /**< human readible language name */ + char *psz_description; /**< human readible description of language */ + int i_extra_languages; /**< length in bytes of extra language data pointer */ + extra_languages_t *p_extra_languages; /**< extra language data needed by some decoders */ + + audio_format_t audio; /**< description of audio format */ + audio_replay_gain_t audio_replay_gain; /*< audio replay gain information */ + video_format_t video; /**< description of video format */ + subs_format_t subs; /**< description of subtitle format */ + + unsigned int i_bitrate; /**< bitrate of this ES */ + int i_profile; /**< codec specific information (like real audio flavor, mpeg audio layer, h264 profile ...) */ + int i_level; /**< codec specific information: indicates maximum restrictions on the stream (resolution, bitrate, codec features ...) */ + + bool b_packetized; /**< whether the data is packetized (ie. not truncated) */ + int i_extra; /**< length in bytes of extra data pointer */ + void *p_extra; /**< extra data needed by some decoders or muxers */ + +}; + +/** ES Categories */ +enum es_format_category_e +{ + UNKNOWN_ES = 0x00, + VIDEO_ES, + AUDIO_ES, + SPU_ES, + NAV_ES, +}; +#define ES_CATEGORY_COUNT (NAV_ES + 1) + +/** + * This function will fill all RGB shift from RGB masks. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_FixRgb( video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This function will initialize a es_format_t structure. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_Init( es_format_t *, int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_codec ); + +/** + * This function will initialize a es_format_t structure from a video_format_t. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_InitFromVideo( es_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This functions will copy a es_format_t. + */ +VLC_API int es_format_Copy( es_format_t *p_dst, const es_format_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will clean up a es_format_t and release all associated + * resources. + * You can call it multiple times on the same structure. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_Clean( es_format_t *fmt ); + +/** + * This function will check if the first ES format is similar + * to the second one. + * + * All descriptive fields are ignored. + */ +VLC_API bool es_format_IsSimilar( const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_es_out.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_es_out.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e2bad1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_es_out.h @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_es_out.h: es_out (demuxer output) descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: cf1abcec08467eb495ad62474e055c1500f358b6 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ES_OUT_H +#define VLC_ES_OUT_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for handling es_out in stream output + */ + +/** + * \defgroup es out Es Out + * @{ + */ + +enum es_out_query_e +{ + /* set ES selected for the es category (audio/video/spu) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + ES_OUT_RESTART_ES, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + + /* set 'default' tag on ES (copied across from container) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_DEFAULT, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + + /* force selection/unselection of the ES (bypass current mode) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_STATE,/* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=bool */ + ES_OUT_GET_ES_STATE,/* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=bool* */ + + /* */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP, /* arg1= int */ + + /* PCR handling, DTS/PTS will be automatically computed using thoses PCR + * XXX: SET_PCR(_GROUP) are in charge of the pace control. They will wait + * to slow down the demuxer so that it reads at the right speed. + * XXX: if you want PREROLL just call ES_OUT_SET_NEXT_DISPLAY_TIME and send + * as you would normally do. + */ + ES_OUT_SET_PCR, /* arg1=int64_t i_pcr(microsecond!) (using default group 0)*/ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_PCR, /* arg1= int i_group, arg2=int64_t i_pcr(microsecond!)*/ + ES_OUT_RESET_PCR, /* no arg */ + + /* Try not to use this one as it is a bit hacky */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_FMT, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=es_format_t* */ + + /* Allow preroll of data (data with dts/pts < i_pts for all ES will be decoded but not displayed */ + ES_OUT_SET_NEXT_DISPLAY_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t i_pts(microsecond) */ + /* Set meta data for group (dynamic) (The vlc_meta_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_META, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_meta_t */ + /* Set epg for group (dynamic) (The vlc_epg_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_EPG, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_epg_t */ + /* */ + ES_OUT_DEL_GROUP, /* arg1=int i_group */ + + /* Set scrambled state for one es */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_SCRAMBLED_STATE, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=es_out_id_t* */ + + /* Stop any buffering being done, and ask if es_out has no more data to + * play. + * It will not block and so MUST be used carrefully. The only good reason + * is for interactive playback (like for DVD menu). + * XXX You SHALL call ES_OUT_RESET_PCR before any other es_out_Control/Send calls. */ + ES_OUT_GET_EMPTY, /* arg1=bool* res=cannot fail */ + + /* Set global meta data (The vlc_meta_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_META, /* arg1=const vlc_meta_t * */ + + /* PCR system clock manipulation for external clock synchronization */ + ES_OUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=mtime_t *, arg2=mtime_t * res=can fail */ + ES_OUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=int is_absolute, arg2=mtime_t, res=can fail */ + + /* First value usable for private control */ + ES_OUT_PRIVATE_START = 0x10000, +}; + +struct es_out_t +{ + es_out_id_t *(*pf_add) ( es_out_t *, const es_format_t * ); + int (*pf_send) ( es_out_t *, es_out_id_t *, block_t * ); + void (*pf_del) ( es_out_t *, es_out_id_t * ); + int (*pf_control)( es_out_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + void (*pf_destroy)( es_out_t * ); + + es_out_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +VLC_USED +static inline es_out_id_t * es_out_Add( es_out_t *out, const es_format_t *fmt ) +{ + return out->pf_add( out, fmt ); +} + +static inline void es_out_Del( es_out_t *out, es_out_id_t *id ) +{ + out->pf_del( out, id ); +} + +static inline int es_out_Send( es_out_t *out, es_out_id_t *id, + block_t *p_block ) +{ + return out->pf_send( out, id, p_block ); +} + +static inline int es_out_vaControl( es_out_t *out, int i_query, va_list args ) +{ + return out->pf_control( out, i_query, args ); +} + +static inline int es_out_Control( es_out_t *out, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = es_out_vaControl( out, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +static inline void es_out_Delete( es_out_t *p_out ) +{ + p_out->pf_destroy( p_out ); +} + +static inline int es_out_ControlSetMeta( es_out_t *out, const vlc_meta_t *p_meta ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_SET_META, p_meta ); +} + +static inline int es_out_ControlGetPcrSystem( es_out_t *out, mtime_t *pi_system, mtime_t *pi_delay ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, pi_system, pi_delay ); +} +static inline int es_out_ControlModifyPcrSystem( es_out_t *out, bool b_absolute, mtime_t i_system ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, b_absolute, i_system ); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_events.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_events.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b167e91 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_events.h @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_events.h: events definitions + * Interface used to send events. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2007 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c3425102b47c0ed953b527412521d1c8698b083e $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_EVENTS_H +# define VLC_EVENTS_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file is the interface definition for events + * (implementation in src/misc/events.c) + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Documentation + *****************************************************************************/ +/* + **** Background + * + * This implements a way to send and receive event for an object (which can be + * a simple C struct or less). + * + * This is in direct concurrency with the Variable based Callback + * (see src/misc/variables.c). + * + * It has the following advantages over Variable based Callback: + * - No need to implement the whole VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS in the object, + * thus it reduce it size. This is especially true for input_item_t which + * doesn't have VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS. This is the first reason of existence of + * this implementation. + * - Libvlc can easily be based upon that. + * - Existing event are clearly declared (in include/vlc_events.h) + * + * + **** Example usage + * + * (vlc_cool_object_t doesn't need to have the VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS.) + * + * struct vlc_cool_object_t + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_t p_event_manager; + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_new() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_init( &p_self->p_event_manager, p_self, p_a_libvlc_object ); + * vlc_event_manager_register_event_type(p_self->p_event_manager, + * vlc_MyCoolObjectDidSomething, p_e) + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_release() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_fini( &p_self->p_event_manager ); + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_do_something() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_t event; + * event.type = vlc_MyCoolObjectDidSomething; + * event.u.my_cool_object_did_something.what_it_did = kSomething; + * vlc_event_send( &p_self->p_event_manager, &event ); + * } + * */ + + /***************************************************************************** + * Event Type + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Private structure defined in misc/events.c */ +struct vlc_event_listeners_group_t; + +/* Event manager type */ +typedef struct vlc_event_manager_t +{ + void * p_obj; + vlc_mutex_t object_lock; + vlc_mutex_t event_sending_lock; + DECL_ARRAY(struct vlc_event_listeners_group_t *) listeners_groups; +} vlc_event_manager_t; + +/* List of event */ +typedef enum vlc_event_type_t { + /* Input (thread) events */ + vlc_InputStateChanged, + vlc_InputSelectedStreamChanged, + + /* Input item events */ + vlc_InputItemMetaChanged, + vlc_InputItemSubItemAdded, + vlc_InputItemSubItemTreeAdded, + vlc_InputItemDurationChanged, + vlc_InputItemPreparsedChanged, + vlc_InputItemNameChanged, + vlc_InputItemInfoChanged, + vlc_InputItemErrorWhenReadingChanged, + + /* Service Discovery event */ + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryItemAdded, + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryItemRemoved, + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryItemRemoveAll, + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryStarted, + vlc_ServicesDiscoveryEnded, + + /* Addons Manager events */ + vlc_AddonFound, + vlc_AddonsDiscoveryEnded, + vlc_AddonChanged +} vlc_event_type_t; + +/* Event definition */ +typedef struct vlc_event_t +{ + vlc_event_type_t type; + void * p_obj; /* Sender object, automatically filled by vlc_event_send() */ + union vlc_event_type_specific + { + /* Input (thread) events */ + struct vlc_input_state_changed + { + int new_state; + } input_state_changed; + struct vlc_input_selected_stream_changed + { + void * unused; + } input_selected_stream_changed; + + /* Input item events */ + struct vlc_input_item_meta_changed + { + vlc_meta_type_t meta_type; + } input_item_meta_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_subitem_added + { + input_item_t * p_new_child; + } input_item_subitem_added; + struct vlc_input_item_subitem_tree_added + { + input_item_node_t * p_root; + } input_item_subitem_tree_added; + struct vlc_input_item_duration_changed + { + mtime_t new_duration; + } input_item_duration_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_preparsed_changed + { + int new_status; + } input_item_preparsed_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_name_changed + { + const char * new_name; + } input_item_name_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_info_changed + { + void * unused; + } input_item_info_changed; + struct input_item_error_when_reading_changed + { + bool new_value; + } input_item_error_when_reading_changed; + + /* Service discovery events */ + struct vlc_services_discovery_item_added + { + input_item_t * p_new_item; + const char * psz_category; + } services_discovery_item_added; + struct vlc_services_discovery_item_removed + { + input_item_t * p_item; + } services_discovery_item_removed; + struct vlc_services_discovery_started + { + void * unused; + } services_discovery_started; + struct vlc_services_discovery_ended + { + void * unused; + } services_discovery_ended; + + /* Addons */ + struct vlc_addon_generic_event + { + addon_entry_t * p_entry; + } addon_generic_event; + } u; +} vlc_event_t; + +/* Event callback type */ +typedef void ( *vlc_event_callback_t )( const vlc_event_t *, void * ); + + /***************************************************************************** + * Event manager + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * p_obj points to the object that owns the event manager, and from + * which events are sent + */ +VLC_API int vlc_event_manager_init( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, void * p_obj ); + +/* + * Destroy + */ +VLC_API void vlc_event_manager_fini( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em ); + +/* + * Tells a specific event manager that it will handle event_type object + */ +VLC_API int vlc_event_manager_register_event_type( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, + vlc_event_type_t ); + +/* + * Send an event to the listener attached to this p_em. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_event_send( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, vlc_event_t * ); + +/* + * Add a callback for an event. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_event_attach( vlc_event_manager_t * p_event_manager, + vlc_event_type_t event_type, + vlc_event_callback_t pf_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +/* + * Remove a callback for an event. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_event_detach( vlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + vlc_event_type_t event_type, + vlc_event_callback_t pf_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +#endif /* VLC_EVENTS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_filter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_filter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91a14a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_filter.h @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_filter.h: filter related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 320cbac3a4a5b8461ec41eabd77f323bbbc509dd $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FILTER_H +#define VLC_FILTER_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the structure and types used by video and audio filters + */ + +typedef struct filter_owner_sys_t filter_owner_sys_t; + +/** Structure describing a filter + * @warning BIG FAT WARNING : the code relies on the first 4 members of + * filter_t and decoder_t to be the same, so if you have anything to add, + * do it at the end of the structure. + */ +struct filter_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + filter_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Input format */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Output format of filter */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + bool b_allow_fmt_out_change; + + /* Filter configuration */ + config_chain_t * p_cfg; + + union + { + struct + { + picture_t * (*pf_filter) ( filter_t *, picture_t * ); + void (*pf_flush)( filter_t * ); + picture_t * (*pf_buffer_new) ( filter_t * ); + void (*pf_buffer_del) ( filter_t *, picture_t * ); + /* Filter mouse state. + * + * If non-NULL, you must convert from output to input formats: + * - If VLC_SUCCESS is returned, the mouse state is propagated. + * - Otherwise, the mouse change is not propagated. + * If NULL, the mouse state is considered unchanged and will be + * propagated. + */ + int (*pf_mouse)( filter_t *, vlc_mouse_t *, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ); + } video; +#define pf_video_filter u.video.pf_filter +#define pf_video_flush u.video.pf_flush +#define pf_video_mouse u.video.pf_mouse +#define pf_video_buffer_new u.video.pf_buffer_new +#define pf_video_buffer_del u.video.pf_buffer_del + + struct + { + block_t * (*pf_filter) ( filter_t *, block_t * ); + } audio; +#define pf_audio_filter u.audio.pf_filter + + struct + { + void (*pf_blend) ( filter_t *, picture_t *, + const picture_t *, int, int, int ); + } blend; +#define pf_video_blend u.blend.pf_blend + + struct + { + subpicture_t * (*pf_source) ( filter_t *, mtime_t ); + subpicture_t * (*pf_buffer_new)( filter_t * ); + void (*pf_buffer_del)( filter_t *, subpicture_t * ); + int (*pf_mouse) ( filter_t *, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + const video_format_t * ); + } sub; +#define pf_sub_source u.sub.pf_source +#define pf_sub_buffer_new u.sub.pf_buffer_new +#define pf_sub_buffer_del u.sub.pf_buffer_del +#define pf_sub_mouse u.sub.pf_mouse + + struct + { + subpicture_t * (*pf_filter) ( filter_t *, subpicture_t * ); + } subf; +#define pf_sub_filter u.subf.pf_filter + + struct + { + int (*pf_text) ( filter_t *, subpicture_region_t *, + subpicture_region_t *, + const vlc_fourcc_t * ); + int (*pf_html) ( filter_t *, subpicture_region_t *, + subpicture_region_t *, + const vlc_fourcc_t * ); + } render; +#define pf_render_text u.render.pf_text +#define pf_render_html u.render.pf_html + + } u; + + /* Input attachments + * XXX use filter_GetInputAttachments */ + int (*pf_get_attachments)( filter_t *, input_attachment_t ***, int * ); + + /* Private structure for the owner of the decoder */ + filter_owner_sys_t *p_owner; +}; + +/** + * This function will return a new picture usable by p_filter as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using filter_DeletePicture or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_video_filter return value. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \return new picture on success or NULL on failure + */ +static inline picture_t *filter_NewPicture( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + picture_t *p_picture = p_filter->pf_video_buffer_new( p_filter ); + if( !p_picture ) + msg_Warn( p_filter, "can't get output picture" ); + return p_picture; +} + +/** + * This function will release a picture create by filter_NewPicture. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \param p_picture picture to be deleted + */ +static inline void filter_DeletePicture( filter_t *p_filter, picture_t *p_picture ) +{ + p_filter->pf_video_buffer_del( p_filter, p_picture ); +} + +/** + * This function will flush the state of a video filter. + */ +static inline void filter_FlushPictures( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + if( p_filter->pf_video_flush ) + p_filter->pf_video_flush( p_filter ); +} + +/** + * This function will return a new subpicture usable by p_filter as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using filter_DeleteSubpicture or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_sub_source return value. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \return new subpicture + */ +static inline subpicture_t *filter_NewSubpicture( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + subpicture_t *p_subpicture = p_filter->pf_sub_buffer_new( p_filter ); + if( !p_subpicture ) + msg_Warn( p_filter, "can't get output subpicture" ); + return p_subpicture; +} + +/** + * This function will release a subpicture create by filter_NewSubicture. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \param p_subpicture to be released + */ +static inline void filter_DeleteSubpicture( filter_t *p_filter, subpicture_t *p_subpicture ) +{ + p_filter->pf_sub_buffer_del( p_filter, p_subpicture ); +} + +/** + * This function gives all input attachments at once. + * + * You MUST release the returned values + */ +static inline int filter_GetInputAttachments( filter_t *p_filter, + input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, + int *pi_attachment ) +{ + if( !p_filter->pf_get_attachments ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + return p_filter->pf_get_attachments( p_filter, + ppp_attachment, pi_attachment ); +} + +/** + * It creates a blend filter. + * + * Only the chroma properties of the dest format is used (chroma + * type, rgb masks and shifts) + */ +VLC_API filter_t * filter_NewBlend( vlc_object_t *, const video_format_t *p_dst_chroma ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It configures blend filter parameters that are allowed to changed + * after the creation. + */ +VLC_API int filter_ConfigureBlend( filter_t *, int i_dst_width, int i_dst_height, const video_format_t *p_src ); + +/** + * It blends a picture into another one. + * + * The input picture is not modified and not released. + */ +VLC_API int filter_Blend( filter_t *, picture_t *p_dst, int i_dst_x, int i_dst_y, const picture_t *p_src, int i_alpha ); + +/** + * It destroys a blend filter created by filter_NewBlend. + */ +VLC_API void filter_DeleteBlend( filter_t * ); + +/** + * Create a picture_t *(*)( filter_t *, picture_t * ) compatible wrapper + * using a void (*)( filter_t *, picture_t *, picture_t * ) function + * + * Currently used by the chroma video filters + */ +#define VIDEO_FILTER_WRAPPER( name ) \ + static picture_t *name ## _Filter ( filter_t *p_filter, \ + picture_t *p_pic ) \ + { \ + picture_t *p_outpic = filter_NewPicture( p_filter ); \ + if( p_outpic ) \ + { \ + name( p_filter, p_pic, p_outpic ); \ + picture_CopyProperties( p_outpic, p_pic ); \ + } \ + picture_Release( p_pic ); \ + return p_outpic; \ + } + +/** + * Filter chain management API + * The filter chain management API is used to dynamically construct filters + * and add them in a chain. + */ + +typedef struct filter_chain_t filter_chain_t; + +/** + * Create new filter chain + * + * \param p_object pointer to a vlc object + * \param psz_capability vlc capability of filters in filter chain + * \param b_allow_format_fmt_change allow changing of fmt + * \param pf_buffer_allocation_init callback function to initialize buffer allocations + * \param pf_buffer_allocation_clear callback function to clear buffer allocation initialization + * \param p_buffer_allocation_data pointer to private allocation data + * \return pointer to a filter chain + */ +VLC_API filter_chain_t * filter_chain_New( vlc_object_t *, const char *, bool, int (*)( filter_t *, void * ), void (*)( filter_t * ), void * ) VLC_USED; +#define filter_chain_New( a, b, c, d, e, f ) filter_chain_New( VLC_OBJECT( a ), b, c, d, e, f ) + +/** + * Delete filter chain will delete all filters in the chain and free all + * allocated data. The pointer to the filter chain is then no longer valid. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_Delete( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Reset filter chain will delete all filters in the chain and + * reset p_fmt_in and p_fmt_out to the new values. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_fmt_in new fmt_in params + * \param p_fmt_out new fmt_out params + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_Reset( filter_chain_t *, const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +/** + * Append filter to the end of the chain. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param psz_name name of filter + * \param p_cfg + * \param p_fmt_in input es_format_t + * \param p_fmt_out output es_format_t + * \return pointer to filter chain + */ +VLC_API filter_t * filter_chain_AppendFilter( filter_chain_t *, const char *, config_chain_t *, const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +/** + * Append new filter to filter chain from string. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param psz_string string of filters + * \return 0 for success + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_AppendFromString( filter_chain_t *, const char * ); + +/** + * Delete filter from filter chain. This function also releases the filter + * object and unloads the filter modules. The pointer to p_filter is no + * longer valid after this function successfully returns. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_filter pointer to filter object + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on succes, else VLC_EGENERIC + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_DeleteFilter( filter_chain_t *, filter_t * ); + +/** + * Get the number of filters in the filter chain. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \return number of filters in this filter chain + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_GetLength( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Get last p_fmt_out in the chain. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \return last p_fmt (es_format_t) of this filter chain + */ +VLC_API const es_format_t * filter_chain_GetFmtOut( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a video picture. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_picture picture to apply filters on + * \return modified picture after applying all video filters + */ +VLC_API picture_t * filter_chain_VideoFilter( filter_chain_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * Flush a video filter chain. + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_VideoFlush( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a audio block. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_block audio frame to apply filters on + * \return modified audio frame after applying all audio filters + */ +VLC_API block_t * filter_chain_AudioFilter( filter_chain_t *, block_t * ); + +/** + * Apply filter chain to subpictures. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param display_date of subpictures + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_SubSource( filter_chain_t *, mtime_t ); + +/** + * Apply filter chain to subpictures. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_subpicture subpicture to apply filters on + * \return modified subpicture after applying all subpicture filters + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * filter_chain_SubFilter( filter_chain_t *, subpicture_t * ); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a mouse state. + * + * It will be applied from the output to the input. It makes sense only + * for a video filter chain. + * + * The vlc_mouse_t* pointers may be the same. + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_MouseFilter( filter_chain_t *, vlc_mouse_t *, const vlc_mouse_t * ); + +/** + * Inform the filter chain of mouse state. + * + * It makes sense only for a sub source chain. + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_MouseEvent( filter_chain_t *, const vlc_mouse_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +#endif /* _VLC_FILTER_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5d3afe --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fingerprinter.h: Fingerprinter abstraction layer + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FINGERPRINTER_H +# define VLC_FINGERPRINTER_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct fingerprinter_sys_t fingerprinter_sys_t; + +struct fingerprint_request_t +{ + input_item_t *p_item; + unsigned int i_duration; /* track length hint in seconds, 0 if unkown */ + struct + { + char *psz_fingerprint; + vlc_array_t metas_array; + } results ; +}; +typedef struct fingerprint_request_t fingerprint_request_t; + +static inline fingerprint_request_t *fingerprint_request_New( input_item_t *p_item ) +{ + fingerprint_request_t *p_r = + ( fingerprint_request_t * ) calloc( 1, sizeof( fingerprint_request_t ) ); + if ( !p_r ) return NULL; + p_r->results.psz_fingerprint = NULL; + p_r->i_duration = 0; + vlc_gc_incref( p_item ); + p_r->p_item = p_item; + vlc_array_init( & p_r->results.metas_array ); /* shouldn't be needed */ + return p_r; +} + +static inline void fingerprint_request_Delete( fingerprint_request_t *p_f ) +{ + vlc_gc_decref( p_f->p_item ); + free( p_f->results.psz_fingerprint ); + for( int i = 0; i < vlc_array_count( & p_f->results.metas_array ); i++ ) + vlc_meta_Delete( (vlc_meta_t *) vlc_array_item_at_index( & p_f->results.metas_array, i ) ); + free( p_f ); +} + +struct fingerprinter_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Specific interfaces */ + fingerprinter_sys_t * p_sys; + + module_t * p_module; + void ( *pf_run ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t * ); + + void ( *pf_enqueue ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t *f, fingerprint_request_t *r ); + fingerprint_request_t * ( *pf_getresults ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t *f ); + void ( *pf_apply ) ( fingerprint_request_t *, int i_resultid ); +}; +typedef struct fingerprinter_thread_t fingerprinter_thread_t; + +VLC_API fingerprinter_thread_t *fingerprinter_Create( vlc_object_t *p_this ); +VLC_API void fingerprinter_Destroy( fingerprinter_thread_t *p_fingerprint ); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f691438 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,575 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fourcc.h: Definition of various FOURCC and helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: debb5c97d7d74c6591943104a4fb2afc15a1aa49 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FOURCC_H +#define VLC_FOURCC_H 1 + +#include + +/* Video codec */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MPGV VLC_FOURCC('m','p','g','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_MP4V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','4','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV1 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV2 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV3 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVQ1 VLC_FOURCC('S','V','Q','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVQ3 VLC_FOURCC('S','V','Q','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H264 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263I VLC_FOURCC('I','2','6','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263P VLC_FOURCC('I','L','V','R') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLV1 VLC_FOURCC('F','L','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_H261 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_MJPG VLC_FOURCC('M','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_MJPGB VLC_FOURCC('m','j','p','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_LJPG VLC_FOURCC('L','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV1 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV2 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV3 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVA VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVP VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','P') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVP2 VLC_FOURCC('W','V','P','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_VC1 VLC_FOURCC('V','C','-','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_THEORA VLC_FOURCC('t','h','e','o') +#define VLC_CODEC_TARKIN VLC_FOURCC('t','a','r','k') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIRAC VLC_FOURCC('d','r','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_CAVS VLC_FOURCC('C','A','V','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_NUV VLC_FOURCC('N','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV10 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV13 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV20 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV30 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','3','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV40 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','4','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP3 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','3',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP5 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','5',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6F VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','F') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6A VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSVIDEO1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLIC VLC_FOURCC('F','L','I','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_SP5X VLC_FOURCC('S','P','5','X') +#define VLC_CODEC_DV VLC_FOURCC('d','v',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSRLE VLC_FOURCC('m','r','l','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_HUFFYUV VLC_FOURCC('H','F','Y','U') +#define VLC_CODEC_FFVHUFF VLC_FOURCC('F','F','V','H') +#define VLC_CODEC_ASV1 VLC_FOURCC('A','S','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ASV2 VLC_FOURCC('A','S','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_FFV1 VLC_FOURCC('F','F','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_VCR1 VLC_FOURCC('V','C','R','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_CLJR VLC_FOURCC('C','L','J','R') +#define VLC_CODEC_RPZA VLC_FOURCC('r','p','z','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMC VLC_FOURCC('s','m','c',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_CINEPAK VLC_FOURCC('C','V','I','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_TSCC VLC_FOURCC('T','S','C','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_CSCD VLC_FOURCC('C','S','C','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_ZMBV VLC_FOURCC('Z','M','B','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMNC VLC_FOURCC('V','M','n','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_FRAPS VLC_FOURCC('F','P','S','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEMOTION1 VLC_FOURCC('D','U','C','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEMOTION2 VLC_FOURCC('T','M','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_QTRLE VLC_FOURCC('r','l','e',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDRAW VLC_FOURCC('q','d','r','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_QPEG VLC_FOURCC('Q','P','E','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_ULTI VLC_FOURCC('U','L','T','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_VIXL VLC_FOURCC('V','I','X','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_LOCO VLC_FOURCC('L','O','C','O') +#define VLC_CODEC_WNV1 VLC_FOURCC('W','N','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_AASC VLC_FOURCC('A','A','S','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO2 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO3 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','3','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO4 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','4','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO5 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','5','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLASHSV VLC_FOURCC('F','S','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_KMVC VLC_FOURCC('K','M','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMACKVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('S','M','K','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_DNXHD VLC_FOURCC('A','V','d','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_8BPS VLC_FOURCC('8','B','P','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_MIMIC VLC_FOURCC('M','L','2','O') +#define VLC_CODEC_INTERPLAY VLC_FOURCC('i','m','v','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_IDCIN VLC_FOURCC('I','D','C','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_4XM VLC_FOURCC('4','X','M','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_ROQ VLC_FOURCC('R','o','Q','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_MDEC VLC_FOURCC('M','D','E','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMDVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('V','M','D','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_CDG VLC_FOURCC('C','D','G',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_FRWU VLC_FOURCC('F','R','W','U') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMV VLC_FOURCC('A','M','V',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP7 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','7','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP8 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','8','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP9 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','9','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEG2000 VLC_FOURCC('J','P','2','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_LAGARITH VLC_FOURCC('L','A','G','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLASHSV2 VLC_FOURCC('F','S','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_PRORES VLC_FOURCC('a','p','c','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_MXPEG VLC_FOURCC('M','X','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_CDXL VLC_FOURCC('C','D','X','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMVVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('B','M','V','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_UTVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('U','L','R','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_VBLE VLC_FOURCC('V','B','L','E') +#define VLC_CODEC_DXTORY VLC_FOURCC('x','t','o','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSS1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','S','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSS2 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','S','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSA1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_TSC2 VLC_FOURCC('T','S','C','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_MTS2 VLC_FOURCC('M','T','S','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_HEVC VLC_FOURCC('h','e','v','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ICOD VLC_FOURCC('i','c','o','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M2 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M3 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M4 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('B','I','K','f') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKAUDIO_DCT VLC_FOURCC('B','A','U','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKAUDIO_RDFT VLC_FOURCC('B','A','U','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_XAN_WC4 VLC_FOURCC('X','x','a','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_LCL_MSZH VLC_FOURCC('M','S','Z','H') +#define VLC_CODEC_LCL_ZLIB VLC_FOURCC('Z','L','I','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_THP VLC_FOURCC('T','H','P','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_ESCAPE124 VLC_FOURCC('E','1','2','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_KGV1 VLC_FOURCC('K','G','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_CLLC VLC_FOURCC('C','L','L','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_AURA VLC_FOURCC('A','U','R','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_FIC VLC_FOURCC('F','I','C','V') + +/* Planar YUV 4:1:0 Y:V:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YV9 VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','U','9') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:V:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YV12 VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','1','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:1:0 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I410 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','1','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:1:1 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I411 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','1','1') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:0 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I440 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','4','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','4','4') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 16-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_16L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_16B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','F','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J420 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','2','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J422 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','2','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:0 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J440 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','4','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J444 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','4','4') +/* Palettized YUV with palette element Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVP VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','V','P') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVA VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','V','A') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUV422A VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','A') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUV420A VLC_FOURCC('I','4','0','A') + +/* Palettized RGB with palette element R:G:B */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBP VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','P') +/* 8 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB8 VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','8') +/* 12 bits RGB padded to 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB12 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','2') +/* 15 bits RGB padded to 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB15 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','5') +/* 16 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB16 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','6') +/* 24 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB24 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','2','4') +/* 24 bits RGB padded to 32 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB32 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','3','2') +/* 32 bits RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBA VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','A') +/* 32 bits ARGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_ARGB VLC_FOURCC('A','R','G','B') +/* 32 bits BGRA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_BGRA VLC_FOURCC('B','G','R','A') + +/* Planar GBR 4:4:4 8 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR VLC_FOURCC('G','B','R','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_9B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','9','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_9L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_10B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','A','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_10L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_16L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_16B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','F','B') + +/* 8 bits grey */ +#define VLC_CODEC_GREY VLC_FOURCC('G','R','E','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, U:Y:V:Y */ +#define VLC_CODEC_UYVY VLC_FOURCC('U','Y','V','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, V:Y:U:Y */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VYUY VLC_FOURCC('V','Y','U','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, Y:U:Y:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUYV VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','Y','2') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, Y:V:Y:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YVYU VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','Y','U') +/* Packed YUV 2:1:1, Y:U:Y:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_Y211 VLC_FOURCC('Y','2','1','1') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, U:Y:V:Y, reverted */ +#define VLC_CODEC_CYUV VLC_FOURCC('c','y','u','v') +/* 10-bit 4:2:2 Component YCbCr */ +#define VLC_CODEC_V210 VLC_FOURCC('v','2','1','0') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV12 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','1','2') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV21 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','2','1') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV16 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','1','6') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV61 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','6','1') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV24 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','2','4') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV42 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','4','2') + +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_420 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','0') +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_422 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','2') +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_444 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','4') +/* VDPAU output surface RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_OUTPUT VLC_FOURCC('V','D','O','R') + +/* MediaCodec/IOMX opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_ANDROID_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('A','N','O','P') + +/* Broadcom MMAL opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MMAL_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('M','M','A','L') + +/* Image codec (video) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_PNG VLC_FOURCC('p','n','g',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PPM VLC_FOURCC('p','p','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PGM VLC_FOURCC('p','g','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PGMYUV VLC_FOURCC('p','g','m','y') +#define VLC_CODEC_PAM VLC_FOURCC('p','a','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEG VLC_FOURCC('j','p','e','g') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEGLS VLC_FOURCC('M','J','L','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMP VLC_FOURCC('b','m','p',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TIFF VLC_FOURCC('t','i','f','f') +#define VLC_CODEC_GIF VLC_FOURCC('g','i','f',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TARGA VLC_FOURCC('t','g','a',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVG VLC_FOURCC('s','v','g',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SGI VLC_FOURCC('s','g','i',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PNM VLC_FOURCC('p','n','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PCX VLC_FOURCC('p','c','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_XWD VLC_FOURCC('X','W','D',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TXD VLC_FOURCC('T','X','D',' ') + + +/* Audio codec */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MPGA VLC_FOURCC('m','p','g','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_MP4A VLC_FOURCC('m','p','4','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ALS VLC_FOURCC('a','l','s',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_A52 VLC_FOURCC('a','5','2',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_EAC3 VLC_FOURCC('e','a','c','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_DTS VLC_FOURCC('d','t','s',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMA1 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMA2 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAP VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','P') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAL VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAS VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLAC VLC_FOURCC('f','l','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_MLP VLC_FOURCC('m','l','p',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEHD VLC_FOURCC('t','r','h','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('d','v','a','u') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPEEX VLC_FOURCC('s','p','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_OPUS VLC_FOURCC('O','p','u','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_VORBIS VLC_FOURCC('v','o','r','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_MACE3 VLC_FOURCC('M','A','C','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_MACE6 VLC_FOURCC('M','A','C','6') +#define VLC_CODEC_MUSEPACK7 VLC_FOURCC('M','P','C',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_MUSEPACK8 VLC_FOURCC('M','P','C','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_RA_144 VLC_FOURCC('1','4','_','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_RA_288 VLC_FOURCC('2','8','_','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_INTERPLAY_DPCM VLC_FOURCC('i','d','p','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ROQ_DPCM VLC_FOURCC('R','o','Q','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_DSICINAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('D','C','I','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_4XM VLC_FOURCC('4','x','m','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_EA VLC_FOURCC('A','D','E','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_XA VLC_FOURCC('x','a',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_ADX VLC_FOURCC('a','d','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_WS VLC_FOURCC('A','I','W','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_G722 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_G726 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','6') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SWF VLC_FOURCC('S','W','F','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_MS VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x02) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_WAV VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x11) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_AMV VLC_FOURCC('i','m','a','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_QT VLC_FOURCC('i','m','a','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_YAMAHA VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x20) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_DK3 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x62) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_DK4 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x61) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_THP VLC_FOURCC('T','H','P','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_G723_1 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2', 0x31) +#define VLC_CODEC_G729 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','9') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMDAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('v','m','d','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMR_NB VLC_FOURCC('s','a','m','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMR_WB VLC_FOURCC('s','a','w','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_ALAC VLC_FOURCC('a','l','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDM2 VLC_FOURCC('Q','D','M','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_COOK VLC_FOURCC('c','o','o','k') +#define VLC_CODEC_SIPR VLC_FOURCC('s','i','p','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_TTA VLC_FOURCC('T','T','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_SHORTEN VLC_FOURCC('s','h','n',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_WAVPACK VLC_FOURCC('W','V','P','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_GSM VLC_FOURCC('g','s','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_GSM_MS VLC_FOURCC('a','g','s','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC1 VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC3 VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC3P VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_IMC VLC_FOURCC(0x1,0x4,0x0,0x0) +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUESPEECH VLC_FOURCC(0x22,0x0,0x0,0x0) +#define VLC_CODEC_NELLYMOSER VLC_FOURCC('N','E','L','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_APE VLC_FOURCC('A','P','E',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_QCELP VLC_FOURCC('Q','c','l','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_302M VLC_FOURCC('3','0','2','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVD_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('l','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVDA_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('a','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('b','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_WIDI_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('w','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_SDDS VLC_FOURCC('s','d','d','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_MIDI VLC_FOURCC('M','I','D','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_RALF VLC_FOURCC('R','A','L','F') + +#define VLC_CODEC_S8 VLC_FOURCC('s','8',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_U8 VLC_FOURCC('u','8',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16L VLC_FOURCC('s','1','6','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16B VLC_FOURCC('s','1','6','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U16L VLC_FOURCC('u','1','6','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U16B VLC_FOURCC('u','1','6','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S20B VLC_FOURCC('s','2','0','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24L VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24B VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U24L VLC_FOURCC('u','2','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U24B VLC_FOURCC('u','2','4','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24L32 VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24B32 VLC_FOURCC('S','2','4','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_S32L VLC_FOURCC('s','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S32B VLC_FOURCC('s','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U32L VLC_FOURCC('u','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U32B VLC_FOURCC('u','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_F32L VLC_FOURCC('f','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_F32B VLC_FOURCC('f','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_F64L VLC_FOURCC('f','6','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_F64B VLC_FOURCC('f','6','4','b') + +#define VLC_CODEC_ALAW VLC_FOURCC('a','l','a','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_MULAW VLC_FOURCC('m','l','a','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_DAT12 VLC_FOURCC('L','P','1','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24DAUD VLC_FOURCC('d','a','u','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_TWINVQ VLC_FOURCC('T','W','I','N') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMVAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('B','M','V','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ULEAD_DV_AUDIO_NTSC VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x02,0x15) +#define VLC_CODEC_ULEAD_DV_AUDIO_PAL VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x02,0x16) +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO_AUDIO VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x04,0x02) +#define VLC_CODEC_METASOUND VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x75) +#define VLC_CODEC_ON2AVC VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x05,0x00) +#define VLC_CODEC_TAK VLC_FOURCC('t','a','k',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMACKAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('S','M','K','A') + +/* Subtitle */ +#define VLC_CODEC_SPU VLC_FOURCC('s','p','u',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVBS VLC_FOURCC('d','v','b','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_SUBT VLC_FOURCC('s','u','b','t') +#define VLC_CODEC_XSUB VLC_FOURCC('X','S','U','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_SSA VLC_FOURCC('s','s','a',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TEXT VLC_FOURCC('T','E','X','T') +#define VLC_CODEC_TELETEXT VLC_FOURCC('t','e','l','x') +#define VLC_CODEC_KATE VLC_FOURCC('k','a','t','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_CMML VLC_FOURCC('c','m','m','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_ITU_T140 VLC_FOURCC('t','1','4','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_USF VLC_FOURCC('u','s','f',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_OGT VLC_FOURCC('o','g','t',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVD VLC_FOURCC('c','v','d',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TX3G VLC_FOURCC('t','x','3','g') +/* Blu-ray Presentation Graphics */ +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_PG VLC_FOURCC('b','d','p','g') +/* EBU STL (TECH. 3264-E) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_EBU_STL VLC_FOURCC('S','T','L',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SCTE_27 VLC_FOURCC('S','C','2','7') + +/* XYZ colorspace 12 bits packed in 16 bits, organisation |XXX0|YYY0|ZZZ0| */ +#define VLC_CODEC_XYZ12 VLC_FOURCC('X','Y','1','2') + + +/* Special endian dependant values + * The suffic N means Native + * The suffix I means Inverted (ie non native) */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define VLC_CODEC_S16N VLC_CODEC_S16B +# define VLC_CODEC_U16N VLC_CODEC_U16B +# define VLC_CODEC_S24N VLC_CODEC_S24B +# define VLC_CODEC_U24N VLC_CODEC_U24B +# define VLC_CODEC_S32N VLC_CODEC_S32B +# define VLC_CODEC_U32N VLC_CODEC_U32B +# define VLC_CODEC_FL32 VLC_CODEC_F32B +# define VLC_CODEC_FL64 VLC_CODEC_F64B + +# define VLC_CODEC_S16I VLC_CODEC_S16L +# define VLC_CODEC_U16I VLC_CODEC_U16L +# define VLC_CODEC_S24I VLC_CODEC_S24L +# define VLC_CODEC_U24I VLC_CODEC_U24L +# define VLC_CODEC_S32I VLC_CODEC_S32L +# define VLC_CODEC_U32I VLC_CODEC_U32L + +#else +# define VLC_CODEC_S16N VLC_CODEC_S16L +# define VLC_CODEC_U16N VLC_CODEC_U16L +# define VLC_CODEC_S24N VLC_CODEC_S24L +# define VLC_CODEC_U24N VLC_CODEC_U24L +# define VLC_CODEC_S32N VLC_CODEC_S32L +# define VLC_CODEC_U32N VLC_CODEC_U32L +# define VLC_CODEC_FL32 VLC_CODEC_F32L +# define VLC_CODEC_FL64 VLC_CODEC_F64L + +# define VLC_CODEC_S16I VLC_CODEC_S16B +# define VLC_CODEC_U16I VLC_CODEC_U16B +# define VLC_CODEC_S24I VLC_CODEC_S24B +# define VLC_CODEC_U24I VLC_CODEC_U24B +# define VLC_CODEC_S32I VLC_CODEC_S32B +# define VLC_CODEC_U32I VLC_CODEC_U32B +#endif + +/* Non official codecs, used to force a profile in an encoder */ +/* MPEG-1 video */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP1V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','1','v') +/* MPEG-2 video */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP2V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','2','v') +/* MPEG-I/II layer 2 audio */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP2 VLC_FOURCC('m','p','2',' ') +/* MPEG-I/II layer 3 audio */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP3 VLC_FOURCC('m','p','3',' ') + +/** + * It returns the codec associated to a fourcc within a ES category. + * + * If not found, it will return the given fourcc. + * If found, it will always be one of the VLC_CODEC_ defined above. + * + * You may use UNKNOWN_ES for the ES category if you don't have the information. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodec( int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc ); + +/** + * It returns the codec associated to a fourcc store in a zero terminated + * string. + * + * If the string is NULL or does not have exactly 4 charateres, it will + * return 0, otherwise it behaves like vlc_fourcc_GetCodec. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodecFromString( int i_cat, const char * ); + +/** + * It convert the gives fourcc to an audio codec when possible. + * + * The fourcc converted are aflt, araw/pcm , twos, sowt. When an incompatible i_bits + * is detected, 0 is returned. + * The other fourcc goes through vlc_fourcc_GetCodec and i_bits is not checked. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodecAudio( vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc, int i_bits ); + +/** + * It returns the description of the given fourcc or NULL if not found. + * + * You may use UNKNOWN_ES for the ES category if you don't have the information. + */ +VLC_API const char * vlc_fourcc_GetDescription( int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc ); + +/** + * It returns a list (terminated with the value 0) of YUV fourccs in + * decreasing priority order for the given chroma. + * + * It will always return a non NULL pointer that must not be freed. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_fourcc_t * vlc_fourcc_GetYUVFallback( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns a list (terminated with the value 0) of RGB fourccs in + * decreasing priority order for the given chroma. + * + * It will always return a non NULL pointer that must not be freed. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_fourcc_t * vlc_fourcc_GetRGBFallback( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns true if the given fourcc is YUV and false otherwise. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_fourcc_IsYUV( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns true if the two fourccs are equivalent if their U&V planes are + * swapped. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_fourcc_AreUVPlanesSwapped(vlc_fourcc_t , vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * Chroma related information. + */ +typedef struct { + unsigned plane_count; + struct { + struct { + unsigned num; + unsigned den; + } w; + struct { + unsigned num; + unsigned den; + } h; + } p[4]; + unsigned pixel_size; /* Number of bytes per pixel for a plane */ + unsigned pixel_bits; /* Number of bits actually used bits per pixel for a plane */ +} vlc_chroma_description_t; + +/** + * It returns a vlc_chroma_description_t describing the request fourcc or NULL + * if not found. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_chroma_description_t * vlc_fourcc_GetChromaDescription( vlc_fourcc_t fourcc ); + +#endif /* _VLC_FOURCC_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fs.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..533aa9b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_fs.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fs.h: File system helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2006-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FS_H +#define VLC_FS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * Those functions convert file paths from UTF-8 to the system-specific + * encoding (especially UTF-16 on Windows). Also, they always mark file + * descriptor with the close-on-exec flag. + */ + +#include +#include + +VLC_API int vlc_open( const char *filename, int flags, ... ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API FILE * vlc_fopen( const char *filename, const char *mode ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int vlc_openat( int fd, const char *filename, int flags, ... ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API DIR * vlc_opendir( const char *dirname ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * vlc_readdir( DIR *dir ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int vlc_loaddir( DIR *dir, char ***namelist, int (*select)( const char * ), int (*compar)( const char **, const char ** ) ); +VLC_API int vlc_scandir( const char *dirname, char ***namelist, int (*select)( const char * ), int (*compar)( const char **, const char ** ) ); +VLC_API int vlc_mkdir( const char *filename, mode_t mode ); + +VLC_API int vlc_unlink( const char *filename ); +VLC_API int vlc_rename( const char *oldpath, const char *newpath ); +VLC_API char *vlc_getcwd( void ) VLC_USED; + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +typedef struct vlc_DIR +{ + _WDIR *wdir; /* MUST be first, see */ + char *entry; + union + { + DWORD drives; + bool insert_dot_dot; + } u; +} vlc_DIR; + +static inline int vlc_closedir( DIR *dir ) +{ + vlc_DIR *vdir = (vlc_DIR *)dir; + _WDIR *wdir = vdir->wdir; + + free( vdir->entry ); + free( vdir ); + return (wdir != NULL) ? _wclosedir( wdir ) : 0; +} +# undef closedir +# define closedir vlc_closedir + +static inline void vlc_rewinddir( DIR *dir ) +{ + _WDIR *wdir = *(_WDIR **)dir; + + _wrewinddir( wdir ); +} +# undef rewinddir +# define rewinddir vlc_rewinddir + +# include +# ifndef stat +# define stat _stati64 +# endif +# ifndef fstat +# define fstat _fstati64 +# endif +# ifndef _MSC_VER +# undef lseek +# define lseek _lseeki64 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# define lseek lseek64 +#endif + +struct stat; + +VLC_API int vlc_stat( const char *filename, struct stat *buf ); +VLC_API int vlc_lstat( const char *filename, struct stat *buf ); + +VLC_API int vlc_mkstemp( char * ); + +VLC_API int vlc_dup( int ); +VLC_API int vlc_pipe( int[2] ); +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89bdab8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_gcrypt.h: VLC thread support for gcrypt + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file implements gcrypt support functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +#ifdef LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD +/** + * If possible, use gcrypt-provided thread implementation. This is so that + * other non-VLC components (inside the process) can also use gcrypt safely. + */ +GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_PTHREAD_IMPL; +# define gcry_threads_vlc gcry_threads_pthread +#else + +/** + * gcrypt thread option VLC implementation + */ + +static int gcry_vlc_mutex_init( void **p_sys ) +{ + vlc_mutex_t *p_lock = (vlc_mutex_t *)malloc( sizeof( vlc_mutex_t ) ); + if( p_lock == NULL) + return ENOMEM; + + vlc_mutex_init( p_lock ); + *p_sys = p_lock; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static int gcry_vlc_mutex_destroy( void **p_sys ) +{ + vlc_mutex_t *p_lock = (vlc_mutex_t *)*p_sys; + vlc_mutex_destroy( p_lock ); + free( p_lock ); + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static int gcry_vlc_mutex_lock( void **p_sys ) +{ + vlc_mutex_lock( (vlc_mutex_t *)*p_sys ); + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static int gcry_vlc_mutex_unlock( void **lock ) +{ + vlc_mutex_unlock( (vlc_mutex_t *)*lock ); + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static const struct gcry_thread_cbs gcry_threads_vlc = +{ + GCRY_THREAD_OPTION_USER, + NULL, + gcry_vlc_mutex_init, + gcry_vlc_mutex_destroy, + gcry_vlc_mutex_lock, + gcry_vlc_mutex_unlock, + NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL +}; +#endif + +/** + * Initializes gcrypt with proper locking. + */ +static inline void vlc_gcrypt_init (void) +{ + /* This would need a process-wide static mutex with all libraries linking + * to a given instance of libgcrypt. We cannot do this as we have different + * plugins linking with gcrypt, and some underlying libraries may use it + * behind our back. Only way is to always link gcrypt statically (ouch!) or + * have upstream gcrypt provide one shared object per threading system. */ + static bool done = false; + + vlc_global_lock (VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX); + if (!done) + { + gcry_control (GCRYCTL_SET_THREAD_CBS, &gcry_threads_vlc); + done = true; + } + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX); +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_http.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_http.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b0510a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_http.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_http.h: Shared code for HTTP clients + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: ddde13efed1e11a15632f17e1da4437f59750988 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * Christophe Massiot + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HTTP_H +#define VLC_HTTP_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures, enums and macros shared between + * HTTP clients. + */ + +/* RFC 2617: Basic and Digest Access Authentication */ +typedef struct http_auth_t +{ + char *psz_realm; + char *psz_domain; + char *psz_nonce; + char *psz_opaque; + char *psz_stale; + char *psz_algorithm; + char *psz_qop; + int i_nonce; + char *psz_cnonce; + char *psz_HA1; /* stored H(A1) value if algorithm = "MD5-sess" */ +} http_auth_t; + + +VLC_API void http_auth_Init( http_auth_t * ); +VLC_API void http_auth_Reset( http_auth_t * ); +VLC_API void http_auth_ParseWwwAuthenticateHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, http_auth_t * , + const char * ); +VLC_API int http_auth_ParseAuthenticationInfoHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, http_auth_t *, + const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, + const char * ); +VLC_API char *http_auth_FormatAuthorizationHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, http_auth_t *, + const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +#endif /* VLC_HTTP_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_httpd.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_httpd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ade72f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_httpd.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_httpd.h: builtin HTTP/RTSP server. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 852a7a8c15f9c419cf00e2565d71986500258da7 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HTTPD_H +#define VLC_HTTPD_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * HTTP/RTSP server API. + */ + +enum +{ + HTTPD_MSG_NONE, + + /* answer */ + HTTPD_MSG_ANSWER, + + /* http request */ + HTTPD_MSG_GET, + HTTPD_MSG_HEAD, + HTTPD_MSG_POST, + + /* rtsp request */ + HTTPD_MSG_OPTIONS, + HTTPD_MSG_DESCRIBE, + HTTPD_MSG_SETUP, + HTTPD_MSG_PLAY, + HTTPD_MSG_PAUSE, + HTTPD_MSG_GETPARAMETER, + HTTPD_MSG_TEARDOWN, + + /* just to track the count of MSG */ + HTTPD_MSG_MAX +}; + +enum +{ + HTTPD_PROTO_NONE, + HTTPD_PROTO_HTTP, /* HTTP/1.x */ + HTTPD_PROTO_RTSP, /* RTSP/1.x */ + HTTPD_PROTO_HTTP0, /* HTTP/0.x */ +}; + +typedef struct httpd_host_t httpd_host_t; +typedef struct httpd_client_t httpd_client_t; +/* create a new host */ +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_http_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_https_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_rtsp_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +/* delete a host */ +VLC_API void httpd_HostDelete( httpd_host_t * ); + +typedef struct +{ + char * name; + char * value; +} httpd_header; + +typedef struct httpd_message_t +{ + httpd_client_t *cl; /* NULL if not throught a connection e vlc internal */ + + uint8_t i_type; + uint8_t i_proto; + uint8_t i_version; + + /* for an answer */ + int i_status; + + /* for a query */ + char *psz_url; + /* FIXME find a clean way to handle GET(psz_args) + and POST(body) through the same code */ + uint8_t *psz_args; + + /* options */ + size_t i_headers; + httpd_header *p_headers; + + /* body */ + int64_t i_body_offset; + int i_body; + uint8_t *p_body; + +} httpd_message_t; + +typedef struct httpd_url_t httpd_url_t; +typedef struct httpd_callback_sys_t httpd_callback_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_callback_t)( httpd_callback_sys_t *, httpd_client_t *, httpd_message_t *answer, const httpd_message_t *query ); +/* register a new url */ +VLC_API httpd_url_t * httpd_UrlNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password ) VLC_USED; +/* register callback on a url */ +VLC_API int httpd_UrlCatch( httpd_url_t *, int i_msg, httpd_callback_t, httpd_callback_sys_t * ); +/* delete a url */ +VLC_API void httpd_UrlDelete( httpd_url_t * ); + +VLC_API char* httpd_ClientIP( const httpd_client_t *cl, char *, int * ); +VLC_API char* httpd_ServerIP( const httpd_client_t *cl, char *, int * ); + +/* High level */ + +typedef struct httpd_file_t httpd_file_t; +typedef struct httpd_file_sys_t httpd_file_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_file_callback_t)( httpd_file_sys_t *, httpd_file_t *, uint8_t *psz_request, uint8_t **pp_data, int *pi_data ); +VLC_API httpd_file_t * httpd_FileNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_mime, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password, httpd_file_callback_t pf_fill, httpd_file_sys_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_file_sys_t * httpd_FileDelete( httpd_file_t * ); + + +typedef struct httpd_handler_t httpd_handler_t; +typedef struct httpd_handler_sys_t httpd_handler_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_handler_callback_t)( httpd_handler_sys_t *, httpd_handler_t *, char *psz_url, uint8_t *psz_request, int i_type, uint8_t *p_in, int i_in, char *psz_remote_addr, char *psz_remote_host, uint8_t **pp_data, int *pi_data ); +VLC_API httpd_handler_t * httpd_HandlerNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password, httpd_handler_callback_t pf_fill, httpd_handler_sys_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_handler_sys_t * httpd_HandlerDelete( httpd_handler_t * ); + +typedef struct httpd_redirect_t httpd_redirect_t; +VLC_API httpd_redirect_t * httpd_RedirectNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url_dst, const char *psz_url_src ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void httpd_RedirectDelete( httpd_redirect_t * ); + + +typedef struct httpd_stream_t httpd_stream_t; +VLC_API httpd_stream_t * httpd_StreamNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_mime, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void httpd_StreamDelete( httpd_stream_t * ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamHeader( httpd_stream_t *, uint8_t *p_data, int i_data ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamSend( httpd_stream_t *, const block_t *p_block ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamSetHTTPHeaders(httpd_stream_t *, httpd_header *, size_t); + +/* Msg functions facilities */ +VLC_API void httpd_MsgAdd( httpd_message_t *, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_value, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); +/* return "" if not found. The string is not allocated */ +VLC_API const char * httpd_MsgGet( const httpd_message_t *, const char *psz_name ); + +#endif /* _VLC_HTTPD_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_image.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_image.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52419af --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_image.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_image.h : wrapper for image reading/writing facilities + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 52bce1f24495ffdbadfb6d0aef0953577992b9a2 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_IMAGE_H +#define VLC_IMAGE_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for image conversions in vlc + */ + +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct image_handler_t +{ + picture_t * (*pf_read) ( image_handler_t *, block_t *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + picture_t * (*pf_read_url) ( image_handler_t *, const char *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + block_t * (*pf_write) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + int (*pf_write_url) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t *, + const char * ); + + picture_t * (*pf_convert) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + picture_t * (*pf_filter) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + video_format_t *, const char * ); + + /* Private properties */ + vlc_object_t *p_parent; + decoder_t *p_dec; + encoder_t *p_enc; + filter_t *p_filter; +}; + +VLC_API image_handler_t * image_HandlerCreate( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define image_HandlerCreate( a ) image_HandlerCreate( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void image_HandlerDelete( image_handler_t * ); + +#define image_Read( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_read( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_ReadUrl( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_read_url( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_Write( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_write( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_WriteUrl( a, b, c, d, e ) a->pf_write_url( a, b, c, d, e ) +#define image_Convert( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_convert( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_Filter( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_filter( a, b, c, d ) + +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Type2Fourcc( const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Ext2Fourcc( const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Mime2Fourcc( const char *psz_mime ); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_IMAGE_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1f7330 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_inhibit.h: VLC screen saver inhibition + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the interface for screen-saver inhibition modules + */ + +#ifndef VLC_INHIBIT_H +# define VLC_INHIBIT_H 1 + +typedef struct vlc_inhibit vlc_inhibit_t; +typedef struct vlc_inhibit_sys vlc_inhibit_sys_t; + +enum vlc_inhibit_flags +{ + VLC_INHIBIT_NONE=0 /*< No inhibition */, + VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND=0x1 /*< Processor is in use - do not suspend */, + VLC_INHIBIT_DISPLAY=0x2 /*< Display is in use - do not blank/lock */, +#define VLC_INHIBIT_AUDIO (VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND) +#define VLC_INHIBIT_VIDEO (VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND|VLC_INHIBIT_DISPLAY) +}; + +struct vlc_inhibit +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_inhibit_sys_t *p_sys; + void (*inhibit) (vlc_inhibit_t *, unsigned flags); +}; + +static inline void vlc_inhibit_Set (vlc_inhibit_t *ih, unsigned flags) +{ + ih->inhibit (ih, flags); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_input.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_input.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f53bcaa --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_input.h @@ -0,0 +1,676 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_input.h: Core input structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 13a944a2ac92728542d3f33755daf7857113d5d9 $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* __ is need because conflict with */ +#ifndef VLC_INPUT_H +#define VLC_INPUT_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and enums for input objects in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +/***************************************************************************** + * Seek point: (generalisation of chapters) + *****************************************************************************/ +struct seekpoint_t +{ + int64_t i_byte_offset; + int64_t i_time_offset; + char *psz_name; +}; + +static inline seekpoint_t *vlc_seekpoint_New( void ) +{ + seekpoint_t *point = (seekpoint_t*)malloc( sizeof( seekpoint_t ) ); + if( !point ) + return NULL; + point->i_byte_offset = + point->i_time_offset = -1; + point->psz_name = NULL; + return point; +} + +static inline void vlc_seekpoint_Delete( seekpoint_t *point ) +{ + if( !point ) return; + free( point->psz_name ); + free( point ); +} + +static inline seekpoint_t *vlc_seekpoint_Duplicate( const seekpoint_t *src ) +{ + seekpoint_t *point = vlc_seekpoint_New(); + if( src->psz_name ) point->psz_name = strdup( src->psz_name ); + point->i_time_offset = src->i_time_offset; + point->i_byte_offset = src->i_byte_offset; + return point; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Title: + *****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct input_title_t +{ + char *psz_name; + + bool b_menu; /* Is it a menu or a normal entry */ + + int64_t i_length; /* Length(microsecond) if known, else 0 */ + int64_t i_size; /* Size (bytes) if known, else 0 */ + + /* Title seekpoint */ + int i_seekpoint; + seekpoint_t **seekpoint; + +} input_title_t; + +static inline input_title_t *vlc_input_title_New(void) +{ + input_title_t *t = (input_title_t*)malloc( sizeof( input_title_t ) ); + if( !t ) + return NULL; + + t->psz_name = NULL; + t->b_menu = false; + t->i_length = 0; + t->i_size = 0; + t->i_seekpoint = 0; + t->seekpoint = NULL; + + return t; +} + +static inline void vlc_input_title_Delete( input_title_t *t ) +{ + int i; + if( t == NULL ) + return; + + free( t->psz_name ); + for( i = 0; i < t->i_seekpoint; i++ ) + { + free( t->seekpoint[i]->psz_name ); + free( t->seekpoint[i] ); + } + free( t->seekpoint ); + free( t ); +} + +static inline input_title_t *vlc_input_title_Duplicate( const input_title_t *t ) +{ + input_title_t *dup = vlc_input_title_New( ); + int i; + + if( t->psz_name ) dup->psz_name = strdup( t->psz_name ); + dup->b_menu = t->b_menu; + dup->i_length = t->i_length; + dup->i_size = t->i_size; + dup->i_seekpoint = t->i_seekpoint; + if( t->i_seekpoint > 0 ) + { + dup->seekpoint = (seekpoint_t**)calloc( t->i_seekpoint, + sizeof(seekpoint_t*) ); + + for( i = 0; i < t->i_seekpoint; i++ ) + { + dup->seekpoint[i] = vlc_seekpoint_Duplicate( t->seekpoint[i] ); + } + } + + return dup; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Attachments + *****************************************************************************/ +struct input_attachment_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_mime; + char *psz_description; + + int i_data; + void *p_data; +}; + +static inline input_attachment_t *vlc_input_attachment_New( const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_mime, + const char *psz_description, + const void *p_data, + int i_data ) +{ + input_attachment_t *a = + (input_attachment_t*)malloc( sizeof(input_attachment_t) ); + if( !a ) + return NULL; + a->psz_name = strdup( psz_name ? psz_name : "" ); + a->psz_mime = strdup( psz_mime ? psz_mime : "" ); + a->psz_description = strdup( psz_description ? psz_description : "" ); + a->i_data = i_data; + a->p_data = NULL; + if( i_data > 0 ) + { + a->p_data = malloc( i_data ); + if( a->p_data && p_data ) + memcpy( a->p_data, p_data, i_data ); + } + return a; +} +static inline input_attachment_t *vlc_input_attachment_Duplicate( const input_attachment_t *a ) +{ + return vlc_input_attachment_New( a->psz_name, a->psz_mime, a->psz_description, + a->p_data, a->i_data ); +} +static inline void vlc_input_attachment_Delete( input_attachment_t *a ) +{ + if( !a ) + return; + free( a->psz_name ); + free( a->psz_mime ); + free( a->psz_description ); + free( a->p_data ); + free( a ); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * input defines/constants. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This defines private core storage for an input. + */ +typedef struct input_thread_private_t input_thread_private_t; + +/** + * This defines an opaque input resource handler. + */ +typedef struct input_resource_t input_resource_t; + +/** + * Main structure representing an input thread. This structure is mostly + * private. The only public fields are READ-ONLY. You must use the helpers + * to modify them + */ +struct input_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + bool b_error; + bool b_eof; + bool b_preparsing; + bool b_dead; + + /* All other data is input_thread is PRIVATE. You can't access it + * outside of src/input */ + input_thread_private_t *p; +}; + +/** + * Record prefix string. + * TODO make it configurable. + */ +#define INPUT_RECORD_PREFIX "vlc-record-%Y-%m-%d-%Hh%Mm%Ss-$ N-$ p" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Input events and variables + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup inputvariable Input variables + * + * The input provides multiples variable you can write to and/or read from. + * + * TODO complete the documentation. + * The read only variables are: + * - "length" + * - "can-seek" (if you can seek, it doesn't say if 'bar display' has be shown + * or not, for that check position != 0.0) + * - "can-pause" + * - "can-rate" + * - "can-rewind" + * - "can-record" (if a stream can be recorded while playing) + * - "teletext-es" (list of id from the spu tracks (spu-es) that are teletext, the + * variable value being the one currently selected, -1 if no teletext) + * - "signal-quality" + * - "signal-strength" + * - "program-scrambled" (if the current program is scrambled) + * - "cache" (level of data cached [0 .. 1]) + * + * The read-write variables are: + * - state (\see input_state_e) + * - rate + * - position, position-offset + * - time, time-offset + * - title, next-title, prev-title + * - chapter, next-chapter, next-chapter-prev + * - program, audio-es, video-es, spu-es + * - audio-delay, spu-delay + * - bookmark (bookmark list) + * - record + * - frame-next + * - navigation (list of "title %2i") + * - "title %2i" + * + * The variable used for event is + * - intf-event (\see input_event_type_e) + */ + +/** + * Input state + * + * This enum is used by the variable "state" + */ +typedef enum input_state_e +{ + INIT_S = 0, + OPENING_S, + PLAYING_S, + PAUSE_S, + END_S, + ERROR_S, +} input_state_e; + +/** + * Input rate. + * + * It is an float used by the variable "rate" in the + * range [INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT/INPUT_RATE_MAX, INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT/INPUT_RATE_MIN] + * the default value being 1. It represents the ratio of playback speed to + * nominal speed (bigger is faster). + * + * Internally, the rate is stored as a value in the range + * [INPUT_RATE_MIN, INPUT_RATE_MAX]. + * internal rate = INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT / rate variable + */ + +/** + * Default rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT 1000 +/** + * Minimal rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_MIN 32 /* Up to 32/1 */ +/** + * Maximal rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_MAX 32000 /* Up to 1/32 */ + +/** + * Input events + * + * You can catch input event by adding a callback on the variable "intf-event". + * This variable is an integer that will hold a input_event_type_e value. + */ +typedef enum input_event_type_e +{ + /* "state" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_STATE, + /* b_dead is true */ + INPUT_EVENT_DEAD, + /* a *user* abort has been requested */ + INPUT_EVENT_ABORT, + + /* "rate" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_RATE, + + /* At least one of "position" or "time" */ + INPUT_EVENT_POSITION, + + /* "length" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_LENGTH, + + /* A title has been added or removed or selected. + * It imply that chapter has changed (not chapter event is sent) */ + INPUT_EVENT_TITLE, + /* A chapter has been added or removed or selected. */ + INPUT_EVENT_CHAPTER, + + /* A program ("program") has been added or removed or selected, + * or "program-scrambled" has changed.*/ + INPUT_EVENT_PROGRAM, + /* A ES has been added or removed or selected */ + INPUT_EVENT_ES, + /* "teletext-es" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_TELETEXT, + + /* "record" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_RECORD, + + /* input_item_t media has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_META, + /* input_item_t info has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_INFO, + /* input_item_t name has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_NAME, + /* input_item_t epg has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_EPG, + + /* Input statistics have been updated */ + INPUT_EVENT_STATISTICS, + /* At least one of "signal-quality" or "signal-strength" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_SIGNAL, + + /* "audio-delay" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_AUDIO_DELAY, + /* "spu-delay" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_SUBTITLE_DELAY, + + /* "bookmark" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_BOOKMARK, + + /* cache" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_CACHE, + + /* A audio_output_t object has been created/deleted by *the input* */ + INPUT_EVENT_AOUT, + /* A vout_thread_t object has been created/deleted by *the input* */ + INPUT_EVENT_VOUT, + +} input_event_type_e; + +/** + * Input queries + */ +enum input_query_e +{ + /* input variable "position" */ + INPUT_GET_POSITION, /* arg1= double * res= */ + INPUT_SET_POSITION, /* arg1= double res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "length" */ + INPUT_GET_LENGTH, /* arg1= int64_t * res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "time" */ + INPUT_GET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + INPUT_SET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "rate" (nominal is INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT) */ + INPUT_GET_RATE, /* arg1= int * res= */ + INPUT_SET_RATE, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "state" */ + INPUT_GET_STATE, /* arg1= int * res= */ + INPUT_SET_STATE, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "audio-delay" and "sub-delay" */ + INPUT_GET_AUDIO_DELAY, /* arg1 = int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_AUDIO_DELAY, /* arg1 = int res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_SPU_DELAY, /* arg1 = int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_SPU_DELAY, /* arg1 = int res=can fail */ + + /* Menu navigation */ + INPUT_NAV_ACTIVATE, + INPUT_NAV_UP, + INPUT_NAV_DOWN, + INPUT_NAV_LEFT, + INPUT_NAV_RIGHT, + + /* Meta datas */ + INPUT_ADD_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* arg3=... res=can fail */ + INPUT_REPLACE_INFOS,/* arg1= info_category_t * res=cannot fail */ + INPUT_MERGE_INFOS,/* arg1= info_category_t * res=cannot fail */ + INPUT_GET_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* arg3= char** res=can fail */ + INPUT_DEL_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_NAME, /* arg1= char* res=can fail */ + + /* Input properties */ + INPUT_GET_VIDEO_FPS, /* arg1= double * res=can fail */ + + /* bookmarks */ + INPUT_GET_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_BOOKMARKS, /* arg1= seekpoint_t *** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_CLEAR_BOOKMARKS, /* res=can fail */ + INPUT_ADD_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_CHANGE_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_DEL_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* titles */ + INPUT_GET_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + + /* Attachments */ + INPUT_GET_ATTACHMENTS, /* arg1=input_attachment_t***, arg2=int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_ATTACHMENT, /* arg1=input_attachment_t**, arg2=char* res=can fail */ + + /* On the fly input slave */ + INPUT_ADD_SLAVE, /* arg1= const char * */ + INPUT_ADD_SUBTITLE, /* arg1= const char *, arg2=bool b_check_extension */ + + /* On the fly record while playing */ + INPUT_SET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool* res=can fail */ + + /* ES */ + INPUT_RESTART_ES, /* arg1=int (-AUDIO/VIDEO/SPU_ES for the whole category) */ + + /* Input ressources + * XXX You must call vlc_object_release as soon as possible */ + INPUT_GET_AOUT, /* arg1=audio_output_t ** res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_VOUTS, /* arg1=vout_thread_t ***, size_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_ES_OBJECTS, /* arg1=int id, vlc_object_t **dec, vout_thread_t **, audio_output_t ** */ + + /* External clock managments */ + INPUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=mtime_t *, arg2=mtime_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM,/* arg1=int absolute, arg2=mtime_t res=can fail */ +}; + +/** @}*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API input_thread_t * input_Create( vlc_object_t *p_parent, input_item_t *, const char *psz_log, input_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define input_Create(a,b,c,d) input_Create(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) + +VLC_API input_thread_t * input_CreateAndStart( vlc_object_t *p_parent, input_item_t *, const char *psz_log ) VLC_USED; +#define input_CreateAndStart(a,b,c) input_CreateAndStart(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +VLC_API int input_Start( input_thread_t * ); + +VLC_API void input_Stop( input_thread_t *, bool b_abort ); + +VLC_API int input_Read( vlc_object_t *, input_item_t * ); +#define input_Read(a,b) input_Read(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_API int input_vaControl( input_thread_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + +VLC_API int input_Control( input_thread_t *, int i_query, ... ); + +VLC_API void input_Close( input_thread_t * ); +void input_Join( input_thread_t * ); +void input_Release( input_thread_t * ); + +/** + * Get the input item for an input thread + * + * You have to keep a reference to the input or to the input_item_t until + * you do not need it anymore. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t* input_GetItem( input_thread_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It will return the current state of the input. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline input_state_e input_GetState( input_thread_t * p_input ) +{ + input_state_e state = INIT_S; + input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_STATE, &state ); + return state; +} + +/** + * Return one of the video output (if any). If possible, you should use + * INPUT_GET_VOUTS directly and process _all_ video outputs instead. + * @param p_input an input thread from which to get a video output + * @return NULL on error, or a video output thread pointer (which needs to be + * released with vlc_object_release()). + */ +static inline vout_thread_t *input_GetVout( input_thread_t *p_input ) +{ + vout_thread_t **pp_vout, *p_vout; + size_t i_vout; + + if( input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_VOUTS, &pp_vout, &i_vout ) ) + return NULL; + + for( size_t i = 1; i < i_vout; i++ ) + vlc_object_release( (vlc_object_t *)(pp_vout[i]) ); + + p_vout = (i_vout >= 1) ? pp_vout[0] : NULL; + free( pp_vout ); + return p_vout; +} + +/** + * It will add a new subtitle source to the input. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline int input_AddSubtitleOSD( input_thread_t *p_input, const char *psz_url, + bool b_check_extension, bool b_osd ) +{ + int i_result = input_Control( p_input, INPUT_ADD_SUBTITLE, psz_url, b_check_extension ); + if( i_result != VLC_SUCCESS || !b_osd ) + return i_result; + + vout_thread_t *p_vout = input_GetVout( p_input ); + if( p_vout ) + { + vout_OSDMessage(p_vout, SPU_DEFAULT_CHANNEL, "%s", + vlc_gettext("Subtitle track added") ); + vlc_object_release( (vlc_object_t *)p_vout ); + } + return i_result; +} +#define input_AddSubtitle(a, b, c) input_AddSubtitleOSD(a, b, c, false) + + +/** + * Return the audio output (if any) associated with an input. + * @param p_input an input thread + * @return NULL on error, or the audio output (which needs to be + * released with vlc_object_release()). + */ +static inline audio_output_t *input_GetAout( input_thread_t *p_input ) +{ + audio_output_t *p_aout; + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_AOUT, &p_aout ) ? NULL : p_aout; +} + +/** + * Returns the objects associated to an ES. + * + * You must release all non NULL object using vlc_object_release. + * You may set pointer of pointer to NULL to avoid retreiving it. + */ +static inline int input_GetEsObjects( input_thread_t *p_input, int i_id, + vlc_object_t **pp_decoder, + vout_thread_t **pp_vout, audio_output_t **pp_aout ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_ES_OBJECTS, i_id, + pp_decoder, pp_vout, pp_aout ); +} + +/** + * \see input_clock_GetSystemOrigin + */ +static inline int input_GetPcrSystem( input_thread_t *p_input, mtime_t *pi_system, mtime_t *pi_delay ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, pi_system, pi_delay ); +} +/** + * \see input_clock_ChangeSystemOrigin + */ +static inline int input_ModifyPcrSystem( input_thread_t *p_input, bool b_absolute, mtime_t i_system ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, b_absolute, i_system ); +} + +/* */ +VLC_API decoder_t * input_DecoderCreate( vlc_object_t *, es_format_t *, input_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void input_DecoderDelete( decoder_t * ); +VLC_API void input_DecoderDecode( decoder_t *, block_t *, bool b_do_pace ); + +/** + * This function creates a sane filename path. + */ +VLC_API char * input_CreateFilename( input_thread_t *, const char *psz_path, const char *psz_prefix, const char *psz_extension ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It creates an empty input resource handler. + * + * The given object MUST stay alive as long as the input_resource_t is + * not deleted. + */ +VLC_API input_resource_t * input_resource_New( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It releases an input resource. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_Release( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * Forcefully destroys the video output (e.g. when the playlist is stopped). + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_TerminateVout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function releases all resources (object). + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_Terminate( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * \return the current audio output if any. + * Use vlc_object_release() to drop the reference. + */ +VLC_API audio_output_t *input_resource_HoldAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates or recycles an audio output. + */ +VLC_API audio_output_t *input_resource_GetAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function retains or destroys an audio output. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_PutAout( input_resource_t *, audio_output_t * ); + +/** + * Prevents the existing audio output (if any) from being recycled. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_ResetAout( input_resource_t * ); + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_input_item.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_input_item.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8dd17a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_input_item.h @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_input_item.h: Core input item + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f4eb4bb23416e1b7ed774b447c5948b3086f9cfe $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_INPUT_ITEM_H +#define VLC_INPUT_ITEM_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and enums for input items in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +/***************************************************************************** + * input_item_t: Describes an input and is used to spawn input_thread_t objects + *****************************************************************************/ +struct info_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< Name of this info */ + char *psz_value; /**< Value of the info */ +}; + +struct info_category_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< Name of this category */ + int i_infos; /**< Number of infos in the category */ + struct info_t **pp_infos; /**< Pointer to an array of infos */ +}; + +struct input_item_t +{ + int i_id; /**< Identifier of the item */ + + char *psz_name; /**< text describing this item */ + char *psz_uri; /**< mrl of this item */ + + int i_options; /**< Number of input options */ + char **ppsz_options; /**< Array of input options */ + uint8_t *optflagv; /**< Some flags of input options */ + unsigned optflagc; + + mtime_t i_duration; /**< Duration in microseconds */ + + + int i_categories; /**< Number of info categories */ + info_category_t **pp_categories; /**< Pointer to the first info category */ + + int i_es; /**< Number of es format descriptions */ + es_format_t **es; /**< Es formats */ + + input_stats_t *p_stats; /**< Statistics */ + int i_nb_played; /**< Number of times played */ + + vlc_meta_t *p_meta; + + int i_epg; /**< Number of EPG entries */ + vlc_epg_t **pp_epg; /**< EPG entries */ + + vlc_event_manager_t event_manager; + + vlc_mutex_t lock; /**< Lock for the item */ + + uint8_t i_type; /**< Type (file, disc, ... see input_item_type_e) */ + bool b_fixed_name; /**< Can the interface change the name ?*/ + bool b_error_when_reading;/**< Error When Reading */ +}; + +TYPEDEF_ARRAY(input_item_t*, input_item_array_t) + +enum input_item_type_e +{ + ITEM_TYPE_UNKNOWN, + ITEM_TYPE_FILE, + ITEM_TYPE_DIRECTORY, + ITEM_TYPE_DISC, + ITEM_TYPE_CDDA, + ITEM_TYPE_CARD, + ITEM_TYPE_NET, + ITEM_TYPE_PLAYLIST, + ITEM_TYPE_NODE, + + /* This one is not a real type but the number of input_item types. */ + ITEM_TYPE_NUMBER +}; + +struct input_item_node_t +{ + input_item_t * p_item; + int i_children; + input_item_node_t **pp_children; + input_item_node_t *p_parent; +}; + +VLC_API void input_item_CopyOptions( input_item_t *p_parent, input_item_t *p_child ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetName( input_item_t *p_item, const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Add one subitem to this item + * + * This won't hold the item, but can tell to interested third parties + * Like the playlist, that there is a new sub item. With this design + * It is not the input item's responsability to keep all the ref of + * the input item children. + * + * Sends a vlc_InputItemSubItemTreeAdded and a vlc_InputItemSubItemAdded event + */ +VLC_API void input_item_PostSubItem( input_item_t *p_parent, input_item_t *p_child ); + +/** + * Start adding multiple subitems. + * + * Create a root node to hold a tree of subitems for given item + */ +VLC_API input_item_node_t * input_item_node_Create( input_item_t *p_input ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Add a new child node to this parent node that will point to this subitem. + */ +VLC_API input_item_node_t * input_item_node_AppendItem( input_item_node_t *p_node, input_item_t *p_item ); + +/** + * Add an already created node to children of this parent node. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_AppendNode( input_item_node_t *p_parent, input_item_node_t *p_child ); + +/** + * Delete a node created with input_item_node_Create() and all its children. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_Delete( input_item_node_t *p_node ); + +/** + * End adding multiple subitems. + * + * Sends a vlc_InputItemSubItemTreeAdded event to notify that the item pointed to + * by the given root node has created new subitems that are pointed to by all the + * children of the node. + * + * Also sends vlc_InputItemSubItemAdded event for every child under the given root node; + * + * In the end deletes the node and all its children nodes. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_PostAndDelete( input_item_node_t *p_node ); + + +/** + * Option flags + */ +enum input_item_option_e +{ + /* Allow VLC to trust the given option. + * By default options are untrusted */ + VLC_INPUT_OPTION_TRUSTED = 0x2, + + /* Add the option, unless the same option + * is already present. */ + VLC_INPUT_OPTION_UNIQUE = 0x100, +}; + +/** + * This function allows to add an option to an existing input_item_t. + */ +VLC_API int input_item_AddOption(input_item_t *, const char *, unsigned i_flags ); + +/* */ +VLC_API bool input_item_HasErrorWhenReading( input_item_t * ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetMeta( input_item_t *, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz_val ); +VLC_API bool input_item_MetaMatch( input_item_t *p_i, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz ); +VLC_API char * input_item_GetMeta( input_item_t *p_i, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetName( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetTitleFbName( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetURI( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void input_item_SetURI( input_item_t * p_i, const char *psz_uri ); +VLC_API mtime_t input_item_GetDuration( input_item_t * p_i ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetDuration( input_item_t * p_i, mtime_t i_duration ); +VLC_API bool input_item_IsPreparsed( input_item_t *p_i ); +VLC_API bool input_item_IsArtFetched( input_item_t *p_i ); + +static inline char *input_item_GetNowPlayingFb( input_item_t *p_item ) +{ + char *psz_meta = input_item_GetMeta( p_item, vlc_meta_NowPlaying ); + if( !psz_meta || strlen( psz_meta ) == 0 ) + { + free( psz_meta ); + return input_item_GetMeta( p_item, vlc_meta_ESNowPlaying ); + } + return psz_meta; +} + +#define INPUT_META( name ) \ +static inline \ +void input_item_Set ## name (input_item_t *p_input, const char *val) \ +{ \ + input_item_SetMeta (p_input, vlc_meta_ ## name, val); \ +} \ +static inline \ +char *input_item_Get ## name (input_item_t *p_input) \ +{ \ + return input_item_GetMeta (p_input, vlc_meta_ ## name); \ +} + +INPUT_META(Title) +INPUT_META(Artist) +INPUT_META(Genre) +INPUT_META(Copyright) +INPUT_META(Album) +INPUT_META(TrackNumber) +INPUT_META(Description) +INPUT_META(Rating) +INPUT_META(Date) +INPUT_META(Setting) +INPUT_META(URL) +INPUT_META(Language) +INPUT_META(NowPlaying) +INPUT_META(ESNowPlaying) +INPUT_META(Publisher) +INPUT_META(EncodedBy) +INPUT_META(ArtworkURL) +INPUT_META(TrackID) +INPUT_META(TrackTotal) +INPUT_META(Director) +INPUT_META(Season) +INPUT_META(Episode) +INPUT_META(ShowName) +INPUT_META(Actors) + +#define input_item_SetTrackNum input_item_SetTrackNumber +#define input_item_GetTrackNum input_item_GetTrackNumber +#define input_item_SetArtURL input_item_SetArtworkURL +#define input_item_GetArtURL input_item_GetArtworkURL + +VLC_API char * input_item_GetInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat,const char *psz_name ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int input_item_AddInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_format, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 4, 5 ); +VLC_API int input_item_DelInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat, const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API void input_item_ReplaceInfos( input_item_t *, info_category_t * ); +VLC_API void input_item_MergeInfos( input_item_t *, info_category_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t with the provided information. + * + * XXX You may also use input_item_New or input_item_NewExt as they need + * less arguments. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_NewWithType( const char *psz_uri, const char *psz_name, int i_options, const char *const *ppsz_options, unsigned i_option_flags, mtime_t i_duration, int i_type ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t with the provided information. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_NewExt( const char *psz_uri, const char *psz_name, int i_options, const char *const *ppsz_options, unsigned i_option_flags, mtime_t i_duration ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t with the provided information. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +#define input_item_New( a,b ) input_item_NewExt( a, b, 0, NULL, 0, -1 ) + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t as a copy of another. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_Copy(input_item_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** Holds an input item, i.e. creates a new reference. */ +VLC_API input_item_t *input_item_Hold(input_item_t *); + +/** Releases an input item, i.e. decrements its reference counter. */ +VLC_API void input_item_Release(input_item_t *); + +/* Historical hack... */ +#define vlc_gc_incref(i) input_item_Hold(i) +#define vlc_gc_decref(i) input_item_Release(i) + +typedef enum input_item_meta_request_option_t +{ + META_REQUEST_OPTION_NONE = 0x00, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_LOCAL = 0x01, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_NETWORK = 0x02, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_ANY = 0x03 +} input_item_meta_request_option_t; + +VLC_API int libvlc_MetaRequest(libvlc_int_t *, input_item_t *, + input_item_meta_request_option_t ); +VLC_API int libvlc_ArtRequest(libvlc_int_t *, input_item_t *, + input_item_meta_request_option_t ); + +/****************** + * Input stats + ******************/ +struct input_stats_t +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + + /* Input */ + int64_t i_read_packets; + int64_t i_read_bytes; + float f_input_bitrate; + float f_average_input_bitrate; + + /* Demux */ + int64_t i_demux_read_packets; + int64_t i_demux_read_bytes; + float f_demux_bitrate; + float f_average_demux_bitrate; + int64_t i_demux_corrupted; + int64_t i_demux_discontinuity; + + /* Decoders */ + int64_t i_decoded_audio; + int64_t i_decoded_video; + + /* Vout */ + int64_t i_displayed_pictures; + int64_t i_lost_pictures; + + /* Sout */ + int64_t i_sent_packets; + int64_t i_sent_bytes; + float f_send_bitrate; + + /* Aout */ + int64_t i_played_abuffers; + int64_t i_lost_abuffers; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_keys.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_keys.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf31710 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_keys.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_keys.h: keycode defines + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 49edab323f602e2149b6371bdb3b3277732b9cc0 $ + * + * Authors: Sigmund Augdal Helberg + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_KEYS_H +#define VLC_KEYS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines keys and functions + */ + +#define KEY_MODIFIER 0xFF000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_ALT 0x01000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x02000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_CTRL 0x04000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_META 0x08000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_COMMAND 0x10000000 + +#define KEY_UNSET 0x00000000 +#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x08 +#define KEY_TAB 0x09 +#define KEY_ENTER 0x0D +#define KEY_ESC 0x1B +/* End of Unicode range: 0x0010FFFF */ +#define KEY_LEFT 0x00210000 +#define KEY_RIGHT 0x00220000 +#define KEY_UP 0x00230000 +#define KEY_DOWN 0x00240000 +#define KEY_F1 0x00270000 +#define KEY_F2 0x00280000 +#define KEY_F3 0x00290000 +#define KEY_F4 0x002A0000 +#define KEY_F5 0x002B0000 +#define KEY_F6 0x002C0000 +#define KEY_F7 0x002D0000 +#define KEY_F8 0x002E0000 +#define KEY_F9 0x002F0000 +#define KEY_F10 0x00300000 +#define KEY_F11 0x00310000 +#define KEY_F12 0x00320000 +#define KEY_HOME 0x00330000 +#define KEY_END 0x00340000 +#define KEY_INSERT 0x00350000 +#define KEY_DELETE 0x00360000 +#define KEY_MENU 0x00370000 +#define KEY_PAGEUP 0x00390000 +#define KEY_PAGEDOWN 0x003A0000 +#define KEY_PRINT 0x003B0000 +#define KEY_PAUSE 0x003D0000 + +#define KEY_BROWSER_BACK 0x003F0000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_FORWARD 0x00400000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_REFRESH 0x00410000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_STOP 0x00420000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_SEARCH 0x00430000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_FAVORITES 0x00440000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_HOME 0x00450000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_MUTE 0x00460000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_DOWN 0x00470000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_UP 0x00480000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK 0x00490000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK 0x004A0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_STOP 0x004B0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE 0x004C0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_RECORD 0x004D0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_REWIND 0x004E0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FORWARD 0x004F0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_REPEAT 0x00500000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SHUFFLE 0x00510000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SUBTITLE 0x00520000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_AUDIO 0x00530000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_ANGLE 0x00540000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_TIME 0x00550000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FRAME_PREV 0x00560000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FRAME_NEXT 0x00570000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SELECT 0x00580000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_VIEW 0x00590000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_MENU 0x005A0000 +#define KEY_ZOOM_IN 0x00600000 +#define KEY_ZOOM_OUT 0x00610000 +#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP 0x00620000 +#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN 0x00630000 + +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELUP 0x00F00000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELDOWN 0x00F10000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELLEFT 0x00F20000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELRIGHT 0x00F30000 + +VLC_API char *vlc_keycode2str(uint_fast32_t i_key, bool locale) VLC_USED; +VLC_API uint_fast32_t vlc_str2keycode(const char *str) VLC_USED; + +typedef enum vlc_action { + ACTIONID_NONE = 0, + ACTIONID_QUIT, + ACTIONID_PLAY_PAUSE, + ACTIONID_PLAY, + ACTIONID_PAUSE, + ACTIONID_STOP, + ACTIONID_PREV, + ACTIONID_NEXT, + ACTIONID_SLOWER, + ACTIONID_FASTER, + ACTIONID_TOGGLE_FULLSCREEN, + ACTIONID_VOL_UP, + ACTIONID_VOL_DOWN, + ACTIONID_NAV_ACTIVATE, + ACTIONID_NAV_UP, + ACTIONID_NAV_DOWN, + ACTIONID_NAV_LEFT, + ACTIONID_NAV_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_EXTRASHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_EXTRASHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_SHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_SHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_MEDIUM, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_MEDIUM, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_LONG, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_LONG, + ACTIONID_FRAME_NEXT, + ACTIONID_POSITION, + ACTIONID_VOL_MUTE, +/* let ACTIONID_SET_BOOMARK* and ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK* be contiguous */ + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK1, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK2, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK3, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK4, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK5, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK6, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK7, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK8, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK9, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK10, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK1, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK2, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK3, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK4, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK5, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK6, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK7, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK8, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK9, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK10, + /* end of contiguous zone */ + ACTIONID_PLAY_CLEAR, + ACTIONID_SUBDELAY_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBDELAY_DOWN, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_MARKAUDIO, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_MARKSUB, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_APPLY, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_RESET, + ACTIONID_SUBPOS_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBPOS_DOWN, + ACTIONID_AUDIO_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TOGGLE, + ACTIONID_INTF_TOGGLE_FSC, + ACTIONID_INTF_HIDE, + ACTIONID_INTF_BOSS, + /* chapter and title navigation */ + ACTIONID_TITLE_PREV, + ACTIONID_TITLE_NEXT, + ACTIONID_CHAPTER_PREV, + ACTIONID_CHAPTER_NEXT, + /* end of chapter and title navigation */ + ACTIONID_AUDIODELAY_UP, + ACTIONID_AUDIODELAY_DOWN, + ACTIONID_SNAPSHOT, + ACTIONID_RECORD, + ACTIONID_DISC_MENU, + ACTIONID_ASPECT_RATIO, + ACTIONID_CROP, + ACTIONID_DEINTERLACE, + ACTIONID_DEINTERLACE_MODE, + ACTIONID_ZOOM, + ACTIONID_UNZOOM, + ACTIONID_CROP_TOP, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_TOP, + ACTIONID_CROP_LEFT, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_LEFT, + ACTIONID_CROP_BOTTOM, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_BOTTOM, + ACTIONID_CROP_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_RANDOM, + ACTIONID_LOOP, + ACTIONID_WALLPAPER, + ACTIONID_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN, + /* Zoom */ + ACTIONID_ZOOM_QUARTER, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_HALF, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_ORIGINAL, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_DOUBLE, + /* Cycle Through Audio Devices */ + ACTIONID_AUDIODEVICE_CYCLE, + /* scaling */ + ACTIONID_TOGGLE_AUTOSCALE, + ACTIONID_SCALE_UP, + ACTIONID_SCALE_DOWN, + /* */ + ACTIONID_RATE_NORMAL, + ACTIONID_RATE_SLOWER_FINE, + ACTIONID_RATE_FASTER_FINE, + /* Cycle Through Program Service IDs */ + ACTIONID_PROGRAM_SID_NEXT, + ACTIONID_PROGRAM_SID_PREV, + ACTIONID_INTF_POPUP_MENU, + +} vlc_action_t; + +VLC_API vlc_action_t vlc_GetActionId(const char *psz_key) VLC_USED; + +struct hotkey +{ + const char *psz_action; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_main.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_main.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..142ce01 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_main.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_main.h: access to all program variables + * Declaration and extern access to LibVLC instance object. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_int_t internal libvlc instance + */ + +struct hotkey; + +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_internal_instance_t + ***************************************************************************** + * This structure is a LibVLC instance, for use by libvlc core and plugins + *****************************************************************************/ +struct libvlc_int_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Structure storing the action name / key associations */ + const struct hotkey *p_hotkeys; +}; + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_md5.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b8c579 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_md5.h: MD5 hash + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2004-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Rafaël Carré + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MD5_H +# define VLC_MD5_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures to compute MD5 digests + */ + +struct md5_s +{ + uint32_t A, B, C, D; /* chaining variables */ + uint32_t nblocks; + uint8_t buf[64]; + int count; +}; + +VLC_API void InitMD5( struct md5_s * ); +VLC_API void AddMD5( struct md5_s *, const void *, size_t ); +VLC_API void EndMD5( struct md5_s * ); + +/** + * Returns a char representation of the md5 hash, as shown by UNIX md5 or + * md5sum tools. + */ +static inline char * psz_md5_hash( struct md5_s *md5_s ) +{ + char *psz = malloc( 33 ); /* md5 string is 32 bytes + NULL character */ + if( likely(psz) ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < 16; i++ ) + sprintf( &psz[2*i], "%02" PRIx8, md5_s->buf[i] ); + } + return psz; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_media_library.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_media_library.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7e1f70 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_media_library.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_media_library.h: SQL-based media library + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2008-2010 the VideoLAN Team and AUTHORS + * $Id: a35d9729ca3705ec792b7be9e1819919f6e601f6 $ + * + * Authors: Antoine Lejeune + * Jean-Philippe André + * Rémi Duraffort + * Adrien Maglo + * Srikanth Raju + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H +# define VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * ML Enums + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define ML_PERSON_ARTIST "Artist" +#define ML_PERSON_ALBUM_ARTIST "Album Artist" +#define ML_PERSON_ENCODER "Encoder" +#define ML_PERSON_PUBLISHER "Publisher" + + +/** List of Query select types. + * In a query array or variable argument list, each select type is followed + * by an argument (X) of variable type (char* or int, @see ml_element_t). + * These types can be used either in the query list or in the result array. + * Some types are reserved for the result array: + */ +typedef enum +{ + ML_ALBUM = 1, /**< Album Title */ + ML_ALBUM_ID, /**< Album ID */ + ML_ALBUM_COVER, /**< Album Cover art url */ + /* FIXME: Remove ML_ARTIST */ + ML_ARTIST, /**< Artist, interpreted as ML_PEOPLE + && ML_PEOPLE_ROLE = ML_PERSON_ARTIST */ + ML_ARTIST_ID, /**< Artist ID, interpreted as ML_PEOPLE_ID + && ML_PEOPLE_ROLE = ML_PERSON_ARTIST */ + ML_COMMENT, /**< Comment about media */ + ML_COUNT_MEDIA, /**< Number of medias */ + ML_COUNT_ALBUM, /**< Number of albums */ + ML_COUNT_PEOPLE, /**< Number of people */ + ML_COVER, /**< Cover art url */ + ML_DURATION, /**< Duration in ms */ + ML_DISC_NUMBER, /**< Disc number of the track */ + ML_EXTRA, /**< Extra/comment (string) on the media */ + ML_FIRST_PLAYED, /**< First time media was played */ + ML_FILESIZE, /**< Size of the media file */ + ML_GENRE, /**< Genre of the media (if any) */ + ML_ID, /**< Media ID */ + ML_IMPORT_TIME, /**< Date when media was imported */ + ML_LANGUAGE, /**< Language */ + ML_LAST_PLAYED, /**< Last play UNIX timestamp */ + ML_LAST_SKIPPED, /**< Time when media was last skipped */ + ML_ORIGINAL_TITLE, /**< Media original title (if any) */ + ML_PEOPLE, /**< Any People associated with this media */ + ML_PEOPLE_ID, /**< Id of a person */ + ML_PEOPLE_ROLE, /**< Person role */ + ML_PLAYED_COUNT, /**< Media play count */ + ML_PREVIEW, /**< Url of the video preview */ + ML_SKIPPED_COUNT, /**< Number of times skipped */ + ML_SCORE, /**< Computed media score */ + ML_TITLE, /**< Media title */ + ML_TRACK_NUMBER, /**< Media track number (if any) */ + ML_TYPE, /**< Media type. @see ml_type_e */ + ML_URI, /**< Media full URI. */ + ML_VOTE, /**< Media user vote value */ + ML_YEAR, /**< Media publishing year */ + ML_DIRECTORY, /**< Monitored directory */ + ML_MEDIA, /**< Full media descriptor. @see ml_media_t */ + ML_MEDIA_SPARSE, /**< Sparse media. @see ml_media_t */ + ML_MEDIA_EXTRA, /**< Sparse + Extra = Full media */ + + /* Some special elements */ + ML_LIMIT = -1, /**< Limit a query to X results */ + ML_SORT_DESC = -2, /**< Sort a query descending on argument X */ + ML_SORT_ASC = -3, /**< Sort a query ascending on argument X */ + ML_DISTINCT = -4, /**< Add DISTINCT to SELECT statements. */ + ML_END = -42 /**< End of argument list */ +} ml_select_e; + +/** Media types (audio, video, etc...) */ +typedef enum +{ + ML_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown media type */ + ML_AUDIO = 1 << 0, /**< Audio only media */ + ML_VIDEO = 1 << 1, /**< Video media. May contain audio channels */ + ML_STREAM = 1 << 2, /**< Streamed media = not a local file */ + ML_NODE = 1 << 3, /**< Nodes like simple nodes, directories, playlists, etc */ + ML_REMOVABLE = 1 << 4, /**< Removable media: CD/DVD/Card/... */ +} ml_type_e; + +/** Query result item/list type: integers, strings, medias, timestamps */ +typedef enum { + ML_TYPE_INT, /**< Object is an int */ + ML_TYPE_PSZ, /**< A string char* */ + ML_TYPE_TIME, /**< A timestamp mtime_t */ + ML_TYPE_MEDIA, /**< A pointer to a media ml_media_t* */ +} ml_result_type_e; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* C++ */ + +#endif /* VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_messages.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_messages.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5b1833 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_messages.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_messages.h: messages interface + * This library provides basic functions for threads to interact with user + * interface, such as message output. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f746f61c09afd91f89dee61340a1d090bd96416c $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MESSAGES_H_ +#define VLC_MESSAGES_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines structures and functions to handle messages and statistics gathering + */ + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup messages Messages + * This library provides basic functions for threads to interact with user + * interface, such as message output. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** Message types */ +enum vlc_log_type +{ + VLC_MSG_INFO=0, /**< Important information */ + VLC_MSG_ERR, /**< Error */ + VLC_MSG_WARN, /**< Warning */ + VLC_MSG_DBG, /**< Debug */ +}; + +/** + * Log message + */ +typedef struct vlc_log_t +{ + uintptr_t i_object_id; /**< Emitter (temporaly) unique object ID or 0 */ + const char *psz_object_type; /**< Emitter object type name */ + const char *psz_module; /**< Emitter module (source code) */ + const char *psz_header; /**< Additional header (used by VLM media) */ +} vlc_log_t; + +VLC_API void vlc_Log(vlc_object_t *, int, + const char *, const char *, ...) VLC_FORMAT( 4, 5 ); +VLC_API void vlc_vaLog(vlc_object_t *, int, + const char *, const char *, va_list); +#define msg_GenericVa(a, b, c, d, e) vlc_vaLog(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +#define msg_Info( p_this, ... ) \ + vlc_Log( VLC_OBJECT(p_this), VLC_MSG_INFO, MODULE_STRING, __VA_ARGS__ ) +#define msg_Err( p_this, ... ) \ + vlc_Log( VLC_OBJECT(p_this), VLC_MSG_ERR, MODULE_STRING, __VA_ARGS__ ) +#define msg_Warn( p_this, ... ) \ + vlc_Log( VLC_OBJECT(p_this), VLC_MSG_WARN, MODULE_STRING, __VA_ARGS__ ) +#define msg_Dbg( p_this, ... ) \ + vlc_Log( VLC_OBJECT(p_this), VLC_MSG_DBG, MODULE_STRING, __VA_ARGS__ ) + +#ifndef MODULE_STRING +# define MODULE_STRING __FILE__ +#endif + +VLC_API const char *vlc_strerror(int); +VLC_API const char *vlc_strerror_c(int); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_meta.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_meta.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75cf8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_meta.h: Stream meta-data + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 4292095290d804f6e22303de88ecae86be983fc0 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_META_H +#define VLC_META_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for stream meta-data in vlc + * + */ + +typedef enum vlc_meta_type_t +{ + vlc_meta_Title, + vlc_meta_Artist, + vlc_meta_Genre, + vlc_meta_Copyright, + vlc_meta_Album, + vlc_meta_TrackNumber, + vlc_meta_Description, + vlc_meta_Rating, + vlc_meta_Date, + vlc_meta_Setting, + vlc_meta_URL, + vlc_meta_Language, + vlc_meta_NowPlaying, + vlc_meta_ESNowPlaying, + vlc_meta_Publisher, + vlc_meta_EncodedBy, + vlc_meta_ArtworkURL, + vlc_meta_TrackID, + vlc_meta_TrackTotal, + vlc_meta_Director, + vlc_meta_Season, + vlc_meta_Episode, + vlc_meta_ShowName, + vlc_meta_Actors, +} vlc_meta_type_t; + +#define VLC_META_TYPE_COUNT 24 + +#define ITEM_PREPARSED 1 +#define ITEM_ARTURL_FETCHED 2 +#define ITEM_ART_FETCHED 4 +#define ITEM_ART_NOTFOUND 8 + +/** + * Basic function to deal with meta + */ +struct vlc_meta_t; + +VLC_API vlc_meta_t * vlc_meta_New( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Delete( vlc_meta_t *m ); +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Set( vlc_meta_t *p_meta, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz_val ); +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_Get( const vlc_meta_t *p_meta, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ); + +VLC_API void vlc_meta_AddExtra( vlc_meta_t *m, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_value ); +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_GetExtra( const vlc_meta_t *m, const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API unsigned vlc_meta_GetExtraCount( const vlc_meta_t *m ); + +/** + * Allocate a copy of all extra meta names and a table with it. + * Be sure to free both the returned pointers and its name. + */ +VLC_API char ** vlc_meta_CopyExtraNames( const vlc_meta_t *m ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Merge( vlc_meta_t *dst, const vlc_meta_t *src ); + +VLC_API int vlc_meta_GetStatus( vlc_meta_t *m ); +VLC_API void vlc_meta_SetStatus( vlc_meta_t *m, int status ); + +/** + * Returns a localizes string describing the meta + */ +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ); + +/* deprecated (album-art variable) */ +enum { + ALBUM_ART_WHEN_ASKED, + ALBUM_ART_WHEN_PLAYED, + ALBUM_ART_ALL +}; + + +typedef struct meta_export_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; + const char *psz_file; +} meta_export_t; + +VLC_API int input_item_WriteMeta(vlc_object_t *, input_item_t *); + +/* Setters for meta. + * Warning: Make sure to use the input_item meta setters (defined in vlc_input_item.h) + * instead of those one. */ +#define vlc_meta_SetTitle( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Title, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetArtist( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Artist, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetGenre( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Genre, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetCopyright( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Copyright, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetAlbum( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Album, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackNum( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackNumber, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDescription( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Description, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetRating( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Rating, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDate( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Date, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetSetting( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Setting, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetURL( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_URL, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetLanguage( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Language, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetNowPlaying( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_NowPlaying, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetPublisher( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Publisher, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetEncodedBy( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_EncodedBy, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetArtURL( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_ArtworkURL, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackID( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackID, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackTotal( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackTotal, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDirector( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Director, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetSeason( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Season, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetEpisode( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Episode, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetShowName( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_ShowName, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetActors( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Actors, b ) + +#define VLC_META_TITLE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Title ) +#define VLC_META_ARTIST vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Artist ) +#define VLC_META_GENRE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Genre ) +#define VLC_META_COPYRIGHT vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Copyright ) +#define VLC_META_ALBUM vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Album ) +#define VLC_META_TRACK_NUMBER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_TrackNumber ) +#define VLC_META_DESCRIPTION vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Description ) +#define VLC_META_RATING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Rating ) +#define VLC_META_DATE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Date ) +#define VLC_META_SETTING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Setting ) +#define VLC_META_URL vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_URL ) +#define VLC_META_LANGUAGE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Language ) +#define VLC_META_NOW_PLAYING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_NowPlaying ) +#define VLC_META_PUBLISHER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Publisher ) +#define VLC_META_ENCODED_BY vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_EncodedBy ) +#define VLC_META_ART_URL vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_ArtworkURL ) +#define VLC_META_TRACKID vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_TrackID ) +#define VLC_META_DIRECTOR vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Director ) +#define VLC_META_SEASON vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Season ) +#define VLC_META_EPISODE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Episode ) +#define VLC_META_SHOW_NAME vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_ShowName ) +#define VLC_META_ACTORS vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Actors ) + +#define VLC_META_EXTRA_MB_ALBUMID "MB_ALBUMID" + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e806145 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_meta_fetcher.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_META_FETCHER_H +#define VLC_META_FETCHER_H 1 + +typedef enum meta_fetcher_scope_t +{ + FETCHER_SCOPE_LOCAL = 0x01, + FETCHER_SCOPE_NETWORK = 0x02, + FETCHER_SCOPE_ANY = 0x03 +} meta_fetcher_scope_t; + +typedef struct meta_fetcher_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; + meta_fetcher_scope_t e_scope; +} meta_fetcher_t; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mime.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f04fc95 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mime.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mime.h: Mime type recognition + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MIME_H +#define VLC_MIME_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * Mime type recognition helpers. + */ + +VLC_API const char * vlc_mime_Ext2Mime( const char *psz_url ); + +#endif /* _VLC_MIME_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_modules.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_modules.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be68094 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_modules.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_modules.h : Module descriptor and load functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 7f45217969b63e32af360d2e48789f5a16809b9a $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions for modules in vlc + */ + +typedef int (*vlc_activate_t)(void *func, va_list args); +typedef void (*vlc_deactivate_t)(void *func, va_list args); + +/***************************************************************************** + * Exported functions. + *****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API module_t * vlc_module_load( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *cap, const char *name, bool strict, vlc_activate_t probe, ... ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_module_load(o,c,n,s,...) \ + vlc_module_load(VLC_OBJECT(o),c,n,s,__VA_ARGS__) +VLC_API void vlc_module_unload( module_t *, vlc_deactivate_t deinit, ... ); + +VLC_API module_t * module_need( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *, bool ) VLC_USED; +#define module_need(a,b,c,d) module_need(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) +VLC_API void module_unneed( vlc_object_t *, module_t * ); +#define module_unneed(a,b) module_unneed(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +VLC_API bool module_exists(const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API module_t * module_find(const char *) VLC_USED; + +int module_start(vlc_object_t *, const module_t *); +#define module_start(o, m) module_start(VLC_OBJECT(o),m) +void module_stop(vlc_object_t *, const module_t *); +#define module_stop(o, m) module_stop(VLC_OBJECT(o),m) + +VLC_API module_config_t * module_config_get( const module_t *, unsigned * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void module_config_free( module_config_t * ); + +VLC_API void module_list_free(module_t **); +VLC_API module_t ** module_list_get(size_t *n) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API bool module_provides( const module_t *m, const char *cap ); +VLC_API const char * module_get_object( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_get_name( const module_t *m, bool long_name ) VLC_USED; +#define module_GetLongName( m ) module_get_name( m, true ) +VLC_API const char * module_get_help( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_get_capability( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int module_get_score( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_gettext( const module_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_USED static inline module_t *module_get_main (void) +{ + return module_find ("core"); +} +#define module_get_main(a) module_get_main() + +VLC_USED static inline bool module_is_main( const module_t * p_module ) +{ + return !strcmp( module_get_object( p_module ), "core" ); +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mouse.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mouse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c62ee3c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mouse.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mouse.h: mouse related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: b48853570a09ad1d77cc95cda0c5b04b5028ee80 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _VLC_MOUSE_H +#define _VLC_MOUSE_H 1 + +/** + * Mouse buttons + */ +enum +{ + MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT=0, + MOUSE_BUTTON_CENTER, + MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_LEFT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_RIGHT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_MAX +}; + +/** + * Mouse state + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* Coordinate */ + int i_x; + int i_y; + /* Mask of pressed button */ + int i_pressed; + /* Is double clicked */ + bool b_double_click; +} vlc_mouse_t; + +static inline void vlc_mouse_Init( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + p_mouse->i_x = 0; + p_mouse->i_y = 0; + p_mouse->i_pressed = 0; + p_mouse->b_double_click = false; +} + +/* */ +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetPressed( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + p_mouse->i_pressed |= 1 << i_button; +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetReleased( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + p_mouse->i_pressed &= ~(1 << i_button); +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetPosition( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_x, int i_y ) +{ + p_mouse->i_x = i_x; + p_mouse->i_y = i_y; +} + +/* */ +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + return ( p_mouse->i_pressed & (1 << i_button) ) != 0; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsLeftPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsCenterPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_CENTER ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsRightPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsWheelUpPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsWheelDownPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN ); +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_GetMotion( int *pi_x, int *pi_y, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + *pi_x = p_new->i_x - p_old->i_x; + *pi_y = p_new->i_y - p_old->i_y; +} + +/* */ +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasChanged( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_x != p_new->i_x || p_old->i_y != p_new->i_y || + p_old->i_pressed != p_new->i_pressed; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasMoved( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_x != p_new->i_x || p_old->i_y != p_new->i_y; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasButton( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_pressed != p_new->i_pressed; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + int i_button ) +{ + const int i_mask = 1 << i_button; + return (p_old->i_pressed & i_mask) == 0 && (p_new->i_pressed & i_mask); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasReleased( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + int i_button ) +{ + const int i_mask = 1 << i_button; + return (p_old->i_pressed & i_mask) && (p_new->i_pressed & i_mask) == 0; +} +#endif /* _VLC_MOUSE_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mtime.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mtime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42172e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_mtime.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mtime.h: high resolution time management functions + ***************************************************************************** + * This header provides portable high precision time management functions, + * which should be the only ones used in other segments of the program, since + * functions like gettimeofday() and ftime() are not always supported. + * Most functions are declared as inline or as macros since they are only + * interfaces to system calls and have to be called frequently. + * 'm' stands for 'micro', since maximum resolution is the microsecond. + * Functions prototyped are implemented in interface/mtime.c. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: ab89a972120c8ee3f45d9823994eac584f8fe527 $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __VLC_MTIME_H +# define __VLC_MTIME_H 1 + +/***************************************************************************** + * LAST_MDATE: date which will never happen + ***************************************************************************** + * This date can be used as a 'never' date, to mark missing events in a function + * supposed to return a date, such as nothing to display in a function + * returning the date of the first image to be displayed. It can be used in + * comparaison with other values: all existing dates will be earlier. + *****************************************************************************/ +#define LAST_MDATE ((mtime_t)((uint64_t)(-1)/2)) + +/***************************************************************************** + * MSTRTIME_MAX_SIZE: maximum possible size of mstrtime + ***************************************************************************** + * This values is the maximal possible size of the string returned by the + * mstrtime() function, including '-' and the final '\0'. It should be used to + * allocate the buffer. + *****************************************************************************/ +#define MSTRTIME_MAX_SIZE 22 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API char * mstrtime( char *psz_buffer, mtime_t date ); +VLC_API char * secstotimestr( char *psz_buffer, int32_t secs ); + +/***************************************************************************** + * date_t: date incrementation without long-term rounding errors + *****************************************************************************/ +struct date_t +{ + mtime_t date; + uint32_t i_divider_num; + uint32_t i_divider_den; + uint32_t i_remainder; +}; + +VLC_API void date_Init( date_t *, uint32_t, uint32_t ); +VLC_API void date_Change( date_t *, uint32_t, uint32_t ); +VLC_API void date_Set( date_t *, mtime_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Get( const date_t * ); +VLC_API void date_Move( date_t *, mtime_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Increment( date_t *, uint32_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Decrement( date_t *, uint32_t ); +VLC_API uint64_t NTPtime64( void ); +#endif /* !__VLC_MTIME_ */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_network.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_network.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3461c9f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_network.h @@ -0,0 +1,370 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_network.h: interface to communicate with network plug-ins + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2006-2007 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 70281a229d0acf031b71e0d22ac0a08be0712c68 $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_NETWORK_H +# define VLC_NETWORK_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines interface to communicate with network plug-ins + */ + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +# define _NO_OLDNAMES 1 +# include +# include +# include +# define net_errno (WSAGetLastError()) + +struct iovec +{ + void *iov_base; + size_t iov_len; +}; + +struct msghdr +{ + void *msg_name; + size_t msg_namelen; + struct iovec *msg_iov; + size_t msg_iovlen; + void *msg_control; + size_t msg_controllen; + int msg_flags; +}; + +# ifndef IPV6_V6ONLY +# define IPV6_V6ONLY 27 +# endif +#else +# include +# include +# include +# include +# include +# define net_errno errno +#endif + +#if defined( __SYMBIAN32__ ) +# undef AF_INET6 +# undef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST +# undef IPV6_V6ONLY +# undef IPV6_MULTICAST_HOPS +# undef IPV6_MULTICAST_IF +# undef IPV6_TCLASS +# undef IPV6_JOIN_GROUP +#endif + +VLC_API int vlc_socket (int, int, int, bool nonblock) VLC_USED; + +struct sockaddr; +VLC_API int vlc_accept( int, struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *, bool ) VLC_USED; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* Portable networking layer communication */ +int net_Socket (vlc_object_t *obj, int family, int socktype, int proto); + +VLC_API int net_Connect(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int socktype, int protocol); +#define net_Connect(a, b, c, d, e) net_Connect(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +VLC_API int * net_Listen(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int socktype, int protocol); + +#define net_ListenTCP(a, b, c) net_Listen(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, \ + SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) + +static inline int net_ConnectTCP (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port) +{ + return net_Connect (obj, host, port, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); +} +#define net_ConnectTCP(a, b, c) net_ConnectTCP(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +VLC_API int net_AcceptSingle(vlc_object_t *obj, int lfd); + +VLC_API int net_Accept( vlc_object_t *, int * ); +#define net_Accept(a, b) \ + net_Accept(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +VLC_API int net_ConnectDgram( vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int hlim, int proto ); +#define net_ConnectDgram(a, b, c, d, e ) \ + net_ConnectDgram(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +static inline int net_ConnectUDP (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port, int hlim) +{ + return net_ConnectDgram (obj, host, port, hlim, IPPROTO_UDP); +} + +VLC_API int net_OpenDgram( vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_bind, int i_bind, const char *psz_server, int i_server, int proto ); +#define net_OpenDgram( a, b, c, d, e, g ) \ + net_OpenDgram(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, g) + +static inline int net_ListenUDP1 (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port) +{ + return net_OpenDgram (obj, host, port, NULL, 0, IPPROTO_UDP); +} + +VLC_API void net_ListenClose( int *fd ); + +int net_Subscribe (vlc_object_t *obj, int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, + socklen_t addrlen); + +VLC_API int net_SetCSCov( int fd, int sendcov, int recvcov ); + +/* Functions to read from or write to the networking layer */ +struct virtual_socket_t +{ + void *p_sys; + int (*pf_recv) ( void *, void *, size_t ); + int (*pf_send) ( void *, const void *, size_t ); +}; + +VLC_API ssize_t net_Read( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t *, void *p_data, size_t i_data, bool b_retry ); +#define net_Read(a,b,c,d,e,f) net_Read(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d,e,f) +VLC_API ssize_t net_Write( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t *, const void *p_data, size_t i_data ); +#define net_Write(a,b,c,d,e) net_Write(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d,e) +VLC_API char * net_Gets( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t * ); +#define net_Gets(a,b,c) net_Gets(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + + +VLC_API ssize_t net_Printf( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t *, const char *psz_fmt, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 4, 5 ); +#define net_Printf(o,fd,vs,...) net_Printf(VLC_OBJECT(o),fd,vs, __VA_ARGS__) +VLC_API ssize_t net_vaPrintf( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const v_socket_t *, const char *psz_fmt, va_list args ); +#define net_vaPrintf(a,b,c,d,e) net_vaPrintf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d,e) + +#ifdef _WIN32 +/* Microsoft: same semantic, same value, different name... go figure */ +# define SHUT_RD SD_RECEIVE +# define SHUT_WR SD_SEND +# define SHUT_RDWR SD_BOTH +# define net_Close( fd ) closesocket ((SOCKET)fd) +#else +# ifdef __OS2__ +# define SHUT_RD 0 +# define SHUT_WR 1 +# define SHUT_RDWR 2 +# endif +# define net_Close( fd ) (void)close (fd) +#endif + +/* Portable network names/addresses resolution layer */ + +/* GAI error codes */ +# ifndef EAI_BADFLAGS +# define EAI_BADFLAGS -1 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_NONAME +# define EAI_NONAME -2 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_AGAIN +# define EAI_AGAIN -3 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_FAIL +# define EAI_FAIL -4 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_NODATA +# define EAI_NODATA -5 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_FAMILY +# define EAI_FAMILY -6 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_SOCKTYPE +# define EAI_SOCKTYPE -7 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_SERVICE +# define EAI_SERVICE -8 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_ADDRFAMILY +# define EAI_ADDRFAMILY -9 +# endif +# ifndef EAI_MEMORY +# define EAI_MEMORY -10 +# endif +#ifndef EAI_OVERFLOW +# define EAI_OVERFLOW -11 +#endif +# ifndef EAI_SYSTEM +# define EAI_SYSTEM -12 +# endif + + +# ifndef NI_MAXHOST +# define NI_MAXHOST 1025 +# define NI_MAXSERV 32 +# endif +# define NI_MAXNUMERICHOST 64 + +#ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV +# define AI_NUMERICSERV 0 +#endif +#ifndef AI_IDN +# define AI_IDN 0 /* GNU/libc extension */ +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# undef gai_strerror +# define gai_strerror gai_strerrorA +#endif + +#ifdef __OS2__ +# ifndef NI_NUMERICHOST +# define NI_NUMERICHOST 0x01 +# define NI_NUMERICSERV 0x02 +# define NI_NOFQDN 0x04 +# define NI_NAMEREQD 0x08 +# define NI_DGRAM 0x10 +# endif + +# define AI_PASSIVE 1 +# define AI_CANONNAME 2 +# define AI_NUMERICHOST 4 + +VLC_API const char *gai_strerror( int errnum ); + +VLC_API int getaddrinfo ( const char *, const char *, + const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo ** ); +VLC_API void freeaddrinfo( struct addrinfo * ); +VLC_API int getnameinfo ( const struct sockaddr *, socklen_t, + char *, int, char *, int, int ); +#endif + +VLC_API int vlc_getnameinfo( const struct sockaddr *, int, char *, int, int *, int ); +VLC_API int vlc_getaddrinfo (const char *, unsigned, + const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo **); + + +#ifdef __OS2__ +/* OS/2 does not support IPv6, yet. But declare these only for compilation */ +struct in6_addr +{ + uint8_t s6_addr[16]; +}; + +struct sockaddr_in6 +{ + uint8_t sin6_len; + uint8_t sin6_family; + uint16_t sin6_port; + uint32_t sin6_flowinfo; + struct in6_addr sin6_addr; + uint32_t sin6_scope_id; +}; + +# define IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) (((__const uint8_t *) (a))[0] == 0xff) + +static const struct in6_addr in6addr_any = + { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; +#endif + +static inline bool +net_SockAddrIsMulticast (const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t len) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef IN_MULTICAST + case AF_INET: + { + const struct sockaddr_in *v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)addr; + if ((size_t)len < sizeof (*v4)) + return false; + return IN_MULTICAST (ntohl (v4->sin_addr.s_addr)) != 0; + } +#endif + +#ifdef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST + case AF_INET6: + { + const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr; + if ((size_t)len < sizeof (*v6)) + return false; + return IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST (&v6->sin6_addr) != 0; + } +#endif + } + + return false; +} + + +static inline int net_GetSockAddress( int fd, char *address, int *port ) +{ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; + socklen_t addrlen = sizeof( addr ); + + return getsockname( fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen ) + || vlc_getnameinfo( (struct sockaddr *)&addr, addrlen, address, + NI_MAXNUMERICHOST, port, NI_NUMERICHOST ) + ? VLC_EGENERIC : 0; +} + +static inline int net_GetPeerAddress( int fd, char *address, int *port ) +{ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; + socklen_t addrlen = sizeof( addr ); + + return getpeername( fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen ) + || vlc_getnameinfo( (struct sockaddr *)&addr, addrlen, address, + NI_MAXNUMERICHOST, port, NI_NUMERICHOST ) + ? VLC_EGENERIC : 0; +} + +static inline uint16_t net_GetPort (const struct sockaddr *addr) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef AF_INET6 + case AF_INET6: + return ((const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_port; +#endif + case AF_INET: + return ((const struct sockaddr_in *)addr)->sin_port; + } + return 0; +} + +static inline void net_SetPort (struct sockaddr *addr, uint16_t port) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef AF_INET6 + case AF_INET6: + ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_port = port; + break; +#endif + case AF_INET: + ((struct sockaddr_in *)addr)->sin_port = port; + break; + } +} + +VLC_API char *vlc_getProxyUrl(const char *); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_objects.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_objects.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db3f8fe --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_objects.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_objects.h: vlc_object_t definition and manipulation methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c6708750ee9cd68a9fce0246f019ad8aec80432b $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the vlc_object_t structure and object types. + */ + +/** + * \defgroup vlc_object Objects + * @{ + */ + +/* Object flags */ +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_QUIET 0x0002 +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_NOINTERACT 0x0004 + +/***************************************************************************** + * The vlc_object_t type. Yes, it's that simple :-) + *****************************************************************************/ +/** The main vlc_object_t structure */ +struct vlc_object_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void *vlc_object_create( vlc_object_t *, size_t ) VLC_MALLOC VLC_USED; +VLC_API vlc_object_t *vlc_object_find_name( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED; +VLC_API void * vlc_object_hold( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_object_release( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API vlc_list_t *vlc_list_children( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_list_release( vlc_list_t * ); +VLC_API char *vlc_object_get_name( const vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_object_get_name(o) vlc_object_get_name(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +/**}@*/ + +#define vlc_object_create(a,b) vlc_object_create( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +#define vlc_object_find_name(a,b) \ + vlc_object_find_name( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +#define vlc_object_hold(a) \ + vlc_object_hold( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +#define vlc_object_release(a) \ + vlc_object_release( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +#define vlc_list_children(a) \ + vlc_list_children( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +/* Objects and threading */ +VLC_API VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED bool vlc_object_alive (vlc_object_t *); +#define vlc_object_alive(a) vlc_object_alive( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +/** @} */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_opengl.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_opengl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cc8ca2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_opengl.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_opengl.h: VLC GL API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * Copyright (C) 2011 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_GL_H +#define VLC_GL_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines GL structures and functions. + */ + +struct vout_window_t; + +/** + * A VLC GL context (and its underlying surface) + */ +typedef struct vlc_gl_t vlc_gl_t; + +struct vlc_gl_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct vout_window_t *surface; + module_t *module; + void *sys; + + int (*makeCurrent)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*releaseCurrent)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*swap)(vlc_gl_t *); + int (*lock)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*unlock)(vlc_gl_t *); + void*(*getProcAddress)(vlc_gl_t *, const char *); +}; + +enum { + VLC_OPENGL, + VLC_OPENGL_ES, + VLC_OPENGL_ES2, +}; + +VLC_API vlc_gl_t *vlc_gl_Create(struct vout_window_t *, unsigned, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_gl_Destroy(vlc_gl_t *); + +static inline int vlc_gl_MakeCurrent(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + return gl->makeCurrent(gl); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_ReleaseCurrent(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + gl->releaseCurrent(gl); +} + +static inline int vlc_gl_Lock(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + return (gl->lock != NULL) ? gl->lock(gl) : VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_Unlock(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + if (gl->unlock != NULL) + gl->unlock(gl); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_Swap(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + gl->swap(gl); +} + +static inline void *vlc_gl_GetProcAddress(vlc_gl_t *gl, const char *name) +{ + return (gl->getProcAddress != NULL) ? gl->getProcAddress(gl, name) : NULL; +} + +#endif /* VLC_GL_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0dc2b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture.h: picture definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: e45374ba04791df4b80ebda3987d4897757b5663 $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include +#if (defined (__LIBVLC__) && !defined (__PLUGIN__)) +# include +#endif + +/** Description of a planar graphic field */ +typedef struct plane_t +{ + uint8_t *p_pixels; /**< Start of the plane's data */ + + /* Variables used for fast memcpy operations */ + int i_lines; /**< Number of lines, including margins */ + int i_pitch; /**< Number of bytes in a line, including margins */ + + /** Size of a macropixel, defaults to 1 */ + int i_pixel_pitch; + + /* Variables used for pictures with margins */ + int i_visible_lines; /**< How many visible lines are there ? */ + int i_visible_pitch; /**< How many visible pixels are there ? */ + +} plane_t; + +/** + * Maximum number of plane for a picture + */ +#define PICTURE_PLANE_MAX (VOUT_MAX_PLANES) + + +/** + * A private definition to help overloading picture release + */ +typedef struct picture_gc_sys_t picture_gc_sys_t; + +/** + * Video picture + */ +struct picture_t +{ + /** + * The properties of the picture + */ + video_frame_format_t format; + + plane_t p[PICTURE_PLANE_MAX]; /**< description of the planes */ + int i_planes; /**< number of allocated planes */ + + /** \name Picture management properties + * These properties can be modified using the video output thread API, + * but should never be written directly */ + /**@{*/ + mtime_t date; /**< display date */ + bool b_force; + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Picture dynamic properties + * Those properties can be changed by the decoder + * @{ + */ + bool b_progressive; /**< is it a progressive frame ? */ + bool b_top_field_first; /**< which field is first */ + unsigned int i_nb_fields; /**< # of displayed fields */ + void * context; /**< video format-specific data pointer, + * must point to a (void (*)(void*)) pointer to free the context */ + /**@}*/ + + /** Private data - the video output plugin might want to put stuff here to + * keep track of the picture */ + picture_sys_t * p_sys; + + /** This way the picture_Release can be overloaded */ + struct + { +#if (defined (__LIBVLC__) && !defined (__PLUGIN__)) + atomic_uintptr_t refcount; +#else + uintptr_t refcount_placeholder_keep_off; +#endif + void (*pf_destroy)( picture_t * ); + picture_gc_sys_t *p_sys; + } gc; + + /** Next picture in a FIFO a pictures */ + struct picture_t *p_next; +}; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture. + * The picture created will implement a default release management compatible + * with picture_Hold and picture_Release. This default management will release + * p_sys, gc.p_sys fields if non NULL. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_New( vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma, int i_width, int i_height, int i_sar_num, int i_sar_den ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture using the given format. + * + * When possible, it is preferred to use this function over picture_New + * as more information about the format is kept. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_NewFromFormat( const video_format_t *p_fmt ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Resource for a picture. + */ +typedef struct +{ + picture_sys_t *p_sys; + void (*pf_destroy)(picture_t *); + + /* Plane resources + * XXX all fields MUST be set to the right value. + */ + struct + { + uint8_t *p_pixels; /**< Start of the plane's data */ + int i_lines; /**< Number of lines, including margins */ + int i_pitch; /**< Number of bytes in a line, including margins */ + } p[PICTURE_PLANE_MAX]; + +} picture_resource_t; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture using the provided resource. + * + * If the resource is NULL then a plain picture_NewFromFormat is returned. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_NewFromResource( const video_format_t *, const picture_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will increase the picture reference count. + * It will not have any effect on picture obtained from vout + * + * It returns the given picture for convenience. + */ +VLC_API picture_t *picture_Hold( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will release a picture. + * It will not have any effect on picture obtained from vout + */ +VLC_API void picture_Release( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will return true if you are not the only owner of the + * picture. + * + * It is only valid if it is created using picture_New. + */ +VLC_API bool picture_IsReferenced( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will copy all picture dynamic properties. + */ +VLC_API void picture_CopyProperties( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will reset a picture information (properties and quantizers). + * It is sometimes useful for reusing pictures (like from a pool). + */ +VLC_API void picture_Reset( picture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will copy the picture pixels. + * You can safely copy between pictures that do not have the same size, + * only the compatible(smaller) part will be copied. + */ +VLC_API void picture_CopyPixels( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); +VLC_API void plane_CopyPixels( plane_t *p_dst, const plane_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will copy both picture dynamic properties and pixels. + * You have to notice that sometime a simple picture_Hold may do what + * you want without the copy overhead. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_dst pointer to the destination picture. + * \param p_src pointer to the source picture. + */ +VLC_API void picture_Copy( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will export a picture to an encoded bitstream. + * + * pp_image will contain the encoded bitstream in psz_format format. + * + * p_fmt can be NULL otherwise it will be set with the format used for the + * picture before encoding. + * + * i_override_width/height allow to override the width and/or the height of the + * picture to be encoded: + * - if strictly lower than 0, the original dimension will be used. + * - if equal to 0, it will be deduced from the other dimension which must be + * different to 0. + * - if strictly higher than 0, it will override the dimension. + * If at most one of them is > 0 then the picture aspect ratio will be kept. + */ +VLC_API int picture_Export( vlc_object_t *p_obj, block_t **pp_image, video_format_t *p_fmt, picture_t *p_picture, vlc_fourcc_t i_format, int i_override_width, int i_override_height ); + +/** + * This function will setup all fields of a picture_t without allocating any + * memory. + * XXX The memory must already be initialized. + * It does not need to be released. + * + * It will return VLC_EGENERIC if the core does not understand the requested + * format. + * + * It can be useful to get the properties of planes. + */ +VLC_API int picture_Setup( picture_t *, const video_format_t * ); + + +/** + * This function will blend a given subpicture onto a picture. + * + * The subpicture and all its region must: + * - be absolute. + * - not be ephemere. + * - not have the fade flag. + * - contains only picture (no text rendering). + * \return the number of region(s) succesfully blent + */ +VLC_API unsigned picture_BlendSubpicture( picture_t *, filter_t *p_blend, subpicture_t * ); + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Shortcuts to access image components + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Plane indices */ +enum +{ + Y_PLANE = 0, + U_PLANE = 1, + V_PLANE = 2, + A_PLANE = 3, +}; + +/* Shortcuts */ +#define Y_PIXELS p[Y_PLANE].p_pixels +#define Y_PITCH p[Y_PLANE].i_pitch +#define U_PIXELS p[U_PLANE].p_pixels +#define U_PITCH p[U_PLANE].i_pitch +#define V_PIXELS p[V_PLANE].p_pixels +#define V_PITCH p[V_PLANE].i_pitch +#define A_PIXELS p[A_PLANE].p_pixels +#define A_PITCH p[A_PLANE].i_pitch + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d337a3b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture_fifo.h: picture fifo definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 73d1b20c279f628cf94bc7cfc83b2548878bcc07 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture fifo structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * Picture fifo handle + * + * It is thread safe (push/pop). + */ +typedef struct picture_fifo_t picture_fifo_t; + +/** + * It creates an empty picture_fifo_t. + */ +VLC_API picture_fifo_t * picture_fifo_New( void ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It destroys a fifo created by picture_fifo_New. + * + * All pictures inside the fifo will be released by picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Delete( picture_fifo_t * ); + +/** + * It retreives a picture_t from the fifo. + * + * If the fifo is empty, it return NULL without waiting. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_fifo_Pop( picture_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It returns the first picture_t pointer from the fifo but does not + * remove it. The picture returned has been hold for you so you + * must call picture_Release on it. + * + * If the fifo is empty, it return NULL without waiting. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_fifo_Peek( picture_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It saves a picture_t into the fifo. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Push( picture_fifo_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * It release all picture inside the fifo that have a lower or equal date + * if flush_before or higher or equal to if not flush_before than the given one. + * + * All pictures inside the fifo will be released by picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Flush( picture_fifo_t *, mtime_t date, bool flush_before ); + +/** + * It applies a delta on all the picture timestamp. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_OffsetDate( picture_fifo_t *, mtime_t delta ); + + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..147d9c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture_pool.h: picture pool definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: d4574dc5a1dfd2d873c6f286ee612462f886bb33 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture pool structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * Picture pool handle + * + * XXX it is not thread safe, all pool manipulations and picture_Release + * must be properly locked if needed. + */ +typedef struct picture_pool_t picture_pool_t; + +/** + * Picture pool configuration + */ +typedef struct { + int picture_count; + picture_t **picture; + + int (*lock)(picture_t *); + void (*unlock)(picture_t *); +} picture_pool_configuration_t; + +/** + * It creates a picture_pool_t wrapping the given configuration. + * + * It avoids useless picture creations/destructions. + * The given picture must not have a reference count greater than 1. + * The pool takes ownership of the picture and MUST not be used directly. + * When deleted, the pool will release the pictures using picture_Release. + * If defined, picture_pool_configuration_t::lock will be called before + * a picture is used, and picture_pool_configuration_t::unlock will be called + * as soon as a picture is unused. They are allowed to modify picture_t::p and + * access picture_t::p_sys. + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_NewExtended( const picture_pool_configuration_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It creates a picture_pool_t wrapping the given arrays of picture. + * + * It is provided as convenience. + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_New( int picture_count, picture_t *picture[] ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It creates a picture_pool_t creating images using the given format. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_NewFromFormat( const video_format_t *, int picture_count ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It destroys a pool created by picture_pool_New. + * + * All pictures must already be released to the pool. The pool will then + * released them. + */ +VLC_API void picture_pool_Delete( picture_pool_t * ); + +/** + * It retreives a picture_t from a pool. + * + * The picture must be release by using picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_pool_Get( picture_pool_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It forces the next picture_pool_Get to return a picture even if no + * pictures are free. + * + * If b_reset is true, all pictures will be marked as free. + * + * It does it by releasing itself the oldest used picture if none is + * available. + * XXX it should be used with great care, the only reason you may need + * it is to workaround a bug. + */ +VLC_API void picture_pool_NonEmpty( picture_pool_t *, bool reset ); + +/** + * It reserves picture_count pictures from the given pool and returns + * a new pool with thoses pictures. + * + * The master pool must be full. + * The returned pool must be deleted before the master pool. + * When deleted, all pictures return to the master pool. + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_Reserve(picture_pool_t *, int picture_count) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It returns the size of the given pool. + */ +VLC_API int picture_pool_GetSize(picture_pool_t *); + + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_playlist.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_playlist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b0f684 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_playlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_playlist.h : Playlist functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 49dcd1535bdff782f18463b5b45c80b298f8e5c5 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PLAYLIST_H_ +#define VLC_PLAYLIST_H_ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +#include +#include + +TYPEDEF_ARRAY(playlist_item_t*, playlist_item_array_t) + +struct intf_thread_t; + +/** + * \file + * This file contain structures and function prototypes related + * to the playlist in vlc + * + * \defgroup vlc_playlist Playlist + * + * The VLC playlist system has a tree structure. This allows advanced + * categorization, like for SAP streams (which are grouped by "sap groups"). + * + * The base structure for all playlist operations is the input_item_t. This + * contains all information needed to play a stream and get info, ie, mostly, + * mrl and metadata. This structure contains a unique i_id field. ids are + * not recycled when an item is destroyed. + * + * Input items are not used directly, but through playlist items. + * The playlist items are themselves in a tree structure. They only contain + * a link to the input item, a unique id and a few flags. the playlist + * item id is NOT the same as the input item id. + * Several playlist items can be attached to a single input item. The input + * item is refcounted and is automatically destroyed when it is not used + * anymore. + * + * The top-level items are the main media sources and include: + * playlist, media library, SAP, Shoutcast, devices, ... + * + * It is envisioned that a third tree will appear: VLM, but it's not done yet + * + * The playlist also stores, for utility purposes, an array of all input + * items, an array of all playlist items and an array of all playlist items + * and nodes (both are represented by the same structure). + * + * So, here is an example: + * \verbatim + * Inputs array + * - input 1 -> name = foo 1 uri = ... + * - input 2 -> name = foo 2 uri = ... + * + * Playlist items tree + * - playlist (id 1) + * - category 1 (id 2) + * - foo 2 (id 6 - input 2) + * - media library (id 2) + * - foo 1 (id 5 - input 1) + * \endverbatim + * + * Sometimes, an item creates subitems. This happens for the directory access + * for example. In that case, if the item is under the "playlist" top-level item + * and playlist is configured to be flat then the item will be deleted and + * replaced with new subitems. If the item is under another top-level item, it + * will be transformed to a node and removed from the list of all items without + * nodes. + * + * For "standard" item addition, you can use playlist_Add, playlist_AddExt + * (more options) or playlist_AddInput if you already created your input + * item. This will add the item at the root of "Playlist" or of "Media library" + * in each of the two trees. + * + * You can create nodes with playlist_NodeCreate and can create items from + * existing input items to be placed under any node with playlist_NodeAddInput. + * + * To delete an item, use playlist_DeleteFromInput( p_item ) which will + * remove all occurrences of the input. + * + * + * The playlist defines the following event variables: + * + * - "item-change": It will contain the input_item_t->i_id of a changed input + * item monitored by the playlist. + * item being played. + * + * - "playlist-item-append": It will contain a pointer to a playlist_add_t. + * - "playlist-item-deleted": It will contain the playlist_item_t->i_id of a + * deleted playlist_item_t. + * + * - "leaf-to-parent": It will contain the playlist_item_t->i_id of an item that is transformed + * into a node. + * + * The playlist contains rate-variable which is propagated to current input if available + * also rate-slower/rate-faster is in use + * + * XXX Be really carefull, playlist_item_t->i_id and input_item_t->i_id are not + * the same. Yes, the situation is pretty bad. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** Helper structure to export to file part of the playlist */ +typedef struct playlist_export_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + const char *psz_filename; + FILE *p_file; + playlist_item_t *p_root; +} playlist_export_t; + +/** playlist item / node */ +struct playlist_item_t +{ + input_item_t *p_input; /**< Linked input item */ + + playlist_item_t **pp_children; /**< Children nodes/items */ + playlist_item_t *p_parent; /**< Item parent */ + int i_children; /**< Number of children, -1 if not a node */ + + int i_id; /**< Playlist item specific id */ + uint8_t i_flags; /**< Flags \see playlist_item_flags_e */ + + playlist_t *p_playlist; /**< Parent playlist */ +}; + +typedef enum { + PLAYLIST_SAVE_FLAG = 0x0001, /**< Must it be saved */ + PLAYLIST_SKIP_FLAG = 0x0002, /**< Must playlist skip after it ? */ + PLAYLIST_DBL_FLAG = 0x0004, /**< Is it disabled ? */ + PLAYLIST_RO_FLAG = 0x0008, /**< Write-enabled ? */ + PLAYLIST_REMOVE_FLAG = 0x0010, /**< Remove this item at the end */ + PLAYLIST_EXPANDED_FLAG = 0x0020, /**< Expanded node */ + PLAYLIST_SUBITEM_STOP_FLAG = 0x0040, /**< Must playlist stop if the item gets subitems ?*/ +} playlist_item_flags_e; + +/** Playlist status */ +typedef enum +{ PLAYLIST_STOPPED,PLAYLIST_RUNNING,PLAYLIST_PAUSED } playlist_status_t; + +/** Structure containing information about the playlist */ +struct playlist_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + playlist_item_array_t items; /**< Arrays of items */ + playlist_item_array_t all_items; /**< Array of items and nodes */ + + playlist_item_array_t current; /**< Items currently being played */ + int i_current_index; /**< Index in current array */ + + /* Predefined items */ + playlist_item_t * p_root; + playlist_item_t * p_playing; + playlist_item_t * p_media_library; + + //Phony ones, point to those above; + playlist_item_t * p_root_category; /**< Root of category tree */ + playlist_item_t * p_root_onelevel; /**< Root of onelevel tree */ + playlist_item_t * p_local_category; /** < "Playlist" in CATEGORY view */ + playlist_item_t * p_ml_category; /** < "Library" in CATEGORY view */ + playlist_item_t * p_local_onelevel; /** < "Playlist" in ONELEVEL view */ + playlist_item_t * p_ml_onelevel; /** < "Library" in ONELEVEL view */ +}; + +/** Helper to add an item */ +struct playlist_add_t +{ + int i_node; /**< Playist id of the parent node */ + int i_item; /**< Playist id of the playlist_item_t */ +}; + +/* A bit of macro magic to generate an enum out of the following list, + * and later, to generate a list of static functions out of the same list. + * There is also SORT_RANDOM, which is always last and handled specially. + */ +#define VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS \ + DEF( SORT_ID )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE_NODES_FIRST )\ + DEF( SORT_ARTIST )\ + DEF( SORT_GENRE )\ + DEF( SORT_DURATION )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE_NUMERIC )\ + DEF( SORT_ALBUM )\ + DEF( SORT_TRACK_NUMBER )\ + DEF( SORT_DESCRIPTION )\ + DEF( SORT_RATING )\ + DEF( SORT_URI ) + +#define DEF( s ) s, +enum +{ + VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS + SORT_RANDOM, + NUM_SORT_FNS=SORT_RANDOM +}; +#undef DEF +#ifndef VLC_INTERNAL_PLAYLIST_SORT_FUNCTIONS +#undef VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +enum +{ + ORDER_NORMAL = 0, + ORDER_REVERSE = 1, +}; + +/* Used by playlist_Import */ +#define PLAYLIST_INSERT 0x0001 +#define PLAYLIST_APPEND 0x0002 +#define PLAYLIST_GO 0x0004 +#define PLAYLIST_PREPARSE 0x0008 +#define PLAYLIST_SPREPARSE 0x0010 +#define PLAYLIST_NO_REBUILD 0x0020 + +#define PLAYLIST_END -666 + +enum pl_locked_state +{ + pl_Locked = true, + pl_Unlocked = false +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Helpers */ +#define PL_LOCK playlist_Lock( p_playlist ) +#define PL_UNLOCK playlist_Unlock( p_playlist ) +#define PL_ASSERT_LOCKED playlist_AssertLocked( p_playlist ) + +/* Playlist control */ +#define playlist_Play(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_PLAY, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_Pause(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_PAUSE, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_Stop(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_STOP, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_Next(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, 1) +#define playlist_Prev(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, -1) +#define playlist_Skip(p,i) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, (i) ) + +VLC_API void playlist_Lock( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API void playlist_Unlock( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API void playlist_AssertLocked( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API void playlist_Deactivate( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Do a playlist action. + * If there is something in the playlist then you can do playlist actions. + * Possible queries are listed in vlc_common.h + * \param p_playlist the playlist to do the command on + * \param i_query the command to do + * \param b_locked TRUE if playlist is locked when entering this function + * \param variable number of arguments + * \return VLC_SUCCESS or an error + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Control( playlist_t *p_playlist, int i_query, bool b_locked, ... ); + +/** Get current playing input. The object is retained. + */ +VLC_API input_thread_t * playlist_CurrentInput( playlist_t *p_playlist ) VLC_USED; + +/** Get the duration of all items in a node. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t playlist_GetNodeDuration( playlist_item_t * ); + +/** Clear the playlist + * \param b_locked TRUE if playlist is locked when entering this function + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Clear( playlist_t *, bool ); + +/* Playlist sorting */ +VLC_API int playlist_TreeMove( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_TreeMoveMany( playlist_t *, int, playlist_item_t **, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_RecursiveNodeSort( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *,int, int ); + +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_CurrentPlayingItem( playlist_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int playlist_Status( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Export a node of the playlist to a certain type of playlistfile + * \param p_playlist the playlist to export + * \param psz_filename the location where the exported file will be saved + * \param p_export_root the root node to export + * \param psz_type the type of playlist file to create (m3u, pls, ..) + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on success + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Export( playlist_t *p_playlist, const char *psz_name, playlist_item_t *p_export_root, const char *psz_type ); + +/** + * Open a playlist file, add its content to the current playlist + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Import( playlist_t *p_playlist, const char *psz_file ); + +/********************** Services discovery ***********************/ + +/** Add a list of comma-separated service discovery modules */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryAdd(playlist_t *, const char *); +/** Remove a services discovery module by name */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryRemove(playlist_t *, const char *); +/** Check whether a given SD is loaded */ +VLC_API bool playlist_IsServicesDiscoveryLoaded( playlist_t *,const char *) VLC_DEPRECATED; +/** Query a services discovery */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryControl( playlist_t *, const char *, int, ... ); + + + +/******************************************************** + * Item management + ********************************************************/ + +/*************************** Item deletion **************************/ +VLC_API int playlist_DeleteFromInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, bool ); + +/******************** Item addition ********************/ +VLC_API int playlist_Add( playlist_t *, const char *, const char *, int, int, bool, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_AddExt( playlist_t *, const char *, const char *, int, int, mtime_t, int, const char *const *, unsigned, bool, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_AddInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, int, int, bool, bool ); +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_NodeAddInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int, int, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeAddCopy( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); + +/********************************** Item search *************************/ +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ItemGetById(playlist_t *, int ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ItemGetByInput(playlist_t *,input_item_t * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int playlist_LiveSearchUpdate(playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, const char *, bool ); + +/******************************************************** + * Tree management + ********************************************************/ +/* Node management */ +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_NodeCreate( playlist_t *, const char *, playlist_item_t * p_parent, int i_pos, int i_flags, input_item_t * ); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeAppend(playlist_t *,playlist_item_t*,playlist_item_t *); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeInsert(playlist_t *,playlist_item_t*,playlist_item_t *, int); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeRemoveItem(playlist_t *,playlist_item_t*,playlist_item_t *); +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ChildSearchName(playlist_item_t*, const char* ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int playlist_NodeDelete( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, bool , bool ); + +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_GetNextLeaf( playlist_t *p_playlist, playlist_item_t *p_root, playlist_item_t *p_item, bool b_ena, bool b_unplayed ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_GetPrevLeaf( playlist_t *p_playlist, playlist_item_t *p_root, playlist_item_t *p_item, bool b_ena, bool b_unplayed ) VLC_USED; + +/************************** + * Audio output management + **************************/ + +VLC_API audio_output_t *playlist_GetAout( playlist_t * ); + +#define AOUT_VOLUME_DEFAULT 256 +#define AOUT_VOLUME_MAX 512 + +VLC_API float playlist_VolumeGet( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API int playlist_VolumeSet( playlist_t *, float ); +VLC_API int playlist_VolumeUp( playlist_t *, int, float * ); +#define playlist_VolumeDown(a, b, c) playlist_VolumeUp(a, -(b), c) +VLC_API int playlist_MuteSet( playlist_t *, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_MuteGet( playlist_t * ); + +static inline int playlist_MuteToggle( playlist_t *pl ) +{ + int val = playlist_MuteGet( pl ); + if (val >= 0) + val = playlist_MuteSet( pl, !val ); + return val; +} + +VLC_API void playlist_EnableAudioFilter( playlist_t *, const char *, bool ); + +/*********************************************************************** + * Inline functions + ***********************************************************************/ +/** Tell if the playlist is empty */ +static inline bool playlist_IsEmpty( playlist_t *p_playlist ) +{ + PL_ASSERT_LOCKED; + return p_playlist->items.i_size == 0; +} + +/** Tell the number of items in the current playing context */ +static inline int playlist_CurrentSize( playlist_t *p_playlist ) +{ + PL_ASSERT_LOCKED; + return p_playlist->current.i_size; +} + +/** @} */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_plugin.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_plugin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14c48f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_plugin.h @@ -0,0 +1,538 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_plugin.h : Macros used from within a module. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2007-2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MODULES_MACROS_H +# define LIBVLC_MODULES_MACROS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file implements plugin (module) macros used to define a vlc module. + */ + +enum vlc_module_properties +{ + VLC_MODULE_CREATE, + VLC_CONFIG_CREATE, + + /* DO NOT EVER REMOVE, INSERT OR REPLACE ANY ITEM! It would break the ABI! + * Append new items at the end ONLY. */ + VLC_MODULE_CPU_REQUIREMENT=0x100, + VLC_MODULE_SHORTCUT, + VLC_MODULE_CAPABILITY, + VLC_MODULE_SCORE, + VLC_MODULE_CB_OPEN, + VLC_MODULE_CB_CLOSE, + VLC_MODULE_NO_UNLOAD, + VLC_MODULE_NAME, + VLC_MODULE_SHORTNAME, + VLC_MODULE_DESCRIPTION, + VLC_MODULE_HELP, + VLC_MODULE_TEXTDOMAIN, + /* Insert new VLC_MODULE_* here */ + + /* DO NOT EVER REMOVE, INSERT OR REPLACE ANY ITEM! It would break the ABI! + * Append new items at the end ONLY. */ + VLC_CONFIG_NAME=0x1000, + /* command line name (args=const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, + /* actual value (args=int/double/const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, + /* minimum value (args=int/double/const char * twice) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_ADVANCED, + /* enable advanced flag (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_VOLATILE, + /* don't write variable to storage (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_PERSISTENT_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_PRIVATE, + /* hide from user (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_REMOVED, + /* tag as no longer supported (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, + /* capability for a module or list thereof (args=const char*) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_SHORTCUT, + /* one-character (short) command line option name (args=char) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_OLDNAME_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_SAFE, + /* tag as modifiable by untrusted input item "sources" (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_DESC, + /* description (args=const char *, const char *, const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_ADD_ACTION_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST, + /* list of suggested values + * (args=size_t, const *, const char *const *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, + /* callback for suggested values + * (args=size_t (*)(vlc_object_t *, **, char ***)) */ + + /* Insert new VLC_CONFIG_* here */ +}; + +/* Configuration hint types */ +#define CONFIG_HINT_CATEGORY 0x02 /* Start of new category */ +#define CONFIG_HINT_USAGE 0x05 /* Usage information */ + +#define CONFIG_CATEGORY 0x06 /* Set category */ +#define CONFIG_SUBCATEGORY 0x07 /* Set subcategory */ +#define CONFIG_SECTION 0x08 /* Start of new section */ + +/* Configuration item types */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT 0x20 /* Float option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER 0x40 /* Integer option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_RGB 0x41 /* RGB color option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL 0x60 /* Bool option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_STRING 0x80 /* String option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_PASSWORD 0x81 /* Password option (*) */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_KEY 0x82 /* Hot key option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE 0x84 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_CAT 0x85 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST 0x86 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST_CAT 0x87 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_LOADFILE 0x8C /* Read file option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_SAVEFILE 0x8D /* Written file option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_DIRECTORY 0x8E /* Directory option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_FONT 0x8F /* Font option */ + +#define CONFIG_ITEM(x) (((x) & ~0xF) != 0) + +/* Categories and subcategories */ +#define CAT_INTERFACE 1 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_GENERAL 101 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_MAIN 102 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_CONTROL 103 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_HOTKEYS 104 + +#define CAT_AUDIO 2 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_GENERAL 201 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_AOUT 202 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_AFILTER 203 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_VISUAL 204 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_MISC 205 + +#define CAT_VIDEO 3 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_GENERAL 301 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_VOUT 302 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_VFILTER 303 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_SUBPIC 305 + +#define CAT_INPUT 4 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_GENERAL 401 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_ACCESS 402 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_DEMUX 403 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_VCODEC 404 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_ACODEC 405 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_SCODEC 406 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_STREAM_FILTER 407 + +#define CAT_SOUT 5 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_GENERAL 501 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_STREAM 502 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_MUX 503 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_ACO 504 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_PACKETIZER 505 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_VOD 507 + +#define CAT_ADVANCED 6 +#define SUBCAT_ADVANCED_MISC 602 +#define SUBCAT_ADVANCED_NETWORK 603 + +#define CAT_PLAYLIST 7 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_GENERAL 701 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_SD 702 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_EXPORT 703 + + +/** + * Current plugin ABI version + */ +# define MODULE_SYMBOL 2_2_0b +# define MODULE_SUFFIX "__2_2_0b" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Add a few defines. You do not want to read this section. Really. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Explanation: + * + * if linking a module statically, we will need: + * #define MODULE_FUNC( zog ) module_foo_zog + * + * this can't easily be done with the C preprocessor, thus a few ugly hacks. + */ + +/* I need to do _this_ to change « foo bar » to « module_foo_bar » ! */ +#define CONCATENATE( y, z ) CRUDE_HACK( y, z ) +#define CRUDE_HACK( y, z ) y##__##z + +/* If the module is built-in, then we need to define foo_InitModule instead + * of InitModule. Same for Activate- and DeactivateModule. */ +#ifdef __PLUGIN__ +# define __VLC_SYMBOL( symbol ) CONCATENATE( symbol, MODULE_SYMBOL ) +#else +# define __VLC_SYMBOL( symbol ) CONCATENATE( symbol, MODULE_NAME ) +#endif + +#define CDECL_SYMBOL +#if defined (__PLUGIN__) +# if defined (_WIN32) +# define DLL_SYMBOL __declspec(dllexport) +# undef CDECL_SYMBOL +# define CDECL_SYMBOL __cdecl +# elif VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,0) +# define DLL_SYMBOL __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +# else +# define DLL_SYMBOL +# endif +#else +# define DLL_SYMBOL +#endif + +#if defined( __cplusplus ) +# define EXTERN_SYMBOL extern "C" +#else +# define EXTERN_SYMBOL +#endif + +typedef int (*vlc_set_cb) (void *, void *, int, ...); + +#define vlc_plugin_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, NULL, __VA_ARGS__) +#define vlc_module_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, module, __VA_ARGS__) +#define vlc_config_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, config, __VA_ARGS__) + +/* + * InitModule: this function is called once and only once, when the module + * is looked at for the first time. We get the useful data from it, for + * instance the module name, its shortcuts, its capabilities... we also create + * a copy of its config because the module can be unloaded at any time. + */ +#define vlc_module_begin() \ +EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL \ +int CDECL_SYMBOL __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry) (vlc_set_cb, void *); \ +EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL \ +int CDECL_SYMBOL __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry) (vlc_set_cb vlc_set, void *opaque) \ +{ \ + module_t *module; \ + module_config_t *config = NULL; \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_CREATE, &module)) \ + goto error; \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_NAME, (MODULE_STRING))) \ + goto error; + +#define vlc_module_end() \ + (void) config; \ + return 0; \ +error: \ + return -1; \ +} \ +VLC_METADATA_EXPORTS + +#define add_submodule( ) \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_CREATE, &module)) \ + goto error; + +#define add_shortcut( ... ) \ +{ \ + const char *shortcuts[] = { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SHORTCUT, \ + sizeof(shortcuts)/sizeof(shortcuts[0]), shortcuts)) \ + goto error; \ +} + +#define set_shortname( shortname ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SHORTNAME, (const char *)(shortname))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_description( desc ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_DESCRIPTION, (const char *)(desc))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_help( help ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_HELP, (const char *)(help))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_capability( cap, score ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(cap)) \ + || vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SCORE, (int)(score))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_callbacks( activate, deactivate ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_CB_OPEN, activate) \ + || vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_CB_CLOSE, deactivate)) \ + goto error; + +#define cannot_unload_broken_library( ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_NO_UNLOAD)) \ + goto error; + +#define set_text_domain( dom ) \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_TEXTDOMAIN, (dom))) \ + goto error; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Macros used to build the configuration structure. + * + * Note that internally we support only 3 types of config data: int, float + * and string. + * The other types declared here just map to one of these 3 basic types but + * have the advantage of also providing very good hints to a configuration + * interface so as to make it more user friendly. + * The configuration structure also includes category hints. These hints can + * provide a configuration interface with some very useful data and again + * allow for a more user friendly interface. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_plugin_set (VLC_CONFIG_CREATE, (type), &config); + +#define add_typedesc_inner( type, text, longtext ) \ + add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_DESC, \ + (const char *)(text), (const char *)(longtext)); + +#define add_typeadv_inner( type, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( type, text, longtext ) \ + if (advc) vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_ADVANCED); + +#define add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typeadv_inner( type, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_NAME, (const char *)(name)); + +#define add_string_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc, v ) \ + add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (const char *)(v)); + +#define add_int_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc, v ) \ + add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(v)); + + +#define set_category( i_id ) \ + add_type_inner( CONFIG_CATEGORY ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(i_id)); + +#define set_subcategory( i_id ) \ + add_type_inner( CONFIG_SUBCATEGORY ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(i_id)); + +#define set_section( text, longtext ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( CONFIG_SECTION, text, longtext ) + +#define add_category_hint( text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typeadv_inner( CONFIG_HINT_CATEGORY, text, longtext, advc ) + +#define add_usage_hint( text ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( CONFIG_HINT_USAGE, text, NULL ) + +#define add_string( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_STRING, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_password( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_PASSWORD, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_loadfile( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_LOADFILE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_savefile( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_SAVEFILE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_directory( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_DIRECTORY, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_font( name, value, text, longtext, advc )\ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_FONT, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_module( name, psz_caps, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(psz_caps)); + +#define add_module_list( name, psz_caps, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(psz_caps)); + +#ifndef __PLUGIN__ +#define add_module_cat( name, i_subcategory, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_CAT, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + change_integer_range (i_subcategory /* gruik */, 0); + +#define add_module_list_cat( name, i_subcategory, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST_CAT, name, text, longtext, \ + advc, value ) \ + change_integer_range (i_subcategory /* gruik */, 0); +#endif + +#define add_integer( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_int_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) + +#define add_rgb( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_int_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_RGB, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) \ + change_integer_range( 0, 0xFFFFFF ) + +#define add_key( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_KEY, "global-" name, text, longtext, advc, \ + KEY_UNSET ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_KEY, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) + +#define add_integer_with_range( name, value, i_min, i_max, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_integer( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + change_integer_range( i_min, i_max ) + +#define add_float( name, v, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typename_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (double)(v)); + +#define add_float_with_range( name, value, f_min, f_max, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_float( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + change_float_range( f_min, f_max ) + +#define add_bool( name, v, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typename_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + if (v) vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)true); + +/* For removed option */ +#define add_obsolete_inner( name, type ) \ + add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_NAME, (const char *)(name)); \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_REMOVED); + +#define add_obsolete_bool( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL ) + +#define add_obsolete_integer( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER ) + +#define add_obsolete_float( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT ) + +#define add_obsolete_string( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_STRING ) + +/* Modifier macros for the config options (used for fine tuning) */ + +#define change_short( ch ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_SHORTCUT, (int)(ch)); + +#define change_string_list( list, list_text ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST, \ + (size_t)(sizeof (list) / sizeof (char *)), \ + (const char *const *)(list), \ + (const char *const *)(list_text)); + +#define change_string_cb( cb ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, (cb)); + +#define change_integer_list( list, list_text ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST, \ + (size_t)(sizeof (list) / sizeof (int)), \ + (const int *)(list), \ + (const char *const *)(list_text)); + +#define change_integer_cb( cb ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, (cb)); + +#define change_integer_range( minv, maxv ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, (int64_t)(minv), (int64_t)(maxv)); + +#define change_float_range( minv, maxv ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, (double)(minv), (double)(maxv)); + +#define change_action_add( pf_action, text ) \ + (void)(pf_action, text); + +/* For options that are saved but hidden from the preferences panel */ +#define change_private() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_PRIVATE); + +/* For options that cannot be saved in the configuration */ +#define change_volatile() \ + change_private() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VOLATILE); + +#define change_safe() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_SAFE); + +/* Meta data plugin exports */ +#define VLC_META_EXPORT( name, value ) \ + EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL const char * CDECL_SYMBOL \ + __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry_ ## name) (void); \ + EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL const char * CDECL_SYMBOL \ + __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry_ ## name) (void) \ + { \ + return value; \ + } + +#if defined (__LIBVLC__) +# define VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT VLC_META_EXPORT (copyright, \ + "\x43\x6f\x70\x79\x72\x69\x67\x68\x74\x20\x28\x43\x29\x20\x74\x68" \ + "\x65\x20\x56\x69\x64\x65\x6f\x4c\x41\x4e\x20\x56\x4c\x43\x20\x6d" \ + "\x65\x64\x69\x61\x20\x70\x6c\x61\x79\x65\x72\x20\x64\x65\x76\x65" \ + "\x6c\x6f\x70\x65\x72\x73" ) +# define VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT VLC_META_EXPORT (license, \ + "\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73\x65\x64\x20\x75\x6e\x64\x65\x72\x20\x74" \ + "\x68\x65\x20\x74\x65\x72\x6d\x73\x20\x6f\x66\x20\x74\x68\x65\x20" \ + "\x47\x4e\x55\x20\x4c\x65\x73\x73\x65\x72\x20\x47\x65\x6e\x65\x72" \ + "\x61\x6c\x20\x50\x75\x62\x6c\x69\x63\x20\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73" \ + "\x65\x2c\x20\x76\x65\x72\x73\x69\x6f\x6e\x20\x32\x2e\x31\x20\x6f" \ + "\x72\x20\x6c\x61\x74\x65\x72\x2e" ) +#else +# if !defined (VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT) +# define VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT +# endif +# if !defined (VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT) +# define VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT +# endif +#endif + +#define VLC_METADATA_EXPORTS \ + VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT \ + VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_probe.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_probe.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efa4d97 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_probe.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_probe.h: service probing interface + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PROBE_H +# define VLC_PROBE_H 1 + +# include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures to run-time probe VLC extensions + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +void *vlc_probe (vlc_object_t *, const char *, size_t *); +#define vlc_probe(obj, cap, pcount) \ + vlc_probe(VLC_OBJECT(obj), cap, pcount) + +struct vlc_probe_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + void *list; + size_t count; +}; + +typedef struct vlc_probe_t vlc_probe_t; + +static inline int vlc_probe_add(vlc_probe_t *obj, const void *data, + size_t len) +{ + char *tab = (char *)realloc (obj->list, (obj->count + 1) * len); + + if (unlikely(tab == NULL)) + return VLC_ENOMEM; + memcpy(tab + (obj->count * len), data, len); + obj->list = tab; + obj->count++; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +# define VLC_PROBE_CONTINUE VLC_EGENERIC +# define VLC_PROBE_STOP VLC_SUCCESS + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_rand.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_rand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..761cee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_rand.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_rand.h: RNG + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2007 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 3ae95ac04c55f46d116481eb89255b013f6d1c32 $ + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_RAND_H +# define VLC_RAND_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defined random number generator function in vlc + */ + +VLC_API void vlc_rand_bytes(void *buf, size_t len); + +/* Interlocked (but not reproducible) functions for the POSIX PRNG */ +VLC_API double vlc_drand48(void) VLC_USED; +VLC_API long vlc_lrand48(void) VLC_USED; +VLC_API long vlc_mrand48(void) VLC_USED; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3652230 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_services_discovery.h : Services Discover functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: d9c231b28f3ec075343e0f8016792b8fa33f60f5 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SERVICES_DISCOVERY_H_ +#define VLC_SERVICES_DISCOVERY_H_ + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file lists functions and structures for service discovery (SD) in vlc + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Main service discovery structure to build a SD module + */ +struct services_discovery_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t * p_module; /**< Loaded module */ + + /**< Event manager + * You should access it through setters, outside of the core */ + vlc_event_manager_t event_manager; + + char *psz_name; /**< Main name of the SD */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; /**< Configuration for the SD */ + + /** Control function + * \see services_discovery_command_e + */ + int ( *pf_control ) ( services_discovery_t *, int, va_list ); + + services_discovery_sys_t *p_sys; /**< Custom private data */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery categories + * \see vlc_sd_probe_Add + */ +enum services_discovery_category_e +{ + SD_CAT_DEVICES = 1, /**< Devices, like portable music players */ + SD_CAT_LAN, /**< LAN/WAN services, like Upnp or SAP */ + SD_CAT_INTERNET, /**< Internet or Website channels services */ + SD_CAT_MYCOMPUTER /**< Computer services, like Discs or Apps */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery control commands + */ +enum services_discovery_command_e +{ + SD_CMD_SEARCH = 1, /**< arg1 = query */ + SD_CMD_DESCRIPTOR /**< arg1 = services_discovery_descriptor_t* */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery capabilities + */ +enum services_discovery_capability_e +{ + SD_CAP_SEARCH = 1 /**< One can search in the SD */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery descriptor + * \see services_discovery_command_e + */ +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_short_desc; /**< The short description, human-readable */ + char *psz_icon_url; /**< URL to the icon that represents it */ + char *psz_url; /**< URL for the service */ + int i_capabilities; /**< \see services_discovery_capability_e */ +} services_discovery_descriptor_t; + + +/*********************************************************************** + * Service Discovery + ***********************************************************************/ + +/** + * Ask for a research in the SD + * @param p_sd: the Service Discovery + * @param i_control: the command to issue + * @param args: the argument list + * @return VLC_SUCCESS in case of success, the error code overwise + */ +static inline int vlc_sd_control( services_discovery_t *p_sd, int i_control, va_list args ) +{ + if( p_sd->pf_control ) + return p_sd->pf_control( p_sd, i_control, args ); + else + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +/* Get the services discovery modules names to use in Create(), in a null + * terminated string array. Array and string must be freed after use. */ +VLC_API char ** vlc_sd_GetNames( vlc_object_t *, char ***, int ** ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_sd_GetNames(obj, pln, pcat ) \ + vlc_sd_GetNames(VLC_OBJECT(obj), pln, pcat) + +/* Creation of a services_discovery object */ +VLC_API services_discovery_t * vlc_sd_Create( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API bool vlc_sd_Start( services_discovery_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_sd_Stop( services_discovery_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_sd_Destroy( services_discovery_t * ); + +/** + * Helper to stop and destroy the Service Discovery + */ +static inline void vlc_sd_StopAndDestroy( services_discovery_t * p_this ) +{ + vlc_sd_Stop( p_this ); + vlc_sd_Destroy( p_this ); +} + +/* Read info from discovery object */ +VLC_API char * services_discovery_GetLocalizedName( services_discovery_t * p_this ) VLC_USED; + +/* Receive event notification (preferred way to get new items) */ +VLC_API vlc_event_manager_t * services_discovery_EventManager( services_discovery_t * p_this ) VLC_USED; + +/* Used by services_discovery to post update about their items */ + /* About the psz_category, it is a legacy way to add info to the item, + * for more options, directly set the (meta) data on the input item */ +VLC_API void services_discovery_AddItem( services_discovery_t * p_this, input_item_t * p_item, const char * psz_category ); +VLC_API void services_discovery_RemoveItem( services_discovery_t * p_this, input_item_t * p_item ); +VLC_API void services_discovery_RemoveAll( services_discovery_t * p_sd ); + + +/* SD probing */ + +VLC_API int vlc_sd_probe_Add(vlc_probe_t *, const char *, const char *, int category); + +#define VLC_SD_PROBE_SUBMODULE \ + add_submodule() \ + set_capability( "services probe", 100 ) \ + set_callbacks( vlc_sd_probe_Open, NULL ) + +#define VLC_SD_PROBE_HELPER(name, longname, cat) \ +static int vlc_sd_probe_Open (vlc_object_t *obj) \ +{ \ + return vlc_sd_probe_Add ((struct vlc_probe_t *)obj, \ + name "{longname=\"" longname "\"}", \ + longname, cat); \ +} + +/** @} */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_sout.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_sout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7df3a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_sout.h @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_sout.h : stream output module + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: b9366f790374562525f49d5449ec882fff348ddf $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * Eric Petit + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SOUT_H_ +#define VLC_SOUT_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines structures and functions for stream output in vlc + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** Stream output instance (FIXME: should be private to src/ to avoid + * invalid unsynchronized access) */ +struct sout_instance_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + char *psz_sout; + + /** count of output that can't control the space */ + int i_out_pace_nocontrol; + + vlc_mutex_t lock; + sout_stream_t *p_stream; +}; + +/**************************************************************************** + * sout_stream_id_sys_t: opaque (private for all sout_stream_t) + ****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct sout_stream_id_sys_t sout_stream_id_sys_t; + +/** Stream output access_output */ +struct sout_access_out_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *p_module; + char *psz_access; + + char *psz_path; + sout_access_out_sys_t *p_sys; + int (*pf_seek)( sout_access_out_t *, off_t ); + ssize_t (*pf_read)( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); + ssize_t (*pf_write)( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); + int (*pf_control)( sout_access_out_t *, int, va_list ); + + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +}; + +enum access_out_query_e +{ + ACCESS_OUT_CONTROLS_PACE, /* arg1=bool *, can fail (assume true) */ + ACCESS_OUT_CAN_SEEK, /* arg1=bool *, can fail (assume true) */ +}; + +VLC_API sout_access_out_t * sout_AccessOutNew( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_access, const char *psz_name ) VLC_USED; +#define sout_AccessOutNew( obj, access, name ) \ + sout_AccessOutNew( VLC_OBJECT(obj), access, name ) +VLC_API void sout_AccessOutDelete( sout_access_out_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_AccessOutSeek( sout_access_out_t *, off_t ); +VLC_API ssize_t sout_AccessOutRead( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API ssize_t sout_AccessOutWrite( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_AccessOutControl( sout_access_out_t *, int, ... ); + +static inline bool sout_AccessOutCanControlPace( sout_access_out_t *p_ao ) +{ + bool b; + if( sout_AccessOutControl( p_ao, ACCESS_OUT_CONTROLS_PACE, &b ) ) + return true; + return b; +} + +/** Muxer structure */ +struct sout_mux_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t *p_module; + + sout_instance_t *p_sout; + + char *psz_mux; + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + + sout_access_out_t *p_access; + + int (*pf_addstream)( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + int (*pf_delstream)( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + int (*pf_mux) ( sout_mux_t * ); + int (*pf_control) ( sout_mux_t *, int, va_list ); + + /* here are all inputs accepted by muxer */ + int i_nb_inputs; + sout_input_t **pp_inputs; + + /* mux private */ + sout_mux_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* XXX private to stream_output.c */ + /* if muxer doesn't support adding stream at any time then we first wait + * for stream then we refuse all stream and start muxing */ + bool b_add_stream_any_time; + bool b_waiting_stream; + /* we wait one second after first stream added */ + mtime_t i_add_stream_start; +}; + +enum sout_mux_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + MUX_CAN_ADD_STREAM_WHILE_MUXING, /* arg1= bool *, res=cannot fail */ + /* properties */ + MUX_GET_ADD_STREAM_WAIT, /* arg1= bool *, res=cannot fail */ + MUX_GET_MIME, /* arg1= char ** res=can fail */ +}; + +struct sout_input_t +{ + es_format_t *p_fmt; + block_fifo_t *p_fifo; + + void *p_sys; +}; + + +VLC_API sout_mux_t * sout_MuxNew( sout_instance_t*, const char *, sout_access_out_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API sout_input_t * sout_MuxAddStream( sout_mux_t *, es_format_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void sout_MuxDeleteStream( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); +VLC_API void sout_MuxDelete( sout_mux_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_MuxSendBuffer( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_MuxGetStream(sout_mux_t *, int , mtime_t *); + +static inline int sout_MuxControl( sout_mux_t *p_mux, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = p_mux->pf_control( p_mux, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * sout_stream: + ****************************************************************************/ +struct sout_stream_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *p_module; + sout_instance_t *p_sout; + + char *psz_name; + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + sout_stream_t *p_next; + + /* add, remove a stream */ + sout_stream_id_sys_t *(*pf_add)( sout_stream_t *, es_format_t * ); + int (*pf_del)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t * ); + /* manage a packet */ + int (*pf_send)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t *, block_t* ); + + sout_stream_sys_t *p_sys; + bool pace_nocontrol; +}; + +VLC_API void sout_StreamChainDelete(sout_stream_t *p_first, sout_stream_t *p_last ); +VLC_API sout_stream_t *sout_StreamChainNew(sout_instance_t *p_sout, + char *psz_chain, sout_stream_t *p_next, sout_stream_t **p_last) VLC_USED; + +static inline sout_stream_id_sys_t *sout_StreamIdAdd( sout_stream_t *s, es_format_t *fmt ) +{ + return s->pf_add( s, fmt ); +} +static inline int sout_StreamIdDel( sout_stream_t *s, sout_stream_id_sys_t *id ) +{ + return s->pf_del( s, id ); +} +static inline int sout_StreamIdSend( sout_stream_t *s, sout_stream_id_sys_t *id, block_t *b ) +{ + return s->pf_send( s, id, b ); +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * Encoder + ****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API encoder_t * sout_EncoderCreate( vlc_object_t *obj ); +#define sout_EncoderCreate(o) sout_EncoderCreate(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +/**************************************************************************** + * Announce handler + ****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API session_descriptor_t* sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int sout_AnnounceUnRegister(vlc_object_t *,session_descriptor_t* ); +#define sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP(o, sdp, addr) \ + sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP(VLC_OBJECT (o), sdp, addr) +#define sout_AnnounceUnRegister(o, a) \ + sout_AnnounceUnRegister(VLC_OBJECT (o), a) + +/** SDP */ + +struct sockaddr; + +VLC_API char * vlc_sdp_Start( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *cfgpref, const struct sockaddr *src, size_t srclen, const struct sockaddr *addr, size_t addrlen ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * sdp_AddMedia(char **sdp, const char *type, const char *protocol, int dport, unsigned pt, bool bw_indep, unsigned bw, const char *ptname, unsigned clockrate, unsigned channels, const char *fmtp); +VLC_API char * sdp_AddAttribute(char **sdp, const char *name, const char *fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); + +/** Description module */ +typedef struct sout_description_data_t +{ + int i_es; + es_format_t **es; + vlc_sem_t *sem; +} sout_description_data_t; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_spu.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_spu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbd20ea --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_spu.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_spu.h: spu_t definition and functions. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright (C) 2010 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: d448d06f8c9f9c91d70239ff0d07cb5ceac06423 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SPU_H +#define VLC_SPU_H 1 + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/********************************************************************** + * Base SPU structures + **********************************************************************/ +/** + * \defgroup spu Subpicture Unit + * This module describes the programming interface for the subpicture unit. + * It includes functions allowing to create/destroy an spu, and render + * subpictures. + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct spu_private_t spu_private_t; + +/* Default subpicture channel ID */ +#define SPU_DEFAULT_CHANNEL (1) + +/** + * Subpicture unit descriptor + */ +struct spu_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + spu_private_t *p; +}; + +VLC_API spu_t * spu_Create( vlc_object_t * ); +#define spu_Create(a) spu_Create(VLC_OBJECT(a)) +VLC_API void spu_Destroy( spu_t * ); + +/** + * This function sends a subpicture to the spu_t core. + * + * You cannot use the provided subpicture anymore. The spu_t core + * will destroy it at its convenience. + */ +VLC_API void spu_PutSubpicture( spu_t *, subpicture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will return an unique subpicture containing the OSD and + * subtitles visibles at the requested date. + * + * \param p_chroma_list is a list of supported chroma for the output (can be NULL) + * \param p_fmt_dst is the format of the picture on which the return subpicture will be rendered. + * \param p_fmt_src is the format of the original(source) video. + * + * The returned value if non NULL must be released by subpicture_Delete(). + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * spu_Render( spu_t *, const vlc_fourcc_t *p_chroma_list, const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, mtime_t render_subtitle_date, mtime_t render_osd_date, bool ignore_osd ); + +/** + * It registers a new SPU channel. + */ +VLC_API int spu_RegisterChannel( spu_t * ); + +/** + * It clears all subpictures associated to a SPU channel. + */ +VLC_API void spu_ClearChannel( spu_t *, int ); + +/** + * It changes the sub sources list + */ +VLC_API void spu_ChangeSources( spu_t *, const char * ); + +/** + * It changes the sub filters list + */ +VLC_API void spu_ChangeFilters( spu_t *, const char * ); + +/** @}*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_SPU_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_stream.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_stream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cec1b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_stream.h @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_stream.h: Stream (between access and demux) descriptor and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 10a98ef2811fdfddb4b934c04806fea6813aaab5 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STREAM_H +#define VLC_STREAM_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines structures and functions for stream (between access and demux) descriptor in vlc + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \defgroup stream Stream + * + * This will allow you to easily handle read/seek in demuxer modules. + * @{ + */ + +/* Opaque definition for text reader context */ +typedef struct stream_text_t stream_text_t; + +/** + * stream_t definition + */ + +struct stream_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + bool b_error; + + /* Module properties for stream filter */ + module_t *p_module; + + char *psz_access; + /* Real or virtual path (it can only be changed during stream_t opening) */ + char *psz_path; + + /* Stream source for stream filter */ + stream_t *p_source; + + /* */ + int (*pf_read) ( stream_t *, void *p_read, unsigned int i_read ); + int (*pf_peek) ( stream_t *, const uint8_t **pp_peek, unsigned int i_peek ); + int (*pf_control)( stream_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + + /* */ + void (*pf_destroy)( stream_t *); + + /* Private data for module */ + stream_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Text reader state */ + stream_text_t *p_text; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +/** + * Possible commands to send to stream_Control() and stream_vaControl() + */ +enum stream_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + STREAM_CAN_SEEK, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_FASTSEEK, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_PAUSE, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_CONTROL_PACE, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + + /* */ + STREAM_SET_POSITION, /**< arg1= uint64_t res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_POSITION, /**< arg1= uint64_t * res=cannot fail*/ + + STREAM_GET_SIZE, /**< arg1= uint64_t * res=cannot fail (0 if no sense)*/ + + /* You should update size of source if any and then update size + * FIXME find a way to avoid it */ + STREAM_UPDATE_SIZE, + + /* */ + STREAM_GET_PTS_DELAY = 0x101,/**< arg1= int64_t* res=cannot fail */ + STREAM_GET_TITLE_INFO, /**< arg1=input_title_t*** arg2=int* res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_TITLE, /**< arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_SEEKPOINT, /**< arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_META, /**< arg1= vlc_meta_t ** res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_CONTENT_TYPE, /**< arg1= char ** res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_SIGNAL, /**< arg1=double *pf_quality, arg2=double *pf_strength res=can fail */ + + STREAM_SET_PAUSE_STATE = 0x200, /**< arg1= bool res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_TITLE, /**< arg1= int res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_SEEKPOINT, /**< arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* XXX only data read through stream_Read/Block will be recorded */ + STREAM_SET_RECORD_STATE, /**< arg1=bool, arg2=const char *psz_ext (if arg1 is true) res=can fail */ + + STREAM_SET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE = 0x1000, /* arg1= int i_private_data, bool b_selected res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_PRIVATE_ID_CA, /* arg1= int i_program_number, uint16_t i_vpid, uint16_t i_apid1, uint16_t i_apid2, uint16_t i_apid3, uint8_t i_length, uint8_t *p_data */ + STREAM_GET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE, /* arg1=int i_private_data arg2=bool * res=can fail */ +}; + +VLC_API int stream_Read( stream_t *s, void *p_read, int i_read ); +VLC_API int stream_Peek( stream_t *s, const uint8_t **pp_peek, int i_peek ); +VLC_API int stream_vaControl( stream_t *s, int i_query, va_list args ); +VLC_API void stream_Delete( stream_t *s ); +VLC_API int stream_Control( stream_t *s, int i_query, ... ); +VLC_API block_t * stream_Block( stream_t *s, int i_size ); +VLC_API block_t * stream_BlockRemaining( stream_t *s, int i_max_size ); +VLC_API char * stream_ReadLine( stream_t * ); + +/** + * Get the current position in a stream + */ +static inline int64_t stream_Tell( stream_t *s ) +{ + uint64_t i_pos; + stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_POSITION, &i_pos ); + if( i_pos >> 62 ) + return (int64_t)1 << 62; + return i_pos; +} + +/** + * Get the size of the stream. + */ +static inline int64_t stream_Size( stream_t *s ) +{ + uint64_t i_pos; + stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_SIZE, &i_pos ); + if( i_pos >> 62 ) + return (int64_t)1 << 62; + return i_pos; +} + +static inline int stream_Seek( stream_t *s, uint64_t i_pos ) +{ + return stream_Control( s, STREAM_SET_POSITION, i_pos ); +} + +/** + * Get the Content-Type of a stream, or NULL if unknown. + * Result must be free()'d. + */ +static inline char *stream_ContentType( stream_t *s ) +{ + char *res; + if( stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_CONTENT_TYPE, &res ) ) + return NULL; + return res; +} + +/** + * Create a special stream and a demuxer, this allows chaining demuxers + * You must delete it using stream_Delete. + */ +VLC_API stream_t * stream_DemuxNew( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_demux, es_out_t *out ); + +/** + * Send data to a stream handle created by stream_DemuxNew(). + */ +VLC_API void stream_DemuxSend( stream_t *s, block_t *p_block ); + +/** + * Perform a demux (i.e. DEMUX_...) control request on a stream handle + * created by stream_DemuxNew(). + */ +VLC_API int stream_DemuxControlVa( stream_t *s, int, va_list ); + +static inline int stream_DemuxControl( stream_t *s, int query, ... ) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start( ap, query ); + ret = stream_DemuxControlVa( s, query, ap ); + va_end( ap ); + return ret; +} + +/** + * Create a stream_t reading from memory. + * You must delete it using stream_Delete. + */ +VLC_API stream_t * stream_MemoryNew(vlc_object_t *p_obj, uint8_t *p_buffer, uint64_t i_size, bool b_preserve_memory ); +#define stream_MemoryNew( a, b, c, d ) stream_MemoryNew( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) + +/** + * Create a stream_t reading from a URL. + * You must delete it using stream_Delete. + */ +VLC_API stream_t * stream_UrlNew(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_url ); +#define stream_UrlNew( a, b ) stream_UrlNew( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + + +/** + * Try to add a stream filter to an open stream. + * @return New stream to use, or NULL if the filter could not be added. + **/ +VLC_API stream_t* stream_FilterNew( stream_t *p_source, const char *psz_stream_filter ); +/** + * @} + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_strings.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_strings.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52a5bde --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_strings.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_strings.h: String functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 3ce4884e7ac610205103c2e1cbab521a4c1ebab4 $ + * + * Authors: Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STRINGS_H +#define VLC_STRINGS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures handling misc strings + */ + +/** + * \defgroup strings Strings + * @{ + */ + +VLC_API void resolve_xml_special_chars( char *psz_value ); +VLC_API char * convert_xml_special_chars( const char *psz_content ); + +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_encode_binary( const uint8_t *, size_t ); +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_encode( const char * ); + +VLC_API size_t vlc_b64_decode_binary_to_buffer( uint8_t *p_dst, size_t i_dst_max, const char *psz_src ); +VLC_API size_t vlc_b64_decode_binary( uint8_t **pp_dst, const char *psz_src ); +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_decode( const char *psz_src ); + +VLC_API char * str_format_time( const char * ); +VLC_API char * str_format_meta( input_thread_t *, const char * ); + +static inline char *str_format( input_thread_t *input, const char *fmt ) +{ + char *s1 = str_format_time( fmt ); + char *s2 = str_format_meta( input, s1 ); + free( s1 ); + return s2; +} + +VLC_API void filename_sanitize( char * ); +VLC_API void path_sanitize( char * ); + +VLC_API time_t str_duration( const char * ); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d78bb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_subpicture.h: subpicture definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 6bfede171002b78b80c7635e87fdd51ea7d15ea4 $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SUBPICTURE_H +#define VLC_SUBPICTURE_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines subpicture structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup subpicture Video Subpictures + * Subpictures are pictures that should be displayed on top of the video, like + * subtitles and OSD + * \ingroup video_output + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Video subtitle region spu core private + */ +typedef struct subpicture_region_private_t subpicture_region_private_t; + +/** + * Video subtitle region + * + * A subtitle region is defined by a picture (graphic) and its rendering + * coordinates. + * Subtitles contain a list of regions. + */ +struct subpicture_region_t +{ + video_format_t fmt; /**< format of the picture */ + picture_t *p_picture; /**< picture comprising this region */ + + int i_x; /**< position of region */ + int i_y; /**< position of region */ + int i_align; /**< alignment within a region */ + int i_alpha; /**< transparency */ + + char *psz_text; /**< text string comprising this region */ + char *psz_html; /**< HTML version of subtitle (NULL = use psz_text) */ + text_style_t *p_style; /**< a description of the text style formatting */ + bool b_renderbg; /**< render black background under text */ + + subpicture_region_t *p_next; /**< next region in the list */ + subpicture_region_private_t *p_private; /**< Private data for spu_t *only* */ +}; + +/* Subpicture region position flags */ +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEFT 0x1 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x2 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_TOP 0x4 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x8 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEAVETEXT 0x10 /**< Align the subpicture, but not the text inside */ +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_MASK ( SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEFT|SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_RIGHT| \ + SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_TOP |SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_BOTTOM| \ + SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEAVETEXT ) +/** + * This function will create a new subpicture region. + * + * You must use subpicture_region_Delete to destroy it. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_region_t * subpicture_region_New( const video_format_t *p_fmt ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a subpicture region allocated by + * subpicture_region_New. + * + * You may give it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_region_Delete( subpicture_region_t *p_region ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a list of subpicture regions allocated by + * subpicture_region_New. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_region_ChainDelete( subpicture_region_t *p_head ); + +/** + * + */ +typedef struct subpicture_updater_sys_t subpicture_updater_sys_t; +typedef struct +{ + int (*pf_validate)( subpicture_t *, + bool has_src_changed, const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, + bool has_dst_changed, const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, + mtime_t); + void (*pf_update) ( subpicture_t *, + const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, + const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, + mtime_t ); + void (*pf_destroy) ( subpicture_t * ); + subpicture_updater_sys_t *p_sys; +} subpicture_updater_t; + +typedef struct subpicture_private_t subpicture_private_t; + +/** + * Video subtitle + * + * Any subtitle destined to be displayed by a video output thread should + * be stored in this structure from it's creation to it's effective display. + * Subtitle type and flags should only be modified by the output thread. Note + * that an empty subtitle MUST have its flags set to 0. + */ +struct subpicture_t +{ + /** \name Channel ID */ + /**@{*/ + int i_channel; /**< subpicture channel ID */ + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Type and flags + Should NOT be modified except by the vout thread */ + /**@{*/ + int64_t i_order; /** an increasing unique number */ + subpicture_t * p_next; /**< next subtitle to be displayed */ + /**@}*/ + + subpicture_region_t *p_region; /**< region list composing this subtitle */ + + /** \name Date properties */ + /**@{*/ + mtime_t i_start; /**< beginning of display date */ + mtime_t i_stop; /**< end of display date */ + bool b_ephemer; /**< If this flag is set to true the subtitle + will be displayed untill the next one appear */ + bool b_fade; /**< enable fading */ + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Display properties + * These properties are only indicative and may be + * changed by the video output thread, or simply ignored depending of the + * subtitle type. */ + /**@{*/ + bool b_subtitle; /**< the picture is a movie subtitle */ + bool b_absolute; /**< position is absolute */ + int i_original_picture_width; /**< original width of the movie */ + int i_original_picture_height;/**< original height of the movie */ + int i_alpha; /**< transparency */ + /**@}*/ + + subpicture_updater_t updater; + + subpicture_private_t *p_private; /* Reserved to the core */ +}; + +/** + * This function create a new empty subpicture. + * + * You must use subpicture_Delete to destroy it. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * subpicture_New( const subpicture_updater_t * ); + +/** + * This function delete a subpicture created by subpicture_New. + * You may give it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_Delete( subpicture_t *p_subpic ); + +/** + * This function will create a subpicture having one region in the requested + * chroma showing the given picture. + * + * The picture_t given is not released nor used inside the + * returned subpicture_t. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * subpicture_NewFromPicture( vlc_object_t *, picture_t *, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma ); + +/** + * This function will update the content of a subpicture created with + * a non NULL subpicture_updater_t. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_Update( subpicture_t *, const video_format_t *src, const video_format_t *, mtime_t ); + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* _VLC_VIDEO_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_text_style.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_text_style.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10a1b5b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_text_style.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_text_style.h: text_style_t definition and helpers. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 51677243e472c3e7712f1a0b168a647433f7470b $ + * + * Authors: Derk-Jan Hartman + * basOS G + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H +#define VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * Text style + * + * A text style is used to specify the formatting of text. + * A font renderer can use the supplied information to render the + * text specified. + */ +typedef struct +{ + char * psz_fontname; /**< The name of the font */ + char * psz_monofontname; /**< The name of the mono font */ + int i_font_size; /**< The font size in pixels */ + int i_font_color; /**< The color of the text 0xRRGGBB + (native endianness) */ + unsigned i_font_alpha; /**< The transparency of the text. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_style_flags; /**< Formatting style flags */ + int i_outline_color; /**< The color of the outline 0xRRGGBB */ + int i_outline_alpha; /**< The transparency of the outline. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_shadow_color; /**< The color of the shadow 0xRRGGBB */ + int i_shadow_alpha; /**< The transparency of the shadow. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_background_color;/**< The color of the background 0xRRGGBB */ + int i_background_alpha;/**< The transparency of the background. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_karaoke_background_color;/**< Background color for karaoke 0xRRGGBB */ + int i_karaoke_background_alpha;/**< The transparency of the karaoke bg. + 0x00 is fully opaque, + 0xFF fully transparent */ + int i_outline_width; /**< The width of the outline in pixels */ + int i_shadow_width; /**< The width of the shadow in pixels */ + int i_spacing; /**< The spaceing between glyphs in pixels */ +} text_style_t; + +/* Style flags for \ref text_style_t */ +#define STYLE_BOLD 1 +#define STYLE_ITALIC 2 +#define STYLE_OUTLINE 4 +#define STYLE_SHADOW 8 +#define STYLE_BACKGROUND 16 +#define STYLE_UNDERLINE 32 +#define STYLE_STRIKEOUT 64 + +#define STYLE_DEFAULT_FONT_SIZE 22 + +/** + * Create a default text style + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_New( void ); + +/** + * Copy a text style into another + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Copy( text_style_t *, const text_style_t * ); + +/** + * Duplicate a text style + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Duplicate( const text_style_t * ); + +/** + * Delete a text style created by text_style_New or text_style_Duplicate + */ +VLC_API void text_style_Delete( text_style_t * ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_threads.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_threads.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6ac360 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_threads.h @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_threads.h : threads implementation for the VideoLAN client + * This header provides portable declarations for mutexes & conditions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2002 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2007-2008 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Jean-Marc Dressler + * Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * Christophe Massiot + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_THREADS_H_ +#define VLC_THREADS_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines structures and functions for handling threads in vlc + * + */ + +#if defined (_WIN32) +# include +# ifndef ETIMEDOUT +# define ETIMEDOUT 10060 /* This is the value in winsock.h. */ +# endif + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +typedef struct +{ + bool dynamic; + union + { + struct + { + bool locked; + unsigned long contention; + }; + CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; + }; +} vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX { false, { { false, 0 } } } +typedef struct +{ + HANDLE handle; + unsigned clock; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { 0, 0 } +typedef HANDLE vlc_sem_t; +#define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_threadvar *vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL + +#elif defined (__OS2__) +# include + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +typedef struct +{ + bool dynamic; + union + { + struct + { + bool locked; + unsigned long contention; + }; + HMTX hmtx; + }; +} vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX { false, { { false, 0 } } } +typedef struct +{ + HEV hev; + unsigned waiters; + HEV hevAck; + unsigned signaled; + unsigned clock; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { NULLHANDLE, 0, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0 } +#define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +#define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_threadvar *vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT \ + MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM / 2, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT \ + MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM / 2, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST MAKESHORT(0, PRTYC_TIMECRITICAL) + +# define pthread_sigmask sigprocmask + +#elif defined (__ANDROID__) /* pthreads subset without pthread_cancel() */ +# include +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +# define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +# define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +typedef struct +{ + pthread_cond_t cond; + unsigned clock; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, CLOCK_REALTIME } + +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 0 + +#elif defined (__APPLE__) +# define _APPLE_C_SOURCE 1 /* Proper pthread semantics on OSX */ +# include +# include +/* Unnamed POSIX semaphores not supported on Mac OS X */ +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CANCEL 1 + +typedef pthread_t vlc_thread_t; +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +typedef struct +{ + pthread_cond_t cond; + unsigned clock; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0 } +typedef semaphore_t vlc_sem_t; +typedef pthread_rwlock_t vlc_rwlock_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 22 + +#else /* POSIX threads */ +# include /* _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS */ +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CANCEL 1 + +typedef pthread_t vlc_thread_t; +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_cond_t vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER +typedef sem_t vlc_sem_t; +typedef pthread_rwlock_t vlc_rwlock_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 10 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 5 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 15 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 20 + +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +typedef struct vlc_sem +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + vlc_cond_t wait; + unsigned value; +} vlc_sem_t; +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_rwlock +{ + vlc_mutex_t mutex; + vlc_cond_t wait; + long state; +} vlc_rwlock_t; +# define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK { VLC_STATIC_MUTEX, VLC_STATIC_COND, 0 } +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Function definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_init( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_init_recursive( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_destroy( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_lock( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API int vlc_mutex_trylock( vlc_mutex_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_unlock( vlc_mutex_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_init( vlc_cond_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_init_daytime( vlc_cond_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_destroy( vlc_cond_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_signal(vlc_cond_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_broadcast(vlc_cond_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_cond_wait(vlc_cond_t *, vlc_mutex_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_cond_timedwait(vlc_cond_t *, vlc_mutex_t *, mtime_t); +VLC_API void vlc_sem_init(vlc_sem_t *, unsigned); +VLC_API void vlc_sem_destroy(vlc_sem_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_sem_post(vlc_sem_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_sem_wait(vlc_sem_t *); + +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_init(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_destroy(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_rdlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_wrlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_unlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_threadvar_create(vlc_threadvar_t * , void (*) (void *) ); +VLC_API void vlc_threadvar_delete(vlc_threadvar_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_threadvar_set(vlc_threadvar_t, void *); +VLC_API void * vlc_threadvar_get(vlc_threadvar_t); + +VLC_API int vlc_clone(vlc_thread_t *, void * (*) (void *), void *, int) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_cancel(vlc_thread_t); +VLC_API void vlc_join(vlc_thread_t, void **); +VLC_API void vlc_control_cancel (int cmd, ...); + +VLC_API mtime_t mdate(void); +VLC_API void mwait(mtime_t deadline); +VLC_API void msleep(mtime_t delay); + +#define VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP 10000 /* 10 milliseconds = 1 tick at 100Hz */ +#define VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP 9000000 /* 9 seconds */ + +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(4,3) +/* Linux has 100, 250, 300 or 1000Hz + * + * HZ=100 by default on FreeBSD, but some architectures use a 1000Hz timer + */ + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((error("sorry, cannot sleep for such short a time"))) +mtime_t impossible_delay( mtime_t delay ) +{ + (void) delay; + return VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP; +} + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((warning("use proper event handling instead of short delay"))) +mtime_t harmful_delay( mtime_t delay ) +{ + return delay; +} + +# define check_delay( d ) \ + ((__builtin_constant_p(d < VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP) \ + && (d < VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP)) \ + ? impossible_delay(d) \ + : ((__builtin_constant_p(d < VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP) \ + && (d < VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP)) \ + ? harmful_delay(d) \ + : d)) + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((error("deadlines can not be constant"))) +mtime_t impossible_deadline( mtime_t deadline ) +{ + return deadline; +} + +# define check_deadline( d ) \ + (__builtin_constant_p(d) ? impossible_deadline(d) : d) +#else +# define check_delay(d) (d) +# define check_deadline(d) (d) +#endif + +VLC_API int vlc_timer_create(vlc_timer_t *, void (*) (void *), void *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_timer_destroy(vlc_timer_t); +VLC_API void vlc_timer_schedule(vlc_timer_t, bool, mtime_t, mtime_t); +VLC_API unsigned vlc_timer_getoverrun(vlc_timer_t) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API unsigned vlc_GetCPUCount(void); + +VLC_API int vlc_savecancel(void); +VLC_API void vlc_restorecancel(int state); +VLC_API void vlc_testcancel(void); + +#if defined (LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP) +/** + * Registers a new procedure to run if the thread is cancelled (or otherwise + * exits prematurely). Any call to vlc_cleanup_push() must paired with a + * call to either vlc_cleanup_pop() or vlc_cleanup_run(). Branching into or out + * of the block between these two function calls is not allowed (read: it will + * likely crash the whole process). If multiple procedures are registered, + * they are handled in last-in first-out order. + * + * @param routine procedure to call if the thread ends + * @param arg argument for the procedure + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_push( routine, arg ) pthread_cleanup_push (routine, arg) + +/** + * Removes a cleanup procedure that was previously registered with + * vlc_cleanup_push(). + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_pop( ) pthread_cleanup_pop (0) + +/** + * Removes a cleanup procedure that was previously registered with + * vlc_cleanup_push(), and executes it. + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_run( ) pthread_cleanup_pop (1) + +#else +enum +{ + VLC_CLEANUP_PUSH, + VLC_CLEANUP_POP, +}; +typedef struct vlc_cleanup_t vlc_cleanup_t; + +struct vlc_cleanup_t +{ + vlc_cleanup_t *next; + void (*proc) (void *); + void *data; +}; + +/* This macros opens a code block on purpose. This is needed for multiple + * calls within a single function. This also prevent Win32 developers from + * writing code that would break on POSIX (POSIX opens a block as well). */ +# define vlc_cleanup_push( routine, arg ) \ + do { \ + vlc_cleanup_t vlc_cleanup_data = { NULL, routine, arg, }; \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_PUSH, &vlc_cleanup_data) + +# define vlc_cleanup_pop( ) \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_POP); \ + } while (0) + +# define vlc_cleanup_run( ) \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_POP); \ + vlc_cleanup_data.proc (vlc_cleanup_data.data); \ + } while (0) + +#endif /* !LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP */ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CANCEL +/* poll() with cancellation */ +# ifdef __OS2__ +static inline int vlc_poll (struct pollfd *fds, unsigned nfds, int timeout) +{ + static int (*vlc_poll_os2)(struct pollfd *, unsigned, int) = NULL; + + if (!vlc_poll_os2) + { + HMODULE hmod; + CHAR szFailed[CCHMAXPATH]; + + if (DosLoadModule(szFailed, sizeof(szFailed), "vlccore", &hmod)) + return -1; + + if (DosQueryProcAddr(hmod, 0, "_vlc_poll_os2", (PFN *)&vlc_poll_os2)) + return -1; + } + + return (*vlc_poll_os2)(fds, nfds, timeout); +} +# else +static inline int vlc_poll (struct pollfd *fds, unsigned nfds, int timeout) +{ + int val; + + do + { + int ugly_timeout = ((unsigned)timeout >= 50) ? 50 : timeout; + if (timeout >= 0) + timeout -= ugly_timeout; + + vlc_testcancel (); + val = poll (fds, nfds, ugly_timeout); + } + while (val == 0 && timeout != 0); + + return val; +} +# endif + +# define poll(u,n,t) vlc_poll(u, n, t) + +#endif /* LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CANCEL */ + +static inline void vlc_cleanup_lock (void *lock) +{ + vlc_mutex_unlock ((vlc_mutex_t *)lock); +} +#define mutex_cleanup_push( lock ) vlc_cleanup_push (vlc_cleanup_lock, lock) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +/** + * Helper C++ class to lock a mutex. + * The mutex is locked when the object is created, and unlocked when the object + * is destroyed. + */ +class vlc_mutex_locker +{ + private: + vlc_mutex_t *lock; + public: + vlc_mutex_locker (vlc_mutex_t *m) : lock (m) + { + vlc_mutex_lock (lock); + } + + ~vlc_mutex_locker (void) + { + vlc_mutex_unlock (lock); + } +}; +#endif + +enum +{ + VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX = 0, + VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX, + VLC_XLIB_MUTEX, + VLC_MOSAIC_MUTEX, + VLC_HIGHLIGHT_MUTEX, + VLC_ATOMIC_MUTEX, + /* Insert new entry HERE */ + VLC_MAX_MUTEX +}; + +VLC_API void vlc_global_mutex( unsigned, bool ); +#define vlc_global_lock( n ) vlc_global_mutex( n, true ) +#define vlc_global_unlock( n ) vlc_global_mutex( n, false ) + +#endif /* !_VLC_THREADS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_tls.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_tls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e9db9cc --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_tls.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_tls.h: Transport Layer Security API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2011 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2005-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TLS_H +# define VLC_TLS_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines Transport Layer Security API (TLS) in vlc + */ + +# include + +typedef struct vlc_tls vlc_tls_t; +typedef struct vlc_tls_sys vlc_tls_sys_t; +typedef struct vlc_tls_creds vlc_tls_creds_t; +typedef struct vlc_tls_creds_sys vlc_tls_creds_sys_t; + +/** TLS session */ +struct vlc_tls +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_tls_sys_t *sys; + + struct virtual_socket_t sock; + int (*handshake) (vlc_tls_t *, const char *host, const char *service); +}; + +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreate (vlc_tls_creds_t *, int fd, + const char *host, const char *service); +vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SessionCreate (vlc_tls_creds_t *, int fd, const char *host); +int vlc_tls_SessionHandshake (vlc_tls_t *, const char *host, const char *serv); +VLC_API void vlc_tls_SessionDelete (vlc_tls_t *); + +/* NOTE: It is assumed that a->sock.p_sys = a */ +# define tls_Send( a, b, c ) (((vlc_tls_t *)a)->sock.pf_send (a, b, c)) + +# define tls_Recv( a, b, c ) (((vlc_tls_t *)a)->sock.pf_recv (a, b, c)) + + +/** TLS credentials (certificate, private and trust settings) */ +struct vlc_tls_creds +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *module; + vlc_tls_creds_sys_t *sys; + + int (*add_CA) (vlc_tls_creds_t *, const char *path); + int (*add_CRL) (vlc_tls_creds_t *, const char *path); + + int (*open) (vlc_tls_creds_t *, vlc_tls_t *, int fd, const char *host); + void (*close) (vlc_tls_creds_t *, vlc_tls_t *); +}; + +VLC_API vlc_tls_creds_t *vlc_tls_ClientCreate (vlc_object_t *); +vlc_tls_creds_t *vlc_tls_ServerCreate (vlc_object_t *, + const char *cert, const char *key); +VLC_API void vlc_tls_Delete (vlc_tls_creds_t *); +int vlc_tls_ServerAddCA (vlc_tls_creds_t *srv, const char *path); +int vlc_tls_ServerAddCRL (vlc_tls_creds_t *srv, const char *path); + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_url.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_url.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f548ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_url.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_url.h: URL related macros + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 820250f963fbc31ff56ef1e866fe6bd020686ef0 $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_URL_H +# define VLC_URL_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions for manipulating URL in vlc + */ + +VLC_API char *vlc_path2uri (const char *path, const char *scheme) VLC_MALLOC; + +struct vlc_url_t +{ + char *psz_protocol; + char *psz_username; + char *psz_password; + char *psz_host; + unsigned i_port; + char *psz_path; + char *psz_option; + + char *psz_buffer; /* to be freed */ +}; + +VLC_API char * decode_URI_duplicate( const char *psz ) VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API char * decode_URI( char *psz ); +VLC_API char * encode_URI_component( const char *psz ) VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API char * make_path( const char *url ) VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API void vlc_UrlParse (vlc_url_t *, const char *, unsigned char); +VLC_API void vlc_UrlClean (vlc_url_t *); +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_variables.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_variables.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5b83ab --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_variables.h @@ -0,0 +1,755 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_variables.h: variables handling + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 420f0b4d026725d423f32ed510276bd53ffcf207 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VARIABLES_H +#define VLC_VARIABLES_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for dynamic variables in vlc + */ + +/** + * \defgroup variables Variables + * + * Functions for using the object variables in vlc. + * + * Vlc have a very powerful "object variable" infrastructure useful + * for many things. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define VLC_VAR_TYPE 0x00ff +#define VLC_VAR_CLASS 0x00f0 +#define VLC_VAR_FLAGS 0xff00 + +/** + * \defgroup var_type Variable types + * These are the different types a vlc variable can have. + * @{ + */ +#define VLC_VAR_VOID 0x0010 +#define VLC_VAR_BOOL 0x0020 +#define VLC_VAR_INTEGER 0x0030 +#define VLC_VAR_HOTKEY 0x0031 +#define VLC_VAR_STRING 0x0040 +#define VLC_VAR_VARIABLE 0x0044 +#define VLC_VAR_FLOAT 0x0050 +#define VLC_VAR_TIME 0x0060 +#define VLC_VAR_ADDRESS 0x0070 +#define VLC_VAR_COORDS 0x00A0 +/**@}*/ + +/** \defgroup var_flags Additive flags + * These flags are added to the type field of the variable. Most as a result of + * a var_Change() call, but some may be added at creation time + * @{ + */ +#define VLC_VAR_HASCHOICE 0x0100 +#define VLC_VAR_HASMIN 0x0200 +#define VLC_VAR_HASMAX 0x0400 +#define VLC_VAR_HASSTEP 0x0800 + +#define VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND 0x2000 + +/** Creation flag */ +/* If the variable is not found on the current module + search all parents and finally module config until found */ +#define VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT 0x8000 +/**@}*/ + +/** + * \defgroup var_action Variable actions + * These are the different actions that can be used with var_Change(). + * The parameters given are the meaning of the two last parameters of + * var_Change() when this action is being used. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Set the minimum value of this variable + * \param p_val The new minimum value + * \param p_val2 Unused + */ +#define VLC_VAR_SETMIN 0x0010 +/** + * Set the maximum value of this variable + * \param p_val The new maximum value + * \param p_val2 Unused + */ +#define VLC_VAR_SETMAX 0x0011 +#define VLC_VAR_SETSTEP 0x0012 + +/** + * Set the value of this variable without triggering any callbacks + * \param p_val The new value + * \param p_val2 Unused + */ +#define VLC_VAR_SETVALUE 0x0013 + +#define VLC_VAR_SETTEXT 0x0014 +#define VLC_VAR_GETTEXT 0x0015 + +#define VLC_VAR_GETMIN 0x0016 +#define VLC_VAR_GETMAX 0x0017 +#define VLC_VAR_GETSTEP 0x0018 + +#define VLC_VAR_ADDCHOICE 0x0020 +#define VLC_VAR_DELCHOICE 0x0021 +#define VLC_VAR_CLEARCHOICES 0x0022 +#define VLC_VAR_SETDEFAULT 0x0023 +#define VLC_VAR_GETCHOICES 0x0024 +#define VLC_VAR_GETLIST 0x0025 +#define VLC_VAR_CHOICESCOUNT 0x0026 + +/**@}*/ + +/** \defgroup var_GetAndSet Variable actions + * These are the different actions that can be used with var_GetAndSet() + * @{ + */ +enum { + VLC_VAR_BOOL_TOGGLE, /**< Invert a boolean value (param ignored) */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, /**< Add parameter to an integer value */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_OR, /**< Binary OR over an integer bits field */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_NAND,/**< Binary NAND over an integer bits field */ +}; +/**@}*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int var_Create( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int ); +#define var_Create(a,b,c) var_Create( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_Destroy( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +#define var_Destroy(a,b) var_Destroy( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +VLC_API int var_Change( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t *, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_Change(a,b,c,d,e) var_Change( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e ) + +VLC_API int var_Type( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +#define var_Type(a,b) var_Type( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +VLC_API int var_Set( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_value_t ); +#define var_Set(a,b,c) var_Set( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_Get( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_Get(a,b,c) var_Get( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_SetChecked( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t ); +#define var_SetChecked(o,n,t,v) var_SetChecked(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,t,v) +VLC_API int var_GetChecked( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_GetChecked(o,n,t,v) var_GetChecked(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,t,v) +VLC_API int var_GetAndSet( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); + +VLC_API int var_Inherit( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); + +VLC_API void var_FreeList( vlc_value_t *, vlc_value_t * ); + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Variable callbacks + ***************************************************************************** + * int MyCallback( vlc_object_t *p_this, + * char const *psz_variable, + * vlc_value_t oldvalue, + * vlc_value_t newvalue, + * void *p_data); + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int var_AddCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API int var_DelCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API int var_TriggerCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); + +#define var_AddCallback(a,b,c,d) var_AddCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_DelCallback(a,b,c,d) var_DelCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_TriggerCallback(a,b) var_TriggerCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +/***************************************************************************** + * helpers functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Set the value of an integer variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param i The new integer value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, + int64_t i ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = i; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of an boolean variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param b The new boolean value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, bool b ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.b_bool = b; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a time variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param i The new time value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetTime( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, int64_t i ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_time = i; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_TIME, val ); +} + +static inline int var_SetCoords( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + int32_t x, int32_t y ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.coords.x = x; + val.coords.y = y; + return var_SetChecked (obj, name, VLC_VAR_COORDS, val); +} +#define var_SetCoords(o,n,x,y) var_SetCoords(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,x,y) + +/** + * Set the value of a float variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param f The new float value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, float f ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.f_float = f; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a string variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param psz_string The new string value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_string ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.psz_string = (char *)psz_string; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a pointer variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param ptr The new pointer value of this variable + */ +static inline +int var_SetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, void *ptr ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.p_address = ptr; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, val ); +} + +#define var_SetInteger(a,b,c) var_SetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetBool(a,b,c) var_SetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetTime(a,b,c) var_SetTime( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetFloat(a,b,c) var_SetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetString(a,b,c) var_SetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetAddress(o, n, p) var_SetAddress(VLC_OBJECT(o), n, p) + + +/** + * Get an integer value +* + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_GetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, &val ) ) + return val.i_int; + else + return 0; +} + +/** + * Get a boolean value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_GetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.b_bool = false; + + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, &val ) ) + return val.b_bool; + else + return false; +} + +/** + * Get a time value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_GetTime( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.i_time = 0L; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_TIME, &val ) ) + return val.i_time; + else + return 0; +} + +static inline void var_GetCoords( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + int32_t *px, int32_t *py ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if (likely(!var_GetChecked (obj, name, VLC_VAR_COORDS, &val))) + { + *px = val.coords.x; + *py = val.coords.y; + } + else + *px = *py = 0; +} +#define var_GetCoords(o,n,x,y) var_GetCoords(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,x,y) + +/** + * Get a float value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_GetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.f_float = 0.0; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, &val ) ) + return val.f_float; + else + return 0.0; +} + +/** + * Get a string value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_GetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.psz_string = NULL; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + return NULL; + else + return val.psz_string; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_GetNonEmptyString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + return NULL; + if( val.psz_string && *val.psz_string ) + return val.psz_string; + free( val.psz_string ); + return NULL; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_GetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, &val ) ) + return NULL; + else + return val.p_address; +} + +/** + * Increment an integer variable + * \param p_obj the object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name the name of the variable + */ +static inline int64_t var_IncInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = 1; + var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, &val ); + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_IncInteger(a,b) var_IncInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +/** + * Decrement an integer variable + * \param p_obj the object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name the name of the variable + */ +static inline int64_t var_DecInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = -1; + var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, &val ); + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_DecInteger(a,b) var_DecInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +static inline uint64_t var_OrInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + unsigned v ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = v; + var_GetAndSet( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_OR, &val ); + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_OrInteger(a,b,c) var_OrInteger(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +static inline uint64_t var_NAndInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + unsigned v ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = v; + var_GetAndSet( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_NAND, &val ); + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_NAndInteger(a,b,c) var_NAndInteger(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +/** + * Create a integer variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetInteger( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a boolean variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_CreateGetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetBool( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a time variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetTime( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_TIME | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetTime( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a float variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_CreateGetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetFloat( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a string variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetNonEmptyString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetNonEmptyString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create an address variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_CreateGetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetAddress( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +#define var_CreateGetInteger(a,b) var_CreateGetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetBool(a,b) var_CreateGetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetTime(a,b) var_CreateGetTime( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetFloat(a,b) var_CreateGetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetString(a,b) var_CreateGetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetNonEmptyString(a,b) var_CreateGetNonEmptyString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetAddress(a,b) var_CreateGetAddress( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/** + * Create a integer command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetIntegerCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetInteger( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a boolean command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_CreateGetBoolCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetBool( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a time command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetTimeCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_TIME | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetTime( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a float command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_CreateGetFloatCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetFloat( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a string command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetStringCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetNonEmptyString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +#define var_CreateGetIntegerCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetIntegerCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetBoolCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetBoolCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetTimeCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetTimeCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetFloatCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetFloatCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetStringCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetStringCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_USED +static inline int var_CountChoices( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t count; + if( var_Change( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_CHOICESCOUNT, &count, NULL ) ) + return 0; + return count.i_int; +} +#define var_CountChoices(a,b) var_CountChoices( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + + +static inline bool var_ToggleBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL_TOGGLE, &val ); + return val.b_bool; +} +#define var_ToggleBool(a,b) var_ToggleBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b ) + + +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_InheritBool( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, &val ) ) + val.b_bool = false; + return val.b_bool; +} +#define var_InheritBool(o, n) var_InheritBool(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_InheritInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, &val ) ) + val.i_int = 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_InheritInteger(o, n) var_InheritInteger(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline float var_InheritFloat( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, &val ) ) + val.f_float = 0.; + return val.f_float; +} +#define var_InheritFloat(o, n) var_InheritFloat(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_InheritString( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + val.psz_string = NULL; + else if( val.psz_string && !*val.psz_string ) + { + free( val.psz_string ); + val.psz_string = NULL; + } + return val.psz_string; +} +#define var_InheritString(o, n) var_InheritString(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline mtime_t var_InheritTime( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_TIME, &val ) ) + val.i_time = 0; + return val.i_time; +} +#define var_InheritTime(o, n) var_InheritTime(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_InheritAddress( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, &val ) ) + val.p_address = NULL; + return val.p_address; +} +#define var_InheritAddress(o, n) var_InheritAddress(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_API int var_InheritURational( vlc_object_t *, unsigned *num, unsigned *den, const char *var ); +#define var_InheritURational(a,b,c,d) var_InheritURational(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d) + +#define var_GetInteger(a,b) var_GetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetBool(a,b) var_GetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetTime(a,b) var_GetTime( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetFloat(a,b) var_GetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetString(a,b) var_GetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetNonEmptyString(a,b) var_GetNonEmptyString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetAddress(a,b) var_GetAddress( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_API int var_LocationParse(vlc_object_t *, const char *mrl, const char *prefix); +#define var_LocationParse(o, m, p) var_LocationParse(VLC_OBJECT(o), m, p) + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* _VLC_VARIABLES_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..419a4ca --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_video_splitter.h: "video splitter" related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: eb2bf00f85a3ee2df1c35a90f12da4099a95a463 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H +#define VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the structure and types used by video splitter filters. + */ + +typedef struct video_splitter_t video_splitter_t; +typedef struct video_splitter_sys_t video_splitter_sys_t; +typedef struct video_splitter_owner_t video_splitter_owner_t; + +/** Structure describing a video splitter output properties + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* Video format of the output */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Window hints */ + struct + { + /* Relative position. + * (0,0) is equal to the default position. + */ + int i_x; + int i_y; + + /* Alignment inside the window + */ + int i_align; + } window; + + /* Video output module + * Use NULL for default + */ + char *psz_module; + +} video_splitter_output_t; + +/** Structure describing a video splitter + */ +struct video_splitter_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* configuration */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + + /* Input format + * It is filled by the creator and cannot be modified. + */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Output formats + * + * It can only be set in the open() function and must remain + * constant. + * The module is responsible for the allocation and deallocation. + */ + int i_output; + video_splitter_output_t *p_output; + + int (*pf_filter)( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_dst[], + picture_t *p_src ); + int (*pf_mouse) ( video_splitter_t *, vlc_mouse_t *, + int i_index, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ); + + video_splitter_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Buffer allocation */ + int (*pf_picture_new) ( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_picture[] ); + void (*pf_picture_del) ( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_picture[] ); + video_splitter_owner_t *p_owner; +}; + +/** + * It will create an array of pictures suitable as output. + * + * You must either returned them through pf_filter or by calling + * video_splitter_DeletePicture. + * + * If VLC_SUCCESS is not returned, pp_picture values are undefined. + */ +static inline int video_splitter_NewPicture( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_picture[] ) +{ + int i_ret = p_splitter->pf_picture_new( p_splitter, pp_picture ); + if( i_ret ) + msg_Warn( p_splitter, "can't get output pictures" ); + return i_ret; +} + +/** + * It will release an array of pictures created by video_splitter_NewPicture. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline void video_splitter_DeletePicture( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_picture[] ) +{ + p_splitter->pf_picture_del( p_splitter, pp_picture ); +} + +/* */ +VLC_API video_splitter_t * video_splitter_New( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_name, const video_format_t * ); +VLC_API void video_splitter_Delete( video_splitter_t * ); + +static inline int video_splitter_Filter( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_dst[], picture_t *p_src ) +{ + return p_splitter->pf_filter( p_splitter, pp_dst, p_src ); +} +static inline int video_splitter_Mouse( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_index, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + if( !p_splitter->pf_mouse ) + { + *p_mouse = *p_new; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + return p_splitter->pf_mouse( p_splitter, p_mouse, i_index, p_old, p_new ); +} + +#endif /* VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vlm.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vlm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58680b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vlm.h @@ -0,0 +1,369 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vlm.h: VLM core structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 11111da6edb9fbecaa750af4c2851a5f0c338f0b $ + * + * Authors: Simon Latapie + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VLM_H +#define VLC_VLM_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines VLM core functions and structures in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup server VLM + * VLM is the server core in vlc that allows streaming of multiple media streams + * at the same time. It provides broadcast, schedule and video on demand features + * for streaming using several streaming and network protocols. + * @{ + */ + +/** VLM media */ +typedef struct +{ + int64_t id; /*< numeric id for vlm_media_t item */ + bool b_enabled; /*< vlm_media_t is enabled */ + + char *psz_name; /*< descriptive name of vlm_media_t item */ + + int i_input; /*< number of input options */ + char **ppsz_input; /*< array of input options */ + + int i_option; /*< number of output options */ + char **ppsz_option; /*< array of output options */ + + char *psz_output; /*< */ + + bool b_vod; /*< vlm_media_t is of type VOD */ + struct + { + bool b_loop; /*< this vlc_media_t broadcast item should loop */ + } broadcast; /*< Broadcast specific information */ + struct + { + char *psz_mux; /*< name of muxer to use */ + } vod; /*< VOD specific information */ + +} vlm_media_t; + +/** VLM media instance */ +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_name; /*< vlm media instance descriptive name */ + + int64_t i_time; /*< vlm media instance vlm media current time */ + int64_t i_length; /*< vlm media instance vlm media item length */ + double d_position; /*< vlm media instance position in stream */ + bool b_paused; /*< vlm media instance is paused */ + int i_rate; // normal is INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT +} vlm_media_instance_t; + +#if 0 +typedef struct +{ + +} vlm_schedule_t +#endif + +/** VLM events + * You can catch vlm event by adding a callback on the variable "intf-event" + * of the VLM object. + * This variable is an address that will hold a vlm_event_t* value. + */ +enum vlm_event_type_e +{ + /* */ + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_ADDED = 0x100, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_REMOVED, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_CHANGED, + + /* */ + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STARTED = 0x200, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STOPPED, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STATE, +}; + +typedef struct +{ + int i_type; /* a vlm_event_type_e value */ + int64_t id; /* Media ID */ + const char *psz_name; /* Media name */ + const char *psz_instance_name; /* Instance name or NULL */ + input_state_e input_state; /* Input instance event type */ +} vlm_event_t; + +/** VLM control query */ +enum vlm_query_e +{ + /* --- Media control */ + /* Get all medias */ + VLM_GET_MEDIAS, /* arg1=vlm_media_t ***, int *pi_media */ + /* Delete all medias */ + VLM_CLEAR_MEDIAS, /* no arg */ + + /* Add a new media */ + VLM_ADD_MEDIA, /* arg1=vlm_media_t* arg2=int64_t *p_id res=can fail */ + /* Delete an existing media */ + VLM_DEL_MEDIA, /* arg1=int64_t id */ + /* Change properties of an existing media (all fields but id and b_vod) */ + VLM_CHANGE_MEDIA, /* arg1=vlm_media_t* res=can fail */ + /* Get 1 media by it's ID */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA, /* arg1=int64_t id arg2=vlm_media_t ** */ + /* Get media ID from its name */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_ID, /* arg1=const char *psz_name arg2=int64_t* */ + + /* Media instance control XXX VOD control are for internal use only */ + /* Get all media instances */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCES, /* arg1=int64_t id arg2=vlm_media_instance_t *** arg3=int *pi_instance */ + /* Delete all media instances */ + VLM_CLEAR_MEDIA_INSTANCES, /* arg1=int64_t id */ + /* Control broadcast instance */ + VLM_START_MEDIA_BROADCAST_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name, int i_input_index res=can fail */ + /* Control VOD instance */ + VLM_START_MEDIA_VOD_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name, int i_input_index char *psz_vod_output res=can fail */ + /* Stop an instance */ + VLM_STOP_MEDIA_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name res=can fail */ + /* Pause an instance */ + VLM_PAUSE_MEDIA_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name res=can fail */ + /* Get instance position time (in microsecond) */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=int64_t * */ + /* Set instance position time (in microsecond) */ + VLM_SET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=int64_t */ + /* Get instance position ([0.0 .. 1.0]) */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_POSITION, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=double * */ + /* Set instance position ([0.0 .. 1.0]) */ + VLM_SET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_POSITION, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=double */ + + /* Schedule control */ + VLM_CLEAR_SCHEDULES, /* no arg */ + /* TODO: missing schedule control */ + + /* */ +}; + + +/* VLM specific - structures and functions */ + +/* ok, here is the structure of a vlm_message: + The parent node is ( name_of_the_command , NULL ), or + ( name_of_the_command , message_error ) on error. + If a node has children, it should not have a value (=NULL).*/ +struct vlm_message_t +{ + char *psz_name; /*< message name */ + char *psz_value; /*< message value */ + + int i_child; /*< number of child messages */ + vlm_message_t **child; /*< array of vlm_message_t */ +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +VLC_API vlm_t * vlm_New( vlc_object_t * ); +#define vlm_New( a ) vlm_New( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void vlm_Delete( vlm_t * ); +VLC_API int vlm_ExecuteCommand( vlm_t *, const char *, vlm_message_t ** ); +VLC_API int vlm_Control( vlm_t *p_vlm, int i_query, ... ); + +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageSimpleNew( const char * ); +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageNew( const char *, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 2, 3 ); +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageAdd( vlm_message_t *, vlm_message_t * ); +VLC_API void vlm_MessageDelete( vlm_message_t * ); + +/* media helpers */ + +/** + * Initialize a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_media vlm_media_t instance to initialize + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Init( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + memset( p_media, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + p_media->id = 0; // invalid id + p_media->psz_name = NULL; + TAB_INIT( p_media->i_input, p_media->ppsz_input ); + TAB_INIT( p_media->i_option, p_media->ppsz_option ); + p_media->psz_output = NULL; + p_media->b_vod = false; + + p_media->vod.psz_mux = NULL; + p_media->broadcast.b_loop = false; +} + +/** + * Copy a vlm_media_t instance into another vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_dst vlm_media_t instance to copy to + * \param p_src vlm_media_t instance to copy from + */ +static inline void +#ifndef __cplusplus +vlm_media_Copy( vlm_media_t *restrict p_dst, const vlm_media_t *restrict p_src ) +#else +vlm_media_Copy( vlm_media_t *p_dst, const vlm_media_t *p_src ) +#endif +{ + int i; + + memset( p_dst, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + p_dst->id = p_src->id; + p_dst->b_enabled = p_src->b_enabled; + if( p_src->psz_name ) + p_dst->psz_name = strdup( p_src->psz_name ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_src->i_input; i++ ) + TAB_APPEND_CAST( (char**), p_dst->i_input, p_dst->ppsz_input, strdup(p_src->ppsz_input[i]) ); + for( i = 0; i < p_src->i_option; i++ ) + TAB_APPEND_CAST( (char**), p_dst->i_option, p_dst->ppsz_option, strdup(p_src->ppsz_option[i]) ); + + if( p_src->psz_output ) + p_dst->psz_output = strdup( p_src->psz_output ); + + p_dst->b_vod = p_src->b_vod; + if( p_src->b_vod ) + { + if( p_src->vod.psz_mux ) + p_dst->vod.psz_mux = strdup( p_src->vod.psz_mux ); + } + else + { + p_dst->broadcast.b_loop = p_src->broadcast.b_loop; + } +} + +/** + * Cleanup and release memory associated with this vlm_media_t instance. + * You still need to release p_media itself with vlm_media_Delete(). + * \param p_media vlm_media_t to cleanup + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Clean( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + int i; + free( p_media->psz_name ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_media->i_input; i++ ) + free( p_media->ppsz_input[i]); + TAB_CLEAN(p_media->i_input, p_media->ppsz_input ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_media->i_option; i++ ) + free( p_media->ppsz_option[i]); + TAB_CLEAN(p_media->i_option, p_media->ppsz_option ); + + free( p_media->psz_output ); + if( p_media->b_vod ) + free( p_media->vod.psz_mux ); +} + +/** + * Allocate a new vlm_media_t instance + * \return vlm_media_t instance + */ +static inline vlm_media_t *vlm_media_New(void) +{ + vlm_media_t *p_media = (vlm_media_t *)malloc( sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + if( p_media ) + vlm_media_Init( p_media ); + return p_media; +} + +/** + * Delete a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_media vlm_media_t instance to delete + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Delete( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + vlm_media_Clean( p_media ); + free( p_media ); +} + +/** + * Copy a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_src vlm_media_t instance to copy + * \return vlm_media_t duplicate of p_src + */ +static inline vlm_media_t *vlm_media_Duplicate( vlm_media_t *p_src ) +{ + vlm_media_t *p_dst = vlm_media_New(); + if( p_dst ) + vlm_media_Copy( p_dst, p_src ); + return p_dst; +} + +/* media instance helpers */ +/** + * Initialize vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to initialize + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Init( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + memset( p_instance, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_instance_t) ); + p_instance->psz_name = NULL; + p_instance->i_time = 0; + p_instance->i_length = 0; + p_instance->d_position = 0.0; + p_instance->b_paused = false; + p_instance->i_rate = INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT; +} + +/** + * Cleanup vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to cleanup + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Clean( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + free( p_instance->psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Allocate a new vlm_media_instance_t + * \return a new vlm_media_instance_t + */ +static inline vlm_media_instance_t *vlm_media_instance_New(void) +{ + vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance = (vlm_media_instance_t *) malloc( sizeof(vlm_media_instance_t) ); + if( p_instance ) + vlm_media_instance_Init( p_instance ); + return p_instance; +} + +/** + * Delete a vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to delete + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Delete( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + vlm_media_instance_Clean( p_instance ); + free( p_instance ); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/**@}*/ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ff13aa --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout.h: common video definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: b39e49b564e8367df07a2a85ee8bddfac6b548c4 $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_H_ +#define VLC_VOUT_H_ 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines common video output structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup video_output Video Output + * This module describes the programming interface for video output threads. + * It includes functions allowing to open a new thread, send pictures to a + * thread, and destroy a previously opened video output thread. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Vout configuration + */ +typedef struct { + vout_thread_t *vout; + vlc_object_t *input; + bool change_fmt; + const video_format_t *fmt; + unsigned dpb_size; +} vout_configuration_t; + +/** + * Video output thread private structure + */ +typedef struct vout_thread_sys_t vout_thread_sys_t; + +/** + * Video output thread descriptor + * + * Any independent video output device, such as an X11 window or a GGI device, + * is represented by a video output thread, and described using the following + * structure. + */ +struct vout_thread_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Private vout_thread data */ + vout_thread_sys_t *p; +}; + +/* Alignment flags */ +#define VOUT_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0001 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x0002 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_HMASK 0x0003 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_TOP 0x0004 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x0008 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_VMASK 0x000C + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Returns a suitable vout or release the given one. + * + * If cfg->fmt is non NULL and valid, a vout will be returned, reusing cfg->vout + * is possible, otherwise it returns NULL. + * If cfg->vout is not used, it will be closed and released. + * + * You can release the returned value either by vout_Request or vout_Close() + * followed by a vlc_object_release() or shorter vout_CloseAndRelease() + * + * \param object a vlc object + * \param cfg the video configuration requested. + * \return a vout + */ +VLC_API vout_thread_t * vout_Request( vlc_object_t *object, const vout_configuration_t *cfg ); +#define vout_Request(a,b) vout_Request(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/** + * This function will close a vout created by vout_Request. + * The associated vout module is closed. + * Note: It is not released yet, you'll have to call vlc_object_release() + * or use the convenient vout_CloseAndRelease(). + * + * \param p_vout the vout to close + */ +VLC_API void vout_Close( vout_thread_t *p_vout ); + +/** + * This function will close a vout created by vout_Create + * and then release it. + * + * \param p_vout the vout to close and release + */ +static inline void vout_CloseAndRelease( vout_thread_t *p_vout ) +{ + vout_Close( p_vout ); + vlc_object_release( p_vout ); +} + +/** + * This function will handle a snapshot request. + * + * pp_image, pp_picture and p_fmt can be NULL otherwise they will be + * set with returned value in case of success. + * + * pp_image will hold an encoded picture in psz_format format. + * + * i_timeout specifies the time the function will wait for a snapshot to be + * available. + * + */ +VLC_API int vout_GetSnapshot( vout_thread_t *p_vout, + block_t **pp_image, picture_t **pp_picture, + video_format_t *p_fmt, + const char *psz_format, mtime_t i_timeout ); + +VLC_API void vout_ChangeAspectRatio( vout_thread_t *p_vout, + unsigned int i_num, unsigned int i_den ); + +/* */ +VLC_API picture_t * vout_GetPicture( vout_thread_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_PutPicture( vout_thread_t *, picture_t * ); + +VLC_API void vout_HoldPicture( vout_thread_t *, picture_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_ReleasePicture( vout_thread_t *, picture_t * ); + +/* */ +VLC_API void vout_PutSubpicture( vout_thread_t *, subpicture_t * ); +VLC_API int vout_RegisterSubpictureChannel( vout_thread_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_FlushSubpictureChannel( vout_thread_t *, int ); + +VLC_API void vout_EnableFilter( vout_thread_t *, const char *,bool , bool ); + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* _VLC_VIDEO_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8142b91 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h @@ -0,0 +1,453 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_display.h: vout_display_t definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: f5f68177a4b543fcd986363dc2563dbce0f81298 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H +#define VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines vout display structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* XXX + * Do NOT use video_format_t::i_aspect but i_sar_num/den everywhere. i_aspect + * will be removed as soon as possible. + * + */ +typedef struct vout_display_t vout_display_t; +typedef struct vout_display_sys_t vout_display_sys_t; +typedef struct vout_display_owner_t vout_display_owner_t; +typedef struct vout_display_owner_sys_t vout_display_owner_sys_t; + +/** + * Possible alignments for vout_display. + */ +typedef enum +{ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_CENTER, + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_LEFT, + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_RIGHT, + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_TOP, + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_BOTTOM, +} vout_display_align_t; + +/** + * Window management state. + */ +enum { + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_NORMAL=0, + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_ABOVE=1, + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_BELOW=2, + VOUT_WINDOW_STACK_MASK=3, +}; + +/** + * Initial/Current configuration for a vout_display_t + */ +typedef struct { + bool is_fullscreen; /* Is the display fullscreen */ + + /* Display properties */ + struct { + /* Window title (may be NULL) */ + const char *title; + + /* Display size */ + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + + /* Display SAR */ + struct { + unsigned num; + unsigned den; + } sar; + } display; + + /* Alignment of the picture inside the display */ + struct { + int horizontal; + int vertical; + } align; + + /* Do we fill up the display with the video */ + bool is_display_filled; + + /* Zoom to use + * It will be applied to the whole display if b_display_filled is set, otherwise + * only on the video source */ + struct { + int num; + int den; + } zoom; + +} vout_display_cfg_t; + +/** + * Information from a vout_display_t to configure + * the core behaviour. + * + * By default they are all false or NULL. + * + */ +typedef struct { + bool is_slow; /* The picture memory has slow read/write */ + bool has_double_click; /* Is double-click generated */ + bool has_hide_mouse; /* Is mouse automatically hidden */ + bool has_pictures_invalid; /* Will VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID be used */ + bool has_event_thread; /* Will events (key at least) be emitted using an independent thread */ + const vlc_fourcc_t *subpicture_chromas; /* List of supported chromas for subpicture rendering. */ +} vout_display_info_t; + +/** + * Control query for vout_display_t + */ +enum { + /* Hide the mouse. It will be sent when + * vout_display_t::info.b_hide_mouse is false */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_HIDE_MOUSE, + + /* Ask to reset the internal buffers after a VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID + * request. + */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_RESET_PICTURES, + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the fullscreen state change after + * being requested (externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_FULLSCREEN, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the window management state change + * after being requested externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_WINDOW_STATE */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_WINDOW_STATE, /* unsigned state */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the display size change requested + * (externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE) */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_DISPLAY_SIZE, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg, int is_forced */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse fill display state change after + * being requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_DISPLAY_FILLED, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse zoom change after being requested + * externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_ZOOM, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse source aspect ratio after being + * requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_SOURCE_ASPECT, /* const video_format_t *p_source */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse source crop change after being + * requested externally. + * The cropping requested is stored by video_format_t::i_x/y_offset and + * video_format_t::i_visible_width/height */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_SOURCE_CROP, /* const video_format_t *p_source */ + + /* Ask an opengl interface if available. */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_GET_OPENGL, /* vlc_gl_t ** */ +}; + +/** + * Event from vout_display_t + * + * Events modifiying the state may be sent multiple times. + * Only the transition will be retained and acted upon. + */ +enum { + /* TODO: + * ZOOM ? DISPLAY_FILLED ? ON_TOP ? + */ + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID, /* The buffer are now invalid and need to be changed */ + + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_WINDOW_STATE, + + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE, /* The display size need to change : int i_width, int i_height, bool is_fullscreen */ + + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_CLOSE, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_KEY, + + /* Full mouse state. + * You can use it OR use the other mouse events. The core will do + * the conversion. + */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_STATE, + + /* Mouse event */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_MOVED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_PRESSED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_RELEASED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK, +}; + +/** + * Vout owner structures + */ +struct vout_display_owner_t { + /* Private place holder for the vout_display_t creator + */ + vout_display_owner_sys_t *sys; + + /* Event coming from the module + * + * This function is set prior to the module instantiation and must not + * be overwritten nor used directly (use the vout_display_SendEvent* + * wrapper. + * + * You can send it at any time i.e. from any vout_display_t functions or + * from another thread. + * Be careful, it does not ensure correct serialization if it is used + * from multiple threads. + */ + void (*event)(vout_display_t *, int, va_list); + + /* Window management + * + * These functions are set prior to the module instantiation and must not + * be overwritten nor used directly (use the vout_display_*Window + * wrapper */ + vout_window_t *(*window_new)(vout_display_t *, const vout_window_cfg_t *); + void (*window_del)(vout_display_t *, vout_window_t *); +}; + +struct vout_display_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module */ + module_t *module; + + /* Initial and current configuration. + * You cannot modify it directly, you must use the appropriate events. + * + * It reflects the current values, i.e. after the event has been accepted + * and applied/configured if needed. + */ + const vout_display_cfg_t *cfg; + + /* video source format. + * + * Cropping is not requested while in the open function. + * You cannot change it. + */ + video_format_t source; + + /* picture_t format. + * + * You can only change it inside the module open function to + * match what you want, and when a VOUT_DISPLAY_RESET_PICTURES control + * request is made and succeeds. + * + * By default, it is equal to ::source except for the aspect ratio + * which is undefined(0) and is ignored. + */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Information + * + * You can only set them in the open function. + */ + vout_display_info_t info; + + /* Return a pointer over the current picture_pool_t* (mandatory). + * + * For performance reasons, it is best to provide at least count + * pictures but it is not mandatory. + * You can return NULL when you cannot/do not want to allocate + * pictures. + * The vout display module keeps the ownership of the pool and can + * destroy it only when closing or on invalid pictures control. + */ + picture_pool_t *(*pool)(vout_display_t *, unsigned count); + + /* Prepare a picture and an optional subpicture for display (optional). + * + * It is called before the next pf_display call to provide as much + * time as possible to prepare the given picture and the subpicture + * for display. + * You are guaranted that pf_display will always be called and using + * the exact same picture_t and subpicture_t. + * You cannot change the pixel content of the picture_t or of the + * subpicture_t. + */ + void (*prepare)(vout_display_t *, picture_t *, subpicture_t *); + + /* Display a picture and an optional subpicture (mandatory). + * + * The picture and the optional subpicture must be displayed as soon as + * possible. + * You cannot change the pixel content of the picture_t or of the + * subpicture_t. + * + * This function gives away the ownership of the picture and of the + * subpicture, so you must release them as soon as possible. + */ + void (*display)(vout_display_t *, picture_t *, subpicture_t *); + + /* Control on the module (mandatory) */ + int (*control)(vout_display_t *, int, va_list); + + /* Manage pending event (optional) */ + void (*manage)(vout_display_t *); + + /* Private place holder for the vout_display_t module (optional) + * + * A module is free to use it as it wishes. + */ + vout_display_sys_t *sys; + + /* Reserved for the vout_display_t owner. + * + * It must not be overwritten nor used directly by a module. + */ + vout_display_owner_t owner; +}; + +static inline void vout_display_SendEvent(vout_display_t *vd, int query, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, query); + vd->owner.event(vd, query, args); + va_end(args); +} + +static inline void vout_display_SendEventDisplaySize(vout_display_t *vd, int width, int height, bool is_fullscreen) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE, width, height, is_fullscreen); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventPicturesInvalid(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventClose(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_CLOSE); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventKey(vout_display_t *vd, int key) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_KEY, key); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventFullscreen(vout_display_t *vd, bool is_fullscreen) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN, is_fullscreen); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendWindowState(vout_display_t *vd, unsigned state) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_WINDOW_STATE, state); +} +/* The mouse position (State and Moved event) must be expressed against vout_display_t::source unit */ +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseState(vout_display_t *vd, int x, int y, int button_mask) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_STATE, x, y, button_mask); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved(vout_display_t *vd, int x, int y) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_MOVED, x, y); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMousePressed(vout_display_t *vd, int button) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_PRESSED, button); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseReleased(vout_display_t *vd, int button) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_RELEASED, button); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseDoubleClick(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK); +} + +/** + * Asks for a new window with the given configuration as hint. + * + * b_standalone/i_x/i_y may be overwritten by the core + */ +static inline vout_window_t *vout_display_NewWindow(vout_display_t *vd, const vout_window_cfg_t *cfg) +{ + return vd->owner.window_new(vd, cfg); +} +/** + * Deletes a window created by vout_display_NewWindow if window is non NULL + * or any unused windows otherwise. + */ +static inline void vout_display_DeleteWindow(vout_display_t *vd, + vout_window_t *window) +{ + vd->owner.window_del(vd, window); +} + +/** + * Computes the default display size given the source and + * the display configuration. + * + * This asssumes that the picture is already cropped. + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_GetDefaultDisplaySize(unsigned *width, unsigned *height, const video_format_t *source, const vout_display_cfg_t *); + + +/** + * Structure used to store the result of a vout_display_PlacePicture. + */ +typedef struct { + int x; + int y; + unsigned width; + unsigned height; +} vout_display_place_t; + +/** + * Computes how to place a picture inside the display to respect + * the given parameters. + * This assumes that cropping is done by an external mean. + * + * \param p_place Place inside the window (window pixel unit) + * \param p_source Video source format + * \param p_cfg Display configuration + * \param b_clip If true, prevent the video to go outside the display (break zoom). + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_PlacePicture(vout_display_place_t *place, const video_format_t *source, const vout_display_cfg_t *cfg, bool do_clipping); + + +/** + * Helper function that applies the necessary transforms to the mouse position + * and then calls vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved. + * + * \param vd vout_display_t. + * \param orient_display The orientation of the picture as seen on screen (probably ORIENT_NORMAL). + * \param m_x Mouse x position (relative to place, origin is top left). + * \param m_y Mouse y position (relative to place, origin is top left). + * \param place Place of the picture. + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_SendMouseMovedDisplayCoordinates(vout_display_t *vd, video_orientation_t orient_display, int m_x, int m_y, + vout_display_place_t *place); +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b2b27d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_osd.h: vout OSD + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 M2X + * $Id: 74d79379258cf0af1cdafcd45946c7b4cf23b01f $ + * + * Authors: Jean-Paul Saman + * Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_OSD_H +#define VLC_VOUT_OSD_H 1 + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * OSD menu position and picture type defines + */ +enum +{ + /* Icons */ + OSD_PLAY_ICON = 1, + OSD_PAUSE_ICON, + OSD_SPEAKER_ICON, + OSD_MUTE_ICON, + /* Sliders */ + OSD_HOR_SLIDER, + OSD_VERT_SLIDER, +}; + +/********************************************************************** + * Vout text and widget overlays + **********************************************************************/ +VLC_API int vout_OSDEpg( vout_thread_t *, input_item_t * ); + +/** + * \brief Write an informative message if the OSD option is enabled. + * \param vout The vout on which the message will be displayed + * \param channel Subpicture channel + * \param position Position of the text + * \param duration Duration of the text being displayed + * \param text Text to be displayed + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDText( vout_thread_t *vout, int channel, int position, mtime_t duration, const char *text ); + +/** + * \brief Write an informative message at the default location, + * for the default duration and only if the OSD option is enabled. + * \param vout The vout on which the message will be displayed + * \param channel Subpicture channel + * \param format printf style formatting + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDMessage( vout_thread_t *, int, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); + +/** + * Display a slider on the video output. + * \param p_this The object that called the function. + * \param i_channel Subpicture channel + * \param i_postion Current position in the slider + * \param i_type Types are: OSD_HOR_SLIDER and OSD_VERT_SLIDER. + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDSlider( vout_thread_t *, int, int , short ); + +/** + * Display an Icon on the video output. + * \param p_this The object that called the function. + * \param i_channel Subpicture channel + * \param i_type Types are: OSD_PLAY_ICON, OSD_PAUSE_ICON, OSD_SPEAKER_ICON, OSD_MUTE_ICON + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDIcon( vout_thread_t *, int, short ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_OSD_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85dd6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_window.h: vout_window_t definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2008 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: ed7d42c89657225e42bcf8dab18a61710f41d635 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H +#define VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines vout windows structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/* */ +typedef struct vout_window_t vout_window_t; +typedef struct vout_window_sys_t vout_window_sys_t; + + +/** + * Window handle type + */ +enum { + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_INVALID=0, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_XID, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_HWND, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_NSOBJECT, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_ANDROID_NATIVE, +}; + +/** + * Control query for vout_window_t + */ +enum { + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_STATE, /* unsigned state */ + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_SIZE, /* unsigned i_width, unsigned i_height */ + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_FULLSCREEN, /* int b_fullscreen */ +}; + +typedef struct { + /* If true, a standalone window is requested */ + bool is_standalone; + + /* Window handle type */ + unsigned type; + + /* Window position hint */ + int x; + int y; + + /* Windows size hint */ + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + +} vout_window_cfg_t; + +/** + * FIXME do we need an event system in the window too ? + * or the window user will take care of it ? + */ +struct vout_window_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + unsigned type; /**< Window handle type */ + + /* window handle (mandatory) + * + * It must be filled in the open function. + */ + union { + void *hwnd; /* Win32 window handle */ + uint32_t xid; /* X11 windows ID */ + void *nsobject; /* Mac OSX view object */ + void *anativewindow; /* Android native window. */ + } handle; + + /* display server (mandatory) */ + union { + char *x11; /* X11 display (NULL = use default) */ + } display; + + /* Control on the module (mandatory) + * + * Do not use it directly; use vout_window_Control instead. + */ + int (*control)(vout_window_t *, int query, va_list); + + /* Private place holder for the vout_window_t module (optional) + * + * A module is free to use it as it wishes. + */ + vout_window_sys_t *sys; +}; + +/** + * Creates a new window. + * + * @param module plugin name (usually "$window") + * @note If you are inside a "vout display", you must use + / vout_display_NewWindow() and vout_display_DeleteWindow() instead. + * This enables recycling windows. + */ +VLC_API vout_window_t * vout_window_New(vlc_object_t *, const char *module, const vout_window_cfg_t *); + +/** + * Deletes a window created by vout_window_New(). + * + * @note See vout_window_New() about window recycling. + */ +VLC_API void vout_window_Delete(vout_window_t *); + + +/** + * Reconfigures a window. + * + * @note The vout_window_* wrappers should be used instead of this function. + * + * @warning The caller must own the window, as vout_window_t is not thread safe. + */ +VLC_API int vout_window_Control(vout_window_t *, int query, ...); + +/** + * Configures the window manager state for this window. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetState(vout_window_t *window, unsigned state) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_STATE, state); +} + +/** + * Configures the window display (i.e. inner/useful) size. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetSize(vout_window_t *window, + unsigned width, unsigned height) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_SIZE, width, height); +} + +/** + * Sets fullscreen mode. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetFullScreen(vout_window_t *window, bool full) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_FULLSCREEN, full); +} + +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_xlib.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_xlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6818c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_xlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_xlib.h: initialization of Xlib + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_XLIB_H +# define VLC_XLIB_H 1 + +# include +# include +# include +# include + +static inline bool vlc_xlib_init (vlc_object_t *obj) +{ + if (!var_InheritBool (obj, "xlib")) + return false; + + bool ok = false; + + /* XInitThreads() can be called multiple times, + * but it is not reentrant, so we need this global lock. */ + vlc_global_lock (VLC_XLIB_MUTEX); + + if (_Xglobal_lock == NULL && unlikely(_XErrorFunction != NULL)) + /* (_Xglobal_lock == NULL) => Xlib threads not initialized */ + /* (_XErrorFunction != NULL) => Xlib already in use */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u:%s: Xlib not initialized for threads.\n" + "This process is probably using LibVLC incorrectly.\n" + "Pass \"--no-xlib\" to libvlc_new() to fix this.\n", + __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__); + else if (XInitThreads ()) + ok = true; + + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_XLIB_MUTEX); + + if (!ok) + msg_Err (obj, "Xlib not initialized for threads"); + return ok; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_xml.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_xml.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bb8312 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/include64/plugins/vlc_xml.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_xml.h: XML abstraction layer + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Author: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_XML_H +#define VLC_XML_H + +/** +* \file +* This file defines functions and structures to handle xml tags in vlc +* +*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct xml_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + xml_sys_t *p_sys; + + void (*pf_catalog_load) ( xml_t *, const char * ); + void (*pf_catalog_add) ( xml_t *, const char *, const char *, + const char * ); +}; + +VLC_API xml_t * xml_Create( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define xml_Create( a ) xml_Create( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void xml_Delete( xml_t * ); + +static inline void xml_CatalogLoad( xml_t *xml, const char *catalog ) +{ + xml->pf_catalog_load( xml, catalog ); +} + +static inline void xml_CatalogAdd( xml_t *xml, const char *type, + const char *orig, const char *value ) +{ + xml->pf_catalog_add( xml, type, orig, value ); +} + + +struct xml_reader_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + xml_reader_sys_t *p_sys; + stream_t *p_stream; + module_t *p_module; + + int (*pf_next_node) ( xml_reader_t *, const char ** ); + const char *(*pf_next_attr) ( xml_reader_t *, const char ** ); + + int (*pf_use_dtd) ( xml_reader_t * ); + int (*pf_is_empty) ( xml_reader_t * ); +}; + +VLC_API xml_reader_t * xml_ReaderCreate(vlc_object_t *, stream_t *) VLC_USED; +#define xml_ReaderCreate( a, s ) xml_ReaderCreate(VLC_OBJECT(a), s) +VLC_API void xml_ReaderDelete(xml_reader_t *); +VLC_API xml_reader_t * xml_ReaderReset(xml_reader_t *, stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +static inline int xml_ReaderNextNode( xml_reader_t *reader, const char **pval ) +{ + return reader->pf_next_node( reader, pval ); +} + +static inline const char *xml_ReaderNextAttr( xml_reader_t *reader, + const char **pval ) +{ + return reader->pf_next_attr( reader, pval ); +} + +static inline int xml_ReaderUseDTD( xml_reader_t *reader ) +{ + return reader->pf_use_dtd( reader ); +} + +static inline int xml_ReaderIsEmptyElement( xml_reader_t *reader ) +{ + if(reader->pf_is_empty == NULL) + return -2; + + return reader->pf_is_empty( reader ); +} + +enum { + XML_READER_NONE=0, + XML_READER_STARTELEM, + XML_READER_ENDELEM, + XML_READER_TEXT, +}; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib/libvlc.lib b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib/libvlc.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02d3e00 Binary files /dev/null and b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib/libvlc.lib differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib/libvlccore.lib b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib/libvlccore.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..895582b Binary files /dev/null and b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib/libvlccore.lib differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib64/libvlc.lib b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib64/libvlc.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4008a0b Binary files /dev/null and b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib64/libvlc.lib differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib64/libvlccore.lib b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib64/libvlccore.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c8d552 Binary files /dev/null and b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc2/winlib64/libvlccore.lib differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/deprecated.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/deprecated.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f47cea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/deprecated.h @@ -0,0 +1,489 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * deprecated.h: libvlc deprecated API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 27323a434498604ca281900c3e4087a42d22a5d8 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H +#define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_media_player + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get movie fps rate + * + * This function is provided for backward compatibility. It cannot deal with + * multiple video tracks. In LibVLC versions prior to 3.0, it would also fail + * if the file format did not convey the frame rate explicitly. + * + * \deprecated Consider using libvlc_media_tracks_get() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return frames per second (fps) for this playing movie, or 0 if unspecified + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_fps( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** end bug */ + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject() instead + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_agl ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, uint32_t drawable ); + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_player_get_nsobject() instead + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API uint32_t libvlc_media_player_get_agl ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_track_description_list_release() instead + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_track_description_release( libvlc_track_description_t *p_track_description ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_video + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get current video height. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_video_get_size() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video pixel height or 0 if not applicable + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_height( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current video width. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_video_get_size() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video pixel width or 0 if not applicable + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_width( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available titles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return list containing description of available titles. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_title_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available chapters for specific title. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_title selected title + * \return list containing description of available chapter for title i_title. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_chapter_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Set new video subtitle file. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_player_add_slave() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_subtitle new video subtitle file + * \return the success status (boolean) + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_video_set_subtitle_file( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_subtitle ); + +/** + * Toggle teletext transparent status on video output. + * \deprecated use libvlc_video_set_teletext() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_toggle_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always 0. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_audio_output_device_count( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *psz_audio_output ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always NULL. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +char *libvlc_audio_output_device_longname( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *psz_output, + int i_device ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always NULL. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +char *libvlc_audio_output_device_id( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *psz_audio_output, int i_device ); + +/** + * Stub for backward compatibility. + * \return always -1. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_output_get_device_type( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Stub for backward compatibility. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_set_device_type( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mp, + int device_type ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_media + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Parse a media. + * + * This fetches (local) art, meta data and tracks information. + * The method is synchronous. + * + * \deprecated This function could block indefinitely. + * Use libvlc_media_parse_with_options() instead + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_get_tracks_info + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Parse a media. + * + * This fetches (local) art, meta data and tracks information. + * The method is the asynchronous of libvlc_media_parse(). + * + * To track when this is over you can listen to libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * event. However if the media was already parsed you will not receive this + * event. + * + * \deprecated You can't be sure to receive the libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * event (you can wait indefinitely for this event). + * Use libvlc_media_parse_with_options() instead + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_get_tracks_info + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse_async( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Return true is the media descriptor object is parsed + * + * \deprecated This can return true in case of failure. + * Use libvlc_media_get_parsed_status() instead + * + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return true if media object has been parsed otherwise it returns false + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_is_parsed( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's elementary streams description + * + * Note, you need to call libvlc_media_parse() or play the media at least once + * before calling this function. + * Not doing this will result in an empty array. + * + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_tracks_get() instead + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param tracks address to store an allocated array of Elementary Streams + * descriptions (must be freed by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of Elementary Streams + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_get_tracks_info( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_track_info_t **tracks ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_media_list + * @{ + */ + +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED int + libvlc_media_list_add_file_content( libvlc_media_list_t * p_ml, + const char * psz_uri ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_media_discoverer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_discoverer_new() and libvlc_media_discoverer_start(). + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_discoverer_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_new_from_name( libvlc_instance_t * p_inst, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Get media service discover object its localized name. + * + * \deprecated Useless, use libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() to get the + * longname of the service discovery. + * + * \param p_mdis media discover object + * \return localized name or NULL if the media_discoverer is not started + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API char * +libvlc_media_discoverer_localized_name( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get event manager from media service discover object. + * + * \deprecated Useless, media_discoverer events are only triggered when calling + * libvlc_media_discoverer_start() and libvlc_media_discoverer_stop(). + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return event manager object. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_event_manager( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Waits until an interface causes the instance to exit. + * You should start at least one interface first, using libvlc_add_intf(). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \warning This function wastes one thread doing basically nothing. + * libvlc_set_exit_handler() should be used instead. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_wait( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_core + * \defgroup libvlc_log_deprecated LibVLC logging (legacy) + * @{ + */ + +/** This structure is opaque. It represents a libvlc log iterator */ +typedef struct libvlc_log_iterator_t libvlc_log_iterator_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_log_message_t +{ + int i_severity; /* 0=INFO, 1=ERR, 2=WARN, 3=DBG */ + const char *psz_type; /* module type */ + const char *psz_name; /* module name */ + const char *psz_header; /* optional header */ + const char *psz_message; /* message */ +} libvlc_log_message_t; + +/** + * Always returns minus one. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance ignored + * \return always -1 + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_get_log_verbosity( const libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * This function does nothing. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance ignored + * \param level ignored + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_log_verbosity( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, unsigned level ); + +/** + * This function does nothing useful. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return an unique pointer or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_t *libvlc_log_open( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Frees memory allocated by libvlc_log_open(). + * + * \param p_log libvlc log instance or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_close( libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * Always returns zero. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + * \return always zero + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_log_count( const libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * This function does nothing. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_clear( libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * This function does nothing useful. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + * \return an unique pointer or NULL on error or if the parameter was NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_iterator_t *libvlc_log_get_iterator( const libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * Frees memory allocated by libvlc_log_get_iterator(). + * + * \param p_iter libvlc log iterator or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_iterator_free( libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter ); + +/** + * Always returns zero. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_iter ignored + * \return always zero + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_log_iterator_has_next( const libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter ); + +/** + * Always returns NULL. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_iter libvlc log iterator or NULL + * \param p_buf ignored + * \return always NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_message_t *libvlc_log_iterator_next( libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter, + libvlc_log_message_t *p_buf ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc + * \defgroup libvlc_playlist LibVLC playlist (legacy) + * @deprecated Use @ref libvlc_media_list instead. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC deprecated playlist API + */ + +/** + * Start playing (if there is any item in the playlist). + * + * Additionnal playlist item options can be specified for addition to the + * item before it is played. + * + * \param p_instance the playlist instance + * \param i_id the item to play. If this is a negative number, the next + * item will be selected. Otherwise, the item with the given ID will be + * played + * \param i_options the number of options to add to the item + * \param ppsz_options the options to add to the item + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_playlist_play( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, int i_id, + int i_options, char **ppsz_options ); + +/** @}*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41e20dd --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc.h @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: b12d900469fa6438c41421f2ac7697b93ffc8a35 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup libvlc LibVLC + * LibVLC is the external programming interface of the VLC media player. + * It is used to embed VLC into other applications or frameworks. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC core external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_H 1 + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined (DLL_EXPORT) +# define LIBVLC_API __declspec(dllexport) +#elif defined (__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4) +# define LIBVLC_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define LIBVLC_API +#endif + +#ifdef __LIBVLC__ +/* Avoid unhelpful warnings from libvlc with our deprecated APIs */ +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && \ + (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 0) +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_core LibVLC core + * \ingroup libvlc + * Before it can do anything useful, LibVLC must be initialized. + * You can create one (or more) instance(s) of LibVLC in a given process, + * with libvlc_new() and destroy them with libvlc_release(). + * + * \version Unless otherwise stated, these functions are available + * from LibVLC versions numbered 1.1.0 or more. + * Earlier versions (0.9.x and 1.0.x) are not compatible. + * @{ + */ + +/** This structure is opaque. It represents a libvlc instance */ +typedef struct libvlc_instance_t libvlc_instance_t; + +typedef int64_t libvlc_time_t; + +/** \defgroup libvlc_error LibVLC error handling + * @{ + */ + +/** + * A human-readable error message for the last LibVLC error in the calling + * thread. The resulting string is valid until another error occurs (at least + * until the next LibVLC call). + * + * @warning + * This will be NULL if there was no error. + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_errmsg (void); + +/** + * Clears the LibVLC error status for the current thread. This is optional. + * By default, the error status is automatically overridden when a new error + * occurs, and destroyed when the thread exits. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_clearerr (void); + +/** + * Sets the LibVLC error status and message for the current thread. + * Any previous error is overridden. + * \param fmt the format string + * \param ap the arguments + * \return a nul terminated string in any case + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_vprinterr (const char *fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Sets the LibVLC error status and message for the current thread. + * Any previous error is overridden. + * \param fmt the format string + * \param args the arguments + * \return a nul terminated string in any case + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_printerr (const char *fmt, ...); + +/**@} */ + +/** + * Create and initialize a libvlc instance. + * This functions accept a list of "command line" arguments similar to the + * main(). These arguments affect the LibVLC instance default configuration. + * + * \note + * LibVLC may create threads. Therefore, any thread-unsafe process + * initialization must be performed before calling libvlc_new(). In particular + * and where applicable: + * - setlocale() and textdomain(), + * - setenv(), unsetenv() and putenv(), + * - with the X11 display system, XInitThreads() + * (see also libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow()) and + * - on Microsoft Windows, SetErrorMode(). + * - sigprocmask() shall never be invoked; pthread_sigmask() can be used. + * + * On POSIX systems, the SIGCHLD signal must not be ignored, i.e. the + * signal handler must set to SIG_DFL or a function pointer, not SIG_IGN. + * Also while LibVLC is active, the wait() function shall not be called, and + * any call to waitpid() shall use a strictly positive value for the first + * parameter (i.e. the PID). Failure to follow those rules may lead to a + * deadlock or a busy loop. + * Also on POSIX systems, it is recommended that the SIGPIPE signal be blocked, + * even if it is not, in principles, necessary, e.g.: + * @code + sigset_t set; + + signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL); + sigemptyset(&set); + sigaddset(&set, SIGPIPE); + pthread_sigmask(SIG_BLOCK, &set, NULL); + * @endcode + * + * On Microsoft Windows Vista/2008, the process error mode + * SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS flag must be set before using LibVLC. + * On later versions, that is optional and unnecessary. + * Also on Microsoft Windows (Vista and any later version), setting the default + * DLL directories to SYSTEM32 exclusively is strongly recommended for + * security reasons: + * @code + SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS); + SetDefaultDllDirectories(LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_SYSTEM32); + * @endcode + * + * \version + * Arguments are meant to be passed from the command line to LibVLC, just like + * VLC media player does. The list of valid arguments depends on the LibVLC + * version, the operating system and platform, and set of available LibVLC + * plugins. Invalid or unsupported arguments will cause the function to fail + * (i.e. return NULL). Also, some arguments may alter the behaviour or + * otherwise interfere with other LibVLC functions. + * + * \warning + * There is absolutely no warranty or promise of forward, backward and + * cross-platform compatibility with regards to libvlc_new() arguments. + * We recommend that you do not use them, other than when debugging. + * + * \param argc the number of arguments (should be 0) + * \param argv list of arguments (should be NULL) + * \return the libvlc instance or NULL in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_instance_t * +libvlc_new( int argc , const char *const *argv ); + +/** + * Decrement the reference count of a libvlc instance, and destroy it + * if it reaches zero. + * + * \param p_instance the instance to destroy + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_release( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Increments the reference count of a libvlc instance. + * The initial reference count is 1 after libvlc_new() returns. + * + * \param p_instance the instance to reference + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_retain( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Try to start a user interface for the libvlc instance. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param name interface name, or NULL for default + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_add_intf( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *name ); + +/** + * Registers a callback for the LibVLC exit event. This is mostly useful if + * the VLC playlist and/or at least one interface are started with + * libvlc_playlist_play() or libvlc_add_intf() respectively. + * Typically, this function will wake up your application main loop (from + * another thread). + * + * \note This function should be called before the playlist or interface are + * started. Otherwise, there is a small race condition: the exit event could + * be raised before the handler is registered. + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param cb callback to invoke when LibVLC wants to exit, + * or NULL to disable the exit handler (as by default) + * \param opaque data pointer for the callback + * \warning This function and libvlc_wait() cannot be used at the same time. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_exit_handler( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + void (*cb) (void *), void *opaque ); + +/** + * Sets the application name. LibVLC passes this as the user agent string + * when a protocol requires it. + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param name human-readable application name, e.g. "FooBar player 1.2.3" + * \param http HTTP User Agent, e.g. "FooBar/1.2.3 Python/2.6.0" + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_user_agent( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *name, const char *http ); + +/** + * Sets some meta-information about the application. + * See also libvlc_set_user_agent(). + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param id Java-style application identifier, e.g. "com.acme.foobar" + * \param version application version numbers, e.g. "1.2.3" + * \param icon application icon name, e.g. "foobar" + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_app_id( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *id, + const char *version, const char *icon ); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc version. + * + * Example: "1.1.0-git The Luggage" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc version + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_version(void); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc compiler version. + * + * Example: "gcc version 4.2.3 (Ubuntu 4.2.3-2ubuntu6)" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc compiler version + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_compiler(void); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc changeset. + * + * Example: "aa9bce0bc4" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc changeset + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_changeset(void); + +/** + * Frees an heap allocation returned by a LibVLC function. + * If you know you're using the same underlying C run-time as the LibVLC + * implementation, then you can call ANSI C free() directly instead. + * + * \param ptr the pointer + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_free( void *ptr ); + +/** \defgroup libvlc_event LibVLC asynchronous events + * LibVLC emits asynchronous events. + * + * Several LibVLC objects (such @ref libvlc_instance_t as + * @ref libvlc_media_player_t) generate events asynchronously. Each of them + * provides @ref libvlc_event_manager_t event manager. You can subscribe to + * events with libvlc_event_attach() and unsubscribe with + * libvlc_event_detach(). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Event manager that belongs to a libvlc object, and from whom events can + * be received. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_event_manager_t libvlc_event_manager_t; + +struct libvlc_event_t; + +/** + * Type of a LibVLC event. + */ +typedef int libvlc_event_type_t; + +/** + * Callback function notification + * \param p_event the event triggering the callback + */ +typedef void ( *libvlc_callback_t )( const struct libvlc_event_t *p_event, void *p_data ); + +/** + * Register for an event notification. + * + * \param p_event_manager the event manager to which you want to attach to. + * Generally it is obtained by vlc_my_object_event_manager() where + * my_object is the object you want to listen to. + * \param i_event_type the desired event to which we want to listen + * \param f_callback the function to call when i_event_type occurs + * \param user_data user provided data to carry with the event + * \return 0 on success, ENOMEM on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_event_attach( libvlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + libvlc_event_type_t i_event_type, + libvlc_callback_t f_callback, + void *user_data ); + +/** + * Unregister an event notification. + * + * \param p_event_manager the event manager + * \param i_event_type the desired event to which we want to unregister + * \param f_callback the function to call when i_event_type occurs + * \param p_user_data user provided data to carry with the event + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_event_detach( libvlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + libvlc_event_type_t i_event_type, + libvlc_callback_t f_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +/** + * Get an event's type name. + * + * \param event_type the desired event + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_event_type_name( libvlc_event_type_t event_type ); + +/** @} */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_log LibVLC logging + * libvlc_log_* functions provide access to the LibVLC messages log. + * This is used for logging and debugging. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Logging messages level. + * \note Future LibVLC versions may define new levels. + */ +enum libvlc_log_level +{ + LIBVLC_DEBUG=0, /**< Debug message */ + LIBVLC_NOTICE=2, /**< Important informational message */ + LIBVLC_WARNING=3, /**< Warning (potential error) message */ + LIBVLC_ERROR=4 /**< Error message */ +}; + +typedef struct vlc_log_t libvlc_log_t; + +/** + * Gets log message debug infos. + * + * This function retrieves self-debug information about a log message: + * - the name of the VLC module emitting the message, + * - the name of the source code module (i.e. file) and + * - the line number within the source code module. + * + * The returned module name and file name will be NULL if unknown. + * The returned line number will similarly be zero if unknown. + * + * \param ctx message context (as passed to the @ref libvlc_log_cb callback) + * \param module module name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param file source code file name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param line source code file line number storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \warning The returned module name and source code file name, if non-NULL, + * are only valid until the logging callback returns. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_get_context(const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char **module, const char **file, unsigned *line); + +/** + * Gets log message info. + * + * This function retrieves meta-information about a log message: + * - the type name of the VLC object emitting the message, + * - the object header if any, and + * - a temporaly-unique object identifier. + * + * This information is mainly meant for manual troubleshooting. + * + * The returned type name may be "generic" if unknown, but it cannot be NULL. + * The returned header will be NULL if unset; in current versions, the header + * is used to distinguish for VLM inputs. + * The returned object ID will be zero if the message is not associated with + * any VLC object. + * + * \param ctx message context (as passed to the @ref libvlc_log_cb callback) + * \param name object name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param header object header (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param line source code file line number storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \warning The returned module name and source code file name, if non-NULL, + * are only valid until the logging callback returns. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_get_object(const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char **name, const char **header, uintptr_t *id); + +/** + * Callback prototype for LibVLC log message handler. + * + * \param data data pointer as given to libvlc_log_set() + * \param level message level (@ref libvlc_log_level) + * \param ctx message context (meta-information about the message) + * \param fmt printf() format string (as defined by ISO C11) + * \param args variable argument list for the format + * \note Log message handlers must be thread-safe. + * \warning The message context pointer, the format string parameters and the + * variable arguments are only valid until the callback returns. + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_log_cb)(void *data, int level, const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char *fmt, va_list args); + +/** + * Unsets the logging callback. + * + * This function deregisters the logging callback for a LibVLC instance. + * This is rarely needed as the callback is implicitly unset when the instance + * is destroyed. + * + * \note This function will wait for any pending callbacks invocation to + * complete (causing a deadlock if called from within the callback). + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_unset( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Sets the logging callback for a LibVLC instance. + * + * This function is thread-safe: it will wait for any pending callbacks + * invocation to complete. + * + * \param cb callback function pointer + * \param data opaque data pointer for the callback function + * + * \note Some log messages (especially debug) are emitted by LibVLC while + * is being initialized. These messages cannot be captured with this interface. + * + * \warning A deadlock may occur if this function is called from the callback. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_set( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + libvlc_log_cb cb, void *data ); + + +/** + * Sets up logging to a file. + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \param stream FILE pointer opened for writing + * (the FILE pointer must remain valid until libvlc_log_unset()) + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_set_file( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, FILE *stream ); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Description of a module. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_module_description_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_shortname; + char *psz_longname; + char *psz_help; + struct libvlc_module_description_t *p_next; +} libvlc_module_description_t; + +/** + * Release a list of module descriptions. + * + * \param p_list the list to be released + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_module_description_list_release( libvlc_module_description_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Returns a list of audio filters that are available. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * + * \return a list of module descriptions. It should be freed with libvlc_module_description_list_release(). + * In case of an error, NULL is returned. + * + * \see libvlc_module_description_t + * \see libvlc_module_description_list_release + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_module_description_t *libvlc_audio_filter_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Returns a list of video filters that are available. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * + * \return a list of module descriptions. It should be freed with libvlc_module_description_list_release(). + * In case of an error, NULL is returned. + * + * \see libvlc_module_description_t + * \see libvlc_module_description_list_release + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_module_description_t *libvlc_video_filter_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** @} */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_clock LibVLC time + * These functions provide access to the LibVLC time/clock. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the current time as defined by LibVLC. The unit is the microsecond. + * Time increases monotonically (regardless of time zone changes and RTC + * adjustements). + * The origin is arbitrary but consistent across the whole system + * (e.g. the system uptim, the time since the system was booted). + * \note On systems that support it, the POSIX monotonic clock is used. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int64_t libvlc_clock(void); + +/** + * Return the delay (in microseconds) until a certain timestamp. + * \param pts timestamp + * \return negative if timestamp is in the past, + * positive if it is in the future + */ +static inline int64_t libvlc_delay(int64_t pts) +{ + return pts - libvlc_clock(); +} + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /** @} */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_dialog.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b176b93 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_dialog.h: libvlc dialog API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_DIALOG_H +#define LIBVLC_DIALOG_H 1 + +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct libvlc_dialog_id libvlc_dialog_id; + +/** + * @defgroup libvlc_dialog LibVLC dialog + * @ingroup libvlc + * @{ + * @file + * LibVLC dialog external API + */ + +typedef enum libvlc_dialog_question_type +{ + LIBVLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_NORMAL, + LIBVLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_WARNING, + LIBVLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_CRITICAL, +} libvlc_dialog_question_type; + +/** + * Dialog callbacks to be implemented + */ +typedef struct libvlc_dialog_cbs +{ + /** + * Called when an error message needs to be displayed + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + */ + void (*pf_display_error)(void *p_data, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_text); + + /** + * Called when a login dialog needs to be displayed + * + * You can interact with this dialog by calling libvlc_dialog_post_login() + * to post an answer or libvlc_dialog_dismiss() to cancel this dialog. + * + * @note to receive this callback, libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel should not be + * NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param psz_default_username user name that should be set on the user form + * @param b_ask_store if true, ask the user if he wants to save the + * credentials + */ + void (*pf_display_login)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + const char *psz_default_username, + bool b_ask_store); + + /** + * Called when a question dialog needs to be displayed + * + * You can interact with this dialog by calling libvlc_dialog_post_action() + * to post an answer or libvlc_dialog_dismiss() to cancel this dialog. + * + * @note to receive this callback, libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel should not be + * NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param i_type question type (or severity) of the dialog + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button + * @param psz_action1 text of the first button, if NULL, don't display this + * button + * @param psz_action2 text of the second button, if NULL, don't display + * this button + */ + void (*pf_display_question)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + libvlc_dialog_question_type i_type, + const char *psz_cancel, const char *psz_action1, + const char *psz_action2); + + /** + * Called when a progress dialog needs to be displayed + * + * If cancellable (psz_cancel != NULL), you can cancel this dialog by + * calling libvlc_dialog_dismiss() + * + * @note to receive this callback, libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel and + * libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_update_progress should not be NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param b_indeterminate true if the progress dialog is indeterminate + * @param f_position initial position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and + * 1.0) + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button, if NULL the dialog is not + * cancellable + */ + void (*pf_display_progress)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + bool b_indeterminate, float f_position, + const char *psz_cancel); + + /** + * Called when a displayed dialog needs to be cancelled + * + * The implementation must call libvlc_dialog_dismiss() to really release + * the dialog. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id of the dialog + */ + void (*pf_cancel)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id); + + /** + * Called when a progress dialog needs to be updated + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param f_position osition of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @param psz_text new text of the progress dialog + */ + void (*pf_update_progress)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position, const char *psz_text); +} libvlc_dialog_cbs; + +/** + * Register callbacks in order to handle VLC dialogs + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * @param p_cbs a pointer to callbacks, or NULL to unregister callbacks. + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_dialog_set_callbacks(libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const libvlc_dialog_cbs *p_cbs, void *p_data); + +/** + * Associate an opaque pointer with the dialog id + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_dialog_set_context(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, void *p_context); + +/** + * Return the opaque pointer associated with the dialog id + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void * +libvlc_dialog_get_context(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id); + +/** + * Post a login answer + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_display_login + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param psz_username valid and non empty string + * @param psz_password valid string (can be empty) + * @param b_store if true, store the credentials + * @return 0 on success, or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_dialog_post_login(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, const char *psz_username, + const char *psz_password, bool b_store); + +/** + * Post a question answer + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_display_question + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param i_action 1 for action1, 2 for action2 + * @return 0 on success, or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_dialog_post_action(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, int i_action); + +/** + * Dismiss a dialog + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @return 0 on success, or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_dialog_dismiss(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id); + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* LIBVLC_DIALOG_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_events.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_events.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8b0e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_events.h @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_events.h: libvlc_events external API structure + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id $ + * + * Authors: Filippo Carone + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_EVENTS_H +#define LIBVLC_EVENTS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_event external API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct libvlc_renderer_item_t libvlc_renderer_item_t; + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_event + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Event types + */ +enum libvlc_event_e { + /* Append new event types at the end of a category. + * Do not remove, insert or re-order any entry. + * Keep this in sync with lib/event.c:libvlc_event_type_name(). */ + libvlc_MediaMetaChanged=0, + libvlc_MediaSubItemAdded, + libvlc_MediaDurationChanged, + libvlc_MediaParsedChanged, + libvlc_MediaFreed, + libvlc_MediaStateChanged, + libvlc_MediaSubItemTreeAdded, + + libvlc_MediaPlayerMediaChanged=0x100, + libvlc_MediaPlayerNothingSpecial, + libvlc_MediaPlayerOpening, + libvlc_MediaPlayerBuffering, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPlaying, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPaused, + libvlc_MediaPlayerStopped, + libvlc_MediaPlayerForward, + libvlc_MediaPlayerBackward, + libvlc_MediaPlayerEndReached, + libvlc_MediaPlayerEncounteredError, + libvlc_MediaPlayerTimeChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPositionChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerSeekableChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPausableChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerTitleChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerSnapshotTaken, + libvlc_MediaPlayerLengthChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerVout, + libvlc_MediaPlayerScrambledChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerESAdded, + libvlc_MediaPlayerESDeleted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerESSelected, + libvlc_MediaPlayerCorked, + libvlc_MediaPlayerUncorked, + libvlc_MediaPlayerMuted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerUnmuted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerAudioVolume, + libvlc_MediaPlayerAudioDevice, + libvlc_MediaPlayerChapterChanged, + + libvlc_MediaListItemAdded=0x200, + libvlc_MediaListWillAddItem, + libvlc_MediaListItemDeleted, + libvlc_MediaListWillDeleteItem, + libvlc_MediaListEndReached, + + libvlc_MediaListViewItemAdded=0x300, + libvlc_MediaListViewWillAddItem, + libvlc_MediaListViewItemDeleted, + libvlc_MediaListViewWillDeleteItem, + + libvlc_MediaListPlayerPlayed=0x400, + libvlc_MediaListPlayerNextItemSet, + libvlc_MediaListPlayerStopped, + + /** + * \deprecated Useless event, it will be triggered only when calling + * libvlc_media_discoverer_start() + */ + libvlc_MediaDiscovererStarted=0x500, + /** + * \deprecated Useless event, it will be triggered only when calling + * libvlc_media_discoverer_stop() + */ + libvlc_MediaDiscovererEnded, + + libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemAdded, + libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemDeleted, + + libvlc_VlmMediaAdded=0x600, + libvlc_VlmMediaRemoved, + libvlc_VlmMediaChanged, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStarted, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStopped, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusInit, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusOpening, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusPlaying, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusPause, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusEnd, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusError +}; + +/** + * A LibVLC event + */ +typedef struct libvlc_event_t +{ + int type; /**< Event type (see @ref libvlc_event_e) */ + void *p_obj; /**< Object emitting the event */ + union + { + /* media descriptor */ + struct + { + libvlc_meta_t meta_type; + } media_meta_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * new_child; + } media_subitem_added; + struct + { + int64_t new_duration; + } media_duration_changed; + struct + { + int new_status; /**< see @ref libvlc_media_parsed_status_t */ + } media_parsed_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * md; + } media_freed; + struct + { + int new_state; /**< see @ref libvlc_state_t */ + } media_state_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + } media_subitemtree_added; + + /* media instance */ + struct + { + float new_cache; + } media_player_buffering; + struct + { + int new_chapter; + } media_player_chapter_changed; + struct + { + float new_position; + } media_player_position_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_time_t new_time; + } media_player_time_changed; + struct + { + int new_title; + } media_player_title_changed; + struct + { + int new_seekable; + } media_player_seekable_changed; + struct + { + int new_pausable; + } media_player_pausable_changed; + struct + { + int new_scrambled; + } media_player_scrambled_changed; + struct + { + int new_count; + } media_player_vout; + + /* media list */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_item_added; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_will_add_item; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_item_deleted; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_will_delete_item; + + /* media list player */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + } media_list_player_next_item_set; + + /* snapshot taken */ + struct + { + char* psz_filename ; + } media_player_snapshot_taken ; + + /* Length changed */ + struct + { + libvlc_time_t new_length; + } media_player_length_changed; + + /* VLM media */ + struct + { + const char * psz_media_name; + const char * psz_instance_name; + } vlm_media_event; + + /* Extra MediaPlayer */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * new_media; + } media_player_media_changed; + + struct + { + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + int i_id; + } media_player_es_changed; + + struct + { + float volume; + } media_player_audio_volume; + + struct + { + const char *device; + } media_player_audio_device; + + struct + { + libvlc_renderer_item_t *item; + } renderer_discoverer_item_added; + struct + { + libvlc_renderer_item_t *item; + } renderer_discoverer_item_deleted; + } u; /**< Type-dependent event description */ +} libvlc_event_t; + + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_EVENTS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a668ef --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media.h @@ -0,0 +1,893 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 383f366b6940f7b3d89f5945e015793833ea541f $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media LibVLC media + * \ingroup libvlc + * @ref libvlc_media_t is an abstract representation of a playable media. + * It consists of a media location and various optional meta data. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media item/descriptor external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_t libvlc_media_t; + +/** Meta data types */ +typedef enum libvlc_meta_t { + libvlc_meta_Title, + libvlc_meta_Artist, + libvlc_meta_Genre, + libvlc_meta_Copyright, + libvlc_meta_Album, + libvlc_meta_TrackNumber, + libvlc_meta_Description, + libvlc_meta_Rating, + libvlc_meta_Date, + libvlc_meta_Setting, + libvlc_meta_URL, + libvlc_meta_Language, + libvlc_meta_NowPlaying, + libvlc_meta_Publisher, + libvlc_meta_EncodedBy, + libvlc_meta_ArtworkURL, + libvlc_meta_TrackID, + libvlc_meta_TrackTotal, + libvlc_meta_Director, + libvlc_meta_Season, + libvlc_meta_Episode, + libvlc_meta_ShowName, + libvlc_meta_Actors, + libvlc_meta_AlbumArtist, + libvlc_meta_DiscNumber, + libvlc_meta_DiscTotal + /* Add new meta types HERE */ +} libvlc_meta_t; + +/** + * Note the order of libvlc_state_t enum must match exactly the order of + * \see mediacontrol_PlayerStatus, \see input_state_e enums, + * and VideoLAN.LibVLC.State (at bindings/cil/src/media.cs). + * + * Expected states by web plugins are: + * IDLE/CLOSE=0, OPENING=1, PLAYING=3, PAUSED=4, + * STOPPING=5, ENDED=6, ERROR=7 + */ +typedef enum libvlc_state_t +{ + libvlc_NothingSpecial=0, + libvlc_Opening, + libvlc_Buffering, /* XXX: Deprecated value. Check the + * libvlc_MediaPlayerBuffering event to know the + * buffering state of a libvlc_media_player */ + libvlc_Playing, + libvlc_Paused, + libvlc_Stopped, + libvlc_Ended, + libvlc_Error +} libvlc_state_t; + +enum +{ + libvlc_media_option_trusted = 0x2, + libvlc_media_option_unique = 0x100 +}; + +typedef enum libvlc_track_type_t +{ + libvlc_track_unknown = -1, + libvlc_track_audio = 0, + libvlc_track_video = 1, + libvlc_track_text = 2 +} libvlc_track_type_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_media_stats_t +{ + /* Input */ + int i_read_bytes; + float f_input_bitrate; + + /* Demux */ + int i_demux_read_bytes; + float f_demux_bitrate; + int i_demux_corrupted; + int i_demux_discontinuity; + + /* Decoders */ + int i_decoded_video; + int i_decoded_audio; + + /* Video Output */ + int i_displayed_pictures; + int i_lost_pictures; + + /* Audio output */ + int i_played_abuffers; + int i_lost_abuffers; + + /* Stream output */ + int i_sent_packets; + int i_sent_bytes; + float f_send_bitrate; +} libvlc_media_stats_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_media_track_info_t +{ + /* Codec fourcc */ + uint32_t i_codec; + int i_id; + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + + /* Codec specific */ + int i_profile; + int i_level; + + union { + struct { + /* Audio specific */ + unsigned i_channels; + unsigned i_rate; + } audio; + struct { + /* Video specific */ + unsigned i_height; + unsigned i_width; + } video; + } u; + +} libvlc_media_track_info_t; + + +typedef struct libvlc_audio_track_t +{ + unsigned i_channels; + unsigned i_rate; +} libvlc_audio_track_t; + +typedef enum libvlc_video_orient_t +{ + libvlc_video_orient_top_left, /**< Normal. Top line represents top, left column left. */ + libvlc_video_orient_top_right, /**< Flipped horizontally */ + libvlc_video_orient_bottom_left, /**< Flipped vertically */ + libvlc_video_orient_bottom_right, /**< Rotated 180 degrees */ + libvlc_video_orient_left_top, /**< Transposed */ + libvlc_video_orient_left_bottom, /**< Rotated 90 degrees clockwise (or 270 anti-clockwise) */ + libvlc_video_orient_right_top, /**< Rotated 90 degrees anti-clockwise */ + libvlc_video_orient_right_bottom /**< Anti-transposed */ +} libvlc_video_orient_t; + +typedef enum libvlc_video_projection_t +{ + libvlc_video_projection_rectangular, + libvlc_video_projection_equirectangular, /**< 360 spherical */ + + libvlc_video_projection_cubemap_layout_standard = 0x100, +} libvlc_video_projection_t; + +/** + * Viewpoint + * + * \warning allocate using libvlc_video_new_viewpoint() + */ +typedef struct libvlc_video_viewpoint_t +{ + float f_yaw; /**< view point yaw in degrees ]-180;180] */ + float f_pitch; /**< view point pitch in degrees ]-90;90] */ + float f_roll; /**< view point roll in degrees ]-180;180] */ + float f_field_of_view; /**< field of view in degrees ]0;180[ (default 80.)*/ +} libvlc_video_viewpoint_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_video_track_t +{ + unsigned i_height; + unsigned i_width; + unsigned i_sar_num; + unsigned i_sar_den; + unsigned i_frame_rate_num; + unsigned i_frame_rate_den; + + libvlc_video_orient_t i_orientation; + libvlc_video_projection_t i_projection; + libvlc_video_viewpoint_t pose; /**< Initial view point */ +} libvlc_video_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_subtitle_track_t +{ + char *psz_encoding; +} libvlc_subtitle_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_media_track_t +{ + /* Codec fourcc */ + uint32_t i_codec; + uint32_t i_original_fourcc; + int i_id; + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + + /* Codec specific */ + int i_profile; + int i_level; + + union { + libvlc_audio_track_t *audio; + libvlc_video_track_t *video; + libvlc_subtitle_track_t *subtitle; + }; + + unsigned int i_bitrate; + char *psz_language; + char *psz_description; + +} libvlc_media_track_t; + +/** + * Media type + * + * \see libvlc_media_get_type + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_type_t { + libvlc_media_type_unknown, + libvlc_media_type_file, + libvlc_media_type_directory, + libvlc_media_type_disc, + libvlc_media_type_stream, + libvlc_media_type_playlist, +} libvlc_media_type_t; + +/** + * Parse flags used by libvlc_media_parse_with_options() + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_parse_flag_t +{ + /** + * Parse media if it's a local file + */ + libvlc_media_parse_local = 0x00, + /** + * Parse media even if it's a network file + */ + libvlc_media_parse_network = 0x01, + /** + * Fetch meta and covert art using local resources + */ + libvlc_media_fetch_local = 0x02, + /** + * Fetch meta and covert art using network resources + */ + libvlc_media_fetch_network = 0x04, + /** + * Interact with the user (via libvlc_dialog_cbs) when preparsing this item + * (and not its sub items). Set this flag in order to receive a callback + * when the input is asking for credentials. + */ + libvlc_media_do_interact = 0x08, +} libvlc_media_parse_flag_t; + +/** + * Parse status used sent by libvlc_media_parse_with_options() or returned by + * libvlc_media_get_parsed_status() + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + * \see libvlc_media_get_parsed_status + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_parsed_status_t +{ + libvlc_media_parsed_status_skipped = 1, + libvlc_media_parsed_status_failed, + libvlc_media_parsed_status_timeout, + libvlc_media_parsed_status_done, +} libvlc_media_parsed_status_t; + +/** + * Type of a media slave: subtitle or audio. + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_slave_type_t +{ + libvlc_media_slave_type_subtitle, + libvlc_media_slave_type_audio, +} libvlc_media_slave_type_t; + +/** + * A slave of a libvlc_media_t + * \see libvlc_media_slaves_get + */ +typedef struct libvlc_media_slave_t +{ + char * psz_uri; + libvlc_media_slave_type_t i_type; + unsigned int i_priority; +} libvlc_media_slave_t; + +/** + * Callback prototype to open a custom bitstream input media. + * + * The same media item can be opened multiple times. Each time, this callback + * is invoked. It should allocate and initialize any instance-specific + * resources, then store them in *datap. The instance resources can be freed + * in the @ref libvlc_media_close_cb callback. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_media_new_callbacks() + * \param datap storage space for a private data pointer [OUT] + * \param sizep byte length of the bitstream or UINT64_MAX if unknown [OUT] + * + * \note For convenience, *datap is initially NULL and *sizep is initially 0. + * + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on error. In case of failure, the other + * callbacks will not be invoked and any value stored in *datap and *sizep is + * discarded. + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_media_open_cb)(void *opaque, void **datap, + uint64_t *sizep); + +/** + * Callback prototype to read data from a custom bitstream input media. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as set by the @ref libvlc_media_open_cb + * callback + * \param buf start address of the buffer to read data into + * \param len bytes length of the buffer + * + * \return strictly positive number of bytes read, 0 on end-of-stream, + * or -1 on non-recoverable error + * + * \note If no data is immediately available, then the callback should sleep. + * \warning The application is responsible for avoiding deadlock situations. + * In particular, the callback should return an error if playback is stopped; + * if it does not return, then libvlc_media_player_stop() will never return. + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_media_read_cb)(void *opaque, unsigned char *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * Callback prototype to seek a custom bitstream input media. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as set by the @ref libvlc_media_open_cb + * callback + * \param offset absolute byte offset to seek to + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_media_seek_cb)(void *opaque, uint64_t offset); + +/** + * Callback prototype to close a custom bitstream input media. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as set by the @ref libvlc_media_open_cb + * callback + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_media_close_cb)(void *opaque); + +/** + * Create a media with a certain given media resource location, + * for instance a valid URL. + * + * \note To refer to a local file with this function, + * the file://... URI syntax must be used (see IETF RFC3986). + * We recommend using libvlc_media_new_path() instead when dealing with + * local files. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_mrl the media location + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_location( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char * psz_mrl ); + +/** + * Create a media for a certain file path. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param path local filesystem path + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_path( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *path ); + +/** + * Create a media for an already open file descriptor. + * The file descriptor shall be open for reading (or reading and writing). + * + * Regular file descriptors, pipe read descriptors and character device + * descriptors (including TTYs) are supported on all platforms. + * Block device descriptors are supported where available. + * Directory descriptors are supported on systems that provide fdopendir(). + * Sockets are supported on all platforms where they are file descriptors, + * i.e. all except Windows. + * + * \note This library will not automatically close the file descriptor + * under any circumstance. Nevertheless, a file descriptor can usually only be + * rendered once in a media player. To render it a second time, the file + * descriptor should probably be rewound to the beginning with lseek(). + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \version LibVLC 1.1.5 and later. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param fd open file descriptor + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_fd( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + int fd ); + +/** + * Create a media with custom callbacks to read the data from. + * + * \param instance LibVLC instance + * \param open_cb callback to open the custom bitstream input media + * \param read_cb callback to read data (must not be NULL) + * \param seek_cb callback to seek, or NULL if seeking is not supported + * \param close_cb callback to close the media, or NULL if unnecessary + * \param opaque data pointer for the open callback + * + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + * + * \note If open_cb is NULL, the opaque pointer will be passed to read_cb, + * seek_cb and close_cb, and the stream size will be treated as unknown. + * + * \note The callbacks may be called asynchronously (from another thread). + * A single stream instance need not be reentrant. However the open_cb needs to + * be reentrant if the media is used by multiple player instances. + * + * \warning The callbacks may be used until all or any player instances + * that were supplied the media item are stopped. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_callbacks( + libvlc_instance_t *instance, + libvlc_media_open_cb open_cb, + libvlc_media_read_cb read_cb, + libvlc_media_seek_cb seek_cb, + libvlc_media_close_cb close_cb, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Create a media as an empty node with a given name. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the node + * \return the new empty media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_as_node( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Add an option to the media. + * + * This option will be used to determine how the media_player will + * read the media. This allows to use VLC's advanced + * reading/streaming options on a per-media basis. + * + * \note The options are listed in 'vlc --long-help' from the command line, + * e.g. "-sout-all". Keep in mind that available options and their semantics + * vary across LibVLC versions and builds. + * \warning Not all options affects libvlc_media_t objects: + * Specifically, due to architectural issues most audio and video options, + * such as text renderer options, have no effects on an individual media. + * These options must be set through libvlc_new() instead. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param psz_options the options (as a string) + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_add_option( + libvlc_media_t *p_md, + const char * psz_options ); + +/** + * Add an option to the media with configurable flags. + * + * This option will be used to determine how the media_player will + * read the media. This allows to use VLC's advanced + * reading/streaming options on a per-media basis. + * + * The options are detailed in vlc --long-help, for instance + * "--sout-all". Note that all options are not usable on medias: + * specifically, due to architectural issues, video-related options + * such as text renderer options cannot be set on a single media. They + * must be set on the whole libvlc instance instead. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param psz_options the options (as a string) + * \param i_flags the flags for this option + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_add_option_flag( + libvlc_media_t *p_md, + const char * psz_options, + unsigned i_flags ); + + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media descriptor object (libvlc_media_t). Use + * libvlc_media_release() to decrement the reference count of a + * media descriptor object. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_retain( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Decrement the reference count of a media descriptor object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_release() will release the + * media descriptor object. It will send out an libvlc_MediaFreed event + * to all listeners. If the media descriptor object has been released it + * should not be used again. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_release( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get the media resource locator (mrl) from a media descriptor object + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return string with mrl of media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_media_get_mrl( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Duplicate a media descriptor object. + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_duplicate( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Read the meta of the media. + * + * If the media has not yet been parsed this will return NULL. + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + * \see libvlc_MediaMetaChanged + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param e_meta the meta to read + * \return the media's meta + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_media_get_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_meta_t e_meta ); + +/** + * Set the meta of the media (this function will not save the meta, call + * libvlc_media_save_meta in order to save the meta) + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param e_meta the meta to write + * \param psz_value the media's meta + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_set_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_meta_t e_meta, + const char *psz_value ); + + +/** + * Save the meta previously set + * + * \param p_md the media desriptor + * \return true if the write operation was successful + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_save_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get current state of media descriptor object. Possible media states are + * libvlc_NothingSpecial=0, libvlc_Opening, libvlc_Playing, libvlc_Paused, + * libvlc_Stopped, libvlc_Ended, libvlc_Error. + * + * \see libvlc_state_t + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return state of media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t libvlc_media_get_state( + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get the current statistics about the media + * \param p_md: media descriptor object + * \param p_stats: structure that contain the statistics about the media + * (this structure must be allocated by the caller) + * \return true if the statistics are available, false otherwise + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_get_stats( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_stats_t *p_stats ); + +/* The following method uses libvlc_media_list_t, however, media_list usage is optionnal + * and this is here for convenience */ +#define VLC_FORWARD_DECLARE_OBJECT(a) struct a + +/** + * Get subitems of media descriptor object. This will increment + * the reference count of supplied media descriptor object. Use + * libvlc_media_list_release() to decrement the reference counting. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return list of media descriptor subitems or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_API VLC_FORWARD_DECLARE_OBJECT(libvlc_media_list_t *) +libvlc_media_subitems( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get event manager from media descriptor object. + * NOTE: this function doesn't increment reference counting. + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return event manager object + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_event_manager( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get duration (in ms) of media descriptor object item. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return duration of media item or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t + libvlc_media_get_duration( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Parse the media asynchronously with options. + * + * This fetches (local or network) art, meta data and/or tracks information. + * This method is the extended version of libvlc_media_parse_with_options(). + * + * To track when this is over you can listen to libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * event. However if this functions returns an error, you will not receive any + * events. + * + * It uses a flag to specify parse options (see libvlc_media_parse_flag_t). All + * these flags can be combined. By default, media is parsed if it's a local + * file. + * + * \note Parsing can be aborted with libvlc_media_parse_stop(). + * + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_tracks_get + * \see libvlc_media_get_parsed_status + * \see libvlc_media_parse_flag_t + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param parse_flag parse options: + * \param timeout maximum time allowed to preparse the media. If -1, the + * default "preparse-timeout" option will be used as a timeout. If 0, it will + * wait indefinitely. If > 0, the timeout will be used (in milliseconds). + * \return -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_parse_with_options( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_parse_flag_t parse_flag, + int timeout ); + +/** + * Stop the parsing of the media + * + * When the media parsing is stopped, the libvlc_MediaParsedChanged event will + * be sent with the libvlc_media_parsed_status_timeout status. + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse_stop( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get Parsed status for media descriptor object. + * + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * \see libvlc_media_parsed_status_t + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return a value of the libvlc_media_parsed_status_t enum + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_parsed_status_t + libvlc_media_get_parsed_status( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Sets media descriptor's user_data. user_data is specialized data + * accessed by the host application, VLC.framework uses it as a pointer to + * an native object that references a libvlc_media_t pointer + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param p_new_user_data pointer to user data + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_set_user_data( libvlc_media_t *p_md, void *p_new_user_data ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's user_data. user_data is specialized data + * accessed by the host application, VLC.framework uses it as a pointer to + * an native object that references a libvlc_media_t pointer + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API void *libvlc_media_get_user_data( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's elementary streams description + * + * Note, you need to call libvlc_media_parse() or play the media at least once + * before calling this function. + * Not doing this will result in an empty array. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 and later. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param tracks address to store an allocated array of Elementary Streams + * descriptions (must be freed with libvlc_media_tracks_release + by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of Elementary Streams (zero on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_media_tracks_get( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_track_t ***tracks ); + +/** + * Get codec description from media elementary stream + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_track_t + * + * \param i_type i_type from libvlc_media_track_t + * \param i_codec i_codec or i_original_fourcc from libvlc_media_track_t + * + * \return codec description + */ +LIBVLC_API +const char *libvlc_media_get_codec_description( libvlc_track_type_t i_type, + uint32_t i_codec ); + +/** + * Release media descriptor's elementary streams description array + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 and later. + * + * \param p_tracks tracks info array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_tracks_release( libvlc_media_track_t **p_tracks, + unsigned i_count ); + +/** + * Get the media type of the media descriptor object + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_type_t + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * + * \return media type + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_media_type_t libvlc_media_get_type( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Add a slave to the current media. + * + * A slave is an external input source that may contains an additional subtitle + * track (like a .srt) or an additional audio track (like a .ac3). + * + * \note This function must be called before the media is parsed (via + * libvlc_media_parse_with_options()) or before the media is played (via + * libvlc_media_player_play()) + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param i_type subtitle or audio + * \param i_priority from 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) + * \param psz_uri Uri of the slave (should contain a valid scheme). + * + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_slaves_add( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_slave_type_t i_type, + unsigned int i_priority, + const char *psz_uri ); + +/** + * Clear all slaves previously added by libvlc_media_slaves_add() or + * internally. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_slaves_clear( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get a media descriptor's slave list + * + * The list will contain slaves parsed by VLC or previously added by + * libvlc_media_slaves_add(). The typical use case of this function is to save + * a list of slave in a database for a later use. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_slaves_add + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param ppp_slaves address to store an allocated array of slaves (must be + * freed with libvlc_media_slaves_release()) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of slaves (zero on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API +unsigned int libvlc_media_slaves_get( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_slave_t ***ppp_slaves ); + +/** + * Release a media descriptor's slave list + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param pp_slaves slave array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_slaves_release( libvlc_media_slave_t **pp_slaves, + unsigned int i_count ); + +/** @}*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_discoverer.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_discoverer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c82b5f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_discoverer.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_discoverer.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 96c0515ffec98f439867814d68525288b2702b0f $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_DISCOVERER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_DISCOVERER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * Category of a media discoverer + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_discoverer_category_t { + /** devices, like portable music player */ + libvlc_media_discoverer_devices, + /** LAN/WAN services, like Upnp, SMB, or SAP */ + libvlc_media_discoverer_lan, + /** Podcasts */ + libvlc_media_discoverer_podcasts, + /** Local directories, like Video, Music or Pictures directories */ + libvlc_media_discoverer_localdirs, +} libvlc_media_discoverer_category_t; + +/** + * Media discoverer description + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() + */ +typedef struct libvlc_media_discoverer_description_t { + char *psz_name; + char *psz_longname; + libvlc_media_discoverer_category_t i_cat; +} libvlc_media_discoverer_description_t; + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_discoverer LibVLC media discovery + * \ingroup libvlc + * LibVLC media discovery finds available media via various means. + * This corresponds to the service discovery functionality in VLC media player. + * Different plugins find potential medias locally (e.g. user media directory), + * from peripherals (e.g. video capture device), on the local network + * (e.g. SAP) or on the Internet (e.g. Internet radios). + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media discovery external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_discoverer_t libvlc_media_discoverer_t; + +/** + * Create a media discoverer object by name. + * + * After this object is created, you should attach to media_list events in + * order to be notified of new items discovered. + * + * You need to call libvlc_media_discoverer_start() in order to start the + * discovery. + * + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_media_list + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_event_manager + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_start + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param psz_name service name; use libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() to get + * a list of the discoverer names available in this libVLC instance + * \return media discover object or NULL in case of error + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_discoverer_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_inst, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Start media discovery. + * + * To stop it, call libvlc_media_discoverer_stop() or + * libvlc_media_discoverer_list_release() directly. + * + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_stop + * + * \param p_mdis media discover object + * \return -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_discoverer_start( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Stop media discovery. + * + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_start + * + * \param p_mdis media discover object + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_discoverer_stop( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Release media discover object. If the reference count reaches 0, then + * the object will be released. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_discoverer_release( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get media service discover media list. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return list of media items + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_media_list( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Query if media service discover object is running. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return true if running, false if not + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_discoverer_is_running( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get media discoverer services by category + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param i_cat category of services to fetch + * \param ppp_services address to store an allocated array of media discoverer + * services (must be freed with libvlc_media_discoverer_list_release() by + * the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of media discoverer services (0 on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API size_t +libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_inst, + libvlc_media_discoverer_category_t i_cat, + libvlc_media_discoverer_description_t ***ppp_services ); + +/** + * Release an array of media discoverer services + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() + * + * \param pp_services array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_discoverer_list_release( libvlc_media_discoverer_description_t **pp_services, + size_t i_count ); + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_library.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_library.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5c32d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_library.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_library.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: facbf813aa16140461c6e72f166d2985c52b1d6f $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_library LibVLC media library + * \ingroup libvlc + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media library external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_library_t libvlc_media_library_t; + +/** + * Create an new Media Library object + * + * \param p_instance the libvlc instance + * \return a new object or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_library_t * + libvlc_media_library_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance ); + +/** + * Release media library object. This functions decrements the + * reference count of the media library object. If it reaches 0, + * then the object will be released. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_library_release( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media library object. This function will + * increment the reference counting for this object. Use + * libvlc_media_library_release() to decrement the reference count. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_library_retain( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Load media library. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_library_load( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Get media library subitems. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + * \return media list subitems + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * + libvlc_media_library_media_list( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_list.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_list.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e25d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_list.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_list.h: libvlc_media_list API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fa3b90932be8c3a9cce27925d4867aeddde748d7 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H +#define LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_list LibVLC media list + * \ingroup libvlc + * A LibVLC media list holds multiple @ref libvlc_media_t media descriptors. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media list (playlist) external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_list_t libvlc_media_list_t; + +/** + * Create an empty media list. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return empty media list, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * + libvlc_media_list_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Release media list created with libvlc_media_list_new(). + * + * \param p_ml a media list created with libvlc_media_list_new() + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_release( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Retain reference to a media list + * + * \param p_ml a media list created with libvlc_media_list_new() + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_retain( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Associate media instance with this media list instance. + * If another media instance was present it will be released. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should NOT be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md media instance to add + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_list_set_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media instance from this media list instance. This action will increase + * the refcount on the media instance. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should NOT be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return media instance + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * + libvlc_media_list_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Add media instance to media list + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md a media instance + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the media list is read-only + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_add_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Insert media instance in media list on a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md a media instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the media list is read-only + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_insert_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, + libvlc_media_t *p_md, int i_pos ); + +/** + * Remove media instance from media list on a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the list is read-only or the item was not found + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_remove_index( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, int i_pos ); + +/** + * Get count on media list items + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return number of items in media list + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_count( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * List media instance in media list at a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return media instance at position i_pos, or NULL if not found. + * In case of success, libvlc_media_retain() is called to increase the refcount + * on the media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * + libvlc_media_list_item_at_index( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, int i_pos ); +/** + * Find index position of List media instance in media list. + * Warning: the function will return the first matched position. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md media instance + * \return position of media instance or -1 if media not found + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_index_of_item( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * This indicates if this media list is read-only from a user point of view + * + * \param p_ml media list instance + * \return 1 on readonly, 0 on readwrite + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_is_readonly( libvlc_media_list_t * p_ml ); + +/** + * Get lock on media list items + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_lock( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Release lock on media list items + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_unlock( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Get libvlc_event_manager from this media list instance. + * The p_event_manager is immutable, so you don't have to hold the lock + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return libvlc_event_manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_list_event_manager( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** @} media_list */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_list_player.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_list_player.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4597182 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_list_player.h @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_list_player.h: libvlc_media_list API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 04f7d9b9f0d47e1b8304b51ca20fd2b1045a0ff2 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H +#define LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_list_player LibVLC media list player + * \ingroup libvlc + * The LibVLC media list player plays a @ref libvlc_media_list_t list of media, + * in a certain order. + * This is required to especially support playlist files. + * The normal @ref libvlc_media_player_t LibVLC media player can only play a + * single media, and does not handle playlist files properly. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media list player external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_list_player_t libvlc_media_list_player_t; + +/** + * Defines playback modes for playlist. + */ +typedef enum libvlc_playback_mode_t +{ + libvlc_playback_mode_default, + libvlc_playback_mode_loop, + libvlc_playback_mode_repeat +} libvlc_playback_mode_t; + +/** + * Create new media_list_player. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return media list player instance or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_player_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance ); + +/** + * Release a media_list_player after use + * Decrement the reference count of a media player object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_list_player_release() will + * release the media player object. If the media player object + * has been released, then it should not be used again. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_release( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media player list object. Use + * libvlc_media_list_player_release() to decrement reference count. + * + * \param p_mlp media player list object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_retain( libvlc_media_list_player_t *p_mlp ); + +/** + * Return the event manager of this media_list_player. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return the event manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_event_manager(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Replace media player in media_list_player with this instance. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_mi media player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_set_media_player( + libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_player_t * p_mi ); + +/** + * Get media player of the media_list_player instance. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return media player instance + * \note the caller is responsible for releasing the returned instance + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_get_media_player(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Set the media list associated with the player + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_mlist list of media + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_set_media_list( + libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_list_t * p_mlist ); + +/** + * Play media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_play(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Toggle pause (or resume) media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_pause(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Pause or resume media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param do_pause play/resume if zero, pause if non-zero + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_set_pause(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + int do_pause); + +/** + * Is media list playing? + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return true for playing and false for not playing + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_player_is_playing( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Get current libvlc_state of media list player + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return libvlc_state_t for media list player + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t + libvlc_media_list_player_get_state( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Play media list item at position index + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param i_index index in media list to play + * \return 0 upon success -1 if the item wasn't found + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_play_item_at_index(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + int i_index); + +/** + * Play the given media item + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_md the media instance + * \return 0 upon success, -1 if the media is not part of the media list + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_play_item(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_t * p_md); + +/** + * Stop playing media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_stop( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Play next item from media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return 0 upon success -1 if there is no next item + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_next(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Play previous item from media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return 0 upon success -1 if there is no previous item + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_previous(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + + + +/** + * Sets the playback mode for the playlist + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param e_mode playback mode specification + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_set_playback_mode(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_playback_mode_t e_mode ); + +/** @} media_list_player */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_player.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_player.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f260e95 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_media_player.h @@ -0,0 +1,2091 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_player.h: libvlc_media_player external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2015 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 4336df9442b5bae28ec93d540f2ee5907f34e077 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# else +# include +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_player LibVLC media player + * \ingroup libvlc + * A LibVLC media player plays one media (usually in a custom drawable). + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC simple media player external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_player_t libvlc_media_player_t; + +/** + * Description for video, audio tracks and subtitles. It contains + * id, name (description string) and pointer to next record. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_track_description_t +{ + int i_id; + char *psz_name; + struct libvlc_track_description_t *p_next; + +} libvlc_track_description_t; + +/** + * Description for titles + */ +enum +{ + libvlc_title_menu = 0x01, + libvlc_title_interactive = 0x02 +}; + +typedef struct libvlc_title_description_t +{ + int64_t i_duration; /**< duration in milliseconds */ + char *psz_name; /**< title name */ + unsigned i_flags; /**< info if item was recognized as a menu, interactive or plain content by the demuxer */ +} libvlc_title_description_t; + +/** + * Description for chapters + */ +typedef struct libvlc_chapter_description_t +{ + int64_t i_time_offset; /**< time-offset of the chapter in milliseconds */ + int64_t i_duration; /**< duration of the chapter in milliseconds */ + char *psz_name; /**< chapter name */ +} libvlc_chapter_description_t; + +/** + * Description for audio output. It contains + * name, description and pointer to next record. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_audio_output_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_description; + struct libvlc_audio_output_t *p_next; + +} libvlc_audio_output_t; + +/** + * Description for audio output device. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_audio_output_device_t +{ + struct libvlc_audio_output_device_t *p_next; /**< Next entry in list */ + char *psz_device; /**< Device identifier string */ + char *psz_description; /**< User-friendly device description */ + /* More fields may be added here in later versions */ +} libvlc_audio_output_device_t; + +/** + * Marq options definition + */ +typedef enum libvlc_video_marquee_option_t { + libvlc_marquee_Enable = 0, + libvlc_marquee_Text, /** string argument */ + libvlc_marquee_Color, + libvlc_marquee_Opacity, + libvlc_marquee_Position, + libvlc_marquee_Refresh, + libvlc_marquee_Size, + libvlc_marquee_Timeout, + libvlc_marquee_X, + libvlc_marquee_Y +} libvlc_video_marquee_option_t; + +/** + * Navigation mode + */ +typedef enum libvlc_navigate_mode_t +{ + libvlc_navigate_activate = 0, + libvlc_navigate_up, + libvlc_navigate_down, + libvlc_navigate_left, + libvlc_navigate_right, + libvlc_navigate_popup +} libvlc_navigate_mode_t; + +/** + * Enumeration of values used to set position (e.g. of video title). + */ +typedef enum libvlc_position_t { + libvlc_position_disable=-1, + libvlc_position_center, + libvlc_position_left, + libvlc_position_right, + libvlc_position_top, + libvlc_position_top_left, + libvlc_position_top_right, + libvlc_position_bottom, + libvlc_position_bottom_left, + libvlc_position_bottom_right +} libvlc_position_t; + +/** + * Enumeration of teletext keys than can be passed via + * libvlc_video_set_teletext() + */ +typedef enum libvlc_teletext_key_t { + libvlc_teletext_key_red = 'r' << 16, + libvlc_teletext_key_green = 'g' << 16, + libvlc_teletext_key_yellow = 'y' << 16, + libvlc_teletext_key_blue = 'b' << 16, + libvlc_teletext_key_index = 'i' << 16, +} libvlc_teletext_key_t; + +/** + * Opaque equalizer handle. + * + * Equalizer settings can be applied to a media player. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_equalizer_t libvlc_equalizer_t; + +/** + * Create an empty Media Player object + * + * \param p_libvlc_instance the libvlc instance in which the Media Player + * should be created. + * \return a new media player object, or NULL on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * libvlc_media_player_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_libvlc_instance ); + +/** + * Create a Media Player object from a Media + * + * \param p_md the media. Afterwards the p_md can be safely + * destroyed. + * \return a new media player object, or NULL on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * libvlc_media_player_new_from_media( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Release a media_player after use + * Decrement the reference count of a media player object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_player_release() will + * release the media player object. If the media player object + * has been released, then it should not be used again. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player to free + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_release( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media player object. Use + * libvlc_media_player_release() to decrement reference count. + * + * \param p_mi media player object + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_retain( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the media that will be used by the media_player. If any, + * previous md will be released. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param p_md the Media. Afterwards the p_md can be safely + * destroyed. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_media( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get the media used by the media_player. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the media associated with p_mi, or NULL if no + * media is associated + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * libvlc_media_player_get_media( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the Event Manager from which the media player send event. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the event manager associated with p_mi + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * libvlc_media_player_event_manager ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * is_playing + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return 1 if the media player is playing, 0 otherwise + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_is_playing ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Play + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return 0 if playback started (and was already started), or -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_play ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Pause or resume (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param mp the Media Player + * \param do_pause play/resume if zero, pause if non-zero + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_pause ( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + int do_pause ); + +/** + * Toggle pause (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_pause ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Stop (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_stop ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set a renderer to the media player + * + * \note must be called before the first call of libvlc_media_player_play() to + * take effect. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_new + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param p_item an item discovered by libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start() + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_renderer( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item ); + +/** + * Callback prototype to allocate and lock a picture buffer. + * + * Whenever a new video frame needs to be decoded, the lock callback is + * invoked. Depending on the video chroma, one or three pixel planes of + * adequate dimensions must be returned via the second parameter. Those + * planes must be aligned on 32-bytes boundaries. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param planes start address of the pixel planes (LibVLC allocates the array + * of void pointers, this callback must initialize the array) [OUT] + * \return a private pointer for the display and unlock callbacks to identify + * the picture buffers + */ +typedef void *(*libvlc_video_lock_cb)(void *opaque, void **planes); + +/** + * Callback prototype to unlock a picture buffer. + * + * When the video frame decoding is complete, the unlock callback is invoked. + * This callback might not be needed at all. It is only an indication that the + * application can now read the pixel values if it needs to. + * + * \note A picture buffer is unlocked after the picture is decoded, + * but before the picture is displayed. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param picture private pointer returned from the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback [IN] + * \param planes pixel planes as defined by the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback (this parameter is only for convenience) [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_unlock_cb)(void *opaque, void *picture, + void *const *planes); + +/** + * Callback prototype to display a picture. + * + * When the video frame needs to be shown, as determined by the media playback + * clock, the display callback is invoked. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param picture private pointer returned from the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_display_cb)(void *opaque, void *picture); + +/** + * Callback prototype to configure picture buffers format. + * This callback gets the format of the video as output by the video decoder + * and the chain of video filters (if any). It can opt to change any parameter + * as it needs. In that case, LibVLC will attempt to convert the video format + * (rescaling and chroma conversion) but these operations can be CPU intensive. + * + * \param opaque pointer to the private pointer passed to + * libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN/OUT] + * \param chroma pointer to the 4 bytes video format identifier [IN/OUT] + * \param width pointer to the pixel width [IN/OUT] + * \param height pointer to the pixel height [IN/OUT] + * \param pitches table of scanline pitches in bytes for each pixel plane + * (the table is allocated by LibVLC) [OUT] + * \param lines table of scanlines count for each plane [OUT] + * \return the number of picture buffers allocated, 0 indicates failure + * + * \note + * For each pixels plane, the scanline pitch must be bigger than or equal to + * the number of bytes per pixel multiplied by the pixel width. + * Similarly, the number of scanlines must be bigger than of equal to + * the pixel height. + * Furthermore, we recommend that pitches and lines be multiple of 32 + * to not break assumptions that might be held by optimized code + * in the video decoders, video filters and/or video converters. + */ +typedef unsigned (*libvlc_video_format_cb)(void **opaque, char *chroma, + unsigned *width, unsigned *height, + unsigned *pitches, + unsigned *lines); + +/** + * Callback prototype to configure picture buffers format. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() + * (and possibly modified by @ref libvlc_video_format_cb) [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_cleanup_cb)(void *opaque); + + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data to render decoded video to a custom area + * in memory. + * Use libvlc_video_set_format() or libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded format. + * + * \warning Rendering video into custom memory buffers is considerably less + * efficient than rendering in a custom window as normal. + * + * For optimal perfomances, VLC media player renders into a custom window, and + * does not use this function and associated callbacks. It is highly + * recommended that other LibVLC-based application do likewise. + * To embed video in a window, use libvlc_media_player_set_xid() or equivalent + * depending on the operating system. + * + * If window embedding does not fit the application use case, then a custom + * LibVLC video output display plugin is required to maintain optimal video + * rendering performances. + * + * The following limitations affect performance: + * - Hardware video decoding acceleration will either be disabled completely, + * or require (relatively slow) copy from video/DSP memory to main memory. + * - Sub-pictures (subtitles, on-screen display, etc.) must be blent into the + * main picture by the CPU instead of the GPU. + * - Depending on the video format, pixel format conversion, picture scaling, + * cropping and/or picture re-orientation, must be performed by the CPU + * instead of the GPU. + * - Memory copying is required between LibVLC reference picture buffers and + * application buffers (between lock and unlock callbacks). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param lock callback to lock video memory (must not be NULL) + * \param unlock callback to unlock video memory (or NULL if not needed) + * \param display callback to display video (or NULL if not needed) + * \param opaque private pointer for the three callbacks (as first parameter) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_video_lock_cb lock, + libvlc_video_unlock_cb unlock, + libvlc_video_display_cb display, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Set decoded video chroma and dimensions. + * This only works in combination with libvlc_video_set_callbacks(), + * and is mutually exclusive with libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param chroma a four-characters string identifying the chroma + * (e.g. "RV32" or "YUYV") + * \param width pixel width + * \param height pixel height + * \param pitch line pitch (in bytes) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + * \bug All pixel planes are expected to have the same pitch. + * To use the YCbCr color space with chrominance subsampling, + * consider using libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks() instead. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_format( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, const char *chroma, + unsigned width, unsigned height, + unsigned pitch ); + +/** + * Set decoded video chroma and dimensions. This only works in combination with + * libvlc_video_set_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param setup callback to select the video format (cannot be NULL) + * \param cleanup callback to release any allocated resources (or NULL) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_video_format_cb setup, + libvlc_video_cleanup_cb cleanup ); + +/** + * Set the NSView handler where the media player should render its video output. + * + * Use the vout called "macosx". + * + * The drawable is an NSObject that follow the VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding + * protocol: + * + * @code{.m} + * \@protocol VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding + * - (void)addVoutSubview:(NSView *)view; + * - (void)removeVoutSubview:(NSView *)view; + * \@end + * @endcode + * + * Or it can be an NSView object. + * + * If you want to use it along with Qt see the QMacCocoaViewContainer. Then + * the following code should work: + * @code{.mm} + * { + * NSView *video = [[NSView alloc] init]; + * QMacCocoaViewContainer *container = new QMacCocoaViewContainer(video, parent); + * libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(mp, video); + * [video release]; + * } + * @endcode + * + * You can find a live example in VLCVideoView in VLCKit.framework. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable the drawable that is either an NSView or an object following + * the VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding protocol. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, void * drawable ); + +/** + * Get the NSView handler previously set with libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the NSView handler or 0 if none where set + */ +LIBVLC_API void * libvlc_media_player_get_nsobject ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set an X Window System drawable where the media player should render its + * video output. The call takes effect when the playback starts. If it is + * already started, it might need to be stopped before changes apply. + * If LibVLC was built without X11 output support, then this function has no + * effects. + * + * By default, LibVLC will capture input events on the video rendering area. + * Use libvlc_video_set_mouse_input() and libvlc_video_set_key_input() to + * disable that and deliver events to the parent window / to the application + * instead. By design, the X11 protocol delivers input events to only one + * recipient. + * + * \warning + * The application must call the XInitThreads() function from Xlib before + * libvlc_new(), and before any call to XOpenDisplay() directly or via any + * other library. Failure to call XInitThreads() will seriously impede LibVLC + * performance. Calling XOpenDisplay() before XInitThreads() will eventually + * crash the process. That is a limitation of Xlib. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param drawable X11 window ID + * + * \note + * The specified identifier must correspond to an existing Input/Output class + * X11 window. Pixmaps are not currently supported. The default X11 + * server is assumed, i.e. that specified in the DISPLAY environment variable. + * + * \warning + * LibVLC can deal with invalid X11 handle errors, however some display drivers + * (EGL, GLX, VA and/or VDPAU) can unfortunately not. Thus the window handle + * must remain valid until playback is stopped, otherwise the process may + * abort or crash. + * + * \bug + * No more than one window handle per media player instance can be specified. + * If the media has multiple simultaneously active video tracks, extra tracks + * will be rendered into external windows beyond the control of the + * application. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow(libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + uint32_t drawable); + +/** + * Get the X Window System window identifier previously set with + * libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow(). Note that this will return the identifier + * even if VLC is not currently using it (for instance if it is playing an + * audio-only input). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return an X window ID, or 0 if none where set. + */ +LIBVLC_API uint32_t libvlc_media_player_get_xwindow ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set a Win32/Win64 API window handle (HWND) where the media player should + * render its video output. If LibVLC was built without Win32/Win64 API output + * support, then this has no effects. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable windows handle of the drawable + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, void *drawable ); + +/** + * Get the Windows API window handle (HWND) previously set with + * libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd(). The handle will be returned even if LibVLC + * is not currently outputting any video to it. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return a window handle or NULL if there are none. + */ +LIBVLC_API void *libvlc_media_player_get_hwnd ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the android context. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param p_awindow_handler org.videolan.libvlc.AWindow jobject owned by the + * org.videolan.libvlc.MediaPlayer class from the libvlc-android project. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_android_context( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + void *p_awindow_handler ); + +/** + * Set the EFL Evas Object. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param p_evas_object a valid EFL Evas Object (Evas_Object) + * \return -1 if an error was detected, 0 otherwise. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_evas_object( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + void *p_evas_object ); + + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio playback. + * + * The LibVLC media player decodes and post-processes the audio signal + * asynchronously (in an internal thread). Whenever audio samples are ready + * to be queued to the output, this callback is invoked. + * + * The number of samples provided per invocation may depend on the file format, + * the audio coding algorithm, the decoder plug-in, the post-processing + * filters and timing. Application must not assume a certain number of samples. + * + * The exact format of audio samples is determined by libvlc_audio_set_format() + * or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() as is the channels layout. + * + * Note that the number of samples is per channel. For instance, if the audio + * track sampling rate is 48000 Hz, then 1200 samples represent 25 milliseconds + * of audio signal - regardless of the number of audio channels. + * + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param samples pointer to a table of audio samples to play back [IN] + * \param count number of audio samples to play back + * \param pts expected play time stamp (see libvlc_delay()) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_play_cb)(void *data, const void *samples, + unsigned count, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio pause. + * + * LibVLC invokes this callback to pause audio playback. + * + * \note The pause callback is never called if the audio is already paused. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param pts time stamp of the pause request (should be elapsed already) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_pause_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio resumption. + * + * LibVLC invokes this callback to resume audio playback after it was + * previously paused. + * + * \note The resume callback is never called if the audio is not paused. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param pts time stamp of the resumption request (should be elapsed already) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_resume_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio buffer flush. + * + * LibVLC invokes this callback if it needs to discard all pending buffers and + * stop playback as soon as possible. This typically occurs when the media is + * stopped. + * + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_flush_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio buffer drain. + * + * LibVLC may invoke this callback when the decoded audio track is ending. + * There will be no further decoded samples for the track, but playback should + * nevertheless continue until all already pending buffers are rendered. + * + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_drain_cb)(void *data); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio volume change. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param volume software volume (1. = nominal, 0. = mute) + * \param mute muted flag + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_set_volume_cb)(void *data, + float volume, bool mute); + +/** + * Sets callbacks and private data for decoded audio. + * + * Use libvlc_audio_set_format() or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded audio format. + * + * \note The audio callbacks override any other audio output mechanism. + * If the callbacks are set, LibVLC will not output audio in any way. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param play callback to play audio samples (must not be NULL) + * \param pause callback to pause playback (or NULL to ignore) + * \param resume callback to resume playback (or NULL to ignore) + * \param flush callback to flush audio buffers (or NULL to ignore) + * \param drain callback to drain audio buffers (or NULL to ignore) + * \param opaque private pointer for the audio callbacks (as first parameter) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_play_cb play, + libvlc_audio_pause_cb pause, + libvlc_audio_resume_cb resume, + libvlc_audio_flush_cb flush, + libvlc_audio_drain_cb drain, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data for decoded audio. This only works in + * combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(). + * Use libvlc_audio_set_format() or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded audio format. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param set_volume callback to apply audio volume, + * or NULL to apply volume in software + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_volume_callback( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_set_volume_cb set_volume ); + +/** + * Callback prototype to setup the audio playback. + * + * This is called when the media player needs to create a new audio output. + * \param opaque pointer to the data pointer passed to + * libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN/OUT] + * \param format 4 bytes sample format [IN/OUT] + * \param rate sample rate [IN/OUT] + * \param channels channels count [IN/OUT] + * \return 0 on success, anything else to skip audio playback + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_audio_setup_cb)(void **data, char *format, unsigned *rate, + unsigned *channels); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio playback cleanup. + * + * This is called when the media player no longer needs an audio output. + * \param opaque data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_cleanup_cb)(void *data); + +/** + * Sets decoded audio format via callbacks. + * + * This only works in combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param setup callback to select the audio format (cannot be NULL) + * \param cleanup callback to release any allocated resources (or NULL) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_setup_cb setup, + libvlc_audio_cleanup_cb cleanup ); + +/** + * Sets a fixed decoded audio format. + * + * This only works in combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(), + * and is mutually exclusive with libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param format a four-characters string identifying the sample format + * (e.g. "S16N" or "FL32") + * \param rate sample rate (expressed in Hz) + * \param channels channels count + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_format( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, const char *format, + unsigned rate, unsigned channels ); + +/** \bug This might go away ... to be replaced by a broader system */ + +/** + * Get the current movie length (in ms). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the movie length (in ms), or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t libvlc_media_player_get_length( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the current movie time (in ms). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the movie time (in ms), or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t libvlc_media_player_get_time( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the movie time (in ms). This has no effect if no media is being played. + * Not all formats and protocols support this. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_time the movie time (in ms). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_time( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_time_t i_time ); + +/** + * Get movie position as percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return movie position, or -1. in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_position( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set movie position as percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. + * This has no effect if playback is not enabled. + * This might not work depending on the underlying input format and protocol. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param f_pos the position + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_position( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float f_pos ); + +/** + * Set movie chapter (if applicable). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_chapter chapter number to play + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_chapter ); + +/** + * Get movie chapter. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return chapter number currently playing, or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie chapter count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return number of chapters in movie, or -1. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Is the player able to play + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return boolean + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_will_play( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get title chapter count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_title title + * \return number of chapters in title, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter_count_for_title( + libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Set movie title + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_title title number to play + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_title( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Get movie title + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return title number currently playing, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_title( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie title count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return title number count, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_title_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set previous chapter (if applicable) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_previous_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set next chapter (if applicable) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_next_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the requested movie play rate. + * @warning Depending on the underlying media, the requested rate may be + * different from the real playback rate. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return movie play rate + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_rate( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set movie play rate + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param rate movie play rate to set + * \return -1 if an error was detected, 0 otherwise (but even then, it might + * not actually work depending on the underlying media protocol) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_rate( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float rate ); + +/** + * Get current movie state + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the current state of the media player (playing, paused, ...) \see libvlc_state_t + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t libvlc_media_player_get_state( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * How many video outputs does this media player have? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the number of video outputs + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_media_player_has_vout( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Is this media player seekable? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the media player can seek + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_is_seekable( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Can this media player be paused? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the media player can pause + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_can_pause( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Check if the current program is scrambled + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the current program is scrambled + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_program_scrambled( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Display the next frame (if supported) + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_next_frame( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Navigate through DVD Menu + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param navigate the Navigation mode + * \version libVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_navigate( libvlc_media_player_t* p_mi, + unsigned navigate ); + +/** + * Set if, and how, the video title will be shown when media is played. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param position position at which to display the title, or libvlc_position_disable to prevent the title from being displayed + * \param timeout title display timeout in milliseconds (ignored if libvlc_position_disable) + * \version libVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_video_title_display( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_position_t position, unsigned int timeout ); + +/** + * Add a slave to the current media player. + * + * \note If the player is playing, the slave will be added directly. This call + * will also update the slave list of the attached libvlc_media_t. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_slaves_add + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_type subtitle or audio + * \param psz_uri Uri of the slave (should contain a valid scheme). + * \param b_select True if this slave should be selected when it's loaded + * + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_player_add_slave( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_media_slave_type_t i_type, + const char *psz_uri, bool b_select ); + +/** + * Release (free) libvlc_track_description_t + * + * \param p_track_description the structure to release + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_track_description_list_release( libvlc_track_description_t *p_track_description ); + +/** \defgroup libvlc_video LibVLC video controls + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Toggle fullscreen status on non-embedded video outputs. + * + * @warning The same limitations applies to this function + * as to libvlc_set_fullscreen(). + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_toggle_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Enable or disable fullscreen. + * + * @warning With most window managers, only a top-level windows can be in + * full-screen mode. Hence, this function will not operate properly if + * libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow() was used to embed the video in a + * non-top-level window. In that case, the embedding window must be reparented + * to the root window before fullscreen mode is enabled. You will want + * to reparent it back to its normal parent when disabling fullscreen. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param b_fullscreen boolean for fullscreen status + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_set_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int b_fullscreen ); + +/** + * Get current fullscreen status. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the fullscreen status (boolean) + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_get_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Enable or disable key press events handling, according to the LibVLC hotkeys + * configuration. By default and for historical reasons, keyboard events are + * handled by the LibVLC video widget. + * + * \note On X11, there can be only one subscriber for key press and mouse + * click events per window. If your application has subscribed to those events + * for the X window ID of the video widget, then LibVLC will not be able to + * handle key presses and mouse clicks in any case. + * + * \warning This function is only implemented for X11 and Win32 at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param on true to handle key press events, false to ignore them. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_key_input( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned on ); + +/** + * Enable or disable mouse click events handling. By default, those events are + * handled. This is needed for DVD menus to work, as well as a few video + * filters such as "puzzle". + * + * \see libvlc_video_set_key_input(). + * + * \warning This function is only implemented for X11 and Win32 at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param on true to handle mouse click events, false to ignore them. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_mouse_input( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned on ); + +/** + * Get the pixel dimensions of a video. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param num number of the video (starting from, and most commonly 0) + * \param px pointer to get the pixel width [OUT] + * \param py pointer to get the pixel height [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the specified video does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_size( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + unsigned *px, unsigned *py ); + +/** + * Get the mouse pointer coordinates over a video. + * Coordinates are expressed in terms of the decoded video resolution, + * not in terms of pixels on the screen/viewport (to get the latter, + * you can query your windowing system directly). + * + * Either of the coordinates may be negative or larger than the corresponding + * dimension of the video, if the cursor is outside the rendering area. + * + * @warning The coordinates may be out-of-date if the pointer is not located + * on the video rendering area. LibVLC does not track the pointer if it is + * outside of the video widget. + * + * @note LibVLC does not support multiple pointers (it does of course support + * multiple input devices sharing the same pointer) at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param num number of the video (starting from, and most commonly 0) + * \param px pointer to get the abscissa [OUT] + * \param py pointer to get the ordinate [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the specified video does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_cursor( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + int *px, int *py ); + +/** + * Get the current video scaling factor. + * See also libvlc_video_set_scale(). + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the currently configured zoom factor, or 0. if the video is set + * to fit to the output window/drawable automatically. + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_video_get_scale( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the video scaling factor. That is the ratio of the number of pixels on + * screen to the number of pixels in the original decoded video in each + * dimension. Zero is a special value; it will adjust the video to the output + * window/drawable (in windowed mode) or the entire screen. + * + * Note that not all video outputs support scaling. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param f_factor the scaling factor, or zero + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_scale( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float f_factor ); + +/** + * Get current video aspect ratio. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video aspect ratio or NULL if unspecified + * (the result must be released with free() or libvlc_free()). + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_aspect_ratio( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new video aspect ratio. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_aspect new video aspect-ratio or NULL to reset to default + * \note Invalid aspect ratios are ignored. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_aspect_ratio( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_aspect ); + +/** + * Create a video viewpoint structure. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \return video viewpoint or NULL + * (the result must be released with free() or libvlc_free()). + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_video_viewpoint_t *libvlc_video_new_viewpoint(void); + +/** + * Update the video viewpoint information. + * + * \note It is safe to call this function before the media player is started. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param p_viewpoint video viewpoint allocated via libvlc_video_new_viewpoint() + * \param b_absolute if true replace the old viewpoint with the new one. If + * false, increase/decrease it. + * \return -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise + * + * \note the values are set asynchronously, it will be used by the next frame displayed. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_update_viewpoint( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const libvlc_video_viewpoint_t *p_viewpoint, + bool b_absolute); + +/** + * Get current video subtitle. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video subtitle selected, or -1 if none + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_spu( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the number of available video subtitles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the number of available video subtitles + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_spu_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available video subtitles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return list containing description of available video subtitles. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_spu_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new video subtitle. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_spu video subtitle track to select (i_id from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 if out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_spu( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_spu ); + +/** + * Get the current subtitle delay. Positive values means subtitles are being + * displayed later, negative values earlier. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return time (in microseconds) the display of subtitles is being delayed + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int64_t libvlc_video_get_spu_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the subtitle delay. This affects the timing of when the subtitle will + * be displayed. Positive values result in subtitles being displayed later, + * while negative values will result in subtitles being displayed earlier. + * + * The subtitle delay will be reset to zero each time the media changes. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_delay time (in microseconds) the display of subtitles should be delayed + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_spu_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int64_t i_delay ); + +/** + * Get the full description of available titles + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param titles address to store an allocated array of title descriptions + * descriptions (must be freed with libvlc_title_descriptions_release() + * by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of titles (-1 on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_full_title_descriptions( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_title_description_t ***titles ); + +/** + * Release a title description + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param p_titles title description array to release + * \param i_count number of title descriptions to release + */ +LIBVLC_API + void libvlc_title_descriptions_release( libvlc_title_description_t **p_titles, + unsigned i_count ); + +/** + * Get the full description of available chapters + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_chapters_of_title index of the title to query for chapters (uses current title if set to -1) + * \param pp_chapters address to store an allocated array of chapter descriptions + * descriptions (must be freed with libvlc_chapter_descriptions_release() + * by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of chapters (-1 on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_full_chapter_descriptions( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + int i_chapters_of_title, + libvlc_chapter_description_t *** pp_chapters ); + +/** + * Release a chapter description + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param p_chapters chapter description array to release + * \param i_count number of chapter descriptions to release + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_chapter_descriptions_release( libvlc_chapter_description_t **p_chapters, + unsigned i_count ); + +/** + * Get current crop filter geometry. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the crop filter geometry or NULL if unset + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_crop_geometry( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new crop filter geometry. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_geometry new crop filter geometry (NULL to unset) + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_crop_geometry( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_geometry ); + +/** + * Get current teletext page requested or 0 if it's disabled. + * + * Teletext is disabled by default, call libvlc_video_set_teletext() to enable + * it. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the current teletext page requested. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new teletext page to retrieve. + * + * This function can also be used to send a teletext key. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_page teletex page number requested. This value can be 0 to disable + * teletext, a number in the range ]0;1000[ to show the requested page, or a + * \ref libvlc_teletext_key_t. 100 is the default teletext page. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_page ); + +/** + * Get number of available video tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the number of available video tracks (int) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_track_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available video tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return list with description of available video tracks, or NULL on error. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_track_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current video track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the video track ID (int) or -1 if no active input + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set video track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_track the track ID (i_id field from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 if out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_set_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_track ); + +/** + * Take a snapshot of the current video window. + * + * If i_width AND i_height is 0, original size is used. + * If i_width XOR i_height is 0, original aspect-ratio is preserved. + * + * \param p_mi media player instance + * \param num number of video output (typically 0 for the first/only one) + * \param psz_filepath the path of a file or a folder to save the screenshot into + * \param i_width the snapshot's width + * \param i_height the snapshot's height + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the video was not found + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_take_snapshot( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + const char *psz_filepath, unsigned int i_width, + unsigned int i_height ); + +/** + * Enable or disable deinterlace filter + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param psz_mode type of deinterlace filter, NULL to disable + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_deinterlace( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const char *psz_mode ); + +/** + * Get an integer marquee option value + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to get \see libvlc_video_marquee_int_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_marquee_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Get a string marquee option value + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to get \see libvlc_video_marquee_string_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_marquee_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Enable, disable or set an integer marquee option + * + * Setting libvlc_marquee_Enable has the side effect of enabling (arg !0) + * or disabling (arg 0) the marq filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to set \see libvlc_video_marquee_int_option_t + * \param i_val marq option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_marquee_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int i_val ); + +/** + * Set a marquee string option + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to set \see libvlc_video_marquee_string_option_t + * \param psz_text marq option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_marquee_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, const char *psz_text ); + +/** option values for libvlc_video_{get,set}_logo_{int,string} */ +enum libvlc_video_logo_option_t { + libvlc_logo_enable, + libvlc_logo_file, /**< string argument, "file,d,t;file,d,t;..." */ + libvlc_logo_x, + libvlc_logo_y, + libvlc_logo_delay, + libvlc_logo_repeat, + libvlc_logo_opacity, + libvlc_logo_position +}; + +/** + * Get integer logo option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to get, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_logo_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set logo option as integer. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * Passing libvlc_logo_enable as option value has the side effect of + * starting (arg !0) or stopping (arg 0) the logo filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to set, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + * \param value logo option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_logo_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int value ); + +/** + * Set logo option as string. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to set, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + * \param psz_value logo option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_logo_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, const char *psz_value ); + + +/** option values for libvlc_video_{get,set}_adjust_{int,float,bool} */ +enum libvlc_video_adjust_option_t { + libvlc_adjust_Enable = 0, + libvlc_adjust_Contrast, + libvlc_adjust_Brightness, + libvlc_adjust_Hue, + libvlc_adjust_Saturation, + libvlc_adjust_Gamma +}; + +/** + * Get integer adjust option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adjust option to get, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_adjust_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set adjust option as integer. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * Passing libvlc_adjust_enable as option value has the side effect of + * starting (arg !0) or stopping (arg 0) the adjust filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adust option to set, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \param value adjust option value + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_adjust_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int value ); + +/** + * Get float adjust option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adjust option to get, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_video_get_adjust_float( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set adjust option as float. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adust option to set, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \param value adjust option value + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_adjust_float( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, float value ); + +/** @} video */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_audio LibVLC audio controls + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio device types + */ +typedef enum libvlc_audio_output_device_types_t { + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Error = -1, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Mono = 1, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Stereo = 2, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_2F2R = 4, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_3F2R = 5, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_5_1 = 6, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_6_1 = 7, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_7_1 = 8, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_SPDIF = 10 +} libvlc_audio_output_device_types_t; + +/** + * Audio channels + */ +typedef enum libvlc_audio_output_channel_t { + libvlc_AudioChannel_Error = -1, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Stereo = 1, + libvlc_AudioChannel_RStereo = 2, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Left = 3, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Right = 4, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Dolbys = 5 +} libvlc_audio_output_channel_t; + + +/** + * Gets the list of available audio output modules. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return list of available audio outputs. It must be freed with +* \see libvlc_audio_output_list_release \see libvlc_audio_output_t . + * In case of error, NULL is returned. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_t * +libvlc_audio_output_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Frees the list of available audio output modules. + * + * \param p_list list with audio outputs for release + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_output_list_release( libvlc_audio_output_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Selects an audio output module. + * \note Any change will take be effect only after playback is stopped and + * restarted. Audio output cannot be changed while playing. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param psz_name name of audio output, + * use psz_name of \see libvlc_audio_output_t + * \return 0 if function succeeded, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_output_set( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Gets a list of potential audio output devices, + * \see libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \note Not all audio outputs support enumerating devices. + * The audio output may be functional even if the list is empty (NULL). + * + * \note The list may not be exhaustive. + * + * \warning Some audio output devices in the list might not actually work in + * some circumstances. By default, it is recommended to not specify any + * explicit audio device. + * + * \param mp media player + * \return A NULL-terminated linked list of potential audio output devices. + * It must be freed with libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release() + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_device_t * +libvlc_audio_output_device_enum( libvlc_media_player_t *mp ); + +/** + * Gets a list of audio output devices for a given audio output module, + * \see libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \note Not all audio outputs support this. In particular, an empty (NULL) + * list of devices does not imply that the specified audio output does + * not work. + * + * \note The list might not be exhaustive. + * + * \warning Some audio output devices in the list might not actually work in + * some circumstances. By default, it is recommended to not specify any + * explicit audio device. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \param aout audio output name + * (as returned by libvlc_audio_output_list_get()) + * \return A NULL-terminated linked list of potential audio output devices. + * It must be freed with libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release() + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_device_t * +libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *aout ); + +/** + * Frees a list of available audio output devices. + * + * \param p_list list with audio outputs for release + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release( + libvlc_audio_output_device_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Configures an explicit audio output device. + * + * If the module paramater is NULL, audio output will be moved to the device + * specified by the device identifier string immediately. This is the + * recommended usage. + * + * A list of adequate potential device strings can be obtained with + * libvlc_audio_output_device_enum(). + * + * However passing NULL is supported in LibVLC version 2.2.0 and later only; + * in earlier versions, this function would have no effects when the module + * parameter was NULL. + * + * If the module parameter is not NULL, the device parameter of the + * corresponding audio output, if it exists, will be set to the specified + * string. Note that some audio output modules do not have such a parameter + * (notably MMDevice and PulseAudio). + * + * A list of adequate potential device strings can be obtained with + * libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get(). + * + * \note This function does not select the specified audio output plugin. + * libvlc_audio_output_set() is used for that purpose. + * + * \warning The syntax for the device parameter depends on the audio output. + * + * Some audio output modules require further parameters (e.g. a channels map + * in the case of ALSA). + * + * \param mp media player + * \param module If NULL, current audio output module. + * if non-NULL, name of audio output module + (\see libvlc_audio_output_t) + * \param device_id device identifier string + * \return Nothing. Errors are ignored (this is a design bug). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_device_set( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + const char *module, + const char *device_id ); + +/** + * Get the current audio output device identifier. + * + * This complements libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \warning The initial value for the current audio output device identifier + * may not be set or may be some unknown value. A LibVLC application should + * compare this value against the known device identifiers (e.g. those that + * were previously retrieved by a call to libvlc_audio_output_device_enum or + * libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get) to find the current audio output device. + * + * It is possible that the selected audio output device changes (an external + * change) without a call to libvlc_audio_output_device_set. That may make this + * method unsuitable to use if a LibVLC application is attempting to track + * dynamic audio device changes as they happen. + * + * \param mp media player + * \return the current audio output device identifier + * NULL if no device is selected or in case of error + * (the result must be released with free() or libvlc_free()). + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_audio_output_device_get( libvlc_media_player_t *mp ); + +/** + * Toggle mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \warning Toggling mute atomically is not always possible: On some platforms, + * other processes can mute the VLC audio playback stream asynchronously. Thus, + * there is a small race condition where toggling will not work. + * See also the limitations of libvlc_audio_set_mute(). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_toggle_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the mute status (boolean) if defined, -1 if undefined/unapplicable + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param status If status is true then mute, otherwise unmute + * \warning This function does not always work. If there are no active audio + * playback stream, the mute status might not be available. If digital + * pass-through (S/PDIF, HDMI...) is in use, muting may be unapplicable. Also + * some audio output plugins do not support muting at all. + * \note To force silent playback, disable all audio tracks. This is more + * efficient and reliable than mute. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_set_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int status ); + +/** + * Get current software audio volume. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the software volume in percents + * (0 = mute, 100 = nominal / 0dB) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_volume( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current software audio volume. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_volume the volume in percents (0 = mute, 100 = 0dB) + * \return 0 if the volume was set, -1 if it was out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_volume( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_volume ); + +/** + * Get number of available audio tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the number of available audio tracks (int), or -1 if unavailable + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_track_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available audio tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return list with description of available audio tracks, or NULL. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_audio_get_track_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current audio track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio track ID or -1 if no active input. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_track the track ID (i_id field from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_track ); + +/** + * Get current audio channel. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio channel \see libvlc_audio_output_channel_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_channel( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio channel. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param channel the audio channel, \see libvlc_audio_output_channel_t + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_channel( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int channel ); + +/** + * Get current audio delay. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio delay (microseconds) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int64_t libvlc_audio_get_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio delay. The audio delay will be reset to zero each time the media changes. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_delay the audio delay (microseconds) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int64_t i_delay ); + +/** + * Get the number of equalizer presets. + * + * \return number of presets + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preset_count( void ); + +/** + * Get the name of a particular equalizer preset. + * + * This name can be used, for example, to prepare a preset label or menu in a user + * interface. + * + * \param u_index index of the preset, counting from zero + * \return preset name, or NULL if there is no such preset + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preset_name( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Get the number of distinct frequency bands for an equalizer. + * + * \return number of frequency bands + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_band_count( void ); + +/** + * Get a particular equalizer band frequency. + * + * This value can be used, for example, to create a label for an equalizer band control + * in a user interface. + * + * \param u_index index of the band, counting from zero + * \return equalizer band frequency (Hz), or -1 if there is no such band + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_band_frequency( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Create a new default equalizer, with all frequency values zeroed. + * + * The new equalizer can subsequently be applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The returned handle should be freed via libvlc_audio_equalizer_release() when + * it is no longer needed. + * + * \return opaque equalizer handle, or NULL on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_equalizer_t *libvlc_audio_equalizer_new( void ); + +/** + * Create a new equalizer, with initial frequency values copied from an existing + * preset. + * + * The new equalizer can subsequently be applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The returned handle should be freed via libvlc_audio_equalizer_release() when + * it is no longer needed. + * + * \param u_index index of the preset, counting from zero + * \return opaque equalizer handle, or NULL on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_equalizer_t *libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Release a previously created equalizer instance. + * + * The equalizer was previously created by using libvlc_audio_equalizer_new() or + * libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset(). + * + * It is safe to invoke this method with a NULL p_equalizer parameter for no effect. + * + * \param p_equalizer opaque equalizer handle, or NULL + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_equalizer_release( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Set a new pre-amplification value for an equalizer. + * + * The new equalizer settings are subsequently applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The supplied amplification value will be clamped to the -20.0 to +20.0 range. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param f_preamp preamp value (-20.0 to 20.0 Hz) + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_equalizer_set_preamp( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, float f_preamp ); + +/** + * Get the current pre-amplification value from an equalizer. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \return preamp value (Hz) + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preamp( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Set a new amplification value for a particular equalizer frequency band. + * + * The new equalizer settings are subsequently applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The supplied amplification value will be clamped to the -20.0 to +20.0 range. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param f_amp amplification value (-20.0 to 20.0 Hz) + * \param u_band index, counting from zero, of the frequency band to set + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_equalizer_set_amp_at_index( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, float f_amp, unsigned u_band ); + +/** + * Get the amplification value for a particular equalizer frequency band. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param u_band index, counting from zero, of the frequency band to get + * \return amplification value (Hz); NaN if there is no such frequency band + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_amp_at_index( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, unsigned u_band ); + +/** + * Apply new equalizer settings to a media player. + * + * The equalizer is first created by invoking libvlc_audio_equalizer_new() or + * libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset(). + * + * It is possible to apply new equalizer settings to a media player whether the media + * player is currently playing media or not. + * + * Invoking this method will immediately apply the new equalizer settings to the audio + * output of the currently playing media if there is any. + * + * If there is no currently playing media, the new equalizer settings will be applied + * later if and when new media is played. + * + * Equalizer settings will automatically be applied to subsequently played media. + * + * To disable the equalizer for a media player invoke this method passing NULL for the + * p_equalizer parameter. + * + * The media player does not keep a reference to the supplied equalizer so it is safe + * for an application to release the equalizer reference any time after this method + * returns. + * + * \param p_mi opaque media player handle + * \param p_equalizer opaque equalizer handle, or NULL to disable the equalizer for this media player + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Media player roles. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * See \ref libvlc_media_player_set_role() + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_player_role { + libvlc_role_None = 0, /**< Don't use a media player role */ + libvlc_role_Music, /**< Music (or radio) playback */ + libvlc_role_Video, /**< Video playback */ + libvlc_role_Communication, /**< Speech, real-time communication */ + libvlc_role_Game, /**< Video game */ + libvlc_role_Notification, /**< User interaction feedback */ + libvlc_role_Animation, /**< Embedded animation (e.g. in web page) */ + libvlc_role_Production, /**< Audio editting/production */ + libvlc_role_Accessibility, /**< Accessibility */ + libvlc_role_Test /** Testing */ +#define libvlc_role_Last libvlc_role_Test +} libvlc_media_player_role_t; + +/** + * Gets the media role. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the media player role (\ref libvlc_media_player_role_t) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_role(libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi); + +/** + * Sets the media role. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param role the media player role (\ref libvlc_media_player_role_t) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_role(libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned role); + +/** @} audio */ + +/** @} media_player */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_renderer_discoverer.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_renderer_discoverer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e63a8c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_renderer_discoverer.h @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_renderer_discoverer.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_RENDERER_DISCOVERER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_RENDERER_DISCOVERER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * @defgroup libvlc_renderer_discoverer LibVLC renderer discoverer + * @ingroup libvlc + * LibVLC renderer discoverer finds available renderers available on the local + * network + * @{ + * @file + * LibVLC renderer discoverer external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t; + +/** + * Renderer discoverer description + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_get() + */ +typedef struct libvlc_rd_description_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_longname; +} libvlc_rd_description_t; + +/** The renderer can render audio */ +#define LIBVLC_RENDERER_CAN_AUDIO 0x0001 +/** The renderer can render video */ +#define LIBVLC_RENDERER_CAN_VIDEO 0x0002 + +/** + * Renderer item + * + * This struct is passed by a @ref libvlc_event_t when a new renderer is added + * or deleted. + * + * An item is valid until the @ref libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemDeleted event + * is called with the same pointer. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_event_manager() + */ +typedef struct libvlc_renderer_item_t libvlc_renderer_item_t; + + +/** + * Hold a renderer item, i.e. creates a new reference + * + * This functions need to called from the libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemAdded + * callback if the libvlc user wants to use this item after. (for display or + * for passing it to the mediaplayer for example). + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return the current item + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_renderer_item_t * +libvlc_renderer_item_hold(libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Releases a renderer item, i.e. decrements its reference counter + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_renderer_item_release(libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the human readable name of a renderer item + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return the name of the item (can't be NULL, must *not* be freed) + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * +libvlc_renderer_item_name(const libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the type (not translated) of a renderer item. For now, the type can only + * be "chromecast" ("upnp", "airplay" may come later). + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return the type of the item (can't be NULL, must *not* be freed) + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * +libvlc_renderer_item_type(const libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the icon uri of a renderer item + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return the uri of the item's icon (can be NULL, must *not* be freed) + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * +libvlc_renderer_item_icon_uri(const libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the flags of a renderer item + * + * \see LIBVLC_RENDERER_CAN_AUDIO + * \see LIBVLC_RENDERER_CAN_VIDEO + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return bitwise flag: capabilities of the renderer, see + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_renderer_item_flags(const libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Create a renderer discoverer object by name + * + * After this object is created, you should attach to events in order to be + * notified of the discoverer events. + * + * You need to call libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start() in order to start the + * discovery. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_event_manager() + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param psz_name service name; use libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_get() to + * get a list of the discoverer names available in this libVLC instance + * \return media discover object or NULL in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t * +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_inst, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Release a renderer discoverer object + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \param p_rd renderer discoverer object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_release( libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t *p_rd ); + +/** + * Start renderer discovery + * + * To stop it, call libvlc_renderer_discoverer_stop() or + * libvlc_renderer_discoverer_release() directly. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_stop() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \param p_rd renderer discoverer object + * \return -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start( libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t *p_rd ); + +/** + * Stop renderer discovery. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \param p_rd renderer discoverer object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_stop( libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t *p_rd ); + +/** + * Get the event manager of the renderer discoverer + * + * The possible events to attach are @ref libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemAdded + * and @ref libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemDeleted. + * + * The @ref libvlc_renderer_item_t struct passed to event callbacks is owned by + * VLC, users should take care of holding/releasing this struct for their + * internal usage. + * + * \see libvlc_event_t.u.renderer_discoverer_item_added.item + * \see libvlc_event_t.u.renderer_discoverer_item_removed.item + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return a valid event manager (can't fail) + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_event_manager( libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t *p_rd ); + +/** + * Get media discoverer services + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_list_release() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param ppp_services address to store an allocated array of renderer + * discoverer services (must be freed with libvlc_renderer_list_release() by + * the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of media discoverer services (0 on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API size_t +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_inst, + libvlc_rd_description_t ***ppp_services ); + +/** + * Release an array of media discoverer services + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_get() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param pp_services array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_release( libvlc_rd_description_t **pp_services, + size_t i_count ); + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_version.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1f4365 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_version.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_version.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines version macros for LibVLC. + * Those macros are primilarly intended for conditional (pre)compilation. + * To get the run-time LibVLC version, use libvlc_get_version() instead + * (the run-time version may be more recent than build-time one, thanks to + * backward binary compatibility). + * + * \version This header file is available in LibVLC 1.1.4 and higher. + */ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_VERSION_H +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_H 1 + +/** LibVLC major version number */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_MAJOR (3) + +/** LibVLC minor version number */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_MINOR (0) + +/** LibVLC revision */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_REVISION (6) + +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_EXTRA (0) + +/** Makes a single integer from a LibVLC version numbers */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION(maj,min,rev,extra) \ + ((maj << 24) | (min << 16) | (rev << 8) | (extra)) + +/** LibVLC full version as a single integer (for comparison) */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_INT \ + LIBVLC_VERSION(LIBVLC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBVLC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBVLC_VERSION_REVISION, LIBVLC_VERSION_EXTRA) + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_vlm.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_vlm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed6f0b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/libvlc_vlm.h @@ -0,0 +1,342 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_vlm.h: libvlc_* new external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: cfa2d956463056b287cdb0a4faeb46442040a010 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_VLM_H +#define LIBVLC_VLM_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_vlm LibVLC VLM + * \ingroup libvlc + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC stream output manager external API + */ + +/** + * Release the vlm instance related to the given libvlc_instance_t + * + * \param p_instance the instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_vlm_release( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Add a broadcast, with one input. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new broadcast + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new broadcast + * \param b_loop Should this broadcast be played in loop ? + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_broadcast( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + const char *psz_output, int i_options, + const char * const* ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, int b_loop ); + +/** + * Add a vod, with one input. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new vod media + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new vod + * \param psz_mux the muxer of the vod media + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_vod( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + int i_options, const char * const* ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, const char *psz_mux ); + +/** + * Delete a media (VOD or broadcast). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to delete + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_del_media( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Enable or disable a media (VOD or broadcast). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param b_enabled the new status + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_enabled( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int b_enabled ); + +/** + * Set the output for a media. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_output( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_output ); + +/** + * Set a media's input MRL. This will delete all existing inputs and + * add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_input( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_input ); + +/** + * Add a media's input MRL. This will add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_input( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_input ); + +/** + * Set a media's loop status. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param b_loop the new status + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_loop( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int b_loop ); + +/** + * Set a media's vod muxer. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_mux the new muxer + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_mux( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_mux ); + +/** + * Edit the parameters of a media. This will delete all existing inputs and + * add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new broadcast + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new broadcast + * \param b_loop Should this broadcast be played in loop ? + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_change_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + const char *psz_output, int i_options, + const char * const *ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, int b_loop ); + +/** + * Play the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_play_media ( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Stop the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_stop_media ( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Pause the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_pause_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Seek in the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \param f_percentage the percentage to seek to + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_seek_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + float f_percentage ); + +/** + * Return information about the named media as a JSON + * string representation. + * + * This function is mainly intended for debugging use, + * if you want programmatic access to the state of + * a vlm_media_instance_t, please use the corresponding + * libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_xxx -functions. + * Currently there are no such functions available for + * vlm_media_t though. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the media, + * if the name is an empty string, all media is described + * \return string with information about named media, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API const char* libvlc_vlm_show_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance position by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return position as float or -1. on error + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_position( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance time by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return time as integer or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_time( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance length by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return length of media item or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_length( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance playback rate by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return playback rate or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_rate( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); +#if 0 +/** + * Get vlm_media instance title number by name or instance id + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return title as number or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_title( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance chapter number by name or instance id + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return chapter as number or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_chapter( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int i_instance ); + +/** + * Is libvlc instance seekable ? + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return 1 if seekable, 0 if not, -1 if media does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_seekable( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int i_instance ); +#endif +/** + * Get libvlc_event_manager from a vlm media. + * The p_event_manager is immutable, so you don't have to hold the lock + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \return libvlc_event_manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_vlm_get_event_manager( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_about.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_about.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a878a41 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_about.h @@ -0,0 +1,1525 @@ +/* Automatically generated file - DO NOT EDIT */ +static const char psz_license[] = +" GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" +" Version 2, June 1991\n" +"\n" +" Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" +" 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" +" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies\n" +" of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\n" +"\n" +" Preamble\n" +"\n" +" The licenses for most software are designed to take away your\n" +"freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public\n" +"License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free\n" +"software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This\n" +"General Public License applies to most of the Free Software\n" +"Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to\n" +"using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by\n" +"the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to\n" +"your programs, too.\n" +"\n" +" When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not\n" +"price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you\n" +"have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for\n" +"this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it\n" +"if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it\n" +"in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.\n" +"\n" +" To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid\n" +"anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.\n" +"These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you\n" +"distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.\n" +"\n" +" For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether\n" +"gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that\n" +"you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the\n" +"source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their\n" +"rights.\n" +"\n" +" We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and\n" +"(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,\n" +"distribute and/or modify the software.\n" +"\n" +" Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain\n" +"that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free\n" +"software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we\n" +"want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so\n" +"that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original\n" +"authors' reputations.\n" +"\n" +" Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software\n" +"patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free\n" +"program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the\n" +"program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any\n" +"patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.\n" +"\n" +" The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and\n" +"modification follow.\n" +"\n" +" GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" +" TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION\n" +"\n" +" 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains\n" +"a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed\n" +"under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below,\n" +"refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\"\n" +"means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:\n" +"that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,\n" +"either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another\n" +"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in\n" +"the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\".\n" +"\n" +"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not\n" +"covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of\n" +"running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program\n" +"is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the\n" +"Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).\n" +"Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.\n" +"\n" +" 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's\n" +"source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you\n" +"conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate\n" +"copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the\n" +"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;\n" +"and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License\n" +"along with the Program.\n" +"\n" +"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and\n" +"you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.\n" +"\n" +" 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion\n" +"of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and\n" +"distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1\n" +"above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:\n" +"\n" +" a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices\n" +" stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.\n" +"\n" +" b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in\n" +" whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any\n" +" part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third\n" +" parties under the terms of this License.\n" +"\n" +" c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively\n" +" when run, you must cause it, when started running for such\n" +" interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an\n" +" announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a\n" +" notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide\n" +" a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under\n" +" these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this\n" +" License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but\n" +" does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on\n" +" the Program is not required to print an announcement.)\n" +"\n" +"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If\n" +"identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,\n" +"and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in\n" +"themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those\n" +"sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you\n" +"distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based\n" +"on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of\n" +"this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the\n" +"entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.\n" +"\n" +"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest\n" +"your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to\n" +"exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or\n" +"collective works based on the Program.\n" +"\n" +"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program\n" +"with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of\n" +"a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under\n" +"the scope of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,\n" +"under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of\n" +"Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:\n" +"\n" +" a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable\n" +" source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections\n" +" 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" +"\n" +" b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three\n" +" years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your\n" +" cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete\n" +" machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be\n" +" distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium\n" +" customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" +"\n" +" c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer\n" +" to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is\n" +" allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you\n" +" received the program in object code or executable form with such\n" +" an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)\n" +"\n" +"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for\n" +"making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source\n" +"code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any\n" +"associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to\n" +"control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a\n" +"special exception, the source code distributed need not include\n" +"anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary\n" +"form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the\n" +"operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component\n" +"itself accompanies the executable.\n" +"\n" +"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering\n" +"access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent\n" +"access to copy the source code from the same place counts as\n" +"distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not\n" +"compelled to copy the source along with the object code.\n" +"\n" +" 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program\n" +"except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt\n" +"otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is\n" +"void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.\n" +"However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under\n" +"this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such\n" +"parties remain in full compliance.\n" +"\n" +" 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not\n" +"signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or\n" +"distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are\n" +"prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by\n" +"modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the\n" +"Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and\n" +"all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying\n" +"the Program or works based on it.\n" +"\n" +" 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the\n" +"Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the\n" +"original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to\n" +"these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further\n" +"restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.\n" +"You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to\n" +"this License.\n" +"\n" +" 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent\n" +"infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),\n" +"conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or\n" +"otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not\n" +"excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot\n" +"distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this\n" +"License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you\n" +"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent\n" +"license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by\n" +"all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then\n" +"the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to\n" +"refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.\n" +"\n" +"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under\n" +"any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to\n" +"apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other\n" +"circumstances.\n" +"\n" +"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any\n" +"patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any\n" +"such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the\n" +"integrity of the free software distribution system, which is\n" +"implemented by public license practices. Many people have made\n" +"generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed\n" +"through that system in reliance on consistent application of that\n" +"system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing\n" +"to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot\n" +"impose that choice.\n" +"\n" +"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to\n" +"be a consequence of the rest of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in\n" +"certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the\n" +"original copyright holder who places the Program under this License\n" +"may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding\n" +"those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among\n" +"countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates\n" +"the limitation as if written in the body of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions\n" +"of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will\n" +"be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to\n" +"address new problems or concerns.\n" +"\n" +"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program\n" +"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any\n" +"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions\n" +"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free\n" +"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of\n" +"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software\n" +"Foundation.\n" +"\n" +" 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free\n" +"programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author\n" +"to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free\n" +"Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes\n" +"make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals\n" +"of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and\n" +"of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.\n" +"\n" +" NO WARRANTY\n" +"\n" +" 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY\n" +"FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN\n" +"OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES\n" +"PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED\n" +"OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF\n" +"MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS\n" +"TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE\n" +"PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,\n" +"REPAIR OR CORRECTION.\n" +"\n" +" 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING\n" +"WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR\n" +"REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,\n" +"INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING\n" +"OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED\n" +"TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY\n" +"YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER\n" +"PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE\n" +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.\n" +"\n" +" END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS\n" +"\n" +" How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs\n" +"\n" +" If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest\n" +"possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it\n" +"free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.\n" +"\n" +" To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest\n" +"to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively\n" +"convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least\n" +"the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.\n" +"\n" +" \n" +" Copyright (C) \n" +"\n" +" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" +" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" +" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" +" (at your option) any later version.\n" +"\n" +" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" +" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" +" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" +" GNU General Public License for more details.\n" +"\n" +" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along\n" +" with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" +" 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.\n" +"\n" +"Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.\n" +"\n" +"If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this\n" +"when it starts in an interactive mode:\n" +"\n" +" Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author\n" +" Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.\n" +" This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\n" +" under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.\n" +"\n" +"The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate\n" +"parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may\n" +"be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be\n" +"mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.\n" +"\n" +"You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your\n" +"school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if\n" +"necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:\n" +"\n" +" Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program\n" +" `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.\n" +"\n" +" , 1 April 1989\n" +" Ty Coon, President of Vice\n" +"\n" +"This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into\n" +"proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may\n" +"consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the\n" +"library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General\n" +"Public License instead of this License.\n" +; +static const char psz_thanks[] = +"Some VLC plugins use external libraries and make extensive use of the\n" +"following persons' or companies' code:\n" +"\n" +"FAAD2 - Copyright (c) Nero AG, www.nero.com\" - GPLv2 or later\n" +"FFmpeg - Copyright (c) 2000-2017 the FFmpeg developers - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"FluidLite - Copyright (c) 2016 Robin Lobel - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"FluidSynth - Copyright (c) 2003-2010 Peter Hanappe, Conrad Berhörster, Antoine\n" +" Schmitt, Pedro López-Cabanillas, Josh Green, David Henningsson - LGPLv2.1 or\n" +" later\n" +"Fontconfig - Copyright (c) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006,2007 Keith Packard,\n" +" (c) 2005 Patrick Lam, (c) 2009 Roozbeh Pournader, (c) 2008,2009 Red Hat,\n" +" Inc., (c) 2008 Danilo Šegan, (c) 2012 Google, Inc. - MIT License\n" +"freetype - David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg - FreeType License\n" +"GSM - Copyright (c) 1992 - 1994, 2009 Jutta Degener & Carsten Bormann - GSM\n" +" permissive license\n" +"GNU FriBidi - Copyright (c) 2004-2012 Behdad Esfahbod, Dov Grobgeld, Roozbeh\n" +" Pournader - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"GnuTLS - Copyright (C) 2000-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - LGPLv2.1 or\n" +" later\n" +"harfbuzz - Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, 2012 Google, Inc., (c) 2012 Mozilla\n" +" Foundation, (c) 2011 Codethink Limited, (c) 2008, 2010 Nokia Corporation\n" +" and/or its subsidiary(-ies), (c) 2009 Keith Stribley, (c) 2009 Martin Hosken\n" +" and SIL International, (c) 2007 Chris Wilson, (c) 2006 Behdad Esfahbod,\n" +" (c) 2005 David Turner, (c) 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Red Hat, Inc.,\n" +" (c) 1998-2004 David Turner and Werner Lemberg - Old MIT License\n" +"liba52 - Aaron Holtzman & Michel Lespinasse, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libav - Copyright (c) 2000 - 2015 the libav developers - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libass - Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Grigori Goronzy et al. - ISC License\n" +"libbluray - Copyright (c) 2009-2015 VideoLAN and authors - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libcaca - Copyright (c) 2004 Sam Hocevar - WTFPL / LGPLv2.1 or later /\n" +" GPLv2 or later / ISC\n" +"libdca - Copyright (c) 2004-2007 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvbpsi - Copyright (c) 2001-2017 VideoLAN and authors - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libdvdcss - Copyright (c) 2001-2017 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvdread - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvdnav - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libebml - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Steve Lhomme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libFLAC - Copyright (c) 2001 - 2014 Josh Coalson et al. - Xiph.org BSD license\n" +"libgme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libgpg-error - Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2013 g10 Code GmbH\n" +" - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libkate - Copyright (c) 2008-2011 Vincent Penquerc'h - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"liblive555 - Copyright (c) 1996-2015 Live Networks, Inc. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libmad - Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Robert Leslie, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libmatroska - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Steve Lhomme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libmpeg2 - Aaron Holtzman & Michel Lespinasse, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libmodplug - Oliver Lapicque, Konstanty - Public domain\n" +"libogg, libvorbis - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Xiph.org Foundation - Xiph.org BSD\n" +" license\n" +"libpostproc - Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Michael Niedermayer, et al. - GPLv2 or\n" +" later\n" +"libpng - Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2014 Glenn Randers-Perhson, et al. - libpng\n" +" license\n" +"libsamplerate - Copyright (c) 2002-2011 Erik de Castro Lopo - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libschroedinger - Copyright (c) 2006 BBC and Fluendo - MIT License\n" +"libsdl - Copyright (c) 1997-2014 Sam Lantinga et al. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libshout - Copyright (c) 2012 - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libtheora - Copyright (c) Xiph.org Foundation - Xiph.org BSD license\n" +"libtiff - Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler, (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics,\n" +" Inc. - BSD-like\n" +"libtwolame - Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Michael Cheng, (c) 2004-2006 The TwoLAME\n" +" Project - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libupnp - Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Intel Corporation - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"libvpx - Copyright (c) 2010-2015, Google Inc. - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"libxml2 - Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Daniel Veillard - MIT License\n" +"lua - Copyright (c) 1994-2008 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. - MIT License\n" +"Musepack decoder library - Copyright (c) 2005-2011, The Musepack Development\n" +" Team - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"OpenJPEG - Copyright (c) 2002-2014, Communcations and Remote Sensing\n" +" Laboratory, UCL, Belgium - ISC License\n" +"Opus - Copyright 2001-2013 Xiph.Org, Skype Limited, Octasic, Jean-Marc Valin,\n" +" Timothy B. Terriberry, CSIRO, Gregory Maxwell, Mark Borgerding,\n" +" Erik de Castro Lopo - Xiph.org BSD License\n" +"Sparkle — Andy Matuschak et al. - MIT License\n" +"Speex, Speexdsp - Copyright (c) 1992-2015 Xiph.org Foundation, Jean-Marc Valin,\n" +" Analog Devices Inc. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research\n" +" Organisation, David Row, Jutta Degener, Carsten Bormann - 3-clause BSD\n" +" License\n" +"taglib - Copyright (c) 2004-2016 Scott Wheeler, et al. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"x264 - Copyright (c) 2004-2017 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"x265 - Copyright (c) 2004-2015 x265 project - GPLv2 or later\n" +"Zapping VBI library - Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Michael H. Schimek, Iñaki García\n" +" Etxebarria - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"zlib - Copyright (c) 1995-2017 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler - zlib license\n" +"\n" +"The VideoLAN team would like to thank the following donators:\n" +"\n" +"Julian Cain, who made a $1000 donation\n" +"The French website MacBidouille gave €500 to help us buy a PowerMac G5\n" +"The French magazine à vos MAC gave €500 to help us buy a PowerMac G5\n" +"Laurent Dupuy, who made a €540 donation\n" +"The French company Cybervia (Actech) gave €2000 to pay for webserver hosting\n" +"Dennis Perov - Hardware donation\n" +"\n" +"...the following active members of our user community:\n" +"\n" +"Alan Wright\n" +"David J LaBarre \"DJ\"\n" +"Eric Adler\n" +"Julien Bouquillon\n" +"\n" +"...and code auditors and testers:\n" +"\n" +"David Thiel\n" +"Philippe A. aka \"Lotesdelère\"\n" +"Sebastien Chaumat\n" +; +static const char psz_authors[] = +"VideoLAN and the VLC team would like to acknowledge the following contributors:\n" +"\n" +"Programming\n" +"-----------\n" +"Rémi Denis-Courmont\n" +"Jean-Baptiste Kempf\n" +"Laurent Aimar\n" +"François Cartegnie\n" +"Gildas Bazin\n" +"Felix Paul Kühne\n" +"Rafaël Carré\n" +"Pierre d'Herbemont\n" +"Thomas Guillem\n" +"Rémi Duraffort\n" +"Derk-Jan Hartman\n" +"Antoine Cellerier\n" +"Samuel Hocevar\n" +"Jean-Paul Saman\n" +"Steve Lhomme\n" +"Christophe Mutricy\n" +"Clément Stenac\n" +"Christophe Massiot\n" +"Ilkka Ollakka\n" +"Pierre Ynard\n" +"Filip Roséen\n" +"Damien Fouilleul\n" +"Sigmund Augdal Helberg\n" +"Erwan Tulou\n" +"David Fuhrmann\n" +"Marvin Scholz\n" +"Olivier Teulière\n" +"Cyril Deguet\n" +"Eric Petit\n" +"Filippo Carone\n" +"Rocky Bernstein\n" +"Hugo Beauzée-Luyssen\n" +"Olivier Aubert\n" +"Pavlov Konstantin\n" +"Jakob Leben\n" +"Benjamin Pracht\n" +"Jean-Philippe André\n" +"Stéphane Borel\n" +"JP Dinger\n" +"Geoffroy Couprie\n" +"Martin Storsjö\n" +"Marian Ďurkovič\n" +"Ludovic Fauvet\n" +"Petri Hintukainen\n" +"Yoann Peronneau\n" +"Denis Charmet\n" +"Sébastien Escudier\n" +"Jon Lech Johansen\n" +"KO Myung-Hun\n" +"Edward Wang\n" +"Dennis van Amerongen\n" +"Faustino Osuna\n" +"Mirsal Ennaime\n" +"Sean McGovern\n" +"Jérôme Decoodt\n" +"Loïc Minier\n" +"David Flynn\n" +"Frédéric Yhuel\n" +"Kaarlo Raiha\n" +"Mark Moriarty\n" +"Christopher Mueller\n" +"Fabio Ritrovato\n" +"Tony Castley\n" +"Srikanth Raju\n" +"Michel Kaempf\n" +"Jean-Marc Dressler\n" +"Johan Bilien\n" +"Vincent Seguin\n" +"Simon Latapie\n" +"Bernie Purcell\n" +"Henri Fallon\n" +"Sebastien Zwickert\n" +"Christoph Miebach\n" +"Adrien Maglo\n" +"Emmanuel Puig\n" +"Renaud Dartus\n" +"Alexis de Lattre\n" +"Vincent Penquerc'h\n" +"Arnaud de Bossoreille de Ribou\n" +"Mohammed Adnène Trojette\n" +"Salah-Eddin Shaban\n" +"Vittorio Giovara\n" +"Boris Dorès\n" +"Jai Menon\n" +"Anil Daoud\n" +"Daniel Mierswa\n" +"Naohiro Koriyama\n" +"Rob Jonson\n" +"Pierre Baillet\n" +"Dominique Leuenberger\n" +"Andre Pang\n" +"Zoran Turalija\n" +"Akash Mehrotra\n" +"André Weber\n" +"Anthony Loiseau\n" +"Lukas Durfina\n" +"Xavier Marchesini\n" +"Cyril Mathé\n" +"Devin Heitmueller\n" +"Juho Vähä-Herttua\n" +"Ken Self\n" +"Alexis Ballier\n" +"Juha Jeronen\n" +"Nicolas Chauvet\n" +"Richard Hosking\n" +"Éric Lassauge\n" +"Marc Ariberti\n" +"Sébastien Toque\n" +"Tobias Güntner\n" +"Benoit Steiner\n" +"Michel Lespinasse\n" +"Carlo Calabrò\n" +"Cheng Sun\n" +"Michał Trzebiatowski\n" +"Brad Smith\n" +"Brendon Justin\n" +"Alexey Sokolov\n" +"Basos G\n" +"Philippe Morin\n" +"Steinar H. Gunderson\n" +"Vicente Jimenez Aguilar\n" +"Yuval Tze\n" +"Yves Duret\n" +"Benjamin Drung\n" +"Michael Hanselmann\n" +"Alex Merry\n" +"Damien Lucas\n" +"Grigori Goronzy\n" +"Richard Shepherd\n" +"Gaël Hendryckx\n" +"Michael Feurstein\n" +"Stephan Assmus\n" +"Adrien Grand\n" +"Colin Guthrie\n" +"David Menestrina\n" +"Dominique Martinet\n" +"Gleb Pinigin\n" +"Jason Luka\n" +"Luc Saillard\n" +"Luca Barbato\n" +"Mario Speiß\n" +"Pankaj Yadav\n" +"Ramiro Polla\n" +"Ronald Wright\n" +"Rui Zhang\n" +"Can Wu\n" +"Christophe Courtaut\n" +"FUJISAWA Tooru\n" +"Hannes Domani\n" +"Manol Manolov\n" +"Timothy B. Terriberry\n" +"Antoine Lejeune\n" +"Arnaud Schauly\n" +"Branko Kokanovic\n" +"Dylan Yudaken\n" +"Florian G. Pflug\n" +"François Revol\n" +"G Finch\n" +"Keary Griffin\n" +"Konstanty Bialkowski\n" +"Ming Hu\n" +"Philippe Coent\n" +"Przemyslaw Fiala\n" +"Tanguy Krotoff\n" +"Vianney BOYER\n" +"Casian Andrei\n" +"Chris Smowton\n" +"David Kaplan\n" +"Eugenio Jarosiewicz\n" +"Fabian Keil\n" +"Guillaume Poussel\n" +"John Peterson\n" +"Justus Piater\n" +"Mark Lee\n" +"Martin T. H. Sandsmark\n" +"Rune Botten\n" +"Søren Bøg\n" +"Toralf Niebuhr\n" +"Tristan Matthews\n" +"Angelo Haller\n" +"Aurélien Nephtali\n" +"Austin Burrow\n" +"Bill C. Riemers\n" +"Colin Delacroix\n" +"Cristian Maglie\n" +"Elminster2031\n" +"Jakub Wieczorek\n" +"John Freed\n" +"Mark Hassman\n" +"Martin Briza\n" +"Mike Houben\n" +"Romain Goyet\n" +"Adrian Yanes\n" +"Alexander Lakhin\n" +"Anatoliy Anischovich\n" +"Barry Wardell\n" +"Ben Hutchings\n" +"Besnard Jean-Baptiste\n" +"Brian Weaver\n" +"Clement Chesnin\n" +"David Geldreich\n" +"Diego Elio Pettenò\n" +"Diego Fernando Nieto\n" +"Georgi Chorbadzhiyski\n" +"Jon Stacey\n" +"Jonathan Rosser\n" +"Joris van Rooij\n" +"Kaloyan Kovachev\n" +"Katsushi Kobayashi\n" +"Kelly Anderson\n" +"Loren Merritt\n" +"Maciej Blizinski\n" +"Mark Bidewell\n" +"Miguel Angel Cabrera Moya\n" +"Niles Bindel\n" +"Samuel Pitoiset\n" +"Scott Caudle\n" +"Sean Robinson\n" +"Sergey Radionov\n" +"Simon Hailes\n" +"Stephen Parry\n" +"Sukrit Sangwan\n" +"Thierry Reding\n" +"Xavier Martin\n" +"Alex Converse\n" +"Alexander Bethke\n" +"Alexandre Ratchov\n" +"Andres Krapf\n" +"Andrey Utkin\n" +"Andri Pálsson\n" +"Andy Chenee\n" +"Anuradha Suraparaju\n" +"Benjamin Poulain\n" +"Brieuc Jeunhomme\n" +"Chris Clayton\n" +"Clément Lecigne\n" +"Cédric Cocquebert\n" +"Daniel Peng\n" +"Danny Wood\n" +"David K\n" +"Edouard Gomez\n" +"Emmanuel de Roux\n" +"Frode Tennebø\n" +"GBX\n" +"Gaurav Narula\n" +"Geraud CONTINSOUZAS\n" +"Hugues Fruchet\n" +"Jan Winter\n" +"Jean-François Massol\n" +"Jean-Philippe Grimaldi\n" +"Josh Watzman\n" +"Kai Lauterbach\n" +"Konstantin Bogdanov\n" +"Kuan-Chung Chiu\n" +"Kuang Rufan\n" +"Matthias Dahl\n" +"Michael McEll\n" +"Michael Ploujnikov\n" +"Mike Schrag\n" +"Nickolai Zeldovich\n" +"Nicolas Bertrand\n" +"Niklas Hayer\n" +"Olafs Vandāns\n" +"Olivier Gambier\n" +"Paul Corke\n" +"Ron Frederick\n" +"Rov Juvano\n" +"Sabourin Gilles\n" +"Sam Lade\n" +"Sandeep Kumar\n" +"Sasha Koruga\n" +"Sreng Jean\n" +"Sven Petai\n" +"Tomas Krotil\n" +"Tomer Barletz\n" +"Tristan Leteurtre\n" +"Wang Bo\n" +"maxime Ripard\n" +"xxcv\n" +"Adam Hoka\n" +"Adrian Knoth\n" +"Adrien Cunin\n" +"Alan Fischer\n" +"Alan McCosh\n" +"Alex Helfet\n" +"Alexander Terentyev\n" +"Alexandre Ferreira\n" +"Alina Friedrichsen\n" +"An L. Ber\n" +"Andreas Schlick\n" +"Andrew Schubert\n" +"Andrey Makhnutin\n" +"Arnaud Vallat\n" +"Asad Mehmood\n" +"Ashok Bhat\n" +"Austin English\n" +"Baptiste Coudurier\n" +"Benoit Calvez\n" +"Björn Stenberg\n" +"Blake Livingston\n" +"Brandon Brooks\n" +"Brian Johnson\n" +"Brian Kurle\n" +"Cezar Elnazli\n" +"Chris White\n" +"Christian Masus\n" +"Christoph Pfister\n" +"Christoph Seibert\n" +"Christopher Key\n" +"Christopher Rath\n" +"Claudio Ortelli\n" +"Cody Russell\n" +"Cristian Morales Vega\n" +"Dan Rosenberg\n" +"Daniel Marth\n" +"Daniel Tisza\n" +"Detlef Schroeder\n" +"Diego Biurrun\n" +"Dominik 'Rathann' Mierzejewski\n" +"Duncan Salerno\n" +"Edward Sheldrake\n" +"Elliot Murphy\n" +"Eren Inan Canpolat\n" +"Ernest E. Teem III\n" +"Etienne Membrives\n" +"Fargier Sylvain\n" +"Fathi Boudra\n" +"Felix Geyer\n" +"Filipe Azevedo\n" +"Finn Hughes\n" +"Florian Hubold\n" +"Florian Roeske\n" +"Frank Enderle\n" +"Frédéric Crozat\n" +"Georg Seifert\n" +"Gertjan Van Droogenbroeck\n" +"Gilles Chanteperdrix\n" +"Greg Farrell\n" +"Gregory Maxwell\n" +"Gwenole Beauchesne\n" +"Götz Waschk\n" +"Hans-Kristian Arntzen\n" +"Harry Sintonen\n" +"Iain Wade\n" +"Ibraheem Paredath\n" +"Isamu Arimoto\n" +"Ismael Luceno\n" +"James Bates\n" +"James Bond\n" +"James Turner\n" +"Janne Grunau\n" +"Janne Kujanpää\n" +"Jarmo Torvinen\n" +"Jason Scheunemann\n" +"Jeff Lu\n" +"Jeroen Ost\n" +"Joe Taber\n" +"Johann Ransay\n" +"Johannes Weißl\n" +"John Hendrikx\n" +"John Stebbins\n" +"Jonas Gehring\n" +"Joseph S. Atkinson\n" +"Juergen Lock\n" +"Julien 'Lta' BALLET\n" +"Julien / Gellule\n" +"Julien Humbert\n" +"Kamil Baldyga\n" +"Kamil Klimek\n" +"Karlheinz Wohlmuth\n" +"Kevin Anthony\n" +"Kevin DuBois\n" +"Lari Natri\n" +"Lorenzo Pistone\n" +"Lucas C. Villa Real\n" +"Lukáš Lalinský\n" +"Mal Graty\n" +"Malte Tancred\n" +"Martin Pöhlmann\n" +"Martin Zeman\n" +"Marton Balint\n" +"Mathew King\n" +"Mathieu Sonet\n" +"Matthew A. Townsend\n" +"Matthias Bauer\n" +"Mika Tiainen\n" +"Mike Cardillo\n" +"Mounir Lamouri (volkmar)\n" +"Natanael Copa\n" +"Nathan Phillip Brink\n" +"Nick Briggs\n" +"Nick Pope\n" +"Nil Geiswiller\n" +"Pascal Thomet\n" +"Pere Orga\n" +"Peter Bak Nielsen\n" +"Phil Roffe and David Grellscheid\n" +"Philip Sequeira\n" +"Pierre Souchay\n" +"Piotr Fusik\n" +"Pádraig Brady\n" +"R.M\n" +"Ralph Giles\n" +"Ramon Gabarró\n" +"Robert Forsman\n" +"Robert Jedrzejczyk\n" +"Robert Paciorek\n" +"Rolf Ahrenberg\n" +"Roman Pen\n" +"Ruud Althuizen\n" +"Samuli Suominen\n" +"Scott Lyons\n" +"Sebastian Birk\n" +"Sergey Puzanov\n" +"Sergio Ammirata\n" +"Sharad Dixit\n" +"Song Ye Wen\n" +"Stephan Krempel\n" +"Steven Kramer\n" +"Steven Sheehy\n" +"Sveinung Kvilhaugsvik\n" +"Sylvain Cadhillac\n" +"Sylver Bruneau\n" +"Takahito HIRANO\n" +"Theron Lewis\n" +"Thijs Alkemade\n" +"Tillmann Karras\n" +"Timo Paulssen\n" +"Timo Rothenpieler\n" +"Tobias Rapp\n" +"Tomasen\n" +"Tony Vankrunkelsven\n" +"Tristan Heaven\n" +"Varphone Wong\n" +"Vasily Fomin\n" +"Vikram Narayanan\n" +"Yannick Bréhon\n" +"Yavor Doganov\n" +"Yohann Martineau\n" +"dharani.prabhu.s\n" +"suheaven\n" +"wucan\n" +"김정은\n" +"Adam Sampson\n" +"Alexander Gall\n" +"Alex Antropoff\n" +"Alexis Guillard\n" +"Alex Izvorski\n" +"Amir Gouini\n" +"Andrea Guzzo\n" +"Andrew Flintham\n" +"Andrew Zaikin\n" +"Andy Lindsay\n" +"Arai/Fujisawa Tooru\n" +"Arkadiusz Miskiewicz\n" +"Arnaud Gomes-do-Vale\n" +"Arwed v. Merkatz\n" +"Barak Ori\n" +"Basil Achermann\n" +"Benjamin Mironer\n" +"Bill\n" +"Bob Maguire\n" +"Brian C. Wiles\n" +"Brian Raymond\n" +"Brian Robb\n" +"Carsten Gottbehüt\n" +"Carsten Haitzler\n" +"Charles Hordis\n" +"Chris Clepper\n" +"Christian Henz\n" +"Christof Baumgaertner\n" +"Christophe Burgalat\n" +"Christopher Johnson\n" +"Cian Duffy\n" +"Colin Simmonds\n" +"Damian Ivereigh\n" +"Daniel Fischer\n" +"Daniel Stränger\n" +"Danko Dolch\n" +"Dennis Lou\n" +"Dermot McGahon\n" +"Douglas West\n" +"Dugal Harris\n" +"Emmanuel Blindauer\n" +"Enrico Gueli\n" +"Enrique Osuna\n" +"Eren Türkay\n" +"Eric Dudiak\n" +"Espen Skoglund\n" +"Ethan C. Baldridge\n" +"François Seingier\n" +"Frans van Veen\n" +"Frédéric Ruget\n" +"Gerald Hansink\n" +"Gisle Vanem\n" +"Glen Gray\n" +"Goetz Waschk\n" +"Gregory Hazel\n" +"Gustaf Neumann\n" +"Hang Su\n" +"Hans Lambermont\n" +"Hans-Peter Jansen\n" +"Harris Dugal\n" +"Heiko Panther\n" +"Igor Helman\n" +"Isaac Osunkunle\n" +"Jan David Mol\n" +"Jan Gerber\n" +"Jan Van Boghout\n" +"Jasper Alias\n" +"Jean-Alexis Montignies\n" +"Jean-Baptiste Le Stang\n" +"Jeffrey Baker\n" +"Jeroen Massar\n" +"Jérôme Guilbaud\n" +"Johannes Buchner\n" +"Johen Michael Zorko\n" +"Johnathan Rosser\n" +"John Dalgliesh\n" +"John Paul Lorenti\n" +"Jörg\n" +"Joseph Tulou\n" +"Julien Blache\n" +"Julien Plissonneau Duquène\n" +"Julien Robert\n" +"Kenneth Ostby\n" +"Kenneth Self\n" +"Kevin H. Patterson\n" +"Koehler, Vitally\n" +"K. Staring\n" +"Lahiru Lakmal Priyadarshana\n" +"Laurent Mutricy\n" +"Leo Spalteholz\n" +"Loox Thefuture\n" +"Marc Nolette\n" +"Marco Munderloh\n" +"Mark Gritter\n" +"Markus Kern\n" +"Markus Kuespert\n" +"Martin Hamrle\n" +"Martin Kahr\n" +"Mateus Krepsky Ludwich\n" +"Mathias Kretschmer\n" +"Mats Rojestal\n" +"Matthias P. Nowak\n" +"Matthieu Lochegnies\n" +"Michael Mondragon\n" +"Michael S. Feurstein\n" +"Michel Lanners\n" +"Mickael Hoerdt\n" +"Miguel Angel Cabrera\n" +"Mikko Hirvonen\n" +"Moritz Bunkus\n" +"Nilmoni Deb\n" +"Olivier Houchard\n" +"Olivier Pomel\n" +"Ondrej Kuda aka Albert\n" +"Øyvind Kolbu\n" +"Pascal Levesque\n" +"Patrick Horn\n" +"Patrick McLean\n" +"Pauline Castets\n" +"Paul Mackerras\n" +"Peter Surda\n" +"Petr Vacek\n" +"Philippe Van Hecke\n" +"Pierre-Luc Beaudoin\n" +"Pierre Marc Dumuid\n" +"Régis Duchesne\n" +"Remco Poortinga\n" +"Rene Gollent\n" +"Rob Casey\n" +"Robson Braga Araujo\n" +"Roine Gustafsson\n" +"Roman Bednarek\n" +"Rudolf Cornelissen\n" +"Sašo Kiselkov\n" +"Sebastian Jenny\n" +"Shane Harper\n" +"Stefán Freyr Stefánsson\n" +"Steve Brown\n" +"Steven M. Schultz\n" +"Tapio Hiltunen\n" +"Thomas L. Wood\n" +"Thomas Mühlgrabner\n" +"Thomas Parmelan\n" +"Tim 'O Callagha\n" +"Tim Schuerewegen\n" +"Tong Ka Man\n" +"Torsten Spindler\n" +"Udo Richter\n" +"Vincent Dimar\n" +"Vincent Penne\n" +"Vitalijus Slavinskas\n" +"Vitaly V. Bursov\n" +"Vladimir Chernyshov\n" +"Wade Majors\n" +"Wallace Wadge\n" +"Watanabe Go\n" +"William Hawkins\n" +"Xavier Maillard\n" +"Ye zhang\n" +"Yuehua Zhao\n" +"Abylay Ospan\n" +"Adam Leggett\n" +"Adrian Haensler\n" +"Ago Allikmaa\n" +"Ajith Manjula Senarathne\n" +"Alain Degreffe\n" +"Alan Pope\n" +"Aleksandr Pasechnik\n" +"Alexandre Fernandez\n" +"Alexandre Pereira Nunes\n" +"Alexandre Perraud\n" +"Alex Peak\n" +"Alex Warhawk\n" +"Alex Woods\n" +"Allan Odgaard\n" +"Ancelot Mark Pinto\n" +"Andrea Giudiceandrea\n" +"Andreas Hartmetz\n" +"Andreas Mieke\n" +"André Silva\n" +"Andrew Clayton\n" +"Andrey Gursky\n" +"Andrii Zui\n" +"Andy Tather\n" +"Antti Ajanki\n" +"Ara Qadir\n" +"Arjun Sreedharan\n" +"Arne de Bruijn\n" +"Arun Pandian G\n" +"A S Alam\n" +"Avani Sharma\n" +"Avishay Spitzer\n" +"Bastien Penavayre\n" +"Benjamin Adolphi\n" +"Ben Littler\n" +"Benoit du Payrat\n" +"Benoît Noël du Payrat\n" +"Bernd Kuhls\n" +"Boris Egorov\n" +"Boy van Amstel\n" +"Brian Schmidt\n" +"Brion Vibber\n" +"Cameron Mozie\n" +"Carlos Fenollosa\n" +"Carola Nitz\n" +"Christian Suloway\n" +"Clemens Werther\n" +"C.W. Betts\n" +"Daniel Amm\n" +"Daniel Verkamp\n" +"Darko Jankovic\n" +"Darrell Walisser\n" +"David Robison\n" +"David R Robison\n" +"Dennis Hamester\n" +"Derek Buitenhuis\n" +"Diogo Silva\n" +"Dominko Azdajic\n" +"Donald Campbell\n" +"Doney den Ouden\n" +"Duncan McNamara\n" +"Duncan McNAMARA\n" +"Elodie Thomann\n" +"Emeric Grange\n" +"Eric Engestrom\n" +"Etienne BRATEAU\n" +"Eugen Geist\n" +"Fabian Yamaguchi\n" +"Fabrizio Ge\n" +"Fabrizio Gennari\n" +"Fahad Al-Saidi\n" +"Felix Abecassis\n" +"Florent Pillet\n" +"Forteve Zepushisti\n" +"Frank Praznik\n" +"Gabriel de Perthuis\n" +"Gal Vinograd\n" +"Gaurav Pruthi\n" +"Geoffrey Métais\n" +"Gian Marco Sibilla\n" +"Gilles Sabourin\n" +"Gina Dobrescu\n" +"Gonzalo Higuera Díaz\n" +"Goran Dokic\n" +"Guillaume Gomez\n" +"Harald Sitter\n" +"Heorhi Valakhanovich\n" +"Ian Chamberlain\n" +"Ibrahima SARR\n" +"Igor Prokopenkov\n" +"Ion Agorria\n" +"Jarrad Whitaker\n" +"Jean-Yves Avenard\n" +"Jed Smith\n" +"Jérémy Carrier\n" +"Jeremy Huddleston Sequoia\n" +"Jerome Forissier\n" +"Jim Bankoski\n" +"Jonas Lundqvist\n" +"Jonatan \"jaw\" Wallmander\n" +"Jonathan Calmels\n" +"Jonathan Heard\n" +"Jonathan McGowan\n" +"Jonathan Thambidurai\n" +"Joni Räsänen\n" +"Josef Andersson\n" +"Joseph DeVore\n" +"Julian Scheel\n" +"Justin Kim\n" +"Kaarlo Räihä\n" +"Kamil Rytarowski\n" +"Kazuki Yamaguchi\n" +"Konstantin K. Beliak\n" +"Konstantinos Tsanaktsidis\n" +"Konstantin Pavlov\n" +"Kornel Lesiński\n" +"Olivier Langlois\n" +"Lochlin Duperron\n" +"Lukas Juhrich\n" +"Lyndon Brown\n" +"Marc Aldorasi\n" +"Marcel Schnirring\n" +"Marc Etcheverry\n" +"Mariusz Wasak\n" +"Mark Becwar\n" +"Martell Malone\n" +"Mathieu Malaterre\n" +"Mathieu Parent\n" +"Mathieu Velten\n" +"Matthias Keiser\n" +"Matthias Treydte\n" +"Max Dilipovich\n" +"Maxim Bublis\n" +"Maxime CHAPELET\n" +"Maxime Mouchet\n" +"Michael Tänzer\n" +"Miha Sokolov\n" +"Mohammed (Shaan) Huzaifa Danish\n" +"Moti Zilberman\n" +"Nathan Egge\n" +"Niklas Haas\n" +"Odd-Arild Kristensen\n" +"O. Hartmann\n" +"Olaf Hering\n" +"Oliver Collyer\n" +"Paul B Mahol\n" +"Paul Clark\n" +"Paulo Vitor Magacho da Silva\n" +"Pavol Babincak\n" +"Paweł Stankowski\n" +"Petter Reinholdtsen\n" +"Philip Höhlein\n" +"Pierre-Hugues Husson\n" +"Pierre Lamot\n" +"Pyry Kontio\n" +"Radek Vybiral\n" +"Rafael Waldo Delgado Doblas\n" +"Rajeesh K V\n" +"Ray Tiley\n" +"Reka Inovan\n" +"Remita Amine\n" +"Ricardo Ribalda Delgado\n" +"Richard Diamond\n" +"Rinat Ibragimov\n" +"Robert Mourning\n" +"Romain Bentz\n" +"Romain Fliedel\n" +"Romain Vimont\n" +"Ronald S. Bultje\n" +"Ross Finlayson\n" +"Sam Malone\n" +"Samuel Martin\n" +"Samuel Thibault\n" +"Sanchit Arora\n" +"Santiago Gimeno\n" +"Sebastian Ramacher\n" +"Sebastian Roth\n" +"Sergey Bolshakov\n" +"Shaleen Jain\n" +"Shlomi Fish\n" +"Simona-Marinela Prodea\n" +"Stanislas Plessia\n" +"Stefan Pöschel\n" +"Steven Toth\n" +"Sushma Reddy\n" +"Takahito Hirano\n" +"T. Chomphuming\n" +"Thierry Foucu\n" +"Thomas Nigro\n" +"Tim Allen\n" +"Tim Walker\n" +"Tobias Conradi\n" +"Tony Gaillard\n" +"Benoît Tuduri\n" +"Tzu-Jung Lee\n" +"Uwe L. Korn\n" +"Valentin Deniaud\n" +"Valentin Vetter\n" +"Valter Correia\n" +"Vianney Boyer\n" +"Victorien Le Couviour--Tuffet\n" +"Vikram Fugro\n" +"Vinson Lee\n" +"Wayne McDougall\n" +"Wieland Hoffmann\n" +"Wills Wang\n" +"Xabier Aramendi\n" +"Yaşar Tay\n" +"Yidong Ren\n" +"Yuudai Yamashigi\n" +"Zhao Zhili\n" +"أحمد المحم ودي (Ahmed El-Mahmoudy)\n" +"Баярсайхан Энхтайван\n" +"Сергей Дарьичев\n" +"\n" +"Artwork\n" +"-------\n" +"Damien Erambert\n" +"Daniel Dreibrodt, aka aLtgLasS\n" +"David Weber\n" +"Davor Orel\n" +"Dominic Spitaler\n" +"Doney den Ouden\n" +"Eurodata Computer Club\n" +"Geoffrey Roussel\n" +"Joeri van Dooren\n" +"kty0ne\n" +"Max Rudberg\n" +"Richard Øiestad\n" +"Simon Damkjær Andersen\n" +"Tom Bigelajzen\n" +"Vincent van den Heuvel\n" +"\n" +"Documentation\n" +"-------------\n" +"Bill Eldridge\n" +"\n" +"Localization\n" +"------------\n" +"Abdul Fousan - Tamil\n" +"A. Decorte - Friulian\n" +"A. Regnander - Swedish\n" +"Adem Gunes - Turkish\n" +"Adi Nugroho - Tagalog\n" +"Adnan Memija - Bosnian\n" +"airplanez - Korean\n" +"Ajith Manjula - Sinhala\n" +"Aled Powell - Welsh\n" +"Alexander Didebulidze - Georgian\n" +"Alexander Henket - Dutch\n" +"Alexander Jansen - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Alexander Lakhin - Russian\n" +"Alexey Lugin - Ukrainian\n" +"Alexey Salmin - Russian\n" +"Alfred John - Acoli\n" +"Amanpreet Singh Alam - Punjabi\n" +"André de Barros Martins Ribeiro - Brazilian portuguese\n" +"Andrey Brilevskiy - Russian\n" +"Andrey Wolk - Russian\n" +"Andri Pálsson - Icelandic\n" +"Andriy Bandura - Ukrainian\n" +"Anh Phan - Vietnamese\n" +"Aniket Eknath Kudale - Marathi\n" +"Animesh Swar - Nepalese\n" +"Aputsiaĸ Niels Janussen - Danish\n" +"Ara Bextiyar - Sorani (Kurdish)\n" +"Ari Constâncio - Portuguese\n" +"Arkadiusz Lipiec - Polish\n" +"Ask Hjorth Larsen - Danish\n" +"Audrey Prevost - French\n" +"Auk Piseth - Khmer\n" +"Bayarsaikhan Enkhtaivan Баярсайхан Энхтайван - Mongolian\n" +"Biraj Karmakar - Bengali (India)\n" +"Bruno Queirós - Portuguese\n" +"Bruno Vella - Italian\n" +"Caner Başaran - Turkish\n" +"Carlo Calabrò - Italian\n" +"Chandan Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Chesús Daniel Trigo - Aragonese\n" +"Christoph Miebach - German\n" +"Chynggyz Jumaliev - Kirgyz\n" +"Circo Radu - Romanian\n" +"Cristian Secară - Romanian\n" +"Daniel Nylander - Swedish\n" +"Daniel Winzen - German\n" +"David González - Spanish\n" +"David Planella - Catalan\n" +"Dean Lee - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Denis Arnaud - Breton\n" +"Derk-Jan Hartman - Dutch\n" +"DirektX - Hungarian\n" +"Dominko Aždajić - Croatian\n" +"Dylan Aïssi - French\n" +"Đorđe Vasiljević - Serbian\n" +"Eduard Babayan - Armenian\n" +"Eero - Estonian\n" +"Eirik U. Birkeland - Norwegian Nynorsk\n" +"Elizabeth Da Conceicao Baptista - Tetum\n" +"Emilio Sepúlveda - Interlingua\n" +"Emin Mastizada - Azerbaijani\n" +"Éric Lassauge - French\n" +"Farzaneh Sarafraz - Persian\n" +"Florence Tushabe - Chiga\n" +"Fouzia Bourai - Arabic\n" +"Frank Chao - Traditional Chinese\n" +"Freyr Gunnar Ólafsson - Icelandic\n" +"Friedel Wolff - Afrikaans\n" +"Fumio Nakayama - Japanese\n" +"Gabor Kelemen - Hungarian\n" +"Gaurav Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Gaëtan Rousseaux - Walloon\n" +"Ghjuvan Pasquinu - Corsican\n" +"Goce Manevski - Macedonian\n" +"Golam Maruf Oovee - Bengali\n" +"Gonçalo Cordeiro - Galician\n" +"Gorana Milicevic - Serbian\n" +"Goswami Hardikpuri Kishorpuri - Gujarati\n" +"Haakon Meland Eriksen - Norwegian\n" +"Han HoJoong - Korean\n" +"Hardik Kishorpuri Goswami - Gujarati\n" +"Hemanta Nandi - Bengali (India)\n" +"Huw Waters - Welsh\n" +"H.Shalitha Vikum - Sinhala\n" +"Ibrahima Sarr - Fulah\n" +"Ingmārs Dīriņš - Latvian\n" +"Israt Jahan - Bengali\n" +"Ivar Smolin - Estonian\n" +"Iván Seoane Pardo - Galician\n" +"Ivo Ivanov - Bulgarian\n" +"Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio - Basque\n" +"Iñigo Varela - Asturian; Bable\n" +"Jakub Žáček - Czech\n" +"James Olweny - Ganda\n" +"Jamil Ahmed - Bengali\n" +"Javier Varela - Spanish\n" +"Jean-Pierre Kuypers - French\n" +"Jens Seidel - German\n" +"Joao Almeida - Portuguese\n" +"Joel Arvidsson - Swedish\n" +"jogijs - Latvian\n" +"Jonas Larsen - Danish\n" +"Jon Stødle - Norwegian Nynorsk\n" +"Jouni Kähkönen - Finnish\n" +"Juha Jeronen - Finnish\n" +"Julen Ruiz Aizpuru - Basque\n" +"Kai Hermann - German\n" +"Kamil Páral - Czech\n" +"Kang Jeong-Hee - Korean\n" +"Kasper Tvede - Danish\n" +"Kaya Zeren - Turkish\n" +"Kenneth Nielsen - Danish\n" +"Khin Mi Mi Aung - Burmese\n" +"Khoem Sokhem - Khmer\n" +"Kola - Albanian\n" +"Kypchak Kypchak - Kazakh\n" +"Laurent Jonqueres - Occitan\n" +"Loba Yeasmeen - Bengali\n" +"Lorena Gomes - Catalan\n" +"Lorenzo Porta - Italian\n" +"Luqman Hakim - Indonesian\n" +"L. Balasubramaniam - Hindi\n" +"Mahrazi Mohd Kamal - Malay\n" +"Manolis Stefanis - Modern Greek\n" +"Manuela Silva/Alfredo Silva - Portuguese\n" +"Marián Hikaník - Slovak\n" +"Mario Siegmann - German\n" +"Marko Uskokovic - Serbian\n" +"Martin Srebotnjak - Slovenian\n" +"Martin Zicha - Czech\n" +"Matej Urbančič - Slovenian\n" +"Mathias C. Berens, welcome-soft - German\n" +"Mattias Põldaru - Estonian\n" +"Md. Rezwan Shahid - Bengali\n" +"Meelad Zakaria - Persian\n" +"Michael Bauer - Scottish Gaelic\n" +"Michal Halenka - Czech\n" +"Michał Trzebiatowski - Polish\n" +"Miguel Sousa - Portuguese\n" +"Mihkel Kirjutas - Estonian\n" +"Mindaugas Baranauskas - Lithuanian\n" +"Miroslav Oujeský - Czech\n" +"Morten Brix Pedersen - Danish\n" +"Mustafa Sandal - Czech\n" +"Myckel Habets - Dutch\n" +"Namhyung Kim - Korean\n" +"Niels Fanøe - Danish\n" +"Niklas 'Nille' Åkerström - Swedish\n" +"Olav Dahlum - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Oleksandr Natalenko - Ukrainian\n" +"Omer Ensari - Kurmanji (Kurdish)\n" +"Osama Khalid - Arabic\n" +"Otto Kekäläinen - Finnish\n" +"Paras Nath Chaudhary - Nepali\n" +"Pasindu Kavinda - Sinhala\n" +"Pau Iranzo - Catalan\n" +"Paula Iglesias - Galician\n" +"Pedro Valadares - Portuguese\n" +"Peter Jespersen - Danish\n" +"Petr Šimáček - Czech\n" +"Phan Anh - Vietnamese\n" +"Philipp Weissenbacher - German\n" +"Pittayakom Saingtong - Thai\n" +"Prasannajit Acharya - Oriya\n" +"Praveen Illa - Telugu\n" +"Predrag Ljubenović - Serbian\n" +"Pyae Sone - Burmese\n" +"Rajnikant Kumbhar - Marathi\n" +"Ricardo Perdigão - Portuguese\n" +"Ricardo Pérez López - Spanish\n" +"Roustam Ghizdatov - Russian\n" +"Ruei-Yuan Lu - Traditional Chinese\n" +"Saad Liaquat Kiani - Urdu\n" +"Sadia Afroz - Bengali\n" +"Said Marjan Zazai - Pashto\n" +"Salar Khalilzadeh - Persian\n" +"Sam Askari - Spanish\n" +"Sam Hocevar - British\n" +"Samuel Hocevar - French\n" +"Saúl Ortega - Spanish\n" +"Savvas Nesseris - Modern Greek\n" +"Sayan Chowdhury - Hindi\n" +"Seanán Ó Coistín - Irish\n" +"Semsudin Abdic - Bosnian\n" +"Shambhu Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Shantanu Sarkar - Hindi\n" +"Shashi Ranjan - Hindi\n" +"Siarhei Daryichau Дар'ічаў Сяргей - Belarusian\n" +"Sidney Doria - Brazilian Portuguese\n" +"Sigmund Augdal - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Simos Xenitellis - Modern Greek\n" +"Sipho Sibiya - Zulu\n" +"Sok Sophea - Khmer\n" +"Solomon Gizaw - Amharic\n" +"Sreejith P - Malayalam\n" +"Suraj Kawade - Marathi\n" +"Stian Jørgensrud - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Sveinn í Felli - Icelandic\n" +"Tadashi Jokagi - Japanese\n" +"Tarsem Singh - Hindi\n" +"Thanakrit Chomphuming - Thai\n" +"Tero Pelander - Finnish\n" +"Thomas De Rocker - Dutch\n" +"Thomas Graf - gettext support, German\n" +"Tomáš Chvátal - Czech\n" +"Tòni Galhard - Occitan\n" +"Umesh Agarwal - Bengali (India)\n" +"Umidjon Almasov - Uzbek\n" +"Václav Pavlíček - Czech\n" +"Valek Filippov - Russian\n" +"Vicente Jimenez Aguilar - Spanish\n" +"Vincenzo Reale - Italian\n" +"Vít Pelčák - Czech\n" +"viyyer - Hindi\n" +"Vladimir Yermolayev - Russian\n" +"Vojtěch Smejkal - Czech\n" +"Wei Mingzhi - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Xènia Albà Cantero - Catalan\n" +"Xuacu Saturio - Asturian\n" +"Yaron Shahrabani - Hebrew\n" +"Yaşar Tay - Turkish\n" +"Yhal Htet Aung - Burmese\n" +"Yogesh K S - Kannada\n" +"Yoyo - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Yuksel Yildirim - Turkish\n" +"Zabeeh Khan - Pashto\n" +"Zhang Tong - Chinese\n" +; diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_access.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_access.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4356be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_access.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_access.h: Access descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: da06554814885d03823aefbf58e858f6941b3400 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ACCESS_H +#define VLC_ACCESS_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup access Access + * \ingroup stream + * Raw input byte streams + * @{ + * \file + * Input byte stream modules interface + */ + +/** + * Special redirection error code. + * + * In case of redirection, the access open function should clean up (as in + * normal failure case), store the heap-allocated redirection URL in + * stream_t.psz_url, and return this value. + */ +#define VLC_ACCESS_REDIRECT VLC_ETIMEOUT + +/** + * Opens a new read-only byte stream. + * + * This function might block. + * The initial offset is of course always zero. + * + * \param obj parent VLC object + * \param mrl media resource location to read + * \return a new access object on success, NULL on failure + */ +VLC_API stream_t *vlc_access_NewMRL(vlc_object_t *obj, const char *mrl); + +/** + * \defgroup access_helper Access Helpers + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Default pf_control callback for directory accesses. + */ +VLC_API int access_vaDirectoryControlHelper( stream_t *p_access, int i_query, va_list args ); + +#define ACCESS_SET_CALLBACKS( read, block, control, seek ) \ + do { \ + p_access->pf_read = (read); \ + p_access->pf_block = (block); \ + p_access->pf_control = (control); \ + p_access->pf_seek = (seek); \ + } while(0) + +/** + * @} @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_actions.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_actions.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d78f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_actions.h @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_actions.h: handle vlc actions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 404c1662a82ef3f3ffc983a81fa73b90f5773eef $ + * + * Authors: Sigmund Augdal Helberg + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ACTIONS_H +#define VLC_ACTIONS_H 1 + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +int +libvlc_InternalActionsInit(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +void +libvlc_InternalActionsClean(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/** + * \file + * This file defines keys and functions + */ + +#define KEY_MODIFIER 0xFF000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_ALT 0x01000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x02000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_CTRL 0x04000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_META 0x08000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_COMMAND 0x10000000 + +#define KEY_UNSET 0x00000000 +#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x08 +#define KEY_TAB 0x09 +#define KEY_ENTER 0x0D +#define KEY_ESC 0x1B +/* End of Unicode range: 0x0010FFFF */ +#define KEY_LEFT 0x00210000 +#define KEY_RIGHT 0x00220000 +#define KEY_UP 0x00230000 +#define KEY_DOWN 0x00240000 +#define KEY_F1 0x00270000 +#define KEY_F2 0x00280000 +#define KEY_F3 0x00290000 +#define KEY_F4 0x002A0000 +#define KEY_F5 0x002B0000 +#define KEY_F6 0x002C0000 +#define KEY_F7 0x002D0000 +#define KEY_F8 0x002E0000 +#define KEY_F9 0x002F0000 +#define KEY_F10 0x00300000 +#define KEY_F11 0x00310000 +#define KEY_F12 0x00320000 +#define KEY_HOME 0x00330000 +#define KEY_END 0x00340000 +#define KEY_INSERT 0x00350000 +#define KEY_DELETE 0x00360000 +#define KEY_MENU 0x00370000 +#define KEY_PAGEUP 0x00390000 +#define KEY_PAGEDOWN 0x003A0000 +#define KEY_PRINT 0x003B0000 +#define KEY_PAUSE 0x003D0000 + +#define KEY_BROWSER_BACK 0x003F0000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_FORWARD 0x00400000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_REFRESH 0x00410000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_STOP 0x00420000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_SEARCH 0x00430000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_FAVORITES 0x00440000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_HOME 0x00450000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_MUTE 0x00460000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_DOWN 0x00470000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_UP 0x00480000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK 0x00490000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK 0x004A0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_STOP 0x004B0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE 0x004C0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_RECORD 0x004D0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_REWIND 0x004E0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FORWARD 0x004F0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_REPEAT 0x00500000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SHUFFLE 0x00510000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SUBTITLE 0x00520000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_AUDIO 0x00530000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_ANGLE 0x00540000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_TIME 0x00550000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FRAME_PREV 0x00560000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FRAME_NEXT 0x00570000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SELECT 0x00580000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_VIEW 0x00590000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_MENU 0x005A0000 +#define KEY_ZOOM_IN 0x00600000 +#define KEY_ZOOM_OUT 0x00610000 +#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP 0x00620000 +#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN 0x00630000 + +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELUP 0x00F00000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELDOWN 0x00F10000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELLEFT 0x00F20000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELRIGHT 0x00F30000 + +VLC_API char *vlc_keycode2str(uint_fast32_t i_key, bool locale) VLC_USED; +VLC_API uint_fast32_t vlc_str2keycode(const char *str) VLC_USED; + +typedef enum vlc_action_id { + ACTIONID_NONE = 0, + ACTIONID_QUIT, + ACTIONID_PLAY_PAUSE, + ACTIONID_PLAY, + ACTIONID_PAUSE, + ACTIONID_STOP, + ACTIONID_PREV, + ACTIONID_NEXT, + ACTIONID_SLOWER, + ACTIONID_FASTER, + ACTIONID_TOGGLE_FULLSCREEN, + ACTIONID_VOL_UP, + ACTIONID_VOL_DOWN, + ACTIONID_NAV_ACTIVATE, + ACTIONID_NAV_UP, + ACTIONID_NAV_DOWN, + ACTIONID_NAV_LEFT, + ACTIONID_NAV_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_EXTRASHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_EXTRASHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_SHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_SHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_MEDIUM, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_MEDIUM, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_LONG, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_LONG, + ACTIONID_FRAME_NEXT, + ACTIONID_POSITION, + ACTIONID_VOL_MUTE, +/* let ACTIONID_SET_BOOMARK* and ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK* be contiguous */ + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK1, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK2, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK3, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK4, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK5, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK6, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK7, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK8, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK9, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK10, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK1, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK2, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK3, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK4, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK5, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK6, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK7, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK8, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK9, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK10, + /* end of contiguous zone */ + ACTIONID_PLAY_CLEAR, + ACTIONID_SUBDELAY_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBDELAY_DOWN, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_MARKAUDIO, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_MARKSUB, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_APPLY, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_RESET, + ACTIONID_SUBPOS_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBPOS_DOWN, + ACTIONID_AUDIO_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_REVERSE_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TOGGLE, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TEXT_SCALE_NORMAL, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TEXT_SCALE_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TEXT_SCALE_DOWN, + ACTIONID_INTF_TOGGLE_FSC, + ACTIONID_INTF_HIDE, + ACTIONID_INTF_BOSS, + /* chapter and title navigation */ + ACTIONID_TITLE_PREV, + ACTIONID_TITLE_NEXT, + ACTIONID_CHAPTER_PREV, + ACTIONID_CHAPTER_NEXT, + /* end of chapter and title navigation */ + ACTIONID_AUDIODELAY_UP, + ACTIONID_AUDIODELAY_DOWN, + ACTIONID_SNAPSHOT, + ACTIONID_RECORD, + ACTIONID_DISC_MENU, + ACTIONID_ASPECT_RATIO, + ACTIONID_CROP, + ACTIONID_DEINTERLACE, + ACTIONID_DEINTERLACE_MODE, + ACTIONID_ZOOM, + ACTIONID_UNZOOM, + ACTIONID_CROP_TOP, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_TOP, + ACTIONID_CROP_LEFT, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_LEFT, + ACTIONID_CROP_BOTTOM, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_BOTTOM, + ACTIONID_CROP_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_RANDOM, + ACTIONID_LOOP, + ACTIONID_WALLPAPER, + ACTIONID_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN, + /* Zoom */ + ACTIONID_ZOOM_QUARTER, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_HALF, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_ORIGINAL, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_DOUBLE, + /* Cycle Through Audio Devices */ + ACTIONID_AUDIODEVICE_CYCLE, + /* scaling */ + ACTIONID_TOGGLE_AUTOSCALE, + ACTIONID_SCALE_UP, + ACTIONID_SCALE_DOWN, + /* */ + ACTIONID_RATE_NORMAL, + ACTIONID_RATE_SLOWER_FINE, + ACTIONID_RATE_FASTER_FINE, + /* Cycle Through Program Service IDs */ + ACTIONID_PROGRAM_SID_NEXT, + ACTIONID_PROGRAM_SID_PREV, + ACTIONID_INTF_POPUP_MENU, + /* Viewpoint */ + ACTIONID_VIEWPOINT_FOV_IN, + ACTIONID_VIEWPOINT_FOV_OUT, + ACTIONID_VIEWPOINT_ROLL_CLOCK, + ACTIONID_VIEWPOINT_ROLL_ANTICLOCK, + /* Combo Actions */ + ACTIONID_COMBO_VOL_FOV_UP, + ACTIONID_COMBO_VOL_FOV_DOWN, + +} vlc_action_id_t; + +/** + * Get the action ID from an action key name + * \return the action ID or ACTIONID_NONE on error. + */ +VLC_API vlc_action_id_t +vlc_actions_get_id(const char *psz_key_name); + +/** + * Get keycodes from a action key name and vlc configuration + * \return The number of keycodes for this action, or 0 in case of an error. + * The list needs to be released with free() + */ +VLC_API size_t +vlc_actions_get_keycodes(vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_key_name, + bool b_global, uint_fast32_t **pp_keycodes ); +#define vlc_actions_get_keycodes(a, b, c, d) vlc_actions_get_keycodes(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d) + +/** + * Get a list a key names + * \return A NULL terminated list of const char * + */ +VLC_API const char* const* +vlc_actions_get_key_names(vlc_object_t *p_obj); +#define vlc_actions_get_key_names(x) vlc_actions_get_key_names(VLC_OBJECT(x)) + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_addons.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_addons.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23cb134 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_addons.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_addons.h : addons handling and describing + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2013 VideoLAN and authors + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ADDONS_H +#define VLC_ADDONS_H 1 + +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef enum addon_type_t +{ + ADDON_UNKNOWN = 0, + ADDON_EXTENSION, + ADDON_PLAYLIST_PARSER, + ADDON_SERVICE_DISCOVERY, + ADDON_SKIN2, + ADDON_PLUGIN, + ADDON_INTERFACE, + ADDON_META, + ADDON_OTHER +} addon_type_t; + +typedef enum addon_state_t +{ + ADDON_NOTINSTALLED = 0, + ADDON_INSTALLING, + ADDON_INSTALLED, + ADDON_UNINSTALLING +} addon_state_t; + +typedef enum addon_flags_t +{ + ADDON_BROKEN = 1, /* Have install inconsistency */ + ADDON_MANAGEABLE = 1 << 1, /* Have manifest, can install or uninstall files */ + ADDON_UPDATABLE = 1 << 2, +} addon_flags_t; + +#define ADDON_MAX_SCORE (5 * 100) +#define ADDON_UUID_SIZE 16 +#define ADDON_UUID_PSZ_SIZE (ADDON_UUID_SIZE * 2 + 4) +typedef uint8_t addon_uuid_t[ADDON_UUID_SIZE]; + +typedef struct addon_file_t +{ + addon_type_t e_filetype; + char *psz_download_uri; + char *psz_filename; +} addon_file_t; + +struct addon_entry_t +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + + addon_type_t e_type; + addon_state_t e_state; + addon_flags_t e_flags; + + /* data describing addon */ + addon_uuid_t uuid; + char *psz_name; + char *psz_summary; + char *psz_description; + char *psz_author; + char *psz_source_uri; /* webpage, ... */ + char *psz_image_uri; + char *psz_image_data; /* base64, png */ + char *psz_version; + + /* stats */ + long int i_downloads; + int i_score; /* score 0..5 in hundredth */ + + /* Lister */ + char *psz_source_module; + + /* files list */ + char *psz_archive_uri; /* Archive */ + DECL_ARRAY(addon_file_t *) files; + + /* custom data storage (if needed by module/source) */ + void * p_custom; +}; + +typedef struct addons_finder_t addons_finder_t; +typedef struct addons_finder_sys_t addons_finder_sys_t; +struct addons_finder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + int ( * pf_find )( addons_finder_t * ); + int ( * pf_retrieve )( addons_finder_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + DECL_ARRAY( addon_entry_t * ) entries; + char *psz_uri; + + addons_finder_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +typedef struct addons_storage_t addons_storage_t; +typedef struct addons_storage_sys_t addons_storage_sys_t; +struct addons_storage_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + int ( * pf_install )( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + int ( * pf_remove )( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + int ( * pf_catalog ) ( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t **, int ); + + addons_storage_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +typedef struct addons_manager_t addons_manager_t; + +struct addons_manager_owner +{ + void *sys; + void (*addon_found)(struct addons_manager_t *, struct addon_entry_t *); + void (*discovery_ended)(struct addons_manager_t *); + void (*addon_changed)(struct addons_manager_t *, struct addon_entry_t *); +}; + +typedef struct addons_manager_private_t addons_manager_private_t; +struct addons_manager_t +{ + struct addons_manager_owner owner; + addons_manager_private_t *p_priv; +}; + +/** + * addon entry lifecycle + */ +VLC_API addon_entry_t *addon_entry_New( void ); +VLC_API addon_entry_t *addon_entry_Hold(addon_entry_t *); +VLC_API void addon_entry_Release(addon_entry_t *); + +/** + * addons manager lifecycle + */ +VLC_API addons_manager_t *addons_manager_New( vlc_object_t *, + const struct addons_manager_owner * ); +VLC_API void addons_manager_Delete( addons_manager_t * ); + +/** + * Charge currently installed, usable and manageable addons + * (default "addons storage" module) + */ +VLC_API int addons_manager_LoadCatalog( addons_manager_t * ); + +/** + * Gather addons info from repository (default "addons finder" module) + * If psz_uri is not NULL, only gather info from the pointed package. + */ +VLC_API void addons_manager_Gather( addons_manager_t *, const char *psz_uri ); + +/** + * Install or Remove the addon identified by its uuid + */ +VLC_API int addons_manager_Install( addons_manager_t *p_manager, const addon_uuid_t uuid ); +VLC_API int addons_manager_Remove( addons_manager_t *p_manager, const addon_uuid_t uuid ); + +/** + * String uuid to binary uuid helpers + */ +static inline bool addons_uuid_read( const char *psz_uuid, addon_uuid_t *p_uuid ) +{ + if ( !psz_uuid ) return false; + if ( strlen( psz_uuid ) < ADDON_UUID_PSZ_SIZE ) return false; + + int i = 0, j = 0; + while ( i + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AOUT_H +#define VLC_AOUT_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup audio_output Audio output + * \ingroup output + * @{ + * \file + * Audio output modules interface + */ + +/* Buffers which arrive in advance of more than AOUT_MAX_ADVANCE_TIME + * will be considered as bogus and be trashed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_ADVANCE_TIME (AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME + CLOCK_FREQ) + +/* Buffers which arrive in advance of more than AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME + * will cause the calling thread to sleep */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME (2 * CLOCK_FREQ) + +/* Buffers which arrive after pts - AOUT_MIN_PREPARE_TIME will be trashed + * to avoid too heavy resampling */ +#define AOUT_MIN_PREPARE_TIME AOUT_MAX_PTS_ADVANCE + +/* Tolerance values from EBU Recommendation 37 */ +/** Maximum advance of actual audio playback time to coded PTS, + * above which downsampling will be performed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PTS_ADVANCE (CLOCK_FREQ / 25) + +/** Maximum delay of actual audio playback time from coded PTS, + * above which upsampling will be performed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PTS_DELAY (3 * CLOCK_FREQ / 50) + +/* Max acceptable resampling (in %) */ +#define AOUT_MAX_RESAMPLING 10 + +#include "vlc_es.h" + +#define AOUT_FMTS_IDENTICAL( p_first, p_second ) ( \ + ((p_first)->i_format == (p_second)->i_format) \ + && AOUT_FMTS_SIMILAR(p_first, p_second) ) + +/* Check if i_rate == i_rate and i_channels == i_channels */ +#define AOUT_FMTS_SIMILAR( p_first, p_second ) ( \ + ((p_first)->i_rate == (p_second)->i_rate) \ + && ((p_first)->channel_type == (p_second)->channel_type) \ + && ((p_first)->i_physical_channels == (p_second)->i_physical_channels)\ + && ((p_first)->i_chan_mode == (p_second)->i_chan_mode) ) + +#define AOUT_FMT_LINEAR( p_format ) \ + (aout_BitsPerSample((p_format)->i_format) != 0) + +#define VLC_CODEC_SPDIFL VLC_FOURCC('s','p','d','i') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPDIFB VLC_FOURCC('s','p','d','b') + +#define AOUT_FMT_SPDIF( p_format ) \ + ( ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_SPDIFL) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_SPDIFB) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_A52) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_DTS) ) + +#define AOUT_FMT_HDMI( p_format ) \ + ( (p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_EAC3 \ + ||(p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_TRUEHD \ + ||(p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_MLP \ + ) + +/* Values used for the audio-channels object variable */ +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_UNSET 0 /* must be zero */ +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_STEREO 1 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_RSTEREO 2 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_LEFT 3 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_RIGHT 4 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_DOLBYS 5 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_HEADPHONES 6 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_MONO 7 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Main audio output structures + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Size of a frame for S/PDIF output. */ +#define AOUT_SPDIF_SIZE 6144 + +/* Number of samples in an A/52 frame. */ +#define A52_FRAME_NB 1536 + +/* FIXME to remove once aout.h is cleaned a bit more */ +#include + +/** Audio output object */ +struct audio_output +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct aout_sys_t *sys; /**< Private data for callbacks */ + + int (*start)(audio_output_t *, audio_sample_format_t *fmt); + /**< Starts a new stream (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \param fmt input stream sample format upon entry, + * output stream sample format upon return [IN/OUT] + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on success, non-zero on failure + * \note No other stream may be already started when called. + */ + void (*stop)(audio_output_t *); + /**< Stops the existing stream (optional, may be NULL). + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + int (*time_get)(audio_output_t *, mtime_t *delay); + /**< Estimates playback buffer latency (optional, may be NULL). + * \param delay pointer to the delay until the next sample to be written + * to the playback buffer is rendered [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on failure or lack of data + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*play)(audio_output_t *, block_t *); + /**< Queues a block of samples for playback (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*pause)( audio_output_t *, bool pause, mtime_t date); + /**< Pauses or resumes playback (optional, may be NULL). + * \param pause pause if true, resume from pause if false + * \param date timestamp when the pause or resume was requested + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*flush)( audio_output_t *, bool wait); + /**< Flushes or drains the playback buffers (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \param wait true to wait for playback of pending buffers (drain), + * false to discard pending buffers (flush) + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + int (*volume_set)(audio_output_t *, float volume); + /**< Changes playback volume (optional, may be NULL). + * \param volume requested volume (0. = mute, 1. = nominal) + * \note The volume is always a positive number. + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + int (*mute_set)(audio_output_t *, bool mute); + /**< Changes muting (optinal, may be NULL). + * \param mute true to mute, false to unmute + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + int (*device_select)(audio_output_t *, const char *id); + /**< Selects an audio output device (optional, may be NULL). + * \param id nul-terminated device unique identifier. + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on failure. + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + + struct { + bool headphones; /**< Default to false, set it to true if the current + sink is using headphones */ + } current_sink_info; + /**< Current sink informations set by the module from the start() function */ + + struct { + void (*volume_report)(audio_output_t *, float); + void (*mute_report)(audio_output_t *, bool); + void (*policy_report)(audio_output_t *, bool); + void (*device_report)(audio_output_t *, const char *); + void (*hotplug_report)(audio_output_t *, const char *, const char *); + int (*gain_request)(audio_output_t *, float); + void (*restart_request)(audio_output_t *, unsigned); + } event; +}; + +typedef enum +{ + AOUT_CHANIDX_DISABLE = -1, + AOUT_CHANIDX_LEFT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_RIGHT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_MIDDLELEFT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_MIDDLERIGHT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARLEFT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARRIGHT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARCENTER, + AOUT_CHANIDX_CENTER, + AOUT_CHANIDX_LFE, + AOUT_CHANIDX_MAX +} vlc_chan_order_idx_t; + +static_assert(AOUT_CHANIDX_MAX == AOUT_CHAN_MAX, "channel count mismatch"); + +#define AOUT_CHAN_REMAP_INIT { \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_LEFT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_RIGHT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_MIDDLELEFT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_MIDDLERIGHT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARLEFT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARRIGHT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARCENTER, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_CENTER, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_LFE, \ +} + +/** + * It describes the audio channel order VLC expect. + */ +static const uint32_t pi_vlc_chan_order_wg4[] = +{ + AOUT_CHAN_LEFT, AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT, + AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT, AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT, + AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT, AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT, AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER, + AOUT_CHAN_CENTER, AOUT_CHAN_LFE, 0 +}; + +#define AOUT_RESTART_FILTERS 0x1 +#define AOUT_RESTART_OUTPUT (AOUT_RESTART_FILTERS|0x2) +#define AOUT_RESTART_STEREOMODE (AOUT_RESTART_OUTPUT|0x4) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This function computes the reordering needed to go from pi_chan_order_in to + * pi_chan_order_out. + * If pi_chan_order_in or pi_chan_order_out is NULL, it will assume that vlc + * internal (WG4) order is requested. + */ +VLC_API unsigned aout_CheckChannelReorder( const uint32_t *, const uint32_t *, + uint32_t mask, uint8_t *table ); +VLC_API void aout_ChannelReorder(void *, size_t, uint8_t, const uint8_t *, vlc_fourcc_t); + +VLC_API void aout_Interleave(void *dst, const void *const *planes, + unsigned samples, unsigned channels, + vlc_fourcc_t fourcc); +VLC_API void aout_Deinterleave(void *dst, const void *src, unsigned samples, + unsigned channels, vlc_fourcc_t fourcc); + +/** + * This function will compute the extraction parameter into pi_selection to go + * from i_channels with their type given by pi_order_src[] into the order + * describe by pi_order_dst. + * It will also set : + * - *pi_channels as the number of channels that will be extracted which is + * lower (in case of non understood channels type) or equal to i_channels. + * - the layout of the channels (*pi_layout). + * + * It will return true if channel extraction is really needed, in which case + * aout_ChannelExtract must be used + * + * XXX It must be used when the source may have channel type not understood + * by VLC. In this case the channel type pi_order_src[] must be set to 0. + * XXX It must also be used if multiple channels have the same type. + */ +VLC_API bool aout_CheckChannelExtraction( int *pi_selection, uint32_t *pi_layout, int *pi_channels, const uint32_t pi_order_dst[AOUT_CHAN_MAX], const uint32_t *pi_order_src, int i_channels ); + +/** + * Do the actual channels extraction using the parameters created by + * aout_CheckChannelExtraction. + * + * XXX this function does not work in place (p_dst and p_src must not overlap). + * XXX Only 8, 16, 32, 64 bits per sample are supported. + */ +VLC_API void aout_ChannelExtract( void *p_dst, int i_dst_channels, const void *p_src, int i_src_channels, int i_sample_count, const int *pi_selection, int i_bits_per_sample ); + +/* */ +static inline unsigned aout_FormatNbChannels(const audio_sample_format_t *fmt) +{ + return popcount(fmt->i_physical_channels); +} + +VLC_API unsigned int aout_BitsPerSample( vlc_fourcc_t i_format ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void aout_FormatPrepare( audio_sample_format_t * p_format ); +VLC_API void aout_FormatPrint(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + const audio_sample_format_t *); +#define aout_FormatPrint(o, t, f) aout_FormatPrint(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, f) +VLC_API const char * aout_FormatPrintChannels( const audio_sample_format_t * ) VLC_USED; + +#define AOUT_VOLUME_DEFAULT 256 +#define AOUT_VOLUME_MAX 512 + +VLC_API float aout_VolumeGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_VolumeSet (audio_output_t *, float); +VLC_API int aout_VolumeUpdate (audio_output_t *, int, float *); +VLC_API int aout_MuteGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_MuteSet (audio_output_t *, bool); +VLC_API char *aout_DeviceGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_DeviceSet (audio_output_t *, const char *); +VLC_API int aout_DevicesList (audio_output_t *, char ***, char ***); + +/** + * Report change of configured audio volume to the core and UI. + */ +static inline void aout_VolumeReport(audio_output_t *aout, float volume) +{ + aout->event.volume_report(aout, volume); +} + +/** + * Report change of muted flag to the core and UI. + */ +static inline void aout_MuteReport(audio_output_t *aout, bool mute) +{ + aout->event.mute_report(aout, mute); +} + +/** + * Report audio policy status. + * \param cork true to request a cork, false to undo any pending cork. + */ +static inline void aout_PolicyReport(audio_output_t *aout, bool cork) +{ + aout->event.policy_report(aout, cork); +} + +/** + * Report change of output device. + */ +static inline void aout_DeviceReport(audio_output_t *aout, const char *id) +{ + aout->event.device_report(aout, id); +} + +/** + * Report a device hot-plug event. + * @param id device ID + * @param name human-readable device name (NULL for hot unplug) + */ +static inline void aout_HotplugReport(audio_output_t *aout, + const char *id, const char *name) +{ + aout->event.hotplug_report(aout, id, name); +} + +/** + * Request a change of software audio amplification. + * \param gain linear amplitude gain (must be positive) + * \warning Values in excess 1.0 may cause overflow and distorsion. + */ +static inline int aout_GainRequest(audio_output_t *aout, float gain) +{ + return aout->event.gain_request(aout, gain); +} + +static inline void aout_RestartRequest(audio_output_t *aout, unsigned mode) +{ + aout->event.restart_request(aout, mode); +} + +/* Audio output filters */ + +typedef struct +{ + /** + * If the remap order differs from the WG4 order, a remap audio filter will + * be inserted to remap channels according to this array. + */ + int remap[AOUT_CHANIDX_MAX]; + /** + * If true, a filter will be inserted to add a headphones effect (like a + * binauralizer audio filter). + */ + bool headphones; +} aout_filters_cfg_t; + +#define AOUT_FILTERS_CFG_INIT (aout_filters_cfg_t) \ + { .remap = AOUT_CHAN_REMAP_INIT, \ + .headphones = false, \ + }; + +typedef struct aout_filters aout_filters_t; +typedef struct aout_request_vout aout_request_vout_t; + +VLC_API aout_filters_t *aout_FiltersNew(vlc_object_t *, + const audio_sample_format_t *, + const audio_sample_format_t *, + const aout_request_vout_t *, + const aout_filters_cfg_t *cfg) VLC_USED; +#define aout_FiltersNew(o,inf,outf,rv,remap) \ + aout_FiltersNew(VLC_OBJECT(o),inf,outf,rv,remap) +VLC_API void aout_FiltersDelete(vlc_object_t *, aout_filters_t *); +#define aout_FiltersDelete(o,f) \ + aout_FiltersDelete(VLC_OBJECT(o),f) +VLC_API bool aout_FiltersAdjustResampling(aout_filters_t *, int); +VLC_API block_t *aout_FiltersPlay(aout_filters_t *, block_t *, int rate); +VLC_API block_t *aout_FiltersDrain(aout_filters_t *); +VLC_API void aout_FiltersFlush(aout_filters_t *); +VLC_API void aout_FiltersChangeViewpoint(aout_filters_t *, const vlc_viewpoint_t *vp); + +VLC_API vout_thread_t * aout_filter_RequestVout( filter_t *, vout_thread_t *p_vout, const video_format_t *p_fmt ); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* VLC_AOUT_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a61af5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_aout_volume.h: audio volume module + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: df85b8fd14e00454e88c08061e3059fa67927dab $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AOUT_MIXER_H +#define VLC_AOUT_MIXER_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * \defgroup audio_volume Audio output volume + * \ingroup audio_output + * @{ + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for audio output mixer object + */ + +typedef struct audio_volume audio_volume_t; + +/** + * Audio volume + */ +struct audio_volume +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_fourcc_t format; /**< Audio samples format */ + void (*amplify)(audio_volume_t *, block_t *, float); /**< Amplifier */ +}; + +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_arrays.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_arrays.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..136a636 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_arrays.h @@ -0,0 +1,627 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_arrays.h : Arrays and data structures handling + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 39b69952ffce040330da239f52778c3e82024bc4 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Clément Stenac + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ARRAYS_H_ +#define VLC_ARRAYS_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for handling arrays in vlc + */ + +/* realloc() that never fails *if* downsizing */ +static inline void *realloc_down( void *ptr, size_t size ) +{ + void *ret = realloc( ptr, size ); + return ret ? ret : ptr; +} + +#define TAB_INIT( count, tab ) \ + do { \ + (count) = 0; \ + (tab) = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_CLEAN( count, tab ) \ + do { \ + free( tab ); \ + (count)= 0; \ + (tab)= NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_APPEND_CAST( cast, count, tab, p ) \ + do { \ + if( (count) > 0 ) \ + (tab) = cast realloc( tab, sizeof( *(tab) ) * ( (count) + 1 ) ); \ + else \ + (tab) = cast malloc( sizeof( *(tab) ) ); \ + if( !(tab) ) abort(); \ + (tab)[count] = (p); \ + (count)++; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_APPEND( count, tab, p ) \ + TAB_APPEND_CAST( , count, tab, p ) + +#define TAB_FIND( count, tab, p, idx ) \ + do { \ + for( (idx) = 0; (idx) < (count); (idx)++ ) \ + if( (tab)[(idx)] == (p) ) \ + break; \ + if( (idx) >= (count) ) \ + (idx) = -1; \ + } while(0) + + +#define TAB_ERASE( count, tab, index ) \ + do { \ + if( (count) > 1 ) \ + memmove( (tab) + (index), \ + (tab) + (index) + 1, \ + ((count) - (index) - 1 ) * sizeof( *(tab) ) );\ + (count)--; \ + if( (count) == 0 ) \ + { \ + free( tab ); \ + (tab) = NULL; \ + } \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_REMOVE( count, tab, p ) \ + do { \ + int i_index; \ + TAB_FIND( count, tab, p, i_index ); \ + if( i_index >= 0 ) \ + TAB_ERASE( count, tab, i_index ); \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_INSERT_CAST( cast, count, tab, p, index ) do { \ + if( (count) > 0 ) \ + (tab) = cast realloc( tab, sizeof( *(tab) ) * ( (count) + 1 ) ); \ + else \ + (tab) = cast malloc( sizeof( *(tab) ) ); \ + if( !(tab) ) abort(); \ + if( (count) - (index) > 0 ) \ + memmove( (tab) + (index) + 1, \ + (tab) + (index), \ + ((count) - (index)) * sizeof( *(tab) ) );\ + (tab)[(index)] = (p); \ + (count)++; \ +} while(0) + +#define TAB_INSERT( count, tab, p, index ) \ + TAB_INSERT_CAST( , count, tab, p, index ) + +/** + * Binary search in a sorted array. The key must be comparable by < and > + * \param entries array of entries + * \param count number of entries + * \param elem key to check within an entry (like .id, or ->i_id) + * \param zetype type of the key + * \param key value of the key + * \param answer index of answer within the array. -1 if not found + */ +#define BSEARCH( entries, count, elem, zetype, key, answer ) \ + do { \ + int low = 0, high = count - 1; \ + answer = -1; \ + while( low <= high ) {\ + int mid = ((unsigned int)low + (unsigned int)high) >> 1;\ + zetype mid_val = entries[mid] elem;\ + if( mid_val < key ) \ + low = mid + 1; \ + else if ( mid_val > key ) \ + high = mid -1; \ + else \ + { \ + answer = mid; break; \ + }\ + } \ + } while(0) + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dynamic arrays with progressive allocation + ************************************************************************/ + +/* Internal functions */ +#define _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, newsize) { \ + (array).i_alloc = newsize; \ + (array).p_elems = realloc( (array).p_elems, (array).i_alloc * \ + sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + if( !(array).p_elems ) abort(); \ +} + +#define _ARRAY_GROW1(array) { \ + if( (array).i_alloc < 10 ) \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, 10 ) \ + else if( (array).i_alloc == (array).i_size ) \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, (int)((array).i_alloc * 1.5) ) \ +} + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) + +/* API */ +#define DECL_ARRAY(type) struct { \ + int i_alloc; \ + int i_size; \ + type *p_elems; \ +} + +#define TYPEDEF_ARRAY(type, name) typedef DECL_ARRAY(type) name; + +#define ARRAY_INIT(array) \ + do { \ + (array).i_alloc = 0; \ + (array).i_size = 0; \ + (array).p_elems = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_RESET(array) \ + do { \ + (array).i_alloc = 0; \ + (array).i_size = 0; \ + free( (array).p_elems ); (array).p_elems = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_APPEND(array, elem) \ + do { \ + _ARRAY_GROW1(array); \ + (array).p_elems[(array).i_size] = elem; \ + (array).i_size++; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_INSERT(array,elem,pos) \ + do { \ + _ARRAY_GROW1(array); \ + if( (array).i_size - pos ) { \ + memmove( (array).p_elems + pos + 1, (array).p_elems + pos, \ + ((array).i_size-pos) * sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + } \ + (array).p_elems[pos] = elem; \ + (array).i_size++; \ + } while(0) + +#define _ARRAY_SHRINK(array) { \ + if( (array).i_size > 10 && (array).i_size < (int)((array).i_alloc / 1.5) ) { \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, (array).i_size + 5); \ + } \ +} + +#define ARRAY_REMOVE(array,pos) \ + do { \ + if( (array).i_size - (pos) - 1 ) \ + { \ + memmove( (array).p_elems + pos, (array).p_elems + pos + 1, \ + ( (array).i_size - pos - 1 ) *sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + } \ + (array).i_size--; \ + _ARRAY_SHRINK(array); \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_VAL(array, pos) array.p_elems[pos] + +#define ARRAY_BSEARCH(array, elem, zetype, key, answer) \ + BSEARCH( (array).p_elems, (array).i_size, elem, zetype, key, answer) + +#define FOREACH_ARRAY( item, array ) { \ + int fe_idx; \ + for( fe_idx = 0 ; fe_idx < (array).i_size ; fe_idx++ ) \ + { \ + item = (array).p_elems[fe_idx]; + +#define FOREACH_END() } } + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dynamic arrays with progressive allocation (Preferred API) + ************************************************************************/ +typedef struct vlc_array_t +{ + size_t i_count; + void ** pp_elems; +} vlc_array_t; + +static inline void vlc_array_init( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + p_array->i_count = 0; + p_array->pp_elems = NULL; +} + +static inline void vlc_array_clear( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + free( p_array->pp_elems ); + vlc_array_init( p_array ); +} + +/* Read */ +static inline size_t vlc_array_count( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + return p_array->i_count; +} + +#ifndef __cplusplus +# define vlc_array_item_at_index(ar, idx) \ + _Generic((ar), \ + const vlc_array_t *: ((ar)->pp_elems[idx]), \ + vlc_array_t *: ((ar)->pp_elems[idx])) +#else +static inline void *vlc_array_item_at_index( vlc_array_t *ar, size_t idx ) +{ + return ar->pp_elems[idx]; +} + +static inline const void *vlc_array_item_at_index( const vlc_array_t *ar, + size_t idx ) +{ + return ar->pp_elems[idx]; +} +#endif + +static inline int vlc_array_index_of_item( const vlc_array_t *ar, + const void *elem ) +{ + for( size_t i = 0; i < ar->i_count; i++ ) + { + if( ar->pp_elems[i] == elem ) + return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* Write */ +static inline int vlc_array_insert( vlc_array_t *ar, void *elem, int idx ) +{ + void **pp = (void **)realloc( ar->pp_elems, + sizeof( void * ) * (ar->i_count + 1) ); + if( unlikely(pp == NULL) ) + return -1; + + size_t tail = ar->i_count - idx; + if( tail > 0 ) + memmove( pp + idx + 1, pp + idx, sizeof( void * ) * tail ); + + pp[idx] = elem; + ar->i_count++; + ar->pp_elems = pp; + return 0; +} + +static inline void vlc_array_insert_or_abort( vlc_array_t *ar, void *elem, int idx ) +{ + if( vlc_array_insert( ar, elem, idx ) ) + abort(); +} + +static inline int vlc_array_append( vlc_array_t *ar, void *elem ) +{ + void **pp = (void **)realloc( ar->pp_elems, + sizeof( void * ) * (ar->i_count + 1) ); + if( unlikely(pp == NULL) ) + return -1; + + pp[ar->i_count++] = elem; + ar->pp_elems = pp; + return 0; +} + +static inline void vlc_array_append_or_abort( vlc_array_t *ar, void *elem ) +{ + if( vlc_array_append( ar, elem ) != 0 ) + abort(); +} + +static inline void vlc_array_remove( vlc_array_t *ar, size_t idx ) +{ + void **pp = ar->pp_elems; + size_t tail = ar->i_count - idx - 1; + + if( tail > 0 ) + memmove( pp + idx, pp + idx + 1, sizeof( void * ) * tail ); + + ar->i_count--; + + if( ar->i_count > 0 ) + { + pp = (void **)realloc( pp, sizeof( void * ) * ar->i_count ); + if( likely(pp != NULL) ) + ar->pp_elems = pp; + } + else + { + free( pp ); + ar->pp_elems = NULL; + } +} + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dictionaries + ************************************************************************/ + +/* This function is not intended to be crypto-secure, we only want it to be + * fast and not suck too much. This one is pretty fast and did 0 collisions + * in wenglish's dictionary. + */ +static inline uint64_t DictHash( const char *psz_string, int hashsize ) +{ + uint64_t i_hash = 0; + if( psz_string ) + { + while( *psz_string ) + { + i_hash += *psz_string++; + i_hash += i_hash << 10; + i_hash ^= i_hash >> 8; + } + } + return i_hash % hashsize; +} + +typedef struct vlc_dictionary_entry_t +{ + char * psz_key; + void * p_value; + struct vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_next; +} vlc_dictionary_entry_t; + +typedef struct vlc_dictionary_t +{ + int i_size; + vlc_dictionary_entry_t ** p_entries; +} vlc_dictionary_t; + +static void * const kVLCDictionaryNotFound = NULL; + +static inline void vlc_dictionary_init( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, int i_size ) +{ + p_dict->p_entries = NULL; + + if( i_size > 0 ) + { + p_dict->p_entries = (vlc_dictionary_entry_t **)calloc( i_size, sizeof(*p_dict->p_entries) ); + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + i_size = 0; + } + p_dict->i_size = i_size; +} + +static inline void vlc_dictionary_clear( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, + void ( * pf_free )( void * p_data, void * p_obj ), + void * p_obj ) +{ + if( p_dict->p_entries ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_current, * p_next; + p_current = p_dict->p_entries[i]; + while( p_current ) + { + p_next = p_current->p_next; + if( pf_free != NULL ) + ( * pf_free )( p_current->p_value, p_obj ); + free( p_current->psz_key ); + free( p_current ); + p_current = p_next; + } + } + free( p_dict->p_entries ); + p_dict->p_entries = NULL; + } + p_dict->i_size = 0; +} + +static inline int +vlc_dictionary_has_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return 0; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + const vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + for( ; p_entry != NULL; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) + { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + break; + } + return p_entry != NULL; +} + +static inline void * +vlc_dictionary_value_for_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + + if( !p_entry ) + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; + + /* Make sure we return the right item. (Hash collision) */ + do { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + return p_entry->p_value; + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } while( p_entry ); + + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; +} + +static inline int +vlc_dictionary_keys_count( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + int i, count = 0; + + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return 0; + + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + for( p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; p_entry; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) count++; + } + return count; +} + +static inline bool +vlc_dictionary_is_empty( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + if( p_dict->p_entries ) + for( int i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + if( p_dict->p_entries[i] ) + return false; + return true; +} + +static inline char ** +vlc_dictionary_all_keys( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + char ** ppsz_ret; + int i, count = vlc_dictionary_keys_count( p_dict ); + + ppsz_ret = (char**)malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 1)); + if( unlikely(!ppsz_ret) ) + return NULL; + + count = 0; + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + for( p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; p_entry; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) + ppsz_ret[count++] = strdup( p_entry->psz_key ); + } + ppsz_ret[count] = NULL; + return ppsz_ret; +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_insert_impl_( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, + void * p_value, bool rebuild ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + vlc_dictionary_init( p_dict, 1 ); + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + + p_entry = (vlc_dictionary_entry_t *)malloc(sizeof(*p_entry)); + p_entry->psz_key = strdup( psz_key ); + p_entry->p_value = p_value; + p_entry->p_next = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] = p_entry; + if( rebuild ) + { + /* Count how many items there was */ + int count; + for( count = 1; p_entry->p_next; count++ ) + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + if( count > 3 ) /* XXX: this need tuning */ + { + /* Here it starts to be not good, rebuild a bigger dictionary */ + struct vlc_dictionary_t new_dict; + int i_new_size = ( (p_dict->i_size+2) * 3) / 2; /* XXX: this need tuning */ + int i; + vlc_dictionary_init( &new_dict, i_new_size ); + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; + while( p_entry ) + { + vlc_dictionary_insert_impl_( &new_dict, p_entry->psz_key, + p_entry->p_value, + false /* To avoid multiple rebuild loop */); + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } + } + + vlc_dictionary_clear( p_dict, NULL, NULL ); + p_dict->i_size = new_dict.i_size; + p_dict->p_entries = new_dict.p_entries; + } + } +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_insert( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, void * p_value ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_insert_impl_( p_dict, psz_key, p_value, true ); +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_remove_value_for_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, + void ( * pf_free )( void * p_data, void * p_obj ), + void * p_obj ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_prev; + + if( !p_entry ) + return; /* Not found, nothing to do */ + + /* Hash collision */ + p_prev = NULL; + do { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + { + if( pf_free != NULL ) + ( * pf_free )( p_entry->p_value, p_obj ); + if( !p_prev ) + p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] = p_entry->p_next; + else + p_prev->p_next = p_entry->p_next; + free( p_entry->psz_key ); + free( p_entry ); + return; + } + p_prev = p_entry; + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } while( p_entry ); + + /* No key was found */ +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// C++ helpers +template +void vlc_delete_all( T &container ) +{ + typename T::iterator it = container.begin(); + while ( it != container.end() ) + { + delete *it; + ++it; + } + container.clear(); +} + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_atomic.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31d1454 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_atomic.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ATOMIC_H +# define VLC_ATOMIC_H + +/** + * \file + * Atomic operations do not require locking, but they are not very powerful. + */ + +/* Clang older versions support atomics but lacks the stdatomic.h header */ +#if defined(__clang__) +# if !defined(__has_include) || !__has_include() +# define __STDC_NO_ATOMICS__ 1 +# endif +#endif + +# ifndef __cplusplus +# if !defined (__STDC_NO_ATOMICS__) +/*** Native C11 atomics ***/ +# include + +# else +/*** Intel/GCC atomics ***/ + +# define ATOMIC_FLAG_INIT false + +# define ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(value) (value) + +# define atomic_init(obj, value) \ + do { *(obj) = (value); } while(0) + +# define kill_dependency(y) \ + ((void)0) + +# define atomic_thread_fence(order) \ + __sync_synchronize() + +# define atomic_signal_fence(order) \ + ((void)0) + +# define atomic_is_lock_free(obj) \ + false + +typedef bool atomic_flag; +typedef bool atomic_bool; +typedef char atomic_char; +typedef signed char atomic_schar; +typedef unsigned char atomic_uchar; +typedef short atomic_short; +typedef unsigned short atomic_ushort; +typedef int atomic_int; +typedef unsigned int atomic_uint; +typedef long atomic_long; +typedef unsigned long atomic_ulong; +typedef long long atomic_llong; +typedef unsigned long long atomic_ullong; +//typedef char16_t atomic_char16_t; +//typedef char32_t atomic_char32_t; +typedef wchar_t atomic_wchar_t; +typedef int_least8_t atomic_int_least8_t; +typedef uint_least8_t atomic_uint_least8_t; +typedef int_least16_t atomic_int_least16_t; +typedef uint_least16_t atomic_uint_least16_t; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_int_least32_t; +typedef uint_least32_t atomic_uint_least32_t; +typedef int_least64_t atomic_int_least64_t; +typedef uint_least64_t atomic_uint_least64_t; +typedef int_fast8_t atomic_int_fast8_t; +typedef uint_fast8_t atomic_uint_fast8_t; +typedef int_fast16_t atomic_int_fast16_t; +typedef uint_fast16_t atomic_uint_fast16_t; +typedef int_fast32_t atomic_int_fast32_t; +typedef uint_fast32_t atomic_uint_fast32_t; +typedef int_fast64_t atomic_int_fast64_t; +typedef uint_fast64_t atomic_uint_fast64_t; +typedef intptr_t atomic_intptr_t; +typedef uintptr_t atomic_uintptr_t; +typedef size_t atomic_size_t; +typedef ptrdiff_t atomic_ptrdiff_t; +typedef intmax_t atomic_intmax_t; +typedef uintmax_t atomic_uintmax_t; + +# define atomic_store(object,desired) \ + do { \ + *(object) = (desired); \ + __sync_synchronize(); \ + } while (0) + +# define atomic_store_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_store(object,desired) + +# define atomic_load(object) \ + (__sync_synchronize(), *(object)) + +# define atomic_load_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_load(object) + +# define atomic_exchange(object,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + do \ + _old = atomic_load(_obj); \ + while (!__sync_bool_compare_and_swap(_obj, _old, (desired))); \ + _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_exchange_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_exchange(object,desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange(object,expected,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _exp = (expected); \ + typeof (*object) _old = *_exp; \ + *_exp = __sync_val_compare_and_swap((object), _old, (desired)); \ + *_exp == _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object,expected,desired,order,order_different) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object,expected,desired,order_equal,order_different) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_add(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_or(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_and(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) \ + atomic_exchange(object, true) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) + +# define atomic_flag_clear(object) \ + atomic_store(object, false) + +# define atomic_flag_clear_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_clear(object) + +# endif /* !C11 */ + +typedef atomic_uint_least32_t vlc_atomic_float; + +static inline void vlc_atomic_init_float(vlc_atomic_float *var, float f) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.f = f; + atomic_init(var, u.i); +} + +/** Helper to retrieve a single precision from an atom. */ +static inline float vlc_atomic_load_float(vlc_atomic_float *atom) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.i = atomic_load(atom); + return u.f; +} + +/** Helper to store a single precision into an atom. */ +static inline void vlc_atomic_store_float(vlc_atomic_float *atom, float f) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.f = f; + atomic_store(atom, u.i); +} + +# else /* C++ */ +/*** Native C++11 atomics ***/ +# include +# endif /* C++ */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..664633a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_avcodec.h: VLC thread support for libavcodec + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AVCODEC_H +# define VLC_AVCODEC_H 1 + +static inline void vlc_avcodec_lock (void) +{ + vlc_global_lock (VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX); +} + +static inline void vlc_avcodec_unlock (void) +{ + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_bits.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_bits.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..edd095b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_bits.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_bits.h : Bit handling helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2015 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 395a789eba46ac42413f5fb5418619332589f824 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * Gildas Bazin + * Rafaël Carré + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef VLC_BITS_H +#define VLC_BITS_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures for handling streams of bits in vlc + */ + +typedef struct bs_s +{ + uint8_t *p_start; + uint8_t *p; + uint8_t *p_end; + + ssize_t i_left; /* i_count number of available bits */ + bool b_read_only; + + /* forward read modifier (p_start, p_end, p_fwpriv, count) */ + uint8_t *(*pf_forward)(uint8_t *, uint8_t *, void *, size_t); + void *p_fwpriv; +} bs_t; + +static inline void bs_write_init( bs_t *s, void *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + s->p_start = (uint8_t *)p_data; + s->p = s->p_start; + s->p_end = s->p_start + i_data; + s->i_left = 8; + s->b_read_only = false; + s->p_fwpriv = NULL; + s->pf_forward = NULL; +} + +static inline void bs_init( bs_t *s, const void *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + bs_write_init( s, (void*) p_data, i_data ); + s->b_read_only = true; +} + +static inline int bs_pos( const bs_t *s ) +{ + return( 8 * ( s->p - s->p_start ) + 8 - s->i_left ); +} + +static inline int bs_remain( const bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + return 0; + else + return( 8 * ( s->p_end - s->p ) - 8 + s->i_left ); +} + +static inline int bs_eof( const bs_t *s ) +{ + return( s->p >= s->p_end ? 1: 0 ); +} + +#define bs_forward( s, i ) \ + s->p = s->pf_forward ? s->pf_forward( s->p, s->p_end, s->p_fwpriv, i ) : s->p + i + +static inline uint32_t bs_read( bs_t *s, int i_count ) +{ + static const uint32_t i_mask[33] = + { 0x00, + 0x01, 0x03, 0x07, 0x0f, + 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0xff, + 0x1ff, 0x3ff, 0x7ff, 0xfff, + 0x1fff, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 0xffff, + 0x1ffff, 0x3ffff, 0x7ffff, 0xfffff, + 0x1fffff, 0x3fffff, 0x7fffff, 0xffffff, + 0x1ffffff, 0x3ffffff, 0x7ffffff, 0xfffffff, + 0x1fffffff,0x3fffffff,0x7fffffff,0xffffffff}; + int i_shr, i_drop = 0; + uint32_t i_result = 0; + + if( i_count > 32 ) + { + i_drop = i_count - 32; + i_count = 32; + } + + while( i_count > 0 ) + { + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + { + break; + } + + if( ( i_shr = s->i_left - i_count ) >= 0 ) + { + /* more in the buffer than requested */ + i_result |= ( *s->p >> i_shr )&i_mask[i_count]; + s->i_left -= i_count; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + bs_forward( s, 1 ); + s->i_left = 8; + } + break; + } + else + { + /* less in the buffer than requested */ + if( -i_shr == 32 ) + i_result = 0; + else + i_result |= (*s->p&i_mask[s->i_left]) << -i_shr; + i_count -= s->i_left; + bs_forward( s, 1); + s->i_left = 8; + } + } + + if( i_drop ) + bs_forward( s, i_drop ); + + return( i_result ); +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_read1( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->p < s->p_end ) + { + unsigned int i_result; + + s->i_left--; + i_result = ( *s->p >> s->i_left )&0x01; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + bs_forward( s, 1 ); + s->i_left = 8; + } + return i_result; + } + + return 0; +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_show( bs_t *s, int i_count ) +{ + bs_t s_tmp = *s; + return bs_read( &s_tmp, i_count ); +} + +static inline void bs_skip( bs_t *s, ssize_t i_count ) +{ + s->i_left -= i_count; + + if( s->i_left <= 0 ) + { + const size_t i_bytes = 1 + s->i_left / -8; + bs_forward( s, i_bytes ); + if( i_bytes * 8 < i_bytes /* ofw */ ) + s->i_left = i_bytes; + else + s->i_left += 8 * i_bytes; + } +} + +static inline void bs_write( bs_t *s, int i_count, uint32_t i_bits ) +{ + if( s->b_read_only ) + return; + + while( i_count > 0 ) + { + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + { + break; + } + + i_count--; + + if( ( i_bits >> i_count )&0x01 ) + { + *s->p |= 1 << ( s->i_left - 1 ); + } + else + { + *s->p &= ~( 1 << ( s->i_left - 1 ) ); + } + s->i_left--; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + bs_forward( s, 1 ); + s->i_left = 8; + } + } +} + +static inline bool bs_aligned( bs_t *s ) +{ + return s->i_left % 8 == 0; +} + +static inline void bs_align( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + s->i_left = 8; + s->p++; + } +} + +static inline void bs_align_0( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + bs_write( s, s->i_left, 0 ); + } +} + +static inline void bs_align_1( bs_t *s ) +{ + while( !s->b_read_only && s->i_left != 8 ) + { + bs_write( s, 1, 1 ); + } +} + +/* Read unsigned Exp-Golomb code */ +static inline uint_fast32_t bs_read_ue( bs_t * bs ) +{ + unsigned i = 0; + + while( bs_read1( bs ) == 0 && bs->p < bs->p_end && i < 31 ) + i++; + + return (1U << i) - 1 + bs_read( bs, i ); +} + +/* Read signed Exp-Golomb code */ +static inline int_fast32_t bs_read_se( bs_t *s ) +{ + uint_fast32_t val = bs_read_ue( s ); + + return (val & 0x01) ? (int_fast32_t)((val + 1) / 2) + : -(int_fast32_t)(val / 2); +} + +#undef bs_forward + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_block.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_block.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9990104 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_block.h @@ -0,0 +1,626 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_block.h: Data blocks management functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 1c9478301687233398adbb7de7da4ffc4a101f89 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BLOCK_H +#define VLC_BLOCK_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup block Data blocks + * \ingroup input + * + * Blocks of binary data. + * + * @ref block_t is a generic structure to represent a binary blob within VLC. + * The primary goal of the structure is to avoid memory copying as data is + * passed around. It is notably used between the \ref demux, the packetizer + * (if present) and the \ref decoder, and for audio, between the \ref decoder, + * the audio filters, and the \ref audio_output. + * + * @{ + * \file + * Data block definition and functions + */ + +#include /* for ssize_t */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * block: + **************************************************************************** + * - i_flags may not always be set (ie could be 0, even for a key frame + * it depends where you receive the buffer (before/after a packetizer + * and the demux/packetizer implementations. + * - i_dts/i_pts could be VLC_TS_INVALID, it means no pts/dts + * - i_length: length in microseond of the packet, can be null except in the + * sout where it is mandatory. + * + * - i_buffer number of valid data pointed by p_buffer + * you can freely decrease it but never increase it yourself + * (use block_Realloc) + * - p_buffer: pointer over datas. You should never overwrite it, you can + * only incremment it to skip datas, in others cases use block_Realloc + * (don't duplicate yourself in a bigger buffer, block_Realloc is + * optimised for preheader/postdatas increase) + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** The content doesn't follow the last block, possible some blocks in between + * have been lost */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY 0x0001 +/** Intra frame */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_I 0x0002 +/** Inter frame with backward reference only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_P 0x0004 +/** Inter frame with backward and forward reference */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_B 0x0008 +/** For inter frame when you don't know the real type */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_PB 0x0010 +/** Warn that this block is a header one */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_HEADER 0x0020 +/** This block contains the last part of a sequence */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_END_OF_SEQUENCE 0x0040 +/** This block contains a clock reference */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CLOCK 0x0080 +/** This block is scrambled */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_SCRAMBLED 0x0100 +/** This block has to be decoded but not be displayed */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PREROLL 0x0200 +/** This block is corrupted and/or there is data loss */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORRUPTED 0x0400 +/** This block contains an interlaced picture with top field stored first */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST 0x0800 +/** This block contains an interlaced picture with bottom field stored first */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_BOTTOM_FIELD_FIRST 0x1000 +/** This block contains a single field from interlaced picture. */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_SINGLE_FIELD 0x2000 + +/** This block contains an interlaced picture */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_INTERLACED_MASK \ + (BLOCK_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST|BLOCK_FLAG_BOTTOM_FIELD_FIRST|BLOCK_FLAG_SINGLE_FIELD) + +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_MASK \ + (BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_I|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_P|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_B|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_PB) + +/* These are for input core private usage only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORE_PRIVATE_MASK 0x00ff0000 +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORE_PRIVATE_SHIFT 16 + +/* These are for module private usage only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PRIVATE_MASK 0xff000000 +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PRIVATE_SHIFT 24 + +typedef void (*block_free_t) (block_t *); + +struct block_t +{ + block_t *p_next; + + uint8_t *p_buffer; /**< Payload start */ + size_t i_buffer; /**< Payload length */ + uint8_t *p_start; /**< Buffer start */ + size_t i_size; /**< Buffer total size */ + + uint32_t i_flags; + unsigned i_nb_samples; /* Used for audio */ + + mtime_t i_pts; + mtime_t i_dts; + mtime_t i_length; + + /* Rudimentary support for overloading block (de)allocation. */ + block_free_t pf_release; +}; + +VLC_API void block_Init( block_t *, void *, size_t ); + +/** + * Allocates a block. + * + * Creates a new block with the requested size. + * The block must be released with block_Release(). + * + * @param size size in bytes (possibly zero) + * @return the created block, or NULL on memory error. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_Alloc(size_t size) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API block_t *block_TryRealloc(block_t *, ssize_t pre, size_t body) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Reallocates a block. + * + * This function expands, shrinks or moves a data block. + * In many cases, this function can return without any memory allocation by + * reusing spare buffer space. Otherwise, a new block is created and data is + * copied. + * + * @param pre count of bytes to prepend if positive, + * count of leading bytes to discard if negative + * @param body new bytes size of the block + * + * @return the reallocated block on succes, NULL on error. + * + * @note Skipping leading bytes can be achieved directly by subtracting from + * block_t.i_buffer and adding block_t.p_buffer. + * @note Discard trailing bytes can be achieved directly by subtracting from + * block_t.i_buffer. + * @note On error, the block is discarded. + * To avoid that, use block_TryRealloc() instead. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_Realloc(block_t *, ssize_t pre, size_t body) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Releases a block. + * + * This function works for any @ref block_t block, regardless of the way it was + * allocated. + * + * @note + * If the block is in a chain, this function does not release any + * subsequent block in the chain. Use block_ChainRelease() for that purpose. + * + * @param block block to release (cannot be NULL) + */ +static inline void block_Release(block_t *block) +{ + block->pf_release(block); +} + +static inline void block_CopyProperties( block_t *dst, block_t *src ) +{ + dst->i_flags = src->i_flags; + dst->i_nb_samples = src->i_nb_samples; + dst->i_dts = src->i_dts; + dst->i_pts = src->i_pts; + dst->i_length = src->i_length; +} + +/** + * Duplicates a block. + * + * Creates a writeable duplicate of a block. + * + * @return the duplicate on success, NULL on error. + */ +VLC_USED +static inline block_t *block_Duplicate( block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_t *p_dup = block_Alloc( p_block->i_buffer ); + if( p_dup == NULL ) + return NULL; + + block_CopyProperties( p_dup, p_block ); + memcpy( p_dup->p_buffer, p_block->p_buffer, p_block->i_buffer ); + + return p_dup; +} + +/** + * Wraps heap in a block. + * + * Creates a @ref block_t out of an existing heap allocation. + * This is provided by LibVLC so that manually heap-allocated blocks can safely + * be deallocated even after the origin plugin has been unloaded from memory. + * + * When block_Release() is called, VLC will free() the specified pointer. + * + * @param addr base address of the heap allocation (will be free()'d) + * @param length bytes length of the heap allocation + * @return NULL in case of error (ptr free()'d in that case), or a valid + * block_t pointer. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_heap_Alloc(void *, size_t) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Wraps a memory mapping in a block + * + * Creates a @ref block_t from a virtual address memory mapping (mmap). + * This is provided by LibVLC so that mmap blocks can safely be deallocated + * even after the allocating plugin has been unloaded from memory. + * + * @param addr base address of the mapping (as returned by mmap) + * @param length length (bytes) of the mapping (as passed to mmap) + * @return NULL if addr is MAP_FAILED, or an error occurred (in the later + * case, munmap(addr, length) is invoked before returning). + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_mmap_Alloc(void *addr, size_t length) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Wraps a System V memory segment in a block + * + * Creates a @ref block_t from a System V shared memory segment (shmget()). + * This is provided by LibVLC so that segments can safely be deallocated + * even after the allocating plugin has been unloaded from memory. + * + * @param addr base address of the segment (as returned by shmat()) + * @param length length (bytes) of the segment (as passed to shmget()) + * @return NULL if an error occurred (in that case, shmdt(addr) is invoked + * before returning NULL). + */ +VLC_API block_t * block_shm_Alloc(void *addr, size_t length) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Maps a file handle in memory. + * + * Loads a file into a block of memory through a file descriptor. + * If possible a private file mapping is created. Otherwise, the file is read + * normally. This function is a cancellation point. + * + * @note On 32-bits platforms, + * this function will not work for very large files, + * due to memory space constraints. + * + * @param fd file descriptor to load from + * @param write If true, request a read/write private mapping. + * If false, request a read-only potentially shared mapping. + * + * @return a new block with the file content at p_buffer, and file length at + * i_buffer (release it with block_Release()), or NULL upon error (see errno). + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_File(int fd, bool write) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Maps a file in memory. + * + * Loads a file into a block of memory from a path to the file. + * See also block_File(). + * + * @param write If true, request a read/write private mapping. + * If false, request a read-only potentially shared mapping. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_FilePath(const char *, bool write) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +static inline void block_Cleanup (void *block) +{ + block_Release ((block_t *)block); +} +#define block_cleanup_push( block ) vlc_cleanup_push (block_Cleanup, block) + +/** + * \defgroup block_fifo Block chain + * @{ + */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Chains of blocks functions helper + **************************************************************************** + * - block_ChainAppend : append a block to the last block of a chain. Try to + * avoid using with a lot of data as it's really slow, prefer + * block_ChainLastAppend, p_block can be NULL + * - block_ChainLastAppend : use a pointer over a pointer to the next blocks, + * and update it. + * - block_ChainRelease : release a chain of block + * - block_ChainExtract : extract data from a chain, return real bytes counts + * - block_ChainGather : gather a chain, free it and return one block. + ****************************************************************************/ +static inline void block_ChainAppend( block_t **pp_list, block_t *p_block ) +{ + if( *pp_list == NULL ) + { + *pp_list = p_block; + } + else + { + block_t *p = *pp_list; + + while( p->p_next ) p = p->p_next; + p->p_next = p_block; + } +} + +static inline void block_ChainLastAppend( block_t ***ppp_last, block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_t *p_last = p_block; + + **ppp_last = p_block; + + while( p_last->p_next ) p_last = p_last->p_next; + *ppp_last = &p_last->p_next; +} + +static inline void block_ChainRelease( block_t *p_block ) +{ + while( p_block ) + { + block_t *p_next = p_block->p_next; + block_Release( p_block ); + p_block = p_next; + } +} + +static size_t block_ChainExtract( block_t *p_list, void *p_data, size_t i_max ) +{ + size_t i_total = 0; + uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)p_data; + + while( p_list && i_max ) + { + size_t i_copy = __MIN( i_max, p_list->i_buffer ); + memcpy( p, p_list->p_buffer, i_copy ); + i_max -= i_copy; + i_total += i_copy; + p += i_copy; + + p_list = p_list->p_next; + } + return i_total; +} + +static inline void block_ChainProperties( block_t *p_list, int *pi_count, size_t *pi_size, mtime_t *pi_length ) +{ + size_t i_size = 0; + mtime_t i_length = 0; + int i_count = 0; + + while( p_list ) + { + i_size += p_list->i_buffer; + i_length += p_list->i_length; + i_count++; + + p_list = p_list->p_next; + } + + if( pi_size ) + *pi_size = i_size; + if( pi_length ) + *pi_length = i_length; + if( pi_count ) + *pi_count = i_count; +} + +static inline block_t *block_ChainGather( block_t *p_list ) +{ + size_t i_total = 0; + mtime_t i_length = 0; + block_t *g; + + if( p_list->p_next == NULL ) + return p_list; /* Already gathered */ + + block_ChainProperties( p_list, NULL, &i_total, &i_length ); + + g = block_Alloc( i_total ); + if( !g ) + return NULL; + block_ChainExtract( p_list, g->p_buffer, g->i_buffer ); + + g->i_flags = p_list->i_flags; + g->i_pts = p_list->i_pts; + g->i_dts = p_list->i_dts; + g->i_length = i_length; + + /* free p_list */ + block_ChainRelease( p_list ); + return g; +} + +/** + * @} + * \defgroup fifo Block FIFO + * Thread-safe block queue functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Creates a thread-safe FIFO queue of blocks. + * + * See also block_FifoPut() and block_FifoGet(). + * The created queue must be released with block_FifoRelease(). + * + * @return the FIFO or NULL on memory error + */ +VLC_API block_fifo_t *block_FifoNew(void) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Destroys a FIFO created by block_FifoNew(). + * + * @note Any queued blocks are also destroyed. + * @warning No other threads may be using the FIFO when this function is + * called. Otherwise, undefined behaviour will occur. + */ +VLC_API void block_FifoRelease(block_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Clears all blocks in a FIFO. + */ +VLC_API void block_FifoEmpty(block_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Immediately queue one block at the end of a FIFO. + * + * @param fifo queue + * @param block head of a block list to queue (may be NULL) + */ +VLC_API void block_FifoPut(block_fifo_t *fifo, block_t *block); + +/** + * Dequeue the first block from the FIFO. If necessary, wait until there is + * one block in the queue. This function is (always) cancellation point. + * + * @return a valid block + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_FifoGet(block_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Peeks the first block in the FIFO. + * + * @warning This function leaves the block in the FIFO. + * You need to protect against concurrent threads who could dequeue the block. + * Preferably, there should be only one thread reading from the FIFO. + * + * @warning This function is undefined if the FIFO is empty. + * + * @return a valid block. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_FifoShow(block_fifo_t *); + +size_t block_FifoSize(block_fifo_t *) VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED; +VLC_API size_t block_FifoCount(block_fifo_t *) VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED; + +typedef struct block_fifo_t vlc_fifo_t; + +/** + * Locks a block FIFO. + * + * No more than one thread can lock the FIFO at any given + * time, and no other thread can modify the FIFO while it is locked. + * vlc_fifo_Unlock() releases the lock. + * + * @note If the FIFO is already locked by another thread, this function waits. + * This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning Recursively locking a single FIFO is undefined. Locking more than + * one FIFO at a time may lead to lock inversion; mind the locking order. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_Lock(vlc_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Unlocks a block FIFO. + * + * The calling thread must have locked the FIFO previously with + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise, the behaviour is undefined. + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_Unlock(vlc_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Wakes up one thread waiting on the FIFO, if any. + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning For race-free operations, the FIFO should be locked by the calling + * thread. The function can be called on a unlocked FIFO however. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_Signal(vlc_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Waits on the FIFO. + * + * Atomically unlocks the FIFO and waits until one thread signals the FIFO, + * then locks the FIFO again. A signal can be sent by queueing a block to the + * previously empty FIFO or by calling vlc_fifo_Signal() directly. + * This function may also return spuriously at any moment. + * + * @note This function is a cancellation point. In case of cancellation, the + * the FIFO will be locked before cancellation cleanup handlers are processed. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_Wait(vlc_fifo_t *); + +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_WaitCond(vlc_fifo_t *, vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Timed variant of vlc_fifo_WaitCond(). + * + * Atomically unlocks the FIFO and waits until one thread signals the FIFO up + * to a certain date, then locks the FIFO again. See vlc_fifo_Wait(). + */ +int vlc_fifo_TimedWaitCond(vlc_fifo_t *, vlc_cond_t *, mtime_t); + +/** + * Queues a linked-list of blocks into a locked FIFO. + * + * @param block the head of the list of blocks + * (if NULL, this function has no effects) + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_QueueUnlocked(vlc_fifo_t *, block_t *); + +/** + * Dequeues the first block from a locked FIFO, if any. + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * @return the first block in the FIFO or NULL if the FIFO is empty + */ +VLC_API block_t *vlc_fifo_DequeueUnlocked(vlc_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Dequeues the all blocks from a locked FIFO. + * + * This is equivalent to calling vlc_fifo_DequeueUnlocked() repeatedly until + * the FIFO is emptied, but this function is much faster. + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * @return a linked-list of all blocks in the FIFO (possibly NULL) + */ +VLC_API block_t *vlc_fifo_DequeueAllUnlocked(vlc_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Counts blocks in a FIFO. + * + * Checks how many blocks are queued in a locked FIFO. + * + * @note This function is not cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * @return the number of blocks in the FIFO (zero if it is empty) + */ +VLC_API size_t vlc_fifo_GetCount(const vlc_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Counts bytes in a FIFO. + * + * Checks how many bytes are queued in a locked FIFO. + * + * @note This function is not cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * @return the total number of bytes + * + * @note Zero bytes does not necessarily mean that the FIFO is empty since + * a block could contain zero bytes. Use vlc_fifo_GetCount() to determine if + * a FIFO is empty. + */ +VLC_API size_t vlc_fifo_GetBytes(const vlc_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +VLC_USED static inline bool vlc_fifo_IsEmpty(const vlc_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + return vlc_fifo_GetCount(fifo) == 0; +} + +static inline void vlc_fifo_Cleanup(void *fifo) +{ + vlc_fifo_Unlock((vlc_fifo_t *)fifo); +} +#define vlc_fifo_CleanupPush(fifo) vlc_cleanup_push(vlc_fifo_Cleanup, fifo) + +/** @} */ + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* VLC_BLOCK_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4071c2b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h @@ -0,0 +1,369 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_block_helper.h: Helper functions for data blocks management. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2017 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H +#define VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H 1 + +#include + +typedef struct block_bytestream_t +{ + block_t *p_chain; /**< byte stream head block */ + block_t **pp_last; /**< tail ppointer for appends */ + block_t *p_block; /**< byte stream read pointer block */ + size_t i_block_offset; /**< byte stream read pointer offset within block */ + size_t i_base_offset; /**< block base offset (previous blocks total size) */ + size_t i_total; /**< total bytes over all linked blocks */ +} block_bytestream_t; + +/***************************************************************************** + * block_bytestream_t management + *****************************************************************************/ +static inline void block_BytestreamInit( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = NULL; + p_bytestream->pp_last = &p_bytestream->p_chain; + p_bytestream->i_block_offset = 0; + p_bytestream->i_base_offset = 0; + p_bytestream->i_total = 0; +} + +static inline void block_BytestreamRelease( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_ChainRelease( p_bytestream->p_chain ); +} + +/** + * It flush all data (read and unread) from a block_bytestream_t. + */ +static inline void block_BytestreamEmpty( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_BytestreamRelease( p_bytestream ); + block_BytestreamInit( p_bytestream ); +} + +/** + * It flushes all already read data from a block_bytestream_t. + */ +static inline void block_BytestreamFlush( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_t *block = p_bytestream->p_chain; + + while( block != p_bytestream->p_block ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + p_bytestream->i_total -= block->i_buffer; + p_bytestream->i_base_offset -= block->i_buffer; + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + } + + while( block != NULL && block->i_buffer == p_bytestream->i_block_offset ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + p_bytestream->i_total -= block->i_buffer; + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + p_bytestream->i_block_offset = 0; + } + + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = block; + if( p_bytestream->p_chain == NULL ) + p_bytestream->pp_last = &p_bytestream->p_chain; +} + +static inline void block_BytestreamPush( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_ChainLastAppend( &p_bytestream->pp_last, p_block ); + if( !p_bytestream->p_block ) p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + for( ; p_block; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + p_bytestream->i_total += p_block->i_buffer; +} + +static inline size_t block_BytestreamRemaining( const block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + return ( p_bytestream->i_total > p_bytestream->i_base_offset + p_bytestream->i_block_offset ) ? + p_bytestream->i_total - p_bytestream->i_base_offset - p_bytestream->i_block_offset : 0; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline block_t *block_BytestreamPop( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + + block_BytestreamFlush( p_bytestream ); + + p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + if( unlikely( p_block == NULL ) ) + { + return NULL; + } + else if( !p_block->p_next ) + { + p_block->p_buffer += p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + p_block->i_buffer -= p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + p_bytestream->i_block_offset = 0; + p_bytestream->i_total = 0; + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = NULL; + p_bytestream->pp_last = &p_bytestream->p_chain; + return p_block; + } + + while( p_block->p_next && p_block->p_next->p_next ) + p_block = p_block->p_next; + + block_t *p_block_old = p_block; + p_block = p_block->p_next; + p_block_old->p_next = NULL; + p_bytestream->pp_last = &p_block_old->p_next; + if( p_block ) + p_bytestream->i_total -= p_block->i_buffer; + + return p_block; +} + +static inline int block_WaitBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_data ) +{ + if( block_BytestreamRemaining( p_bytestream ) >= i_data ) + return VLC_SUCCESS; + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +static inline int block_PeekBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + if( block_BytestreamRemaining( p_bytestream ) < i_data ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + + /* Copy the data */ + size_t i_offset = p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + size_t i_size = i_data; + for( block_t *p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + size_t i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_GetBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + if( block_BytestreamRemaining( p_bytestream ) < i_data ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + + /* Copy the data */ + size_t i_offset = p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + size_t i_size = i_data; + size_t i_copy = 0; + block_t *p_block; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy && p_data != NULL ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + if( i_size == 0 ) + break; + + p_bytestream->i_base_offset += p_block->i_buffer; + i_offset = 0; + } + + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + p_bytestream->i_block_offset = i_offset + i_copy; + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_SkipBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_data ) +{ + return block_GetBytes( p_bytestream, NULL, i_data ); +} + +static inline int block_SkipByte( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + return block_GetBytes( p_bytestream, NULL, 1 ); +} + +static inline int block_PeekOffsetBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_peek_offset, uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + const size_t i_remain = block_BytestreamRemaining( p_bytestream ); + if( i_remain < i_data + i_peek_offset ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + + /* Find the right place */ + size_t i_offset = p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + size_t i_size = i_peek_offset; + size_t i_copy = 0; + block_t *p_block; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( !i_size ) break; + + i_offset = 0; + } + + /* Copy the data */ + i_offset += i_copy; + i_size = i_data; + for( ; p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +typedef const uint8_t * (*block_startcode_helper_t)( const uint8_t *, const uint8_t * ); +typedef bool (*block_startcode_matcher_t)( uint8_t, size_t, const uint8_t * ); + +static inline int block_FindStartcodeFromOffset( + block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, size_t *pi_offset, + const uint8_t *p_startcode, int i_startcode_length, + block_startcode_helper_t p_startcode_helper, + block_startcode_matcher_t p_startcode_matcher ) +{ + block_t *p_block, *p_block_backup = 0; + ssize_t i_size = 0; + size_t i_offset, i_offset_backup = 0; + int i_caller_offset_backup = 0, i_match; + + /* Find the right place */ + i_size = *pi_offset + p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_size -= p_block->i_buffer; + if( i_size < 0 ) break; + } + + if( unlikely( i_size >= 0 ) ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Begin the search. + * We first look for an occurrence of the 1st startcode byte and + * if found, we do a more thorough check. */ + i_size += p_block->i_buffer; + *pi_offset -= i_size; + i_match = 0; + for( ; p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + for( i_offset = i_size; i_offset < p_block->i_buffer; i_offset++ ) + { + /* Use optimized helper when possible */ + if( p_startcode_helper && !i_match && + (p_block->i_buffer - i_offset) > ((size_t)i_startcode_length - 1) ) + { + const uint8_t *p_res = p_startcode_helper( &p_block->p_buffer[i_offset], + &p_block->p_buffer[p_block->i_buffer] ); + if( p_res ) + { + *pi_offset += i_offset + (p_res - &p_block->p_buffer[i_offset]); + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + /* Then parsing boundary with legacy code */ + i_offset = p_block->i_buffer - (i_startcode_length - 1); + } + + bool b_matched = ( p_startcode_matcher ) + ? p_startcode_matcher( p_block->p_buffer[i_offset], i_match, p_startcode ) + : p_block->p_buffer[i_offset] == p_startcode[i_match]; + if( b_matched ) + { + if( i_match == 0 ) + { + p_block_backup = p_block; + i_offset_backup = i_offset; + i_caller_offset_backup = *pi_offset; + } + + if( i_match + 1 == i_startcode_length ) + { + /* We have it */ + *pi_offset += i_offset - i_match; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + + i_match++; + } + else if ( i_match > 0 ) + { + /* False positive */ + p_block = p_block_backup; + i_offset = i_offset_backup; + *pi_offset = i_caller_offset_backup; + i_match = 0; + } + + } + i_size = 0; + *pi_offset += i_offset; + } + + *pi_offset -= i_match; + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +#endif /* VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_boxes.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_boxes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa02ffa --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_boxes.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_boxes.h : Boxes/Atoms handling helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2015 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * Gildas Bazin + * Rafaël Carré + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef VLC_BOXES_H +#define VLC_BOXES_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures for handling boxes/atoms in vlc + */ + +typedef struct bo_t +{ + block_t *b; + size_t basesize; +} bo_t; + +static inline bool bo_init(bo_t *p_bo, int i_size) +{ + p_bo->b = block_Alloc(i_size); + if (p_bo->b == NULL) + return false; + + p_bo->b->i_buffer = 0; + p_bo->basesize = i_size; + + return true; +} + +static inline void bo_deinit(bo_t *p_bo) +{ + if(p_bo->b) + block_Release(p_bo->b); +} + +static inline void bo_free(bo_t *p_bo) +{ + if(!p_bo) + return; + bo_deinit(p_bo); + free(p_bo); +} + +static inline int bo_extend(bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_total) +{ + if(!p_bo->b) + return false; + const size_t i_size = p_bo->b->i_size - (p_bo->b->p_buffer - p_bo->b->p_start); + if (i_total >= i_size) + { + int i_growth = p_bo->basesize; + while(i_total >= i_size + i_growth) + i_growth += p_bo->basesize; + + int i = p_bo->b->i_buffer; /* Realloc would set payload size == buffer size */ + p_bo->b = block_Realloc(p_bo->b, 0, i_size + i_growth); + if (!p_bo->b) + return false; + p_bo->b->i_buffer = i; + } + return true; +} + +#define BO_SET_DECL_S(func, handler, type) static inline bool func(bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_offset, type val)\ + {\ + if (!bo_extend(p_bo, i_offset + sizeof(type)))\ + return false;\ + handler(&p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_offset], val);\ + return true;\ + } + +#define BO_ADD_DECL_S(func, handler, type) static inline bool func(bo_t *p_bo, type val)\ + {\ + if(!p_bo->b || !handler(p_bo, p_bo->b->i_buffer, val))\ + return false;\ + p_bo->b->i_buffer += sizeof(type);\ + return true;\ + } + +#define BO_FUNC_DECL(suffix, handler, type ) \ + BO_SET_DECL_S( bo_set_ ## suffix ## be, handler ## BE, type )\ + BO_SET_DECL_S( bo_set_ ## suffix ## le, handler ## LE, type )\ + BO_ADD_DECL_S( bo_add_ ## suffix ## be, bo_set_ ## suffix ## be, type )\ + BO_ADD_DECL_S( bo_add_ ## suffix ## le, bo_set_ ## suffix ## le, type ) + +static inline bool bo_set_8(bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_offset, uint8_t i) +{ + if (!bo_extend(p_bo, i_offset + 1)) + return false; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_offset] = i; + return true; +} + +static inline bool bo_add_8(bo_t *p_bo, uint8_t i) +{ + if(!p_bo->b || !bo_set_8( p_bo, p_bo->b->i_buffer, i )) + return false; + p_bo->b->i_buffer++; + return true; +} + +/* declares all bo_[set,add]_[16,32,64] */ +BO_FUNC_DECL( 16, SetW, uint16_t ) +BO_FUNC_DECL( 32, SetDW, uint32_t ) +BO_FUNC_DECL( 64, SetQW, uint64_t ) + +#undef BO_FUNC_DECL +#undef BO_SET_DECL_S +#undef BO_ADD_DECL_S + +static inline bool bo_add_24be(bo_t *p_bo, uint32_t i) +{ + if(!p_bo->b || !bo_extend(p_bo, p_bo->b->i_buffer + 3)) + return false; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[p_bo->b->i_buffer++] = ((i >> 16) & 0xff); + p_bo->b->p_buffer[p_bo->b->i_buffer++] = ((i >> 8) & 0xff); + p_bo->b->p_buffer[p_bo->b->i_buffer++] = (i & 0xff); + return true; +} + +static inline void bo_swap_32be (bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_pos, uint32_t i) +{ + if (!p_bo->b || p_bo->b->i_buffer < i_pos + 4) + return; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_pos ] = (i >> 24)&0xff; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_pos + 1] = (i >> 16)&0xff; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_pos + 2] = (i >> 8)&0xff; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_pos + 3] = (i )&0xff; +} + +static inline bool bo_add_mem(bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_size, const void *p_mem) +{ + if(!p_bo->b || !bo_extend(p_bo, p_bo->b->i_buffer + i_size)) + return false; + memcpy(&p_bo->b->p_buffer[p_bo->b->i_buffer], p_mem, i_size); + p_bo->b->i_buffer += i_size; + return true; +} + +#define bo_add_fourcc(p_bo, fcc) bo_add_mem(p_bo, 4, fcc) + +#endif // VLC_BOXES_H diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_charset.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_charset.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1798b1c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_charset.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_charset.h: Unicode UTF-8 wrappers function + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2005-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 05092257a4a1f09451dc1e956d07b02093908dd4 $ + * + * Author: Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CHARSET_H +#define VLC_CHARSET_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * Characters sets handling + * + * \ingroup strings + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decodes a code point from UTF-8. + * + * Converts the first character in a UTF-8 sequence into a Unicode code point. + * + * \param str an UTF-8 bytes sequence [IN] + * \param pwc address of a location to store the code point [OUT] + * + * \return the number of bytes occupied by the decoded code point + * + * \retval (size_t)-1 not a valid UTF-8 sequence + * \retval 0 null character (i.e. str points to an empty string) + * \retval 1 (non-null) ASCII character + * \retval 2-4 non-ASCII character + */ +VLC_API size_t vlc_towc(const char *str, uint32_t *pwc); + +/** + * Checks UTF-8 valiaodity. + * + * Checks whether a null-terminated string is a valid UTF-8 bytes sequence. + * + * \param str string to check + * + * \retval str the string is a valid null-terminated UTF-8 sequence + * \retval NULL the string is not an UTF-8 sequence + */ +VLC_USED static inline const char *IsUTF8(const char *str) +{ + size_t n; + uint32_t cp; + + while ((n = vlc_towc(str, &cp)) != 0) + if (likely(n != (size_t)-1)) + str += n; + else + return NULL; + return str; +} + +/** + * Removes non-UTF-8 sequences. + * + * Replaces invalid or over-long UTF-8 bytes sequences within a + * null-terminated string with question marks. This is so that the string can + * be printed at least partially. + * + * \warning Do not use this were correctness is critical. use IsUTF8() and + * handle the error case instead. This function is mainly for display or debug. + * + * \note Converting from Latin-1 to UTF-8 in place is not possible (the string + * size would be increased). So it is not attempted even if it would otherwise + * be less disruptive. + * + * \retval str the string is a valid null-terminated UTF-8 sequence + * (i.e. no changes were made) + * \retval NULL the string is not an UTF-8 sequence + */ +static inline char *EnsureUTF8(char *str) +{ + char *ret = str; + size_t n; + uint32_t cp; + + while ((n = vlc_towc(str, &cp)) != 0) + if (likely(n != (size_t)-1)) + str += n; + else + { + *str++ = '?'; + ret = NULL; + } + return ret; +} + +/* iconv wrappers (defined in src/extras/libc.c) */ +#define VLC_ICONV_ERR ((size_t) -1) +typedef void *vlc_iconv_t; +VLC_API vlc_iconv_t vlc_iconv_open( const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API size_t vlc_iconv( vlc_iconv_t, const char **, size_t *, char **, size_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int vlc_iconv_close( vlc_iconv_t ); + +#include + +VLC_API int utf8_vfprintf( FILE *stream, const char *fmt, va_list ap ); +VLC_API int utf8_fprintf( FILE *, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 2, 3 ); +VLC_API char * vlc_strcasestr(const char *, const char *) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API char * FromCharset( const char *charset, const void *data, size_t data_size ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void * ToCharset( const char *charset, const char *in, size_t *outsize ) VLC_USED; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +VLC_USED +static inline char *FromWide (const wchar_t *wide) +{ + size_t len = WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, wide, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + char *out = (char *)malloc (len); + + if (likely(out)) + WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, wide, -1, out, len, NULL, NULL); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline wchar_t *ToWide (const char *utf8) +{ + int len = MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, NULL, 0); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + wchar_t *out = (wchar_t *)malloc (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + + if (likely(out)) + MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, out, len); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *ToCodePage (unsigned cp, const char *utf8) +{ + wchar_t *wide = ToWide (utf8); + if (wide == NULL) + return NULL; + + size_t len = WideCharToMultiByte (cp, 0, wide, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (len == 0) { + free(wide); + return NULL; + } + + char *out = (char *)malloc (len); + if (likely(out != NULL)) + WideCharToMultiByte (cp, 0, wide, -1, out, len, NULL, NULL); + free (wide); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *FromCodePage (unsigned cp, const char *mb) +{ + int len = MultiByteToWideChar (cp, 0, mb, -1, NULL, 0); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + wchar_t *wide = (wchar_t *)malloc (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + if (unlikely(wide == NULL)) + return NULL; + MultiByteToWideChar (cp, 0, mb, -1, wide, len); + + char *utf8 = FromWide (wide); + free (wide); + return utf8; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *FromANSI (const char *ansi) +{ + return FromCodePage (GetACP (), ansi); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *ToANSI (const char *utf8) +{ + return ToCodePage (GetACP (), utf8); +} + +# ifdef UNICODE +# define FromT FromWide +# define ToT ToWide +# else +# define FromT FromANSI +# define ToT ToANSI +# endif +# define FromLocale FromANSI +# define ToLocale ToANSI +# define LocaleFree(s) free((char *)(s)) +# define FromLocaleDup FromANSI +# define ToLocaleDup ToANSI + +#elif defined(__OS2__) + +VLC_USED static inline char *FromLocale (const char *locale) +{ + return locale ? FromCharset ((char *)"", locale, strlen(locale)) : NULL; +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *ToLocale (const char *utf8) +{ + size_t outsize; + return utf8 ? (char *)ToCharset ("", utf8, &outsize) : NULL; +} + +VLC_USED static inline void LocaleFree (const char *str) +{ + free ((char *)str); +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *FromLocaleDup (const char *locale) +{ + return FromCharset ("", locale, strlen(locale)); +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *ToLocaleDup (const char *utf8) +{ + size_t outsize; + return (char *)ToCharset ("", utf8, &outsize); +} + +#else + +# define FromLocale(l) (l) +# define ToLocale(u) (u) +# define LocaleFree(s) ((void)(s)) +# define FromLocaleDup strdup +# define ToLocaleDup strdup +#endif + +/** + * Converts a nul-terminated string from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8. + */ +static inline char *FromLatin1 (const char *latin) +{ + char *str = (char *)malloc (2 * strlen (latin) + 1), *utf8 = str; + unsigned char c; + + if (str == NULL) + return NULL; + + while ((c = *(latin++)) != '\0') + { + if (c >= 0x80) + { + *(utf8++) = 0xC0 | (c >> 6); + *(utf8++) = 0x80 | (c & 0x3F); + } + else + *(utf8++) = c; + } + *(utf8++) = '\0'; + + utf8 = (char *)realloc (str, utf8 - str); + return utf8 ? utf8 : str; +} + +/** @} */ + +VLC_API double us_strtod( const char *, char ** ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API float us_strtof( const char *, char ** ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API double us_atof( const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int us_vasprintf( char **, const char *, va_list ); +VLC_API int us_asprintf( char **, const char *, ... ) VLC_USED; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_codec.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_codec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c77776 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,422 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_codec.h: Definition of the decoder and encoder structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 3499ede27c1dbb94ff665a51d000c55bd45f2794 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CODEC_H +#define VLC_CODEC_H 1 + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup codec Codec + * Decoders and encoders + * @{ + * \file + * Decoder and encoder modules interface + * + * \defgroup decoder Decoder + * Audio, video and text decoders + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct decoder_owner_sys_t decoder_owner_sys_t; + +typedef struct decoder_cc_desc_t decoder_cc_desc_t; + +/* + * BIG FAT WARNING : the code relies in the first 4 members of filter_t + * and decoder_t to be the same, so if you have anything to add, do it + * at the end of the structure. + */ +struct decoder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + decoder_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Input format ie from demuxer (XXX: a lot of field could be invalid) */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Output format of decoder/packetizer */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + + /* Tell the decoder if it is allowed to drop frames */ + bool b_frame_drop_allowed; + +# define VLCDEC_SUCCESS VLC_SUCCESS +# define VLCDEC_ECRITICAL VLC_EGENERIC +# define VLCDEC_RELOAD (-100) + /* This function is called to decode one packetized block. + * + * The module implementation will own the input block (p_block) and should + * process and release it. Depending of the decoder type, the module should + * send output frames/blocks via decoder_QueueVideo(), decoder_QueueAudio() + * or decoder_QueueSub(). + * + * If p_block is NULL, the decoder asks the module to drain itself. The + * module should return all available output frames/block via the queue + * functions. + * + * Return values can be: + * VLCDEC_SUCCESS: pf_decode will be called again + * VLCDEC_ECRITICAL: in case of critical error, pf_decode won't be called + * again. + * VLCDEC_RELOAD: Request that the decoder should be reloaded. The current + * module will be unloaded. Reloading a module may cause a loss of frames. + * When returning this status, the implementation shouldn't release or + * modify the p_block in argument (The same p_block will be feed to the + * next decoder module). + */ + int ( * pf_decode ) ( decoder_t *, block_t *p_block ); + + /* This function is called in a loop with the same pp_block argument until + * it returns NULL. This allows a module implementation to return more than + * one output blocks for one input block. + * + * pp_block or *pp_block can be NULL. + * + * If pp_block and *pp_block are not NULL, the module implementation will + * own the input block (*pp_block) and should process and release it. The + * module can also process a part of the block. In that case, it should + * modify (*pp_block)->p_buffer/i_buffer accordingly and return a valid + * output block. The module can also set *pp_block to NULL when the input + * block is consumed. + * + * If pp_block is not NULL but *pp_block is NULL, a previous call of the pf + * function has set the *pp_block to NULL. Here, the module can return new + * output block for the same, already processed, input block (the + * pf_packetize function will be called as long as the module return an + * output block). + * + * When the pf function returns NULL, the next call to this function will + * have a new a valid pp_block (if the packetizer is not drained). + * + * If pp_block is NULL, the packetizer asks the module to drain itself. In + * that case, the module has to return all output frames available (the + * pf_packetize function will be called as long as the module return an + * output block). + */ + block_t * ( * pf_packetize )( decoder_t *, block_t **pp_block ); + /* */ + void ( * pf_flush ) ( decoder_t * ); + + /* Closed Caption (CEA 608/708) extraction. + * If set, it *may* be called after pf_packetize returned data. It should + * return CC for the pictures returned by the last pf_packetize call only, + * channel bitmaps will be used to known which cc channel are present (but + * globaly, not necessary for the current packet. Video decoders should use + * the decoder_QueueCc() function to pass closed captions. */ + block_t * ( * pf_get_cc ) ( decoder_t *, decoder_cc_desc_t * ); + + /* Meta data at codec level + * The decoder owner set it back to NULL once it has retreived what it needs. + * The decoder owner is responsible of its release except when you overwrite it. + */ + vlc_meta_t *p_description; + + /* + * Owner fields + * XXX You MUST not use them directly. + */ + + /* Video output callbacks + * XXX use decoder_NewPicture */ + int (*pf_vout_format_update)( decoder_t * ); + picture_t *(*pf_vout_buffer_new)( decoder_t * ); + + /** + * Number of extra (ie in addition to the DPB) picture buffers + * needed for decoding. + */ + int i_extra_picture_buffers; + + /* Audio output callbacks */ + int (*pf_aout_format_update)( decoder_t * ); + + /* SPU output callbacks + * XXX use decoder_NewSubpicture */ + subpicture_t *(*pf_spu_buffer_new)( decoder_t *, const subpicture_updater_t * ); + + /* Input attachments + * XXX use decoder_GetInputAttachments */ + int (*pf_get_attachments)( decoder_t *p_dec, input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, int *pi_attachment ); + + /* Display date + * XXX use decoder_GetDisplayDate */ + mtime_t (*pf_get_display_date)( decoder_t *, mtime_t ); + + /* Display rate + * XXX use decoder_GetDisplayRate */ + int (*pf_get_display_rate)( decoder_t * ); + + /* XXX use decoder_QueueVideo or decoder_QueueVideoWithCc */ + int (*pf_queue_video)( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + /* XXX use decoder_QueueAudio */ + int (*pf_queue_audio)( decoder_t *, block_t * ); + /* XXX use decoder_QueueCC */ + int (*pf_queue_cc)( decoder_t *, block_t *, const decoder_cc_desc_t * ); + /* XXX use decoder_QueueSub */ + int (*pf_queue_sub)( decoder_t *, subpicture_t *); + void *p_queue_ctx; + + /* Private structure for the owner of the decoder */ + decoder_owner_sys_t *p_owner; +}; + +/* struct for packetizer get_cc polling/decoder queue_cc + * until we have a proper metadata way */ +struct decoder_cc_desc_t +{ + uint8_t i_608_channels; /* 608 channels bitmap */ + uint64_t i_708_channels; /* 708 */ + int i_reorder_depth; /* reorder depth, -1 for no reorder, 0 for old P/B flag based */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * \defgroup encoder Encoder + * Audio, video and text encoders + * @{ + */ + +struct encoder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + encoder_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Properties of the input data fed to the encoder */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Properties of the output of the encoder */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + + block_t * ( * pf_encode_video )( encoder_t *, picture_t * ); + block_t * ( * pf_encode_audio )( encoder_t *, block_t * ); + block_t * ( * pf_encode_sub )( encoder_t *, subpicture_t * ); + + /* Common encoder options */ + int i_threads; /* Number of threads to use during encoding */ + int i_iframes; /* One I frame per i_iframes */ + int i_bframes; /* One B frame per i_bframes */ + int i_tolerance; /* Bitrate tolerance */ + + /* Encoder config */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +}; + +/** + * @} + * + * \ingroup decoder + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Updates the video output format. + * + * This function notifies the video output pipeline of a new video output + * format (fmt_out.video). If there was no video output from the decoder so far + * or if the video output format has changed, a new video output will be set + * up. decoder_NewPicture() can then be used to allocate picture buffers. + * + * If the format is unchanged, this function has no effects and returns zero. + * + * \note + * This function is not reentrant. + * + * @return 0 if the video output was set up successfully, -1 otherwise. + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int decoder_UpdateVideoFormat( decoder_t *dec ) +{ + assert( dec->fmt_in.i_cat == VIDEO_ES ); + if( dec->fmt_in.i_cat == VIDEO_ES && dec->pf_vout_format_update != NULL ) + return dec->pf_vout_format_update( dec ); + else + return -1; +} + +/** + * Allocates an output picture buffer. + * + * This function pulls an output picture buffer for the decoder from the + * buffer pool of the video output. The picture must be released with + * picture_Release() when it is no longer referenced by the decoder. + * + * \note + * This function is reentrant. However, decoder_UpdateVideoFormat() cannot be + * used concurrently; the caller is responsible for serialization. + * + * \warning + * The behaviour is undefined if decoder_UpdateVideoFormat() was not called or + * if the last call returned an error. + * + * \return a picture buffer on success, NULL on error + */ +VLC_USED +static inline picture_t *decoder_NewPicture( decoder_t *dec ) +{ + return dec->pf_vout_buffer_new( dec ); +} + +/** + * Abort any calls of decoder_NewPicture + * + * If b_abort is true, all pending and futures calls of decoder_NewPicture + * will be aborted. This function can be used by asynchronous video decoders + * to unblock a thread that is waiting for a picture. + */ +VLC_API void decoder_AbortPictures( decoder_t *dec, bool b_abort ); + +/** + * This function queues a single picture to the video output. + * + * \note + * The caller doesn't own the picture anymore after this call (even in case of + * error). + * FIXME: input_DecoderFrameNext won't work if a module use this function. + * + * \return 0 if the picture is queued, -1 on error + */ +static inline int decoder_QueueVideo( decoder_t *dec, picture_t *p_pic ) +{ + assert( p_pic->p_next == NULL ); + assert( dec->pf_queue_video != NULL ); + return dec->pf_queue_video( dec, p_pic ); +} + +/** + * This function queues the Closed Captions + * + * \param dec the decoder object + * \param p_cc the closed-caption to queue + * \param p_desc decoder_cc_desc_t description structure + * \return 0 if queued, -1 on error + */ +static inline int decoder_QueueCc( decoder_t *dec, block_t *p_cc, + const decoder_cc_desc_t *p_desc ) +{ + if( dec->pf_queue_cc == NULL ) + { + block_Release( p_cc ); + return -1; + } + return dec->pf_queue_cc( dec, p_cc, p_desc ); +} + +/** + * This function queues a single audio block to the audio output. + * + * \note + * The caller doesn't own the audio block anymore after this call (even in case + * of error). + * + * \return 0 if the block is queued, -1 on error + */ +static inline int decoder_QueueAudio( decoder_t *dec, block_t *p_aout_buf ) +{ + assert( p_aout_buf->p_next == NULL ); + assert( dec->pf_queue_audio != NULL ); + return dec->pf_queue_audio( dec, p_aout_buf ); +} + +/** + * This function queues a single subtitle to the video output. + * + * \note + * The caller doesn't own the subtitle anymore after this call (even in case of + * error). + * + * \return 0 if the subtitle is queued, -1 on error + */ +static inline int decoder_QueueSub( decoder_t *dec, subpicture_t *p_spu ) +{ + assert( p_spu->p_next == NULL ); + assert( dec->pf_queue_sub != NULL ); + return dec->pf_queue_sub( dec, p_spu ); +} + +/** + * This function notifies the audio output pipeline of a new audio output + * format (fmt_out.audio). If there is currently no audio output or if the + * audio output format has changed, a new audio output will be set up. + * @return 0 if the audio output is working, -1 if not. */ +VLC_USED +static inline int decoder_UpdateAudioFormat( decoder_t *dec ) +{ + assert(dec->fmt_in.i_cat == AUDIO_ES); + if( dec->fmt_in.i_cat == AUDIO_ES && dec->pf_aout_format_update != NULL ) + return dec->pf_aout_format_update( dec ); + else + return -1; +} + +/** + * This function will return a new audio buffer usable by a decoder as an + * output buffer. It must be released with block_Release() or returned it to + * the caller as a decoder_QueueAudio parameter. + */ +VLC_API block_t * decoder_NewAudioBuffer( decoder_t *, int i_nb_samples ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will return a new subpicture usable by a decoder as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using subpicture_Delete() or by returning + * it to the caller as a decoder_QueueSub parameter. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * decoder_NewSubpicture( decoder_t *, const subpicture_updater_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function gives all input attachments at once. + * + * You MUST release the returned values + */ +VLC_API int decoder_GetInputAttachments( decoder_t *, input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, int *pi_attachment ); + +/** + * This function converts a decoder timestamp into a display date comparable + * to mdate(). + * You MUST use it *only* for gathering statistics about speed. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t decoder_GetDisplayDate( decoder_t *, mtime_t ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function returns the current input rate. + * You MUST use it *only* for gathering statistics about speed. + */ +VLC_API int decoder_GetDisplayRate( decoder_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** @} */ +/** @} */ +#endif /* _VLC_CODEC_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_common.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12a36ec --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,1049 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_common.h: common definitions + * Collection of useful common types and macros definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Vincent Seguin + * Gildas Bazin + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file is a collection of common definitions and types + */ + +#ifndef VLC_COMMON_H +# define VLC_COMMON_H 1 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Required vlc headers + *****************************************************************************/ +#include "vlc_config.h" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Required system headers + *****************************************************************************/ +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef __cplusplus +# include +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Compilers definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +/* Helper for GCC version checks */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define VLC_GCC_VERSION(maj,min) \ + ((__GNUC__ > (maj)) || (__GNUC__ == (maj) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (min))) +#else +# define VLC_GCC_VERSION(maj,min) (0) +#endif + +/* Try to fix format strings for all versions of mingw and mingw64 */ +#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO ) + #undef PRId64 + #define PRId64 "lld" + #undef PRIi64 + #define PRIi64 "lli" + #undef PRIu64 + #define PRIu64 "llu" + #undef PRIo64 + #define PRIo64 "llo" + #undef PRIx64 + #define PRIx64 "llx" + #define snprintf __mingw_snprintf + #define vsnprintf __mingw_vsnprintf + #define swprintf _snwprintf +#endif + +/* Function attributes for compiler warnings */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define VLC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +# if VLC_GCC_VERSION(6,0) +# define VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM __attribute__((deprecated)) +# else +# define VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM +# endif + +# if defined( _WIN32 ) +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) __attribute__ ((format(gnu_printf,x,y))) +# else +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) __attribute__ ((format(printf,x,y))) +# endif +# define VLC_FORMAT_ARG(x) __attribute__ ((format_arg(x))) +# define VLC_MALLOC __attribute__ ((malloc)) +# define VLC_USED __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result)) + +#else +# define VLC_DEPRECATED +# define VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) +# define VLC_FORMAT_ARG(x) +# define VLC_MALLOC +# define VLC_USED +#endif + + +/* Branch prediction */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define likely(p) __builtin_expect(!!(p), 1) +# define unlikely(p) __builtin_expect(!!(p), 0) +# define unreachable() __builtin_unreachable() +#else +# define likely(p) (!!(p)) +# define unlikely(p) (!!(p)) +# define unreachable() ((void)0) +#endif + +#define vlc_assert_unreachable() (assert(!"unreachable"), unreachable()) + +/* Linkage */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +# define VLC_EXTERN extern "C" +#else +# define VLC_EXTERN +#endif + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined (DLL_EXPORT) +# define VLC_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#elif defined (__GNUC__) +# define VLC_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define VLC_EXPORT +#endif + +#define VLC_API VLC_EXTERN VLC_EXPORT + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Basic types definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +/** + * High precision date or time interval + * + * Store a high precision date or time interval. The maximum precision is the + * microsecond, and a 64 bits integer is used to avoid overflows (maximum + * time interval is then 292271 years, which should be long enough for any + * video). Dates are stored as microseconds since a common date (usually the + * epoch). Note that date and time intervals can be manipulated using regular + * arithmetic operators, and that no special functions are required. + */ +typedef int64_t mtime_t; + +/** + * The vlc_fourcc_t type. + * + * See http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/ for a very detailed list. + */ +typedef uint32_t vlc_fourcc_t; + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define VLC_FOURCC( a, b, c, d ) \ + ( ((uint32_t)d) | ( ((uint32_t)c) << 8 ) \ + | ( ((uint32_t)b) << 16 ) | ( ((uint32_t)a) << 24 ) ) +# define VLC_TWOCC( a, b ) \ + ( (uint16_t)(b) | ( (uint16_t)(a) << 8 ) ) + +#else +# define VLC_FOURCC( a, b, c, d ) \ + ( ((uint32_t)a) | ( ((uint32_t)b) << 8 ) \ + | ( ((uint32_t)c) << 16 ) | ( ((uint32_t)d) << 24 ) ) +# define VLC_TWOCC( a, b ) \ + ( (uint16_t)(a) | ( (uint16_t)(b) << 8 ) ) + +#endif + +/** + * Translate a vlc_fourcc into its string representation. This function + * assumes there is enough room in psz_fourcc to store 4 characters in. + * + * \param fcc a vlc_fourcc_t + * \param psz_fourcc string to store string representation of vlc_fourcc in + */ +static inline void vlc_fourcc_to_char( vlc_fourcc_t fcc, char *psz_fourcc ) +{ + memcpy( psz_fourcc, &fcc, 4 ); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Classes declaration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Internal types */ +typedef struct vlc_list_t vlc_list_t; +typedef struct vlc_object_t vlc_object_t; +typedef struct libvlc_int_t libvlc_int_t; +typedef struct date_t date_t; + +/* Playlist */ + +typedef struct playlist_t playlist_t; +typedef struct playlist_item_t playlist_item_t; +typedef struct services_discovery_t services_discovery_t; +typedef struct services_discovery_sys_t services_discovery_sys_t; +typedef struct vlc_renderer_discovery_t vlc_renderer_discovery_t; +typedef struct vlc_renderer_item_t vlc_renderer_item_t; + +/* Modules */ +typedef struct module_t module_t; +typedef struct module_config_t module_config_t; + +typedef struct config_category_t config_category_t; + +/* Input */ +typedef struct input_thread_t input_thread_t; +typedef struct input_item_t input_item_t; +typedef struct input_item_node_t input_item_node_t; +typedef struct access_sys_t access_sys_t; +typedef struct stream_t stream_t; +typedef struct stream_sys_t stream_sys_t; +typedef struct demux_t demux_t; +typedef struct demux_sys_t demux_sys_t; +typedef struct es_out_t es_out_t; +typedef struct es_out_id_t es_out_id_t; +typedef struct es_out_sys_t es_out_sys_t; +typedef struct seekpoint_t seekpoint_t; +typedef struct info_t info_t; +typedef struct info_category_t info_category_t; +typedef struct input_attachment_t input_attachment_t; + +/* Format */ +typedef struct audio_format_t audio_format_t; +typedef struct video_format_t video_format_t; +typedef struct subs_format_t subs_format_t; +typedef struct es_format_t es_format_t; +typedef struct video_palette_t video_palette_t; + +/* Audio */ +typedef struct audio_output audio_output_t; +typedef struct aout_sys_t aout_sys_t; +typedef audio_format_t audio_sample_format_t; + +/* Video */ +typedef struct vout_thread_t vout_thread_t; +typedef struct vlc_viewpoint_t vlc_viewpoint_t; + +typedef video_format_t video_frame_format_t; +typedef struct picture_t picture_t; +typedef struct picture_sys_t picture_sys_t; + +/* Subpictures */ +typedef struct spu_t spu_t; +typedef struct subpicture_t subpicture_t; +typedef struct subpicture_region_t subpicture_region_t; + +typedef struct image_handler_t image_handler_t; + +/* Stream output */ +typedef struct sout_instance_t sout_instance_t; + +typedef struct sout_input_t sout_input_t; +typedef struct sout_packetizer_input_t sout_packetizer_input_t; + +typedef struct sout_access_out_t sout_access_out_t; +typedef struct sout_access_out_sys_t sout_access_out_sys_t; + +typedef struct sout_mux_t sout_mux_t; +typedef struct sout_mux_sys_t sout_mux_sys_t; + +typedef struct sout_stream_t sout_stream_t; +typedef struct sout_stream_sys_t sout_stream_sys_t; + +typedef struct config_chain_t config_chain_t; +typedef struct session_descriptor_t session_descriptor_t; + +/* Decoders */ +typedef struct decoder_t decoder_t; +typedef struct decoder_sys_t decoder_sys_t; +typedef struct decoder_synchro_t decoder_synchro_t; + +/* Encoders */ +typedef struct encoder_t encoder_t; +typedef struct encoder_sys_t encoder_sys_t; + +/* Filters */ +typedef struct filter_t filter_t; +typedef struct filter_sys_t filter_sys_t; + +/* Network */ +typedef struct vlc_url_t vlc_url_t; + +/* Misc */ +typedef struct iso639_lang_t iso639_lang_t; + +/* block */ +typedef struct block_t block_t; +typedef struct block_fifo_t block_fifo_t; + +/* Hashing */ +typedef struct md5_s md5_t; + +/* XML */ +typedef struct xml_t xml_t; +typedef struct xml_sys_t xml_sys_t; +typedef struct xml_reader_t xml_reader_t; +typedef struct xml_reader_sys_t xml_reader_sys_t; + +/* vod server */ +typedef struct vod_t vod_t; +typedef struct vod_sys_t vod_sys_t; +typedef struct vod_media_t vod_media_t; + +/* VLM */ +typedef struct vlm_t vlm_t; +typedef struct vlm_message_t vlm_message_t; + +/* misc */ +typedef struct vlc_meta_t vlc_meta_t; +typedef struct input_stats_t input_stats_t; +typedef struct addon_entry_t addon_entry_t; + +/* Update */ +typedef struct update_t update_t; + +/** + * VLC value structure + */ +typedef union +{ + int64_t i_int; + bool b_bool; + float f_float; + char * psz_string; + void * p_address; + vlc_list_t * p_list; + struct { int32_t x; int32_t y; } coords; + +} vlc_value_t; + +/** + * VLC list structure + */ +struct vlc_list_t +{ + int i_type; + int i_count; + vlc_value_t *p_values; +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Error values (shouldn't be exposed) + *****************************************************************************/ +#define VLC_SUCCESS (-0) /**< No error */ +#define VLC_EGENERIC (-1) /**< Unspecified error */ +#define VLC_ENOMEM (-2) /**< Not enough memory */ +#define VLC_ETIMEOUT (-3) /**< Timeout */ +#define VLC_ENOMOD (-4) /**< Module not found */ +#define VLC_ENOOBJ (-5) /**< Object not found */ +#define VLC_ENOVAR (-6) /**< Variable not found */ +#define VLC_EBADVAR (-7) /**< Bad variable value */ +#define VLC_ENOITEM (-8) /**< Item not found */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Variable callbacks: called when the value is modified + *****************************************************************************/ +typedef int ( * vlc_callback_t ) ( vlc_object_t *, /* variable's object */ + char const *, /* variable name */ + vlc_value_t, /* old value */ + vlc_value_t, /* new value */ + void * ); /* callback data */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * List callbacks: called when elements are added/removed from the list + *****************************************************************************/ +typedef int ( * vlc_list_callback_t ) ( vlc_object_t *, /* variable's object */ + char const *, /* variable name */ + int, /* VLC_VAR_* action */ + vlc_value_t *, /* new/deleted value */ + void *); /* callback data */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * OS-specific headers and thread types + *****************************************************************************/ +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +# include +# ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX MAX_PATH +# endif +# include +#endif + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __OS2__ +# define OS2EMX_PLAIN_CHAR +# define INCL_BASE +# define INCL_PM +# include +# include +#endif + +#include "vlc_mtime.h" +#include "vlc_threads.h" + +/** + * Common structure members + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * VLC object common members + * + * Common public properties for all VLC objects. + * Object also have private properties maintained by the core, see + * \ref vlc_object_internals_t + */ +struct vlc_common_members +{ + /** Object type name + * + * A constant string identifying the type of the object (for logging) + */ + const char *object_type; + + /** Log messages header + * + * Human-readable header for log messages. This is not thread-safe and + * only used by VLM and Lua interfaces. + */ + char *header; + + int flags; + + /** Module probe flag + * + * A boolean during module probing when the probe is "forced". + * See \ref module_need(). + */ + bool force; + + /** LibVLC instance + * + * Root VLC object of the objects tree that this object belongs in. + */ + libvlc_int_t *libvlc; + + /** Parent object + * + * The parent VLC object in the objects tree. For the root (the LibVLC + * instance) object, this is NULL. + */ + vlc_object_t *parent; +}; + +/** + * Backward compatibility macro + */ +#define VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS struct vlc_common_members obj; + +/** + * Type-safe vlc_object_t cast + * + * This macro attempts to cast a pointer to a compound type to a + * \ref vlc_object_t pointer in a type-safe manner. + * It checks if the compound type actually starts with an embedded + * \ref vlc_object_t structure. + */ +#if !defined(__cplusplus) +# define VLC_OBJECT(x) \ + _Generic((x)->obj, \ + struct vlc_common_members: (vlc_object_t *)(&(x)->obj), \ + const struct vlc_common_members: (const vlc_object_t *)(&(x)->obj) \ + ) +#else +# define VLC_OBJECT( x ) ((vlc_object_t *)&(x)->obj) +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Macros and inline functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* __MAX and __MIN: self explanatory */ +#ifndef __MAX +# define __MAX(a, b) ( ((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b) ) +#endif +#ifndef __MIN +# define __MIN(a, b) ( ((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b) ) +#endif + +/* clip v in [min, max] */ +#define VLC_CLIP(v, min, max) __MIN(__MAX((v), (min)), (max)) + +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t GCD ( int64_t a, int64_t b ) +{ + while( b ) + { + int64_t c = a % b; + a = b; + b = c; + } + return a; +} + +/* function imported from libavutil/common.h */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint8_t clip_uint8_vlc( int32_t a ) +{ + if( a&(~255) ) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** Count leading zeroes */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned (clz)(unsigned x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_clz (x); +#else + unsigned i = sizeof (x) * 8; + + while (x) + { + x >>= 1; + i--; + } + return i; +#endif +} + +#define clz8( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint8_t)) * 8)) +#define clz16( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint16_t)) * 8)) +/* XXX: this assumes that int is 32-bits or more */ +#define clz32( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint32_t)) * 8)) + +/** Count trailing zeroes */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned (ctz)(unsigned x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_ctz (x); +#else + unsigned i = sizeof (x) * 8; + + while (x) + { + x <<= 1; + i--; + } + return i; +#endif +} + +#if !defined(__NetBSD__) +/** Bit weight */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned (popcount)(unsigned x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_popcount (x); +#else + unsigned count = 0; + while (x) + { + count += x & 1; + x = x >> 1; + } + return count; +#endif +} + +/** Bit weight of long long */ +VLC_USED +static inline int (popcountll)(unsigned long long x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_popcountll(x); +#else + int count = 0; + while (x) + { + count += x & 1; + x = x >> 1; + } + return count; +#endif +} +#endif + +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned (parity)(unsigned x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_parity (x); +#else + for (unsigned i = 4 * sizeof (x); i > 0; i /= 2) + x ^= x >> i; + return x & 1; +#endif +} + +#if !defined(__NetBSD__) +/** Byte swap (16 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t (bswap16)(uint16_t x) +{ + return (x << 8) | (x >> 8); +} + +/** Byte swap (32 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t (bswap32)(uint32_t x) +{ +#if defined (__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_bswap32 (x); +#else + return ((x & 0x000000FF) << 24) + | ((x & 0x0000FF00) << 8) + | ((x & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) + | ((x & 0xFF000000) >> 24); +#endif +} + +/** Byte swap (64 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t (bswap64)(uint64_t x) +{ +#if defined (__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_bswap64 (x); +#elif !defined (__cplusplus) + return ((x & 0x00000000000000FF) << 56) + | ((x & 0x000000000000FF00) << 40) + | ((x & 0x0000000000FF0000) << 24) + | ((x & 0x00000000FF000000) << 8) + | ((x & 0x000000FF00000000) >> 8) + | ((x & 0x0000FF0000000000) >> 24) + | ((x & 0x00FF000000000000) >> 40) + | ((x & 0xFF00000000000000) >> 56); +#else + return ((x & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) + | ((x & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) + | ((x & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) + | ((x & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) + | ((x & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) + | ((x & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) + | ((x & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) + | ((x & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56); +#endif +} +#endif + +/* Integer overflow */ +static inline bool uadd_overflow(unsigned a, unsigned b, unsigned *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_uadd_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a + b; + return (a + b) < a; +#endif +} + +static inline bool uaddl_overflow(unsigned long a, unsigned long b, + unsigned long *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_uaddl_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a + b; + return (a + b) < a; +#endif +} + +static inline bool uaddll_overflow(unsigned long long a, unsigned long long b, + unsigned long long *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_uaddll_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a + b; + return (a + b) < a; +#endif +} + +#ifndef __cplusplus +# define add_overflow(a,b,r) \ + _Generic(*(r), \ + unsigned: uadd_overflow(a, b, (unsigned *)(r)), \ + unsigned long: uaddl_overflow(a, b, (unsigned long *)(r)), \ + unsigned long long: uaddll_overflow(a, b, (unsigned long long *)(r))) +#else +static inline bool add_overflow(unsigned a, unsigned b, unsigned *res) +{ + return uadd_overflow(a, b, res); +} + +static inline bool add_overflow(unsigned long a, unsigned long b, + unsigned long *res) +{ + return uaddl_overflow(a, b, res); +} + +static inline bool add_overflow(unsigned long long a, unsigned long long b, + unsigned long long *res) +{ + return uaddll_overflow(a, b, res); +} +#endif + +#if !(VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__)) +# include +#endif + +static inline bool umul_overflow(unsigned a, unsigned b, unsigned *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_umul_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a * b; + return b > 0 && a > (UINT_MAX / b); +#endif +} + +static inline bool umull_overflow(unsigned long a, unsigned long b, + unsigned long *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_umull_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a * b; + return b > 0 && a > (ULONG_MAX / b); +#endif +} + +static inline bool umulll_overflow(unsigned long long a, unsigned long long b, + unsigned long long *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_umulll_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a * b; + return b > 0 && a > (ULLONG_MAX / b); +#endif +} + +#ifndef __cplusplus +#define mul_overflow(a,b,r) \ + _Generic(*(r), \ + unsigned: umul_overflow(a, b, (unsigned *)(r)), \ + unsigned long: umull_overflow(a, b, (unsigned long *)(r)), \ + unsigned long long: umulll_overflow(a, b, (unsigned long long *)(r))) +#else +static inline bool mul_overflow(unsigned a, unsigned b, unsigned *res) +{ + return umul_overflow(a, b, res); +} + +static inline bool mul_overflow(unsigned long a, unsigned long b, + unsigned long *res) +{ + return umull_overflow(a, b, res); +} + +static inline bool mul_overflow(unsigned long long a, unsigned long long b, + unsigned long long *res) +{ + return umulll_overflow(a, b, res); +} +#endif + +/* Free and set set the variable to NULL */ +#define FREENULL(a) do { free( a ); a = NULL; } while(0) + +#define EMPTY_STR(str) (!str || !*str) + +VLC_API char const * vlc_error( int ) VLC_USED; + +#include + +/* MSB (big endian)/LSB (little endian) conversions - network order is always + * MSB, and should be used for both network communications and files. */ + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define hton16(i) ((uint16_t)(i)) +# define hton32(i) ((uint32_t)(i)) +# define hton64(i) ((uint64_t)(i)) +#else +# define hton16(i) bswap16(i) +# define hton32(i) bswap32(i) +# define hton64(i) bswap64(i) +#endif +#define ntoh16(i) hton16(i) +#define ntoh32(i) hton32(i) +#define ntoh64(i) hton64(i) + +/** Reads 16 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t U16_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint16_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh16 (x); +} + +/** Reads 32 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t U32_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint32_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh32 (x); +} + +/** Reads 64 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t U64_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint64_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh64 (x); +} + +#define GetWBE(p) U16_AT(p) +#define GetDWBE(p) U32_AT(p) +#define GetQWBE(p) U64_AT(p) + +/** Reads 16 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t GetWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint16_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap16 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Reads 32 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t GetDWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint32_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap32 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Reads 64 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t GetQWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint64_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap64 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Writes 16 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetWBE (void *p, uint16_t w) +{ + w = hton16 (w); + memcpy (p, &w, sizeof (w)); +} + +/** Writes 32 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetDWBE (void *p, uint32_t dw) +{ + dw = hton32 (dw); + memcpy (p, &dw, sizeof (dw)); +} + +/** Writes 64 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetQWBE (void *p, uint64_t qw) +{ + qw = hton64 (qw); + memcpy (p, &qw, sizeof (qw)); +} + +/** Writes 16 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetWLE (void *p, uint16_t w) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + w = bswap16 (w); +#endif + memcpy (p, &w, sizeof (w)); +} + +/** Writes 32 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetDWLE (void *p, uint32_t dw) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + dw = bswap32 (dw); +#endif + memcpy (p, &dw, sizeof (dw)); +} + +/** Writes 64 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetQWLE (void *p, uint64_t qw) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + qw = bswap64 (qw); +#endif + memcpy (p, &qw, sizeof (qw)); +} + +/* */ +#define VLC_UNUSED(x) (void)(x) + +/* Stuff defined in src/extras/libc.c */ + +#if defined(_WIN32) +/* several type definitions */ +# if defined( __MINGW32__ ) +# if !defined( _OFF_T_ ) + typedef long long _off_t; + typedef _off_t off_t; +# define _OFF_T_ +# else +# ifdef off_t +# undef off_t +# endif +# define off_t long long +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef O_NONBLOCK +# define O_NONBLOCK 0 +# endif + +# include +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned num, den; +} vlc_rational_t; + +VLC_API bool vlc_ureduce( unsigned *, unsigned *, uint64_t, uint64_t, uint64_t ); + +#define container_of(ptr, type, member) \ + ((type *)(((char *)(ptr)) - offsetof(type, member))) + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline void *vlc_alloc(size_t count, size_t size) +{ + return mul_overflow(count, size, &size) ? NULL : malloc(size); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * I18n stuff + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API char *vlc_gettext( const char *msgid ) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(1); +VLC_API char *vlc_ngettext( const char *s, const char *p, unsigned long n ) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(1) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(2); + +#define vlc_pgettext( ctx, id ) \ + vlc_pgettext_aux( ctx "\004" id, id ) + +VLC_FORMAT_ARG(2) +static inline const char *vlc_pgettext_aux( const char *ctx, const char *id ) +{ + const char *tr = vlc_gettext( ctx ); + return (tr == ctx) ? id : tr; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Loosy memory allocation functions. Do not use in new code. + *****************************************************************************/ +static inline void *xmalloc(size_t len) +{ + void *ptr = malloc(len); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL && len > 0)) + abort(); + return ptr; +} + +static inline void *xrealloc(void *ptr, size_t len) +{ + void *nptr = realloc(ptr, len); + if (unlikely(nptr == NULL && len > 0)) + abort(); + return nptr; +} + +static inline void *xcalloc(size_t n, size_t size) +{ + void *ptr = calloc(n, size); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL && (n > 0 || size > 0))) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +static inline char *xstrdup (const char *str) +{ + char *ptr = strdup (str); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc features + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API const char * VLC_CompileBy( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * VLC_CompileHost( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * VLC_Compiler( void ) VLC_USED; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Additional vlc stuff + *****************************************************************************/ +#include "vlc_messages.h" +#include "vlc_objects.h" +#include "vlc_variables.h" +#include "vlc_main.h" +#include "vlc_configuration.h" + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined( __OS2__ ) +# define DIR_SEP_CHAR '\\' +# define DIR_SEP "\\" +# define PATH_SEP_CHAR ';' +# define PATH_SEP ";" +#else +# define DIR_SEP_CHAR '/' +# define DIR_SEP "/" +# define PATH_SEP_CHAR ':' +# define PATH_SEP ":" +#endif + +#define LICENSE_MSG \ + _("This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by " \ + "law.\nYou may redistribute it under the terms of the GNU General " \ + "Public License;\nsee the file named COPYING for details.\n" \ + "Written by the VideoLAN team; see the AUTHORS file.\n") + +#endif /* !VLC_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_config.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50b4887 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_config.h: limits and configuration + * Defines all compilation-time configuration constants and size limits + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines of values used in interface, vout, aout and vlc core functions. + */ + +/* Conventions regarding names of symbols and variables + * ---------------------------------------------------- + * + * - Symbols should begin with a prefix indicating in which module they are + * used, such as INTF_, VOUT_ or AOUT_. + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * General configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* All timestamp below or equal to this define are invalid/unset + * XXX the numerical value is 0 because of historical reason and will change.*/ +#define VLC_TS_INVALID INT64_C(0) +#define VLC_TS_0 INT64_C(1) + +#define CLOCK_FREQ INT64_C(1000000) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Interface configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Base delay in micro second for interface sleeps */ +#define INTF_IDLE_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/20) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Input thread configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Used in ErrorThread */ +#define INPUT_IDLE_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/10) + +/* + * General limitations + */ + +/* Duration between the time we receive the data packet, and the time we will + * mark it to be presented */ +#define DEFAULT_PTS_DELAY (3*CLOCK_FREQ/10) + +/***************************************************************************** + * SPU configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Buffer must avoid arriving more than SPU_MAX_PREPARE_TIME in advanced to + * the SPU */ +#define SPU_MAX_PREPARE_TIME (CLOCK_FREQ/2) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Video configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Default settings for video output threads + */ + +/* Multiplier value for aspect ratio calculation (2^7 * 3^3 * 5^3) */ +#define VOUT_ASPECT_FACTOR 432000 + +/* Maximum width of a scaled source picture - this should be relatively high, + * since higher stream values will result in no display at all. */ +#define VOUT_MAX_WIDTH 4096 + +/* Number of planes in a picture */ +#define VOUT_MAX_PLANES 5 + +/* + * Time settings + */ + +/* Time to sleep when waiting for a buffer (from vout or the video fifo). + * It should be approximately the time needed to perform a complete picture + * loop. Since it only happens when the video heap is full, it does not need + * to be too low, even if it blocks the decoder. */ +#define VOUT_OUTMEM_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/50) + +/* The default video output window title */ +#define VOUT_TITLE "VLC" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Messages and console interfaces configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Maximal depth of the object tree output by vlc_dumpstructure */ +#define MAX_DUMPSTRUCTURE_DEPTH 100 diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e35345b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_config_cat.h : Definition of configuration categories + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 55d2e468d1ccc3fcd8d165dcecc10ec753021a5e $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Anil Daoud + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HELP_H +#define VLC_HELP_H 1 +# include + +/* + * First, we need help strings for the General Settings and for the + * Plugins screen + */ +#define MAIN_TITLE N_( "VLC preferences" ) +#define MAIN_HELP N_( \ + "Select \"Advanced Options\" to see all options." ) + +/* Interface */ +#define INTF_TITLE N_("Interface") +#define INTF_HELP N_( "Settings for VLC's interfaces" ) + +#define INTF_GENERAL_HELP N_( "Main interfaces settings" ) + +#define INTF_MAIN_TITLE N_( "Main interfaces" ) +#define INTF_MAIN_HELP N_( "Settings for the main interface" ) + +#define INTF_CONTROL_TITLE N_( "Control interfaces" ) +#define INTF_CONTROL_HELP N_( "Settings for VLC's control interfaces" ) + +#define INTF_HOTKEYS_TITLE N_( "Hotkeys settings" ) +#define INTF_HOTKEYS_HELP N_( "Hotkeys settings" ) + +/* Audio */ +#define AUDIO_TITLE N_( "Audio" ) +#define AUDIO_HELP N_( "Audio settings" ) + +#define AUDIO_GENERAL_HELP N_("General audio settings") + +#define AFILTER_TITLE N_("Filters") +#define AFILTER_HELP N_( "Audio filters are used to process the audio stream." ) + +#define ARESAMPLER_TITLE N_("Audio resampler") + +#define AVISUAL_TITLE N_("Visualizations") +#define AVISUAL_HELP N_( "Audio visualizations" ) + +#define AOUT_TITLE N_( "Output modules" ) +#define AOUT_HELP N_("General settings for audio output modules.") + +#define AMISC_TITLE N_("Miscellaneous") +#define AMISC_HELP N_( "Miscellaneous audio settings and modules." ) + +/* Video */ +#define VIDEO_TITLE N_("Video") +#define VIDEO_HELP N_("Video settings") + +#define VIDEO_GENERAL_HELP N_( "General video settings" ) + +#define _VOUT_TITLE N_("Output modules" ) +#define VOUT_HELP N_("General settings for video output modules.") + +#define VFILTER_TITLE N_("Filters" ) +#define VFILTER_HELP N_("Video filters are used to process the video stream." ) + +#define SUBPIC_TITLE N_( "Subtitles / OSD") +#define SUBPIC_HELP N_( "Settings related to On-Screen-Display,"\ + " subtitles and \"overlay subpictures\"") + +#define SPLITTER_TITLE N_("Splitters") +#define SPLITTER_HELP N_("Video splitters separate the stream into multiple videos.") + +/* +#define TEXT_HELP N_( \ + "Use the settings of the \"freetype\" module to choose the font you " \ + "want VLC to use for text rendering (to display subtitles for example).") +*/ +/* Input */ +#define INPUT_TITLE N_( "Input / Codecs" ) +#define INPUT_HELP N_( "Settings for input, demultiplexing, " \ + "decoding and encoding") + +#define ACCESS_TITLE N_( "Access modules" ) +#define ACCESS_HELP N_( \ + "Settings related to the various access methods. " \ + "Common settings you may want to alter are HTTP proxy or " \ + "caching settings." ) + +#define STREAM_FILTER_TITLE N_( "Stream filters" ) +#define STREAM_FILTER_HELP N_( \ + "Stream filters are special modules that allow advanced operations on " \ + "the input side of VLC. Use with care..." ) + +#define DEMUX_TITLE N_("Demuxers") +#define DEMUX_HELP N_( "Demuxers are used to separate audio and video streams." ) + +#define VDEC_TITLE N_( "Video codecs" ) +#define VDEC_HELP N_( "Settings for the video, images or video+audio decoders and encoders." ) + +#define ADEC_TITLE N_( "Audio codecs" ) +#define ADEC_HELP N_( "Settings for the audio-only decoders and encoders." ) + +#define SDEC_TITLE N_( "Subtitle codecs") +#define SDEC_HELP N_( "Settings for subtitle, teletext and CC decoders and encoders." ) + +#define ADVANCED_HELP N_( "General input settings. Use with care..." ) + +/* Sout */ +#define SOUT_TITLE N_( "Stream output" ) +#define SOUT_HELP N_( \ + "Stream output settings are used when acting as a streaming server " \ + "or when saving incoming streams.\n" \ + "Streams are first muxed and then sent through an \"access output\" "\ + "module that can either save the stream to a file, or stream " \ + "it (UDP, HTTP, RTP/RTSP).\n" \ + "Sout streams modules allow advanced stream processing (transcoding, "\ + "duplicating...).") + +#define SOUT_GENERAL_HELP N_( "General stream output settings") + +#define SOUT_MUX_TITLE N_( "Muxers" ) +#define SOUT_MUX_HELP N_( \ + "Muxers create the encapsulation formats that are used to " \ + "put all the elementary streams (video, audio, ...) " \ + "together. This setting allows you to always force a specific muxer. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each muxer." ) + +#define SOUT_ACO_TITLE N_( "Access output" ) +#define SOUT_ACO_HELP N_( \ + "Access output modules control the ways the muxed streams are sent. " \ + "This setting allows you to always force a specific access output method. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each access output.") + +#define SOUT_PACKET_TITLE N_( "Packetizers" ) +#define SOUT_PACKET_HELP N_( \ + "Packetizers are used to \"preprocess\" the elementary "\ + "streams before muxing. " \ + "This setting allows you to always force a packetizer. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each packetizer." ) + +#define SOUT_STREAM_TITLE N_("Sout stream") +#define SOUT_STREAM_HELP N_( "Sout stream modules allow to build a sout " \ + "processing chain. Please refer to the Streaming Howto for " \ + "more information. You can configure default options for " \ + "each sout stream module here.") + +#define SOUT_VOD_TITLE N_( "VOD" ) +#define SOUT_VOD_HELP N_( "VLC's implementation of Video On Demand" ) + + +/* Playlist */ +#define PLAYLIST_TITLE N_( "Playlist" ) +#define PLAYLIST_HELP N_( "Settings related to playlist behaviour " \ + "(e.g. playback mode) and to modules that automatically add "\ + "items to the playlist (\"service discovery\" modules).") + +#define PGENERAL_HELP N_( "General playlist behaviour") +#define SD_TITLE N_("Services discovery") +#define SD_HELP N_("Services discovery modules are facilities "\ + "that automatically add items to playlist.") + +/* Advanced */ +#define AADVANCED_TITLE N_( "Advanced" ) +#define AADVANCED_HELP N_( "Advanced settings. Use with care...") + +#define MISC_TITLE N_( "Advanced settings" ) + +/* This function is deprecated and is kept only for compatibility */ +static const struct config_category_t categories_array[] = +{ + /* Interface */ + { CAT_INTERFACE, INTF_TITLE, INTF_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_GENERAL, INTF_TITLE, INTF_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_MAIN, INTF_MAIN_TITLE, INTF_MAIN_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_CONTROL, INTF_CONTROL_TITLE, INTF_CONTROL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_HOTKEYS, INTF_HOTKEYS_TITLE, INTF_HOTKEYS_HELP }, + + { CAT_AUDIO, AUDIO_TITLE, AUDIO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_GENERAL, AUDIO_TITLE, AUDIO_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_AOUT, AOUT_TITLE, AOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_AFILTER, AFILTER_TITLE, AFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_RESAMPLER, ARESAMPLER_TITLE, AFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_VISUAL, AVISUAL_TITLE, AVISUAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_MISC, AMISC_TITLE, AMISC_HELP }, + + { CAT_VIDEO, VIDEO_TITLE, VIDEO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_GENERAL, VIDEO_TITLE, VIDEO_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_VOUT, _VOUT_TITLE, VOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_VFILTER, VFILTER_TITLE, VFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_SUBPIC, SUBPIC_TITLE, SUBPIC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_SPLITTER, SPLITTER_TITLE, SPLITTER_HELP }, + + { CAT_INPUT, INPUT_TITLE, INPUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_GENERAL, INPUT_TITLE, INPUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_ACCESS, ACCESS_TITLE, ACCESS_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_DEMUX, DEMUX_TITLE, DEMUX_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_VCODEC, VDEC_TITLE, VDEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_ACODEC, ADEC_TITLE, ADEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_SCODEC, SDEC_TITLE, SDEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_STREAM_FILTER, STREAM_FILTER_TITLE, STREAM_FILTER_HELP }, + + { CAT_SOUT, SOUT_TITLE, SOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_GENERAL, SOUT_TITLE, SOUT_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_STREAM, SOUT_STREAM_TITLE, SOUT_STREAM_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_MUX, SOUT_MUX_TITLE, SOUT_MUX_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_ACO, SOUT_ACO_TITLE, SOUT_ACO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_PACKETIZER, SOUT_PACKET_TITLE, SOUT_PACKET_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_VOD, SOUT_VOD_TITLE, SOUT_VOD_HELP }, + + { CAT_PLAYLIST, PLAYLIST_TITLE , PLAYLIST_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_GENERAL, PLAYLIST_TITLE, PGENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_SD, SD_TITLE, SD_HELP }, + + { CAT_ADVANCED, AADVANCED_TITLE, AADVANCED_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_ADVANCED_MISC, MISC_TITLE, AADVANCED_HELP }, + + { -1, NULL, NULL } +}; + +VLC_USED +static inline const char *config_CategoryNameGet( int i_value ) +{ + int i = 0; + while( categories_array[i].psz_name != NULL ) + { + if( categories_array[i].i_id == i_value ) + { + return vlc_gettext(categories_array[i].psz_name); + } + i++; + } + return NULL; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline const char *config_CategoryHelpGet( int i_value ) +{ + int i = 0; + while( categories_array[i].psz_help != NULL ) + { + if( categories_array[i].i_id == i_value ) + { + return vlc_gettext(categories_array[i].psz_help); + } + i++; + } + return NULL; +} + +#endif /* VLC_HELP_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_configuration.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..067b8d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_configuration.h : configuration management module + * This file describes the programming interface for the configuration module. + * It includes functions allowing to declare, get or set configuration options. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 209168615be2a7bc5db889282b32389093ab262e $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CONFIGURATION_H +#define VLC_CONFIGURATION_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file describes the programming interface for the configuration module. + * It includes functions allowing to declare, get or set configuration options. + */ + +#include /* for ssize_t */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct config_category_t +{ + int i_id; + const char *psz_name; + const char *psz_help; +}; + +typedef union +{ + char *psz; + int64_t i; + float f; +} module_value_t; + +typedef int (*vlc_string_list_cb)(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + char ***, char ***); +typedef int (*vlc_integer_list_cb)(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + int64_t **, char ***); + +struct module_config_t +{ + uint8_t i_type; /* Configuration type */ + char i_short; /* Optional short option name */ + unsigned b_advanced:1; /* Advanced option */ + unsigned b_internal:1; /* Hidden from prefs and help */ + unsigned b_unsaveable:1; /* Not stored in configuration */ + unsigned b_safe:1; /* Safe in web plugins and playlists */ + unsigned b_removed:1; /* Deprecated */ + + const char *psz_type; /* Configuration subtype */ + const char *psz_name; /* Option name */ + const char *psz_text; /* Short comment on the configuration option */ + const char *psz_longtext; /* Long comment on the configuration option */ + + module_value_t value; /* Option value */ + module_value_t orig; + module_value_t min; + module_value_t max; + + /* Values list */ + uint16_t list_count; /* Options list size */ + union + { + const char **psz; /* List of possible values for the option */ + const int *i; + vlc_string_list_cb psz_cb; + vlc_integer_list_cb i_cb; + } list; + const char **list_text; /* Friendly names for list values */ + const char *list_cb_name; + void *owner; +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes - these methods are used to get, set or manipulate configuration + * data. + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int config_GetType(const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int64_t config_GetInt(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void config_PutInt(vlc_object_t *, const char *, int64_t); +VLC_API float config_GetFloat(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void config_PutFloat(vlc_object_t *, const char *, float); +VLC_API char * config_GetPsz(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API void config_PutPsz(vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *); +VLC_API int config_GetIntChoices(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + int64_t **, char ***) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int config_GetPszChoices(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + char ***, char ***) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int config_SaveConfigFile( vlc_object_t * ); +#define config_SaveConfigFile(a) config_SaveConfigFile(VLC_OBJECT(a)) + +VLC_API void config_ResetAll( vlc_object_t * ); +#define config_ResetAll(a) config_ResetAll(VLC_OBJECT(a)) + +VLC_API module_config_t * config_FindConfig(const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * config_GetDataDir(void) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API char *config_GetLibDir(void) VLC_USED; + +typedef enum vlc_userdir +{ + VLC_HOME_DIR, /* User's home */ + VLC_CONFIG_DIR, /* VLC-specific configuration directory */ + VLC_DATA_DIR, /* VLC-specific data directory */ + VLC_CACHE_DIR, /* VLC-specific user cached data directory */ + /* Generic directories (same as XDG) */ + VLC_DESKTOP_DIR=0x80, + VLC_DOWNLOAD_DIR, + VLC_TEMPLATES_DIR, + VLC_PUBLICSHARE_DIR, + VLC_DOCUMENTS_DIR, + VLC_MUSIC_DIR, + VLC_PICTURES_DIR, + VLC_VIDEOS_DIR, +} vlc_userdir_t; + +VLC_API char * config_GetUserDir( vlc_userdir_t ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API void config_AddIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +VLC_API void config_RemoveIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +VLC_API bool config_ExistIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +#define config_GetInt(a,b) config_GetInt(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutInt(a,b,c) config_PutInt(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define config_GetFloat(a,b) config_GetFloat(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutFloat(a,b,c) config_PutFloat(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define config_GetPsz(a,b) config_GetPsz(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutPsz(a,b,c) config_PutPsz(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +#define config_AddIntf(a,b) config_AddIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_RemoveIntf(a,b) config_RemoveIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_ExistIntf(a,b) config_ExistIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/**************************************************************************** + * config_chain_t: + ****************************************************************************/ +struct config_chain_t +{ + config_chain_t *p_next; /**< Pointer on the next config_chain_t element */ + + char *psz_name; /**< Option name */ + char *psz_value; /**< Option value */ +}; + +/** + * This function will + * - create all options in the array ppsz_options (var_Create). + * - parse the given linked list of config_chain_t and set the value (var_Set). + * + * The option names will be created by adding the psz_prefix prefix. + */ +VLC_API void config_ChainParse( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_prefix, const char *const *ppsz_options, config_chain_t * ); +#define config_ChainParse( a, b, c, d ) config_ChainParse( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) + +/** + * This function will parse a configuration string (psz_opts) and + * - set all options for this module in a chained list (*pp_cfg) + * - returns a pointer on the next module if any. + * + * The string format is + * module{option=*,option=*} + * + * The options values are unescaped using config_StringUnescape. + */ +VLC_API const char *config_ChainParseOptions( config_chain_t **pp_cfg, const char *ppsz_opts ); + +/** + * This function will parse a configuration string (psz_string) and + * - set the module name (*ppsz_name) + * - set all options for this module in a chained list (*pp_cfg) + * - returns a pointer on the next module if any. + * + * The string format is + * module{option=*,option=*}[:modulenext{option=*,...}] + * + * The options values are unescaped using config_StringUnescape. + */ +VLC_API char *config_ChainCreate( char **ppsz_name, config_chain_t **pp_cfg, const char *psz_string ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * This function will release a linked list of config_chain_t + * (Including the head) + */ +VLC_API void config_ChainDestroy( config_chain_t * ); + +/** + * This function will duplicate a linked list of config_chain_t + */ +VLC_API config_chain_t * config_ChainDuplicate( const config_chain_t * ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * This function will unescape a string in place and will return a pointer on + * the given string. + * No memory is allocated by it (unlike config_StringEscape). + * If NULL is given as parameter nothing will be done (NULL will be returned). + * + * The following sequences will be unescaped (only one time): + * \\ \' and \" + */ +VLC_API char * config_StringUnescape( char *psz_string ); + +/** + * This function will escape a string that can be unescaped by + * config_StringUnescape. + * The returned value is allocated by it. You have to free it once you + * do not need it anymore (unlike config_StringUnescape). + * If NULL is given as parameter nothing will be done (NULL will be returned). + * + * The escaped characters are ' " and \ + */ +VLC_API char * config_StringEscape( const char *psz_string ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_CONFIGURATION_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_cpu.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2f0f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_cpu.h: CPU capabilities + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file provides CPU features detection. + */ + +#ifndef VLC_CPU_H +# define VLC_CPU_H 1 + +VLC_API unsigned vlc_CPU(void); + +# if defined (__i386__) || defined (__x86_64__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# define VLC_CPU_MMX 0x00000008 +# define VLC_CPU_3dNOW 0x00000010 +# define VLC_CPU_MMXEXT 0x00000020 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE 0x00000040 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE2 0x00000080 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE3 0x00000100 +# define VLC_CPU_SSSE3 0x00000200 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4_1 0x00000400 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4_2 0x00000800 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4A 0x00001000 +# define VLC_CPU_AVX 0x00002000 +# define VLC_CPU_AVX2 0x00004000 +# define VLC_CPU_XOP 0x00008000 +# define VLC_CPU_FMA4 0x00010000 + +# if defined (__MMX__) +# define vlc_CPU_MMX() (1) +# define VLC_MMX +# else +# define vlc_CPU_MMX() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_MMX) != 0) +# define VLC_MMX __attribute__ ((__target__ ("mmx"))) +# endif + +# if defined (__SSE__) +# define vlc_CPU_MMXEXT() (1) +# define vlc_CPU_SSE() (1) +# define VLC_SSE +# else +# define vlc_CPU_MMXEXT() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_MMXEXT) != 0) +# define vlc_CPU_SSE() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE) != 0) +# define VLC_SSE __attribute__ ((__target__ ("sse"))) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE2__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE3__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE3() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE3() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE3) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSSE3__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSSE3() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSSE3() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSSE3) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4_1__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_1() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_1() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4_1) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4_2__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4_2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4A__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4A() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4A() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4A) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __AVX__ +# define vlc_CPU_AVX() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_AVX() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_AVX) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __AVX2__ +# define vlc_CPU_AVX2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_AVX2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_AVX2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __3dNOW__ +# define vlc_CPU_3dNOW() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_3dNOW() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_3dNOW) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __XOP__ +# define vlc_CPU_XOP() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_XOP() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_XOP) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __FMA4__ +# define vlc_CPU_FMA4() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_FMA4() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_FMA4) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__ppc__) || defined (__ppc64__) || defined (__powerpc__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# define VLC_CPU_ALTIVEC 2 + +# ifdef ALTIVEC +# define vlc_CPU_ALTIVEC() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ALTIVEC() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ALTIVEC) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__arm__) +# if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined (__SOFTFP__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# else +# define HAVE_FPU 0 +# endif +# define VLC_CPU_ARMv6 4 +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_NEON 2 + +# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_7A__) +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 7 +# elif defined (__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 6 +# else +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 4 +# endif + +# if (VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH >= 6) +# define vlc_CPU_ARMv6() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ARMv6() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ARMv6) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __ARM_NEON__ +# define vlc_CPU_ARM_NEON() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ARM_NEON() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ARM_NEON) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__aarch64__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +// NEON is mandatory for general purpose ARMv8-a CPUs +# define vlc_CPU_ARM64_NEON() (1) + +# elif defined (__sparc__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# elif defined (__mips_hard_float) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# else +/** + * Are single precision floating point operations "fast"? + * If this preprocessor constant is zero, floating point should be avoided + * (especially relevant for audio codecs). + */ +# define HAVE_FPU 0 + +# endif + +#endif /* !VLC_CPU_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_demux.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_demux.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74bd29a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_demux.h @@ -0,0 +1,525 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_demux.h: Demuxer descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f359f547fa79d9818ed74420d906a6683be3d037 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_DEMUX_H +#define VLC_DEMUX_H 1 + +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup demux Demultiplexer + * \ingroup input + * Demultiplexers (file format parsers) + * @{ + * \file + * Demultiplexer modules interface + */ + +struct demux_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* eg informative but needed (we can have access+demux) */ + char *psz_access; + char *psz_demux; + char *psz_location; + char *psz_file; + + union { + /** + * Input stream + * + * Depending on the module capability: + * - "demux": input byte stream (not NULL) + * - "access_demux": a NULL pointer + * - "demux_filter": undefined + */ + stream_t *s; + /** + * Input demuxer + * + * If the module capability is "demux_filter", this is the upstream + * demuxer or demux filter. Otherwise, this is undefined. + */ + demux_t *p_next; + }; + + /* es output */ + es_out_t *out; /* our p_es_out */ + + bool b_preparsing; /* True if the demux is used to preparse */ + + /* set by demuxer */ + int (*pf_demux) ( demux_t * ); /* demux one frame only */ + int (*pf_control)( demux_t *, int i_query, va_list args); + + /* Demux has to maintain them uptodate + * when it is responsible of seekpoint/title */ + struct + { + unsigned int i_update; /* Demux sets them on change, + Input removes them once take into account*/ + /* Seekpoint/Title at demux level */ + int i_title; /* idem, start from 0 (could be menu) */ + int i_seekpoint; /* idem, start from 0 */ + } info; + demux_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +/* pf_demux return values */ +#define VLC_DEMUXER_EOF 0 +#define VLC_DEMUXER_EGENERIC -1 +#define VLC_DEMUXER_SUCCESS 1 + +/* demux_t.info.i_update field */ +#define INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE 0x0010 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_SEEKPOINT 0x0020 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_META 0x0040 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE_LIST 0x0100 + +/* demux_meta_t is returned by "meta reader" module to the demuxer */ +typedef struct demux_meta_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; /***< the input item that is being read */ + + vlc_meta_t *p_meta; /**< meta data */ + + int i_attachments; /**< number of attachments */ + input_attachment_t **attachments; /**< array of attachments */ +} demux_meta_t; + +/** + * Control query identifiers for use with demux_t.pf_control + * + * In the individual identifier description, the input stream refers to + * demux_t.s if non-NULL, and the output refers to demux_t.out. + * + * A demuxer is synchronous if it only accesses its input stream and the + * output from within its demux_t callbacks, i.e. demux.pf_demux and + * demux_t.pf_control. + * + * A demuxer is threaded if it accesses either or both input and output + * asynchronously. + * + * An access-demuxer is a demuxer without input, i.e. demux_t.s == NULL). + */ +enum demux_query_e +{ + /** Checks whether the stream supports seeking. + * Can fail if seeking is not supported (same as returning false). + * \bug Failing should not be allowed. + * + * arg1 = bool * */ + DEMUX_CAN_SEEK, + + /** Checks whether (long) pause then stream resumption is supported. + * Can fail only if synchronous and not an access-demuxer. The + * underlying input stream then determines if pause is supported. + * \bug Failing should not be allowed. + * + * arg1= bool * */ + DEMUX_CAN_PAUSE = 0x002, + + /** Whether the stream can be read at an arbitrary pace. + * Cannot fail. + * + * arg1= bool * */ + DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE, + + /** Retrieves the PTS delay (roughly the default buffer duration). + * Can fail only if synchronous and not an access-demuxer. The + * underlying input stream then determines the PTS delay. + * + * arg1= int64_t * */ + DEMUX_GET_PTS_DELAY = 0x101, + + /** Retrieves stream meta-data. + * Should fail if no meta-data were retrieved. + * + * arg1= vlc_meta_t * */ + DEMUX_GET_META = 0x105, + + /** Retrieves an estimate of signal quality and strength. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1=double *quality, arg2=double *strength */ + DEMUX_GET_SIGNAL = 0x107, + + /** Sets the paused or playing/resumed state. + * + * Streams are initially in playing state. The control always specifies a + * change from paused to playing (false) or from playing to paused (true) + * and streams are initially playing; a no-op cannot be requested. + * + * The control is never used if DEMUX_CAN_PAUSE fails. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1= bool */ + DEMUX_SET_PAUSE_STATE = 0x200, + + /** Seeks to the beginning of a title. + * + * The control is never used if DEMUX_GET_TITLE_INFO fails. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1= int */ + DEMUX_SET_TITLE, + + /** Seeks to the beginning of a chapter of the current title. + * + * The control is never used if DEMUX_GET_TITLE_INFO fails. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1= int */ + DEMUX_SET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /** Check which INPUT_UPDATE_XXX flag is set and reset the ones set. + * + * The unsigned* argument is set with the flags needed to be checked, + * on return it contains the values that were reset during the call + * + * This can can fail, in which case flags from demux_t.info.i_update + * are read/reset + * + * arg1= unsigned * */ + DEMUX_TEST_AND_CLEAR_FLAGS, /* arg1= unsigned* can fail */ + + /** Read the title number currently playing + * + * Can fail, in which case demux_t.info.i_title is used + * + * arg1= int * */ + DEMUX_GET_TITLE, /* arg1= int* can fail */ + + /* Read the seekpoint/chapter currently playing + * + * Can fail, in which case demux_t.info.i_seekpoint is used + * + * arg1= int * */ + DEMUX_GET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1= int* can fail */ + + /* I. Common queries to access_demux and demux */ + /* POSITION double between 0.0 and 1.0 */ + DEMUX_GET_POSITION = 0x300, /* arg1= double * res= */ + DEMUX_SET_POSITION, /* arg1= double arg2= bool b_precise res=can fail */ + + /* LENGTH/TIME in microsecond, 0 if unknown */ + DEMUX_GET_LENGTH, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + DEMUX_GET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + DEMUX_SET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t arg2= bool b_precise res=can fail */ + + /** + * \todo Document + * + * \warning The prototype is different from STREAM_GET_TITLE_INFO + * + * Can fail, meaning there is only one title and one chapter. + * + * arg1= input_title_t ***, arg2=int *, arg3=int *pi_title_offset(0), + * arg4= int *pi_seekpoint_offset(0) */ + DEMUX_GET_TITLE_INFO, + + /* DEMUX_SET_GROUP/SET_ES only a hint for demuxer (mainly DVB) to allow not + * reading everything (you should not use this to call es_out_Control) + * if you don't know what to do with it, just IGNORE it, it is safe(r) + * -1 means all group, 0 default group (first es added) */ + DEMUX_SET_GROUP, /* arg1= int, arg2=const vlc_list_t * can fail */ + DEMUX_SET_ES, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /* Ask the demux to demux until the given date at the next pf_demux call + * but not more (and not less, at the precision available of course). + * XXX: not mandatory (except for subtitle demux) but will help a lot + * for multi-input + */ + DEMUX_SET_NEXT_DEMUX_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t can fail */ + /* FPS for correct subtitles handling */ + DEMUX_GET_FPS, /* arg1= double * res=can fail */ + + /* Meta data */ + DEMUX_HAS_UNSUPPORTED_META, /* arg1= bool * res can fail */ + + /* Attachments */ + DEMUX_GET_ATTACHMENTS, /* arg1=input_attachment_t***, int* res=can fail */ + + /* RECORD you are ensured that it is never called twice with the same state + * you should accept it only if the stream can be recorded without + * any modification or header addition. */ + DEMUX_CAN_RECORD, /* arg1=bool* res=can fail(assume false) */ + /** + * \todo Document + * + * \warning The prototype is different from STREAM_SET_RECORD_STATE + * + * The control is never used if DEMUX_CAN_RECORD fails or returns false. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1= bool */ + DEMUX_SET_RECORD_STATE, + + /* II. Specific access_demux queries */ + + /* DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE is called only if DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE has + * returned false. *pb_rate should be true when the rate can be changed + * (using DEMUX_SET_RATE). */ + DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE, /* arg1= bool*pb_rate */ + /* DEMUX_SET_RATE is called only if DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE has returned true. + * It should return the value really used in *pi_rate */ + DEMUX_SET_RATE, /* arg1= int*pi_rate can fail */ + + /** Checks whether the stream is actually a playlist, rather than a real + * stream. + * + * \warning The prototype is different from STREAM_IS_DIRECTORY. + * + * Can fail if the stream is not a playlist (same as returning false). + * + * arg1= bool * */ + DEMUX_IS_PLAYLIST, + + /* Menu (VCD/DVD/BD) Navigation */ + /** Activate the navigation item selected. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_ACTIVATE, + /** Use the up arrow to select a navigation item above. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_UP, + /** Use the down arrow to select a navigation item under. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_DOWN, + /** Use the left arrow to select a navigation item on the left. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_LEFT, + /** Use the right arrow to select a navigation item on the right. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_RIGHT, + /** Activate the popup Menu (for BD). Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_POPUP, + /** Activate disc Root Menu. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_MENU, /* res=can fail */ + /** Enable/Disable a demux filter + * \warning This has limited support, and is likely to break if more than + * a single demux_filter is present in the chain. This is not guaranteed to + * work in future VLC versions, nor with all demux filters + */ + DEMUX_FILTER_ENABLE, + DEMUX_FILTER_DISABLE +}; + +/************************************************************************* + * Main Demux + *************************************************************************/ + +/* stream_t *s could be null and then it mean a access+demux in one */ +VLC_API demux_t *demux_New( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_path, stream_t *s, es_out_t *out ); + +VLC_API void demux_Delete( demux_t * ); + + +VLC_API int demux_vaControlHelper( stream_t *, int64_t i_start, int64_t i_end, + int64_t i_bitrate, int i_align, int i_query, va_list args ); + +VLC_USED static inline int demux_Demux( demux_t *p_demux ) +{ + if( !p_demux->pf_demux ) + return VLC_DEMUXER_SUCCESS; + + return p_demux->pf_demux( p_demux ); +} + +VLC_API int demux_vaControl( demux_t *p_demux, int i_query, va_list args ); + +static inline int demux_Control( demux_t *p_demux, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = demux_vaControl( p_demux, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +/************************************************************************* + * Miscellaneous helpers for demuxers + *************************************************************************/ + +static inline void demux_UpdateTitleFromStream( demux_t *demux ) +{ + stream_t *s = demux->s; + unsigned title, seekpoint; + + if( vlc_stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_TITLE, &title ) == VLC_SUCCESS + && title != (unsigned)demux->info.i_title ) + { + demux->info.i_title = title; + demux->info.i_update |= INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE; + } + + if( vlc_stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_SEEKPOINT, + &seekpoint ) == VLC_SUCCESS + && seekpoint != (unsigned)demux->info.i_seekpoint ) + { + demux->info.i_seekpoint = seekpoint; + demux->info.i_update |= INPUT_UPDATE_SEEKPOINT; + } +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsPathExtension( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_extension ) +{ + const char *name = (p_demux->psz_file != NULL) ? p_demux->psz_file + : p_demux->psz_location; + const char *psz_ext = strrchr ( name, '.' ); + if( !psz_ext || strcasecmp( psz_ext, psz_extension ) ) + return false; + return true; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsContentType(demux_t *demux, const char *type) +{ + return stream_IsMimeType(demux->s, type); +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsForced( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_name ) +{ + if( !p_demux->psz_demux || strcmp( p_demux->psz_demux, psz_name ) ) + return false; + return true; +} + +/** + * This function will create a packetizer suitable for a demuxer that parses + * elementary stream. + * + * The provided es_format_t will be cleaned on error or by + * demux_PacketizerDestroy. + */ +VLC_API decoder_t * demux_PacketizerNew( demux_t *p_demux, es_format_t *p_fmt, const char *psz_msg ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will destroy a packetizer create by demux_PacketizerNew. + */ +VLC_API void demux_PacketizerDestroy( decoder_t *p_packetizer ); + +/* */ +#define DEMUX_INIT_COMMON() do { \ + p_demux->pf_control = Control; \ + p_demux->pf_demux = Demux; \ + p_demux->p_sys = calloc( 1, sizeof( demux_sys_t ) ); \ + if( !p_demux->p_sys ) return VLC_ENOMEM;\ + } while(0) + +/** + * \defgroup chained_demux Chained demultiplexer + * Demultiplexers wrapped by another demultiplexer + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct vlc_demux_chained_t vlc_demux_chained_t; + +/** + * Creates a chained demuxer. + * + * This creates a thread running a demuxer whose input stream is generated + * directly by the caller. This typically handles some sort of stream within a + * stream, e.g. MPEG-TS within something else. + * + * \note There are a number of limitations to this approach. The chained + * demuxer is run asynchronously in a separate thread. Most demuxer controls + * are synchronous and therefore unavailable in this case. Also the input + * stream is a simple FIFO, so the chained demuxer cannot perform seeks. + * Lastly, most errors cannot be detected. + * + * \param parent parent VLC object + * \param name chained demux module name (e.g. "ts") + * \param out elementary stream output for the chained demux + * \return a non-NULL pointer on success, NULL on failure. + */ +VLC_API vlc_demux_chained_t *vlc_demux_chained_New(vlc_object_t *parent, + const char *name, + es_out_t *out); + +/** + * Destroys a chained demuxer. + * + * Sends an end-of-stream to the chained demuxer, and releases all underlying + * allocated resources. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_demux_chained_Delete(vlc_demux_chained_t *); + +/** + * Sends data to a chained demuxer. + * + * This queues data for a chained demuxer to consume. + * + * \param block data block to queue + */ +VLC_API void vlc_demux_chained_Send(vlc_demux_chained_t *, block_t *block); + +/** + * Controls a chained demuxer. + * + * This performs a demux (i.e. DEMUX_...) control request on a chained + * demux. + * + * \note In most cases, vlc_demux_chained_Control() should be used instead. + * \warning As per vlc_demux_chained_New(), most demux controls are not, and + * cannot be, supported; VLC_EGENERIC is returned. + * + * \param query demux control (see \ref demux_query_e) + * \param args variable arguments (depending on the query) + */ +VLC_API int vlc_demux_chained_ControlVa(vlc_demux_chained_t *, int query, + va_list args); + +static inline int vlc_demux_chained_Control(vlc_demux_chained_t *dc, int query, + ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, query); + ret = vlc_demux_chained_ControlVa(dc, query, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_dialog.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23df3cb --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_dialog.h: user interaction dialogs + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_DIALOG_H_ +#define VLC_DIALOG_H_ +# include + +typedef struct vlc_dialog_provider vlc_dialog_provider; +typedef struct vlc_dialog_id vlc_dialog_id; +typedef struct extension_dialog_t extension_dialog_t; + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +int +libvlc_InternalDialogInit(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +void +libvlc_InternalDialogClean(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/** + * @defgroup vlc_dialog VLC dialog + * @ingroup interface + * @{ + * @file + * This file declares VLC dialog functions + * @defgroup vlc_dialog_api VLC dialog functions + * In order to interact with the user + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Dialog question type, see vlc_dialog_wait_question() + */ +typedef enum vlc_dialog_question_type +{ + VLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_NORMAL, + VLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_WARNING, + VLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_CRITICAL, +} vlc_dialog_question_type; + +/** + * Sends an error message + * + * This function returns immediately + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the error + * @param psz_title title of the error dialog + * @param psz_fmt format string for the error message + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_display_error(vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT(3,4); +#define vlc_dialog_display_error(a, b, c, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_display_error(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Sends an error message + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_display_error() expect that it's called with a + * va_list. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_display_error_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Requests an user name and a password + * + * This function waits until the user dismisses the dialog or responds. It's + * interruptible via vlc_interrupt. In that case, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel() + * will be invoked. If p_store is not NULL, the user will be asked to store the + * password or not. + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param ppsz_username a pointer to the user name provided by the user, it + * must be freed with free() on success + * @param ppsz_password a pointer to the password provided by the user, it must + * be freed with free() on success + * @param p_store a pointer to the store answer provided by the user (optional) + * @param psz_default_username default user name proposed + * @param psz_title title of the login dialog + * @param psz_fmt format string for the login message + * @return < 0 on error, 0 if the user cancelled it, and 1 if ppsz_username and + * ppsz_password are valid. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_wait_login(vlc_object_t *p_obj, char **ppsz_username, + char **ppsz_password, bool *p_store, + const char *psz_default_username, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_fmt, ...) + VLC_FORMAT(7,8); +#define vlc_dialog_wait_login(a, b, c, d, e, f, g, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_wait_login(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, f, g, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Requests an user name and a password + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_wait_login() expect that it's called with a + * va_list. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_wait_login_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, char **ppsz_username, + char **ppsz_password, bool *p_store, + const char *psz_default_username, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Asks a total (Yes/No/Cancel) question + * + * This function waits until the user dismisses the dialog or responds. It's + * interruptible via vlc_interrupt. In that case, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel() + * will be invoked. The psz_cancel is mandatory since this dialog is always + * cancellable by the user. + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param i_type question type (severity of the question) + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button + * @param psz_action1 first choice/button text (optional) + * @param psz_action2 second choice/button text (optional) + * @param psz_title title of the question dialog + * @param psz_fmt format string for the question message + * @return < 0 on error, 0 if the user cancelled it, 1 on action1, 2 on action2 + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_wait_question(vlc_object_t *p_obj, + vlc_dialog_question_type i_type, + const char *psz_cancel, const char *psz_action1, + const char *psz_action2, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT(7,8); +#define vlc_dialog_wait_question(a, b, c, d, e, f, g, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_wait_question(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, f, g, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Asks a total (Yes/No/Cancel) question + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_wait_question() expect that it's called with a + * va_list. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_wait_question_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, + vlc_dialog_question_type i_type, + const char *psz_cancel, const char *psz_action1, + const char *psz_action2, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Display a progress dialog + * + * This function returns immediately + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param b_indeterminate true if the progress dialog is indeterminate + * @param f_position initial position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button, if NULL the dialog is not + * cancellable (optional) + * @param psz_title title of the progress dialog + * @param psz_fmt format string for the progress message + * @return a valid vlc_dialog_id on success, must be released with + * vlc_dialog_id_release() + */ +VLC_API vlc_dialog_id * +vlc_dialog_display_progress(vlc_object_t *p_obj, bool b_indeterminate, + float f_position, const char *psz_cancel, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_fmt, ...) + VLC_FORMAT(6,7); +#define vlc_dialog_display_progress(a, b, c, d, e, f, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_display_progress(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, f, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Display a progress dialog + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_display_progress() expect that it's called with a + * va_list. + */ +VLC_API vlc_dialog_id * +vlc_dialog_display_progress_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, bool b_indeterminate, + float f_position, const char *psz_cancel, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_fmt, + va_list ap); + +/** + * Update the position of the progress dialog + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param p_id id of the dialog to update + * @param f_position position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_update_progress(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position); +#define vlc_dialog_update_progress(a, b, c) \ + vlc_dialog_update_progress(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * Update the position and the message of the progress dialog + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param p_id id of the dialog to update + * @param f_position position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @param psz_fmt format string for the progress message + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_update_progress_text(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position, const char *psz_fmt, ...) + VLC_FORMAT(4, 5); +#define vlc_dialog_update_progress_text(a, b, c, d, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_update_progress_text(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Update the position and the message of the progress dialog + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_update_progress_text() expect that it's called + * with a va_list. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_update_progress_text_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position, const char *psz_fmt, + va_list ap); + +/** + * Release the dialog id returned by vlc_dialog_display_progress() + * + * It causes the vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel() callback to be invoked. + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param p_id id of the dialog to release + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_dialog_release(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id); +#define vlc_dialog_release(a, b) \ + vlc_dialog_release(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * Return true if the dialog id is cancelled + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param p_id id of the dialog + */ +VLC_API bool +vlc_dialog_is_cancelled(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id); +#define vlc_dialog_is_cancelled(a, b) \ + vlc_dialog_is_cancelled(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup vlc_dialog_impl VLC dialog callbacks + * Need to be implemented by GUI modules or libvlc + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Dialog callbacks to be implemented + */ +typedef struct vlc_dialog_cbs +{ + /** + * Called when an error message needs to be displayed + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + */ + void (*pf_display_error)(void *p_data, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_text); + + /** + * Called when a login dialog needs to be displayed + * + * You can interact with this dialog by calling vlc_dialog_id_post_login() + * to post an answer or vlc_dialog_id_dismiss() to cancel this dialog. + * + * @note to receive this callback, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel should not be + * NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param psz_default_username user name that should be set on the user form + * @param b_ask_store if true, ask the user if he wants to save the + * credentials + */ + void (*pf_display_login)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + const char *psz_default_username, + bool b_ask_store); + + /** + * Called when a question dialog needs to be displayed + * + * You can interact with this dialog by calling vlc_dialog_id_post_action() + * to post an answer or vlc_dialog_id_dismiss() to cancel this dialog. + * + * @note to receive this callback, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel should not be + * NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param i_type question type (or severity) of the dialog + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button + * @param psz_action1 text of the first button, if NULL, don't display this + * button + * @param psz_action2 text of the second button, if NULL, don't display + * this button + */ + void (*pf_display_question)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + vlc_dialog_question_type i_type, + const char *psz_cancel, const char *psz_action1, + const char *psz_action2); + + /** + * Called when a progress dialog needs to be displayed + * + * If cancellable (psz_cancel != NULL), you can cancel this dialog by + * calling vlc_dialog_id_dismiss() + * + * @note to receive this callback, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel and + * vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_update_progress should not be NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param b_indeterminate true if the progress dialog is indeterminate + * @param f_position initial position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and + * 1.0) + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button, if NULL the dialog is not + * cancellable + */ + void (*pf_display_progress)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + bool b_indeterminate, float f_position, + const char *psz_cancel); + + /** + * Called when a displayed dialog needs to be cancelled + * + * The implementation must call vlc_dialog_id_dismiss() to really release + * the dialog. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id of the dialog + */ + void (*pf_cancel)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id); + + /** + * Called when a progress dialog needs to be updated + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param f_position osition of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @param psz_text new text of the progress dialog + */ + void (*pf_update_progress)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position, const char *psz_text); +} vlc_dialog_cbs; + +/** + * Register callbacks to handle VLC dialogs + * + * @param p_cbs a pointer to callbacks, or NULL to unregister callbacks. + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_dialog_provider_set_callbacks(vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const vlc_dialog_cbs *p_cbs, void *p_data); +#define vlc_dialog_provider_set_callbacks(a, b, c) \ + vlc_dialog_provider_set_callbacks(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * Associate an opaque pointer with the dialog id + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_dialog_id_set_context(vlc_dialog_id *p_id, void *p_context); + +/** + * Return the opaque pointer associated with the dialog id + */ +VLC_API void * +vlc_dialog_id_get_context(vlc_dialog_id *p_id); + +/** + * Post a login answer + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_display_login + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param psz_username valid and non empty string + * @param psz_password valid string (can be empty) + * @param b_store if true, store the credentials + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_id_post_login(vlc_dialog_id *p_id, const char *psz_username, + const char *psz_password, bool b_store); + +/** + * Post a question answer + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_display_question + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param i_action 1 for action1, 2 for action2 + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_id_post_action(vlc_dialog_id *p_id, int i_action); + +/** + * Dismiss a dialog + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_id_dismiss(vlc_dialog_id *p_id); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup vlc_dialog_ext VLC extension dialog functions + * @{ + */ + +VLC_API int +vlc_ext_dialog_update(vlc_object_t *p_obj, extension_dialog_t *dialog); +#define vlc_ext_dialog_update(a, b) \ + vlc_ext_dialog_update(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * Dialog extension callback to be implemented + */ +typedef void (*vlc_dialog_ext_update_cb)(extension_dialog_t *p_ext_dialog, + void *p_data); + +/** + * Register a callback for VLC extension dialog + * + * @param pf_update a pointer to the update callback, or NULL to unregister + * callback + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_dialog_provider_set_ext_callback(vlc_object_t *p_obj, + vlc_dialog_ext_update_cb pf_update, + void *p_data); +#define vlc_dialog_provider_set_ext_callback(a, b, c) \ + vlc_dialog_provider_set_ext_callback(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** @} @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_epg.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_epg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ccfedf --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_epg.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_epg.h: Electronic Program Guide + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2007 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f7b9044e7c0aa1af4a44066d73f2ead943fc6a46 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_EPG_H +#define VLC_EPG_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for storing dvb epg information + */ + +typedef struct +{ + int64_t i_start; /* Interpreted as a value return by time() */ + uint32_t i_duration; /* Duration of the event in second */ + uint16_t i_id; /* Unique event id withing the event set */ + + char *psz_name; + char *psz_short_description; + char *psz_description; + struct /* Description items in tranmission order */ + { + char *psz_key; + char *psz_value; + } * description_items; + int i_description_items; + + uint8_t i_rating; /* Parental control, set to 0 when undefined */ +} vlc_epg_event_t; + +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_name; + uint32_t i_id; /* Unique identifier for this table / events (partial sets) */ + uint16_t i_source_id;/* Channel / Program reference id this epg relates to */ + size_t i_event; + vlc_epg_event_t **pp_event; + bool b_present; /* Contains present/following or similar, and sets below */ + const vlc_epg_event_t *p_current; /* NULL, or equal to one of the entries in pp_event */ +} vlc_epg_t; + +/** + * Creates a new vlc_epg_event_t* + * + * You must call vlc_epg_event_Delete to release the associated resources. + * + * \p i_id is the event unique id + * \p i_start start in epoch time + * \p i_duration event duration in seconds + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_event_t * vlc_epg_event_New(uint16_t i_id, + int64_t i_start, uint32_t i_duration); + +/** + * Releases a vlc_epg_event_t*. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_event_Delete(vlc_epg_event_t *p_event); + +/** + * Returns a vlc_epg_event_t * duplicated from \p p_src. + * + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_event_t * vlc_epg_event_Duplicate(const vlc_epg_event_t *p_src); + +/** + * It creates a new vlc_epg_t* + * + * You must call vlc_epg_Delete to release the associated resource. + * + * \p i_id is computed unique id depending on standard (table id, eit number) + * \p i_source_id is the associated program number + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_t * vlc_epg_New(uint32_t i_id, uint16_t i_source_id); + +/** + * It releases a vlc_epg_t*. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Delete(vlc_epg_t *p_epg); + +/** + * It appends a new vlc_epg_event_t to a vlc_epg_t. + * Takes ownership of \p p_evt or returns false + * + * \p p_evt a vlc_epg_event_t * created with vlc_epg_event_New. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_epg_AddEvent(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, vlc_epg_event_t *p_evt); + +/** + * It set the current event of a vlc_epg_t given a start time + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_SetCurrent(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, int64_t i_start); + +/** + * Returns a duplicated \p p_src and its associated events. + * + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_t * vlc_epg_Duplicate(const vlc_epg_t *p_src); + +#endif + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_es.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_es.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa49a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_es.h @@ -0,0 +1,668 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_es.h: Elementary stream formats descriptions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c03fca394aeef77ad642defe241bd5a5ffe5d53d $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ES_H +#define VLC_ES_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the elementary streams format types + */ + +/** + * video palette data + * \see video_format_t + * \see subs_format_t + */ +#define VIDEO_PALETTE_COLORS_MAX 256 + +struct video_palette_t +{ + int i_entries; /**< to keep the compatibility with libavcodec's palette */ + uint8_t palette[VIDEO_PALETTE_COLORS_MAX][4]; /**< 4-byte RGBA/YUVA palette */ +}; + +/** + * audio replay gain description + */ +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX (2) +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_TRACK (0) +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_ALBUM (1) +typedef struct +{ + /* true if we have the peak value */ + bool pb_peak[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + /* peak value where 1.0 means full sample value */ + float pf_peak[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + + /* true if we have the gain value */ + bool pb_gain[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + /* gain value in dB */ + float pf_gain[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; +} audio_replay_gain_t; + + +/** + * Audio channel type + */ +typedef enum audio_channel_type_t +{ + AUDIO_CHANNEL_TYPE_BITMAP, + AUDIO_CHANNEL_TYPE_AMBISONICS, +} audio_channel_type_t; + +/** + * audio format description + */ +struct audio_format_t +{ + vlc_fourcc_t i_format; /**< audio format fourcc */ + unsigned int i_rate; /**< audio sample-rate */ + + /* Describes the channels configuration of the samples (ie. number of + * channels which are available in the buffer, and positions). */ + uint16_t i_physical_channels; + + /* Describes the chan mode, either set from the input + * (demux/codec/packetizer) or overridden by the user, used by audio + * filters. */ + uint16_t i_chan_mode; + + /* Channel type */ + audio_channel_type_t channel_type; + + /* Optional - for A/52, SPDIF and DTS types : */ + /* Bytes used by one compressed frame, depends on bitrate. */ + unsigned int i_bytes_per_frame; + + /* Number of sampleframes contained in one compressed frame. */ + unsigned int i_frame_length; + /* Please note that it may be completely arbitrary - buffers are not + * obliged to contain a integral number of so-called "frames". It's + * just here for the division : + * buffer_size = i_nb_samples * i_bytes_per_frame / i_frame_length + */ + + /* FIXME ? (used by the codecs) */ + unsigned i_bitspersample; + unsigned i_blockalign; + uint8_t i_channels; /* must be <=32 */ +}; + +/* Values available for audio channels */ +#define AOUT_CHAN_CENTER 0x1 +#define AOUT_CHAN_LEFT 0x2 +#define AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT 0x4 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER 0x10 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT 0x20 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT 0x40 +#define AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT 0x100 +#define AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT 0x200 +#define AOUT_CHAN_LFE 0x1000 + +#define AOUT_CHANS_FRONT (AOUT_CHAN_LEFT | AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT | AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_REAR (AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT | AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_CENTER (AOUT_CHAN_CENTER | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER) + +#define AOUT_CHANS_STEREO AOUT_CHANS_2_0 +#define AOUT_CHANS_2_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_2_1 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_3_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_3_1 (AOUT_CHANS_3_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_REAR) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_1 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_0 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_1 (AOUT_CHANS_5_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_6_0 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_7_0 (AOUT_CHANS_6_0 | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_7_1 (AOUT_CHANS_5_1 | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_8_1 (AOUT_CHANS_7_1 | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER) + +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_0_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_CENTER_REAR (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_0_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_4_0_MIDDLE | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_6_1_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_5_0_MIDDLE | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) + +/* Maximum number of mapped channels (or the maximum of bits set in + * i_physical_channels) */ +#define AOUT_CHAN_MAX 9 +/* Maximum number of unmapped channels */ +#define INPUT_CHAN_MAX 64 + +/* Values available for i_chan_mode only */ +#define AOUT_CHANMODE_DUALMONO 0x1 +#define AOUT_CHANMODE_DOLBYSTEREO 0x2 + +/** + * Picture orientation. + */ +typedef enum video_orientation_t +{ + ORIENT_TOP_LEFT = 0, /**< Top line represents top, left column left. */ + ORIENT_TOP_RIGHT, /**< Flipped horizontally */ + ORIENT_BOTTOM_LEFT, /**< Flipped vertically */ + ORIENT_BOTTOM_RIGHT, /**< Rotated 180 degrees */ + ORIENT_LEFT_TOP, /**< Transposed */ + ORIENT_LEFT_BOTTOM, /**< Rotated 90 degrees clockwise */ + ORIENT_RIGHT_TOP, /**< Rotated 90 degrees anti-clockwise */ + ORIENT_RIGHT_BOTTOM, /**< Anti-transposed */ + + ORIENT_NORMAL = ORIENT_TOP_LEFT, + ORIENT_TRANSPOSED = ORIENT_LEFT_TOP, + ORIENT_ANTI_TRANSPOSED = ORIENT_RIGHT_BOTTOM, + ORIENT_HFLIPPED = ORIENT_TOP_RIGHT, + ORIENT_VFLIPPED = ORIENT_BOTTOM_LEFT, + ORIENT_ROTATED_180 = ORIENT_BOTTOM_RIGHT, + ORIENT_ROTATED_270 = ORIENT_LEFT_BOTTOM, + ORIENT_ROTATED_90 = ORIENT_RIGHT_TOP, +} video_orientation_t; +/** Convert EXIF orientation to enum video_orientation_t */ +#define ORIENT_FROM_EXIF(exif) ((0x57642310U >> (4 * ((exif) - 1))) & 7) +/** Convert enum video_orientation_t to EXIF */ +#define ORIENT_TO_EXIF(orient) ((0x76853421U >> (4 * (orient))) & 15) +/** If the orientation is natural or mirrored */ +#define ORIENT_IS_MIRROR(orient) parity(orient) +/** If the orientation swaps dimensions */ +#define ORIENT_IS_SWAP(orient) (((orient) & 4) != 0) +/** Applies horizontal flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_HFLIP(orient) ((orient) ^ 1) +/** Applies vertical flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_VFLIP(orient) ((orient) ^ 2) +/** Applies horizontal flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_ROTATE_180(orient) ((orient) ^ 3) + +typedef enum video_transform_t +{ + TRANSFORM_IDENTITY = ORIENT_NORMAL, + TRANSFORM_HFLIP = ORIENT_HFLIPPED, + TRANSFORM_VFLIP = ORIENT_VFLIPPED, + TRANSFORM_R180 = ORIENT_ROTATED_180, + TRANSFORM_R270 = ORIENT_ROTATED_270, + TRANSFORM_R90 = ORIENT_ROTATED_90, + TRANSFORM_TRANSPOSE = ORIENT_TRANSPOSED, + TRANSFORM_ANTI_TRANSPOSE = ORIENT_ANTI_TRANSPOSED +} video_transform_t; + +typedef enum video_multiview_mode_t +{ + /* No stereoscopy: 2D picture. */ + MULTIVIEW_2D = 0, + + /* Side-by-side with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_SBS, + + /* Top-bottom with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_TB, + + /* Row sequential with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_ROW, + + /* Column sequential with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_COL, + + /* Frame sequential with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_FRAME, + + /* Checkerboard pattern with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_CHECKERBOARD, +} video_multiview_mode_t; + +/** + * Video projection mode. + */ +typedef enum video_projection_mode_t +{ + PROJECTION_MODE_RECTANGULAR = 0, + PROJECTION_MODE_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + PROJECTION_MODE_CUBEMAP_LAYOUT_STANDARD = 0x100, +} video_projection_mode_t; + +/** + * Video color primaries (a.k.a. chromacities) + */ +typedef enum video_color_primaries_t +{ + COLOR_PRIMARIES_UNDEF, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_625, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT709, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT2020, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_DCI_P3, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_FCC1953, +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_SRGB COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT709 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_SMTPE_170 COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_SMTPE_240 COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525 /* Only differs from 1e10-4 in white Y */ +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_SMTPE_RP145 COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_EBU_3213 COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_625 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT470_BG COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_625 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT470_M COLOR_PRIMARIES_FCC1953 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_MAX COLOR_PRIMARIES_FCC1953 +} video_color_primaries_t; + +/** + * Video transfer functions + */ +typedef enum video_transfer_func_t +{ + TRANSFER_FUNC_UNDEF, + TRANSFER_FUNC_LINEAR, + TRANSFER_FUNC_SRGB /*< Gamma 2.2 */, + TRANSFER_FUNC_BT470_BG, + TRANSFER_FUNC_BT470_M, + TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709, + TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_ST2084, + TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_240, + TRANSFER_FUNC_HLG, +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_BT2020 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_170 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_274 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_293 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_296 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_ARIB_B67 TRANSFER_FUNC_HLG +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_MAX TRANSFER_FUNC_HLG +} video_transfer_func_t; + +/** + * Video color space (i.e. YCbCr matrices) + */ +typedef enum video_color_space_t +{ + COLOR_SPACE_UNDEF, + COLOR_SPACE_BT601, + COLOR_SPACE_BT709, + COLOR_SPACE_BT2020, +#define COLOR_SPACE_SRGB COLOR_SPACE_BT709 +#define COLOR_SPACE_SMPTE_170 COLOR_SPACE_BT601 +#define COLOR_SPACE_SMPTE_240 COLOR_SPACE_SMPTE_170 +#define COLOR_SPACE_MAX COLOR_SPACE_BT2020 +} video_color_space_t; + +/** + * Video chroma location + */ +typedef enum video_chroma_location_t +{ + CHROMA_LOCATION_UNDEF, + CHROMA_LOCATION_LEFT, /*< Most common in MPEG-2 Video, H.264/265 */ + CHROMA_LOCATION_CENTER, /*< Most common in MPEG-1 Video, JPEG */ + CHROMA_LOCATION_TOP_LEFT, + CHROMA_LOCATION_TOP_CENTER, + CHROMA_LOCATION_BOTTOM_LEFT, + CHROMA_LOCATION_BOTTOM_CENTER, +#define CHROMA_LOCATION_MAX CHROMA_LOCATION_BOTTOM_CENTER +} video_chroma_location_t; + +/** + * video format description + */ +struct video_format_t +{ + vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma; /**< picture chroma */ + + unsigned int i_width; /**< picture width */ + unsigned int i_height; /**< picture height */ + unsigned int i_x_offset; /**< start offset of visible area */ + unsigned int i_y_offset; /**< start offset of visible area */ + unsigned int i_visible_width; /**< width of visible area */ + unsigned int i_visible_height; /**< height of visible area */ + + unsigned int i_bits_per_pixel; /**< number of bits per pixel */ + + unsigned int i_sar_num; /**< sample/pixel aspect ratio */ + unsigned int i_sar_den; + + unsigned int i_frame_rate; /**< frame rate numerator */ + unsigned int i_frame_rate_base; /**< frame rate denominator */ + + uint32_t i_rmask, i_gmask, i_bmask; /**< color masks for RGB chroma */ + int i_rrshift, i_lrshift; + int i_rgshift, i_lgshift; + int i_rbshift, i_lbshift; + video_palette_t *p_palette; /**< video palette from demuxer */ + video_orientation_t orientation; /**< picture orientation */ + video_color_primaries_t primaries; /**< color primaries */ + video_transfer_func_t transfer; /**< transfer function */ + video_color_space_t space; /**< YCbCr color space */ + bool b_color_range_full; /**< 0-255 instead of 16-235 */ + video_chroma_location_t chroma_location; /**< YCbCr chroma location */ + + video_multiview_mode_t multiview_mode; /** Multiview mode, 2D, 3D */ + + video_projection_mode_t projection_mode; /**< projection mode */ + vlc_viewpoint_t pose; + struct { + /* similar to SMPTE ST 2086 mastering display color volume */ + uint16_t primaries[3*2]; /* G,B,R / x,y */ + uint16_t white_point[2]; /* x,y */ + uint32_t max_luminance; + uint32_t min_luminance; + } mastering; + struct { + /* similar to CTA-861.3 content light level */ + uint16_t MaxCLL; /* max content light level */ + uint16_t MaxFALL; /* max frame average light level */ + } lighting; + uint32_t i_cubemap_padding; /**< padding in pixels of the cube map faces */ +}; + +/** + * Initialize a video_format_t structure with chroma 'i_chroma' + * \param p_src pointer to video_format_t structure + * \param i_chroma chroma value to use + */ +static inline void video_format_Init( video_format_t *p_src, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma ) +{ + memset( p_src, 0, sizeof( video_format_t ) ); + p_src->i_chroma = i_chroma; + vlc_viewpoint_init( &p_src->pose ); +} + +/** + * Copy video_format_t including the palette + * \param p_dst video_format_t to copy to + * \param p_src video_format_t to copy from + */ +static inline int video_format_Copy( video_format_t *p_dst, const video_format_t *p_src ) +{ + memcpy( p_dst, p_src, sizeof( *p_dst ) ); + if( p_src->p_palette ) + { + p_dst->p_palette = (video_palette_t *) malloc( sizeof( video_palette_t ) ); + if( !p_dst->p_palette ) + return VLC_ENOMEM; + memcpy( p_dst->p_palette, p_src->p_palette, sizeof( *p_dst->p_palette ) ); + } + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline void video_format_AdjustColorSpace( video_format_t *p_fmt ) +{ + if ( p_fmt->primaries == COLOR_PRIMARIES_UNDEF ) + { + if ( p_fmt->i_visible_height > 576 ) // HD + p_fmt->primaries = COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT709; + else if ( p_fmt->i_visible_height > 525 ) // PAL + p_fmt->primaries = COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_625; + else + p_fmt->primaries = COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525; + } + + if ( p_fmt->transfer == TRANSFER_FUNC_UNDEF ) + { + if ( p_fmt->i_visible_height > 576 ) // HD + p_fmt->transfer = TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709; + else + p_fmt->transfer = TRANSFER_FUNC_SRGB; + } + + if ( p_fmt->space == COLOR_SPACE_UNDEF ) + { + if ( p_fmt->i_visible_height > 576 ) // HD + p_fmt->space = COLOR_SPACE_BT709; + else + p_fmt->space = COLOR_SPACE_BT601; + } +} + +/** + * Cleanup and free palette of this video_format_t + * \param p_src video_format_t structure to clean + */ +static inline void video_format_Clean( video_format_t *p_src ) +{ + free( p_src->p_palette ); + memset( p_src, 0, sizeof( video_format_t ) ); +} + +/** + * It will fill up a video_format_t using the given arguments. + * Note that the video_format_t must already be initialized. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_Setup( video_format_t *, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma, + int i_width, int i_height, int i_visible_width, int i_visible_height, + int i_sar_num, int i_sar_den ); + +/** + * It will copy the crop properties from a video_format_t to another. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_CopyCrop( video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * It will compute the crop/ar properties when scaling. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_ScaleCropAr( video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This function "normalizes" the formats orientation, by switching the a/r according to the orientation, + * producing a format whose orientation is ORIENT_NORMAL. It makes a shallow copy (pallette is not alloc'ed). + */ +VLC_API void video_format_ApplyRotation(video_format_t * /*restrict*/ out, + const video_format_t *in); + +/** + * This function applies the transform operation to fmt. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_TransformBy(video_format_t *fmt, video_transform_t transform); + +/** + * This function applies the transforms necessary to fmt so that the resulting fmt + * has the dst_orientation. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_TransformTo(video_format_t *fmt, video_orientation_t dst_orientation); + +/** + * Returns the operation required to transform src into dst. + */ +VLC_API video_transform_t video_format_GetTransform(video_orientation_t src, video_orientation_t dst); + +/** + * This function will check if the first video format is similar + * to the second one. + */ +VLC_API bool video_format_IsSimilar( const video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * It prints details about the given video_format_t + */ +VLC_API void video_format_Print( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const video_format_t * ); + + +static inline video_transform_t transform_Inverse( video_transform_t transform ) +{ + switch ( transform ) { + case TRANSFORM_R90: + return TRANSFORM_R270; + case TRANSFORM_R270: + return TRANSFORM_R90; + default: + return transform; + } +} +/** + * subtitles format description + */ +struct subs_format_t +{ + /* the character encoding of the text of the subtitle. + * all gettext recognized shorts can be used */ + char *psz_encoding; + + + int i_x_origin; /**< x coordinate of the subtitle. 0 = left */ + int i_y_origin; /**< y coordinate of the subtitle. 0 = top */ + + struct + { + /* */ + uint32_t palette[16+1]; + + /* the width of the original movie the spu was extracted from */ + int i_original_frame_width; + /* the height of the original movie the spu was extracted from */ + int i_original_frame_height; + } spu; + + struct + { + int i_id; + } dvb; + struct + { + int i_magazine; + int i_page; + } teletext; + struct + { + uint8_t i_channel; + /* Reorder depth of transport video, -1 for no reordering */ + int i_reorder_depth; + } cc; + + text_style_t *p_style; /* Default styles to use */ +}; + +#define SPU_PALETTE_DEFINED 0xbeefbeef + +/** + * ES language definition + */ +typedef struct extra_languages_t +{ + char *psz_language; + char *psz_description; +} extra_languages_t; + +/** ES Categories */ +enum es_format_category_e +{ + UNKNOWN_ES = 0x00, + VIDEO_ES, + AUDIO_ES, + SPU_ES, + DATA_ES, +}; +#define ES_CATEGORY_COUNT (DATA_ES + 1) + +/** + * ES format definition + */ +#define ES_PRIORITY_NOT_SELECTABLE -2 +#define ES_PRIORITY_NOT_DEFAULTABLE -1 +#define ES_PRIORITY_SELECTABLE_MIN 0 +#define ES_PRIORITY_MIN ES_PRIORITY_NOT_SELECTABLE +struct es_format_t +{ + enum es_format_category_e i_cat; /**< ES category */ + vlc_fourcc_t i_codec; /**< FOURCC value as used in vlc */ + vlc_fourcc_t i_original_fourcc; /**< original FOURCC from the container */ + + int i_id; /**< es identifier, where means + -1: let the core mark the right id + >=0: valid id */ + int i_group; /**< group identifier, where means: + -1 : standalone + >= 0 then a "group" (program) is created + for each value */ + int i_priority; /**< priority, where means: + -2 : mean not selectable by the users + -1 : mean not selected by default even + when no other stream + >=0: priority */ + + char *psz_language; /**< human-readable language name */ + char *psz_description; /**< human-readable description of language */ + unsigned i_extra_languages; /**< length in bytes of extra language data pointer */ + extra_languages_t *p_extra_languages; /**< extra language data needed by some decoders */ + + union { + struct { + audio_format_t audio; /**< description of audio format */ + audio_replay_gain_t audio_replay_gain; /*< audio replay gain information */ + }; + video_format_t video; /**< description of video format */ + subs_format_t subs; /**< description of subtitle format */ + }; + + unsigned int i_bitrate; /**< bitrate of this ES */ + int i_profile; /**< codec specific information (like real audio flavor, mpeg audio layer, h264 profile ...) */ + int i_level; /**< codec specific information: indicates maximum restrictions on the stream (resolution, bitrate, codec features ...) */ + + bool b_packetized; /**< whether the data is packetized (ie. not truncated) */ + int i_extra; /**< length in bytes of extra data pointer */ + void *p_extra; /**< extra data needed by some decoders or muxers */ + +}; + +/** + * This function will fill all RGB shift from RGB masks. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_FixRgb( video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This function will initialize a es_format_t structure. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_Init( es_format_t *, int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_codec ); + +/** + * This function will initialize a es_format_t structure from a video_format_t. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_InitFromVideo( es_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This functions will copy a es_format_t. + */ +VLC_API int es_format_Copy( es_format_t *p_dst, const es_format_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will clean up a es_format_t and release all associated + * resources. + * You can call it multiple times on the same structure. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_Clean( es_format_t *fmt ); + +/** + * This function will check if the first ES format is similar + * to the second one. + * + * All descriptive fields are ignored. + */ +VLC_API bool es_format_IsSimilar( const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +/** + * Changes ES format to another category + * Format must have been properly initialized + */ +static inline void es_format_Change( es_format_t *fmt, int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_codec ) +{ + es_format_Clean( fmt ); + es_format_Init( fmt, i_cat, i_codec ); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_es_out.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_es_out.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d79ab4f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_es_out.h @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_es_out.h: es_out (demuxer output) descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fe53c2a3d34f76eec76d83032cd0d3111be915aa $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ES_OUT_H +#define VLC_ES_OUT_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup es_out ES output + * \ingroup input + * Elementary streams output + * @{ + * \file + * Elementary streams output interface + */ + +enum es_out_query_e +{ + /* set or change the selected ES in its category (audio/video/spu) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + ES_OUT_RESTART_ES, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + ES_OUT_RESTART_ALL_ES, /* Deprecated, no effect */ + + /* set 'default' tag on ES (copied across from container) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_DEFAULT, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + + /* force (un)selection of the ES (bypass current mode) + XXX: this will not change the state of any other ES ! (see SET_ES) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_STATE,/* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=bool */ + ES_OUT_GET_ES_STATE,/* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=bool* */ + + /* sets es selection policy when in auto mode */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_CAT_POLICY, /* arg1=es_format_category_e arg2=es_out_policy_e */ + + /* */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP, /* arg1= int */ + + /* PCR handling, DTS/PTS will be automatically computed using thoses PCR + * XXX: SET_PCR(_GROUP) are in charge of the pace control. They will wait + * to slow down the demuxer so that it reads at the right speed. + * XXX: if you want PREROLL just call ES_OUT_SET_NEXT_DISPLAY_TIME and send + * as you would normally do. + */ + ES_OUT_SET_PCR, /* arg1=int64_t i_pcr(microsecond!) (using default group 0)*/ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_PCR, /* arg1= int i_group, arg2=int64_t i_pcr(microsecond!)*/ + ES_OUT_RESET_PCR, /* no arg */ + + /* Try not to use this one as it is a bit hacky */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_FMT, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=es_format_t* */ + + /* Allow preroll of data (data with dts/pts < i_pts for all ES will be decoded but not displayed */ + ES_OUT_SET_NEXT_DISPLAY_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t i_pts(microsecond) */ + /* Set meta data for group (dynamic) (The vlc_meta_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_META, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_meta_t */ + /* Set epg for group (dynamic) (The vlc_epg_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_EPG, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_epg_t * */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_EPG_EVENT, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_epg_event_t * */ + ES_OUT_SET_EPG_TIME, /* arg1=int int64_t */ + + /* */ + ES_OUT_DEL_GROUP, /* arg1=int i_group */ + + /* Set scrambled state for one es */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_SCRAMBLED_STATE, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=es_out_id_t* */ + + /* Stop any buffering being done, and ask if es_out has no more data to + * play. + * It will not block and so MUST be used carrefully. The only good reason + * is for interactive playback (like for DVD menu). + * XXX You SHALL call ES_OUT_RESET_PCR before any other es_out_Control/Send calls. */ + ES_OUT_GET_EMPTY, /* arg1=bool* res=cannot fail */ + + /* Set global meta data (The vlc_meta_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_META, /* arg1=const vlc_meta_t * */ + + /* PCR system clock manipulation for external clock synchronization */ + ES_OUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=mtime_t *, arg2=mtime_t * res=can fail */ + ES_OUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=int is_absolute, arg2=mtime_t, res=can fail */ + + ES_OUT_POST_SUBNODE, /* arg1=input_item_node_t *, res=can fail */ + + /* First value usable for private control */ + ES_OUT_PRIVATE_START = 0x10000, +}; + +enum es_out_policy_e +{ + ES_OUT_ES_POLICY_EXCLUSIVE = 0,/* Enforces single ES selection only */ + ES_OUT_ES_POLICY_SIMULTANEOUS, /* Allows multiple ES per cat */ +}; + +struct es_out_t +{ + es_out_id_t *(*pf_add) ( es_out_t *, const es_format_t * ); + int (*pf_send) ( es_out_t *, es_out_id_t *, block_t * ); + void (*pf_del) ( es_out_t *, es_out_id_t * ); + int (*pf_control)( es_out_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + void (*pf_destroy)( es_out_t * ); + + es_out_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +VLC_USED +static inline es_out_id_t * es_out_Add( es_out_t *out, const es_format_t *fmt ) +{ + return out->pf_add( out, fmt ); +} + +static inline void es_out_Del( es_out_t *out, es_out_id_t *id ) +{ + out->pf_del( out, id ); +} + +static inline int es_out_Send( es_out_t *out, es_out_id_t *id, + block_t *p_block ) +{ + return out->pf_send( out, id, p_block ); +} + +static inline int es_out_vaControl( es_out_t *out, int i_query, va_list args ) +{ + return out->pf_control( out, i_query, args ); +} + +static inline int es_out_Control( es_out_t *out, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = es_out_vaControl( out, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +static inline void es_out_Delete( es_out_t *p_out ) +{ + p_out->pf_destroy( p_out ); +} + +static inline int es_out_SetPCR( es_out_t *out, int64_t pcr ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_SET_PCR, pcr ); +} + +static inline int es_out_ControlSetMeta( es_out_t *out, const vlc_meta_t *p_meta ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_SET_META, p_meta ); +} + +static inline int es_out_ControlGetPcrSystem( es_out_t *out, mtime_t *pi_system, mtime_t *pi_delay ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, pi_system, pi_delay ); +} +static inline int es_out_ControlModifyPcrSystem( es_out_t *out, bool b_absolute, mtime_t i_system ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, b_absolute, i_system ); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_events.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_events.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac4a225 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_events.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_events.h: events definitions + * Interface used to send events. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2007 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 229f4f677029763a837558932dad3e47b283e61c $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_EVENTS_H +# define VLC_EVENTS_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file is the interface definition for events + * (implementation in src/misc/events.c) + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Documentation + *****************************************************************************/ +/* + **** Background + * + * This implements a way to send and receive event for an object (which can be + * a simple C struct or less). + * + * This is in direct concurrency with the Variable based Callback + * (see src/misc/variables.c). + * + * It has the following advantages over Variable based Callback: + * - No need to implement the whole VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS in the object, + * thus it reduce it size. This is especially true for input_item_t which + * doesn't have VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS. This is the first reason of existence of + * this implementation. + * - Libvlc can easily be based upon that. + * - Existing event are clearly declared (in include/vlc_events.h) + * + * + **** Example usage + * + * (vlc_cool_object_t doesn't need to have the VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS.) + * + * struct vlc_cool_object_t + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_t p_event_manager; + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_new() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_init( &p_self->p_event_manager, p_self, p_a_libvlc_object ); + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_release() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_fini( &p_self->p_event_manager ); + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_do_something() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_t event; + * event.type = vlc_MyCoolObjectDidSomething; + * event.u.my_cool_object_did_something.what_it_did = kSomething; + * vlc_event_send( &p_self->p_event_manager, &event ); + * } + * */ + + /***************************************************************************** + * Event Type + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* List of event */ +typedef enum vlc_event_type_t { + /* Input item events */ + vlc_InputItemMetaChanged, + vlc_InputItemSubItemTreeAdded, + vlc_InputItemDurationChanged, + vlc_InputItemPreparsedChanged, + vlc_InputItemNameChanged, + vlc_InputItemInfoChanged, + vlc_InputItemErrorWhenReadingChanged, + vlc_InputItemPreparseEnded, +} vlc_event_type_t; + +typedef struct vlc_event_listeners_group_t +{ + DECL_ARRAY(struct vlc_event_listener_t *) listeners; +} vlc_event_listeners_group_t; + +/* Event manager type */ +typedef struct vlc_event_manager_t +{ + void * p_obj; + vlc_mutex_t lock; + vlc_event_listeners_group_t events[vlc_InputItemPreparseEnded + 1]; +} vlc_event_manager_t; + +/* Event definition */ +typedef struct vlc_event_t +{ + vlc_event_type_t type; + void * p_obj; /* Sender object, automatically filled by vlc_event_send() */ + union vlc_event_type_specific + { + /* Input item events */ + struct vlc_input_item_meta_changed + { + vlc_meta_type_t meta_type; + } input_item_meta_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_subitem_added + { + input_item_t * p_new_child; + } input_item_subitem_added; + struct vlc_input_item_subitem_tree_added + { + input_item_node_t * p_root; + } input_item_subitem_tree_added; + struct vlc_input_item_duration_changed + { + mtime_t new_duration; + } input_item_duration_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_preparsed_changed + { + int new_status; + } input_item_preparsed_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_name_changed + { + const char * new_name; + } input_item_name_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_info_changed + { + void * unused; + } input_item_info_changed; + struct input_item_error_when_reading_changed + { + bool new_value; + } input_item_error_when_reading_changed; + struct input_item_preparse_ended + { + int new_status; + } input_item_preparse_ended; + } u; +} vlc_event_t; + +/* Event callback type */ +typedef void ( *vlc_event_callback_t )( const vlc_event_t *, void * ); + + /***************************************************************************** + * Event manager + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * p_obj points to the object that owns the event manager, and from + * which events are sent + */ +void vlc_event_manager_init( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, void * p_obj ); + +/* + * Destroy + */ +void vlc_event_manager_fini( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em ); + +/* + * Send an event to the listener attached to this p_em. + */ +void vlc_event_send( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, vlc_event_t * ); + +/* + * Add a callback for an event. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_event_attach( vlc_event_manager_t * p_event_manager, + vlc_event_type_t event_type, + vlc_event_callback_t pf_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +/* + * Remove a callback for an event. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_event_detach( vlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + vlc_event_type_t event_type, + vlc_event_callback_t pf_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +#endif /* VLC_EVENTS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_filter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_filter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b30dbb --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_filter.h @@ -0,0 +1,470 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_filter.h: filter related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2014 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * Antoine Cellerier + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FILTER_H +#define VLC_FILTER_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup filter Filters + * \ingroup output + * Audio, video, text filters + * @{ + * \file + * Filter modules interface + */ + +typedef struct filter_owner_sys_t filter_owner_sys_t; + +typedef struct filter_owner_t +{ + void *sys; + + union + { + struct + { + picture_t * (*buffer_new)( filter_t * ); + } video; + struct + { + subpicture_t * (*buffer_new)( filter_t * ); + } sub; + }; +} filter_owner_t; + +struct vlc_mouse_t; + +/** Structure describing a filter + * @warning BIG FAT WARNING : the code relies on the first 4 members of + * filter_t and decoder_t to be the same, so if you have anything to add, + * do it at the end of the structure. + */ +struct filter_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + filter_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Input format */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Output format of filter */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + bool b_allow_fmt_out_change; + + /* Name of the "video filter" shortcut that is requested, can be NULL */ + const char * psz_name; + /* Filter configuration */ + config_chain_t * p_cfg; + + union + { + /** Filter a picture (video filter) */ + picture_t * (*pf_video_filter)( filter_t *, picture_t * ); + + /** Filter an audio block (audio filter) */ + block_t * (*pf_audio_filter)( filter_t *, block_t * ); + + /** Blend a subpicture onto a picture (blend) */ + void (*pf_video_blend)( filter_t *, picture_t *, const picture_t *, + int, int, int ); + + /** Generate a subpicture (sub source) */ + subpicture_t *(*pf_sub_source)( filter_t *, mtime_t ); + + /** Filter a subpicture (sub filter) */ + subpicture_t *(*pf_sub_filter)( filter_t *, subpicture_t * ); + + /** Render text (text render) */ + int (*pf_render)( filter_t *, subpicture_region_t *, + subpicture_region_t *, const vlc_fourcc_t * ); + }; + + union + { + /* TODO: video filter drain */ + /** Drain (audio filter) */ + block_t *(*pf_audio_drain) ( filter_t * ); + }; + + /** Flush + * + * Flush (i.e. discard) any internal buffer in a video or audio filter. + */ + void (*pf_flush)( filter_t * ); + + /** Change viewpoint + * + * Pass a new viewpoint to audio filters. Filters like the spatialaudio one + * used for Ambisonics rendering will change its output according to this + * viewpoint. + */ + void (*pf_change_viewpoint)( filter_t *, const vlc_viewpoint_t * ); + + union + { + /** Filter mouse state (video filter). + * + * If non-NULL, you must convert from output to input formats: + * - If VLC_SUCCESS is returned, the mouse state is propagated. + * - Otherwise, the mouse change is not propagated. + * If NULL, the mouse state is considered unchanged and will be + * propagated. */ + int (*pf_video_mouse)( filter_t *, struct vlc_mouse_t *, + const struct vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const struct vlc_mouse_t *p_new ); + int (*pf_sub_mouse)( filter_t *, const struct vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const struct vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + const video_format_t * ); + }; + + /* Input attachments + * XXX use filter_GetInputAttachments */ + int (*pf_get_attachments)( filter_t *, input_attachment_t ***, int * ); + + /* Private structure for the owner of the decoder */ + filter_owner_t owner; +}; + +/** + * This function will return a new picture usable by p_filter as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using picture_Release or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_video_filter return value. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \return new picture on success or NULL on failure + */ +static inline picture_t *filter_NewPicture( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + picture_t *pic = p_filter->owner.video.buffer_new( p_filter ); + if( pic == NULL ) + msg_Warn( p_filter, "can't get output picture" ); + return pic; +} + +/** + * Flush a filter + * + * This function will flush the state of a filter (audio or video). + */ +static inline void filter_Flush( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + if( p_filter->pf_flush != NULL ) + p_filter->pf_flush( p_filter ); +} + +static inline void filter_ChangeViewpoint( filter_t *p_filter, + const vlc_viewpoint_t *vp) +{ + if( p_filter->pf_change_viewpoint != NULL ) + p_filter->pf_change_viewpoint( p_filter, vp ); +} + +/** + * This function will drain, then flush an audio filter. + */ +static inline block_t *filter_DrainAudio( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + if( p_filter->pf_audio_drain ) + return p_filter->pf_audio_drain( p_filter ); + else + return NULL; +} + +/** + * This function will return a new subpicture usable by p_filter as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using subpicture_Delete or by returning it to + * the caller as a pf_sub_source return value. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \return new subpicture + */ +static inline subpicture_t *filter_NewSubpicture( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + subpicture_t *subpic = p_filter->owner.sub.buffer_new( p_filter ); + if( subpic == NULL ) + msg_Warn( p_filter, "can't get output subpicture" ); + return subpic; +} + +/** + * This function gives all input attachments at once. + * + * You MUST release the returned values + */ +static inline int filter_GetInputAttachments( filter_t *p_filter, + input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, + int *pi_attachment ) +{ + if( !p_filter->pf_get_attachments ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + return p_filter->pf_get_attachments( p_filter, + ppp_attachment, pi_attachment ); +} + +/** + * This function duplicates every variables from the filter, and adds a proxy + * callback to trigger filter events from obj. + * + * \param restart_cb a vlc_callback_t to call if the event means restarting the + * filter (i.e. an event on a non-command variable) + */ +VLC_API void filter_AddProxyCallbacks( vlc_object_t *obj, filter_t *filter, + vlc_callback_t restart_cb ); +# define filter_AddProxyCallbacks(a, b, c) \ + filter_AddProxyCallbacks(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * This function removes the callbacks previously added to every duplicated + * variables, and removes them afterward. + * + * \param restart_cb the same vlc_callback_t passed to filter_AddProxyCallbacks + */ +VLC_API void filter_DelProxyCallbacks( vlc_object_t *obj, filter_t *filter, + vlc_callback_t restart_cb); +# define filter_DelProxyCallbacks(a, b, c) \ + filter_DelProxyCallbacks(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * It creates a blend filter. + * + * Only the chroma properties of the dest format is used (chroma + * type, rgb masks and shifts) + */ +VLC_API filter_t * filter_NewBlend( vlc_object_t *, const video_format_t *p_dst_chroma ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It configures blend filter parameters that are allowed to changed + * after the creation. + */ +VLC_API int filter_ConfigureBlend( filter_t *, int i_dst_width, int i_dst_height, const video_format_t *p_src ); + +/** + * It blends a picture into another one. + * + * The input picture is not modified and not released. + */ +VLC_API int filter_Blend( filter_t *, picture_t *p_dst, int i_dst_x, int i_dst_y, const picture_t *p_src, int i_alpha ); + +/** + * It destroys a blend filter created by filter_NewBlend. + */ +VLC_API void filter_DeleteBlend( filter_t * ); + +/** + * Create a picture_t *(*)( filter_t *, picture_t * ) compatible wrapper + * using a void (*)( filter_t *, picture_t *, picture_t * ) function + * + * Currently used by the chroma video filters + */ +#define VIDEO_FILTER_WRAPPER( name ) \ + static picture_t *name ## _Filter ( filter_t *p_filter, \ + picture_t *p_pic ) \ + { \ + picture_t *p_outpic = filter_NewPicture( p_filter ); \ + if( p_outpic ) \ + { \ + name( p_filter, p_pic, p_outpic ); \ + picture_CopyProperties( p_outpic, p_pic ); \ + } \ + picture_Release( p_pic ); \ + return p_outpic; \ + } + +/** + * Filter chain management API + * The filter chain management API is used to dynamically construct filters + * and add them in a chain. + */ + +typedef struct filter_chain_t filter_chain_t; + +/** + * Create new filter chain + * + * \param p_object pointer to a vlc object + * \param psz_capability vlc capability of filters in filter chain + * \return pointer to a filter chain + */ +filter_chain_t * filter_chain_New( vlc_object_t *, const char *, enum es_format_category_e ) +VLC_USED; +#define filter_chain_New( a, b, c ) filter_chain_New( VLC_OBJECT( a ), b, c ) + +/** + * Creates a new video filter chain. + * + * \param obj pointer to parent VLC object + * \param change whether to allow changing the output format + * \param owner owner video buffer callbacks + * \return new filter chain, or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API filter_chain_t * filter_chain_NewVideo( vlc_object_t *obj, bool change, + const filter_owner_t *owner ) +VLC_USED; +#define filter_chain_NewVideo( a, b, c ) \ + filter_chain_NewVideo( VLC_OBJECT( a ), b, c ) + +/** + * Delete filter chain will delete all filters in the chain and free all + * allocated data. The pointer to the filter chain is then no longer valid. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_Delete( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Reset filter chain will delete all filters in the chain and + * reset p_fmt_in and p_fmt_out to the new values. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_fmt_in new fmt_in params, may be NULL to leave input fmt unchanged + * \param p_fmt_out new fmt_out params, may be NULL to leave output fmt unchanged + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_Reset( filter_chain_t *, const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +/** + * Append a filter to the chain. + * + * \param chain filter chain to append a filter to + * \param name filter name + * \param fmt_in filter input format + * \param fmt_out filter output format + * \return a pointer to the filter or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API filter_t *filter_chain_AppendFilter(filter_chain_t *chain, + const char *name, config_chain_t *cfg, const es_format_t *fmt_in, + const es_format_t *fmt_out); + +/** + * Append a conversion to the chain. + * + * \param chain filter chain to append a filter to + * \param fmt_in filter input format + * \param fmt_out filter output format + * \retval 0 on success + * \retval -1 on failure + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_AppendConverter(filter_chain_t *chain, + const es_format_t *fmt_in, const es_format_t *fmt_out); + +/** + * Append new filter to filter chain from string. + * + * \param chain filter chain to append a filter to + * \param str filters chain nul-terminated string + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_AppendFromString(filter_chain_t *chain, + const char *str); + +/** + * Delete filter from filter chain. This function also releases the filter + * object and unloads the filter modules. The pointer to p_filter is no + * longer valid after this function successfully returns. + * + * \param chain filter chain to remove the filter from + * \param filter filter to remove from the chain and delete + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_DeleteFilter(filter_chain_t *chain, + filter_t *filter); + +/** + * Checks if the filter chain is empty. + * + * \param chain pointer to filter chain + * \return true if and only if there are no filters in this filter chain + */ +VLC_API bool filter_chain_IsEmpty(const filter_chain_t *chain); + +/** + * Get last output format of the last element in the filter chain. + * + * \param chain filter chain + */ +VLC_API const es_format_t *filter_chain_GetFmtOut(filter_chain_t *chain); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a video picture. + * + * \param chain pointer to filter chain + * \param pic picture to apply filters to + * \return modified picture after applying all video filters + */ +VLC_API picture_t *filter_chain_VideoFilter(filter_chain_t *chain, + picture_t *pic); + +/** + * Flush a video filter chain. + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_VideoFlush( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Generate subpictures from a chain of subpicture source "filters". + * + * \param chain filter chain + * \param display_date of subpictures + */ +void filter_chain_SubSource(filter_chain_t *chain, spu_t *, + mtime_t display_date); + +/** + * Apply filter chain to subpictures. + * + * \param chain filter chain + * \param subpic subpicture to apply filters on + * \return modified subpicture after applying all subpicture filters + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t *filter_chain_SubFilter(filter_chain_t *chain, + subpicture_t *subpic); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a mouse state. + * + * It will be applied from the output to the input. It makes sense only + * for a video filter chain. + * + * The vlc_mouse_t* pointers may be the same. + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_MouseFilter( filter_chain_t *, struct vlc_mouse_t *, + const struct vlc_mouse_t * ); + +/** + * Inform the filter chain of mouse state. + * + * It makes sense only for a sub source chain. + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_MouseEvent( filter_chain_t *, + const struct vlc_mouse_t *, + const video_format_t * ); + +int filter_chain_ForEach( filter_chain_t *chain, + int (*cb)( filter_t *, void * ), void *opaque ); + +/** @} */ +#endif /* _VLC_FILTER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc10644 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fingerprinter.h: Fingerprinter abstraction layer + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FINGERPRINTER_H +# define VLC_FINGERPRINTER_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct fingerprinter_sys_t fingerprinter_sys_t; + +struct fingerprint_request_t +{ + input_item_t *p_item; + unsigned int i_duration; /* track length hint in seconds, 0 if unknown */ + struct + { + char *psz_fingerprint; + vlc_array_t metas_array; + } results ; +}; +typedef struct fingerprint_request_t fingerprint_request_t; + +static inline fingerprint_request_t *fingerprint_request_New( input_item_t *p_item ) +{ + fingerprint_request_t *p_r = + ( fingerprint_request_t * ) calloc( 1, sizeof( fingerprint_request_t ) ); + if ( !p_r ) return NULL; + p_r->results.psz_fingerprint = NULL; + p_r->i_duration = 0; + input_item_Hold( p_item ); + p_r->p_item = p_item; + vlc_array_init( & p_r->results.metas_array ); /* shouldn't be needed */ + return p_r; +} + +static inline void fingerprint_request_Delete( fingerprint_request_t *p_f ) +{ + input_item_Release( p_f->p_item ); + free( p_f->results.psz_fingerprint ); + for( size_t i = 0; i < vlc_array_count( & p_f->results.metas_array ); i++ ) + vlc_meta_Delete( (vlc_meta_t *) vlc_array_item_at_index( & p_f->results.metas_array, i ) ); + free( p_f ); +} + +struct fingerprinter_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Specific interfaces */ + fingerprinter_sys_t * p_sys; + + module_t * p_module; + + int ( *pf_enqueue ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t *f, fingerprint_request_t *r ); + fingerprint_request_t * ( *pf_getresults ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t *f ); + void ( *pf_apply ) ( fingerprint_request_t *, size_t i_resultid ); +}; +typedef struct fingerprinter_thread_t fingerprinter_thread_t; + +VLC_API fingerprinter_thread_t *fingerprinter_Create( vlc_object_t *p_this ); +VLC_API void fingerprinter_Destroy( fingerprinter_thread_t *p_fingerprint ); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0dc9f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fourcc.h: Definition of various FOURCC and helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 9042a48a9bd206c8fb6228bbb04dbde136c25499 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FOURCC_H +#define VLC_FOURCC_H 1 + +#define VLC_CODEC_UNKNOWN VLC_FOURCC('u','n','d','f') + +/* Video codec */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MPGV VLC_FOURCC('m','p','g','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_MP4V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','4','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV1 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV2 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV3 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVQ1 VLC_FOURCC('S','V','Q','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVQ3 VLC_FOURCC('S','V','Q','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H264 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263I VLC_FOURCC('I','2','6','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263P VLC_FOURCC('I','L','V','R') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLV1 VLC_FOURCC('F','L','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_H261 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_MJPG VLC_FOURCC('M','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_MJPGB VLC_FOURCC('m','j','p','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_LJPG VLC_FOURCC('L','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV1 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV2 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV3 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVA VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVP VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','P') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVP2 VLC_FOURCC('W','V','P','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_VC1 VLC_FOURCC('V','C','-','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_DAALA VLC_FOURCC('d','a','a','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_THEORA VLC_FOURCC('t','h','e','o') +#define VLC_CODEC_TARKIN VLC_FOURCC('t','a','r','k') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIRAC VLC_FOURCC('d','r','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_OGGSPOTS VLC_FOURCC('S','P','O','T') +#define VLC_CODEC_CAVS VLC_FOURCC('C','A','V','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_NUV VLC_FOURCC('N','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV10 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV13 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV20 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV30 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','3','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV40 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','4','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP3 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','3',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP5 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','5',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6F VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','F') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6A VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSVIDEO1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLIC VLC_FOURCC('F','L','I','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_SP5X VLC_FOURCC('S','P','5','X') +#define VLC_CODEC_DV VLC_FOURCC('d','v',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSRLE VLC_FOURCC('m','r','l','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_HUFFYUV VLC_FOURCC('H','F','Y','U') +#define VLC_CODEC_FFVHUFF VLC_FOURCC('F','F','V','H') +#define VLC_CODEC_ASV1 VLC_FOURCC('A','S','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ASV2 VLC_FOURCC('A','S','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_FFV1 VLC_FOURCC('F','F','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_VCR1 VLC_FOURCC('V','C','R','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_CLJR VLC_FOURCC('C','L','J','R') +#define VLC_CODEC_RPZA VLC_FOURCC('r','p','z','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMC VLC_FOURCC('s','m','c',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_CINEPAK VLC_FOURCC('C','V','I','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_TSCC VLC_FOURCC('T','S','C','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_CSCD VLC_FOURCC('C','S','C','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_ZMBV VLC_FOURCC('Z','M','B','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMNC VLC_FOURCC('V','M','n','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_FMVC VLC_FOURCC('F','M','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_FRAPS VLC_FOURCC('F','P','S','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEMOTION1 VLC_FOURCC('D','U','C','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEMOTION2 VLC_FOURCC('T','M','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_QTRLE VLC_FOURCC('r','l','e',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDRAW VLC_FOURCC('q','d','r','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_QPEG VLC_FOURCC('Q','P','E','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_ULTI VLC_FOURCC('U','L','T','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_VIXL VLC_FOURCC('V','I','X','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_LOCO VLC_FOURCC('L','O','C','O') +#define VLC_CODEC_WNV1 VLC_FOURCC('W','N','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_AASC VLC_FOURCC('A','A','S','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO2 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO3 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','3','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO4 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','4','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO5 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','5','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLASHSV VLC_FOURCC('F','S','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_KMVC VLC_FOURCC('K','M','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMACKVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('S','M','K','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_DNXHD VLC_FOURCC('A','V','d','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_8BPS VLC_FOURCC('8','B','P','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_MIMIC VLC_FOURCC('M','L','2','O') +#define VLC_CODEC_INTERPLAY VLC_FOURCC('i','m','v','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_IDCIN VLC_FOURCC('I','D','C','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_4XM VLC_FOURCC('4','X','M','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_ROQ VLC_FOURCC('R','o','Q','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_MDEC VLC_FOURCC('M','D','E','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMDVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('V','M','D','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_CDG VLC_FOURCC('C','D','G',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_FRWU VLC_FOURCC('F','R','W','U') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMV VLC_FOURCC('A','M','V',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP7 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','7','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP8 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','8','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP9 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','9','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP10 VLC_FOURCC('V','P',':','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_AV1 VLC_FOURCC('a','v','0','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEG2000 VLC_FOURCC('J','P','2','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_LAGARITH VLC_FOURCC('L','A','G','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLASHSV2 VLC_FOURCC('F','S','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_PRORES VLC_FOURCC('a','p','c','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_MXPEG VLC_FOURCC('M','X','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_CDXL VLC_FOURCC('C','D','X','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMVVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('B','M','V','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_UTVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('U','L','R','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_VBLE VLC_FOURCC('V','B','L','E') +#define VLC_CODEC_DXTORY VLC_FOURCC('x','t','o','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSS1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','S','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSS2 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','S','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSA1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_TSC2 VLC_FOURCC('T','S','C','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_MTS2 VLC_FOURCC('M','T','S','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_HEVC VLC_FOURCC('h','e','v','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ICOD VLC_FOURCC('i','c','o','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M2 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M3 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M4 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('B','I','K','f') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKAUDIO_DCT VLC_FOURCC('B','A','U','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKAUDIO_RDFT VLC_FOURCC('B','A','U','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_XAN_WC4 VLC_FOURCC('X','x','a','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_LCL_MSZH VLC_FOURCC('M','S','Z','H') +#define VLC_CODEC_LCL_ZLIB VLC_FOURCC('Z','L','I','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_THP VLC_FOURCC('T','H','P','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_ESCAPE124 VLC_FOURCC('E','1','2','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_KGV1 VLC_FOURCC('K','G','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_CLLC VLC_FOURCC('C','L','L','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_AURA VLC_FOURCC('A','U','R','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_FIC VLC_FOURCC('F','I','C','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_TMV VLC_FOURCC('T','M','A','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_XAN_WC3 VLC_FOURCC('X','A','N','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_WS_VQA VLC_FOURCC('W','V','Q','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_MMVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('M','M','V','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_AVS VLC_FOURCC('A','V','S','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_DSICINVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('D','C','I','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('T','S','E','Q') +#define VLC_CODEC_DXA VLC_FOURCC('D','E','X','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_C93 VLC_FOURCC('I','C','9','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_BETHSOFTVID VLC_FOURCC('B','V','I','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_VB VLC_FOURCC('V','B','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_RL2 VLC_FOURCC('R','L','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_BFI VLC_FOURCC('B','F','&','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_CMV VLC_FOURCC('E','C','M','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_MOTIONPIXELS VLC_FOURCC('M','P','I','X') +#define VLC_CODEC_TGV VLC_FOURCC('T','G','V','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_TGQ VLC_FOURCC('T','G','Q','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_TQI VLC_FOURCC('T','Q','I','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_MAD VLC_FOURCC('M','A','D','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_ANM VLC_FOURCC('A','N','I','M') +#define VLC_CODEC_YOP VLC_FOURCC('Y','O','P','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_JV VLC_FOURCC('J','V','0','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_DFA VLC_FOURCC('D','F','I','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_HNM4_VIDEO VLC_FOURCC('H','N','M','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_TDSC VLC_FOURCC('T','D','S','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_HQX VLC_FOURCC('C','H','Q','X') +#define VLC_CODEC_HQ_HQA VLC_FOURCC('C','U','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_HAP VLC_FOURCC('H','A','P','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_DXV VLC_FOURCC('D','X','D','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_CINEFORM VLC_FOURCC('C','F','H','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPEEDHQ VLC_FOURCC('S','H','Q','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_PIXLET VLC_FOURCC('p','x','l','t') + +/*********** + * Chromas + ***********/ + +/* Planar YUV */ + +/* Planar YUV 4:1:0 Y:V:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YV9 VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','U','9') +/* Planar YUV 4:1:0 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I410 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','1','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:1:1 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I411 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','1','1') + +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:V:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YV12 VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','1','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits LSB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 12-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_12L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','C','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_12B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','C','B') + +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 16-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_16L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_16B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','F','B') + +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 12-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_12L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','C','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_12B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','C','B') + +/* Planar YUV 4:4:0 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I440 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','4','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','4','4') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 12-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_12L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','C','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_12B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','C','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 16-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_16L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_16B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','F','B') + +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J420 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','2','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J422 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','2','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:0 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J440 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','4','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J444 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','4','4') +/* Palettized YUV with palette element Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVP VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','V','P') + +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVA VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','V','A') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUV422A VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','A') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUV420A VLC_FOURCC('I','4','0','A') + +/* Planar Y:U:V:A 4:4:4 10bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVA_444_10L VLC_FOURCC('Y','A','0','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVA_444_10B VLC_FOURCC('Y','A','0','B') + +/* Semi-planar Y/UV */ + +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV12 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','1','2') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV21 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','2','1') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV16 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','1','6') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV61 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','6','1') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV24 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','2','4') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV42 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','4','2') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:0 10-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_P010 VLC_FOURCC('P','0','1','0') + +/* Packed YUV */ + +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, U:Y:V:Y */ +#define VLC_CODEC_UYVY VLC_FOURCC('U','Y','V','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, V:Y:U:Y */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VYUY VLC_FOURCC('V','Y','U','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, Y:U:Y:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUYV VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','Y','2') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, Y:V:Y:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YVYU VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','Y','U') +/* Packed YUV 2:1:1, Y:U:Y:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_Y211 VLC_FOURCC('Y','2','1','1') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, U:Y:V:Y, reverted */ +#define VLC_CODEC_CYUV VLC_FOURCC('c','y','u','v') +/* 10-bit 4:2:2 Component YCbCr */ +#define VLC_CODEC_V210 VLC_FOURCC('v','2','1','0') +/* I420 packed for RTP (RFC 4175) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_R420 VLC_FOURCC('r','4','2','0') +/* Packed YUV 4:4:4 V:U:Y:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VUYA VLC_FOURCC('V','U','Y','A') + + +/* RGB */ + +/* Palettized RGB with palette element R:G:B */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBP VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','P') +/* 8 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB8 VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','8') +/* 12 bits RGB padded to 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB12 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','2') +/* 15 bits RGB padded to 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB15 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','5') +/* 16 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB16 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','6') +/* 24 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB24 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','2','4') +/* 24 bits RGB padded to 32 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB32 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','3','2') +/* 32 bits RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBA VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','A') +/* 32 bits ARGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_ARGB VLC_FOURCC('A','R','G','B') +/* 32 bits BGRA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_BGRA VLC_FOURCC('B','G','R','A') +/* 32 bits BGRA 10:10:10:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBA10 VLC_FOURCC('R','G','A','0') +/* 64 bits RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBA64 VLC_FOURCC('R','G','A','4') + +/* Planar GBR 4:4:4 8 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR VLC_FOURCC('G','B','R','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_9B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','9','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_9L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_10B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','A','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_10L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_16L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_16B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','F','B') + +/* 8 bits grey */ +#define VLC_CODEC_GREY VLC_FOURCC('G','R','E','Y') + +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_420 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','0') +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_422 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','2') +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_444 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','4') +/* VDPAU output surface RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_OUTPUT VLC_FOURCC('V','D','O','R') + +/* VAAPI opaque surface */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VAAPI_420 VLC_FOURCC('V','A','O','P') /* 4:2:0 8 bpc */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VAAPI_420_10BPP VLC_FOURCC('V','A','O','0') /* 4:2:0 10 bpc */ + +/* MediaCodec/IOMX opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_ANDROID_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('A','N','O','P') + +/* Broadcom MMAL opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MMAL_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('M','M','A','L') + +/* DXVA2 opaque video surface for use with D3D9 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_D3D9_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('D','X','A','9') /* 4:2:0 8 bpc */ +#define VLC_CODEC_D3D9_OPAQUE_10B VLC_FOURCC('D','X','A','0') /* 4:2:0 10 bpc */ + +/* D3D11VA opaque video surface for use with D3D11 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_D3D11_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('D','X','1','1') /* 4:2:0 8 bpc */ +#define VLC_CODEC_D3D11_OPAQUE_10B VLC_FOURCC('D','X','1','0') /* 4:2:0 10 bpc */ + +/* CVPixelBuffer opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_NV12 VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','N') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_UYVY VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','Y') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_I420 VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_BGRA VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_P010 VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','P') + +/* Image codec (video) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_PNG VLC_FOURCC('p','n','g',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PPM VLC_FOURCC('p','p','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PGM VLC_FOURCC('p','g','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PGMYUV VLC_FOURCC('p','g','m','y') +#define VLC_CODEC_PAM VLC_FOURCC('p','a','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEG VLC_FOURCC('j','p','e','g') +#define VLC_CODEC_BPG VLC_FOURCC('B','P','G',0xFB) +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEGLS VLC_FOURCC('M','J','L','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMP VLC_FOURCC('b','m','p',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TIFF VLC_FOURCC('t','i','f','f') +#define VLC_CODEC_GIF VLC_FOURCC('g','i','f',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TARGA VLC_FOURCC('t','g','a',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVG VLC_FOURCC('s','v','g',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SGI VLC_FOURCC('s','g','i',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PNM VLC_FOURCC('p','n','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PCX VLC_FOURCC('p','c','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_XWD VLC_FOURCC('X','W','D',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TXD VLC_FOURCC('T','X','D',' ') + + +/* Audio codec */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MPGA VLC_FOURCC('m','p','g','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_MP4A VLC_FOURCC('m','p','4','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ALS VLC_FOURCC('a','l','s',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_A52 VLC_FOURCC('a','5','2',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_EAC3 VLC_FOURCC('e','a','c','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_DTS VLC_FOURCC('d','t','s',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMA1 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMA2 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAP VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','P') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAL VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAS VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLAC VLC_FOURCC('f','l','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_MLP VLC_FOURCC('m','l','p',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEHD VLC_FOURCC('t','r','h','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('d','v','a','u') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPEEX VLC_FOURCC('s','p','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_OPUS VLC_FOURCC('O','p','u','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_VORBIS VLC_FOURCC('v','o','r','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_MACE3 VLC_FOURCC('M','A','C','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_MACE6 VLC_FOURCC('M','A','C','6') +#define VLC_CODEC_MUSEPACK7 VLC_FOURCC('M','P','C',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_MUSEPACK8 VLC_FOURCC('M','P','C','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_RA_144 VLC_FOURCC('1','4','_','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_RA_288 VLC_FOURCC('2','8','_','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_INTERPLAY_DPCM VLC_FOURCC('i','d','p','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ROQ_DPCM VLC_FOURCC('R','o','Q','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_DSICINAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('D','C','I','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_4XM VLC_FOURCC('4','x','m','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_EA VLC_FOURCC('A','D','E','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_XA VLC_FOURCC('x','a',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_ADX VLC_FOURCC('a','d','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_WS VLC_FOURCC('A','I','W','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_G722 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_G726 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','6') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SWF VLC_FOURCC('S','W','F','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_MS VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x02) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_WAV VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x11) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_AMV VLC_FOURCC('i','m','a','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_QT VLC_FOURCC('i','m','a','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_YAMAHA VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x20) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_DK3 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x62) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_DK4 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x61) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_CREATIVE VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0xC0) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SBPRO_2 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0xC2) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SBPRO_3 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0xC3) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SBPRO_4 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0xC4) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_THP VLC_FOURCC('T','H','P','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_XA_EA VLC_FOURCC('X','A','J', 0) +#define VLC_CODEC_G723_1 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2', 0x31) +#define VLC_CODEC_G729 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','9') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMDAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('v','m','d','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMR_NB VLC_FOURCC('s','a','m','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMR_WB VLC_FOURCC('s','a','w','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_ALAC VLC_FOURCC('a','l','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDM2 VLC_FOURCC('Q','D','M','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDMC VLC_FOURCC('Q','D','M','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_COOK VLC_FOURCC('c','o','o','k') +#define VLC_CODEC_SIPR VLC_FOURCC('s','i','p','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_TTA VLC_FOURCC('T','T','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_SHORTEN VLC_FOURCC('s','h','n',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_WAVPACK VLC_FOURCC('W','V','P','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_GSM VLC_FOURCC('g','s','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_GSM_MS VLC_FOURCC('a','g','s','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC1 VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC3 VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC3P VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_IMC VLC_FOURCC(0x1,0x4,0x0,0x0) +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUESPEECH VLC_FOURCC(0x22,0x0,0x0,0x0) +#define VLC_CODEC_NELLYMOSER VLC_FOURCC('N','E','L','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_APE VLC_FOURCC('A','P','E',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_QCELP VLC_FOURCC('Q','c','l','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_302M VLC_FOURCC('3','0','2','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVD_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('l','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVDA_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('a','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('b','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_WIDI_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('w','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_SDDS VLC_FOURCC('s','d','d','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_MIDI VLC_FOURCC('M','I','D','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_RALF VLC_FOURCC('R','A','L','F') + +#define VLC_CODEC_S8 VLC_FOURCC('s','8',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_U8 VLC_FOURCC('u','8',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16L VLC_FOURCC('s','1','6','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16L_PLANAR VLC_FOURCC('s','1','l','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16B VLC_FOURCC('s','1','6','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U16L VLC_FOURCC('u','1','6','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U16B VLC_FOURCC('u','1','6','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S20B VLC_FOURCC('s','2','0','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24L VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24B VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U24L VLC_FOURCC('u','2','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U24B VLC_FOURCC('u','2','4','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24L32 VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24B32 VLC_FOURCC('S','2','4','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_S32L VLC_FOURCC('s','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S32B VLC_FOURCC('s','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U32L VLC_FOURCC('u','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U32B VLC_FOURCC('u','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_F32L VLC_FOURCC('f','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_F32B VLC_FOURCC('f','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_F64L VLC_FOURCC('f','6','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_F64B VLC_FOURCC('f','6','4','b') + +#define VLC_CODEC_ALAW VLC_FOURCC('a','l','a','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_MULAW VLC_FOURCC('m','l','a','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_DAT12 VLC_FOURCC('L','P','1','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24DAUD VLC_FOURCC('d','a','u','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_TWINVQ VLC_FOURCC('T','W','I','N') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMVAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('B','M','V','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ULEAD_DV_AUDIO_NTSC VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x02,0x15) +#define VLC_CODEC_ULEAD_DV_AUDIO_PAL VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x02,0x16) +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO_AUDIO VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x04,0x02) +#define VLC_CODEC_METASOUND VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x75) +#define VLC_CODEC_ON2AVC VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x05,0x00) +#define VLC_CODEC_TAK VLC_FOURCC('t','a','k',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMACKAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('S','M','K','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD VLC_FOURCC('S','E','A','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_EA_R1 VLC_FOURCC('E','A','R','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_APC VLC_FOURCC('A','I','P','C') + +/* Subtitle */ +#define VLC_CODEC_SPU VLC_FOURCC('s','p','u',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVBS VLC_FOURCC('d','v','b','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_SUBT VLC_FOURCC('s','u','b','t') +#define VLC_CODEC_XSUB VLC_FOURCC('X','S','U','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_SSA VLC_FOURCC('s','s','a',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TEXT VLC_FOURCC('T','E','X','T') +#define VLC_CODEC_TELETEXT VLC_FOURCC('t','e','l','x') +#define VLC_CODEC_KATE VLC_FOURCC('k','a','t','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_CMML VLC_FOURCC('c','m','m','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_ITU_T140 VLC_FOURCC('t','1','4','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_USF VLC_FOURCC('u','s','f',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_OGT VLC_FOURCC('o','g','t',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVD VLC_FOURCC('c','v','d',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TX3G VLC_FOURCC('t','x','3','g') +#define VLC_CODEC_ARIB_A VLC_FOURCC('a','r','b','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ARIB_C VLC_FOURCC('a','r','b','c') +/* Blu-ray Presentation Graphics */ +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_PG VLC_FOURCC('b','d','p','g') +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_TEXT VLC_FOURCC('b','d','t','x') +/* EBU STL (TECH. 3264-E) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_EBU_STL VLC_FOURCC('S','T','L',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SCTE_18 VLC_FOURCC('S','C','1','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_SCTE_27 VLC_FOURCC('S','C','2','7') +/* EIA/CEA-608/708 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_CEA608 VLC_FOURCC('c','6','0','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_CEA708 VLC_FOURCC('c','7','0','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_TTML VLC_FOURCC('T','T','M','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_WEBVTT VLC_FOURCC('w','v','t','t') + +/* XYZ colorspace 12 bits packed in 16 bits, organisation |XXX0|YYY0|ZZZ0| */ +#define VLC_CODEC_XYZ12 VLC_FOURCC('X','Y','1','2') + + +/* Special endian dependent values + * The suffic N means Native + * The suffix I means Inverted (ie non native) */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define VLC_CODEC_S16N VLC_CODEC_S16B +# define VLC_CODEC_U16N VLC_CODEC_U16B +# define VLC_CODEC_S24N VLC_CODEC_S24B +# define VLC_CODEC_U24N VLC_CODEC_U24B +# define VLC_CODEC_S32N VLC_CODEC_S32B +# define VLC_CODEC_U32N VLC_CODEC_U32B +# define VLC_CODEC_FL32 VLC_CODEC_F32B +# define VLC_CODEC_FL64 VLC_CODEC_F64B + +# define VLC_CODEC_S16I VLC_CODEC_S16L +# define VLC_CODEC_U16I VLC_CODEC_U16L +# define VLC_CODEC_S24I VLC_CODEC_S24L +# define VLC_CODEC_U24I VLC_CODEC_U24L +# define VLC_CODEC_S32I VLC_CODEC_S32L +# define VLC_CODEC_U32I VLC_CODEC_U32L + +#else +# define VLC_CODEC_S16N VLC_CODEC_S16L +# define VLC_CODEC_U16N VLC_CODEC_U16L +# define VLC_CODEC_S24N VLC_CODEC_S24L +# define VLC_CODEC_U24N VLC_CODEC_U24L +# define VLC_CODEC_S32N VLC_CODEC_S32L +# define VLC_CODEC_U32N VLC_CODEC_U32L +# define VLC_CODEC_FL32 VLC_CODEC_F32L +# define VLC_CODEC_FL64 VLC_CODEC_F64L + +# define VLC_CODEC_S16I VLC_CODEC_S16B +# define VLC_CODEC_U16I VLC_CODEC_U16B +# define VLC_CODEC_S24I VLC_CODEC_S24B +# define VLC_CODEC_U24I VLC_CODEC_U24B +# define VLC_CODEC_S32I VLC_CODEC_S32B +# define VLC_CODEC_U32I VLC_CODEC_U32B +#endif + +/* Non official codecs, used to force a profile in an encoder */ +/* MPEG-1 video */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP1V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','1','v') +/* MPEG-2 video */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP2V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','2','v') +/* MPEG-I/II layer 2 audio */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP2 VLC_FOURCC('m','p','2',' ') +/* MPEG-I/II layer 3 audio */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP3 VLC_FOURCC('m','p','3',' ') + +/** + * It returns the codec associated to a fourcc within an ES category. + * + * If not found, it will return the given fourcc. + * If found, it will always be one of the VLC_CODEC_ defined above. + * + * You may use UNKNOWN_ES for the ES category if you don't have the information. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodec( int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc ); + +/** + * It returns the codec associated to a fourcc stored in a zero terminated + * string. + * + * If the string is NULL or does not have exactly 4 characters, it will + * return 0, otherwise it behaves like vlc_fourcc_GetCodec. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodecFromString( int i_cat, const char * ); + +/** + * It converts the given fourcc to an audio codec when possible. + * + * The fourccs converted are aflt, araw/pcm , twos, sowt. When an incompatible i_bits + * is detected, 0 is returned. + * The other fourccs go through vlc_fourcc_GetCodec and i_bits is not checked. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodecAudio( vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc, int i_bits ); + +/** + * It returns the description of the given fourcc or NULL if not found. + * + * You may use UNKNOWN_ES for the ES category if you don't have the information. + */ +VLC_API const char * vlc_fourcc_GetDescription( int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc ); + +/** + * It returns a list (terminated with the value 0) of YUV fourccs in + * decreasing priority order for the given chroma. + * + * It will always return a non NULL pointer that must not be freed. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_fourcc_t * vlc_fourcc_GetYUVFallback( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns a list (terminated with the value 0) of RGB fourccs in + * decreasing priority order for the given chroma. + * + * It will always return a non NULL pointer that must not be freed. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_fourcc_t * vlc_fourcc_GetRGBFallback( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns true if the given fourcc is YUV and false otherwise. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_fourcc_IsYUV( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns true if the two fourccs are equivalent if their U&V planes are + * swapped. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_fourcc_AreUVPlanesSwapped(vlc_fourcc_t , vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * Chroma related information. + */ +typedef struct { + unsigned plane_count; + struct { + vlc_rational_t w; + vlc_rational_t h; + } p[4]; + unsigned pixel_size; /* Number of bytes per pixel for a plane */ + unsigned pixel_bits; /* Number of bits actually used bits per pixel for a plane */ +} vlc_chroma_description_t; + +/** + * It returns a vlc_chroma_description_t describing the requested fourcc or NULL + * if not found. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_chroma_description_t * vlc_fourcc_GetChromaDescription( vlc_fourcc_t fourcc ) VLC_USED; + +#endif /* _VLC_FOURCC_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fs.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fda513 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_fs.h @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fs.h: File system helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2006-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FS_H +#define VLC_FS_H 1 + +#include +#include + +struct stat; +struct iovec; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# include +# ifndef stat +# define stat _stati64 +# endif +# ifndef fstat +# define fstat _fstati64 +# endif +# ifndef _MSC_VER +# undef lseek +# define lseek _lseeki64 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# define lseek lseek64 +#endif + + +/** + * \defgroup os Operating system + * @{ + * \defgroup file File system + * @{ + * + * \file + * The functions in this file help with using low-level Unix-style file + * descriptors, BSD sockets and directories. In general, they retain the + * prototype and most semantics from their respective standard equivalents. + * However, there are a few differences: + * - On Windows, file path arguments are expected in UTF-8 format. + * They are converted to UTF-16 internally, thus enabling access to paths + * outside of the local Windows ANSI code page. + * - On POSIX systems, file descriptors are created with the close-on-exec + * flag set (atomically where possible), so that they do not leak to + * child process after fork-and-exec. + * - vlc_scandir(), inspired by GNU scandir(), passes file names rather than + * dirent structure pointers to its callbacks. + * - vlc_accept() takes an extra boolean for nonblocking mode (compare with + * the flags parameter in POSIX.next accept4()). + * - Writing functions do not emit a SIGPIPE signal in case of broken pipe. + * + * \defgroup fd File descriptors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Opens a system file handle. + * + * @param filename file path to open (with UTF-8 encoding) + * @param flags open() flags, see the C library open() documentation + * @return a file handle on success, -1 on error (see errno). + * @note Contrary to standard open(), this function returns a file handle + * with the close-on-exec flag preset. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_open(const char *filename, int flags, ...) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Opens a system file handle relative to an existing directory handle. + * + * @param dir directory file descriptor + * @param filename file path to open (with UTF-8 encoding) + * @param flags open() flags, see the C library open() documentation + * @return a file handle on success, -1 on error (see errno). + * @note Contrary to standard open(), this function returns a file handle + * with the close-on-exec flag preset. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_openat(int fd, const char *filename, int flags, ...) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int vlc_mkstemp( char * ); + +/** + * Duplicates a file descriptor. The new file descriptor has the close-on-exec + * descriptor flag preset. + * @return a new file descriptor, -1 (see errno) + */ +VLC_API int vlc_dup(int) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Creates a pipe (see "man pipe" for further reference). The new file + * descriptors have the close-on-exec flag preset. + * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (see errno) + */ +VLC_API int vlc_pipe(int [2]) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Creates an anonymous regular file descriptor, i.e. a descriptor for a + * temporary file. + * + * The file is initially empty. The storage space is automatically reclaimed + * when all file descriptors referencing it are closed. + * + * The new file descriptor has the close-on-exec flag preset. + * + * @return a file descriptor on success, -1 on error (see errno) + */ +VLC_API int vlc_memfd(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Writes data to a file descriptor. Unlike write(), if EPIPE error occurs, + * this function does not generate a SIGPIPE signal. + * @note If the file descriptor is known to be neither a pipe/FIFO nor a + * connection-oriented socket, the normal write() should be used. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_write(int, const void *, size_t); + +/** + * Writes data from an iovec structure to a file descriptor. Unlike writev(), + * if EPIPE error occurs, this function does not generate a SIGPIPE signal. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_writev(int, const struct iovec *, int); + +/** + * Closes a file descriptor. + * + * This closes a file descriptor. If this is a last file descriptor for the + * underlying open file, the file is closed too; the exact semantics depend + * on the type of file. + * + * @note The file descriptor is always closed when the function returns, even + * if the function returns an error. The sole exception is if the file + * descriptor was not currently valid, and thus cannot be closed (errno will + * then be set to EBADF). + * + * @param fd file descriptor + * @return Normally, zero is returned. + * If an I/O error is detected before or while closing, the function may return + * -1. Such an error is unrecoverable since the descriptor is closed. + * + * A nul return value does not necessarily imply that all pending I/O + * succeeded, since I/O might still occur asynchronously afterwards. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_close(int fd); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Finds file/inode information - like stat(). + * @note As far as possible, fstat() should be used instead. + * + * @param filename UTF-8 file path + */ +VLC_API int vlc_stat(const char *filename, struct stat *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Finds file/inode information, as lstat(). + * Consider using fstat() instead, if possible. + * + * @param filename UTF-8 file path + */ +VLC_API int vlc_lstat(const char *filename, struct stat *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Removes a file. + * + * @param filename a UTF-8 string with the name of the file you want to delete. + * @return A 0 return value indicates success. A -1 return value indicates an + * error, and an error code is stored in errno + */ +VLC_API int vlc_unlink(const char *filename); + +/** + * Moves a file atomically. This only works within a single file system. + * + * @param oldpath path to the file before the move + * @param newpath intended path to the file after the move + * @return A 0 return value indicates success. A -1 return value indicates an + * error, and an error code is stored in errno + */ +VLC_API int vlc_rename(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath); + +VLC_API FILE * vlc_fopen( const char *filename, const char *mode ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * \defgroup dir Directories + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Opens a DIR pointer. + * + * @param dirname UTF-8 representation of the directory name + * @return a pointer to the DIR struct, or NULL in case of error. + * Release with standard closedir(). + */ +VLC_API DIR *vlc_opendir(const char *dirname) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Reads the next file name from an open directory. + * + * @param dir directory handle as returned by vlc_opendir() + * (must not be used by another thread concurrently) + * + * @return a UTF-8 string of the directory entry. The string is valid until + * the next call to vlc_readdir() or closedir() on the handle. + * If there are no more entries in the directory, NULL is returned. + * If an error occurs, errno is set and NULL is returned. + */ +VLC_API const char *vlc_readdir(DIR *dir) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int vlc_loaddir( DIR *dir, char ***namelist, int (*select)( const char * ), int (*compar)( const char **, const char ** ) ); +VLC_API int vlc_scandir( const char *dirname, char ***namelist, int (*select)( const char * ), int (*compar)( const char **, const char ** ) ); + +/** + * Creates a directory. + * + * @param dirname a UTF-8 string with the name of the directory that you + * want to create. + * @param mode directory permissions + * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (see errno). + */ +VLC_API int vlc_mkdir(const char *dirname, mode_t mode); + +/** + * Determines the current working directory. + * + * @return the current working directory (must be free()'d) + * or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_getcwd(void) VLC_USED; + +/** @} */ +/** @} */ + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +typedef struct vlc_DIR +{ + _WDIR *wdir; /* MUST be first, see */ + char *entry; + union + { + DWORD drives; + bool insert_dot_dot; + } u; +} vlc_DIR; + +static inline int vlc_closedir( DIR *dir ) +{ + vlc_DIR *vdir = (vlc_DIR *)dir; + _WDIR *wdir = vdir->wdir; + + free( vdir->entry ); + free( vdir ); + return (wdir != NULL) ? _wclosedir( wdir ) : 0; +} +# undef closedir +# define closedir vlc_closedir + +static inline void vlc_rewinddir( DIR *dir ) +{ + _WDIR *wdir = *(_WDIR **)dir; + + _wrewinddir( wdir ); +} +# undef rewinddir +# define rewinddir vlc_rewinddir +#endif + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# define lseek lseek64 +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a04e1b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_gcrypt.h: VLC thread support for gcrypt + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file implements gcrypt support functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +static inline void vlc_gcrypt_init (void) +{ + /* This would need a process-wide static mutex with all libraries linking + * to a given instance of libgcrypt. We cannot do this as we have different + * plugins linking with gcrypt, and some underlying libraries may use it + * behind our back. Only way is to always link gcrypt statically (ouch!) or + * have upstream gcrypt provide one shared object per threading system. */ + static bool done = false; + + vlc_global_lock (VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX); + if (!done) + { + /* The suggested way for an application to make sure that global_init + * has been called is by using gcry_check_version. (see global_init + * comments in gcrypt sources) */ + gcry_check_version(NULL); + done = true; + } + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX); +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_http.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_http.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6811e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_http.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_http.h: Shared code for HTTP clients + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: ed7e1613da0bc45b680f3887846f80cf118f36a4 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * Christophe Massiot + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HTTP_H +#define VLC_HTTP_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures, enums and macros shared between + * HTTP clients. + */ + +#include +#include + +/* RFC 2617: Basic and Digest Access Authentication */ +typedef struct vlc_http_auth_t +{ + char *psz_realm; + char *psz_domain; + char *psz_nonce; + char *psz_opaque; + char *psz_stale; + char *psz_algorithm; + char *psz_qop; + int i_nonce; + char *psz_cnonce; + char *psz_HA1; /* stored H(A1) value if algorithm = "MD5-sess" */ +} vlc_http_auth_t; + + +VLC_API void vlc_http_auth_Init( vlc_http_auth_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_http_auth_Deinit( vlc_http_auth_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_http_auth_ParseWwwAuthenticateHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, vlc_http_auth_t * , const char * ); +VLC_API int vlc_http_auth_ParseAuthenticationInfoHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, vlc_http_auth_t *, + const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, + const char * ); +VLC_API char *vlc_http_auth_FormatAuthorizationHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, vlc_http_auth_t *, + const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +/* RFC 6265: cookies */ + +typedef struct vlc_http_cookie_jar_t vlc_http_cookie_jar_t; + +VLC_API vlc_http_cookie_jar_t * vlc_http_cookies_new( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_http_cookies_destroy( vlc_http_cookie_jar_t * p_jar ); + +/** + * Parse a value of an incoming Set-Cookie header and append the + * cookie to the cookie jar if appropriate. + * + * @param jar cookie jar object + * @param cookie header field value of Set-Cookie + * @return true, if the cookie was added, false otherwise + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_http_cookies_store( vlc_http_cookie_jar_t *jar, + const char *cookie, const char *host, const char *path ); + +/** + * Returns a cookie value that match the given URL. + * + * @param p_jar a cookie jar + * @param p_url the URL for which the cookies are returned + * @return A string consisting of semicolon-separated cookie NAME=VALUE pairs. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_http_cookies_fetch( vlc_http_cookie_jar_t *jar, bool secure, + const char *host, const char *path ); + +#endif /* VLC_HTTP_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_httpd.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_httpd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cbf035 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_httpd.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_httpd.h: builtin HTTP/RTSP server. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 29b8229e7b6baa7a8eedf37f6fdb1e97bf6a9ca7 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HTTPD_H +#define VLC_HTTPD_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * HTTP/RTSP server API. + */ + +enum +{ + HTTPD_MSG_NONE, + + /* answer */ + HTTPD_MSG_ANSWER, + + /* http request */ + HTTPD_MSG_GET, + HTTPD_MSG_HEAD, + HTTPD_MSG_POST, + + /* rtsp request */ + HTTPD_MSG_OPTIONS, + HTTPD_MSG_DESCRIBE, + HTTPD_MSG_SETUP, + HTTPD_MSG_PLAY, + HTTPD_MSG_PAUSE, + HTTPD_MSG_GETPARAMETER, + HTTPD_MSG_TEARDOWN, + + /* just to track the count of MSG */ + HTTPD_MSG_MAX +}; + +enum +{ + HTTPD_PROTO_NONE, + HTTPD_PROTO_HTTP, /* HTTP/1.x */ + HTTPD_PROTO_RTSP, /* RTSP/1.x */ + HTTPD_PROTO_HTTP0, /* HTTP/0.x */ +}; + +typedef struct httpd_host_t httpd_host_t; +typedef struct httpd_client_t httpd_client_t; +/* create a new host */ +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_http_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_https_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_rtsp_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +/* delete a host */ +VLC_API void httpd_HostDelete( httpd_host_t * ); + +typedef struct +{ + char * name; + char * value; +} httpd_header; + +typedef struct httpd_message_t +{ + httpd_client_t *cl; /* NULL if not throught a connection e vlc internal */ + + uint8_t i_type; + uint8_t i_proto; + uint8_t i_version; + + /* for an answer */ + int i_status; + + /* for a query */ + char *psz_url; + /* FIXME find a clean way to handle GET(psz_args) + and POST(body) through the same code */ + uint8_t *psz_args; + + /* options */ + size_t i_headers; + httpd_header *p_headers; + + /* body */ + int64_t i_body_offset; + int i_body; + uint8_t *p_body; + +} httpd_message_t; + +typedef struct httpd_url_t httpd_url_t; +typedef struct httpd_callback_sys_t httpd_callback_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_callback_t)( httpd_callback_sys_t *, httpd_client_t *, httpd_message_t *answer, const httpd_message_t *query ); +/* register a new url */ +VLC_API httpd_url_t * httpd_UrlNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password ) VLC_USED; +/* register callback on a url */ +VLC_API int httpd_UrlCatch( httpd_url_t *, int i_msg, httpd_callback_t, httpd_callback_sys_t * ); +/* delete a url */ +VLC_API void httpd_UrlDelete( httpd_url_t * ); + +VLC_API char* httpd_ClientIP( const httpd_client_t *cl, char *, int * ); +VLC_API char* httpd_ServerIP( const httpd_client_t *cl, char *, int * ); + +/* High level */ + +typedef struct httpd_file_t httpd_file_t; +typedef struct httpd_file_sys_t httpd_file_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_file_callback_t)( httpd_file_sys_t *, httpd_file_t *, uint8_t *psz_request, uint8_t **pp_data, int *pi_data ); +VLC_API httpd_file_t * httpd_FileNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_mime, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password, httpd_file_callback_t pf_fill, httpd_file_sys_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_file_sys_t * httpd_FileDelete( httpd_file_t * ); + + +typedef struct httpd_handler_t httpd_handler_t; +typedef int (*httpd_handler_callback_t)( void *, httpd_handler_t *, char *psz_url, uint8_t *psz_request, int i_type, uint8_t *p_in, int i_in, char *psz_remote_addr, char *psz_remote_host, uint8_t **pp_data, int *pi_data ); +VLC_API httpd_handler_t * httpd_HandlerNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password, httpd_handler_callback_t pf_fill, void * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void * httpd_HandlerDelete( httpd_handler_t * ); + +typedef struct httpd_redirect_t httpd_redirect_t; +VLC_API httpd_redirect_t * httpd_RedirectNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url_dst, const char *psz_url_src ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void httpd_RedirectDelete( httpd_redirect_t * ); + + +typedef struct httpd_stream_t httpd_stream_t; +VLC_API httpd_stream_t * httpd_StreamNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_mime, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void httpd_StreamDelete( httpd_stream_t * ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamHeader( httpd_stream_t *, uint8_t *p_data, int i_data ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamSend( httpd_stream_t *, const block_t *p_block ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamSetHTTPHeaders(httpd_stream_t *, const httpd_header *, size_t); + +/* Msg functions facilities */ +VLC_API void httpd_MsgAdd( httpd_message_t *, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_value, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); +/* return "" if not found. The string is not allocated */ +VLC_API const char * httpd_MsgGet( const httpd_message_t *, const char *psz_name ); + +#endif /* _VLC_HTTPD_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_image.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_image.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c5896f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_image.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_image.h : wrapper for image reading/writing facilities + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 2b308fd0e52f4d4d6e20f95d08e0d63c53822eef $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_IMAGE_H +#define VLC_IMAGE_H 1 + +# include +# include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for image conversions in vlc + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct image_handler_t +{ + picture_t * (*pf_read) ( image_handler_t *, block_t *, + const video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + picture_t * (*pf_read_url) ( image_handler_t *, const char *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + block_t * (*pf_write) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + const video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + int (*pf_write_url) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + const video_format_t *, video_format_t *, + const char * ); + + picture_t * (*pf_convert) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + const video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + + /* Private properties */ + vlc_object_t *p_parent; + decoder_t *p_dec; + encoder_t *p_enc; + filter_t *p_filter; + + picture_fifo_t *outfifo; +}; + +VLC_API image_handler_t * image_HandlerCreate( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define image_HandlerCreate( a ) image_HandlerCreate( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void image_HandlerDelete( image_handler_t * ); + +#define image_Read( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_read( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_ReadUrl( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_read_url( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_Write( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_write( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_WriteUrl( a, b, c, d, e ) a->pf_write_url( a, b, c, d, e ) +#define image_Convert( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_convert( a, b, c, d ) + +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Type2Fourcc( const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Ext2Fourcc( const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Mime2Fourcc( const char *psz_mime ); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_IMAGE_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1f7330 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_inhibit.h: VLC screen saver inhibition + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the interface for screen-saver inhibition modules + */ + +#ifndef VLC_INHIBIT_H +# define VLC_INHIBIT_H 1 + +typedef struct vlc_inhibit vlc_inhibit_t; +typedef struct vlc_inhibit_sys vlc_inhibit_sys_t; + +enum vlc_inhibit_flags +{ + VLC_INHIBIT_NONE=0 /*< No inhibition */, + VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND=0x1 /*< Processor is in use - do not suspend */, + VLC_INHIBIT_DISPLAY=0x2 /*< Display is in use - do not blank/lock */, +#define VLC_INHIBIT_AUDIO (VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND) +#define VLC_INHIBIT_VIDEO (VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND|VLC_INHIBIT_DISPLAY) +}; + +struct vlc_inhibit +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_inhibit_sys_t *p_sys; + void (*inhibit) (vlc_inhibit_t *, unsigned flags); +}; + +static inline void vlc_inhibit_Set (vlc_inhibit_t *ih, unsigned flags) +{ + ih->inhibit (ih, flags); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_input.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_input.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85b4d3d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_input.h @@ -0,0 +1,703 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_input.h: Core input structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2015 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: d20585ba33030980fa496cd042227b543f10827a $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_INPUT_H +#define VLC_INPUT_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup input Input + * Input thread + * @{ + * \file + * Input thread interface + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +/***************************************************************************** + * Seek point: (generalisation of chapters) + *****************************************************************************/ +struct seekpoint_t +{ + int64_t i_time_offset; + char *psz_name; +}; + +static inline seekpoint_t *vlc_seekpoint_New( void ) +{ + seekpoint_t *point = (seekpoint_t*)malloc( sizeof( seekpoint_t ) ); + if( !point ) + return NULL; + point->i_time_offset = -1; + point->psz_name = NULL; + return point; +} + +static inline void vlc_seekpoint_Delete( seekpoint_t *point ) +{ + if( !point ) return; + free( point->psz_name ); + free( point ); +} + +static inline seekpoint_t *vlc_seekpoint_Duplicate( const seekpoint_t *src ) +{ + seekpoint_t *point = vlc_seekpoint_New(); + if( likely(point) ) + { + if( src->psz_name ) point->psz_name = strdup( src->psz_name ); + point->i_time_offset = src->i_time_offset; + } + return point; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Title: + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* input_title_t.i_flags field */ +#define INPUT_TITLE_MENU 0x01 /* Menu title */ +#define INPUT_TITLE_INTERACTIVE 0x02 /* Interactive title. Playback position has no meaning. */ + +typedef struct input_title_t +{ + char *psz_name; + + int64_t i_length; /* Length(microsecond) if known, else 0 */ + + unsigned i_flags; /* Is it a menu or a normal entry */ + + /* Title seekpoint */ + int i_seekpoint; + seekpoint_t **seekpoint; +} input_title_t; + +static inline input_title_t *vlc_input_title_New(void) +{ + input_title_t *t = (input_title_t*)malloc( sizeof( input_title_t ) ); + if( !t ) + return NULL; + + t->psz_name = NULL; + t->i_flags = 0; + t->i_length = 0; + t->i_seekpoint = 0; + t->seekpoint = NULL; + + return t; +} + +static inline void vlc_input_title_Delete( input_title_t *t ) +{ + int i; + if( t == NULL ) + return; + + free( t->psz_name ); + for( i = 0; i < t->i_seekpoint; i++ ) + vlc_seekpoint_Delete( t->seekpoint[i] ); + free( t->seekpoint ); + free( t ); +} + +static inline input_title_t *vlc_input_title_Duplicate( const input_title_t *t ) +{ + input_title_t *dup = vlc_input_title_New( ); + if( dup == NULL) return NULL; + + if( t->psz_name ) dup->psz_name = strdup( t->psz_name ); + dup->i_flags = t->i_flags; + dup->i_length = t->i_length; + if( t->i_seekpoint > 0 ) + { + dup->seekpoint = (seekpoint_t**)vlc_alloc( t->i_seekpoint, sizeof(seekpoint_t*) ); + if( likely(dup->seekpoint) ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < t->i_seekpoint; i++ ) + dup->seekpoint[i] = vlc_seekpoint_Duplicate( t->seekpoint[i] ); + dup->i_seekpoint = t->i_seekpoint; + } + } + + return dup; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Attachments + *****************************************************************************/ +struct input_attachment_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_mime; + char *psz_description; + + size_t i_data; + void *p_data; +}; + +static inline void vlc_input_attachment_Delete( input_attachment_t *a ) +{ + if( !a ) + return; + + free( a->p_data ); + free( a->psz_description ); + free( a->psz_mime ); + free( a->psz_name ); + free( a ); +} + +static inline input_attachment_t *vlc_input_attachment_New( const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_mime, + const char *psz_description, + const void *p_data, + size_t i_data ) +{ + input_attachment_t *a = (input_attachment_t *)malloc( sizeof (*a) ); + if( unlikely(a == NULL) ) + return NULL; + + a->psz_name = strdup( psz_name ? psz_name : "" ); + a->psz_mime = strdup( psz_mime ? psz_mime : "" ); + a->psz_description = strdup( psz_description ? psz_description : "" ); + a->i_data = i_data; + a->p_data = malloc( i_data ); + if( i_data > 0 && likely(a->p_data != NULL) ) + memcpy( a->p_data, p_data, i_data ); + + if( unlikely(a->psz_name == NULL || a->psz_mime == NULL + || a->psz_description == NULL || (i_data > 0 && a->p_data == NULL)) ) + { + vlc_input_attachment_Delete( a ); + a = NULL; + } + return a; +} + +static inline input_attachment_t *vlc_input_attachment_Duplicate( const input_attachment_t *a ) +{ + return vlc_input_attachment_New( a->psz_name, a->psz_mime, a->psz_description, + a->p_data, a->i_data ); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * input defines/constants. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This defines an opaque input resource handler. + */ +typedef struct input_resource_t input_resource_t; + +/** + * Main structure representing an input thread. This structure is mostly + * private. The only public fields are read-only and constant. + */ +struct input_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS +}; + +/** + * Record prefix string. + * TODO make it configurable. + */ +#define INPUT_RECORD_PREFIX "vlc-record-%Y-%m-%d-%Hh%Mm%Ss-$ N-$ p" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Input events and variables + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup inputvariable Input variables + * + * The input provides multiples variable you can write to and/or read from. + * + * TODO complete the documentation. + * The read only variables are: + * - "length" + * - "can-seek" (if you can seek, it doesn't say if 'bar display' has be shown + * or not, for that check position != 0.0) + * - "can-pause" + * - "can-rate" + * - "can-rewind" + * - "can-record" (if a stream can be recorded while playing) + * - "teletext-es" (list of id from the spu tracks (spu-es) that are teletext, the + * variable value being the one currently selected, -1 if no teletext) + * - "signal-quality" + * - "signal-strength" + * - "program-scrambled" (if the current program is scrambled) + * - "cache" (level of data cached [0 .. 1]) + * + * The read-write variables are: + * - state (\see input_state_e) + * - rate + * - position + * - time, time-offset + * - title, next-title, prev-title + * - chapter, next-chapter, next-chapter-prev + * - program, audio-es, video-es, spu-es + * - audio-delay, spu-delay + * - bookmark (bookmark list) + * - record + * - frame-next + * - navigation (list of "title %2i") + * - "title %2i" + * + * The variable used for event is + * - intf-event (\see input_event_type_e) + */ + +/** + * Input state + * + * This enum is used by the variable "state" + */ +typedef enum input_state_e +{ + INIT_S = 0, + OPENING_S, + PLAYING_S, + PAUSE_S, + END_S, + ERROR_S, +} input_state_e; + +/** + * Input rate. + * + * It is an float used by the variable "rate" in the + * range [INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT/INPUT_RATE_MAX, INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT/INPUT_RATE_MIN] + * the default value being 1. It represents the ratio of playback speed to + * nominal speed (bigger is faster). + * + * Internally, the rate is stored as a value in the range + * [INPUT_RATE_MIN, INPUT_RATE_MAX]. + * internal rate = INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT / rate variable + */ + +/** + * Default rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT 1000 +/** + * Minimal rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_MIN 32 /* Up to 32/1 */ +/** + * Maximal rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_MAX 32000 /* Up to 1/32 */ + +/** + * Input events + * + * You can catch input event by adding a callback on the variable "intf-event". + * This variable is an integer that will hold a input_event_type_e value. + */ +typedef enum input_event_type_e +{ + /* "state" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_STATE, + /* b_dead is true */ + INPUT_EVENT_DEAD, + + /* "rate" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_RATE, + + /* At least one of "position" or "time" */ + INPUT_EVENT_POSITION, + + /* "length" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_LENGTH, + + /* A title has been added or removed or selected. + * It implies that the chapter has changed (no chapter event is sent) */ + INPUT_EVENT_TITLE, + /* A chapter has been added or removed or selected. */ + INPUT_EVENT_CHAPTER, + + /* A program ("program") has been added or removed or selected, + * or "program-scrambled" has changed.*/ + INPUT_EVENT_PROGRAM, + /* A ES has been added or removed or selected */ + INPUT_EVENT_ES, + /* "teletext-es" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_TELETEXT, + + /* "record" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_RECORD, + + /* input_item_t media has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_META, + /* input_item_t info has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_INFO, + /* input_item_t epg has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_EPG, + + /* Input statistics have been updated */ + INPUT_EVENT_STATISTICS, + /* At least one of "signal-quality" or "signal-strength" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_SIGNAL, + + /* "audio-delay" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_AUDIO_DELAY, + /* "spu-delay" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_SUBTITLE_DELAY, + + /* "bookmark" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_BOOKMARK, + + /* cache" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_CACHE, + + /* A audio_output_t object has been created/deleted by *the input* */ + INPUT_EVENT_AOUT, + /* A vout_thread_t object has been created/deleted by *the input* */ + INPUT_EVENT_VOUT, + +} input_event_type_e; + +/** + * Input queries + */ +enum input_query_e +{ + /* input variable "position" */ + INPUT_GET_POSITION, /* arg1= double * res= */ + INPUT_SET_POSITION, /* arg1= double res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "length" */ + INPUT_GET_LENGTH, /* arg1= int64_t * res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "time" */ + INPUT_GET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + INPUT_SET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "rate" (nominal is INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT) */ + INPUT_GET_RATE, /* arg1= int * res= */ + INPUT_SET_RATE, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "state" */ + INPUT_GET_STATE, /* arg1= int * res= */ + INPUT_SET_STATE, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "audio-delay" and "sub-delay" */ + INPUT_GET_AUDIO_DELAY, /* arg1 = int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_AUDIO_DELAY, /* arg1 = int res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_SPU_DELAY, /* arg1 = int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_SPU_DELAY, /* arg1 = int res=can fail */ + + /* Menu (VCD/DVD/BD) Navigation */ + /** Activate the navigation item selected. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_ACTIVATE, + /** Use the up arrow to select a navigation item above. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_UP, + /** Use the down arrow to select a navigation item under. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_DOWN, + /** Use the left arrow to select a navigation item on the left. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_LEFT, + /** Use the right arrow to select a navigation item on the right. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_RIGHT, + /** Activate the popup Menu (for BD). res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_POPUP, + /** Activate disc Root Menu. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_MENU, + + /* Meta datas */ + INPUT_ADD_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* arg3=... res=can fail */ + INPUT_REPLACE_INFOS,/* arg1= info_category_t * res=cannot fail */ + INPUT_MERGE_INFOS,/* arg1= info_category_t * res=cannot fail */ + INPUT_DEL_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* res=can fail */ + + /* bookmarks */ + INPUT_GET_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_BOOKMARKS, /* arg1= seekpoint_t *** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_CLEAR_BOOKMARKS, /* res=can fail */ + INPUT_ADD_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_CHANGE_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_DEL_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* titles */ + INPUT_GET_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_FULL_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t*** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + + /* seekpoints */ + INPUT_GET_SEEKPOINTS, /* arg1=seekpoint_t*** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + + /* Attachments */ + INPUT_GET_ATTACHMENTS, /* arg1=input_attachment_t***, arg2=int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_ATTACHMENT, /* arg1=input_attachment_t**, arg2=char* res=can fail */ + + /* On the fly input slave */ + INPUT_ADD_SLAVE, /* arg1= enum slave_type, arg2= const char *, + * arg3= bool forced, arg4= bool notify, + * arg5= bool check_extension */ + + /* On the fly record while playing */ + INPUT_SET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool* res=can fail */ + + /* ES */ + INPUT_RESTART_ES, /* arg1=int (-AUDIO/VIDEO/SPU_ES for the whole category) */ + + /* Viewpoint */ + INPUT_UPDATE_VIEWPOINT, /* arg1=(const vlc_viewpoint_t*), arg2=bool b_absolute */ + INPUT_SET_INITIAL_VIEWPOINT, /* arg1=(const vlc_viewpoint_t*) */ + + /* Input ressources + * XXX You must call vlc_object_release as soon as possible */ + INPUT_GET_AOUT, /* arg1=audio_output_t ** res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_VOUTS, /* arg1=vout_thread_t ***, size_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_ES_OBJECTS, /* arg1=int id, vlc_object_t **dec, vout_thread_t **, audio_output_t ** */ + + /* Renderers */ + INPUT_SET_RENDERER, /* arg1=vlc_renderer_item_t* */ + + /* External clock managments */ + INPUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=mtime_t *, arg2=mtime_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM,/* arg1=int absolute, arg2=mtime_t res=can fail */ +}; + +/** @}*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API input_thread_t * input_Create( vlc_object_t *p_parent, input_item_t *, + const char *psz_log, input_resource_t *, + vlc_renderer_item_t* p_renderer ) VLC_USED; +#define input_Create(a,b,c,d,e) input_Create(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d,e) + +VLC_API int input_Start( input_thread_t * ); + +VLC_API void input_Stop( input_thread_t * ); + +VLC_API int input_Read( vlc_object_t *, input_item_t * ); +#define input_Read(a,b) input_Read(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_API int input_vaControl( input_thread_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + +VLC_API int input_Control( input_thread_t *, int i_query, ... ); + +VLC_API void input_Close( input_thread_t * ); + +/** + * Create a new input_thread_t and start it. + * + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \see input_Create + */ +static inline +input_thread_t *input_CreateAndStart( vlc_object_t *parent, + input_item_t *item, const char *log ) +{ + input_thread_t *input = input_Create( parent, item, log, NULL, NULL ); + if( input != NULL && input_Start( input ) ) + { + vlc_object_release( input ); + input = NULL; + } + return input; +} +#define input_CreateAndStart(a,b,c) input_CreateAndStart(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +/** + * Get the input item for an input thread + * + * You have to keep a reference to the input or to the input_item_t until + * you do not need it anymore. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t* input_GetItem( input_thread_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It will return the current state of the input. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline input_state_e input_GetState( input_thread_t * p_input ) +{ + input_state_e state = INIT_S; + input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_STATE, &state ); + return state; +} + +/** + * Return one of the video output (if any). If possible, you should use + * INPUT_GET_VOUTS directly and process _all_ video outputs instead. + * @param p_input an input thread from which to get a video output + * @return NULL on error, or a video output thread pointer (which needs to be + * released with vlc_object_release()). + */ +static inline vout_thread_t *input_GetVout( input_thread_t *p_input ) +{ + vout_thread_t **pp_vout, *p_vout; + size_t i_vout; + + if( input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_VOUTS, &pp_vout, &i_vout ) ) + return NULL; + + for( size_t i = 1; i < i_vout; i++ ) + vlc_object_release( (vlc_object_t *)(pp_vout[i]) ); + + p_vout = (i_vout >= 1) ? pp_vout[0] : NULL; + free( pp_vout ); + return p_vout; +} + +static inline int input_AddSlave( input_thread_t *p_input, enum slave_type type, + const char *psz_uri, bool b_forced, + bool b_notify, bool b_check_ext ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_ADD_SLAVE, type, psz_uri, b_forced, + b_notify, b_check_ext ); +} + +/** + * Update the viewpoint of the input thread. The viewpoint will be applied to + * all vouts and aouts. + * + * @param p_input an input thread + * @param p_viewpoint the viewpoint value + * @param b_absolute if true replace the old viewpoint with the new one. If + * false, increase/decrease it. + * @return VLC_SUCCESS or a VLC error code + */ +static inline int input_UpdateViewpoint( input_thread_t *p_input, + const vlc_viewpoint_t *p_viewpoint, + bool b_absolute ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_UPDATE_VIEWPOINT, p_viewpoint, + b_absolute ); +} + +/** + * Return the audio output (if any) associated with an input. + * @param p_input an input thread + * @return NULL on error, or the audio output (which needs to be + * released with vlc_object_release()). + */ +static inline audio_output_t *input_GetAout( input_thread_t *p_input ) +{ + audio_output_t *p_aout; + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_AOUT, &p_aout ) ? NULL : p_aout; +} + +/** + * Returns the objects associated to an ES. + * + * You must release all non NULL object using vlc_object_release. + * You may set pointer of pointer to NULL to avoid retreiving it. + */ +static inline int input_GetEsObjects( input_thread_t *p_input, int i_id, + vlc_object_t **pp_decoder, + vout_thread_t **pp_vout, audio_output_t **pp_aout ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_ES_OBJECTS, i_id, + pp_decoder, pp_vout, pp_aout ); +} + +/** + * \see input_clock_GetSystemOrigin + */ +static inline int input_GetPcrSystem( input_thread_t *p_input, mtime_t *pi_system, mtime_t *pi_delay ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, pi_system, pi_delay ); +} +/** + * \see input_clock_ChangeSystemOrigin + */ +static inline int input_ModifyPcrSystem( input_thread_t *p_input, bool b_absolute, mtime_t i_system ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, b_absolute, i_system ); +} + +/* */ +VLC_API decoder_t * input_DecoderCreate( vlc_object_t *, const es_format_t *, input_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void input_DecoderDelete( decoder_t * ); +VLC_API void input_DecoderDecode( decoder_t *, block_t *, bool b_do_pace ); +VLC_API void input_DecoderDrain( decoder_t * ); +VLC_API void input_DecoderFlush( decoder_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates a sane filename path. + */ +VLC_API char * input_CreateFilename( input_thread_t *, const char *psz_path, const char *psz_prefix, const char *psz_extension ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It creates an empty input resource handler. + * + * The given object MUST stay alive as long as the input_resource_t is + * not deleted. + */ +VLC_API input_resource_t * input_resource_New( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It releases an input resource. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_Release( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * Forcefully destroys the video output (e.g. when the playlist is stopped). + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_TerminateVout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function releases all resources (object). + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_Terminate( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * \return the current audio output if any. + * Use vlc_object_release() to drop the reference. + */ +VLC_API audio_output_t *input_resource_HoldAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates or recycles an audio output. + */ +VLC_API audio_output_t *input_resource_GetAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function retains or destroys an audio output. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_PutAout( input_resource_t *, audio_output_t * ); + +/** + * Prevents the existing audio output (if any) from being recycled. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_ResetAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** @} */ +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_input_item.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_input_item.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82f9b59 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_input_item.h @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_input_item.h: Core input item + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f22c3d9330af98a15992ef08e362424313774d6f $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_INPUT_ITEM_H +#define VLC_INPUT_ITEM_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and enums for input items in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +typedef struct input_item_opaque input_item_opaque_t; +typedef struct input_item_slave input_item_slave_t; + +struct info_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< Name of this info */ + char *psz_value; /**< Value of the info */ +}; + +struct info_category_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< Name of this category */ + int i_infos; /**< Number of infos in the category */ + struct info_t **pp_infos; /**< Pointer to an array of infos */ +}; + +/** + * Describes an input and is used to spawn input_thread_t objects. + */ +struct input_item_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< text describing this item */ + char *psz_uri; /**< mrl of this item */ + + int i_options; /**< Number of input options */ + char **ppsz_options; /**< Array of input options */ + uint8_t *optflagv; /**< Some flags of input options */ + unsigned optflagc; + input_item_opaque_t *opaques; /**< List of opaque pointer values */ + + mtime_t i_duration; /**< Duration in microseconds */ + + + int i_categories; /**< Number of info categories */ + info_category_t **pp_categories; /**< Pointer to the first info category */ + + int i_es; /**< Number of es format descriptions */ + es_format_t **es; /**< Es formats */ + + input_stats_t *p_stats; /**< Statistics */ + + vlc_meta_t *p_meta; + + int i_epg; /**< Number of EPG entries */ + vlc_epg_t **pp_epg; /**< EPG entries */ + int64_t i_epg_time; /** EPG timedate as epoch time */ + const vlc_epg_t *p_epg_table; /** running/selected program cur/next EPG table */ + + int i_slaves; /**< Number of slaves */ + input_item_slave_t **pp_slaves; /**< Slave entries that will be loaded by + the input_thread */ + + vlc_event_manager_t event_manager; + + vlc_mutex_t lock; /**< Lock for the item */ + + uint8_t i_type; /**< Type (file, disc, ... see input_item_type_e) */ + bool b_net; /**< Net: always true for TYPE_STREAM, it + depends for others types */ + bool b_error_when_reading;/**< Error When Reading */ + + int i_preparse_depth; /**< How many level of sub items can be preparsed: + -1: recursive, 0: none, >0: n levels */ + + bool b_preparse_interact; /**< Force interaction with the user when + preparsing.*/ +}; + +enum input_item_type_e +{ + ITEM_TYPE_UNKNOWN, + ITEM_TYPE_FILE, + ITEM_TYPE_DIRECTORY, + ITEM_TYPE_DISC, + ITEM_TYPE_CARD, + ITEM_TYPE_STREAM, + ITEM_TYPE_PLAYLIST, + ITEM_TYPE_NODE, + + /* This one is not a real type but the number of input_item types. */ + ITEM_TYPE_NUMBER +}; + +enum input_item_net_type +{ + ITEM_NET_UNKNOWN, + ITEM_NET, + ITEM_LOCAL +}; + +enum slave_type +{ + SLAVE_TYPE_SPU, + SLAVE_TYPE_AUDIO, +}; + +enum slave_priority +{ + SLAVE_PRIORITY_MATCH_NONE = 1, + SLAVE_PRIORITY_MATCH_RIGHT, + SLAVE_PRIORITY_MATCH_LEFT, + SLAVE_PRIORITY_MATCH_ALL, + SLAVE_PRIORITY_USER +}; + +/* Extensions must be in alphabetical order */ +#define MASTER_EXTENSIONS \ + "asf", "avi", "divx", \ + "f4v", "flv", "m1v", \ + "m2v", "m4v", "mkv", \ + "mov", "mp2", "mp2v", \ + "mp4", "mp4v", "mpe", \ + "mpeg", "mpeg1", "mpeg2", \ + "mpeg4", "mpg", "mpv2", \ + "mxf", "ogv", "ogx", \ + "ps", "vro","webm", \ + "wmv", "wtv" + +#define SLAVE_SPU_EXTENSIONS \ + "aqt", "ass", "cdg", \ + "dks", "idx", "jss", \ + "mpl2", "mpsub", "pjs", \ + "psb", "rt", "sami", "sbv", \ + "scc", "smi", "srt", \ + "ssa", "stl", "sub", \ + "ttml", "tt", "usf", \ + "vtt", "webvtt" + +#define SLAVE_AUDIO_EXTENSIONS \ + "aac", "ac3", "dts", \ + "dtshd", "eac3", "flac", \ + "m4a", "mp3", "pcm" \ + +struct input_item_slave +{ + enum slave_type i_type; /**< Slave type (spu, audio) */ + enum slave_priority i_priority; /**< Slave priority */ + bool b_forced; /**< Slave should be selected */ + char psz_uri[]; /**< Slave mrl */ +}; + +struct input_item_node_t +{ + input_item_t * p_item; + int i_children; + input_item_node_t **pp_children; +}; + +VLC_API void input_item_CopyOptions( input_item_t *p_child, input_item_t *p_parent ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetName( input_item_t *p_item, const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Start adding multiple subitems. + * + * Create a root node to hold a tree of subitems for given item + */ +VLC_API input_item_node_t * input_item_node_Create( input_item_t *p_input ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Add a new child node to this parent node that will point to this subitem. + */ +VLC_API input_item_node_t * input_item_node_AppendItem( input_item_node_t *p_node, input_item_t *p_item ); + +/** + * Add an already created node to children of this parent node. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_AppendNode( input_item_node_t *p_parent, input_item_node_t *p_child ); + +/** + * Remove a node from its parent. + */ +void input_item_node_RemoveNode( input_item_node_t *parent, + input_item_node_t *child ); + +/** + * Delete a node created with input_item_node_Create() and all its children. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_Delete( input_item_node_t *p_node ); + +/** + * Option flags + */ +enum input_item_option_e +{ + /* Allow VLC to trust the given option. + * By default options are untrusted */ + VLC_INPUT_OPTION_TRUSTED = 0x2, + + /* Add the option, unless the same option + * is already present. */ + VLC_INPUT_OPTION_UNIQUE = 0x100, +}; + +/** + * This function allows to add an option to an existing input_item_t. + */ +VLC_API int input_item_AddOption(input_item_t *, const char *, unsigned i_flags ); +/** + * This function add several options to an existing input_item_t. + */ +VLC_API int input_item_AddOptions(input_item_t *, int i_options, + const char *const *ppsz_options, + unsigned i_flags ); +VLC_API int input_item_AddOpaque(input_item_t *, const char *, void *); + +void input_item_ApplyOptions(vlc_object_t *, input_item_t *); + +VLC_API bool input_item_slave_GetType(const char *, enum slave_type *); + +VLC_API input_item_slave_t *input_item_slave_New(const char *, enum slave_type, + enum slave_priority); +#define input_item_slave_Delete(p_slave) free(p_slave) + +/** + * This function allows adding a slave to an existing input item. + * The slave is owned by the input item after this call. + */ +VLC_API int input_item_AddSlave(input_item_t *, input_item_slave_t *); + +/* */ +VLC_API bool input_item_HasErrorWhenReading( input_item_t * ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetMeta( input_item_t *, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz_val ); +VLC_API bool input_item_MetaMatch( input_item_t *p_i, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz ); +VLC_API char * input_item_GetMeta( input_item_t *p_i, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetName( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetTitleFbName( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetURI( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetNowPlayingFb( input_item_t *p_item ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void input_item_SetURI( input_item_t * p_i, const char *psz_uri ); +VLC_API mtime_t input_item_GetDuration( input_item_t * p_i ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetDuration( input_item_t * p_i, mtime_t i_duration ); +VLC_API bool input_item_IsPreparsed( input_item_t *p_i ); +VLC_API bool input_item_IsArtFetched( input_item_t *p_i ); + +#define INPUT_META( name ) \ +static inline \ +void input_item_Set ## name (input_item_t *p_input, const char *val) \ +{ \ + input_item_SetMeta (p_input, vlc_meta_ ## name, val); \ +} \ +static inline \ +char *input_item_Get ## name (input_item_t *p_input) \ +{ \ + return input_item_GetMeta (p_input, vlc_meta_ ## name); \ +} + +INPUT_META(Title) +INPUT_META(Artist) +INPUT_META(AlbumArtist) +INPUT_META(Genre) +INPUT_META(Copyright) +INPUT_META(Album) +INPUT_META(TrackNumber) +INPUT_META(Description) +INPUT_META(Rating) +INPUT_META(Date) +INPUT_META(Setting) +INPUT_META(URL) +INPUT_META(Language) +INPUT_META(NowPlaying) +INPUT_META(ESNowPlaying) +INPUT_META(Publisher) +INPUT_META(EncodedBy) +INPUT_META(ArtworkURL) +INPUT_META(TrackID) +INPUT_META(TrackTotal) +INPUT_META(Director) +INPUT_META(Season) +INPUT_META(Episode) +INPUT_META(ShowName) +INPUT_META(Actors) +INPUT_META(DiscNumber) + +#define input_item_SetTrackNum input_item_SetTrackNumber +#define input_item_GetTrackNum input_item_GetTrackNumber +#define input_item_SetArtURL input_item_SetArtworkURL +#define input_item_GetArtURL input_item_GetArtworkURL + +VLC_API char * input_item_GetInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat,const char *psz_name ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int input_item_AddInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_format, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 4, 5 ); +VLC_API int input_item_DelInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat, const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API void input_item_ReplaceInfos( input_item_t *, info_category_t * ); +VLC_API void input_item_MergeInfos( input_item_t *, info_category_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t with the provided information. + * + * XXX You may also use input_item_New, as they need less arguments. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_NewExt( const char *psz_uri, + const char *psz_name, + mtime_t i_duration, int i_type, + enum input_item_net_type i_net ) VLC_USED; + +#define input_item_New( psz_uri, psz_name ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, -1, ITEM_TYPE_UNKNOWN, ITEM_NET_UNKNOWN ) + +#define input_item_NewCard( psz_uri, psz_name ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, -1, ITEM_TYPE_CARD, ITEM_LOCAL ) + +#define input_item_NewDisc( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration, ITEM_TYPE_DISC, ITEM_LOCAL ) + +#define input_item_NewStream( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration, ITEM_TYPE_STREAM, ITEM_NET ) + +#define input_item_NewDirectory( psz_uri, psz_name, i_net ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, -1, ITEM_TYPE_DIRECTORY, i_net ) + +#define input_item_NewFile( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration, i_net ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration, ITEM_TYPE_FILE, i_net ) + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t as a copy of another. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_Copy(input_item_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** Holds an input item, i.e. creates a new reference. */ +VLC_API input_item_t *input_item_Hold(input_item_t *); + +/** Releases an input item, i.e. decrements its reference counter. */ +VLC_API void input_item_Release(input_item_t *); + +typedef enum input_item_meta_request_option_t +{ + META_REQUEST_OPTION_NONE = 0x00, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_LOCAL = 0x01, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_NETWORK = 0x02, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_ANY = 0x03, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_DO_INTERACT = 0x04 +} input_item_meta_request_option_t; + +/* status of the vlc_InputItemPreparseEnded event */ +enum input_item_preparse_status +{ + ITEM_PREPARSE_SKIPPED, + ITEM_PREPARSE_FAILED, + ITEM_PREPARSE_TIMEOUT, + ITEM_PREPARSE_DONE +}; + +VLC_API int libvlc_MetadataRequest( libvlc_int_t *, input_item_t *, + input_item_meta_request_option_t, + int, void * ); +VLC_API int libvlc_ArtRequest(libvlc_int_t *, input_item_t *, + input_item_meta_request_option_t ); +VLC_API void libvlc_MetadataCancel( libvlc_int_t *, void * ); + +/****************** + * Input stats + ******************/ +struct input_stats_t +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + + /* Input */ + int64_t i_read_packets; + int64_t i_read_bytes; + float f_input_bitrate; + float f_average_input_bitrate; + + /* Demux */ + int64_t i_demux_read_packets; + int64_t i_demux_read_bytes; + float f_demux_bitrate; + float f_average_demux_bitrate; + int64_t i_demux_corrupted; + int64_t i_demux_discontinuity; + + /* Decoders */ + int64_t i_decoded_audio; + int64_t i_decoded_video; + + /* Vout */ + int64_t i_displayed_pictures; + int64_t i_lost_pictures; + + /* Sout */ + int64_t i_sent_packets; + int64_t i_sent_bytes; + float f_send_bitrate; + + /* Aout */ + int64_t i_played_abuffers; + int64_t i_lost_abuffers; +}; + +/** + * Access pf_readdir helper struct + * \see vlc_readdir_helper_init() + * \see vlc_readdir_helper_additem() + * \see vlc_readdir_helper_finish() + */ +struct vlc_readdir_helper +{ + input_item_node_t *p_node; + void **pp_slaves; + size_t i_slaves; + void **pp_dirs; + size_t i_dirs; + int i_sub_autodetect_fuzzy; + bool b_show_hiddenfiles; + bool b_flatten; + char *psz_ignored_exts; +}; + +/** + * Init a vlc_readdir_helper struct + * + * \param p_rdh need to be cleaned with vlc_readdir_helper_finish() + * \param p_node node that will be used to add items + */ +VLC_API void vlc_readdir_helper_init(struct vlc_readdir_helper *p_rdh, + vlc_object_t *p_obj, input_item_node_t *p_node); +#define vlc_readdir_helper_init(p_rdh, p_obj, p_node) \ + vlc_readdir_helper_init(p_rdh, VLC_OBJECT(p_obj), p_node) + +/** + * Finish adding items to the node + * + * \param b_success if true, items of the node will be sorted. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_readdir_helper_finish(struct vlc_readdir_helper *p_rdh, bool b_success); + +/** + * Add a new input_item_t entry to the node of the vlc_readdir_helper struct. + * + * \param p_rdh previously inited vlc_readdir_helper struct + * \param psz_uri uri of the new item + * \param psz_flatpath flattened path of the new item. If not NULL, this + * function will create an input item for each sub folders (separated + * by '/') of psz_flatpath (so, this will un-flatten the folder + * hierarchy). Either psz_flatpath or psz_filename must be valid. + * \param psz_filename file name of the new item. If NULL, the file part of path + * will be used as a filename. Either psz_flatpath or psz_filename must + * be valid. + * \param i_type see \ref input_item_type_e + * \param i_net see \ref input_item_net_type + */ +VLC_API int vlc_readdir_helper_additem(struct vlc_readdir_helper *p_rdh, + const char *psz_uri, const char *psz_flatpath, + const char *psz_filename, + int i_type, int i_net); + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_interface.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_interface.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bd325b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_interface.h @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_interface.h: interface access for other threads + * This library provides basic functions for threads to interact with user + * interface, such as message output. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: e271314c3120c270a0bef5189cfee21dd9e7b26b $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_INTF_H_ +#define VLC_INTF_H_ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct intf_dialog_args_t intf_dialog_args_t; + +/** + * \defgroup interface Interface + * VLC user interfaces + * @{ + * \file + * VLC user interface modules + */ + +typedef struct intf_sys_t intf_sys_t; + +/** Describe all interface-specific data of the interface thread */ +typedef struct intf_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct intf_thread_t *p_next; /** LibVLC interfaces book keeping */ + + /* Specific interfaces */ + intf_sys_t * p_sys; /** system interface */ + + /** Interface module */ + module_t * p_module; + + /** Specific for dialogs providers */ + void ( *pf_show_dialog ) ( struct intf_thread_t *, int, int, + intf_dialog_args_t * ); + + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +} intf_thread_t; + +/** \brief Arguments passed to a dialogs provider + * This describes the arguments passed to the dialogs provider. They are + * mainly used with INTF_DIALOG_FILE_GENERIC. + */ +struct intf_dialog_args_t +{ + intf_thread_t *p_intf; + char *psz_title; + + char **psz_results; + int i_results; + + void (*pf_callback) ( intf_dialog_args_t * ); + void *p_arg; + + /* Specifically for INTF_DIALOG_FILE_GENERIC */ + char *psz_extensions; + bool b_save; + bool b_multiple; + + /* Specific to INTF_DIALOG_INTERACTION */ + struct interaction_dialog_t *p_dialog; +}; + +VLC_API int intf_Create( playlist_t *, const char * ); + +VLC_API void libvlc_Quit( libvlc_int_t * ); + +static inline playlist_t *pl_Get( struct intf_thread_t *intf ) +{ + return (playlist_t *)(intf->obj.parent); +} + +/** + * Retrieves the current input thread from the playlist. + * @note The returned object must be released with vlc_object_release(). + */ +#define pl_CurrentInput(intf) (playlist_CurrentInput(pl_Get(intf))) + +/** + * @ingroup messages + * @{ + */ + +VLC_API void vlc_LogSet(libvlc_int_t *, vlc_log_cb cb, void *data); + +/*@}*/ + +/* Interface dialog ids for dialog providers */ +typedef enum vlc_intf_dialog { + INTF_DIALOG_FILE_SIMPLE = 1, + INTF_DIALOG_FILE, + INTF_DIALOG_DISC, + INTF_DIALOG_NET, + INTF_DIALOG_CAPTURE, + INTF_DIALOG_SAT, + INTF_DIALOG_DIRECTORY, + + INTF_DIALOG_STREAMWIZARD, + INTF_DIALOG_WIZARD, + + INTF_DIALOG_PLAYLIST, + INTF_DIALOG_MESSAGES, + INTF_DIALOG_FILEINFO, + INTF_DIALOG_PREFS, + INTF_DIALOG_BOOKMARKS, + INTF_DIALOG_EXTENDED, + INTF_DIALOG_RENDERER, + + INTF_DIALOG_POPUPMENU = 20, + INTF_DIALOG_AUDIOPOPUPMENU, + INTF_DIALOG_VIDEOPOPUPMENU, + INTF_DIALOG_MISCPOPUPMENU, + + INTF_DIALOG_FILE_GENERIC = 30, + INTF_DIALOG_INTERACTION = 50, + INTF_DIALOG_SENDKEY = 51, + + INTF_DIALOG_UPDATEVLC = 90, + INTF_DIALOG_VLM, + + INTF_DIALOG_EXIT = 99 +} vlc_intf_dialog; + +/* Useful text messages shared by interfaces */ +#define INTF_ABOUT_MSG LICENSE_MSG + +#define EXTENSIONS_AUDIO_CSV "3ga", "669", "a52", "aac", "ac3", "adt", "adts", "aif", "aifc", "aiff", \ + "amb", "amr", "aob", "ape", "au", "awb", "caf", "dts", "flac", "it", "kar", \ + "m4a", "m4b", "m4p", "m5p", "mka", "mlp", "mod", "mpa", "mp1", "mp2", "mp3", "mpc", "mpga", "mus", \ + "oga", "ogg", "oma", "opus", "qcp", "ra", "rmi", "s3m", "sid", "spx", "tak", "thd", "tta", \ + "voc", "vqf", "w64", "wav", "wma", "wv", "xa", "xm" + +#define EXTENSIONS_VIDEO_CSV "3g2", "3gp", "3gp2", "3gpp", "amv", "asf", "avi", "bik", "crf", "divx", "drc", "dv", "dvr-ms" \ + "evo", "f4v", "flv", "gvi", "gxf", "iso", \ + "m1v", "m2v", "m2t", "m2ts", "m4v", "mkv", "mov",\ + "mp2", "mp2v", "mp4", "mp4v", "mpe", "mpeg", "mpeg1", \ + "mpeg2", "mpeg4", "mpg", "mpv2", "mts", "mtv", "mxf", "mxg", "nsv", "nuv", \ + "ogg", "ogm", "ogv", "ogx", "ps", \ + "rec", "rm", "rmvb", "rpl", "thp", "tod", "ts", "tts", "txd", "vob", "vro", \ + "webm", "wm", "wmv", "wtv", "xesc" + +#define EXTENSIONS_AUDIO \ + "*.3ga;" \ + "*.669;" \ + "*.a52;" \ + "*.aac;" \ + "*.ac3;" \ + "*.adt;" \ + "*.adts;" \ + "*.aif;"\ + "*.aifc;"\ + "*.aiff;"\ + "*.amb;" \ + "*.amr;" \ + "*.aob;" \ + "*.ape;" \ + "*.au;" \ + "*.awb;" \ + "*.caf;" \ + "*.dts;" \ + "*.flac;"\ + "*.it;" \ + "*.kar;" \ + "*.m4a;" \ + "*.m4b;" \ + "*.m4p;" \ + "*.m5p;" \ + "*.mid;" \ + "*.mka;" \ + "*.mlp;" \ + "*.mod;" \ + "*.mpa;" \ + "*.mp1;" \ + "*.mp2;" \ + "*.mp3;" \ + "*.mpc;" \ + "*.mpga;" \ + "*.mus;" \ + "*.oga;" \ + "*.ogg;" \ + "*.oma;" \ + "*.opus;" \ + "*.qcp;" \ + "*.ra;" \ + "*.rmi;" \ + "*.s3m;" \ + "*.sid;" \ + "*.spx;" \ + "*.tak;" \ + "*.thd;" \ + "*.tta;" \ + "*.voc;" \ + "*.vqf;" \ + "*.w64;" \ + "*.wav;" \ + "*.wma;" \ + "*.wv;" \ + "*.xa;" \ + "*.xm" + +#define EXTENSIONS_VIDEO "*.3g2;*.3gp;*.3gp2;*.3gpp;*.amv;*.asf;*.avi;*.bik;*.bin;*.crf;*.divx;*.drc;*.dv;*.dvr-ms;*.evo;*.f4v;*.flv;*.gvi;*.gxf;*.iso;*.m1v;*.m2v;" \ + "*.m2t;*.m2ts;*.m4v;*.mkv;*.mov;*.mp2;*.mp2v;*.mp4;*.mp4v;*.mpe;*.mpeg;*.mpeg1;" \ + "*.mpeg2;*.mpeg4;*.mpg;*.mpv2;*.mts;*.mtv;*.mxf;*.mxg;*.nsv;*.nuv;" \ + "*.ogg;*.ogm;*.ogv;*.ogx;*.ps;" \ + "*.rec;*.rm;*.rmvb;*.rpl;*.thp;*.tod;*.tp;*.ts;*.tts;*.txd;*.vob;*.vro;*.webm;*.wm;*.wmv;*.wtv;*.xesc" + +#define EXTENSIONS_PLAYLIST "*.asx;*.b4s;*.cue;*.ifo;*.m3u;*.m3u8;*.pls;*.ram;*.rar;*.sdp;*.vlc;*.xspf;*.wax;*.wvx;*.zip;*.conf" + +#define EXTENSIONS_MEDIA EXTENSIONS_VIDEO ";" EXTENSIONS_AUDIO ";" \ + EXTENSIONS_PLAYLIST + +#define EXTENSIONS_SUBTITLE "*.cdg;*.idx;*.srt;" \ + "*.sub;*.utf;*.ass;" \ + "*.ssa;*.aqt;" \ + "*.jss;*.psb;" \ + "*.rt;*.sami;*.smi;*.txt;" \ + "*.smil;*.stl;*.usf;" \ + "*.dks;*.pjs;*.mpl2;*.mks;" \ + "*.vtt;*.tt;*.ttml;*.dfxp;" \ + "*.scc" + +/** \defgroup interaction Interaction + * \ingroup interface + * Interaction between user and modules + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure describes a piece of interaction with the user + */ +typedef struct interaction_dialog_t +{ + int i_type; ///< Type identifier + char *psz_title; ///< Title + char *psz_description; ///< Descriptor string + char *psz_default_button; ///< default button title (~OK) + char *psz_alternate_button;///< alternate button title (~NO) + /// other button title (optional,~Cancel) + char *psz_other_button; + + char *psz_returned[1]; ///< returned responses from the user + + vlc_value_t val; ///< value coming from core for dialogue + int i_timeToGo; ///< time (in sec) until shown progress is finished + bool b_cancelled; ///< was the dialogue cancelled ? + + void * p_private; ///< Private interface data + + int i_status; ///< Dialog status; + int i_action; ///< Action to perform; + int i_flags; ///< Misc flags + int i_return; ///< Return status + + vlc_object_t *p_parent; ///< The vlc object that asked + //for interaction + intf_thread_t *p_interface; + vlc_mutex_t *p_lock; +} interaction_dialog_t; + +/** + * Possible flags . Dialog types + */ +#define DIALOG_GOT_ANSWER 0x01 +#define DIALOG_YES_NO_CANCEL 0x02 +#define DIALOG_LOGIN_PW_OK_CANCEL 0x04 +#define DIALOG_PSZ_INPUT_OK_CANCEL 0x08 +#define DIALOG_BLOCKING_ERROR 0x10 +#define DIALOG_NONBLOCKING_ERROR 0x20 +#define DIALOG_USER_PROGRESS 0x80 +#define DIALOG_INTF_PROGRESS 0x100 + +/** Possible return codes */ +enum +{ + DIALOG_OK_YES, + DIALOG_NO, + DIALOG_CANCELLED +}; + +/** Possible status */ +enum +{ + ANSWERED_DIALOG, ///< Got "answer" + DESTROYED_DIALOG, ///< Interface has destroyed it +}; + +/** Possible actions */ +enum +{ + INTERACT_NEW, + INTERACT_UPDATE, + INTERACT_HIDE, + INTERACT_DESTROY +}; + +#define intf_UserStringInput( a, b, c, d ) (VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d, VLC_EGENERIC) +#define interaction_Register( t ) (t, VLC_EGENERIC) +#define interaction_Unregister( t ) (t, VLC_EGENERIC) + + +/** @} */ +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_interrupt.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_interrupt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98bbe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_interrupt.h @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_interrupt.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2015 Remlab T:mi + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @file + * This file declares interruptible sleep functions. + */ + +#ifndef VLC_INTERRUPT_H +# define VLC_INTERRUPT_H 1 +# include +# ifndef _WIN32 +# include /* socklen_t */ +# else +# include +# endif + +struct pollfd; +struct iovec; +struct sockaddr; +struct msghdr; + +/** + * @defgroup interrupt Interruptible sleep + * @{ + * @defgroup interrupt_sleep Interruptible sleep functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Interruptible variant of vlc_sem_wait(). + * + * Waits on a semaphore like vlc_sem_wait(). If the calling thread has an + * interruption context (as set by vlc_interrupt_set()), and another thread + * invokes vlc_interrupt_raise() on that context, the semaphore is incremented. + * + * @warning The calling thread should be the only thread ever to wait on the + * specified semaphore. Otherwise, interruptions may not be delivered + * accurately (the wrong thread may be woken up). + * + * @note This function is (always) a cancellation point. + * + * @return EINTR if the semaphore was incremented due to an interruption, + * otherwise zero. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_sem_wait_i11e(vlc_sem_t *); + +/** + * Interruptible variant of mwait(). + * + * Waits for a specified timestamp or, if the calling thread has an + * interruption context, an interruption. + * + * @return EINTR if an interruption occurred, otherwise 0 once the timestamp is + * reached. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_mwait_i11e(mtime_t); + +/** + * Interruptible variant of msleep(). + * + * Waits for a specified timeout duration or, if the calling thread has an + * interruption context, an interruption. + * + * @param delay timeout value (in microseconds) + * + * @return EINTR if an interruption occurred, otherwise 0 once the timeout + * expired. + */ +static inline int vlc_msleep_i11e(mtime_t delay) +{ + return vlc_mwait_i11e(mdate() + delay); +} + +/** + * Interruptible variant of poll(). + * + * Waits for file descriptors I/O events, a timeout, a signal or a VLC I/O + * interruption. Except for VLC I/O interruptions, this function behaves + * just like the standard poll(). + * + * @note This function is always a cancellation point (as poll()). + * @see poll() manual page + * + * @param fds table of events to wait for + * @param nfds number of entries in the table + * @param timeout time to wait in milliseconds or -1 for infinite + * + * @return A strictly positive result represent the number of pending events. + * 0 is returned if the time-out is reached without events. + * -1 is returned if a VLC I/O interrupt occurs (and errno is set to EINTR) + * or if an error occurs. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_poll_i11e(struct pollfd *, unsigned, int); + +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_readv_i11e(int fd, struct iovec *, int); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_writev_i11e(int fd, const struct iovec *, int); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_read_i11e(int fd, void *, size_t); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_write_i11e(int fd, const void *, size_t); + +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_recvmsg_i11e(int fd, struct msghdr *, int flags); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_sendmsg_i11e(int fd, const struct msghdr *, int flags); + +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_recvfrom_i11e(int fd, void *, size_t, int flags, + struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_sendto_i11e(int fd, const void *, size_t, int flags, + const struct sockaddr *, socklen_t); + +static inline ssize_t vlc_recv_i11e(int fd, void *buf, size_t len, int flags) +{ + return vlc_recvfrom_i11e(fd, buf, len, flags, NULL, NULL); +} + +static inline +ssize_t vlc_send_i11e(int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags) +{ + return vlc_sendto_i11e(fd, buf, len, flags, NULL, 0); +} + +VLC_API int vlc_accept_i11e(int fd, struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *, bool); + +/** + * Registers a custom interrupt handler. + * + * Registers a custom callback as interrupt handler for the calling thread. + * The callback must be unregistered with vlc_interrupt_unregister() before + * thread termination and before any further callback registration. + * + * If the calling thread has no interruption context, this function has no + * effects. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_register(void (*cb)(void *), void *opaque); + +VLC_API int vlc_interrupt_unregister(void); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup interrupt_context Interrupt context signaling and manipulation + * @{ + */ +typedef struct vlc_interrupt vlc_interrupt_t; + +/** + * Creates an interruption context. + */ +VLC_API vlc_interrupt_t *vlc_interrupt_create(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Destroys an interrupt context. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_destroy(vlc_interrupt_t *); + +/** + * Sets the interruption context for the calling thread. + * @param newctx the interruption context to attach or NULL for none + * @return the previous interruption context or NULL if none + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * @warning A context can be attached to no more than one thread at a time. + */ +VLC_API vlc_interrupt_t *vlc_interrupt_set(vlc_interrupt_t *); + +/** + * Raises an interruption through a specified context. + * + * This is used to asynchronously wake a thread up while it is waiting on some + * other events (typically I/O events). + * + * @note This function is thread-safe. + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_raise(vlc_interrupt_t *); + +/** + * Marks the interruption context as "killed". + * + * This is not reversible. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_kill(vlc_interrupt_t *); + +/** + * Checks if the interruption context was "killed". + * + * Indicates whether the interruption context of the calling thread (if any) + * was killed with vlc_interrupt_kill(). + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_killed(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Enables forwarding of interruption. + * + * If an interruption is raised through the context of the calling thread, + * it will be forwarded to the specified other context. This is used to cross + * thread boundaries. + * + * If the calling thread has no interrupt context, this function does nothing. + * + * @param to context to forward to + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_forward_start(vlc_interrupt_t *to, + void *data[2]); + +/** + * Undoes vlc_interrupt_forward_start(). + * + * This function must be called after each successful call to + * vlc_interrupt_forward_start() before any other interruptible call is made + * in the same thread. + * + * If an interruption was raised against the context of the calling thread + * (after the previous call to vlc_interrupt_forward_start()), it is dequeued. + * + * If the calling thread has no interrupt context, this function does nothing + * and returns zero. + * + * @return 0 if no interrupt was raised, EINTR if an interrupt was raised + */ +VLC_API int vlc_interrupt_forward_stop(void *const data[2]); + +/** @} @} */ +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_keystore.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_keystore.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5588711 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_keystore.h @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_keystore.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2015-2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_KEYSTORE_H +# define VLC_KEYSTORE_H + +#include + +typedef struct vlc_keystore vlc_keystore; +typedef struct vlc_keystore_entry vlc_keystore_entry; +typedef struct vlc_credential vlc_credential; + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +int +libvlc_InternalKeystoreInit(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +void +libvlc_InternalKeystoreClean(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/** + * @defgroup keystore Keystore and credential API + * @{ + * @file + * This file declares vlc keystore API + * @defgroup keystore_public Keystore public API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * List of keys that can be stored via the keystore API + */ +enum vlc_keystore_key { + KEY_PROTOCOL, + KEY_USER, + KEY_SERVER, + KEY_PATH, + KEY_PORT, + KEY_REALM, + KEY_AUTHTYPE, + KEY_MAX, +}; +#define VLC_KEYSTORE_VALUES_INIT(ppsz_values) memset(ppsz_values, 0, sizeof(const char *) * KEY_MAX) + +/** + * Keystore entry returned by vlc_keystore_find() + */ +struct vlc_keystore_entry +{ + /** Set of key/values. Values can be NULL */ + char * ppsz_values[KEY_MAX]; + /** Secret password */ + uint8_t * p_secret; + /** Length of the secret */ + size_t i_secret_len; +}; + +/** + * Create a keystore object + * + * A keystore object is persistent across runtime. It is saved on local + * filesystem via a vlc keystore module (KWallet, SecretService, Apple Keychain + * Service ...). + * + * @note to be released with vlc_keystore_release() + * + * @param p_parent the parent object used to create the keystore object + * + * @return a pointer to the keystore object, or NULL in case of error + */ +VLC_API vlc_keystore * +vlc_keystore_create(vlc_object_t *p_parent); +#define vlc_keystore_create(x) vlc_keystore_create(VLC_OBJECT(x)) + +/** + * Release a keystore object + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_keystore_release(vlc_keystore *p_keystore); + + +/** + * Store a secret associated with a set of key/values + * + * @param ppsz_values set of key/values, see vlc_keystore_key. + * ppsz_values[KEY_PROTOCOL] and ppsz_values[KEY_SERVER] must be valid + * strings + * @param p_secret binary secret or string password + * @param i_secret_len length of p_secret. If it's less than 0, then p_secret + * is assumed to be a '\0' terminated string + * @param psz_label user friendly label + * + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or VLC_EGENERIC on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_keystore_store(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX], + const uint8_t* p_secret, ssize_t i_secret_len, + const char *psz_label); + +/** + * Find all entries that match a set of key/values + * + * @param ppsz_values set of key/values, see vlc_keystore_key, any values can + * be NULL + * @param pp_entries list of found entries. To be released with + * vlc_keystore_release_entries() + * + * @return the number of entries + */ +VLC_API unsigned int +vlc_keystore_find(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX], + vlc_keystore_entry **pp_entries) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Remove all entries that match a set of key/values + * + * @note only entries added by VLC can be removed + * + * @param ppsz_values set of key/values, see vlc_keystore_key, any values can + * be NULL + * + * @return the number of entries + */ +VLC_API unsigned int +vlc_keystore_remove(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX]); + +/** + * Release the list of entries returned by vlc_keystore_find() + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_keystore_release_entries(vlc_keystore_entry *p_entries, unsigned int i_count); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup credential Credential API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @note init with vlc_credential_init() + */ +struct vlc_credential +{ + /** url to store or to search */ + const vlc_url_t *p_url; + /** http realm or smb domain to search, can be overridden after a call to + * vlc_credential_get() */ + const char *psz_realm; + /** http authtype to search, can be overridden after a call to + * vlc_credential_get() */ + const char *psz_authtype; + /** valid only if vlc_credential_get() returned true */ + const char *psz_username; + /** valid only if vlc_credential_get() returned true */ + const char *psz_password; + + /* internal */ + enum { + GET_FROM_URL, + GET_FROM_OPTION, + GET_FROM_MEMORY_KEYSTORE, + GET_FROM_KEYSTORE, + GET_FROM_DIALOG, + } i_get_order; + + vlc_keystore *p_keystore; + vlc_keystore_entry *p_entries; + unsigned int i_entries_count; + + char *psz_split_domain; + char *psz_var_username; + char *psz_var_password; + + char *psz_dialog_username; + char *psz_dialog_password; + bool b_from_keystore; + bool b_store; +}; + +/** + * Init a credential struct + * + * @note to be cleaned with vlc_credential_clean() + * + * @param psz_url url to store or to search + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_credential_init(vlc_credential *p_credential, const vlc_url_t *p_url); + +/** + * Clean a credential struct + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_credential_clean(vlc_credential *p_credential); + +/** + * Get a username/password couple + * + * This will search for a credential using url, VLC options, the vlc_keystore + * or by asking the user via dialog_Login(). This function can be called + * indefinitely, it will first return the user/password from the url (if any), + * then from VLC options (if any), then from the keystore (if any), and finally + * from the dialog (if any). This function will return true as long as the user + * fill the dialog texts and will return false when the user cancel it. + * + * @param p_parent the parent object (for var, keystore and dialog) + * @param psz_option_username VLC option name for the username + * @param psz_option_password VLC option name for the password + * @param psz_dialog_title dialog title, if NULL, this function won't use the + * keystore or the dialog + * @param psz_dialog_fmt dialog text using format + * + * @return true if vlc_credential.psz_username and vlc_credential.psz_password + * are valid, otherwise this function should not be called again. + */ + +VLC_API bool +vlc_credential_get(vlc_credential *p_credential, vlc_object_t *p_parent, + const char *psz_option_username, + const char *psz_option_password, + const char *psz_dialog_title, + const char *psz_dialog_fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT(6, 7); +#define vlc_credential_get(a, b, c, d, e, f, ...) \ + vlc_credential_get(a, VLC_OBJECT(b), c, d, e, f, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Store the last dialog credential returned by vlc_credential_get() + * + * This function will store the credential in the memory keystore if it's + * valid, or will store in the permanent one if it comes from the dialog and if + * the user asked for it. + * + * @return true if the credential was stored or comes from the keystore, false + * otherwise + */ +VLC_API bool +vlc_credential_store(vlc_credential *p_credential, vlc_object_t *p_parent); +#define vlc_credential_store(a, b) \ + vlc_credential_store(a, VLC_OBJECT(b)) + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup keystore_implementation Implemented by keystore modules + * @{ + */ + +#define VLC_KEYSTORE_NAME "libVLC" + +static inline int +vlc_keystore_entry_set_secret(vlc_keystore_entry *p_entry, + const uint8_t *p_secret, size_t i_secret_len) +{ + p_entry->p_secret = (uint8_t*) malloc(i_secret_len); + if (!p_entry->p_secret) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + memcpy(p_entry->p_secret, p_secret, i_secret_len); + p_entry->i_secret_len = i_secret_len; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline void +vlc_keystore_release_entry(vlc_keystore_entry *p_entry) +{ + for (unsigned int j = 0; j < KEY_MAX; ++j) + { + free(p_entry->ppsz_values[j]); + p_entry->ppsz_values[j] = NULL; + } + free(p_entry->p_secret); + p_entry->p_secret = NULL; +} + +typedef struct vlc_keystore_sys vlc_keystore_sys; +struct vlc_keystore +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t *p_module; + vlc_keystore_sys *p_sys; + + /** See vlc_keystore_store() */ + int (*pf_store)(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX], + const uint8_t *p_secret, + size_t i_secret_len, const char *psz_label); + /** See vlc_keystore_find() */ + unsigned int (*pf_find)(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX], + vlc_keystore_entry **pp_entries); + + /** See vlc_keystore_remove() */ + unsigned int (*pf_remove)(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX]); +}; + +/** @} @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_main.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_main.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77866f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_main.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_main.h: access to all program variables + * Declaration and extern access to LibVLC instance object. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_int_t internal libvlc instance + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_internal_instance_t + ***************************************************************************** + * This structure is a LibVLC instance, for use by libvlc core and plugins + *****************************************************************************/ +struct libvlc_int_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS +}; + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_md5.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e72ff2f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_md5.h: MD5 hash + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2004-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Rafaël Carré + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MD5_H +# define VLC_MD5_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures to compute MD5 digests + */ + +struct md5_s +{ + uint32_t A, B, C, D; /* chaining variables */ + uint32_t nblocks; + uint8_t buf[64]; + int count; +}; + +VLC_API void InitMD5( struct md5_s * ); +VLC_API void AddMD5( struct md5_s *, const void *, size_t ); +VLC_API void EndMD5( struct md5_s * ); + +/** + * Returns a char representation of the md5 hash, as shown by UNIX md5 or + * md5sum tools. + */ +static inline char * psz_md5_hash( struct md5_s *md5_s ) +{ + char *psz = (char*)malloc( 33 ); /* md5 string is 32 bytes + NULL character */ + if( likely(psz) ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < 16; i++ ) + sprintf( &psz[2*i], "%02" PRIx8, md5_s->buf[i] ); + } + return psz; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_media_library.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_media_library.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7e1f70 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_media_library.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_media_library.h: SQL-based media library + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2008-2010 the VideoLAN Team and AUTHORS + * $Id: a35d9729ca3705ec792b7be9e1819919f6e601f6 $ + * + * Authors: Antoine Lejeune + * Jean-Philippe André + * Rémi Duraffort + * Adrien Maglo + * Srikanth Raju + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H +# define VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * ML Enums + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define ML_PERSON_ARTIST "Artist" +#define ML_PERSON_ALBUM_ARTIST "Album Artist" +#define ML_PERSON_ENCODER "Encoder" +#define ML_PERSON_PUBLISHER "Publisher" + + +/** List of Query select types. + * In a query array or variable argument list, each select type is followed + * by an argument (X) of variable type (char* or int, @see ml_element_t). + * These types can be used either in the query list or in the result array. + * Some types are reserved for the result array: + */ +typedef enum +{ + ML_ALBUM = 1, /**< Album Title */ + ML_ALBUM_ID, /**< Album ID */ + ML_ALBUM_COVER, /**< Album Cover art url */ + /* FIXME: Remove ML_ARTIST */ + ML_ARTIST, /**< Artist, interpreted as ML_PEOPLE + && ML_PEOPLE_ROLE = ML_PERSON_ARTIST */ + ML_ARTIST_ID, /**< Artist ID, interpreted as ML_PEOPLE_ID + && ML_PEOPLE_ROLE = ML_PERSON_ARTIST */ + ML_COMMENT, /**< Comment about media */ + ML_COUNT_MEDIA, /**< Number of medias */ + ML_COUNT_ALBUM, /**< Number of albums */ + ML_COUNT_PEOPLE, /**< Number of people */ + ML_COVER, /**< Cover art url */ + ML_DURATION, /**< Duration in ms */ + ML_DISC_NUMBER, /**< Disc number of the track */ + ML_EXTRA, /**< Extra/comment (string) on the media */ + ML_FIRST_PLAYED, /**< First time media was played */ + ML_FILESIZE, /**< Size of the media file */ + ML_GENRE, /**< Genre of the media (if any) */ + ML_ID, /**< Media ID */ + ML_IMPORT_TIME, /**< Date when media was imported */ + ML_LANGUAGE, /**< Language */ + ML_LAST_PLAYED, /**< Last play UNIX timestamp */ + ML_LAST_SKIPPED, /**< Time when media was last skipped */ + ML_ORIGINAL_TITLE, /**< Media original title (if any) */ + ML_PEOPLE, /**< Any People associated with this media */ + ML_PEOPLE_ID, /**< Id of a person */ + ML_PEOPLE_ROLE, /**< Person role */ + ML_PLAYED_COUNT, /**< Media play count */ + ML_PREVIEW, /**< Url of the video preview */ + ML_SKIPPED_COUNT, /**< Number of times skipped */ + ML_SCORE, /**< Computed media score */ + ML_TITLE, /**< Media title */ + ML_TRACK_NUMBER, /**< Media track number (if any) */ + ML_TYPE, /**< Media type. @see ml_type_e */ + ML_URI, /**< Media full URI. */ + ML_VOTE, /**< Media user vote value */ + ML_YEAR, /**< Media publishing year */ + ML_DIRECTORY, /**< Monitored directory */ + ML_MEDIA, /**< Full media descriptor. @see ml_media_t */ + ML_MEDIA_SPARSE, /**< Sparse media. @see ml_media_t */ + ML_MEDIA_EXTRA, /**< Sparse + Extra = Full media */ + + /* Some special elements */ + ML_LIMIT = -1, /**< Limit a query to X results */ + ML_SORT_DESC = -2, /**< Sort a query descending on argument X */ + ML_SORT_ASC = -3, /**< Sort a query ascending on argument X */ + ML_DISTINCT = -4, /**< Add DISTINCT to SELECT statements. */ + ML_END = -42 /**< End of argument list */ +} ml_select_e; + +/** Media types (audio, video, etc...) */ +typedef enum +{ + ML_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown media type */ + ML_AUDIO = 1 << 0, /**< Audio only media */ + ML_VIDEO = 1 << 1, /**< Video media. May contain audio channels */ + ML_STREAM = 1 << 2, /**< Streamed media = not a local file */ + ML_NODE = 1 << 3, /**< Nodes like simple nodes, directories, playlists, etc */ + ML_REMOVABLE = 1 << 4, /**< Removable media: CD/DVD/Card/... */ +} ml_type_e; + +/** Query result item/list type: integers, strings, medias, timestamps */ +typedef enum { + ML_TYPE_INT, /**< Object is an int */ + ML_TYPE_PSZ, /**< A string char* */ + ML_TYPE_TIME, /**< A timestamp mtime_t */ + ML_TYPE_MEDIA, /**< A pointer to a media ml_media_t* */ +} ml_result_type_e; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* C++ */ + +#endif /* VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_memstream.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_memstream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ed78a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_memstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_memstream.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2016 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MEMSTREAM_H +# define VLC_MEMSTREAM_H 1 + +# include +# include + +struct vlc_memstream +{ + union + { + FILE *stream; + int error; + }; + char *ptr; + size_t length; +}; + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_open(struct vlc_memstream *ms); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_flush(struct vlc_memstream *ms) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_close(struct vlc_memstream *ms) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API +size_t vlc_memstream_write(struct vlc_memstream *ms, + const void *ptr, size_t len); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_putc(struct vlc_memstream *ms, int c); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_puts(struct vlc_memstream *ms, const char *str); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_vprintf(struct vlc_memstream *ms, const char *fmt, + va_list args); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_printf(struct vlc_memstream *s, const char *fmt, + ...) VLC_FORMAT(2,3); + +# ifdef __GNUC__ +static inline int vlc_memstream_puts_len(struct vlc_memstream *ms, + const char *str, size_t len) +{ + return (vlc_memstream_write(ms, str, len) == len) ? (int)len : EOF; +} +# define vlc_memstream_puts(ms,s) \ + (__builtin_constant_p(__builtin_strlen(s)) ? \ + vlc_memstream_puts_len(ms,s,__builtin_strlen(s)) : \ + vlc_memstream_puts(ms,s)) +# endif +#endif /* VLC_MEMSTREAM_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_messages.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_messages.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcf1bca --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_messages.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_messages.h: messages interface + * This library provides basic functions for threads to interact with user + * interface, such as message output. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 63f9476cd5e6d6d4e274b4d4a7b947ec59d2843e $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MESSAGES_H_ +#define VLC_MESSAGES_H_ + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup messages Logging + * \brief Message logs + * + * Functions for modules to emit log messages. + * + * @{ + * \file + * Logging functions + */ + +/** Message types */ +enum vlc_log_type +{ + VLC_MSG_INFO=0, /**< Important information */ + VLC_MSG_ERR, /**< Error */ + VLC_MSG_WARN, /**< Warning */ + VLC_MSG_DBG, /**< Debug */ +}; + +/** + * Log message + */ +typedef struct vlc_log_t +{ + uintptr_t i_object_id; /**< Emitter (temporarily) unique object ID or 0 */ + const char *psz_object_type; /**< Emitter object type name */ + const char *psz_module; /**< Emitter module (source code) */ + const char *psz_header; /**< Additional header (used by VLM media) */ + const char *file; /**< Source code file name or NULL */ + int line; /**< Source code file line number or -1 */ + const char *func; /**< Source code calling function name or NULL */ + unsigned long tid; /**< Emitter thread ID */ +} vlc_log_t; + +VLC_API void vlc_Log(vlc_object_t *obj, int prio, const char *module, + const char *file, unsigned line, const char *func, + const char *format, ...) VLC_FORMAT(7, 8); +VLC_API void vlc_vaLog(vlc_object_t *obj, int prio, const char *module, + const char *file, unsigned line, const char *func, + const char *format, va_list ap); +#define msg_GenericVa(o, p, fmt, ap) \ + vlc_vaLog(VLC_OBJECT(o), p, vlc_module_name, __FILE__, __LINE__, \ + __func__, fmt, ap) + +#define msg_Generic(o, p, ...) \ + vlc_Log(VLC_OBJECT(o), p, vlc_module_name, __FILE__, __LINE__, \ + __func__, __VA_ARGS__) +#define msg_Info(p_this, ...) \ + msg_Generic(p_this, VLC_MSG_INFO, __VA_ARGS__) +#define msg_Err(p_this, ...) \ + msg_Generic(p_this, VLC_MSG_ERR, __VA_ARGS__) +#define msg_Warn(p_this, ...) \ + msg_Generic(p_this, VLC_MSG_WARN, __VA_ARGS__) +#define msg_Dbg(p_this, ...) \ + msg_Generic(p_this, VLC_MSG_DBG, __VA_ARGS__) + +extern const char vlc_module_name[]; + +VLC_API const char *vlc_strerror(int); +VLC_API const char *vlc_strerror_c(int); + +/** + * Message logging callback signature. + * \param data data pointer as provided to vlc_msg_SetCallback(). + * \param type message type (VLC_MSG_* values from enum vlc_log_type) + * \param item meta information + * \param fmt format string + * \param args format string arguments + */ +typedef void (*vlc_log_cb) (void *data, int type, const vlc_log_t *item, + const char *fmt, va_list args); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_meta.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_meta.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9791bb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_meta.h: Stream meta-data + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: d390d0bc4df47994d296c5720d1869c458b16cb5 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_META_H +#define VLC_META_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for stream meta-data in vlc + * + */ + +typedef enum vlc_meta_type_t +{ + vlc_meta_Title, + vlc_meta_Artist, + vlc_meta_Genre, + vlc_meta_Copyright, + vlc_meta_Album, + vlc_meta_TrackNumber, + vlc_meta_Description, + vlc_meta_Rating, + vlc_meta_Date, + vlc_meta_Setting, + vlc_meta_URL, + vlc_meta_Language, + vlc_meta_NowPlaying, + vlc_meta_ESNowPlaying, + vlc_meta_Publisher, + vlc_meta_EncodedBy, + vlc_meta_ArtworkURL, + vlc_meta_TrackID, + vlc_meta_TrackTotal, + vlc_meta_Director, + vlc_meta_Season, + vlc_meta_Episode, + vlc_meta_ShowName, + vlc_meta_Actors, + vlc_meta_AlbumArtist, + vlc_meta_DiscNumber, + vlc_meta_DiscTotal +} vlc_meta_type_t; + +#define VLC_META_TYPE_COUNT 27 + +#define ITEM_PREPARSED 1 +#define ITEM_ART_FETCHED 2 +#define ITEM_ART_NOTFOUND 4 + +/** + * Basic function to deal with meta + */ +struct vlc_meta_t; + +VLC_API vlc_meta_t * vlc_meta_New( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Delete( vlc_meta_t *m ); +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Set( vlc_meta_t *p_meta, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz_val ); +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_Get( const vlc_meta_t *p_meta, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ); + +VLC_API void vlc_meta_AddExtra( vlc_meta_t *m, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_value ); +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_GetExtra( const vlc_meta_t *m, const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API unsigned vlc_meta_GetExtraCount( const vlc_meta_t *m ); + +/** + * Allocate a copy of all extra meta names and a table with it. + * Be sure to free both the returned pointers and its name. + */ +VLC_API char ** vlc_meta_CopyExtraNames( const vlc_meta_t *m ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Merge( vlc_meta_t *dst, const vlc_meta_t *src ); + +VLC_API int vlc_meta_GetStatus( vlc_meta_t *m ); +VLC_API void vlc_meta_SetStatus( vlc_meta_t *m, int status ); + +/** + * Returns a localizes string describing the meta + */ +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ); + +typedef struct meta_export_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; + const char *psz_file; +} meta_export_t; + +VLC_API int input_item_WriteMeta(vlc_object_t *, input_item_t *); + +/* Setters for meta. + * Warning: Make sure to use the input_item meta setters (defined in vlc_input_item.h) + * instead of those one. */ +#define vlc_meta_SetTitle( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Title, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetArtist( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Artist, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetGenre( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Genre, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetCopyright( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Copyright, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetAlbum( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Album, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackNum( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackNumber, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDescription( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Description, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetRating( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Rating, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDate( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Date, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetSetting( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Setting, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetURL( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_URL, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetLanguage( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Language, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetNowPlaying( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_NowPlaying, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetPublisher( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Publisher, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetEncodedBy( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_EncodedBy, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetArtURL( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_ArtworkURL, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackID( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackID, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackTotal( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackTotal, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDirector( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Director, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetSeason( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Season, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetEpisode( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Episode, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetShowName( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_ShowName, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetActors( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Actors, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetAlbumArtist( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_AlbumArtist, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDiscNumber( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_DiscNumber, b ) + +#define VLC_META_TITLE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Title ) +#define VLC_META_ARTIST vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Artist ) +#define VLC_META_GENRE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Genre ) +#define VLC_META_COPYRIGHT vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Copyright ) +#define VLC_META_ALBUM vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Album ) +#define VLC_META_TRACK_NUMBER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_TrackNumber ) +#define VLC_META_DESCRIPTION vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Description ) +#define VLC_META_RATING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Rating ) +#define VLC_META_DATE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Date ) +#define VLC_META_SETTING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Setting ) +#define VLC_META_URL vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_URL ) +#define VLC_META_LANGUAGE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Language ) +#define VLC_META_NOW_PLAYING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_NowPlaying ) +#define VLC_META_PUBLISHER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Publisher ) +#define VLC_META_ENCODED_BY vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_EncodedBy ) +#define VLC_META_ART_URL vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_ArtworkURL ) +#define VLC_META_TRACKID vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_TrackID ) +#define VLC_META_DIRECTOR vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Director ) +#define VLC_META_SEASON vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Season ) +#define VLC_META_EPISODE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Episode ) +#define VLC_META_SHOW_NAME vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_ShowName ) +#define VLC_META_ACTORS vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Actors ) +#define VLC_META_ALBUMARTIST vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_AlbumArtist ) +#define VLC_META_DISCNUMBER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_DiscNumber ) + +#define VLC_META_EXTRA_MB_ALBUMID "MB_ALBUMID" + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e806145 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_meta_fetcher.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_META_FETCHER_H +#define VLC_META_FETCHER_H 1 + +typedef enum meta_fetcher_scope_t +{ + FETCHER_SCOPE_LOCAL = 0x01, + FETCHER_SCOPE_NETWORK = 0x02, + FETCHER_SCOPE_ANY = 0x03 +} meta_fetcher_scope_t; + +typedef struct meta_fetcher_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; + meta_fetcher_scope_t e_scope; +} meta_fetcher_t; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mime.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f04fc95 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mime.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mime.h: Mime type recognition + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MIME_H +#define VLC_MIME_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * Mime type recognition helpers. + */ + +VLC_API const char * vlc_mime_Ext2Mime( const char *psz_url ); + +#endif /* _VLC_MIME_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_modules.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_modules.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a425fe8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_modules.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_modules.h : Module descriptor and load functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c2d3c26d20c3c45529bc01afb40377560cdf7306 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MODULES_H +#define VLC_MODULES_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions for modules in vlc + */ + +typedef int (*vlc_activate_t)(void *func, va_list args); +typedef void (*vlc_deactivate_t)(void *func, va_list args); + +/***************************************************************************** + * Exported functions. + *****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API module_t * vlc_module_load( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *cap, const char *name, bool strict, vlc_activate_t probe, ... ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_module_load(o,c,n,s,...) \ + vlc_module_load(VLC_OBJECT(o),c,n,s,__VA_ARGS__) +VLC_API void vlc_module_unload( vlc_object_t *obj, module_t *, + vlc_deactivate_t deinit, ... ); +#define vlc_module_unload(o,m,d,...) \ + vlc_module_unload(VLC_OBJECT(o),m,d,__VA_ARGS__) + +VLC_API module_t * module_need( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *, bool ) VLC_USED; +#define module_need(a,b,c,d) module_need(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) +VLC_API void module_unneed( vlc_object_t *, module_t * ); +#define module_unneed(a,b) module_unneed(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +VLC_API bool module_exists(const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API module_t * module_find(const char *) VLC_USED; + +int module_start(vlc_object_t *, const module_t *); +#define module_start(o, m) module_start(VLC_OBJECT(o),m) +void module_stop(vlc_object_t *, const module_t *); +#define module_stop(o, m) module_stop(VLC_OBJECT(o),m) + +VLC_API module_config_t * module_config_get( const module_t *, unsigned * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void module_config_free( module_config_t * ); + +VLC_API void module_list_free(module_t **); +VLC_API module_t ** module_list_get(size_t *n) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API bool module_provides( const module_t *m, const char *cap ); +VLC_API const char * module_get_object( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_get_name( const module_t *m, bool long_name ) VLC_USED; +#define module_GetLongName( m ) module_get_name( m, true ) +VLC_API const char * module_get_help( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_get_capability( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int module_get_score( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_gettext( const module_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_USED static inline module_t *module_get_main (void) +{ + return module_find ("core"); +} +#define module_get_main(a) module_get_main() + +VLC_USED static inline bool module_is_main( const module_t * p_module ) +{ + return !strcmp( module_get_object( p_module ), "core" ); +} + +#endif /* VLC_MODULES_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mouse.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mouse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa07ef1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mouse.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mouse.h: mouse related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 481c3598e905db66805cf9a8ca58f6702921e4f0 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _VLC_MOUSE_H +#define _VLC_MOUSE_H 1 + +/** + * Mouse buttons + */ +enum +{ + MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT=0, + MOUSE_BUTTON_CENTER, + MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_LEFT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_RIGHT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_MAX +}; + +/** + * Mouse state + */ +typedef struct vlc_mouse_t +{ + /* Coordinate */ + int i_x; + int i_y; + /* Mask of pressed button */ + int i_pressed; + /* Is double clicked */ + bool b_double_click; +} vlc_mouse_t; + +static inline void vlc_mouse_Init( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + p_mouse->i_x = 0; + p_mouse->i_y = 0; + p_mouse->i_pressed = 0; + p_mouse->b_double_click = false; +} + +/* */ +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetPressed( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + p_mouse->i_pressed |= 1 << i_button; +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetReleased( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + p_mouse->i_pressed &= ~(1 << i_button); +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetPosition( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_x, int i_y ) +{ + p_mouse->i_x = i_x; + p_mouse->i_y = i_y; +} + +/* */ +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + return ( p_mouse->i_pressed & (1 << i_button) ) != 0; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsLeftPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsCenterPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_CENTER ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsRightPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsWheelUpPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsWheelDownPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN ); +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_GetMotion( int *pi_x, int *pi_y, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + *pi_x = p_new->i_x - p_old->i_x; + *pi_y = p_new->i_y - p_old->i_y; +} + +/* */ +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasChanged( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_x != p_new->i_x || p_old->i_y != p_new->i_y || + p_old->i_pressed != p_new->i_pressed; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasMoved( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_x != p_new->i_x || p_old->i_y != p_new->i_y; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasButton( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_pressed != p_new->i_pressed; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + int i_button ) +{ + const int i_mask = 1 << i_button; + return (p_old->i_pressed & i_mask) == 0 && (p_new->i_pressed & i_mask); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasReleased( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + int i_button ) +{ + const int i_mask = 1 << i_button; + return (p_old->i_pressed & i_mask) && (p_new->i_pressed & i_mask) == 0; +} +#endif /* _VLC_MOUSE_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mtime.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mtime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ba1a57 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_mtime.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mtime.h: high resolution time management functions + ***************************************************************************** + * This header provides portable high precision time management functions, + * which should be the only ones used in other segments of the program, since + * functions like gettimeofday() and ftime() are not always supported. + * Most functions are declared as inline or as macros since they are only + * interfaces to system calls and have to be called frequently. + * 'm' stands for 'micro', since maximum resolution is the microsecond. + * Functions prototyped are implemented in interface/mtime.c. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 311eb670eb7b9f35668196b78c9fa3c5cf1779db $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __VLC_MTIME_H +# define __VLC_MTIME_H 1 + +/***************************************************************************** + * LAST_MDATE: date which will never happen + ***************************************************************************** + * This date can be used as a 'never' date, to mark missing events in a function + * supposed to return a date, such as nothing to display in a function + * returning the date of the first image to be displayed. It can be used in + * comparaison with other values: all existing dates will be earlier. + *****************************************************************************/ +#define LAST_MDATE ((mtime_t)((uint64_t)(-1)/2)) + +/***************************************************************************** + * MSTRTIME_MAX_SIZE: maximum possible size of mstrtime + ***************************************************************************** + * This values is the maximal possible size of the string returned by the + * mstrtime() function, including '-' and the final '\0'. It should be used to + * allocate the buffer. + *****************************************************************************/ +#define MSTRTIME_MAX_SIZE 22 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API char * secstotimestr( char *psz_buffer, int32_t secs ); + +/***************************************************************************** + * date_t: date incrementation without long-term rounding errors + *****************************************************************************/ +struct date_t +{ + mtime_t date; + uint32_t i_divider_num; + uint32_t i_divider_den; + uint32_t i_remainder; +}; + +VLC_API void date_Init( date_t *, uint32_t, uint32_t ); +VLC_API void date_Change( date_t *, uint32_t, uint32_t ); +VLC_API void date_Set( date_t *, mtime_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Get( const date_t * ); +VLC_API void date_Move( date_t *, mtime_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Increment( date_t *, uint32_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Decrement( date_t *, uint32_t ); +VLC_API uint64_t NTPtime64( void ); +#endif /* !__VLC_MTIME_ */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_network.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_network.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..caa4dcc --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_network.h @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_network.h: interface to communicate with network plug-ins + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2006-2007 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 184c23acae9ddf2413b3df600523280a8f43975b $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_NETWORK_H +# define VLC_NETWORK_H + +/** + * \ingroup os + * \defgroup net Networking + * @{ + * \file + * Definitions for sockets and low-level networking + * \defgroup sockets Internet sockets + * @{ + */ + +#include +#include + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +# define _NO_OLDNAMES 1 +# include +# include +# define net_errno (WSAGetLastError()) +# define net_Close(fd) ((void)closesocket((SOCKET)fd)) +# ifndef IPV6_V6ONLY +# define IPV6_V6ONLY 27 +# endif +#else +# include +# include +# include +# define net_errno errno +# define net_Close(fd) ((void)vlc_close(fd)) +#endif + +#ifndef MSG_NOSIGNAL +# define MSG_NOSIGNAL 0 +#endif + +/** + * Creates a socket file descriptor. + * + * This function creates a socket, similar to the standard socket() function. + * However, the new file descriptor has the close-on-exec flag set atomically, + * so as to avoid leaking the descriptor to child processes. + * + * The non-blocking flag can also optionally be set. + * + * @param pf protocol family + * @param type socket type + * @param proto network protocol + * @param nonblock true to create a non-blocking socket + * @return a new file descriptor or -1 on error + */ +VLC_API int vlc_socket(int pf, int type, int proto, bool nonblock) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Creates a pair of socket file descriptors. + * + * This function creates a pair of sockets that are mutually connected, + * much like the standard socketpair() function. However, the new file + * descriptors have the close-on-exec flag set atomically. + * See also vlc_socket(). + * + * @param pf protocol family + * @param type socket type + * @param proto network protocol + * @param nonblock true to create non-blocking sockets + * @retval 0 on success + * @retval -1 on failure + */ +VLC_API int vlc_socketpair(int pf, int type, int proto, int fds[2], + bool nonblock); + +struct sockaddr; + +/** + * Accepts an inbound connection request on a listening socket. + * + * This function creates a connected socket from a listening socket, much like + * the standard accept() function. However, the new file descriptor has the + * close-on-exec flag set atomically. See also vlc_socket(). + * + * @param lfd listening socket file descriptor + * @param addr pointer to the peer address or NULL [OUT] + * @param alen pointer to the length of the peer address or NULL [OUT] + * @param nonblock whether to put the new socket in non-blocking mode + * @return a new file descriptor or -1 on error + */ +VLC_API int vlc_accept(int lfd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *alen, + bool nonblock) VLC_USED; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* Portable networking layer communication */ +int net_Socket (vlc_object_t *obj, int family, int socktype, int proto); + +VLC_API int net_Connect(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int socktype, int protocol); +#define net_Connect(a, b, c, d, e) net_Connect(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +VLC_API int * net_Listen(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int socktype, int protocol); + +#define net_ListenTCP(a, b, c) net_Listen(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, \ + SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) + +static inline int net_ConnectTCP (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port) +{ + return net_Connect (obj, host, port, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); +} +#define net_ConnectTCP(a, b, c) net_ConnectTCP(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +VLC_API int net_AcceptSingle(vlc_object_t *obj, int lfd); + +VLC_API int net_Accept( vlc_object_t *, int * ); +#define net_Accept(a, b) \ + net_Accept(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +VLC_API int net_ConnectDgram( vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int hlim, int proto ); +#define net_ConnectDgram(a, b, c, d, e ) \ + net_ConnectDgram(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +static inline int net_ConnectUDP (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port, int hlim) +{ + return net_ConnectDgram (obj, host, port, hlim, IPPROTO_UDP); +} + +VLC_API int net_OpenDgram( vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_bind, int i_bind, const char *psz_server, int i_server, int proto ); +#define net_OpenDgram( a, b, c, d, e, g ) \ + net_OpenDgram(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, g) + +static inline int net_ListenUDP1 (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port) +{ + return net_OpenDgram (obj, host, port, NULL, 0, IPPROTO_UDP); +} + +VLC_API void net_ListenClose( int *fd ); + +int net_Subscribe (vlc_object_t *obj, int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, + socklen_t addrlen); + +VLC_API int net_SetCSCov( int fd, int sendcov, int recvcov ); + +VLC_API ssize_t net_Read( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, void *p_data, size_t i_data ); +#define net_Read(a,b,c,d) net_Read(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) +VLC_API ssize_t net_Write( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const void *p_data, size_t i_data ); +#define net_Write(a,b,c,d) net_Write(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) +VLC_API char * net_Gets( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd ); +#define net_Gets(a,b) net_Gets(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + + +VLC_API ssize_t net_Printf( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const char *psz_fmt, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); +#define net_Printf(o,fd,...) net_Printf(VLC_OBJECT(o),fd, __VA_ARGS__) +VLC_API ssize_t net_vaPrintf( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const char *psz_fmt, va_list args ); +#define net_vaPrintf(a,b,c,d) net_vaPrintf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) + +VLC_API int vlc_close(int); + +/** @} */ + +/* Portable network names/addresses resolution layer */ + +#define NI_MAXNUMERICHOST 64 + +#ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV +# define AI_NUMERICSERV 0 +#endif +#ifndef AI_IDN +# define AI_IDN 0 /* GNU/libc extension */ +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# if !defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) || WINAPI_FAMILY != WINAPI_FAMILY_APP +# undef gai_strerror +# define gai_strerror gai_strerrorA +# endif +#endif + +VLC_API int vlc_getnameinfo( const struct sockaddr *, int, char *, int, int *, int ); +VLC_API int vlc_getaddrinfo (const char *, unsigned, + const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo **); +VLC_API int vlc_getaddrinfo_i11e(const char *, unsigned, + const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo **); + +static inline bool +net_SockAddrIsMulticast (const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t len) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef IN_MULTICAST + case AF_INET: + { + const struct sockaddr_in *v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)addr; + if ((size_t)len < sizeof (*v4)) + return false; + return IN_MULTICAST (ntohl (v4->sin_addr.s_addr)) != 0; + } +#endif + +#ifdef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST + case AF_INET6: + { + const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr; + if ((size_t)len < sizeof (*v6)) + return false; + return IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST (&v6->sin6_addr) != 0; + } +#endif + } + + return false; +} + + +static inline int net_GetSockAddress( int fd, char *address, int *port ) +{ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; + socklen_t addrlen = sizeof( addr ); + + return getsockname( fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen ) + || vlc_getnameinfo( (struct sockaddr *)&addr, addrlen, address, + NI_MAXNUMERICHOST, port, NI_NUMERICHOST ) + ? VLC_EGENERIC : 0; +} + +static inline int net_GetPeerAddress( int fd, char *address, int *port ) +{ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; + socklen_t addrlen = sizeof( addr ); + + return getpeername( fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen ) + || vlc_getnameinfo( (struct sockaddr *)&addr, addrlen, address, + NI_MAXNUMERICHOST, port, NI_NUMERICHOST ) + ? VLC_EGENERIC : 0; +} + +static inline uint16_t net_GetPort (const struct sockaddr *addr) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef AF_INET6 + case AF_INET6: + return ((const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_port; +#endif + case AF_INET: + return ((const struct sockaddr_in *)addr)->sin_port; + } + return 0; +} + +static inline void net_SetPort (struct sockaddr *addr, uint16_t port) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef AF_INET6 + case AF_INET6: + ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_port = port; + break; +#endif + case AF_INET: + ((struct sockaddr_in *)addr)->sin_port = port; + break; + } +} + +VLC_API char *vlc_getProxyUrl(const char *); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +/** @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_objects.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_objects.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53a65dc --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_objects.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_objects.h: vlc_object_t definition and manipulation methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 4a2814187a5cc68b0e65d6dce3dd4a0d9e8fbe59 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup vlc_object VLC objects + * @{ + * \file + * Common VLC object defintions + */ + +/* Object flags */ +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_QUIET 0x0002 +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_NOINTERACT 0x0004 +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_INSECURE 0x1000 /* VLC 3.0 only, will be removed */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * The vlc_object_t type. Yes, it's that simple :-) + *****************************************************************************/ +/** The main vlc_object_t structure */ +struct vlc_object_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void *vlc_object_create( vlc_object_t *, size_t ) VLC_MALLOC VLC_USED; +VLC_API vlc_object_t *vlc_object_find_name( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED; +VLC_API void * vlc_object_hold( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_object_release( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API vlc_list_t *vlc_list_children( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_list_release( vlc_list_t * ); +VLC_API char *vlc_object_get_name( const vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_object_get_name(o) vlc_object_get_name(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +#define vlc_object_create(a,b) vlc_object_create( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +#define vlc_object_find_name(a,b) \ + vlc_object_find_name( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +#define vlc_object_hold(a) \ + vlc_object_hold( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +#define vlc_object_release(a) \ + vlc_object_release( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +#define vlc_list_children(a) \ + vlc_list_children( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +VLC_API VLC_MALLOC void *vlc_obj_malloc(vlc_object_t *, size_t); +VLC_API VLC_MALLOC void *vlc_obj_calloc(vlc_object_t *, size_t, size_t); +VLC_API void vlc_obj_free(vlc_object_t *, void *); + +/** @} */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_opengl.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_opengl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fdebfeb --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_opengl.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_opengl.h: VLC GL API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * Copyright (C) 2011 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_GL_H +#define VLC_GL_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines GL structures and functions. + */ + +struct vout_window_t; +struct vout_window_cfg_t; + +/** + * A VLC GL context (and its underlying surface) + */ +typedef struct vlc_gl_t vlc_gl_t; + +struct vlc_gl_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct vout_window_t *surface; + module_t *module; + void *sys; + + int (*makeCurrent)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*releaseCurrent)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*resize)(vlc_gl_t *, unsigned, unsigned); + void (*swap)(vlc_gl_t *); + void*(*getProcAddress)(vlc_gl_t *, const char *); + + enum { + VLC_GL_EXT_DEFAULT, + VLC_GL_EXT_EGL, + VLC_GL_EXT_WGL, + } ext; + + union { + /* if ext == VLC_GL_EXT_EGL */ + struct { + /* call eglQueryString() with current display */ + const char *(*queryString)(vlc_gl_t *, int32_t name); + /* call eglCreateImageKHR() with current display and context, can + * be NULL */ + void *(*createImageKHR)(vlc_gl_t *, unsigned target, void *buffer, + const int32_t *attrib_list); + /* call eglDestroyImageKHR() with current display, can be NULL */ + bool (*destroyImageKHR)(vlc_gl_t *, void *image); + } egl; + /* if ext == VLC_GL_EXT_WGL */ + struct + { + const char *(*getExtensionsString)(vlc_gl_t *); + } wgl; + }; +}; + +enum { + VLC_OPENGL, + VLC_OPENGL_ES2, +}; + +VLC_API vlc_gl_t *vlc_gl_Create(struct vout_window_t *, unsigned, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_gl_Release(vlc_gl_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_gl_Hold(vlc_gl_t *); + +static inline int vlc_gl_MakeCurrent(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + return gl->makeCurrent(gl); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_ReleaseCurrent(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + gl->releaseCurrent(gl); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_Resize(vlc_gl_t *gl, unsigned w, unsigned h) +{ + if (gl->resize != NULL) + gl->resize(gl, w, h); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_Swap(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + gl->swap(gl); +} + +static inline void *vlc_gl_GetProcAddress(vlc_gl_t *gl, const char *name) +{ + return (gl->getProcAddress != NULL) ? gl->getProcAddress(gl, name) : NULL; +} + +VLC_API vlc_gl_t *vlc_gl_surface_Create(vlc_object_t *, + const struct vout_window_cfg_t *, + struct vout_window_t **) VLC_USED; +VLC_API bool vlc_gl_surface_CheckSize(vlc_gl_t *, unsigned *w, unsigned *h); +VLC_API void vlc_gl_surface_Destroy(vlc_gl_t *); + +#endif /* VLC_GL_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb35adc --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture.h @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture.h: picture definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 74f156fbbd6e6a4479754c0e79fbd5374a4a1e2e $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** Description of a planar graphic field */ +typedef struct plane_t +{ + uint8_t *p_pixels; /**< Start of the plane's data */ + + /* Variables used for fast memcpy operations */ + int i_lines; /**< Number of lines, including margins */ + int i_pitch; /**< Number of bytes in a line, including margins */ + + /** Size of a macropixel, defaults to 1 */ + int i_pixel_pitch; + + /* Variables used for pictures with margins */ + int i_visible_lines; /**< How many visible lines are there ? */ + int i_visible_pitch; /**< How many visible pixels are there ? */ + +} plane_t; + +/** + * Maximum number of plane for a picture + */ +#define PICTURE_PLANE_MAX (VOUT_MAX_PLANES) + +typedef struct picture_context_t +{ + void (*destroy)(struct picture_context_t *); + struct picture_context_t *(*copy)(struct picture_context_t *); +} picture_context_t; + +/** + * Video picture + */ +struct picture_t +{ + /** + * The properties of the picture + */ + video_frame_format_t format; + + plane_t p[PICTURE_PLANE_MAX]; /**< description of the planes */ + int i_planes; /**< number of allocated planes */ + + /** \name Picture management properties + * These properties can be modified using the video output thread API, + * but should never be written directly */ + /**@{*/ + mtime_t date; /**< display date */ + bool b_force; + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Picture dynamic properties + * Those properties can be changed by the decoder + * @{ + */ + bool b_progressive; /**< is it a progressive frame ? */ + bool b_top_field_first; /**< which field is first */ + unsigned int i_nb_fields; /**< # of displayed fields */ + picture_context_t *context; /**< video format-specific data pointer */ + /**@}*/ + + /** Private data - the video output plugin might want to put stuff here to + * keep track of the picture */ + picture_sys_t * p_sys; + + /** Next picture in a FIFO a pictures */ + struct picture_t *p_next; +}; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture. + * The picture created will implement a default release management compatible + * with picture_Hold and picture_Release. This default management will release + * p_sys, gc.p_sys fields if non NULL. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_New( vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma, int i_width, int i_height, int i_sar_num, int i_sar_den ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture using the given format. + * + * When possible, it is preferred to use this function over picture_New + * as more information about the format is kept. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_NewFromFormat( const video_format_t *p_fmt ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Resource for a picture. + */ +typedef struct +{ + picture_sys_t *p_sys; + void (*pf_destroy)(picture_t *); + + /* Plane resources + * XXX all fields MUST be set to the right value. + */ + struct + { + uint8_t *p_pixels; /**< Start of the plane's data */ + int i_lines; /**< Number of lines, including margins */ + int i_pitch; /**< Number of bytes in a line, including margins */ + } p[PICTURE_PLANE_MAX]; + +} picture_resource_t; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture using the provided resource. + * + * If the resource is NULL then a plain picture_NewFromFormat is returned. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_NewFromResource( const video_format_t *, const picture_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will increase the picture reference count. + * It will not have any effect on picture obtained from vout + * + * It returns the given picture for convenience. + */ +VLC_API picture_t *picture_Hold( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will release a picture. + * It will not have any effect on picture obtained from vout + */ +VLC_API void picture_Release( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will copy all picture dynamic properties. + */ +VLC_API void picture_CopyProperties( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will reset a picture information (properties and quantizers). + * It is sometimes useful for reusing pictures (like from a pool). + */ +VLC_API void picture_Reset( picture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will copy the picture pixels. + * You can safely copy between pictures that do not have the same size, + * only the compatible(smaller) part will be copied. + */ +VLC_API void picture_CopyPixels( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); +VLC_API void plane_CopyPixels( plane_t *p_dst, const plane_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will copy both picture dynamic properties and pixels. + * You have to notice that sometime a simple picture_Hold may do what + * you want without the copy overhead. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_dst pointer to the destination picture. + * \param p_src pointer to the source picture. + */ +VLC_API void picture_Copy( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); + +/** + * Perform a shallow picture copy + * + * This function makes a shallow copy of an existing picture. The same planes + * and resources will be used, and the cloned picture reference count will be + * incremented. + * + * \return A clone picture on success, NULL on error. + */ +VLC_API picture_t *picture_Clone(picture_t *pic); + +/** + * This function will export a picture to an encoded bitstream. + * + * pp_image will contain the encoded bitstream in psz_format format. + * + * p_fmt can be NULL otherwise it will be set with the format used for the + * picture before encoding. + * + * i_override_width/height allow to override the width and/or the height of the + * picture to be encoded: + * - if strictly lower than 0, the original dimension will be used. + * - if equal to 0, it will be deduced from the other dimension which must be + * different to 0. + * - if strictly higher than 0, it will override the dimension. + * If at most one of them is > 0 then the picture aspect ratio will be kept. + */ +VLC_API int picture_Export( vlc_object_t *p_obj, block_t **pp_image, video_format_t *p_fmt, picture_t *p_picture, vlc_fourcc_t i_format, int i_override_width, int i_override_height ); + +/** + * This function will setup all fields of a picture_t without allocating any + * memory. + * XXX The memory must already be initialized. + * It does not need to be released. + * + * It will return VLC_EGENERIC if the core does not understand the requested + * format. + * + * It can be useful to get the properties of planes. + */ +VLC_API int picture_Setup( picture_t *, const video_format_t * ); + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Shortcuts to access image components + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Plane indices */ +enum +{ + Y_PLANE = 0, + U_PLANE = 1, + V_PLANE = 2, + A_PLANE = 3, +}; + +/* Shortcuts */ +#define Y_PIXELS p[Y_PLANE].p_pixels +#define Y_PITCH p[Y_PLANE].i_pitch +#define U_PIXELS p[U_PLANE].p_pixels +#define U_PITCH p[U_PLANE].i_pitch +#define V_PIXELS p[V_PLANE].p_pixels +#define V_PITCH p[V_PLANE].i_pitch +#define A_PIXELS p[A_PLANE].p_pixels +#define A_PITCH p[A_PLANE].i_pitch + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d337a3b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture_fifo.h: picture fifo definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 73d1b20c279f628cf94bc7cfc83b2548878bcc07 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture fifo structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * Picture fifo handle + * + * It is thread safe (push/pop). + */ +typedef struct picture_fifo_t picture_fifo_t; + +/** + * It creates an empty picture_fifo_t. + */ +VLC_API picture_fifo_t * picture_fifo_New( void ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It destroys a fifo created by picture_fifo_New. + * + * All pictures inside the fifo will be released by picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Delete( picture_fifo_t * ); + +/** + * It retreives a picture_t from the fifo. + * + * If the fifo is empty, it return NULL without waiting. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_fifo_Pop( picture_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It returns the first picture_t pointer from the fifo but does not + * remove it. The picture returned has been hold for you so you + * must call picture_Release on it. + * + * If the fifo is empty, it return NULL without waiting. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_fifo_Peek( picture_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It saves a picture_t into the fifo. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Push( picture_fifo_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * It release all picture inside the fifo that have a lower or equal date + * if flush_before or higher or equal to if not flush_before than the given one. + * + * All pictures inside the fifo will be released by picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Flush( picture_fifo_t *, mtime_t date, bool flush_before ); + +/** + * It applies a delta on all the picture timestamp. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_OffsetDate( picture_fifo_t *, mtime_t delta ); + + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73f3f6c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture_pool.h: picture pool definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 8b04370bfb320749eec6bcf09aaf0ba76b78058f $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture pool structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * Picture pool handle + */ +typedef struct picture_pool_t picture_pool_t; + +/** + * Picture pool configuration + */ +typedef struct { + unsigned picture_count; + picture_t *const *picture; + + int (*lock)(picture_t *); + void (*unlock)(picture_t *); +} picture_pool_configuration_t; + +/** + * Creates a pool of preallocated pictures. Free pictures can be allocated from + * the pool, and are returned to the pool when they are no longer referenced. + * + * This avoids allocating and deallocationg pictures repeatedly, and ensures + * that memory consumption remains within limits. + * + * To obtain a picture from the pool, use picture_pool_Get(). To increase and + * decrease the reference count, use picture_Hold() and picture_Release() + * respectively. + * + * If defined, picture_pool_configuration_t::lock will be called before + * a picture is used, and picture_pool_configuration_t::unlock will be called + * as soon as a picture is returned to the pool. + * Those callbacks can modify picture_t::p and access picture_t::p_sys. + * + * @return A pointer to the new pool on success, or NULL on error + * (pictures are not released on error). + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_NewExtended( const picture_pool_configuration_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Creates a picture pool with pictures in a given array. + * This is a convenience wrapper for picture_pool_NewExtended() without the + * lock and unlock callbacks. + * + * @param count number of pictures in the array + * @param tab array of pictures + * + * @return a pointer to the new pool on success, or NULL on error + * (pictures are not released on error) + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_New(unsigned count, + picture_t *const *tab) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Allocates pictures from the heap and creates a picture pool with them. + * This is a convenience wrapper for picture_NewFromFormat() and + * picture_pool_New(). + * + * @param fmt video format of pictures to allocate from the heap + * @param count number of pictures to allocate + * + * @return a pointer to the new pool on success, NULL on error + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_NewFromFormat(const video_format_t *fmt, + unsigned count) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Releases a pool created by picture_pool_NewExtended(), picture_pool_New() + * or picture_pool_NewFromFormat(). + * + * @note If there are no pending references to the pooled pictures, and the + * picture_resource_t.pf_destroy callback was not NULL, it will be invoked. + * Otherwise the default callback will be used. + * + * @warning If there are pending references (a.k.a. late pictures), the + * pictures will remain valid until the all pending references are dropped by + * picture_Release(). + */ +VLC_API void picture_pool_Release( picture_pool_t * ); + +/** + * Obtains a picture from a pool if any is immediately available. + * + * The picture must be released with picture_Release(). + * + * @return a picture, or NULL if all pictures in the pool are allocated + * + * @note This function is thread-safe. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_pool_Get( picture_pool_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Obtains a picture from a pool. + * + * The picture must be released with picture_Release(). + * + * @return a picture or NULL on memory error + * + * @note This function is thread-safe. + */ +VLC_API picture_t *picture_pool_Wait(picture_pool_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Enumerates all pictures in a pool, both free and allocated. + * + * @param cb callback to invoke once for each picture + * @param data opaque data parameter for the callback (first argument) + * + * @note Allocated pictures may be accessed asynchronously by other threads. + * Therefore, only read-only picture parameters can be read by the callback, + * typically picture_t.p_sys. + * Provided those rules are respected, the function is thread-safe. + */ +VLC_API void picture_pool_Enum( picture_pool_t *, + void (*cb)(void *, picture_t *), void *data ); + +/** + * Cancel the picture pool. + * + * It won't return any pictures via picture_pool_Get or picture_pool_Wait if + * canceled is true. This function will also unblock picture_pool_Wait. + * picture_pool_Reset will also reset the cancel state to false. + */ +void picture_pool_Cancel( picture_pool_t *, bool canceled ); + +/** + * Test if a picture belongs to the picture pool + * + * FIXME: remove this function when the vout_PutPicture() hack is fixed. + */ +bool picture_pool_OwnsPic( picture_pool_t *, picture_t *); + +/** + * Reserves pictures from a pool and creates a new pool with those. + * + * When the new pool is released, pictures are returned to the master pool. + * If the master pool was already released, pictures will be destroyed. + * + * @param count number of picture to reserve + * + * @return the new pool, or NULL if there were not enough pictures available + * or on error + * + * @note This function is thread-safe (but it might return NULL if other + * threads have already allocated too many pictures). + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_Reserve(picture_pool_t *, unsigned count) +VLC_USED; + +/** + * @return the total number of pictures in the given pool + * @note This function is thread-safe. + */ +VLC_API unsigned picture_pool_GetSize(const picture_pool_t *); + + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_playlist.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_playlist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e19d4b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_playlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,443 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_playlist.h : Playlist functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 9498e622cac22fc9c70cb4b298cca02722092d2e $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PLAYLIST_H_ +#define VLC_PLAYLIST_H_ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +#include +#include + +TYPEDEF_ARRAY(playlist_item_t*, playlist_item_array_t) + +struct intf_thread_t; + +/** + * \defgroup playlist VLC playlist + * VLC playlist controls + * @{ + * \file + * VLC playlist control interface + * + * The VLC playlist system has a tree structure. This allows advanced + * categorization, like for SAP streams (which are grouped by "sap groups"). + * + * The base structure for all playlist operations is the playlist_item_t. + * This is essentially a node within the playlist tree. Each playlist item + * references an input_item_t which contains the input stream info, such as + * location, name and meta-data. + * + * A playlist item is uniquely identified by its input item: + * \ref playlist_ItemGetByInput(). A single input item cannot be used by more + * than one playlist item at a time; if necessary, a copy of the input item can + * be made instead. + * + * The same playlist tree is visible to all user interfaces. To arbitrate + * access, a lock is used, see \ref playlist_Lock() and \ref playlist_Unlock(). + * + * Under the playlist root item node, the top-level items are the main + * media sources and include: + * - the actual playlist, + * - the media library, + * - the service discovery root node, whose children are services discovery + * module instances. + * + * So, here is an example: + * \verbatim + * Inputs array + * - input 1 -> name = foo 1 uri = ... + * - input 2 -> name = foo 2 uri = ... + * + * Playlist items tree + * - playlist (id 1) + * - category 1 (id 2) + * - foo 2 (id 6 - input 2) + * - media library (id 2) + * - foo 1 (id 5 - input 1) + * \endverbatim + * + * Sometimes, an item creates subitems. This happens for the directory access + * for example. In that case, if the item is under the "playlist" top-level + * item and playlist is configured to be flat then the item will be deleted and + * replaced with new subitems. If the item is under another top-level item, it + * will be transformed to a node and removed from the list of all items without + * nodes. + * + * For "standard" item addition, you can use playlist_Add(), playlist_AddExt() + * (more options) or playlist_AddInput() if you already created your input + * item. This will add the item at the root of "Playlist" or of "Media library" + * in each of the two trees. + * + * You can create nodes with playlist_NodeCreate() and can create items from + * existing input items to be placed under any node with + * playlist_NodeAddInput(). + * + * To delete an item, use playlist_NodeDelete( p_item ). + * + * The playlist defines the following event variables: + * + * - "item-change": It will contain a pointer to the input_item_t of a + * changed input item monitored by the playlist. + * + * - "playlist-item-append": It will contain a pointer to a playlist_item_t. + * - "playlist-item-deleted": It will contain a pointer to the playlist_item_t + * about to be deleted. + * + * - "leaf-to-parent": It will contain the playlist_item_t->i_id of an item that is transformed + * into a node. + * + * The playlist contains rate-variable which is propagated to current input if + * available also rate-slower/rate-faster is in use. + */ + +/** Helper structure to export to file part of the playlist */ +typedef struct playlist_export_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + char *base_url; + FILE *p_file; + playlist_item_t *p_root; +} playlist_export_t; + +/** playlist item / node */ +struct playlist_item_t +{ + input_item_t *p_input; /**< Linked input item */ + + playlist_item_t **pp_children; /**< Children nodes/items */ + playlist_item_t *p_parent; /**< Item parent */ + int i_children; /**< Number of children, -1 if not a node */ + unsigned i_nb_played; /**< Times played */ + + int i_id; /**< Playlist item specific id */ + uint8_t i_flags; /**< Flags \see playlist_item_flags_e */ +}; + +typedef enum { + PLAYLIST_DBL_FLAG = 0x04, /**< Is it disabled ? */ + PLAYLIST_RO_FLAG = 0x08, /**< Write-enabled ? */ + PLAYLIST_SUBITEM_STOP_FLAG = 0x40, /**< Must playlist stop if the item gets subitems ?*/ + PLAYLIST_NO_INHERIT_FLAG = 0x80, /**< Will children inherit flags the R/O flag ? */ +} playlist_item_flags_e; + +/** Playlist status */ +typedef enum +{ PLAYLIST_STOPPED,PLAYLIST_RUNNING,PLAYLIST_PAUSED } playlist_status_t; + +/** Structure containing information about the playlist */ +struct playlist_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + playlist_item_array_t items; /**< Arrays of items */ + + playlist_item_array_t current; /**< Items currently being played */ + int i_current_index; /**< Index in current array */ + + /* Predefined items */ + playlist_item_t root; + playlist_item_t *p_playing; + playlist_item_t *p_media_library; +}; + +/* A bit of macro magic to generate an enum out of the following list, + * and later, to generate a list of static functions out of the same list. + * There is also SORT_RANDOM, which is always last and handled specially. + */ +#define VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS \ + DEF( SORT_ID )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE_NODES_FIRST )\ + DEF( SORT_ARTIST )\ + DEF( SORT_GENRE )\ + DEF( SORT_DURATION )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE_NUMERIC )\ + DEF( SORT_ALBUM )\ + DEF( SORT_TRACK_NUMBER )\ + DEF( SORT_DESCRIPTION )\ + DEF( SORT_RATING )\ + DEF( SORT_URI )\ + DEF( SORT_DISC_NUMBER )\ + DEF( SORT_DATE ) + +#define DEF( s ) s, +enum +{ + VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS + SORT_RANDOM, + NUM_SORT_FNS=SORT_RANDOM +}; +#undef DEF +#ifndef VLC_INTERNAL_PLAYLIST_SORT_FUNCTIONS +#undef VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +enum +{ + ORDER_NORMAL = 0, + ORDER_REVERSE = 1, +}; + +#define PLAYLIST_END -1 + +enum pl_locked_state +{ + pl_Locked = true, + pl_Unlocked = false +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Helpers */ +#define PL_LOCK playlist_Lock( p_playlist ) +#define PL_UNLOCK playlist_Unlock( p_playlist ) +#define PL_ASSERT_LOCKED playlist_AssertLocked( p_playlist ) + +/** Playlist commands */ +enum { + PLAYLIST_PLAY, /**< No arg. res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_VIEWPLAY, /**< arg1= playlist_item_t*,*/ + /** arg2 = playlist_item_t* , res=can fail */ + PLAYLIST_TOGGLE_PAUSE, /**< No arg res=can fail */ + PLAYLIST_STOP, /**< No arg res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_SKIP, /**< arg1=int, res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_PAUSE, /**< No arg */ + PLAYLIST_RESUME, /**< No arg */ +}; + +#define playlist_Play(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_PLAY, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_TogglePause(p) \ + playlist_Control(p, PLAYLIST_TOGGLE_PAUSE, pl_Unlocked) +#define playlist_Stop(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_STOP, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_Next(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, 1) +#define playlist_Prev(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, -1) +#define playlist_Skip(p,i) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, (i) ) +#define playlist_Pause(p) \ + playlist_Control(p, PLAYLIST_PAUSE, pl_Unlocked) +#define playlist_Resume(p) \ + playlist_Control(p, PLAYLIST_RESUME, pl_Unlocked) + +/** + * Locks the playlist. + * + * This function locks the playlist. While the playlist is locked, no other + * thread can modify the playlist tree layout or current playing item and node. + * + * Locking the playlist is necessary before accessing, either for reading or + * writing, any playlist item. + * + * \note Because of the potential for lock inversion / deadlocks, locking the + * playlist shall not be attemped while holding an input item lock. An input + * item lock can be acquired while holding the playlist lock. + * + * While holding the playlist lock, a thread shall not attempt to: + * - probe, initialize or deinitialize a module or a plugin, + * - install or deinstall a variable or event callback, + * - set a variable or trigger a variable callback, with the sole exception + * of the playlist core triggering add/remove/leaf item callbacks, + * - invoke a module/plugin callback other than: + * - playlist export, + * - logger message callback. + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Lock( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Unlocks the playlist. + * + * This function unlocks the playlist, allowing other threads to lock it. The + * calling thread must have called playlist_Lock() before. + * + * This function invalidates all or any playlist item pointers. + * There are no ways to ensure that playlist items are not modified or deleted + * by another thread past this function call. + * + * To retain a reference to a playlist item while not holding the playlist + * lock, a thread should take a reference to the input item within the + * playlist item before unlocking. If this is not practical, then the thread + * can store the playlist item ID (i_id) before unlocking. + * Either way, this will not ensure that the playlist item is not deleted, so + * the thread must be ready to handle that case later when calling + * playlist_ItemGetByInput() or playlist_ItemGetById(). + * + * Furthermore, if ID is used, then the playlist item might be deleted, and + * another item could be assigned the same ID. To avoid that problem, use + * the input item instead of the ID. + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Unlock( playlist_t * ); + +VLC_API void playlist_AssertLocked( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API void playlist_Deactivate( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Do a playlist action. + * If there is something in the playlist then you can do playlist actions. + * Possible queries are listed in vlc_common.h + * \param p_playlist the playlist to do the command on + * \param i_query the command to do + * \param b_locked TRUE if playlist is locked when entering this function + * \param variable number of arguments + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Control( playlist_t *p_playlist, int i_query, int b_locked, ... ); + +static inline void playlist_ViewPlay(playlist_t *pl, playlist_item_t *node, + playlist_item_t *item) +{ + playlist_Control(pl, PLAYLIST_VIEWPLAY, pl_Locked, node, item); +} + +/** Get current playing input. The object is retained. + */ +VLC_API input_thread_t * playlist_CurrentInput( playlist_t *p_playlist ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API input_thread_t *playlist_CurrentInputLocked( playlist_t *p_playlist ) VLC_USED; + +/** Get the duration of all items in a node. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t playlist_GetNodeDuration( playlist_item_t * ); + +/** Clear the playlist + * \param b_locked TRUE if playlist is locked when entering this function + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Clear( playlist_t *, bool ); + +/* Playlist sorting */ +VLC_API int playlist_TreeMove( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_TreeMoveMany( playlist_t *, int, playlist_item_t **, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_RecursiveNodeSort( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *,int, int ); + +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_CurrentPlayingItem( playlist_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int playlist_Status( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Export a node of the playlist to a certain type of playlistfile + * \param b_playlist true for the playlist, false for the media library + * \param psz_filename the location where the exported file will be saved + * \param psz_type the type of playlist file to create (m3u, pls, ..) + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on success + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Export( playlist_t *p_playlist, const char *psz_name, + bool b_playlist, const char *psz_type ); + +/** + * Open a playlist file, add its content to the current playlist + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Import( playlist_t *p_playlist, const char *psz_file ); + +/********************** Services discovery ***********************/ + +/** Add a service discovery module */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryAdd(playlist_t *, const char *); +/** Remove a services discovery module by name */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryRemove(playlist_t *, const char *); +/** Check whether a given SD is loaded */ +VLC_API bool playlist_IsServicesDiscoveryLoaded( playlist_t *,const char *) VLC_DEPRECATED; +/** Query a services discovery */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryControl( playlist_t *, const char *, int, ... ); + +/********************** Renderer ***********************/ +/** + * Sets a renderer or remove the current one + * @param p_item The renderer item to be used, or NULL to disable the current + * one. If a renderer is provided, its reference count will be + * incremented. + */ +VLC_API int playlist_SetRenderer( playlist_t* p_pl, vlc_renderer_item_t* p_item ); + + +/******************************************************** + * Item management + ********************************************************/ + +/******************** Item addition ********************/ +VLC_API int playlist_Add( playlist_t *, const char *, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_AddExt( playlist_t *, const char *, const char *, bool, int, const char *const *, unsigned, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_AddInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, bool, bool ); +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_NodeAddInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeAddCopy( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); + +/********************************** Item search *************************/ +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ItemGetById(playlist_t *, int ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API playlist_item_t *playlist_ItemGetByInput(playlist_t *, + const input_item_t * ) +VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int playlist_LiveSearchUpdate(playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, const char *, bool ); + +/******************************************************** + * Tree management + ********************************************************/ +/* Node management */ +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_NodeCreate( playlist_t *, const char *, playlist_item_t * p_parent, int i_pos, int i_flags ); +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ChildSearchName(playlist_item_t*, const char* ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void playlist_NodeDelete( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t * ); + +/************************** + * Audio output management + **************************/ + +VLC_API audio_output_t *playlist_GetAout( playlist_t * ); + +VLC_API float playlist_VolumeGet( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API int playlist_VolumeSet( playlist_t *, float ); +VLC_API int playlist_VolumeUp( playlist_t *, int, float * ); +#define playlist_VolumeDown(a, b, c) playlist_VolumeUp(a, -(b), c) +VLC_API int playlist_MuteSet( playlist_t *, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_MuteGet( playlist_t * ); + +static inline int playlist_MuteToggle( playlist_t *pl ) +{ + int val = playlist_MuteGet( pl ); + if (val >= 0) + val = playlist_MuteSet( pl, !val ); + return val; +} + +VLC_API void playlist_EnableAudioFilter( playlist_t *, const char *, bool ); + +/*********************************************************************** + * Inline functions + ***********************************************************************/ +/** Tell if the playlist is empty */ +static inline bool playlist_IsEmpty( playlist_t *p_playlist ) +{ + PL_ASSERT_LOCKED; + return p_playlist->items.i_size == 0; +} + +/** Tell the number of items in the current playing context */ +static inline int playlist_CurrentSize( playlist_t *p_playlist ) +{ + PL_ASSERT_LOCKED; + return p_playlist->current.i_size; +} + +/** @} */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_plugin.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_plugin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce28562 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_plugin.h @@ -0,0 +1,557 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_plugin.h : Macros used from within a module. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2007-2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MODULES_MACROS_H +# define LIBVLC_MODULES_MACROS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file implements plugin (module) macros used to define a vlc module. + */ + +enum vlc_module_properties +{ + VLC_MODULE_CREATE, + VLC_CONFIG_CREATE, + + /* DO NOT EVER REMOVE, INSERT OR REPLACE ANY ITEM! It would break the ABI! + * Append new items at the end ONLY. */ + VLC_MODULE_CPU_REQUIREMENT=0x100, + VLC_MODULE_SHORTCUT, + VLC_MODULE_CAPABILITY, + VLC_MODULE_SCORE, + VLC_MODULE_CB_OPEN, + VLC_MODULE_CB_CLOSE, + VLC_MODULE_NO_UNLOAD, + VLC_MODULE_NAME, + VLC_MODULE_SHORTNAME, + VLC_MODULE_DESCRIPTION, + VLC_MODULE_HELP, + VLC_MODULE_TEXTDOMAIN, + /* Insert new VLC_MODULE_* here */ + + /* DO NOT EVER REMOVE, INSERT OR REPLACE ANY ITEM! It would break the ABI! + * Append new items at the end ONLY. */ + VLC_CONFIG_NAME=0x1000, + /* command line name (args=const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, + /* actual value (args=int64_t/double/const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, + /* minimum value (args=int64_t/double/const char * twice) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_ADVANCED, + /* enable advanced flag (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_VOLATILE, + /* don't write variable to storage (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_PERSISTENT_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_PRIVATE, + /* hide from user (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_REMOVED, + /* tag as no longer supported (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, + /* capability for a module or list thereof (args=const char*) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_SHORTCUT, + /* one-character (short) command line option name (args=char) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_OLDNAME_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_SAFE, + /* tag as modifiable by untrusted input item "sources" (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_DESC, + /* description (args=const char *, const char *, const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_ADD_ACTION_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST, + /* list of suggested values + * (args=size_t, const *, const char *const *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, + /* callback for suggested values + * (args=const char *, size_t (*)(vlc_object_t *, **, char ***)) */ + + /* Insert new VLC_CONFIG_* here */ +}; + +/* Configuration hint types */ +#define CONFIG_HINT_CATEGORY 0x02 /* Start of new category */ +#define CONFIG_HINT_USAGE 0x05 /* Usage information */ + +#define CONFIG_CATEGORY 0x06 /* Set category */ +#define CONFIG_SUBCATEGORY 0x07 /* Set subcategory */ +#define CONFIG_SECTION 0x08 /* Start of new section */ + +/* Configuration item types */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT 0x20 /* Float option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER 0x40 /* Integer option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_RGB 0x41 /* RGB color option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL 0x60 /* Bool option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_STRING 0x80 /* String option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_PASSWORD 0x81 /* Password option (*) */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_KEY 0x82 /* Hot key option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE 0x84 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_CAT 0x85 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST 0x86 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST_CAT 0x87 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_LOADFILE 0x8C /* Read file option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_SAVEFILE 0x8D /* Written file option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_DIRECTORY 0x8E /* Directory option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_FONT 0x8F /* Font option */ + +#define CONFIG_ITEM(x) (((x) & ~0xF) != 0) + +/* Categories and subcategories */ +#define CAT_INTERFACE 1 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_GENERAL 101 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_MAIN 102 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_CONTROL 103 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_HOTKEYS 104 + +#define CAT_AUDIO 2 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_GENERAL 201 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_AOUT 202 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_AFILTER 203 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_VISUAL 204 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_MISC 205 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_RESAMPLER 206 + +#define CAT_VIDEO 3 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_GENERAL 301 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_VOUT 302 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_VFILTER 303 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_SUBPIC 305 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_SPLITTER 306 + +#define CAT_INPUT 4 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_GENERAL 401 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_ACCESS 402 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_DEMUX 403 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_VCODEC 404 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_ACODEC 405 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_SCODEC 406 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_STREAM_FILTER 407 + +#define CAT_SOUT 5 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_GENERAL 501 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_STREAM 502 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_MUX 503 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_ACO 504 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_PACKETIZER 505 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_VOD 507 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_RENDERER 508 + +#define CAT_ADVANCED 6 +#define SUBCAT_ADVANCED_MISC 602 +#define SUBCAT_ADVANCED_NETWORK 603 + +#define CAT_PLAYLIST 7 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_GENERAL 701 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_SD 702 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_EXPORT 703 + + +/** + * Current plugin ABI version + */ +# define MODULE_SYMBOL 3_0_0f +# define MODULE_SUFFIX "__3_0_0f" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Add a few defines. You do not want to read this section. Really. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Explanation: + * + * if linking a module statically, we will need: + * #define MODULE_FUNC( zog ) module_foo_zog + * + * this can't easily be done with the C preprocessor, thus a few ugly hacks. + */ + +/* I need to do _this_ to change « foo bar » to « module_foo_bar » ! */ +#define CONCATENATE( y, z ) CRUDE_HACK( y, z ) +#define CRUDE_HACK( y, z ) y##__##z + +/* If the module is built-in, then we need to define foo_InitModule instead + * of InitModule. Same for Activate- and DeactivateModule. */ +#ifdef __PLUGIN__ +# define __VLC_SYMBOL( symbol ) CONCATENATE( symbol, MODULE_SYMBOL ) +# define VLC_MODULE_NAME_HIDDEN_SYMBOL \ + const char vlc_module_name[] = MODULE_STRING; +#else +# define __VLC_SYMBOL( symbol ) CONCATENATE( symbol, MODULE_NAME ) +# define VLC_MODULE_NAME_HIDDEN_SYMBOL +#endif + +#define CDECL_SYMBOL +#if defined (__PLUGIN__) +# if defined (_WIN32) +# define DLL_SYMBOL __declspec(dllexport) +# undef CDECL_SYMBOL +# define CDECL_SYMBOL __cdecl +# elif defined (__GNUC__) +# define DLL_SYMBOL __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +# else +# define DLL_SYMBOL +# endif +#else +# define DLL_SYMBOL +#endif + +#if defined( __cplusplus ) +# define EXTERN_SYMBOL extern "C" +#else +# define EXTERN_SYMBOL +#endif + +EXTERN_SYMBOL typedef int (*vlc_set_cb) (void *, void *, int, ...); + +#define vlc_plugin_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, NULL, __VA_ARGS__) +#define vlc_module_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, module, __VA_ARGS__) +#define vlc_config_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, config, __VA_ARGS__) + +/* + * InitModule: this function is called once and only once, when the module + * is looked at for the first time. We get the useful data from it, for + * instance the module name, its shortcuts, its capabilities... we also create + * a copy of its config because the module can be unloaded at any time. + */ +#define vlc_module_begin() \ +EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL \ +int CDECL_SYMBOL __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry) (vlc_set_cb, void *); \ +EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL \ +int CDECL_SYMBOL __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry) (vlc_set_cb vlc_set, void *opaque) \ +{ \ + module_t *module; \ + module_config_t *config = NULL; \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_CREATE, &module)) \ + goto error; \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_NAME, (MODULE_STRING))) \ + goto error; + +#define vlc_module_end() \ + (void) config; \ + return 0; \ +error: \ + return -1; \ +} \ +VLC_MODULE_NAME_HIDDEN_SYMBOL \ +VLC_METADATA_EXPORTS + +#define add_submodule( ) \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_CREATE, &module)) \ + goto error; + +#define add_shortcut( ... ) \ +{ \ + const char *shortcuts[] = { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SHORTCUT, \ + sizeof(shortcuts)/sizeof(shortcuts[0]), shortcuts)) \ + goto error; \ +} + +#define set_shortname( shortname ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SHORTNAME, (const char *)(shortname))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_description( desc ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_DESCRIPTION, (const char *)(desc))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_help( help ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_HELP, (const char *)(help))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_capability( cap, score ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(cap)) \ + || vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SCORE, (int)(score))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_callbacks( activate, deactivate ) \ + if (vlc_module_set(VLC_MODULE_CB_OPEN, #activate, (void *)(activate)) \ + || vlc_module_set(VLC_MODULE_CB_CLOSE, #deactivate, \ + (void *)(deactivate))) \ + goto error; + +#define cannot_unload_broken_library( ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_NO_UNLOAD)) \ + goto error; + +#define set_text_domain( dom ) \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_TEXTDOMAIN, (dom))) \ + goto error; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Macros used to build the configuration structure. + * + * Note that internally we support only 3 types of config data: int, float + * and string. + * The other types declared here just map to one of these 3 basic types but + * have the advantage of also providing very good hints to a configuration + * interface so as to make it more user friendly. + * The configuration structure also includes category hints. These hints can + * provide a configuration interface with some very useful data and again + * allow for a more user friendly interface. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_plugin_set (VLC_CONFIG_CREATE, (type), &config); + +#define add_typedesc_inner( type, text, longtext ) \ + add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_DESC, \ + (const char *)(text), (const char *)(longtext)); + +#define add_typeadv_inner( type, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( type, text, longtext ) \ + if (advc) vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_ADVANCED); + +#define add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typeadv_inner( type, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_NAME, (const char *)(name)); + +#define add_string_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc, v ) \ + add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (const char *)(v)); + +#define add_int_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc, v ) \ + add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(v)); + + +#define set_category( i_id ) \ + add_type_inner( CONFIG_CATEGORY ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(i_id)); + +#define set_subcategory( i_id ) \ + add_type_inner( CONFIG_SUBCATEGORY ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(i_id)); + +#define set_section( text, longtext ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( CONFIG_SECTION, text, longtext ) + +#define add_category_hint( text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typeadv_inner( CONFIG_HINT_CATEGORY, text, longtext, advc ) + +#define add_usage_hint( text ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( CONFIG_HINT_USAGE, text, NULL ) + +#define add_string( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_STRING, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_password( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_PASSWORD, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_loadfile( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_LOADFILE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_savefile( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_SAVEFILE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_directory( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_DIRECTORY, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_font( name, value, text, longtext, advc )\ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_FONT, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_module( name, psz_caps, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(psz_caps)); + +#define add_module_list( name, psz_caps, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(psz_caps)); + +#ifndef __PLUGIN__ +#define add_module_cat( name, i_subcategory, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_CAT, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + change_integer_range (i_subcategory /* gruik */, 0); + +#define add_module_list_cat( name, i_subcategory, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST_CAT, name, text, longtext, \ + advc, value ) \ + change_integer_range (i_subcategory /* gruik */, 0); +#endif + +#define add_integer( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_int_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) + +#define add_rgb( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_int_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_RGB, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) \ + change_integer_range( 0, 0xFFFFFF ) + +#define add_key( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_KEY, "global-" name, text, longtext, advc, \ + KEY_UNSET ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_KEY, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) + +#define add_integer_with_range( name, value, i_min, i_max, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_integer( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + change_integer_range( i_min, i_max ) + +#define add_float( name, v, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typename_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (double)(v)); + +#define add_float_with_range( name, value, f_min, f_max, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_float( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + change_float_range( f_min, f_max ) + +#define add_bool( name, v, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typename_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + if (v) vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)true); + +/* For removed option */ +#define add_obsolete_inner( name, type ) \ + add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_NAME, (const char *)(name)); \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_REMOVED); + +#define add_obsolete_bool( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL ) + +#define add_obsolete_integer( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER ) + +#define add_obsolete_float( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT ) + +#define add_obsolete_string( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_STRING ) + +/* Modifier macros for the config options (used for fine tuning) */ + +#define change_short( ch ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_SHORTCUT, (int)(ch)); + +#define change_string_list( list, list_text ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST, \ + (size_t)(sizeof (list) / sizeof (char *)), \ + (const char *const *)(list), \ + (const char *const *)(list_text)); + +#define change_string_cb( cb ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, #cb, (void *)(cb)); + +#define change_integer_list( list, list_text ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST, \ + (size_t)(sizeof (list) / sizeof (int)), \ + (const int *)(list), \ + (const char *const *)(list_text)); + +#define change_integer_cb( cb ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, #cb, (cb)); + +#define change_integer_range( minv, maxv ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, (int64_t)(minv), (int64_t)(maxv)); + +#define change_float_range( minv, maxv ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, (double)(minv), (double)(maxv)); + +/* For options that are saved but hidden from the preferences panel */ +#define change_private() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_PRIVATE); + +/* For options that cannot be saved in the configuration */ +#define change_volatile() \ + change_private() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VOLATILE); + +#define change_safe() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_SAFE); + +/* Meta data plugin exports */ +#define VLC_META_EXPORT( name, value ) \ + EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL const char * CDECL_SYMBOL \ + __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry_ ## name) (void); \ + EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL const char * CDECL_SYMBOL \ + __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry_ ## name) (void) \ + { \ + return value; \ + } + +#define VLC_COPYRIGHT_VIDEOLAN \ + "\x43\x6f\x70\x79\x72\x69\x67\x68\x74\x20\x28\x43\x29\x20\x74\x68" \ + "\x65\x20\x56\x69\x64\x65\x6f\x4c\x41\x4e\x20\x56\x4c\x43\x20\x6d" \ + "\x65\x64\x69\x61\x20\x70\x6c\x61\x79\x65\x72\x20\x64\x65\x76\x65" \ + "\x6c\x6f\x70\x65\x72\x73" +#define VLC_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_PLUS \ + "\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73\x65\x64\x20\x75\x6e\x64\x65\x72\x20\x74" \ + "\x68\x65\x20\x74\x65\x72\x6d\x73\x20\x6f\x66\x20\x74\x68\x65\x20" \ + "\x47\x4e\x55\x20\x4c\x65\x73\x73\x65\x72\x20\x47\x65\x6e\x65\x72" \ + "\x61\x6c\x20\x50\x75\x62\x6c\x69\x63\x20\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73" \ + "\x65\x2c\x20\x76\x65\x72\x73\x69\x6f\x6e\x20\x32\x2e\x31\x20\x6f" \ + "\x72\x20\x6c\x61\x74\x65\x72\x2e" +#define VLC_LICENSE_GPL_2_PLUS \ + "\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73\x65\x64\x20\x75\x6e\x64\x65\x72\x20\x74" \ + "\x68\x65\x20\x74\x65\x72\x6d\x73\x20\x6f\x66\x20\x74\x68\x65\x20" \ + "\x47\x4e\x55\x20\x47\x65\x6e\x65\x72\x61\x6c\x20\x50\x75\x62\x6c" \ + "\x69\x63\x20\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73\x65\x2c\x20\x76\x65\x72\x73" \ + "\x69\x6f\x6e\x20\x32\x20\x6f\x72\x20\x6c\x61\x74\x65\x72\x2e" +#if defined (__LIBVLC__) +# define VLC_MODULE_COPYRIGHT VLC_COPYRIGHT_VIDEOLAN +# ifndef VLC_MODULE_LICENSE +# define VLC_MODULE_LICENSE VLC_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_PLUS +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef VLC_MODULE_COPYRIGHT +# define VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT VLC_META_EXPORT(copyright, VLC_MODULE_COPYRIGHT) +#else +# define VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT +#endif +#ifdef VLC_MODULE_LICENSE +# define VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT VLC_META_EXPORT(license, VLC_MODULE_LICENSE) +#else +# define VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT +#endif + +#define VLC_METADATA_EXPORTS \ + VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT \ + VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_probe.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_probe.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efa4d97 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_probe.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_probe.h: service probing interface + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PROBE_H +# define VLC_PROBE_H 1 + +# include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures to run-time probe VLC extensions + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +void *vlc_probe (vlc_object_t *, const char *, size_t *); +#define vlc_probe(obj, cap, pcount) \ + vlc_probe(VLC_OBJECT(obj), cap, pcount) + +struct vlc_probe_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + void *list; + size_t count; +}; + +typedef struct vlc_probe_t vlc_probe_t; + +static inline int vlc_probe_add(vlc_probe_t *obj, const void *data, + size_t len) +{ + char *tab = (char *)realloc (obj->list, (obj->count + 1) * len); + + if (unlikely(tab == NULL)) + return VLC_ENOMEM; + memcpy(tab + (obj->count * len), data, len); + obj->list = tab; + obj->count++; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +# define VLC_PROBE_CONTINUE VLC_EGENERIC +# define VLC_PROBE_STOP VLC_SUCCESS + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_rand.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_rand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..761cee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_rand.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_rand.h: RNG + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2007 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 3ae95ac04c55f46d116481eb89255b013f6d1c32 $ + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_RAND_H +# define VLC_RAND_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defined random number generator function in vlc + */ + +VLC_API void vlc_rand_bytes(void *buf, size_t len); + +/* Interlocked (but not reproducible) functions for the POSIX PRNG */ +VLC_API double vlc_drand48(void) VLC_USED; +VLC_API long vlc_lrand48(void) VLC_USED; +VLC_API long vlc_mrand48(void) VLC_USED; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_renderer_discovery.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_renderer_discovery.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6193e48 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_renderer_discovery.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_renderer_discovery.h : Renderer Discovery functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_RENDERER_DISCOVERY_H +#define VLC_RENDERER_DISCOVERY_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup vlc_renderer VLC renderer discovery + * @{ + * + * @file + * This file declares VLC renderer discvoery structures and functions + * + * @defgroup vlc_renderer_item VLC renderer items returned by the discovery + * @{ + */ + +#define VLC_RENDERER_CAN_AUDIO 0x0001 +#define VLC_RENDERER_CAN_VIDEO 0x0002 + +/** + * Create a new renderer item + * + * @param psz_type type of the item + * @param psz_name name of the item + * @param psz_uri uri of the renderer item, must contains a valid protocol and + * a valid host + * @param psz_extra_sout extra sout options + * @param psz_demux_filter demux filter to use with the renderer + * @param psz_icon_uri icon uri of the renderer item + * @param i_flags flags for the item + * @return a renderer item or NULL in case of error + */ +VLC_API vlc_renderer_item_t * +vlc_renderer_item_new(const char *psz_type, const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_uri, const char *psz_extra_sout, + const char *psz_demux_filter, const char *psz_icon_uri, + int i_flags) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Hold a renderer item, i.e. creates a new reference + */ +VLC_API vlc_renderer_item_t * +vlc_renderer_item_hold(vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Releases a renderer item, i.e. decrements its reference counter + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_renderer_item_release(vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the human readable name of a renderer item + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_name(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the type (not translated) of a renderer item. For now, the type can only + * be "chromecast" ("upnp", "airplay" may come later). + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_type(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the demux filter to use with a renderer item + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_demux_filter(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the sout command of a renderer item + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_sout(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the icon uri of a renderer item + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_icon_uri(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the flags of a renderer item + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_renderer_item_flags(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup vlc_renderer_discovery VLC renderer discovery interface + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct vlc_renderer_discovery_sys vlc_renderer_discovery_sys; +struct vlc_renderer_discovery_owner; + +/** + * Return a list of renderer discovery modules + * + * @param pppsz_names a pointer to a list of module name, NULL terminated + * @param pppsz_longnames a pointer to a list of module longname, NULL + * terminated + * + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or VLC_EGENERIC on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_rd_get_names(vlc_object_t *p_obj, char ***pppsz_names, + char ***pppsz_longnames) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_rd_get_names(a, b, c) \ + vlc_rd_get_names(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * Create a new renderer discovery module + * + * @param psz_name name of the module to load, see vlc_rd_get_names() to get + * the list of names + * + * @return a valid vlc_renderer_discovery, need to be released with + * vlc_rd_release() + */ +VLC_API vlc_renderer_discovery_t * +vlc_rd_new(vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, + const struct vlc_renderer_discovery_owner *owner) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API void vlc_rd_release(vlc_renderer_discovery_t *p_rd); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup vlc_renderer_discovery_module VLC renderer module + * @{ + */ + +struct vlc_renderer_discovery_owner +{ + void *sys; + void (*item_added)(struct vlc_renderer_discovery_t *, + struct vlc_renderer_item_t *); + void (*item_removed)(struct vlc_renderer_discovery_t *, + struct vlc_renderer_item_t *); +}; + +struct vlc_renderer_discovery_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t * p_module; + + struct vlc_renderer_discovery_owner owner; + + char * psz_name; + config_chain_t * p_cfg; + + vlc_renderer_discovery_sys *p_sys; +}; + +/** + * Add a new renderer item + * + * This will send the vlc_RendererDiscoveryItemAdded event + */ +static inline void vlc_rd_add_item(vlc_renderer_discovery_t * p_rd, + vlc_renderer_item_t * p_item) +{ + p_rd->owner.item_added(p_rd, p_item); +} + +/** + * Add a new renderer item + * + * This will send the vlc_RendererDiscoveryItemRemoved event + */ +static inline void vlc_rd_remove_item(vlc_renderer_discovery_t * p_rd, + vlc_renderer_item_t * p_item) +{ + p_rd->owner.item_removed(p_rd, p_item); +} + +/** + * Renderer Discovery proble helpers + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_rd_probe_add(vlc_probe_t *p_probe, const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_longname); + +#define VLC_RD_PROBE_HELPER(name, longname) \ +static int vlc_rd_probe_open(vlc_object_t *obj) \ +{ \ + return vlc_rd_probe_add((struct vlc_probe_t *)obj, name, longname); \ +} + +#define VLC_RD_PROBE_SUBMODULE \ + add_submodule() \ + set_capability("renderer probe", 100) \ + set_callbacks(vlc_rd_probe_open, NULL) + +/** @} @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..673410c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_services_discovery.h : Services Discover functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: e4dfcd3985a6eea1d4b5c540e72219b67d733901 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SERVICES_DISCOVERY_H_ +#define VLC_SERVICES_DISCOVERY_H_ + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file lists functions and structures for service discovery (SD) in vlc + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * @{ + */ + +struct services_discovery_owner_t +{ + void *sys; /**< Private data for the owner callbacks */ + void (*item_added)(struct services_discovery_t *sd, input_item_t *parent, + input_item_t *item, const char *category); + void (*item_removed)(struct services_discovery_t *sd, input_item_t *item); +}; + +/** + * Main service discovery structure to build a SD module + */ +struct services_discovery_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t * p_module; /**< Loaded module */ + + char *psz_name; /**< Main name of the SD */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; /**< Configuration for the SD */ + + const char *description; /**< Human-readable name */ + + /** Control function + * \see services_discovery_command_e + */ + int ( *pf_control ) ( services_discovery_t *, int, va_list ); + + services_discovery_sys_t *p_sys; /**< Custom private data */ + + struct services_discovery_owner_t owner; /**< Owner callbacks */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery categories + * \see vlc_sd_probe_Add + */ +enum services_discovery_category_e +{ + SD_CAT_DEVICES = 1, /**< Devices, like portable music players */ + SD_CAT_LAN, /**< LAN/WAN services, like Upnp or SAP */ + SD_CAT_INTERNET, /**< Internet or Website channels services */ + SD_CAT_MYCOMPUTER /**< Computer services, like Discs or Apps */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery control commands + */ +enum services_discovery_command_e +{ + SD_CMD_SEARCH = 1, /**< arg1 = query */ + SD_CMD_DESCRIPTOR /**< arg1 = services_discovery_descriptor_t* */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery capabilities + */ +enum services_discovery_capability_e +{ + SD_CAP_SEARCH = 1 /**< One can search in the SD */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery descriptor + * \see services_discovery_command_e + */ +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_short_desc; /**< The short description, human-readable */ + char *psz_icon_url; /**< URL to the icon that represents it */ + char *psz_url; /**< URL for the service */ + int i_capabilities; /**< \see services_discovery_capability_e */ +} services_discovery_descriptor_t; + + +/*********************************************************************** + * Service Discovery + ***********************************************************************/ + +/** + * Ask for a research in the SD + * @param p_sd: the Service Discovery + * @param i_control: the command to issue + * @param args: the argument list + * @return VLC_SUCCESS in case of success, the error code overwise + */ +static inline int vlc_sd_control( services_discovery_t *p_sd, int i_control, va_list args ) +{ + if( p_sd->pf_control ) + return p_sd->pf_control( p_sd, i_control, args ); + else + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +/* Get the services discovery modules names to use in Create(), in a null + * terminated string array. Array and string must be freed after use. */ +VLC_API char ** vlc_sd_GetNames( vlc_object_t *, char ***, int ** ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_sd_GetNames(obj, pln, pcat ) \ + vlc_sd_GetNames(VLC_OBJECT(obj), pln, pcat) + +/** + * Creates a services discoverer. + */ +VLC_API services_discovery_t *vlc_sd_Create(vlc_object_t *parent, + const char *chain, const struct services_discovery_owner_t *owner) +VLC_USED; + +VLC_API void vlc_sd_Destroy( services_discovery_t * ); + +/** + * Added top-level service callback. + * + * This is a convenience wrapper for services_discovery_AddSubItem(). + * It covers the most comomn case wherby the added item is a top-level service, + * i.e. it has no parent node. + */ +static inline void services_discovery_AddItem(services_discovery_t *sd, + input_item_t *item) +{ + sd->owner.item_added(sd, NULL, item, NULL); +} + +/** + * Added service callback. + * + * A services discovery module invokes this function when it "discovers" a new + * service, i.e. a new input item. + * + * @note This callback does not take ownership of the input item; it might + * however (and most probably will) add one of more references to the item. + * + * The caller is responsible for releasing its own reference(s) eventually. + * Keeping a reference is necessary to call services_discovery_RemoveItem() or + * to alter the item later. However, if the caller will never remove nor alter + * the item, it can drop its reference(s) immediately. + * + * @param sd services discoverer / services discovery module instance + * @param item input item to add + */ +static inline void services_discovery_AddSubItem(services_discovery_t *sd, + input_item_t *parent, + input_item_t *item) +{ + sd->owner.item_added(sd, parent, item, NULL); +} + +/** + * Added service backward compatibility callback. + * + * @param category Optional name of a group that the item belongs in + * (for backward compatibility with legacy modules) + */ +VLC_DEPRECATED +static inline void services_discovery_AddItemCat(services_discovery_t *sd, + input_item_t *item, + const char *category) +{ + sd->owner.item_added(sd, NULL, item, category); +} + +/** + * Removed service callback. + * + * A services discovery module invokes this function when it senses that a + * service is no longer available. + */ +static inline void services_discovery_RemoveItem(services_discovery_t *sd, + input_item_t *item) +{ + sd->owner.item_removed(sd, item); +} + +/* SD probing */ + +VLC_API int vlc_sd_probe_Add(vlc_probe_t *, const char *, const char *, int category); + +#define VLC_SD_PROBE_SUBMODULE \ + add_submodule() \ + set_capability( "services probe", 100 ) \ + set_callbacks( vlc_sd_probe_Open, NULL ) + +#define VLC_SD_PROBE_HELPER(name, longname, cat) \ +static int vlc_sd_probe_Open (vlc_object_t *obj) \ +{ \ + return vlc_sd_probe_Add ((struct vlc_probe_t *)obj, name, \ + longname, cat); \ +} + +/** @} */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_sout.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_sout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e6367e --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_sout.h @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_sout.h : stream output module + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c710780e2e15ccd3de5ef3e12a47dcfacfbc744a $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * Eric Petit + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SOUT_H_ +#define VLC_SOUT_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup sout Stream output + * \ingroup output + * @{ + * \file + * Stream output modules interface + */ + +/** Stream output instance (FIXME: should be private to src/ to avoid + * invalid unsynchronized access) */ +struct sout_instance_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + char *psz_sout; + + /** count of output that can't control the space */ + int i_out_pace_nocontrol; + + vlc_mutex_t lock; + sout_stream_t *p_stream; +}; + +/**************************************************************************** + * sout_stream_id_sys_t: opaque (private for all sout_stream_t) + ****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct sout_stream_id_sys_t sout_stream_id_sys_t; + +/** + * \defgroup sout_access Access output + * Raw output byte streams + * @{ + */ + +/** Stream output access_output */ +struct sout_access_out_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *p_module; + char *psz_access; + + char *psz_path; + sout_access_out_sys_t *p_sys; + int (*pf_seek)( sout_access_out_t *, off_t ); + ssize_t (*pf_read)( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); + ssize_t (*pf_write)( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); + int (*pf_control)( sout_access_out_t *, int, va_list ); + + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +}; + +enum access_out_query_e +{ + ACCESS_OUT_CONTROLS_PACE, /* arg1=bool *, can fail (assume true) */ + ACCESS_OUT_CAN_SEEK, /* arg1=bool *, can fail (assume false) */ +}; + +VLC_API sout_access_out_t * sout_AccessOutNew( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_access, const char *psz_name ) VLC_USED; +#define sout_AccessOutNew( obj, access, name ) \ + sout_AccessOutNew( VLC_OBJECT(obj), access, name ) +VLC_API void sout_AccessOutDelete( sout_access_out_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_AccessOutSeek( sout_access_out_t *, off_t ); +VLC_API ssize_t sout_AccessOutRead( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API ssize_t sout_AccessOutWrite( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_AccessOutControl( sout_access_out_t *, int, ... ); + +static inline bool sout_AccessOutCanControlPace( sout_access_out_t *p_ao ) +{ + bool b; + if( sout_AccessOutControl( p_ao, ACCESS_OUT_CONTROLS_PACE, &b ) ) + return true; + return b; +} + +/** + * @} + * \defgroup sout_mux Multiplexer + * Multiplexers (file formatters) + * @{ + */ + +/** Muxer structure */ +struct sout_mux_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t *p_module; + + sout_instance_t *p_sout; + + char *psz_mux; + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + + sout_access_out_t *p_access; + + int (*pf_addstream)( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + void (*pf_delstream)( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + int (*pf_mux) ( sout_mux_t * ); + int (*pf_control) ( sout_mux_t *, int, va_list ); + + /* here are all inputs accepted by muxer */ + int i_nb_inputs; + sout_input_t **pp_inputs; + + /* mux private */ + sout_mux_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* XXX private to stream_output.c */ + /* if muxer doesn't support adding stream at any time then we first wait + * for stream then we refuse all stream and start muxing */ + bool b_add_stream_any_time; + bool b_waiting_stream; + /* we wait 1.5 second after first stream added */ + mtime_t i_add_stream_start; +}; + +enum sout_mux_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + MUX_CAN_ADD_STREAM_WHILE_MUXING, /* arg1= bool *, res=cannot fail */ + /* properties */ + MUX_GET_ADD_STREAM_WAIT, /* arg1= bool *, res=cannot fail */ + MUX_GET_MIME, /* arg1= char ** res=can fail */ +}; + +struct sout_input_t +{ + const es_format_t *p_fmt; + block_fifo_t *p_fifo; + void *p_sys; + es_format_t fmt; +}; + + +VLC_API sout_mux_t * sout_MuxNew( sout_instance_t*, const char *, sout_access_out_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API sout_input_t *sout_MuxAddStream( sout_mux_t *, const es_format_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void sout_MuxDeleteStream( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); +VLC_API void sout_MuxDelete( sout_mux_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_MuxSendBuffer( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_MuxGetStream(sout_mux_t *, unsigned, mtime_t *); +VLC_API void sout_MuxFlush( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + +static inline int sout_MuxControl( sout_mux_t *p_mux, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = p_mux->pf_control( p_mux, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +/** @} */ + +enum sout_stream_query_e { + SOUT_STREAM_EMPTY, /* arg1=bool *, res=can fail (assume true) */ +}; + +struct sout_stream_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *p_module; + sout_instance_t *p_sout; + + char *psz_name; + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + sout_stream_t *p_next; + + /* add, remove a stream */ + sout_stream_id_sys_t *(*pf_add)( sout_stream_t *, const es_format_t * ); + void (*pf_del)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t * ); + /* manage a packet */ + int (*pf_send)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t *, block_t* ); + int (*pf_control)( sout_stream_t *, int, va_list ); + void (*pf_flush)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t * ); + + sout_stream_sys_t *p_sys; + bool pace_nocontrol; +}; + +VLC_API void sout_StreamChainDelete(sout_stream_t *p_first, sout_stream_t *p_last ); +VLC_API sout_stream_t *sout_StreamChainNew(sout_instance_t *p_sout, + const char *psz_chain, sout_stream_t *p_next, sout_stream_t **p_last) VLC_USED; + +static inline sout_stream_id_sys_t *sout_StreamIdAdd( sout_stream_t *s, + const es_format_t *fmt ) +{ + return s->pf_add( s, fmt ); +} + +static inline void sout_StreamIdDel( sout_stream_t *s, + sout_stream_id_sys_t *id ) +{ + s->pf_del( s, id ); +} + +static inline int sout_StreamIdSend( sout_stream_t *s, + sout_stream_id_sys_t *id, block_t *b ) +{ + return s->pf_send( s, id, b ); +} + +static inline void sout_StreamFlush( sout_stream_t *s, + sout_stream_id_sys_t *id ) +{ + if (s->pf_flush) + s->pf_flush( s, id ); +} + +static inline int sout_StreamControl( sout_stream_t *s, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + if ( !s->pf_control ) + i_result = VLC_EGENERIC; + else + i_result = s->pf_control( s, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * Encoder + ****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API encoder_t * sout_EncoderCreate( vlc_object_t *obj ); +#define sout_EncoderCreate(o) sout_EncoderCreate(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +/**************************************************************************** + * Announce handler + ****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API session_descriptor_t* sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void sout_AnnounceUnRegister(vlc_object_t *,session_descriptor_t* ); +#define sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP(o, sdp, addr) \ + sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP(VLC_OBJECT (o), sdp, addr) +#define sout_AnnounceUnRegister(o, a) \ + sout_AnnounceUnRegister(VLC_OBJECT (o), a) + +/** SDP */ + +struct sockaddr; +struct vlc_memstream; + +VLC_API int vlc_sdp_Start(struct vlc_memstream *, vlc_object_t *obj, + const char *cfgpref, + const struct sockaddr *src, size_t slen, + const struct sockaddr *addr, size_t alen) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void sdp_AddMedia(struct vlc_memstream *, const char *type, + const char *protocol, int dport, unsigned pt, + bool bw_indep, unsigned bw, const char *ptname, + unsigned clockrate, unsigned channels, + const char *fmtp); +VLC_API void sdp_AddAttribute(struct vlc_memstream *, const char *name, + const char *fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT(3, 4); + +/** Description module */ +typedef struct sout_description_data_t +{ + int i_es; + es_format_t **es; + vlc_sem_t *sem; +} sout_description_data_t; + +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_spu.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_spu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebc4205 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_spu.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_spu.h: spu_t definition and functions. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright (C) 2010 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 510ee151ec907da9fb6ac88b38cf7ef68a5c4af8 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SPU_H +#define VLC_SPU_H 1 + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * \defgroup spu Sub-picture channels + * \ingroup video_output + * @{ + * \file + */ + +typedef struct spu_private_t spu_private_t; + +/** + * Subpicture unit descriptor + */ +struct spu_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + spu_private_t *p; +}; + + VLC_API spu_t * spu_Create( vlc_object_t *, vout_thread_t * ); +#define spu_Create(a,b) spu_Create(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +VLC_API void spu_Destroy( spu_t * ); + +/** + * This function sends a subpicture to the spu_t core. + * + * You cannot use the provided subpicture anymore. The spu_t core + * will destroy it at its convenience. + */ +VLC_API void spu_PutSubpicture( spu_t *, subpicture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will return an unique subpicture containing the OSD and + * subtitles visibles at the requested date. + * + * \param p_chroma_list is a list of supported chroma for the output (can be NULL) + * \param p_fmt_dst is the format of the picture on which the return subpicture will be rendered. + * \param p_fmt_src is the format of the original(source) video. + * + * The returned value if non NULL must be released by subpicture_Delete(). + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * spu_Render( spu_t *, const vlc_fourcc_t *p_chroma_list, const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, mtime_t render_subtitle_date, mtime_t render_osd_date, bool ignore_osd ); + +/** + * It registers a new SPU channel. + */ +VLC_API int spu_RegisterChannel( spu_t * ); + +/** + * It clears all subpictures associated to a SPU channel. + */ +VLC_API void spu_ClearChannel( spu_t *, int ); + +/** + * It changes the sub sources list + */ +VLC_API void spu_ChangeSources( spu_t *, const char * ); + +/** + * It changes the sub filters list + */ +VLC_API void spu_ChangeFilters( spu_t *, const char * ); + +/** @}*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_SPU_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_stream.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_stream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d6d0e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_stream.h @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_stream.h: Stream (between access and demux) descriptor and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 789545e16e59dd99f215d7b2bafb655f49dfbc88 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STREAM_H +#define VLC_STREAM_H 1 + +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \defgroup stream Stream + * \ingroup input + * Buffered input byte streams + * @{ + * \file + * Byte streams and byte stream filter modules interface + */ + +/** + * stream_t definition + */ + +struct stream_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties for stream filter */ + module_t *p_module; + + char *psz_name; + char *psz_url; /**< Full URL or MRL (can be NULL) */ + const char *psz_location; /**< Location (URL with the scheme stripped) */ + char *psz_filepath; /**< Local file path (if applicable) */ + bool b_preparsing; /**< True if this access is used to preparse */ + + /* Stream source for stream filter */ + stream_t *p_source; + + /** + * Read data. + * + * Callback to read data from the stream into a caller-supplied buffer. + * + * This may be NULL if the stream is actually a directory rather than a + * byte stream, or if \ref stream_t.pf_block is non-NULL. + * + * \param buf buffer to read data into + * \param len buffer length (in bytes) + * + * \retval -1 no data available yet + * \retval 0 end of stream (incl. fatal error) + * \retval positive number of bytes read (no more than len) + */ + ssize_t (*pf_read)(stream_t *, void *buf, size_t len); + + /** + * Read data block. + * + * Callback to read a block of data. The data is read into a block of + * memory allocated by the stream. For some streams, data can be read more + * efficiently in block of a certain size, and/or using a custom allocator + * for buffers. In such case, this callback should be provided instead of + * \ref stream_t.pf_read; otherwise, this should be NULL. + * + * \param eof storage space for end-of-stream flag [OUT] + * (*eof is always false when invoking pf_block(); pf_block() should set + * *eof to true if it detects the end of the stream) + * + * \return a data block, + * NULL if no data available yet, on error and at end-of-stream + */ + block_t *(*pf_block)(stream_t *, bool *eof); + + /** + * Read directory. + * + * Callback to fill an item node from a directory + * (see doc/browsing.txt for details). + * + * NULL if the stream is not a directory. + */ + int (*pf_readdir)(stream_t *, input_item_node_t *); + + /** + * Seek. + * + * Callback to set the stream pointer (in bytes from start). + * + * May be NULL if seeking is not supported. + */ + int (*pf_seek)(stream_t *, uint64_t); + + /** + * Stream control. + * + * Cannot be NULL. + * + * \see stream_query_e + */ + int (*pf_control)(stream_t *, int i_query, va_list); + + /** + * Private data pointer + */ + void *p_sys; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +/** + * Possible commands to send to vlc_stream_Control() and vlc_stream_vaControl() + */ +enum stream_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + STREAM_CAN_SEEK, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_FASTSEEK, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_PAUSE, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_CONTROL_PACE, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + /* */ + STREAM_GET_SIZE=6, /**< arg1= uint64_t * res=can fail */ + STREAM_IS_DIRECTORY, /**< res=can fail */ + + /* */ + STREAM_GET_PTS_DELAY = 0x101,/**< arg1= int64_t* res=cannot fail */ + STREAM_GET_TITLE_INFO, /**< arg1=input_title_t*** arg2=int* res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_TITLE, /**< arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_SEEKPOINT, /**< arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_META, /**< arg1= vlc_meta_t * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_CONTENT_TYPE, /**< arg1= char ** res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_SIGNAL, /**< arg1=double *pf_quality, arg2=double *pf_strength res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_TAGS, /**< arg1=const block_t ** res=can fail */ + + STREAM_SET_PAUSE_STATE = 0x200, /**< arg1= bool res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_TITLE, /**< arg1= int res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_SEEKPOINT, /**< arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* XXX only data read through vlc_stream_Read/Block will be recorded */ + STREAM_SET_RECORD_STATE, /**< arg1=bool, arg2=const char *psz_ext (if arg1 is true) res=can fail */ + + STREAM_SET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE = 0x1000, /* arg1= int i_private_data, bool b_selected res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_PRIVATE_ID_CA, /* arg1= int i_program_number, uint16_t i_vpid, uint16_t i_apid1, uint16_t i_apid2, uint16_t i_apid3, uint8_t i_length, uint8_t *p_data */ + STREAM_GET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE, /* arg1=int i_private_data arg2=bool * res=can fail */ +}; + +/** + * Reads data from a byte stream. + * + * This function always waits for the requested number of bytes, unless a fatal + * error is encountered or the end-of-stream is reached first. + * + * If the buffer is NULL, data is skipped instead of read. This is effectively + * a relative forward seek, but it works even on non-seekable streams. + * + * \param buf start of buffer to read data into [OUT] + * \param len number of bytes to read + * \return the number of bytes read or a negative value on error. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_stream_Read(stream_t *, void *buf, size_t len) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Reads partial data from a byte stream. + * + * This function waits until some data is available for reading from the + * stream, a fatal error is encountered or the end-of-stream is reached. + * + * Unlike vlc_stream_Read(), this function does not wait for the full requested + * bytes count. It can return a short count even before the end of the stream + * and in the absence of any error. + * + * \param buf start of buffer to read data into [OUT] + * \param len buffer size (maximum number of bytes to read) + * \return the number of bytes read or a negative value on error. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_stream_ReadPartial(stream_t *, void *buf, size_t len) +VLC_USED; + +/** + * Peeks at data from a byte stream. + * + * This function buffers for the requested number of bytes, waiting if + * necessary. Then it stores a pointer to the buffer. Unlike vlc_stream_Read() + * or vlc_stream_Block(), this function does not modify the stream read offset. + * + * \note + * The buffer remains valid until the next read/peek or seek operation on the + * same stream. In case of error, the buffer address is undefined. + * + * \param bufp storage space for the buffer address [OUT] + * \param len number of bytes to peek + * \return the number of bytes actually available (shorter than requested if + * the end-of-stream is reached), or a negative value on error. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_stream_Peek(stream_t *, const uint8_t **, size_t) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Reads a data block from a byte stream. + * + * This function dequeues the next block of data from the byte stream. The + * byte stream back-end decides on the size of the block; the caller cannot + * make any assumption about it. + * + * The function might also return NULL spuriously - this does not necessarily + * imply that the stream is ended nor that it has encountered a nonrecoverable + * error. + * + * This function should be used instead of vlc_stream_Read() or + * vlc_stream_Peek() when the caller can handle reads of any size. + * + * \return either a data block or NULL + */ +VLC_API block_t *vlc_stream_ReadBlock(stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Tells the current stream position. + * + * This function tells the current read offset (in bytes) from the start of + * the start of the stream. + * @note The read offset may be larger than the stream size, either because of + * a seek past the end, or because the stream shrank asynchronously. + * + * @return the byte offset from the beginning of the stream (cannot fail) + */ +VLC_API uint64_t vlc_stream_Tell(const stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Checks for end of stream. + * + * Checks if the last attempt to reads data from the stream encountered the + * end of stream before the attempt could be fully satisfied. + * The value is initially false, and is reset to false by vlc_stream_Seek(). + * + * \note The function can return false even though the current stream position + * is equal to the stream size. It will return true after the following attempt + * to read more than zero bytes. + * + * \note It might be possible to read after the end of the stream. + * It implies the size of the stream increased asynchronously in the mean time. + * Streams of most types cannot trigger such a case, + * but regular local files notably can. + * + * \note In principles, the stream size should match the stream offset when + * the end-of-stream is reached. But that rule is not enforced; it is entirely + * dependent on the underlying implementation of the stream. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_stream_Eof(const stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Sets the current stream position. + * + * This function changes the read offset within a stream, if the stream + * supports seeking. In case of error, the read offset is not changed. + * + * @note It is possible (but not useful) to seek past the end of a stream. + * + * @param offset byte offset from the beginning of the stream + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + */ +VLC_API int vlc_stream_Seek(stream_t *, uint64_t offset) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int vlc_stream_vaControl(stream_t *s, int query, va_list args); + +static inline int vlc_stream_Control(stream_t *s, int query, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, query); + ret = vlc_stream_vaControl(s, query, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret; +} + +VLC_API block_t *vlc_stream_Block(stream_t *s, size_t); +VLC_API char *vlc_stream_ReadLine(stream_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_stream_ReadDir(stream_t *, input_item_node_t *); + +/** + * Closes a byte stream. + * \param s byte stream to close + */ +VLC_API void vlc_stream_Delete(stream_t *s); + +VLC_API stream_t *vlc_stream_CommonNew(vlc_object_t *, void (*)(stream_t *)); + +/** + * Get the size of the stream. + */ +VLC_USED static inline int vlc_stream_GetSize( stream_t *s, uint64_t *size ) +{ + return vlc_stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_SIZE, size ); +} + +static inline int64_t stream_Size( stream_t *s ) +{ + uint64_t i_pos; + + if( vlc_stream_GetSize( s, &i_pos ) ) + return 0; + if( i_pos >> 62 ) + return (int64_t)1 << 62; + return i_pos; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool stream_HasExtension( stream_t *s, const char *extension ) +{ + const char *name = (s->psz_filepath != NULL) ? s->psz_filepath + : s->psz_url; + const char *ext = strrchr( name, '.' ); + return ext != NULL && !strcasecmp( ext, extension ); +} + +/** + * Get the Content-Type of a stream, or NULL if unknown. + * Result must be free()'d. + */ +static inline char *stream_ContentType( stream_t *s ) +{ + char *res; + if( vlc_stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_CONTENT_TYPE, &res ) ) + return NULL; + return res; +} + +/** + * Get the mime-type of a stream + * + * \warning the returned resource is to be freed by the caller + * \return the mime-type, or `NULL` if unknown + **/ +VLC_USED +static inline char *stream_MimeType( stream_t *s ) +{ + char* mime_type = stream_ContentType( s ); + + if( mime_type ) /* strip parameters */ + mime_type[strcspn( mime_type, " ;" )] = '\0'; + + return mime_type; +} + +/** + * Checks for a MIME type. + * + * Checks if the stream has a specific MIME type. + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool stream_IsMimeType(stream_t *s, const char *type) +{ + char *mime = stream_MimeType(s); + if (mime == NULL) + return false; + + bool ok = !strcasecmp(mime, type); + free(mime); + return ok; +} + +/** + * Create a stream from a memory buffer. + * + * \param obj parent VLC object + * \param base start address of the memory buffer to read from + * \param size size in bytes of the memory buffer + * \param preserve if false, free(base) will be called when the stream is + * destroyed; if true, the memory buffer is preserved + */ +VLC_API stream_t *vlc_stream_MemoryNew(vlc_object_t *obj, uint8_t *base, + size_t size, bool preserve) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_stream_MemoryNew(a, b, c, d) \ + vlc_stream_MemoryNew(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d) + +/** + * Create a stream_t reading from a URL. + * You must delete it using vlc_stream_Delete. + */ +VLC_API stream_t * vlc_stream_NewURL(vlc_object_t *obj, const char *url) +VLC_USED; +#define vlc_stream_NewURL(a, b) vlc_stream_NewURL(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * \defgroup stream_fifo FIFO stream + * In-memory anonymous pipe + @{ + */ + +/** + * Creates a FIFO stream. + * + * Creates a non-seekable byte stream object whose byte stream is generated + * by another thread in the process. This is the LibVLC equivalent of an + * anonymous pipe/FIFO. + * + * On the reader side, the normal stream functions are used, + * e.g. vlc_stream_Read() and vlc_stream_Delete(). + * + * The created stream object is automatically destroyed when both the reader + * and the writer sides have been closed, with vlc_stream_Delete() and + * vlc_stream_fifo_Close() respectively. + * + * \param parent parent VLC object for the stream + * \return a stream object or NULL on memory error. + */ +VLC_API stream_t *vlc_stream_fifo_New(vlc_object_t *parent); + +/** + * Writes a block to a FIFO stream. + * + * \param s FIFO stream created by vlc_stream_fifo_New() + * \param block data block to write to the stream + * \return 0 on success. -1 if the reader end has already been closed + * (errno is then set to EPIPE, and the block is deleted). + * + * \bug No congestion control is performed. If the reader end is not keeping + * up with the writer end, buffers will accumulate in memory. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_stream_fifo_Queue(stream_t *s, block_t *block); + +/** + * Writes data to a FIFO stream. + * + * This is a convenience helper for vlc_stream_fifo_Queue(). + * \param s FIFO stream created by vlc_stream_fifo_New() + * \param buf start address of data to write + * \param len length of data to write in bytes + * \return len on success, or -1 on error (errno is set accordingly) + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_stream_fifo_Write(stream_t *s, const void *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * Terminates a FIFO stream. + * + * Marks the end of the FIFO stream and releases any underlying resources. + * \param s FIFO stream created by vlc_stream_fifo_New() + */ +VLC_API void vlc_stream_fifo_Close(stream_t *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Try to add a stream filter to an open stream. + * @return New stream to use, or NULL if the filter could not be added. + **/ +VLC_API stream_t* vlc_stream_FilterNew( stream_t *p_source, const char *psz_stream_filter ); + +/** + * Default ReadDir implementation for stream Filter. This implementation just + * forward the pf_readdir call to the p_source stream. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_stream_FilterDefaultReadDir(stream_t *s, + input_item_node_t *p_node); + +/** + * Sets vlc_stream_FilterDefaultReadDir as the pf_readdir callback for this + * stream filter. + */ +#define stream_FilterSetDefaultReadDir(stream) \ +do { \ + (stream)->pf_readdir = vlc_stream_FilterDefaultReadDir; \ +} while (0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_stream_extractor.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_stream_extractor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78c51c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_stream_extractor.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_stream_extractor.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STREAM_EXTRACTOR_H +#define VLC_STREAM_EXTRACTOR_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * \defgroup stream_extractor Stream Extractor + * \ingroup input + * + * If a stream can be viewed as a directory, such as when opening a + * compressed archive, a \em stream-extractor is used to get access to + * the entities inside said stream. + * + * A \em stream-extractor can do one of two things; + * + * - lists the logical entries within a stream: + * - type = \ref stream_directory_t + * - capability = "stream_directory" + * + * - extract data associated with one specific entry within a stream: + * - type = \ref stream_extractor_t + * - capability = "stream_extractor" + * + * @{ + * + **/ + +typedef struct stream_extractor_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /** + * \name Callbacks for entity extraction + * + * The following members shall be populated as specified by the + * documentation associated with \ref stream_t for the equivalent name. + * + * @{ + **/ + ssize_t (*pf_read)(struct stream_extractor_t*, void* buf, size_t len); + block_t* (*pf_block)(struct stream_extractor_t*, bool* eof); + int (*pf_seek)(struct stream_extractor_t*, uint64_t); + int (*pf_control)(struct stream_extractor_t*, int request, va_list args); + /** @} */ + + char const* identifier; /**< the name of the entity to be extracted */ + stream_t* source; /**< the source stream to be consumed */ + void* p_sys; /**< private opaque handle to be used by the module */ + +} stream_extractor_t; + +typedef struct stream_directory_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /** + * \name Callbacks for stream directories + * + * The following members shall be populated as specified by the + * documentation associated with \ref stream_t for the equivalent name. + * + * @{ + **/ + int (*pf_readdir)(struct stream_directory_t*, input_item_node_t* ); + /** @} */ + + stream_t* source; /**< the source stream to be consumed */ + void* p_sys; /**< private opaque handle to be used by the module */ + +} stream_directory_t; + +/** + * Create a stream for the data referred to by a \ref mrl + * + * This function will create a \ref stream that reads from the specified \ref + * mrl, potentially making use of \ref stream_extractor%s to access named + * entities within the data read from the original source. + * + * - See the \ref mrl specification for further information. + * - The returned resource shall be deleted through \ref vlc_stream_Delete. + * + * \warning This function is only to be used when \ref mrl functionality is + * explicitly needed. \ref vlc_stream_NewURL shall be used where + * applicable. + * + * \param obj the owner of the requested stream + * \param mrl the mrl for which the stream_t should be created + * \return `NULL` on error, a pointer to \ref stream_t on success. + **/ +VLC_API stream_t * vlc_stream_NewMRL(vlc_object_t *obj, const char *mrl) +VLC_USED; +#define vlc_stream_NewMRL(a, b) vlc_stream_NewMRL(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * Create a relative MRL for the associated entity + * + * This function shall be used by stream_directory_t's in order to + * generate an MRL that refers to an entity within the stream. Normally + * this function will only be invoked within `pf_readdir` in order to + * get the virtual path of the listed items. + * + * \warning the returned value is to be freed by the caller + * + * \param extractor the stream_directory_t for which the entity belongs + * \param subentry the name of the entity in question + * + * \return a pointer to the resulting MRL on success, NULL on failure + **/ +VLC_API char* vlc_stream_extractor_CreateMRL( stream_directory_t*, + char const* subentry ); + +/** + * \name Attach a stream-extractor to the passed stream + * + * These functions are used to attach a stream extractor to an already existing + * stream. As hinted by their names, \ref vlc_stream_extractor_Attach will + * attach an \em entity-extractor, whereas \ref vlc_stream_directory_Attach + * will attach a \em stream-directory. + * + * \param[out] stream a pointer-to-pointer to stream, `*stream` will + * refer to the attached stream on success, and left + * untouched on failure. + * \param identifier (if present) NULL or a c-style string referring to the + * desired entity + * \param module_name NULL or an explicit stream-extractor module name + * + * \return VLC_SUCCESS if a stream-extractor was successfully + * attached, an error-code on failure. + * + * @{ + **/ + +VLC_API int vlc_stream_extractor_Attach( stream_t** source, + char const* identifier, + char const* module_name ); + +VLC_API int vlc_stream_directory_Attach( stream_t** source, + char const* module_name ); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif +#endif /* include-guard */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_strings.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_strings.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c222e24 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_strings.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_strings.h: String functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 9828fbd728ee791d409568405f280634132b91a6 $ + * + * Authors: Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STRINGS_H +#define VLC_STRINGS_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup strings String helpers + * @{ + * \file + * Helper functions for nul-terminated strings + */ + +static inline int vlc_ascii_toupper( int c ) +{ + if ( c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' ) + return c + ( 'A' - 'a' ); + else + return c; +} + +static inline int vlc_ascii_tolower( int c ) +{ + if ( c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' ) + return c + ( 'a' - 'A' ); + else + return c; +} + +/** + * Compare two ASCII strings ignoring case. + * + * The result is independent of the locale. If there are non-ASCII + * characters in the strings, their cases are NOT ignored in the + * comparison. + */ +static inline int vlc_ascii_strcasecmp( const char *psz1, const char *psz2 ) +{ + const char *s1 = psz1; + const char *s2 = psz2; + int d = vlc_ascii_tolower( *s1 ) - vlc_ascii_tolower( *s2 ); + while ( *s1 && d == 0) + { + s1++; + s2++; + d = vlc_ascii_tolower( *s1 ) - vlc_ascii_tolower( *s2 ); + } + + return d; +} + +static inline int vlc_ascii_strncasecmp( const char *psz1, const char *psz2, size_t n ) +{ + const char *s1 = psz1; + const char *s2 = psz2; + const char *s1end = psz1 + n; + int d = vlc_ascii_tolower( *s1 ) - vlc_ascii_tolower( *s2 ); + while ( *s1 && s1 < s1end && d == 0) + { + s1++; + s2++; + d = vlc_ascii_tolower( *s1 ) - vlc_ascii_tolower( *s2 ); + } + + if (s1 == s1end) + return 0; + else + return d; +} + +/** + * Decodes XML entities. + * + * Decodes a null-terminated UTF-8 string of XML character data into a regular + * nul-terminated UTF-8 string. In other words, replaces XML entities and + * numerical character references with the corresponding characters. + * + * This function operates in place (the output is always of smaller or equal + * length than the input) and always succeeds. + * + * \param str null-terminated string [IN/OUT] + */ +VLC_API void vlc_xml_decode(char *st); + +/** + * Encodes XML entites. + * + * Substitutes unsafe characters in a null-terminated UTF-8 strings with an + * XML entity or numerical character reference. + * + * \param str null terminated UTF-8 string + * \return On success, a heap-allocated null-terminated string is returned. + * If the input string was not a valid UTF-8 sequence, NULL is returned and + * errno is set to EILSEQ. + * If there was not enough memory, NULL is returned and errno is to ENOMEM. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_xml_encode(const char *str) VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_encode_binary( const uint8_t *, size_t ); +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_encode( const char * ); + +VLC_API size_t vlc_b64_decode_binary_to_buffer( uint8_t *p_dst, size_t i_dst_max, const char *psz_src ); +VLC_API size_t vlc_b64_decode_binary( uint8_t **pp_dst, const char *psz_src ); +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_decode( const char *psz_src ); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for strftime(). + * + * Formats the current time into a heap-allocated string. + * + * @param tformat time format (as with C strftime()) + * @return an allocated string (must be free()'d), or NULL on memory error. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_strftime( const char * ); + +/** + * Formats input meta-data. + * + * Formats input and input item meta-informations into a heap-allocated string. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_strfinput( input_thread_t *, const char * ); + +static inline char *str_format( input_thread_t *input, const char *fmt ) +{ + char *s1 = vlc_strftime( fmt ); + char *s2 = vlc_strfinput( input, s1 ); + free( s1 ); + return s2; +} + +VLC_API int vlc_filenamecmp(const char *, const char *); + +void filename_sanitize(char *); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67157c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_subpicture.h: subpicture definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: b9de52c0493687f2f9920753562e2f1eebfd1b7b $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SUBPICTURE_H +#define VLC_SUBPICTURE_H 1 + +/** + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup subpicture Video sub-pictures + * \ingroup video_output + * Subpictures are pictures that should be displayed on top of the video, like + * subtitles and OSD + * @{ + * \file + * Subpictures functions + */ + +/** + * Video subtitle region spu core private + */ +typedef struct subpicture_region_private_t subpicture_region_private_t; + +/** + * Video subtitle region + * + * A subtitle region is defined by a picture (graphic) and its rendering + * coordinates. + * Subtitles contain a list of regions. + */ +struct subpicture_region_t +{ + video_format_t fmt; /**< format of the picture */ + picture_t *p_picture; /**< picture comprising this region */ + + int i_x; /**< position of region, relative to alignment */ + int i_y; /**< position of region, relative to alignment */ + int i_align; /**< alignment flags of region */ + int i_alpha; /**< transparency */ + + /* Parameters for text regions (p_picture to be rendered) */ + text_segment_t *p_text; /**< subtitle text, made of a list of segments */ + int i_text_align; /**< alignment flags of region content */ + bool b_noregionbg; /**< render background under text only */ + bool b_gridmode; /** if the decoder sends row/cols based output */ + bool b_balanced_text; /** try to balance wrapped text lines */ + int i_max_width; /** horizontal rendering/cropping target/limit */ + int i_max_height; /** vertical rendering/cropping target/limit */ + + subpicture_region_t *p_next; /**< next region in the list */ + subpicture_region_private_t *p_private; /**< Private data for spu_t *only* */ +}; + +/* Subpicture region position flags */ +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEFT 0x1 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x2 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_TOP 0x4 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x8 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_MASK ( SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEFT|SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_RIGHT| \ + SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_TOP |SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_BOTTOM ) +/** + * This function will create a new subpicture region. + * + * You must use subpicture_region_Delete to destroy it. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_region_t * subpicture_region_New( const video_format_t *p_fmt ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a subpicture region allocated by + * subpicture_region_New. + * + * You may give it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_region_Delete( subpicture_region_t *p_region ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a list of subpicture regions allocated by + * subpicture_region_New. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_region_ChainDelete( subpicture_region_t *p_head ); + +/** + * This function will copy a subpicture region to a new allocated one + * and transfer all the properties + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_region_t *subpicture_region_Copy( subpicture_region_t *p_region ); + +/** + * + */ +typedef struct subpicture_updater_sys_t subpicture_updater_sys_t; +typedef struct +{ + /** Optional pre update callback, usually useful on video format change. + * Will skip pf_update on VLC_SUCCESS, or will delete every region before + * the call to pf_update */ + int (*pf_validate)( subpicture_t *, + bool has_src_changed, const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, + bool has_dst_changed, const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, + mtime_t); + /** Mandatory callback called after pf_validate and doing + * the main job of creating the subpicture regions for the + * current video_format */ + void (*pf_update) ( subpicture_t *, + const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, + const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, + mtime_t ); + /** Optional callback for subpicture private data cleanup */ + void (*pf_destroy) ( subpicture_t * ); + subpicture_updater_sys_t *p_sys; +} subpicture_updater_t; + +typedef struct subpicture_private_t subpicture_private_t; + +/** + * Video subtitle + * + * Any subtitle destined to be displayed by a video output thread should + * be stored in this structure from it's creation to it's effective display. + * Subtitle type and flags should only be modified by the output thread. Note + * that an empty subtitle MUST have its flags set to 0. + */ +struct subpicture_t +{ + /** \name Channel ID */ + /**@{*/ + int i_channel; /**< subpicture channel ID */ + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Type and flags + Should NOT be modified except by the vout thread */ + /**@{*/ + int64_t i_order; /** an increasing unique number */ + subpicture_t * p_next; /**< next subtitle to be displayed */ + /**@}*/ + + subpicture_region_t *p_region; /**< region list composing this subtitle */ + + /** \name Date properties */ + /**@{*/ + mtime_t i_start; /**< beginning of display date */ + mtime_t i_stop; /**< end of display date */ + bool b_ephemer; /**< If this flag is set to true the subtitle + will be displayed until the next one appear */ + bool b_fade; /**< enable fading */ + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Display properties + * These properties are only indicative and may be + * changed by the video output thread, or simply ignored depending of the + * subtitle type. */ + /**@{*/ + bool b_subtitle; /**< the picture is a movie subtitle */ + bool b_absolute; /**< position is absolute */ + int i_original_picture_width; /**< original width of the movie */ + int i_original_picture_height;/**< original height of the movie */ + int i_alpha; /**< transparency */ + /**@}*/ + + subpicture_updater_t updater; + + subpicture_private_t *p_private; /* Reserved to the core */ +}; + +/** + * This function create a new empty subpicture. + * + * You must use subpicture_Delete to destroy it. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * subpicture_New( const subpicture_updater_t * ); + +/** + * This function delete a subpicture created by subpicture_New. + * You may give it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_Delete( subpicture_t *p_subpic ); + +/** + * This function will create a subpicture having one region in the requested + * chroma showing the given picture. + * + * The picture_t given is not released nor used inside the + * returned subpicture_t. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * subpicture_NewFromPicture( vlc_object_t *, picture_t *, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma ); + +/** + * This function will update the content of a subpicture created with + * a non NULL subpicture_updater_t. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_Update( subpicture_t *, const video_format_t *src, const video_format_t *, mtime_t ); + +/** + * This function will blend a given subpicture onto a picture. + * + * The subpicture and all its region must: + * - be absolute. + * - not be ephemere. + * - not have the fade flag. + * - contains only picture (no text rendering). + * \return the number of region(s) successfully blent + */ +VLC_API unsigned picture_BlendSubpicture( picture_t *, filter_t *p_blend, subpicture_t * ); + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* _VLC_VIDEO_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_text_style.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_text_style.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13850d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_text_style.h @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_text_style.h: text_style_t definition and helpers. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c24d76adcfedf63514255bb31483acb9325df1b1 $ + * + * Authors: Derk-Jan Hartman + * basOS G + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H +#define VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * Text style + * + * A text style is used to specify the formatting of text. + * A font renderer can use the supplied information to render the + * text specified. + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* Family font names */ + char * psz_fontname; /**< The name of the font */ + char * psz_monofontname; /**< The name of the mono font */ + + uint16_t i_features; /**< Feature flags (means non default) */ + uint16_t i_style_flags; /**< Formatting style flags */ + + /* Font style */ + float f_font_relsize; /**< The font size in video height % */ + int i_font_size; /**< The font size in pixels */ + int i_font_color; /**< The color of the text 0xRRGGBB + (native endianness) */ + uint8_t i_font_alpha; /**< The transparency of the text.*/ + int i_spacing; /**< The spaceing between glyphs in pixels */ + + /* Outline */ + int i_outline_color; /**< The color of the outline 0xRRGGBB */ + uint8_t i_outline_alpha; /**< The transparency of the outline */ + int i_outline_width; /**< The width of the outline in pixels */ + + /* Shadow */ + int i_shadow_color; /**< The color of the shadow 0xRRGGBB */ + uint8_t i_shadow_alpha; /**< The transparency of the shadow. */ + int i_shadow_width; /**< The width of the shadow in pixels */ + + /* Background (and karaoke) */ + int i_background_color;/**< The color of the background 0xRRGGBB */ + uint8_t i_background_alpha;/**< The transparency of the background */ + int i_karaoke_background_color;/**< Background color for karaoke 0xRRGGBB */ + uint8_t i_karaoke_background_alpha;/**< The transparency of the karaoke bg */ + + /* Line breaking */ + enum + { + STYLE_WRAP_DEFAULT = 0, /**< Breaks on whitespace or fallback on char */ + STYLE_WRAP_CHAR, /**< Breaks at character level only */ + STYLE_WRAP_NONE, /**< No line breaks (except explicit ones) */ + } e_wrapinfo; +} text_style_t; + +#define STYLE_ALPHA_OPAQUE 0xFF +#define STYLE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0x00 + +/* Features flags for \ref i_features */ +#define STYLE_NO_DEFAULTS 0x0 +#define STYLE_FULLY_SET 0xFFFF +#define STYLE_HAS_FONT_COLOR (1 << 0) +#define STYLE_HAS_FONT_ALPHA (1 << 1) +#define STYLE_HAS_FLAGS (1 << 2) +#define STYLE_HAS_OUTLINE_COLOR (1 << 3) +#define STYLE_HAS_OUTLINE_ALPHA (1 << 4) +#define STYLE_HAS_SHADOW_COLOR (1 << 5) +#define STYLE_HAS_SHADOW_ALPHA (1 << 6) +#define STYLE_HAS_BACKGROUND_COLOR (1 << 7) +#define STYLE_HAS_BACKGROUND_ALPHA (1 << 8) +#define STYLE_HAS_K_BACKGROUND_COLOR (1 << 9) +#define STYLE_HAS_K_BACKGROUND_ALPHA (1 << 10) +#define STYLE_HAS_WRAP_INFO (1 << 11) + +/* Style flags for \ref text_style_t */ +#define STYLE_BOLD (1 << 0) +#define STYLE_ITALIC (1 << 1) +#define STYLE_OUTLINE (1 << 2) +#define STYLE_SHADOW (1 << 3) +#define STYLE_BACKGROUND (1 << 4) +#define STYLE_UNDERLINE (1 << 5) +#define STYLE_STRIKEOUT (1 << 6) +#define STYLE_HALFWIDTH (1 << 7) +#define STYLE_MONOSPACED (1 << 8) +#define STYLE_DOUBLEWIDTH (1 << 9) +#define STYLE_BLINK_FOREGROUND (1 << 10) +#define STYLE_BLINK_BACKGROUND (1 << 11) + +#define STYLE_DEFAULT_FONT_SIZE 20 +#define STYLE_DEFAULT_REL_FONT_SIZE 6.25 + + +typedef struct text_segment_t text_segment_t; +/** + * Text segment for subtitles + * + * This structure is used to store a formatted text, with mixed styles + * Every segment is comprised of one text and a unique style + * + * On style change, a new segment is created with the next part of text + * and the new style, and chained to the list + * + * Create with text_segment_New and clean the chain with + * text_segment_ChainDelete + */ +struct text_segment_t { + char *psz_text; /**< text string of the segment */ + text_style_t *style; /**< style applied to this segment */ + text_segment_t *p_next; /**< next segment */ +}; + +/** + * Create a default text style + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_New( void ); + +/** + * Create a text style + * + * Set feature flags as argument if you want to set style defaults + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Create( int ); + +/** + * Copy a text style into another + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Copy( text_style_t *, const text_style_t * ); + +/** + * Duplicate a text style + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Duplicate( const text_style_t * ); + +/** + * Merge two styles using non default values + * + * Set b_override to true if you also want to overwrite non-defaults + */ +VLC_API void text_style_Merge( text_style_t *, const text_style_t *, bool b_override ); + +/** + * Delete a text style created by text_style_New or text_style_Duplicate + */ +VLC_API void text_style_Delete( text_style_t * ); + +/** + * This function will create a new text segment. + * + * You should use text_segment_ChainDelete to destroy it, to clean all + * the linked segments, or text_segment_Delete to free a specic one + * + * This duplicates the string passed as argument + */ +VLC_API text_segment_t *text_segment_New( const char * ); + +/** + * This function will create a new text segment and duplicates the style passed as argument + * + * You should use text_segment_ChainDelete to destroy it, to clean all + * the linked segments, or text_segment_Delete to free a specic one + * + * This doesn't initialize the text. + */ +VLC_API text_segment_t *text_segment_NewInheritStyle( const text_style_t* p_style ); + +/** + * Delete a text segment and its content. + * + * This assumes the segment is not part of a chain + */ +VLC_API void text_segment_Delete( text_segment_t * ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a list of text segments allocated + * by text_segment_New. + * + * You may pass it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void text_segment_ChainDelete( text_segment_t * ); + +/** + * This function will copy a text_segment and its chain into a new one + * + * You may give it NULL, but it will return NULL. + */ +VLC_API text_segment_t * text_segment_Copy( text_segment_t * ); + +static const struct { + const char *psz_name; + uint32_t i_value; +} p_html_colors[] = { + /* Official html colors */ + { "Aqua", 0x00FFFF }, + { "Black", 0x000000 }, + { "Blue", 0x0000FF }, + { "Fuchsia", 0xFF00FF }, + { "Gray", 0x808080 }, + { "Green", 0x008000 }, + { "Lime", 0x00FF00 }, + { "Maroon", 0x800000 }, + { "Navy", 0x000080 }, + { "Olive", 0x808000 }, + { "Purple", 0x800080 }, + { "Red", 0xFF0000 }, + { "Silver", 0xC0C0C0 }, + { "Teal", 0x008080 }, + { "White", 0xFFFFFF }, + { "Yellow", 0xFFFF00 }, + + /* Common ones */ + { "AliceBlue", 0xF0F8FF }, + { "AntiqueWhite", 0xFAEBD7 }, + { "Aqua", 0x00FFFF }, + { "Aquamarine", 0x7FFFD4 }, + { "Azure", 0xF0FFFF }, + { "Beige", 0xF5F5DC }, + { "Bisque", 0xFFE4C4 }, + { "Black", 0x000000 }, + { "BlanchedAlmond", 0xFFEBCD }, + { "Blue", 0x0000FF }, + { "BlueViolet", 0x8A2BE2 }, + { "Brown", 0xA52A2A }, + { "BurlyWood", 0xDEB887 }, + { "CadetBlue", 0x5F9EA0 }, + { "Chartreuse", 0x7FFF00 }, + { "Chocolate", 0xD2691E }, + { "Coral", 0xFF7F50 }, + { "CornflowerBlue", 0x6495ED }, + { "Cornsilk", 0xFFF8DC }, + { "Crimson", 0xDC143C }, + { "Cyan", 0x00FFFF }, + { "DarkBlue", 0x00008B }, + { "DarkCyan", 0x008B8B }, + { "DarkGoldenRod", 0xB8860B }, + { "DarkGray", 0xA9A9A9 }, + { "DarkGrey", 0xA9A9A9 }, + { "DarkGreen", 0x006400 }, + { "DarkKhaki", 0xBDB76B }, + { "DarkMagenta", 0x8B008B }, + { "DarkOliveGreen", 0x556B2F }, + { "Darkorange", 0xFF8C00 }, + { "DarkOrchid", 0x9932CC }, + { "DarkRed", 0x8B0000 }, + { "DarkSalmon", 0xE9967A }, + { "DarkSeaGreen", 0x8FBC8F }, + { "DarkSlateBlue", 0x483D8B }, + { "DarkSlateGray", 0x2F4F4F }, + { "DarkSlateGrey", 0x2F4F4F }, + { "DarkTurquoise", 0x00CED1 }, + { "DarkViolet", 0x9400D3 }, + { "DeepPink", 0xFF1493 }, + { "DeepSkyBlue", 0x00BFFF }, + { "DimGray", 0x696969 }, + { "DimGrey", 0x696969 }, + { "DodgerBlue", 0x1E90FF }, + { "FireBrick", 0xB22222 }, + { "FloralWhite", 0xFFFAF0 }, + { "ForestGreen", 0x228B22 }, + { "Fuchsia", 0xFF00FF }, + { "Gainsboro", 0xDCDCDC }, + { "GhostWhite", 0xF8F8FF }, + { "Gold", 0xFFD700 }, + { "GoldenRod", 0xDAA520 }, + { "Gray", 0x808080 }, + { "Grey", 0x808080 }, + { "Green", 0x008000 }, + { "GreenYellow", 0xADFF2F }, + { "HoneyDew", 0xF0FFF0 }, + { "HotPink", 0xFF69B4 }, + { "IndianRed", 0xCD5C5C }, + { "Indigo", 0x4B0082 }, + { "Ivory", 0xFFFFF0 }, + { "Khaki", 0xF0E68C }, + { "Lavender", 0xE6E6FA }, + { "LavenderBlush", 0xFFF0F5 }, + { "LawnGreen", 0x7CFC00 }, + { "LemonChiffon", 0xFFFACD }, + { "LightBlue", 0xADD8E6 }, + { "LightCoral", 0xF08080 }, + { "LightCyan", 0xE0FFFF }, + { "LightGoldenRodYellow", 0xFAFAD2 }, + { "LightGray", 0xD3D3D3 }, + { "LightGrey", 0xD3D3D3 }, + { "LightGreen", 0x90EE90 }, + { "LightPink", 0xFFB6C1 }, + { "LightSalmon", 0xFFA07A }, + { "LightSeaGreen", 0x20B2AA }, + { "LightSkyBlue", 0x87CEFA }, + { "LightSlateGray", 0x778899 }, + { "LightSlateGrey", 0x778899 }, + { "LightSteelBlue", 0xB0C4DE }, + { "LightYellow", 0xFFFFE0 }, + { "Lime", 0x00FF00 }, + { "LimeGreen", 0x32CD32 }, + { "Linen", 0xFAF0E6 }, + { "Magenta", 0xFF00FF }, + { "Maroon", 0x800000 }, + { "MediumAquaMarine", 0x66CDAA }, + { "MediumBlue", 0x0000CD }, + { "MediumOrchid", 0xBA55D3 }, + { "MediumPurple", 0x9370D8 }, + { "MediumSeaGreen", 0x3CB371 }, + { "MediumSlateBlue", 0x7B68EE }, + { "MediumSpringGreen", 0x00FA9A }, + { "MediumTurquoise", 0x48D1CC }, + { "MediumVioletRed", 0xC71585 }, + { "MidnightBlue", 0x191970 }, + { "MintCream", 0xF5FFFA }, + { "MistyRose", 0xFFE4E1 }, + { "Moccasin", 0xFFE4B5 }, + { "NavajoWhite", 0xFFDEAD }, + { "Navy", 0x000080 }, + { "OldLace", 0xFDF5E6 }, + { "Olive", 0x808000 }, + { "OliveDrab", 0x6B8E23 }, + { "Orange", 0xFFA500 }, + { "OrangeRed", 0xFF4500 }, + { "Orchid", 0xDA70D6 }, + { "PaleGoldenRod", 0xEEE8AA }, + { "PaleGreen", 0x98FB98 }, + { "PaleTurquoise", 0xAFEEEE }, + { "PaleVioletRed", 0xD87093 }, + { "PapayaWhip", 0xFFEFD5 }, + { "PeachPuff", 0xFFDAB9 }, + { "Peru", 0xCD853F }, + { "Pink", 0xFFC0CB }, + { "Plum", 0xDDA0DD }, + { "PowderBlue", 0xB0E0E6 }, + { "Purple", 0x800080 }, + { "RebeccaPurple", 0x663399 }, + { "Red", 0xFF0000 }, + { "RosyBrown", 0xBC8F8F }, + { "RoyalBlue", 0x4169E1 }, + { "SaddleBrown", 0x8B4513 }, + { "Salmon", 0xFA8072 }, + { "SandyBrown", 0xF4A460 }, + { "SeaGreen", 0x2E8B57 }, + { "SeaShell", 0xFFF5EE }, + { "Sienna", 0xA0522D }, + { "Silver", 0xC0C0C0 }, + { "SkyBlue", 0x87CEEB }, + { "SlateBlue", 0x6A5ACD }, + { "SlateGray", 0x708090 }, + { "SlateGrey", 0x708090 }, + { "Snow", 0xFFFAFA }, + { "SpringGreen", 0x00FF7F }, + { "SteelBlue", 0x4682B4 }, + { "Tan", 0xD2B48C }, + { "Teal", 0x008080 }, + { "Thistle", 0xD8BFD8 }, + { "Tomato", 0xFF6347 }, + { "Turquoise", 0x40E0D0 }, + { "Violet", 0xEE82EE }, + { "Wheat", 0xF5DEB3 }, + { "White", 0xFFFFFF }, + { "WhiteSmoke", 0xF5F5F5 }, + { "Yellow", 0xFFFF00 }, + { "YellowGreen", 0x9ACD32 }, + + { NULL, 0 } +}; + +/** + * Returns an integer representation of an HTML color. + * + * @param psz_value An HTML color, which can be either: + * - A standard HTML color (red, cyan, ...) as defined in p_html_colors + * - An hexadecimal color, of the form [#][AA]RRGGBB + * @param ok If non-null, true will be stored in this pointer to signal + * a successful conversion + */ +VLC_API unsigned int vlc_html_color( const char *psz_value, bool* ok ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_threads.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_threads.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..224bf2f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_threads.h @@ -0,0 +1,1068 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_threads.h : threads implementation for the VideoLAN client + * This header provides portable declarations for mutexes & conditions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2002 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2007-2016 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Jean-Marc Dressler + * Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * Christophe Massiot + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_THREADS_H_ +#define VLC_THREADS_H_ + +/** + * \ingroup os + * \defgroup thread Threads and synchronization primitives + * @{ + * \file + * Thread primitive declarations + */ + +/** + * Issues an explicit deferred cancellation point. + * + * This has no effects if thread cancellation is disabled. + * This can be called when there is a rather slow non-sleeping operation. + * This is also used to force a cancellation point in a function that would + * otherwise not always be one (block_FifoGet() is an example). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_testcancel(void); + +#if defined (_WIN32) +# include +# ifndef ETIMEDOUT +# define ETIMEDOUT 10060 /* This is the value in winsock.h. */ +# endif + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +# define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED NULL +# define LIBVLC_NEED_SLEEP +typedef struct +{ + bool dynamic; + union + { + struct + { + bool locked; + unsigned long contention; + }; + CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; + }; +} vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX { false, { { false, 0 } } } +#define LIBVLC_NEED_CONDVAR +#define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +#define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_threadvar *vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL + +#elif defined (__OS2__) +# include + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +#define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED NULL +typedef struct +{ + bool dynamic; + union + { + struct + { + bool locked; + unsigned long contention; + }; + HMTX hmtx; + }; +} vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX { false, { { false, 0 } } } +typedef struct +{ + HEV hev; + unsigned waiters; + HEV hevAck; + unsigned signaled; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { NULLHANDLE, 0, NULLHANDLE, 0 } +#define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +#define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_threadvar *vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT \ + MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM / 2, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT \ + MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM / 2, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST MAKESHORT(0, PRTYC_TIMECRITICAL) + +# define pthread_sigmask sigprocmask + +static inline int vlc_poll (struct pollfd *fds, unsigned nfds, int timeout) +{ + static int (*vlc_poll_os2)(struct pollfd *, unsigned, int) = NULL; + + if (!vlc_poll_os2) + { + HMODULE hmod; + CHAR szFailed[CCHMAXPATH]; + + if (DosLoadModule(szFailed, sizeof(szFailed), "vlccore", &hmod)) + return -1; + + if (DosQueryProcAddr(hmod, 0, "_vlc_poll_os2", (PFN *)&vlc_poll_os2)) + return -1; + } + + return (*vlc_poll_os2)(fds, nfds, timeout); +} +# define poll(u,n,t) vlc_poll(u, n, t) + +#elif defined (__ANDROID__) /* pthreads subset without pthread_cancel() */ +# include +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +# define LIBVLC_NEED_SLEEP +# define LIBVLC_NEED_CONDVAR +# define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +# define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +#define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED NULL +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 0 + +static inline int vlc_poll (struct pollfd *fds, unsigned nfds, int timeout) +{ + int val; + + do + { + int ugly_timeout = ((unsigned)timeout >= 50) ? 50 : timeout; + if (timeout >= 0) + timeout -= ugly_timeout; + + vlc_testcancel (); + val = poll (fds, nfds, ugly_timeout); + } + while (val == 0 && timeout != 0); + + return val; +} + +# define poll(u,n,t) vlc_poll(u, n, t) + +#elif defined (__APPLE__) +# define _APPLE_C_SOURCE 1 /* Proper pthread semantics on OSX */ +# include +# include +/* Unnamed POSIX semaphores not supported on Mac OS X */ +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 + +typedef pthread_t vlc_thread_t; +#define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED PTHREAD_CANCELED +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_cond_t vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER +typedef semaphore_t vlc_sem_t; +typedef pthread_rwlock_t vlc_rwlock_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 22 + +#else /* POSIX threads */ +# include /* _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS */ +# include +# include + +/** + * Whether LibVLC threads are based on POSIX threads. + */ +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD 1 + +/** + * Whether LibVLC thread cancellation is based on POSIX threads. + */ +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 + +/** + * Thread handle. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pthread_t handle; +} vlc_thread_t; + +/** + * Return value of a canceled thread. + */ +#define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED PTHREAD_CANCELED + +/** + * Mutex. + * + * Storage space for a mutual exclusion lock. + */ +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; + +/** + * Static initializer for (static) mutex. + */ +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + +/** + * Condition variable. + * + * Storage space for a thread condition variable. + */ +typedef pthread_cond_t vlc_cond_t; + +/** + * Static initializer for (static) condition variable. + * + * \note + * The condition variable will use the default clock, which is OS-dependent. + * Therefore, where timed waits are necessary the condition variable should + * always be initialized dynamically explicit instead of using this + * initializer. + */ +#define VLC_STATIC_COND PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER + +/** + * Semaphore. + * + * Storage space for a thread-safe semaphore. + */ +typedef sem_t vlc_sem_t; + +/** + * Read/write lock. + * + * Storage space for a slim reader/writer lock. + */ +typedef pthread_rwlock_t vlc_rwlock_t; + +/** + * Static initializer for (static) read/write lock. + */ +#define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER + +/** + * Thread-local key handle. + */ +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; + +/** + * Threaded timer handle. + */ +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 10 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 5 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 15 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 20 + +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_CONDVAR +typedef struct +{ + unsigned value; +} vlc_cond_t; +# define VLC_STATIC_COND { 0 } +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +typedef struct vlc_sem +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + vlc_cond_t wait; + unsigned value; +} vlc_sem_t; +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_rwlock +{ + vlc_mutex_t mutex; + vlc_cond_t wait; + long state; +} vlc_rwlock_t; +# define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK { VLC_STATIC_MUTEX, VLC_STATIC_COND, 0 } +#endif + +/** + * Initializes a fast mutex. + * + * Recursive locking of a fast mutex is undefined behaviour. (In debug builds, + * recursive locking will cause an assertion failure.) + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_init(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Initializes a recursive mutex. + * \warning This is strongly discouraged. Please use normal mutexes. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_init_recursive(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Deinitializes a mutex. + * + * The mutex must not be locked, otherwise behaviour is undefined. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_destroy(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Acquires a mutex. + * + * If needed, this waits for any other thread to release it. + * + * \warning Beware of deadlocks when locking multiple mutexes at the same time, + * or when using mutexes from callbacks. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_lock(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Tries to acquire a mutex. + * + * This function acquires the mutex if and only if it is not currently held by + * another thread. This function never sleeps and can be used in delay-critical + * code paths. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * \warning If this function fails, then the mutex is held... by another + * thread. The calling thread must deal with the error appropriately. That + * typically implies postponing the operations that would have required the + * mutex. If the thread cannot defer those operations, then it must use + * vlc_mutex_lock(). If in doubt, use vlc_mutex_lock() instead. + * + * @return 0 if the mutex could be acquired, an error code otherwise. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_mutex_trylock( vlc_mutex_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Releases a mutex. + * + * If the mutex is not held by the calling thread, the behaviour is undefined. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_unlock(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Initializes a condition variable. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_init(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Initializes a condition variable (wall clock). + * + * This function initializes a condition variable for timed waiting using the + * UTC wall clock time. The time reference is the same as with time() and with + * timespec_get() and TIME_UTC. + * vlc_cond_timedwait_daytime() must be instead of + * vlc_cond_timedwait() for actual waiting. + */ +void vlc_cond_init_daytime(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Deinitializes a condition variable. + * + * No threads shall be waiting or signaling the condition, otherwise the + * behavior is undefined. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_destroy(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Wakes up one thread waiting on a condition variable. + * + * If any thread is currently waiting on the condition variable, at least one + * of those threads will be woken up. Otherwise, this function has no effects. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_signal(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Wakes up all threads waiting on a condition variable. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_broadcast(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Waits on a condition variable. + * + * The calling thread will be suspended until another thread calls + * vlc_cond_signal() or vlc_cond_broadcast() on the same condition variable, + * the thread is cancelled with vlc_cancel(), or the system causes a + * spurious unsolicited wake-up. + * + * A mutex is needed to wait on a condition variable. It must not be + * a recursive mutex. Although it is possible to use the same mutex for + * multiple condition, it is not valid to use different mutexes for the same + * condition variable at the same time from different threads. + * + * The canonical way to use a condition variable to wait for event foobar is: + @code + vlc_mutex_lock(&lock); + mutex_cleanup_push(&lock); // release the mutex in case of cancellation + + while (!foobar) + vlc_cond_wait(&wait, &lock); + + // -- foobar is now true, do something about it here -- + + vlc_cleanup_pop(); + vlc_mutex_unlock(&lock); + @endcode + * + * \note This function is a cancellation point. In case of thread cancellation, + * the mutex is always locked before cancellation proceeds. + * + * \param cond condition variable to wait on + * \param mutex mutex which is unlocked while waiting, + * then locked again when waking up. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_wait(vlc_cond_t *cond, vlc_mutex_t *mutex); + +/** + * Waits on a condition variable up to a certain date. + * + * This works like vlc_cond_wait() but with an additional time-out. + * The time-out is expressed as an absolute timestamp using the same arbitrary + * time reference as the mdate() and mwait() functions. + * + * \note This function is a cancellation point. In case of thread cancellation, + * the mutex is always locked before cancellation proceeds. + * + * \param cond condition variable to wait on + * \param mutex mutex which is unlocked while waiting, + * then locked again when waking up + * \param deadline absolute timeout + * + * \warning If the variable was initialized with vlc_cond_init_daytime(), or + * was statically initialized with \ref VLC_STATIC_COND, the time reference + * used by this function is unspecified (depending on the implementation, it + * might be the Unix epoch or the mdate() clock). + * + * \return 0 if the condition was signaled, an error code in case of timeout. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_cond_timedwait(vlc_cond_t *cond, vlc_mutex_t *mutex, + mtime_t deadline); + +int vlc_cond_timedwait_daytime(vlc_cond_t *, vlc_mutex_t *, time_t); + +/** + * Initializes a semaphore. + * + * @param count initial semaphore value (typically 0) + */ +VLC_API void vlc_sem_init(vlc_sem_t *, unsigned count); + +/** + * Deinitializes a semaphore. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_sem_destroy(vlc_sem_t *); + +/** + * Increments the value of a semaphore. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * \return 0 on success, EOVERFLOW in case of integer overflow. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_sem_post(vlc_sem_t *); + +/** + * Waits on a semaphore. + * + * This function atomically waits for the semaphore to become non-zero then + * decrements it, and returns. If the semaphore is non-zero on entry, it is + * immediately decremented. + * + * \note This function may be a point of cancellation. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_sem_wait(vlc_sem_t *); + +/** + * Initializes a read/write lock. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_init(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Destroys an initialized unused read/write lock. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_destroy(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Acquires a read/write lock for reading. + * + * \note Recursion is allowed. + * \note This function may be a point of cancellation. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_rdlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Acquires a read/write lock for writing. Recursion is not allowed. + * \note This function may be a point of cancellation. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_wrlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Releases a read/write lock. + * + * The calling thread must hold the lock. Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_unlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Allocates a thread-specific variable. + * + * @param key where to store the thread-specific variable handle + * @param destr a destruction callback. It is called whenever a thread exits + * and the thread-specific variable has a non-NULL value. + * + * @return 0 on success, a system error code otherwise. + * This function can actually fail: on most systems, there is a fixed limit to + * the number of thread-specific variables in a given process. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_threadvar_create(vlc_threadvar_t *key, void (*destr) (void *)); + +/** + * Deallocates a thread-specific variable. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_threadvar_delete(vlc_threadvar_t *); + +/** + * Sets a thread-specific variable. + + * \param key thread-local variable key (created with vlc_threadvar_create()) + * \param value new value for the variable for the calling thread + * \return 0 on success, a system error code otherwise. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_threadvar_set(vlc_threadvar_t key, void *value); + +/** + * Gets the value of a thread-local variable for the calling thread. + * This function cannot fail. + * + * \return the value associated with the given variable for the calling + * or NULL if no value was set. + */ +VLC_API void *vlc_threadvar_get(vlc_threadvar_t); + +/** + * Waits on an address. + * + * Puts the calling thread to sleep if a specific value is stored at a + * specified address. The thread will sleep until it is woken up by a call to + * vlc_addr_signal() or vlc_addr_broadcast() in another thread, or spuriously. + * + * If the value does not match, do nothing and return immediately. + * + * \param addr address to check for + * \param val value to match at the address + */ +void vlc_addr_wait(void *addr, unsigned val); + +/** + * Waits on an address with a time-out. + * + * This function operates as vlc_addr_wait() but provides an additional + * time-out. If the time-out elapses, the thread resumes and the function + * returns. + * + * \param addr address to check for + * \param val value to match at the address + * \param delay time-out duration + * + * \return true if the function was woken up before the time-out, + * false if the time-out elapsed. + */ +bool vlc_addr_timedwait(void *addr, unsigned val, mtime_t delay); + +/** + * Wakes up one thread on an address. + * + * Wakes up (at least) one of the thread sleeping on the specified address. + * The address must be equal to the first parameter given by at least one + * thread sleeping within the vlc_addr_wait() or vlc_addr_timedwait() + * functions. If no threads are found, this function does nothing. + * + * \param addr address identifying which threads may be woken up + */ +void vlc_addr_signal(void *addr); + +/** + * Wakes up all thread on an address. + * + * Wakes up all threads sleeping on the specified address (if any). + * Any thread sleeping within a call to vlc_addr_wait() or vlc_addr_timedwait() + * with the specified address as first call parameter will be woken up. + * + * \param addr address identifying which threads to wake up + */ +void vlc_addr_broadcast(void *addr); + +/** + * Creates and starts a new thread. + * + * The thread must be joined with vlc_join() to reclaim resources + * when it is not needed anymore. + * + * @param th storage space for the handle of the new thread (cannot be NULL) + * [OUT] + * @param entry entry point for the thread + * @param data data parameter given to the entry point + * @param priority thread priority value + * @return 0 on success, a standard error code on error. + * @note In case of error, the value of *th is undefined. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_clone(vlc_thread_t *th, void *(*entry)(void *), void *data, + int priority) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Marks a thread as cancelled. + * + * Next time the target thread reaches a cancellation point (while not having + * disabled cancellation), it will run its cancellation cleanup handler, the + * thread variable destructors, and terminate. + * + * vlc_join() must be used regardless of a thread being cancelled or not, to + * avoid leaking resources. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cancel(vlc_thread_t); + +/** + * Waits for a thread to complete (if needed), then destroys it. + * + * \note This is a cancellation point. In case of cancellation, the thread is + * not joined. + + * \warning A thread cannot join itself (normally VLC will abort if this is + * attempted). Also a detached thread cannot be joined. + * + * @param th thread handle + * @param result [OUT] pointer to write the thread return value or NULL + */ +VLC_API void vlc_join(vlc_thread_t th, void **result); + +/** + * Disables thread cancellation. + * + * This functions saves the current cancellation state (enabled or disabled), + * then disables cancellation for the calling thread. It must be called before + * entering a piece of code that is not cancellation-safe, unless it can be + * proven that the calling thread will not be cancelled. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * \return Previous cancellation state (opaque value for vlc_restorecancel()). + */ +VLC_API int vlc_savecancel(void); + +/** + * Restores the cancellation state. + * + * This function restores the cancellation state of the calling thread to + * a state previously saved by vlc_savecancel(). + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * \param state previous state as returned by vlc_savecancel(). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_restorecancel(int state); + +/** + * Internal handler for thread cancellation. + * + * Do not call this function directly. Use wrapper macros instead: + * vlc_cleanup_push(), vlc_cleanup_pop(). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_control_cancel(int cmd, ...); + +/** + * Thread handle. + * + * This function returns the thread handle of the calling thread. + * + * \note The exact type of the thread handle depends on the platform, + * including an integer type, a pointer type or a compound type of any size. + * If you need an integer identifier, use vlc_thread_id() instead. + * + * \note vlc_join(vlc_thread_self(), NULL) is undefined, + * as it obviously does not make any sense (it might result in a deadlock, but + * there are no warranties that it will). + * + * \return the thread handle + */ +VLC_API vlc_thread_t vlc_thread_self(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Thread identifier. + * + * This function returns the identifier of the calling thread. The identifier + * cannot change for the entire duration of the thread, and no other thread can + * have the same identifier at the same time in the same process. Typically, + * the identifier is also unique across all running threads of all existing + * processes, but that depends on the operating system. + * + * There are no particular semantics to the thread ID with LibVLC. + * It is provided mainly for tracing and debugging. + * + * \warning This function is not currently implemented on all supported + * platforms. Where not implemented, it returns (unsigned long)-1. + * + * \return the thread identifier (or -1 if unimplemented) + */ +VLC_API unsigned long vlc_thread_id(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Precision monotonic clock. + * + * In principles, the clock has a precision of 1 MHz. But the actual resolution + * may be much lower, especially when it comes to sleeping with mwait() or + * msleep(). Most general-purpose operating systems provide a resolution of + * only 100 to 1000 Hz. + * + * \warning The origin date (time value "zero") is not specified. It is + * typically the time the kernel started, but this is platform-dependent. + * If you need wall clock time, use gettimeofday() instead. + * + * \return a timestamp in microseconds. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t mdate(void); + +/** + * Waits until a deadline. + * + * \param deadline timestamp to wait for (\ref mdate()) + * + * \note The deadline may be exceeded due to OS scheduling. + * \note This function is a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void mwait(mtime_t deadline); + +/** + * Waits for an interval of time. + * + * \param delay how long to wait (in microseconds) + * + * \note The delay may be exceeded due to OS scheduling. + * \note This function is a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void msleep(mtime_t delay); + +#define VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP 10000 /* 10 milliseconds = 1 tick at 100Hz */ +#define VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP 9000000 /* 9 seconds */ + +#if defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (__clang__) +/* Linux has 100, 250, 300 or 1000Hz + * + * HZ=100 by default on FreeBSD, but some architectures use a 1000Hz timer + */ + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((error("sorry, cannot sleep for such short a time"))) +mtime_t impossible_delay( mtime_t delay ) +{ + (void) delay; + return VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP; +} + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((warning("use proper event handling instead of short delay"))) +mtime_t harmful_delay( mtime_t delay ) +{ + return delay; +} + +# define check_delay( d ) \ + ((__builtin_constant_p(d < VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP) \ + && (d < VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP)) \ + ? impossible_delay(d) \ + : ((__builtin_constant_p(d < VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP) \ + && (d < VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP)) \ + ? harmful_delay(d) \ + : d)) + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((error("deadlines can not be constant"))) +mtime_t impossible_deadline( mtime_t deadline ) +{ + return deadline; +} + +# define check_deadline( d ) \ + (__builtin_constant_p(d) ? impossible_deadline(d) : d) +#else +# define check_delay(d) (d) +# define check_deadline(d) (d) +#endif + +/** + * Initializes an asynchronous timer. + * + * \param id pointer to timer to be initialized + * \param func function that the timer will call + * \param data parameter for the timer function + * \return 0 on success, a system error code otherwise. + * + * \warning Asynchronous timers are processed from an unspecified thread. + * \note Multiple occurrences of a single interval timer are serialized: + * they cannot run concurrently. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_timer_create(vlc_timer_t *id, void (*func)(void *), void *data) +VLC_USED; + +/** + * Destroys an initialized timer. + * + * If needed, the timer is first disarmed. Behaviour is undefined if the + * specified timer is not initialized. + * + * \warning This function must be called before the timer data can be + * freed and before the timer callback function can be unmapped/unloaded. + * + * \param timer timer to destroy + */ +VLC_API void vlc_timer_destroy(vlc_timer_t timer); + +/** + * Arms or disarms an initialized timer. + * + * This functions overrides any previous call to itself. + * + * \note A timer can fire later than requested due to system scheduling + * limitations. An interval timer can fail to trigger sometimes, either because + * the system is busy or suspended, or because a previous iteration of the + * timer is still running. See also vlc_timer_getoverrun(). + * + * \param timer initialized timer + * \param absolute the timer value origin is the same as mdate() if true, + * the timer value is relative to now if false. + * \param value zero to disarm the timer, otherwise the initial time to wait + * before firing the timer. + * \param interval zero to fire the timer just once, otherwise the timer + * repetition interval. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_timer_schedule(vlc_timer_t timer, bool absolute, + mtime_t value, mtime_t interval); + +/** + * Fetches and resets the overrun counter for a timer. + * + * This functions returns the number of times that the interval timer should + * have fired, but the callback was not invoked due to scheduling problems. + * The call resets the counter to zero. + * + * \param timer initialized timer + * \return the timer overrun counter (typically zero) + */ +VLC_API unsigned vlc_timer_getoverrun(vlc_timer_t) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Count CPUs. + * + * \return number of available (logical) CPUs. + */ +VLC_API unsigned vlc_GetCPUCount(void); + +enum +{ + VLC_CLEANUP_PUSH, + VLC_CLEANUP_POP, + VLC_CANCEL_ADDR_SET, + VLC_CANCEL_ADDR_CLEAR, +}; + +#if defined (LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP) +/** + * Registers a thread cancellation handler. + * + * This pushes a function to run if the thread is cancelled (or otherwise + * exits prematurely). + * + * If multiple procedures are registered, + * they are handled in last-in first-out order. + * + * \note Any call to vlc_cleanup_push() must paired with a call to + * vlc_cleanup_pop(). + * \warning Branching into or out of the block between these two function calls + * is not allowed (read: it will likely crash the whole process). + * + * \param routine procedure to call if the thread ends + * \param arg argument for the procedure + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_push( routine, arg ) pthread_cleanup_push (routine, arg) + +/** + * Unregisters the last cancellation handler. + * + * This pops the cancellation handler that was last pushed with + * vlc_cleanup_push() in the calling thread. + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_pop( ) pthread_cleanup_pop (0) + +#else +typedef struct vlc_cleanup_t vlc_cleanup_t; + +struct vlc_cleanup_t +{ + vlc_cleanup_t *next; + void (*proc) (void *); + void *data; +}; + +/* This macros opens a code block on purpose. This is needed for multiple + * calls within a single function. This also prevent Win32 developers from + * writing code that would break on POSIX (POSIX opens a block as well). */ +# define vlc_cleanup_push( routine, arg ) \ + do { \ + vlc_cleanup_t vlc_cleanup_data = { NULL, routine, arg, }; \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_PUSH, &vlc_cleanup_data) + +# define vlc_cleanup_pop( ) \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_POP); \ + } while (0) + +#endif /* !LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP */ + +static inline void vlc_cleanup_lock (void *lock) +{ + vlc_mutex_unlock ((vlc_mutex_t *)lock); +} +#define mutex_cleanup_push( lock ) vlc_cleanup_push (vlc_cleanup_lock, lock) + +static inline void vlc_cancel_addr_set(void *addr) +{ + vlc_control_cancel(VLC_CANCEL_ADDR_SET, addr); +} + +static inline void vlc_cancel_addr_clear(void *addr) +{ + vlc_control_cancel(VLC_CANCEL_ADDR_CLEAR, addr); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +/** + * Helper C++ class to lock a mutex. + * + * The mutex is locked when the object is created, and unlocked when the object + * is destroyed. + */ +class vlc_mutex_locker +{ + private: + vlc_mutex_t *lock; + public: + vlc_mutex_locker (vlc_mutex_t *m) : lock (m) + { + vlc_mutex_lock (lock); + } + + ~vlc_mutex_locker (void) + { + vlc_mutex_unlock (lock); + } +}; +#endif + +enum +{ + VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX = 0, + VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX, + VLC_XLIB_MUTEX, + VLC_MOSAIC_MUTEX, + VLC_HIGHLIGHT_MUTEX, +#ifdef _WIN32 + VLC_MTA_MUTEX, +#endif + /* Insert new entry HERE */ + VLC_MAX_MUTEX +}; + +/** + * Internal handler for global mutexes. + * + * Do not use this function directly. Use helper macros instead: + * vlc_global_lock(), vlc_global_unlock(). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_global_mutex(unsigned, bool); + +/** + * Acquires a global mutex. + */ +#define vlc_global_lock( n ) vlc_global_mutex(n, true) + +/** + * Releases a global mutex. + */ +#define vlc_global_unlock( n ) vlc_global_mutex(n, false) + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* !_VLC_THREADS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_timestamp_helper.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_timestamp_helper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7068d9f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_timestamp_helper.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_timestamp_helper.h : timestamp handling helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2014 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 90840fbcf7a5197f235ab6160a2cc2708a87c54d $ + * + * Authors: Felix Abecassis + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TIMESTAMP_H +#define VLC_TIMESTAMP_H 1 + +/* Implementation of a circular buffer of timestamps with overwriting + * of older values. MediaCodec has only one type of timestamp, if a + * block has no PTS, we send the DTS instead. Some hardware decoders + * cannot cope with this situation and output the frames in the wrong + * order. As a workaround in this case, we use a FIFO of timestamps in + * order to remember which input packets had no PTS. Since an + * hardware decoder can silently drop frames, this might cause a + * growing desynchronization with the actual timestamp. Thus the + * circular buffer has a limited size and will overwrite older values. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t begin; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t capacity; + int64_t *buffer; +} timestamp_fifo_t; + +static inline timestamp_fifo_t *timestamp_FifoNew(uint32_t capacity) +{ + timestamp_fifo_t *fifo = calloc(1, sizeof(*fifo)); + if (!fifo) + return NULL; + fifo->buffer = vlc_alloc(capacity, sizeof(*fifo->buffer)); + if (!fifo->buffer) { + free(fifo); + return NULL; + } + fifo->capacity = capacity; + return fifo; +} + +static inline void timestamp_FifoRelease(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + free(fifo->buffer); + free(fifo); +} + +static inline bool timestamp_FifoIsEmpty(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + return fifo->size == 0; +} + +static inline bool timestamp_FifoIsFull(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + return fifo->size == fifo->capacity; +} + +static inline void timestamp_FifoEmpty(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + fifo->size = 0; +} + +static inline void timestamp_FifoPut(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo, int64_t ts) +{ + uint32_t end = (fifo->begin + fifo->size) % fifo->capacity; + fifo->buffer[end] = ts; + if (!timestamp_FifoIsFull(fifo)) + fifo->size += 1; + else + fifo->begin = (fifo->begin + 1) % fifo->capacity; +} + +static inline int64_t timestamp_FifoGet(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + if (timestamp_FifoIsEmpty(fifo)) + return VLC_TS_INVALID; + + int64_t result = fifo->buffer[fifo->begin]; + fifo->begin = (fifo->begin + 1) % fifo->capacity; + fifo->size -= 1; + return result; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_tls.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_tls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84e44a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_tls.h @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_tls.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2016 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2005-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TLS_H +# define VLC_TLS_H + +/** + * \ingroup net + * \defgroup transport Transport layer sockets + * Network stream abstraction + * + * Originally intended for the TLS protocol (Transport Layer Security), + * the Transport Layer Sockets now provides a generic abstraction + * for connection-oriented full-duplex I/O byte streams, such as TCP/IP sockets + * and TLS protocol sessions. + * + * @{ + * \file + * Transport layer functions + */ + +# include + +/** Transport layer socket */ +typedef struct vlc_tls +{ + int (*get_fd)(struct vlc_tls *); + ssize_t (*readv)(struct vlc_tls *, struct iovec *, unsigned); + ssize_t (*writev)(struct vlc_tls *, const struct iovec *, unsigned); + int (*shutdown)(struct vlc_tls *, bool duplex); + void (*close)(struct vlc_tls *); + + struct vlc_tls *p; +} vlc_tls_t; + +/** + * \defgroup tls Transport Layer Security + * @{ + */ + +/** + * TLS credentials + * + * This structure contains the credentials for establishing TLS sessions. + * This includes root Certificate Authorities (on client side), + * trust and cryptographic parameters, + * public certificates and private keys. + */ +typedef struct vlc_tls_creds +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *module; + void *sys; + + vlc_tls_t *(*open)(struct vlc_tls_creds *, vlc_tls_t *sock, + const char *host, const char *const *alpn); + int (*handshake)(struct vlc_tls_creds *, vlc_tls_t *session, + const char *hostname, const char *service, + char ** /*restrict*/ alp); +} vlc_tls_creds_t; + +/** + * Allocates TLS credentials for a client. + * Credentials can be cached and reused across multiple TLS sessions. + * + * @return TLS credentials object, or NULL on error. + **/ +VLC_API vlc_tls_creds_t *vlc_tls_ClientCreate(vlc_object_t *); + +/** + * Allocates server TLS credentials. + * + * @param cert path to an x509 certificate (required) + * @param key path to the PKCS private key for the certificate, + * or NULL to use cert path + * + * @return TLS credentials object, or NULL on error. + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_creds_t *vlc_tls_ServerCreate(vlc_object_t *, const char *cert, + const char *key); + +static inline int vlc_tls_SessionHandshake (vlc_tls_creds_t *crd, + vlc_tls_t *tls) +{ + return crd->handshake(crd, tls, NULL, NULL, NULL); +} + +/** + * Releases TLS credentials. + * + * Releases data allocated with vlc_tls_ClientCreate() or + * vlc_tls_ServerCreate(). + * + * @param srv object to be destroyed (or NULL) + */ +VLC_API void vlc_tls_Delete(vlc_tls_creds_t *); + +/** + * Initiates a client TLS session. + * + * Initiates a Transport Layer Security (TLS) session as the client side, using + * trusted root CAs previously loaded with vlc_tls_ClientCreate(). + * + * This is a blocking network operation and may be a thread cancellation point. + * + * @param creds X.509 credentials, i.e. set of root certificates of trusted + * certificate authorities + * @param sock socket through which to establish the secure channel + * @param hostname expected server name, used both as Server Name Indication + * and as expected Common Name of the peer certificate [IN] + * @param service unique identifier for the service to connect to + * (only used locally for certificates database) [IN] + * @param alpn NULL-terminated list of Application Layer Protocols + * to negotiate, or NULL to not negotiate protocols [IN] + * @param alp storage space for the negotiated Application Layer + * Protocol or NULL if negotiation was not performed [OUT] + * + * @note The credentials must remain valid until the session is finished. + * + * @return TLS session, or NULL on error. + **/ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreate(vlc_tls_creds_t *creds, + vlc_tls_t *sock, + const char *host, + const char *service, + const char *const *alpn, + char **alp); + +/** + * Creates a TLS server session. + * + * Allocates a Transport Layer Security (TLS) session as the server side, using + * cryptographic keys pair and X.509 certificates chain already loaded with + * vlc_tls_ServerCreate(). + * + * Unlike vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreate(), this function does not perform any + * actual network I/O. vlc_tls_SessionHandshake() must be used to perform the + * TLS handshake before sending and receiving data through the TLS session. + * + * This function is non-blocking and is not a cancellation point. + * + * @param creds server credentials, i.e. keys pair and X.509 certificates chain + * @param alpn NULL-terminated list of Application Layer Protocols + * to negotiate, or NULL to not negotiate protocols + * + * @return TLS session, or NULL on error. + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_ServerSessionCreate(vlc_tls_creds_t *creds, + vlc_tls_t *sock, + const char *const *alpn); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Destroys a TLS session down. + * + * All resources associated with the TLS session are released. + * + * If the session was established successfully, then shutdown cleanly, the + * underlying socket can be reused. Otherwise, it must be closed. Either way, + * this function does not close the underlying socket: Use vlc_tls_Close() + * instead to close it at the same. + * + * This function is non-blocking and is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_tls_SessionDelete (vlc_tls_t *); + +static inline int vlc_tls_GetFD(vlc_tls_t *tls) +{ + return tls->get_fd(tls); +} + +/** + * Receives data through a socket. + * + * This dequeues incoming data from a transport layer socket. + * + * @param buf received buffer start address [OUT] + * @param len buffer length (in bytes) + * @param waitall whether to wait for the exact buffer length (true), + * or for any amount of data (false) + * + * @note At end of stream, the number of bytes returned may be shorter than + * requested regardless of the "waitall" flag. + * + * @return the number of bytes actually dequeued, or -1 on error. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_tls_Read(vlc_tls_t *, void *buf, size_t len, bool waitall); + +/** + * Receives a text line through a socket. + * + * This dequeues one line of text from a transport layer socket. + * @return a heap-allocated nul-terminated string, or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_tls_GetLine(vlc_tls_t *); + +/** + * Sends data through a socket. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_tls_Write(vlc_tls_t *, const void *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * Shuts a connection down. + * + * This sends the connection close notification. + * + * If the TLS protocol is used, this provides a secure indication to the other + * end that no further data will be sent. If using plain TCP/IP, this sets the + * FIN flag. + * + * Data can still be received until a close notification is received from the + * other end. + * + * @param duplex whether to stop receiving data as well + * @retval 0 the session was terminated securely and cleanly + * (the underlying socket can be reused for other purposes) + * @return -1 the session was terminated locally, but either a notification + * could not be sent or received (the underlying socket cannot be + * reused and must be closed) + */ +static inline int vlc_tls_Shutdown(vlc_tls_t *tls, bool duplex) +{ + return tls->shutdown(tls, duplex); +} + +/** + * Closes a connection and its underlying resources. + * + * This function closes the transport layer socket, and terminates any + * underlying connection. For instance, if the TLS protocol is used over a TCP + * stream, this function terminates both the TLS session, and then underlying + * TCP/IP connection. + * + * To close a connection but retain any underlying resources, use + * vlc_tls_SessionDelete() instead. + */ +static inline void vlc_tls_Close(vlc_tls_t *session) +{ + do + { + vlc_tls_t *p = session->p; + + vlc_tls_SessionDelete(session); + session = p; + } + while (session != NULL); +} + +/** + * Creates a transport-layer stream from a socket. + * + * Creates a transport-layer I/O stream from a socket file descriptor. + * Data will be sent and received directly through the socket. This can be used + * either to share common code between non-TLS and TLS cases, or for testing + * purposes. + * + * This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @deprecated This function is transitional. Do not use it directly. + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SocketOpen(int fd); + +/** + * Creates a connected pair of transport-layer sockets. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_tls_SocketPair(int family, int protocol, vlc_tls_t *[2]); + +struct addrinfo; + +/** + * Creates a transport-layer stream from a struct addrinfo. + * + * This function tries to allocate a socket using the specified addrinfo + * structure. Normally, the vlc_tls_SocketOpenTCP() function takes care of + * this. But in some cases, it cannot be used, notably: + * - if the remote destination is not resolved (directly) from getaddrinfo(), + * - if the socket type is not SOCK_STREAM, + * - if the transport protocol is not TCP (IPPROTO_TCP), or + * - if TCP Fast Open should be attempted. + * + * @param ai a filled addrinfo structure (the ai_next member is ignored) + * @param defer_connect whether to attempt a TCP Fast Open connection or not + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SocketOpenAddrInfo(const struct addrinfo *ai, + bool defer_connect); + +/** + * Creates a transport-layer TCP stream from a name and port. + * + * This function resolves a hostname, and attempts to establish a TCP/IP + * connection to the specified host and port number. + * + * @note The function currently iterates through the addrinfo linked list. + * Future versions may implement different behaviour (e.g. RFC6555). + * + * @return a transport layer socket on success or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SocketOpenTCP(vlc_object_t *obj, + const char *hostname, unsigned port); + +/** + * Initiates a TLS session over TCP. + * + * This function resolves a hostname, attempts to establish a TCP/IP + * connection to the specified host and port number, and finally attempts to + * establish a TLS session over the TCP/IP stream. + * + * See also vlc_tls_SocketOpenTCP() and vlc_tls_SessionCreate(). + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SocketOpenTLS(vlc_tls_creds_t *crd, + const char *hostname, unsigned port, + const char *service, + const char *const *alpn, char **alp); + +VLC_DEPRECATED +static inline vlc_tls_t * +vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreateFD(vlc_tls_creds_t *crd, int fd, const char *host, + const char *srv, const char *const *lp, char **p) +{ + vlc_tls_t *sock = vlc_tls_SocketOpen(fd); + if (unlikely(sock == NULL)) + return NULL; + + vlc_tls_t *tls = vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreate(crd, sock, host, srv, lp, p); + if (unlikely(tls == NULL)) + free(sock); + return tls; +} + +/** @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_url.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_url.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ceae349 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_url.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_url.h: URL related macros + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: e13b7a5abb57e777e5252c5287bed9f52c7e2de0 $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_URL_H +# define VLC_URL_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions for manipulating URL in vlc + * + * \ingroup strings + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Converts local path to URL. + * + * Builds a URL representation from a local UTF-8 null-terminated file path. + * + * @param path file path + * @param scheme URI scheme to use (default is auto: "file", "fd" or "smb") + * @return a heap-allocated URI string on success + * or NULL in case of error (errno will be set accordingly) + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_path2uri(const char *path, const char *scheme) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Converts a URI to a local path. + * + * Builds a local path (UTF-8-encoded null-terminated string) from a URI if + * the URI scheme allows. + * + * @param url URI + * @return a heap-allocated string or success + * or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri2path(const char *url) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Decodes an URI component in place. + * + * Decodes one null-terminated UTF-8 URI component to aa null-terminated UTF-8 + * string in place. + * + * See also vlc_uri_decode_duplicate() for the not-in-place variant. + * + * \warning This function does NOT decode entire URIs. + * URI can only be decoded (and encoded) one component at a time + * (e.g. the host name, one directory, the file name). + * Complete URIs are always "encoded" (or they are syntaxically invalid). + * See IETF RFC3986, especially §2.4 for details. + * + * \note URI encoding is different from Javascript escaping. Especially, + * white spaces and Unicode non-ASCII code points are encoded differently. + * + * \param str null-terminated component + * \return str is returned on success. NULL if str was not properly encoded. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_decode(char *str); + +/** + * Decodes an URI component. + * + * See also vlc_uri_decode() for the in-place variant. + * + * \return a heap-allocated string on success or NULL on error. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_decode_duplicate(const char *str) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Encodes a URI component. + * + * Substitutes URI-unsafe, URI delimiters and non-ASCII characters into their + * URI-encoded URI-safe representation. See also IETF RFC3986 §2. + * + * @param str nul-terminated UTF-8 representation of the component. + * @note Obviously, a URI containing nul bytes cannot be passed. + * @return heap-allocated string, or NULL if out of memory. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_encode(const char *str) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Composes an URI. + * + * Converts a decomposed/parsed URI structure (\ref vlc_url_t) into a + * nul-terminated URI literal string. + * + * See also IETF RFC3986 section 5.3 for details. + * + * \bug URI fragments (i.e. HTML anchors) are not handled + * + * \return a heap-allocated nul-terminated string or NULL if out of memory + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_compose(const vlc_url_t *) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Resolves an URI reference. + * + * Resolves an URI reference relative to a base URI. + * If the reference is an absolute URI, then this function simply returns a + * copy of the URI reference. + * + * \param base base URI (as a nul-terminated string) + * \param ref URI reference (also as a nul-terminated string) + * + * \return a heap-allocated nul-terminated string representing the resolved + * absolute URI, or NULL if out of memory. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_resolve(const char *base, const char *ref) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Fixes up a URI string. + * + * Attempts to convert a nul-terminated string into a syntactically valid URI. + * If the string is, or may be, a syntactically valid URI, an exact copy is + * returned. In any case, the result will only contain URI-safe and URI + * delimiter characters (generic delimiters or sub-delimiters) and all percent + * signs will be followed by two hexadecimal characters. + * + * @return a heap-allocated string, or NULL if on out of memory. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_fixup(const char *) VLC_MALLOC; + +struct vlc_url_t +{ + char *psz_protocol; + char *psz_username; + char *psz_password; + char *psz_host; + unsigned i_port; + char *psz_path; + char *psz_option; + + char *psz_buffer; /* to be freed */ + char *psz_pathbuffer; /* to be freed */ +}; + +/** + * Parses an URI or IRI. + * + * Extracts the following parts from an URI string: + * - scheme (i.e. protocol), + * - user (deprecated), + * - password (also deprecated), + * - host name or IP address literal, + * - port number, + * - path (including the filename preceded by any and all directories) + * - request parameters (excluding the leading question mark '?'). + * + * The function accepts URIs, as well as UTF-8-encoded IRIs. For IRIs, the hier + * part (specifically, the host name) is assumed to be an IDN and is decoded to + * ASCII according, so it can be used for DNS resolution. If the host is an + * IPv6 address literal, brackets are stripped. + * + * Any missing part is set to nul. For historical reasons, the target structure + * is always initialized, even if parsing the URI string fails. + * + * On error, errno is set to one of the following value: + * - ENOMEM in case of memory allocation failure, + * - EINVAL in case of syntax error in the input string. + * + * \bug The URI fragment is discarded if present. + * + * \note This function allocates memory. vlc_UrlClean() must be used free + * associated the allocations, even if the function fails. + * + * \param url structure of URL parts [OUT] + * \param str nul-terminated URL string to split + * \retval 0 success + * \retval -1 failure + */ +VLC_API int vlc_UrlParse(vlc_url_t *url, const char *str); + +/** + * Parses an URI or IRI and fix up the path part. + * + * \see vlc_UrlParse + * \see vlc_uri_fixup + */ +VLC_API int vlc_UrlParseFixup(vlc_url_t *url, const char *str); + +/** + * Releases resources allocated by vlc_UrlParse(). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_UrlClean(vlc_url_t *); + +/** @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_variables.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_variables.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a397580 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_variables.h @@ -0,0 +1,671 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_variables.h: variables handling + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 83752b171f82c86164142a6254f513fc9cb7a324 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VARIABLES_H +#define VLC_VARIABLES_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup variables Variables + * \ingroup vlc_object + * + * VLC object variables and callbacks + * + * @{ + * \file + * VLC object variables and callbacks interface + */ + +#define VLC_VAR_TYPE 0x00ff +#define VLC_VAR_CLASS 0x00f0 +#define VLC_VAR_FLAGS 0xff00 + +/** + * \defgroup var_type Variable types + * These are the different types a vlc variable can have. + * @{ + */ +#define VLC_VAR_VOID 0x0010 +#define VLC_VAR_BOOL 0x0020 +#define VLC_VAR_INTEGER 0x0030 +#define VLC_VAR_STRING 0x0040 +#define VLC_VAR_FLOAT 0x0050 +#define VLC_VAR_ADDRESS 0x0070 +#define VLC_VAR_COORDS 0x00A0 +/**@}*/ + +/** \defgroup var_flags Additive flags + * These flags are added to the type field of the variable. Most as a result of + * a var_Change() call, but some may be added at creation time + * @{ + */ +#define VLC_VAR_HASCHOICE 0x0100 + +#define VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND 0x2000 + +/** Creation flag */ +/* If the variable is not found on the current module + search all parents and finally module config until found */ +#define VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT 0x8000 +/**@}*/ + +/** + * \defgroup var_action Variable actions + * These are the different actions that can be used with var_Change(). + * The parameters given are the meaning of the two last parameters of + * var_Change() when this action is being used. + * @{ + */ + +#define VLC_VAR_SETSTEP 0x0012 + +/** + * Set the value of this variable without triggering any callbacks + * \param p_val The new value + * \param p_val2 Unused + */ +#define VLC_VAR_SETVALUE 0x0013 + +#define VLC_VAR_SETTEXT 0x0014 +#define VLC_VAR_GETTEXT 0x0015 + +#define VLC_VAR_GETMIN 0x0016 +#define VLC_VAR_GETMAX 0x0017 +#define VLC_VAR_GETSTEP 0x0018 + +#define VLC_VAR_ADDCHOICE 0x0020 +#define VLC_VAR_DELCHOICE 0x0021 +#define VLC_VAR_CLEARCHOICES 0x0022 +#define VLC_VAR_GETCHOICES 0x0024 + +#define VLC_VAR_CHOICESCOUNT 0x0026 +#define VLC_VAR_SETMINMAX 0x0027 + +/**@}*/ + +/** \defgroup var_GetAndSet Variable actions + * These are the different actions that can be used with var_GetAndSet() + * @{ + */ +enum { + VLC_VAR_BOOL_TOGGLE, /**< Invert a boolean value (param ignored) */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, /**< Add parameter to an integer value */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_OR, /**< Binary OR over an integer bits field */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_NAND,/**< Binary NAND over an integer bits field */ +}; +/**@}*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int var_Create( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int ); +#define var_Create(a,b,c) var_Create( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API void var_Destroy( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +#define var_Destroy(a,b) var_Destroy( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +VLC_API int var_Change( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t *, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_Change(a,b,c,d,e) var_Change( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e ) + +VLC_API int var_Type( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +#define var_Type(a,b) var_Type( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +VLC_API int var_Set( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_value_t ); +#define var_Set(a,b,c) var_Set( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_Get( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_Get(a,b,c) var_Get( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_SetChecked( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t ); +#define var_SetChecked(o,n,t,v) var_SetChecked(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,t,v) +VLC_API int var_GetChecked( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_GetChecked(o,n,t,v) var_GetChecked(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,t,v) +VLC_API int var_GetAndSet( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); + +VLC_API int var_Inherit( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); + +VLC_API void var_FreeList( vlc_value_t *, vlc_value_t * ); + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Variable callbacks + ***************************************************************************** + * int MyCallback( vlc_object_t *p_this, + * char const *psz_variable, + * vlc_value_t oldvalue, + * vlc_value_t newvalue, + * void *p_data); + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void var_AddCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API void var_DelCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API void var_TriggerCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); + +VLC_API void var_AddListCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_list_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API void var_DelListCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_list_callback_t, void * ); + +#define var_AddCallback(a,b,c,d) var_AddCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_DelCallback(a,b,c,d) var_DelCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_TriggerCallback(a,b) var_TriggerCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +#define var_AddListCallback(a,b,c,d) var_AddListCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_DelListCallback(a,b,c,d) var_DelListCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) + +/***************************************************************************** + * helpers functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Set the value of an integer variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param i The new integer value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, + int64_t i ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = i; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of an boolean variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param b The new boolean value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, bool b ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.b_bool = b; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, val ); +} + +static inline int var_SetCoords( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + int32_t x, int32_t y ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.coords.x = x; + val.coords.y = y; + return var_SetChecked (obj, name, VLC_VAR_COORDS, val); +} +#define var_SetCoords(o,n,x,y) var_SetCoords(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,x,y) + +/** + * Set the value of a float variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param f The new float value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, float f ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.f_float = f; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a string variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param psz_string The new string value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_string ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.psz_string = (char *)psz_string; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a pointer variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param ptr The new pointer value of this variable + */ +static inline +int var_SetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, void *ptr ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.p_address = ptr; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, val ); +} + +#define var_SetInteger(a,b,c) var_SetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetBool(a,b,c) var_SetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetFloat(a,b,c) var_SetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetString(a,b,c) var_SetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetAddress(o, n, p) var_SetAddress(VLC_OBJECT(o), n, p) + + +/** + * Get an integer value +* + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_GetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, &val ) ) + return val.i_int; + else + return 0; +} + +/** + * Get a boolean value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_GetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.b_bool = false; + + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, &val ) ) + return val.b_bool; + else + return false; +} + +static inline void var_GetCoords( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + int32_t *px, int32_t *py ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if (likely(!var_GetChecked (obj, name, VLC_VAR_COORDS, &val))) + { + *px = val.coords.x; + *py = val.coords.y; + } + else + *px = *py = 0; +} +#define var_GetCoords(o,n,x,y) var_GetCoords(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,x,y) + +/** + * Get a float value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_GetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.f_float = 0.0; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, &val ) ) + return val.f_float; + else + return 0.0; +} + +/** + * Get a string value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_GetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.psz_string = NULL; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + return NULL; + else + return val.psz_string; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_GetNonEmptyString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + return NULL; + if( val.psz_string && *val.psz_string ) + return val.psz_string; + free( val.psz_string ); + return NULL; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_GetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, &val ) ) + return NULL; + else + return val.p_address; +} + +/** + * Increment an integer variable + * \param p_obj the object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name the name of the variable + */ +static inline int64_t var_IncInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = 1; + if( var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, &val ) ) + return 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_IncInteger(a,b) var_IncInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +/** + * Decrement an integer variable + * \param p_obj the object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name the name of the variable + */ +static inline int64_t var_DecInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = -1; + if( var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, &val ) ) + return 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_DecInteger(a,b) var_DecInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +static inline uint64_t var_OrInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + unsigned v ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = v; + if( var_GetAndSet( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_OR, &val ) ) + return 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_OrInteger(a,b,c) var_OrInteger(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +static inline uint64_t var_NAndInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + unsigned v ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = v; + if( var_GetAndSet( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_NAND, &val ) ) + return 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_NAndInteger(a,b,c) var_NAndInteger(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +/** + * Create a integer variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetInteger( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a boolean variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_CreateGetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetBool( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a float variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_CreateGetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetFloat( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a string variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetNonEmptyString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetNonEmptyString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create an address variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_CreateGetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetAddress( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +#define var_CreateGetInteger(a,b) var_CreateGetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetBool(a,b) var_CreateGetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetFloat(a,b) var_CreateGetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetString(a,b) var_CreateGetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetNonEmptyString(a,b) var_CreateGetNonEmptyString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetAddress(a,b) var_CreateGetAddress( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/** + * Create a integer command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetIntegerCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetInteger( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a boolean command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_CreateGetBoolCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetBool( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a float command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_CreateGetFloatCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetFloat( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a string command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetStringCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetNonEmptyString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +#define var_CreateGetIntegerCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetIntegerCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetBoolCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetBoolCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetFloatCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetFloatCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetStringCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetStringCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_USED +static inline int var_CountChoices( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t count; + if( var_Change( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_CHOICESCOUNT, &count, NULL ) ) + return 0; + return count.i_int; +} +#define var_CountChoices(a,b) var_CountChoices( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + + +static inline bool var_ToggleBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL_TOGGLE, &val ) ) + return false; + return val.b_bool; +} +#define var_ToggleBool(a,b) var_ToggleBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b ) + + +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_InheritBool( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, &val ) ) + val.b_bool = false; + return val.b_bool; +} +#define var_InheritBool(o, n) var_InheritBool(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_InheritInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, &val ) ) + val.i_int = 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_InheritInteger(o, n) var_InheritInteger(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline float var_InheritFloat( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, &val ) ) + val.f_float = 0.; + return val.f_float; +} +#define var_InheritFloat(o, n) var_InheritFloat(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_InheritString( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + val.psz_string = NULL; + else if( val.psz_string && !*val.psz_string ) + { + free( val.psz_string ); + val.psz_string = NULL; + } + return val.psz_string; +} +#define var_InheritString(o, n) var_InheritString(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_InheritAddress( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, &val ) ) + val.p_address = NULL; + return val.p_address; +} +#define var_InheritAddress(o, n) var_InheritAddress(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_API int var_InheritURational( vlc_object_t *, unsigned *num, unsigned *den, const char *var ); +#define var_InheritURational(a,b,c,d) var_InheritURational(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d) + +#define var_GetInteger(a,b) var_GetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetBool(a,b) var_GetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetFloat(a,b) var_GetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetString(a,b) var_GetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetNonEmptyString(a,b) var_GetNonEmptyString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetAddress(a,b) var_GetAddress( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_API int var_LocationParse(vlc_object_t *, const char *mrl, const char *prefix); +#define var_LocationParse(o, m, p) var_LocationParse(VLC_OBJECT(o), m, p) + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* _VLC_VARIABLES_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7ac885 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_video_splitter.h: "video splitter" related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: a5afba5230b0fb5b42c5cff3daab70a1e527f9eb $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H +#define VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the structure and types used by video splitter filters. + */ + +typedef struct video_splitter_t video_splitter_t; +typedef struct video_splitter_sys_t video_splitter_sys_t; +typedef struct video_splitter_owner_t video_splitter_owner_t; + +/** Structure describing a video splitter output properties + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* Video format of the output */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Window hints */ + struct + { + /* Relative position. + * (0,0) is equal to the default position. + */ + int i_x; + int i_y; + + /* Alignment inside the window + */ + int i_align; + } window; + + /* Video output module + * Use NULL for default + */ + char *psz_module; + +} video_splitter_output_t; + +/** Structure describing a video splitter + */ +struct video_splitter_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* configuration */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + + /* Input format + * It is filled by the creator and cannot be modified. + */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Output formats + * + * It can only be set in the open() function and must remain + * constant. + * The module is responsible for the allocation and deallocation. + */ + int i_output; + video_splitter_output_t *p_output; + + int (*pf_filter)( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_dst[], + picture_t *p_src ); + int (*pf_mouse) ( video_splitter_t *, vlc_mouse_t *, + int i_index, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ); + + video_splitter_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Buffer allocation */ + int (*pf_picture_new) ( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_picture[] ); + void (*pf_picture_del) ( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_picture[] ); + video_splitter_owner_t *p_owner; +}; + +/** + * It will create an array of pictures suitable as output. + * + * You must either returned them through pf_filter or by calling + * video_splitter_DeletePicture. + * + * If VLC_SUCCESS is not returned, pp_picture values are undefined. + */ +static inline int video_splitter_NewPicture( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_picture[] ) +{ + int i_ret = p_splitter->pf_picture_new( p_splitter, pp_picture ); + if( i_ret ) + msg_Warn( p_splitter, "can't get output pictures" ); + return i_ret; +} + +/** + * It will release an array of pictures created by video_splitter_NewPicture. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline void video_splitter_DeletePicture( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_picture[] ) +{ + p_splitter->pf_picture_del( p_splitter, pp_picture ); +} + +/* */ +video_splitter_t * video_splitter_New( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_name, const video_format_t * ); +void video_splitter_Delete( video_splitter_t * ); + +static inline int video_splitter_Filter( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_dst[], picture_t *p_src ) +{ + return p_splitter->pf_filter( p_splitter, pp_dst, p_src ); +} +static inline int video_splitter_Mouse( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_index, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + if( !p_splitter->pf_mouse ) + { + *p_mouse = *p_new; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + return p_splitter->pf_mouse( p_splitter, p_mouse, i_index, p_old, p_new ); +} + +#endif /* VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_viewpoint.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_viewpoint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf01913 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_viewpoint.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_viewpoint.h: viewpoint struct and helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2017 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VIEWPOINT_H_ +#define VLC_VIEWPOINT_H_ 1 + +#include + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup output Output + * \ingroup output + * + * @{ + * \file + * Video and audio viewpoint struct and helpers + */ + +#define FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_DEFAULT 80.f +#define FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_MAX 150.f +#define FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_MIN 20.f + +/** + * Viewpoints + */ +struct vlc_viewpoint_t { + float yaw; /* yaw in degrees */ + float pitch; /* pitch in degrees */ + float roll; /* roll in degrees */ + float fov; /* field of view in degrees */ +}; + +static inline void vlc_viewpoint_init( vlc_viewpoint_t *p_vp ) +{ + p_vp->yaw = p_vp->pitch = p_vp->roll = 0.0f; + p_vp->fov = FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_DEFAULT; +} + +static inline void vlc_viewpoint_clip( vlc_viewpoint_t *p_vp ) +{ + p_vp->yaw = fmodf( p_vp->yaw, 360.f ); + p_vp->pitch = fmodf( p_vp->pitch, 360.f ); + p_vp->roll = fmodf( p_vp->roll, 360.f ); + p_vp->fov = VLC_CLIP( p_vp->fov, FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_MIN, + FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_MAX ); +} + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* VLC_VIEWPOINT_H_ */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vlm.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vlm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e3c61d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vlm.h @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vlm.h: VLM core structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 88d4437cc1028468c0cadeaea32fa645769e2ee6 $ + * + * Authors: Simon Latapie + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VLM_H +#define VLC_VLM_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup server VLM + * VLC stream manager + * + * VLM is the server core in vlc that allows streaming of multiple media streams + * at the same time. It provides broadcast, schedule and video on demand features + * for streaming using several streaming and network protocols. + * @{ + * \file + * VLC stream manager interface + */ + +/** VLM media */ +typedef struct +{ + int64_t id; /*< numeric id for vlm_media_t item */ + bool b_enabled; /*< vlm_media_t is enabled */ + + char *psz_name; /*< descriptive name of vlm_media_t item */ + + int i_input; /*< number of input options */ + char **ppsz_input; /*< array of input options */ + + int i_option; /*< number of output options */ + char **ppsz_option; /*< array of output options */ + + char *psz_output; /*< */ + + bool b_vod; /*< vlm_media_t is of type VOD */ + struct + { + bool b_loop; /*< this vlc_media_t broadcast item should loop */ + } broadcast; /*< Broadcast specific information */ + struct + { + char *psz_mux; /*< name of muxer to use */ + } vod; /*< VOD specific information */ + +} vlm_media_t; + +/** VLM media instance */ +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_name; /*< vlm media instance descriptive name */ + + int64_t i_time; /*< vlm media instance vlm media current time */ + int64_t i_length; /*< vlm media instance vlm media item length */ + double d_position; /*< vlm media instance position in stream */ + bool b_paused; /*< vlm media instance is paused */ + int i_rate; // normal is INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT +} vlm_media_instance_t; + +#if 0 +typedef struct +{ + +} vlm_schedule_t +#endif + +/** VLM events + * You can catch vlm event by adding a callback on the variable "intf-event" + * of the VLM object. + * This variable is an address that will hold a vlm_event_t* value. + */ +enum vlm_event_type_e +{ + /* */ + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_ADDED = 0x100, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_REMOVED, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_CHANGED, + + /* */ + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STARTED = 0x200, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STOPPED, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STATE, +}; + +typedef struct +{ + int i_type; /* a vlm_event_type_e value */ + int64_t id; /* Media ID */ + const char *psz_name; /* Media name */ + const char *psz_instance_name; /* Instance name or NULL */ + input_state_e input_state; /* Input instance event type */ +} vlm_event_t; + +/** VLM control query */ +enum vlm_query_e +{ + /* --- Media control */ + /* Get all medias */ + VLM_GET_MEDIAS, /* arg1=vlm_media_t ***, int *pi_media */ + /* Delete all medias */ + VLM_CLEAR_MEDIAS, /* no arg */ + + /* Add a new media */ + VLM_ADD_MEDIA, /* arg1=vlm_media_t* arg2=int64_t *p_id res=can fail */ + /* Delete an existing media */ + VLM_DEL_MEDIA, /* arg1=int64_t id */ + /* Change properties of an existing media (all fields but id and b_vod) */ + VLM_CHANGE_MEDIA, /* arg1=vlm_media_t* res=can fail */ + /* Get 1 media by it's ID */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA, /* arg1=int64_t id arg2=vlm_media_t ** */ + /* Get media ID from its name */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_ID, /* arg1=const char *psz_name arg2=int64_t* */ + + /* Media instance control XXX VOD control are for internal use only */ + /* Get all media instances */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCES, /* arg1=int64_t id arg2=vlm_media_instance_t *** arg3=int *pi_instance */ + /* Delete all media instances */ + VLM_CLEAR_MEDIA_INSTANCES, /* arg1=int64_t id */ + /* Control broadcast instance */ + VLM_START_MEDIA_BROADCAST_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name, int i_input_index res=can fail */ + /* Control VOD instance */ + VLM_START_MEDIA_VOD_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name, int i_input_index char *psz_vod_output res=can fail */ + /* Stop an instance */ + VLM_STOP_MEDIA_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name res=can fail */ + /* Pause an instance */ + VLM_PAUSE_MEDIA_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name res=can fail */ + /* Get instance position time (in microsecond) */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=int64_t * */ + /* Set instance position time (in microsecond) */ + VLM_SET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=int64_t */ + /* Get instance position ([0.0 .. 1.0]) */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_POSITION, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=double * */ + /* Set instance position ([0.0 .. 1.0]) */ + VLM_SET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_POSITION, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=double */ + + /* Schedule control */ + VLM_CLEAR_SCHEDULES, /* no arg */ + /* TODO: missing schedule control */ + + /* */ +}; + + +/* VLM specific - structures and functions */ + +/* ok, here is the structure of a vlm_message: + The parent node is ( name_of_the_command , NULL ), or + ( name_of_the_command , message_error ) on error. + If a node has children, it should not have a value (=NULL).*/ +struct vlm_message_t +{ + char *psz_name; /*< message name */ + char *psz_value; /*< message value */ + + int i_child; /*< number of child messages */ + vlm_message_t **child; /*< array of vlm_message_t */ +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +VLC_API vlm_t * vlm_New( vlc_object_t * ); +#define vlm_New( a ) vlm_New( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void vlm_Delete( vlm_t * ); +VLC_API int vlm_ExecuteCommand( vlm_t *, const char *, vlm_message_t ** ); +VLC_API int vlm_Control( vlm_t *p_vlm, int i_query, ... ); + +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageSimpleNew( const char * ); +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageNew( const char *, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 2, 3 ); +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageAdd( vlm_message_t *, vlm_message_t * ); +VLC_API void vlm_MessageDelete( vlm_message_t * ); + +/* media helpers */ + +/** + * Initialize a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_media vlm_media_t instance to initialize + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Init( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + memset( p_media, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + p_media->id = 0; // invalid id + p_media->psz_name = NULL; + TAB_INIT( p_media->i_input, p_media->ppsz_input ); + TAB_INIT( p_media->i_option, p_media->ppsz_option ); + p_media->psz_output = NULL; + p_media->b_vod = false; + + p_media->vod.psz_mux = NULL; + p_media->broadcast.b_loop = false; +} + +/** + * Copy a vlm_media_t instance into another vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_dst vlm_media_t instance to copy to + * \param p_src vlm_media_t instance to copy from + */ +static inline void +#ifndef __cplusplus +vlm_media_Copy( vlm_media_t *restrict p_dst, const vlm_media_t *restrict p_src ) +#else +vlm_media_Copy( vlm_media_t *p_dst, const vlm_media_t *p_src ) +#endif +{ + int i; + + memset( p_dst, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + p_dst->id = p_src->id; + p_dst->b_enabled = p_src->b_enabled; + if( p_src->psz_name ) + p_dst->psz_name = strdup( p_src->psz_name ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_src->i_input; i++ ) + TAB_APPEND_CAST( (char**), p_dst->i_input, p_dst->ppsz_input, strdup(p_src->ppsz_input[i]) ); + for( i = 0; i < p_src->i_option; i++ ) + TAB_APPEND_CAST( (char**), p_dst->i_option, p_dst->ppsz_option, strdup(p_src->ppsz_option[i]) ); + + if( p_src->psz_output ) + p_dst->psz_output = strdup( p_src->psz_output ); + + p_dst->b_vod = p_src->b_vod; + if( p_src->b_vod ) + { + if( p_src->vod.psz_mux ) + p_dst->vod.psz_mux = strdup( p_src->vod.psz_mux ); + } + else + { + p_dst->broadcast.b_loop = p_src->broadcast.b_loop; + } +} + +/** + * Cleanup and release memory associated with this vlm_media_t instance. + * You still need to release p_media itself with vlm_media_Delete(). + * \param p_media vlm_media_t to cleanup + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Clean( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + int i; + free( p_media->psz_name ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_media->i_input; i++ ) + free( p_media->ppsz_input[i]); + TAB_CLEAN(p_media->i_input, p_media->ppsz_input ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_media->i_option; i++ ) + free( p_media->ppsz_option[i]); + TAB_CLEAN(p_media->i_option, p_media->ppsz_option ); + + free( p_media->psz_output ); + if( p_media->b_vod ) + free( p_media->vod.psz_mux ); +} + +/** + * Allocate a new vlm_media_t instance + * \return vlm_media_t instance + */ +static inline vlm_media_t *vlm_media_New(void) +{ + vlm_media_t *p_media = (vlm_media_t *)malloc( sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + if( p_media ) + vlm_media_Init( p_media ); + return p_media; +} + +/** + * Delete a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_media vlm_media_t instance to delete + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Delete( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + vlm_media_Clean( p_media ); + free( p_media ); +} + +/** + * Copy a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_src vlm_media_t instance to copy + * \return vlm_media_t duplicate of p_src + */ +static inline vlm_media_t *vlm_media_Duplicate( vlm_media_t *p_src ) +{ + vlm_media_t *p_dst = vlm_media_New(); + if( p_dst ) + vlm_media_Copy( p_dst, p_src ); + return p_dst; +} + +/* media instance helpers */ +/** + * Initialize vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to initialize + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Init( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + memset( p_instance, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_instance_t) ); + p_instance->psz_name = NULL; + p_instance->i_time = 0; + p_instance->i_length = 0; + p_instance->d_position = 0.0; + p_instance->b_paused = false; + p_instance->i_rate = INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT; +} + +/** + * Cleanup vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to cleanup + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Clean( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + free( p_instance->psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Allocate a new vlm_media_instance_t + * \return a new vlm_media_instance_t + */ +static inline vlm_media_instance_t *vlm_media_instance_New(void) +{ + vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance = (vlm_media_instance_t *) malloc( sizeof(vlm_media_instance_t) ); + if( p_instance ) + vlm_media_instance_Init( p_instance ); + return p_instance; +} + +/** + * Delete a vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to delete + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Delete( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + vlm_media_instance_Clean( p_instance ); + free( p_instance ); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/**@}*/ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7306d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout.h: common video definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 627f6cec2e3b96eea04f9566ef799ed5b3a93b2a $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_H_ +#define VLC_VOUT_H_ 1 + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup output Output + * \defgroup video_output Video output + * \ingroup output + * Video rendering, output and window management + * + * This module describes the programming interface for video output threads. + * It includes functions allowing to open a new thread, send pictures to a + * thread, and destroy a previously opened video output thread. + * @{ + * \file + * Video output thread interface + */ + +/** + * Vout configuration + */ +typedef struct { + vout_thread_t *vout; + vlc_object_t *input; + bool change_fmt; + const video_format_t *fmt; + unsigned dpb_size; +} vout_configuration_t; + +/** + * Video output thread private structure + */ +typedef struct vout_thread_sys_t vout_thread_sys_t; + +/** + * Video output thread descriptor + * + * Any independent video output device, such as an X11 window or a GGI device, + * is represented by a video output thread, and described using the following + * structure. + */ +struct vout_thread_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Private vout_thread data */ + vout_thread_sys_t *p; +}; + +/* Alignment flags */ +#define VOUT_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0001 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x0002 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_HMASK 0x0003 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_TOP 0x0004 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x0008 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_VMASK 0x000C + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Returns a suitable vout or release the given one. + * + * If cfg->fmt is non NULL and valid, a vout will be returned, reusing cfg->vout + * is possible, otherwise it returns NULL. + * If cfg->vout is not used, it will be closed and released. + * + * You can release the returned value either by vout_Request or vout_Close() + * followed by a vlc_object_release() or shorter vout_CloseAndRelease() + * + * \param object a vlc object + * \param cfg the video configuration requested. + * \return a vout + */ +VLC_API vout_thread_t * vout_Request( vlc_object_t *object, const vout_configuration_t *cfg ); +#define vout_Request(a,b) vout_Request(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/** + * This function will close a vout created by vout_Request. + * The associated vout module is closed. + * Note: It is not released yet, you'll have to call vlc_object_release() + * or use the convenient vout_CloseAndRelease(). + * + * \param p_vout the vout to close + */ +VLC_API void vout_Close( vout_thread_t *p_vout ); + +/** + * This function will close a vout created by vout_Create + * and then release it. + * + * \param p_vout the vout to close and release + */ +static inline void vout_CloseAndRelease( vout_thread_t *p_vout ) +{ + vout_Close( p_vout ); + vlc_object_release( p_vout ); +} + +/** + * This function will handle a snapshot request. + * + * pp_image, pp_picture and p_fmt can be NULL otherwise they will be + * set with returned value in case of success. + * + * pp_image will hold an encoded picture in psz_format format. + * + * p_fmt can be NULL otherwise it will be set with the format used for the + * picture before encoding. + * + * i_timeout specifies the time the function will wait for a snapshot to be + * available. + * + */ +VLC_API int vout_GetSnapshot( vout_thread_t *p_vout, + block_t **pp_image, picture_t **pp_picture, + video_format_t *p_fmt, + const char *psz_format, mtime_t i_timeout ); + +VLC_API void vout_ChangeAspectRatio( vout_thread_t *p_vout, + unsigned int i_num, unsigned int i_den ); + +/* */ +VLC_API picture_t * vout_GetPicture( vout_thread_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_PutPicture( vout_thread_t *, picture_t * ); + +/* Subpictures channels ID */ +#define VOUT_SPU_CHANNEL_INVALID (-1) /* Always fails in comparison */ +#define VOUT_SPU_CHANNEL_OSD 1 /* OSD channel is automatically cleared */ +#define VOUT_SPU_CHANNEL_AVAIL_FIRST 8 /* Registerable channels from this offset */ + +/* */ +VLC_API void vout_PutSubpicture( vout_thread_t *, subpicture_t * ); +VLC_API int vout_RegisterSubpictureChannel( vout_thread_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_FlushSubpictureChannel( vout_thread_t *, int ); + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* _VLC_VIDEO_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36f1227 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_display.h: vout_display_t definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 80761c8762d6b2acd48091507637fdcefb3317bd $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H +#define VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup video_display Video output display + * Video output display: output buffers and rendering + * + * \ingroup video_output + * @{ + * \file + * Video output display modules interface + */ + +/* XXX + * Do NOT use video_format_t::i_aspect but i_sar_num/den everywhere. i_aspect + * will be removed as soon as possible. + * + */ +typedef struct vout_display_t vout_display_t; +typedef struct vout_display_sys_t vout_display_sys_t; +typedef struct vout_display_owner_t vout_display_owner_t; + +/** + * Possible alignments for vout_display. + */ +typedef enum +{ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_CENTER, + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_LEFT, + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_RIGHT, + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_TOP, + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_BOTTOM, +} vout_display_align_t; + +/** + * Window management state. + */ +enum { + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_NORMAL=0, + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_ABOVE=1, + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_BELOW=2, + VOUT_WINDOW_STACK_MASK=3, +}; + +/** + * Initial/Current configuration for a vout_display_t + */ +typedef struct { +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) + bool is_fullscreen VLC_DEPRECATED; /* Is the display fullscreen */ +#endif + + /* Display properties */ + struct { + /* Window title (may be NULL) */ + const char *title; + + /* Display size */ + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + + /* Display SAR */ + vlc_rational_t sar; + } display; + + /* Alignment of the picture inside the display */ + struct { + int horizontal; + int vertical; + } align; + + /* Do we fill up the display with the video */ + bool is_display_filled; + + /* Zoom to use + * It will be applied to the whole display if b_display_filled is set, otherwise + * only on the video source */ + struct { + int num; + int den; + } zoom; + + vlc_viewpoint_t viewpoint; +} vout_display_cfg_t; + +/** + * Information from a vout_display_t to configure + * the core behaviour. + * + * By default they are all false or NULL. + * + */ +typedef struct { + bool is_slow; /* The picture memory has slow read/write */ + bool has_double_click; /* Is double-click generated */ + bool needs_hide_mouse; /* Needs VOUT_DISPLAY_HIDE_MOUSE, + * needs to call vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved() + * or vout_display_SendEventMouseState() */ + bool has_pictures_invalid; /* Will VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID be used */ + const vlc_fourcc_t *subpicture_chromas; /* List of supported chromas for subpicture rendering. */ +} vout_display_info_t; + +/** + * Control query for vout_display_t + */ +enum { + /* Hide the mouse. It will be sent when + * vout_display_t::info.needs_hide_mouse is true */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_HIDE_MOUSE VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM, + + /* Ask to reset the internal buffers after a VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID + * request. + */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_RESET_PICTURES, + +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the fullscreen state change after + * being requested (externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_FULLSCREEN VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM, /* bool fs */ + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the window management state change + * after being requested externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_WINDOW_STATE */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_WINDOW_STATE VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM, /* unsigned state */ +#endif + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the display size change requested + * (externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE) */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_DISPLAY_SIZE, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse fill display state change after + * being requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_DISPLAY_FILLED, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse zoom change after being requested + * externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_ZOOM, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse source aspect ratio after being + * requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_SOURCE_ASPECT, + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse source crop change after being + * requested externally. + * The cropping requested is stored by video_format_t::i_x/y_offset and + * video_format_t::i_visible_width/height */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_SOURCE_CROP, + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse VR/360° viewing direction after + * being requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_VIEWPOINT, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ +}; + +/** + * Event from vout_display_t + * + * Events modifiying the state may be sent multiple times. + * Only the transition will be retained and acted upon. + */ +enum { + /* TODO: + * ZOOM ? DISPLAY_FILLED ? ON_TOP ? + */ + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID, /* The buffer are now invalid and need to be changed */ + +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_WINDOW_STATE, +#endif + + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE, /* The display size need to change : int i_width, int i_height */ + + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_CLOSE, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_KEY, + + /* Full mouse state. + * You can use it OR use the other mouse events. The core will do + * the conversion. + */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_STATE, + + /* Mouse event */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_MOVED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_PRESSED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_RELEASED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK, + + /* VR navigation */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_VIEWPOINT_MOVED, +}; + +/** + * Vout owner structures + */ +struct vout_display_owner_t { + /* Private place holder for the vout_display_t creator + */ + void *sys; + + /* Event coming from the module + * + * This function is set prior to the module instantiation and must not + * be overwritten nor used directly (use the vout_display_SendEvent* + * wrapper. + * + * You can send it at any time i.e. from any vout_display_t functions or + * from another thread. + * Be careful, it does not ensure correct serialization if it is used + * from multiple threads. + */ + void (*event)(vout_display_t *, int, va_list); + + /* Window management + * + * These functions are set prior to the module instantiation and must not + * be overwritten nor used directly (use the vout_display_*Window + * wrapper */ + vout_window_t *(*window_new)(vout_display_t *, unsigned type); + void (*window_del)(vout_display_t *, vout_window_t *); +}; + +struct vout_display_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module */ + module_t *module; + + /* Initial and current configuration. + * You cannot modify it directly, you must use the appropriate events. + * + * It reflects the current values, i.e. after the event has been accepted + * and applied/configured if needed. + */ + const vout_display_cfg_t *cfg; + + /* video source format. + * + * Cropping is not requested while in the open function. + * You cannot change it. + */ + video_format_t source; + + /* picture_t format. + * + * You can only change it inside the module open function to + * match what you want, and when a VOUT_DISPLAY_RESET_PICTURES control + * request is made and succeeds. + * + * By default, it is equal to ::source except for the aspect ratio + * which is undefined(0) and is ignored. + */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Information + * + * You can only set them in the open function. + */ + vout_display_info_t info; + + /* Return a pointer over the current picture_pool_t* (mandatory). + * + * For performance reasons, it is best to provide at least count + * pictures but it is not mandatory. + * You can return NULL when you cannot/do not want to allocate + * pictures. + * The vout display module keeps the ownership of the pool and can + * destroy it only when closing or on invalid pictures control. + */ + picture_pool_t *(*pool)(vout_display_t *, unsigned count); + + /* Prepare a picture and an optional subpicture for display (optional). + * + * It is called before the next pf_display call to provide as much + * time as possible to prepare the given picture and the subpicture + * for display. + * You are guaranted that pf_display will always be called and using + * the exact same picture_t and subpicture_t. + * You cannot change the pixel content of the picture_t or of the + * subpicture_t. + */ + void (*prepare)(vout_display_t *, picture_t *, subpicture_t *); + + /* Display a picture and an optional subpicture (mandatory). + * + * The picture and the optional subpicture must be displayed as soon as + * possible. + * You cannot change the pixel content of the picture_t or of the + * subpicture_t. + * + * This function gives away the ownership of the picture and of the + * subpicture, so you must release them as soon as possible. + */ + void (*display)(vout_display_t *, picture_t *, subpicture_t *); + + /* Control on the module (mandatory) */ + int (*control)(vout_display_t *, int, va_list); + + /* Manage pending event (optional) */ + void (*manage)(vout_display_t *) VLC_DEPRECATED; + + /* Private place holder for the vout_display_t module (optional) + * + * A module is free to use it as it wishes. + */ + vout_display_sys_t *sys; + + /* Reserved for the vout_display_t owner. + * + * It must not be overwritten nor used directly by a module. + */ + vout_display_owner_t owner; +}; + +static inline void vout_display_SendEvent(vout_display_t *vd, int query, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, query); + vd->owner.event(vd, query, args); + va_end(args); +} + +static inline void vout_display_SendEventDisplaySize(vout_display_t *vd, int width, int height) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE, width, height); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventPicturesInvalid(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventClose(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_CLOSE); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventKey(vout_display_t *vd, int key) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_KEY, key); +} +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) +static inline void vout_display_SendEventFullscreen(vout_display_t *vd, bool is_fullscreen, + bool is_window_fullscreen) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN, is_fullscreen, is_window_fullscreen); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendWindowState(vout_display_t *vd, unsigned state) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_WINDOW_STATE, state); +} +#endif +/* The mouse position (State and Moved event) must be expressed against vout_display_t::source unit */ +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseState(vout_display_t *vd, int x, int y, int button_mask) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_STATE, x, y, button_mask); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved(vout_display_t *vd, int x, int y) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_MOVED, x, y); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMousePressed(vout_display_t *vd, int button) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_PRESSED, button); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseReleased(vout_display_t *vd, int button) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_RELEASED, button); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseDoubleClick(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventViewpointMoved(vout_display_t *vd, + const vlc_viewpoint_t *vp) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_VIEWPOINT_MOVED, vp); +} + +/** + * Asks for a new window of a given type. + */ +static inline vout_window_t *vout_display_NewWindow(vout_display_t *vd, unsigned type) +{ + return vd->owner.window_new(vd, type); +} +/** + * Deletes a window created by vout_display_NewWindow if window is non NULL + * or any unused windows otherwise. + */ +static inline void vout_display_DeleteWindow(vout_display_t *vd, + vout_window_t *window) +{ + vd->owner.window_del(vd, window); +} + +static inline bool vout_display_IsWindowed(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_window_t *window = vout_display_NewWindow(vd, VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_INVALID); + if (window != NULL) + vout_display_DeleteWindow(vd, window); + return window != NULL; +} + +/** + * Computes the default display size given the source and + * the display configuration. + * + * This asssumes that the picture is already cropped. + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_GetDefaultDisplaySize(unsigned *width, unsigned *height, const video_format_t *source, const vout_display_cfg_t *); + + +/** + * Structure used to store the result of a vout_display_PlacePicture. + */ +typedef struct { + int x; + int y; + unsigned width; + unsigned height; +} vout_display_place_t; + +/** + * Computes how to place a picture inside the display to respect + * the given parameters. + * This assumes that cropping is done by an external mean. + * + * \param p_place Place inside the window (window pixel unit) + * \param p_source Video source format + * \param p_cfg Display configuration + * \param b_clip If true, prevent the video to go outside the display (break zoom). + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_PlacePicture(vout_display_place_t *place, const video_format_t *source, const vout_display_cfg_t *cfg, bool do_clipping); + + +/** + * Helper function that applies the necessary transforms to the mouse position + * and then calls vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved. + * + * \param vd vout_display_t. + * \param orient_display The orientation of the picture as seen on screen (probably ORIENT_NORMAL). + * \param m_x Mouse x position (relative to place, origin is top left). + * \param m_y Mouse y position (relative to place, origin is top left). + * \param place Place of the picture. + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_SendMouseMovedDisplayCoordinates(vout_display_t *vd, video_orientation_t orient_display, int m_x, int m_y, + vout_display_place_t *place); + +/** @} */ +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cb6853 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_osd.h: vout OSD + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 M2X + * $Id: a07cd9073156d9ce0d5363543bcc3fd98a6de8f8 $ + * + * Authors: Jean-Paul Saman + * Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_OSD_H +#define VLC_VOUT_OSD_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * \defgroup osd On-screen display + * \ingroup spu + * @{ + * \file + * Overlay text and widgets + */ + +/** + * OSD menu position and picture type defines + */ +enum +{ + /* Icons */ + OSD_PLAY_ICON = 1, + OSD_PAUSE_ICON, + OSD_SPEAKER_ICON, + OSD_MUTE_ICON, + /* Sliders */ + OSD_HOR_SLIDER, + OSD_VERT_SLIDER, +}; + +VLC_API int vout_OSDEpg( vout_thread_t *, input_item_t * ); + +/** + * \brief Write an informative message if the OSD option is enabled. + * \param vout The vout on which the message will be displayed + * \param channel Subpicture channel + * \param position Position of the text + * \param duration Duration of the text being displayed + * \param text Text to be displayed + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDText( vout_thread_t *vout, int channel, int position, mtime_t duration, const char *text ); + +/** + * \brief Write an informative message at the default location, + * for the default duration and only if the OSD option is enabled. + * \param vout The vout on which the message will be displayed + * \param channel Subpicture channel + * \param format printf style formatting + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDMessage( vout_thread_t *, int, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); + +/** + * Display a slider on the video output. + * \param p_this The object that called the function. + * \param i_channel Subpicture channel + * \param i_postion Current position in the slider + * \param i_type Types are: OSD_HOR_SLIDER and OSD_VERT_SLIDER. + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDSlider( vout_thread_t *, int, int , short ); + +/** + * Display an Icon on the video output. + * \param p_this The object that called the function. + * \param i_channel Subpicture channel + * \param i_type Types are: OSD_PLAY_ICON, OSD_PAUSE_ICON, OSD_SPEAKER_ICON, OSD_MUTE_ICON + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDIcon( vout_thread_t *, int, short ); + +/** @} */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_OSD_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..edc94fe --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_window.h: vout_window_t definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2008 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 3a613d4e4701783a43cefd299e171f95164e30e9 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H +#define VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H 1 + +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup video_window Video window + * \ingroup video_output + * Video output window management + * @{ + * \file + * Video output window modules interface + */ + +typedef struct vout_window_t vout_window_t; +typedef struct vout_window_sys_t vout_window_sys_t; + +struct wl_display; +struct wl_surface; + +/** + * Window handle type + */ +enum vout_window_type { + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_INVALID=0 /**< Invalid or unspecified window type */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_XID /**< X11 window */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_HWND /**< Win32 or OS/2 window */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_NSOBJECT /**< MacOS X view */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_ANDROID_NATIVE /**< Android native window */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_WAYLAND /**< Wayland surface */, +}; + +/** + * Control query for vout_window_t + */ +enum vout_window_control { + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_STATE, /* unsigned state */ + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_SIZE, /* unsigned i_width, unsigned i_height */ + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_FULLSCREEN, /* int b_fullscreen */ + VOUT_WINDOW_HIDE_MOUSE, /* int b_hide */ +}; + +/** + * Window mouse event type for vout_window_mouse_event_t + */ +enum vout_window_mouse_event_type { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_STATE, + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_MOVED, + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_PRESSED, + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_RELEASED, + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK, +}; + +/** + * Window mouse event + */ +typedef struct vout_window_mouse_event_t +{ + enum vout_window_mouse_event_type type; + int x; + int y; + int button_mask; +} vout_window_mouse_event_t; + +typedef struct vout_window_cfg_t { + /* Window handle type */ + unsigned type; + + /* If true, a standalone window is requested */ + bool is_standalone; + bool is_fullscreen; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ + /* Window position hint */ + int x; + int y; +#endif + + /* Windows size hint */ + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + +} vout_window_cfg_t; + +typedef struct vout_window_owner { + void *sys; + void (*resized)(vout_window_t *, unsigned width, unsigned height); + void (*closed)(vout_window_t *); + void (*mouse_event)(vout_window_t *, const vout_window_mouse_event_t *mouse); +} vout_window_owner_t; + +/** + * Graphical window + * + * This structure is an abstract interface to the windowing system. + * The window is normally used to draw video (and subpictures) into, but it + * can also be used for other purpose (e.g. OpenGL visualization). + * + * The window is responsible for providing a window handle, whose exact + * meaning depends on the windowing system. It also must report some events + * such as user input (keyboard, mouse) and window resize. + * + * Finally, it must support some control requests such as for fullscreen mode. + */ +struct vout_window_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /** + * Window handle type + * + * This identified the windowing system and protocol that the window + * needs to use. This also selects which member of the \ref handle union + * and the \ref display union are to be set. + * + * The possible values are defined in \ref vout_window_type. + * + * VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_INVALID is a special placeholder type. It means that + * any windowing system is acceptable. In that case, the plugin must set + * its actual type during activation. + */ + unsigned type; + + /** + * Window handle (mandatory) + * + * This must be filled by the plugin upon activation. + * + * Depending on the \ref type above, a different member of this union is + * used. + */ + union { + void *hwnd; /**< Win32 window handle */ + uint32_t xid; /**< X11 windows ID */ + void *nsobject; /**< Mac OSX view object */ + void *anativewindow; /**< Android native window */ + struct wl_surface *wl; /**< Wayland surface (client pointer) */ + } handle; + + /** Display server (mandatory) + * + * This must be filled by the plugin upon activation. + * + * The window handle is relative to the display server. The exact meaning + * of the display server depends on the window handle type. Not all window + * handle type provide a display server field. + */ + union { + char *x11; /**< X11 display string (NULL = use default) */ + struct wl_display *wl; /**< Wayland display (client pointer) */ + } display; + + /** + * Control callback (mandatory) + * + * This callback handles some control request regarding the window. + * See \ref vout_window_control. + * + * This field should not be used directly when manipulating a window. + * vout_window_Control() should be used instead. + */ + int (*control)(vout_window_t *, int query, va_list); + + struct { + bool has_double_click; /**< Whether double click events are sent, + or need to be emulated */ + } info; + + /* Private place holder for the vout_window_t module (optional) + * + * A module is free to use it as it wishes. + */ + vout_window_sys_t *sys; + + vout_window_owner_t owner; +}; + +/** + * Creates a new window. + * + * @param module plugin name (usually "$window") + * @note If you are inside a "vout display", you must use + / vout_display_NewWindow() and vout_display_DeleteWindow() instead. + * This enables recycling windows. + */ +VLC_API vout_window_t * vout_window_New(vlc_object_t *, const char *module, const vout_window_cfg_t *, const vout_window_owner_t *); + +/** + * Deletes a window created by vout_window_New(). + * + * @note See vout_window_New() about window recycling. + */ +VLC_API void vout_window_Delete(vout_window_t *); + +void vout_window_SetInhibition(vout_window_t *window, bool enabled); + +static inline int vout_window_vaControl(vout_window_t *window, int query, + va_list ap) +{ + return window->control(window, query, ap); +} + +/** + * Reconfigures a window. + * + * @note The vout_window_* wrappers should be used instead of this function. + * + * @warning The caller must own the window, as vout_window_t is not thread safe. + */ +static inline int vout_window_Control(vout_window_t *window, int query, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, query); + ret = vout_window_vaControl(window, query, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret; +} + +/** + * Configures the window manager state for this window. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetState(vout_window_t *window, unsigned state) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_STATE, state); +} + +/** + * Configures the window display (i.e. inner/useful) size. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetSize(vout_window_t *window, + unsigned width, unsigned height) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_SIZE, width, height); +} + +/** + * Sets fullscreen mode. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetFullScreen(vout_window_t *window, bool full) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_FULLSCREEN, full); +} + +/** + * Hide the mouse cursor + */ +static inline int vout_window_HideMouse(vout_window_t *window, bool hide) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_HIDE_MOUSE, hide); +} + +/** + * Report current window size + * + * This notifies the user of the window what the pixel dimensions of the + * window are (or should be, depending on the windowing system). + * + * \note This function is thread-safe. In case of concurrent call, it is + * undefined which one is taken into account (but at least one is). + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportSize(vout_window_t *window, + unsigned width, unsigned height) +{ + if (window->owner.resized != NULL) + window->owner.resized(window, width, height); +} + +static inline void vout_window_ReportClose(vout_window_t *window) +{ + if (window->owner.closed != NULL) + window->owner.closed(window); +} + +static inline void vout_window_SendMouseEvent(vout_window_t *window, + const vout_window_mouse_event_t *mouse) +{ + if (window->owner.mouse_event != NULL) + window->owner.mouse_event(window, mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a full mouse state + * + * The mouse position must be expressed against window unit. You can use this + * function of others vout_window_ReportMouse*() functions. + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMouseState(vout_window_t *window, + int x, int y, int button_mask) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_STATE, x, y, button_mask + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a mouse movement + * + * The mouse position must be expressed against window unit. + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMouseMoved(vout_window_t *window, + int x, int y) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_MOVED, x, y, 0 + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a mouse pressed event + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMousePressed(vout_window_t *window, + int button) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_PRESSED, 0, 0, button, + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a mouse released event + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMouseReleased(vout_window_t *window, + int button) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_RELEASED, 0, 0, button, + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a mouse double click event + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMouseDoubleClick(vout_window_t *window, + int button) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK, 0, 0, button, + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** @} */ +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_xlib.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_xlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6818c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_xlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_xlib.h: initialization of Xlib + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_XLIB_H +# define VLC_XLIB_H 1 + +# include +# include +# include +# include + +static inline bool vlc_xlib_init (vlc_object_t *obj) +{ + if (!var_InheritBool (obj, "xlib")) + return false; + + bool ok = false; + + /* XInitThreads() can be called multiple times, + * but it is not reentrant, so we need this global lock. */ + vlc_global_lock (VLC_XLIB_MUTEX); + + if (_Xglobal_lock == NULL && unlikely(_XErrorFunction != NULL)) + /* (_Xglobal_lock == NULL) => Xlib threads not initialized */ + /* (_XErrorFunction != NULL) => Xlib already in use */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u:%s: Xlib not initialized for threads.\n" + "This process is probably using LibVLC incorrectly.\n" + "Pass \"--no-xlib\" to libvlc_new() to fix this.\n", + __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__); + else if (XInitThreads ()) + ok = true; + + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_XLIB_MUTEX); + + if (!ok) + msg_Err (obj, "Xlib not initialized for threads"); + return ok; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_xml.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_xml.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..661e76d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include/plugins/vlc_xml.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_xml.h: XML abstraction layer + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Author: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_XML_H +#define VLC_XML_H + +/** +* \file +* This file defines functions and structures to handle xml tags in vlc +* +*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct xml_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + xml_sys_t *p_sys; + + void (*pf_catalog_load) ( xml_t *, const char * ); + void (*pf_catalog_add) ( xml_t *, const char *, const char *, + const char * ); +}; + +VLC_API xml_t * xml_Create( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define xml_Create( a ) xml_Create( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void xml_Delete( xml_t * ); + +static inline void xml_CatalogLoad( xml_t *xml, const char *catalog ) +{ + xml->pf_catalog_load( xml, catalog ); +} + +static inline void xml_CatalogAdd( xml_t *xml, const char *type, + const char *orig, const char *value ) +{ + xml->pf_catalog_add( xml, type, orig, value ); +} + + +struct xml_reader_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + xml_reader_sys_t *p_sys; + stream_t *p_stream; + module_t *p_module; + + int (*pf_next_node) ( xml_reader_t *, const char ** ); + const char *(*pf_next_attr) ( xml_reader_t *, const char ** ); + + int (*pf_use_dtd) ( xml_reader_t * ); + int (*pf_is_empty) ( xml_reader_t * ); +}; + +VLC_API xml_reader_t * xml_ReaderCreate(vlc_object_t *, stream_t *) VLC_USED; +#define xml_ReaderCreate( a, s ) xml_ReaderCreate(VLC_OBJECT(a), s) +VLC_API void xml_ReaderDelete(xml_reader_t *); +VLC_API xml_reader_t * xml_ReaderReset(xml_reader_t *, stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +static inline int xml_ReaderNextNode( xml_reader_t *reader, const char **pval ) +{ + return reader->pf_next_node( reader, pval ); +} + +static inline const char *xml_ReaderNextAttr( xml_reader_t *reader, + const char **pval ) +{ + return reader->pf_next_attr( reader, pval ); +} + +static inline int xml_ReaderUseDTD( xml_reader_t *reader ) +{ + return reader->pf_use_dtd( reader ); +} + +static inline int xml_ReaderIsEmptyElement( xml_reader_t *reader ) +{ + if(reader->pf_is_empty == NULL) + return -2; + + return reader->pf_is_empty( reader ); +} + +enum { + XML_READER_ERROR=-1, + XML_READER_NONE=0, + XML_READER_STARTELEM, + XML_READER_ENDELEM, + XML_READER_TEXT, +}; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/deprecated.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/deprecated.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f47cea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/deprecated.h @@ -0,0 +1,489 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * deprecated.h: libvlc deprecated API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 27323a434498604ca281900c3e4087a42d22a5d8 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H +#define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_media_player + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get movie fps rate + * + * This function is provided for backward compatibility. It cannot deal with + * multiple video tracks. In LibVLC versions prior to 3.0, it would also fail + * if the file format did not convey the frame rate explicitly. + * + * \deprecated Consider using libvlc_media_tracks_get() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return frames per second (fps) for this playing movie, or 0 if unspecified + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_fps( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** end bug */ + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject() instead + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_agl ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, uint32_t drawable ); + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_player_get_nsobject() instead + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API uint32_t libvlc_media_player_get_agl ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_track_description_list_release() instead + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_track_description_release( libvlc_track_description_t *p_track_description ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_video + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get current video height. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_video_get_size() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video pixel height or 0 if not applicable + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_height( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current video width. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_video_get_size() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video pixel width or 0 if not applicable + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_width( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available titles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return list containing description of available titles. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_title_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available chapters for specific title. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_title selected title + * \return list containing description of available chapter for title i_title. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_chapter_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Set new video subtitle file. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_player_add_slave() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_subtitle new video subtitle file + * \return the success status (boolean) + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_video_set_subtitle_file( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_subtitle ); + +/** + * Toggle teletext transparent status on video output. + * \deprecated use libvlc_video_set_teletext() instead. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_toggle_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always 0. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_audio_output_device_count( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *psz_audio_output ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always NULL. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +char *libvlc_audio_output_device_longname( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *psz_output, + int i_device ); + +/** + * Backward compatibility stub. Do not use in new code. + * \deprecated Use libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get() instead. + * \return always NULL. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +char *libvlc_audio_output_device_id( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *psz_audio_output, int i_device ); + +/** + * Stub for backward compatibility. + * \return always -1. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_output_get_device_type( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Stub for backward compatibility. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_set_device_type( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mp, + int device_type ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_media + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Parse a media. + * + * This fetches (local) art, meta data and tracks information. + * The method is synchronous. + * + * \deprecated This function could block indefinitely. + * Use libvlc_media_parse_with_options() instead + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_get_tracks_info + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Parse a media. + * + * This fetches (local) art, meta data and tracks information. + * The method is the asynchronous of libvlc_media_parse(). + * + * To track when this is over you can listen to libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * event. However if the media was already parsed you will not receive this + * event. + * + * \deprecated You can't be sure to receive the libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * event (you can wait indefinitely for this event). + * Use libvlc_media_parse_with_options() instead + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_get_tracks_info + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse_async( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Return true is the media descriptor object is parsed + * + * \deprecated This can return true in case of failure. + * Use libvlc_media_get_parsed_status() instead + * + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return true if media object has been parsed otherwise it returns false + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_is_parsed( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's elementary streams description + * + * Note, you need to call libvlc_media_parse() or play the media at least once + * before calling this function. + * Not doing this will result in an empty array. + * + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_tracks_get() instead + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param tracks address to store an allocated array of Elementary Streams + * descriptions (must be freed by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of Elementary Streams + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_get_tracks_info( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_track_info_t **tracks ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_media_list + * @{ + */ + +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED int + libvlc_media_list_add_file_content( libvlc_media_list_t * p_ml, + const char * psz_uri ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_media_discoverer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * \deprecated Use libvlc_media_discoverer_new() and libvlc_media_discoverer_start(). + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_discoverer_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_new_from_name( libvlc_instance_t * p_inst, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Get media service discover object its localized name. + * + * \deprecated Useless, use libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() to get the + * longname of the service discovery. + * + * \param p_mdis media discover object + * \return localized name or NULL if the media_discoverer is not started + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API char * +libvlc_media_discoverer_localized_name( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get event manager from media service discover object. + * + * \deprecated Useless, media_discoverer events are only triggered when calling + * libvlc_media_discoverer_start() and libvlc_media_discoverer_stop(). + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return event manager object. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_event_manager( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc libvlc_core + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Waits until an interface causes the instance to exit. + * You should start at least one interface first, using libvlc_add_intf(). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \warning This function wastes one thread doing basically nothing. + * libvlc_set_exit_handler() should be used instead. + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_wait( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_core + * \defgroup libvlc_log_deprecated LibVLC logging (legacy) + * @{ + */ + +/** This structure is opaque. It represents a libvlc log iterator */ +typedef struct libvlc_log_iterator_t libvlc_log_iterator_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_log_message_t +{ + int i_severity; /* 0=INFO, 1=ERR, 2=WARN, 3=DBG */ + const char *psz_type; /* module type */ + const char *psz_name; /* module name */ + const char *psz_header; /* optional header */ + const char *psz_message; /* message */ +} libvlc_log_message_t; + +/** + * Always returns minus one. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance ignored + * \return always -1 + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_get_log_verbosity( const libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * This function does nothing. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance ignored + * \param level ignored + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_log_verbosity( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, unsigned level ); + +/** + * This function does nothing useful. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return an unique pointer or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_t *libvlc_log_open( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Frees memory allocated by libvlc_log_open(). + * + * \param p_log libvlc log instance or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_close( libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * Always returns zero. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + * \return always zero + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_log_count( const libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * This function does nothing. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_clear( libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * This function does nothing useful. + * It is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_log ignored + * \return an unique pointer or NULL on error or if the parameter was NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_iterator_t *libvlc_log_get_iterator( const libvlc_log_t *p_log ); + +/** + * Frees memory allocated by libvlc_log_get_iterator(). + * + * \param p_iter libvlc log iterator or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_log_iterator_free( libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter ); + +/** + * Always returns zero. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_iter ignored + * \return always zero + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_log_iterator_has_next( const libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter ); + +/** + * Always returns NULL. + * This function is only provided for backward compatibility. + * + * \param p_iter libvlc log iterator or NULL + * \param p_buf ignored + * \return always NULL + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +libvlc_log_message_t *libvlc_log_iterator_next( libvlc_log_iterator_t *p_iter, + libvlc_log_message_t *p_buf ); + +/** @}*/ + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc + * \defgroup libvlc_playlist LibVLC playlist (legacy) + * @deprecated Use @ref libvlc_media_list instead. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC deprecated playlist API + */ + +/** + * Start playing (if there is any item in the playlist). + * + * Additionnal playlist item options can be specified for addition to the + * item before it is played. + * + * \param p_instance the playlist instance + * \param i_id the item to play. If this is a negative number, the next + * item will be selected. Otherwise, the item with the given ID will be + * played + * \param i_options the number of options to add to the item + * \param ppsz_options the options to add to the item + */ +LIBVLC_DEPRECATED LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_playlist_play( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, int i_id, + int i_options, char **ppsz_options ); + +/** @}*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_DEPRECATED_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41e20dd --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc.h @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: b12d900469fa6438c41421f2ac7697b93ffc8a35 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup libvlc LibVLC + * LibVLC is the external programming interface of the VLC media player. + * It is used to embed VLC into other applications or frameworks. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC core external API + */ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_H 1 + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined (DLL_EXPORT) +# define LIBVLC_API __declspec(dllexport) +#elif defined (__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4) +# define LIBVLC_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define LIBVLC_API +#endif + +#ifdef __LIBVLC__ +/* Avoid unhelpful warnings from libvlc with our deprecated APIs */ +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && \ + (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 0) +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +# define LIBVLC_DEPRECATED +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_core LibVLC core + * \ingroup libvlc + * Before it can do anything useful, LibVLC must be initialized. + * You can create one (or more) instance(s) of LibVLC in a given process, + * with libvlc_new() and destroy them with libvlc_release(). + * + * \version Unless otherwise stated, these functions are available + * from LibVLC versions numbered 1.1.0 or more. + * Earlier versions (0.9.x and 1.0.x) are not compatible. + * @{ + */ + +/** This structure is opaque. It represents a libvlc instance */ +typedef struct libvlc_instance_t libvlc_instance_t; + +typedef int64_t libvlc_time_t; + +/** \defgroup libvlc_error LibVLC error handling + * @{ + */ + +/** + * A human-readable error message for the last LibVLC error in the calling + * thread. The resulting string is valid until another error occurs (at least + * until the next LibVLC call). + * + * @warning + * This will be NULL if there was no error. + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_errmsg (void); + +/** + * Clears the LibVLC error status for the current thread. This is optional. + * By default, the error status is automatically overridden when a new error + * occurs, and destroyed when the thread exits. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_clearerr (void); + +/** + * Sets the LibVLC error status and message for the current thread. + * Any previous error is overridden. + * \param fmt the format string + * \param ap the arguments + * \return a nul terminated string in any case + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_vprinterr (const char *fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Sets the LibVLC error status and message for the current thread. + * Any previous error is overridden. + * \param fmt the format string + * \param args the arguments + * \return a nul terminated string in any case + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_printerr (const char *fmt, ...); + +/**@} */ + +/** + * Create and initialize a libvlc instance. + * This functions accept a list of "command line" arguments similar to the + * main(). These arguments affect the LibVLC instance default configuration. + * + * \note + * LibVLC may create threads. Therefore, any thread-unsafe process + * initialization must be performed before calling libvlc_new(). In particular + * and where applicable: + * - setlocale() and textdomain(), + * - setenv(), unsetenv() and putenv(), + * - with the X11 display system, XInitThreads() + * (see also libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow()) and + * - on Microsoft Windows, SetErrorMode(). + * - sigprocmask() shall never be invoked; pthread_sigmask() can be used. + * + * On POSIX systems, the SIGCHLD signal must not be ignored, i.e. the + * signal handler must set to SIG_DFL or a function pointer, not SIG_IGN. + * Also while LibVLC is active, the wait() function shall not be called, and + * any call to waitpid() shall use a strictly positive value for the first + * parameter (i.e. the PID). Failure to follow those rules may lead to a + * deadlock or a busy loop. + * Also on POSIX systems, it is recommended that the SIGPIPE signal be blocked, + * even if it is not, in principles, necessary, e.g.: + * @code + sigset_t set; + + signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL); + sigemptyset(&set); + sigaddset(&set, SIGPIPE); + pthread_sigmask(SIG_BLOCK, &set, NULL); + * @endcode + * + * On Microsoft Windows Vista/2008, the process error mode + * SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS flag must be set before using LibVLC. + * On later versions, that is optional and unnecessary. + * Also on Microsoft Windows (Vista and any later version), setting the default + * DLL directories to SYSTEM32 exclusively is strongly recommended for + * security reasons: + * @code + SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS); + SetDefaultDllDirectories(LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_SYSTEM32); + * @endcode + * + * \version + * Arguments are meant to be passed from the command line to LibVLC, just like + * VLC media player does. The list of valid arguments depends on the LibVLC + * version, the operating system and platform, and set of available LibVLC + * plugins. Invalid or unsupported arguments will cause the function to fail + * (i.e. return NULL). Also, some arguments may alter the behaviour or + * otherwise interfere with other LibVLC functions. + * + * \warning + * There is absolutely no warranty or promise of forward, backward and + * cross-platform compatibility with regards to libvlc_new() arguments. + * We recommend that you do not use them, other than when debugging. + * + * \param argc the number of arguments (should be 0) + * \param argv list of arguments (should be NULL) + * \return the libvlc instance or NULL in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_instance_t * +libvlc_new( int argc , const char *const *argv ); + +/** + * Decrement the reference count of a libvlc instance, and destroy it + * if it reaches zero. + * + * \param p_instance the instance to destroy + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_release( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Increments the reference count of a libvlc instance. + * The initial reference count is 1 after libvlc_new() returns. + * + * \param p_instance the instance to reference + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_retain( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Try to start a user interface for the libvlc instance. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param name interface name, or NULL for default + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_add_intf( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *name ); + +/** + * Registers a callback for the LibVLC exit event. This is mostly useful if + * the VLC playlist and/or at least one interface are started with + * libvlc_playlist_play() or libvlc_add_intf() respectively. + * Typically, this function will wake up your application main loop (from + * another thread). + * + * \note This function should be called before the playlist or interface are + * started. Otherwise, there is a small race condition: the exit event could + * be raised before the handler is registered. + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param cb callback to invoke when LibVLC wants to exit, + * or NULL to disable the exit handler (as by default) + * \param opaque data pointer for the callback + * \warning This function and libvlc_wait() cannot be used at the same time. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_exit_handler( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + void (*cb) (void *), void *opaque ); + +/** + * Sets the application name. LibVLC passes this as the user agent string + * when a protocol requires it. + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param name human-readable application name, e.g. "FooBar player 1.2.3" + * \param http HTTP User Agent, e.g. "FooBar/1.2.3 Python/2.6.0" + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_user_agent( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *name, const char *http ); + +/** + * Sets some meta-information about the application. + * See also libvlc_set_user_agent(). + * + * \param p_instance LibVLC instance + * \param id Java-style application identifier, e.g. "com.acme.foobar" + * \param version application version numbers, e.g. "1.2.3" + * \param icon application icon name, e.g. "foobar" + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_set_app_id( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, const char *id, + const char *version, const char *icon ); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc version. + * + * Example: "1.1.0-git The Luggage" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc version + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_version(void); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc compiler version. + * + * Example: "gcc version 4.2.3 (Ubuntu 4.2.3-2ubuntu6)" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc compiler version + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_compiler(void); + +/** + * Retrieve libvlc changeset. + * + * Example: "aa9bce0bc4" + * + * \return a string containing the libvlc changeset + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_get_changeset(void); + +/** + * Frees an heap allocation returned by a LibVLC function. + * If you know you're using the same underlying C run-time as the LibVLC + * implementation, then you can call ANSI C free() directly instead. + * + * \param ptr the pointer + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_free( void *ptr ); + +/** \defgroup libvlc_event LibVLC asynchronous events + * LibVLC emits asynchronous events. + * + * Several LibVLC objects (such @ref libvlc_instance_t as + * @ref libvlc_media_player_t) generate events asynchronously. Each of them + * provides @ref libvlc_event_manager_t event manager. You can subscribe to + * events with libvlc_event_attach() and unsubscribe with + * libvlc_event_detach(). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Event manager that belongs to a libvlc object, and from whom events can + * be received. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_event_manager_t libvlc_event_manager_t; + +struct libvlc_event_t; + +/** + * Type of a LibVLC event. + */ +typedef int libvlc_event_type_t; + +/** + * Callback function notification + * \param p_event the event triggering the callback + */ +typedef void ( *libvlc_callback_t )( const struct libvlc_event_t *p_event, void *p_data ); + +/** + * Register for an event notification. + * + * \param p_event_manager the event manager to which you want to attach to. + * Generally it is obtained by vlc_my_object_event_manager() where + * my_object is the object you want to listen to. + * \param i_event_type the desired event to which we want to listen + * \param f_callback the function to call when i_event_type occurs + * \param user_data user provided data to carry with the event + * \return 0 on success, ENOMEM on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_event_attach( libvlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + libvlc_event_type_t i_event_type, + libvlc_callback_t f_callback, + void *user_data ); + +/** + * Unregister an event notification. + * + * \param p_event_manager the event manager + * \param i_event_type the desired event to which we want to unregister + * \param f_callback the function to call when i_event_type occurs + * \param p_user_data user provided data to carry with the event + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_event_detach( libvlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + libvlc_event_type_t i_event_type, + libvlc_callback_t f_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +/** + * Get an event's type name. + * + * \param event_type the desired event + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * libvlc_event_type_name( libvlc_event_type_t event_type ); + +/** @} */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_log LibVLC logging + * libvlc_log_* functions provide access to the LibVLC messages log. + * This is used for logging and debugging. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Logging messages level. + * \note Future LibVLC versions may define new levels. + */ +enum libvlc_log_level +{ + LIBVLC_DEBUG=0, /**< Debug message */ + LIBVLC_NOTICE=2, /**< Important informational message */ + LIBVLC_WARNING=3, /**< Warning (potential error) message */ + LIBVLC_ERROR=4 /**< Error message */ +}; + +typedef struct vlc_log_t libvlc_log_t; + +/** + * Gets log message debug infos. + * + * This function retrieves self-debug information about a log message: + * - the name of the VLC module emitting the message, + * - the name of the source code module (i.e. file) and + * - the line number within the source code module. + * + * The returned module name and file name will be NULL if unknown. + * The returned line number will similarly be zero if unknown. + * + * \param ctx message context (as passed to the @ref libvlc_log_cb callback) + * \param module module name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param file source code file name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param line source code file line number storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \warning The returned module name and source code file name, if non-NULL, + * are only valid until the logging callback returns. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_get_context(const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char **module, const char **file, unsigned *line); + +/** + * Gets log message info. + * + * This function retrieves meta-information about a log message: + * - the type name of the VLC object emitting the message, + * - the object header if any, and + * - a temporaly-unique object identifier. + * + * This information is mainly meant for manual troubleshooting. + * + * The returned type name may be "generic" if unknown, but it cannot be NULL. + * The returned header will be NULL if unset; in current versions, the header + * is used to distinguish for VLM inputs. + * The returned object ID will be zero if the message is not associated with + * any VLC object. + * + * \param ctx message context (as passed to the @ref libvlc_log_cb callback) + * \param name object name storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param header object header (or NULL) [OUT] + * \param line source code file line number storage (or NULL) [OUT] + * \warning The returned module name and source code file name, if non-NULL, + * are only valid until the logging callback returns. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_get_object(const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char **name, const char **header, uintptr_t *id); + +/** + * Callback prototype for LibVLC log message handler. + * + * \param data data pointer as given to libvlc_log_set() + * \param level message level (@ref libvlc_log_level) + * \param ctx message context (meta-information about the message) + * \param fmt printf() format string (as defined by ISO C11) + * \param args variable argument list for the format + * \note Log message handlers must be thread-safe. + * \warning The message context pointer, the format string parameters and the + * variable arguments are only valid until the callback returns. + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_log_cb)(void *data, int level, const libvlc_log_t *ctx, + const char *fmt, va_list args); + +/** + * Unsets the logging callback. + * + * This function deregisters the logging callback for a LibVLC instance. + * This is rarely needed as the callback is implicitly unset when the instance + * is destroyed. + * + * \note This function will wait for any pending callbacks invocation to + * complete (causing a deadlock if called from within the callback). + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_unset( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Sets the logging callback for a LibVLC instance. + * + * This function is thread-safe: it will wait for any pending callbacks + * invocation to complete. + * + * \param cb callback function pointer + * \param data opaque data pointer for the callback function + * + * \note Some log messages (especially debug) are emitted by LibVLC while + * is being initialized. These messages cannot be captured with this interface. + * + * \warning A deadlock may occur if this function is called from the callback. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_set( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + libvlc_log_cb cb, void *data ); + + +/** + * Sets up logging to a file. + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \param stream FILE pointer opened for writing + * (the FILE pointer must remain valid until libvlc_log_unset()) + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_log_set_file( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, FILE *stream ); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Description of a module. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_module_description_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_shortname; + char *psz_longname; + char *psz_help; + struct libvlc_module_description_t *p_next; +} libvlc_module_description_t; + +/** + * Release a list of module descriptions. + * + * \param p_list the list to be released + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_module_description_list_release( libvlc_module_description_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Returns a list of audio filters that are available. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * + * \return a list of module descriptions. It should be freed with libvlc_module_description_list_release(). + * In case of an error, NULL is returned. + * + * \see libvlc_module_description_t + * \see libvlc_module_description_list_release + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_module_description_t *libvlc_audio_filter_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Returns a list of video filters that are available. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * + * \return a list of module descriptions. It should be freed with libvlc_module_description_list_release(). + * In case of an error, NULL is returned. + * + * \see libvlc_module_description_t + * \see libvlc_module_description_list_release + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_module_description_t *libvlc_video_filter_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** @} */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_clock LibVLC time + * These functions provide access to the LibVLC time/clock. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the current time as defined by LibVLC. The unit is the microsecond. + * Time increases monotonically (regardless of time zone changes and RTC + * adjustements). + * The origin is arbitrary but consistent across the whole system + * (e.g. the system uptim, the time since the system was booted). + * \note On systems that support it, the POSIX monotonic clock is used. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int64_t libvlc_clock(void); + +/** + * Return the delay (in microseconds) until a certain timestamp. + * \param pts timestamp + * \return negative if timestamp is in the past, + * positive if it is in the future + */ +static inline int64_t libvlc_delay(int64_t pts) +{ + return pts - libvlc_clock(); +} + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /** @} */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_dialog.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b176b93 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_dialog.h: libvlc dialog API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_DIALOG_H +#define LIBVLC_DIALOG_H 1 + +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct libvlc_dialog_id libvlc_dialog_id; + +/** + * @defgroup libvlc_dialog LibVLC dialog + * @ingroup libvlc + * @{ + * @file + * LibVLC dialog external API + */ + +typedef enum libvlc_dialog_question_type +{ + LIBVLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_NORMAL, + LIBVLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_WARNING, + LIBVLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_CRITICAL, +} libvlc_dialog_question_type; + +/** + * Dialog callbacks to be implemented + */ +typedef struct libvlc_dialog_cbs +{ + /** + * Called when an error message needs to be displayed + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + */ + void (*pf_display_error)(void *p_data, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_text); + + /** + * Called when a login dialog needs to be displayed + * + * You can interact with this dialog by calling libvlc_dialog_post_login() + * to post an answer or libvlc_dialog_dismiss() to cancel this dialog. + * + * @note to receive this callback, libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel should not be + * NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param psz_default_username user name that should be set on the user form + * @param b_ask_store if true, ask the user if he wants to save the + * credentials + */ + void (*pf_display_login)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + const char *psz_default_username, + bool b_ask_store); + + /** + * Called when a question dialog needs to be displayed + * + * You can interact with this dialog by calling libvlc_dialog_post_action() + * to post an answer or libvlc_dialog_dismiss() to cancel this dialog. + * + * @note to receive this callback, libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel should not be + * NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param i_type question type (or severity) of the dialog + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button + * @param psz_action1 text of the first button, if NULL, don't display this + * button + * @param psz_action2 text of the second button, if NULL, don't display + * this button + */ + void (*pf_display_question)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + libvlc_dialog_question_type i_type, + const char *psz_cancel, const char *psz_action1, + const char *psz_action2); + + /** + * Called when a progress dialog needs to be displayed + * + * If cancellable (psz_cancel != NULL), you can cancel this dialog by + * calling libvlc_dialog_dismiss() + * + * @note to receive this callback, libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel and + * libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_update_progress should not be NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param b_indeterminate true if the progress dialog is indeterminate + * @param f_position initial position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and + * 1.0) + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button, if NULL the dialog is not + * cancellable + */ + void (*pf_display_progress)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + bool b_indeterminate, float f_position, + const char *psz_cancel); + + /** + * Called when a displayed dialog needs to be cancelled + * + * The implementation must call libvlc_dialog_dismiss() to really release + * the dialog. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id of the dialog + */ + void (*pf_cancel)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id); + + /** + * Called when a progress dialog needs to be updated + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param f_position osition of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @param psz_text new text of the progress dialog + */ + void (*pf_update_progress)(void *p_data, libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position, const char *psz_text); +} libvlc_dialog_cbs; + +/** + * Register callbacks in order to handle VLC dialogs + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * @param p_cbs a pointer to callbacks, or NULL to unregister callbacks. + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_dialog_set_callbacks(libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const libvlc_dialog_cbs *p_cbs, void *p_data); + +/** + * Associate an opaque pointer with the dialog id + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_dialog_set_context(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, void *p_context); + +/** + * Return the opaque pointer associated with the dialog id + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void * +libvlc_dialog_get_context(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id); + +/** + * Post a login answer + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_display_login + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param psz_username valid and non empty string + * @param psz_password valid string (can be empty) + * @param b_store if true, store the credentials + * @return 0 on success, or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_dialog_post_login(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, const char *psz_username, + const char *psz_password, bool b_store); + +/** + * Post a question answer + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_display_question + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param i_action 1 for action1, 2 for action2 + * @return 0 on success, or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_dialog_post_action(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id, int i_action); + +/** + * Dismiss a dialog + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see libvlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel + * + * @version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @return 0 on success, or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_dialog_dismiss(libvlc_dialog_id *p_id); + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* LIBVLC_DIALOG_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_events.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_events.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8b0e9b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_events.h @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_events.h: libvlc_events external API structure + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id $ + * + * Authors: Filippo Carone + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_EVENTS_H +#define LIBVLC_EVENTS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_event external API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct libvlc_renderer_item_t libvlc_renderer_item_t; + +/** + * \ingroup libvlc_event + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Event types + */ +enum libvlc_event_e { + /* Append new event types at the end of a category. + * Do not remove, insert or re-order any entry. + * Keep this in sync with lib/event.c:libvlc_event_type_name(). */ + libvlc_MediaMetaChanged=0, + libvlc_MediaSubItemAdded, + libvlc_MediaDurationChanged, + libvlc_MediaParsedChanged, + libvlc_MediaFreed, + libvlc_MediaStateChanged, + libvlc_MediaSubItemTreeAdded, + + libvlc_MediaPlayerMediaChanged=0x100, + libvlc_MediaPlayerNothingSpecial, + libvlc_MediaPlayerOpening, + libvlc_MediaPlayerBuffering, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPlaying, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPaused, + libvlc_MediaPlayerStopped, + libvlc_MediaPlayerForward, + libvlc_MediaPlayerBackward, + libvlc_MediaPlayerEndReached, + libvlc_MediaPlayerEncounteredError, + libvlc_MediaPlayerTimeChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPositionChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerSeekableChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerPausableChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerTitleChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerSnapshotTaken, + libvlc_MediaPlayerLengthChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerVout, + libvlc_MediaPlayerScrambledChanged, + libvlc_MediaPlayerESAdded, + libvlc_MediaPlayerESDeleted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerESSelected, + libvlc_MediaPlayerCorked, + libvlc_MediaPlayerUncorked, + libvlc_MediaPlayerMuted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerUnmuted, + libvlc_MediaPlayerAudioVolume, + libvlc_MediaPlayerAudioDevice, + libvlc_MediaPlayerChapterChanged, + + libvlc_MediaListItemAdded=0x200, + libvlc_MediaListWillAddItem, + libvlc_MediaListItemDeleted, + libvlc_MediaListWillDeleteItem, + libvlc_MediaListEndReached, + + libvlc_MediaListViewItemAdded=0x300, + libvlc_MediaListViewWillAddItem, + libvlc_MediaListViewItemDeleted, + libvlc_MediaListViewWillDeleteItem, + + libvlc_MediaListPlayerPlayed=0x400, + libvlc_MediaListPlayerNextItemSet, + libvlc_MediaListPlayerStopped, + + /** + * \deprecated Useless event, it will be triggered only when calling + * libvlc_media_discoverer_start() + */ + libvlc_MediaDiscovererStarted=0x500, + /** + * \deprecated Useless event, it will be triggered only when calling + * libvlc_media_discoverer_stop() + */ + libvlc_MediaDiscovererEnded, + + libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemAdded, + libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemDeleted, + + libvlc_VlmMediaAdded=0x600, + libvlc_VlmMediaRemoved, + libvlc_VlmMediaChanged, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStarted, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStopped, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusInit, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusOpening, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusPlaying, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusPause, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusEnd, + libvlc_VlmMediaInstanceStatusError +}; + +/** + * A LibVLC event + */ +typedef struct libvlc_event_t +{ + int type; /**< Event type (see @ref libvlc_event_e) */ + void *p_obj; /**< Object emitting the event */ + union + { + /* media descriptor */ + struct + { + libvlc_meta_t meta_type; + } media_meta_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * new_child; + } media_subitem_added; + struct + { + int64_t new_duration; + } media_duration_changed; + struct + { + int new_status; /**< see @ref libvlc_media_parsed_status_t */ + } media_parsed_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * md; + } media_freed; + struct + { + int new_state; /**< see @ref libvlc_state_t */ + } media_state_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + } media_subitemtree_added; + + /* media instance */ + struct + { + float new_cache; + } media_player_buffering; + struct + { + int new_chapter; + } media_player_chapter_changed; + struct + { + float new_position; + } media_player_position_changed; + struct + { + libvlc_time_t new_time; + } media_player_time_changed; + struct + { + int new_title; + } media_player_title_changed; + struct + { + int new_seekable; + } media_player_seekable_changed; + struct + { + int new_pausable; + } media_player_pausable_changed; + struct + { + int new_scrambled; + } media_player_scrambled_changed; + struct + { + int new_count; + } media_player_vout; + + /* media list */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_item_added; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_will_add_item; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_item_deleted; + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + int index; + } media_list_will_delete_item; + + /* media list player */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * item; + } media_list_player_next_item_set; + + /* snapshot taken */ + struct + { + char* psz_filename ; + } media_player_snapshot_taken ; + + /* Length changed */ + struct + { + libvlc_time_t new_length; + } media_player_length_changed; + + /* VLM media */ + struct + { + const char * psz_media_name; + const char * psz_instance_name; + } vlm_media_event; + + /* Extra MediaPlayer */ + struct + { + libvlc_media_t * new_media; + } media_player_media_changed; + + struct + { + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + int i_id; + } media_player_es_changed; + + struct + { + float volume; + } media_player_audio_volume; + + struct + { + const char *device; + } media_player_audio_device; + + struct + { + libvlc_renderer_item_t *item; + } renderer_discoverer_item_added; + struct + { + libvlc_renderer_item_t *item; + } renderer_discoverer_item_deleted; + } u; /**< Type-dependent event description */ +} libvlc_event_t; + + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_EVENTS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a668ef --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media.h @@ -0,0 +1,893 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 383f366b6940f7b3d89f5945e015793833ea541f $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media LibVLC media + * \ingroup libvlc + * @ref libvlc_media_t is an abstract representation of a playable media. + * It consists of a media location and various optional meta data. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media item/descriptor external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_t libvlc_media_t; + +/** Meta data types */ +typedef enum libvlc_meta_t { + libvlc_meta_Title, + libvlc_meta_Artist, + libvlc_meta_Genre, + libvlc_meta_Copyright, + libvlc_meta_Album, + libvlc_meta_TrackNumber, + libvlc_meta_Description, + libvlc_meta_Rating, + libvlc_meta_Date, + libvlc_meta_Setting, + libvlc_meta_URL, + libvlc_meta_Language, + libvlc_meta_NowPlaying, + libvlc_meta_Publisher, + libvlc_meta_EncodedBy, + libvlc_meta_ArtworkURL, + libvlc_meta_TrackID, + libvlc_meta_TrackTotal, + libvlc_meta_Director, + libvlc_meta_Season, + libvlc_meta_Episode, + libvlc_meta_ShowName, + libvlc_meta_Actors, + libvlc_meta_AlbumArtist, + libvlc_meta_DiscNumber, + libvlc_meta_DiscTotal + /* Add new meta types HERE */ +} libvlc_meta_t; + +/** + * Note the order of libvlc_state_t enum must match exactly the order of + * \see mediacontrol_PlayerStatus, \see input_state_e enums, + * and VideoLAN.LibVLC.State (at bindings/cil/src/media.cs). + * + * Expected states by web plugins are: + * IDLE/CLOSE=0, OPENING=1, PLAYING=3, PAUSED=4, + * STOPPING=5, ENDED=6, ERROR=7 + */ +typedef enum libvlc_state_t +{ + libvlc_NothingSpecial=0, + libvlc_Opening, + libvlc_Buffering, /* XXX: Deprecated value. Check the + * libvlc_MediaPlayerBuffering event to know the + * buffering state of a libvlc_media_player */ + libvlc_Playing, + libvlc_Paused, + libvlc_Stopped, + libvlc_Ended, + libvlc_Error +} libvlc_state_t; + +enum +{ + libvlc_media_option_trusted = 0x2, + libvlc_media_option_unique = 0x100 +}; + +typedef enum libvlc_track_type_t +{ + libvlc_track_unknown = -1, + libvlc_track_audio = 0, + libvlc_track_video = 1, + libvlc_track_text = 2 +} libvlc_track_type_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_media_stats_t +{ + /* Input */ + int i_read_bytes; + float f_input_bitrate; + + /* Demux */ + int i_demux_read_bytes; + float f_demux_bitrate; + int i_demux_corrupted; + int i_demux_discontinuity; + + /* Decoders */ + int i_decoded_video; + int i_decoded_audio; + + /* Video Output */ + int i_displayed_pictures; + int i_lost_pictures; + + /* Audio output */ + int i_played_abuffers; + int i_lost_abuffers; + + /* Stream output */ + int i_sent_packets; + int i_sent_bytes; + float f_send_bitrate; +} libvlc_media_stats_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_media_track_info_t +{ + /* Codec fourcc */ + uint32_t i_codec; + int i_id; + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + + /* Codec specific */ + int i_profile; + int i_level; + + union { + struct { + /* Audio specific */ + unsigned i_channels; + unsigned i_rate; + } audio; + struct { + /* Video specific */ + unsigned i_height; + unsigned i_width; + } video; + } u; + +} libvlc_media_track_info_t; + + +typedef struct libvlc_audio_track_t +{ + unsigned i_channels; + unsigned i_rate; +} libvlc_audio_track_t; + +typedef enum libvlc_video_orient_t +{ + libvlc_video_orient_top_left, /**< Normal. Top line represents top, left column left. */ + libvlc_video_orient_top_right, /**< Flipped horizontally */ + libvlc_video_orient_bottom_left, /**< Flipped vertically */ + libvlc_video_orient_bottom_right, /**< Rotated 180 degrees */ + libvlc_video_orient_left_top, /**< Transposed */ + libvlc_video_orient_left_bottom, /**< Rotated 90 degrees clockwise (or 270 anti-clockwise) */ + libvlc_video_orient_right_top, /**< Rotated 90 degrees anti-clockwise */ + libvlc_video_orient_right_bottom /**< Anti-transposed */ +} libvlc_video_orient_t; + +typedef enum libvlc_video_projection_t +{ + libvlc_video_projection_rectangular, + libvlc_video_projection_equirectangular, /**< 360 spherical */ + + libvlc_video_projection_cubemap_layout_standard = 0x100, +} libvlc_video_projection_t; + +/** + * Viewpoint + * + * \warning allocate using libvlc_video_new_viewpoint() + */ +typedef struct libvlc_video_viewpoint_t +{ + float f_yaw; /**< view point yaw in degrees ]-180;180] */ + float f_pitch; /**< view point pitch in degrees ]-90;90] */ + float f_roll; /**< view point roll in degrees ]-180;180] */ + float f_field_of_view; /**< field of view in degrees ]0;180[ (default 80.)*/ +} libvlc_video_viewpoint_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_video_track_t +{ + unsigned i_height; + unsigned i_width; + unsigned i_sar_num; + unsigned i_sar_den; + unsigned i_frame_rate_num; + unsigned i_frame_rate_den; + + libvlc_video_orient_t i_orientation; + libvlc_video_projection_t i_projection; + libvlc_video_viewpoint_t pose; /**< Initial view point */ +} libvlc_video_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_subtitle_track_t +{ + char *psz_encoding; +} libvlc_subtitle_track_t; + +typedef struct libvlc_media_track_t +{ + /* Codec fourcc */ + uint32_t i_codec; + uint32_t i_original_fourcc; + int i_id; + libvlc_track_type_t i_type; + + /* Codec specific */ + int i_profile; + int i_level; + + union { + libvlc_audio_track_t *audio; + libvlc_video_track_t *video; + libvlc_subtitle_track_t *subtitle; + }; + + unsigned int i_bitrate; + char *psz_language; + char *psz_description; + +} libvlc_media_track_t; + +/** + * Media type + * + * \see libvlc_media_get_type + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_type_t { + libvlc_media_type_unknown, + libvlc_media_type_file, + libvlc_media_type_directory, + libvlc_media_type_disc, + libvlc_media_type_stream, + libvlc_media_type_playlist, +} libvlc_media_type_t; + +/** + * Parse flags used by libvlc_media_parse_with_options() + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_parse_flag_t +{ + /** + * Parse media if it's a local file + */ + libvlc_media_parse_local = 0x00, + /** + * Parse media even if it's a network file + */ + libvlc_media_parse_network = 0x01, + /** + * Fetch meta and covert art using local resources + */ + libvlc_media_fetch_local = 0x02, + /** + * Fetch meta and covert art using network resources + */ + libvlc_media_fetch_network = 0x04, + /** + * Interact with the user (via libvlc_dialog_cbs) when preparsing this item + * (and not its sub items). Set this flag in order to receive a callback + * when the input is asking for credentials. + */ + libvlc_media_do_interact = 0x08, +} libvlc_media_parse_flag_t; + +/** + * Parse status used sent by libvlc_media_parse_with_options() or returned by + * libvlc_media_get_parsed_status() + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + * \see libvlc_media_get_parsed_status + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_parsed_status_t +{ + libvlc_media_parsed_status_skipped = 1, + libvlc_media_parsed_status_failed, + libvlc_media_parsed_status_timeout, + libvlc_media_parsed_status_done, +} libvlc_media_parsed_status_t; + +/** + * Type of a media slave: subtitle or audio. + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_slave_type_t +{ + libvlc_media_slave_type_subtitle, + libvlc_media_slave_type_audio, +} libvlc_media_slave_type_t; + +/** + * A slave of a libvlc_media_t + * \see libvlc_media_slaves_get + */ +typedef struct libvlc_media_slave_t +{ + char * psz_uri; + libvlc_media_slave_type_t i_type; + unsigned int i_priority; +} libvlc_media_slave_t; + +/** + * Callback prototype to open a custom bitstream input media. + * + * The same media item can be opened multiple times. Each time, this callback + * is invoked. It should allocate and initialize any instance-specific + * resources, then store them in *datap. The instance resources can be freed + * in the @ref libvlc_media_close_cb callback. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_media_new_callbacks() + * \param datap storage space for a private data pointer [OUT] + * \param sizep byte length of the bitstream or UINT64_MAX if unknown [OUT] + * + * \note For convenience, *datap is initially NULL and *sizep is initially 0. + * + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on error. In case of failure, the other + * callbacks will not be invoked and any value stored in *datap and *sizep is + * discarded. + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_media_open_cb)(void *opaque, void **datap, + uint64_t *sizep); + +/** + * Callback prototype to read data from a custom bitstream input media. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as set by the @ref libvlc_media_open_cb + * callback + * \param buf start address of the buffer to read data into + * \param len bytes length of the buffer + * + * \return strictly positive number of bytes read, 0 on end-of-stream, + * or -1 on non-recoverable error + * + * \note If no data is immediately available, then the callback should sleep. + * \warning The application is responsible for avoiding deadlock situations. + * In particular, the callback should return an error if playback is stopped; + * if it does not return, then libvlc_media_player_stop() will never return. + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_media_read_cb)(void *opaque, unsigned char *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * Callback prototype to seek a custom bitstream input media. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as set by the @ref libvlc_media_open_cb + * callback + * \param offset absolute byte offset to seek to + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_media_seek_cb)(void *opaque, uint64_t offset); + +/** + * Callback prototype to close a custom bitstream input media. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as set by the @ref libvlc_media_open_cb + * callback + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_media_close_cb)(void *opaque); + +/** + * Create a media with a certain given media resource location, + * for instance a valid URL. + * + * \note To refer to a local file with this function, + * the file://... URI syntax must be used (see IETF RFC3986). + * We recommend using libvlc_media_new_path() instead when dealing with + * local files. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_mrl the media location + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_location( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char * psz_mrl ); + +/** + * Create a media for a certain file path. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param path local filesystem path + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_path( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *path ); + +/** + * Create a media for an already open file descriptor. + * The file descriptor shall be open for reading (or reading and writing). + * + * Regular file descriptors, pipe read descriptors and character device + * descriptors (including TTYs) are supported on all platforms. + * Block device descriptors are supported where available. + * Directory descriptors are supported on systems that provide fdopendir(). + * Sockets are supported on all platforms where they are file descriptors, + * i.e. all except Windows. + * + * \note This library will not automatically close the file descriptor + * under any circumstance. Nevertheless, a file descriptor can usually only be + * rendered once in a media player. To render it a second time, the file + * descriptor should probably be rewound to the beginning with lseek(). + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \version LibVLC 1.1.5 and later. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param fd open file descriptor + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_fd( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + int fd ); + +/** + * Create a media with custom callbacks to read the data from. + * + * \param instance LibVLC instance + * \param open_cb callback to open the custom bitstream input media + * \param read_cb callback to read data (must not be NULL) + * \param seek_cb callback to seek, or NULL if seeking is not supported + * \param close_cb callback to close the media, or NULL if unnecessary + * \param opaque data pointer for the open callback + * + * \return the newly created media or NULL on error + * + * \note If open_cb is NULL, the opaque pointer will be passed to read_cb, + * seek_cb and close_cb, and the stream size will be treated as unknown. + * + * \note The callbacks may be called asynchronously (from another thread). + * A single stream instance need not be reentrant. However the open_cb needs to + * be reentrant if the media is used by multiple player instances. + * + * \warning The callbacks may be used until all or any player instances + * that were supplied the media item are stopped. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_callbacks( + libvlc_instance_t *instance, + libvlc_media_open_cb open_cb, + libvlc_media_read_cb read_cb, + libvlc_media_seek_cb seek_cb, + libvlc_media_close_cb close_cb, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Create a media as an empty node with a given name. + * + * \see libvlc_media_release + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the node + * \return the new empty media or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_new_as_node( + libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Add an option to the media. + * + * This option will be used to determine how the media_player will + * read the media. This allows to use VLC's advanced + * reading/streaming options on a per-media basis. + * + * \note The options are listed in 'vlc --long-help' from the command line, + * e.g. "-sout-all". Keep in mind that available options and their semantics + * vary across LibVLC versions and builds. + * \warning Not all options affects libvlc_media_t objects: + * Specifically, due to architectural issues most audio and video options, + * such as text renderer options, have no effects on an individual media. + * These options must be set through libvlc_new() instead. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param psz_options the options (as a string) + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_add_option( + libvlc_media_t *p_md, + const char * psz_options ); + +/** + * Add an option to the media with configurable flags. + * + * This option will be used to determine how the media_player will + * read the media. This allows to use VLC's advanced + * reading/streaming options on a per-media basis. + * + * The options are detailed in vlc --long-help, for instance + * "--sout-all". Note that all options are not usable on medias: + * specifically, due to architectural issues, video-related options + * such as text renderer options cannot be set on a single media. They + * must be set on the whole libvlc instance instead. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param psz_options the options (as a string) + * \param i_flags the flags for this option + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_add_option_flag( + libvlc_media_t *p_md, + const char * psz_options, + unsigned i_flags ); + + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media descriptor object (libvlc_media_t). Use + * libvlc_media_release() to decrement the reference count of a + * media descriptor object. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_retain( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Decrement the reference count of a media descriptor object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_release() will release the + * media descriptor object. It will send out an libvlc_MediaFreed event + * to all listeners. If the media descriptor object has been released it + * should not be used again. + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_release( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get the media resource locator (mrl) from a media descriptor object + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return string with mrl of media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_media_get_mrl( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Duplicate a media descriptor object. + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t *libvlc_media_duplicate( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Read the meta of the media. + * + * If the media has not yet been parsed this will return NULL. + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + * \see libvlc_MediaMetaChanged + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param e_meta the meta to read + * \return the media's meta + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_media_get_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_meta_t e_meta ); + +/** + * Set the meta of the media (this function will not save the meta, call + * libvlc_media_save_meta in order to save the meta) + * + * \param p_md the media descriptor + * \param e_meta the meta to write + * \param psz_value the media's meta + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_set_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_meta_t e_meta, + const char *psz_value ); + + +/** + * Save the meta previously set + * + * \param p_md the media desriptor + * \return true if the write operation was successful + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_save_meta( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get current state of media descriptor object. Possible media states are + * libvlc_NothingSpecial=0, libvlc_Opening, libvlc_Playing, libvlc_Paused, + * libvlc_Stopped, libvlc_Ended, libvlc_Error. + * + * \see libvlc_state_t + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return state of media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t libvlc_media_get_state( + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + + +/** + * Get the current statistics about the media + * \param p_md: media descriptor object + * \param p_stats: structure that contain the statistics about the media + * (this structure must be allocated by the caller) + * \return true if the statistics are available, false otherwise + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_get_stats( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_stats_t *p_stats ); + +/* The following method uses libvlc_media_list_t, however, media_list usage is optionnal + * and this is here for convenience */ +#define VLC_FORWARD_DECLARE_OBJECT(a) struct a + +/** + * Get subitems of media descriptor object. This will increment + * the reference count of supplied media descriptor object. Use + * libvlc_media_list_release() to decrement the reference counting. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return list of media descriptor subitems or NULL + */ +LIBVLC_API VLC_FORWARD_DECLARE_OBJECT(libvlc_media_list_t *) +libvlc_media_subitems( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get event manager from media descriptor object. + * NOTE: this function doesn't increment reference counting. + * + * \param p_md a media descriptor object + * \return event manager object + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_event_manager( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get duration (in ms) of media descriptor object item. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return duration of media item or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t + libvlc_media_get_duration( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Parse the media asynchronously with options. + * + * This fetches (local or network) art, meta data and/or tracks information. + * This method is the extended version of libvlc_media_parse_with_options(). + * + * To track when this is over you can listen to libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * event. However if this functions returns an error, you will not receive any + * events. + * + * It uses a flag to specify parse options (see libvlc_media_parse_flag_t). All + * these flags can be combined. By default, media is parsed if it's a local + * file. + * + * \note Parsing can be aborted with libvlc_media_parse_stop(). + * + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * \see libvlc_media_get_meta + * \see libvlc_media_tracks_get + * \see libvlc_media_get_parsed_status + * \see libvlc_media_parse_flag_t + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param parse_flag parse options: + * \param timeout maximum time allowed to preparse the media. If -1, the + * default "preparse-timeout" option will be used as a timeout. If 0, it will + * wait indefinitely. If > 0, the timeout will be used (in milliseconds). + * \return -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_parse_with_options( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_parse_flag_t parse_flag, + int timeout ); + +/** + * Stop the parsing of the media + * + * When the media parsing is stopped, the libvlc_MediaParsedChanged event will + * be sent with the libvlc_media_parsed_status_timeout status. + * + * \see libvlc_media_parse_with_options + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_parse_stop( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get Parsed status for media descriptor object. + * + * \see libvlc_MediaParsedChanged + * \see libvlc_media_parsed_status_t + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \return a value of the libvlc_media_parsed_status_t enum + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_parsed_status_t + libvlc_media_get_parsed_status( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Sets media descriptor's user_data. user_data is specialized data + * accessed by the host application, VLC.framework uses it as a pointer to + * an native object that references a libvlc_media_t pointer + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param p_new_user_data pointer to user data + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_set_user_data( libvlc_media_t *p_md, void *p_new_user_data ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's user_data. user_data is specialized data + * accessed by the host application, VLC.framework uses it as a pointer to + * an native object that references a libvlc_media_t pointer + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API void *libvlc_media_get_user_data( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media descriptor's elementary streams description + * + * Note, you need to call libvlc_media_parse() or play the media at least once + * before calling this function. + * Not doing this will result in an empty array. + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 and later. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param tracks address to store an allocated array of Elementary Streams + * descriptions (must be freed with libvlc_media_tracks_release + by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of Elementary Streams (zero on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API +unsigned libvlc_media_tracks_get( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_track_t ***tracks ); + +/** + * Get codec description from media elementary stream + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_track_t + * + * \param i_type i_type from libvlc_media_track_t + * \param i_codec i_codec or i_original_fourcc from libvlc_media_track_t + * + * \return codec description + */ +LIBVLC_API +const char *libvlc_media_get_codec_description( libvlc_track_type_t i_type, + uint32_t i_codec ); + +/** + * Release media descriptor's elementary streams description array + * + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 and later. + * + * \param p_tracks tracks info array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_tracks_release( libvlc_media_track_t **p_tracks, + unsigned i_count ); + +/** + * Get the media type of the media descriptor object + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_type_t + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * + * \return media type + */ +LIBVLC_API +libvlc_media_type_t libvlc_media_get_type( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Add a slave to the current media. + * + * A slave is an external input source that may contains an additional subtitle + * track (like a .srt) or an additional audio track (like a .ac3). + * + * \note This function must be called before the media is parsed (via + * libvlc_media_parse_with_options()) or before the media is played (via + * libvlc_media_player_play()) + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param i_type subtitle or audio + * \param i_priority from 0 (low priority) to 4 (high priority) + * \param psz_uri Uri of the slave (should contain a valid scheme). + * + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_slaves_add( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_slave_type_t i_type, + unsigned int i_priority, + const char *psz_uri ); + +/** + * Clear all slaves previously added by libvlc_media_slaves_add() or + * internally. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_slaves_clear( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get a media descriptor's slave list + * + * The list will contain slaves parsed by VLC or previously added by + * libvlc_media_slaves_add(). The typical use case of this function is to save + * a list of slave in a database for a later use. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_slaves_add + * + * \param p_md media descriptor object + * \param ppp_slaves address to store an allocated array of slaves (must be + * freed with libvlc_media_slaves_release()) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of slaves (zero on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API +unsigned int libvlc_media_slaves_get( libvlc_media_t *p_md, + libvlc_media_slave_t ***ppp_slaves ); + +/** + * Release a media descriptor's slave list + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param pp_slaves slave array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_slaves_release( libvlc_media_slave_t **pp_slaves, + unsigned int i_count ); + +/** @}*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_discoverer.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_discoverer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c82b5f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_discoverer.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_discoverer.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 96c0515ffec98f439867814d68525288b2702b0f $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_DISCOVERER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_DISCOVERER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * Category of a media discoverer + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_discoverer_category_t { + /** devices, like portable music player */ + libvlc_media_discoverer_devices, + /** LAN/WAN services, like Upnp, SMB, or SAP */ + libvlc_media_discoverer_lan, + /** Podcasts */ + libvlc_media_discoverer_podcasts, + /** Local directories, like Video, Music or Pictures directories */ + libvlc_media_discoverer_localdirs, +} libvlc_media_discoverer_category_t; + +/** + * Media discoverer description + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() + */ +typedef struct libvlc_media_discoverer_description_t { + char *psz_name; + char *psz_longname; + libvlc_media_discoverer_category_t i_cat; +} libvlc_media_discoverer_description_t; + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_discoverer LibVLC media discovery + * \ingroup libvlc + * LibVLC media discovery finds available media via various means. + * This corresponds to the service discovery functionality in VLC media player. + * Different plugins find potential medias locally (e.g. user media directory), + * from peripherals (e.g. video capture device), on the local network + * (e.g. SAP) or on the Internet (e.g. Internet radios). + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media discovery external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_discoverer_t libvlc_media_discoverer_t; + +/** + * Create a media discoverer object by name. + * + * After this object is created, you should attach to media_list events in + * order to be notified of new items discovered. + * + * You need to call libvlc_media_discoverer_start() in order to start the + * discovery. + * + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_media_list + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_event_manager + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_start + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param psz_name service name; use libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() to get + * a list of the discoverer names available in this libVLC instance + * \return media discover object or NULL in case of error + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_discoverer_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_inst, + const char * psz_name ); + +/** + * Start media discovery. + * + * To stop it, call libvlc_media_discoverer_stop() or + * libvlc_media_discoverer_list_release() directly. + * + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_stop + * + * \param p_mdis media discover object + * \return -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_discoverer_start( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Stop media discovery. + * + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_start + * + * \param p_mdis media discover object + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_discoverer_stop( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Release media discover object. If the reference count reaches 0, then + * the object will be released. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_discoverer_release( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get media service discover media list. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return list of media items + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * +libvlc_media_discoverer_media_list( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Query if media service discover object is running. + * + * \param p_mdis media service discover object + * \return true if running, false if not + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_discoverer_is_running( libvlc_media_discoverer_t * p_mdis ); + +/** + * Get media discoverer services by category + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param i_cat category of services to fetch + * \param ppp_services address to store an allocated array of media discoverer + * services (must be freed with libvlc_media_discoverer_list_release() by + * the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of media discoverer services (0 on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API size_t +libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_inst, + libvlc_media_discoverer_category_t i_cat, + libvlc_media_discoverer_description_t ***ppp_services ); + +/** + * Release an array of media discoverer services + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_discoverer_list_get() + * + * \param pp_services array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_discoverer_list_release( libvlc_media_discoverer_description_t **pp_services, + size_t i_count ); + +/**@} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_library.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_library.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5c32d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_library.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_library.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: facbf813aa16140461c6e72f166d2985c52b1d6f $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_library LibVLC media library + * \ingroup libvlc + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media library external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_library_t libvlc_media_library_t; + +/** + * Create an new Media Library object + * + * \param p_instance the libvlc instance + * \return a new object or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_library_t * + libvlc_media_library_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance ); + +/** + * Release media library object. This functions decrements the + * reference count of the media library object. If it reaches 0, + * then the object will be released. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_library_release( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media library object. This function will + * increment the reference counting for this object. Use + * libvlc_media_library_release() to decrement the reference count. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_library_retain( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Load media library. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_library_load( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + +/** + * Get media library subitems. + * + * \param p_mlib media library object + * \return media list subitems + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * + libvlc_media_library_media_list( libvlc_media_library_t * p_mlib ); + + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_list.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_list.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e25d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_list.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_list.h: libvlc_media_list API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fa3b90932be8c3a9cce27925d4867aeddde748d7 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H +#define LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_list LibVLC media list + * \ingroup libvlc + * A LibVLC media list holds multiple @ref libvlc_media_t media descriptors. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media list (playlist) external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_list_t libvlc_media_list_t; + +/** + * Create an empty media list. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return empty media list, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_t * + libvlc_media_list_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Release media list created with libvlc_media_list_new(). + * + * \param p_ml a media list created with libvlc_media_list_new() + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_release( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Retain reference to a media list + * + * \param p_ml a media list created with libvlc_media_list_new() + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_retain( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Associate media instance with this media list instance. + * If another media instance was present it will be released. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should NOT be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md media instance to add + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_media_list_set_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get media instance from this media list instance. This action will increase + * the refcount on the media instance. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should NOT be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return media instance + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * + libvlc_media_list_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Add media instance to media list + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md a media instance + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the media list is read-only + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_add_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Insert media instance in media list on a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md a media instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the media list is read-only + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_insert_media( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, + libvlc_media_t *p_md, int i_pos ); + +/** + * Remove media instance from media list on a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the list is read-only or the item was not found + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_media_list_remove_index( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, int i_pos ); + +/** + * Get count on media list items + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return number of items in media list + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_count( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * List media instance in media list at a position + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param i_pos position in array where to insert + * \return media instance at position i_pos, or NULL if not found. + * In case of success, libvlc_media_retain() is called to increase the refcount + * on the media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * + libvlc_media_list_item_at_index( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, int i_pos ); +/** + * Find index position of List media instance in media list. + * Warning: the function will return the first matched position. + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \param p_md media instance + * \return position of media instance or -1 if media not found + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_index_of_item( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml, + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * This indicates if this media list is read-only from a user point of view + * + * \param p_ml media list instance + * \return 1 on readonly, 0 on readwrite + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_is_readonly( libvlc_media_list_t * p_ml ); + +/** + * Get lock on media list items + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_lock( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Release lock on media list items + * The libvlc_media_list_lock should be held upon entering this function. + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_unlock( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** + * Get libvlc_event_manager from this media list instance. + * The p_event_manager is immutable, so you don't have to hold the lock + * + * \param p_ml a media list instance + * \return libvlc_event_manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_list_event_manager( libvlc_media_list_t *p_ml ); + +/** @} media_list */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_list_player.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_list_player.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4597182 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_list_player.h @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_list_player.h: libvlc_media_list API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 04f7d9b9f0d47e1b8304b51ca20fd2b1045a0ff2 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H +#define LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_list_player LibVLC media list player + * \ingroup libvlc + * The LibVLC media list player plays a @ref libvlc_media_list_t list of media, + * in a certain order. + * This is required to especially support playlist files. + * The normal @ref libvlc_media_player_t LibVLC media player can only play a + * single media, and does not handle playlist files properly. + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC media list player external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_list_player_t libvlc_media_list_player_t; + +/** + * Defines playback modes for playlist. + */ +typedef enum libvlc_playback_mode_t +{ + libvlc_playback_mode_default, + libvlc_playback_mode_loop, + libvlc_playback_mode_repeat +} libvlc_playback_mode_t; + +/** + * Create new media_list_player. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return media list player instance or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_list_player_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_new( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance ); + +/** + * Release a media_list_player after use + * Decrement the reference count of a media player object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_list_player_release() will + * release the media player object. If the media player object + * has been released, then it should not be used again. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_release( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media player list object. Use + * libvlc_media_list_player_release() to decrement reference count. + * + * \param p_mlp media player list object + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_retain( libvlc_media_list_player_t *p_mlp ); + +/** + * Return the event manager of this media_list_player. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return the event manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_event_manager(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Replace media player in media_list_player with this instance. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_mi media player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_set_media_player( + libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_player_t * p_mi ); + +/** + * Get media player of the media_list_player instance. + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return media player instance + * \note the caller is responsible for releasing the returned instance + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * + libvlc_media_list_player_get_media_player(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Set the media list associated with the player + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_mlist list of media + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_set_media_list( + libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_list_t * p_mlist ); + +/** + * Play media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_play(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Toggle pause (or resume) media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_pause(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Pause or resume media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param do_pause play/resume if zero, pause if non-zero + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_set_pause(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + int do_pause); + +/** + * Is media list playing? + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return true for playing and false for not playing + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int + libvlc_media_list_player_is_playing( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Get current libvlc_state of media list player + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return libvlc_state_t for media list player + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t + libvlc_media_list_player_get_state( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp ); + +/** + * Play media list item at position index + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param i_index index in media list to play + * \return 0 upon success -1 if the item wasn't found + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_play_item_at_index(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + int i_index); + +/** + * Play the given media item + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param p_md the media instance + * \return 0 upon success, -1 if the media is not part of the media list + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_play_item(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_media_t * p_md); + +/** + * Stop playing media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void + libvlc_media_list_player_stop( libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Play next item from media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return 0 upon success -1 if there is no next item + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_next(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + +/** + * Play previous item from media list + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \return 0 upon success -1 if there is no previous item + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_list_player_previous(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp); + + + +/** + * Sets the playback mode for the playlist + * + * \param p_mlp media list player instance + * \param e_mode playback mode specification + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_media_list_player_set_playback_mode(libvlc_media_list_player_t * p_mlp, + libvlc_playback_mode_t e_mode ); + +/** @} media_list_player */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* LIBVLC_MEDIA_LIST_PLAYER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_player.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_player.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f260e95 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_media_player.h @@ -0,0 +1,2091 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_media_player.h: libvlc_media_player external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2015 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 4336df9442b5bae28ec93d540f2ee5907f34e077 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# else +# include +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_media_player LibVLC media player + * \ingroup libvlc + * A LibVLC media player plays one media (usually in a custom drawable). + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC simple media player external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_media_player_t libvlc_media_player_t; + +/** + * Description for video, audio tracks and subtitles. It contains + * id, name (description string) and pointer to next record. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_track_description_t +{ + int i_id; + char *psz_name; + struct libvlc_track_description_t *p_next; + +} libvlc_track_description_t; + +/** + * Description for titles + */ +enum +{ + libvlc_title_menu = 0x01, + libvlc_title_interactive = 0x02 +}; + +typedef struct libvlc_title_description_t +{ + int64_t i_duration; /**< duration in milliseconds */ + char *psz_name; /**< title name */ + unsigned i_flags; /**< info if item was recognized as a menu, interactive or plain content by the demuxer */ +} libvlc_title_description_t; + +/** + * Description for chapters + */ +typedef struct libvlc_chapter_description_t +{ + int64_t i_time_offset; /**< time-offset of the chapter in milliseconds */ + int64_t i_duration; /**< duration of the chapter in milliseconds */ + char *psz_name; /**< chapter name */ +} libvlc_chapter_description_t; + +/** + * Description for audio output. It contains + * name, description and pointer to next record. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_audio_output_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_description; + struct libvlc_audio_output_t *p_next; + +} libvlc_audio_output_t; + +/** + * Description for audio output device. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_audio_output_device_t +{ + struct libvlc_audio_output_device_t *p_next; /**< Next entry in list */ + char *psz_device; /**< Device identifier string */ + char *psz_description; /**< User-friendly device description */ + /* More fields may be added here in later versions */ +} libvlc_audio_output_device_t; + +/** + * Marq options definition + */ +typedef enum libvlc_video_marquee_option_t { + libvlc_marquee_Enable = 0, + libvlc_marquee_Text, /** string argument */ + libvlc_marquee_Color, + libvlc_marquee_Opacity, + libvlc_marquee_Position, + libvlc_marquee_Refresh, + libvlc_marquee_Size, + libvlc_marquee_Timeout, + libvlc_marquee_X, + libvlc_marquee_Y +} libvlc_video_marquee_option_t; + +/** + * Navigation mode + */ +typedef enum libvlc_navigate_mode_t +{ + libvlc_navigate_activate = 0, + libvlc_navigate_up, + libvlc_navigate_down, + libvlc_navigate_left, + libvlc_navigate_right, + libvlc_navigate_popup +} libvlc_navigate_mode_t; + +/** + * Enumeration of values used to set position (e.g. of video title). + */ +typedef enum libvlc_position_t { + libvlc_position_disable=-1, + libvlc_position_center, + libvlc_position_left, + libvlc_position_right, + libvlc_position_top, + libvlc_position_top_left, + libvlc_position_top_right, + libvlc_position_bottom, + libvlc_position_bottom_left, + libvlc_position_bottom_right +} libvlc_position_t; + +/** + * Enumeration of teletext keys than can be passed via + * libvlc_video_set_teletext() + */ +typedef enum libvlc_teletext_key_t { + libvlc_teletext_key_red = 'r' << 16, + libvlc_teletext_key_green = 'g' << 16, + libvlc_teletext_key_yellow = 'y' << 16, + libvlc_teletext_key_blue = 'b' << 16, + libvlc_teletext_key_index = 'i' << 16, +} libvlc_teletext_key_t; + +/** + * Opaque equalizer handle. + * + * Equalizer settings can be applied to a media player. + */ +typedef struct libvlc_equalizer_t libvlc_equalizer_t; + +/** + * Create an empty Media Player object + * + * \param p_libvlc_instance the libvlc instance in which the Media Player + * should be created. + * \return a new media player object, or NULL on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * libvlc_media_player_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_libvlc_instance ); + +/** + * Create a Media Player object from a Media + * + * \param p_md the media. Afterwards the p_md can be safely + * destroyed. + * \return a new media player object, or NULL on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_player_t * libvlc_media_player_new_from_media( libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Release a media_player after use + * Decrement the reference count of a media player object. If the + * reference count is 0, then libvlc_media_player_release() will + * release the media player object. If the media player object + * has been released, then it should not be used again. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player to free + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_release( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Retain a reference to a media player object. Use + * libvlc_media_player_release() to decrement reference count. + * + * \param p_mi media player object + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_retain( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the media that will be used by the media_player. If any, + * previous md will be released. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param p_md the Media. Afterwards the p_md can be safely + * destroyed. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_media( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_media_t *p_md ); + +/** + * Get the media used by the media_player. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the media associated with p_mi, or NULL if no + * media is associated + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_media_t * libvlc_media_player_get_media( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the Event Manager from which the media player send event. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the event manager associated with p_mi + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * libvlc_media_player_event_manager ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * is_playing + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return 1 if the media player is playing, 0 otherwise + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_is_playing ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Play + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return 0 if playback started (and was already started), or -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_play ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Pause or resume (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param mp the Media Player + * \param do_pause play/resume if zero, pause if non-zero + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_pause ( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + int do_pause ); + +/** + * Toggle pause (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_pause ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Stop (no effect if there is no media) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_stop ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set a renderer to the media player + * + * \note must be called before the first call of libvlc_media_player_play() to + * take effect. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_new + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param p_item an item discovered by libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start() + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_renderer( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item ); + +/** + * Callback prototype to allocate and lock a picture buffer. + * + * Whenever a new video frame needs to be decoded, the lock callback is + * invoked. Depending on the video chroma, one or three pixel planes of + * adequate dimensions must be returned via the second parameter. Those + * planes must be aligned on 32-bytes boundaries. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param planes start address of the pixel planes (LibVLC allocates the array + * of void pointers, this callback must initialize the array) [OUT] + * \return a private pointer for the display and unlock callbacks to identify + * the picture buffers + */ +typedef void *(*libvlc_video_lock_cb)(void *opaque, void **planes); + +/** + * Callback prototype to unlock a picture buffer. + * + * When the video frame decoding is complete, the unlock callback is invoked. + * This callback might not be needed at all. It is only an indication that the + * application can now read the pixel values if it needs to. + * + * \note A picture buffer is unlocked after the picture is decoded, + * but before the picture is displayed. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param picture private pointer returned from the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback [IN] + * \param planes pixel planes as defined by the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback (this parameter is only for convenience) [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_unlock_cb)(void *opaque, void *picture, + void *const *planes); + +/** + * Callback prototype to display a picture. + * + * When the video frame needs to be shown, as determined by the media playback + * clock, the display callback is invoked. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param picture private pointer returned from the @ref libvlc_video_lock_cb + * callback [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_display_cb)(void *opaque, void *picture); + +/** + * Callback prototype to configure picture buffers format. + * This callback gets the format of the video as output by the video decoder + * and the chain of video filters (if any). It can opt to change any parameter + * as it needs. In that case, LibVLC will attempt to convert the video format + * (rescaling and chroma conversion) but these operations can be CPU intensive. + * + * \param opaque pointer to the private pointer passed to + * libvlc_video_set_callbacks() [IN/OUT] + * \param chroma pointer to the 4 bytes video format identifier [IN/OUT] + * \param width pointer to the pixel width [IN/OUT] + * \param height pointer to the pixel height [IN/OUT] + * \param pitches table of scanline pitches in bytes for each pixel plane + * (the table is allocated by LibVLC) [OUT] + * \param lines table of scanlines count for each plane [OUT] + * \return the number of picture buffers allocated, 0 indicates failure + * + * \note + * For each pixels plane, the scanline pitch must be bigger than or equal to + * the number of bytes per pixel multiplied by the pixel width. + * Similarly, the number of scanlines must be bigger than of equal to + * the pixel height. + * Furthermore, we recommend that pitches and lines be multiple of 32 + * to not break assumptions that might be held by optimized code + * in the video decoders, video filters and/or video converters. + */ +typedef unsigned (*libvlc_video_format_cb)(void **opaque, char *chroma, + unsigned *width, unsigned *height, + unsigned *pitches, + unsigned *lines); + +/** + * Callback prototype to configure picture buffers format. + * + * \param opaque private pointer as passed to libvlc_video_set_callbacks() + * (and possibly modified by @ref libvlc_video_format_cb) [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_video_cleanup_cb)(void *opaque); + + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data to render decoded video to a custom area + * in memory. + * Use libvlc_video_set_format() or libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded format. + * + * \warning Rendering video into custom memory buffers is considerably less + * efficient than rendering in a custom window as normal. + * + * For optimal perfomances, VLC media player renders into a custom window, and + * does not use this function and associated callbacks. It is highly + * recommended that other LibVLC-based application do likewise. + * To embed video in a window, use libvlc_media_player_set_xid() or equivalent + * depending on the operating system. + * + * If window embedding does not fit the application use case, then a custom + * LibVLC video output display plugin is required to maintain optimal video + * rendering performances. + * + * The following limitations affect performance: + * - Hardware video decoding acceleration will either be disabled completely, + * or require (relatively slow) copy from video/DSP memory to main memory. + * - Sub-pictures (subtitles, on-screen display, etc.) must be blent into the + * main picture by the CPU instead of the GPU. + * - Depending on the video format, pixel format conversion, picture scaling, + * cropping and/or picture re-orientation, must be performed by the CPU + * instead of the GPU. + * - Memory copying is required between LibVLC reference picture buffers and + * application buffers (between lock and unlock callbacks). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param lock callback to lock video memory (must not be NULL) + * \param unlock callback to unlock video memory (or NULL if not needed) + * \param display callback to display video (or NULL if not needed) + * \param opaque private pointer for the three callbacks (as first parameter) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_video_lock_cb lock, + libvlc_video_unlock_cb unlock, + libvlc_video_display_cb display, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Set decoded video chroma and dimensions. + * This only works in combination with libvlc_video_set_callbacks(), + * and is mutually exclusive with libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param chroma a four-characters string identifying the chroma + * (e.g. "RV32" or "YUYV") + * \param width pixel width + * \param height pixel height + * \param pitch line pitch (in bytes) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + * \bug All pixel planes are expected to have the same pitch. + * To use the YCbCr color space with chrominance subsampling, + * consider using libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks() instead. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_format( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, const char *chroma, + unsigned width, unsigned height, + unsigned pitch ); + +/** + * Set decoded video chroma and dimensions. This only works in combination with + * libvlc_video_set_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param setup callback to select the video format (cannot be NULL) + * \param cleanup callback to release any allocated resources (or NULL) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_format_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_video_format_cb setup, + libvlc_video_cleanup_cb cleanup ); + +/** + * Set the NSView handler where the media player should render its video output. + * + * Use the vout called "macosx". + * + * The drawable is an NSObject that follow the VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding + * protocol: + * + * @code{.m} + * \@protocol VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding + * - (void)addVoutSubview:(NSView *)view; + * - (void)removeVoutSubview:(NSView *)view; + * \@end + * @endcode + * + * Or it can be an NSView object. + * + * If you want to use it along with Qt see the QMacCocoaViewContainer. Then + * the following code should work: + * @code{.mm} + * { + * NSView *video = [[NSView alloc] init]; + * QMacCocoaViewContainer *container = new QMacCocoaViewContainer(video, parent); + * libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(mp, video); + * [video release]; + * } + * @endcode + * + * You can find a live example in VLCVideoView in VLCKit.framework. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable the drawable that is either an NSView or an object following + * the VLCOpenGLVideoViewEmbedding protocol. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, void * drawable ); + +/** + * Get the NSView handler previously set with libvlc_media_player_set_nsobject(). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the NSView handler or 0 if none where set + */ +LIBVLC_API void * libvlc_media_player_get_nsobject ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set an X Window System drawable where the media player should render its + * video output. The call takes effect when the playback starts. If it is + * already started, it might need to be stopped before changes apply. + * If LibVLC was built without X11 output support, then this function has no + * effects. + * + * By default, LibVLC will capture input events on the video rendering area. + * Use libvlc_video_set_mouse_input() and libvlc_video_set_key_input() to + * disable that and deliver events to the parent window / to the application + * instead. By design, the X11 protocol delivers input events to only one + * recipient. + * + * \warning + * The application must call the XInitThreads() function from Xlib before + * libvlc_new(), and before any call to XOpenDisplay() directly or via any + * other library. Failure to call XInitThreads() will seriously impede LibVLC + * performance. Calling XOpenDisplay() before XInitThreads() will eventually + * crash the process. That is a limitation of Xlib. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param drawable X11 window ID + * + * \note + * The specified identifier must correspond to an existing Input/Output class + * X11 window. Pixmaps are not currently supported. The default X11 + * server is assumed, i.e. that specified in the DISPLAY environment variable. + * + * \warning + * LibVLC can deal with invalid X11 handle errors, however some display drivers + * (EGL, GLX, VA and/or VDPAU) can unfortunately not. Thus the window handle + * must remain valid until playback is stopped, otherwise the process may + * abort or crash. + * + * \bug + * No more than one window handle per media player instance can be specified. + * If the media has multiple simultaneously active video tracks, extra tracks + * will be rendered into external windows beyond the control of the + * application. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow(libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + uint32_t drawable); + +/** + * Get the X Window System window identifier previously set with + * libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow(). Note that this will return the identifier + * even if VLC is not currently using it (for instance if it is playing an + * audio-only input). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return an X window ID, or 0 if none where set. + */ +LIBVLC_API uint32_t libvlc_media_player_get_xwindow ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set a Win32/Win64 API window handle (HWND) where the media player should + * render its video output. If LibVLC was built without Win32/Win64 API output + * support, then this has no effects. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param drawable windows handle of the drawable + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, void *drawable ); + +/** + * Get the Windows API window handle (HWND) previously set with + * libvlc_media_player_set_hwnd(). The handle will be returned even if LibVLC + * is not currently outputting any video to it. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return a window handle or NULL if there are none. + */ +LIBVLC_API void *libvlc_media_player_get_hwnd ( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the android context. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param p_awindow_handler org.videolan.libvlc.AWindow jobject owned by the + * org.videolan.libvlc.MediaPlayer class from the libvlc-android project. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_android_context( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + void *p_awindow_handler ); + +/** + * Set the EFL Evas Object. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param p_evas_object a valid EFL Evas Object (Evas_Object) + * \return -1 if an error was detected, 0 otherwise. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_evas_object( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + void *p_evas_object ); + + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio playback. + * + * The LibVLC media player decodes and post-processes the audio signal + * asynchronously (in an internal thread). Whenever audio samples are ready + * to be queued to the output, this callback is invoked. + * + * The number of samples provided per invocation may depend on the file format, + * the audio coding algorithm, the decoder plug-in, the post-processing + * filters and timing. Application must not assume a certain number of samples. + * + * The exact format of audio samples is determined by libvlc_audio_set_format() + * or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() as is the channels layout. + * + * Note that the number of samples is per channel. For instance, if the audio + * track sampling rate is 48000 Hz, then 1200 samples represent 25 milliseconds + * of audio signal - regardless of the number of audio channels. + * + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param samples pointer to a table of audio samples to play back [IN] + * \param count number of audio samples to play back + * \param pts expected play time stamp (see libvlc_delay()) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_play_cb)(void *data, const void *samples, + unsigned count, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio pause. + * + * LibVLC invokes this callback to pause audio playback. + * + * \note The pause callback is never called if the audio is already paused. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param pts time stamp of the pause request (should be elapsed already) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_pause_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio resumption. + * + * LibVLC invokes this callback to resume audio playback after it was + * previously paused. + * + * \note The resume callback is never called if the audio is not paused. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param pts time stamp of the resumption request (should be elapsed already) + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_resume_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio buffer flush. + * + * LibVLC invokes this callback if it needs to discard all pending buffers and + * stop playback as soon as possible. This typically occurs when the media is + * stopped. + * + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_flush_cb)(void *data, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio buffer drain. + * + * LibVLC may invoke this callback when the decoded audio track is ending. + * There will be no further decoded samples for the track, but playback should + * nevertheless continue until all already pending buffers are rendered. + * + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_drain_cb)(void *data); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio volume change. + * \param data data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + * \param volume software volume (1. = nominal, 0. = mute) + * \param mute muted flag + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_set_volume_cb)(void *data, + float volume, bool mute); + +/** + * Sets callbacks and private data for decoded audio. + * + * Use libvlc_audio_set_format() or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded audio format. + * + * \note The audio callbacks override any other audio output mechanism. + * If the callbacks are set, LibVLC will not output audio in any way. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param play callback to play audio samples (must not be NULL) + * \param pause callback to pause playback (or NULL to ignore) + * \param resume callback to resume playback (or NULL to ignore) + * \param flush callback to flush audio buffers (or NULL to ignore) + * \param drain callback to drain audio buffers (or NULL to ignore) + * \param opaque private pointer for the audio callbacks (as first parameter) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_play_cb play, + libvlc_audio_pause_cb pause, + libvlc_audio_resume_cb resume, + libvlc_audio_flush_cb flush, + libvlc_audio_drain_cb drain, + void *opaque ); + +/** + * Set callbacks and private data for decoded audio. This only works in + * combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(). + * Use libvlc_audio_set_format() or libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks() + * to configure the decoded audio format. + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param set_volume callback to apply audio volume, + * or NULL to apply volume in software + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_volume_callback( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_set_volume_cb set_volume ); + +/** + * Callback prototype to setup the audio playback. + * + * This is called when the media player needs to create a new audio output. + * \param opaque pointer to the data pointer passed to + * libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN/OUT] + * \param format 4 bytes sample format [IN/OUT] + * \param rate sample rate [IN/OUT] + * \param channels channels count [IN/OUT] + * \return 0 on success, anything else to skip audio playback + */ +typedef int (*libvlc_audio_setup_cb)(void **data, char *format, unsigned *rate, + unsigned *channels); + +/** + * Callback prototype for audio playback cleanup. + * + * This is called when the media player no longer needs an audio output. + * \param opaque data pointer as passed to libvlc_audio_set_callbacks() [IN] + */ +typedef void (*libvlc_audio_cleanup_cb)(void *data); + +/** + * Sets decoded audio format via callbacks. + * + * This only works in combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param setup callback to select the audio format (cannot be NULL) + * \param cleanup callback to release any allocated resources (or NULL) + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + libvlc_audio_setup_cb setup, + libvlc_audio_cleanup_cb cleanup ); + +/** + * Sets a fixed decoded audio format. + * + * This only works in combination with libvlc_audio_set_callbacks(), + * and is mutually exclusive with libvlc_audio_set_format_callbacks(). + * + * \param mp the media player + * \param format a four-characters string identifying the sample format + * (e.g. "S16N" or "FL32") + * \param rate sample rate (expressed in Hz) + * \param channels channels count + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_set_format( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, const char *format, + unsigned rate, unsigned channels ); + +/** \bug This might go away ... to be replaced by a broader system */ + +/** + * Get the current movie length (in ms). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the movie length (in ms), or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t libvlc_media_player_get_length( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the current movie time (in ms). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the movie time (in ms), or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_time_t libvlc_media_player_get_time( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the movie time (in ms). This has no effect if no media is being played. + * Not all formats and protocols support this. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_time the movie time (in ms). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_time( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_time_t i_time ); + +/** + * Get movie position as percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return movie position, or -1. in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_position( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set movie position as percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. + * This has no effect if playback is not enabled. + * This might not work depending on the underlying input format and protocol. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param f_pos the position + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_position( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float f_pos ); + +/** + * Set movie chapter (if applicable). + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_chapter chapter number to play + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_chapter ); + +/** + * Get movie chapter. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return chapter number currently playing, or -1 if there is no media. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie chapter count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return number of chapters in movie, or -1. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Is the player able to play + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return boolean + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_will_play( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get title chapter count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_title title + * \return number of chapters in title, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_chapter_count_for_title( + libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Set movie title + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param i_title title number to play + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_title( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_title ); + +/** + * Get movie title + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return title number currently playing, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_title( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get movie title count + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return title number count, or -1 + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_title_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set previous chapter (if applicable) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_previous_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set next chapter (if applicable) + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_next_chapter( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the requested movie play rate. + * @warning Depending on the underlying media, the requested rate may be + * different from the real playback rate. + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return movie play rate + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_media_player_get_rate( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set movie play rate + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param rate movie play rate to set + * \return -1 if an error was detected, 0 otherwise (but even then, it might + * not actually work depending on the underlying media protocol) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_rate( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float rate ); + +/** + * Get current movie state + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \return the current state of the media player (playing, paused, ...) \see libvlc_state_t + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_state_t libvlc_media_player_get_state( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * How many video outputs does this media player have? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the number of video outputs + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_media_player_has_vout( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Is this media player seekable? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the media player can seek + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_is_seekable( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Can this media player be paused? + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the media player can pause + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_can_pause( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Check if the current program is scrambled + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return true if the current program is scrambled + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_program_scrambled( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Display the next frame (if supported) + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_next_frame( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Navigate through DVD Menu + * + * \param p_mi the Media Player + * \param navigate the Navigation mode + * \version libVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_navigate( libvlc_media_player_t* p_mi, + unsigned navigate ); + +/** + * Set if, and how, the video title will be shown when media is played. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param position position at which to display the title, or libvlc_position_disable to prevent the title from being displayed + * \param timeout title display timeout in milliseconds (ignored if libvlc_position_disable) + * \version libVLC 2.1.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_media_player_set_video_title_display( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_position_t position, unsigned int timeout ); + +/** + * Add a slave to the current media player. + * + * \note If the player is playing, the slave will be added directly. This call + * will also update the slave list of the attached libvlc_media_t. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \see libvlc_media_slaves_add + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_type subtitle or audio + * \param psz_uri Uri of the slave (should contain a valid scheme). + * \param b_select True if this slave should be selected when it's loaded + * + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error. + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_media_player_add_slave( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_media_slave_type_t i_type, + const char *psz_uri, bool b_select ); + +/** + * Release (free) libvlc_track_description_t + * + * \param p_track_description the structure to release + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_track_description_list_release( libvlc_track_description_t *p_track_description ); + +/** \defgroup libvlc_video LibVLC video controls + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Toggle fullscreen status on non-embedded video outputs. + * + * @warning The same limitations applies to this function + * as to libvlc_set_fullscreen(). + * + * \param p_mi the media player + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_toggle_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Enable or disable fullscreen. + * + * @warning With most window managers, only a top-level windows can be in + * full-screen mode. Hence, this function will not operate properly if + * libvlc_media_player_set_xwindow() was used to embed the video in a + * non-top-level window. In that case, the embedding window must be reparented + * to the root window before fullscreen mode is enabled. You will want + * to reparent it back to its normal parent when disabling fullscreen. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param b_fullscreen boolean for fullscreen status + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_set_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int b_fullscreen ); + +/** + * Get current fullscreen status. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the fullscreen status (boolean) + * + * \libvlc_return_bool + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_get_fullscreen( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Enable or disable key press events handling, according to the LibVLC hotkeys + * configuration. By default and for historical reasons, keyboard events are + * handled by the LibVLC video widget. + * + * \note On X11, there can be only one subscriber for key press and mouse + * click events per window. If your application has subscribed to those events + * for the X window ID of the video widget, then LibVLC will not be able to + * handle key presses and mouse clicks in any case. + * + * \warning This function is only implemented for X11 and Win32 at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param on true to handle key press events, false to ignore them. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_key_input( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned on ); + +/** + * Enable or disable mouse click events handling. By default, those events are + * handled. This is needed for DVD menus to work, as well as a few video + * filters such as "puzzle". + * + * \see libvlc_video_set_key_input(). + * + * \warning This function is only implemented for X11 and Win32 at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param on true to handle mouse click events, false to ignore them. + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_mouse_input( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned on ); + +/** + * Get the pixel dimensions of a video. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param num number of the video (starting from, and most commonly 0) + * \param px pointer to get the pixel width [OUT] + * \param py pointer to get the pixel height [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the specified video does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_size( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + unsigned *px, unsigned *py ); + +/** + * Get the mouse pointer coordinates over a video. + * Coordinates are expressed in terms of the decoded video resolution, + * not in terms of pixels on the screen/viewport (to get the latter, + * you can query your windowing system directly). + * + * Either of the coordinates may be negative or larger than the corresponding + * dimension of the video, if the cursor is outside the rendering area. + * + * @warning The coordinates may be out-of-date if the pointer is not located + * on the video rendering area. LibVLC does not track the pointer if it is + * outside of the video widget. + * + * @note LibVLC does not support multiple pointers (it does of course support + * multiple input devices sharing the same pointer) at the moment. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param num number of the video (starting from, and most commonly 0) + * \param px pointer to get the abscissa [OUT] + * \param py pointer to get the ordinate [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the specified video does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_get_cursor( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + int *px, int *py ); + +/** + * Get the current video scaling factor. + * See also libvlc_video_set_scale(). + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the currently configured zoom factor, or 0. if the video is set + * to fit to the output window/drawable automatically. + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_video_get_scale( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the video scaling factor. That is the ratio of the number of pixels on + * screen to the number of pixels in the original decoded video in each + * dimension. Zero is a special value; it will adjust the video to the output + * window/drawable (in windowed mode) or the entire screen. + * + * Note that not all video outputs support scaling. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param f_factor the scaling factor, or zero + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_scale( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, float f_factor ); + +/** + * Get current video aspect ratio. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video aspect ratio or NULL if unspecified + * (the result must be released with free() or libvlc_free()). + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_aspect_ratio( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new video aspect ratio. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_aspect new video aspect-ratio or NULL to reset to default + * \note Invalid aspect ratios are ignored. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_aspect_ratio( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_aspect ); + +/** + * Create a video viewpoint structure. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \return video viewpoint or NULL + * (the result must be released with free() or libvlc_free()). + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_video_viewpoint_t *libvlc_video_new_viewpoint(void); + +/** + * Update the video viewpoint information. + * + * \note It is safe to call this function before the media player is started. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param p_viewpoint video viewpoint allocated via libvlc_video_new_viewpoint() + * \param b_absolute if true replace the old viewpoint with the new one. If + * false, increase/decrease it. + * \return -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise + * + * \note the values are set asynchronously, it will be used by the next frame displayed. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_update_viewpoint( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const libvlc_video_viewpoint_t *p_viewpoint, + bool b_absolute); + +/** + * Get current video subtitle. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the video subtitle selected, or -1 if none + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_spu( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the number of available video subtitles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the number of available video subtitles + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_spu_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available video subtitles. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return list containing description of available video subtitles. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_spu_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new video subtitle. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_spu video subtitle track to select (i_id from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 if out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_spu( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_spu ); + +/** + * Get the current subtitle delay. Positive values means subtitles are being + * displayed later, negative values earlier. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return time (in microseconds) the display of subtitles is being delayed + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int64_t libvlc_video_get_spu_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set the subtitle delay. This affects the timing of when the subtitle will + * be displayed. Positive values result in subtitles being displayed later, + * while negative values will result in subtitles being displayed earlier. + * + * The subtitle delay will be reset to zero each time the media changes. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_delay time (in microseconds) the display of subtitles should be delayed + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_set_spu_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int64_t i_delay ); + +/** + * Get the full description of available titles + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param titles address to store an allocated array of title descriptions + * descriptions (must be freed with libvlc_title_descriptions_release() + * by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of titles (-1 on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_full_title_descriptions( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + libvlc_title_description_t ***titles ); + +/** + * Release a title description + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param p_titles title description array to release + * \param i_count number of title descriptions to release + */ +LIBVLC_API + void libvlc_title_descriptions_release( libvlc_title_description_t **p_titles, + unsigned i_count ); + +/** + * Get the full description of available chapters + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_chapters_of_title index of the title to query for chapters (uses current title if set to -1) + * \param pp_chapters address to store an allocated array of chapter descriptions + * descriptions (must be freed with libvlc_chapter_descriptions_release() + * by the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of chapters (-1 on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_full_chapter_descriptions( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + int i_chapters_of_title, + libvlc_chapter_description_t *** pp_chapters ); + +/** + * Release a chapter description + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param p_chapters chapter description array to release + * \param i_count number of chapter descriptions to release + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_chapter_descriptions_release( libvlc_chapter_description_t **p_chapters, + unsigned i_count ); + +/** + * Get current crop filter geometry. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the crop filter geometry or NULL if unset + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_crop_geometry( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new crop filter geometry. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param psz_geometry new crop filter geometry (NULL to unset) + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_video_set_crop_geometry( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, const char *psz_geometry ); + +/** + * Get current teletext page requested or 0 if it's disabled. + * + * Teletext is disabled by default, call libvlc_video_set_teletext() to enable + * it. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \return the current teletext page requested. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set new teletext page to retrieve. + * + * This function can also be used to send a teletext key. + * + * \param p_mi the media player + * \param i_page teletex page number requested. This value can be 0 to disable + * teletext, a number in the range ]0;1000[ to show the requested page, or a + * \ref libvlc_teletext_key_t. 100 is the default teletext page. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_teletext( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_page ); + +/** + * Get number of available video tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the number of available video tracks (int) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_track_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available video tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return list with description of available video tracks, or NULL on error. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_video_get_track_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current video track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the video track ID (int) or -1 if no active input + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set video track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_track the track ID (i_id field from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 if out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_set_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_track ); + +/** + * Take a snapshot of the current video window. + * + * If i_width AND i_height is 0, original size is used. + * If i_width XOR i_height is 0, original aspect-ratio is preserved. + * + * \param p_mi media player instance + * \param num number of video output (typically 0 for the first/only one) + * \param psz_filepath the path of a file or a folder to save the screenshot into + * \param i_width the snapshot's width + * \param i_height the snapshot's height + * \return 0 on success, -1 if the video was not found + */ +LIBVLC_API +int libvlc_video_take_snapshot( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, unsigned num, + const char *psz_filepath, unsigned int i_width, + unsigned int i_height ); + +/** + * Enable or disable deinterlace filter + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param psz_mode type of deinterlace filter, NULL to disable + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_deinterlace( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const char *psz_mode ); + +/** + * Get an integer marquee option value + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to get \see libvlc_video_marquee_int_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_marquee_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Get a string marquee option value + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to get \see libvlc_video_marquee_string_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_video_get_marquee_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Enable, disable or set an integer marquee option + * + * Setting libvlc_marquee_Enable has the side effect of enabling (arg !0) + * or disabling (arg 0) the marq filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to set \see libvlc_video_marquee_int_option_t + * \param i_val marq option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_marquee_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int i_val ); + +/** + * Set a marquee string option + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player + * \param option marq option to set \see libvlc_video_marquee_string_option_t + * \param psz_text marq option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_marquee_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, const char *psz_text ); + +/** option values for libvlc_video_{get,set}_logo_{int,string} */ +enum libvlc_video_logo_option_t { + libvlc_logo_enable, + libvlc_logo_file, /**< string argument, "file,d,t;file,d,t;..." */ + libvlc_logo_x, + libvlc_logo_y, + libvlc_logo_delay, + libvlc_logo_repeat, + libvlc_logo_opacity, + libvlc_logo_position +}; + +/** + * Get integer logo option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to get, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_logo_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set logo option as integer. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * Passing libvlc_logo_enable as option value has the side effect of + * starting (arg !0) or stopping (arg 0) the logo filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to set, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + * \param value logo option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_logo_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int value ); + +/** + * Set logo option as string. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option logo option to set, values of libvlc_video_logo_option_t + * \param psz_value logo option value + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_logo_string( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, const char *psz_value ); + + +/** option values for libvlc_video_{get,set}_adjust_{int,float,bool} */ +enum libvlc_video_adjust_option_t { + libvlc_adjust_Enable = 0, + libvlc_adjust_Contrast, + libvlc_adjust_Brightness, + libvlc_adjust_Hue, + libvlc_adjust_Saturation, + libvlc_adjust_Gamma +}; + +/** + * Get integer adjust option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adjust option to get, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_video_get_adjust_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set adjust option as integer. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * Passing libvlc_adjust_enable as option value has the side effect of + * starting (arg !0) or stopping (arg 0) the adjust filter. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adust option to set, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \param value adjust option value + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_adjust_int( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, int value ); + +/** + * Get float adjust option. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adjust option to get, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_video_get_adjust_float( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option ); + +/** + * Set adjust option as float. Options that take a different type value + * are ignored. + * + * \param p_mi libvlc media player instance + * \param option adust option to set, values of libvlc_video_adjust_option_t + * \param value adjust option value + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 and later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_video_set_adjust_float( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned option, float value ); + +/** @} video */ + +/** \defgroup libvlc_audio LibVLC audio controls + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio device types + */ +typedef enum libvlc_audio_output_device_types_t { + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Error = -1, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Mono = 1, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_Stereo = 2, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_2F2R = 4, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_3F2R = 5, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_5_1 = 6, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_6_1 = 7, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_7_1 = 8, + libvlc_AudioOutputDevice_SPDIF = 10 +} libvlc_audio_output_device_types_t; + +/** + * Audio channels + */ +typedef enum libvlc_audio_output_channel_t { + libvlc_AudioChannel_Error = -1, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Stereo = 1, + libvlc_AudioChannel_RStereo = 2, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Left = 3, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Right = 4, + libvlc_AudioChannel_Dolbys = 5 +} libvlc_audio_output_channel_t; + + +/** + * Gets the list of available audio output modules. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \return list of available audio outputs. It must be freed with +* \see libvlc_audio_output_list_release \see libvlc_audio_output_t . + * In case of error, NULL is returned. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_t * +libvlc_audio_output_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Frees the list of available audio output modules. + * + * \param p_list list with audio outputs for release + */ +LIBVLC_API +void libvlc_audio_output_list_release( libvlc_audio_output_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Selects an audio output module. + * \note Any change will take be effect only after playback is stopped and + * restarted. Audio output cannot be changed while playing. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param psz_name name of audio output, + * use psz_name of \see libvlc_audio_output_t + * \return 0 if function succeeded, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_output_set( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Gets a list of potential audio output devices, + * \see libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \note Not all audio outputs support enumerating devices. + * The audio output may be functional even if the list is empty (NULL). + * + * \note The list may not be exhaustive. + * + * \warning Some audio output devices in the list might not actually work in + * some circumstances. By default, it is recommended to not specify any + * explicit audio device. + * + * \param mp media player + * \return A NULL-terminated linked list of potential audio output devices. + * It must be freed with libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release() + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_device_t * +libvlc_audio_output_device_enum( libvlc_media_player_t *mp ); + +/** + * Gets a list of audio output devices for a given audio output module, + * \see libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \note Not all audio outputs support this. In particular, an empty (NULL) + * list of devices does not imply that the specified audio output does + * not work. + * + * \note The list might not be exhaustive. + * + * \warning Some audio output devices in the list might not actually work in + * some circumstances. By default, it is recommended to not specify any + * explicit audio device. + * + * \param p_instance libvlc instance + * \param aout audio output name + * (as returned by libvlc_audio_output_list_get()) + * \return A NULL-terminated linked list of potential audio output devices. + * It must be freed with libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release() + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_audio_output_device_t * +libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *aout ); + +/** + * Frees a list of available audio output devices. + * + * \param p_list list with audio outputs for release + * \version LibVLC 2.1.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_device_list_release( + libvlc_audio_output_device_t *p_list ); + +/** + * Configures an explicit audio output device. + * + * If the module paramater is NULL, audio output will be moved to the device + * specified by the device identifier string immediately. This is the + * recommended usage. + * + * A list of adequate potential device strings can be obtained with + * libvlc_audio_output_device_enum(). + * + * However passing NULL is supported in LibVLC version 2.2.0 and later only; + * in earlier versions, this function would have no effects when the module + * parameter was NULL. + * + * If the module parameter is not NULL, the device parameter of the + * corresponding audio output, if it exists, will be set to the specified + * string. Note that some audio output modules do not have such a parameter + * (notably MMDevice and PulseAudio). + * + * A list of adequate potential device strings can be obtained with + * libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get(). + * + * \note This function does not select the specified audio output plugin. + * libvlc_audio_output_set() is used for that purpose. + * + * \warning The syntax for the device parameter depends on the audio output. + * + * Some audio output modules require further parameters (e.g. a channels map + * in the case of ALSA). + * + * \param mp media player + * \param module If NULL, current audio output module. + * if non-NULL, name of audio output module + (\see libvlc_audio_output_t) + * \param device_id device identifier string + * \return Nothing. Errors are ignored (this is a design bug). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_output_device_set( libvlc_media_player_t *mp, + const char *module, + const char *device_id ); + +/** + * Get the current audio output device identifier. + * + * This complements libvlc_audio_output_device_set(). + * + * \warning The initial value for the current audio output device identifier + * may not be set or may be some unknown value. A LibVLC application should + * compare this value against the known device identifiers (e.g. those that + * were previously retrieved by a call to libvlc_audio_output_device_enum or + * libvlc_audio_output_device_list_get) to find the current audio output device. + * + * It is possible that the selected audio output device changes (an external + * change) without a call to libvlc_audio_output_device_set. That may make this + * method unsuitable to use if a LibVLC application is attempting to track + * dynamic audio device changes as they happen. + * + * \param mp media player + * \return the current audio output device identifier + * NULL if no device is selected or in case of error + * (the result must be released with free() or libvlc_free()). + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later. + */ +LIBVLC_API char *libvlc_audio_output_device_get( libvlc_media_player_t *mp ); + +/** + * Toggle mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \warning Toggling mute atomically is not always possible: On some platforms, + * other processes can mute the VLC audio playback stream asynchronously. Thus, + * there is a small race condition where toggling will not work. + * See also the limitations of libvlc_audio_set_mute(). + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_toggle_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the mute status (boolean) if defined, -1 if undefined/unapplicable + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set mute status. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param status If status is true then mute, otherwise unmute + * \warning This function does not always work. If there are no active audio + * playback stream, the mute status might not be available. If digital + * pass-through (S/PDIF, HDMI...) is in use, muting may be unapplicable. Also + * some audio output plugins do not support muting at all. + * \note To force silent playback, disable all audio tracks. This is more + * efficient and reliable than mute. + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_set_mute( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int status ); + +/** + * Get current software audio volume. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the software volume in percents + * (0 = mute, 100 = nominal / 0dB) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_volume( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current software audio volume. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_volume the volume in percents (0 = mute, 100 = 0dB) + * \return 0 if the volume was set, -1 if it was out of range + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_volume( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_volume ); + +/** + * Get number of available audio tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the number of available audio tracks (int), or -1 if unavailable + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_track_count( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get the description of available audio tracks. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return list with description of available audio tracks, or NULL. + * It must be freed with libvlc_track_description_list_release() + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_track_description_t * + libvlc_audio_get_track_description( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Get current audio track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio track ID or -1 if no active input. + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio track. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_track the track ID (i_id field from track description) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_track( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int i_track ); + +/** + * Get current audio channel. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio channel \see libvlc_audio_output_channel_t + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_get_channel( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio channel. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param channel the audio channel, \see libvlc_audio_output_channel_t + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_channel( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int channel ); + +/** + * Get current audio delay. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the audio delay (microseconds) + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int64_t libvlc_audio_get_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi ); + +/** + * Set current audio delay. The audio delay will be reset to zero each time the media changes. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param i_delay the audio delay (microseconds) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 1.1.1 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_set_delay( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, int64_t i_delay ); + +/** + * Get the number of equalizer presets. + * + * \return number of presets + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preset_count( void ); + +/** + * Get the name of a particular equalizer preset. + * + * This name can be used, for example, to prepare a preset label or menu in a user + * interface. + * + * \param u_index index of the preset, counting from zero + * \return preset name, or NULL if there is no such preset + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API const char *libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preset_name( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Get the number of distinct frequency bands for an equalizer. + * + * \return number of frequency bands + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API unsigned libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_band_count( void ); + +/** + * Get a particular equalizer band frequency. + * + * This value can be used, for example, to create a label for an equalizer band control + * in a user interface. + * + * \param u_index index of the band, counting from zero + * \return equalizer band frequency (Hz), or -1 if there is no such band + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_band_frequency( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Create a new default equalizer, with all frequency values zeroed. + * + * The new equalizer can subsequently be applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The returned handle should be freed via libvlc_audio_equalizer_release() when + * it is no longer needed. + * + * \return opaque equalizer handle, or NULL on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_equalizer_t *libvlc_audio_equalizer_new( void ); + +/** + * Create a new equalizer, with initial frequency values copied from an existing + * preset. + * + * The new equalizer can subsequently be applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The returned handle should be freed via libvlc_audio_equalizer_release() when + * it is no longer needed. + * + * \param u_index index of the preset, counting from zero + * \return opaque equalizer handle, or NULL on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_equalizer_t *libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset( unsigned u_index ); + +/** + * Release a previously created equalizer instance. + * + * The equalizer was previously created by using libvlc_audio_equalizer_new() or + * libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset(). + * + * It is safe to invoke this method with a NULL p_equalizer parameter for no effect. + * + * \param p_equalizer opaque equalizer handle, or NULL + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_audio_equalizer_release( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Set a new pre-amplification value for an equalizer. + * + * The new equalizer settings are subsequently applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The supplied amplification value will be clamped to the -20.0 to +20.0 range. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param f_preamp preamp value (-20.0 to 20.0 Hz) + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_equalizer_set_preamp( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, float f_preamp ); + +/** + * Get the current pre-amplification value from an equalizer. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \return preamp value (Hz) + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_preamp( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Set a new amplification value for a particular equalizer frequency band. + * + * The new equalizer settings are subsequently applied to a media player by invoking + * libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer(). + * + * The supplied amplification value will be clamped to the -20.0 to +20.0 range. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param f_amp amplification value (-20.0 to 20.0 Hz) + * \param u_band index, counting from zero, of the frequency band to set + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_audio_equalizer_set_amp_at_index( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, float f_amp, unsigned u_band ); + +/** + * Get the amplification value for a particular equalizer frequency band. + * + * \param p_equalizer valid equalizer handle, must not be NULL + * \param u_band index, counting from zero, of the frequency band to get + * \return amplification value (Hz); NaN if there is no such frequency band + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_audio_equalizer_get_amp_at_index( libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer, unsigned u_band ); + +/** + * Apply new equalizer settings to a media player. + * + * The equalizer is first created by invoking libvlc_audio_equalizer_new() or + * libvlc_audio_equalizer_new_from_preset(). + * + * It is possible to apply new equalizer settings to a media player whether the media + * player is currently playing media or not. + * + * Invoking this method will immediately apply the new equalizer settings to the audio + * output of the currently playing media if there is any. + * + * If there is no currently playing media, the new equalizer settings will be applied + * later if and when new media is played. + * + * Equalizer settings will automatically be applied to subsequently played media. + * + * To disable the equalizer for a media player invoke this method passing NULL for the + * p_equalizer parameter. + * + * The media player does not keep a reference to the supplied equalizer so it is safe + * for an application to release the equalizer reference any time after this method + * returns. + * + * \param p_mi opaque media player handle + * \param p_equalizer opaque equalizer handle, or NULL to disable the equalizer for this media player + * \return zero on success, -1 on error + * \version LibVLC 2.2.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_equalizer( libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, libvlc_equalizer_t *p_equalizer ); + +/** + * Media player roles. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * See \ref libvlc_media_player_set_role() + */ +typedef enum libvlc_media_player_role { + libvlc_role_None = 0, /**< Don't use a media player role */ + libvlc_role_Music, /**< Music (or radio) playback */ + libvlc_role_Video, /**< Video playback */ + libvlc_role_Communication, /**< Speech, real-time communication */ + libvlc_role_Game, /**< Video game */ + libvlc_role_Notification, /**< User interaction feedback */ + libvlc_role_Animation, /**< Embedded animation (e.g. in web page) */ + libvlc_role_Production, /**< Audio editting/production */ + libvlc_role_Accessibility, /**< Accessibility */ + libvlc_role_Test /** Testing */ +#define libvlc_role_Last libvlc_role_Test +} libvlc_media_player_role_t; + +/** + * Gets the media role. + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \return the media player role (\ref libvlc_media_player_role_t) + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_get_role(libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi); + +/** + * Sets the media role. + * + * \param p_mi media player + * \param role the media player role (\ref libvlc_media_player_role_t) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_media_player_set_role(libvlc_media_player_t *p_mi, + unsigned role); + +/** @} audio */ + +/** @} media_player */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* VLC_LIBVLC_MEDIA_PLAYER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_renderer_discoverer.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_renderer_discoverer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e63a8c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_renderer_discoverer.h @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_renderer_discoverer.h: libvlc external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_LIBVLC_RENDERER_DISCOVERER_H +#define VLC_LIBVLC_RENDERER_DISCOVERER_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * @defgroup libvlc_renderer_discoverer LibVLC renderer discoverer + * @ingroup libvlc + * LibVLC renderer discoverer finds available renderers available on the local + * network + * @{ + * @file + * LibVLC renderer discoverer external API + */ + +typedef struct libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t; + +/** + * Renderer discoverer description + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_get() + */ +typedef struct libvlc_rd_description_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_longname; +} libvlc_rd_description_t; + +/** The renderer can render audio */ +#define LIBVLC_RENDERER_CAN_AUDIO 0x0001 +/** The renderer can render video */ +#define LIBVLC_RENDERER_CAN_VIDEO 0x0002 + +/** + * Renderer item + * + * This struct is passed by a @ref libvlc_event_t when a new renderer is added + * or deleted. + * + * An item is valid until the @ref libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemDeleted event + * is called with the same pointer. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_event_manager() + */ +typedef struct libvlc_renderer_item_t libvlc_renderer_item_t; + + +/** + * Hold a renderer item, i.e. creates a new reference + * + * This functions need to called from the libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemAdded + * callback if the libvlc user wants to use this item after. (for display or + * for passing it to the mediaplayer for example). + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return the current item + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_renderer_item_t * +libvlc_renderer_item_hold(libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Releases a renderer item, i.e. decrements its reference counter + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_renderer_item_release(libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the human readable name of a renderer item + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return the name of the item (can't be NULL, must *not* be freed) + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * +libvlc_renderer_item_name(const libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the type (not translated) of a renderer item. For now, the type can only + * be "chromecast" ("upnp", "airplay" may come later). + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return the type of the item (can't be NULL, must *not* be freed) + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * +libvlc_renderer_item_type(const libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the icon uri of a renderer item + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return the uri of the item's icon (can be NULL, must *not* be freed) + */ +LIBVLC_API const char * +libvlc_renderer_item_icon_uri(const libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the flags of a renderer item + * + * \see LIBVLC_RENDERER_CAN_AUDIO + * \see LIBVLC_RENDERER_CAN_VIDEO + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return bitwise flag: capabilities of the renderer, see + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_renderer_item_flags(const libvlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Create a renderer discoverer object by name + * + * After this object is created, you should attach to events in order to be + * notified of the discoverer events. + * + * You need to call libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start() in order to start the + * discovery. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_event_manager() + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param psz_name service name; use libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_get() to + * get a list of the discoverer names available in this libVLC instance + * \return media discover object or NULL in case of error + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t * +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_new( libvlc_instance_t *p_inst, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Release a renderer discoverer object + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \param p_rd renderer discoverer object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_release( libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t *p_rd ); + +/** + * Start renderer discovery + * + * To stop it, call libvlc_renderer_discoverer_stop() or + * libvlc_renderer_discoverer_release() directly. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_stop() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \param p_rd renderer discoverer object + * \return -1 in case of error, 0 otherwise + */ +LIBVLC_API int +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start( libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t *p_rd ); + +/** + * Stop renderer discovery. + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_start() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \param p_rd renderer discoverer object + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_stop( libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t *p_rd ); + +/** + * Get the event manager of the renderer discoverer + * + * The possible events to attach are @ref libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemAdded + * and @ref libvlc_RendererDiscovererItemDeleted. + * + * The @ref libvlc_renderer_item_t struct passed to event callbacks is owned by + * VLC, users should take care of holding/releasing this struct for their + * internal usage. + * + * \see libvlc_event_t.u.renderer_discoverer_item_added.item + * \see libvlc_event_t.u.renderer_discoverer_item_removed.item + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 or later + * + * \return a valid event manager (can't fail) + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_event_manager( libvlc_renderer_discoverer_t *p_rd ); + +/** + * Get media discoverer services + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_list_release() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param p_inst libvlc instance + * \param ppp_services address to store an allocated array of renderer + * discoverer services (must be freed with libvlc_renderer_list_release() by + * the caller) [OUT] + * + * \return the number of media discoverer services (0 on error) + */ +LIBVLC_API size_t +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_get( libvlc_instance_t *p_inst, + libvlc_rd_description_t ***ppp_services ); + +/** + * Release an array of media discoverer services + * + * \see libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_get() + * + * \version LibVLC 3.0.0 and later + * + * \param pp_services array to release + * \param i_count number of elements in the array + */ +LIBVLC_API void +libvlc_renderer_discoverer_list_release( libvlc_rd_description_t **pp_services, + size_t i_count ); + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_version.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1f4365 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_version.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_version.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines version macros for LibVLC. + * Those macros are primilarly intended for conditional (pre)compilation. + * To get the run-time LibVLC version, use libvlc_get_version() instead + * (the run-time version may be more recent than build-time one, thanks to + * backward binary compatibility). + * + * \version This header file is available in LibVLC 1.1.4 and higher. + */ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_VERSION_H +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_H 1 + +/** LibVLC major version number */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_MAJOR (3) + +/** LibVLC minor version number */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_MINOR (0) + +/** LibVLC revision */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_REVISION (6) + +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_EXTRA (0) + +/** Makes a single integer from a LibVLC version numbers */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION(maj,min,rev,extra) \ + ((maj << 24) | (min << 16) | (rev << 8) | (extra)) + +/** LibVLC full version as a single integer (for comparison) */ +# define LIBVLC_VERSION_INT \ + LIBVLC_VERSION(LIBVLC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBVLC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBVLC_VERSION_REVISION, LIBVLC_VERSION_EXTRA) + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_vlm.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_vlm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed6f0b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/libvlc_vlm.h @@ -0,0 +1,342 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_vlm.h: libvlc_* new external API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: cfa2d956463056b287cdb0a4faeb46442040a010 $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Jean-Paul Saman + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_VLM_H +#define LIBVLC_VLM_H 1 + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** \defgroup libvlc_vlm LibVLC VLM + * \ingroup libvlc + * @{ + * \file + * LibVLC stream output manager external API + */ + +/** + * Release the vlm instance related to the given libvlc_instance_t + * + * \param p_instance the instance + */ +LIBVLC_API void libvlc_vlm_release( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** + * Add a broadcast, with one input. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new broadcast + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new broadcast + * \param b_loop Should this broadcast be played in loop ? + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_broadcast( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + const char *psz_output, int i_options, + const char * const* ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, int b_loop ); + +/** + * Add a vod, with one input. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new vod media + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new vod + * \param psz_mux the muxer of the vod media + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_vod( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + int i_options, const char * const* ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, const char *psz_mux ); + +/** + * Delete a media (VOD or broadcast). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to delete + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_del_media( libvlc_instance_t * p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Enable or disable a media (VOD or broadcast). + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param b_enabled the new status + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_enabled( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int b_enabled ); + +/** + * Set the output for a media. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_output( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_output ); + +/** + * Set a media's input MRL. This will delete all existing inputs and + * add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_input( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_input ); + +/** + * Add a media's input MRL. This will add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_add_input( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_input ); + +/** + * Set a media's loop status. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param b_loop the new status + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_loop( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int b_loop ); + +/** + * Set a media's vod muxer. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the media to work on + * \param psz_mux the new muxer + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_set_mux( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_mux ); + +/** + * Edit the parameters of a media. This will delete all existing inputs and + * add the specified one. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the new broadcast + * \param psz_input the input MRL + * \param psz_output the output MRL (the parameter to the "sout" variable) + * \param i_options number of additional options + * \param ppsz_options additional options + * \param b_enabled boolean for enabling the new broadcast + * \param b_loop Should this broadcast be played in loop ? + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_change_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, const char *psz_input, + const char *psz_output, int i_options, + const char * const *ppsz_options, + int b_enabled, int b_loop ); + +/** + * Play the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_play_media ( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Stop the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_stop_media ( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Pause the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_pause_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Seek in the named broadcast. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the broadcast + * \param f_percentage the percentage to seek to + * \return 0 on success, -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_seek_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + float f_percentage ); + +/** + * Return information about the named media as a JSON + * string representation. + * + * This function is mainly intended for debugging use, + * if you want programmatic access to the state of + * a vlm_media_instance_t, please use the corresponding + * libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_xxx -functions. + * Currently there are no such functions available for + * vlm_media_t though. + * + * \param p_instance the instance + * \param psz_name the name of the media, + * if the name is an empty string, all media is described + * \return string with information about named media, or NULL on error + */ +LIBVLC_API const char* libvlc_vlm_show_media( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance position by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return position as float or -1. on error + */ +LIBVLC_API float libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_position( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance time by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return time as integer or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_time( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance length by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return length of media item or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_length( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance playback rate by name or instance id + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return playback rate or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_rate( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, + int i_instance ); +#if 0 +/** + * Get vlm_media instance title number by name or instance id + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return title as number or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_title( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int i_instance ); + +/** + * Get vlm_media instance chapter number by name or instance id + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return chapter as number or -1 on error + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_chapter( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int i_instance ); + +/** + * Is libvlc instance seekable ? + * \bug will always return 0 + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \param psz_name name of vlm media instance + * \param i_instance instance id + * \return 1 if seekable, 0 if not, -1 if media does not exist + */ +LIBVLC_API int libvlc_vlm_get_media_instance_seekable( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance, + const char *psz_name, int i_instance ); +#endif +/** + * Get libvlc_event_manager from a vlm media. + * The p_event_manager is immutable, so you don't have to hold the lock + * + * \param p_instance a libvlc instance + * \return libvlc_event_manager + */ +LIBVLC_API libvlc_event_manager_t * + libvlc_vlm_get_event_manager( libvlc_instance_t *p_instance ); + +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_about.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_about.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a878a41 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_about.h @@ -0,0 +1,1525 @@ +/* Automatically generated file - DO NOT EDIT */ +static const char psz_license[] = +" GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" +" Version 2, June 1991\n" +"\n" +" Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" +" 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" +" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies\n" +" of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.\n" +"\n" +" Preamble\n" +"\n" +" The licenses for most software are designed to take away your\n" +"freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public\n" +"License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free\n" +"software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This\n" +"General Public License applies to most of the Free Software\n" +"Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to\n" +"using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by\n" +"the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to\n" +"your programs, too.\n" +"\n" +" When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not\n" +"price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you\n" +"have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for\n" +"this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it\n" +"if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it\n" +"in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.\n" +"\n" +" To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid\n" +"anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.\n" +"These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you\n" +"distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.\n" +"\n" +" For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether\n" +"gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that\n" +"you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the\n" +"source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their\n" +"rights.\n" +"\n" +" We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and\n" +"(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,\n" +"distribute and/or modify the software.\n" +"\n" +" Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain\n" +"that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free\n" +"software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we\n" +"want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so\n" +"that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original\n" +"authors' reputations.\n" +"\n" +" Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software\n" +"patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free\n" +"program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the\n" +"program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any\n" +"patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.\n" +"\n" +" The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and\n" +"modification follow.\n" +"\n" +" GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE\n" +" TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION\n" +"\n" +" 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains\n" +"a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed\n" +"under the terms of this General Public License. The \"Program\", below,\n" +"refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based on the Program\"\n" +"means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:\n" +"that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,\n" +"either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another\n" +"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in\n" +"the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\".\n" +"\n" +"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not\n" +"covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of\n" +"running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program\n" +"is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the\n" +"Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).\n" +"Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.\n" +"\n" +" 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's\n" +"source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you\n" +"conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate\n" +"copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the\n" +"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;\n" +"and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License\n" +"along with the Program.\n" +"\n" +"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and\n" +"you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.\n" +"\n" +" 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion\n" +"of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and\n" +"distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1\n" +"above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:\n" +"\n" +" a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices\n" +" stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.\n" +"\n" +" b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in\n" +" whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any\n" +" part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third\n" +" parties under the terms of this License.\n" +"\n" +" c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively\n" +" when run, you must cause it, when started running for such\n" +" interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an\n" +" announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a\n" +" notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide\n" +" a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under\n" +" these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this\n" +" License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but\n" +" does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on\n" +" the Program is not required to print an announcement.)\n" +"\n" +"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If\n" +"identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,\n" +"and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in\n" +"themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those\n" +"sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you\n" +"distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based\n" +"on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of\n" +"this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the\n" +"entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.\n" +"\n" +"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest\n" +"your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to\n" +"exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or\n" +"collective works based on the Program.\n" +"\n" +"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program\n" +"with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of\n" +"a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under\n" +"the scope of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,\n" +"under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of\n" +"Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:\n" +"\n" +" a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable\n" +" source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections\n" +" 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" +"\n" +" b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three\n" +" years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your\n" +" cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete\n" +" machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be\n" +" distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium\n" +" customarily used for software interchange; or,\n" +"\n" +" c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer\n" +" to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is\n" +" allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you\n" +" received the program in object code or executable form with such\n" +" an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)\n" +"\n" +"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for\n" +"making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source\n" +"code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any\n" +"associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to\n" +"control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a\n" +"special exception, the source code distributed need not include\n" +"anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary\n" +"form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the\n" +"operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component\n" +"itself accompanies the executable.\n" +"\n" +"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering\n" +"access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent\n" +"access to copy the source code from the same place counts as\n" +"distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not\n" +"compelled to copy the source along with the object code.\n" +"\n" +" 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program\n" +"except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt\n" +"otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is\n" +"void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.\n" +"However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under\n" +"this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such\n" +"parties remain in full compliance.\n" +"\n" +" 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not\n" +"signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or\n" +"distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are\n" +"prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by\n" +"modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the\n" +"Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and\n" +"all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying\n" +"the Program or works based on it.\n" +"\n" +" 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the\n" +"Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the\n" +"original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to\n" +"these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further\n" +"restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.\n" +"You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to\n" +"this License.\n" +"\n" +" 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent\n" +"infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),\n" +"conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or\n" +"otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not\n" +"excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot\n" +"distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this\n" +"License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you\n" +"may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent\n" +"license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by\n" +"all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then\n" +"the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to\n" +"refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.\n" +"\n" +"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under\n" +"any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to\n" +"apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other\n" +"circumstances.\n" +"\n" +"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any\n" +"patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any\n" +"such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the\n" +"integrity of the free software distribution system, which is\n" +"implemented by public license practices. Many people have made\n" +"generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed\n" +"through that system in reliance on consistent application of that\n" +"system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing\n" +"to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot\n" +"impose that choice.\n" +"\n" +"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to\n" +"be a consequence of the rest of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in\n" +"certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the\n" +"original copyright holder who places the Program under this License\n" +"may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding\n" +"those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among\n" +"countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates\n" +"the limitation as if written in the body of this License.\n" +"\n" +" 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions\n" +"of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will\n" +"be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to\n" +"address new problems or concerns.\n" +"\n" +"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program\n" +"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any\n" +"later version\", you have the option of following the terms and conditions\n" +"either of that version or of any later version published by the Free\n" +"Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of\n" +"this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software\n" +"Foundation.\n" +"\n" +" 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free\n" +"programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author\n" +"to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free\n" +"Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes\n" +"make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals\n" +"of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and\n" +"of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.\n" +"\n" +" NO WARRANTY\n" +"\n" +" 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY\n" +"FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN\n" +"OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES\n" +"PROVIDE THE PROGRAM \"AS IS\" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED\n" +"OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF\n" +"MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS\n" +"TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE\n" +"PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,\n" +"REPAIR OR CORRECTION.\n" +"\n" +" 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING\n" +"WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR\n" +"REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,\n" +"INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING\n" +"OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED\n" +"TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY\n" +"YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER\n" +"PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE\n" +"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.\n" +"\n" +" END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS\n" +"\n" +" How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs\n" +"\n" +" If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest\n" +"possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it\n" +"free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.\n" +"\n" +" To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest\n" +"to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively\n" +"convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least\n" +"the \"copyright\" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.\n" +"\n" +" \n" +" Copyright (C) \n" +"\n" +" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" +" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" +" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" +" (at your option) any later version.\n" +"\n" +" This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" +" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" +" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" +" GNU General Public License for more details.\n" +"\n" +" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along\n" +" with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" +" 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.\n" +"\n" +"Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.\n" +"\n" +"If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this\n" +"when it starts in an interactive mode:\n" +"\n" +" Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author\n" +" Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.\n" +" This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it\n" +" under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.\n" +"\n" +"The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate\n" +"parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may\n" +"be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be\n" +"mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.\n" +"\n" +"You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your\n" +"school, if any, to sign a \"copyright disclaimer\" for the program, if\n" +"necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:\n" +"\n" +" Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program\n" +" `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.\n" +"\n" +" , 1 April 1989\n" +" Ty Coon, President of Vice\n" +"\n" +"This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into\n" +"proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may\n" +"consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the\n" +"library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General\n" +"Public License instead of this License.\n" +; +static const char psz_thanks[] = +"Some VLC plugins use external libraries and make extensive use of the\n" +"following persons' or companies' code:\n" +"\n" +"FAAD2 - Copyright (c) Nero AG, www.nero.com\" - GPLv2 or later\n" +"FFmpeg - Copyright (c) 2000-2017 the FFmpeg developers - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"FluidLite - Copyright (c) 2016 Robin Lobel - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"FluidSynth - Copyright (c) 2003-2010 Peter Hanappe, Conrad Berhörster, Antoine\n" +" Schmitt, Pedro López-Cabanillas, Josh Green, David Henningsson - LGPLv2.1 or\n" +" later\n" +"Fontconfig - Copyright (c) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2006,2007 Keith Packard,\n" +" (c) 2005 Patrick Lam, (c) 2009 Roozbeh Pournader, (c) 2008,2009 Red Hat,\n" +" Inc., (c) 2008 Danilo Šegan, (c) 2012 Google, Inc. - MIT License\n" +"freetype - David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg - FreeType License\n" +"GSM - Copyright (c) 1992 - 1994, 2009 Jutta Degener & Carsten Bormann - GSM\n" +" permissive license\n" +"GNU FriBidi - Copyright (c) 2004-2012 Behdad Esfahbod, Dov Grobgeld, Roozbeh\n" +" Pournader - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"GnuTLS - Copyright (C) 2000-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - LGPLv2.1 or\n" +" later\n" +"harfbuzz - Copyright (c) 2010, 2011, 2012 Google, Inc., (c) 2012 Mozilla\n" +" Foundation, (c) 2011 Codethink Limited, (c) 2008, 2010 Nokia Corporation\n" +" and/or its subsidiary(-ies), (c) 2009 Keith Stribley, (c) 2009 Martin Hosken\n" +" and SIL International, (c) 2007 Chris Wilson, (c) 2006 Behdad Esfahbod,\n" +" (c) 2005 David Turner, (c) 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Red Hat, Inc.,\n" +" (c) 1998-2004 David Turner and Werner Lemberg - Old MIT License\n" +"liba52 - Aaron Holtzman & Michel Lespinasse, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libav - Copyright (c) 2000 - 2015 the libav developers - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libass - Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Grigori Goronzy et al. - ISC License\n" +"libbluray - Copyright (c) 2009-2015 VideoLAN and authors - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libcaca - Copyright (c) 2004 Sam Hocevar - WTFPL / LGPLv2.1 or later /\n" +" GPLv2 or later / ISC\n" +"libdca - Copyright (c) 2004-2007 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvbpsi - Copyright (c) 2001-2017 VideoLAN and authors - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libdvdcss - Copyright (c) 2001-2017 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvdread - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libdvdnav - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libebml - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Steve Lhomme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libFLAC - Copyright (c) 2001 - 2014 Josh Coalson et al. - Xiph.org BSD license\n" +"libgme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libgpg-error - Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2013 g10 Code GmbH\n" +" - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libkate - Copyright (c) 2008-2011 Vincent Penquerc'h - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"liblive555 - Copyright (c) 1996-2015 Live Networks, Inc. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libmad - Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Robert Leslie, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libmatroska - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Steve Lhomme - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libmpeg2 - Aaron Holtzman & Michel Lespinasse, et al. - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libmodplug - Oliver Lapicque, Konstanty - Public domain\n" +"libogg, libvorbis - Copyright (c) 2002-2015 Xiph.org Foundation - Xiph.org BSD\n" +" license\n" +"libpostproc - Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Michael Niedermayer, et al. - GPLv2 or\n" +" later\n" +"libpng - Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2014 Glenn Randers-Perhson, et al. - libpng\n" +" license\n" +"libsamplerate - Copyright (c) 2002-2011 Erik de Castro Lopo - GPLv2 or later\n" +"libschroedinger - Copyright (c) 2006 BBC and Fluendo - MIT License\n" +"libsdl - Copyright (c) 1997-2014 Sam Lantinga et al. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libshout - Copyright (c) 2012 - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libtheora - Copyright (c) Xiph.org Foundation - Xiph.org BSD license\n" +"libtiff - Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler, (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics,\n" +" Inc. - BSD-like\n" +"libtwolame - Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Michael Cheng, (c) 2004-2006 The TwoLAME\n" +" Project - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"libupnp - Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Intel Corporation - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"libvpx - Copyright (c) 2010-2015, Google Inc. - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"libxml2 - Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Daniel Veillard - MIT License\n" +"lua - Copyright (c) 1994-2008 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. - MIT License\n" +"Musepack decoder library - Copyright (c) 2005-2011, The Musepack Development\n" +" Team - 3-clause BSD License\n" +"OpenJPEG - Copyright (c) 2002-2014, Communcations and Remote Sensing\n" +" Laboratory, UCL, Belgium - ISC License\n" +"Opus - Copyright 2001-2013 Xiph.Org, Skype Limited, Octasic, Jean-Marc Valin,\n" +" Timothy B. Terriberry, CSIRO, Gregory Maxwell, Mark Borgerding,\n" +" Erik de Castro Lopo - Xiph.org BSD License\n" +"Sparkle — Andy Matuschak et al. - MIT License\n" +"Speex, Speexdsp - Copyright (c) 1992-2015 Xiph.org Foundation, Jean-Marc Valin,\n" +" Analog Devices Inc. Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research\n" +" Organisation, David Row, Jutta Degener, Carsten Bormann - 3-clause BSD\n" +" License\n" +"taglib - Copyright (c) 2004-2016 Scott Wheeler, et al. - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"x264 - Copyright (c) 2004-2017 VideoLAN and authors - GPLv2 or later\n" +"x265 - Copyright (c) 2004-2015 x265 project - GPLv2 or later\n" +"Zapping VBI library - Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Michael H. Schimek, Iñaki García\n" +" Etxebarria - LGPLv2.1 or later\n" +"zlib - Copyright (c) 1995-2017 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler - zlib license\n" +"\n" +"The VideoLAN team would like to thank the following donators:\n" +"\n" +"Julian Cain, who made a $1000 donation\n" +"The French website MacBidouille gave €500 to help us buy a PowerMac G5\n" +"The French magazine à vos MAC gave €500 to help us buy a PowerMac G5\n" +"Laurent Dupuy, who made a €540 donation\n" +"The French company Cybervia (Actech) gave €2000 to pay for webserver hosting\n" +"Dennis Perov - Hardware donation\n" +"\n" +"...the following active members of our user community:\n" +"\n" +"Alan Wright\n" +"David J LaBarre \"DJ\"\n" +"Eric Adler\n" +"Julien Bouquillon\n" +"\n" +"...and code auditors and testers:\n" +"\n" +"David Thiel\n" +"Philippe A. aka \"Lotesdelère\"\n" +"Sebastien Chaumat\n" +; +static const char psz_authors[] = +"VideoLAN and the VLC team would like to acknowledge the following contributors:\n" +"\n" +"Programming\n" +"-----------\n" +"Rémi Denis-Courmont\n" +"Jean-Baptiste Kempf\n" +"Laurent Aimar\n" +"François Cartegnie\n" +"Gildas Bazin\n" +"Felix Paul Kühne\n" +"Rafaël Carré\n" +"Pierre d'Herbemont\n" +"Thomas Guillem\n" +"Rémi Duraffort\n" +"Derk-Jan Hartman\n" +"Antoine Cellerier\n" +"Samuel Hocevar\n" +"Jean-Paul Saman\n" +"Steve Lhomme\n" +"Christophe Mutricy\n" +"Clément Stenac\n" +"Christophe Massiot\n" +"Ilkka Ollakka\n" +"Pierre Ynard\n" +"Filip Roséen\n" +"Damien Fouilleul\n" +"Sigmund Augdal Helberg\n" +"Erwan Tulou\n" +"David Fuhrmann\n" +"Marvin Scholz\n" +"Olivier Teulière\n" +"Cyril Deguet\n" +"Eric Petit\n" +"Filippo Carone\n" +"Rocky Bernstein\n" +"Hugo Beauzée-Luyssen\n" +"Olivier Aubert\n" +"Pavlov Konstantin\n" +"Jakob Leben\n" +"Benjamin Pracht\n" +"Jean-Philippe André\n" +"Stéphane Borel\n" +"JP Dinger\n" +"Geoffroy Couprie\n" +"Martin Storsjö\n" +"Marian Ďurkovič\n" +"Ludovic Fauvet\n" +"Petri Hintukainen\n" +"Yoann Peronneau\n" +"Denis Charmet\n" +"Sébastien Escudier\n" +"Jon Lech Johansen\n" +"KO Myung-Hun\n" +"Edward Wang\n" +"Dennis van Amerongen\n" +"Faustino Osuna\n" +"Mirsal Ennaime\n" +"Sean McGovern\n" +"Jérôme Decoodt\n" +"Loïc Minier\n" +"David Flynn\n" +"Frédéric Yhuel\n" +"Kaarlo Raiha\n" +"Mark Moriarty\n" +"Christopher Mueller\n" +"Fabio Ritrovato\n" +"Tony Castley\n" +"Srikanth Raju\n" +"Michel Kaempf\n" +"Jean-Marc Dressler\n" +"Johan Bilien\n" +"Vincent Seguin\n" +"Simon Latapie\n" +"Bernie Purcell\n" +"Henri Fallon\n" +"Sebastien Zwickert\n" +"Christoph Miebach\n" +"Adrien Maglo\n" +"Emmanuel Puig\n" +"Renaud Dartus\n" +"Alexis de Lattre\n" +"Vincent Penquerc'h\n" +"Arnaud de Bossoreille de Ribou\n" +"Mohammed Adnène Trojette\n" +"Salah-Eddin Shaban\n" +"Vittorio Giovara\n" +"Boris Dorès\n" +"Jai Menon\n" +"Anil Daoud\n" +"Daniel Mierswa\n" +"Naohiro Koriyama\n" +"Rob Jonson\n" +"Pierre Baillet\n" +"Dominique Leuenberger\n" +"Andre Pang\n" +"Zoran Turalija\n" +"Akash Mehrotra\n" +"André Weber\n" +"Anthony Loiseau\n" +"Lukas Durfina\n" +"Xavier Marchesini\n" +"Cyril Mathé\n" +"Devin Heitmueller\n" +"Juho Vähä-Herttua\n" +"Ken Self\n" +"Alexis Ballier\n" +"Juha Jeronen\n" +"Nicolas Chauvet\n" +"Richard Hosking\n" +"Éric Lassauge\n" +"Marc Ariberti\n" +"Sébastien Toque\n" +"Tobias Güntner\n" +"Benoit Steiner\n" +"Michel Lespinasse\n" +"Carlo Calabrò\n" +"Cheng Sun\n" +"Michał Trzebiatowski\n" +"Brad Smith\n" +"Brendon Justin\n" +"Alexey Sokolov\n" +"Basos G\n" +"Philippe Morin\n" +"Steinar H. Gunderson\n" +"Vicente Jimenez Aguilar\n" +"Yuval Tze\n" +"Yves Duret\n" +"Benjamin Drung\n" +"Michael Hanselmann\n" +"Alex Merry\n" +"Damien Lucas\n" +"Grigori Goronzy\n" +"Richard Shepherd\n" +"Gaël Hendryckx\n" +"Michael Feurstein\n" +"Stephan Assmus\n" +"Adrien Grand\n" +"Colin Guthrie\n" +"David Menestrina\n" +"Dominique Martinet\n" +"Gleb Pinigin\n" +"Jason Luka\n" +"Luc Saillard\n" +"Luca Barbato\n" +"Mario Speiß\n" +"Pankaj Yadav\n" +"Ramiro Polla\n" +"Ronald Wright\n" +"Rui Zhang\n" +"Can Wu\n" +"Christophe Courtaut\n" +"FUJISAWA Tooru\n" +"Hannes Domani\n" +"Manol Manolov\n" +"Timothy B. Terriberry\n" +"Antoine Lejeune\n" +"Arnaud Schauly\n" +"Branko Kokanovic\n" +"Dylan Yudaken\n" +"Florian G. Pflug\n" +"François Revol\n" +"G Finch\n" +"Keary Griffin\n" +"Konstanty Bialkowski\n" +"Ming Hu\n" +"Philippe Coent\n" +"Przemyslaw Fiala\n" +"Tanguy Krotoff\n" +"Vianney BOYER\n" +"Casian Andrei\n" +"Chris Smowton\n" +"David Kaplan\n" +"Eugenio Jarosiewicz\n" +"Fabian Keil\n" +"Guillaume Poussel\n" +"John Peterson\n" +"Justus Piater\n" +"Mark Lee\n" +"Martin T. H. Sandsmark\n" +"Rune Botten\n" +"Søren Bøg\n" +"Toralf Niebuhr\n" +"Tristan Matthews\n" +"Angelo Haller\n" +"Aurélien Nephtali\n" +"Austin Burrow\n" +"Bill C. Riemers\n" +"Colin Delacroix\n" +"Cristian Maglie\n" +"Elminster2031\n" +"Jakub Wieczorek\n" +"John Freed\n" +"Mark Hassman\n" +"Martin Briza\n" +"Mike Houben\n" +"Romain Goyet\n" +"Adrian Yanes\n" +"Alexander Lakhin\n" +"Anatoliy Anischovich\n" +"Barry Wardell\n" +"Ben Hutchings\n" +"Besnard Jean-Baptiste\n" +"Brian Weaver\n" +"Clement Chesnin\n" +"David Geldreich\n" +"Diego Elio Pettenò\n" +"Diego Fernando Nieto\n" +"Georgi Chorbadzhiyski\n" +"Jon Stacey\n" +"Jonathan Rosser\n" +"Joris van Rooij\n" +"Kaloyan Kovachev\n" +"Katsushi Kobayashi\n" +"Kelly Anderson\n" +"Loren Merritt\n" +"Maciej Blizinski\n" +"Mark Bidewell\n" +"Miguel Angel Cabrera Moya\n" +"Niles Bindel\n" +"Samuel Pitoiset\n" +"Scott Caudle\n" +"Sean Robinson\n" +"Sergey Radionov\n" +"Simon Hailes\n" +"Stephen Parry\n" +"Sukrit Sangwan\n" +"Thierry Reding\n" +"Xavier Martin\n" +"Alex Converse\n" +"Alexander Bethke\n" +"Alexandre Ratchov\n" +"Andres Krapf\n" +"Andrey Utkin\n" +"Andri Pálsson\n" +"Andy Chenee\n" +"Anuradha Suraparaju\n" +"Benjamin Poulain\n" +"Brieuc Jeunhomme\n" +"Chris Clayton\n" +"Clément Lecigne\n" +"Cédric Cocquebert\n" +"Daniel Peng\n" +"Danny Wood\n" +"David K\n" +"Edouard Gomez\n" +"Emmanuel de Roux\n" +"Frode Tennebø\n" +"GBX\n" +"Gaurav Narula\n" +"Geraud CONTINSOUZAS\n" +"Hugues Fruchet\n" +"Jan Winter\n" +"Jean-François Massol\n" +"Jean-Philippe Grimaldi\n" +"Josh Watzman\n" +"Kai Lauterbach\n" +"Konstantin Bogdanov\n" +"Kuan-Chung Chiu\n" +"Kuang Rufan\n" +"Matthias Dahl\n" +"Michael McEll\n" +"Michael Ploujnikov\n" +"Mike Schrag\n" +"Nickolai Zeldovich\n" +"Nicolas Bertrand\n" +"Niklas Hayer\n" +"Olafs Vandāns\n" +"Olivier Gambier\n" +"Paul Corke\n" +"Ron Frederick\n" +"Rov Juvano\n" +"Sabourin Gilles\n" +"Sam Lade\n" +"Sandeep Kumar\n" +"Sasha Koruga\n" +"Sreng Jean\n" +"Sven Petai\n" +"Tomas Krotil\n" +"Tomer Barletz\n" +"Tristan Leteurtre\n" +"Wang Bo\n" +"maxime Ripard\n" +"xxcv\n" +"Adam Hoka\n" +"Adrian Knoth\n" +"Adrien Cunin\n" +"Alan Fischer\n" +"Alan McCosh\n" +"Alex Helfet\n" +"Alexander Terentyev\n" +"Alexandre Ferreira\n" +"Alina Friedrichsen\n" +"An L. Ber\n" +"Andreas Schlick\n" +"Andrew Schubert\n" +"Andrey Makhnutin\n" +"Arnaud Vallat\n" +"Asad Mehmood\n" +"Ashok Bhat\n" +"Austin English\n" +"Baptiste Coudurier\n" +"Benoit Calvez\n" +"Björn Stenberg\n" +"Blake Livingston\n" +"Brandon Brooks\n" +"Brian Johnson\n" +"Brian Kurle\n" +"Cezar Elnazli\n" +"Chris White\n" +"Christian Masus\n" +"Christoph Pfister\n" +"Christoph Seibert\n" +"Christopher Key\n" +"Christopher Rath\n" +"Claudio Ortelli\n" +"Cody Russell\n" +"Cristian Morales Vega\n" +"Dan Rosenberg\n" +"Daniel Marth\n" +"Daniel Tisza\n" +"Detlef Schroeder\n" +"Diego Biurrun\n" +"Dominik 'Rathann' Mierzejewski\n" +"Duncan Salerno\n" +"Edward Sheldrake\n" +"Elliot Murphy\n" +"Eren Inan Canpolat\n" +"Ernest E. Teem III\n" +"Etienne Membrives\n" +"Fargier Sylvain\n" +"Fathi Boudra\n" +"Felix Geyer\n" +"Filipe Azevedo\n" +"Finn Hughes\n" +"Florian Hubold\n" +"Florian Roeske\n" +"Frank Enderle\n" +"Frédéric Crozat\n" +"Georg Seifert\n" +"Gertjan Van Droogenbroeck\n" +"Gilles Chanteperdrix\n" +"Greg Farrell\n" +"Gregory Maxwell\n" +"Gwenole Beauchesne\n" +"Götz Waschk\n" +"Hans-Kristian Arntzen\n" +"Harry Sintonen\n" +"Iain Wade\n" +"Ibraheem Paredath\n" +"Isamu Arimoto\n" +"Ismael Luceno\n" +"James Bates\n" +"James Bond\n" +"James Turner\n" +"Janne Grunau\n" +"Janne Kujanpää\n" +"Jarmo Torvinen\n" +"Jason Scheunemann\n" +"Jeff Lu\n" +"Jeroen Ost\n" +"Joe Taber\n" +"Johann Ransay\n" +"Johannes Weißl\n" +"John Hendrikx\n" +"John Stebbins\n" +"Jonas Gehring\n" +"Joseph S. Atkinson\n" +"Juergen Lock\n" +"Julien 'Lta' BALLET\n" +"Julien / Gellule\n" +"Julien Humbert\n" +"Kamil Baldyga\n" +"Kamil Klimek\n" +"Karlheinz Wohlmuth\n" +"Kevin Anthony\n" +"Kevin DuBois\n" +"Lari Natri\n" +"Lorenzo Pistone\n" +"Lucas C. Villa Real\n" +"Lukáš Lalinský\n" +"Mal Graty\n" +"Malte Tancred\n" +"Martin Pöhlmann\n" +"Martin Zeman\n" +"Marton Balint\n" +"Mathew King\n" +"Mathieu Sonet\n" +"Matthew A. Townsend\n" +"Matthias Bauer\n" +"Mika Tiainen\n" +"Mike Cardillo\n" +"Mounir Lamouri (volkmar)\n" +"Natanael Copa\n" +"Nathan Phillip Brink\n" +"Nick Briggs\n" +"Nick Pope\n" +"Nil Geiswiller\n" +"Pascal Thomet\n" +"Pere Orga\n" +"Peter Bak Nielsen\n" +"Phil Roffe and David Grellscheid\n" +"Philip Sequeira\n" +"Pierre Souchay\n" +"Piotr Fusik\n" +"Pádraig Brady\n" +"R.M\n" +"Ralph Giles\n" +"Ramon Gabarró\n" +"Robert Forsman\n" +"Robert Jedrzejczyk\n" +"Robert Paciorek\n" +"Rolf Ahrenberg\n" +"Roman Pen\n" +"Ruud Althuizen\n" +"Samuli Suominen\n" +"Scott Lyons\n" +"Sebastian Birk\n" +"Sergey Puzanov\n" +"Sergio Ammirata\n" +"Sharad Dixit\n" +"Song Ye Wen\n" +"Stephan Krempel\n" +"Steven Kramer\n" +"Steven Sheehy\n" +"Sveinung Kvilhaugsvik\n" +"Sylvain Cadhillac\n" +"Sylver Bruneau\n" +"Takahito HIRANO\n" +"Theron Lewis\n" +"Thijs Alkemade\n" +"Tillmann Karras\n" +"Timo Paulssen\n" +"Timo Rothenpieler\n" +"Tobias Rapp\n" +"Tomasen\n" +"Tony Vankrunkelsven\n" +"Tristan Heaven\n" +"Varphone Wong\n" +"Vasily Fomin\n" +"Vikram Narayanan\n" +"Yannick Bréhon\n" +"Yavor Doganov\n" +"Yohann Martineau\n" +"dharani.prabhu.s\n" +"suheaven\n" +"wucan\n" +"김정은\n" +"Adam Sampson\n" +"Alexander Gall\n" +"Alex Antropoff\n" +"Alexis Guillard\n" +"Alex Izvorski\n" +"Amir Gouini\n" +"Andrea Guzzo\n" +"Andrew Flintham\n" +"Andrew Zaikin\n" +"Andy Lindsay\n" +"Arai/Fujisawa Tooru\n" +"Arkadiusz Miskiewicz\n" +"Arnaud Gomes-do-Vale\n" +"Arwed v. Merkatz\n" +"Barak Ori\n" +"Basil Achermann\n" +"Benjamin Mironer\n" +"Bill\n" +"Bob Maguire\n" +"Brian C. Wiles\n" +"Brian Raymond\n" +"Brian Robb\n" +"Carsten Gottbehüt\n" +"Carsten Haitzler\n" +"Charles Hordis\n" +"Chris Clepper\n" +"Christian Henz\n" +"Christof Baumgaertner\n" +"Christophe Burgalat\n" +"Christopher Johnson\n" +"Cian Duffy\n" +"Colin Simmonds\n" +"Damian Ivereigh\n" +"Daniel Fischer\n" +"Daniel Stränger\n" +"Danko Dolch\n" +"Dennis Lou\n" +"Dermot McGahon\n" +"Douglas West\n" +"Dugal Harris\n" +"Emmanuel Blindauer\n" +"Enrico Gueli\n" +"Enrique Osuna\n" +"Eren Türkay\n" +"Eric Dudiak\n" +"Espen Skoglund\n" +"Ethan C. Baldridge\n" +"François Seingier\n" +"Frans van Veen\n" +"Frédéric Ruget\n" +"Gerald Hansink\n" +"Gisle Vanem\n" +"Glen Gray\n" +"Goetz Waschk\n" +"Gregory Hazel\n" +"Gustaf Neumann\n" +"Hang Su\n" +"Hans Lambermont\n" +"Hans-Peter Jansen\n" +"Harris Dugal\n" +"Heiko Panther\n" +"Igor Helman\n" +"Isaac Osunkunle\n" +"Jan David Mol\n" +"Jan Gerber\n" +"Jan Van Boghout\n" +"Jasper Alias\n" +"Jean-Alexis Montignies\n" +"Jean-Baptiste Le Stang\n" +"Jeffrey Baker\n" +"Jeroen Massar\n" +"Jérôme Guilbaud\n" +"Johannes Buchner\n" +"Johen Michael Zorko\n" +"Johnathan Rosser\n" +"John Dalgliesh\n" +"John Paul Lorenti\n" +"Jörg\n" +"Joseph Tulou\n" +"Julien Blache\n" +"Julien Plissonneau Duquène\n" +"Julien Robert\n" +"Kenneth Ostby\n" +"Kenneth Self\n" +"Kevin H. Patterson\n" +"Koehler, Vitally\n" +"K. Staring\n" +"Lahiru Lakmal Priyadarshana\n" +"Laurent Mutricy\n" +"Leo Spalteholz\n" +"Loox Thefuture\n" +"Marc Nolette\n" +"Marco Munderloh\n" +"Mark Gritter\n" +"Markus Kern\n" +"Markus Kuespert\n" +"Martin Hamrle\n" +"Martin Kahr\n" +"Mateus Krepsky Ludwich\n" +"Mathias Kretschmer\n" +"Mats Rojestal\n" +"Matthias P. Nowak\n" +"Matthieu Lochegnies\n" +"Michael Mondragon\n" +"Michael S. Feurstein\n" +"Michel Lanners\n" +"Mickael Hoerdt\n" +"Miguel Angel Cabrera\n" +"Mikko Hirvonen\n" +"Moritz Bunkus\n" +"Nilmoni Deb\n" +"Olivier Houchard\n" +"Olivier Pomel\n" +"Ondrej Kuda aka Albert\n" +"Øyvind Kolbu\n" +"Pascal Levesque\n" +"Patrick Horn\n" +"Patrick McLean\n" +"Pauline Castets\n" +"Paul Mackerras\n" +"Peter Surda\n" +"Petr Vacek\n" +"Philippe Van Hecke\n" +"Pierre-Luc Beaudoin\n" +"Pierre Marc Dumuid\n" +"Régis Duchesne\n" +"Remco Poortinga\n" +"Rene Gollent\n" +"Rob Casey\n" +"Robson Braga Araujo\n" +"Roine Gustafsson\n" +"Roman Bednarek\n" +"Rudolf Cornelissen\n" +"Sašo Kiselkov\n" +"Sebastian Jenny\n" +"Shane Harper\n" +"Stefán Freyr Stefánsson\n" +"Steve Brown\n" +"Steven M. Schultz\n" +"Tapio Hiltunen\n" +"Thomas L. Wood\n" +"Thomas Mühlgrabner\n" +"Thomas Parmelan\n" +"Tim 'O Callagha\n" +"Tim Schuerewegen\n" +"Tong Ka Man\n" +"Torsten Spindler\n" +"Udo Richter\n" +"Vincent Dimar\n" +"Vincent Penne\n" +"Vitalijus Slavinskas\n" +"Vitaly V. Bursov\n" +"Vladimir Chernyshov\n" +"Wade Majors\n" +"Wallace Wadge\n" +"Watanabe Go\n" +"William Hawkins\n" +"Xavier Maillard\n" +"Ye zhang\n" +"Yuehua Zhao\n" +"Abylay Ospan\n" +"Adam Leggett\n" +"Adrian Haensler\n" +"Ago Allikmaa\n" +"Ajith Manjula Senarathne\n" +"Alain Degreffe\n" +"Alan Pope\n" +"Aleksandr Pasechnik\n" +"Alexandre Fernandez\n" +"Alexandre Pereira Nunes\n" +"Alexandre Perraud\n" +"Alex Peak\n" +"Alex Warhawk\n" +"Alex Woods\n" +"Allan Odgaard\n" +"Ancelot Mark Pinto\n" +"Andrea Giudiceandrea\n" +"Andreas Hartmetz\n" +"Andreas Mieke\n" +"André Silva\n" +"Andrew Clayton\n" +"Andrey Gursky\n" +"Andrii Zui\n" +"Andy Tather\n" +"Antti Ajanki\n" +"Ara Qadir\n" +"Arjun Sreedharan\n" +"Arne de Bruijn\n" +"Arun Pandian G\n" +"A S Alam\n" +"Avani Sharma\n" +"Avishay Spitzer\n" +"Bastien Penavayre\n" +"Benjamin Adolphi\n" +"Ben Littler\n" +"Benoit du Payrat\n" +"Benoît Noël du Payrat\n" +"Bernd Kuhls\n" +"Boris Egorov\n" +"Boy van Amstel\n" +"Brian Schmidt\n" +"Brion Vibber\n" +"Cameron Mozie\n" +"Carlos Fenollosa\n" +"Carola Nitz\n" +"Christian Suloway\n" +"Clemens Werther\n" +"C.W. Betts\n" +"Daniel Amm\n" +"Daniel Verkamp\n" +"Darko Jankovic\n" +"Darrell Walisser\n" +"David Robison\n" +"David R Robison\n" +"Dennis Hamester\n" +"Derek Buitenhuis\n" +"Diogo Silva\n" +"Dominko Azdajic\n" +"Donald Campbell\n" +"Doney den Ouden\n" +"Duncan McNamara\n" +"Duncan McNAMARA\n" +"Elodie Thomann\n" +"Emeric Grange\n" +"Eric Engestrom\n" +"Etienne BRATEAU\n" +"Eugen Geist\n" +"Fabian Yamaguchi\n" +"Fabrizio Ge\n" +"Fabrizio Gennari\n" +"Fahad Al-Saidi\n" +"Felix Abecassis\n" +"Florent Pillet\n" +"Forteve Zepushisti\n" +"Frank Praznik\n" +"Gabriel de Perthuis\n" +"Gal Vinograd\n" +"Gaurav Pruthi\n" +"Geoffrey Métais\n" +"Gian Marco Sibilla\n" +"Gilles Sabourin\n" +"Gina Dobrescu\n" +"Gonzalo Higuera Díaz\n" +"Goran Dokic\n" +"Guillaume Gomez\n" +"Harald Sitter\n" +"Heorhi Valakhanovich\n" +"Ian Chamberlain\n" +"Ibrahima SARR\n" +"Igor Prokopenkov\n" +"Ion Agorria\n" +"Jarrad Whitaker\n" +"Jean-Yves Avenard\n" +"Jed Smith\n" +"Jérémy Carrier\n" +"Jeremy Huddleston Sequoia\n" +"Jerome Forissier\n" +"Jim Bankoski\n" +"Jonas Lundqvist\n" +"Jonatan \"jaw\" Wallmander\n" +"Jonathan Calmels\n" +"Jonathan Heard\n" +"Jonathan McGowan\n" +"Jonathan Thambidurai\n" +"Joni Räsänen\n" +"Josef Andersson\n" +"Joseph DeVore\n" +"Julian Scheel\n" +"Justin Kim\n" +"Kaarlo Räihä\n" +"Kamil Rytarowski\n" +"Kazuki Yamaguchi\n" +"Konstantin K. Beliak\n" +"Konstantinos Tsanaktsidis\n" +"Konstantin Pavlov\n" +"Kornel Lesiński\n" +"Olivier Langlois\n" +"Lochlin Duperron\n" +"Lukas Juhrich\n" +"Lyndon Brown\n" +"Marc Aldorasi\n" +"Marcel Schnirring\n" +"Marc Etcheverry\n" +"Mariusz Wasak\n" +"Mark Becwar\n" +"Martell Malone\n" +"Mathieu Malaterre\n" +"Mathieu Parent\n" +"Mathieu Velten\n" +"Matthias Keiser\n" +"Matthias Treydte\n" +"Max Dilipovich\n" +"Maxim Bublis\n" +"Maxime CHAPELET\n" +"Maxime Mouchet\n" +"Michael Tänzer\n" +"Miha Sokolov\n" +"Mohammed (Shaan) Huzaifa Danish\n" +"Moti Zilberman\n" +"Nathan Egge\n" +"Niklas Haas\n" +"Odd-Arild Kristensen\n" +"O. Hartmann\n" +"Olaf Hering\n" +"Oliver Collyer\n" +"Paul B Mahol\n" +"Paul Clark\n" +"Paulo Vitor Magacho da Silva\n" +"Pavol Babincak\n" +"Paweł Stankowski\n" +"Petter Reinholdtsen\n" +"Philip Höhlein\n" +"Pierre-Hugues Husson\n" +"Pierre Lamot\n" +"Pyry Kontio\n" +"Radek Vybiral\n" +"Rafael Waldo Delgado Doblas\n" +"Rajeesh K V\n" +"Ray Tiley\n" +"Reka Inovan\n" +"Remita Amine\n" +"Ricardo Ribalda Delgado\n" +"Richard Diamond\n" +"Rinat Ibragimov\n" +"Robert Mourning\n" +"Romain Bentz\n" +"Romain Fliedel\n" +"Romain Vimont\n" +"Ronald S. Bultje\n" +"Ross Finlayson\n" +"Sam Malone\n" +"Samuel Martin\n" +"Samuel Thibault\n" +"Sanchit Arora\n" +"Santiago Gimeno\n" +"Sebastian Ramacher\n" +"Sebastian Roth\n" +"Sergey Bolshakov\n" +"Shaleen Jain\n" +"Shlomi Fish\n" +"Simona-Marinela Prodea\n" +"Stanislas Plessia\n" +"Stefan Pöschel\n" +"Steven Toth\n" +"Sushma Reddy\n" +"Takahito Hirano\n" +"T. Chomphuming\n" +"Thierry Foucu\n" +"Thomas Nigro\n" +"Tim Allen\n" +"Tim Walker\n" +"Tobias Conradi\n" +"Tony Gaillard\n" +"Benoît Tuduri\n" +"Tzu-Jung Lee\n" +"Uwe L. Korn\n" +"Valentin Deniaud\n" +"Valentin Vetter\n" +"Valter Correia\n" +"Vianney Boyer\n" +"Victorien Le Couviour--Tuffet\n" +"Vikram Fugro\n" +"Vinson Lee\n" +"Wayne McDougall\n" +"Wieland Hoffmann\n" +"Wills Wang\n" +"Xabier Aramendi\n" +"Yaşar Tay\n" +"Yidong Ren\n" +"Yuudai Yamashigi\n" +"Zhao Zhili\n" +"أحمد المحم ودي (Ahmed El-Mahmoudy)\n" +"Баярсайхан Энхтайван\n" +"Сергей Дарьичев\n" +"\n" +"Artwork\n" +"-------\n" +"Damien Erambert\n" +"Daniel Dreibrodt, aka aLtgLasS\n" +"David Weber\n" +"Davor Orel\n" +"Dominic Spitaler\n" +"Doney den Ouden\n" +"Eurodata Computer Club\n" +"Geoffrey Roussel\n" +"Joeri van Dooren\n" +"kty0ne\n" +"Max Rudberg\n" +"Richard Øiestad\n" +"Simon Damkjær Andersen\n" +"Tom Bigelajzen\n" +"Vincent van den Heuvel\n" +"\n" +"Documentation\n" +"-------------\n" +"Bill Eldridge\n" +"\n" +"Localization\n" +"------------\n" +"Abdul Fousan - Tamil\n" +"A. Decorte - Friulian\n" +"A. Regnander - Swedish\n" +"Adem Gunes - Turkish\n" +"Adi Nugroho - Tagalog\n" +"Adnan Memija - Bosnian\n" +"airplanez - Korean\n" +"Ajith Manjula - Sinhala\n" +"Aled Powell - Welsh\n" +"Alexander Didebulidze - Georgian\n" +"Alexander Henket - Dutch\n" +"Alexander Jansen - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Alexander Lakhin - Russian\n" +"Alexey Lugin - Ukrainian\n" +"Alexey Salmin - Russian\n" +"Alfred John - Acoli\n" +"Amanpreet Singh Alam - Punjabi\n" +"André de Barros Martins Ribeiro - Brazilian portuguese\n" +"Andrey Brilevskiy - Russian\n" +"Andrey Wolk - Russian\n" +"Andri Pálsson - Icelandic\n" +"Andriy Bandura - Ukrainian\n" +"Anh Phan - Vietnamese\n" +"Aniket Eknath Kudale - Marathi\n" +"Animesh Swar - Nepalese\n" +"Aputsiaĸ Niels Janussen - Danish\n" +"Ara Bextiyar - Sorani (Kurdish)\n" +"Ari Constâncio - Portuguese\n" +"Arkadiusz Lipiec - Polish\n" +"Ask Hjorth Larsen - Danish\n" +"Audrey Prevost - French\n" +"Auk Piseth - Khmer\n" +"Bayarsaikhan Enkhtaivan Баярсайхан Энхтайван - Mongolian\n" +"Biraj Karmakar - Bengali (India)\n" +"Bruno Queirós - Portuguese\n" +"Bruno Vella - Italian\n" +"Caner Başaran - Turkish\n" +"Carlo Calabrò - Italian\n" +"Chandan Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Chesús Daniel Trigo - Aragonese\n" +"Christoph Miebach - German\n" +"Chynggyz Jumaliev - Kirgyz\n" +"Circo Radu - Romanian\n" +"Cristian Secară - Romanian\n" +"Daniel Nylander - Swedish\n" +"Daniel Winzen - German\n" +"David González - Spanish\n" +"David Planella - Catalan\n" +"Dean Lee - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Denis Arnaud - Breton\n" +"Derk-Jan Hartman - Dutch\n" +"DirektX - Hungarian\n" +"Dominko Aždajić - Croatian\n" +"Dylan Aïssi - French\n" +"Đorđe Vasiljević - Serbian\n" +"Eduard Babayan - Armenian\n" +"Eero - Estonian\n" +"Eirik U. Birkeland - Norwegian Nynorsk\n" +"Elizabeth Da Conceicao Baptista - Tetum\n" +"Emilio Sepúlveda - Interlingua\n" +"Emin Mastizada - Azerbaijani\n" +"Éric Lassauge - French\n" +"Farzaneh Sarafraz - Persian\n" +"Florence Tushabe - Chiga\n" +"Fouzia Bourai - Arabic\n" +"Frank Chao - Traditional Chinese\n" +"Freyr Gunnar Ólafsson - Icelandic\n" +"Friedel Wolff - Afrikaans\n" +"Fumio Nakayama - Japanese\n" +"Gabor Kelemen - Hungarian\n" +"Gaurav Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Gaëtan Rousseaux - Walloon\n" +"Ghjuvan Pasquinu - Corsican\n" +"Goce Manevski - Macedonian\n" +"Golam Maruf Oovee - Bengali\n" +"Gonçalo Cordeiro - Galician\n" +"Gorana Milicevic - Serbian\n" +"Goswami Hardikpuri Kishorpuri - Gujarati\n" +"Haakon Meland Eriksen - Norwegian\n" +"Han HoJoong - Korean\n" +"Hardik Kishorpuri Goswami - Gujarati\n" +"Hemanta Nandi - Bengali (India)\n" +"Huw Waters - Welsh\n" +"H.Shalitha Vikum - Sinhala\n" +"Ibrahima Sarr - Fulah\n" +"Ingmārs Dīriņš - Latvian\n" +"Israt Jahan - Bengali\n" +"Ivar Smolin - Estonian\n" +"Iván Seoane Pardo - Galician\n" +"Ivo Ivanov - Bulgarian\n" +"Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio - Basque\n" +"Iñigo Varela - Asturian; Bable\n" +"Jakub Žáček - Czech\n" +"James Olweny - Ganda\n" +"Jamil Ahmed - Bengali\n" +"Javier Varela - Spanish\n" +"Jean-Pierre Kuypers - French\n" +"Jens Seidel - German\n" +"Joao Almeida - Portuguese\n" +"Joel Arvidsson - Swedish\n" +"jogijs - Latvian\n" +"Jonas Larsen - Danish\n" +"Jon Stødle - Norwegian Nynorsk\n" +"Jouni Kähkönen - Finnish\n" +"Juha Jeronen - Finnish\n" +"Julen Ruiz Aizpuru - Basque\n" +"Kai Hermann - German\n" +"Kamil Páral - Czech\n" +"Kang Jeong-Hee - Korean\n" +"Kasper Tvede - Danish\n" +"Kaya Zeren - Turkish\n" +"Kenneth Nielsen - Danish\n" +"Khin Mi Mi Aung - Burmese\n" +"Khoem Sokhem - Khmer\n" +"Kola - Albanian\n" +"Kypchak Kypchak - Kazakh\n" +"Laurent Jonqueres - Occitan\n" +"Loba Yeasmeen - Bengali\n" +"Lorena Gomes - Catalan\n" +"Lorenzo Porta - Italian\n" +"Luqman Hakim - Indonesian\n" +"L. Balasubramaniam - Hindi\n" +"Mahrazi Mohd Kamal - Malay\n" +"Manolis Stefanis - Modern Greek\n" +"Manuela Silva/Alfredo Silva - Portuguese\n" +"Marián Hikaník - Slovak\n" +"Mario Siegmann - German\n" +"Marko Uskokovic - Serbian\n" +"Martin Srebotnjak - Slovenian\n" +"Martin Zicha - Czech\n" +"Matej Urbančič - Slovenian\n" +"Mathias C. Berens, welcome-soft - German\n" +"Mattias Põldaru - Estonian\n" +"Md. Rezwan Shahid - Bengali\n" +"Meelad Zakaria - Persian\n" +"Michael Bauer - Scottish Gaelic\n" +"Michal Halenka - Czech\n" +"Michał Trzebiatowski - Polish\n" +"Miguel Sousa - Portuguese\n" +"Mihkel Kirjutas - Estonian\n" +"Mindaugas Baranauskas - Lithuanian\n" +"Miroslav Oujeský - Czech\n" +"Morten Brix Pedersen - Danish\n" +"Mustafa Sandal - Czech\n" +"Myckel Habets - Dutch\n" +"Namhyung Kim - Korean\n" +"Niels Fanøe - Danish\n" +"Niklas 'Nille' Åkerström - Swedish\n" +"Olav Dahlum - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Oleksandr Natalenko - Ukrainian\n" +"Omer Ensari - Kurmanji (Kurdish)\n" +"Osama Khalid - Arabic\n" +"Otto Kekäläinen - Finnish\n" +"Paras Nath Chaudhary - Nepali\n" +"Pasindu Kavinda - Sinhala\n" +"Pau Iranzo - Catalan\n" +"Paula Iglesias - Galician\n" +"Pedro Valadares - Portuguese\n" +"Peter Jespersen - Danish\n" +"Petr Šimáček - Czech\n" +"Phan Anh - Vietnamese\n" +"Philipp Weissenbacher - German\n" +"Pittayakom Saingtong - Thai\n" +"Prasannajit Acharya - Oriya\n" +"Praveen Illa - Telugu\n" +"Predrag Ljubenović - Serbian\n" +"Pyae Sone - Burmese\n" +"Rajnikant Kumbhar - Marathi\n" +"Ricardo Perdigão - Portuguese\n" +"Ricardo Pérez López - Spanish\n" +"Roustam Ghizdatov - Russian\n" +"Ruei-Yuan Lu - Traditional Chinese\n" +"Saad Liaquat Kiani - Urdu\n" +"Sadia Afroz - Bengali\n" +"Said Marjan Zazai - Pashto\n" +"Salar Khalilzadeh - Persian\n" +"Sam Askari - Spanish\n" +"Sam Hocevar - British\n" +"Samuel Hocevar - French\n" +"Saúl Ortega - Spanish\n" +"Savvas Nesseris - Modern Greek\n" +"Sayan Chowdhury - Hindi\n" +"Seanán Ó Coistín - Irish\n" +"Semsudin Abdic - Bosnian\n" +"Shambhu Kumar - Hindi\n" +"Shantanu Sarkar - Hindi\n" +"Shashi Ranjan - Hindi\n" +"Siarhei Daryichau Дар'ічаў Сяргей - Belarusian\n" +"Sidney Doria - Brazilian Portuguese\n" +"Sigmund Augdal - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Simos Xenitellis - Modern Greek\n" +"Sipho Sibiya - Zulu\n" +"Sok Sophea - Khmer\n" +"Solomon Gizaw - Amharic\n" +"Sreejith P - Malayalam\n" +"Suraj Kawade - Marathi\n" +"Stian Jørgensrud - Norwegian Bokmål\n" +"Sveinn í Felli - Icelandic\n" +"Tadashi Jokagi - Japanese\n" +"Tarsem Singh - Hindi\n" +"Thanakrit Chomphuming - Thai\n" +"Tero Pelander - Finnish\n" +"Thomas De Rocker - Dutch\n" +"Thomas Graf - gettext support, German\n" +"Tomáš Chvátal - Czech\n" +"Tòni Galhard - Occitan\n" +"Umesh Agarwal - Bengali (India)\n" +"Umidjon Almasov - Uzbek\n" +"Václav Pavlíček - Czech\n" +"Valek Filippov - Russian\n" +"Vicente Jimenez Aguilar - Spanish\n" +"Vincenzo Reale - Italian\n" +"Vít Pelčák - Czech\n" +"viyyer - Hindi\n" +"Vladimir Yermolayev - Russian\n" +"Vojtěch Smejkal - Czech\n" +"Wei Mingzhi - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Xènia Albà Cantero - Catalan\n" +"Xuacu Saturio - Asturian\n" +"Yaron Shahrabani - Hebrew\n" +"Yaşar Tay - Turkish\n" +"Yhal Htet Aung - Burmese\n" +"Yogesh K S - Kannada\n" +"Yoyo - Simplified Chinese\n" +"Yuksel Yildirim - Turkish\n" +"Zabeeh Khan - Pashto\n" +"Zhang Tong - Chinese\n" +; diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_access.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_access.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4356be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_access.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_access.h: Access descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: da06554814885d03823aefbf58e858f6941b3400 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ACCESS_H +#define VLC_ACCESS_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup access Access + * \ingroup stream + * Raw input byte streams + * @{ + * \file + * Input byte stream modules interface + */ + +/** + * Special redirection error code. + * + * In case of redirection, the access open function should clean up (as in + * normal failure case), store the heap-allocated redirection URL in + * stream_t.psz_url, and return this value. + */ +#define VLC_ACCESS_REDIRECT VLC_ETIMEOUT + +/** + * Opens a new read-only byte stream. + * + * This function might block. + * The initial offset is of course always zero. + * + * \param obj parent VLC object + * \param mrl media resource location to read + * \return a new access object on success, NULL on failure + */ +VLC_API stream_t *vlc_access_NewMRL(vlc_object_t *obj, const char *mrl); + +/** + * \defgroup access_helper Access Helpers + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Default pf_control callback for directory accesses. + */ +VLC_API int access_vaDirectoryControlHelper( stream_t *p_access, int i_query, va_list args ); + +#define ACCESS_SET_CALLBACKS( read, block, control, seek ) \ + do { \ + p_access->pf_read = (read); \ + p_access->pf_block = (block); \ + p_access->pf_control = (control); \ + p_access->pf_seek = (seek); \ + } while(0) + +/** + * @} @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_actions.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_actions.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d78f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_actions.h @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_actions.h: handle vlc actions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 404c1662a82ef3f3ffc983a81fa73b90f5773eef $ + * + * Authors: Sigmund Augdal Helberg + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ACTIONS_H +#define VLC_ACTIONS_H 1 + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +int +libvlc_InternalActionsInit(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +void +libvlc_InternalActionsClean(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/** + * \file + * This file defines keys and functions + */ + +#define KEY_MODIFIER 0xFF000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_ALT 0x01000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x02000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_CTRL 0x04000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_META 0x08000000 +#define KEY_MODIFIER_COMMAND 0x10000000 + +#define KEY_UNSET 0x00000000 +#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x08 +#define KEY_TAB 0x09 +#define KEY_ENTER 0x0D +#define KEY_ESC 0x1B +/* End of Unicode range: 0x0010FFFF */ +#define KEY_LEFT 0x00210000 +#define KEY_RIGHT 0x00220000 +#define KEY_UP 0x00230000 +#define KEY_DOWN 0x00240000 +#define KEY_F1 0x00270000 +#define KEY_F2 0x00280000 +#define KEY_F3 0x00290000 +#define KEY_F4 0x002A0000 +#define KEY_F5 0x002B0000 +#define KEY_F6 0x002C0000 +#define KEY_F7 0x002D0000 +#define KEY_F8 0x002E0000 +#define KEY_F9 0x002F0000 +#define KEY_F10 0x00300000 +#define KEY_F11 0x00310000 +#define KEY_F12 0x00320000 +#define KEY_HOME 0x00330000 +#define KEY_END 0x00340000 +#define KEY_INSERT 0x00350000 +#define KEY_DELETE 0x00360000 +#define KEY_MENU 0x00370000 +#define KEY_PAGEUP 0x00390000 +#define KEY_PAGEDOWN 0x003A0000 +#define KEY_PRINT 0x003B0000 +#define KEY_PAUSE 0x003D0000 + +#define KEY_BROWSER_BACK 0x003F0000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_FORWARD 0x00400000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_REFRESH 0x00410000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_STOP 0x00420000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_SEARCH 0x00430000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_FAVORITES 0x00440000 +#define KEY_BROWSER_HOME 0x00450000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_MUTE 0x00460000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_DOWN 0x00470000 +#define KEY_VOLUME_UP 0x00480000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK 0x00490000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK 0x004A0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_STOP 0x004B0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE 0x004C0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_RECORD 0x004D0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_REWIND 0x004E0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FORWARD 0x004F0000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_REPEAT 0x00500000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SHUFFLE 0x00510000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SUBTITLE 0x00520000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_AUDIO 0x00530000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_ANGLE 0x00540000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_TIME 0x00550000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FRAME_PREV 0x00560000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_FRAME_NEXT 0x00570000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_SELECT 0x00580000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_VIEW 0x00590000 +#define KEY_MEDIA_MENU 0x005A0000 +#define KEY_ZOOM_IN 0x00600000 +#define KEY_ZOOM_OUT 0x00610000 +#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_UP 0x00620000 +#define KEY_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN 0x00630000 + +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELUP 0x00F00000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELDOWN 0x00F10000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELLEFT 0x00F20000 +#define KEY_MOUSEWHEELRIGHT 0x00F30000 + +VLC_API char *vlc_keycode2str(uint_fast32_t i_key, bool locale) VLC_USED; +VLC_API uint_fast32_t vlc_str2keycode(const char *str) VLC_USED; + +typedef enum vlc_action_id { + ACTIONID_NONE = 0, + ACTIONID_QUIT, + ACTIONID_PLAY_PAUSE, + ACTIONID_PLAY, + ACTIONID_PAUSE, + ACTIONID_STOP, + ACTIONID_PREV, + ACTIONID_NEXT, + ACTIONID_SLOWER, + ACTIONID_FASTER, + ACTIONID_TOGGLE_FULLSCREEN, + ACTIONID_VOL_UP, + ACTIONID_VOL_DOWN, + ACTIONID_NAV_ACTIVATE, + ACTIONID_NAV_UP, + ACTIONID_NAV_DOWN, + ACTIONID_NAV_LEFT, + ACTIONID_NAV_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_EXTRASHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_EXTRASHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_SHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_SHORT, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_MEDIUM, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_MEDIUM, + ACTIONID_JUMP_BACKWARD_LONG, + ACTIONID_JUMP_FORWARD_LONG, + ACTIONID_FRAME_NEXT, + ACTIONID_POSITION, + ACTIONID_VOL_MUTE, +/* let ACTIONID_SET_BOOMARK* and ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK* be contiguous */ + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK1, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK2, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK3, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK4, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK5, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK6, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK7, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK8, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK9, + ACTIONID_SET_BOOKMARK10, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK1, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK2, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK3, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK4, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK5, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK6, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK7, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK8, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK9, + ACTIONID_PLAY_BOOKMARK10, + /* end of contiguous zone */ + ACTIONID_PLAY_CLEAR, + ACTIONID_SUBDELAY_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBDELAY_DOWN, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_MARKAUDIO, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_MARKSUB, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_APPLY, + ACTIONID_SUBSYNC_RESET, + ACTIONID_SUBPOS_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBPOS_DOWN, + ACTIONID_AUDIO_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_REVERSE_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TRACK, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TOGGLE, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TEXT_SCALE_NORMAL, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TEXT_SCALE_UP, + ACTIONID_SUBTITLE_TEXT_SCALE_DOWN, + ACTIONID_INTF_TOGGLE_FSC, + ACTIONID_INTF_HIDE, + ACTIONID_INTF_BOSS, + /* chapter and title navigation */ + ACTIONID_TITLE_PREV, + ACTIONID_TITLE_NEXT, + ACTIONID_CHAPTER_PREV, + ACTIONID_CHAPTER_NEXT, + /* end of chapter and title navigation */ + ACTIONID_AUDIODELAY_UP, + ACTIONID_AUDIODELAY_DOWN, + ACTIONID_SNAPSHOT, + ACTIONID_RECORD, + ACTIONID_DISC_MENU, + ACTIONID_ASPECT_RATIO, + ACTIONID_CROP, + ACTIONID_DEINTERLACE, + ACTIONID_DEINTERLACE_MODE, + ACTIONID_ZOOM, + ACTIONID_UNZOOM, + ACTIONID_CROP_TOP, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_TOP, + ACTIONID_CROP_LEFT, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_LEFT, + ACTIONID_CROP_BOTTOM, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_BOTTOM, + ACTIONID_CROP_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_UNCROP_RIGHT, + ACTIONID_RANDOM, + ACTIONID_LOOP, + ACTIONID_WALLPAPER, + ACTIONID_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN, + /* Zoom */ + ACTIONID_ZOOM_QUARTER, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_HALF, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_ORIGINAL, + ACTIONID_ZOOM_DOUBLE, + /* Cycle Through Audio Devices */ + ACTIONID_AUDIODEVICE_CYCLE, + /* scaling */ + ACTIONID_TOGGLE_AUTOSCALE, + ACTIONID_SCALE_UP, + ACTIONID_SCALE_DOWN, + /* */ + ACTIONID_RATE_NORMAL, + ACTIONID_RATE_SLOWER_FINE, + ACTIONID_RATE_FASTER_FINE, + /* Cycle Through Program Service IDs */ + ACTIONID_PROGRAM_SID_NEXT, + ACTIONID_PROGRAM_SID_PREV, + ACTIONID_INTF_POPUP_MENU, + /* Viewpoint */ + ACTIONID_VIEWPOINT_FOV_IN, + ACTIONID_VIEWPOINT_FOV_OUT, + ACTIONID_VIEWPOINT_ROLL_CLOCK, + ACTIONID_VIEWPOINT_ROLL_ANTICLOCK, + /* Combo Actions */ + ACTIONID_COMBO_VOL_FOV_UP, + ACTIONID_COMBO_VOL_FOV_DOWN, + +} vlc_action_id_t; + +/** + * Get the action ID from an action key name + * \return the action ID or ACTIONID_NONE on error. + */ +VLC_API vlc_action_id_t +vlc_actions_get_id(const char *psz_key_name); + +/** + * Get keycodes from a action key name and vlc configuration + * \return The number of keycodes for this action, or 0 in case of an error. + * The list needs to be released with free() + */ +VLC_API size_t +vlc_actions_get_keycodes(vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_key_name, + bool b_global, uint_fast32_t **pp_keycodes ); +#define vlc_actions_get_keycodes(a, b, c, d) vlc_actions_get_keycodes(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d) + +/** + * Get a list a key names + * \return A NULL terminated list of const char * + */ +VLC_API const char* const* +vlc_actions_get_key_names(vlc_object_t *p_obj); +#define vlc_actions_get_key_names(x) vlc_actions_get_key_names(VLC_OBJECT(x)) + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_addons.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_addons.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23cb134 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_addons.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_addons.h : addons handling and describing + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2013 VideoLAN and authors + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ADDONS_H +#define VLC_ADDONS_H 1 + +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef enum addon_type_t +{ + ADDON_UNKNOWN = 0, + ADDON_EXTENSION, + ADDON_PLAYLIST_PARSER, + ADDON_SERVICE_DISCOVERY, + ADDON_SKIN2, + ADDON_PLUGIN, + ADDON_INTERFACE, + ADDON_META, + ADDON_OTHER +} addon_type_t; + +typedef enum addon_state_t +{ + ADDON_NOTINSTALLED = 0, + ADDON_INSTALLING, + ADDON_INSTALLED, + ADDON_UNINSTALLING +} addon_state_t; + +typedef enum addon_flags_t +{ + ADDON_BROKEN = 1, /* Have install inconsistency */ + ADDON_MANAGEABLE = 1 << 1, /* Have manifest, can install or uninstall files */ + ADDON_UPDATABLE = 1 << 2, +} addon_flags_t; + +#define ADDON_MAX_SCORE (5 * 100) +#define ADDON_UUID_SIZE 16 +#define ADDON_UUID_PSZ_SIZE (ADDON_UUID_SIZE * 2 + 4) +typedef uint8_t addon_uuid_t[ADDON_UUID_SIZE]; + +typedef struct addon_file_t +{ + addon_type_t e_filetype; + char *psz_download_uri; + char *psz_filename; +} addon_file_t; + +struct addon_entry_t +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + + addon_type_t e_type; + addon_state_t e_state; + addon_flags_t e_flags; + + /* data describing addon */ + addon_uuid_t uuid; + char *psz_name; + char *psz_summary; + char *psz_description; + char *psz_author; + char *psz_source_uri; /* webpage, ... */ + char *psz_image_uri; + char *psz_image_data; /* base64, png */ + char *psz_version; + + /* stats */ + long int i_downloads; + int i_score; /* score 0..5 in hundredth */ + + /* Lister */ + char *psz_source_module; + + /* files list */ + char *psz_archive_uri; /* Archive */ + DECL_ARRAY(addon_file_t *) files; + + /* custom data storage (if needed by module/source) */ + void * p_custom; +}; + +typedef struct addons_finder_t addons_finder_t; +typedef struct addons_finder_sys_t addons_finder_sys_t; +struct addons_finder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + int ( * pf_find )( addons_finder_t * ); + int ( * pf_retrieve )( addons_finder_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + DECL_ARRAY( addon_entry_t * ) entries; + char *psz_uri; + + addons_finder_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +typedef struct addons_storage_t addons_storage_t; +typedef struct addons_storage_sys_t addons_storage_sys_t; +struct addons_storage_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + int ( * pf_install )( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + int ( * pf_remove )( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t * ); + int ( * pf_catalog ) ( addons_storage_t *, addon_entry_t **, int ); + + addons_storage_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +typedef struct addons_manager_t addons_manager_t; + +struct addons_manager_owner +{ + void *sys; + void (*addon_found)(struct addons_manager_t *, struct addon_entry_t *); + void (*discovery_ended)(struct addons_manager_t *); + void (*addon_changed)(struct addons_manager_t *, struct addon_entry_t *); +}; + +typedef struct addons_manager_private_t addons_manager_private_t; +struct addons_manager_t +{ + struct addons_manager_owner owner; + addons_manager_private_t *p_priv; +}; + +/** + * addon entry lifecycle + */ +VLC_API addon_entry_t *addon_entry_New( void ); +VLC_API addon_entry_t *addon_entry_Hold(addon_entry_t *); +VLC_API void addon_entry_Release(addon_entry_t *); + +/** + * addons manager lifecycle + */ +VLC_API addons_manager_t *addons_manager_New( vlc_object_t *, + const struct addons_manager_owner * ); +VLC_API void addons_manager_Delete( addons_manager_t * ); + +/** + * Charge currently installed, usable and manageable addons + * (default "addons storage" module) + */ +VLC_API int addons_manager_LoadCatalog( addons_manager_t * ); + +/** + * Gather addons info from repository (default "addons finder" module) + * If psz_uri is not NULL, only gather info from the pointed package. + */ +VLC_API void addons_manager_Gather( addons_manager_t *, const char *psz_uri ); + +/** + * Install or Remove the addon identified by its uuid + */ +VLC_API int addons_manager_Install( addons_manager_t *p_manager, const addon_uuid_t uuid ); +VLC_API int addons_manager_Remove( addons_manager_t *p_manager, const addon_uuid_t uuid ); + +/** + * String uuid to binary uuid helpers + */ +static inline bool addons_uuid_read( const char *psz_uuid, addon_uuid_t *p_uuid ) +{ + if ( !psz_uuid ) return false; + if ( strlen( psz_uuid ) < ADDON_UUID_PSZ_SIZE ) return false; + + int i = 0, j = 0; + while ( i + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AOUT_H +#define VLC_AOUT_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup audio_output Audio output + * \ingroup output + * @{ + * \file + * Audio output modules interface + */ + +/* Buffers which arrive in advance of more than AOUT_MAX_ADVANCE_TIME + * will be considered as bogus and be trashed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_ADVANCE_TIME (AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME + CLOCK_FREQ) + +/* Buffers which arrive in advance of more than AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME + * will cause the calling thread to sleep */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PREPARE_TIME (2 * CLOCK_FREQ) + +/* Buffers which arrive after pts - AOUT_MIN_PREPARE_TIME will be trashed + * to avoid too heavy resampling */ +#define AOUT_MIN_PREPARE_TIME AOUT_MAX_PTS_ADVANCE + +/* Tolerance values from EBU Recommendation 37 */ +/** Maximum advance of actual audio playback time to coded PTS, + * above which downsampling will be performed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PTS_ADVANCE (CLOCK_FREQ / 25) + +/** Maximum delay of actual audio playback time from coded PTS, + * above which upsampling will be performed */ +#define AOUT_MAX_PTS_DELAY (3 * CLOCK_FREQ / 50) + +/* Max acceptable resampling (in %) */ +#define AOUT_MAX_RESAMPLING 10 + +#include "vlc_es.h" + +#define AOUT_FMTS_IDENTICAL( p_first, p_second ) ( \ + ((p_first)->i_format == (p_second)->i_format) \ + && AOUT_FMTS_SIMILAR(p_first, p_second) ) + +/* Check if i_rate == i_rate and i_channels == i_channels */ +#define AOUT_FMTS_SIMILAR( p_first, p_second ) ( \ + ((p_first)->i_rate == (p_second)->i_rate) \ + && ((p_first)->channel_type == (p_second)->channel_type) \ + && ((p_first)->i_physical_channels == (p_second)->i_physical_channels)\ + && ((p_first)->i_chan_mode == (p_second)->i_chan_mode) ) + +#define AOUT_FMT_LINEAR( p_format ) \ + (aout_BitsPerSample((p_format)->i_format) != 0) + +#define VLC_CODEC_SPDIFL VLC_FOURCC('s','p','d','i') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPDIFB VLC_FOURCC('s','p','d','b') + +#define AOUT_FMT_SPDIF( p_format ) \ + ( ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_SPDIFL) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_SPDIFB) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_A52) \ + || ((p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_DTS) ) + +#define AOUT_FMT_HDMI( p_format ) \ + ( (p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_EAC3 \ + ||(p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_TRUEHD \ + ||(p_format)->i_format == VLC_CODEC_MLP \ + ) + +/* Values used for the audio-channels object variable */ +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_UNSET 0 /* must be zero */ +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_STEREO 1 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_RSTEREO 2 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_LEFT 3 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_RIGHT 4 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_DOLBYS 5 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_HEADPHONES 6 +#define AOUT_VAR_CHAN_MONO 7 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Main audio output structures + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Size of a frame for S/PDIF output. */ +#define AOUT_SPDIF_SIZE 6144 + +/* Number of samples in an A/52 frame. */ +#define A52_FRAME_NB 1536 + +/* FIXME to remove once aout.h is cleaned a bit more */ +#include + +/** Audio output object */ +struct audio_output +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct aout_sys_t *sys; /**< Private data for callbacks */ + + int (*start)(audio_output_t *, audio_sample_format_t *fmt); + /**< Starts a new stream (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \param fmt input stream sample format upon entry, + * output stream sample format upon return [IN/OUT] + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on success, non-zero on failure + * \note No other stream may be already started when called. + */ + void (*stop)(audio_output_t *); + /**< Stops the existing stream (optional, may be NULL). + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + int (*time_get)(audio_output_t *, mtime_t *delay); + /**< Estimates playback buffer latency (optional, may be NULL). + * \param delay pointer to the delay until the next sample to be written + * to the playback buffer is rendered [OUT] + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on failure or lack of data + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*play)(audio_output_t *, block_t *); + /**< Queues a block of samples for playback (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*pause)( audio_output_t *, bool pause, mtime_t date); + /**< Pauses or resumes playback (optional, may be NULL). + * \param pause pause if true, resume from pause if false + * \param date timestamp when the pause or resume was requested + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + void (*flush)( audio_output_t *, bool wait); + /**< Flushes or drains the playback buffers (mandatory, cannot be NULL). + * \param wait true to wait for playback of pending buffers (drain), + * false to discard pending buffers (flush) + * \note A stream must have been started when called. + */ + int (*volume_set)(audio_output_t *, float volume); + /**< Changes playback volume (optional, may be NULL). + * \param volume requested volume (0. = mute, 1. = nominal) + * \note The volume is always a positive number. + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + int (*mute_set)(audio_output_t *, bool mute); + /**< Changes muting (optinal, may be NULL). + * \param mute true to mute, false to unmute + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + int (*device_select)(audio_output_t *, const char *id); + /**< Selects an audio output device (optional, may be NULL). + * \param id nul-terminated device unique identifier. + * \return 0 on success, non-zero on failure. + * \warning A stream may or may not have been started when called. + */ + + struct { + bool headphones; /**< Default to false, set it to true if the current + sink is using headphones */ + } current_sink_info; + /**< Current sink informations set by the module from the start() function */ + + struct { + void (*volume_report)(audio_output_t *, float); + void (*mute_report)(audio_output_t *, bool); + void (*policy_report)(audio_output_t *, bool); + void (*device_report)(audio_output_t *, const char *); + void (*hotplug_report)(audio_output_t *, const char *, const char *); + int (*gain_request)(audio_output_t *, float); + void (*restart_request)(audio_output_t *, unsigned); + } event; +}; + +typedef enum +{ + AOUT_CHANIDX_DISABLE = -1, + AOUT_CHANIDX_LEFT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_RIGHT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_MIDDLELEFT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_MIDDLERIGHT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARLEFT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARRIGHT, + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARCENTER, + AOUT_CHANIDX_CENTER, + AOUT_CHANIDX_LFE, + AOUT_CHANIDX_MAX +} vlc_chan_order_idx_t; + +static_assert(AOUT_CHANIDX_MAX == AOUT_CHAN_MAX, "channel count mismatch"); + +#define AOUT_CHAN_REMAP_INIT { \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_LEFT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_RIGHT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_MIDDLELEFT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_MIDDLERIGHT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARLEFT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARRIGHT, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_REARCENTER, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_CENTER, \ + AOUT_CHANIDX_LFE, \ +} + +/** + * It describes the audio channel order VLC expect. + */ +static const uint32_t pi_vlc_chan_order_wg4[] = +{ + AOUT_CHAN_LEFT, AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT, + AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT, AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT, + AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT, AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT, AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER, + AOUT_CHAN_CENTER, AOUT_CHAN_LFE, 0 +}; + +#define AOUT_RESTART_FILTERS 0x1 +#define AOUT_RESTART_OUTPUT (AOUT_RESTART_FILTERS|0x2) +#define AOUT_RESTART_STEREOMODE (AOUT_RESTART_OUTPUT|0x4) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This function computes the reordering needed to go from pi_chan_order_in to + * pi_chan_order_out. + * If pi_chan_order_in or pi_chan_order_out is NULL, it will assume that vlc + * internal (WG4) order is requested. + */ +VLC_API unsigned aout_CheckChannelReorder( const uint32_t *, const uint32_t *, + uint32_t mask, uint8_t *table ); +VLC_API void aout_ChannelReorder(void *, size_t, uint8_t, const uint8_t *, vlc_fourcc_t); + +VLC_API void aout_Interleave(void *dst, const void *const *planes, + unsigned samples, unsigned channels, + vlc_fourcc_t fourcc); +VLC_API void aout_Deinterleave(void *dst, const void *src, unsigned samples, + unsigned channels, vlc_fourcc_t fourcc); + +/** + * This function will compute the extraction parameter into pi_selection to go + * from i_channels with their type given by pi_order_src[] into the order + * describe by pi_order_dst. + * It will also set : + * - *pi_channels as the number of channels that will be extracted which is + * lower (in case of non understood channels type) or equal to i_channels. + * - the layout of the channels (*pi_layout). + * + * It will return true if channel extraction is really needed, in which case + * aout_ChannelExtract must be used + * + * XXX It must be used when the source may have channel type not understood + * by VLC. In this case the channel type pi_order_src[] must be set to 0. + * XXX It must also be used if multiple channels have the same type. + */ +VLC_API bool aout_CheckChannelExtraction( int *pi_selection, uint32_t *pi_layout, int *pi_channels, const uint32_t pi_order_dst[AOUT_CHAN_MAX], const uint32_t *pi_order_src, int i_channels ); + +/** + * Do the actual channels extraction using the parameters created by + * aout_CheckChannelExtraction. + * + * XXX this function does not work in place (p_dst and p_src must not overlap). + * XXX Only 8, 16, 32, 64 bits per sample are supported. + */ +VLC_API void aout_ChannelExtract( void *p_dst, int i_dst_channels, const void *p_src, int i_src_channels, int i_sample_count, const int *pi_selection, int i_bits_per_sample ); + +/* */ +static inline unsigned aout_FormatNbChannels(const audio_sample_format_t *fmt) +{ + return popcount(fmt->i_physical_channels); +} + +VLC_API unsigned int aout_BitsPerSample( vlc_fourcc_t i_format ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void aout_FormatPrepare( audio_sample_format_t * p_format ); +VLC_API void aout_FormatPrint(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + const audio_sample_format_t *); +#define aout_FormatPrint(o, t, f) aout_FormatPrint(VLC_OBJECT(o), t, f) +VLC_API const char * aout_FormatPrintChannels( const audio_sample_format_t * ) VLC_USED; + +#define AOUT_VOLUME_DEFAULT 256 +#define AOUT_VOLUME_MAX 512 + +VLC_API float aout_VolumeGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_VolumeSet (audio_output_t *, float); +VLC_API int aout_VolumeUpdate (audio_output_t *, int, float *); +VLC_API int aout_MuteGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_MuteSet (audio_output_t *, bool); +VLC_API char *aout_DeviceGet (audio_output_t *); +VLC_API int aout_DeviceSet (audio_output_t *, const char *); +VLC_API int aout_DevicesList (audio_output_t *, char ***, char ***); + +/** + * Report change of configured audio volume to the core and UI. + */ +static inline void aout_VolumeReport(audio_output_t *aout, float volume) +{ + aout->event.volume_report(aout, volume); +} + +/** + * Report change of muted flag to the core and UI. + */ +static inline void aout_MuteReport(audio_output_t *aout, bool mute) +{ + aout->event.mute_report(aout, mute); +} + +/** + * Report audio policy status. + * \param cork true to request a cork, false to undo any pending cork. + */ +static inline void aout_PolicyReport(audio_output_t *aout, bool cork) +{ + aout->event.policy_report(aout, cork); +} + +/** + * Report change of output device. + */ +static inline void aout_DeviceReport(audio_output_t *aout, const char *id) +{ + aout->event.device_report(aout, id); +} + +/** + * Report a device hot-plug event. + * @param id device ID + * @param name human-readable device name (NULL for hot unplug) + */ +static inline void aout_HotplugReport(audio_output_t *aout, + const char *id, const char *name) +{ + aout->event.hotplug_report(aout, id, name); +} + +/** + * Request a change of software audio amplification. + * \param gain linear amplitude gain (must be positive) + * \warning Values in excess 1.0 may cause overflow and distorsion. + */ +static inline int aout_GainRequest(audio_output_t *aout, float gain) +{ + return aout->event.gain_request(aout, gain); +} + +static inline void aout_RestartRequest(audio_output_t *aout, unsigned mode) +{ + aout->event.restart_request(aout, mode); +} + +/* Audio output filters */ + +typedef struct +{ + /** + * If the remap order differs from the WG4 order, a remap audio filter will + * be inserted to remap channels according to this array. + */ + int remap[AOUT_CHANIDX_MAX]; + /** + * If true, a filter will be inserted to add a headphones effect (like a + * binauralizer audio filter). + */ + bool headphones; +} aout_filters_cfg_t; + +#define AOUT_FILTERS_CFG_INIT (aout_filters_cfg_t) \ + { .remap = AOUT_CHAN_REMAP_INIT, \ + .headphones = false, \ + }; + +typedef struct aout_filters aout_filters_t; +typedef struct aout_request_vout aout_request_vout_t; + +VLC_API aout_filters_t *aout_FiltersNew(vlc_object_t *, + const audio_sample_format_t *, + const audio_sample_format_t *, + const aout_request_vout_t *, + const aout_filters_cfg_t *cfg) VLC_USED; +#define aout_FiltersNew(o,inf,outf,rv,remap) \ + aout_FiltersNew(VLC_OBJECT(o),inf,outf,rv,remap) +VLC_API void aout_FiltersDelete(vlc_object_t *, aout_filters_t *); +#define aout_FiltersDelete(o,f) \ + aout_FiltersDelete(VLC_OBJECT(o),f) +VLC_API bool aout_FiltersAdjustResampling(aout_filters_t *, int); +VLC_API block_t *aout_FiltersPlay(aout_filters_t *, block_t *, int rate); +VLC_API block_t *aout_FiltersDrain(aout_filters_t *); +VLC_API void aout_FiltersFlush(aout_filters_t *); +VLC_API void aout_FiltersChangeViewpoint(aout_filters_t *, const vlc_viewpoint_t *vp); + +VLC_API vout_thread_t * aout_filter_RequestVout( filter_t *, vout_thread_t *p_vout, const video_format_t *p_fmt ); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* VLC_AOUT_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a61af5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_aout_volume.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_aout_volume.h: audio volume module + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: df85b8fd14e00454e88c08061e3059fa67927dab $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AOUT_MIXER_H +#define VLC_AOUT_MIXER_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * \defgroup audio_volume Audio output volume + * \ingroup audio_output + * @{ + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for audio output mixer object + */ + +typedef struct audio_volume audio_volume_t; + +/** + * Audio volume + */ +struct audio_volume +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_fourcc_t format; /**< Audio samples format */ + void (*amplify)(audio_volume_t *, block_t *, float); /**< Amplifier */ +}; + +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_arrays.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_arrays.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..136a636 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_arrays.h @@ -0,0 +1,627 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_arrays.h : Arrays and data structures handling + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 39b69952ffce040330da239f52778c3e82024bc4 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Clément Stenac + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ARRAYS_H_ +#define VLC_ARRAYS_H_ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and macros for handling arrays in vlc + */ + +/* realloc() that never fails *if* downsizing */ +static inline void *realloc_down( void *ptr, size_t size ) +{ + void *ret = realloc( ptr, size ); + return ret ? ret : ptr; +} + +#define TAB_INIT( count, tab ) \ + do { \ + (count) = 0; \ + (tab) = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_CLEAN( count, tab ) \ + do { \ + free( tab ); \ + (count)= 0; \ + (tab)= NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_APPEND_CAST( cast, count, tab, p ) \ + do { \ + if( (count) > 0 ) \ + (tab) = cast realloc( tab, sizeof( *(tab) ) * ( (count) + 1 ) ); \ + else \ + (tab) = cast malloc( sizeof( *(tab) ) ); \ + if( !(tab) ) abort(); \ + (tab)[count] = (p); \ + (count)++; \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_APPEND( count, tab, p ) \ + TAB_APPEND_CAST( , count, tab, p ) + +#define TAB_FIND( count, tab, p, idx ) \ + do { \ + for( (idx) = 0; (idx) < (count); (idx)++ ) \ + if( (tab)[(idx)] == (p) ) \ + break; \ + if( (idx) >= (count) ) \ + (idx) = -1; \ + } while(0) + + +#define TAB_ERASE( count, tab, index ) \ + do { \ + if( (count) > 1 ) \ + memmove( (tab) + (index), \ + (tab) + (index) + 1, \ + ((count) - (index) - 1 ) * sizeof( *(tab) ) );\ + (count)--; \ + if( (count) == 0 ) \ + { \ + free( tab ); \ + (tab) = NULL; \ + } \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_REMOVE( count, tab, p ) \ + do { \ + int i_index; \ + TAB_FIND( count, tab, p, i_index ); \ + if( i_index >= 0 ) \ + TAB_ERASE( count, tab, i_index ); \ + } while(0) + +#define TAB_INSERT_CAST( cast, count, tab, p, index ) do { \ + if( (count) > 0 ) \ + (tab) = cast realloc( tab, sizeof( *(tab) ) * ( (count) + 1 ) ); \ + else \ + (tab) = cast malloc( sizeof( *(tab) ) ); \ + if( !(tab) ) abort(); \ + if( (count) - (index) > 0 ) \ + memmove( (tab) + (index) + 1, \ + (tab) + (index), \ + ((count) - (index)) * sizeof( *(tab) ) );\ + (tab)[(index)] = (p); \ + (count)++; \ +} while(0) + +#define TAB_INSERT( count, tab, p, index ) \ + TAB_INSERT_CAST( , count, tab, p, index ) + +/** + * Binary search in a sorted array. The key must be comparable by < and > + * \param entries array of entries + * \param count number of entries + * \param elem key to check within an entry (like .id, or ->i_id) + * \param zetype type of the key + * \param key value of the key + * \param answer index of answer within the array. -1 if not found + */ +#define BSEARCH( entries, count, elem, zetype, key, answer ) \ + do { \ + int low = 0, high = count - 1; \ + answer = -1; \ + while( low <= high ) {\ + int mid = ((unsigned int)low + (unsigned int)high) >> 1;\ + zetype mid_val = entries[mid] elem;\ + if( mid_val < key ) \ + low = mid + 1; \ + else if ( mid_val > key ) \ + high = mid -1; \ + else \ + { \ + answer = mid; break; \ + }\ + } \ + } while(0) + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dynamic arrays with progressive allocation + ************************************************************************/ + +/* Internal functions */ +#define _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, newsize) { \ + (array).i_alloc = newsize; \ + (array).p_elems = realloc( (array).p_elems, (array).i_alloc * \ + sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + if( !(array).p_elems ) abort(); \ +} + +#define _ARRAY_GROW1(array) { \ + if( (array).i_alloc < 10 ) \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, 10 ) \ + else if( (array).i_alloc == (array).i_size ) \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, (int)((array).i_alloc * 1.5) ) \ +} + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) + +/* API */ +#define DECL_ARRAY(type) struct { \ + int i_alloc; \ + int i_size; \ + type *p_elems; \ +} + +#define TYPEDEF_ARRAY(type, name) typedef DECL_ARRAY(type) name; + +#define ARRAY_INIT(array) \ + do { \ + (array).i_alloc = 0; \ + (array).i_size = 0; \ + (array).p_elems = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_RESET(array) \ + do { \ + (array).i_alloc = 0; \ + (array).i_size = 0; \ + free( (array).p_elems ); (array).p_elems = NULL; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_APPEND(array, elem) \ + do { \ + _ARRAY_GROW1(array); \ + (array).p_elems[(array).i_size] = elem; \ + (array).i_size++; \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_INSERT(array,elem,pos) \ + do { \ + _ARRAY_GROW1(array); \ + if( (array).i_size - pos ) { \ + memmove( (array).p_elems + pos + 1, (array).p_elems + pos, \ + ((array).i_size-pos) * sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + } \ + (array).p_elems[pos] = elem; \ + (array).i_size++; \ + } while(0) + +#define _ARRAY_SHRINK(array) { \ + if( (array).i_size > 10 && (array).i_size < (int)((array).i_alloc / 1.5) ) { \ + _ARRAY_ALLOC(array, (array).i_size + 5); \ + } \ +} + +#define ARRAY_REMOVE(array,pos) \ + do { \ + if( (array).i_size - (pos) - 1 ) \ + { \ + memmove( (array).p_elems + pos, (array).p_elems + pos + 1, \ + ( (array).i_size - pos - 1 ) *sizeof(*(array).p_elems) ); \ + } \ + (array).i_size--; \ + _ARRAY_SHRINK(array); \ + } while(0) + +#define ARRAY_VAL(array, pos) array.p_elems[pos] + +#define ARRAY_BSEARCH(array, elem, zetype, key, answer) \ + BSEARCH( (array).p_elems, (array).i_size, elem, zetype, key, answer) + +#define FOREACH_ARRAY( item, array ) { \ + int fe_idx; \ + for( fe_idx = 0 ; fe_idx < (array).i_size ; fe_idx++ ) \ + { \ + item = (array).p_elems[fe_idx]; + +#define FOREACH_END() } } + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dynamic arrays with progressive allocation (Preferred API) + ************************************************************************/ +typedef struct vlc_array_t +{ + size_t i_count; + void ** pp_elems; +} vlc_array_t; + +static inline void vlc_array_init( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + p_array->i_count = 0; + p_array->pp_elems = NULL; +} + +static inline void vlc_array_clear( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + free( p_array->pp_elems ); + vlc_array_init( p_array ); +} + +/* Read */ +static inline size_t vlc_array_count( vlc_array_t * p_array ) +{ + return p_array->i_count; +} + +#ifndef __cplusplus +# define vlc_array_item_at_index(ar, idx) \ + _Generic((ar), \ + const vlc_array_t *: ((ar)->pp_elems[idx]), \ + vlc_array_t *: ((ar)->pp_elems[idx])) +#else +static inline void *vlc_array_item_at_index( vlc_array_t *ar, size_t idx ) +{ + return ar->pp_elems[idx]; +} + +static inline const void *vlc_array_item_at_index( const vlc_array_t *ar, + size_t idx ) +{ + return ar->pp_elems[idx]; +} +#endif + +static inline int vlc_array_index_of_item( const vlc_array_t *ar, + const void *elem ) +{ + for( size_t i = 0; i < ar->i_count; i++ ) + { + if( ar->pp_elems[i] == elem ) + return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* Write */ +static inline int vlc_array_insert( vlc_array_t *ar, void *elem, int idx ) +{ + void **pp = (void **)realloc( ar->pp_elems, + sizeof( void * ) * (ar->i_count + 1) ); + if( unlikely(pp == NULL) ) + return -1; + + size_t tail = ar->i_count - idx; + if( tail > 0 ) + memmove( pp + idx + 1, pp + idx, sizeof( void * ) * tail ); + + pp[idx] = elem; + ar->i_count++; + ar->pp_elems = pp; + return 0; +} + +static inline void vlc_array_insert_or_abort( vlc_array_t *ar, void *elem, int idx ) +{ + if( vlc_array_insert( ar, elem, idx ) ) + abort(); +} + +static inline int vlc_array_append( vlc_array_t *ar, void *elem ) +{ + void **pp = (void **)realloc( ar->pp_elems, + sizeof( void * ) * (ar->i_count + 1) ); + if( unlikely(pp == NULL) ) + return -1; + + pp[ar->i_count++] = elem; + ar->pp_elems = pp; + return 0; +} + +static inline void vlc_array_append_or_abort( vlc_array_t *ar, void *elem ) +{ + if( vlc_array_append( ar, elem ) != 0 ) + abort(); +} + +static inline void vlc_array_remove( vlc_array_t *ar, size_t idx ) +{ + void **pp = ar->pp_elems; + size_t tail = ar->i_count - idx - 1; + + if( tail > 0 ) + memmove( pp + idx, pp + idx + 1, sizeof( void * ) * tail ); + + ar->i_count--; + + if( ar->i_count > 0 ) + { + pp = (void **)realloc( pp, sizeof( void * ) * ar->i_count ); + if( likely(pp != NULL) ) + ar->pp_elems = pp; + } + else + { + free( pp ); + ar->pp_elems = NULL; + } +} + + +/************************************************************************ + * Dictionaries + ************************************************************************/ + +/* This function is not intended to be crypto-secure, we only want it to be + * fast and not suck too much. This one is pretty fast and did 0 collisions + * in wenglish's dictionary. + */ +static inline uint64_t DictHash( const char *psz_string, int hashsize ) +{ + uint64_t i_hash = 0; + if( psz_string ) + { + while( *psz_string ) + { + i_hash += *psz_string++; + i_hash += i_hash << 10; + i_hash ^= i_hash >> 8; + } + } + return i_hash % hashsize; +} + +typedef struct vlc_dictionary_entry_t +{ + char * psz_key; + void * p_value; + struct vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_next; +} vlc_dictionary_entry_t; + +typedef struct vlc_dictionary_t +{ + int i_size; + vlc_dictionary_entry_t ** p_entries; +} vlc_dictionary_t; + +static void * const kVLCDictionaryNotFound = NULL; + +static inline void vlc_dictionary_init( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, int i_size ) +{ + p_dict->p_entries = NULL; + + if( i_size > 0 ) + { + p_dict->p_entries = (vlc_dictionary_entry_t **)calloc( i_size, sizeof(*p_dict->p_entries) ); + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + i_size = 0; + } + p_dict->i_size = i_size; +} + +static inline void vlc_dictionary_clear( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, + void ( * pf_free )( void * p_data, void * p_obj ), + void * p_obj ) +{ + if( p_dict->p_entries ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_current, * p_next; + p_current = p_dict->p_entries[i]; + while( p_current ) + { + p_next = p_current->p_next; + if( pf_free != NULL ) + ( * pf_free )( p_current->p_value, p_obj ); + free( p_current->psz_key ); + free( p_current ); + p_current = p_next; + } + } + free( p_dict->p_entries ); + p_dict->p_entries = NULL; + } + p_dict->i_size = 0; +} + +static inline int +vlc_dictionary_has_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return 0; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + const vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + for( ; p_entry != NULL; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) + { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + break; + } + return p_entry != NULL; +} + +static inline void * +vlc_dictionary_value_for_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + + if( !p_entry ) + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; + + /* Make sure we return the right item. (Hash collision) */ + do { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + return p_entry->p_value; + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } while( p_entry ); + + return kVLCDictionaryNotFound; +} + +static inline int +vlc_dictionary_keys_count( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + int i, count = 0; + + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return 0; + + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + for( p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; p_entry; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) count++; + } + return count; +} + +static inline bool +vlc_dictionary_is_empty( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + if( p_dict->p_entries ) + for( int i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + if( p_dict->p_entries[i] ) + return false; + return true; +} + +static inline char ** +vlc_dictionary_all_keys( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + char ** ppsz_ret; + int i, count = vlc_dictionary_keys_count( p_dict ); + + ppsz_ret = (char**)malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 1)); + if( unlikely(!ppsz_ret) ) + return NULL; + + count = 0; + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + for( p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; p_entry; p_entry = p_entry->p_next ) + ppsz_ret[count++] = strdup( p_entry->psz_key ); + } + ppsz_ret[count] = NULL; + return ppsz_ret; +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_insert_impl_( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, + void * p_value, bool rebuild ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + vlc_dictionary_init( p_dict, 1 ); + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry; + + p_entry = (vlc_dictionary_entry_t *)malloc(sizeof(*p_entry)); + p_entry->psz_key = strdup( psz_key ); + p_entry->p_value = p_value; + p_entry->p_next = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] = p_entry; + if( rebuild ) + { + /* Count how many items there was */ + int count; + for( count = 1; p_entry->p_next; count++ ) + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + if( count > 3 ) /* XXX: this need tuning */ + { + /* Here it starts to be not good, rebuild a bigger dictionary */ + struct vlc_dictionary_t new_dict; + int i_new_size = ( (p_dict->i_size+2) * 3) / 2; /* XXX: this need tuning */ + int i; + vlc_dictionary_init( &new_dict, i_new_size ); + for( i = 0; i < p_dict->i_size; i++ ) + { + p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i]; + while( p_entry ) + { + vlc_dictionary_insert_impl_( &new_dict, p_entry->psz_key, + p_entry->p_value, + false /* To avoid multiple rebuild loop */); + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } + } + + vlc_dictionary_clear( p_dict, NULL, NULL ); + p_dict->i_size = new_dict.i_size; + p_dict->p_entries = new_dict.p_entries; + } + } +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_insert( vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, void * p_value ) +{ + vlc_dictionary_insert_impl_( p_dict, psz_key, p_value, true ); +} + +static inline void +vlc_dictionary_remove_value_for_key( const vlc_dictionary_t * p_dict, const char * psz_key, + void ( * pf_free )( void * p_data, void * p_obj ), + void * p_obj ) +{ + if( !p_dict->p_entries ) + return; + + int i_pos = DictHash( psz_key, p_dict->i_size ); + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_entry = p_dict->p_entries[i_pos]; + vlc_dictionary_entry_t * p_prev; + + if( !p_entry ) + return; /* Not found, nothing to do */ + + /* Hash collision */ + p_prev = NULL; + do { + if( !strcmp( psz_key, p_entry->psz_key ) ) + { + if( pf_free != NULL ) + ( * pf_free )( p_entry->p_value, p_obj ); + if( !p_prev ) + p_dict->p_entries[i_pos] = p_entry->p_next; + else + p_prev->p_next = p_entry->p_next; + free( p_entry->psz_key ); + free( p_entry ); + return; + } + p_prev = p_entry; + p_entry = p_entry->p_next; + } while( p_entry ); + + /* No key was found */ +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// C++ helpers +template +void vlc_delete_all( T &container ) +{ + typename T::iterator it = container.begin(); + while ( it != container.end() ) + { + delete *it; + ++it; + } + container.clear(); +} + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_atomic.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_atomic.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31d1454 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_atomic.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_atomic.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ATOMIC_H +# define VLC_ATOMIC_H + +/** + * \file + * Atomic operations do not require locking, but they are not very powerful. + */ + +/* Clang older versions support atomics but lacks the stdatomic.h header */ +#if defined(__clang__) +# if !defined(__has_include) || !__has_include() +# define __STDC_NO_ATOMICS__ 1 +# endif +#endif + +# ifndef __cplusplus +# if !defined (__STDC_NO_ATOMICS__) +/*** Native C11 atomics ***/ +# include + +# else +/*** Intel/GCC atomics ***/ + +# define ATOMIC_FLAG_INIT false + +# define ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(value) (value) + +# define atomic_init(obj, value) \ + do { *(obj) = (value); } while(0) + +# define kill_dependency(y) \ + ((void)0) + +# define atomic_thread_fence(order) \ + __sync_synchronize() + +# define atomic_signal_fence(order) \ + ((void)0) + +# define atomic_is_lock_free(obj) \ + false + +typedef bool atomic_flag; +typedef bool atomic_bool; +typedef char atomic_char; +typedef signed char atomic_schar; +typedef unsigned char atomic_uchar; +typedef short atomic_short; +typedef unsigned short atomic_ushort; +typedef int atomic_int; +typedef unsigned int atomic_uint; +typedef long atomic_long; +typedef unsigned long atomic_ulong; +typedef long long atomic_llong; +typedef unsigned long long atomic_ullong; +//typedef char16_t atomic_char16_t; +//typedef char32_t atomic_char32_t; +typedef wchar_t atomic_wchar_t; +typedef int_least8_t atomic_int_least8_t; +typedef uint_least8_t atomic_uint_least8_t; +typedef int_least16_t atomic_int_least16_t; +typedef uint_least16_t atomic_uint_least16_t; +typedef int_least32_t atomic_int_least32_t; +typedef uint_least32_t atomic_uint_least32_t; +typedef int_least64_t atomic_int_least64_t; +typedef uint_least64_t atomic_uint_least64_t; +typedef int_fast8_t atomic_int_fast8_t; +typedef uint_fast8_t atomic_uint_fast8_t; +typedef int_fast16_t atomic_int_fast16_t; +typedef uint_fast16_t atomic_uint_fast16_t; +typedef int_fast32_t atomic_int_fast32_t; +typedef uint_fast32_t atomic_uint_fast32_t; +typedef int_fast64_t atomic_int_fast64_t; +typedef uint_fast64_t atomic_uint_fast64_t; +typedef intptr_t atomic_intptr_t; +typedef uintptr_t atomic_uintptr_t; +typedef size_t atomic_size_t; +typedef ptrdiff_t atomic_ptrdiff_t; +typedef intmax_t atomic_intmax_t; +typedef uintmax_t atomic_uintmax_t; + +# define atomic_store(object,desired) \ + do { \ + *(object) = (desired); \ + __sync_synchronize(); \ + } while (0) + +# define atomic_store_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_store(object,desired) + +# define atomic_load(object) \ + (__sync_synchronize(), *(object)) + +# define atomic_load_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_load(object) + +# define atomic_exchange(object,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _obj = (object); \ + typeof (*object) _old; \ + do \ + _old = atomic_load(_obj); \ + while (!__sync_bool_compare_and_swap(_obj, _old, (desired))); \ + _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_exchange_explicit(object,desired,order) \ + atomic_exchange(object,desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange(object,expected,desired) \ +({ \ + typeof (object) _exp = (expected); \ + typeof (*object) _old = *_exp; \ + *_exp = __sync_val_compare_and_swap((object), _old, (desired)); \ + *_exp == _old; \ +}) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_strong_explicit(object,expected,desired,order,order_different) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_strong(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object,expected,desired) \ + atomic_compare_exchange(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_compare_exchange_weak_explicit(object,expected,desired,order_equal,order_different) \ + atomic_compare_exchange_weak(object, expected, desired) + +# define atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_add(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_add_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_add(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_sub_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_or(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_or_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_or(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_sub(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_xor_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_sub(object,operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) \ + __sync_fetch_and_and(object, operand) + +# define atomic_fetch_and_explicit(object,operand,order) \ + atomic_fetch_and(object,operand) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) \ + atomic_exchange(object, true) + +# define atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_test_and_set(object) + +# define atomic_flag_clear(object) \ + atomic_store(object, false) + +# define atomic_flag_clear_explicit(object,order) \ + atomic_flag_clear(object) + +# endif /* !C11 */ + +typedef atomic_uint_least32_t vlc_atomic_float; + +static inline void vlc_atomic_init_float(vlc_atomic_float *var, float f) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.f = f; + atomic_init(var, u.i); +} + +/** Helper to retrieve a single precision from an atom. */ +static inline float vlc_atomic_load_float(vlc_atomic_float *atom) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.i = atomic_load(atom); + return u.f; +} + +/** Helper to store a single precision into an atom. */ +static inline void vlc_atomic_store_float(vlc_atomic_float *atom, float f) +{ + union { float f; uint32_t i; } u; + u.f = f; + atomic_store(atom, u.i); +} + +# else /* C++ */ +/*** Native C++11 atomics ***/ +# include +# endif /* C++ */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..664633a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_avcodec.h: VLC thread support for libavcodec + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_AVCODEC_H +# define VLC_AVCODEC_H 1 + +static inline void vlc_avcodec_lock (void) +{ + vlc_global_lock (VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX); +} + +static inline void vlc_avcodec_unlock (void) +{ + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_bits.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_bits.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..edd095b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_bits.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_bits.h : Bit handling helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2015 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 395a789eba46ac42413f5fb5418619332589f824 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * Gildas Bazin + * Rafaël Carré + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef VLC_BITS_H +#define VLC_BITS_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures for handling streams of bits in vlc + */ + +typedef struct bs_s +{ + uint8_t *p_start; + uint8_t *p; + uint8_t *p_end; + + ssize_t i_left; /* i_count number of available bits */ + bool b_read_only; + + /* forward read modifier (p_start, p_end, p_fwpriv, count) */ + uint8_t *(*pf_forward)(uint8_t *, uint8_t *, void *, size_t); + void *p_fwpriv; +} bs_t; + +static inline void bs_write_init( bs_t *s, void *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + s->p_start = (uint8_t *)p_data; + s->p = s->p_start; + s->p_end = s->p_start + i_data; + s->i_left = 8; + s->b_read_only = false; + s->p_fwpriv = NULL; + s->pf_forward = NULL; +} + +static inline void bs_init( bs_t *s, const void *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + bs_write_init( s, (void*) p_data, i_data ); + s->b_read_only = true; +} + +static inline int bs_pos( const bs_t *s ) +{ + return( 8 * ( s->p - s->p_start ) + 8 - s->i_left ); +} + +static inline int bs_remain( const bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + return 0; + else + return( 8 * ( s->p_end - s->p ) - 8 + s->i_left ); +} + +static inline int bs_eof( const bs_t *s ) +{ + return( s->p >= s->p_end ? 1: 0 ); +} + +#define bs_forward( s, i ) \ + s->p = s->pf_forward ? s->pf_forward( s->p, s->p_end, s->p_fwpriv, i ) : s->p + i + +static inline uint32_t bs_read( bs_t *s, int i_count ) +{ + static const uint32_t i_mask[33] = + { 0x00, + 0x01, 0x03, 0x07, 0x0f, + 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0xff, + 0x1ff, 0x3ff, 0x7ff, 0xfff, + 0x1fff, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 0xffff, + 0x1ffff, 0x3ffff, 0x7ffff, 0xfffff, + 0x1fffff, 0x3fffff, 0x7fffff, 0xffffff, + 0x1ffffff, 0x3ffffff, 0x7ffffff, 0xfffffff, + 0x1fffffff,0x3fffffff,0x7fffffff,0xffffffff}; + int i_shr, i_drop = 0; + uint32_t i_result = 0; + + if( i_count > 32 ) + { + i_drop = i_count - 32; + i_count = 32; + } + + while( i_count > 0 ) + { + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + { + break; + } + + if( ( i_shr = s->i_left - i_count ) >= 0 ) + { + /* more in the buffer than requested */ + i_result |= ( *s->p >> i_shr )&i_mask[i_count]; + s->i_left -= i_count; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + bs_forward( s, 1 ); + s->i_left = 8; + } + break; + } + else + { + /* less in the buffer than requested */ + if( -i_shr == 32 ) + i_result = 0; + else + i_result |= (*s->p&i_mask[s->i_left]) << -i_shr; + i_count -= s->i_left; + bs_forward( s, 1); + s->i_left = 8; + } + } + + if( i_drop ) + bs_forward( s, i_drop ); + + return( i_result ); +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_read1( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->p < s->p_end ) + { + unsigned int i_result; + + s->i_left--; + i_result = ( *s->p >> s->i_left )&0x01; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + bs_forward( s, 1 ); + s->i_left = 8; + } + return i_result; + } + + return 0; +} + +static inline uint32_t bs_show( bs_t *s, int i_count ) +{ + bs_t s_tmp = *s; + return bs_read( &s_tmp, i_count ); +} + +static inline void bs_skip( bs_t *s, ssize_t i_count ) +{ + s->i_left -= i_count; + + if( s->i_left <= 0 ) + { + const size_t i_bytes = 1 + s->i_left / -8; + bs_forward( s, i_bytes ); + if( i_bytes * 8 < i_bytes /* ofw */ ) + s->i_left = i_bytes; + else + s->i_left += 8 * i_bytes; + } +} + +static inline void bs_write( bs_t *s, int i_count, uint32_t i_bits ) +{ + if( s->b_read_only ) + return; + + while( i_count > 0 ) + { + if( s->p >= s->p_end ) + { + break; + } + + i_count--; + + if( ( i_bits >> i_count )&0x01 ) + { + *s->p |= 1 << ( s->i_left - 1 ); + } + else + { + *s->p &= ~( 1 << ( s->i_left - 1 ) ); + } + s->i_left--; + if( s->i_left == 0 ) + { + bs_forward( s, 1 ); + s->i_left = 8; + } + } +} + +static inline bool bs_aligned( bs_t *s ) +{ + return s->i_left % 8 == 0; +} + +static inline void bs_align( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + s->i_left = 8; + s->p++; + } +} + +static inline void bs_align_0( bs_t *s ) +{ + if( s->i_left != 8 ) + { + bs_write( s, s->i_left, 0 ); + } +} + +static inline void bs_align_1( bs_t *s ) +{ + while( !s->b_read_only && s->i_left != 8 ) + { + bs_write( s, 1, 1 ); + } +} + +/* Read unsigned Exp-Golomb code */ +static inline uint_fast32_t bs_read_ue( bs_t * bs ) +{ + unsigned i = 0; + + while( bs_read1( bs ) == 0 && bs->p < bs->p_end && i < 31 ) + i++; + + return (1U << i) - 1 + bs_read( bs, i ); +} + +/* Read signed Exp-Golomb code */ +static inline int_fast32_t bs_read_se( bs_t *s ) +{ + uint_fast32_t val = bs_read_ue( s ); + + return (val & 0x01) ? (int_fast32_t)((val + 1) / 2) + : -(int_fast32_t)(val / 2); +} + +#undef bs_forward + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_block.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_block.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9990104 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_block.h @@ -0,0 +1,626 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_block.h: Data blocks management functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 1c9478301687233398adbb7de7da4ffc4a101f89 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BLOCK_H +#define VLC_BLOCK_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup block Data blocks + * \ingroup input + * + * Blocks of binary data. + * + * @ref block_t is a generic structure to represent a binary blob within VLC. + * The primary goal of the structure is to avoid memory copying as data is + * passed around. It is notably used between the \ref demux, the packetizer + * (if present) and the \ref decoder, and for audio, between the \ref decoder, + * the audio filters, and the \ref audio_output. + * + * @{ + * \file + * Data block definition and functions + */ + +#include /* for ssize_t */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * block: + **************************************************************************** + * - i_flags may not always be set (ie could be 0, even for a key frame + * it depends where you receive the buffer (before/after a packetizer + * and the demux/packetizer implementations. + * - i_dts/i_pts could be VLC_TS_INVALID, it means no pts/dts + * - i_length: length in microseond of the packet, can be null except in the + * sout where it is mandatory. + * + * - i_buffer number of valid data pointed by p_buffer + * you can freely decrease it but never increase it yourself + * (use block_Realloc) + * - p_buffer: pointer over datas. You should never overwrite it, you can + * only incremment it to skip datas, in others cases use block_Realloc + * (don't duplicate yourself in a bigger buffer, block_Realloc is + * optimised for preheader/postdatas increase) + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** The content doesn't follow the last block, possible some blocks in between + * have been lost */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY 0x0001 +/** Intra frame */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_I 0x0002 +/** Inter frame with backward reference only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_P 0x0004 +/** Inter frame with backward and forward reference */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_B 0x0008 +/** For inter frame when you don't know the real type */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_PB 0x0010 +/** Warn that this block is a header one */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_HEADER 0x0020 +/** This block contains the last part of a sequence */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_END_OF_SEQUENCE 0x0040 +/** This block contains a clock reference */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CLOCK 0x0080 +/** This block is scrambled */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_SCRAMBLED 0x0100 +/** This block has to be decoded but not be displayed */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PREROLL 0x0200 +/** This block is corrupted and/or there is data loss */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORRUPTED 0x0400 +/** This block contains an interlaced picture with top field stored first */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST 0x0800 +/** This block contains an interlaced picture with bottom field stored first */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_BOTTOM_FIELD_FIRST 0x1000 +/** This block contains a single field from interlaced picture. */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_SINGLE_FIELD 0x2000 + +/** This block contains an interlaced picture */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_INTERLACED_MASK \ + (BLOCK_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST|BLOCK_FLAG_BOTTOM_FIELD_FIRST|BLOCK_FLAG_SINGLE_FIELD) + +#define BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_MASK \ + (BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_I|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_P|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_B|BLOCK_FLAG_TYPE_PB) + +/* These are for input core private usage only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORE_PRIVATE_MASK 0x00ff0000 +#define BLOCK_FLAG_CORE_PRIVATE_SHIFT 16 + +/* These are for module private usage only */ +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PRIVATE_MASK 0xff000000 +#define BLOCK_FLAG_PRIVATE_SHIFT 24 + +typedef void (*block_free_t) (block_t *); + +struct block_t +{ + block_t *p_next; + + uint8_t *p_buffer; /**< Payload start */ + size_t i_buffer; /**< Payload length */ + uint8_t *p_start; /**< Buffer start */ + size_t i_size; /**< Buffer total size */ + + uint32_t i_flags; + unsigned i_nb_samples; /* Used for audio */ + + mtime_t i_pts; + mtime_t i_dts; + mtime_t i_length; + + /* Rudimentary support for overloading block (de)allocation. */ + block_free_t pf_release; +}; + +VLC_API void block_Init( block_t *, void *, size_t ); + +/** + * Allocates a block. + * + * Creates a new block with the requested size. + * The block must be released with block_Release(). + * + * @param size size in bytes (possibly zero) + * @return the created block, or NULL on memory error. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_Alloc(size_t size) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API block_t *block_TryRealloc(block_t *, ssize_t pre, size_t body) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Reallocates a block. + * + * This function expands, shrinks or moves a data block. + * In many cases, this function can return without any memory allocation by + * reusing spare buffer space. Otherwise, a new block is created and data is + * copied. + * + * @param pre count of bytes to prepend if positive, + * count of leading bytes to discard if negative + * @param body new bytes size of the block + * + * @return the reallocated block on succes, NULL on error. + * + * @note Skipping leading bytes can be achieved directly by subtracting from + * block_t.i_buffer and adding block_t.p_buffer. + * @note Discard trailing bytes can be achieved directly by subtracting from + * block_t.i_buffer. + * @note On error, the block is discarded. + * To avoid that, use block_TryRealloc() instead. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_Realloc(block_t *, ssize_t pre, size_t body) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Releases a block. + * + * This function works for any @ref block_t block, regardless of the way it was + * allocated. + * + * @note + * If the block is in a chain, this function does not release any + * subsequent block in the chain. Use block_ChainRelease() for that purpose. + * + * @param block block to release (cannot be NULL) + */ +static inline void block_Release(block_t *block) +{ + block->pf_release(block); +} + +static inline void block_CopyProperties( block_t *dst, block_t *src ) +{ + dst->i_flags = src->i_flags; + dst->i_nb_samples = src->i_nb_samples; + dst->i_dts = src->i_dts; + dst->i_pts = src->i_pts; + dst->i_length = src->i_length; +} + +/** + * Duplicates a block. + * + * Creates a writeable duplicate of a block. + * + * @return the duplicate on success, NULL on error. + */ +VLC_USED +static inline block_t *block_Duplicate( block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_t *p_dup = block_Alloc( p_block->i_buffer ); + if( p_dup == NULL ) + return NULL; + + block_CopyProperties( p_dup, p_block ); + memcpy( p_dup->p_buffer, p_block->p_buffer, p_block->i_buffer ); + + return p_dup; +} + +/** + * Wraps heap in a block. + * + * Creates a @ref block_t out of an existing heap allocation. + * This is provided by LibVLC so that manually heap-allocated blocks can safely + * be deallocated even after the origin plugin has been unloaded from memory. + * + * When block_Release() is called, VLC will free() the specified pointer. + * + * @param addr base address of the heap allocation (will be free()'d) + * @param length bytes length of the heap allocation + * @return NULL in case of error (ptr free()'d in that case), or a valid + * block_t pointer. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_heap_Alloc(void *, size_t) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Wraps a memory mapping in a block + * + * Creates a @ref block_t from a virtual address memory mapping (mmap). + * This is provided by LibVLC so that mmap blocks can safely be deallocated + * even after the allocating plugin has been unloaded from memory. + * + * @param addr base address of the mapping (as returned by mmap) + * @param length length (bytes) of the mapping (as passed to mmap) + * @return NULL if addr is MAP_FAILED, or an error occurred (in the later + * case, munmap(addr, length) is invoked before returning). + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_mmap_Alloc(void *addr, size_t length) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Wraps a System V memory segment in a block + * + * Creates a @ref block_t from a System V shared memory segment (shmget()). + * This is provided by LibVLC so that segments can safely be deallocated + * even after the allocating plugin has been unloaded from memory. + * + * @param addr base address of the segment (as returned by shmat()) + * @param length length (bytes) of the segment (as passed to shmget()) + * @return NULL if an error occurred (in that case, shmdt(addr) is invoked + * before returning NULL). + */ +VLC_API block_t * block_shm_Alloc(void *addr, size_t length) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Maps a file handle in memory. + * + * Loads a file into a block of memory through a file descriptor. + * If possible a private file mapping is created. Otherwise, the file is read + * normally. This function is a cancellation point. + * + * @note On 32-bits platforms, + * this function will not work for very large files, + * due to memory space constraints. + * + * @param fd file descriptor to load from + * @param write If true, request a read/write private mapping. + * If false, request a read-only potentially shared mapping. + * + * @return a new block with the file content at p_buffer, and file length at + * i_buffer (release it with block_Release()), or NULL upon error (see errno). + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_File(int fd, bool write) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Maps a file in memory. + * + * Loads a file into a block of memory from a path to the file. + * See also block_File(). + * + * @param write If true, request a read/write private mapping. + * If false, request a read-only potentially shared mapping. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_FilePath(const char *, bool write) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +static inline void block_Cleanup (void *block) +{ + block_Release ((block_t *)block); +} +#define block_cleanup_push( block ) vlc_cleanup_push (block_Cleanup, block) + +/** + * \defgroup block_fifo Block chain + * @{ + */ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Chains of blocks functions helper + **************************************************************************** + * - block_ChainAppend : append a block to the last block of a chain. Try to + * avoid using with a lot of data as it's really slow, prefer + * block_ChainLastAppend, p_block can be NULL + * - block_ChainLastAppend : use a pointer over a pointer to the next blocks, + * and update it. + * - block_ChainRelease : release a chain of block + * - block_ChainExtract : extract data from a chain, return real bytes counts + * - block_ChainGather : gather a chain, free it and return one block. + ****************************************************************************/ +static inline void block_ChainAppend( block_t **pp_list, block_t *p_block ) +{ + if( *pp_list == NULL ) + { + *pp_list = p_block; + } + else + { + block_t *p = *pp_list; + + while( p->p_next ) p = p->p_next; + p->p_next = p_block; + } +} + +static inline void block_ChainLastAppend( block_t ***ppp_last, block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_t *p_last = p_block; + + **ppp_last = p_block; + + while( p_last->p_next ) p_last = p_last->p_next; + *ppp_last = &p_last->p_next; +} + +static inline void block_ChainRelease( block_t *p_block ) +{ + while( p_block ) + { + block_t *p_next = p_block->p_next; + block_Release( p_block ); + p_block = p_next; + } +} + +static size_t block_ChainExtract( block_t *p_list, void *p_data, size_t i_max ) +{ + size_t i_total = 0; + uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)p_data; + + while( p_list && i_max ) + { + size_t i_copy = __MIN( i_max, p_list->i_buffer ); + memcpy( p, p_list->p_buffer, i_copy ); + i_max -= i_copy; + i_total += i_copy; + p += i_copy; + + p_list = p_list->p_next; + } + return i_total; +} + +static inline void block_ChainProperties( block_t *p_list, int *pi_count, size_t *pi_size, mtime_t *pi_length ) +{ + size_t i_size = 0; + mtime_t i_length = 0; + int i_count = 0; + + while( p_list ) + { + i_size += p_list->i_buffer; + i_length += p_list->i_length; + i_count++; + + p_list = p_list->p_next; + } + + if( pi_size ) + *pi_size = i_size; + if( pi_length ) + *pi_length = i_length; + if( pi_count ) + *pi_count = i_count; +} + +static inline block_t *block_ChainGather( block_t *p_list ) +{ + size_t i_total = 0; + mtime_t i_length = 0; + block_t *g; + + if( p_list->p_next == NULL ) + return p_list; /* Already gathered */ + + block_ChainProperties( p_list, NULL, &i_total, &i_length ); + + g = block_Alloc( i_total ); + if( !g ) + return NULL; + block_ChainExtract( p_list, g->p_buffer, g->i_buffer ); + + g->i_flags = p_list->i_flags; + g->i_pts = p_list->i_pts; + g->i_dts = p_list->i_dts; + g->i_length = i_length; + + /* free p_list */ + block_ChainRelease( p_list ); + return g; +} + +/** + * @} + * \defgroup fifo Block FIFO + * Thread-safe block queue functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Creates a thread-safe FIFO queue of blocks. + * + * See also block_FifoPut() and block_FifoGet(). + * The created queue must be released with block_FifoRelease(). + * + * @return the FIFO or NULL on memory error + */ +VLC_API block_fifo_t *block_FifoNew(void) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Destroys a FIFO created by block_FifoNew(). + * + * @note Any queued blocks are also destroyed. + * @warning No other threads may be using the FIFO when this function is + * called. Otherwise, undefined behaviour will occur. + */ +VLC_API void block_FifoRelease(block_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Clears all blocks in a FIFO. + */ +VLC_API void block_FifoEmpty(block_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Immediately queue one block at the end of a FIFO. + * + * @param fifo queue + * @param block head of a block list to queue (may be NULL) + */ +VLC_API void block_FifoPut(block_fifo_t *fifo, block_t *block); + +/** + * Dequeue the first block from the FIFO. If necessary, wait until there is + * one block in the queue. This function is (always) cancellation point. + * + * @return a valid block + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_FifoGet(block_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Peeks the first block in the FIFO. + * + * @warning This function leaves the block in the FIFO. + * You need to protect against concurrent threads who could dequeue the block. + * Preferably, there should be only one thread reading from the FIFO. + * + * @warning This function is undefined if the FIFO is empty. + * + * @return a valid block. + */ +VLC_API block_t *block_FifoShow(block_fifo_t *); + +size_t block_FifoSize(block_fifo_t *) VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED; +VLC_API size_t block_FifoCount(block_fifo_t *) VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED; + +typedef struct block_fifo_t vlc_fifo_t; + +/** + * Locks a block FIFO. + * + * No more than one thread can lock the FIFO at any given + * time, and no other thread can modify the FIFO while it is locked. + * vlc_fifo_Unlock() releases the lock. + * + * @note If the FIFO is already locked by another thread, this function waits. + * This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning Recursively locking a single FIFO is undefined. Locking more than + * one FIFO at a time may lead to lock inversion; mind the locking order. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_Lock(vlc_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Unlocks a block FIFO. + * + * The calling thread must have locked the FIFO previously with + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise, the behaviour is undefined. + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_Unlock(vlc_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Wakes up one thread waiting on the FIFO, if any. + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning For race-free operations, the FIFO should be locked by the calling + * thread. The function can be called on a unlocked FIFO however. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_Signal(vlc_fifo_t *); + +/** + * Waits on the FIFO. + * + * Atomically unlocks the FIFO and waits until one thread signals the FIFO, + * then locks the FIFO again. A signal can be sent by queueing a block to the + * previously empty FIFO or by calling vlc_fifo_Signal() directly. + * This function may also return spuriously at any moment. + * + * @note This function is a cancellation point. In case of cancellation, the + * the FIFO will be locked before cancellation cleanup handlers are processed. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_Wait(vlc_fifo_t *); + +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_WaitCond(vlc_fifo_t *, vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Timed variant of vlc_fifo_WaitCond(). + * + * Atomically unlocks the FIFO and waits until one thread signals the FIFO up + * to a certain date, then locks the FIFO again. See vlc_fifo_Wait(). + */ +int vlc_fifo_TimedWaitCond(vlc_fifo_t *, vlc_cond_t *, mtime_t); + +/** + * Queues a linked-list of blocks into a locked FIFO. + * + * @param block the head of the list of blocks + * (if NULL, this function has no effects) + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_fifo_QueueUnlocked(vlc_fifo_t *, block_t *); + +/** + * Dequeues the first block from a locked FIFO, if any. + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * @return the first block in the FIFO or NULL if the FIFO is empty + */ +VLC_API block_t *vlc_fifo_DequeueUnlocked(vlc_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Dequeues the all blocks from a locked FIFO. + * + * This is equivalent to calling vlc_fifo_DequeueUnlocked() repeatedly until + * the FIFO is emptied, but this function is much faster. + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * @return a linked-list of all blocks in the FIFO (possibly NULL) + */ +VLC_API block_t *vlc_fifo_DequeueAllUnlocked(vlc_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Counts blocks in a FIFO. + * + * Checks how many blocks are queued in a locked FIFO. + * + * @note This function is not cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * @return the number of blocks in the FIFO (zero if it is empty) + */ +VLC_API size_t vlc_fifo_GetCount(const vlc_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Counts bytes in a FIFO. + * + * Checks how many bytes are queued in a locked FIFO. + * + * @note This function is not cancellation point. + * + * @warning The FIFO must be locked by the calling thread using + * vlc_fifo_Lock(). Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * @return the total number of bytes + * + * @note Zero bytes does not necessarily mean that the FIFO is empty since + * a block could contain zero bytes. Use vlc_fifo_GetCount() to determine if + * a FIFO is empty. + */ +VLC_API size_t vlc_fifo_GetBytes(const vlc_fifo_t *) VLC_USED; + +VLC_USED static inline bool vlc_fifo_IsEmpty(const vlc_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + return vlc_fifo_GetCount(fifo) == 0; +} + +static inline void vlc_fifo_Cleanup(void *fifo) +{ + vlc_fifo_Unlock((vlc_fifo_t *)fifo); +} +#define vlc_fifo_CleanupPush(fifo) vlc_cleanup_push(vlc_fifo_Cleanup, fifo) + +/** @} */ + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* VLC_BLOCK_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4071c2b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_block_helper.h @@ -0,0 +1,369 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_block_helper.h: Helper functions for data blocks management. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2017 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H +#define VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H 1 + +#include + +typedef struct block_bytestream_t +{ + block_t *p_chain; /**< byte stream head block */ + block_t **pp_last; /**< tail ppointer for appends */ + block_t *p_block; /**< byte stream read pointer block */ + size_t i_block_offset; /**< byte stream read pointer offset within block */ + size_t i_base_offset; /**< block base offset (previous blocks total size) */ + size_t i_total; /**< total bytes over all linked blocks */ +} block_bytestream_t; + +/***************************************************************************** + * block_bytestream_t management + *****************************************************************************/ +static inline void block_BytestreamInit( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = NULL; + p_bytestream->pp_last = &p_bytestream->p_chain; + p_bytestream->i_block_offset = 0; + p_bytestream->i_base_offset = 0; + p_bytestream->i_total = 0; +} + +static inline void block_BytestreamRelease( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_ChainRelease( p_bytestream->p_chain ); +} + +/** + * It flush all data (read and unread) from a block_bytestream_t. + */ +static inline void block_BytestreamEmpty( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_BytestreamRelease( p_bytestream ); + block_BytestreamInit( p_bytestream ); +} + +/** + * It flushes all already read data from a block_bytestream_t. + */ +static inline void block_BytestreamFlush( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_t *block = p_bytestream->p_chain; + + while( block != p_bytestream->p_block ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + p_bytestream->i_total -= block->i_buffer; + p_bytestream->i_base_offset -= block->i_buffer; + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + } + + while( block != NULL && block->i_buffer == p_bytestream->i_block_offset ) + { + block_t *p_next = block->p_next; + + p_bytestream->i_total -= block->i_buffer; + block_Release( block ); + block = p_next; + p_bytestream->i_block_offset = 0; + } + + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = block; + if( p_bytestream->p_chain == NULL ) + p_bytestream->pp_last = &p_bytestream->p_chain; +} + +static inline void block_BytestreamPush( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + block_t *p_block ) +{ + block_ChainLastAppend( &p_bytestream->pp_last, p_block ); + if( !p_bytestream->p_block ) p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + for( ; p_block; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + p_bytestream->i_total += p_block->i_buffer; +} + +static inline size_t block_BytestreamRemaining( const block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + return ( p_bytestream->i_total > p_bytestream->i_base_offset + p_bytestream->i_block_offset ) ? + p_bytestream->i_total - p_bytestream->i_base_offset - p_bytestream->i_block_offset : 0; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline block_t *block_BytestreamPop( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + block_t *p_block; + + block_BytestreamFlush( p_bytestream ); + + p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + if( unlikely( p_block == NULL ) ) + { + return NULL; + } + else if( !p_block->p_next ) + { + p_block->p_buffer += p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + p_block->i_buffer -= p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + p_bytestream->i_block_offset = 0; + p_bytestream->i_total = 0; + p_bytestream->p_chain = p_bytestream->p_block = NULL; + p_bytestream->pp_last = &p_bytestream->p_chain; + return p_block; + } + + while( p_block->p_next && p_block->p_next->p_next ) + p_block = p_block->p_next; + + block_t *p_block_old = p_block; + p_block = p_block->p_next; + p_block_old->p_next = NULL; + p_bytestream->pp_last = &p_block_old->p_next; + if( p_block ) + p_bytestream->i_total -= p_block->i_buffer; + + return p_block; +} + +static inline int block_WaitBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_data ) +{ + if( block_BytestreamRemaining( p_bytestream ) >= i_data ) + return VLC_SUCCESS; + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +static inline int block_PeekBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + if( block_BytestreamRemaining( p_bytestream ) < i_data ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + + /* Copy the data */ + size_t i_offset = p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + size_t i_size = i_data; + for( block_t *p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + size_t i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_GetBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + if( block_BytestreamRemaining( p_bytestream ) < i_data ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + + /* Copy the data */ + size_t i_offset = p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + size_t i_size = i_data; + size_t i_copy = 0; + block_t *p_block; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy && p_data != NULL ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + if( i_size == 0 ) + break; + + p_bytestream->i_base_offset += p_block->i_buffer; + i_offset = 0; + } + + p_bytestream->p_block = p_block; + p_bytestream->i_block_offset = i_offset + i_copy; + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline int block_SkipBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_data ) +{ + return block_GetBytes( p_bytestream, NULL, i_data ); +} + +static inline int block_SkipByte( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream ) +{ + return block_GetBytes( p_bytestream, NULL, 1 ); +} + +static inline int block_PeekOffsetBytes( block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, + size_t i_peek_offset, uint8_t *p_data, size_t i_data ) +{ + const size_t i_remain = block_BytestreamRemaining( p_bytestream ); + if( i_remain < i_data + i_peek_offset ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + + /* Find the right place */ + size_t i_offset = p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + size_t i_size = i_peek_offset; + size_t i_copy = 0; + block_t *p_block; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( !i_size ) break; + + i_offset = 0; + } + + /* Copy the data */ + i_offset += i_copy; + i_size = i_data; + for( ; p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_copy = __MIN( i_size, p_block->i_buffer - i_offset ); + i_size -= i_copy; + + if( i_copy ) + { + memcpy( p_data, p_block->p_buffer + i_offset, i_copy ); + p_data += i_copy; + } + + i_offset = 0; + + if( !i_size ) break; + } + + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +typedef const uint8_t * (*block_startcode_helper_t)( const uint8_t *, const uint8_t * ); +typedef bool (*block_startcode_matcher_t)( uint8_t, size_t, const uint8_t * ); + +static inline int block_FindStartcodeFromOffset( + block_bytestream_t *p_bytestream, size_t *pi_offset, + const uint8_t *p_startcode, int i_startcode_length, + block_startcode_helper_t p_startcode_helper, + block_startcode_matcher_t p_startcode_matcher ) +{ + block_t *p_block, *p_block_backup = 0; + ssize_t i_size = 0; + size_t i_offset, i_offset_backup = 0; + int i_caller_offset_backup = 0, i_match; + + /* Find the right place */ + i_size = *pi_offset + p_bytestream->i_block_offset; + for( p_block = p_bytestream->p_block; + p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + i_size -= p_block->i_buffer; + if( i_size < 0 ) break; + } + + if( unlikely( i_size >= 0 ) ) + { + /* Not enough data, bail out */ + return VLC_EGENERIC; + } + + /* Begin the search. + * We first look for an occurrence of the 1st startcode byte and + * if found, we do a more thorough check. */ + i_size += p_block->i_buffer; + *pi_offset -= i_size; + i_match = 0; + for( ; p_block != NULL; p_block = p_block->p_next ) + { + for( i_offset = i_size; i_offset < p_block->i_buffer; i_offset++ ) + { + /* Use optimized helper when possible */ + if( p_startcode_helper && !i_match && + (p_block->i_buffer - i_offset) > ((size_t)i_startcode_length - 1) ) + { + const uint8_t *p_res = p_startcode_helper( &p_block->p_buffer[i_offset], + &p_block->p_buffer[p_block->i_buffer] ); + if( p_res ) + { + *pi_offset += i_offset + (p_res - &p_block->p_buffer[i_offset]); + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + /* Then parsing boundary with legacy code */ + i_offset = p_block->i_buffer - (i_startcode_length - 1); + } + + bool b_matched = ( p_startcode_matcher ) + ? p_startcode_matcher( p_block->p_buffer[i_offset], i_match, p_startcode ) + : p_block->p_buffer[i_offset] == p_startcode[i_match]; + if( b_matched ) + { + if( i_match == 0 ) + { + p_block_backup = p_block; + i_offset_backup = i_offset; + i_caller_offset_backup = *pi_offset; + } + + if( i_match + 1 == i_startcode_length ) + { + /* We have it */ + *pi_offset += i_offset - i_match; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + + i_match++; + } + else if ( i_match > 0 ) + { + /* False positive */ + p_block = p_block_backup; + i_offset = i_offset_backup; + *pi_offset = i_caller_offset_backup; + i_match = 0; + } + + } + i_size = 0; + *pi_offset += i_offset; + } + + *pi_offset -= i_match; + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +#endif /* VLC_BLOCK_HELPER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_boxes.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_boxes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa02ffa --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_boxes.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_boxes.h : Boxes/Atoms handling helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2015 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * Gildas Bazin + * Rafaël Carré + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef VLC_BOXES_H +#define VLC_BOXES_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures for handling boxes/atoms in vlc + */ + +typedef struct bo_t +{ + block_t *b; + size_t basesize; +} bo_t; + +static inline bool bo_init(bo_t *p_bo, int i_size) +{ + p_bo->b = block_Alloc(i_size); + if (p_bo->b == NULL) + return false; + + p_bo->b->i_buffer = 0; + p_bo->basesize = i_size; + + return true; +} + +static inline void bo_deinit(bo_t *p_bo) +{ + if(p_bo->b) + block_Release(p_bo->b); +} + +static inline void bo_free(bo_t *p_bo) +{ + if(!p_bo) + return; + bo_deinit(p_bo); + free(p_bo); +} + +static inline int bo_extend(bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_total) +{ + if(!p_bo->b) + return false; + const size_t i_size = p_bo->b->i_size - (p_bo->b->p_buffer - p_bo->b->p_start); + if (i_total >= i_size) + { + int i_growth = p_bo->basesize; + while(i_total >= i_size + i_growth) + i_growth += p_bo->basesize; + + int i = p_bo->b->i_buffer; /* Realloc would set payload size == buffer size */ + p_bo->b = block_Realloc(p_bo->b, 0, i_size + i_growth); + if (!p_bo->b) + return false; + p_bo->b->i_buffer = i; + } + return true; +} + +#define BO_SET_DECL_S(func, handler, type) static inline bool func(bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_offset, type val)\ + {\ + if (!bo_extend(p_bo, i_offset + sizeof(type)))\ + return false;\ + handler(&p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_offset], val);\ + return true;\ + } + +#define BO_ADD_DECL_S(func, handler, type) static inline bool func(bo_t *p_bo, type val)\ + {\ + if(!p_bo->b || !handler(p_bo, p_bo->b->i_buffer, val))\ + return false;\ + p_bo->b->i_buffer += sizeof(type);\ + return true;\ + } + +#define BO_FUNC_DECL(suffix, handler, type ) \ + BO_SET_DECL_S( bo_set_ ## suffix ## be, handler ## BE, type )\ + BO_SET_DECL_S( bo_set_ ## suffix ## le, handler ## LE, type )\ + BO_ADD_DECL_S( bo_add_ ## suffix ## be, bo_set_ ## suffix ## be, type )\ + BO_ADD_DECL_S( bo_add_ ## suffix ## le, bo_set_ ## suffix ## le, type ) + +static inline bool bo_set_8(bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_offset, uint8_t i) +{ + if (!bo_extend(p_bo, i_offset + 1)) + return false; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_offset] = i; + return true; +} + +static inline bool bo_add_8(bo_t *p_bo, uint8_t i) +{ + if(!p_bo->b || !bo_set_8( p_bo, p_bo->b->i_buffer, i )) + return false; + p_bo->b->i_buffer++; + return true; +} + +/* declares all bo_[set,add]_[16,32,64] */ +BO_FUNC_DECL( 16, SetW, uint16_t ) +BO_FUNC_DECL( 32, SetDW, uint32_t ) +BO_FUNC_DECL( 64, SetQW, uint64_t ) + +#undef BO_FUNC_DECL +#undef BO_SET_DECL_S +#undef BO_ADD_DECL_S + +static inline bool bo_add_24be(bo_t *p_bo, uint32_t i) +{ + if(!p_bo->b || !bo_extend(p_bo, p_bo->b->i_buffer + 3)) + return false; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[p_bo->b->i_buffer++] = ((i >> 16) & 0xff); + p_bo->b->p_buffer[p_bo->b->i_buffer++] = ((i >> 8) & 0xff); + p_bo->b->p_buffer[p_bo->b->i_buffer++] = (i & 0xff); + return true; +} + +static inline void bo_swap_32be (bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_pos, uint32_t i) +{ + if (!p_bo->b || p_bo->b->i_buffer < i_pos + 4) + return; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_pos ] = (i >> 24)&0xff; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_pos + 1] = (i >> 16)&0xff; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_pos + 2] = (i >> 8)&0xff; + p_bo->b->p_buffer[i_pos + 3] = (i )&0xff; +} + +static inline bool bo_add_mem(bo_t *p_bo, size_t i_size, const void *p_mem) +{ + if(!p_bo->b || !bo_extend(p_bo, p_bo->b->i_buffer + i_size)) + return false; + memcpy(&p_bo->b->p_buffer[p_bo->b->i_buffer], p_mem, i_size); + p_bo->b->i_buffer += i_size; + return true; +} + +#define bo_add_fourcc(p_bo, fcc) bo_add_mem(p_bo, 4, fcc) + +#endif // VLC_BOXES_H diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_charset.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_charset.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..076e056 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_charset.h @@ -0,0 +1,291 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_charset.h: Unicode UTF-8 wrappers function + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2005-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 05092257a4a1f09451dc1e956d07b02093908dd4 $ + * + * Author: Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CHARSET_H +#define VLC_CHARSET_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * Characters sets handling + * + * \ingroup strings + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decodes a code point from UTF-8. + * + * Converts the first character in a UTF-8 sequence into a Unicode code point. + * + * \param str an UTF-8 bytes sequence [IN] + * \param pwc address of a location to store the code point [OUT] + * + * \return the number of bytes occupied by the decoded code point + * + * \retval (size_t)-1 not a valid UTF-8 sequence + * \retval 0 null character (i.e. str points to an empty string) + * \retval 1 (non-null) ASCII character + * \retval 2-4 non-ASCII character + */ +VLC_API size_t vlc_towc(const char *str, uint32_t *pwc); + +/** + * Checks UTF-8 validity. + * + * Checks whether a null-terminated string is a valid UTF-8 bytes sequence. + * + * \param str string to check + * + * \retval str the string is a valid null-terminated UTF-8 sequence + * \retval NULL the string is not an UTF-8 sequence + */ +VLC_USED static inline const char *IsUTF8(const char *str) +{ + size_t n; + uint32_t cp; + + while ((n = vlc_towc(str, &cp)) != 0) + if (likely(n != (size_t)-1)) + str += n; + else + return NULL; + return str; +} + +/** + * Removes non-UTF-8 sequences. + * + * Replaces invalid or over-long UTF-8 bytes sequences within a + * null-terminated string with question marks. This is so that the string can + * be printed at least partially. + * + * \warning Do not use this were correctness is critical. use IsUTF8() and + * handle the error case instead. This function is mainly for display or debug. + * + * \note Converting from Latin-1 to UTF-8 in place is not possible (the string + * size would be increased). So it is not attempted even if it would otherwise + * be less disruptive. + * + * \retval str the string is a valid null-terminated UTF-8 sequence + * (i.e. no changes were made) + * \retval NULL the string is not an UTF-8 sequence + */ +static inline char *EnsureUTF8(char *str) +{ + char *ret = str; + size_t n; + uint32_t cp; + + while ((n = vlc_towc(str, &cp)) != 0) + if (likely(n != (size_t)-1)) + str += n; + else + { + *str++ = '?'; + ret = NULL; + } + return ret; +} + +/* iconv wrappers (defined in src/extras/libc.c) */ +#define VLC_ICONV_ERR ((size_t) -1) +typedef void *vlc_iconv_t; +VLC_API vlc_iconv_t vlc_iconv_open( const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API size_t vlc_iconv( vlc_iconv_t, const char **, size_t *, char **, size_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int vlc_iconv_close( vlc_iconv_t ); + +#include + +VLC_API int utf8_vfprintf( FILE *stream, const char *fmt, va_list ap ); +VLC_API int utf8_fprintf( FILE *, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 2, 3 ); +VLC_API char * vlc_strcasestr(const char *, const char *) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API char * FromCharset( const char *charset, const void *data, size_t data_size ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void * ToCharset( const char *charset, const char *in, size_t *outsize ) VLC_USED; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +VLC_USED +static inline char *FromWide (const wchar_t *wide) +{ + size_t len = WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, wide, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + char *out = (char *)malloc (len); + + if (likely(out)) + WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, wide, -1, out, len, NULL, NULL); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline wchar_t *ToWide (const char *utf8) +{ + int len = MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, NULL, 0); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + wchar_t *out = (wchar_t *)malloc (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + + if (likely(out)) + MultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, 0, utf8, -1, out, len); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *ToCodePage (unsigned cp, const char *utf8) +{ + wchar_t *wide = ToWide (utf8); + if (wide == NULL) + return NULL; + + size_t len = WideCharToMultiByte (cp, 0, wide, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (len == 0) { + free(wide); + return NULL; + } + + char *out = (char *)malloc (len); + if (likely(out != NULL)) + WideCharToMultiByte (cp, 0, wide, -1, out, len, NULL, NULL); + free (wide); + return out; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *FromCodePage (unsigned cp, const char *mb) +{ + int len = MultiByteToWideChar (cp, 0, mb, -1, NULL, 0); + if (len == 0) + return NULL; + + wchar_t *wide = (wchar_t *)malloc (len * sizeof (wchar_t)); + if (unlikely(wide == NULL)) + return NULL; + MultiByteToWideChar (cp, 0, mb, -1, wide, len); + + char *utf8 = FromWide (wide); + free (wide); + return utf8; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *FromANSI (const char *ansi) +{ + return FromCodePage (GetACP (), ansi); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *ToANSI (const char *utf8) +{ + return ToCodePage (GetACP (), utf8); +} + +# ifdef UNICODE +# define FromT FromWide +# define ToT ToWide +# else +# define FromT FromANSI +# define ToT ToANSI +# endif +# define FromLocale FromANSI +# define ToLocale ToANSI +# define LocaleFree(s) free((char *)(s)) +# define FromLocaleDup FromANSI +# define ToLocaleDup ToANSI + +#elif defined(__OS2__) + +VLC_USED static inline char *FromLocale (const char *locale) +{ + return locale ? FromCharset ((char *)"", locale, strlen(locale)) : NULL; +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *ToLocale (const char *utf8) +{ + size_t outsize; + return utf8 ? (char *)ToCharset ("", utf8, &outsize) : NULL; +} + +VLC_USED static inline void LocaleFree (const char *str) +{ + free ((char *)str); +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *FromLocaleDup (const char *locale) +{ + return FromCharset ("", locale, strlen(locale)); +} + +VLC_USED static inline char *ToLocaleDup (const char *utf8) +{ + size_t outsize; + return (char *)ToCharset ("", utf8, &outsize); +} + +#else + +# define FromLocale(l) (l) +# define ToLocale(u) (u) +# define LocaleFree(s) ((void)(s)) +# define FromLocaleDup strdup +# define ToLocaleDup strdup +#endif + +/** + * Converts a nul-terminated string from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8. + */ +static inline char *FromLatin1 (const char *latin) +{ + char *str = (char *)malloc (2 * strlen (latin) + 1), *utf8 = str; + unsigned char c; + + if (str == NULL) + return NULL; + + while ((c = *(latin++)) != '\0') + { + if (c >= 0x80) + { + *(utf8++) = 0xC0 | (c >> 6); + *(utf8++) = 0x80 | (c & 0x3F); + } + else + *(utf8++) = c; + } + *(utf8++) = '\0'; + + utf8 = (char *)realloc (str, utf8 - str); + return utf8 ? utf8 : str; +} + +/** @} */ + +VLC_API double us_strtod( const char *, char ** ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API float us_strtof( const char *, char ** ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API double us_atof( const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int us_vasprintf( char **, const char *, va_list ); +VLC_API int us_asprintf( char **, const char *, ... ) VLC_USED; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_codec.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_codec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c77776 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,422 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_codec.h: Definition of the decoder and encoder structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 3499ede27c1dbb94ff665a51d000c55bd45f2794 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CODEC_H +#define VLC_CODEC_H 1 + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup codec Codec + * Decoders and encoders + * @{ + * \file + * Decoder and encoder modules interface + * + * \defgroup decoder Decoder + * Audio, video and text decoders + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct decoder_owner_sys_t decoder_owner_sys_t; + +typedef struct decoder_cc_desc_t decoder_cc_desc_t; + +/* + * BIG FAT WARNING : the code relies in the first 4 members of filter_t + * and decoder_t to be the same, so if you have anything to add, do it + * at the end of the structure. + */ +struct decoder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + decoder_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Input format ie from demuxer (XXX: a lot of field could be invalid) */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Output format of decoder/packetizer */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + + /* Tell the decoder if it is allowed to drop frames */ + bool b_frame_drop_allowed; + +# define VLCDEC_SUCCESS VLC_SUCCESS +# define VLCDEC_ECRITICAL VLC_EGENERIC +# define VLCDEC_RELOAD (-100) + /* This function is called to decode one packetized block. + * + * The module implementation will own the input block (p_block) and should + * process and release it. Depending of the decoder type, the module should + * send output frames/blocks via decoder_QueueVideo(), decoder_QueueAudio() + * or decoder_QueueSub(). + * + * If p_block is NULL, the decoder asks the module to drain itself. The + * module should return all available output frames/block via the queue + * functions. + * + * Return values can be: + * VLCDEC_SUCCESS: pf_decode will be called again + * VLCDEC_ECRITICAL: in case of critical error, pf_decode won't be called + * again. + * VLCDEC_RELOAD: Request that the decoder should be reloaded. The current + * module will be unloaded. Reloading a module may cause a loss of frames. + * When returning this status, the implementation shouldn't release or + * modify the p_block in argument (The same p_block will be feed to the + * next decoder module). + */ + int ( * pf_decode ) ( decoder_t *, block_t *p_block ); + + /* This function is called in a loop with the same pp_block argument until + * it returns NULL. This allows a module implementation to return more than + * one output blocks for one input block. + * + * pp_block or *pp_block can be NULL. + * + * If pp_block and *pp_block are not NULL, the module implementation will + * own the input block (*pp_block) and should process and release it. The + * module can also process a part of the block. In that case, it should + * modify (*pp_block)->p_buffer/i_buffer accordingly and return a valid + * output block. The module can also set *pp_block to NULL when the input + * block is consumed. + * + * If pp_block is not NULL but *pp_block is NULL, a previous call of the pf + * function has set the *pp_block to NULL. Here, the module can return new + * output block for the same, already processed, input block (the + * pf_packetize function will be called as long as the module return an + * output block). + * + * When the pf function returns NULL, the next call to this function will + * have a new a valid pp_block (if the packetizer is not drained). + * + * If pp_block is NULL, the packetizer asks the module to drain itself. In + * that case, the module has to return all output frames available (the + * pf_packetize function will be called as long as the module return an + * output block). + */ + block_t * ( * pf_packetize )( decoder_t *, block_t **pp_block ); + /* */ + void ( * pf_flush ) ( decoder_t * ); + + /* Closed Caption (CEA 608/708) extraction. + * If set, it *may* be called after pf_packetize returned data. It should + * return CC for the pictures returned by the last pf_packetize call only, + * channel bitmaps will be used to known which cc channel are present (but + * globaly, not necessary for the current packet. Video decoders should use + * the decoder_QueueCc() function to pass closed captions. */ + block_t * ( * pf_get_cc ) ( decoder_t *, decoder_cc_desc_t * ); + + /* Meta data at codec level + * The decoder owner set it back to NULL once it has retreived what it needs. + * The decoder owner is responsible of its release except when you overwrite it. + */ + vlc_meta_t *p_description; + + /* + * Owner fields + * XXX You MUST not use them directly. + */ + + /* Video output callbacks + * XXX use decoder_NewPicture */ + int (*pf_vout_format_update)( decoder_t * ); + picture_t *(*pf_vout_buffer_new)( decoder_t * ); + + /** + * Number of extra (ie in addition to the DPB) picture buffers + * needed for decoding. + */ + int i_extra_picture_buffers; + + /* Audio output callbacks */ + int (*pf_aout_format_update)( decoder_t * ); + + /* SPU output callbacks + * XXX use decoder_NewSubpicture */ + subpicture_t *(*pf_spu_buffer_new)( decoder_t *, const subpicture_updater_t * ); + + /* Input attachments + * XXX use decoder_GetInputAttachments */ + int (*pf_get_attachments)( decoder_t *p_dec, input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, int *pi_attachment ); + + /* Display date + * XXX use decoder_GetDisplayDate */ + mtime_t (*pf_get_display_date)( decoder_t *, mtime_t ); + + /* Display rate + * XXX use decoder_GetDisplayRate */ + int (*pf_get_display_rate)( decoder_t * ); + + /* XXX use decoder_QueueVideo or decoder_QueueVideoWithCc */ + int (*pf_queue_video)( decoder_t *, picture_t * ); + /* XXX use decoder_QueueAudio */ + int (*pf_queue_audio)( decoder_t *, block_t * ); + /* XXX use decoder_QueueCC */ + int (*pf_queue_cc)( decoder_t *, block_t *, const decoder_cc_desc_t * ); + /* XXX use decoder_QueueSub */ + int (*pf_queue_sub)( decoder_t *, subpicture_t *); + void *p_queue_ctx; + + /* Private structure for the owner of the decoder */ + decoder_owner_sys_t *p_owner; +}; + +/* struct for packetizer get_cc polling/decoder queue_cc + * until we have a proper metadata way */ +struct decoder_cc_desc_t +{ + uint8_t i_608_channels; /* 608 channels bitmap */ + uint64_t i_708_channels; /* 708 */ + int i_reorder_depth; /* reorder depth, -1 for no reorder, 0 for old P/B flag based */ +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * \defgroup encoder Encoder + * Audio, video and text encoders + * @{ + */ + +struct encoder_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + encoder_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Properties of the input data fed to the encoder */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Properties of the output of the encoder */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + + block_t * ( * pf_encode_video )( encoder_t *, picture_t * ); + block_t * ( * pf_encode_audio )( encoder_t *, block_t * ); + block_t * ( * pf_encode_sub )( encoder_t *, subpicture_t * ); + + /* Common encoder options */ + int i_threads; /* Number of threads to use during encoding */ + int i_iframes; /* One I frame per i_iframes */ + int i_bframes; /* One B frame per i_bframes */ + int i_tolerance; /* Bitrate tolerance */ + + /* Encoder config */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +}; + +/** + * @} + * + * \ingroup decoder + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Updates the video output format. + * + * This function notifies the video output pipeline of a new video output + * format (fmt_out.video). If there was no video output from the decoder so far + * or if the video output format has changed, a new video output will be set + * up. decoder_NewPicture() can then be used to allocate picture buffers. + * + * If the format is unchanged, this function has no effects and returns zero. + * + * \note + * This function is not reentrant. + * + * @return 0 if the video output was set up successfully, -1 otherwise. + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int decoder_UpdateVideoFormat( decoder_t *dec ) +{ + assert( dec->fmt_in.i_cat == VIDEO_ES ); + if( dec->fmt_in.i_cat == VIDEO_ES && dec->pf_vout_format_update != NULL ) + return dec->pf_vout_format_update( dec ); + else + return -1; +} + +/** + * Allocates an output picture buffer. + * + * This function pulls an output picture buffer for the decoder from the + * buffer pool of the video output. The picture must be released with + * picture_Release() when it is no longer referenced by the decoder. + * + * \note + * This function is reentrant. However, decoder_UpdateVideoFormat() cannot be + * used concurrently; the caller is responsible for serialization. + * + * \warning + * The behaviour is undefined if decoder_UpdateVideoFormat() was not called or + * if the last call returned an error. + * + * \return a picture buffer on success, NULL on error + */ +VLC_USED +static inline picture_t *decoder_NewPicture( decoder_t *dec ) +{ + return dec->pf_vout_buffer_new( dec ); +} + +/** + * Abort any calls of decoder_NewPicture + * + * If b_abort is true, all pending and futures calls of decoder_NewPicture + * will be aborted. This function can be used by asynchronous video decoders + * to unblock a thread that is waiting for a picture. + */ +VLC_API void decoder_AbortPictures( decoder_t *dec, bool b_abort ); + +/** + * This function queues a single picture to the video output. + * + * \note + * The caller doesn't own the picture anymore after this call (even in case of + * error). + * FIXME: input_DecoderFrameNext won't work if a module use this function. + * + * \return 0 if the picture is queued, -1 on error + */ +static inline int decoder_QueueVideo( decoder_t *dec, picture_t *p_pic ) +{ + assert( p_pic->p_next == NULL ); + assert( dec->pf_queue_video != NULL ); + return dec->pf_queue_video( dec, p_pic ); +} + +/** + * This function queues the Closed Captions + * + * \param dec the decoder object + * \param p_cc the closed-caption to queue + * \param p_desc decoder_cc_desc_t description structure + * \return 0 if queued, -1 on error + */ +static inline int decoder_QueueCc( decoder_t *dec, block_t *p_cc, + const decoder_cc_desc_t *p_desc ) +{ + if( dec->pf_queue_cc == NULL ) + { + block_Release( p_cc ); + return -1; + } + return dec->pf_queue_cc( dec, p_cc, p_desc ); +} + +/** + * This function queues a single audio block to the audio output. + * + * \note + * The caller doesn't own the audio block anymore after this call (even in case + * of error). + * + * \return 0 if the block is queued, -1 on error + */ +static inline int decoder_QueueAudio( decoder_t *dec, block_t *p_aout_buf ) +{ + assert( p_aout_buf->p_next == NULL ); + assert( dec->pf_queue_audio != NULL ); + return dec->pf_queue_audio( dec, p_aout_buf ); +} + +/** + * This function queues a single subtitle to the video output. + * + * \note + * The caller doesn't own the subtitle anymore after this call (even in case of + * error). + * + * \return 0 if the subtitle is queued, -1 on error + */ +static inline int decoder_QueueSub( decoder_t *dec, subpicture_t *p_spu ) +{ + assert( p_spu->p_next == NULL ); + assert( dec->pf_queue_sub != NULL ); + return dec->pf_queue_sub( dec, p_spu ); +} + +/** + * This function notifies the audio output pipeline of a new audio output + * format (fmt_out.audio). If there is currently no audio output or if the + * audio output format has changed, a new audio output will be set up. + * @return 0 if the audio output is working, -1 if not. */ +VLC_USED +static inline int decoder_UpdateAudioFormat( decoder_t *dec ) +{ + assert(dec->fmt_in.i_cat == AUDIO_ES); + if( dec->fmt_in.i_cat == AUDIO_ES && dec->pf_aout_format_update != NULL ) + return dec->pf_aout_format_update( dec ); + else + return -1; +} + +/** + * This function will return a new audio buffer usable by a decoder as an + * output buffer. It must be released with block_Release() or returned it to + * the caller as a decoder_QueueAudio parameter. + */ +VLC_API block_t * decoder_NewAudioBuffer( decoder_t *, int i_nb_samples ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will return a new subpicture usable by a decoder as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using subpicture_Delete() or by returning + * it to the caller as a decoder_QueueSub parameter. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * decoder_NewSubpicture( decoder_t *, const subpicture_updater_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function gives all input attachments at once. + * + * You MUST release the returned values + */ +VLC_API int decoder_GetInputAttachments( decoder_t *, input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, int *pi_attachment ); + +/** + * This function converts a decoder timestamp into a display date comparable + * to mdate(). + * You MUST use it *only* for gathering statistics about speed. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t decoder_GetDisplayDate( decoder_t *, mtime_t ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function returns the current input rate. + * You MUST use it *only* for gathering statistics about speed. + */ +VLC_API int decoder_GetDisplayRate( decoder_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** @} */ +/** @} */ +#endif /* _VLC_CODEC_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_common.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12a36ec --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,1049 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_common.h: common definitions + * Collection of useful common types and macros definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Vincent Seguin + * Gildas Bazin + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file is a collection of common definitions and types + */ + +#ifndef VLC_COMMON_H +# define VLC_COMMON_H 1 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Required vlc headers + *****************************************************************************/ +#include "vlc_config.h" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Required system headers + *****************************************************************************/ +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef __cplusplus +# include +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Compilers definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +/* Helper for GCC version checks */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define VLC_GCC_VERSION(maj,min) \ + ((__GNUC__ > (maj)) || (__GNUC__ == (maj) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (min))) +#else +# define VLC_GCC_VERSION(maj,min) (0) +#endif + +/* Try to fix format strings for all versions of mingw and mingw64 */ +#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO ) + #undef PRId64 + #define PRId64 "lld" + #undef PRIi64 + #define PRIi64 "lli" + #undef PRIu64 + #define PRIu64 "llu" + #undef PRIo64 + #define PRIo64 "llo" + #undef PRIx64 + #define PRIx64 "llx" + #define snprintf __mingw_snprintf + #define vsnprintf __mingw_vsnprintf + #define swprintf _snwprintf +#endif + +/* Function attributes for compiler warnings */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define VLC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +# if VLC_GCC_VERSION(6,0) +# define VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM __attribute__((deprecated)) +# else +# define VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM +# endif + +# if defined( _WIN32 ) +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) __attribute__ ((format(gnu_printf,x,y))) +# else +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) __attribute__ ((format(printf,x,y))) +# endif +# define VLC_FORMAT_ARG(x) __attribute__ ((format_arg(x))) +# define VLC_MALLOC __attribute__ ((malloc)) +# define VLC_USED __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result)) + +#else +# define VLC_DEPRECATED +# define VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM +# define VLC_FORMAT(x,y) +# define VLC_FORMAT_ARG(x) +# define VLC_MALLOC +# define VLC_USED +#endif + + +/* Branch prediction */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define likely(p) __builtin_expect(!!(p), 1) +# define unlikely(p) __builtin_expect(!!(p), 0) +# define unreachable() __builtin_unreachable() +#else +# define likely(p) (!!(p)) +# define unlikely(p) (!!(p)) +# define unreachable() ((void)0) +#endif + +#define vlc_assert_unreachable() (assert(!"unreachable"), unreachable()) + +/* Linkage */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +# define VLC_EXTERN extern "C" +#else +# define VLC_EXTERN +#endif + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined (DLL_EXPORT) +# define VLC_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#elif defined (__GNUC__) +# define VLC_EXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define VLC_EXPORT +#endif + +#define VLC_API VLC_EXTERN VLC_EXPORT + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Basic types definitions + *****************************************************************************/ +/** + * High precision date or time interval + * + * Store a high precision date or time interval. The maximum precision is the + * microsecond, and a 64 bits integer is used to avoid overflows (maximum + * time interval is then 292271 years, which should be long enough for any + * video). Dates are stored as microseconds since a common date (usually the + * epoch). Note that date and time intervals can be manipulated using regular + * arithmetic operators, and that no special functions are required. + */ +typedef int64_t mtime_t; + +/** + * The vlc_fourcc_t type. + * + * See http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/ for a very detailed list. + */ +typedef uint32_t vlc_fourcc_t; + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define VLC_FOURCC( a, b, c, d ) \ + ( ((uint32_t)d) | ( ((uint32_t)c) << 8 ) \ + | ( ((uint32_t)b) << 16 ) | ( ((uint32_t)a) << 24 ) ) +# define VLC_TWOCC( a, b ) \ + ( (uint16_t)(b) | ( (uint16_t)(a) << 8 ) ) + +#else +# define VLC_FOURCC( a, b, c, d ) \ + ( ((uint32_t)a) | ( ((uint32_t)b) << 8 ) \ + | ( ((uint32_t)c) << 16 ) | ( ((uint32_t)d) << 24 ) ) +# define VLC_TWOCC( a, b ) \ + ( (uint16_t)(a) | ( (uint16_t)(b) << 8 ) ) + +#endif + +/** + * Translate a vlc_fourcc into its string representation. This function + * assumes there is enough room in psz_fourcc to store 4 characters in. + * + * \param fcc a vlc_fourcc_t + * \param psz_fourcc string to store string representation of vlc_fourcc in + */ +static inline void vlc_fourcc_to_char( vlc_fourcc_t fcc, char *psz_fourcc ) +{ + memcpy( psz_fourcc, &fcc, 4 ); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Classes declaration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Internal types */ +typedef struct vlc_list_t vlc_list_t; +typedef struct vlc_object_t vlc_object_t; +typedef struct libvlc_int_t libvlc_int_t; +typedef struct date_t date_t; + +/* Playlist */ + +typedef struct playlist_t playlist_t; +typedef struct playlist_item_t playlist_item_t; +typedef struct services_discovery_t services_discovery_t; +typedef struct services_discovery_sys_t services_discovery_sys_t; +typedef struct vlc_renderer_discovery_t vlc_renderer_discovery_t; +typedef struct vlc_renderer_item_t vlc_renderer_item_t; + +/* Modules */ +typedef struct module_t module_t; +typedef struct module_config_t module_config_t; + +typedef struct config_category_t config_category_t; + +/* Input */ +typedef struct input_thread_t input_thread_t; +typedef struct input_item_t input_item_t; +typedef struct input_item_node_t input_item_node_t; +typedef struct access_sys_t access_sys_t; +typedef struct stream_t stream_t; +typedef struct stream_sys_t stream_sys_t; +typedef struct demux_t demux_t; +typedef struct demux_sys_t demux_sys_t; +typedef struct es_out_t es_out_t; +typedef struct es_out_id_t es_out_id_t; +typedef struct es_out_sys_t es_out_sys_t; +typedef struct seekpoint_t seekpoint_t; +typedef struct info_t info_t; +typedef struct info_category_t info_category_t; +typedef struct input_attachment_t input_attachment_t; + +/* Format */ +typedef struct audio_format_t audio_format_t; +typedef struct video_format_t video_format_t; +typedef struct subs_format_t subs_format_t; +typedef struct es_format_t es_format_t; +typedef struct video_palette_t video_palette_t; + +/* Audio */ +typedef struct audio_output audio_output_t; +typedef struct aout_sys_t aout_sys_t; +typedef audio_format_t audio_sample_format_t; + +/* Video */ +typedef struct vout_thread_t vout_thread_t; +typedef struct vlc_viewpoint_t vlc_viewpoint_t; + +typedef video_format_t video_frame_format_t; +typedef struct picture_t picture_t; +typedef struct picture_sys_t picture_sys_t; + +/* Subpictures */ +typedef struct spu_t spu_t; +typedef struct subpicture_t subpicture_t; +typedef struct subpicture_region_t subpicture_region_t; + +typedef struct image_handler_t image_handler_t; + +/* Stream output */ +typedef struct sout_instance_t sout_instance_t; + +typedef struct sout_input_t sout_input_t; +typedef struct sout_packetizer_input_t sout_packetizer_input_t; + +typedef struct sout_access_out_t sout_access_out_t; +typedef struct sout_access_out_sys_t sout_access_out_sys_t; + +typedef struct sout_mux_t sout_mux_t; +typedef struct sout_mux_sys_t sout_mux_sys_t; + +typedef struct sout_stream_t sout_stream_t; +typedef struct sout_stream_sys_t sout_stream_sys_t; + +typedef struct config_chain_t config_chain_t; +typedef struct session_descriptor_t session_descriptor_t; + +/* Decoders */ +typedef struct decoder_t decoder_t; +typedef struct decoder_sys_t decoder_sys_t; +typedef struct decoder_synchro_t decoder_synchro_t; + +/* Encoders */ +typedef struct encoder_t encoder_t; +typedef struct encoder_sys_t encoder_sys_t; + +/* Filters */ +typedef struct filter_t filter_t; +typedef struct filter_sys_t filter_sys_t; + +/* Network */ +typedef struct vlc_url_t vlc_url_t; + +/* Misc */ +typedef struct iso639_lang_t iso639_lang_t; + +/* block */ +typedef struct block_t block_t; +typedef struct block_fifo_t block_fifo_t; + +/* Hashing */ +typedef struct md5_s md5_t; + +/* XML */ +typedef struct xml_t xml_t; +typedef struct xml_sys_t xml_sys_t; +typedef struct xml_reader_t xml_reader_t; +typedef struct xml_reader_sys_t xml_reader_sys_t; + +/* vod server */ +typedef struct vod_t vod_t; +typedef struct vod_sys_t vod_sys_t; +typedef struct vod_media_t vod_media_t; + +/* VLM */ +typedef struct vlm_t vlm_t; +typedef struct vlm_message_t vlm_message_t; + +/* misc */ +typedef struct vlc_meta_t vlc_meta_t; +typedef struct input_stats_t input_stats_t; +typedef struct addon_entry_t addon_entry_t; + +/* Update */ +typedef struct update_t update_t; + +/** + * VLC value structure + */ +typedef union +{ + int64_t i_int; + bool b_bool; + float f_float; + char * psz_string; + void * p_address; + vlc_list_t * p_list; + struct { int32_t x; int32_t y; } coords; + +} vlc_value_t; + +/** + * VLC list structure + */ +struct vlc_list_t +{ + int i_type; + int i_count; + vlc_value_t *p_values; +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Error values (shouldn't be exposed) + *****************************************************************************/ +#define VLC_SUCCESS (-0) /**< No error */ +#define VLC_EGENERIC (-1) /**< Unspecified error */ +#define VLC_ENOMEM (-2) /**< Not enough memory */ +#define VLC_ETIMEOUT (-3) /**< Timeout */ +#define VLC_ENOMOD (-4) /**< Module not found */ +#define VLC_ENOOBJ (-5) /**< Object not found */ +#define VLC_ENOVAR (-6) /**< Variable not found */ +#define VLC_EBADVAR (-7) /**< Bad variable value */ +#define VLC_ENOITEM (-8) /**< Item not found */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Variable callbacks: called when the value is modified + *****************************************************************************/ +typedef int ( * vlc_callback_t ) ( vlc_object_t *, /* variable's object */ + char const *, /* variable name */ + vlc_value_t, /* old value */ + vlc_value_t, /* new value */ + void * ); /* callback data */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * List callbacks: called when elements are added/removed from the list + *****************************************************************************/ +typedef int ( * vlc_list_callback_t ) ( vlc_object_t *, /* variable's object */ + char const *, /* variable name */ + int, /* VLC_VAR_* action */ + vlc_value_t *, /* new/deleted value */ + void *); /* callback data */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * OS-specific headers and thread types + *****************************************************************************/ +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +# include +# ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX MAX_PATH +# endif +# include +#endif + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __OS2__ +# define OS2EMX_PLAIN_CHAR +# define INCL_BASE +# define INCL_PM +# include +# include +#endif + +#include "vlc_mtime.h" +#include "vlc_threads.h" + +/** + * Common structure members + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * VLC object common members + * + * Common public properties for all VLC objects. + * Object also have private properties maintained by the core, see + * \ref vlc_object_internals_t + */ +struct vlc_common_members +{ + /** Object type name + * + * A constant string identifying the type of the object (for logging) + */ + const char *object_type; + + /** Log messages header + * + * Human-readable header for log messages. This is not thread-safe and + * only used by VLM and Lua interfaces. + */ + char *header; + + int flags; + + /** Module probe flag + * + * A boolean during module probing when the probe is "forced". + * See \ref module_need(). + */ + bool force; + + /** LibVLC instance + * + * Root VLC object of the objects tree that this object belongs in. + */ + libvlc_int_t *libvlc; + + /** Parent object + * + * The parent VLC object in the objects tree. For the root (the LibVLC + * instance) object, this is NULL. + */ + vlc_object_t *parent; +}; + +/** + * Backward compatibility macro + */ +#define VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS struct vlc_common_members obj; + +/** + * Type-safe vlc_object_t cast + * + * This macro attempts to cast a pointer to a compound type to a + * \ref vlc_object_t pointer in a type-safe manner. + * It checks if the compound type actually starts with an embedded + * \ref vlc_object_t structure. + */ +#if !defined(__cplusplus) +# define VLC_OBJECT(x) \ + _Generic((x)->obj, \ + struct vlc_common_members: (vlc_object_t *)(&(x)->obj), \ + const struct vlc_common_members: (const vlc_object_t *)(&(x)->obj) \ + ) +#else +# define VLC_OBJECT( x ) ((vlc_object_t *)&(x)->obj) +#endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * Macros and inline functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* __MAX and __MIN: self explanatory */ +#ifndef __MAX +# define __MAX(a, b) ( ((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b) ) +#endif +#ifndef __MIN +# define __MIN(a, b) ( ((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b) ) +#endif + +/* clip v in [min, max] */ +#define VLC_CLIP(v, min, max) __MIN(__MAX((v), (min)), (max)) + +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t GCD ( int64_t a, int64_t b ) +{ + while( b ) + { + int64_t c = a % b; + a = b; + b = c; + } + return a; +} + +/* function imported from libavutil/common.h */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint8_t clip_uint8_vlc( int32_t a ) +{ + if( a&(~255) ) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** Count leading zeroes */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned (clz)(unsigned x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_clz (x); +#else + unsigned i = sizeof (x) * 8; + + while (x) + { + x >>= 1; + i--; + } + return i; +#endif +} + +#define clz8( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint8_t)) * 8)) +#define clz16( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint16_t)) * 8)) +/* XXX: this assumes that int is 32-bits or more */ +#define clz32( x ) (clz(x) - ((sizeof(unsigned) - sizeof (uint32_t)) * 8)) + +/** Count trailing zeroes */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned (ctz)(unsigned x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_ctz (x); +#else + unsigned i = sizeof (x) * 8; + + while (x) + { + x <<= 1; + i--; + } + return i; +#endif +} + +#if !defined(__NetBSD__) +/** Bit weight */ +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned (popcount)(unsigned x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_popcount (x); +#else + unsigned count = 0; + while (x) + { + count += x & 1; + x = x >> 1; + } + return count; +#endif +} + +/** Bit weight of long long */ +VLC_USED +static inline int (popcountll)(unsigned long long x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_popcountll(x); +#else + int count = 0; + while (x) + { + count += x & 1; + x = x >> 1; + } + return count; +#endif +} +#endif + +VLC_USED +static inline unsigned (parity)(unsigned x) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return __builtin_parity (x); +#else + for (unsigned i = 4 * sizeof (x); i > 0; i /= 2) + x ^= x >> i; + return x & 1; +#endif +} + +#if !defined(__NetBSD__) +/** Byte swap (16 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t (bswap16)(uint16_t x) +{ + return (x << 8) | (x >> 8); +} + +/** Byte swap (32 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t (bswap32)(uint32_t x) +{ +#if defined (__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_bswap32 (x); +#else + return ((x & 0x000000FF) << 24) + | ((x & 0x0000FF00) << 8) + | ((x & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) + | ((x & 0xFF000000) >> 24); +#endif +} + +/** Byte swap (64 bits) */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t (bswap64)(uint64_t x) +{ +#if defined (__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_bswap64 (x); +#elif !defined (__cplusplus) + return ((x & 0x00000000000000FF) << 56) + | ((x & 0x000000000000FF00) << 40) + | ((x & 0x0000000000FF0000) << 24) + | ((x & 0x00000000FF000000) << 8) + | ((x & 0x000000FF00000000) >> 8) + | ((x & 0x0000FF0000000000) >> 24) + | ((x & 0x00FF000000000000) >> 40) + | ((x & 0xFF00000000000000) >> 56); +#else + return ((x & 0x00000000000000FFULL) << 56) + | ((x & 0x000000000000FF00ULL) << 40) + | ((x & 0x0000000000FF0000ULL) << 24) + | ((x & 0x00000000FF000000ULL) << 8) + | ((x & 0x000000FF00000000ULL) >> 8) + | ((x & 0x0000FF0000000000ULL) >> 24) + | ((x & 0x00FF000000000000ULL) >> 40) + | ((x & 0xFF00000000000000ULL) >> 56); +#endif +} +#endif + +/* Integer overflow */ +static inline bool uadd_overflow(unsigned a, unsigned b, unsigned *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_uadd_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a + b; + return (a + b) < a; +#endif +} + +static inline bool uaddl_overflow(unsigned long a, unsigned long b, + unsigned long *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_uaddl_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a + b; + return (a + b) < a; +#endif +} + +static inline bool uaddll_overflow(unsigned long long a, unsigned long long b, + unsigned long long *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_uaddll_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a + b; + return (a + b) < a; +#endif +} + +#ifndef __cplusplus +# define add_overflow(a,b,r) \ + _Generic(*(r), \ + unsigned: uadd_overflow(a, b, (unsigned *)(r)), \ + unsigned long: uaddl_overflow(a, b, (unsigned long *)(r)), \ + unsigned long long: uaddll_overflow(a, b, (unsigned long long *)(r))) +#else +static inline bool add_overflow(unsigned a, unsigned b, unsigned *res) +{ + return uadd_overflow(a, b, res); +} + +static inline bool add_overflow(unsigned long a, unsigned long b, + unsigned long *res) +{ + return uaddl_overflow(a, b, res); +} + +static inline bool add_overflow(unsigned long long a, unsigned long long b, + unsigned long long *res) +{ + return uaddll_overflow(a, b, res); +} +#endif + +#if !(VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__)) +# include +#endif + +static inline bool umul_overflow(unsigned a, unsigned b, unsigned *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_umul_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a * b; + return b > 0 && a > (UINT_MAX / b); +#endif +} + +static inline bool umull_overflow(unsigned long a, unsigned long b, + unsigned long *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_umull_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a * b; + return b > 0 && a > (ULONG_MAX / b); +#endif +} + +static inline bool umulll_overflow(unsigned long long a, unsigned long long b, + unsigned long long *res) +{ +#if VLC_GCC_VERSION(5,0) || defined(__clang__) + return __builtin_umulll_overflow(a, b, res); +#else + *res = a * b; + return b > 0 && a > (ULLONG_MAX / b); +#endif +} + +#ifndef __cplusplus +#define mul_overflow(a,b,r) \ + _Generic(*(r), \ + unsigned: umul_overflow(a, b, (unsigned *)(r)), \ + unsigned long: umull_overflow(a, b, (unsigned long *)(r)), \ + unsigned long long: umulll_overflow(a, b, (unsigned long long *)(r))) +#else +static inline bool mul_overflow(unsigned a, unsigned b, unsigned *res) +{ + return umul_overflow(a, b, res); +} + +static inline bool mul_overflow(unsigned long a, unsigned long b, + unsigned long *res) +{ + return umull_overflow(a, b, res); +} + +static inline bool mul_overflow(unsigned long long a, unsigned long long b, + unsigned long long *res) +{ + return umulll_overflow(a, b, res); +} +#endif + +/* Free and set set the variable to NULL */ +#define FREENULL(a) do { free( a ); a = NULL; } while(0) + +#define EMPTY_STR(str) (!str || !*str) + +VLC_API char const * vlc_error( int ) VLC_USED; + +#include + +/* MSB (big endian)/LSB (little endian) conversions - network order is always + * MSB, and should be used for both network communications and files. */ + +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define hton16(i) ((uint16_t)(i)) +# define hton32(i) ((uint32_t)(i)) +# define hton64(i) ((uint64_t)(i)) +#else +# define hton16(i) bswap16(i) +# define hton32(i) bswap32(i) +# define hton64(i) bswap64(i) +#endif +#define ntoh16(i) hton16(i) +#define ntoh32(i) hton32(i) +#define ntoh64(i) hton64(i) + +/** Reads 16 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t U16_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint16_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh16 (x); +} + +/** Reads 32 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t U32_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint32_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh32 (x); +} + +/** Reads 64 bits in network byte order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t U64_AT (const void *p) +{ + uint64_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); + return ntoh64 (x); +} + +#define GetWBE(p) U16_AT(p) +#define GetDWBE(p) U32_AT(p) +#define GetQWBE(p) U64_AT(p) + +/** Reads 16 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint16_t GetWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint16_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap16 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Reads 32 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint32_t GetDWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint32_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap32 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Reads 64 bits in little-endian order */ +VLC_USED +static inline uint64_t GetQWLE (const void *p) +{ + uint64_t x; + + memcpy (&x, p, sizeof (x)); +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + x = bswap64 (x); +#endif + return x; +} + +/** Writes 16 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetWBE (void *p, uint16_t w) +{ + w = hton16 (w); + memcpy (p, &w, sizeof (w)); +} + +/** Writes 32 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetDWBE (void *p, uint32_t dw) +{ + dw = hton32 (dw); + memcpy (p, &dw, sizeof (dw)); +} + +/** Writes 64 bits in network byte order */ +static inline void SetQWBE (void *p, uint64_t qw) +{ + qw = hton64 (qw); + memcpy (p, &qw, sizeof (qw)); +} + +/** Writes 16 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetWLE (void *p, uint16_t w) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + w = bswap16 (w); +#endif + memcpy (p, &w, sizeof (w)); +} + +/** Writes 32 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetDWLE (void *p, uint32_t dw) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + dw = bswap32 (dw); +#endif + memcpy (p, &dw, sizeof (dw)); +} + +/** Writes 64 bits in little endian order */ +static inline void SetQWLE (void *p, uint64_t qw) +{ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + qw = bswap64 (qw); +#endif + memcpy (p, &qw, sizeof (qw)); +} + +/* */ +#define VLC_UNUSED(x) (void)(x) + +/* Stuff defined in src/extras/libc.c */ + +#if defined(_WIN32) +/* several type definitions */ +# if defined( __MINGW32__ ) +# if !defined( _OFF_T_ ) + typedef long long _off_t; + typedef _off_t off_t; +# define _OFF_T_ +# else +# ifdef off_t +# undef off_t +# endif +# define off_t long long +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef O_NONBLOCK +# define O_NONBLOCK 0 +# endif + +# include +#endif /* _WIN32 */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned num, den; +} vlc_rational_t; + +VLC_API bool vlc_ureduce( unsigned *, unsigned *, uint64_t, uint64_t, uint64_t ); + +#define container_of(ptr, type, member) \ + ((type *)(((char *)(ptr)) - offsetof(type, member))) + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline void *vlc_alloc(size_t count, size_t size) +{ + return mul_overflow(count, size, &size) ? NULL : malloc(size); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * I18n stuff + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API char *vlc_gettext( const char *msgid ) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(1); +VLC_API char *vlc_ngettext( const char *s, const char *p, unsigned long n ) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(1) VLC_FORMAT_ARG(2); + +#define vlc_pgettext( ctx, id ) \ + vlc_pgettext_aux( ctx "\004" id, id ) + +VLC_FORMAT_ARG(2) +static inline const char *vlc_pgettext_aux( const char *ctx, const char *id ) +{ + const char *tr = vlc_gettext( ctx ); + return (tr == ctx) ? id : tr; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Loosy memory allocation functions. Do not use in new code. + *****************************************************************************/ +static inline void *xmalloc(size_t len) +{ + void *ptr = malloc(len); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL && len > 0)) + abort(); + return ptr; +} + +static inline void *xrealloc(void *ptr, size_t len) +{ + void *nptr = realloc(ptr, len); + if (unlikely(nptr == NULL && len > 0)) + abort(); + return nptr; +} + +static inline void *xcalloc(size_t n, size_t size) +{ + void *ptr = calloc(n, size); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL && (n > 0 || size > 0))) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +static inline char *xstrdup (const char *str) +{ + char *ptr = strdup (str); + if (unlikely(ptr == NULL)) + abort (); + return ptr; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc features + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API const char * VLC_CompileBy( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * VLC_CompileHost( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * VLC_Compiler( void ) VLC_USED; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Additional vlc stuff + *****************************************************************************/ +#include "vlc_messages.h" +#include "vlc_objects.h" +#include "vlc_variables.h" +#include "vlc_main.h" +#include "vlc_configuration.h" + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) || defined( __OS2__ ) +# define DIR_SEP_CHAR '\\' +# define DIR_SEP "\\" +# define PATH_SEP_CHAR ';' +# define PATH_SEP ";" +#else +# define DIR_SEP_CHAR '/' +# define DIR_SEP "/" +# define PATH_SEP_CHAR ':' +# define PATH_SEP ":" +#endif + +#define LICENSE_MSG \ + _("This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by " \ + "law.\nYou may redistribute it under the terms of the GNU General " \ + "Public License;\nsee the file named COPYING for details.\n" \ + "Written by the VideoLAN team; see the AUTHORS file.\n") + +#endif /* !VLC_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_config.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50b4887 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_config.h: limits and configuration + * Defines all compilation-time configuration constants and size limits + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines of values used in interface, vout, aout and vlc core functions. + */ + +/* Conventions regarding names of symbols and variables + * ---------------------------------------------------- + * + * - Symbols should begin with a prefix indicating in which module they are + * used, such as INTF_, VOUT_ or AOUT_. + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * General configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* All timestamp below or equal to this define are invalid/unset + * XXX the numerical value is 0 because of historical reason and will change.*/ +#define VLC_TS_INVALID INT64_C(0) +#define VLC_TS_0 INT64_C(1) + +#define CLOCK_FREQ INT64_C(1000000) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Interface configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Base delay in micro second for interface sleeps */ +#define INTF_IDLE_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/20) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Input thread configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Used in ErrorThread */ +#define INPUT_IDLE_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/10) + +/* + * General limitations + */ + +/* Duration between the time we receive the data packet, and the time we will + * mark it to be presented */ +#define DEFAULT_PTS_DELAY (3*CLOCK_FREQ/10) + +/***************************************************************************** + * SPU configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Buffer must avoid arriving more than SPU_MAX_PREPARE_TIME in advanced to + * the SPU */ +#define SPU_MAX_PREPARE_TIME (CLOCK_FREQ/2) + +/***************************************************************************** + * Video configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * Default settings for video output threads + */ + +/* Multiplier value for aspect ratio calculation (2^7 * 3^3 * 5^3) */ +#define VOUT_ASPECT_FACTOR 432000 + +/* Maximum width of a scaled source picture - this should be relatively high, + * since higher stream values will result in no display at all. */ +#define VOUT_MAX_WIDTH 4096 + +/* Number of planes in a picture */ +#define VOUT_MAX_PLANES 5 + +/* + * Time settings + */ + +/* Time to sleep when waiting for a buffer (from vout or the video fifo). + * It should be approximately the time needed to perform a complete picture + * loop. Since it only happens when the video heap is full, it does not need + * to be too low, even if it blocks the decoder. */ +#define VOUT_OUTMEM_SLEEP (CLOCK_FREQ/50) + +/* The default video output window title */ +#define VOUT_TITLE "VLC" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Messages and console interfaces configuration + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Maximal depth of the object tree output by vlc_dumpstructure */ +#define MAX_DUMPSTRUCTURE_DEPTH 100 diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e35345b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_config_cat.h @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_config_cat.h : Definition of configuration categories + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2003 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 55d2e468d1ccc3fcd8d165dcecc10ec753021a5e $ + * + * Authors: Clément Stenac + * Anil Daoud + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HELP_H +#define VLC_HELP_H 1 +# include + +/* + * First, we need help strings for the General Settings and for the + * Plugins screen + */ +#define MAIN_TITLE N_( "VLC preferences" ) +#define MAIN_HELP N_( \ + "Select \"Advanced Options\" to see all options." ) + +/* Interface */ +#define INTF_TITLE N_("Interface") +#define INTF_HELP N_( "Settings for VLC's interfaces" ) + +#define INTF_GENERAL_HELP N_( "Main interfaces settings" ) + +#define INTF_MAIN_TITLE N_( "Main interfaces" ) +#define INTF_MAIN_HELP N_( "Settings for the main interface" ) + +#define INTF_CONTROL_TITLE N_( "Control interfaces" ) +#define INTF_CONTROL_HELP N_( "Settings for VLC's control interfaces" ) + +#define INTF_HOTKEYS_TITLE N_( "Hotkeys settings" ) +#define INTF_HOTKEYS_HELP N_( "Hotkeys settings" ) + +/* Audio */ +#define AUDIO_TITLE N_( "Audio" ) +#define AUDIO_HELP N_( "Audio settings" ) + +#define AUDIO_GENERAL_HELP N_("General audio settings") + +#define AFILTER_TITLE N_("Filters") +#define AFILTER_HELP N_( "Audio filters are used to process the audio stream." ) + +#define ARESAMPLER_TITLE N_("Audio resampler") + +#define AVISUAL_TITLE N_("Visualizations") +#define AVISUAL_HELP N_( "Audio visualizations" ) + +#define AOUT_TITLE N_( "Output modules" ) +#define AOUT_HELP N_("General settings for audio output modules.") + +#define AMISC_TITLE N_("Miscellaneous") +#define AMISC_HELP N_( "Miscellaneous audio settings and modules." ) + +/* Video */ +#define VIDEO_TITLE N_("Video") +#define VIDEO_HELP N_("Video settings") + +#define VIDEO_GENERAL_HELP N_( "General video settings" ) + +#define _VOUT_TITLE N_("Output modules" ) +#define VOUT_HELP N_("General settings for video output modules.") + +#define VFILTER_TITLE N_("Filters" ) +#define VFILTER_HELP N_("Video filters are used to process the video stream." ) + +#define SUBPIC_TITLE N_( "Subtitles / OSD") +#define SUBPIC_HELP N_( "Settings related to On-Screen-Display,"\ + " subtitles and \"overlay subpictures\"") + +#define SPLITTER_TITLE N_("Splitters") +#define SPLITTER_HELP N_("Video splitters separate the stream into multiple videos.") + +/* +#define TEXT_HELP N_( \ + "Use the settings of the \"freetype\" module to choose the font you " \ + "want VLC to use for text rendering (to display subtitles for example).") +*/ +/* Input */ +#define INPUT_TITLE N_( "Input / Codecs" ) +#define INPUT_HELP N_( "Settings for input, demultiplexing, " \ + "decoding and encoding") + +#define ACCESS_TITLE N_( "Access modules" ) +#define ACCESS_HELP N_( \ + "Settings related to the various access methods. " \ + "Common settings you may want to alter are HTTP proxy or " \ + "caching settings." ) + +#define STREAM_FILTER_TITLE N_( "Stream filters" ) +#define STREAM_FILTER_HELP N_( \ + "Stream filters are special modules that allow advanced operations on " \ + "the input side of VLC. Use with care..." ) + +#define DEMUX_TITLE N_("Demuxers") +#define DEMUX_HELP N_( "Demuxers are used to separate audio and video streams." ) + +#define VDEC_TITLE N_( "Video codecs" ) +#define VDEC_HELP N_( "Settings for the video, images or video+audio decoders and encoders." ) + +#define ADEC_TITLE N_( "Audio codecs" ) +#define ADEC_HELP N_( "Settings for the audio-only decoders and encoders." ) + +#define SDEC_TITLE N_( "Subtitle codecs") +#define SDEC_HELP N_( "Settings for subtitle, teletext and CC decoders and encoders." ) + +#define ADVANCED_HELP N_( "General input settings. Use with care..." ) + +/* Sout */ +#define SOUT_TITLE N_( "Stream output" ) +#define SOUT_HELP N_( \ + "Stream output settings are used when acting as a streaming server " \ + "or when saving incoming streams.\n" \ + "Streams are first muxed and then sent through an \"access output\" "\ + "module that can either save the stream to a file, or stream " \ + "it (UDP, HTTP, RTP/RTSP).\n" \ + "Sout streams modules allow advanced stream processing (transcoding, "\ + "duplicating...).") + +#define SOUT_GENERAL_HELP N_( "General stream output settings") + +#define SOUT_MUX_TITLE N_( "Muxers" ) +#define SOUT_MUX_HELP N_( \ + "Muxers create the encapsulation formats that are used to " \ + "put all the elementary streams (video, audio, ...) " \ + "together. This setting allows you to always force a specific muxer. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each muxer." ) + +#define SOUT_ACO_TITLE N_( "Access output" ) +#define SOUT_ACO_HELP N_( \ + "Access output modules control the ways the muxed streams are sent. " \ + "This setting allows you to always force a specific access output method. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each access output.") + +#define SOUT_PACKET_TITLE N_( "Packetizers" ) +#define SOUT_PACKET_HELP N_( \ + "Packetizers are used to \"preprocess\" the elementary "\ + "streams before muxing. " \ + "This setting allows you to always force a packetizer. " \ + "You should probably not do that.\n" \ + "You can also set default parameters for each packetizer." ) + +#define SOUT_STREAM_TITLE N_("Sout stream") +#define SOUT_STREAM_HELP N_( "Sout stream modules allow to build a sout " \ + "processing chain. Please refer to the Streaming Howto for " \ + "more information. You can configure default options for " \ + "each sout stream module here.") + +#define SOUT_VOD_TITLE N_( "VOD" ) +#define SOUT_VOD_HELP N_( "VLC's implementation of Video On Demand" ) + + +/* Playlist */ +#define PLAYLIST_TITLE N_( "Playlist" ) +#define PLAYLIST_HELP N_( "Settings related to playlist behaviour " \ + "(e.g. playback mode) and to modules that automatically add "\ + "items to the playlist (\"service discovery\" modules).") + +#define PGENERAL_HELP N_( "General playlist behaviour") +#define SD_TITLE N_("Services discovery") +#define SD_HELP N_("Services discovery modules are facilities "\ + "that automatically add items to playlist.") + +/* Advanced */ +#define AADVANCED_TITLE N_( "Advanced" ) +#define AADVANCED_HELP N_( "Advanced settings. Use with care...") + +#define MISC_TITLE N_( "Advanced settings" ) + +/* This function is deprecated and is kept only for compatibility */ +static const struct config_category_t categories_array[] = +{ + /* Interface */ + { CAT_INTERFACE, INTF_TITLE, INTF_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_GENERAL, INTF_TITLE, INTF_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_MAIN, INTF_MAIN_TITLE, INTF_MAIN_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_CONTROL, INTF_CONTROL_TITLE, INTF_CONTROL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INTERFACE_HOTKEYS, INTF_HOTKEYS_TITLE, INTF_HOTKEYS_HELP }, + + { CAT_AUDIO, AUDIO_TITLE, AUDIO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_GENERAL, AUDIO_TITLE, AUDIO_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_AOUT, AOUT_TITLE, AOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_AFILTER, AFILTER_TITLE, AFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_RESAMPLER, ARESAMPLER_TITLE, AFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_VISUAL, AVISUAL_TITLE, AVISUAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_AUDIO_MISC, AMISC_TITLE, AMISC_HELP }, + + { CAT_VIDEO, VIDEO_TITLE, VIDEO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_GENERAL, VIDEO_TITLE, VIDEO_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_VOUT, _VOUT_TITLE, VOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_VFILTER, VFILTER_TITLE, VFILTER_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_SUBPIC, SUBPIC_TITLE, SUBPIC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_VIDEO_SPLITTER, SPLITTER_TITLE, SPLITTER_HELP }, + + { CAT_INPUT, INPUT_TITLE, INPUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_GENERAL, INPUT_TITLE, INPUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_ACCESS, ACCESS_TITLE, ACCESS_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_DEMUX, DEMUX_TITLE, DEMUX_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_VCODEC, VDEC_TITLE, VDEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_ACODEC, ADEC_TITLE, ADEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_SCODEC, SDEC_TITLE, SDEC_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_INPUT_STREAM_FILTER, STREAM_FILTER_TITLE, STREAM_FILTER_HELP }, + + { CAT_SOUT, SOUT_TITLE, SOUT_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_GENERAL, SOUT_TITLE, SOUT_GENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_STREAM, SOUT_STREAM_TITLE, SOUT_STREAM_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_MUX, SOUT_MUX_TITLE, SOUT_MUX_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_ACO, SOUT_ACO_TITLE, SOUT_ACO_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_PACKETIZER, SOUT_PACKET_TITLE, SOUT_PACKET_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_SOUT_VOD, SOUT_VOD_TITLE, SOUT_VOD_HELP }, + + { CAT_PLAYLIST, PLAYLIST_TITLE , PLAYLIST_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_GENERAL, PLAYLIST_TITLE, PGENERAL_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_SD, SD_TITLE, SD_HELP }, + + { CAT_ADVANCED, AADVANCED_TITLE, AADVANCED_HELP }, + { SUBCAT_ADVANCED_MISC, MISC_TITLE, AADVANCED_HELP }, + + { -1, NULL, NULL } +}; + +VLC_USED +static inline const char *config_CategoryNameGet( int i_value ) +{ + int i = 0; + while( categories_array[i].psz_name != NULL ) + { + if( categories_array[i].i_id == i_value ) + { + return vlc_gettext(categories_array[i].psz_name); + } + i++; + } + return NULL; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline const char *config_CategoryHelpGet( int i_value ) +{ + int i = 0; + while( categories_array[i].psz_help != NULL ) + { + if( categories_array[i].i_id == i_value ) + { + return vlc_gettext(categories_array[i].psz_help); + } + i++; + } + return NULL; +} + +#endif /* VLC_HELP_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_configuration.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_configuration.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..067b8d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_configuration.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_configuration.h : configuration management module + * This file describes the programming interface for the configuration module. + * It includes functions allowing to declare, get or set configuration options. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 209168615be2a7bc5db889282b32389093ab262e $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_CONFIGURATION_H +#define VLC_CONFIGURATION_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file describes the programming interface for the configuration module. + * It includes functions allowing to declare, get or set configuration options. + */ + +#include /* for ssize_t */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct config_category_t +{ + int i_id; + const char *psz_name; + const char *psz_help; +}; + +typedef union +{ + char *psz; + int64_t i; + float f; +} module_value_t; + +typedef int (*vlc_string_list_cb)(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + char ***, char ***); +typedef int (*vlc_integer_list_cb)(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + int64_t **, char ***); + +struct module_config_t +{ + uint8_t i_type; /* Configuration type */ + char i_short; /* Optional short option name */ + unsigned b_advanced:1; /* Advanced option */ + unsigned b_internal:1; /* Hidden from prefs and help */ + unsigned b_unsaveable:1; /* Not stored in configuration */ + unsigned b_safe:1; /* Safe in web plugins and playlists */ + unsigned b_removed:1; /* Deprecated */ + + const char *psz_type; /* Configuration subtype */ + const char *psz_name; /* Option name */ + const char *psz_text; /* Short comment on the configuration option */ + const char *psz_longtext; /* Long comment on the configuration option */ + + module_value_t value; /* Option value */ + module_value_t orig; + module_value_t min; + module_value_t max; + + /* Values list */ + uint16_t list_count; /* Options list size */ + union + { + const char **psz; /* List of possible values for the option */ + const int *i; + vlc_string_list_cb psz_cb; + vlc_integer_list_cb i_cb; + } list; + const char **list_text; /* Friendly names for list values */ + const char *list_cb_name; + void *owner; +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes - these methods are used to get, set or manipulate configuration + * data. + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int config_GetType(const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int64_t config_GetInt(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void config_PutInt(vlc_object_t *, const char *, int64_t); +VLC_API float config_GetFloat(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void config_PutFloat(vlc_object_t *, const char *, float); +VLC_API char * config_GetPsz(vlc_object_t *, const char *) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API void config_PutPsz(vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *); +VLC_API int config_GetIntChoices(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + int64_t **, char ***) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int config_GetPszChoices(vlc_object_t *, const char *, + char ***, char ***) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int config_SaveConfigFile( vlc_object_t * ); +#define config_SaveConfigFile(a) config_SaveConfigFile(VLC_OBJECT(a)) + +VLC_API void config_ResetAll( vlc_object_t * ); +#define config_ResetAll(a) config_ResetAll(VLC_OBJECT(a)) + +VLC_API module_config_t * config_FindConfig(const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * config_GetDataDir(void) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; +VLC_API char *config_GetLibDir(void) VLC_USED; + +typedef enum vlc_userdir +{ + VLC_HOME_DIR, /* User's home */ + VLC_CONFIG_DIR, /* VLC-specific configuration directory */ + VLC_DATA_DIR, /* VLC-specific data directory */ + VLC_CACHE_DIR, /* VLC-specific user cached data directory */ + /* Generic directories (same as XDG) */ + VLC_DESKTOP_DIR=0x80, + VLC_DOWNLOAD_DIR, + VLC_TEMPLATES_DIR, + VLC_PUBLICSHARE_DIR, + VLC_DOCUMENTS_DIR, + VLC_MUSIC_DIR, + VLC_PICTURES_DIR, + VLC_VIDEOS_DIR, +} vlc_userdir_t; + +VLC_API char * config_GetUserDir( vlc_userdir_t ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API void config_AddIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +VLC_API void config_RemoveIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +VLC_API bool config_ExistIntf( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +#define config_GetInt(a,b) config_GetInt(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutInt(a,b,c) config_PutInt(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define config_GetFloat(a,b) config_GetFloat(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutFloat(a,b,c) config_PutFloat(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define config_GetPsz(a,b) config_GetPsz(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_PutPsz(a,b,c) config_PutPsz(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +#define config_AddIntf(a,b) config_AddIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_RemoveIntf(a,b) config_RemoveIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define config_ExistIntf(a,b) config_ExistIntf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/**************************************************************************** + * config_chain_t: + ****************************************************************************/ +struct config_chain_t +{ + config_chain_t *p_next; /**< Pointer on the next config_chain_t element */ + + char *psz_name; /**< Option name */ + char *psz_value; /**< Option value */ +}; + +/** + * This function will + * - create all options in the array ppsz_options (var_Create). + * - parse the given linked list of config_chain_t and set the value (var_Set). + * + * The option names will be created by adding the psz_prefix prefix. + */ +VLC_API void config_ChainParse( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_prefix, const char *const *ppsz_options, config_chain_t * ); +#define config_ChainParse( a, b, c, d ) config_ChainParse( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) + +/** + * This function will parse a configuration string (psz_opts) and + * - set all options for this module in a chained list (*pp_cfg) + * - returns a pointer on the next module if any. + * + * The string format is + * module{option=*,option=*} + * + * The options values are unescaped using config_StringUnescape. + */ +VLC_API const char *config_ChainParseOptions( config_chain_t **pp_cfg, const char *ppsz_opts ); + +/** + * This function will parse a configuration string (psz_string) and + * - set the module name (*ppsz_name) + * - set all options for this module in a chained list (*pp_cfg) + * - returns a pointer on the next module if any. + * + * The string format is + * module{option=*,option=*}[:modulenext{option=*,...}] + * + * The options values are unescaped using config_StringUnescape. + */ +VLC_API char *config_ChainCreate( char **ppsz_name, config_chain_t **pp_cfg, const char *psz_string ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * This function will release a linked list of config_chain_t + * (Including the head) + */ +VLC_API void config_ChainDestroy( config_chain_t * ); + +/** + * This function will duplicate a linked list of config_chain_t + */ +VLC_API config_chain_t * config_ChainDuplicate( const config_chain_t * ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * This function will unescape a string in place and will return a pointer on + * the given string. + * No memory is allocated by it (unlike config_StringEscape). + * If NULL is given as parameter nothing will be done (NULL will be returned). + * + * The following sequences will be unescaped (only one time): + * \\ \' and \" + */ +VLC_API char * config_StringUnescape( char *psz_string ); + +/** + * This function will escape a string that can be unescaped by + * config_StringUnescape. + * The returned value is allocated by it. You have to free it once you + * do not need it anymore (unlike config_StringUnescape). + * If NULL is given as parameter nothing will be done (NULL will be returned). + * + * The escaped characters are ' " and \ + */ +VLC_API char * config_StringEscape( const char *psz_string ) VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_CONFIGURATION_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_cpu.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2f0f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_cpu.h: CPU capabilities + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file provides CPU features detection. + */ + +#ifndef VLC_CPU_H +# define VLC_CPU_H 1 + +VLC_API unsigned vlc_CPU(void); + +# if defined (__i386__) || defined (__x86_64__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# define VLC_CPU_MMX 0x00000008 +# define VLC_CPU_3dNOW 0x00000010 +# define VLC_CPU_MMXEXT 0x00000020 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE 0x00000040 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE2 0x00000080 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE3 0x00000100 +# define VLC_CPU_SSSE3 0x00000200 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4_1 0x00000400 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4_2 0x00000800 +# define VLC_CPU_SSE4A 0x00001000 +# define VLC_CPU_AVX 0x00002000 +# define VLC_CPU_AVX2 0x00004000 +# define VLC_CPU_XOP 0x00008000 +# define VLC_CPU_FMA4 0x00010000 + +# if defined (__MMX__) +# define vlc_CPU_MMX() (1) +# define VLC_MMX +# else +# define vlc_CPU_MMX() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_MMX) != 0) +# define VLC_MMX __attribute__ ((__target__ ("mmx"))) +# endif + +# if defined (__SSE__) +# define vlc_CPU_MMXEXT() (1) +# define vlc_CPU_SSE() (1) +# define VLC_SSE +# else +# define vlc_CPU_MMXEXT() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_MMXEXT) != 0) +# define vlc_CPU_SSE() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE) != 0) +# define VLC_SSE __attribute__ ((__target__ ("sse"))) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE2__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE3__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE3() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE3() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE3) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSSE3__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSSE3() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSSE3() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSSE3) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4_1__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_1() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_1() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4_1) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4_2__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4_2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4_2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __SSE4A__ +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4A() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_SSE4A() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_SSE4A) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __AVX__ +# define vlc_CPU_AVX() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_AVX() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_AVX) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __AVX2__ +# define vlc_CPU_AVX2() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_AVX2() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_AVX2) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __3dNOW__ +# define vlc_CPU_3dNOW() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_3dNOW() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_3dNOW) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __XOP__ +# define vlc_CPU_XOP() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_XOP() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_XOP) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __FMA4__ +# define vlc_CPU_FMA4() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_FMA4() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_FMA4) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__ppc__) || defined (__ppc64__) || defined (__powerpc__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# define VLC_CPU_ALTIVEC 2 + +# ifdef ALTIVEC +# define vlc_CPU_ALTIVEC() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ALTIVEC() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ALTIVEC) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__arm__) +# if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined (__SOFTFP__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +# else +# define HAVE_FPU 0 +# endif +# define VLC_CPU_ARMv6 4 +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_NEON 2 + +# if defined (__ARM_ARCH_7A__) +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 7 +# elif defined (__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined (__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 6 +# else +# define VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH 4 +# endif + +# if (VLC_CPU_ARM_ARCH >= 6) +# define vlc_CPU_ARMv6() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ARMv6() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ARMv6) != 0) +# endif + +# ifdef __ARM_NEON__ +# define vlc_CPU_ARM_NEON() (1) +# else +# define vlc_CPU_ARM_NEON() ((vlc_CPU() & VLC_CPU_ARM_NEON) != 0) +# endif + +# elif defined (__aarch64__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 +// NEON is mandatory for general purpose ARMv8-a CPUs +# define vlc_CPU_ARM64_NEON() (1) + +# elif defined (__sparc__) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# elif defined (__mips_hard_float) +# define HAVE_FPU 1 + +# else +/** + * Are single precision floating point operations "fast"? + * If this preprocessor constant is zero, floating point should be avoided + * (especially relevant for audio codecs). + */ +# define HAVE_FPU 0 + +# endif + +#endif /* !VLC_CPU_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_demux.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_demux.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74bd29a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_demux.h @@ -0,0 +1,525 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_demux.h: Demuxer descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f359f547fa79d9818ed74420d906a6683be3d037 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_DEMUX_H +#define VLC_DEMUX_H 1 + +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup demux Demultiplexer + * \ingroup input + * Demultiplexers (file format parsers) + * @{ + * \file + * Demultiplexer modules interface + */ + +struct demux_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* eg informative but needed (we can have access+demux) */ + char *psz_access; + char *psz_demux; + char *psz_location; + char *psz_file; + + union { + /** + * Input stream + * + * Depending on the module capability: + * - "demux": input byte stream (not NULL) + * - "access_demux": a NULL pointer + * - "demux_filter": undefined + */ + stream_t *s; + /** + * Input demuxer + * + * If the module capability is "demux_filter", this is the upstream + * demuxer or demux filter. Otherwise, this is undefined. + */ + demux_t *p_next; + }; + + /* es output */ + es_out_t *out; /* our p_es_out */ + + bool b_preparsing; /* True if the demux is used to preparse */ + + /* set by demuxer */ + int (*pf_demux) ( demux_t * ); /* demux one frame only */ + int (*pf_control)( demux_t *, int i_query, va_list args); + + /* Demux has to maintain them uptodate + * when it is responsible of seekpoint/title */ + struct + { + unsigned int i_update; /* Demux sets them on change, + Input removes them once take into account*/ + /* Seekpoint/Title at demux level */ + int i_title; /* idem, start from 0 (could be menu) */ + int i_seekpoint; /* idem, start from 0 */ + } info; + demux_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +/* pf_demux return values */ +#define VLC_DEMUXER_EOF 0 +#define VLC_DEMUXER_EGENERIC -1 +#define VLC_DEMUXER_SUCCESS 1 + +/* demux_t.info.i_update field */ +#define INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE 0x0010 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_SEEKPOINT 0x0020 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_META 0x0040 +#define INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE_LIST 0x0100 + +/* demux_meta_t is returned by "meta reader" module to the demuxer */ +typedef struct demux_meta_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; /***< the input item that is being read */ + + vlc_meta_t *p_meta; /**< meta data */ + + int i_attachments; /**< number of attachments */ + input_attachment_t **attachments; /**< array of attachments */ +} demux_meta_t; + +/** + * Control query identifiers for use with demux_t.pf_control + * + * In the individual identifier description, the input stream refers to + * demux_t.s if non-NULL, and the output refers to demux_t.out. + * + * A demuxer is synchronous if it only accesses its input stream and the + * output from within its demux_t callbacks, i.e. demux.pf_demux and + * demux_t.pf_control. + * + * A demuxer is threaded if it accesses either or both input and output + * asynchronously. + * + * An access-demuxer is a demuxer without input, i.e. demux_t.s == NULL). + */ +enum demux_query_e +{ + /** Checks whether the stream supports seeking. + * Can fail if seeking is not supported (same as returning false). + * \bug Failing should not be allowed. + * + * arg1 = bool * */ + DEMUX_CAN_SEEK, + + /** Checks whether (long) pause then stream resumption is supported. + * Can fail only if synchronous and not an access-demuxer. The + * underlying input stream then determines if pause is supported. + * \bug Failing should not be allowed. + * + * arg1= bool * */ + DEMUX_CAN_PAUSE = 0x002, + + /** Whether the stream can be read at an arbitrary pace. + * Cannot fail. + * + * arg1= bool * */ + DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE, + + /** Retrieves the PTS delay (roughly the default buffer duration). + * Can fail only if synchronous and not an access-demuxer. The + * underlying input stream then determines the PTS delay. + * + * arg1= int64_t * */ + DEMUX_GET_PTS_DELAY = 0x101, + + /** Retrieves stream meta-data. + * Should fail if no meta-data were retrieved. + * + * arg1= vlc_meta_t * */ + DEMUX_GET_META = 0x105, + + /** Retrieves an estimate of signal quality and strength. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1=double *quality, arg2=double *strength */ + DEMUX_GET_SIGNAL = 0x107, + + /** Sets the paused or playing/resumed state. + * + * Streams are initially in playing state. The control always specifies a + * change from paused to playing (false) or from playing to paused (true) + * and streams are initially playing; a no-op cannot be requested. + * + * The control is never used if DEMUX_CAN_PAUSE fails. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1= bool */ + DEMUX_SET_PAUSE_STATE = 0x200, + + /** Seeks to the beginning of a title. + * + * The control is never used if DEMUX_GET_TITLE_INFO fails. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1= int */ + DEMUX_SET_TITLE, + + /** Seeks to the beginning of a chapter of the current title. + * + * The control is never used if DEMUX_GET_TITLE_INFO fails. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1= int */ + DEMUX_SET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /** Check which INPUT_UPDATE_XXX flag is set and reset the ones set. + * + * The unsigned* argument is set with the flags needed to be checked, + * on return it contains the values that were reset during the call + * + * This can can fail, in which case flags from demux_t.info.i_update + * are read/reset + * + * arg1= unsigned * */ + DEMUX_TEST_AND_CLEAR_FLAGS, /* arg1= unsigned* can fail */ + + /** Read the title number currently playing + * + * Can fail, in which case demux_t.info.i_title is used + * + * arg1= int * */ + DEMUX_GET_TITLE, /* arg1= int* can fail */ + + /* Read the seekpoint/chapter currently playing + * + * Can fail, in which case demux_t.info.i_seekpoint is used + * + * arg1= int * */ + DEMUX_GET_SEEKPOINT, /* arg1= int* can fail */ + + /* I. Common queries to access_demux and demux */ + /* POSITION double between 0.0 and 1.0 */ + DEMUX_GET_POSITION = 0x300, /* arg1= double * res= */ + DEMUX_SET_POSITION, /* arg1= double arg2= bool b_precise res=can fail */ + + /* LENGTH/TIME in microsecond, 0 if unknown */ + DEMUX_GET_LENGTH, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + DEMUX_GET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + DEMUX_SET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t arg2= bool b_precise res=can fail */ + + /** + * \todo Document + * + * \warning The prototype is different from STREAM_GET_TITLE_INFO + * + * Can fail, meaning there is only one title and one chapter. + * + * arg1= input_title_t ***, arg2=int *, arg3=int *pi_title_offset(0), + * arg4= int *pi_seekpoint_offset(0) */ + DEMUX_GET_TITLE_INFO, + + /* DEMUX_SET_GROUP/SET_ES only a hint for demuxer (mainly DVB) to allow not + * reading everything (you should not use this to call es_out_Control) + * if you don't know what to do with it, just IGNORE it, it is safe(r) + * -1 means all group, 0 default group (first es added) */ + DEMUX_SET_GROUP, /* arg1= int, arg2=const vlc_list_t * can fail */ + DEMUX_SET_ES, /* arg1= int can fail */ + + /* Ask the demux to demux until the given date at the next pf_demux call + * but not more (and not less, at the precision available of course). + * XXX: not mandatory (except for subtitle demux) but will help a lot + * for multi-input + */ + DEMUX_SET_NEXT_DEMUX_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t can fail */ + /* FPS for correct subtitles handling */ + DEMUX_GET_FPS, /* arg1= double * res=can fail */ + + /* Meta data */ + DEMUX_HAS_UNSUPPORTED_META, /* arg1= bool * res can fail */ + + /* Attachments */ + DEMUX_GET_ATTACHMENTS, /* arg1=input_attachment_t***, int* res=can fail */ + + /* RECORD you are ensured that it is never called twice with the same state + * you should accept it only if the stream can be recorded without + * any modification or header addition. */ + DEMUX_CAN_RECORD, /* arg1=bool* res=can fail(assume false) */ + /** + * \todo Document + * + * \warning The prototype is different from STREAM_SET_RECORD_STATE + * + * The control is never used if DEMUX_CAN_RECORD fails or returns false. + * Can fail. + * + * arg1= bool */ + DEMUX_SET_RECORD_STATE, + + /* II. Specific access_demux queries */ + + /* DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE is called only if DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_PACE has + * returned false. *pb_rate should be true when the rate can be changed + * (using DEMUX_SET_RATE). */ + DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE, /* arg1= bool*pb_rate */ + /* DEMUX_SET_RATE is called only if DEMUX_CAN_CONTROL_RATE has returned true. + * It should return the value really used in *pi_rate */ + DEMUX_SET_RATE, /* arg1= int*pi_rate can fail */ + + /** Checks whether the stream is actually a playlist, rather than a real + * stream. + * + * \warning The prototype is different from STREAM_IS_DIRECTORY. + * + * Can fail if the stream is not a playlist (same as returning false). + * + * arg1= bool * */ + DEMUX_IS_PLAYLIST, + + /* Menu (VCD/DVD/BD) Navigation */ + /** Activate the navigation item selected. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_ACTIVATE, + /** Use the up arrow to select a navigation item above. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_UP, + /** Use the down arrow to select a navigation item under. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_DOWN, + /** Use the left arrow to select a navigation item on the left. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_LEFT, + /** Use the right arrow to select a navigation item on the right. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_RIGHT, + /** Activate the popup Menu (for BD). Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_POPUP, + /** Activate disc Root Menu. Can fail */ + DEMUX_NAV_MENU, /* res=can fail */ + /** Enable/Disable a demux filter + * \warning This has limited support, and is likely to break if more than + * a single demux_filter is present in the chain. This is not guaranteed to + * work in future VLC versions, nor with all demux filters + */ + DEMUX_FILTER_ENABLE, + DEMUX_FILTER_DISABLE +}; + +/************************************************************************* + * Main Demux + *************************************************************************/ + +/* stream_t *s could be null and then it mean a access+demux in one */ +VLC_API demux_t *demux_New( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_path, stream_t *s, es_out_t *out ); + +VLC_API void demux_Delete( demux_t * ); + + +VLC_API int demux_vaControlHelper( stream_t *, int64_t i_start, int64_t i_end, + int64_t i_bitrate, int i_align, int i_query, va_list args ); + +VLC_USED static inline int demux_Demux( demux_t *p_demux ) +{ + if( !p_demux->pf_demux ) + return VLC_DEMUXER_SUCCESS; + + return p_demux->pf_demux( p_demux ); +} + +VLC_API int demux_vaControl( demux_t *p_demux, int i_query, va_list args ); + +static inline int demux_Control( demux_t *p_demux, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = demux_vaControl( p_demux, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +/************************************************************************* + * Miscellaneous helpers for demuxers + *************************************************************************/ + +static inline void demux_UpdateTitleFromStream( demux_t *demux ) +{ + stream_t *s = demux->s; + unsigned title, seekpoint; + + if( vlc_stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_TITLE, &title ) == VLC_SUCCESS + && title != (unsigned)demux->info.i_title ) + { + demux->info.i_title = title; + demux->info.i_update |= INPUT_UPDATE_TITLE; + } + + if( vlc_stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_SEEKPOINT, + &seekpoint ) == VLC_SUCCESS + && seekpoint != (unsigned)demux->info.i_seekpoint ) + { + demux->info.i_seekpoint = seekpoint; + demux->info.i_update |= INPUT_UPDATE_SEEKPOINT; + } +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsPathExtension( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_extension ) +{ + const char *name = (p_demux->psz_file != NULL) ? p_demux->psz_file + : p_demux->psz_location; + const char *psz_ext = strrchr ( name, '.' ); + if( !psz_ext || strcasecmp( psz_ext, psz_extension ) ) + return false; + return true; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsContentType(demux_t *demux, const char *type) +{ + return stream_IsMimeType(demux->s, type); +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool demux_IsForced( demux_t *p_demux, const char *psz_name ) +{ + if( !p_demux->psz_demux || strcmp( p_demux->psz_demux, psz_name ) ) + return false; + return true; +} + +/** + * This function will create a packetizer suitable for a demuxer that parses + * elementary stream. + * + * The provided es_format_t will be cleaned on error or by + * demux_PacketizerDestroy. + */ +VLC_API decoder_t * demux_PacketizerNew( demux_t *p_demux, es_format_t *p_fmt, const char *psz_msg ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will destroy a packetizer create by demux_PacketizerNew. + */ +VLC_API void demux_PacketizerDestroy( decoder_t *p_packetizer ); + +/* */ +#define DEMUX_INIT_COMMON() do { \ + p_demux->pf_control = Control; \ + p_demux->pf_demux = Demux; \ + p_demux->p_sys = calloc( 1, sizeof( demux_sys_t ) ); \ + if( !p_demux->p_sys ) return VLC_ENOMEM;\ + } while(0) + +/** + * \defgroup chained_demux Chained demultiplexer + * Demultiplexers wrapped by another demultiplexer + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct vlc_demux_chained_t vlc_demux_chained_t; + +/** + * Creates a chained demuxer. + * + * This creates a thread running a demuxer whose input stream is generated + * directly by the caller. This typically handles some sort of stream within a + * stream, e.g. MPEG-TS within something else. + * + * \note There are a number of limitations to this approach. The chained + * demuxer is run asynchronously in a separate thread. Most demuxer controls + * are synchronous and therefore unavailable in this case. Also the input + * stream is a simple FIFO, so the chained demuxer cannot perform seeks. + * Lastly, most errors cannot be detected. + * + * \param parent parent VLC object + * \param name chained demux module name (e.g. "ts") + * \param out elementary stream output for the chained demux + * \return a non-NULL pointer on success, NULL on failure. + */ +VLC_API vlc_demux_chained_t *vlc_demux_chained_New(vlc_object_t *parent, + const char *name, + es_out_t *out); + +/** + * Destroys a chained demuxer. + * + * Sends an end-of-stream to the chained demuxer, and releases all underlying + * allocated resources. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_demux_chained_Delete(vlc_demux_chained_t *); + +/** + * Sends data to a chained demuxer. + * + * This queues data for a chained demuxer to consume. + * + * \param block data block to queue + */ +VLC_API void vlc_demux_chained_Send(vlc_demux_chained_t *, block_t *block); + +/** + * Controls a chained demuxer. + * + * This performs a demux (i.e. DEMUX_...) control request on a chained + * demux. + * + * \note In most cases, vlc_demux_chained_Control() should be used instead. + * \warning As per vlc_demux_chained_New(), most demux controls are not, and + * cannot be, supported; VLC_EGENERIC is returned. + * + * \param query demux control (see \ref demux_query_e) + * \param args variable arguments (depending on the query) + */ +VLC_API int vlc_demux_chained_ControlVa(vlc_demux_chained_t *, int query, + va_list args); + +static inline int vlc_demux_chained_Control(vlc_demux_chained_t *dc, int query, + ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, query); + ret = vlc_demux_chained_ControlVa(dc, query, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_dialog.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23df3cb --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_dialog.h: user interaction dialogs + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_DIALOG_H_ +#define VLC_DIALOG_H_ +# include + +typedef struct vlc_dialog_provider vlc_dialog_provider; +typedef struct vlc_dialog_id vlc_dialog_id; +typedef struct extension_dialog_t extension_dialog_t; + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +int +libvlc_InternalDialogInit(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +void +libvlc_InternalDialogClean(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/** + * @defgroup vlc_dialog VLC dialog + * @ingroup interface + * @{ + * @file + * This file declares VLC dialog functions + * @defgroup vlc_dialog_api VLC dialog functions + * In order to interact with the user + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Dialog question type, see vlc_dialog_wait_question() + */ +typedef enum vlc_dialog_question_type +{ + VLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_NORMAL, + VLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_WARNING, + VLC_DIALOG_QUESTION_CRITICAL, +} vlc_dialog_question_type; + +/** + * Sends an error message + * + * This function returns immediately + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the error + * @param psz_title title of the error dialog + * @param psz_fmt format string for the error message + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_display_error(vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT(3,4); +#define vlc_dialog_display_error(a, b, c, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_display_error(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Sends an error message + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_display_error() expect that it's called with a + * va_list. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_display_error_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Requests an user name and a password + * + * This function waits until the user dismisses the dialog or responds. It's + * interruptible via vlc_interrupt. In that case, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel() + * will be invoked. If p_store is not NULL, the user will be asked to store the + * password or not. + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param ppsz_username a pointer to the user name provided by the user, it + * must be freed with free() on success + * @param ppsz_password a pointer to the password provided by the user, it must + * be freed with free() on success + * @param p_store a pointer to the store answer provided by the user (optional) + * @param psz_default_username default user name proposed + * @param psz_title title of the login dialog + * @param psz_fmt format string for the login message + * @return < 0 on error, 0 if the user cancelled it, and 1 if ppsz_username and + * ppsz_password are valid. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_wait_login(vlc_object_t *p_obj, char **ppsz_username, + char **ppsz_password, bool *p_store, + const char *psz_default_username, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_fmt, ...) + VLC_FORMAT(7,8); +#define vlc_dialog_wait_login(a, b, c, d, e, f, g, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_wait_login(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, f, g, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Requests an user name and a password + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_wait_login() expect that it's called with a + * va_list. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_wait_login_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, char **ppsz_username, + char **ppsz_password, bool *p_store, + const char *psz_default_username, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Asks a total (Yes/No/Cancel) question + * + * This function waits until the user dismisses the dialog or responds. It's + * interruptible via vlc_interrupt. In that case, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel() + * will be invoked. The psz_cancel is mandatory since this dialog is always + * cancellable by the user. + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param i_type question type (severity of the question) + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button + * @param psz_action1 first choice/button text (optional) + * @param psz_action2 second choice/button text (optional) + * @param psz_title title of the question dialog + * @param psz_fmt format string for the question message + * @return < 0 on error, 0 if the user cancelled it, 1 on action1, 2 on action2 + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_wait_question(vlc_object_t *p_obj, + vlc_dialog_question_type i_type, + const char *psz_cancel, const char *psz_action1, + const char *psz_action2, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT(7,8); +#define vlc_dialog_wait_question(a, b, c, d, e, f, g, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_wait_question(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, f, g, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Asks a total (Yes/No/Cancel) question + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_wait_question() expect that it's called with a + * va_list. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_wait_question_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, + vlc_dialog_question_type i_type, + const char *psz_cancel, const char *psz_action1, + const char *psz_action2, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_fmt, va_list ap); + +/** + * Display a progress dialog + * + * This function returns immediately + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param b_indeterminate true if the progress dialog is indeterminate + * @param f_position initial position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button, if NULL the dialog is not + * cancellable (optional) + * @param psz_title title of the progress dialog + * @param psz_fmt format string for the progress message + * @return a valid vlc_dialog_id on success, must be released with + * vlc_dialog_id_release() + */ +VLC_API vlc_dialog_id * +vlc_dialog_display_progress(vlc_object_t *p_obj, bool b_indeterminate, + float f_position, const char *psz_cancel, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_fmt, ...) + VLC_FORMAT(6,7); +#define vlc_dialog_display_progress(a, b, c, d, e, f, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_display_progress(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, f, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Display a progress dialog + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_display_progress() expect that it's called with a + * va_list. + */ +VLC_API vlc_dialog_id * +vlc_dialog_display_progress_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, bool b_indeterminate, + float f_position, const char *psz_cancel, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_fmt, + va_list ap); + +/** + * Update the position of the progress dialog + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param p_id id of the dialog to update + * @param f_position position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_update_progress(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position); +#define vlc_dialog_update_progress(a, b, c) \ + vlc_dialog_update_progress(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * Update the position and the message of the progress dialog + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param p_id id of the dialog to update + * @param f_position position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @param psz_fmt format string for the progress message + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_update_progress_text(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position, const char *psz_fmt, ...) + VLC_FORMAT(4, 5); +#define vlc_dialog_update_progress_text(a, b, c, d, ...) \ + vlc_dialog_update_progress_text(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Update the position and the message of the progress dialog + * + * Equivalent to vlc_dialog_update_progress_text() expect that it's called + * with a va_list. + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_update_progress_text_va(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position, const char *psz_fmt, + va_list ap); + +/** + * Release the dialog id returned by vlc_dialog_display_progress() + * + * It causes the vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel() callback to be invoked. + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param p_id id of the dialog to release + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_dialog_release(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id); +#define vlc_dialog_release(a, b) \ + vlc_dialog_release(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * Return true if the dialog id is cancelled + * + * @param p_obj the VLC object emitting the dialog + * @param p_id id of the dialog + */ +VLC_API bool +vlc_dialog_is_cancelled(vlc_object_t *p_obj, vlc_dialog_id *p_id); +#define vlc_dialog_is_cancelled(a, b) \ + vlc_dialog_is_cancelled(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup vlc_dialog_impl VLC dialog callbacks + * Need to be implemented by GUI modules or libvlc + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Dialog callbacks to be implemented + */ +typedef struct vlc_dialog_cbs +{ + /** + * Called when an error message needs to be displayed + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + */ + void (*pf_display_error)(void *p_data, const char *psz_title, + const char *psz_text); + + /** + * Called when a login dialog needs to be displayed + * + * You can interact with this dialog by calling vlc_dialog_id_post_login() + * to post an answer or vlc_dialog_id_dismiss() to cancel this dialog. + * + * @note to receive this callback, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel should not be + * NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param psz_default_username user name that should be set on the user form + * @param b_ask_store if true, ask the user if he wants to save the + * credentials + */ + void (*pf_display_login)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + const char *psz_default_username, + bool b_ask_store); + + /** + * Called when a question dialog needs to be displayed + * + * You can interact with this dialog by calling vlc_dialog_id_post_action() + * to post an answer or vlc_dialog_id_dismiss() to cancel this dialog. + * + * @note to receive this callback, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel should not be + * NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param i_type question type (or severity) of the dialog + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button + * @param psz_action1 text of the first button, if NULL, don't display this + * button + * @param psz_action2 text of the second button, if NULL, don't display + * this button + */ + void (*pf_display_question)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + vlc_dialog_question_type i_type, + const char *psz_cancel, const char *psz_action1, + const char *psz_action2); + + /** + * Called when a progress dialog needs to be displayed + * + * If cancellable (psz_cancel != NULL), you can cancel this dialog by + * calling vlc_dialog_id_dismiss() + * + * @note to receive this callback, vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel and + * vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_update_progress should not be NULL. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id used to interact with the dialog + * @param psz_title title of the dialog + * @param psz_text text of the dialog + * @param b_indeterminate true if the progress dialog is indeterminate + * @param f_position initial position of the progress bar (between 0.0 and + * 1.0) + * @param psz_cancel text of the cancel button, if NULL the dialog is not + * cancellable + */ + void (*pf_display_progress)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + const char *psz_title, const char *psz_text, + bool b_indeterminate, float f_position, + const char *psz_cancel); + + /** + * Called when a displayed dialog needs to be cancelled + * + * The implementation must call vlc_dialog_id_dismiss() to really release + * the dialog. + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id of the dialog + */ + void (*pf_cancel)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id); + + /** + * Called when a progress dialog needs to be updated + * + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param f_position osition of the progress bar (between 0.0 and 1.0) + * @param psz_text new text of the progress dialog + */ + void (*pf_update_progress)(void *p_data, vlc_dialog_id *p_id, + float f_position, const char *psz_text); +} vlc_dialog_cbs; + +/** + * Register callbacks to handle VLC dialogs + * + * @param p_cbs a pointer to callbacks, or NULL to unregister callbacks. + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_dialog_provider_set_callbacks(vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const vlc_dialog_cbs *p_cbs, void *p_data); +#define vlc_dialog_provider_set_callbacks(a, b, c) \ + vlc_dialog_provider_set_callbacks(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * Associate an opaque pointer with the dialog id + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_dialog_id_set_context(vlc_dialog_id *p_id, void *p_context); + +/** + * Return the opaque pointer associated with the dialog id + */ +VLC_API void * +vlc_dialog_id_get_context(vlc_dialog_id *p_id); + +/** + * Post a login answer + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_display_login + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param psz_username valid and non empty string + * @param psz_password valid string (can be empty) + * @param b_store if true, store the credentials + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_id_post_login(vlc_dialog_id *p_id, const char *psz_username, + const char *psz_password, bool b_store); + +/** + * Post a question answer + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_display_question + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @param i_action 1 for action1, 2 for action2 + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_id_post_action(vlc_dialog_id *p_id, int i_action); + +/** + * Dismiss a dialog + * + * After this call, p_id won't be valid anymore + * + * @see vlc_dialog_cbs.pf_cancel + * + * @param p_id id of the dialog + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or a VLC error code on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_dialog_id_dismiss(vlc_dialog_id *p_id); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup vlc_dialog_ext VLC extension dialog functions + * @{ + */ + +VLC_API int +vlc_ext_dialog_update(vlc_object_t *p_obj, extension_dialog_t *dialog); +#define vlc_ext_dialog_update(a, b) \ + vlc_ext_dialog_update(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * Dialog extension callback to be implemented + */ +typedef void (*vlc_dialog_ext_update_cb)(extension_dialog_t *p_ext_dialog, + void *p_data); + +/** + * Register a callback for VLC extension dialog + * + * @param pf_update a pointer to the update callback, or NULL to unregister + * callback + * @param p_data opaque pointer for the callback + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_dialog_provider_set_ext_callback(vlc_object_t *p_obj, + vlc_dialog_ext_update_cb pf_update, + void *p_data); +#define vlc_dialog_provider_set_ext_callback(a, b, c) \ + vlc_dialog_provider_set_ext_callback(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** @} @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_epg.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_epg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ccfedf --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_epg.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_epg.h: Electronic Program Guide + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2007 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f7b9044e7c0aa1af4a44066d73f2ead943fc6a46 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_EPG_H +#define VLC_EPG_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for storing dvb epg information + */ + +typedef struct +{ + int64_t i_start; /* Interpreted as a value return by time() */ + uint32_t i_duration; /* Duration of the event in second */ + uint16_t i_id; /* Unique event id withing the event set */ + + char *psz_name; + char *psz_short_description; + char *psz_description; + struct /* Description items in tranmission order */ + { + char *psz_key; + char *psz_value; + } * description_items; + int i_description_items; + + uint8_t i_rating; /* Parental control, set to 0 when undefined */ +} vlc_epg_event_t; + +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_name; + uint32_t i_id; /* Unique identifier for this table / events (partial sets) */ + uint16_t i_source_id;/* Channel / Program reference id this epg relates to */ + size_t i_event; + vlc_epg_event_t **pp_event; + bool b_present; /* Contains present/following or similar, and sets below */ + const vlc_epg_event_t *p_current; /* NULL, or equal to one of the entries in pp_event */ +} vlc_epg_t; + +/** + * Creates a new vlc_epg_event_t* + * + * You must call vlc_epg_event_Delete to release the associated resources. + * + * \p i_id is the event unique id + * \p i_start start in epoch time + * \p i_duration event duration in seconds + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_event_t * vlc_epg_event_New(uint16_t i_id, + int64_t i_start, uint32_t i_duration); + +/** + * Releases a vlc_epg_event_t*. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_event_Delete(vlc_epg_event_t *p_event); + +/** + * Returns a vlc_epg_event_t * duplicated from \p p_src. + * + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_event_t * vlc_epg_event_Duplicate(const vlc_epg_event_t *p_src); + +/** + * It creates a new vlc_epg_t* + * + * You must call vlc_epg_Delete to release the associated resource. + * + * \p i_id is computed unique id depending on standard (table id, eit number) + * \p i_source_id is the associated program number + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_t * vlc_epg_New(uint32_t i_id, uint16_t i_source_id); + +/** + * It releases a vlc_epg_t*. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_Delete(vlc_epg_t *p_epg); + +/** + * It appends a new vlc_epg_event_t to a vlc_epg_t. + * Takes ownership of \p p_evt or returns false + * + * \p p_evt a vlc_epg_event_t * created with vlc_epg_event_New. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_epg_AddEvent(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, vlc_epg_event_t *p_evt); + +/** + * It set the current event of a vlc_epg_t given a start time + */ +VLC_API void vlc_epg_SetCurrent(vlc_epg_t *p_epg, int64_t i_start); + +/** + * Returns a duplicated \p p_src and its associated events. + * + */ +VLC_API vlc_epg_t * vlc_epg_Duplicate(const vlc_epg_t *p_src); + +#endif + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_es.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_es.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa49a4f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_es.h @@ -0,0 +1,668 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_es.h: Elementary stream formats descriptions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c03fca394aeef77ad642defe241bd5a5ffe5d53d $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ES_H +#define VLC_ES_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the elementary streams format types + */ + +/** + * video palette data + * \see video_format_t + * \see subs_format_t + */ +#define VIDEO_PALETTE_COLORS_MAX 256 + +struct video_palette_t +{ + int i_entries; /**< to keep the compatibility with libavcodec's palette */ + uint8_t palette[VIDEO_PALETTE_COLORS_MAX][4]; /**< 4-byte RGBA/YUVA palette */ +}; + +/** + * audio replay gain description + */ +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX (2) +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_TRACK (0) +#define AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_ALBUM (1) +typedef struct +{ + /* true if we have the peak value */ + bool pb_peak[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + /* peak value where 1.0 means full sample value */ + float pf_peak[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + + /* true if we have the gain value */ + bool pb_gain[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; + /* gain value in dB */ + float pf_gain[AUDIO_REPLAY_GAIN_MAX]; +} audio_replay_gain_t; + + +/** + * Audio channel type + */ +typedef enum audio_channel_type_t +{ + AUDIO_CHANNEL_TYPE_BITMAP, + AUDIO_CHANNEL_TYPE_AMBISONICS, +} audio_channel_type_t; + +/** + * audio format description + */ +struct audio_format_t +{ + vlc_fourcc_t i_format; /**< audio format fourcc */ + unsigned int i_rate; /**< audio sample-rate */ + + /* Describes the channels configuration of the samples (ie. number of + * channels which are available in the buffer, and positions). */ + uint16_t i_physical_channels; + + /* Describes the chan mode, either set from the input + * (demux/codec/packetizer) or overridden by the user, used by audio + * filters. */ + uint16_t i_chan_mode; + + /* Channel type */ + audio_channel_type_t channel_type; + + /* Optional - for A/52, SPDIF and DTS types : */ + /* Bytes used by one compressed frame, depends on bitrate. */ + unsigned int i_bytes_per_frame; + + /* Number of sampleframes contained in one compressed frame. */ + unsigned int i_frame_length; + /* Please note that it may be completely arbitrary - buffers are not + * obliged to contain a integral number of so-called "frames". It's + * just here for the division : + * buffer_size = i_nb_samples * i_bytes_per_frame / i_frame_length + */ + + /* FIXME ? (used by the codecs) */ + unsigned i_bitspersample; + unsigned i_blockalign; + uint8_t i_channels; /* must be <=32 */ +}; + +/* Values available for audio channels */ +#define AOUT_CHAN_CENTER 0x1 +#define AOUT_CHAN_LEFT 0x2 +#define AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT 0x4 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER 0x10 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT 0x20 +#define AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT 0x40 +#define AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT 0x100 +#define AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT 0x200 +#define AOUT_CHAN_LFE 0x1000 + +#define AOUT_CHANS_FRONT (AOUT_CHAN_LEFT | AOUT_CHAN_RIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLELEFT | AOUT_CHAN_MIDDLERIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_REAR (AOUT_CHAN_REARLEFT | AOUT_CHAN_REARRIGHT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_CENTER (AOUT_CHAN_CENTER | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER) + +#define AOUT_CHANS_STEREO AOUT_CHANS_2_0 +#define AOUT_CHANS_2_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT) +#define AOUT_CHANS_2_1 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_3_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_3_1 (AOUT_CHANS_3_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_0 (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_REAR) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_1 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_0 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_1 (AOUT_CHANS_5_0 | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_6_0 (AOUT_CHANS_4_0 | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_7_0 (AOUT_CHANS_6_0 | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_7_1 (AOUT_CHANS_5_1 | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_8_1 (AOUT_CHANS_7_1 | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER) + +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_0_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_MIDDLE) +#define AOUT_CHANS_4_CENTER_REAR (AOUT_CHANS_FRONT | AOUT_CHANS_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_5_0_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_4_0_MIDDLE | AOUT_CHAN_CENTER) +#define AOUT_CHANS_6_1_MIDDLE (AOUT_CHANS_5_0_MIDDLE | AOUT_CHAN_REARCENTER | AOUT_CHAN_LFE) + +/* Maximum number of mapped channels (or the maximum of bits set in + * i_physical_channels) */ +#define AOUT_CHAN_MAX 9 +/* Maximum number of unmapped channels */ +#define INPUT_CHAN_MAX 64 + +/* Values available for i_chan_mode only */ +#define AOUT_CHANMODE_DUALMONO 0x1 +#define AOUT_CHANMODE_DOLBYSTEREO 0x2 + +/** + * Picture orientation. + */ +typedef enum video_orientation_t +{ + ORIENT_TOP_LEFT = 0, /**< Top line represents top, left column left. */ + ORIENT_TOP_RIGHT, /**< Flipped horizontally */ + ORIENT_BOTTOM_LEFT, /**< Flipped vertically */ + ORIENT_BOTTOM_RIGHT, /**< Rotated 180 degrees */ + ORIENT_LEFT_TOP, /**< Transposed */ + ORIENT_LEFT_BOTTOM, /**< Rotated 90 degrees clockwise */ + ORIENT_RIGHT_TOP, /**< Rotated 90 degrees anti-clockwise */ + ORIENT_RIGHT_BOTTOM, /**< Anti-transposed */ + + ORIENT_NORMAL = ORIENT_TOP_LEFT, + ORIENT_TRANSPOSED = ORIENT_LEFT_TOP, + ORIENT_ANTI_TRANSPOSED = ORIENT_RIGHT_BOTTOM, + ORIENT_HFLIPPED = ORIENT_TOP_RIGHT, + ORIENT_VFLIPPED = ORIENT_BOTTOM_LEFT, + ORIENT_ROTATED_180 = ORIENT_BOTTOM_RIGHT, + ORIENT_ROTATED_270 = ORIENT_LEFT_BOTTOM, + ORIENT_ROTATED_90 = ORIENT_RIGHT_TOP, +} video_orientation_t; +/** Convert EXIF orientation to enum video_orientation_t */ +#define ORIENT_FROM_EXIF(exif) ((0x57642310U >> (4 * ((exif) - 1))) & 7) +/** Convert enum video_orientation_t to EXIF */ +#define ORIENT_TO_EXIF(orient) ((0x76853421U >> (4 * (orient))) & 15) +/** If the orientation is natural or mirrored */ +#define ORIENT_IS_MIRROR(orient) parity(orient) +/** If the orientation swaps dimensions */ +#define ORIENT_IS_SWAP(orient) (((orient) & 4) != 0) +/** Applies horizontal flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_HFLIP(orient) ((orient) ^ 1) +/** Applies vertical flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_VFLIP(orient) ((orient) ^ 2) +/** Applies horizontal flip to an orientation */ +#define ORIENT_ROTATE_180(orient) ((orient) ^ 3) + +typedef enum video_transform_t +{ + TRANSFORM_IDENTITY = ORIENT_NORMAL, + TRANSFORM_HFLIP = ORIENT_HFLIPPED, + TRANSFORM_VFLIP = ORIENT_VFLIPPED, + TRANSFORM_R180 = ORIENT_ROTATED_180, + TRANSFORM_R270 = ORIENT_ROTATED_270, + TRANSFORM_R90 = ORIENT_ROTATED_90, + TRANSFORM_TRANSPOSE = ORIENT_TRANSPOSED, + TRANSFORM_ANTI_TRANSPOSE = ORIENT_ANTI_TRANSPOSED +} video_transform_t; + +typedef enum video_multiview_mode_t +{ + /* No stereoscopy: 2D picture. */ + MULTIVIEW_2D = 0, + + /* Side-by-side with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_SBS, + + /* Top-bottom with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_TB, + + /* Row sequential with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_ROW, + + /* Column sequential with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_COL, + + /* Frame sequential with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_FRAME, + + /* Checkerboard pattern with left eye first. */ + MULTIVIEW_STEREO_CHECKERBOARD, +} video_multiview_mode_t; + +/** + * Video projection mode. + */ +typedef enum video_projection_mode_t +{ + PROJECTION_MODE_RECTANGULAR = 0, + PROJECTION_MODE_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + PROJECTION_MODE_CUBEMAP_LAYOUT_STANDARD = 0x100, +} video_projection_mode_t; + +/** + * Video color primaries (a.k.a. chromacities) + */ +typedef enum video_color_primaries_t +{ + COLOR_PRIMARIES_UNDEF, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_625, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT709, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT2020, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_DCI_P3, + COLOR_PRIMARIES_FCC1953, +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_SRGB COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT709 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_SMTPE_170 COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_SMTPE_240 COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525 /* Only differs from 1e10-4 in white Y */ +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_SMTPE_RP145 COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_EBU_3213 COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_625 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT470_BG COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_625 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT470_M COLOR_PRIMARIES_FCC1953 +#define COLOR_PRIMARIES_MAX COLOR_PRIMARIES_FCC1953 +} video_color_primaries_t; + +/** + * Video transfer functions + */ +typedef enum video_transfer_func_t +{ + TRANSFER_FUNC_UNDEF, + TRANSFER_FUNC_LINEAR, + TRANSFER_FUNC_SRGB /*< Gamma 2.2 */, + TRANSFER_FUNC_BT470_BG, + TRANSFER_FUNC_BT470_M, + TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709, + TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_ST2084, + TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_240, + TRANSFER_FUNC_HLG, +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_BT2020 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_170 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_274 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_293 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_SMPTE_296 TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709 +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_ARIB_B67 TRANSFER_FUNC_HLG +#define TRANSFER_FUNC_MAX TRANSFER_FUNC_HLG +} video_transfer_func_t; + +/** + * Video color space (i.e. YCbCr matrices) + */ +typedef enum video_color_space_t +{ + COLOR_SPACE_UNDEF, + COLOR_SPACE_BT601, + COLOR_SPACE_BT709, + COLOR_SPACE_BT2020, +#define COLOR_SPACE_SRGB COLOR_SPACE_BT709 +#define COLOR_SPACE_SMPTE_170 COLOR_SPACE_BT601 +#define COLOR_SPACE_SMPTE_240 COLOR_SPACE_SMPTE_170 +#define COLOR_SPACE_MAX COLOR_SPACE_BT2020 +} video_color_space_t; + +/** + * Video chroma location + */ +typedef enum video_chroma_location_t +{ + CHROMA_LOCATION_UNDEF, + CHROMA_LOCATION_LEFT, /*< Most common in MPEG-2 Video, H.264/265 */ + CHROMA_LOCATION_CENTER, /*< Most common in MPEG-1 Video, JPEG */ + CHROMA_LOCATION_TOP_LEFT, + CHROMA_LOCATION_TOP_CENTER, + CHROMA_LOCATION_BOTTOM_LEFT, + CHROMA_LOCATION_BOTTOM_CENTER, +#define CHROMA_LOCATION_MAX CHROMA_LOCATION_BOTTOM_CENTER +} video_chroma_location_t; + +/** + * video format description + */ +struct video_format_t +{ + vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma; /**< picture chroma */ + + unsigned int i_width; /**< picture width */ + unsigned int i_height; /**< picture height */ + unsigned int i_x_offset; /**< start offset of visible area */ + unsigned int i_y_offset; /**< start offset of visible area */ + unsigned int i_visible_width; /**< width of visible area */ + unsigned int i_visible_height; /**< height of visible area */ + + unsigned int i_bits_per_pixel; /**< number of bits per pixel */ + + unsigned int i_sar_num; /**< sample/pixel aspect ratio */ + unsigned int i_sar_den; + + unsigned int i_frame_rate; /**< frame rate numerator */ + unsigned int i_frame_rate_base; /**< frame rate denominator */ + + uint32_t i_rmask, i_gmask, i_bmask; /**< color masks for RGB chroma */ + int i_rrshift, i_lrshift; + int i_rgshift, i_lgshift; + int i_rbshift, i_lbshift; + video_palette_t *p_palette; /**< video palette from demuxer */ + video_orientation_t orientation; /**< picture orientation */ + video_color_primaries_t primaries; /**< color primaries */ + video_transfer_func_t transfer; /**< transfer function */ + video_color_space_t space; /**< YCbCr color space */ + bool b_color_range_full; /**< 0-255 instead of 16-235 */ + video_chroma_location_t chroma_location; /**< YCbCr chroma location */ + + video_multiview_mode_t multiview_mode; /** Multiview mode, 2D, 3D */ + + video_projection_mode_t projection_mode; /**< projection mode */ + vlc_viewpoint_t pose; + struct { + /* similar to SMPTE ST 2086 mastering display color volume */ + uint16_t primaries[3*2]; /* G,B,R / x,y */ + uint16_t white_point[2]; /* x,y */ + uint32_t max_luminance; + uint32_t min_luminance; + } mastering; + struct { + /* similar to CTA-861.3 content light level */ + uint16_t MaxCLL; /* max content light level */ + uint16_t MaxFALL; /* max frame average light level */ + } lighting; + uint32_t i_cubemap_padding; /**< padding in pixels of the cube map faces */ +}; + +/** + * Initialize a video_format_t structure with chroma 'i_chroma' + * \param p_src pointer to video_format_t structure + * \param i_chroma chroma value to use + */ +static inline void video_format_Init( video_format_t *p_src, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma ) +{ + memset( p_src, 0, sizeof( video_format_t ) ); + p_src->i_chroma = i_chroma; + vlc_viewpoint_init( &p_src->pose ); +} + +/** + * Copy video_format_t including the palette + * \param p_dst video_format_t to copy to + * \param p_src video_format_t to copy from + */ +static inline int video_format_Copy( video_format_t *p_dst, const video_format_t *p_src ) +{ + memcpy( p_dst, p_src, sizeof( *p_dst ) ); + if( p_src->p_palette ) + { + p_dst->p_palette = (video_palette_t *) malloc( sizeof( video_palette_t ) ); + if( !p_dst->p_palette ) + return VLC_ENOMEM; + memcpy( p_dst->p_palette, p_src->p_palette, sizeof( *p_dst->p_palette ) ); + } + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline void video_format_AdjustColorSpace( video_format_t *p_fmt ) +{ + if ( p_fmt->primaries == COLOR_PRIMARIES_UNDEF ) + { + if ( p_fmt->i_visible_height > 576 ) // HD + p_fmt->primaries = COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT709; + else if ( p_fmt->i_visible_height > 525 ) // PAL + p_fmt->primaries = COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_625; + else + p_fmt->primaries = COLOR_PRIMARIES_BT601_525; + } + + if ( p_fmt->transfer == TRANSFER_FUNC_UNDEF ) + { + if ( p_fmt->i_visible_height > 576 ) // HD + p_fmt->transfer = TRANSFER_FUNC_BT709; + else + p_fmt->transfer = TRANSFER_FUNC_SRGB; + } + + if ( p_fmt->space == COLOR_SPACE_UNDEF ) + { + if ( p_fmt->i_visible_height > 576 ) // HD + p_fmt->space = COLOR_SPACE_BT709; + else + p_fmt->space = COLOR_SPACE_BT601; + } +} + +/** + * Cleanup and free palette of this video_format_t + * \param p_src video_format_t structure to clean + */ +static inline void video_format_Clean( video_format_t *p_src ) +{ + free( p_src->p_palette ); + memset( p_src, 0, sizeof( video_format_t ) ); +} + +/** + * It will fill up a video_format_t using the given arguments. + * Note that the video_format_t must already be initialized. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_Setup( video_format_t *, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma, + int i_width, int i_height, int i_visible_width, int i_visible_height, + int i_sar_num, int i_sar_den ); + +/** + * It will copy the crop properties from a video_format_t to another. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_CopyCrop( video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * It will compute the crop/ar properties when scaling. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_ScaleCropAr( video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This function "normalizes" the formats orientation, by switching the a/r according to the orientation, + * producing a format whose orientation is ORIENT_NORMAL. It makes a shallow copy (pallette is not alloc'ed). + */ +VLC_API void video_format_ApplyRotation(video_format_t * /*restrict*/ out, + const video_format_t *in); + +/** + * This function applies the transform operation to fmt. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_TransformBy(video_format_t *fmt, video_transform_t transform); + +/** + * This function applies the transforms necessary to fmt so that the resulting fmt + * has the dst_orientation. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_TransformTo(video_format_t *fmt, video_orientation_t dst_orientation); + +/** + * Returns the operation required to transform src into dst. + */ +VLC_API video_transform_t video_format_GetTransform(video_orientation_t src, video_orientation_t dst); + +/** + * This function will check if the first video format is similar + * to the second one. + */ +VLC_API bool video_format_IsSimilar( const video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * It prints details about the given video_format_t + */ +VLC_API void video_format_Print( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const video_format_t * ); + + +static inline video_transform_t transform_Inverse( video_transform_t transform ) +{ + switch ( transform ) { + case TRANSFORM_R90: + return TRANSFORM_R270; + case TRANSFORM_R270: + return TRANSFORM_R90; + default: + return transform; + } +} +/** + * subtitles format description + */ +struct subs_format_t +{ + /* the character encoding of the text of the subtitle. + * all gettext recognized shorts can be used */ + char *psz_encoding; + + + int i_x_origin; /**< x coordinate of the subtitle. 0 = left */ + int i_y_origin; /**< y coordinate of the subtitle. 0 = top */ + + struct + { + /* */ + uint32_t palette[16+1]; + + /* the width of the original movie the spu was extracted from */ + int i_original_frame_width; + /* the height of the original movie the spu was extracted from */ + int i_original_frame_height; + } spu; + + struct + { + int i_id; + } dvb; + struct + { + int i_magazine; + int i_page; + } teletext; + struct + { + uint8_t i_channel; + /* Reorder depth of transport video, -1 for no reordering */ + int i_reorder_depth; + } cc; + + text_style_t *p_style; /* Default styles to use */ +}; + +#define SPU_PALETTE_DEFINED 0xbeefbeef + +/** + * ES language definition + */ +typedef struct extra_languages_t +{ + char *psz_language; + char *psz_description; +} extra_languages_t; + +/** ES Categories */ +enum es_format_category_e +{ + UNKNOWN_ES = 0x00, + VIDEO_ES, + AUDIO_ES, + SPU_ES, + DATA_ES, +}; +#define ES_CATEGORY_COUNT (DATA_ES + 1) + +/** + * ES format definition + */ +#define ES_PRIORITY_NOT_SELECTABLE -2 +#define ES_PRIORITY_NOT_DEFAULTABLE -1 +#define ES_PRIORITY_SELECTABLE_MIN 0 +#define ES_PRIORITY_MIN ES_PRIORITY_NOT_SELECTABLE +struct es_format_t +{ + enum es_format_category_e i_cat; /**< ES category */ + vlc_fourcc_t i_codec; /**< FOURCC value as used in vlc */ + vlc_fourcc_t i_original_fourcc; /**< original FOURCC from the container */ + + int i_id; /**< es identifier, where means + -1: let the core mark the right id + >=0: valid id */ + int i_group; /**< group identifier, where means: + -1 : standalone + >= 0 then a "group" (program) is created + for each value */ + int i_priority; /**< priority, where means: + -2 : mean not selectable by the users + -1 : mean not selected by default even + when no other stream + >=0: priority */ + + char *psz_language; /**< human-readable language name */ + char *psz_description; /**< human-readable description of language */ + unsigned i_extra_languages; /**< length in bytes of extra language data pointer */ + extra_languages_t *p_extra_languages; /**< extra language data needed by some decoders */ + + union { + struct { + audio_format_t audio; /**< description of audio format */ + audio_replay_gain_t audio_replay_gain; /*< audio replay gain information */ + }; + video_format_t video; /**< description of video format */ + subs_format_t subs; /**< description of subtitle format */ + }; + + unsigned int i_bitrate; /**< bitrate of this ES */ + int i_profile; /**< codec specific information (like real audio flavor, mpeg audio layer, h264 profile ...) */ + int i_level; /**< codec specific information: indicates maximum restrictions on the stream (resolution, bitrate, codec features ...) */ + + bool b_packetized; /**< whether the data is packetized (ie. not truncated) */ + int i_extra; /**< length in bytes of extra data pointer */ + void *p_extra; /**< extra data needed by some decoders or muxers */ + +}; + +/** + * This function will fill all RGB shift from RGB masks. + */ +VLC_API void video_format_FixRgb( video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This function will initialize a es_format_t structure. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_Init( es_format_t *, int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_codec ); + +/** + * This function will initialize a es_format_t structure from a video_format_t. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_InitFromVideo( es_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + +/** + * This functions will copy a es_format_t. + */ +VLC_API int es_format_Copy( es_format_t *p_dst, const es_format_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will clean up a es_format_t and release all associated + * resources. + * You can call it multiple times on the same structure. + */ +VLC_API void es_format_Clean( es_format_t *fmt ); + +/** + * This function will check if the first ES format is similar + * to the second one. + * + * All descriptive fields are ignored. + */ +VLC_API bool es_format_IsSimilar( const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +/** + * Changes ES format to another category + * Format must have been properly initialized + */ +static inline void es_format_Change( es_format_t *fmt, int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_codec ) +{ + es_format_Clean( fmt ); + es_format_Init( fmt, i_cat, i_codec ); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_es_out.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_es_out.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d79ab4f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_es_out.h @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_es_out.h: es_out (demuxer output) descriptor, queries and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: fe53c2a3d34f76eec76d83032cd0d3111be915aa $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_ES_OUT_H +#define VLC_ES_OUT_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup es_out ES output + * \ingroup input + * Elementary streams output + * @{ + * \file + * Elementary streams output interface + */ + +enum es_out_query_e +{ + /* set or change the selected ES in its category (audio/video/spu) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + ES_OUT_RESTART_ES, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + ES_OUT_RESTART_ALL_ES, /* Deprecated, no effect */ + + /* set 'default' tag on ES (copied across from container) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_DEFAULT, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* */ + + /* force (un)selection of the ES (bypass current mode) + XXX: this will not change the state of any other ES ! (see SET_ES) */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_STATE,/* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=bool */ + ES_OUT_GET_ES_STATE,/* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=bool* */ + + /* sets es selection policy when in auto mode */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_CAT_POLICY, /* arg1=es_format_category_e arg2=es_out_policy_e */ + + /* */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP, /* arg1= int */ + + /* PCR handling, DTS/PTS will be automatically computed using thoses PCR + * XXX: SET_PCR(_GROUP) are in charge of the pace control. They will wait + * to slow down the demuxer so that it reads at the right speed. + * XXX: if you want PREROLL just call ES_OUT_SET_NEXT_DISPLAY_TIME and send + * as you would normally do. + */ + ES_OUT_SET_PCR, /* arg1=int64_t i_pcr(microsecond!) (using default group 0)*/ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_PCR, /* arg1= int i_group, arg2=int64_t i_pcr(microsecond!)*/ + ES_OUT_RESET_PCR, /* no arg */ + + /* Try not to use this one as it is a bit hacky */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_FMT, /* arg1= es_out_id_t* arg2=es_format_t* */ + + /* Allow preroll of data (data with dts/pts < i_pts for all ES will be decoded but not displayed */ + ES_OUT_SET_NEXT_DISPLAY_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t i_pts(microsecond) */ + /* Set meta data for group (dynamic) (The vlc_meta_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_META, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_meta_t */ + /* Set epg for group (dynamic) (The vlc_epg_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_EPG, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_epg_t * */ + ES_OUT_SET_GROUP_EPG_EVENT, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=const vlc_epg_event_t * */ + ES_OUT_SET_EPG_TIME, /* arg1=int int64_t */ + + /* */ + ES_OUT_DEL_GROUP, /* arg1=int i_group */ + + /* Set scrambled state for one es */ + ES_OUT_SET_ES_SCRAMBLED_STATE, /* arg1=int i_group arg2=es_out_id_t* */ + + /* Stop any buffering being done, and ask if es_out has no more data to + * play. + * It will not block and so MUST be used carrefully. The only good reason + * is for interactive playback (like for DVD menu). + * XXX You SHALL call ES_OUT_RESET_PCR before any other es_out_Control/Send calls. */ + ES_OUT_GET_EMPTY, /* arg1=bool* res=cannot fail */ + + /* Set global meta data (The vlc_meta_t is not modified nor released) */ + ES_OUT_SET_META, /* arg1=const vlc_meta_t * */ + + /* PCR system clock manipulation for external clock synchronization */ + ES_OUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=mtime_t *, arg2=mtime_t * res=can fail */ + ES_OUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=int is_absolute, arg2=mtime_t, res=can fail */ + + ES_OUT_POST_SUBNODE, /* arg1=input_item_node_t *, res=can fail */ + + /* First value usable for private control */ + ES_OUT_PRIVATE_START = 0x10000, +}; + +enum es_out_policy_e +{ + ES_OUT_ES_POLICY_EXCLUSIVE = 0,/* Enforces single ES selection only */ + ES_OUT_ES_POLICY_SIMULTANEOUS, /* Allows multiple ES per cat */ +}; + +struct es_out_t +{ + es_out_id_t *(*pf_add) ( es_out_t *, const es_format_t * ); + int (*pf_send) ( es_out_t *, es_out_id_t *, block_t * ); + void (*pf_del) ( es_out_t *, es_out_id_t * ); + int (*pf_control)( es_out_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + void (*pf_destroy)( es_out_t * ); + + es_out_sys_t *p_sys; +}; + +VLC_USED +static inline es_out_id_t * es_out_Add( es_out_t *out, const es_format_t *fmt ) +{ + return out->pf_add( out, fmt ); +} + +static inline void es_out_Del( es_out_t *out, es_out_id_t *id ) +{ + out->pf_del( out, id ); +} + +static inline int es_out_Send( es_out_t *out, es_out_id_t *id, + block_t *p_block ) +{ + return out->pf_send( out, id, p_block ); +} + +static inline int es_out_vaControl( es_out_t *out, int i_query, va_list args ) +{ + return out->pf_control( out, i_query, args ); +} + +static inline int es_out_Control( es_out_t *out, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = es_out_vaControl( out, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +static inline void es_out_Delete( es_out_t *p_out ) +{ + p_out->pf_destroy( p_out ); +} + +static inline int es_out_SetPCR( es_out_t *out, int64_t pcr ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_SET_PCR, pcr ); +} + +static inline int es_out_ControlSetMeta( es_out_t *out, const vlc_meta_t *p_meta ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_SET_META, p_meta ); +} + +static inline int es_out_ControlGetPcrSystem( es_out_t *out, mtime_t *pi_system, mtime_t *pi_delay ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, pi_system, pi_delay ); +} +static inline int es_out_ControlModifyPcrSystem( es_out_t *out, bool b_absolute, mtime_t i_system ) +{ + return es_out_Control( out, ES_OUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, b_absolute, i_system ); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_events.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_events.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac4a225 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_events.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_events.h: events definitions + * Interface used to send events. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2007 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 229f4f677029763a837558932dad3e47b283e61c $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_EVENTS_H +# define VLC_EVENTS_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file is the interface definition for events + * (implementation in src/misc/events.c) + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Documentation + *****************************************************************************/ +/* + **** Background + * + * This implements a way to send and receive event for an object (which can be + * a simple C struct or less). + * + * This is in direct concurrency with the Variable based Callback + * (see src/misc/variables.c). + * + * It has the following advantages over Variable based Callback: + * - No need to implement the whole VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS in the object, + * thus it reduce it size. This is especially true for input_item_t which + * doesn't have VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS. This is the first reason of existence of + * this implementation. + * - Libvlc can easily be based upon that. + * - Existing event are clearly declared (in include/vlc_events.h) + * + * + **** Example usage + * + * (vlc_cool_object_t doesn't need to have the VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS.) + * + * struct vlc_cool_object_t + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_t p_event_manager; + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_new() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_init( &p_self->p_event_manager, p_self, p_a_libvlc_object ); + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_release() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_manager_fini( &p_self->p_event_manager ); + * ... + * } + * + * vlc_my_cool_object_do_something() + * { + * ... + * vlc_event_t event; + * event.type = vlc_MyCoolObjectDidSomething; + * event.u.my_cool_object_did_something.what_it_did = kSomething; + * vlc_event_send( &p_self->p_event_manager, &event ); + * } + * */ + + /***************************************************************************** + * Event Type + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* List of event */ +typedef enum vlc_event_type_t { + /* Input item events */ + vlc_InputItemMetaChanged, + vlc_InputItemSubItemTreeAdded, + vlc_InputItemDurationChanged, + vlc_InputItemPreparsedChanged, + vlc_InputItemNameChanged, + vlc_InputItemInfoChanged, + vlc_InputItemErrorWhenReadingChanged, + vlc_InputItemPreparseEnded, +} vlc_event_type_t; + +typedef struct vlc_event_listeners_group_t +{ + DECL_ARRAY(struct vlc_event_listener_t *) listeners; +} vlc_event_listeners_group_t; + +/* Event manager type */ +typedef struct vlc_event_manager_t +{ + void * p_obj; + vlc_mutex_t lock; + vlc_event_listeners_group_t events[vlc_InputItemPreparseEnded + 1]; +} vlc_event_manager_t; + +/* Event definition */ +typedef struct vlc_event_t +{ + vlc_event_type_t type; + void * p_obj; /* Sender object, automatically filled by vlc_event_send() */ + union vlc_event_type_specific + { + /* Input item events */ + struct vlc_input_item_meta_changed + { + vlc_meta_type_t meta_type; + } input_item_meta_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_subitem_added + { + input_item_t * p_new_child; + } input_item_subitem_added; + struct vlc_input_item_subitem_tree_added + { + input_item_node_t * p_root; + } input_item_subitem_tree_added; + struct vlc_input_item_duration_changed + { + mtime_t new_duration; + } input_item_duration_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_preparsed_changed + { + int new_status; + } input_item_preparsed_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_name_changed + { + const char * new_name; + } input_item_name_changed; + struct vlc_input_item_info_changed + { + void * unused; + } input_item_info_changed; + struct input_item_error_when_reading_changed + { + bool new_value; + } input_item_error_when_reading_changed; + struct input_item_preparse_ended + { + int new_status; + } input_item_preparse_ended; + } u; +} vlc_event_t; + +/* Event callback type */ +typedef void ( *vlc_event_callback_t )( const vlc_event_t *, void * ); + + /***************************************************************************** + * Event manager + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* + * p_obj points to the object that owns the event manager, and from + * which events are sent + */ +void vlc_event_manager_init( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, void * p_obj ); + +/* + * Destroy + */ +void vlc_event_manager_fini( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em ); + +/* + * Send an event to the listener attached to this p_em. + */ +void vlc_event_send( vlc_event_manager_t * p_em, vlc_event_t * ); + +/* + * Add a callback for an event. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_event_attach( vlc_event_manager_t * p_event_manager, + vlc_event_type_t event_type, + vlc_event_callback_t pf_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +/* + * Remove a callback for an event. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_event_detach( vlc_event_manager_t *p_event_manager, + vlc_event_type_t event_type, + vlc_event_callback_t pf_callback, + void *p_user_data ); + +#endif /* VLC_EVENTS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_filter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_filter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b30dbb --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_filter.h @@ -0,0 +1,470 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_filter.h: filter related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2014 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * Antoine Cellerier + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FILTER_H +#define VLC_FILTER_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup filter Filters + * \ingroup output + * Audio, video, text filters + * @{ + * \file + * Filter modules interface + */ + +typedef struct filter_owner_sys_t filter_owner_sys_t; + +typedef struct filter_owner_t +{ + void *sys; + + union + { + struct + { + picture_t * (*buffer_new)( filter_t * ); + } video; + struct + { + subpicture_t * (*buffer_new)( filter_t * ); + } sub; + }; +} filter_owner_t; + +struct vlc_mouse_t; + +/** Structure describing a filter + * @warning BIG FAT WARNING : the code relies on the first 4 members of + * filter_t and decoder_t to be the same, so if you have anything to add, + * do it at the end of the structure. + */ +struct filter_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t * p_module; + filter_sys_t * p_sys; + + /* Input format */ + es_format_t fmt_in; + + /* Output format of filter */ + es_format_t fmt_out; + bool b_allow_fmt_out_change; + + /* Name of the "video filter" shortcut that is requested, can be NULL */ + const char * psz_name; + /* Filter configuration */ + config_chain_t * p_cfg; + + union + { + /** Filter a picture (video filter) */ + picture_t * (*pf_video_filter)( filter_t *, picture_t * ); + + /** Filter an audio block (audio filter) */ + block_t * (*pf_audio_filter)( filter_t *, block_t * ); + + /** Blend a subpicture onto a picture (blend) */ + void (*pf_video_blend)( filter_t *, picture_t *, const picture_t *, + int, int, int ); + + /** Generate a subpicture (sub source) */ + subpicture_t *(*pf_sub_source)( filter_t *, mtime_t ); + + /** Filter a subpicture (sub filter) */ + subpicture_t *(*pf_sub_filter)( filter_t *, subpicture_t * ); + + /** Render text (text render) */ + int (*pf_render)( filter_t *, subpicture_region_t *, + subpicture_region_t *, const vlc_fourcc_t * ); + }; + + union + { + /* TODO: video filter drain */ + /** Drain (audio filter) */ + block_t *(*pf_audio_drain) ( filter_t * ); + }; + + /** Flush + * + * Flush (i.e. discard) any internal buffer in a video or audio filter. + */ + void (*pf_flush)( filter_t * ); + + /** Change viewpoint + * + * Pass a new viewpoint to audio filters. Filters like the spatialaudio one + * used for Ambisonics rendering will change its output according to this + * viewpoint. + */ + void (*pf_change_viewpoint)( filter_t *, const vlc_viewpoint_t * ); + + union + { + /** Filter mouse state (video filter). + * + * If non-NULL, you must convert from output to input formats: + * - If VLC_SUCCESS is returned, the mouse state is propagated. + * - Otherwise, the mouse change is not propagated. + * If NULL, the mouse state is considered unchanged and will be + * propagated. */ + int (*pf_video_mouse)( filter_t *, struct vlc_mouse_t *, + const struct vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const struct vlc_mouse_t *p_new ); + int (*pf_sub_mouse)( filter_t *, const struct vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const struct vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + const video_format_t * ); + }; + + /* Input attachments + * XXX use filter_GetInputAttachments */ + int (*pf_get_attachments)( filter_t *, input_attachment_t ***, int * ); + + /* Private structure for the owner of the decoder */ + filter_owner_t owner; +}; + +/** + * This function will return a new picture usable by p_filter as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using picture_Release or by returning + * it to the caller as a pf_video_filter return value. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \return new picture on success or NULL on failure + */ +static inline picture_t *filter_NewPicture( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + picture_t *pic = p_filter->owner.video.buffer_new( p_filter ); + if( pic == NULL ) + msg_Warn( p_filter, "can't get output picture" ); + return pic; +} + +/** + * Flush a filter + * + * This function will flush the state of a filter (audio or video). + */ +static inline void filter_Flush( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + if( p_filter->pf_flush != NULL ) + p_filter->pf_flush( p_filter ); +} + +static inline void filter_ChangeViewpoint( filter_t *p_filter, + const vlc_viewpoint_t *vp) +{ + if( p_filter->pf_change_viewpoint != NULL ) + p_filter->pf_change_viewpoint( p_filter, vp ); +} + +/** + * This function will drain, then flush an audio filter. + */ +static inline block_t *filter_DrainAudio( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + if( p_filter->pf_audio_drain ) + return p_filter->pf_audio_drain( p_filter ); + else + return NULL; +} + +/** + * This function will return a new subpicture usable by p_filter as an output + * buffer. You have to release it using subpicture_Delete or by returning it to + * the caller as a pf_sub_source return value. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_filter filter_t object + * \return new subpicture + */ +static inline subpicture_t *filter_NewSubpicture( filter_t *p_filter ) +{ + subpicture_t *subpic = p_filter->owner.sub.buffer_new( p_filter ); + if( subpic == NULL ) + msg_Warn( p_filter, "can't get output subpicture" ); + return subpic; +} + +/** + * This function gives all input attachments at once. + * + * You MUST release the returned values + */ +static inline int filter_GetInputAttachments( filter_t *p_filter, + input_attachment_t ***ppp_attachment, + int *pi_attachment ) +{ + if( !p_filter->pf_get_attachments ) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + return p_filter->pf_get_attachments( p_filter, + ppp_attachment, pi_attachment ); +} + +/** + * This function duplicates every variables from the filter, and adds a proxy + * callback to trigger filter events from obj. + * + * \param restart_cb a vlc_callback_t to call if the event means restarting the + * filter (i.e. an event on a non-command variable) + */ +VLC_API void filter_AddProxyCallbacks( vlc_object_t *obj, filter_t *filter, + vlc_callback_t restart_cb ); +# define filter_AddProxyCallbacks(a, b, c) \ + filter_AddProxyCallbacks(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * This function removes the callbacks previously added to every duplicated + * variables, and removes them afterward. + * + * \param restart_cb the same vlc_callback_t passed to filter_AddProxyCallbacks + */ +VLC_API void filter_DelProxyCallbacks( vlc_object_t *obj, filter_t *filter, + vlc_callback_t restart_cb); +# define filter_DelProxyCallbacks(a, b, c) \ + filter_DelProxyCallbacks(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * It creates a blend filter. + * + * Only the chroma properties of the dest format is used (chroma + * type, rgb masks and shifts) + */ +VLC_API filter_t * filter_NewBlend( vlc_object_t *, const video_format_t *p_dst_chroma ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It configures blend filter parameters that are allowed to changed + * after the creation. + */ +VLC_API int filter_ConfigureBlend( filter_t *, int i_dst_width, int i_dst_height, const video_format_t *p_src ); + +/** + * It blends a picture into another one. + * + * The input picture is not modified and not released. + */ +VLC_API int filter_Blend( filter_t *, picture_t *p_dst, int i_dst_x, int i_dst_y, const picture_t *p_src, int i_alpha ); + +/** + * It destroys a blend filter created by filter_NewBlend. + */ +VLC_API void filter_DeleteBlend( filter_t * ); + +/** + * Create a picture_t *(*)( filter_t *, picture_t * ) compatible wrapper + * using a void (*)( filter_t *, picture_t *, picture_t * ) function + * + * Currently used by the chroma video filters + */ +#define VIDEO_FILTER_WRAPPER( name ) \ + static picture_t *name ## _Filter ( filter_t *p_filter, \ + picture_t *p_pic ) \ + { \ + picture_t *p_outpic = filter_NewPicture( p_filter ); \ + if( p_outpic ) \ + { \ + name( p_filter, p_pic, p_outpic ); \ + picture_CopyProperties( p_outpic, p_pic ); \ + } \ + picture_Release( p_pic ); \ + return p_outpic; \ + } + +/** + * Filter chain management API + * The filter chain management API is used to dynamically construct filters + * and add them in a chain. + */ + +typedef struct filter_chain_t filter_chain_t; + +/** + * Create new filter chain + * + * \param p_object pointer to a vlc object + * \param psz_capability vlc capability of filters in filter chain + * \return pointer to a filter chain + */ +filter_chain_t * filter_chain_New( vlc_object_t *, const char *, enum es_format_category_e ) +VLC_USED; +#define filter_chain_New( a, b, c ) filter_chain_New( VLC_OBJECT( a ), b, c ) + +/** + * Creates a new video filter chain. + * + * \param obj pointer to parent VLC object + * \param change whether to allow changing the output format + * \param owner owner video buffer callbacks + * \return new filter chain, or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API filter_chain_t * filter_chain_NewVideo( vlc_object_t *obj, bool change, + const filter_owner_t *owner ) +VLC_USED; +#define filter_chain_NewVideo( a, b, c ) \ + filter_chain_NewVideo( VLC_OBJECT( a ), b, c ) + +/** + * Delete filter chain will delete all filters in the chain and free all + * allocated data. The pointer to the filter chain is then no longer valid. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_Delete( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Reset filter chain will delete all filters in the chain and + * reset p_fmt_in and p_fmt_out to the new values. + * + * \param p_chain pointer to filter chain + * \param p_fmt_in new fmt_in params, may be NULL to leave input fmt unchanged + * \param p_fmt_out new fmt_out params, may be NULL to leave output fmt unchanged + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_Reset( filter_chain_t *, const es_format_t *, const es_format_t * ); + +/** + * Append a filter to the chain. + * + * \param chain filter chain to append a filter to + * \param name filter name + * \param fmt_in filter input format + * \param fmt_out filter output format + * \return a pointer to the filter or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API filter_t *filter_chain_AppendFilter(filter_chain_t *chain, + const char *name, config_chain_t *cfg, const es_format_t *fmt_in, + const es_format_t *fmt_out); + +/** + * Append a conversion to the chain. + * + * \param chain filter chain to append a filter to + * \param fmt_in filter input format + * \param fmt_out filter output format + * \retval 0 on success + * \retval -1 on failure + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_AppendConverter(filter_chain_t *chain, + const es_format_t *fmt_in, const es_format_t *fmt_out); + +/** + * Append new filter to filter chain from string. + * + * \param chain filter chain to append a filter to + * \param str filters chain nul-terminated string + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_AppendFromString(filter_chain_t *chain, + const char *str); + +/** + * Delete filter from filter chain. This function also releases the filter + * object and unloads the filter modules. The pointer to p_filter is no + * longer valid after this function successfully returns. + * + * \param chain filter chain to remove the filter from + * \param filter filter to remove from the chain and delete + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_DeleteFilter(filter_chain_t *chain, + filter_t *filter); + +/** + * Checks if the filter chain is empty. + * + * \param chain pointer to filter chain + * \return true if and only if there are no filters in this filter chain + */ +VLC_API bool filter_chain_IsEmpty(const filter_chain_t *chain); + +/** + * Get last output format of the last element in the filter chain. + * + * \param chain filter chain + */ +VLC_API const es_format_t *filter_chain_GetFmtOut(filter_chain_t *chain); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a video picture. + * + * \param chain pointer to filter chain + * \param pic picture to apply filters to + * \return modified picture after applying all video filters + */ +VLC_API picture_t *filter_chain_VideoFilter(filter_chain_t *chain, + picture_t *pic); + +/** + * Flush a video filter chain. + */ +VLC_API void filter_chain_VideoFlush( filter_chain_t * ); + +/** + * Generate subpictures from a chain of subpicture source "filters". + * + * \param chain filter chain + * \param display_date of subpictures + */ +void filter_chain_SubSource(filter_chain_t *chain, spu_t *, + mtime_t display_date); + +/** + * Apply filter chain to subpictures. + * + * \param chain filter chain + * \param subpic subpicture to apply filters on + * \return modified subpicture after applying all subpicture filters + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t *filter_chain_SubFilter(filter_chain_t *chain, + subpicture_t *subpic); + +/** + * Apply the filter chain to a mouse state. + * + * It will be applied from the output to the input. It makes sense only + * for a video filter chain. + * + * The vlc_mouse_t* pointers may be the same. + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_MouseFilter( filter_chain_t *, struct vlc_mouse_t *, + const struct vlc_mouse_t * ); + +/** + * Inform the filter chain of mouse state. + * + * It makes sense only for a sub source chain. + */ +VLC_API int filter_chain_MouseEvent( filter_chain_t *, + const struct vlc_mouse_t *, + const video_format_t * ); + +int filter_chain_ForEach( filter_chain_t *chain, + int (*cb)( filter_t *, void * ), void *opaque ); + +/** @} */ +#endif /* _VLC_FILTER_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc10644 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fingerprinter.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fingerprinter.h: Fingerprinter abstraction layer + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FINGERPRINTER_H +# define VLC_FINGERPRINTER_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct fingerprinter_sys_t fingerprinter_sys_t; + +struct fingerprint_request_t +{ + input_item_t *p_item; + unsigned int i_duration; /* track length hint in seconds, 0 if unknown */ + struct + { + char *psz_fingerprint; + vlc_array_t metas_array; + } results ; +}; +typedef struct fingerprint_request_t fingerprint_request_t; + +static inline fingerprint_request_t *fingerprint_request_New( input_item_t *p_item ) +{ + fingerprint_request_t *p_r = + ( fingerprint_request_t * ) calloc( 1, sizeof( fingerprint_request_t ) ); + if ( !p_r ) return NULL; + p_r->results.psz_fingerprint = NULL; + p_r->i_duration = 0; + input_item_Hold( p_item ); + p_r->p_item = p_item; + vlc_array_init( & p_r->results.metas_array ); /* shouldn't be needed */ + return p_r; +} + +static inline void fingerprint_request_Delete( fingerprint_request_t *p_f ) +{ + input_item_Release( p_f->p_item ); + free( p_f->results.psz_fingerprint ); + for( size_t i = 0; i < vlc_array_count( & p_f->results.metas_array ); i++ ) + vlc_meta_Delete( (vlc_meta_t *) vlc_array_item_at_index( & p_f->results.metas_array, i ) ); + free( p_f ); +} + +struct fingerprinter_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Specific interfaces */ + fingerprinter_sys_t * p_sys; + + module_t * p_module; + + int ( *pf_enqueue ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t *f, fingerprint_request_t *r ); + fingerprint_request_t * ( *pf_getresults ) ( struct fingerprinter_thread_t *f ); + void ( *pf_apply ) ( fingerprint_request_t *, size_t i_resultid ); +}; +typedef struct fingerprinter_thread_t fingerprinter_thread_t; + +VLC_API fingerprinter_thread_t *fingerprinter_Create( vlc_object_t *p_this ); +VLC_API void fingerprinter_Destroy( fingerprinter_thread_t *p_fingerprint ); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0dc9f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fourcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fourcc.h: Definition of various FOURCC and helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 9042a48a9bd206c8fb6228bbb04dbde136c25499 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FOURCC_H +#define VLC_FOURCC_H 1 + +#define VLC_CODEC_UNKNOWN VLC_FOURCC('u','n','d','f') + +/* Video codec */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MPGV VLC_FOURCC('m','p','g','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_MP4V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','4','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV1 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV2 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIV3 VLC_FOURCC('D','I','V','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVQ1 VLC_FOURCC('S','V','Q','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVQ3 VLC_FOURCC('S','V','Q','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H264 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263I VLC_FOURCC('I','2','6','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_H263P VLC_FOURCC('I','L','V','R') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLV1 VLC_FOURCC('F','L','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_H261 VLC_FOURCC('h','2','6','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_MJPG VLC_FOURCC('M','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_MJPGB VLC_FOURCC('m','j','p','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_LJPG VLC_FOURCC('L','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV1 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV2 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMV3 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVA VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVP VLC_FOURCC('W','M','V','P') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMVP2 VLC_FOURCC('W','V','P','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_VC1 VLC_FOURCC('V','C','-','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_DAALA VLC_FOURCC('d','a','a','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_THEORA VLC_FOURCC('t','h','e','o') +#define VLC_CODEC_TARKIN VLC_FOURCC('t','a','r','k') +#define VLC_CODEC_DIRAC VLC_FOURCC('d','r','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_OGGSPOTS VLC_FOURCC('S','P','O','T') +#define VLC_CODEC_CAVS VLC_FOURCC('C','A','V','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_NUV VLC_FOURCC('N','J','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV10 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV13 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV20 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV30 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','3','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_RV40 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','4','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP3 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','3',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP5 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','5',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6F VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','F') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP6A VLC_FOURCC('V','P','6','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSVIDEO1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLIC VLC_FOURCC('F','L','I','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_SP5X VLC_FOURCC('S','P','5','X') +#define VLC_CODEC_DV VLC_FOURCC('d','v',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSRLE VLC_FOURCC('m','r','l','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_HUFFYUV VLC_FOURCC('H','F','Y','U') +#define VLC_CODEC_FFVHUFF VLC_FOURCC('F','F','V','H') +#define VLC_CODEC_ASV1 VLC_FOURCC('A','S','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ASV2 VLC_FOURCC('A','S','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_FFV1 VLC_FOURCC('F','F','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_VCR1 VLC_FOURCC('V','C','R','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_CLJR VLC_FOURCC('C','L','J','R') +#define VLC_CODEC_RPZA VLC_FOURCC('r','p','z','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMC VLC_FOURCC('s','m','c',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_CINEPAK VLC_FOURCC('C','V','I','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_TSCC VLC_FOURCC('T','S','C','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_CSCD VLC_FOURCC('C','S','C','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_ZMBV VLC_FOURCC('Z','M','B','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMNC VLC_FOURCC('V','M','n','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_FMVC VLC_FOURCC('F','M','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_FRAPS VLC_FOURCC('F','P','S','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEMOTION1 VLC_FOURCC('D','U','C','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEMOTION2 VLC_FOURCC('T','M','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_QTRLE VLC_FOURCC('r','l','e',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDRAW VLC_FOURCC('q','d','r','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_QPEG VLC_FOURCC('Q','P','E','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_ULTI VLC_FOURCC('U','L','T','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_VIXL VLC_FOURCC('V','I','X','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_LOCO VLC_FOURCC('L','O','C','O') +#define VLC_CODEC_WNV1 VLC_FOURCC('W','N','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_AASC VLC_FOURCC('A','A','S','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO2 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','2','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO3 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','3','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO4 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','4','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO5 VLC_FOURCC('I','V','5','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLASHSV VLC_FOURCC('F','S','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_KMVC VLC_FOURCC('K','M','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMACKVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('S','M','K','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_DNXHD VLC_FOURCC('A','V','d','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_8BPS VLC_FOURCC('8','B','P','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_MIMIC VLC_FOURCC('M','L','2','O') +#define VLC_CODEC_INTERPLAY VLC_FOURCC('i','m','v','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_IDCIN VLC_FOURCC('I','D','C','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_4XM VLC_FOURCC('4','X','M','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_ROQ VLC_FOURCC('R','o','Q','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_MDEC VLC_FOURCC('M','D','E','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMDVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('V','M','D','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_CDG VLC_FOURCC('C','D','G',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_FRWU VLC_FOURCC('F','R','W','U') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMV VLC_FOURCC('A','M','V',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP7 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','7','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP8 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','8','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP9 VLC_FOURCC('V','P','9','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_VP10 VLC_FOURCC('V','P',':','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_AV1 VLC_FOURCC('a','v','0','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEG2000 VLC_FOURCC('J','P','2','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_LAGARITH VLC_FOURCC('L','A','G','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLASHSV2 VLC_FOURCC('F','S','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_PRORES VLC_FOURCC('a','p','c','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_MXPEG VLC_FOURCC('M','X','P','G') +#define VLC_CODEC_CDXL VLC_FOURCC('C','D','X','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMVVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('B','M','V','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_UTVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('U','L','R','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_VBLE VLC_FOURCC('V','B','L','E') +#define VLC_CODEC_DXTORY VLC_FOURCC('x','t','o','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSS1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','S','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSS2 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','S','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_MSA1 VLC_FOURCC('M','S','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_TSC2 VLC_FOURCC('T','S','C','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_MTS2 VLC_FOURCC('M','T','S','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_HEVC VLC_FOURCC('h','e','v','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ICOD VLC_FOURCC('i','c','o','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M2 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M3 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_G2M4 VLC_FOURCC('G','2','M','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('B','I','K','f') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKAUDIO_DCT VLC_FOURCC('B','A','U','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_BINKAUDIO_RDFT VLC_FOURCC('B','A','U','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_XAN_WC4 VLC_FOURCC('X','x','a','n') +#define VLC_CODEC_LCL_MSZH VLC_FOURCC('M','S','Z','H') +#define VLC_CODEC_LCL_ZLIB VLC_FOURCC('Z','L','I','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_THP VLC_FOURCC('T','H','P','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_ESCAPE124 VLC_FOURCC('E','1','2','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_KGV1 VLC_FOURCC('K','G','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_CLLC VLC_FOURCC('C','L','L','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_AURA VLC_FOURCC('A','U','R','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_FIC VLC_FOURCC('F','I','C','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_TMV VLC_FOURCC('T','M','A','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_XAN_WC3 VLC_FOURCC('X','A','N','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_WS_VQA VLC_FOURCC('W','V','Q','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_MMVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('M','M','V','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_AVS VLC_FOURCC('A','V','S','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_DSICINVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('D','C','I','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO VLC_FOURCC('T','S','E','Q') +#define VLC_CODEC_DXA VLC_FOURCC('D','E','X','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_C93 VLC_FOURCC('I','C','9','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_BETHSOFTVID VLC_FOURCC('B','V','I','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_VB VLC_FOURCC('V','B','V','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_RL2 VLC_FOURCC('R','L','V','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_BFI VLC_FOURCC('B','F','&','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_CMV VLC_FOURCC('E','C','M','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_MOTIONPIXELS VLC_FOURCC('M','P','I','X') +#define VLC_CODEC_TGV VLC_FOURCC('T','G','V','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_TGQ VLC_FOURCC('T','G','Q','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_TQI VLC_FOURCC('T','Q','I','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_MAD VLC_FOURCC('M','A','D','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_ANM VLC_FOURCC('A','N','I','M') +#define VLC_CODEC_YOP VLC_FOURCC('Y','O','P','V') +#define VLC_CODEC_JV VLC_FOURCC('J','V','0','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_DFA VLC_FOURCC('D','F','I','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_HNM4_VIDEO VLC_FOURCC('H','N','M','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_TDSC VLC_FOURCC('T','D','S','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_HQX VLC_FOURCC('C','H','Q','X') +#define VLC_CODEC_HQ_HQA VLC_FOURCC('C','U','V','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_HAP VLC_FOURCC('H','A','P','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_DXV VLC_FOURCC('D','X','D','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_CINEFORM VLC_FOURCC('C','F','H','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPEEDHQ VLC_FOURCC('S','H','Q','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_PIXLET VLC_FOURCC('p','x','l','t') + +/*********** + * Chromas + ***********/ + +/* Planar YUV */ + +/* Planar YUV 4:1:0 Y:V:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YV9 VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','U','9') +/* Planar YUV 4:1:0 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I410 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','1','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:1:1 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I411 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','1','1') + +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:V:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YV12 VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','1','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits LSB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 12-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_12L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','C','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_12B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','C','B') + +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V 16-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_16L VLC_FOURCC('I','0','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I420_16B VLC_FOURCC('I','0','F','B') + +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V 12-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_12L VLC_FOURCC('I','2','C','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I422_12B VLC_FOURCC('I','2','C','B') + +/* Planar YUV 4:4:0 Y:U:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I440 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','4','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 8-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444 VLC_FOURCC('I','4','4','4') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 9-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_9L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_9B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','9','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 10-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_10L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_10B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','A','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 12-bit stored on 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_12L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','C','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_12B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','C','B') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V 16-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_16L VLC_FOURCC('I','4','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_I444_16B VLC_FOURCC('I','4','F','B') + +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J420 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','2','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J422 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','2','2') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:0 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J440 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','4','0') +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V full scale */ +#define VLC_CODEC_J444 VLC_FOURCC('J','4','4','4') +/* Palettized YUV with palette element Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVP VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','V','P') + +/* Planar YUV 4:4:4 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVA VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','V','A') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:2 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUV422A VLC_FOURCC('I','4','2','A') +/* Planar YUV 4:2:0 Y:U:V:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUV420A VLC_FOURCC('I','4','0','A') + +/* Planar Y:U:V:A 4:4:4 10bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVA_444_10L VLC_FOURCC('Y','A','0','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_YUVA_444_10B VLC_FOURCC('Y','A','0','B') + +/* Semi-planar Y/UV */ + +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV12 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','1','2') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV21 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','2','1') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV16 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','1','6') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV61 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','6','1') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV24 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','2','4') +/* 2 planes Y/VU 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_NV42 VLC_FOURCC('N','V','4','2') +/* 2 planes Y/UV 4:2:0 10-bit */ +#define VLC_CODEC_P010 VLC_FOURCC('P','0','1','0') + +/* Packed YUV */ + +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, U:Y:V:Y */ +#define VLC_CODEC_UYVY VLC_FOURCC('U','Y','V','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, V:Y:U:Y */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VYUY VLC_FOURCC('V','Y','U','Y') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, Y:U:Y:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YUYV VLC_FOURCC('Y','U','Y','2') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, Y:V:Y:U */ +#define VLC_CODEC_YVYU VLC_FOURCC('Y','V','Y','U') +/* Packed YUV 2:1:1, Y:U:Y:V */ +#define VLC_CODEC_Y211 VLC_FOURCC('Y','2','1','1') +/* Packed YUV 4:2:2, U:Y:V:Y, reverted */ +#define VLC_CODEC_CYUV VLC_FOURCC('c','y','u','v') +/* 10-bit 4:2:2 Component YCbCr */ +#define VLC_CODEC_V210 VLC_FOURCC('v','2','1','0') +/* I420 packed for RTP (RFC 4175) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_R420 VLC_FOURCC('r','4','2','0') +/* Packed YUV 4:4:4 V:U:Y:A */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VUYA VLC_FOURCC('V','U','Y','A') + + +/* RGB */ + +/* Palettized RGB with palette element R:G:B */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBP VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','P') +/* 8 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB8 VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','8') +/* 12 bits RGB padded to 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB12 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','2') +/* 15 bits RGB padded to 16 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB15 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','5') +/* 16 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB16 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','1','6') +/* 24 bits RGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB24 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','2','4') +/* 24 bits RGB padded to 32 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGB32 VLC_FOURCC('R','V','3','2') +/* 32 bits RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBA VLC_FOURCC('R','G','B','A') +/* 32 bits ARGB */ +#define VLC_CODEC_ARGB VLC_FOURCC('A','R','G','B') +/* 32 bits BGRA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_BGRA VLC_FOURCC('B','G','R','A') +/* 32 bits BGRA 10:10:10:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBA10 VLC_FOURCC('R','G','A','0') +/* 64 bits RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_RGBA64 VLC_FOURCC('R','G','A','4') + +/* Planar GBR 4:4:4 8 bits */ +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR VLC_FOURCC('G','B','R','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_9B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','9','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_9L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','9','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_10B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','A','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_10L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_16L VLC_FOURCC('G','B','F','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_GBR_PLANAR_16B VLC_FOURCC('G','B','F','B') + +/* 8 bits grey */ +#define VLC_CODEC_GREY VLC_FOURCC('G','R','E','Y') + +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:2:0 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_420 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','0') +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:2:2 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_422 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','2') +/* VDPAU video surface YCbCr 4:4:4 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_VIDEO_444 VLC_FOURCC('V','D','V','4') +/* VDPAU output surface RGBA */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VDPAU_OUTPUT VLC_FOURCC('V','D','O','R') + +/* VAAPI opaque surface */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VAAPI_420 VLC_FOURCC('V','A','O','P') /* 4:2:0 8 bpc */ +#define VLC_CODEC_VAAPI_420_10BPP VLC_FOURCC('V','A','O','0') /* 4:2:0 10 bpc */ + +/* MediaCodec/IOMX opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_ANDROID_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('A','N','O','P') + +/* Broadcom MMAL opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MMAL_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('M','M','A','L') + +/* DXVA2 opaque video surface for use with D3D9 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_D3D9_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('D','X','A','9') /* 4:2:0 8 bpc */ +#define VLC_CODEC_D3D9_OPAQUE_10B VLC_FOURCC('D','X','A','0') /* 4:2:0 10 bpc */ + +/* D3D11VA opaque video surface for use with D3D11 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_D3D11_OPAQUE VLC_FOURCC('D','X','1','1') /* 4:2:0 8 bpc */ +#define VLC_CODEC_D3D11_OPAQUE_10B VLC_FOURCC('D','X','1','0') /* 4:2:0 10 bpc */ + +/* CVPixelBuffer opaque buffer type */ +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_NV12 VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','N') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_UYVY VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','Y') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_I420 VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_BGRA VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVPX_P010 VLC_FOURCC('C','V','P','P') + +/* Image codec (video) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_PNG VLC_FOURCC('p','n','g',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PPM VLC_FOURCC('p','p','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PGM VLC_FOURCC('p','g','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PGMYUV VLC_FOURCC('p','g','m','y') +#define VLC_CODEC_PAM VLC_FOURCC('p','a','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEG VLC_FOURCC('j','p','e','g') +#define VLC_CODEC_BPG VLC_FOURCC('B','P','G',0xFB) +#define VLC_CODEC_JPEGLS VLC_FOURCC('M','J','L','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMP VLC_FOURCC('b','m','p',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TIFF VLC_FOURCC('t','i','f','f') +#define VLC_CODEC_GIF VLC_FOURCC('g','i','f',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TARGA VLC_FOURCC('t','g','a',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SVG VLC_FOURCC('s','v','g',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SGI VLC_FOURCC('s','g','i',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PNM VLC_FOURCC('p','n','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_PCX VLC_FOURCC('p','c','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_XWD VLC_FOURCC('X','W','D',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TXD VLC_FOURCC('T','X','D',' ') + + +/* Audio codec */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MPGA VLC_FOURCC('m','p','g','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_MP4A VLC_FOURCC('m','p','4','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ALS VLC_FOURCC('a','l','s',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_A52 VLC_FOURCC('a','5','2',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_EAC3 VLC_FOURCC('e','a','c','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_DTS VLC_FOURCC('d','t','s',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMA1 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMA2 VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAP VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','P') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAL VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_WMAS VLC_FOURCC('W','M','A','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_FLAC VLC_FOURCC('f','l','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_MLP VLC_FOURCC('m','l','p',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUEHD VLC_FOURCC('t','r','h','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('d','v','a','u') +#define VLC_CODEC_SPEEX VLC_FOURCC('s','p','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_OPUS VLC_FOURCC('O','p','u','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_VORBIS VLC_FOURCC('v','o','r','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_MACE3 VLC_FOURCC('M','A','C','3') +#define VLC_CODEC_MACE6 VLC_FOURCC('M','A','C','6') +#define VLC_CODEC_MUSEPACK7 VLC_FOURCC('M','P','C',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_MUSEPACK8 VLC_FOURCC('M','P','C','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_RA_144 VLC_FOURCC('1','4','_','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_RA_288 VLC_FOURCC('2','8','_','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_INTERPLAY_DPCM VLC_FOURCC('i','d','p','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ROQ_DPCM VLC_FOURCC('R','o','Q','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_DSICINAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('D','C','I','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_4XM VLC_FOURCC('4','x','m','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_EA VLC_FOURCC('A','D','E','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_XA VLC_FOURCC('x','a',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_ADX VLC_FOURCC('a','d','x',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_WS VLC_FOURCC('A','I','W','S') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_G722 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_G726 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','6') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SWF VLC_FOURCC('S','W','F','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_MS VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x02) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_WAV VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x11) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_AMV VLC_FOURCC('i','m','a','v') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_QT VLC_FOURCC('i','m','a','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_YAMAHA VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x20) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_DK3 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x62) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_DK4 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x61) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_CREATIVE VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0xC0) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SBPRO_2 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0xC2) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SBPRO_3 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0xC3) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_SBPRO_4 VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0xC4) +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_THP VLC_FOURCC('T','H','P','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_XA_EA VLC_FOURCC('X','A','J', 0) +#define VLC_CODEC_G723_1 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2', 0x31) +#define VLC_CODEC_G729 VLC_FOURCC('g','7','2','9') +#define VLC_CODEC_VMDAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('v','m','d','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMR_NB VLC_FOURCC('s','a','m','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_AMR_WB VLC_FOURCC('s','a','w','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_ALAC VLC_FOURCC('a','l','a','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDM2 VLC_FOURCC('Q','D','M','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_QDMC VLC_FOURCC('Q','D','M','C') +#define VLC_CODEC_COOK VLC_FOURCC('c','o','o','k') +#define VLC_CODEC_SIPR VLC_FOURCC('s','i','p','r') +#define VLC_CODEC_TTA VLC_FOURCC('T','T','A','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_SHORTEN VLC_FOURCC('s','h','n',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_WAVPACK VLC_FOURCC('W','V','P','K') +#define VLC_CODEC_GSM VLC_FOURCC('g','s','m',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_GSM_MS VLC_FOURCC('a','g','s','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC1 VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC3 VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','c') +#define VLC_CODEC_ATRAC3P VLC_FOURCC('a','t','r','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_IMC VLC_FOURCC(0x1,0x4,0x0,0x0) +#define VLC_CODEC_TRUESPEECH VLC_FOURCC(0x22,0x0,0x0,0x0) +#define VLC_CODEC_NELLYMOSER VLC_FOURCC('N','E','L','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_APE VLC_FOURCC('A','P','E',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_QCELP VLC_FOURCC('Q','c','l','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_302M VLC_FOURCC('3','0','2','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVD_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('l','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVDA_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('a','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('b','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_WIDI_LPCM VLC_FOURCC('w','p','c','m') +#define VLC_CODEC_SDDS VLC_FOURCC('s','d','d','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_MIDI VLC_FOURCC('M','I','D','I') +#define VLC_CODEC_RALF VLC_FOURCC('R','A','L','F') + +#define VLC_CODEC_S8 VLC_FOURCC('s','8',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_U8 VLC_FOURCC('u','8',' ',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16L VLC_FOURCC('s','1','6','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16L_PLANAR VLC_FOURCC('s','1','l','p') +#define VLC_CODEC_S16B VLC_FOURCC('s','1','6','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U16L VLC_FOURCC('u','1','6','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U16B VLC_FOURCC('u','1','6','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S20B VLC_FOURCC('s','2','0','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24L VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24B VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U24L VLC_FOURCC('u','2','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U24B VLC_FOURCC('u','2','4','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24L32 VLC_FOURCC('s','2','4','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24B32 VLC_FOURCC('S','2','4','4') +#define VLC_CODEC_S32L VLC_FOURCC('s','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_S32B VLC_FOURCC('s','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_U32L VLC_FOURCC('u','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_U32B VLC_FOURCC('u','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_F32L VLC_FOURCC('f','3','2','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_F32B VLC_FOURCC('f','3','2','b') +#define VLC_CODEC_F64L VLC_FOURCC('f','6','4','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_F64B VLC_FOURCC('f','6','4','b') + +#define VLC_CODEC_ALAW VLC_FOURCC('a','l','a','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_MULAW VLC_FOURCC('m','l','a','w') +#define VLC_CODEC_DAT12 VLC_FOURCC('L','P','1','2') +#define VLC_CODEC_S24DAUD VLC_FOURCC('d','a','u','d') +#define VLC_CODEC_TWINVQ VLC_FOURCC('T','W','I','N') +#define VLC_CODEC_BMVAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('B','M','V','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ULEAD_DV_AUDIO_NTSC VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x02,0x15) +#define VLC_CODEC_ULEAD_DV_AUDIO_PAL VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x02,0x16) +#define VLC_CODEC_INDEO_AUDIO VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x04,0x02) +#define VLC_CODEC_METASOUND VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x00,0x75) +#define VLC_CODEC_ON2AVC VLC_FOURCC('m','s',0x05,0x00) +#define VLC_CODEC_TAK VLC_FOURCC('t','a','k',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SMACKAUDIO VLC_FOURCC('S','M','K','A') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD VLC_FOURCC('S','E','A','D') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_EA_R1 VLC_FOURCC('E','A','R','1') +#define VLC_CODEC_ADPCM_IMA_APC VLC_FOURCC('A','I','P','C') + +/* Subtitle */ +#define VLC_CODEC_SPU VLC_FOURCC('s','p','u',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_DVBS VLC_FOURCC('d','v','b','s') +#define VLC_CODEC_SUBT VLC_FOURCC('s','u','b','t') +#define VLC_CODEC_XSUB VLC_FOURCC('X','S','U','B') +#define VLC_CODEC_SSA VLC_FOURCC('s','s','a',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TEXT VLC_FOURCC('T','E','X','T') +#define VLC_CODEC_TELETEXT VLC_FOURCC('t','e','l','x') +#define VLC_CODEC_KATE VLC_FOURCC('k','a','t','e') +#define VLC_CODEC_CMML VLC_FOURCC('c','m','m','l') +#define VLC_CODEC_ITU_T140 VLC_FOURCC('t','1','4','0') +#define VLC_CODEC_USF VLC_FOURCC('u','s','f',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_OGT VLC_FOURCC('o','g','t',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_CVD VLC_FOURCC('c','v','d',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_TX3G VLC_FOURCC('t','x','3','g') +#define VLC_CODEC_ARIB_A VLC_FOURCC('a','r','b','a') +#define VLC_CODEC_ARIB_C VLC_FOURCC('a','r','b','c') +/* Blu-ray Presentation Graphics */ +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_PG VLC_FOURCC('b','d','p','g') +#define VLC_CODEC_BD_TEXT VLC_FOURCC('b','d','t','x') +/* EBU STL (TECH. 3264-E) */ +#define VLC_CODEC_EBU_STL VLC_FOURCC('S','T','L',' ') +#define VLC_CODEC_SCTE_18 VLC_FOURCC('S','C','1','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_SCTE_27 VLC_FOURCC('S','C','2','7') +/* EIA/CEA-608/708 */ +#define VLC_CODEC_CEA608 VLC_FOURCC('c','6','0','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_CEA708 VLC_FOURCC('c','7','0','8') +#define VLC_CODEC_TTML VLC_FOURCC('T','T','M','L') +#define VLC_CODEC_WEBVTT VLC_FOURCC('w','v','t','t') + +/* XYZ colorspace 12 bits packed in 16 bits, organisation |XXX0|YYY0|ZZZ0| */ +#define VLC_CODEC_XYZ12 VLC_FOURCC('X','Y','1','2') + + +/* Special endian dependent values + * The suffic N means Native + * The suffix I means Inverted (ie non native) */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +# define VLC_CODEC_S16N VLC_CODEC_S16B +# define VLC_CODEC_U16N VLC_CODEC_U16B +# define VLC_CODEC_S24N VLC_CODEC_S24B +# define VLC_CODEC_U24N VLC_CODEC_U24B +# define VLC_CODEC_S32N VLC_CODEC_S32B +# define VLC_CODEC_U32N VLC_CODEC_U32B +# define VLC_CODEC_FL32 VLC_CODEC_F32B +# define VLC_CODEC_FL64 VLC_CODEC_F64B + +# define VLC_CODEC_S16I VLC_CODEC_S16L +# define VLC_CODEC_U16I VLC_CODEC_U16L +# define VLC_CODEC_S24I VLC_CODEC_S24L +# define VLC_CODEC_U24I VLC_CODEC_U24L +# define VLC_CODEC_S32I VLC_CODEC_S32L +# define VLC_CODEC_U32I VLC_CODEC_U32L + +#else +# define VLC_CODEC_S16N VLC_CODEC_S16L +# define VLC_CODEC_U16N VLC_CODEC_U16L +# define VLC_CODEC_S24N VLC_CODEC_S24L +# define VLC_CODEC_U24N VLC_CODEC_U24L +# define VLC_CODEC_S32N VLC_CODEC_S32L +# define VLC_CODEC_U32N VLC_CODEC_U32L +# define VLC_CODEC_FL32 VLC_CODEC_F32L +# define VLC_CODEC_FL64 VLC_CODEC_F64L + +# define VLC_CODEC_S16I VLC_CODEC_S16B +# define VLC_CODEC_U16I VLC_CODEC_U16B +# define VLC_CODEC_S24I VLC_CODEC_S24B +# define VLC_CODEC_U24I VLC_CODEC_U24B +# define VLC_CODEC_S32I VLC_CODEC_S32B +# define VLC_CODEC_U32I VLC_CODEC_U32B +#endif + +/* Non official codecs, used to force a profile in an encoder */ +/* MPEG-1 video */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP1V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','1','v') +/* MPEG-2 video */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP2V VLC_FOURCC('m','p','2','v') +/* MPEG-I/II layer 2 audio */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP2 VLC_FOURCC('m','p','2',' ') +/* MPEG-I/II layer 3 audio */ +#define VLC_CODEC_MP3 VLC_FOURCC('m','p','3',' ') + +/** + * It returns the codec associated to a fourcc within an ES category. + * + * If not found, it will return the given fourcc. + * If found, it will always be one of the VLC_CODEC_ defined above. + * + * You may use UNKNOWN_ES for the ES category if you don't have the information. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodec( int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc ); + +/** + * It returns the codec associated to a fourcc stored in a zero terminated + * string. + * + * If the string is NULL or does not have exactly 4 characters, it will + * return 0, otherwise it behaves like vlc_fourcc_GetCodec. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodecFromString( int i_cat, const char * ); + +/** + * It converts the given fourcc to an audio codec when possible. + * + * The fourccs converted are aflt, araw/pcm , twos, sowt. When an incompatible i_bits + * is detected, 0 is returned. + * The other fourccs go through vlc_fourcc_GetCodec and i_bits is not checked. + */ +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t vlc_fourcc_GetCodecAudio( vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc, int i_bits ); + +/** + * It returns the description of the given fourcc or NULL if not found. + * + * You may use UNKNOWN_ES for the ES category if you don't have the information. + */ +VLC_API const char * vlc_fourcc_GetDescription( int i_cat, vlc_fourcc_t i_fourcc ); + +/** + * It returns a list (terminated with the value 0) of YUV fourccs in + * decreasing priority order for the given chroma. + * + * It will always return a non NULL pointer that must not be freed. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_fourcc_t * vlc_fourcc_GetYUVFallback( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns a list (terminated with the value 0) of RGB fourccs in + * decreasing priority order for the given chroma. + * + * It will always return a non NULL pointer that must not be freed. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_fourcc_t * vlc_fourcc_GetRGBFallback( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns true if the given fourcc is YUV and false otherwise. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_fourcc_IsYUV( vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * It returns true if the two fourccs are equivalent if their U&V planes are + * swapped. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_fourcc_AreUVPlanesSwapped(vlc_fourcc_t , vlc_fourcc_t ); + +/** + * Chroma related information. + */ +typedef struct { + unsigned plane_count; + struct { + vlc_rational_t w; + vlc_rational_t h; + } p[4]; + unsigned pixel_size; /* Number of bytes per pixel for a plane */ + unsigned pixel_bits; /* Number of bits actually used bits per pixel for a plane */ +} vlc_chroma_description_t; + +/** + * It returns a vlc_chroma_description_t describing the requested fourcc or NULL + * if not found. + */ +VLC_API const vlc_chroma_description_t * vlc_fourcc_GetChromaDescription( vlc_fourcc_t fourcc ) VLC_USED; + +#endif /* _VLC_FOURCC_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fs.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fda513 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_fs.h @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_fs.h: File system helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2006-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_FS_H +#define VLC_FS_H 1 + +#include +#include + +struct stat; +struct iovec; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# include +# ifndef stat +# define stat _stati64 +# endif +# ifndef fstat +# define fstat _fstati64 +# endif +# ifndef _MSC_VER +# undef lseek +# define lseek _lseeki64 +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# define lseek lseek64 +#endif + + +/** + * \defgroup os Operating system + * @{ + * \defgroup file File system + * @{ + * + * \file + * The functions in this file help with using low-level Unix-style file + * descriptors, BSD sockets and directories. In general, they retain the + * prototype and most semantics from their respective standard equivalents. + * However, there are a few differences: + * - On Windows, file path arguments are expected in UTF-8 format. + * They are converted to UTF-16 internally, thus enabling access to paths + * outside of the local Windows ANSI code page. + * - On POSIX systems, file descriptors are created with the close-on-exec + * flag set (atomically where possible), so that they do not leak to + * child process after fork-and-exec. + * - vlc_scandir(), inspired by GNU scandir(), passes file names rather than + * dirent structure pointers to its callbacks. + * - vlc_accept() takes an extra boolean for nonblocking mode (compare with + * the flags parameter in POSIX.next accept4()). + * - Writing functions do not emit a SIGPIPE signal in case of broken pipe. + * + * \defgroup fd File descriptors + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Opens a system file handle. + * + * @param filename file path to open (with UTF-8 encoding) + * @param flags open() flags, see the C library open() documentation + * @return a file handle on success, -1 on error (see errno). + * @note Contrary to standard open(), this function returns a file handle + * with the close-on-exec flag preset. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_open(const char *filename, int flags, ...) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Opens a system file handle relative to an existing directory handle. + * + * @param dir directory file descriptor + * @param filename file path to open (with UTF-8 encoding) + * @param flags open() flags, see the C library open() documentation + * @return a file handle on success, -1 on error (see errno). + * @note Contrary to standard open(), this function returns a file handle + * with the close-on-exec flag preset. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_openat(int fd, const char *filename, int flags, ...) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int vlc_mkstemp( char * ); + +/** + * Duplicates a file descriptor. The new file descriptor has the close-on-exec + * descriptor flag preset. + * @return a new file descriptor, -1 (see errno) + */ +VLC_API int vlc_dup(int) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Creates a pipe (see "man pipe" for further reference). The new file + * descriptors have the close-on-exec flag preset. + * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (see errno) + */ +VLC_API int vlc_pipe(int [2]) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Creates an anonymous regular file descriptor, i.e. a descriptor for a + * temporary file. + * + * The file is initially empty. The storage space is automatically reclaimed + * when all file descriptors referencing it are closed. + * + * The new file descriptor has the close-on-exec flag preset. + * + * @return a file descriptor on success, -1 on error (see errno) + */ +VLC_API int vlc_memfd(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Writes data to a file descriptor. Unlike write(), if EPIPE error occurs, + * this function does not generate a SIGPIPE signal. + * @note If the file descriptor is known to be neither a pipe/FIFO nor a + * connection-oriented socket, the normal write() should be used. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_write(int, const void *, size_t); + +/** + * Writes data from an iovec structure to a file descriptor. Unlike writev(), + * if EPIPE error occurs, this function does not generate a SIGPIPE signal. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_writev(int, const struct iovec *, int); + +/** + * Closes a file descriptor. + * + * This closes a file descriptor. If this is a last file descriptor for the + * underlying open file, the file is closed too; the exact semantics depend + * on the type of file. + * + * @note The file descriptor is always closed when the function returns, even + * if the function returns an error. The sole exception is if the file + * descriptor was not currently valid, and thus cannot be closed (errno will + * then be set to EBADF). + * + * @param fd file descriptor + * @return Normally, zero is returned. + * If an I/O error is detected before or while closing, the function may return + * -1. Such an error is unrecoverable since the descriptor is closed. + * + * A nul return value does not necessarily imply that all pending I/O + * succeeded, since I/O might still occur asynchronously afterwards. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_close(int fd); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Finds file/inode information - like stat(). + * @note As far as possible, fstat() should be used instead. + * + * @param filename UTF-8 file path + */ +VLC_API int vlc_stat(const char *filename, struct stat *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Finds file/inode information, as lstat(). + * Consider using fstat() instead, if possible. + * + * @param filename UTF-8 file path + */ +VLC_API int vlc_lstat(const char *filename, struct stat *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Removes a file. + * + * @param filename a UTF-8 string with the name of the file you want to delete. + * @return A 0 return value indicates success. A -1 return value indicates an + * error, and an error code is stored in errno + */ +VLC_API int vlc_unlink(const char *filename); + +/** + * Moves a file atomically. This only works within a single file system. + * + * @param oldpath path to the file before the move + * @param newpath intended path to the file after the move + * @return A 0 return value indicates success. A -1 return value indicates an + * error, and an error code is stored in errno + */ +VLC_API int vlc_rename(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath); + +VLC_API FILE * vlc_fopen( const char *filename, const char *mode ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * \defgroup dir Directories + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Opens a DIR pointer. + * + * @param dirname UTF-8 representation of the directory name + * @return a pointer to the DIR struct, or NULL in case of error. + * Release with standard closedir(). + */ +VLC_API DIR *vlc_opendir(const char *dirname) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Reads the next file name from an open directory. + * + * @param dir directory handle as returned by vlc_opendir() + * (must not be used by another thread concurrently) + * + * @return a UTF-8 string of the directory entry. The string is valid until + * the next call to vlc_readdir() or closedir() on the handle. + * If there are no more entries in the directory, NULL is returned. + * If an error occurs, errno is set and NULL is returned. + */ +VLC_API const char *vlc_readdir(DIR *dir) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int vlc_loaddir( DIR *dir, char ***namelist, int (*select)( const char * ), int (*compar)( const char **, const char ** ) ); +VLC_API int vlc_scandir( const char *dirname, char ***namelist, int (*select)( const char * ), int (*compar)( const char **, const char ** ) ); + +/** + * Creates a directory. + * + * @param dirname a UTF-8 string with the name of the directory that you + * want to create. + * @param mode directory permissions + * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (see errno). + */ +VLC_API int vlc_mkdir(const char *dirname, mode_t mode); + +/** + * Determines the current working directory. + * + * @return the current working directory (must be free()'d) + * or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_getcwd(void) VLC_USED; + +/** @} */ +/** @} */ + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +typedef struct vlc_DIR +{ + _WDIR *wdir; /* MUST be first, see */ + char *entry; + union + { + DWORD drives; + bool insert_dot_dot; + } u; +} vlc_DIR; + +static inline int vlc_closedir( DIR *dir ) +{ + vlc_DIR *vdir = (vlc_DIR *)dir; + _WDIR *wdir = vdir->wdir; + + free( vdir->entry ); + free( vdir ); + return (wdir != NULL) ? _wclosedir( wdir ) : 0; +} +# undef closedir +# define closedir vlc_closedir + +static inline void vlc_rewinddir( DIR *dir ) +{ + _WDIR *wdir = *(_WDIR **)dir; + + _wrewinddir( wdir ); +} +# undef rewinddir +# define rewinddir vlc_rewinddir +#endif + +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# define lseek lseek64 +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a04e1b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_gcrypt.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_gcrypt.h: VLC thread support for gcrypt + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file implements gcrypt support functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +static inline void vlc_gcrypt_init (void) +{ + /* This would need a process-wide static mutex with all libraries linking + * to a given instance of libgcrypt. We cannot do this as we have different + * plugins linking with gcrypt, and some underlying libraries may use it + * behind our back. Only way is to always link gcrypt statically (ouch!) or + * have upstream gcrypt provide one shared object per threading system. */ + static bool done = false; + + vlc_global_lock (VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX); + if (!done) + { + /* The suggested way for an application to make sure that global_init + * has been called is by using gcry_check_version. (see global_init + * comments in gcrypt sources) */ + gcry_check_version(NULL); + done = true; + } + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX); +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_http.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_http.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6811e5d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_http.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_http.h: Shared code for HTTP clients + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: ed7e1613da0bc45b680f3887846f80cf118f36a4 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * Christophe Massiot + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HTTP_H +#define VLC_HTTP_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures, enums and macros shared between + * HTTP clients. + */ + +#include +#include + +/* RFC 2617: Basic and Digest Access Authentication */ +typedef struct vlc_http_auth_t +{ + char *psz_realm; + char *psz_domain; + char *psz_nonce; + char *psz_opaque; + char *psz_stale; + char *psz_algorithm; + char *psz_qop; + int i_nonce; + char *psz_cnonce; + char *psz_HA1; /* stored H(A1) value if algorithm = "MD5-sess" */ +} vlc_http_auth_t; + + +VLC_API void vlc_http_auth_Init( vlc_http_auth_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_http_auth_Deinit( vlc_http_auth_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_http_auth_ParseWwwAuthenticateHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, vlc_http_auth_t * , const char * ); +VLC_API int vlc_http_auth_ParseAuthenticationInfoHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, vlc_http_auth_t *, + const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, + const char * ); +VLC_API char *vlc_http_auth_FormatAuthorizationHeader + ( vlc_object_t *, vlc_http_auth_t *, + const char *, const char *, + const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +/* RFC 6265: cookies */ + +typedef struct vlc_http_cookie_jar_t vlc_http_cookie_jar_t; + +VLC_API vlc_http_cookie_jar_t * vlc_http_cookies_new( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_http_cookies_destroy( vlc_http_cookie_jar_t * p_jar ); + +/** + * Parse a value of an incoming Set-Cookie header and append the + * cookie to the cookie jar if appropriate. + * + * @param jar cookie jar object + * @param cookie header field value of Set-Cookie + * @return true, if the cookie was added, false otherwise + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_http_cookies_store( vlc_http_cookie_jar_t *jar, + const char *cookie, const char *host, const char *path ); + +/** + * Returns a cookie value that match the given URL. + * + * @param p_jar a cookie jar + * @param p_url the URL for which the cookies are returned + * @return A string consisting of semicolon-separated cookie NAME=VALUE pairs. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_http_cookies_fetch( vlc_http_cookie_jar_t *jar, bool secure, + const char *host, const char *path ); + +#endif /* VLC_HTTP_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_httpd.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_httpd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cbf035 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_httpd.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_httpd.h: builtin HTTP/RTSP server. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 29b8229e7b6baa7a8eedf37f6fdb1e97bf6a9ca7 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_HTTPD_H +#define VLC_HTTPD_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * HTTP/RTSP server API. + */ + +enum +{ + HTTPD_MSG_NONE, + + /* answer */ + HTTPD_MSG_ANSWER, + + /* http request */ + HTTPD_MSG_GET, + HTTPD_MSG_HEAD, + HTTPD_MSG_POST, + + /* rtsp request */ + HTTPD_MSG_OPTIONS, + HTTPD_MSG_DESCRIBE, + HTTPD_MSG_SETUP, + HTTPD_MSG_PLAY, + HTTPD_MSG_PAUSE, + HTTPD_MSG_GETPARAMETER, + HTTPD_MSG_TEARDOWN, + + /* just to track the count of MSG */ + HTTPD_MSG_MAX +}; + +enum +{ + HTTPD_PROTO_NONE, + HTTPD_PROTO_HTTP, /* HTTP/1.x */ + HTTPD_PROTO_RTSP, /* RTSP/1.x */ + HTTPD_PROTO_HTTP0, /* HTTP/0.x */ +}; + +typedef struct httpd_host_t httpd_host_t; +typedef struct httpd_client_t httpd_client_t; +/* create a new host */ +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_http_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_https_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_host_t *vlc_rtsp_HostNew( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +/* delete a host */ +VLC_API void httpd_HostDelete( httpd_host_t * ); + +typedef struct +{ + char * name; + char * value; +} httpd_header; + +typedef struct httpd_message_t +{ + httpd_client_t *cl; /* NULL if not throught a connection e vlc internal */ + + uint8_t i_type; + uint8_t i_proto; + uint8_t i_version; + + /* for an answer */ + int i_status; + + /* for a query */ + char *psz_url; + /* FIXME find a clean way to handle GET(psz_args) + and POST(body) through the same code */ + uint8_t *psz_args; + + /* options */ + size_t i_headers; + httpd_header *p_headers; + + /* body */ + int64_t i_body_offset; + int i_body; + uint8_t *p_body; + +} httpd_message_t; + +typedef struct httpd_url_t httpd_url_t; +typedef struct httpd_callback_sys_t httpd_callback_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_callback_t)( httpd_callback_sys_t *, httpd_client_t *, httpd_message_t *answer, const httpd_message_t *query ); +/* register a new url */ +VLC_API httpd_url_t * httpd_UrlNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password ) VLC_USED; +/* register callback on a url */ +VLC_API int httpd_UrlCatch( httpd_url_t *, int i_msg, httpd_callback_t, httpd_callback_sys_t * ); +/* delete a url */ +VLC_API void httpd_UrlDelete( httpd_url_t * ); + +VLC_API char* httpd_ClientIP( const httpd_client_t *cl, char *, int * ); +VLC_API char* httpd_ServerIP( const httpd_client_t *cl, char *, int * ); + +/* High level */ + +typedef struct httpd_file_t httpd_file_t; +typedef struct httpd_file_sys_t httpd_file_sys_t; +typedef int (*httpd_file_callback_t)( httpd_file_sys_t *, httpd_file_t *, uint8_t *psz_request, uint8_t **pp_data, int *pi_data ); +VLC_API httpd_file_t * httpd_FileNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_mime, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password, httpd_file_callback_t pf_fill, httpd_file_sys_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API httpd_file_sys_t * httpd_FileDelete( httpd_file_t * ); + + +typedef struct httpd_handler_t httpd_handler_t; +typedef int (*httpd_handler_callback_t)( void *, httpd_handler_t *, char *psz_url, uint8_t *psz_request, int i_type, uint8_t *p_in, int i_in, char *psz_remote_addr, char *psz_remote_host, uint8_t **pp_data, int *pi_data ); +VLC_API httpd_handler_t * httpd_HandlerNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password, httpd_handler_callback_t pf_fill, void * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void * httpd_HandlerDelete( httpd_handler_t * ); + +typedef struct httpd_redirect_t httpd_redirect_t; +VLC_API httpd_redirect_t * httpd_RedirectNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url_dst, const char *psz_url_src ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void httpd_RedirectDelete( httpd_redirect_t * ); + + +typedef struct httpd_stream_t httpd_stream_t; +VLC_API httpd_stream_t * httpd_StreamNew( httpd_host_t *, const char *psz_url, const char *psz_mime, const char *psz_user, const char *psz_password ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void httpd_StreamDelete( httpd_stream_t * ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamHeader( httpd_stream_t *, uint8_t *p_data, int i_data ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamSend( httpd_stream_t *, const block_t *p_block ); +VLC_API int httpd_StreamSetHTTPHeaders(httpd_stream_t *, const httpd_header *, size_t); + +/* Msg functions facilities */ +VLC_API void httpd_MsgAdd( httpd_message_t *, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_value, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); +/* return "" if not found. The string is not allocated */ +VLC_API const char * httpd_MsgGet( const httpd_message_t *, const char *psz_name ); + +#endif /* _VLC_HTTPD_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_image.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_image.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c5896f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_image.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_image.h : wrapper for image reading/writing facilities + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 2b308fd0e52f4d4d6e20f95d08e0d63c53822eef $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_IMAGE_H +#define VLC_IMAGE_H 1 + +# include +# include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for image conversions in vlc + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct image_handler_t +{ + picture_t * (*pf_read) ( image_handler_t *, block_t *, + const video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + picture_t * (*pf_read_url) ( image_handler_t *, const char *, + video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + block_t * (*pf_write) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + const video_format_t *, const video_format_t * ); + int (*pf_write_url) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + const video_format_t *, video_format_t *, + const char * ); + + picture_t * (*pf_convert) ( image_handler_t *, picture_t *, + const video_format_t *, video_format_t * ); + + /* Private properties */ + vlc_object_t *p_parent; + decoder_t *p_dec; + encoder_t *p_enc; + filter_t *p_filter; + + picture_fifo_t *outfifo; +}; + +VLC_API image_handler_t * image_HandlerCreate( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define image_HandlerCreate( a ) image_HandlerCreate( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void image_HandlerDelete( image_handler_t * ); + +#define image_Read( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_read( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_ReadUrl( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_read_url( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_Write( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_write( a, b, c, d ) +#define image_WriteUrl( a, b, c, d, e ) a->pf_write_url( a, b, c, d, e ) +#define image_Convert( a, b, c, d ) a->pf_convert( a, b, c, d ) + +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Type2Fourcc( const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Ext2Fourcc( const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API vlc_fourcc_t image_Mime2Fourcc( const char *psz_mime ); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_IMAGE_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1f7330 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_inhibit.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_inhibit.h: VLC screen saver inhibition + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the interface for screen-saver inhibition modules + */ + +#ifndef VLC_INHIBIT_H +# define VLC_INHIBIT_H 1 + +typedef struct vlc_inhibit vlc_inhibit_t; +typedef struct vlc_inhibit_sys vlc_inhibit_sys_t; + +enum vlc_inhibit_flags +{ + VLC_INHIBIT_NONE=0 /*< No inhibition */, + VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND=0x1 /*< Processor is in use - do not suspend */, + VLC_INHIBIT_DISPLAY=0x2 /*< Display is in use - do not blank/lock */, +#define VLC_INHIBIT_AUDIO (VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND) +#define VLC_INHIBIT_VIDEO (VLC_INHIBIT_SUSPEND|VLC_INHIBIT_DISPLAY) +}; + +struct vlc_inhibit +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + vlc_inhibit_sys_t *p_sys; + void (*inhibit) (vlc_inhibit_t *, unsigned flags); +}; + +static inline void vlc_inhibit_Set (vlc_inhibit_t *ih, unsigned flags) +{ + ih->inhibit (ih, flags); +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_input.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_input.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85b4d3d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_input.h @@ -0,0 +1,703 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_input.h: Core input structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2015 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: d20585ba33030980fa496cd042227b543f10827a $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_INPUT_H +#define VLC_INPUT_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup input Input + * Input thread + * @{ + * \file + * Input thread interface + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +/***************************************************************************** + * Seek point: (generalisation of chapters) + *****************************************************************************/ +struct seekpoint_t +{ + int64_t i_time_offset; + char *psz_name; +}; + +static inline seekpoint_t *vlc_seekpoint_New( void ) +{ + seekpoint_t *point = (seekpoint_t*)malloc( sizeof( seekpoint_t ) ); + if( !point ) + return NULL; + point->i_time_offset = -1; + point->psz_name = NULL; + return point; +} + +static inline void vlc_seekpoint_Delete( seekpoint_t *point ) +{ + if( !point ) return; + free( point->psz_name ); + free( point ); +} + +static inline seekpoint_t *vlc_seekpoint_Duplicate( const seekpoint_t *src ) +{ + seekpoint_t *point = vlc_seekpoint_New(); + if( likely(point) ) + { + if( src->psz_name ) point->psz_name = strdup( src->psz_name ); + point->i_time_offset = src->i_time_offset; + } + return point; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Title: + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* input_title_t.i_flags field */ +#define INPUT_TITLE_MENU 0x01 /* Menu title */ +#define INPUT_TITLE_INTERACTIVE 0x02 /* Interactive title. Playback position has no meaning. */ + +typedef struct input_title_t +{ + char *psz_name; + + int64_t i_length; /* Length(microsecond) if known, else 0 */ + + unsigned i_flags; /* Is it a menu or a normal entry */ + + /* Title seekpoint */ + int i_seekpoint; + seekpoint_t **seekpoint; +} input_title_t; + +static inline input_title_t *vlc_input_title_New(void) +{ + input_title_t *t = (input_title_t*)malloc( sizeof( input_title_t ) ); + if( !t ) + return NULL; + + t->psz_name = NULL; + t->i_flags = 0; + t->i_length = 0; + t->i_seekpoint = 0; + t->seekpoint = NULL; + + return t; +} + +static inline void vlc_input_title_Delete( input_title_t *t ) +{ + int i; + if( t == NULL ) + return; + + free( t->psz_name ); + for( i = 0; i < t->i_seekpoint; i++ ) + vlc_seekpoint_Delete( t->seekpoint[i] ); + free( t->seekpoint ); + free( t ); +} + +static inline input_title_t *vlc_input_title_Duplicate( const input_title_t *t ) +{ + input_title_t *dup = vlc_input_title_New( ); + if( dup == NULL) return NULL; + + if( t->psz_name ) dup->psz_name = strdup( t->psz_name ); + dup->i_flags = t->i_flags; + dup->i_length = t->i_length; + if( t->i_seekpoint > 0 ) + { + dup->seekpoint = (seekpoint_t**)vlc_alloc( t->i_seekpoint, sizeof(seekpoint_t*) ); + if( likely(dup->seekpoint) ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < t->i_seekpoint; i++ ) + dup->seekpoint[i] = vlc_seekpoint_Duplicate( t->seekpoint[i] ); + dup->i_seekpoint = t->i_seekpoint; + } + } + + return dup; +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * Attachments + *****************************************************************************/ +struct input_attachment_t +{ + char *psz_name; + char *psz_mime; + char *psz_description; + + size_t i_data; + void *p_data; +}; + +static inline void vlc_input_attachment_Delete( input_attachment_t *a ) +{ + if( !a ) + return; + + free( a->p_data ); + free( a->psz_description ); + free( a->psz_mime ); + free( a->psz_name ); + free( a ); +} + +static inline input_attachment_t *vlc_input_attachment_New( const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_mime, + const char *psz_description, + const void *p_data, + size_t i_data ) +{ + input_attachment_t *a = (input_attachment_t *)malloc( sizeof (*a) ); + if( unlikely(a == NULL) ) + return NULL; + + a->psz_name = strdup( psz_name ? psz_name : "" ); + a->psz_mime = strdup( psz_mime ? psz_mime : "" ); + a->psz_description = strdup( psz_description ? psz_description : "" ); + a->i_data = i_data; + a->p_data = malloc( i_data ); + if( i_data > 0 && likely(a->p_data != NULL) ) + memcpy( a->p_data, p_data, i_data ); + + if( unlikely(a->psz_name == NULL || a->psz_mime == NULL + || a->psz_description == NULL || (i_data > 0 && a->p_data == NULL)) ) + { + vlc_input_attachment_Delete( a ); + a = NULL; + } + return a; +} + +static inline input_attachment_t *vlc_input_attachment_Duplicate( const input_attachment_t *a ) +{ + return vlc_input_attachment_New( a->psz_name, a->psz_mime, a->psz_description, + a->p_data, a->i_data ); +} + +/***************************************************************************** + * input defines/constants. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This defines an opaque input resource handler. + */ +typedef struct input_resource_t input_resource_t; + +/** + * Main structure representing an input thread. This structure is mostly + * private. The only public fields are read-only and constant. + */ +struct input_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS +}; + +/** + * Record prefix string. + * TODO make it configurable. + */ +#define INPUT_RECORD_PREFIX "vlc-record-%Y-%m-%d-%Hh%Mm%Ss-$ N-$ p" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Input events and variables + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup inputvariable Input variables + * + * The input provides multiples variable you can write to and/or read from. + * + * TODO complete the documentation. + * The read only variables are: + * - "length" + * - "can-seek" (if you can seek, it doesn't say if 'bar display' has be shown + * or not, for that check position != 0.0) + * - "can-pause" + * - "can-rate" + * - "can-rewind" + * - "can-record" (if a stream can be recorded while playing) + * - "teletext-es" (list of id from the spu tracks (spu-es) that are teletext, the + * variable value being the one currently selected, -1 if no teletext) + * - "signal-quality" + * - "signal-strength" + * - "program-scrambled" (if the current program is scrambled) + * - "cache" (level of data cached [0 .. 1]) + * + * The read-write variables are: + * - state (\see input_state_e) + * - rate + * - position + * - time, time-offset + * - title, next-title, prev-title + * - chapter, next-chapter, next-chapter-prev + * - program, audio-es, video-es, spu-es + * - audio-delay, spu-delay + * - bookmark (bookmark list) + * - record + * - frame-next + * - navigation (list of "title %2i") + * - "title %2i" + * + * The variable used for event is + * - intf-event (\see input_event_type_e) + */ + +/** + * Input state + * + * This enum is used by the variable "state" + */ +typedef enum input_state_e +{ + INIT_S = 0, + OPENING_S, + PLAYING_S, + PAUSE_S, + END_S, + ERROR_S, +} input_state_e; + +/** + * Input rate. + * + * It is an float used by the variable "rate" in the + * range [INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT/INPUT_RATE_MAX, INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT/INPUT_RATE_MIN] + * the default value being 1. It represents the ratio of playback speed to + * nominal speed (bigger is faster). + * + * Internally, the rate is stored as a value in the range + * [INPUT_RATE_MIN, INPUT_RATE_MAX]. + * internal rate = INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT / rate variable + */ + +/** + * Default rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT 1000 +/** + * Minimal rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_MIN 32 /* Up to 32/1 */ +/** + * Maximal rate value + */ +#define INPUT_RATE_MAX 32000 /* Up to 1/32 */ + +/** + * Input events + * + * You can catch input event by adding a callback on the variable "intf-event". + * This variable is an integer that will hold a input_event_type_e value. + */ +typedef enum input_event_type_e +{ + /* "state" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_STATE, + /* b_dead is true */ + INPUT_EVENT_DEAD, + + /* "rate" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_RATE, + + /* At least one of "position" or "time" */ + INPUT_EVENT_POSITION, + + /* "length" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_LENGTH, + + /* A title has been added or removed or selected. + * It implies that the chapter has changed (no chapter event is sent) */ + INPUT_EVENT_TITLE, + /* A chapter has been added or removed or selected. */ + INPUT_EVENT_CHAPTER, + + /* A program ("program") has been added or removed or selected, + * or "program-scrambled" has changed.*/ + INPUT_EVENT_PROGRAM, + /* A ES has been added or removed or selected */ + INPUT_EVENT_ES, + /* "teletext-es" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_TELETEXT, + + /* "record" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_RECORD, + + /* input_item_t media has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_META, + /* input_item_t info has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_INFO, + /* input_item_t epg has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_ITEM_EPG, + + /* Input statistics have been updated */ + INPUT_EVENT_STATISTICS, + /* At least one of "signal-quality" or "signal-strength" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_SIGNAL, + + /* "audio-delay" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_AUDIO_DELAY, + /* "spu-delay" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_SUBTITLE_DELAY, + + /* "bookmark" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_BOOKMARK, + + /* cache" has changed */ + INPUT_EVENT_CACHE, + + /* A audio_output_t object has been created/deleted by *the input* */ + INPUT_EVENT_AOUT, + /* A vout_thread_t object has been created/deleted by *the input* */ + INPUT_EVENT_VOUT, + +} input_event_type_e; + +/** + * Input queries + */ +enum input_query_e +{ + /* input variable "position" */ + INPUT_GET_POSITION, /* arg1= double * res= */ + INPUT_SET_POSITION, /* arg1= double res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "length" */ + INPUT_GET_LENGTH, /* arg1= int64_t * res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "time" */ + INPUT_GET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t * res= */ + INPUT_SET_TIME, /* arg1= int64_t res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "rate" (nominal is INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT) */ + INPUT_GET_RATE, /* arg1= int * res= */ + INPUT_SET_RATE, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "state" */ + INPUT_GET_STATE, /* arg1= int * res= */ + INPUT_SET_STATE, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* input variable "audio-delay" and "sub-delay" */ + INPUT_GET_AUDIO_DELAY, /* arg1 = int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_AUDIO_DELAY, /* arg1 = int res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_SPU_DELAY, /* arg1 = int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_SPU_DELAY, /* arg1 = int res=can fail */ + + /* Menu (VCD/DVD/BD) Navigation */ + /** Activate the navigation item selected. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_ACTIVATE, + /** Use the up arrow to select a navigation item above. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_UP, + /** Use the down arrow to select a navigation item under. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_DOWN, + /** Use the left arrow to select a navigation item on the left. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_LEFT, + /** Use the right arrow to select a navigation item on the right. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_RIGHT, + /** Activate the popup Menu (for BD). res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_POPUP, + /** Activate disc Root Menu. res=can fail */ + INPUT_NAV_MENU, + + /* Meta datas */ + INPUT_ADD_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* arg3=... res=can fail */ + INPUT_REPLACE_INFOS,/* arg1= info_category_t * res=cannot fail */ + INPUT_MERGE_INFOS,/* arg1= info_category_t * res=cannot fail */ + INPUT_DEL_INFO, /* arg1= char* arg2= char* res=can fail */ + + /* bookmarks */ + INPUT_GET_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_BOOKMARKS, /* arg1= seekpoint_t *** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_CLEAR_BOOKMARKS, /* res=can fail */ + INPUT_ADD_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_CHANGE_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_DEL_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= seekpoint_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_SET_BOOKMARK, /* arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* titles */ + INPUT_GET_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_FULL_TITLE_INFO, /* arg1=input_title_t*** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + + /* seekpoints */ + INPUT_GET_SEEKPOINTS, /* arg1=seekpoint_t*** arg2= int * res=can fail */ + + /* Attachments */ + INPUT_GET_ATTACHMENTS, /* arg1=input_attachment_t***, arg2=int* res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_ATTACHMENT, /* arg1=input_attachment_t**, arg2=char* res=can fail */ + + /* On the fly input slave */ + INPUT_ADD_SLAVE, /* arg1= enum slave_type, arg2= const char *, + * arg3= bool forced, arg4= bool notify, + * arg5= bool check_extension */ + + /* On the fly record while playing */ + INPUT_SET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_RECORD_STATE, /* arg1=bool* res=can fail */ + + /* ES */ + INPUT_RESTART_ES, /* arg1=int (-AUDIO/VIDEO/SPU_ES for the whole category) */ + + /* Viewpoint */ + INPUT_UPDATE_VIEWPOINT, /* arg1=(const vlc_viewpoint_t*), arg2=bool b_absolute */ + INPUT_SET_INITIAL_VIEWPOINT, /* arg1=(const vlc_viewpoint_t*) */ + + /* Input ressources + * XXX You must call vlc_object_release as soon as possible */ + INPUT_GET_AOUT, /* arg1=audio_output_t ** res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_VOUTS, /* arg1=vout_thread_t ***, size_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_GET_ES_OBJECTS, /* arg1=int id, vlc_object_t **dec, vout_thread_t **, audio_output_t ** */ + + /* Renderers */ + INPUT_SET_RENDERER, /* arg1=vlc_renderer_item_t* */ + + /* External clock managments */ + INPUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, /* arg1=mtime_t *, arg2=mtime_t * res=can fail */ + INPUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM,/* arg1=int absolute, arg2=mtime_t res=can fail */ +}; + +/** @}*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API input_thread_t * input_Create( vlc_object_t *p_parent, input_item_t *, + const char *psz_log, input_resource_t *, + vlc_renderer_item_t* p_renderer ) VLC_USED; +#define input_Create(a,b,c,d,e) input_Create(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d,e) + +VLC_API int input_Start( input_thread_t * ); + +VLC_API void input_Stop( input_thread_t * ); + +VLC_API int input_Read( vlc_object_t *, input_item_t * ); +#define input_Read(a,b) input_Read(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_API int input_vaControl( input_thread_t *, int i_query, va_list ); + +VLC_API int input_Control( input_thread_t *, int i_query, ... ); + +VLC_API void input_Close( input_thread_t * ); + +/** + * Create a new input_thread_t and start it. + * + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \see input_Create + */ +static inline +input_thread_t *input_CreateAndStart( vlc_object_t *parent, + input_item_t *item, const char *log ) +{ + input_thread_t *input = input_Create( parent, item, log, NULL, NULL ); + if( input != NULL && input_Start( input ) ) + { + vlc_object_release( input ); + input = NULL; + } + return input; +} +#define input_CreateAndStart(a,b,c) input_CreateAndStart(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +/** + * Get the input item for an input thread + * + * You have to keep a reference to the input or to the input_item_t until + * you do not need it anymore. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t* input_GetItem( input_thread_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It will return the current state of the input. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline input_state_e input_GetState( input_thread_t * p_input ) +{ + input_state_e state = INIT_S; + input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_STATE, &state ); + return state; +} + +/** + * Return one of the video output (if any). If possible, you should use + * INPUT_GET_VOUTS directly and process _all_ video outputs instead. + * @param p_input an input thread from which to get a video output + * @return NULL on error, or a video output thread pointer (which needs to be + * released with vlc_object_release()). + */ +static inline vout_thread_t *input_GetVout( input_thread_t *p_input ) +{ + vout_thread_t **pp_vout, *p_vout; + size_t i_vout; + + if( input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_VOUTS, &pp_vout, &i_vout ) ) + return NULL; + + for( size_t i = 1; i < i_vout; i++ ) + vlc_object_release( (vlc_object_t *)(pp_vout[i]) ); + + p_vout = (i_vout >= 1) ? pp_vout[0] : NULL; + free( pp_vout ); + return p_vout; +} + +static inline int input_AddSlave( input_thread_t *p_input, enum slave_type type, + const char *psz_uri, bool b_forced, + bool b_notify, bool b_check_ext ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_ADD_SLAVE, type, psz_uri, b_forced, + b_notify, b_check_ext ); +} + +/** + * Update the viewpoint of the input thread. The viewpoint will be applied to + * all vouts and aouts. + * + * @param p_input an input thread + * @param p_viewpoint the viewpoint value + * @param b_absolute if true replace the old viewpoint with the new one. If + * false, increase/decrease it. + * @return VLC_SUCCESS or a VLC error code + */ +static inline int input_UpdateViewpoint( input_thread_t *p_input, + const vlc_viewpoint_t *p_viewpoint, + bool b_absolute ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_UPDATE_VIEWPOINT, p_viewpoint, + b_absolute ); +} + +/** + * Return the audio output (if any) associated with an input. + * @param p_input an input thread + * @return NULL on error, or the audio output (which needs to be + * released with vlc_object_release()). + */ +static inline audio_output_t *input_GetAout( input_thread_t *p_input ) +{ + audio_output_t *p_aout; + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_AOUT, &p_aout ) ? NULL : p_aout; +} + +/** + * Returns the objects associated to an ES. + * + * You must release all non NULL object using vlc_object_release. + * You may set pointer of pointer to NULL to avoid retreiving it. + */ +static inline int input_GetEsObjects( input_thread_t *p_input, int i_id, + vlc_object_t **pp_decoder, + vout_thread_t **pp_vout, audio_output_t **pp_aout ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_ES_OBJECTS, i_id, + pp_decoder, pp_vout, pp_aout ); +} + +/** + * \see input_clock_GetSystemOrigin + */ +static inline int input_GetPcrSystem( input_thread_t *p_input, mtime_t *pi_system, mtime_t *pi_delay ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_GET_PCR_SYSTEM, pi_system, pi_delay ); +} +/** + * \see input_clock_ChangeSystemOrigin + */ +static inline int input_ModifyPcrSystem( input_thread_t *p_input, bool b_absolute, mtime_t i_system ) +{ + return input_Control( p_input, INPUT_MODIFY_PCR_SYSTEM, b_absolute, i_system ); +} + +/* */ +VLC_API decoder_t * input_DecoderCreate( vlc_object_t *, const es_format_t *, input_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void input_DecoderDelete( decoder_t * ); +VLC_API void input_DecoderDecode( decoder_t *, block_t *, bool b_do_pace ); +VLC_API void input_DecoderDrain( decoder_t * ); +VLC_API void input_DecoderFlush( decoder_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates a sane filename path. + */ +VLC_API char * input_CreateFilename( input_thread_t *, const char *psz_path, const char *psz_prefix, const char *psz_extension ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It creates an empty input resource handler. + * + * The given object MUST stay alive as long as the input_resource_t is + * not deleted. + */ +VLC_API input_resource_t * input_resource_New( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It releases an input resource. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_Release( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * Forcefully destroys the video output (e.g. when the playlist is stopped). + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_TerminateVout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function releases all resources (object). + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_Terminate( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * \return the current audio output if any. + * Use vlc_object_release() to drop the reference. + */ +VLC_API audio_output_t *input_resource_HoldAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates or recycles an audio output. + */ +VLC_API audio_output_t *input_resource_GetAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** + * This function retains or destroys an audio output. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_PutAout( input_resource_t *, audio_output_t * ); + +/** + * Prevents the existing audio output (if any) from being recycled. + */ +VLC_API void input_resource_ResetAout( input_resource_t * ); + +/** @} */ +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_input_item.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_input_item.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82f9b59 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_input_item.h @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_input_item.h: Core input item + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: f22c3d9330af98a15992ef08e362424313774d6f $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_INPUT_ITEM_H +#define VLC_INPUT_ITEM_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions, structures and enums for input items in vlc + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +typedef struct input_item_opaque input_item_opaque_t; +typedef struct input_item_slave input_item_slave_t; + +struct info_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< Name of this info */ + char *psz_value; /**< Value of the info */ +}; + +struct info_category_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< Name of this category */ + int i_infos; /**< Number of infos in the category */ + struct info_t **pp_infos; /**< Pointer to an array of infos */ +}; + +/** + * Describes an input and is used to spawn input_thread_t objects. + */ +struct input_item_t +{ + char *psz_name; /**< text describing this item */ + char *psz_uri; /**< mrl of this item */ + + int i_options; /**< Number of input options */ + char **ppsz_options; /**< Array of input options */ + uint8_t *optflagv; /**< Some flags of input options */ + unsigned optflagc; + input_item_opaque_t *opaques; /**< List of opaque pointer values */ + + mtime_t i_duration; /**< Duration in microseconds */ + + + int i_categories; /**< Number of info categories */ + info_category_t **pp_categories; /**< Pointer to the first info category */ + + int i_es; /**< Number of es format descriptions */ + es_format_t **es; /**< Es formats */ + + input_stats_t *p_stats; /**< Statistics */ + + vlc_meta_t *p_meta; + + int i_epg; /**< Number of EPG entries */ + vlc_epg_t **pp_epg; /**< EPG entries */ + int64_t i_epg_time; /** EPG timedate as epoch time */ + const vlc_epg_t *p_epg_table; /** running/selected program cur/next EPG table */ + + int i_slaves; /**< Number of slaves */ + input_item_slave_t **pp_slaves; /**< Slave entries that will be loaded by + the input_thread */ + + vlc_event_manager_t event_manager; + + vlc_mutex_t lock; /**< Lock for the item */ + + uint8_t i_type; /**< Type (file, disc, ... see input_item_type_e) */ + bool b_net; /**< Net: always true for TYPE_STREAM, it + depends for others types */ + bool b_error_when_reading;/**< Error When Reading */ + + int i_preparse_depth; /**< How many level of sub items can be preparsed: + -1: recursive, 0: none, >0: n levels */ + + bool b_preparse_interact; /**< Force interaction with the user when + preparsing.*/ +}; + +enum input_item_type_e +{ + ITEM_TYPE_UNKNOWN, + ITEM_TYPE_FILE, + ITEM_TYPE_DIRECTORY, + ITEM_TYPE_DISC, + ITEM_TYPE_CARD, + ITEM_TYPE_STREAM, + ITEM_TYPE_PLAYLIST, + ITEM_TYPE_NODE, + + /* This one is not a real type but the number of input_item types. */ + ITEM_TYPE_NUMBER +}; + +enum input_item_net_type +{ + ITEM_NET_UNKNOWN, + ITEM_NET, + ITEM_LOCAL +}; + +enum slave_type +{ + SLAVE_TYPE_SPU, + SLAVE_TYPE_AUDIO, +}; + +enum slave_priority +{ + SLAVE_PRIORITY_MATCH_NONE = 1, + SLAVE_PRIORITY_MATCH_RIGHT, + SLAVE_PRIORITY_MATCH_LEFT, + SLAVE_PRIORITY_MATCH_ALL, + SLAVE_PRIORITY_USER +}; + +/* Extensions must be in alphabetical order */ +#define MASTER_EXTENSIONS \ + "asf", "avi", "divx", \ + "f4v", "flv", "m1v", \ + "m2v", "m4v", "mkv", \ + "mov", "mp2", "mp2v", \ + "mp4", "mp4v", "mpe", \ + "mpeg", "mpeg1", "mpeg2", \ + "mpeg4", "mpg", "mpv2", \ + "mxf", "ogv", "ogx", \ + "ps", "vro","webm", \ + "wmv", "wtv" + +#define SLAVE_SPU_EXTENSIONS \ + "aqt", "ass", "cdg", \ + "dks", "idx", "jss", \ + "mpl2", "mpsub", "pjs", \ + "psb", "rt", "sami", "sbv", \ + "scc", "smi", "srt", \ + "ssa", "stl", "sub", \ + "ttml", "tt", "usf", \ + "vtt", "webvtt" + +#define SLAVE_AUDIO_EXTENSIONS \ + "aac", "ac3", "dts", \ + "dtshd", "eac3", "flac", \ + "m4a", "mp3", "pcm" \ + +struct input_item_slave +{ + enum slave_type i_type; /**< Slave type (spu, audio) */ + enum slave_priority i_priority; /**< Slave priority */ + bool b_forced; /**< Slave should be selected */ + char psz_uri[]; /**< Slave mrl */ +}; + +struct input_item_node_t +{ + input_item_t * p_item; + int i_children; + input_item_node_t **pp_children; +}; + +VLC_API void input_item_CopyOptions( input_item_t *p_child, input_item_t *p_parent ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetName( input_item_t *p_item, const char *psz_name ); + +/** + * Start adding multiple subitems. + * + * Create a root node to hold a tree of subitems for given item + */ +VLC_API input_item_node_t * input_item_node_Create( input_item_t *p_input ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Add a new child node to this parent node that will point to this subitem. + */ +VLC_API input_item_node_t * input_item_node_AppendItem( input_item_node_t *p_node, input_item_t *p_item ); + +/** + * Add an already created node to children of this parent node. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_AppendNode( input_item_node_t *p_parent, input_item_node_t *p_child ); + +/** + * Remove a node from its parent. + */ +void input_item_node_RemoveNode( input_item_node_t *parent, + input_item_node_t *child ); + +/** + * Delete a node created with input_item_node_Create() and all its children. + */ +VLC_API void input_item_node_Delete( input_item_node_t *p_node ); + +/** + * Option flags + */ +enum input_item_option_e +{ + /* Allow VLC to trust the given option. + * By default options are untrusted */ + VLC_INPUT_OPTION_TRUSTED = 0x2, + + /* Add the option, unless the same option + * is already present. */ + VLC_INPUT_OPTION_UNIQUE = 0x100, +}; + +/** + * This function allows to add an option to an existing input_item_t. + */ +VLC_API int input_item_AddOption(input_item_t *, const char *, unsigned i_flags ); +/** + * This function add several options to an existing input_item_t. + */ +VLC_API int input_item_AddOptions(input_item_t *, int i_options, + const char *const *ppsz_options, + unsigned i_flags ); +VLC_API int input_item_AddOpaque(input_item_t *, const char *, void *); + +void input_item_ApplyOptions(vlc_object_t *, input_item_t *); + +VLC_API bool input_item_slave_GetType(const char *, enum slave_type *); + +VLC_API input_item_slave_t *input_item_slave_New(const char *, enum slave_type, + enum slave_priority); +#define input_item_slave_Delete(p_slave) free(p_slave) + +/** + * This function allows adding a slave to an existing input item. + * The slave is owned by the input item after this call. + */ +VLC_API int input_item_AddSlave(input_item_t *, input_item_slave_t *); + +/* */ +VLC_API bool input_item_HasErrorWhenReading( input_item_t * ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetMeta( input_item_t *, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz_val ); +VLC_API bool input_item_MetaMatch( input_item_t *p_i, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz ); +VLC_API char * input_item_GetMeta( input_item_t *p_i, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetName( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetTitleFbName( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetURI( input_item_t * p_i ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API char * input_item_GetNowPlayingFb( input_item_t *p_item ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void input_item_SetURI( input_item_t * p_i, const char *psz_uri ); +VLC_API mtime_t input_item_GetDuration( input_item_t * p_i ); +VLC_API void input_item_SetDuration( input_item_t * p_i, mtime_t i_duration ); +VLC_API bool input_item_IsPreparsed( input_item_t *p_i ); +VLC_API bool input_item_IsArtFetched( input_item_t *p_i ); + +#define INPUT_META( name ) \ +static inline \ +void input_item_Set ## name (input_item_t *p_input, const char *val) \ +{ \ + input_item_SetMeta (p_input, vlc_meta_ ## name, val); \ +} \ +static inline \ +char *input_item_Get ## name (input_item_t *p_input) \ +{ \ + return input_item_GetMeta (p_input, vlc_meta_ ## name); \ +} + +INPUT_META(Title) +INPUT_META(Artist) +INPUT_META(AlbumArtist) +INPUT_META(Genre) +INPUT_META(Copyright) +INPUT_META(Album) +INPUT_META(TrackNumber) +INPUT_META(Description) +INPUT_META(Rating) +INPUT_META(Date) +INPUT_META(Setting) +INPUT_META(URL) +INPUT_META(Language) +INPUT_META(NowPlaying) +INPUT_META(ESNowPlaying) +INPUT_META(Publisher) +INPUT_META(EncodedBy) +INPUT_META(ArtworkURL) +INPUT_META(TrackID) +INPUT_META(TrackTotal) +INPUT_META(Director) +INPUT_META(Season) +INPUT_META(Episode) +INPUT_META(ShowName) +INPUT_META(Actors) +INPUT_META(DiscNumber) + +#define input_item_SetTrackNum input_item_SetTrackNumber +#define input_item_GetTrackNum input_item_GetTrackNumber +#define input_item_SetArtURL input_item_SetArtworkURL +#define input_item_GetArtURL input_item_GetArtworkURL + +VLC_API char * input_item_GetInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat,const char *psz_name ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int input_item_AddInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_format, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 4, 5 ); +VLC_API int input_item_DelInfo( input_item_t *p_i, const char *psz_cat, const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API void input_item_ReplaceInfos( input_item_t *, info_category_t * ); +VLC_API void input_item_MergeInfos( input_item_t *, info_category_t * ); + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t with the provided information. + * + * XXX You may also use input_item_New, as they need less arguments. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_NewExt( const char *psz_uri, + const char *psz_name, + mtime_t i_duration, int i_type, + enum input_item_net_type i_net ) VLC_USED; + +#define input_item_New( psz_uri, psz_name ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, -1, ITEM_TYPE_UNKNOWN, ITEM_NET_UNKNOWN ) + +#define input_item_NewCard( psz_uri, psz_name ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, -1, ITEM_TYPE_CARD, ITEM_LOCAL ) + +#define input_item_NewDisc( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration, ITEM_TYPE_DISC, ITEM_LOCAL ) + +#define input_item_NewStream( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration, ITEM_TYPE_STREAM, ITEM_NET ) + +#define input_item_NewDirectory( psz_uri, psz_name, i_net ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, -1, ITEM_TYPE_DIRECTORY, i_net ) + +#define input_item_NewFile( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration, i_net ) \ + input_item_NewExt( psz_uri, psz_name, i_duration, ITEM_TYPE_FILE, i_net ) + +/** + * This function creates a new input_item_t as a copy of another. + */ +VLC_API input_item_t * input_item_Copy(input_item_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** Holds an input item, i.e. creates a new reference. */ +VLC_API input_item_t *input_item_Hold(input_item_t *); + +/** Releases an input item, i.e. decrements its reference counter. */ +VLC_API void input_item_Release(input_item_t *); + +typedef enum input_item_meta_request_option_t +{ + META_REQUEST_OPTION_NONE = 0x00, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_LOCAL = 0x01, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_NETWORK = 0x02, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_SCOPE_ANY = 0x03, + META_REQUEST_OPTION_DO_INTERACT = 0x04 +} input_item_meta_request_option_t; + +/* status of the vlc_InputItemPreparseEnded event */ +enum input_item_preparse_status +{ + ITEM_PREPARSE_SKIPPED, + ITEM_PREPARSE_FAILED, + ITEM_PREPARSE_TIMEOUT, + ITEM_PREPARSE_DONE +}; + +VLC_API int libvlc_MetadataRequest( libvlc_int_t *, input_item_t *, + input_item_meta_request_option_t, + int, void * ); +VLC_API int libvlc_ArtRequest(libvlc_int_t *, input_item_t *, + input_item_meta_request_option_t ); +VLC_API void libvlc_MetadataCancel( libvlc_int_t *, void * ); + +/****************** + * Input stats + ******************/ +struct input_stats_t +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + + /* Input */ + int64_t i_read_packets; + int64_t i_read_bytes; + float f_input_bitrate; + float f_average_input_bitrate; + + /* Demux */ + int64_t i_demux_read_packets; + int64_t i_demux_read_bytes; + float f_demux_bitrate; + float f_average_demux_bitrate; + int64_t i_demux_corrupted; + int64_t i_demux_discontinuity; + + /* Decoders */ + int64_t i_decoded_audio; + int64_t i_decoded_video; + + /* Vout */ + int64_t i_displayed_pictures; + int64_t i_lost_pictures; + + /* Sout */ + int64_t i_sent_packets; + int64_t i_sent_bytes; + float f_send_bitrate; + + /* Aout */ + int64_t i_played_abuffers; + int64_t i_lost_abuffers; +}; + +/** + * Access pf_readdir helper struct + * \see vlc_readdir_helper_init() + * \see vlc_readdir_helper_additem() + * \see vlc_readdir_helper_finish() + */ +struct vlc_readdir_helper +{ + input_item_node_t *p_node; + void **pp_slaves; + size_t i_slaves; + void **pp_dirs; + size_t i_dirs; + int i_sub_autodetect_fuzzy; + bool b_show_hiddenfiles; + bool b_flatten; + char *psz_ignored_exts; +}; + +/** + * Init a vlc_readdir_helper struct + * + * \param p_rdh need to be cleaned with vlc_readdir_helper_finish() + * \param p_node node that will be used to add items + */ +VLC_API void vlc_readdir_helper_init(struct vlc_readdir_helper *p_rdh, + vlc_object_t *p_obj, input_item_node_t *p_node); +#define vlc_readdir_helper_init(p_rdh, p_obj, p_node) \ + vlc_readdir_helper_init(p_rdh, VLC_OBJECT(p_obj), p_node) + +/** + * Finish adding items to the node + * + * \param b_success if true, items of the node will be sorted. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_readdir_helper_finish(struct vlc_readdir_helper *p_rdh, bool b_success); + +/** + * Add a new input_item_t entry to the node of the vlc_readdir_helper struct. + * + * \param p_rdh previously inited vlc_readdir_helper struct + * \param psz_uri uri of the new item + * \param psz_flatpath flattened path of the new item. If not NULL, this + * function will create an input item for each sub folders (separated + * by '/') of psz_flatpath (so, this will un-flatten the folder + * hierarchy). Either psz_flatpath or psz_filename must be valid. + * \param psz_filename file name of the new item. If NULL, the file part of path + * will be used as a filename. Either psz_flatpath or psz_filename must + * be valid. + * \param i_type see \ref input_item_type_e + * \param i_net see \ref input_item_net_type + */ +VLC_API int vlc_readdir_helper_additem(struct vlc_readdir_helper *p_rdh, + const char *psz_uri, const char *psz_flatpath, + const char *psz_filename, + int i_type, int i_net); + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_interface.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_interface.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bd325b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_interface.h @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_interface.h: interface access for other threads + * This library provides basic functions for threads to interact with user + * interface, such as message output. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: e271314c3120c270a0bef5189cfee21dd9e7b26b $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_INTF_H_ +#define VLC_INTF_H_ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +typedef struct intf_dialog_args_t intf_dialog_args_t; + +/** + * \defgroup interface Interface + * VLC user interfaces + * @{ + * \file + * VLC user interface modules + */ + +typedef struct intf_sys_t intf_sys_t; + +/** Describe all interface-specific data of the interface thread */ +typedef struct intf_thread_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct intf_thread_t *p_next; /** LibVLC interfaces book keeping */ + + /* Specific interfaces */ + intf_sys_t * p_sys; /** system interface */ + + /** Interface module */ + module_t * p_module; + + /** Specific for dialogs providers */ + void ( *pf_show_dialog ) ( struct intf_thread_t *, int, int, + intf_dialog_args_t * ); + + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +} intf_thread_t; + +/** \brief Arguments passed to a dialogs provider + * This describes the arguments passed to the dialogs provider. They are + * mainly used with INTF_DIALOG_FILE_GENERIC. + */ +struct intf_dialog_args_t +{ + intf_thread_t *p_intf; + char *psz_title; + + char **psz_results; + int i_results; + + void (*pf_callback) ( intf_dialog_args_t * ); + void *p_arg; + + /* Specifically for INTF_DIALOG_FILE_GENERIC */ + char *psz_extensions; + bool b_save; + bool b_multiple; + + /* Specific to INTF_DIALOG_INTERACTION */ + struct interaction_dialog_t *p_dialog; +}; + +VLC_API int intf_Create( playlist_t *, const char * ); + +VLC_API void libvlc_Quit( libvlc_int_t * ); + +static inline playlist_t *pl_Get( struct intf_thread_t *intf ) +{ + return (playlist_t *)(intf->obj.parent); +} + +/** + * Retrieves the current input thread from the playlist. + * @note The returned object must be released with vlc_object_release(). + */ +#define pl_CurrentInput(intf) (playlist_CurrentInput(pl_Get(intf))) + +/** + * @ingroup messages + * @{ + */ + +VLC_API void vlc_LogSet(libvlc_int_t *, vlc_log_cb cb, void *data); + +/*@}*/ + +/* Interface dialog ids for dialog providers */ +typedef enum vlc_intf_dialog { + INTF_DIALOG_FILE_SIMPLE = 1, + INTF_DIALOG_FILE, + INTF_DIALOG_DISC, + INTF_DIALOG_NET, + INTF_DIALOG_CAPTURE, + INTF_DIALOG_SAT, + INTF_DIALOG_DIRECTORY, + + INTF_DIALOG_STREAMWIZARD, + INTF_DIALOG_WIZARD, + + INTF_DIALOG_PLAYLIST, + INTF_DIALOG_MESSAGES, + INTF_DIALOG_FILEINFO, + INTF_DIALOG_PREFS, + INTF_DIALOG_BOOKMARKS, + INTF_DIALOG_EXTENDED, + INTF_DIALOG_RENDERER, + + INTF_DIALOG_POPUPMENU = 20, + INTF_DIALOG_AUDIOPOPUPMENU, + INTF_DIALOG_VIDEOPOPUPMENU, + INTF_DIALOG_MISCPOPUPMENU, + + INTF_DIALOG_FILE_GENERIC = 30, + INTF_DIALOG_INTERACTION = 50, + INTF_DIALOG_SENDKEY = 51, + + INTF_DIALOG_UPDATEVLC = 90, + INTF_DIALOG_VLM, + + INTF_DIALOG_EXIT = 99 +} vlc_intf_dialog; + +/* Useful text messages shared by interfaces */ +#define INTF_ABOUT_MSG LICENSE_MSG + +#define EXTENSIONS_AUDIO_CSV "3ga", "669", "a52", "aac", "ac3", "adt", "adts", "aif", "aifc", "aiff", \ + "amb", "amr", "aob", "ape", "au", "awb", "caf", "dts", "flac", "it", "kar", \ + "m4a", "m4b", "m4p", "m5p", "mka", "mlp", "mod", "mpa", "mp1", "mp2", "mp3", "mpc", "mpga", "mus", \ + "oga", "ogg", "oma", "opus", "qcp", "ra", "rmi", "s3m", "sid", "spx", "tak", "thd", "tta", \ + "voc", "vqf", "w64", "wav", "wma", "wv", "xa", "xm" + +#define EXTENSIONS_VIDEO_CSV "3g2", "3gp", "3gp2", "3gpp", "amv", "asf", "avi", "bik", "crf", "divx", "drc", "dv", "dvr-ms" \ + "evo", "f4v", "flv", "gvi", "gxf", "iso", \ + "m1v", "m2v", "m2t", "m2ts", "m4v", "mkv", "mov",\ + "mp2", "mp2v", "mp4", "mp4v", "mpe", "mpeg", "mpeg1", \ + "mpeg2", "mpeg4", "mpg", "mpv2", "mts", "mtv", "mxf", "mxg", "nsv", "nuv", \ + "ogg", "ogm", "ogv", "ogx", "ps", \ + "rec", "rm", "rmvb", "rpl", "thp", "tod", "ts", "tts", "txd", "vob", "vro", \ + "webm", "wm", "wmv", "wtv", "xesc" + +#define EXTENSIONS_AUDIO \ + "*.3ga;" \ + "*.669;" \ + "*.a52;" \ + "*.aac;" \ + "*.ac3;" \ + "*.adt;" \ + "*.adts;" \ + "*.aif;"\ + "*.aifc;"\ + "*.aiff;"\ + "*.amb;" \ + "*.amr;" \ + "*.aob;" \ + "*.ape;" \ + "*.au;" \ + "*.awb;" \ + "*.caf;" \ + "*.dts;" \ + "*.flac;"\ + "*.it;" \ + "*.kar;" \ + "*.m4a;" \ + "*.m4b;" \ + "*.m4p;" \ + "*.m5p;" \ + "*.mid;" \ + "*.mka;" \ + "*.mlp;" \ + "*.mod;" \ + "*.mpa;" \ + "*.mp1;" \ + "*.mp2;" \ + "*.mp3;" \ + "*.mpc;" \ + "*.mpga;" \ + "*.mus;" \ + "*.oga;" \ + "*.ogg;" \ + "*.oma;" \ + "*.opus;" \ + "*.qcp;" \ + "*.ra;" \ + "*.rmi;" \ + "*.s3m;" \ + "*.sid;" \ + "*.spx;" \ + "*.tak;" \ + "*.thd;" \ + "*.tta;" \ + "*.voc;" \ + "*.vqf;" \ + "*.w64;" \ + "*.wav;" \ + "*.wma;" \ + "*.wv;" \ + "*.xa;" \ + "*.xm" + +#define EXTENSIONS_VIDEO "*.3g2;*.3gp;*.3gp2;*.3gpp;*.amv;*.asf;*.avi;*.bik;*.bin;*.crf;*.divx;*.drc;*.dv;*.dvr-ms;*.evo;*.f4v;*.flv;*.gvi;*.gxf;*.iso;*.m1v;*.m2v;" \ + "*.m2t;*.m2ts;*.m4v;*.mkv;*.mov;*.mp2;*.mp2v;*.mp4;*.mp4v;*.mpe;*.mpeg;*.mpeg1;" \ + "*.mpeg2;*.mpeg4;*.mpg;*.mpv2;*.mts;*.mtv;*.mxf;*.mxg;*.nsv;*.nuv;" \ + "*.ogg;*.ogm;*.ogv;*.ogx;*.ps;" \ + "*.rec;*.rm;*.rmvb;*.rpl;*.thp;*.tod;*.tp;*.ts;*.tts;*.txd;*.vob;*.vro;*.webm;*.wm;*.wmv;*.wtv;*.xesc" + +#define EXTENSIONS_PLAYLIST "*.asx;*.b4s;*.cue;*.ifo;*.m3u;*.m3u8;*.pls;*.ram;*.rar;*.sdp;*.vlc;*.xspf;*.wax;*.wvx;*.zip;*.conf" + +#define EXTENSIONS_MEDIA EXTENSIONS_VIDEO ";" EXTENSIONS_AUDIO ";" \ + EXTENSIONS_PLAYLIST + +#define EXTENSIONS_SUBTITLE "*.cdg;*.idx;*.srt;" \ + "*.sub;*.utf;*.ass;" \ + "*.ssa;*.aqt;" \ + "*.jss;*.psb;" \ + "*.rt;*.sami;*.smi;*.txt;" \ + "*.smil;*.stl;*.usf;" \ + "*.dks;*.pjs;*.mpl2;*.mks;" \ + "*.vtt;*.tt;*.ttml;*.dfxp;" \ + "*.scc" + +/** \defgroup interaction Interaction + * \ingroup interface + * Interaction between user and modules + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure describes a piece of interaction with the user + */ +typedef struct interaction_dialog_t +{ + int i_type; ///< Type identifier + char *psz_title; ///< Title + char *psz_description; ///< Descriptor string + char *psz_default_button; ///< default button title (~OK) + char *psz_alternate_button;///< alternate button title (~NO) + /// other button title (optional,~Cancel) + char *psz_other_button; + + char *psz_returned[1]; ///< returned responses from the user + + vlc_value_t val; ///< value coming from core for dialogue + int i_timeToGo; ///< time (in sec) until shown progress is finished + bool b_cancelled; ///< was the dialogue cancelled ? + + void * p_private; ///< Private interface data + + int i_status; ///< Dialog status; + int i_action; ///< Action to perform; + int i_flags; ///< Misc flags + int i_return; ///< Return status + + vlc_object_t *p_parent; ///< The vlc object that asked + //for interaction + intf_thread_t *p_interface; + vlc_mutex_t *p_lock; +} interaction_dialog_t; + +/** + * Possible flags . Dialog types + */ +#define DIALOG_GOT_ANSWER 0x01 +#define DIALOG_YES_NO_CANCEL 0x02 +#define DIALOG_LOGIN_PW_OK_CANCEL 0x04 +#define DIALOG_PSZ_INPUT_OK_CANCEL 0x08 +#define DIALOG_BLOCKING_ERROR 0x10 +#define DIALOG_NONBLOCKING_ERROR 0x20 +#define DIALOG_USER_PROGRESS 0x80 +#define DIALOG_INTF_PROGRESS 0x100 + +/** Possible return codes */ +enum +{ + DIALOG_OK_YES, + DIALOG_NO, + DIALOG_CANCELLED +}; + +/** Possible status */ +enum +{ + ANSWERED_DIALOG, ///< Got "answer" + DESTROYED_DIALOG, ///< Interface has destroyed it +}; + +/** Possible actions */ +enum +{ + INTERACT_NEW, + INTERACT_UPDATE, + INTERACT_HIDE, + INTERACT_DESTROY +}; + +#define intf_UserStringInput( a, b, c, d ) (VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d, VLC_EGENERIC) +#define interaction_Register( t ) (t, VLC_EGENERIC) +#define interaction_Unregister( t ) (t, VLC_EGENERIC) + + +/** @} */ +/** @} */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_interrupt.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_interrupt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98bbe2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_interrupt.h @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_interrupt.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2015 Remlab T:mi + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * @file + * This file declares interruptible sleep functions. + */ + +#ifndef VLC_INTERRUPT_H +# define VLC_INTERRUPT_H 1 +# include +# ifndef _WIN32 +# include /* socklen_t */ +# else +# include +# endif + +struct pollfd; +struct iovec; +struct sockaddr; +struct msghdr; + +/** + * @defgroup interrupt Interruptible sleep + * @{ + * @defgroup interrupt_sleep Interruptible sleep functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Interruptible variant of vlc_sem_wait(). + * + * Waits on a semaphore like vlc_sem_wait(). If the calling thread has an + * interruption context (as set by vlc_interrupt_set()), and another thread + * invokes vlc_interrupt_raise() on that context, the semaphore is incremented. + * + * @warning The calling thread should be the only thread ever to wait on the + * specified semaphore. Otherwise, interruptions may not be delivered + * accurately (the wrong thread may be woken up). + * + * @note This function is (always) a cancellation point. + * + * @return EINTR if the semaphore was incremented due to an interruption, + * otherwise zero. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_sem_wait_i11e(vlc_sem_t *); + +/** + * Interruptible variant of mwait(). + * + * Waits for a specified timestamp or, if the calling thread has an + * interruption context, an interruption. + * + * @return EINTR if an interruption occurred, otherwise 0 once the timestamp is + * reached. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_mwait_i11e(mtime_t); + +/** + * Interruptible variant of msleep(). + * + * Waits for a specified timeout duration or, if the calling thread has an + * interruption context, an interruption. + * + * @param delay timeout value (in microseconds) + * + * @return EINTR if an interruption occurred, otherwise 0 once the timeout + * expired. + */ +static inline int vlc_msleep_i11e(mtime_t delay) +{ + return vlc_mwait_i11e(mdate() + delay); +} + +/** + * Interruptible variant of poll(). + * + * Waits for file descriptors I/O events, a timeout, a signal or a VLC I/O + * interruption. Except for VLC I/O interruptions, this function behaves + * just like the standard poll(). + * + * @note This function is always a cancellation point (as poll()). + * @see poll() manual page + * + * @param fds table of events to wait for + * @param nfds number of entries in the table + * @param timeout time to wait in milliseconds or -1 for infinite + * + * @return A strictly positive result represent the number of pending events. + * 0 is returned if the time-out is reached without events. + * -1 is returned if a VLC I/O interrupt occurs (and errno is set to EINTR) + * or if an error occurs. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_poll_i11e(struct pollfd *, unsigned, int); + +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_readv_i11e(int fd, struct iovec *, int); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_writev_i11e(int fd, const struct iovec *, int); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_read_i11e(int fd, void *, size_t); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_write_i11e(int fd, const void *, size_t); + +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_recvmsg_i11e(int fd, struct msghdr *, int flags); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_sendmsg_i11e(int fd, const struct msghdr *, int flags); + +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_recvfrom_i11e(int fd, void *, size_t, int flags, + struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *); +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_sendto_i11e(int fd, const void *, size_t, int flags, + const struct sockaddr *, socklen_t); + +static inline ssize_t vlc_recv_i11e(int fd, void *buf, size_t len, int flags) +{ + return vlc_recvfrom_i11e(fd, buf, len, flags, NULL, NULL); +} + +static inline +ssize_t vlc_send_i11e(int fd, const void *buf, size_t len, int flags) +{ + return vlc_sendto_i11e(fd, buf, len, flags, NULL, 0); +} + +VLC_API int vlc_accept_i11e(int fd, struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *, bool); + +/** + * Registers a custom interrupt handler. + * + * Registers a custom callback as interrupt handler for the calling thread. + * The callback must be unregistered with vlc_interrupt_unregister() before + * thread termination and before any further callback registration. + * + * If the calling thread has no interruption context, this function has no + * effects. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_register(void (*cb)(void *), void *opaque); + +VLC_API int vlc_interrupt_unregister(void); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup interrupt_context Interrupt context signaling and manipulation + * @{ + */ +typedef struct vlc_interrupt vlc_interrupt_t; + +/** + * Creates an interruption context. + */ +VLC_API vlc_interrupt_t *vlc_interrupt_create(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Destroys an interrupt context. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_destroy(vlc_interrupt_t *); + +/** + * Sets the interruption context for the calling thread. + * @param newctx the interruption context to attach or NULL for none + * @return the previous interruption context or NULL if none + * + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + * @warning A context can be attached to no more than one thread at a time. + */ +VLC_API vlc_interrupt_t *vlc_interrupt_set(vlc_interrupt_t *); + +/** + * Raises an interruption through a specified context. + * + * This is used to asynchronously wake a thread up while it is waiting on some + * other events (typically I/O events). + * + * @note This function is thread-safe. + * @note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_raise(vlc_interrupt_t *); + +/** + * Marks the interruption context as "killed". + * + * This is not reversible. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_kill(vlc_interrupt_t *); + +/** + * Checks if the interruption context was "killed". + * + * Indicates whether the interruption context of the calling thread (if any) + * was killed with vlc_interrupt_kill(). + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_killed(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Enables forwarding of interruption. + * + * If an interruption is raised through the context of the calling thread, + * it will be forwarded to the specified other context. This is used to cross + * thread boundaries. + * + * If the calling thread has no interrupt context, this function does nothing. + * + * @param to context to forward to + */ +VLC_API void vlc_interrupt_forward_start(vlc_interrupt_t *to, + void *data[2]); + +/** + * Undoes vlc_interrupt_forward_start(). + * + * This function must be called after each successful call to + * vlc_interrupt_forward_start() before any other interruptible call is made + * in the same thread. + * + * If an interruption was raised against the context of the calling thread + * (after the previous call to vlc_interrupt_forward_start()), it is dequeued. + * + * If the calling thread has no interrupt context, this function does nothing + * and returns zero. + * + * @return 0 if no interrupt was raised, EINTR if an interrupt was raised + */ +VLC_API int vlc_interrupt_forward_stop(void *const data[2]); + +/** @} @} */ +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_keystore.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_keystore.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5588711 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_keystore.h @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_keystore.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2015-2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_KEYSTORE_H +# define VLC_KEYSTORE_H + +#include + +typedef struct vlc_keystore vlc_keystore; +typedef struct vlc_keystore_entry vlc_keystore_entry; +typedef struct vlc_credential vlc_credential; + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +int +libvlc_InternalKeystoreInit(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/* Called from src/libvlc.c */ +void +libvlc_InternalKeystoreClean(libvlc_int_t *p_libvlc); + +/** + * @defgroup keystore Keystore and credential API + * @{ + * @file + * This file declares vlc keystore API + * @defgroup keystore_public Keystore public API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * List of keys that can be stored via the keystore API + */ +enum vlc_keystore_key { + KEY_PROTOCOL, + KEY_USER, + KEY_SERVER, + KEY_PATH, + KEY_PORT, + KEY_REALM, + KEY_AUTHTYPE, + KEY_MAX, +}; +#define VLC_KEYSTORE_VALUES_INIT(ppsz_values) memset(ppsz_values, 0, sizeof(const char *) * KEY_MAX) + +/** + * Keystore entry returned by vlc_keystore_find() + */ +struct vlc_keystore_entry +{ + /** Set of key/values. Values can be NULL */ + char * ppsz_values[KEY_MAX]; + /** Secret password */ + uint8_t * p_secret; + /** Length of the secret */ + size_t i_secret_len; +}; + +/** + * Create a keystore object + * + * A keystore object is persistent across runtime. It is saved on local + * filesystem via a vlc keystore module (KWallet, SecretService, Apple Keychain + * Service ...). + * + * @note to be released with vlc_keystore_release() + * + * @param p_parent the parent object used to create the keystore object + * + * @return a pointer to the keystore object, or NULL in case of error + */ +VLC_API vlc_keystore * +vlc_keystore_create(vlc_object_t *p_parent); +#define vlc_keystore_create(x) vlc_keystore_create(VLC_OBJECT(x)) + +/** + * Release a keystore object + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_keystore_release(vlc_keystore *p_keystore); + + +/** + * Store a secret associated with a set of key/values + * + * @param ppsz_values set of key/values, see vlc_keystore_key. + * ppsz_values[KEY_PROTOCOL] and ppsz_values[KEY_SERVER] must be valid + * strings + * @param p_secret binary secret or string password + * @param i_secret_len length of p_secret. If it's less than 0, then p_secret + * is assumed to be a '\0' terminated string + * @param psz_label user friendly label + * + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or VLC_EGENERIC on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_keystore_store(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX], + const uint8_t* p_secret, ssize_t i_secret_len, + const char *psz_label); + +/** + * Find all entries that match a set of key/values + * + * @param ppsz_values set of key/values, see vlc_keystore_key, any values can + * be NULL + * @param pp_entries list of found entries. To be released with + * vlc_keystore_release_entries() + * + * @return the number of entries + */ +VLC_API unsigned int +vlc_keystore_find(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX], + vlc_keystore_entry **pp_entries) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Remove all entries that match a set of key/values + * + * @note only entries added by VLC can be removed + * + * @param ppsz_values set of key/values, see vlc_keystore_key, any values can + * be NULL + * + * @return the number of entries + */ +VLC_API unsigned int +vlc_keystore_remove(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX]); + +/** + * Release the list of entries returned by vlc_keystore_find() + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_keystore_release_entries(vlc_keystore_entry *p_entries, unsigned int i_count); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup credential Credential API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @note init with vlc_credential_init() + */ +struct vlc_credential +{ + /** url to store or to search */ + const vlc_url_t *p_url; + /** http realm or smb domain to search, can be overridden after a call to + * vlc_credential_get() */ + const char *psz_realm; + /** http authtype to search, can be overridden after a call to + * vlc_credential_get() */ + const char *psz_authtype; + /** valid only if vlc_credential_get() returned true */ + const char *psz_username; + /** valid only if vlc_credential_get() returned true */ + const char *psz_password; + + /* internal */ + enum { + GET_FROM_URL, + GET_FROM_OPTION, + GET_FROM_MEMORY_KEYSTORE, + GET_FROM_KEYSTORE, + GET_FROM_DIALOG, + } i_get_order; + + vlc_keystore *p_keystore; + vlc_keystore_entry *p_entries; + unsigned int i_entries_count; + + char *psz_split_domain; + char *psz_var_username; + char *psz_var_password; + + char *psz_dialog_username; + char *psz_dialog_password; + bool b_from_keystore; + bool b_store; +}; + +/** + * Init a credential struct + * + * @note to be cleaned with vlc_credential_clean() + * + * @param psz_url url to store or to search + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_credential_init(vlc_credential *p_credential, const vlc_url_t *p_url); + +/** + * Clean a credential struct + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_credential_clean(vlc_credential *p_credential); + +/** + * Get a username/password couple + * + * This will search for a credential using url, VLC options, the vlc_keystore + * or by asking the user via dialog_Login(). This function can be called + * indefinitely, it will first return the user/password from the url (if any), + * then from VLC options (if any), then from the keystore (if any), and finally + * from the dialog (if any). This function will return true as long as the user + * fill the dialog texts and will return false when the user cancel it. + * + * @param p_parent the parent object (for var, keystore and dialog) + * @param psz_option_username VLC option name for the username + * @param psz_option_password VLC option name for the password + * @param psz_dialog_title dialog title, if NULL, this function won't use the + * keystore or the dialog + * @param psz_dialog_fmt dialog text using format + * + * @return true if vlc_credential.psz_username and vlc_credential.psz_password + * are valid, otherwise this function should not be called again. + */ + +VLC_API bool +vlc_credential_get(vlc_credential *p_credential, vlc_object_t *p_parent, + const char *psz_option_username, + const char *psz_option_password, + const char *psz_dialog_title, + const char *psz_dialog_fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT(6, 7); +#define vlc_credential_get(a, b, c, d, e, f, ...) \ + vlc_credential_get(a, VLC_OBJECT(b), c, d, e, f, ##__VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * Store the last dialog credential returned by vlc_credential_get() + * + * This function will store the credential in the memory keystore if it's + * valid, or will store in the permanent one if it comes from the dialog and if + * the user asked for it. + * + * @return true if the credential was stored or comes from the keystore, false + * otherwise + */ +VLC_API bool +vlc_credential_store(vlc_credential *p_credential, vlc_object_t *p_parent); +#define vlc_credential_store(a, b) \ + vlc_credential_store(a, VLC_OBJECT(b)) + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup keystore_implementation Implemented by keystore modules + * @{ + */ + +#define VLC_KEYSTORE_NAME "libVLC" + +static inline int +vlc_keystore_entry_set_secret(vlc_keystore_entry *p_entry, + const uint8_t *p_secret, size_t i_secret_len) +{ + p_entry->p_secret = (uint8_t*) malloc(i_secret_len); + if (!p_entry->p_secret) + return VLC_EGENERIC; + memcpy(p_entry->p_secret, p_secret, i_secret_len); + p_entry->i_secret_len = i_secret_len; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +static inline void +vlc_keystore_release_entry(vlc_keystore_entry *p_entry) +{ + for (unsigned int j = 0; j < KEY_MAX; ++j) + { + free(p_entry->ppsz_values[j]); + p_entry->ppsz_values[j] = NULL; + } + free(p_entry->p_secret); + p_entry->p_secret = NULL; +} + +typedef struct vlc_keystore_sys vlc_keystore_sys; +struct vlc_keystore +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t *p_module; + vlc_keystore_sys *p_sys; + + /** See vlc_keystore_store() */ + int (*pf_store)(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX], + const uint8_t *p_secret, + size_t i_secret_len, const char *psz_label); + /** See vlc_keystore_find() */ + unsigned int (*pf_find)(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX], + vlc_keystore_entry **pp_entries); + + /** See vlc_keystore_remove() */ + unsigned int (*pf_remove)(vlc_keystore *p_keystore, + const char *const ppsz_values[KEY_MAX]); +}; + +/** @} @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_main.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_main.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77866f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_main.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_main.h: access to all program variables + * Declaration and extern access to LibVLC instance object. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc_int_t internal libvlc instance + */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * libvlc_internal_instance_t + ***************************************************************************** + * This structure is a LibVLC instance, for use by libvlc core and plugins + *****************************************************************************/ +struct libvlc_int_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS +}; + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_md5.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e72ff2f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_md5.h: MD5 hash + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2004-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Authors: Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Rafaël Carré + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MD5_H +# define VLC_MD5_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures to compute MD5 digests + */ + +struct md5_s +{ + uint32_t A, B, C, D; /* chaining variables */ + uint32_t nblocks; + uint8_t buf[64]; + int count; +}; + +VLC_API void InitMD5( struct md5_s * ); +VLC_API void AddMD5( struct md5_s *, const void *, size_t ); +VLC_API void EndMD5( struct md5_s * ); + +/** + * Returns a char representation of the md5 hash, as shown by UNIX md5 or + * md5sum tools. + */ +static inline char * psz_md5_hash( struct md5_s *md5_s ) +{ + char *psz = (char*)malloc( 33 ); /* md5 string is 32 bytes + NULL character */ + if( likely(psz) ) + { + for( int i = 0; i < 16; i++ ) + sprintf( &psz[2*i], "%02" PRIx8, md5_s->buf[i] ); + } + return psz; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_media_library.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_media_library.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7e1f70 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_media_library.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_media_library.h: SQL-based media library + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2008-2010 the VideoLAN Team and AUTHORS + * $Id: a35d9729ca3705ec792b7be9e1819919f6e601f6 $ + * + * Authors: Antoine Lejeune + * Jean-Philippe André + * Rémi Duraffort + * Adrien Maglo + * Srikanth Raju + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H +# define VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/***************************************************************************** + * ML Enums + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define ML_PERSON_ARTIST "Artist" +#define ML_PERSON_ALBUM_ARTIST "Album Artist" +#define ML_PERSON_ENCODER "Encoder" +#define ML_PERSON_PUBLISHER "Publisher" + + +/** List of Query select types. + * In a query array or variable argument list, each select type is followed + * by an argument (X) of variable type (char* or int, @see ml_element_t). + * These types can be used either in the query list or in the result array. + * Some types are reserved for the result array: + */ +typedef enum +{ + ML_ALBUM = 1, /**< Album Title */ + ML_ALBUM_ID, /**< Album ID */ + ML_ALBUM_COVER, /**< Album Cover art url */ + /* FIXME: Remove ML_ARTIST */ + ML_ARTIST, /**< Artist, interpreted as ML_PEOPLE + && ML_PEOPLE_ROLE = ML_PERSON_ARTIST */ + ML_ARTIST_ID, /**< Artist ID, interpreted as ML_PEOPLE_ID + && ML_PEOPLE_ROLE = ML_PERSON_ARTIST */ + ML_COMMENT, /**< Comment about media */ + ML_COUNT_MEDIA, /**< Number of medias */ + ML_COUNT_ALBUM, /**< Number of albums */ + ML_COUNT_PEOPLE, /**< Number of people */ + ML_COVER, /**< Cover art url */ + ML_DURATION, /**< Duration in ms */ + ML_DISC_NUMBER, /**< Disc number of the track */ + ML_EXTRA, /**< Extra/comment (string) on the media */ + ML_FIRST_PLAYED, /**< First time media was played */ + ML_FILESIZE, /**< Size of the media file */ + ML_GENRE, /**< Genre of the media (if any) */ + ML_ID, /**< Media ID */ + ML_IMPORT_TIME, /**< Date when media was imported */ + ML_LANGUAGE, /**< Language */ + ML_LAST_PLAYED, /**< Last play UNIX timestamp */ + ML_LAST_SKIPPED, /**< Time when media was last skipped */ + ML_ORIGINAL_TITLE, /**< Media original title (if any) */ + ML_PEOPLE, /**< Any People associated with this media */ + ML_PEOPLE_ID, /**< Id of a person */ + ML_PEOPLE_ROLE, /**< Person role */ + ML_PLAYED_COUNT, /**< Media play count */ + ML_PREVIEW, /**< Url of the video preview */ + ML_SKIPPED_COUNT, /**< Number of times skipped */ + ML_SCORE, /**< Computed media score */ + ML_TITLE, /**< Media title */ + ML_TRACK_NUMBER, /**< Media track number (if any) */ + ML_TYPE, /**< Media type. @see ml_type_e */ + ML_URI, /**< Media full URI. */ + ML_VOTE, /**< Media user vote value */ + ML_YEAR, /**< Media publishing year */ + ML_DIRECTORY, /**< Monitored directory */ + ML_MEDIA, /**< Full media descriptor. @see ml_media_t */ + ML_MEDIA_SPARSE, /**< Sparse media. @see ml_media_t */ + ML_MEDIA_EXTRA, /**< Sparse + Extra = Full media */ + + /* Some special elements */ + ML_LIMIT = -1, /**< Limit a query to X results */ + ML_SORT_DESC = -2, /**< Sort a query descending on argument X */ + ML_SORT_ASC = -3, /**< Sort a query ascending on argument X */ + ML_DISTINCT = -4, /**< Add DISTINCT to SELECT statements. */ + ML_END = -42 /**< End of argument list */ +} ml_select_e; + +/** Media types (audio, video, etc...) */ +typedef enum +{ + ML_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown media type */ + ML_AUDIO = 1 << 0, /**< Audio only media */ + ML_VIDEO = 1 << 1, /**< Video media. May contain audio channels */ + ML_STREAM = 1 << 2, /**< Streamed media = not a local file */ + ML_NODE = 1 << 3, /**< Nodes like simple nodes, directories, playlists, etc */ + ML_REMOVABLE = 1 << 4, /**< Removable media: CD/DVD/Card/... */ +} ml_type_e; + +/** Query result item/list type: integers, strings, medias, timestamps */ +typedef enum { + ML_TYPE_INT, /**< Object is an int */ + ML_TYPE_PSZ, /**< A string char* */ + ML_TYPE_TIME, /**< A timestamp mtime_t */ + ML_TYPE_MEDIA, /**< A pointer to a media ml_media_t* */ +} ml_result_type_e; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif /* C++ */ + +#endif /* VLC_MEDIA_LIBRARY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_memstream.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_memstream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ed78a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_memstream.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_memstream.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2016 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MEMSTREAM_H +# define VLC_MEMSTREAM_H 1 + +# include +# include + +struct vlc_memstream +{ + union + { + FILE *stream; + int error; + }; + char *ptr; + size_t length; +}; + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_open(struct vlc_memstream *ms); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_flush(struct vlc_memstream *ms) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_close(struct vlc_memstream *ms) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API +size_t vlc_memstream_write(struct vlc_memstream *ms, + const void *ptr, size_t len); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_putc(struct vlc_memstream *ms, int c); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_puts(struct vlc_memstream *ms, const char *str); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_vprintf(struct vlc_memstream *ms, const char *fmt, + va_list args); + +VLC_API +int vlc_memstream_printf(struct vlc_memstream *s, const char *fmt, + ...) VLC_FORMAT(2,3); + +# ifdef __GNUC__ +static inline int vlc_memstream_puts_len(struct vlc_memstream *ms, + const char *str, size_t len) +{ + return (vlc_memstream_write(ms, str, len) == len) ? (int)len : EOF; +} +# define vlc_memstream_puts(ms,s) \ + (__builtin_constant_p(__builtin_strlen(s)) ? \ + vlc_memstream_puts_len(ms,s,__builtin_strlen(s)) : \ + vlc_memstream_puts(ms,s)) +# endif +#endif /* VLC_MEMSTREAM_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_messages.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_messages.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcf1bca --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_messages.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_messages.h: messages interface + * This library provides basic functions for threads to interact with user + * interface, such as message output. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 63f9476cd5e6d6d4e274b4d4a7b947ec59d2843e $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MESSAGES_H_ +#define VLC_MESSAGES_H_ + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup messages Logging + * \brief Message logs + * + * Functions for modules to emit log messages. + * + * @{ + * \file + * Logging functions + */ + +/** Message types */ +enum vlc_log_type +{ + VLC_MSG_INFO=0, /**< Important information */ + VLC_MSG_ERR, /**< Error */ + VLC_MSG_WARN, /**< Warning */ + VLC_MSG_DBG, /**< Debug */ +}; + +/** + * Log message + */ +typedef struct vlc_log_t +{ + uintptr_t i_object_id; /**< Emitter (temporarily) unique object ID or 0 */ + const char *psz_object_type; /**< Emitter object type name */ + const char *psz_module; /**< Emitter module (source code) */ + const char *psz_header; /**< Additional header (used by VLM media) */ + const char *file; /**< Source code file name or NULL */ + int line; /**< Source code file line number or -1 */ + const char *func; /**< Source code calling function name or NULL */ + unsigned long tid; /**< Emitter thread ID */ +} vlc_log_t; + +VLC_API void vlc_Log(vlc_object_t *obj, int prio, const char *module, + const char *file, unsigned line, const char *func, + const char *format, ...) VLC_FORMAT(7, 8); +VLC_API void vlc_vaLog(vlc_object_t *obj, int prio, const char *module, + const char *file, unsigned line, const char *func, + const char *format, va_list ap); +#define msg_GenericVa(o, p, fmt, ap) \ + vlc_vaLog(VLC_OBJECT(o), p, vlc_module_name, __FILE__, __LINE__, \ + __func__, fmt, ap) + +#define msg_Generic(o, p, ...) \ + vlc_Log(VLC_OBJECT(o), p, vlc_module_name, __FILE__, __LINE__, \ + __func__, __VA_ARGS__) +#define msg_Info(p_this, ...) \ + msg_Generic(p_this, VLC_MSG_INFO, __VA_ARGS__) +#define msg_Err(p_this, ...) \ + msg_Generic(p_this, VLC_MSG_ERR, __VA_ARGS__) +#define msg_Warn(p_this, ...) \ + msg_Generic(p_this, VLC_MSG_WARN, __VA_ARGS__) +#define msg_Dbg(p_this, ...) \ + msg_Generic(p_this, VLC_MSG_DBG, __VA_ARGS__) + +extern const char vlc_module_name[]; + +VLC_API const char *vlc_strerror(int); +VLC_API const char *vlc_strerror_c(int); + +/** + * Message logging callback signature. + * \param data data pointer as provided to vlc_msg_SetCallback(). + * \param type message type (VLC_MSG_* values from enum vlc_log_type) + * \param item meta information + * \param fmt format string + * \param args format string arguments + */ +typedef void (*vlc_log_cb) (void *data, int type, const vlc_log_t *item, + const char *fmt, va_list args); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_meta.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_meta.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9791bb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_meta.h: Stream meta-data + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: d390d0bc4df47994d296c5720d1869c458b16cb5 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_META_H +#define VLC_META_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures for stream meta-data in vlc + * + */ + +typedef enum vlc_meta_type_t +{ + vlc_meta_Title, + vlc_meta_Artist, + vlc_meta_Genre, + vlc_meta_Copyright, + vlc_meta_Album, + vlc_meta_TrackNumber, + vlc_meta_Description, + vlc_meta_Rating, + vlc_meta_Date, + vlc_meta_Setting, + vlc_meta_URL, + vlc_meta_Language, + vlc_meta_NowPlaying, + vlc_meta_ESNowPlaying, + vlc_meta_Publisher, + vlc_meta_EncodedBy, + vlc_meta_ArtworkURL, + vlc_meta_TrackID, + vlc_meta_TrackTotal, + vlc_meta_Director, + vlc_meta_Season, + vlc_meta_Episode, + vlc_meta_ShowName, + vlc_meta_Actors, + vlc_meta_AlbumArtist, + vlc_meta_DiscNumber, + vlc_meta_DiscTotal +} vlc_meta_type_t; + +#define VLC_META_TYPE_COUNT 27 + +#define ITEM_PREPARSED 1 +#define ITEM_ART_FETCHED 2 +#define ITEM_ART_NOTFOUND 4 + +/** + * Basic function to deal with meta + */ +struct vlc_meta_t; + +VLC_API vlc_meta_t * vlc_meta_New( void ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Delete( vlc_meta_t *m ); +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Set( vlc_meta_t *p_meta, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type, const char *psz_val ); +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_Get( const vlc_meta_t *p_meta, vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ); + +VLC_API void vlc_meta_AddExtra( vlc_meta_t *m, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_value ); +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_GetExtra( const vlc_meta_t *m, const char *psz_name ); +VLC_API unsigned vlc_meta_GetExtraCount( const vlc_meta_t *m ); + +/** + * Allocate a copy of all extra meta names and a table with it. + * Be sure to free both the returned pointers and its name. + */ +VLC_API char ** vlc_meta_CopyExtraNames( const vlc_meta_t *m ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API void vlc_meta_Merge( vlc_meta_t *dst, const vlc_meta_t *src ); + +VLC_API int vlc_meta_GetStatus( vlc_meta_t *m ); +VLC_API void vlc_meta_SetStatus( vlc_meta_t *m, int status ); + +/** + * Returns a localizes string describing the meta + */ +VLC_API const char * vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_type_t meta_type ); + +typedef struct meta_export_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; + const char *psz_file; +} meta_export_t; + +VLC_API int input_item_WriteMeta(vlc_object_t *, input_item_t *); + +/* Setters for meta. + * Warning: Make sure to use the input_item meta setters (defined in vlc_input_item.h) + * instead of those one. */ +#define vlc_meta_SetTitle( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Title, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetArtist( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Artist, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetGenre( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Genre, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetCopyright( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Copyright, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetAlbum( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Album, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackNum( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackNumber, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDescription( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Description, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetRating( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Rating, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDate( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Date, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetSetting( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Setting, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetURL( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_URL, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetLanguage( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Language, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetNowPlaying( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_NowPlaying, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetPublisher( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Publisher, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetEncodedBy( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_EncodedBy, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetArtURL( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_ArtworkURL, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackID( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackID, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetTrackTotal( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_TrackTotal, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDirector( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Director, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetSeason( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Season, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetEpisode( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Episode, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetShowName( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_ShowName, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetActors( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_Actors, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetAlbumArtist( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_AlbumArtist, b ) +#define vlc_meta_SetDiscNumber( meta, b ) vlc_meta_Set( meta, vlc_meta_DiscNumber, b ) + +#define VLC_META_TITLE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Title ) +#define VLC_META_ARTIST vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Artist ) +#define VLC_META_GENRE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Genre ) +#define VLC_META_COPYRIGHT vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Copyright ) +#define VLC_META_ALBUM vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Album ) +#define VLC_META_TRACK_NUMBER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_TrackNumber ) +#define VLC_META_DESCRIPTION vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Description ) +#define VLC_META_RATING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Rating ) +#define VLC_META_DATE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Date ) +#define VLC_META_SETTING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Setting ) +#define VLC_META_URL vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_URL ) +#define VLC_META_LANGUAGE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Language ) +#define VLC_META_NOW_PLAYING vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_NowPlaying ) +#define VLC_META_PUBLISHER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Publisher ) +#define VLC_META_ENCODED_BY vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_EncodedBy ) +#define VLC_META_ART_URL vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_ArtworkURL ) +#define VLC_META_TRACKID vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_TrackID ) +#define VLC_META_DIRECTOR vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Director ) +#define VLC_META_SEASON vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Season ) +#define VLC_META_EPISODE vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Episode ) +#define VLC_META_SHOW_NAME vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_ShowName ) +#define VLC_META_ACTORS vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_Actors ) +#define VLC_META_ALBUMARTIST vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_AlbumArtist ) +#define VLC_META_DISCNUMBER vlc_meta_TypeToLocalizedString( vlc_meta_DiscNumber ) + +#define VLC_META_EXTRA_MB_ALBUMID "MB_ALBUMID" + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e806145 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_meta_fetcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_meta_fetcher.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_META_FETCHER_H +#define VLC_META_FETCHER_H 1 + +typedef enum meta_fetcher_scope_t +{ + FETCHER_SCOPE_LOCAL = 0x01, + FETCHER_SCOPE_NETWORK = 0x02, + FETCHER_SCOPE_ANY = 0x03 +} meta_fetcher_scope_t; + +typedef struct meta_fetcher_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + input_item_t *p_item; + meta_fetcher_scope_t e_scope; +} meta_fetcher_t; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mime.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f04fc95 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mime.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mime.h: Mime type recognition + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2012 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MIME_H +#define VLC_MIME_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * Mime type recognition helpers. + */ + +VLC_API const char * vlc_mime_Ext2Mime( const char *psz_url ); + +#endif /* _VLC_MIME_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_modules.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_modules.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a425fe8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_modules.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_modules.h : Module descriptor and load functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c2d3c26d20c3c45529bc01afb40377560cdf7306 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_MODULES_H +#define VLC_MODULES_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions for modules in vlc + */ + +typedef int (*vlc_activate_t)(void *func, va_list args); +typedef void (*vlc_deactivate_t)(void *func, va_list args); + +/***************************************************************************** + * Exported functions. + *****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API module_t * vlc_module_load( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *cap, const char *name, bool strict, vlc_activate_t probe, ... ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_module_load(o,c,n,s,...) \ + vlc_module_load(VLC_OBJECT(o),c,n,s,__VA_ARGS__) +VLC_API void vlc_module_unload( vlc_object_t *obj, module_t *, + vlc_deactivate_t deinit, ... ); +#define vlc_module_unload(o,m,d,...) \ + vlc_module_unload(VLC_OBJECT(o),m,d,__VA_ARGS__) + +VLC_API module_t * module_need( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char *, bool ) VLC_USED; +#define module_need(a,b,c,d) module_need(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) +VLC_API void module_unneed( vlc_object_t *, module_t * ); +#define module_unneed(a,b) module_unneed(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +VLC_API bool module_exists(const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API module_t * module_find(const char *) VLC_USED; + +int module_start(vlc_object_t *, const module_t *); +#define module_start(o, m) module_start(VLC_OBJECT(o),m) +void module_stop(vlc_object_t *, const module_t *); +#define module_stop(o, m) module_stop(VLC_OBJECT(o),m) + +VLC_API module_config_t * module_config_get( const module_t *, unsigned * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void module_config_free( module_config_t * ); + +VLC_API void module_list_free(module_t **); +VLC_API module_t ** module_list_get(size_t *n) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API bool module_provides( const module_t *m, const char *cap ); +VLC_API const char * module_get_object( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_get_name( const module_t *m, bool long_name ) VLC_USED; +#define module_GetLongName( m ) module_get_name( m, true ) +VLC_API const char * module_get_help( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_get_capability( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int module_get_score( const module_t *m ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API const char * module_gettext( const module_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; + +VLC_USED static inline module_t *module_get_main (void) +{ + return module_find ("core"); +} +#define module_get_main(a) module_get_main() + +VLC_USED static inline bool module_is_main( const module_t * p_module ) +{ + return !strcmp( module_get_object( p_module ), "core" ); +} + +#endif /* VLC_MODULES_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mouse.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mouse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa07ef1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mouse.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mouse.h: mouse related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 481c3598e905db66805cf9a8ca58f6702921e4f0 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef _VLC_MOUSE_H +#define _VLC_MOUSE_H 1 + +/** + * Mouse buttons + */ +enum +{ + MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT=0, + MOUSE_BUTTON_CENTER, + MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_LEFT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_RIGHT, + MOUSE_BUTTON_MAX +}; + +/** + * Mouse state + */ +typedef struct vlc_mouse_t +{ + /* Coordinate */ + int i_x; + int i_y; + /* Mask of pressed button */ + int i_pressed; + /* Is double clicked */ + bool b_double_click; +} vlc_mouse_t; + +static inline void vlc_mouse_Init( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + p_mouse->i_x = 0; + p_mouse->i_y = 0; + p_mouse->i_pressed = 0; + p_mouse->b_double_click = false; +} + +/* */ +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetPressed( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + p_mouse->i_pressed |= 1 << i_button; +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetReleased( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + p_mouse->i_pressed &= ~(1 << i_button); +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_SetPosition( vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_x, int i_y ) +{ + p_mouse->i_x = i_x; + p_mouse->i_y = i_y; +} + +/* */ +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_button ) +{ + return ( p_mouse->i_pressed & (1 << i_button) ) != 0; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsLeftPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsCenterPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_CENTER ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsRightPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsWheelUpPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_UP ); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_IsWheelDownPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse ) +{ + return vlc_mouse_IsPressed( p_mouse, MOUSE_BUTTON_WHEEL_DOWN ); +} +static inline void vlc_mouse_GetMotion( int *pi_x, int *pi_y, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + *pi_x = p_new->i_x - p_old->i_x; + *pi_y = p_new->i_y - p_old->i_y; +} + +/* */ +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasChanged( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_x != p_new->i_x || p_old->i_y != p_new->i_y || + p_old->i_pressed != p_new->i_pressed; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasMoved( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_x != p_new->i_x || p_old->i_y != p_new->i_y; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasButton( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + return p_old->i_pressed != p_new->i_pressed; +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasPressed( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + int i_button ) +{ + const int i_mask = 1 << i_button; + return (p_old->i_pressed & i_mask) == 0 && (p_new->i_pressed & i_mask); +} +static inline bool vlc_mouse_HasReleased( const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_new, + int i_button ) +{ + const int i_mask = 1 << i_button; + return (p_old->i_pressed & i_mask) && (p_new->i_pressed & i_mask) == 0; +} +#endif /* _VLC_MOUSE_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mtime.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mtime.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ba1a57 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_mtime.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_mtime.h: high resolution time management functions + ***************************************************************************** + * This header provides portable high precision time management functions, + * which should be the only ones used in other segments of the program, since + * functions like gettimeofday() and ftime() are not always supported. + * Most functions are declared as inline or as macros since they are only + * interfaces to system calls and have to be called frequently. + * 'm' stands for 'micro', since maximum resolution is the microsecond. + * Functions prototyped are implemented in interface/mtime.c. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 311eb670eb7b9f35668196b78c9fa3c5cf1779db $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __VLC_MTIME_H +# define __VLC_MTIME_H 1 + +/***************************************************************************** + * LAST_MDATE: date which will never happen + ***************************************************************************** + * This date can be used as a 'never' date, to mark missing events in a function + * supposed to return a date, such as nothing to display in a function + * returning the date of the first image to be displayed. It can be used in + * comparaison with other values: all existing dates will be earlier. + *****************************************************************************/ +#define LAST_MDATE ((mtime_t)((uint64_t)(-1)/2)) + +/***************************************************************************** + * MSTRTIME_MAX_SIZE: maximum possible size of mstrtime + ***************************************************************************** + * This values is the maximal possible size of the string returned by the + * mstrtime() function, including '-' and the final '\0'. It should be used to + * allocate the buffer. + *****************************************************************************/ +#define MSTRTIME_MAX_SIZE 22 + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API char * secstotimestr( char *psz_buffer, int32_t secs ); + +/***************************************************************************** + * date_t: date incrementation without long-term rounding errors + *****************************************************************************/ +struct date_t +{ + mtime_t date; + uint32_t i_divider_num; + uint32_t i_divider_den; + uint32_t i_remainder; +}; + +VLC_API void date_Init( date_t *, uint32_t, uint32_t ); +VLC_API void date_Change( date_t *, uint32_t, uint32_t ); +VLC_API void date_Set( date_t *, mtime_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Get( const date_t * ); +VLC_API void date_Move( date_t *, mtime_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Increment( date_t *, uint32_t ); +VLC_API mtime_t date_Decrement( date_t *, uint32_t ); +VLC_API uint64_t NTPtime64( void ); +#endif /* !__VLC_MTIME_ */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_network.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_network.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..caa4dcc --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_network.h @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_network.h: interface to communicate with network plug-ins + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2005 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2006-2007 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 184c23acae9ddf2413b3df600523280a8f43975b $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_NETWORK_H +# define VLC_NETWORK_H + +/** + * \ingroup os + * \defgroup net Networking + * @{ + * \file + * Definitions for sockets and low-level networking + * \defgroup sockets Internet sockets + * @{ + */ + +#include +#include + +#if defined( _WIN32 ) +# define _NO_OLDNAMES 1 +# include +# include +# define net_errno (WSAGetLastError()) +# define net_Close(fd) ((void)closesocket((SOCKET)fd)) +# ifndef IPV6_V6ONLY +# define IPV6_V6ONLY 27 +# endif +#else +# include +# include +# include +# define net_errno errno +# define net_Close(fd) ((void)vlc_close(fd)) +#endif + +#ifndef MSG_NOSIGNAL +# define MSG_NOSIGNAL 0 +#endif + +/** + * Creates a socket file descriptor. + * + * This function creates a socket, similar to the standard socket() function. + * However, the new file descriptor has the close-on-exec flag set atomically, + * so as to avoid leaking the descriptor to child processes. + * + * The non-blocking flag can also optionally be set. + * + * @param pf protocol family + * @param type socket type + * @param proto network protocol + * @param nonblock true to create a non-blocking socket + * @return a new file descriptor or -1 on error + */ +VLC_API int vlc_socket(int pf, int type, int proto, bool nonblock) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Creates a pair of socket file descriptors. + * + * This function creates a pair of sockets that are mutually connected, + * much like the standard socketpair() function. However, the new file + * descriptors have the close-on-exec flag set atomically. + * See also vlc_socket(). + * + * @param pf protocol family + * @param type socket type + * @param proto network protocol + * @param nonblock true to create non-blocking sockets + * @retval 0 on success + * @retval -1 on failure + */ +VLC_API int vlc_socketpair(int pf, int type, int proto, int fds[2], + bool nonblock); + +struct sockaddr; + +/** + * Accepts an inbound connection request on a listening socket. + * + * This function creates a connected socket from a listening socket, much like + * the standard accept() function. However, the new file descriptor has the + * close-on-exec flag set atomically. See also vlc_socket(). + * + * @param lfd listening socket file descriptor + * @param addr pointer to the peer address or NULL [OUT] + * @param alen pointer to the length of the peer address or NULL [OUT] + * @param nonblock whether to put the new socket in non-blocking mode + * @return a new file descriptor or -1 on error + */ +VLC_API int vlc_accept(int lfd, struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t *alen, + bool nonblock) VLC_USED; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* Portable networking layer communication */ +int net_Socket (vlc_object_t *obj, int family, int socktype, int proto); + +VLC_API int net_Connect(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int socktype, int protocol); +#define net_Connect(a, b, c, d, e) net_Connect(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +VLC_API int * net_Listen(vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int socktype, int protocol); + +#define net_ListenTCP(a, b, c) net_Listen(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, \ + SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) + +static inline int net_ConnectTCP (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port) +{ + return net_Connect (obj, host, port, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP); +} +#define net_ConnectTCP(a, b, c) net_ConnectTCP(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +VLC_API int net_AcceptSingle(vlc_object_t *obj, int lfd); + +VLC_API int net_Accept( vlc_object_t *, int * ); +#define net_Accept(a, b) \ + net_Accept(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +VLC_API int net_ConnectDgram( vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_host, int i_port, int hlim, int proto ); +#define net_ConnectDgram(a, b, c, d, e ) \ + net_ConnectDgram(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e) + +static inline int net_ConnectUDP (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port, int hlim) +{ + return net_ConnectDgram (obj, host, port, hlim, IPPROTO_UDP); +} + +VLC_API int net_OpenDgram( vlc_object_t *p_this, const char *psz_bind, int i_bind, const char *psz_server, int i_server, int proto ); +#define net_OpenDgram( a, b, c, d, e, g ) \ + net_OpenDgram(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e, g) + +static inline int net_ListenUDP1 (vlc_object_t *obj, const char *host, int port) +{ + return net_OpenDgram (obj, host, port, NULL, 0, IPPROTO_UDP); +} + +VLC_API void net_ListenClose( int *fd ); + +int net_Subscribe (vlc_object_t *obj, int fd, const struct sockaddr *addr, + socklen_t addrlen); + +VLC_API int net_SetCSCov( int fd, int sendcov, int recvcov ); + +VLC_API ssize_t net_Read( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, void *p_data, size_t i_data ); +#define net_Read(a,b,c,d) net_Read(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) +VLC_API ssize_t net_Write( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const void *p_data, size_t i_data ); +#define net_Write(a,b,c,d) net_Write(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) +VLC_API char * net_Gets( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd ); +#define net_Gets(a,b) net_Gets(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + + +VLC_API ssize_t net_Printf( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const char *psz_fmt, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); +#define net_Printf(o,fd,...) net_Printf(VLC_OBJECT(o),fd, __VA_ARGS__) +VLC_API ssize_t net_vaPrintf( vlc_object_t *p_this, int fd, const char *psz_fmt, va_list args ); +#define net_vaPrintf(a,b,c,d) net_vaPrintf(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c,d) + +VLC_API int vlc_close(int); + +/** @} */ + +/* Portable network names/addresses resolution layer */ + +#define NI_MAXNUMERICHOST 64 + +#ifndef AI_NUMERICSERV +# define AI_NUMERICSERV 0 +#endif +#ifndef AI_IDN +# define AI_IDN 0 /* GNU/libc extension */ +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +# if !defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) || WINAPI_FAMILY != WINAPI_FAMILY_APP +# undef gai_strerror +# define gai_strerror gai_strerrorA +# endif +#endif + +VLC_API int vlc_getnameinfo( const struct sockaddr *, int, char *, int, int *, int ); +VLC_API int vlc_getaddrinfo (const char *, unsigned, + const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo **); +VLC_API int vlc_getaddrinfo_i11e(const char *, unsigned, + const struct addrinfo *, struct addrinfo **); + +static inline bool +net_SockAddrIsMulticast (const struct sockaddr *addr, socklen_t len) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef IN_MULTICAST + case AF_INET: + { + const struct sockaddr_in *v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)addr; + if ((size_t)len < sizeof (*v4)) + return false; + return IN_MULTICAST (ntohl (v4->sin_addr.s_addr)) != 0; + } +#endif + +#ifdef IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST + case AF_INET6: + { + const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr; + if ((size_t)len < sizeof (*v6)) + return false; + return IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST (&v6->sin6_addr) != 0; + } +#endif + } + + return false; +} + + +static inline int net_GetSockAddress( int fd, char *address, int *port ) +{ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; + socklen_t addrlen = sizeof( addr ); + + return getsockname( fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen ) + || vlc_getnameinfo( (struct sockaddr *)&addr, addrlen, address, + NI_MAXNUMERICHOST, port, NI_NUMERICHOST ) + ? VLC_EGENERIC : 0; +} + +static inline int net_GetPeerAddress( int fd, char *address, int *port ) +{ + struct sockaddr_storage addr; + socklen_t addrlen = sizeof( addr ); + + return getpeername( fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, &addrlen ) + || vlc_getnameinfo( (struct sockaddr *)&addr, addrlen, address, + NI_MAXNUMERICHOST, port, NI_NUMERICHOST ) + ? VLC_EGENERIC : 0; +} + +static inline uint16_t net_GetPort (const struct sockaddr *addr) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef AF_INET6 + case AF_INET6: + return ((const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_port; +#endif + case AF_INET: + return ((const struct sockaddr_in *)addr)->sin_port; + } + return 0; +} + +static inline void net_SetPort (struct sockaddr *addr, uint16_t port) +{ + switch (addr->sa_family) + { +#ifdef AF_INET6 + case AF_INET6: + ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_port = port; + break; +#endif + case AF_INET: + ((struct sockaddr_in *)addr)->sin_port = port; + break; + } +} + +VLC_API char *vlc_getProxyUrl(const char *); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +/** @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_objects.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_objects.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53a65dc --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_objects.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_objects.h: vlc_object_t definition and manipulation methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 4a2814187a5cc68b0e65d6dce3dd4a0d9e8fbe59 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * \defgroup vlc_object VLC objects + * @{ + * \file + * Common VLC object defintions + */ + +/* Object flags */ +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_QUIET 0x0002 +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_NOINTERACT 0x0004 +#define OBJECT_FLAGS_INSECURE 0x1000 /* VLC 3.0 only, will be removed */ + +/***************************************************************************** + * The vlc_object_t type. Yes, it's that simple :-) + *****************************************************************************/ +/** The main vlc_object_t structure */ +struct vlc_object_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void *vlc_object_create( vlc_object_t *, size_t ) VLC_MALLOC VLC_USED; +VLC_API vlc_object_t *vlc_object_find_name( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED VLC_DEPRECATED; +VLC_API void * vlc_object_hold( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API void vlc_object_release( vlc_object_t * ); +VLC_API vlc_list_t *vlc_list_children( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_list_release( vlc_list_t * ); +VLC_API char *vlc_object_get_name( const vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_object_get_name(o) vlc_object_get_name(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +#define vlc_object_create(a,b) vlc_object_create( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +#define vlc_object_find_name(a,b) \ + vlc_object_find_name( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +#define vlc_object_hold(a) \ + vlc_object_hold( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +#define vlc_object_release(a) \ + vlc_object_release( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +#define vlc_list_children(a) \ + vlc_list_children( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) + +VLC_API VLC_MALLOC void *vlc_obj_malloc(vlc_object_t *, size_t); +VLC_API VLC_MALLOC void *vlc_obj_calloc(vlc_object_t *, size_t, size_t); +VLC_API void vlc_obj_free(vlc_object_t *, void *); + +/** @} */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_opengl.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_opengl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fdebfeb --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_opengl.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_opengl.h: VLC GL API + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * Copyright (C) 2011 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_GL_H +#define VLC_GL_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines GL structures and functions. + */ + +struct vout_window_t; +struct vout_window_cfg_t; + +/** + * A VLC GL context (and its underlying surface) + */ +typedef struct vlc_gl_t vlc_gl_t; + +struct vlc_gl_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + struct vout_window_t *surface; + module_t *module; + void *sys; + + int (*makeCurrent)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*releaseCurrent)(vlc_gl_t *); + void (*resize)(vlc_gl_t *, unsigned, unsigned); + void (*swap)(vlc_gl_t *); + void*(*getProcAddress)(vlc_gl_t *, const char *); + + enum { + VLC_GL_EXT_DEFAULT, + VLC_GL_EXT_EGL, + VLC_GL_EXT_WGL, + } ext; + + union { + /* if ext == VLC_GL_EXT_EGL */ + struct { + /* call eglQueryString() with current display */ + const char *(*queryString)(vlc_gl_t *, int32_t name); + /* call eglCreateImageKHR() with current display and context, can + * be NULL */ + void *(*createImageKHR)(vlc_gl_t *, unsigned target, void *buffer, + const int32_t *attrib_list); + /* call eglDestroyImageKHR() with current display, can be NULL */ + bool (*destroyImageKHR)(vlc_gl_t *, void *image); + } egl; + /* if ext == VLC_GL_EXT_WGL */ + struct + { + const char *(*getExtensionsString)(vlc_gl_t *); + } wgl; + }; +}; + +enum { + VLC_OPENGL, + VLC_OPENGL_ES2, +}; + +VLC_API vlc_gl_t *vlc_gl_Create(struct vout_window_t *, unsigned, const char *) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void vlc_gl_Release(vlc_gl_t *); +VLC_API void vlc_gl_Hold(vlc_gl_t *); + +static inline int vlc_gl_MakeCurrent(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + return gl->makeCurrent(gl); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_ReleaseCurrent(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + gl->releaseCurrent(gl); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_Resize(vlc_gl_t *gl, unsigned w, unsigned h) +{ + if (gl->resize != NULL) + gl->resize(gl, w, h); +} + +static inline void vlc_gl_Swap(vlc_gl_t *gl) +{ + gl->swap(gl); +} + +static inline void *vlc_gl_GetProcAddress(vlc_gl_t *gl, const char *name) +{ + return (gl->getProcAddress != NULL) ? gl->getProcAddress(gl, name) : NULL; +} + +VLC_API vlc_gl_t *vlc_gl_surface_Create(vlc_object_t *, + const struct vout_window_cfg_t *, + struct vout_window_t **) VLC_USED; +VLC_API bool vlc_gl_surface_CheckSize(vlc_gl_t *, unsigned *w, unsigned *h); +VLC_API void vlc_gl_surface_Destroy(vlc_gl_t *); + +#endif /* VLC_GL_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb35adc --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture.h @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture.h: picture definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 74f156fbbd6e6a4479754c0e79fbd5374a4a1e2e $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** Description of a planar graphic field */ +typedef struct plane_t +{ + uint8_t *p_pixels; /**< Start of the plane's data */ + + /* Variables used for fast memcpy operations */ + int i_lines; /**< Number of lines, including margins */ + int i_pitch; /**< Number of bytes in a line, including margins */ + + /** Size of a macropixel, defaults to 1 */ + int i_pixel_pitch; + + /* Variables used for pictures with margins */ + int i_visible_lines; /**< How many visible lines are there ? */ + int i_visible_pitch; /**< How many visible pixels are there ? */ + +} plane_t; + +/** + * Maximum number of plane for a picture + */ +#define PICTURE_PLANE_MAX (VOUT_MAX_PLANES) + +typedef struct picture_context_t +{ + void (*destroy)(struct picture_context_t *); + struct picture_context_t *(*copy)(struct picture_context_t *); +} picture_context_t; + +/** + * Video picture + */ +struct picture_t +{ + /** + * The properties of the picture + */ + video_frame_format_t format; + + plane_t p[PICTURE_PLANE_MAX]; /**< description of the planes */ + int i_planes; /**< number of allocated planes */ + + /** \name Picture management properties + * These properties can be modified using the video output thread API, + * but should never be written directly */ + /**@{*/ + mtime_t date; /**< display date */ + bool b_force; + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Picture dynamic properties + * Those properties can be changed by the decoder + * @{ + */ + bool b_progressive; /**< is it a progressive frame ? */ + bool b_top_field_first; /**< which field is first */ + unsigned int i_nb_fields; /**< # of displayed fields */ + picture_context_t *context; /**< video format-specific data pointer */ + /**@}*/ + + /** Private data - the video output plugin might want to put stuff here to + * keep track of the picture */ + picture_sys_t * p_sys; + + /** Next picture in a FIFO a pictures */ + struct picture_t *p_next; +}; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture. + * The picture created will implement a default release management compatible + * with picture_Hold and picture_Release. This default management will release + * p_sys, gc.p_sys fields if non NULL. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_New( vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma, int i_width, int i_height, int i_sar_num, int i_sar_den ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture using the given format. + * + * When possible, it is preferred to use this function over picture_New + * as more information about the format is kept. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_NewFromFormat( const video_format_t *p_fmt ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Resource for a picture. + */ +typedef struct +{ + picture_sys_t *p_sys; + void (*pf_destroy)(picture_t *); + + /* Plane resources + * XXX all fields MUST be set to the right value. + */ + struct + { + uint8_t *p_pixels; /**< Start of the plane's data */ + int i_lines; /**< Number of lines, including margins */ + int i_pitch; /**< Number of bytes in a line, including margins */ + } p[PICTURE_PLANE_MAX]; + +} picture_resource_t; + +/** + * This function will create a new picture using the provided resource. + * + * If the resource is NULL then a plain picture_NewFromFormat is returned. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_NewFromResource( const video_format_t *, const picture_resource_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * This function will increase the picture reference count. + * It will not have any effect on picture obtained from vout + * + * It returns the given picture for convenience. + */ +VLC_API picture_t *picture_Hold( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will release a picture. + * It will not have any effect on picture obtained from vout + */ +VLC_API void picture_Release( picture_t *p_picture ); + +/** + * This function will copy all picture dynamic properties. + */ +VLC_API void picture_CopyProperties( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will reset a picture information (properties and quantizers). + * It is sometimes useful for reusing pictures (like from a pool). + */ +VLC_API void picture_Reset( picture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will copy the picture pixels. + * You can safely copy between pictures that do not have the same size, + * only the compatible(smaller) part will be copied. + */ +VLC_API void picture_CopyPixels( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); +VLC_API void plane_CopyPixels( plane_t *p_dst, const plane_t *p_src ); + +/** + * This function will copy both picture dynamic properties and pixels. + * You have to notice that sometime a simple picture_Hold may do what + * you want without the copy overhead. + * Provided for convenience. + * + * \param p_dst pointer to the destination picture. + * \param p_src pointer to the source picture. + */ +VLC_API void picture_Copy( picture_t *p_dst, const picture_t *p_src ); + +/** + * Perform a shallow picture copy + * + * This function makes a shallow copy of an existing picture. The same planes + * and resources will be used, and the cloned picture reference count will be + * incremented. + * + * \return A clone picture on success, NULL on error. + */ +VLC_API picture_t *picture_Clone(picture_t *pic); + +/** + * This function will export a picture to an encoded bitstream. + * + * pp_image will contain the encoded bitstream in psz_format format. + * + * p_fmt can be NULL otherwise it will be set with the format used for the + * picture before encoding. + * + * i_override_width/height allow to override the width and/or the height of the + * picture to be encoded: + * - if strictly lower than 0, the original dimension will be used. + * - if equal to 0, it will be deduced from the other dimension which must be + * different to 0. + * - if strictly higher than 0, it will override the dimension. + * If at most one of them is > 0 then the picture aspect ratio will be kept. + */ +VLC_API int picture_Export( vlc_object_t *p_obj, block_t **pp_image, video_format_t *p_fmt, picture_t *p_picture, vlc_fourcc_t i_format, int i_override_width, int i_override_height ); + +/** + * This function will setup all fields of a picture_t without allocating any + * memory. + * XXX The memory must already be initialized. + * It does not need to be released. + * + * It will return VLC_EGENERIC if the core does not understand the requested + * format. + * + * It can be useful to get the properties of planes. + */ +VLC_API int picture_Setup( picture_t *, const video_format_t * ); + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Shortcuts to access image components + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Plane indices */ +enum +{ + Y_PLANE = 0, + U_PLANE = 1, + V_PLANE = 2, + A_PLANE = 3, +}; + +/* Shortcuts */ +#define Y_PIXELS p[Y_PLANE].p_pixels +#define Y_PITCH p[Y_PLANE].i_pitch +#define U_PIXELS p[U_PLANE].p_pixels +#define U_PITCH p[U_PLANE].i_pitch +#define V_PIXELS p[V_PLANE].p_pixels +#define V_PITCH p[V_PLANE].i_pitch +#define A_PIXELS p[A_PLANE].p_pixels +#define A_PITCH p[A_PLANE].i_pitch + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d337a3b --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture_fifo.h: picture fifo definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 73d1b20c279f628cf94bc7cfc83b2548878bcc07 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture fifo structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * Picture fifo handle + * + * It is thread safe (push/pop). + */ +typedef struct picture_fifo_t picture_fifo_t; + +/** + * It creates an empty picture_fifo_t. + */ +VLC_API picture_fifo_t * picture_fifo_New( void ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It destroys a fifo created by picture_fifo_New. + * + * All pictures inside the fifo will be released by picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Delete( picture_fifo_t * ); + +/** + * It retreives a picture_t from the fifo. + * + * If the fifo is empty, it return NULL without waiting. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_fifo_Pop( picture_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It returns the first picture_t pointer from the fifo but does not + * remove it. The picture returned has been hold for you so you + * must call picture_Release on it. + * + * If the fifo is empty, it return NULL without waiting. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_fifo_Peek( picture_fifo_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * It saves a picture_t into the fifo. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Push( picture_fifo_t *, picture_t * ); + +/** + * It release all picture inside the fifo that have a lower or equal date + * if flush_before or higher or equal to if not flush_before than the given one. + * + * All pictures inside the fifo will be released by picture_Release. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_Flush( picture_fifo_t *, mtime_t date, bool flush_before ); + +/** + * It applies a delta on all the picture timestamp. + */ +VLC_API void picture_fifo_OffsetDate( picture_fifo_t *, mtime_t delta ); + + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_FIFO_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73f3f6c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_picture_pool.h @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_picture_pool.h: picture pool definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 8b04370bfb320749eec6bcf09aaf0ba76b78058f $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H +#define VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines picture pool structures and functions in vlc + */ + +#include + +/** + * Picture pool handle + */ +typedef struct picture_pool_t picture_pool_t; + +/** + * Picture pool configuration + */ +typedef struct { + unsigned picture_count; + picture_t *const *picture; + + int (*lock)(picture_t *); + void (*unlock)(picture_t *); +} picture_pool_configuration_t; + +/** + * Creates a pool of preallocated pictures. Free pictures can be allocated from + * the pool, and are returned to the pool when they are no longer referenced. + * + * This avoids allocating and deallocationg pictures repeatedly, and ensures + * that memory consumption remains within limits. + * + * To obtain a picture from the pool, use picture_pool_Get(). To increase and + * decrease the reference count, use picture_Hold() and picture_Release() + * respectively. + * + * If defined, picture_pool_configuration_t::lock will be called before + * a picture is used, and picture_pool_configuration_t::unlock will be called + * as soon as a picture is returned to the pool. + * Those callbacks can modify picture_t::p and access picture_t::p_sys. + * + * @return A pointer to the new pool on success, or NULL on error + * (pictures are not released on error). + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_NewExtended( const picture_pool_configuration_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Creates a picture pool with pictures in a given array. + * This is a convenience wrapper for picture_pool_NewExtended() without the + * lock and unlock callbacks. + * + * @param count number of pictures in the array + * @param tab array of pictures + * + * @return a pointer to the new pool on success, or NULL on error + * (pictures are not released on error) + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_New(unsigned count, + picture_t *const *tab) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Allocates pictures from the heap and creates a picture pool with them. + * This is a convenience wrapper for picture_NewFromFormat() and + * picture_pool_New(). + * + * @param fmt video format of pictures to allocate from the heap + * @param count number of pictures to allocate + * + * @return a pointer to the new pool on success, NULL on error + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_NewFromFormat(const video_format_t *fmt, + unsigned count) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Releases a pool created by picture_pool_NewExtended(), picture_pool_New() + * or picture_pool_NewFromFormat(). + * + * @note If there are no pending references to the pooled pictures, and the + * picture_resource_t.pf_destroy callback was not NULL, it will be invoked. + * Otherwise the default callback will be used. + * + * @warning If there are pending references (a.k.a. late pictures), the + * pictures will remain valid until the all pending references are dropped by + * picture_Release(). + */ +VLC_API void picture_pool_Release( picture_pool_t * ); + +/** + * Obtains a picture from a pool if any is immediately available. + * + * The picture must be released with picture_Release(). + * + * @return a picture, or NULL if all pictures in the pool are allocated + * + * @note This function is thread-safe. + */ +VLC_API picture_t * picture_pool_Get( picture_pool_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Obtains a picture from a pool. + * + * The picture must be released with picture_Release(). + * + * @return a picture or NULL on memory error + * + * @note This function is thread-safe. + */ +VLC_API picture_t *picture_pool_Wait(picture_pool_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Enumerates all pictures in a pool, both free and allocated. + * + * @param cb callback to invoke once for each picture + * @param data opaque data parameter for the callback (first argument) + * + * @note Allocated pictures may be accessed asynchronously by other threads. + * Therefore, only read-only picture parameters can be read by the callback, + * typically picture_t.p_sys. + * Provided those rules are respected, the function is thread-safe. + */ +VLC_API void picture_pool_Enum( picture_pool_t *, + void (*cb)(void *, picture_t *), void *data ); + +/** + * Cancel the picture pool. + * + * It won't return any pictures via picture_pool_Get or picture_pool_Wait if + * canceled is true. This function will also unblock picture_pool_Wait. + * picture_pool_Reset will also reset the cancel state to false. + */ +void picture_pool_Cancel( picture_pool_t *, bool canceled ); + +/** + * Test if a picture belongs to the picture pool + * + * FIXME: remove this function when the vout_PutPicture() hack is fixed. + */ +bool picture_pool_OwnsPic( picture_pool_t *, picture_t *); + +/** + * Reserves pictures from a pool and creates a new pool with those. + * + * When the new pool is released, pictures are returned to the master pool. + * If the master pool was already released, pictures will be destroyed. + * + * @param count number of picture to reserve + * + * @return the new pool, or NULL if there were not enough pictures available + * or on error + * + * @note This function is thread-safe (but it might return NULL if other + * threads have already allocated too many pictures). + */ +VLC_API picture_pool_t * picture_pool_Reserve(picture_pool_t *, unsigned count) +VLC_USED; + +/** + * @return the total number of pictures in the given pool + * @note This function is thread-safe. + */ +VLC_API unsigned picture_pool_GetSize(const picture_pool_t *); + + +#endif /* VLC_PICTURE_POOL_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_playlist.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_playlist.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e19d4b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_playlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,443 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_playlist.h : Playlist functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 9498e622cac22fc9c70cb4b298cca02722092d2e $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PLAYLIST_H_ +#define VLC_PLAYLIST_H_ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +#include +#include + +TYPEDEF_ARRAY(playlist_item_t*, playlist_item_array_t) + +struct intf_thread_t; + +/** + * \defgroup playlist VLC playlist + * VLC playlist controls + * @{ + * \file + * VLC playlist control interface + * + * The VLC playlist system has a tree structure. This allows advanced + * categorization, like for SAP streams (which are grouped by "sap groups"). + * + * The base structure for all playlist operations is the playlist_item_t. + * This is essentially a node within the playlist tree. Each playlist item + * references an input_item_t which contains the input stream info, such as + * location, name and meta-data. + * + * A playlist item is uniquely identified by its input item: + * \ref playlist_ItemGetByInput(). A single input item cannot be used by more + * than one playlist item at a time; if necessary, a copy of the input item can + * be made instead. + * + * The same playlist tree is visible to all user interfaces. To arbitrate + * access, a lock is used, see \ref playlist_Lock() and \ref playlist_Unlock(). + * + * Under the playlist root item node, the top-level items are the main + * media sources and include: + * - the actual playlist, + * - the media library, + * - the service discovery root node, whose children are services discovery + * module instances. + * + * So, here is an example: + * \verbatim + * Inputs array + * - input 1 -> name = foo 1 uri = ... + * - input 2 -> name = foo 2 uri = ... + * + * Playlist items tree + * - playlist (id 1) + * - category 1 (id 2) + * - foo 2 (id 6 - input 2) + * - media library (id 2) + * - foo 1 (id 5 - input 1) + * \endverbatim + * + * Sometimes, an item creates subitems. This happens for the directory access + * for example. In that case, if the item is under the "playlist" top-level + * item and playlist is configured to be flat then the item will be deleted and + * replaced with new subitems. If the item is under another top-level item, it + * will be transformed to a node and removed from the list of all items without + * nodes. + * + * For "standard" item addition, you can use playlist_Add(), playlist_AddExt() + * (more options) or playlist_AddInput() if you already created your input + * item. This will add the item at the root of "Playlist" or of "Media library" + * in each of the two trees. + * + * You can create nodes with playlist_NodeCreate() and can create items from + * existing input items to be placed under any node with + * playlist_NodeAddInput(). + * + * To delete an item, use playlist_NodeDelete( p_item ). + * + * The playlist defines the following event variables: + * + * - "item-change": It will contain a pointer to the input_item_t of a + * changed input item monitored by the playlist. + * + * - "playlist-item-append": It will contain a pointer to a playlist_item_t. + * - "playlist-item-deleted": It will contain a pointer to the playlist_item_t + * about to be deleted. + * + * - "leaf-to-parent": It will contain the playlist_item_t->i_id of an item that is transformed + * into a node. + * + * The playlist contains rate-variable which is propagated to current input if + * available also rate-slower/rate-faster is in use. + */ + +/** Helper structure to export to file part of the playlist */ +typedef struct playlist_export_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + char *base_url; + FILE *p_file; + playlist_item_t *p_root; +} playlist_export_t; + +/** playlist item / node */ +struct playlist_item_t +{ + input_item_t *p_input; /**< Linked input item */ + + playlist_item_t **pp_children; /**< Children nodes/items */ + playlist_item_t *p_parent; /**< Item parent */ + int i_children; /**< Number of children, -1 if not a node */ + unsigned i_nb_played; /**< Times played */ + + int i_id; /**< Playlist item specific id */ + uint8_t i_flags; /**< Flags \see playlist_item_flags_e */ +}; + +typedef enum { + PLAYLIST_DBL_FLAG = 0x04, /**< Is it disabled ? */ + PLAYLIST_RO_FLAG = 0x08, /**< Write-enabled ? */ + PLAYLIST_SUBITEM_STOP_FLAG = 0x40, /**< Must playlist stop if the item gets subitems ?*/ + PLAYLIST_NO_INHERIT_FLAG = 0x80, /**< Will children inherit flags the R/O flag ? */ +} playlist_item_flags_e; + +/** Playlist status */ +typedef enum +{ PLAYLIST_STOPPED,PLAYLIST_RUNNING,PLAYLIST_PAUSED } playlist_status_t; + +/** Structure containing information about the playlist */ +struct playlist_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + playlist_item_array_t items; /**< Arrays of items */ + + playlist_item_array_t current; /**< Items currently being played */ + int i_current_index; /**< Index in current array */ + + /* Predefined items */ + playlist_item_t root; + playlist_item_t *p_playing; + playlist_item_t *p_media_library; +}; + +/* A bit of macro magic to generate an enum out of the following list, + * and later, to generate a list of static functions out of the same list. + * There is also SORT_RANDOM, which is always last and handled specially. + */ +#define VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS \ + DEF( SORT_ID )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE_NODES_FIRST )\ + DEF( SORT_ARTIST )\ + DEF( SORT_GENRE )\ + DEF( SORT_DURATION )\ + DEF( SORT_TITLE_NUMERIC )\ + DEF( SORT_ALBUM )\ + DEF( SORT_TRACK_NUMBER )\ + DEF( SORT_DESCRIPTION )\ + DEF( SORT_RATING )\ + DEF( SORT_URI )\ + DEF( SORT_DISC_NUMBER )\ + DEF( SORT_DATE ) + +#define DEF( s ) s, +enum +{ + VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS + SORT_RANDOM, + NUM_SORT_FNS=SORT_RANDOM +}; +#undef DEF +#ifndef VLC_INTERNAL_PLAYLIST_SORT_FUNCTIONS +#undef VLC_DEFINE_SORT_FUNCTIONS +#endif + +enum +{ + ORDER_NORMAL = 0, + ORDER_REVERSE = 1, +}; + +#define PLAYLIST_END -1 + +enum pl_locked_state +{ + pl_Locked = true, + pl_Unlocked = false +}; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Helpers */ +#define PL_LOCK playlist_Lock( p_playlist ) +#define PL_UNLOCK playlist_Unlock( p_playlist ) +#define PL_ASSERT_LOCKED playlist_AssertLocked( p_playlist ) + +/** Playlist commands */ +enum { + PLAYLIST_PLAY, /**< No arg. res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_VIEWPLAY, /**< arg1= playlist_item_t*,*/ + /** arg2 = playlist_item_t* , res=can fail */ + PLAYLIST_TOGGLE_PAUSE, /**< No arg res=can fail */ + PLAYLIST_STOP, /**< No arg res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_SKIP, /**< arg1=int, res=can fail*/ + PLAYLIST_PAUSE, /**< No arg */ + PLAYLIST_RESUME, /**< No arg */ +}; + +#define playlist_Play(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_PLAY, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_TogglePause(p) \ + playlist_Control(p, PLAYLIST_TOGGLE_PAUSE, pl_Unlocked) +#define playlist_Stop(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_STOP, pl_Unlocked ) +#define playlist_Next(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, 1) +#define playlist_Prev(p) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, -1) +#define playlist_Skip(p,i) playlist_Control(p,PLAYLIST_SKIP, pl_Unlocked, (i) ) +#define playlist_Pause(p) \ + playlist_Control(p, PLAYLIST_PAUSE, pl_Unlocked) +#define playlist_Resume(p) \ + playlist_Control(p, PLAYLIST_RESUME, pl_Unlocked) + +/** + * Locks the playlist. + * + * This function locks the playlist. While the playlist is locked, no other + * thread can modify the playlist tree layout or current playing item and node. + * + * Locking the playlist is necessary before accessing, either for reading or + * writing, any playlist item. + * + * \note Because of the potential for lock inversion / deadlocks, locking the + * playlist shall not be attemped while holding an input item lock. An input + * item lock can be acquired while holding the playlist lock. + * + * While holding the playlist lock, a thread shall not attempt to: + * - probe, initialize or deinitialize a module or a plugin, + * - install or deinstall a variable or event callback, + * - set a variable or trigger a variable callback, with the sole exception + * of the playlist core triggering add/remove/leaf item callbacks, + * - invoke a module/plugin callback other than: + * - playlist export, + * - logger message callback. + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Lock( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Unlocks the playlist. + * + * This function unlocks the playlist, allowing other threads to lock it. The + * calling thread must have called playlist_Lock() before. + * + * This function invalidates all or any playlist item pointers. + * There are no ways to ensure that playlist items are not modified or deleted + * by another thread past this function call. + * + * To retain a reference to a playlist item while not holding the playlist + * lock, a thread should take a reference to the input item within the + * playlist item before unlocking. If this is not practical, then the thread + * can store the playlist item ID (i_id) before unlocking. + * Either way, this will not ensure that the playlist item is not deleted, so + * the thread must be ready to handle that case later when calling + * playlist_ItemGetByInput() or playlist_ItemGetById(). + * + * Furthermore, if ID is used, then the playlist item might be deleted, and + * another item could be assigned the same ID. To avoid that problem, use + * the input item instead of the ID. + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Unlock( playlist_t * ); + +VLC_API void playlist_AssertLocked( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API void playlist_Deactivate( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Do a playlist action. + * If there is something in the playlist then you can do playlist actions. + * Possible queries are listed in vlc_common.h + * \param p_playlist the playlist to do the command on + * \param i_query the command to do + * \param b_locked TRUE if playlist is locked when entering this function + * \param variable number of arguments + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Control( playlist_t *p_playlist, int i_query, int b_locked, ... ); + +static inline void playlist_ViewPlay(playlist_t *pl, playlist_item_t *node, + playlist_item_t *item) +{ + playlist_Control(pl, PLAYLIST_VIEWPLAY, pl_Locked, node, item); +} + +/** Get current playing input. The object is retained. + */ +VLC_API input_thread_t * playlist_CurrentInput( playlist_t *p_playlist ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API input_thread_t *playlist_CurrentInputLocked( playlist_t *p_playlist ) VLC_USED; + +/** Get the duration of all items in a node. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t playlist_GetNodeDuration( playlist_item_t * ); + +/** Clear the playlist + * \param b_locked TRUE if playlist is locked when entering this function + */ +VLC_API void playlist_Clear( playlist_t *, bool ); + +/* Playlist sorting */ +VLC_API int playlist_TreeMove( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_TreeMoveMany( playlist_t *, int, playlist_item_t **, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_RecursiveNodeSort( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *,int, int ); + +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_CurrentPlayingItem( playlist_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API int playlist_Status( playlist_t * ); + +/** + * Export a node of the playlist to a certain type of playlistfile + * \param b_playlist true for the playlist, false for the media library + * \param psz_filename the location where the exported file will be saved + * \param psz_type the type of playlist file to create (m3u, pls, ..) + * \return VLC_SUCCESS on success + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Export( playlist_t *p_playlist, const char *psz_name, + bool b_playlist, const char *psz_type ); + +/** + * Open a playlist file, add its content to the current playlist + */ +VLC_API int playlist_Import( playlist_t *p_playlist, const char *psz_file ); + +/********************** Services discovery ***********************/ + +/** Add a service discovery module */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryAdd(playlist_t *, const char *); +/** Remove a services discovery module by name */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryRemove(playlist_t *, const char *); +/** Check whether a given SD is loaded */ +VLC_API bool playlist_IsServicesDiscoveryLoaded( playlist_t *,const char *) VLC_DEPRECATED; +/** Query a services discovery */ +VLC_API int playlist_ServicesDiscoveryControl( playlist_t *, const char *, int, ... ); + +/********************** Renderer ***********************/ +/** + * Sets a renderer or remove the current one + * @param p_item The renderer item to be used, or NULL to disable the current + * one. If a renderer is provided, its reference count will be + * incremented. + */ +VLC_API int playlist_SetRenderer( playlist_t* p_pl, vlc_renderer_item_t* p_item ); + + +/******************************************************** + * Item management + ********************************************************/ + +/******************** Item addition ********************/ +VLC_API int playlist_Add( playlist_t *, const char *, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_AddExt( playlist_t *, const char *, const char *, bool, int, const char *const *, unsigned, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_AddInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, bool, bool ); +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_NodeAddInput( playlist_t *, input_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); +VLC_API int playlist_NodeAddCopy( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, playlist_item_t *, int ); + +/********************************** Item search *************************/ +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ItemGetById(playlist_t *, int ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API playlist_item_t *playlist_ItemGetByInput(playlist_t *, + const input_item_t * ) +VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int playlist_LiveSearchUpdate(playlist_t *, playlist_item_t *, const char *, bool ); + +/******************************************************** + * Tree management + ********************************************************/ +/* Node management */ +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_NodeCreate( playlist_t *, const char *, playlist_item_t * p_parent, int i_pos, int i_flags ); +VLC_API playlist_item_t * playlist_ChildSearchName(playlist_item_t*, const char* ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void playlist_NodeDelete( playlist_t *, playlist_item_t * ); + +/************************** + * Audio output management + **************************/ + +VLC_API audio_output_t *playlist_GetAout( playlist_t * ); + +VLC_API float playlist_VolumeGet( playlist_t * ); +VLC_API int playlist_VolumeSet( playlist_t *, float ); +VLC_API int playlist_VolumeUp( playlist_t *, int, float * ); +#define playlist_VolumeDown(a, b, c) playlist_VolumeUp(a, -(b), c) +VLC_API int playlist_MuteSet( playlist_t *, bool ); +VLC_API int playlist_MuteGet( playlist_t * ); + +static inline int playlist_MuteToggle( playlist_t *pl ) +{ + int val = playlist_MuteGet( pl ); + if (val >= 0) + val = playlist_MuteSet( pl, !val ); + return val; +} + +VLC_API void playlist_EnableAudioFilter( playlist_t *, const char *, bool ); + +/*********************************************************************** + * Inline functions + ***********************************************************************/ +/** Tell if the playlist is empty */ +static inline bool playlist_IsEmpty( playlist_t *p_playlist ) +{ + PL_ASSERT_LOCKED; + return p_playlist->items.i_size == 0; +} + +/** Tell the number of items in the current playing context */ +static inline int playlist_CurrentSize( playlist_t *p_playlist ) +{ + PL_ASSERT_LOCKED; + return p_playlist->current.i_size; +} + +/** @} */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_plugin.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_plugin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce28562 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_plugin.h @@ -0,0 +1,557 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_plugin.h : Macros used from within a module. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2001-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2007-2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef LIBVLC_MODULES_MACROS_H +# define LIBVLC_MODULES_MACROS_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file implements plugin (module) macros used to define a vlc module. + */ + +enum vlc_module_properties +{ + VLC_MODULE_CREATE, + VLC_CONFIG_CREATE, + + /* DO NOT EVER REMOVE, INSERT OR REPLACE ANY ITEM! It would break the ABI! + * Append new items at the end ONLY. */ + VLC_MODULE_CPU_REQUIREMENT=0x100, + VLC_MODULE_SHORTCUT, + VLC_MODULE_CAPABILITY, + VLC_MODULE_SCORE, + VLC_MODULE_CB_OPEN, + VLC_MODULE_CB_CLOSE, + VLC_MODULE_NO_UNLOAD, + VLC_MODULE_NAME, + VLC_MODULE_SHORTNAME, + VLC_MODULE_DESCRIPTION, + VLC_MODULE_HELP, + VLC_MODULE_TEXTDOMAIN, + /* Insert new VLC_MODULE_* here */ + + /* DO NOT EVER REMOVE, INSERT OR REPLACE ANY ITEM! It would break the ABI! + * Append new items at the end ONLY. */ + VLC_CONFIG_NAME=0x1000, + /* command line name (args=const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, + /* actual value (args=int64_t/double/const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, + /* minimum value (args=int64_t/double/const char * twice) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_ADVANCED, + /* enable advanced flag (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_VOLATILE, + /* don't write variable to storage (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_PERSISTENT_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_PRIVATE, + /* hide from user (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_REMOVED, + /* tag as no longer supported (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, + /* capability for a module or list thereof (args=const char*) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_SHORTCUT, + /* one-character (short) command line option name (args=char) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_OLDNAME_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_SAFE, + /* tag as modifiable by untrusted input item "sources" (args=none) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_DESC, + /* description (args=const char *, const char *, const char *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_ADD_ACTION_OBSOLETE, + /* unused (ignored) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST, + /* list of suggested values + * (args=size_t, const *, const char *const *) */ + + VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, + /* callback for suggested values + * (args=const char *, size_t (*)(vlc_object_t *, **, char ***)) */ + + /* Insert new VLC_CONFIG_* here */ +}; + +/* Configuration hint types */ +#define CONFIG_HINT_CATEGORY 0x02 /* Start of new category */ +#define CONFIG_HINT_USAGE 0x05 /* Usage information */ + +#define CONFIG_CATEGORY 0x06 /* Set category */ +#define CONFIG_SUBCATEGORY 0x07 /* Set subcategory */ +#define CONFIG_SECTION 0x08 /* Start of new section */ + +/* Configuration item types */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT 0x20 /* Float option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER 0x40 /* Integer option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_RGB 0x41 /* RGB color option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL 0x60 /* Bool option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_STRING 0x80 /* String option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_PASSWORD 0x81 /* Password option (*) */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_KEY 0x82 /* Hot key option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE 0x84 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_CAT 0x85 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST 0x86 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST_CAT 0x87 /* Module option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_LOADFILE 0x8C /* Read file option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_SAVEFILE 0x8D /* Written file option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_DIRECTORY 0x8E /* Directory option */ +#define CONFIG_ITEM_FONT 0x8F /* Font option */ + +#define CONFIG_ITEM(x) (((x) & ~0xF) != 0) + +/* Categories and subcategories */ +#define CAT_INTERFACE 1 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_GENERAL 101 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_MAIN 102 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_CONTROL 103 +#define SUBCAT_INTERFACE_HOTKEYS 104 + +#define CAT_AUDIO 2 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_GENERAL 201 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_AOUT 202 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_AFILTER 203 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_VISUAL 204 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_MISC 205 +#define SUBCAT_AUDIO_RESAMPLER 206 + +#define CAT_VIDEO 3 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_GENERAL 301 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_VOUT 302 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_VFILTER 303 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_SUBPIC 305 +#define SUBCAT_VIDEO_SPLITTER 306 + +#define CAT_INPUT 4 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_GENERAL 401 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_ACCESS 402 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_DEMUX 403 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_VCODEC 404 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_ACODEC 405 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_SCODEC 406 +#define SUBCAT_INPUT_STREAM_FILTER 407 + +#define CAT_SOUT 5 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_GENERAL 501 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_STREAM 502 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_MUX 503 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_ACO 504 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_PACKETIZER 505 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_VOD 507 +#define SUBCAT_SOUT_RENDERER 508 + +#define CAT_ADVANCED 6 +#define SUBCAT_ADVANCED_MISC 602 +#define SUBCAT_ADVANCED_NETWORK 603 + +#define CAT_PLAYLIST 7 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_GENERAL 701 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_SD 702 +#define SUBCAT_PLAYLIST_EXPORT 703 + + +/** + * Current plugin ABI version + */ +# define MODULE_SYMBOL 3_0_0f +# define MODULE_SUFFIX "__3_0_0f" + +/***************************************************************************** + * Add a few defines. You do not want to read this section. Really. + *****************************************************************************/ + +/* Explanation: + * + * if linking a module statically, we will need: + * #define MODULE_FUNC( zog ) module_foo_zog + * + * this can't easily be done with the C preprocessor, thus a few ugly hacks. + */ + +/* I need to do _this_ to change « foo bar » to « module_foo_bar » ! */ +#define CONCATENATE( y, z ) CRUDE_HACK( y, z ) +#define CRUDE_HACK( y, z ) y##__##z + +/* If the module is built-in, then we need to define foo_InitModule instead + * of InitModule. Same for Activate- and DeactivateModule. */ +#ifdef __PLUGIN__ +# define __VLC_SYMBOL( symbol ) CONCATENATE( symbol, MODULE_SYMBOL ) +# define VLC_MODULE_NAME_HIDDEN_SYMBOL \ + const char vlc_module_name[] = MODULE_STRING; +#else +# define __VLC_SYMBOL( symbol ) CONCATENATE( symbol, MODULE_NAME ) +# define VLC_MODULE_NAME_HIDDEN_SYMBOL +#endif + +#define CDECL_SYMBOL +#if defined (__PLUGIN__) +# if defined (_WIN32) +# define DLL_SYMBOL __declspec(dllexport) +# undef CDECL_SYMBOL +# define CDECL_SYMBOL __cdecl +# elif defined (__GNUC__) +# define DLL_SYMBOL __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +# else +# define DLL_SYMBOL +# endif +#else +# define DLL_SYMBOL +#endif + +#if defined( __cplusplus ) +# define EXTERN_SYMBOL extern "C" +#else +# define EXTERN_SYMBOL +#endif + +EXTERN_SYMBOL typedef int (*vlc_set_cb) (void *, void *, int, ...); + +#define vlc_plugin_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, NULL, __VA_ARGS__) +#define vlc_module_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, module, __VA_ARGS__) +#define vlc_config_set(...) vlc_set (opaque, config, __VA_ARGS__) + +/* + * InitModule: this function is called once and only once, when the module + * is looked at for the first time. We get the useful data from it, for + * instance the module name, its shortcuts, its capabilities... we also create + * a copy of its config because the module can be unloaded at any time. + */ +#define vlc_module_begin() \ +EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL \ +int CDECL_SYMBOL __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry) (vlc_set_cb, void *); \ +EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL \ +int CDECL_SYMBOL __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry) (vlc_set_cb vlc_set, void *opaque) \ +{ \ + module_t *module; \ + module_config_t *config = NULL; \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_CREATE, &module)) \ + goto error; \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_NAME, (MODULE_STRING))) \ + goto error; + +#define vlc_module_end() \ + (void) config; \ + return 0; \ +error: \ + return -1; \ +} \ +VLC_MODULE_NAME_HIDDEN_SYMBOL \ +VLC_METADATA_EXPORTS + +#define add_submodule( ) \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_CREATE, &module)) \ + goto error; + +#define add_shortcut( ... ) \ +{ \ + const char *shortcuts[] = { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SHORTCUT, \ + sizeof(shortcuts)/sizeof(shortcuts[0]), shortcuts)) \ + goto error; \ +} + +#define set_shortname( shortname ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SHORTNAME, (const char *)(shortname))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_description( desc ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_DESCRIPTION, (const char *)(desc))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_help( help ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_HELP, (const char *)(help))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_capability( cap, score ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(cap)) \ + || vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_SCORE, (int)(score))) \ + goto error; + +#define set_callbacks( activate, deactivate ) \ + if (vlc_module_set(VLC_MODULE_CB_OPEN, #activate, (void *)(activate)) \ + || vlc_module_set(VLC_MODULE_CB_CLOSE, #deactivate, \ + (void *)(deactivate))) \ + goto error; + +#define cannot_unload_broken_library( ) \ + if (vlc_module_set (VLC_MODULE_NO_UNLOAD)) \ + goto error; + +#define set_text_domain( dom ) \ + if (vlc_plugin_set (VLC_MODULE_TEXTDOMAIN, (dom))) \ + goto error; + +/***************************************************************************** + * Macros used to build the configuration structure. + * + * Note that internally we support only 3 types of config data: int, float + * and string. + * The other types declared here just map to one of these 3 basic types but + * have the advantage of also providing very good hints to a configuration + * interface so as to make it more user friendly. + * The configuration structure also includes category hints. These hints can + * provide a configuration interface with some very useful data and again + * allow for a more user friendly interface. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_plugin_set (VLC_CONFIG_CREATE, (type), &config); + +#define add_typedesc_inner( type, text, longtext ) \ + add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_DESC, \ + (const char *)(text), (const char *)(longtext)); + +#define add_typeadv_inner( type, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( type, text, longtext ) \ + if (advc) vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_ADVANCED); + +#define add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typeadv_inner( type, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_NAME, (const char *)(name)); + +#define add_string_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc, v ) \ + add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (const char *)(v)); + +#define add_int_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc, v ) \ + add_typename_inner( type, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(v)); + + +#define set_category( i_id ) \ + add_type_inner( CONFIG_CATEGORY ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(i_id)); + +#define set_subcategory( i_id ) \ + add_type_inner( CONFIG_SUBCATEGORY ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)(i_id)); + +#define set_section( text, longtext ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( CONFIG_SECTION, text, longtext ) + +#define add_category_hint( text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typeadv_inner( CONFIG_HINT_CATEGORY, text, longtext, advc ) + +#define add_usage_hint( text ) \ + add_typedesc_inner( CONFIG_HINT_USAGE, text, NULL ) + +#define add_string( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_STRING, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_password( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_PASSWORD, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_loadfile( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_LOADFILE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_savefile( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_SAVEFILE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_directory( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_DIRECTORY, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_font( name, value, text, longtext, advc )\ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_FONT, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) + +#define add_module( name, psz_caps, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(psz_caps)); + +#define add_module_list( name, psz_caps, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_CAPABILITY, (const char *)(psz_caps)); + +#ifndef __PLUGIN__ +#define add_module_cat( name, i_subcategory, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_CAT, name, text, longtext, advc, \ + value ) \ + change_integer_range (i_subcategory /* gruik */, 0); + +#define add_module_list_cat( name, i_subcategory, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_MODULE_LIST_CAT, name, text, longtext, \ + advc, value ) \ + change_integer_range (i_subcategory /* gruik */, 0); +#endif + +#define add_integer( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_int_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) + +#define add_rgb( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_int_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_RGB, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) \ + change_integer_range( 0, 0xFFFFFF ) + +#define add_key( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_KEY, "global-" name, text, longtext, advc, \ + KEY_UNSET ) \ + add_string_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_KEY, name, text, longtext, advc, value ) + +#define add_integer_with_range( name, value, i_min, i_max, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_integer( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + change_integer_range( i_min, i_max ) + +#define add_float( name, v, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typename_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (double)(v)); + +#define add_float_with_range( name, value, f_min, f_max, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_float( name, value, text, longtext, advc ) \ + change_float_range( f_min, f_max ) + +#define add_bool( name, v, text, longtext, advc ) \ + add_typename_inner( CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL, name, text, longtext, advc ) \ + if (v) vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VALUE, (int64_t)true); + +/* For removed option */ +#define add_obsolete_inner( name, type ) \ + add_type_inner( type ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_NAME, (const char *)(name)); \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_REMOVED); + +#define add_obsolete_bool( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_BOOL ) + +#define add_obsolete_integer( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_INTEGER ) + +#define add_obsolete_float( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_FLOAT ) + +#define add_obsolete_string( name ) \ + add_obsolete_inner( name, CONFIG_ITEM_STRING ) + +/* Modifier macros for the config options (used for fine tuning) */ + +#define change_short( ch ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_SHORTCUT, (int)(ch)); + +#define change_string_list( list, list_text ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST, \ + (size_t)(sizeof (list) / sizeof (char *)), \ + (const char *const *)(list), \ + (const char *const *)(list_text)); + +#define change_string_cb( cb ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, #cb, (void *)(cb)); + +#define change_integer_list( list, list_text ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST, \ + (size_t)(sizeof (list) / sizeof (int)), \ + (const int *)(list), \ + (const char *const *)(list_text)); + +#define change_integer_cb( cb ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_LIST_CB, #cb, (cb)); + +#define change_integer_range( minv, maxv ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, (int64_t)(minv), (int64_t)(maxv)); + +#define change_float_range( minv, maxv ) \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_RANGE, (double)(minv), (double)(maxv)); + +/* For options that are saved but hidden from the preferences panel */ +#define change_private() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_PRIVATE); + +/* For options that cannot be saved in the configuration */ +#define change_volatile() \ + change_private() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_VOLATILE); + +#define change_safe() \ + vlc_config_set (VLC_CONFIG_SAFE); + +/* Meta data plugin exports */ +#define VLC_META_EXPORT( name, value ) \ + EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL const char * CDECL_SYMBOL \ + __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry_ ## name) (void); \ + EXTERN_SYMBOL DLL_SYMBOL const char * CDECL_SYMBOL \ + __VLC_SYMBOL(vlc_entry_ ## name) (void) \ + { \ + return value; \ + } + +#define VLC_COPYRIGHT_VIDEOLAN \ + "\x43\x6f\x70\x79\x72\x69\x67\x68\x74\x20\x28\x43\x29\x20\x74\x68" \ + "\x65\x20\x56\x69\x64\x65\x6f\x4c\x41\x4e\x20\x56\x4c\x43\x20\x6d" \ + "\x65\x64\x69\x61\x20\x70\x6c\x61\x79\x65\x72\x20\x64\x65\x76\x65" \ + "\x6c\x6f\x70\x65\x72\x73" +#define VLC_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_PLUS \ + "\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73\x65\x64\x20\x75\x6e\x64\x65\x72\x20\x74" \ + "\x68\x65\x20\x74\x65\x72\x6d\x73\x20\x6f\x66\x20\x74\x68\x65\x20" \ + "\x47\x4e\x55\x20\x4c\x65\x73\x73\x65\x72\x20\x47\x65\x6e\x65\x72" \ + "\x61\x6c\x20\x50\x75\x62\x6c\x69\x63\x20\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73" \ + "\x65\x2c\x20\x76\x65\x72\x73\x69\x6f\x6e\x20\x32\x2e\x31\x20\x6f" \ + "\x72\x20\x6c\x61\x74\x65\x72\x2e" +#define VLC_LICENSE_GPL_2_PLUS \ + "\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73\x65\x64\x20\x75\x6e\x64\x65\x72\x20\x74" \ + "\x68\x65\x20\x74\x65\x72\x6d\x73\x20\x6f\x66\x20\x74\x68\x65\x20" \ + "\x47\x4e\x55\x20\x47\x65\x6e\x65\x72\x61\x6c\x20\x50\x75\x62\x6c" \ + "\x69\x63\x20\x4c\x69\x63\x65\x6e\x73\x65\x2c\x20\x76\x65\x72\x73" \ + "\x69\x6f\x6e\x20\x32\x20\x6f\x72\x20\x6c\x61\x74\x65\x72\x2e" +#if defined (__LIBVLC__) +# define VLC_MODULE_COPYRIGHT VLC_COPYRIGHT_VIDEOLAN +# ifndef VLC_MODULE_LICENSE +# define VLC_MODULE_LICENSE VLC_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_PLUS +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef VLC_MODULE_COPYRIGHT +# define VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT VLC_META_EXPORT(copyright, VLC_MODULE_COPYRIGHT) +#else +# define VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT +#endif +#ifdef VLC_MODULE_LICENSE +# define VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT VLC_META_EXPORT(license, VLC_MODULE_LICENSE) +#else +# define VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT +#endif + +#define VLC_METADATA_EXPORTS \ + VLC_COPYRIGHT_EXPORT \ + VLC_LICENSE_EXPORT + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_probe.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_probe.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..efa4d97 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_probe.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_probe.h: service probing interface + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_PROBE_H +# define VLC_PROBE_H 1 + +# include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions and structures to run-time probe VLC extensions + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +void *vlc_probe (vlc_object_t *, const char *, size_t *); +#define vlc_probe(obj, cap, pcount) \ + vlc_probe(VLC_OBJECT(obj), cap, pcount) + +struct vlc_probe_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + void *list; + size_t count; +}; + +typedef struct vlc_probe_t vlc_probe_t; + +static inline int vlc_probe_add(vlc_probe_t *obj, const void *data, + size_t len) +{ + char *tab = (char *)realloc (obj->list, (obj->count + 1) * len); + + if (unlikely(tab == NULL)) + return VLC_ENOMEM; + memcpy(tab + (obj->count * len), data, len); + obj->list = tab; + obj->count++; + return VLC_SUCCESS; +} + +# define VLC_PROBE_CONTINUE VLC_EGENERIC +# define VLC_PROBE_STOP VLC_SUCCESS + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_rand.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_rand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..761cee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_rand.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_rand.h: RNG + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright © 2007 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * $Id: 3ae95ac04c55f46d116481eb89255b013f6d1c32 $ + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_RAND_H +# define VLC_RAND_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defined random number generator function in vlc + */ + +VLC_API void vlc_rand_bytes(void *buf, size_t len); + +/* Interlocked (but not reproducible) functions for the POSIX PRNG */ +VLC_API double vlc_drand48(void) VLC_USED; +VLC_API long vlc_lrand48(void) VLC_USED; +VLC_API long vlc_mrand48(void) VLC_USED; + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_renderer_discovery.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_renderer_discovery.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6193e48 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_renderer_discovery.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_renderer_discovery.h : Renderer Discovery functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_RENDERER_DISCOVERY_H +#define VLC_RENDERER_DISCOVERY_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup vlc_renderer VLC renderer discovery + * @{ + * + * @file + * This file declares VLC renderer discvoery structures and functions + * + * @defgroup vlc_renderer_item VLC renderer items returned by the discovery + * @{ + */ + +#define VLC_RENDERER_CAN_AUDIO 0x0001 +#define VLC_RENDERER_CAN_VIDEO 0x0002 + +/** + * Create a new renderer item + * + * @param psz_type type of the item + * @param psz_name name of the item + * @param psz_uri uri of the renderer item, must contains a valid protocol and + * a valid host + * @param psz_extra_sout extra sout options + * @param psz_demux_filter demux filter to use with the renderer + * @param psz_icon_uri icon uri of the renderer item + * @param i_flags flags for the item + * @return a renderer item or NULL in case of error + */ +VLC_API vlc_renderer_item_t * +vlc_renderer_item_new(const char *psz_type, const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_uri, const char *psz_extra_sout, + const char *psz_demux_filter, const char *psz_icon_uri, + int i_flags) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Hold a renderer item, i.e. creates a new reference + */ +VLC_API vlc_renderer_item_t * +vlc_renderer_item_hold(vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Releases a renderer item, i.e. decrements its reference counter + */ +VLC_API void +vlc_renderer_item_release(vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the human readable name of a renderer item + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_name(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the type (not translated) of a renderer item. For now, the type can only + * be "chromecast" ("upnp", "airplay" may come later). + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_type(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the demux filter to use with a renderer item + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_demux_filter(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the sout command of a renderer item + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_sout(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the icon uri of a renderer item + */ +VLC_API const char * +vlc_renderer_item_icon_uri(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * Get the flags of a renderer item + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_renderer_item_flags(const vlc_renderer_item_t *p_item); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup vlc_renderer_discovery VLC renderer discovery interface + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct vlc_renderer_discovery_sys vlc_renderer_discovery_sys; +struct vlc_renderer_discovery_owner; + +/** + * Return a list of renderer discovery modules + * + * @param pppsz_names a pointer to a list of module name, NULL terminated + * @param pppsz_longnames a pointer to a list of module longname, NULL + * terminated + * + * @return VLC_SUCCESS on success, or VLC_EGENERIC on error + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_rd_get_names(vlc_object_t *p_obj, char ***pppsz_names, + char ***pppsz_longnames) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_rd_get_names(a, b, c) \ + vlc_rd_get_names(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c) + +/** + * Create a new renderer discovery module + * + * @param psz_name name of the module to load, see vlc_rd_get_names() to get + * the list of names + * + * @return a valid vlc_renderer_discovery, need to be released with + * vlc_rd_release() + */ +VLC_API vlc_renderer_discovery_t * +vlc_rd_new(vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, + const struct vlc_renderer_discovery_owner *owner) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API void vlc_rd_release(vlc_renderer_discovery_t *p_rd); + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup vlc_renderer_discovery_module VLC renderer module + * @{ + */ + +struct vlc_renderer_discovery_owner +{ + void *sys; + void (*item_added)(struct vlc_renderer_discovery_t *, + struct vlc_renderer_item_t *); + void (*item_removed)(struct vlc_renderer_discovery_t *, + struct vlc_renderer_item_t *); +}; + +struct vlc_renderer_discovery_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t * p_module; + + struct vlc_renderer_discovery_owner owner; + + char * psz_name; + config_chain_t * p_cfg; + + vlc_renderer_discovery_sys *p_sys; +}; + +/** + * Add a new renderer item + * + * This will send the vlc_RendererDiscoveryItemAdded event + */ +static inline void vlc_rd_add_item(vlc_renderer_discovery_t * p_rd, + vlc_renderer_item_t * p_item) +{ + p_rd->owner.item_added(p_rd, p_item); +} + +/** + * Add a new renderer item + * + * This will send the vlc_RendererDiscoveryItemRemoved event + */ +static inline void vlc_rd_remove_item(vlc_renderer_discovery_t * p_rd, + vlc_renderer_item_t * p_item) +{ + p_rd->owner.item_removed(p_rd, p_item); +} + +/** + * Renderer Discovery proble helpers + */ +VLC_API int +vlc_rd_probe_add(vlc_probe_t *p_probe, const char *psz_name, + const char *psz_longname); + +#define VLC_RD_PROBE_HELPER(name, longname) \ +static int vlc_rd_probe_open(vlc_object_t *obj) \ +{ \ + return vlc_rd_probe_add((struct vlc_probe_t *)obj, name, longname); \ +} + +#define VLC_RD_PROBE_SUBMODULE \ + add_submodule() \ + set_capability("renderer probe", 100) \ + set_callbacks(vlc_rd_probe_open, NULL) + +/** @} @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..673410c --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_services_discovery.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_services_discovery.h : Services Discover functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: e4dfcd3985a6eea1d4b5c540e72219b67d733901 $ + * + * Authors: Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SERVICES_DISCOVERY_H_ +#define VLC_SERVICES_DISCOVERY_H_ + +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file lists functions and structures for service discovery (SD) in vlc + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * @{ + */ + +struct services_discovery_owner_t +{ + void *sys; /**< Private data for the owner callbacks */ + void (*item_added)(struct services_discovery_t *sd, input_item_t *parent, + input_item_t *item, const char *category); + void (*item_removed)(struct services_discovery_t *sd, input_item_t *item); +}; + +/** + * Main service discovery structure to build a SD module + */ +struct services_discovery_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t * p_module; /**< Loaded module */ + + char *psz_name; /**< Main name of the SD */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; /**< Configuration for the SD */ + + const char *description; /**< Human-readable name */ + + /** Control function + * \see services_discovery_command_e + */ + int ( *pf_control ) ( services_discovery_t *, int, va_list ); + + services_discovery_sys_t *p_sys; /**< Custom private data */ + + struct services_discovery_owner_t owner; /**< Owner callbacks */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery categories + * \see vlc_sd_probe_Add + */ +enum services_discovery_category_e +{ + SD_CAT_DEVICES = 1, /**< Devices, like portable music players */ + SD_CAT_LAN, /**< LAN/WAN services, like Upnp or SAP */ + SD_CAT_INTERNET, /**< Internet or Website channels services */ + SD_CAT_MYCOMPUTER /**< Computer services, like Discs or Apps */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery control commands + */ +enum services_discovery_command_e +{ + SD_CMD_SEARCH = 1, /**< arg1 = query */ + SD_CMD_DESCRIPTOR /**< arg1 = services_discovery_descriptor_t* */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery capabilities + */ +enum services_discovery_capability_e +{ + SD_CAP_SEARCH = 1 /**< One can search in the SD */ +}; + +/** + * Service discovery descriptor + * \see services_discovery_command_e + */ +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_short_desc; /**< The short description, human-readable */ + char *psz_icon_url; /**< URL to the icon that represents it */ + char *psz_url; /**< URL for the service */ + int i_capabilities; /**< \see services_discovery_capability_e */ +} services_discovery_descriptor_t; + + +/*********************************************************************** + * Service Discovery + ***********************************************************************/ + +/** + * Ask for a research in the SD + * @param p_sd: the Service Discovery + * @param i_control: the command to issue + * @param args: the argument list + * @return VLC_SUCCESS in case of success, the error code overwise + */ +static inline int vlc_sd_control( services_discovery_t *p_sd, int i_control, va_list args ) +{ + if( p_sd->pf_control ) + return p_sd->pf_control( p_sd, i_control, args ); + else + return VLC_EGENERIC; +} + +/* Get the services discovery modules names to use in Create(), in a null + * terminated string array. Array and string must be freed after use. */ +VLC_API char ** vlc_sd_GetNames( vlc_object_t *, char ***, int ** ) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_sd_GetNames(obj, pln, pcat ) \ + vlc_sd_GetNames(VLC_OBJECT(obj), pln, pcat) + +/** + * Creates a services discoverer. + */ +VLC_API services_discovery_t *vlc_sd_Create(vlc_object_t *parent, + const char *chain, const struct services_discovery_owner_t *owner) +VLC_USED; + +VLC_API void vlc_sd_Destroy( services_discovery_t * ); + +/** + * Added top-level service callback. + * + * This is a convenience wrapper for services_discovery_AddSubItem(). + * It covers the most comomn case wherby the added item is a top-level service, + * i.e. it has no parent node. + */ +static inline void services_discovery_AddItem(services_discovery_t *sd, + input_item_t *item) +{ + sd->owner.item_added(sd, NULL, item, NULL); +} + +/** + * Added service callback. + * + * A services discovery module invokes this function when it "discovers" a new + * service, i.e. a new input item. + * + * @note This callback does not take ownership of the input item; it might + * however (and most probably will) add one of more references to the item. + * + * The caller is responsible for releasing its own reference(s) eventually. + * Keeping a reference is necessary to call services_discovery_RemoveItem() or + * to alter the item later. However, if the caller will never remove nor alter + * the item, it can drop its reference(s) immediately. + * + * @param sd services discoverer / services discovery module instance + * @param item input item to add + */ +static inline void services_discovery_AddSubItem(services_discovery_t *sd, + input_item_t *parent, + input_item_t *item) +{ + sd->owner.item_added(sd, parent, item, NULL); +} + +/** + * Added service backward compatibility callback. + * + * @param category Optional name of a group that the item belongs in + * (for backward compatibility with legacy modules) + */ +VLC_DEPRECATED +static inline void services_discovery_AddItemCat(services_discovery_t *sd, + input_item_t *item, + const char *category) +{ + sd->owner.item_added(sd, NULL, item, category); +} + +/** + * Removed service callback. + * + * A services discovery module invokes this function when it senses that a + * service is no longer available. + */ +static inline void services_discovery_RemoveItem(services_discovery_t *sd, + input_item_t *item) +{ + sd->owner.item_removed(sd, item); +} + +/* SD probing */ + +VLC_API int vlc_sd_probe_Add(vlc_probe_t *, const char *, const char *, int category); + +#define VLC_SD_PROBE_SUBMODULE \ + add_submodule() \ + set_capability( "services probe", 100 ) \ + set_callbacks( vlc_sd_probe_Open, NULL ) + +#define VLC_SD_PROBE_HELPER(name, longname, cat) \ +static int vlc_sd_probe_Open (vlc_object_t *obj) \ +{ \ + return vlc_sd_probe_Add ((struct vlc_probe_t *)obj, name, \ + longname, cat); \ +} + +/** @} */ +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_sout.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_sout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e6367e --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_sout.h @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_sout.h : stream output module + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c710780e2e15ccd3de5ef3e12a47dcfacfbc744a $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Laurent Aimar + * Eric Petit + * Jean-Paul Saman + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SOUT_H_ +#define VLC_SOUT_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup sout Stream output + * \ingroup output + * @{ + * \file + * Stream output modules interface + */ + +/** Stream output instance (FIXME: should be private to src/ to avoid + * invalid unsynchronized access) */ +struct sout_instance_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + char *psz_sout; + + /** count of output that can't control the space */ + int i_out_pace_nocontrol; + + vlc_mutex_t lock; + sout_stream_t *p_stream; +}; + +/**************************************************************************** + * sout_stream_id_sys_t: opaque (private for all sout_stream_t) + ****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct sout_stream_id_sys_t sout_stream_id_sys_t; + +/** + * \defgroup sout_access Access output + * Raw output byte streams + * @{ + */ + +/** Stream output access_output */ +struct sout_access_out_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *p_module; + char *psz_access; + + char *psz_path; + sout_access_out_sys_t *p_sys; + int (*pf_seek)( sout_access_out_t *, off_t ); + ssize_t (*pf_read)( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); + ssize_t (*pf_write)( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); + int (*pf_control)( sout_access_out_t *, int, va_list ); + + config_chain_t *p_cfg; +}; + +enum access_out_query_e +{ + ACCESS_OUT_CONTROLS_PACE, /* arg1=bool *, can fail (assume true) */ + ACCESS_OUT_CAN_SEEK, /* arg1=bool *, can fail (assume false) */ +}; + +VLC_API sout_access_out_t * sout_AccessOutNew( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_access, const char *psz_name ) VLC_USED; +#define sout_AccessOutNew( obj, access, name ) \ + sout_AccessOutNew( VLC_OBJECT(obj), access, name ) +VLC_API void sout_AccessOutDelete( sout_access_out_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_AccessOutSeek( sout_access_out_t *, off_t ); +VLC_API ssize_t sout_AccessOutRead( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API ssize_t sout_AccessOutWrite( sout_access_out_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_AccessOutControl( sout_access_out_t *, int, ... ); + +static inline bool sout_AccessOutCanControlPace( sout_access_out_t *p_ao ) +{ + bool b; + if( sout_AccessOutControl( p_ao, ACCESS_OUT_CONTROLS_PACE, &b ) ) + return true; + return b; +} + +/** + * @} + * \defgroup sout_mux Multiplexer + * Multiplexers (file formatters) + * @{ + */ + +/** Muxer structure */ +struct sout_mux_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + module_t *p_module; + + sout_instance_t *p_sout; + + char *psz_mux; + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + + sout_access_out_t *p_access; + + int (*pf_addstream)( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + void (*pf_delstream)( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + int (*pf_mux) ( sout_mux_t * ); + int (*pf_control) ( sout_mux_t *, int, va_list ); + + /* here are all inputs accepted by muxer */ + int i_nb_inputs; + sout_input_t **pp_inputs; + + /* mux private */ + sout_mux_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* XXX private to stream_output.c */ + /* if muxer doesn't support adding stream at any time then we first wait + * for stream then we refuse all stream and start muxing */ + bool b_add_stream_any_time; + bool b_waiting_stream; + /* we wait 1.5 second after first stream added */ + mtime_t i_add_stream_start; +}; + +enum sout_mux_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + MUX_CAN_ADD_STREAM_WHILE_MUXING, /* arg1= bool *, res=cannot fail */ + /* properties */ + MUX_GET_ADD_STREAM_WAIT, /* arg1= bool *, res=cannot fail */ + MUX_GET_MIME, /* arg1= char ** res=can fail */ +}; + +struct sout_input_t +{ + const es_format_t *p_fmt; + block_fifo_t *p_fifo; + void *p_sys; + es_format_t fmt; +}; + + +VLC_API sout_mux_t * sout_MuxNew( sout_instance_t*, const char *, sout_access_out_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API sout_input_t *sout_MuxAddStream( sout_mux_t *, const es_format_t * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void sout_MuxDeleteStream( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); +VLC_API void sout_MuxDelete( sout_mux_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_MuxSendBuffer( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t *, block_t * ); +VLC_API int sout_MuxGetStream(sout_mux_t *, unsigned, mtime_t *); +VLC_API void sout_MuxFlush( sout_mux_t *, sout_input_t * ); + +static inline int sout_MuxControl( sout_mux_t *p_mux, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + i_result = p_mux->pf_control( p_mux, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +/** @} */ + +enum sout_stream_query_e { + SOUT_STREAM_EMPTY, /* arg1=bool *, res=can fail (assume true) */ +}; + +struct sout_stream_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *p_module; + sout_instance_t *p_sout; + + char *psz_name; + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + sout_stream_t *p_next; + + /* add, remove a stream */ + sout_stream_id_sys_t *(*pf_add)( sout_stream_t *, const es_format_t * ); + void (*pf_del)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t * ); + /* manage a packet */ + int (*pf_send)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t *, block_t* ); + int (*pf_control)( sout_stream_t *, int, va_list ); + void (*pf_flush)( sout_stream_t *, sout_stream_id_sys_t * ); + + sout_stream_sys_t *p_sys; + bool pace_nocontrol; +}; + +VLC_API void sout_StreamChainDelete(sout_stream_t *p_first, sout_stream_t *p_last ); +VLC_API sout_stream_t *sout_StreamChainNew(sout_instance_t *p_sout, + const char *psz_chain, sout_stream_t *p_next, sout_stream_t **p_last) VLC_USED; + +static inline sout_stream_id_sys_t *sout_StreamIdAdd( sout_stream_t *s, + const es_format_t *fmt ) +{ + return s->pf_add( s, fmt ); +} + +static inline void sout_StreamIdDel( sout_stream_t *s, + sout_stream_id_sys_t *id ) +{ + s->pf_del( s, id ); +} + +static inline int sout_StreamIdSend( sout_stream_t *s, + sout_stream_id_sys_t *id, block_t *b ) +{ + return s->pf_send( s, id, b ); +} + +static inline void sout_StreamFlush( sout_stream_t *s, + sout_stream_id_sys_t *id ) +{ + if (s->pf_flush) + s->pf_flush( s, id ); +} + +static inline int sout_StreamControl( sout_stream_t *s, int i_query, ... ) +{ + va_list args; + int i_result; + + va_start( args, i_query ); + if ( !s->pf_control ) + i_result = VLC_EGENERIC; + else + i_result = s->pf_control( s, i_query, args ); + va_end( args ); + return i_result; +} + +/**************************************************************************** + * Encoder + ****************************************************************************/ + +VLC_API encoder_t * sout_EncoderCreate( vlc_object_t *obj ); +#define sout_EncoderCreate(o) sout_EncoderCreate(VLC_OBJECT(o)) + +/**************************************************************************** + * Announce handler + ****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API session_descriptor_t* sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP( vlc_object_t *, const char *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void sout_AnnounceUnRegister(vlc_object_t *,session_descriptor_t* ); +#define sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP(o, sdp, addr) \ + sout_AnnounceRegisterSDP(VLC_OBJECT (o), sdp, addr) +#define sout_AnnounceUnRegister(o, a) \ + sout_AnnounceUnRegister(VLC_OBJECT (o), a) + +/** SDP */ + +struct sockaddr; +struct vlc_memstream; + +VLC_API int vlc_sdp_Start(struct vlc_memstream *, vlc_object_t *obj, + const char *cfgpref, + const struct sockaddr *src, size_t slen, + const struct sockaddr *addr, size_t alen) VLC_USED; +VLC_API void sdp_AddMedia(struct vlc_memstream *, const char *type, + const char *protocol, int dport, unsigned pt, + bool bw_indep, unsigned bw, const char *ptname, + unsigned clockrate, unsigned channels, + const char *fmtp); +VLC_API void sdp_AddAttribute(struct vlc_memstream *, const char *name, + const char *fmt, ...) VLC_FORMAT(3, 4); + +/** Description module */ +typedef struct sout_description_data_t +{ + int i_es; + es_format_t **es; + vlc_sem_t *sem; +} sout_description_data_t; + +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_spu.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_spu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebc4205 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_spu.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_spu.h: spu_t definition and functions. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright (C) 2010 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 510ee151ec907da9fb6ac88b38cf7ef68a5c4af8 $ + * + * Authors: Gildas Bazin + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SPU_H +#define VLC_SPU_H 1 + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * \defgroup spu Sub-picture channels + * \ingroup video_output + * @{ + * \file + */ + +typedef struct spu_private_t spu_private_t; + +/** + * Subpicture unit descriptor + */ +struct spu_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + spu_private_t *p; +}; + + VLC_API spu_t * spu_Create( vlc_object_t *, vout_thread_t * ); +#define spu_Create(a,b) spu_Create(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +VLC_API void spu_Destroy( spu_t * ); + +/** + * This function sends a subpicture to the spu_t core. + * + * You cannot use the provided subpicture anymore. The spu_t core + * will destroy it at its convenience. + */ +VLC_API void spu_PutSubpicture( spu_t *, subpicture_t * ); + +/** + * This function will return an unique subpicture containing the OSD and + * subtitles visibles at the requested date. + * + * \param p_chroma_list is a list of supported chroma for the output (can be NULL) + * \param p_fmt_dst is the format of the picture on which the return subpicture will be rendered. + * \param p_fmt_src is the format of the original(source) video. + * + * The returned value if non NULL must be released by subpicture_Delete(). + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * spu_Render( spu_t *, const vlc_fourcc_t *p_chroma_list, const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, mtime_t render_subtitle_date, mtime_t render_osd_date, bool ignore_osd ); + +/** + * It registers a new SPU channel. + */ +VLC_API int spu_RegisterChannel( spu_t * ); + +/** + * It clears all subpictures associated to a SPU channel. + */ +VLC_API void spu_ClearChannel( spu_t *, int ); + +/** + * It changes the sub sources list + */ +VLC_API void spu_ChangeSources( spu_t *, const char * ); + +/** + * It changes the sub filters list + */ +VLC_API void spu_ChangeFilters( spu_t *, const char * ); + +/** @}*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_SPU_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_stream.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_stream.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d6d0e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_stream.h @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_stream.h: Stream (between access and demux) descriptor and methods + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 789545e16e59dd99f215d7b2bafb655f49dfbc88 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STREAM_H +#define VLC_STREAM_H 1 + +#include + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/** + * \defgroup stream Stream + * \ingroup input + * Buffered input byte streams + * @{ + * \file + * Byte streams and byte stream filter modules interface + */ + +/** + * stream_t definition + */ + +struct stream_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties for stream filter */ + module_t *p_module; + + char *psz_name; + char *psz_url; /**< Full URL or MRL (can be NULL) */ + const char *psz_location; /**< Location (URL with the scheme stripped) */ + char *psz_filepath; /**< Local file path (if applicable) */ + bool b_preparsing; /**< True if this access is used to preparse */ + + /* Stream source for stream filter */ + stream_t *p_source; + + /** + * Read data. + * + * Callback to read data from the stream into a caller-supplied buffer. + * + * This may be NULL if the stream is actually a directory rather than a + * byte stream, or if \ref stream_t.pf_block is non-NULL. + * + * \param buf buffer to read data into + * \param len buffer length (in bytes) + * + * \retval -1 no data available yet + * \retval 0 end of stream (incl. fatal error) + * \retval positive number of bytes read (no more than len) + */ + ssize_t (*pf_read)(stream_t *, void *buf, size_t len); + + /** + * Read data block. + * + * Callback to read a block of data. The data is read into a block of + * memory allocated by the stream. For some streams, data can be read more + * efficiently in block of a certain size, and/or using a custom allocator + * for buffers. In such case, this callback should be provided instead of + * \ref stream_t.pf_read; otherwise, this should be NULL. + * + * \param eof storage space for end-of-stream flag [OUT] + * (*eof is always false when invoking pf_block(); pf_block() should set + * *eof to true if it detects the end of the stream) + * + * \return a data block, + * NULL if no data available yet, on error and at end-of-stream + */ + block_t *(*pf_block)(stream_t *, bool *eof); + + /** + * Read directory. + * + * Callback to fill an item node from a directory + * (see doc/browsing.txt for details). + * + * NULL if the stream is not a directory. + */ + int (*pf_readdir)(stream_t *, input_item_node_t *); + + /** + * Seek. + * + * Callback to set the stream pointer (in bytes from start). + * + * May be NULL if seeking is not supported. + */ + int (*pf_seek)(stream_t *, uint64_t); + + /** + * Stream control. + * + * Cannot be NULL. + * + * \see stream_query_e + */ + int (*pf_control)(stream_t *, int i_query, va_list); + + /** + * Private data pointer + */ + void *p_sys; + + /* Weak link to parent input */ + input_thread_t *p_input; +}; + +/** + * Possible commands to send to vlc_stream_Control() and vlc_stream_vaControl() + */ +enum stream_query_e +{ + /* capabilities */ + STREAM_CAN_SEEK, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_FASTSEEK, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_PAUSE, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + STREAM_CAN_CONTROL_PACE, /**< arg1= bool * res=cannot fail*/ + /* */ + STREAM_GET_SIZE=6, /**< arg1= uint64_t * res=can fail */ + STREAM_IS_DIRECTORY, /**< res=can fail */ + + /* */ + STREAM_GET_PTS_DELAY = 0x101,/**< arg1= int64_t* res=cannot fail */ + STREAM_GET_TITLE_INFO, /**< arg1=input_title_t*** arg2=int* res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_TITLE, /**< arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_SEEKPOINT, /**< arg1=unsigned * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_META, /**< arg1= vlc_meta_t * res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_CONTENT_TYPE, /**< arg1= char ** res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_SIGNAL, /**< arg1=double *pf_quality, arg2=double *pf_strength res=can fail */ + STREAM_GET_TAGS, /**< arg1=const block_t ** res=can fail */ + + STREAM_SET_PAUSE_STATE = 0x200, /**< arg1= bool res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_TITLE, /**< arg1= int res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_SEEKPOINT, /**< arg1= int res=can fail */ + + /* XXX only data read through vlc_stream_Read/Block will be recorded */ + STREAM_SET_RECORD_STATE, /**< arg1=bool, arg2=const char *psz_ext (if arg1 is true) res=can fail */ + + STREAM_SET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE = 0x1000, /* arg1= int i_private_data, bool b_selected res=can fail */ + STREAM_SET_PRIVATE_ID_CA, /* arg1= int i_program_number, uint16_t i_vpid, uint16_t i_apid1, uint16_t i_apid2, uint16_t i_apid3, uint8_t i_length, uint8_t *p_data */ + STREAM_GET_PRIVATE_ID_STATE, /* arg1=int i_private_data arg2=bool * res=can fail */ +}; + +/** + * Reads data from a byte stream. + * + * This function always waits for the requested number of bytes, unless a fatal + * error is encountered or the end-of-stream is reached first. + * + * If the buffer is NULL, data is skipped instead of read. This is effectively + * a relative forward seek, but it works even on non-seekable streams. + * + * \param buf start of buffer to read data into [OUT] + * \param len number of bytes to read + * \return the number of bytes read or a negative value on error. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_stream_Read(stream_t *, void *buf, size_t len) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Reads partial data from a byte stream. + * + * This function waits until some data is available for reading from the + * stream, a fatal error is encountered or the end-of-stream is reached. + * + * Unlike vlc_stream_Read(), this function does not wait for the full requested + * bytes count. It can return a short count even before the end of the stream + * and in the absence of any error. + * + * \param buf start of buffer to read data into [OUT] + * \param len buffer size (maximum number of bytes to read) + * \return the number of bytes read or a negative value on error. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_stream_ReadPartial(stream_t *, void *buf, size_t len) +VLC_USED; + +/** + * Peeks at data from a byte stream. + * + * This function buffers for the requested number of bytes, waiting if + * necessary. Then it stores a pointer to the buffer. Unlike vlc_stream_Read() + * or vlc_stream_Block(), this function does not modify the stream read offset. + * + * \note + * The buffer remains valid until the next read/peek or seek operation on the + * same stream. In case of error, the buffer address is undefined. + * + * \param bufp storage space for the buffer address [OUT] + * \param len number of bytes to peek + * \return the number of bytes actually available (shorter than requested if + * the end-of-stream is reached), or a negative value on error. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_stream_Peek(stream_t *, const uint8_t **, size_t) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Reads a data block from a byte stream. + * + * This function dequeues the next block of data from the byte stream. The + * byte stream back-end decides on the size of the block; the caller cannot + * make any assumption about it. + * + * The function might also return NULL spuriously - this does not necessarily + * imply that the stream is ended nor that it has encountered a nonrecoverable + * error. + * + * This function should be used instead of vlc_stream_Read() or + * vlc_stream_Peek() when the caller can handle reads of any size. + * + * \return either a data block or NULL + */ +VLC_API block_t *vlc_stream_ReadBlock(stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Tells the current stream position. + * + * This function tells the current read offset (in bytes) from the start of + * the start of the stream. + * @note The read offset may be larger than the stream size, either because of + * a seek past the end, or because the stream shrank asynchronously. + * + * @return the byte offset from the beginning of the stream (cannot fail) + */ +VLC_API uint64_t vlc_stream_Tell(const stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Checks for end of stream. + * + * Checks if the last attempt to reads data from the stream encountered the + * end of stream before the attempt could be fully satisfied. + * The value is initially false, and is reset to false by vlc_stream_Seek(). + * + * \note The function can return false even though the current stream position + * is equal to the stream size. It will return true after the following attempt + * to read more than zero bytes. + * + * \note It might be possible to read after the end of the stream. + * It implies the size of the stream increased asynchronously in the mean time. + * Streams of most types cannot trigger such a case, + * but regular local files notably can. + * + * \note In principles, the stream size should match the stream offset when + * the end-of-stream is reached. But that rule is not enforced; it is entirely + * dependent on the underlying implementation of the stream. + */ +VLC_API bool vlc_stream_Eof(const stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Sets the current stream position. + * + * This function changes the read offset within a stream, if the stream + * supports seeking. In case of error, the read offset is not changed. + * + * @note It is possible (but not useful) to seek past the end of a stream. + * + * @param offset byte offset from the beginning of the stream + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + */ +VLC_API int vlc_stream_Seek(stream_t *, uint64_t offset) VLC_USED; + +VLC_API int vlc_stream_vaControl(stream_t *s, int query, va_list args); + +static inline int vlc_stream_Control(stream_t *s, int query, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, query); + ret = vlc_stream_vaControl(s, query, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret; +} + +VLC_API block_t *vlc_stream_Block(stream_t *s, size_t); +VLC_API char *vlc_stream_ReadLine(stream_t *); +VLC_API int vlc_stream_ReadDir(stream_t *, input_item_node_t *); + +/** + * Closes a byte stream. + * \param s byte stream to close + */ +VLC_API void vlc_stream_Delete(stream_t *s); + +VLC_API stream_t *vlc_stream_CommonNew(vlc_object_t *, void (*)(stream_t *)); + +/** + * Get the size of the stream. + */ +VLC_USED static inline int vlc_stream_GetSize( stream_t *s, uint64_t *size ) +{ + return vlc_stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_SIZE, size ); +} + +static inline int64_t stream_Size( stream_t *s ) +{ + uint64_t i_pos; + + if( vlc_stream_GetSize( s, &i_pos ) ) + return 0; + if( i_pos >> 62 ) + return (int64_t)1 << 62; + return i_pos; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline bool stream_HasExtension( stream_t *s, const char *extension ) +{ + const char *name = (s->psz_filepath != NULL) ? s->psz_filepath + : s->psz_url; + const char *ext = strrchr( name, '.' ); + return ext != NULL && !strcasecmp( ext, extension ); +} + +/** + * Get the Content-Type of a stream, or NULL if unknown. + * Result must be free()'d. + */ +static inline char *stream_ContentType( stream_t *s ) +{ + char *res; + if( vlc_stream_Control( s, STREAM_GET_CONTENT_TYPE, &res ) ) + return NULL; + return res; +} + +/** + * Get the mime-type of a stream + * + * \warning the returned resource is to be freed by the caller + * \return the mime-type, or `NULL` if unknown + **/ +VLC_USED +static inline char *stream_MimeType( stream_t *s ) +{ + char* mime_type = stream_ContentType( s ); + + if( mime_type ) /* strip parameters */ + mime_type[strcspn( mime_type, " ;" )] = '\0'; + + return mime_type; +} + +/** + * Checks for a MIME type. + * + * Checks if the stream has a specific MIME type. + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool stream_IsMimeType(stream_t *s, const char *type) +{ + char *mime = stream_MimeType(s); + if (mime == NULL) + return false; + + bool ok = !strcasecmp(mime, type); + free(mime); + return ok; +} + +/** + * Create a stream from a memory buffer. + * + * \param obj parent VLC object + * \param base start address of the memory buffer to read from + * \param size size in bytes of the memory buffer + * \param preserve if false, free(base) will be called when the stream is + * destroyed; if true, the memory buffer is preserved + */ +VLC_API stream_t *vlc_stream_MemoryNew(vlc_object_t *obj, uint8_t *base, + size_t size, bool preserve) VLC_USED; +#define vlc_stream_MemoryNew(a, b, c, d) \ + vlc_stream_MemoryNew(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d) + +/** + * Create a stream_t reading from a URL. + * You must delete it using vlc_stream_Delete. + */ +VLC_API stream_t * vlc_stream_NewURL(vlc_object_t *obj, const char *url) +VLC_USED; +#define vlc_stream_NewURL(a, b) vlc_stream_NewURL(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * \defgroup stream_fifo FIFO stream + * In-memory anonymous pipe + @{ + */ + +/** + * Creates a FIFO stream. + * + * Creates a non-seekable byte stream object whose byte stream is generated + * by another thread in the process. This is the LibVLC equivalent of an + * anonymous pipe/FIFO. + * + * On the reader side, the normal stream functions are used, + * e.g. vlc_stream_Read() and vlc_stream_Delete(). + * + * The created stream object is automatically destroyed when both the reader + * and the writer sides have been closed, with vlc_stream_Delete() and + * vlc_stream_fifo_Close() respectively. + * + * \param parent parent VLC object for the stream + * \return a stream object or NULL on memory error. + */ +VLC_API stream_t *vlc_stream_fifo_New(vlc_object_t *parent); + +/** + * Writes a block to a FIFO stream. + * + * \param s FIFO stream created by vlc_stream_fifo_New() + * \param block data block to write to the stream + * \return 0 on success. -1 if the reader end has already been closed + * (errno is then set to EPIPE, and the block is deleted). + * + * \bug No congestion control is performed. If the reader end is not keeping + * up with the writer end, buffers will accumulate in memory. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_stream_fifo_Queue(stream_t *s, block_t *block); + +/** + * Writes data to a FIFO stream. + * + * This is a convenience helper for vlc_stream_fifo_Queue(). + * \param s FIFO stream created by vlc_stream_fifo_New() + * \param buf start address of data to write + * \param len length of data to write in bytes + * \return len on success, or -1 on error (errno is set accordingly) + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_stream_fifo_Write(stream_t *s, const void *buf, + size_t len); + +/** + * Terminates a FIFO stream. + * + * Marks the end of the FIFO stream and releases any underlying resources. + * \param s FIFO stream created by vlc_stream_fifo_New() + */ +VLC_API void vlc_stream_fifo_Close(stream_t *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Try to add a stream filter to an open stream. + * @return New stream to use, or NULL if the filter could not be added. + **/ +VLC_API stream_t* vlc_stream_FilterNew( stream_t *p_source, const char *psz_stream_filter ); + +/** + * Default ReadDir implementation for stream Filter. This implementation just + * forward the pf_readdir call to the p_source stream. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_stream_FilterDefaultReadDir(stream_t *s, + input_item_node_t *p_node); + +/** + * Sets vlc_stream_FilterDefaultReadDir as the pf_readdir callback for this + * stream filter. + */ +#define stream_FilterSetDefaultReadDir(stream) \ +do { \ + (stream)->pf_readdir = vlc_stream_FilterDefaultReadDir; \ +} while (0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_stream_extractor.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_stream_extractor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78c51c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_stream_extractor.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_stream_extractor.h + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2016 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STREAM_EXTRACTOR_H +#define VLC_STREAM_EXTRACTOR_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * \defgroup stream_extractor Stream Extractor + * \ingroup input + * + * If a stream can be viewed as a directory, such as when opening a + * compressed archive, a \em stream-extractor is used to get access to + * the entities inside said stream. + * + * A \em stream-extractor can do one of two things; + * + * - lists the logical entries within a stream: + * - type = \ref stream_directory_t + * - capability = "stream_directory" + * + * - extract data associated with one specific entry within a stream: + * - type = \ref stream_extractor_t + * - capability = "stream_extractor" + * + * @{ + * + **/ + +typedef struct stream_extractor_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /** + * \name Callbacks for entity extraction + * + * The following members shall be populated as specified by the + * documentation associated with \ref stream_t for the equivalent name. + * + * @{ + **/ + ssize_t (*pf_read)(struct stream_extractor_t*, void* buf, size_t len); + block_t* (*pf_block)(struct stream_extractor_t*, bool* eof); + int (*pf_seek)(struct stream_extractor_t*, uint64_t); + int (*pf_control)(struct stream_extractor_t*, int request, va_list args); + /** @} */ + + char const* identifier; /**< the name of the entity to be extracted */ + stream_t* source; /**< the source stream to be consumed */ + void* p_sys; /**< private opaque handle to be used by the module */ + +} stream_extractor_t; + +typedef struct stream_directory_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /** + * \name Callbacks for stream directories + * + * The following members shall be populated as specified by the + * documentation associated with \ref stream_t for the equivalent name. + * + * @{ + **/ + int (*pf_readdir)(struct stream_directory_t*, input_item_node_t* ); + /** @} */ + + stream_t* source; /**< the source stream to be consumed */ + void* p_sys; /**< private opaque handle to be used by the module */ + +} stream_directory_t; + +/** + * Create a stream for the data referred to by a \ref mrl + * + * This function will create a \ref stream that reads from the specified \ref + * mrl, potentially making use of \ref stream_extractor%s to access named + * entities within the data read from the original source. + * + * - See the \ref mrl specification for further information. + * - The returned resource shall be deleted through \ref vlc_stream_Delete. + * + * \warning This function is only to be used when \ref mrl functionality is + * explicitly needed. \ref vlc_stream_NewURL shall be used where + * applicable. + * + * \param obj the owner of the requested stream + * \param mrl the mrl for which the stream_t should be created + * \return `NULL` on error, a pointer to \ref stream_t on success. + **/ +VLC_API stream_t * vlc_stream_NewMRL(vlc_object_t *obj, const char *mrl) +VLC_USED; +#define vlc_stream_NewMRL(a, b) vlc_stream_NewMRL(VLC_OBJECT(a), b) + +/** + * Create a relative MRL for the associated entity + * + * This function shall be used by stream_directory_t's in order to + * generate an MRL that refers to an entity within the stream. Normally + * this function will only be invoked within `pf_readdir` in order to + * get the virtual path of the listed items. + * + * \warning the returned value is to be freed by the caller + * + * \param extractor the stream_directory_t for which the entity belongs + * \param subentry the name of the entity in question + * + * \return a pointer to the resulting MRL on success, NULL on failure + **/ +VLC_API char* vlc_stream_extractor_CreateMRL( stream_directory_t*, + char const* subentry ); + +/** + * \name Attach a stream-extractor to the passed stream + * + * These functions are used to attach a stream extractor to an already existing + * stream. As hinted by their names, \ref vlc_stream_extractor_Attach will + * attach an \em entity-extractor, whereas \ref vlc_stream_directory_Attach + * will attach a \em stream-directory. + * + * \param[out] stream a pointer-to-pointer to stream, `*stream` will + * refer to the attached stream on success, and left + * untouched on failure. + * \param identifier (if present) NULL or a c-style string referring to the + * desired entity + * \param module_name NULL or an explicit stream-extractor module name + * + * \return VLC_SUCCESS if a stream-extractor was successfully + * attached, an error-code on failure. + * + * @{ + **/ + +VLC_API int vlc_stream_extractor_Attach( stream_t** source, + char const* identifier, + char const* module_name ); + +VLC_API int vlc_stream_directory_Attach( stream_t** source, + char const* module_name ); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif +#endif /* include-guard */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_strings.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_strings.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c222e24 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_strings.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_strings.h: String functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 9828fbd728ee791d409568405f280634132b91a6 $ + * + * Authors: Antoine Cellerier + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_STRINGS_H +#define VLC_STRINGS_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup strings String helpers + * @{ + * \file + * Helper functions for nul-terminated strings + */ + +static inline int vlc_ascii_toupper( int c ) +{ + if ( c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' ) + return c + ( 'A' - 'a' ); + else + return c; +} + +static inline int vlc_ascii_tolower( int c ) +{ + if ( c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' ) + return c + ( 'a' - 'A' ); + else + return c; +} + +/** + * Compare two ASCII strings ignoring case. + * + * The result is independent of the locale. If there are non-ASCII + * characters in the strings, their cases are NOT ignored in the + * comparison. + */ +static inline int vlc_ascii_strcasecmp( const char *psz1, const char *psz2 ) +{ + const char *s1 = psz1; + const char *s2 = psz2; + int d = vlc_ascii_tolower( *s1 ) - vlc_ascii_tolower( *s2 ); + while ( *s1 && d == 0) + { + s1++; + s2++; + d = vlc_ascii_tolower( *s1 ) - vlc_ascii_tolower( *s2 ); + } + + return d; +} + +static inline int vlc_ascii_strncasecmp( const char *psz1, const char *psz2, size_t n ) +{ + const char *s1 = psz1; + const char *s2 = psz2; + const char *s1end = psz1 + n; + int d = vlc_ascii_tolower( *s1 ) - vlc_ascii_tolower( *s2 ); + while ( *s1 && s1 < s1end && d == 0) + { + s1++; + s2++; + d = vlc_ascii_tolower( *s1 ) - vlc_ascii_tolower( *s2 ); + } + + if (s1 == s1end) + return 0; + else + return d; +} + +/** + * Decodes XML entities. + * + * Decodes a null-terminated UTF-8 string of XML character data into a regular + * nul-terminated UTF-8 string. In other words, replaces XML entities and + * numerical character references with the corresponding characters. + * + * This function operates in place (the output is always of smaller or equal + * length than the input) and always succeeds. + * + * \param str null-terminated string [IN/OUT] + */ +VLC_API void vlc_xml_decode(char *st); + +/** + * Encodes XML entites. + * + * Substitutes unsafe characters in a null-terminated UTF-8 strings with an + * XML entity or numerical character reference. + * + * \param str null terminated UTF-8 string + * \return On success, a heap-allocated null-terminated string is returned. + * If the input string was not a valid UTF-8 sequence, NULL is returned and + * errno is set to EILSEQ. + * If there was not enough memory, NULL is returned and errno is to ENOMEM. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_xml_encode(const char *str) VLC_MALLOC; + +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_encode_binary( const uint8_t *, size_t ); +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_encode( const char * ); + +VLC_API size_t vlc_b64_decode_binary_to_buffer( uint8_t *p_dst, size_t i_dst_max, const char *psz_src ); +VLC_API size_t vlc_b64_decode_binary( uint8_t **pp_dst, const char *psz_src ); +VLC_API char * vlc_b64_decode( const char *psz_src ); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for strftime(). + * + * Formats the current time into a heap-allocated string. + * + * @param tformat time format (as with C strftime()) + * @return an allocated string (must be free()'d), or NULL on memory error. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_strftime( const char * ); + +/** + * Formats input meta-data. + * + * Formats input and input item meta-informations into a heap-allocated string. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_strfinput( input_thread_t *, const char * ); + +static inline char *str_format( input_thread_t *input, const char *fmt ) +{ + char *s1 = vlc_strftime( fmt ); + char *s2 = vlc_strfinput( input, s1 ); + free( s1 ); + return s2; +} + +VLC_API int vlc_filenamecmp(const char *, const char *); + +void filename_sanitize(char *); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67157c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_subpicture.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_subpicture.h: subpicture definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2009 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: b9de52c0493687f2f9920753562e2f1eebfd1b7b $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_SUBPICTURE_H +#define VLC_SUBPICTURE_H 1 + +/** + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup subpicture Video sub-pictures + * \ingroup video_output + * Subpictures are pictures that should be displayed on top of the video, like + * subtitles and OSD + * @{ + * \file + * Subpictures functions + */ + +/** + * Video subtitle region spu core private + */ +typedef struct subpicture_region_private_t subpicture_region_private_t; + +/** + * Video subtitle region + * + * A subtitle region is defined by a picture (graphic) and its rendering + * coordinates. + * Subtitles contain a list of regions. + */ +struct subpicture_region_t +{ + video_format_t fmt; /**< format of the picture */ + picture_t *p_picture; /**< picture comprising this region */ + + int i_x; /**< position of region, relative to alignment */ + int i_y; /**< position of region, relative to alignment */ + int i_align; /**< alignment flags of region */ + int i_alpha; /**< transparency */ + + /* Parameters for text regions (p_picture to be rendered) */ + text_segment_t *p_text; /**< subtitle text, made of a list of segments */ + int i_text_align; /**< alignment flags of region content */ + bool b_noregionbg; /**< render background under text only */ + bool b_gridmode; /** if the decoder sends row/cols based output */ + bool b_balanced_text; /** try to balance wrapped text lines */ + int i_max_width; /** horizontal rendering/cropping target/limit */ + int i_max_height; /** vertical rendering/cropping target/limit */ + + subpicture_region_t *p_next; /**< next region in the list */ + subpicture_region_private_t *p_private; /**< Private data for spu_t *only* */ +}; + +/* Subpicture region position flags */ +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEFT 0x1 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x2 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_TOP 0x4 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x8 +#define SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_MASK ( SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_LEFT|SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_RIGHT| \ + SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_TOP |SUBPICTURE_ALIGN_BOTTOM ) +/** + * This function will create a new subpicture region. + * + * You must use subpicture_region_Delete to destroy it. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_region_t * subpicture_region_New( const video_format_t *p_fmt ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a subpicture region allocated by + * subpicture_region_New. + * + * You may give it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_region_Delete( subpicture_region_t *p_region ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a list of subpicture regions allocated by + * subpicture_region_New. + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_region_ChainDelete( subpicture_region_t *p_head ); + +/** + * This function will copy a subpicture region to a new allocated one + * and transfer all the properties + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_region_t *subpicture_region_Copy( subpicture_region_t *p_region ); + +/** + * + */ +typedef struct subpicture_updater_sys_t subpicture_updater_sys_t; +typedef struct +{ + /** Optional pre update callback, usually useful on video format change. + * Will skip pf_update on VLC_SUCCESS, or will delete every region before + * the call to pf_update */ + int (*pf_validate)( subpicture_t *, + bool has_src_changed, const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, + bool has_dst_changed, const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, + mtime_t); + /** Mandatory callback called after pf_validate and doing + * the main job of creating the subpicture regions for the + * current video_format */ + void (*pf_update) ( subpicture_t *, + const video_format_t *p_fmt_src, + const video_format_t *p_fmt_dst, + mtime_t ); + /** Optional callback for subpicture private data cleanup */ + void (*pf_destroy) ( subpicture_t * ); + subpicture_updater_sys_t *p_sys; +} subpicture_updater_t; + +typedef struct subpicture_private_t subpicture_private_t; + +/** + * Video subtitle + * + * Any subtitle destined to be displayed by a video output thread should + * be stored in this structure from it's creation to it's effective display. + * Subtitle type and flags should only be modified by the output thread. Note + * that an empty subtitle MUST have its flags set to 0. + */ +struct subpicture_t +{ + /** \name Channel ID */ + /**@{*/ + int i_channel; /**< subpicture channel ID */ + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Type and flags + Should NOT be modified except by the vout thread */ + /**@{*/ + int64_t i_order; /** an increasing unique number */ + subpicture_t * p_next; /**< next subtitle to be displayed */ + /**@}*/ + + subpicture_region_t *p_region; /**< region list composing this subtitle */ + + /** \name Date properties */ + /**@{*/ + mtime_t i_start; /**< beginning of display date */ + mtime_t i_stop; /**< end of display date */ + bool b_ephemer; /**< If this flag is set to true the subtitle + will be displayed until the next one appear */ + bool b_fade; /**< enable fading */ + /**@}*/ + + /** \name Display properties + * These properties are only indicative and may be + * changed by the video output thread, or simply ignored depending of the + * subtitle type. */ + /**@{*/ + bool b_subtitle; /**< the picture is a movie subtitle */ + bool b_absolute; /**< position is absolute */ + int i_original_picture_width; /**< original width of the movie */ + int i_original_picture_height;/**< original height of the movie */ + int i_alpha; /**< transparency */ + /**@}*/ + + subpicture_updater_t updater; + + subpicture_private_t *p_private; /* Reserved to the core */ +}; + +/** + * This function create a new empty subpicture. + * + * You must use subpicture_Delete to destroy it. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * subpicture_New( const subpicture_updater_t * ); + +/** + * This function delete a subpicture created by subpicture_New. + * You may give it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_Delete( subpicture_t *p_subpic ); + +/** + * This function will create a subpicture having one region in the requested + * chroma showing the given picture. + * + * The picture_t given is not released nor used inside the + * returned subpicture_t. + */ +VLC_API subpicture_t * subpicture_NewFromPicture( vlc_object_t *, picture_t *, vlc_fourcc_t i_chroma ); + +/** + * This function will update the content of a subpicture created with + * a non NULL subpicture_updater_t. + */ +VLC_API void subpicture_Update( subpicture_t *, const video_format_t *src, const video_format_t *, mtime_t ); + +/** + * This function will blend a given subpicture onto a picture. + * + * The subpicture and all its region must: + * - be absolute. + * - not be ephemere. + * - not have the fade flag. + * - contains only picture (no text rendering). + * \return the number of region(s) successfully blent + */ +VLC_API unsigned picture_BlendSubpicture( picture_t *, filter_t *p_blend, subpicture_t * ); + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* _VLC_VIDEO_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_text_style.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_text_style.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13850d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_text_style.h @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_text_style.h: text_style_t definition and helpers. + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: c24d76adcfedf63514255bb31483acb9325df1b1 $ + * + * Authors: Derk-Jan Hartman + * basOS G + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H +#define VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * Text style + * + * A text style is used to specify the formatting of text. + * A font renderer can use the supplied information to render the + * text specified. + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* Family font names */ + char * psz_fontname; /**< The name of the font */ + char * psz_monofontname; /**< The name of the mono font */ + + uint16_t i_features; /**< Feature flags (means non default) */ + uint16_t i_style_flags; /**< Formatting style flags */ + + /* Font style */ + float f_font_relsize; /**< The font size in video height % */ + int i_font_size; /**< The font size in pixels */ + int i_font_color; /**< The color of the text 0xRRGGBB + (native endianness) */ + uint8_t i_font_alpha; /**< The transparency of the text.*/ + int i_spacing; /**< The spaceing between glyphs in pixels */ + + /* Outline */ + int i_outline_color; /**< The color of the outline 0xRRGGBB */ + uint8_t i_outline_alpha; /**< The transparency of the outline */ + int i_outline_width; /**< The width of the outline in pixels */ + + /* Shadow */ + int i_shadow_color; /**< The color of the shadow 0xRRGGBB */ + uint8_t i_shadow_alpha; /**< The transparency of the shadow. */ + int i_shadow_width; /**< The width of the shadow in pixels */ + + /* Background (and karaoke) */ + int i_background_color;/**< The color of the background 0xRRGGBB */ + uint8_t i_background_alpha;/**< The transparency of the background */ + int i_karaoke_background_color;/**< Background color for karaoke 0xRRGGBB */ + uint8_t i_karaoke_background_alpha;/**< The transparency of the karaoke bg */ + + /* Line breaking */ + enum + { + STYLE_WRAP_DEFAULT = 0, /**< Breaks on whitespace or fallback on char */ + STYLE_WRAP_CHAR, /**< Breaks at character level only */ + STYLE_WRAP_NONE, /**< No line breaks (except explicit ones) */ + } e_wrapinfo; +} text_style_t; + +#define STYLE_ALPHA_OPAQUE 0xFF +#define STYLE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0x00 + +/* Features flags for \ref i_features */ +#define STYLE_NO_DEFAULTS 0x0 +#define STYLE_FULLY_SET 0xFFFF +#define STYLE_HAS_FONT_COLOR (1 << 0) +#define STYLE_HAS_FONT_ALPHA (1 << 1) +#define STYLE_HAS_FLAGS (1 << 2) +#define STYLE_HAS_OUTLINE_COLOR (1 << 3) +#define STYLE_HAS_OUTLINE_ALPHA (1 << 4) +#define STYLE_HAS_SHADOW_COLOR (1 << 5) +#define STYLE_HAS_SHADOW_ALPHA (1 << 6) +#define STYLE_HAS_BACKGROUND_COLOR (1 << 7) +#define STYLE_HAS_BACKGROUND_ALPHA (1 << 8) +#define STYLE_HAS_K_BACKGROUND_COLOR (1 << 9) +#define STYLE_HAS_K_BACKGROUND_ALPHA (1 << 10) +#define STYLE_HAS_WRAP_INFO (1 << 11) + +/* Style flags for \ref text_style_t */ +#define STYLE_BOLD (1 << 0) +#define STYLE_ITALIC (1 << 1) +#define STYLE_OUTLINE (1 << 2) +#define STYLE_SHADOW (1 << 3) +#define STYLE_BACKGROUND (1 << 4) +#define STYLE_UNDERLINE (1 << 5) +#define STYLE_STRIKEOUT (1 << 6) +#define STYLE_HALFWIDTH (1 << 7) +#define STYLE_MONOSPACED (1 << 8) +#define STYLE_DOUBLEWIDTH (1 << 9) +#define STYLE_BLINK_FOREGROUND (1 << 10) +#define STYLE_BLINK_BACKGROUND (1 << 11) + +#define STYLE_DEFAULT_FONT_SIZE 20 +#define STYLE_DEFAULT_REL_FONT_SIZE 6.25 + + +typedef struct text_segment_t text_segment_t; +/** + * Text segment for subtitles + * + * This structure is used to store a formatted text, with mixed styles + * Every segment is comprised of one text and a unique style + * + * On style change, a new segment is created with the next part of text + * and the new style, and chained to the list + * + * Create with text_segment_New and clean the chain with + * text_segment_ChainDelete + */ +struct text_segment_t { + char *psz_text; /**< text string of the segment */ + text_style_t *style; /**< style applied to this segment */ + text_segment_t *p_next; /**< next segment */ +}; + +/** + * Create a default text style + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_New( void ); + +/** + * Create a text style + * + * Set feature flags as argument if you want to set style defaults + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Create( int ); + +/** + * Copy a text style into another + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Copy( text_style_t *, const text_style_t * ); + +/** + * Duplicate a text style + */ +VLC_API text_style_t * text_style_Duplicate( const text_style_t * ); + +/** + * Merge two styles using non default values + * + * Set b_override to true if you also want to overwrite non-defaults + */ +VLC_API void text_style_Merge( text_style_t *, const text_style_t *, bool b_override ); + +/** + * Delete a text style created by text_style_New or text_style_Duplicate + */ +VLC_API void text_style_Delete( text_style_t * ); + +/** + * This function will create a new text segment. + * + * You should use text_segment_ChainDelete to destroy it, to clean all + * the linked segments, or text_segment_Delete to free a specic one + * + * This duplicates the string passed as argument + */ +VLC_API text_segment_t *text_segment_New( const char * ); + +/** + * This function will create a new text segment and duplicates the style passed as argument + * + * You should use text_segment_ChainDelete to destroy it, to clean all + * the linked segments, or text_segment_Delete to free a specic one + * + * This doesn't initialize the text. + */ +VLC_API text_segment_t *text_segment_NewInheritStyle( const text_style_t* p_style ); + +/** + * Delete a text segment and its content. + * + * This assumes the segment is not part of a chain + */ +VLC_API void text_segment_Delete( text_segment_t * ); + +/** + * This function will destroy a list of text segments allocated + * by text_segment_New. + * + * You may pass it NULL. + */ +VLC_API void text_segment_ChainDelete( text_segment_t * ); + +/** + * This function will copy a text_segment and its chain into a new one + * + * You may give it NULL, but it will return NULL. + */ +VLC_API text_segment_t * text_segment_Copy( text_segment_t * ); + +static const struct { + const char *psz_name; + uint32_t i_value; +} p_html_colors[] = { + /* Official html colors */ + { "Aqua", 0x00FFFF }, + { "Black", 0x000000 }, + { "Blue", 0x0000FF }, + { "Fuchsia", 0xFF00FF }, + { "Gray", 0x808080 }, + { "Green", 0x008000 }, + { "Lime", 0x00FF00 }, + { "Maroon", 0x800000 }, + { "Navy", 0x000080 }, + { "Olive", 0x808000 }, + { "Purple", 0x800080 }, + { "Red", 0xFF0000 }, + { "Silver", 0xC0C0C0 }, + { "Teal", 0x008080 }, + { "White", 0xFFFFFF }, + { "Yellow", 0xFFFF00 }, + + /* Common ones */ + { "AliceBlue", 0xF0F8FF }, + { "AntiqueWhite", 0xFAEBD7 }, + { "Aqua", 0x00FFFF }, + { "Aquamarine", 0x7FFFD4 }, + { "Azure", 0xF0FFFF }, + { "Beige", 0xF5F5DC }, + { "Bisque", 0xFFE4C4 }, + { "Black", 0x000000 }, + { "BlanchedAlmond", 0xFFEBCD }, + { "Blue", 0x0000FF }, + { "BlueViolet", 0x8A2BE2 }, + { "Brown", 0xA52A2A }, + { "BurlyWood", 0xDEB887 }, + { "CadetBlue", 0x5F9EA0 }, + { "Chartreuse", 0x7FFF00 }, + { "Chocolate", 0xD2691E }, + { "Coral", 0xFF7F50 }, + { "CornflowerBlue", 0x6495ED }, + { "Cornsilk", 0xFFF8DC }, + { "Crimson", 0xDC143C }, + { "Cyan", 0x00FFFF }, + { "DarkBlue", 0x00008B }, + { "DarkCyan", 0x008B8B }, + { "DarkGoldenRod", 0xB8860B }, + { "DarkGray", 0xA9A9A9 }, + { "DarkGrey", 0xA9A9A9 }, + { "DarkGreen", 0x006400 }, + { "DarkKhaki", 0xBDB76B }, + { "DarkMagenta", 0x8B008B }, + { "DarkOliveGreen", 0x556B2F }, + { "Darkorange", 0xFF8C00 }, + { "DarkOrchid", 0x9932CC }, + { "DarkRed", 0x8B0000 }, + { "DarkSalmon", 0xE9967A }, + { "DarkSeaGreen", 0x8FBC8F }, + { "DarkSlateBlue", 0x483D8B }, + { "DarkSlateGray", 0x2F4F4F }, + { "DarkSlateGrey", 0x2F4F4F }, + { "DarkTurquoise", 0x00CED1 }, + { "DarkViolet", 0x9400D3 }, + { "DeepPink", 0xFF1493 }, + { "DeepSkyBlue", 0x00BFFF }, + { "DimGray", 0x696969 }, + { "DimGrey", 0x696969 }, + { "DodgerBlue", 0x1E90FF }, + { "FireBrick", 0xB22222 }, + { "FloralWhite", 0xFFFAF0 }, + { "ForestGreen", 0x228B22 }, + { "Fuchsia", 0xFF00FF }, + { "Gainsboro", 0xDCDCDC }, + { "GhostWhite", 0xF8F8FF }, + { "Gold", 0xFFD700 }, + { "GoldenRod", 0xDAA520 }, + { "Gray", 0x808080 }, + { "Grey", 0x808080 }, + { "Green", 0x008000 }, + { "GreenYellow", 0xADFF2F }, + { "HoneyDew", 0xF0FFF0 }, + { "HotPink", 0xFF69B4 }, + { "IndianRed", 0xCD5C5C }, + { "Indigo", 0x4B0082 }, + { "Ivory", 0xFFFFF0 }, + { "Khaki", 0xF0E68C }, + { "Lavender", 0xE6E6FA }, + { "LavenderBlush", 0xFFF0F5 }, + { "LawnGreen", 0x7CFC00 }, + { "LemonChiffon", 0xFFFACD }, + { "LightBlue", 0xADD8E6 }, + { "LightCoral", 0xF08080 }, + { "LightCyan", 0xE0FFFF }, + { "LightGoldenRodYellow", 0xFAFAD2 }, + { "LightGray", 0xD3D3D3 }, + { "LightGrey", 0xD3D3D3 }, + { "LightGreen", 0x90EE90 }, + { "LightPink", 0xFFB6C1 }, + { "LightSalmon", 0xFFA07A }, + { "LightSeaGreen", 0x20B2AA }, + { "LightSkyBlue", 0x87CEFA }, + { "LightSlateGray", 0x778899 }, + { "LightSlateGrey", 0x778899 }, + { "LightSteelBlue", 0xB0C4DE }, + { "LightYellow", 0xFFFFE0 }, + { "Lime", 0x00FF00 }, + { "LimeGreen", 0x32CD32 }, + { "Linen", 0xFAF0E6 }, + { "Magenta", 0xFF00FF }, + { "Maroon", 0x800000 }, + { "MediumAquaMarine", 0x66CDAA }, + { "MediumBlue", 0x0000CD }, + { "MediumOrchid", 0xBA55D3 }, + { "MediumPurple", 0x9370D8 }, + { "MediumSeaGreen", 0x3CB371 }, + { "MediumSlateBlue", 0x7B68EE }, + { "MediumSpringGreen", 0x00FA9A }, + { "MediumTurquoise", 0x48D1CC }, + { "MediumVioletRed", 0xC71585 }, + { "MidnightBlue", 0x191970 }, + { "MintCream", 0xF5FFFA }, + { "MistyRose", 0xFFE4E1 }, + { "Moccasin", 0xFFE4B5 }, + { "NavajoWhite", 0xFFDEAD }, + { "Navy", 0x000080 }, + { "OldLace", 0xFDF5E6 }, + { "Olive", 0x808000 }, + { "OliveDrab", 0x6B8E23 }, + { "Orange", 0xFFA500 }, + { "OrangeRed", 0xFF4500 }, + { "Orchid", 0xDA70D6 }, + { "PaleGoldenRod", 0xEEE8AA }, + { "PaleGreen", 0x98FB98 }, + { "PaleTurquoise", 0xAFEEEE }, + { "PaleVioletRed", 0xD87093 }, + { "PapayaWhip", 0xFFEFD5 }, + { "PeachPuff", 0xFFDAB9 }, + { "Peru", 0xCD853F }, + { "Pink", 0xFFC0CB }, + { "Plum", 0xDDA0DD }, + { "PowderBlue", 0xB0E0E6 }, + { "Purple", 0x800080 }, + { "RebeccaPurple", 0x663399 }, + { "Red", 0xFF0000 }, + { "RosyBrown", 0xBC8F8F }, + { "RoyalBlue", 0x4169E1 }, + { "SaddleBrown", 0x8B4513 }, + { "Salmon", 0xFA8072 }, + { "SandyBrown", 0xF4A460 }, + { "SeaGreen", 0x2E8B57 }, + { "SeaShell", 0xFFF5EE }, + { "Sienna", 0xA0522D }, + { "Silver", 0xC0C0C0 }, + { "SkyBlue", 0x87CEEB }, + { "SlateBlue", 0x6A5ACD }, + { "SlateGray", 0x708090 }, + { "SlateGrey", 0x708090 }, + { "Snow", 0xFFFAFA }, + { "SpringGreen", 0x00FF7F }, + { "SteelBlue", 0x4682B4 }, + { "Tan", 0xD2B48C }, + { "Teal", 0x008080 }, + { "Thistle", 0xD8BFD8 }, + { "Tomato", 0xFF6347 }, + { "Turquoise", 0x40E0D0 }, + { "Violet", 0xEE82EE }, + { "Wheat", 0xF5DEB3 }, + { "White", 0xFFFFFF }, + { "WhiteSmoke", 0xF5F5F5 }, + { "Yellow", 0xFFFF00 }, + { "YellowGreen", 0x9ACD32 }, + + { NULL, 0 } +}; + +/** + * Returns an integer representation of an HTML color. + * + * @param psz_value An HTML color, which can be either: + * - A standard HTML color (red, cyan, ...) as defined in p_html_colors + * - An hexadecimal color, of the form [#][AA]RRGGBB + * @param ok If non-null, true will be stored in this pointer to signal + * a successful conversion + */ +VLC_API unsigned int vlc_html_color( const char *psz_value, bool* ok ); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_TEXT_STYLE_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_threads.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_threads.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf1b35a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_threads.h @@ -0,0 +1,1068 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_threads.h : threads implementation for the VideoLAN client + * This header provides portable declarations for mutexes & conditions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999, 2002 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright © 2007-2016 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * Authors: Jean-Marc Dressler + * Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * Christophe Massiot + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_THREADS_H_ +#define VLC_THREADS_H_ + +/** + * \ingroup os + * \defgroup thread Threads and synchronization primitives + * @{ + * \file + * Thread primitive declarations + */ + +/** + * Issues an explicit deferred cancellation point. + * + * This has no effects if thread cancellation is disabled. + * This can be called when there is a rather slow non-sleeping operation. + * This is also used to force a cancellation point in a function that would + * otherwise not always be one (block_FifoGet() is an example). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_testcancel(void); + +#if defined (_WIN32) +# include +# ifndef ETIMEDOUT +# define ETIMEDOUT 10060 /* This is the value in winsock.h. */ +# endif + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +# define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED NULL +# define LIBVLC_NEED_SLEEP +typedef struct +{ + bool dynamic; + union + { + struct + { + bool locked; + unsigned long contention; + }; + CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; + }; +} vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX { false, { { false, 0 } } } +#define LIBVLC_NEED_CONDVAR +#define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +#define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_threadvar *vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT THREAD_PRIORITY_ABOVE_NORMAL +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL + +#elif defined (__OS2__) +# include + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +#define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED NULL +typedef struct +{ + bool dynamic; + union + { + struct + { + bool locked; + unsigned long contention; + }; + HMTX hmtx; + }; +} vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX { false, { { false, 0 } } } +typedef struct +{ + HEV hev; + unsigned waiters; + HEV hevAck; + unsigned signaled; +} vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND { NULLHANDLE, 0, NULLHANDLE, 0 } +#define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +#define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_threadvar *vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT \ + MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM / 2, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT \ + MAKESHORT(PRTYD_MAXIMUM / 2, PRTYC_REGULAR) +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST MAKESHORT(0, PRTYC_TIMECRITICAL) + +# define pthread_sigmask sigprocmask + +static inline int vlc_poll (struct pollfd *fds, unsigned nfds, int timeout) +{ + static int (*vlc_poll_os2)(struct pollfd *, unsigned, int) = NULL; + + if (!vlc_poll_os2) + { + HMODULE hmod; + CHAR szFailed[CCHMAXPATH]; + + if (DosLoadModule(szFailed, sizeof(szFailed), "vlccore", &hmod)) + return -1; + + if (DosQueryProcAddr(hmod, 0, "_vlc_poll_os2", (PFN *)&vlc_poll_os2)) + return -1; + } + + return (*vlc_poll_os2)(fds, nfds, timeout); +} +# define poll(u,n,t) vlc_poll(u, n, t) + +#elif defined (__ANDROID__) /* pthreads subset without pthread_cancel() */ +# include +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 +# define LIBVLC_NEED_SLEEP +# define LIBVLC_NEED_CONDVAR +# define LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +# define LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK + +typedef struct vlc_thread *vlc_thread_t; +#define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED NULL +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 0 + +static inline int vlc_poll (struct pollfd *fds, unsigned nfds, int timeout) +{ + int val; + + do + { + int ugly_timeout = ((unsigned)timeout >= 50) ? 50 : timeout; + if (timeout >= 0) + timeout -= ugly_timeout; + + vlc_testcancel (); + val = poll (fds, nfds, ugly_timeout); + } + while (val == 0 && timeout != 0); + + return val; +} + +# define poll(u,n,t) vlc_poll(u, n, t) + +#elif defined (__APPLE__) +# define _APPLE_C_SOURCE 1 /* Proper pthread semantics on OSX */ +# include +# include +/* Unnamed POSIX semaphores not supported on Mac OS X */ +# include +# include +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD 1 +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 + +typedef pthread_t vlc_thread_t; +#define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED PTHREAD_CANCELED +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_cond_t vlc_cond_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_COND PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER +typedef semaphore_t vlc_sem_t; +typedef pthread_rwlock_t vlc_rwlock_t; +#define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 22 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 22 + +#else /* POSIX threads */ +# include /* _POSIX_SPIN_LOCKS */ +# include +# include + +/** + * Whether LibVLC threads are based on POSIX threads. + */ +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD 1 + +/** + * Whether LibVLC thread cancellation is based on POSIX threads. + */ +# define LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1 + +/** + * Thread handle. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pthread_t handle; +} vlc_thread_t; + +/** + * Return value of a canceled thread. + */ +#define VLC_THREAD_CANCELED PTHREAD_CANCELED + +/** + * Mutex. + * + * Storage space for a mutual exclusion lock. + */ +typedef pthread_mutex_t vlc_mutex_t; + +/** + * Static initializer for (static) mutex. + */ +#define VLC_STATIC_MUTEX PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + +/** + * Condition variable. + * + * Storage space for a thread condition variable. + */ +typedef pthread_cond_t vlc_cond_t; + +/** + * Static initializer for (static) condition variable. + * + * \note + * The condition variable will use the default clock, which is OS-dependent. + * Therefore, where timed waits are necessary the condition variable should + * always be initialized dynamically explicit instead of using this + * initializer. + */ +#define VLC_STATIC_COND PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER + +/** + * Semaphore. + * + * Storage space for a thread-safe semaphore. + */ +typedef sem_t vlc_sem_t; + +/** + * Read/write lock. + * + * Storage space for a slim reader/writer lock. + */ +typedef pthread_rwlock_t vlc_rwlock_t; + +/** + * Static initializer for (static) read/write lock. + */ +#define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER + +/** + * Thread-local key handle. + */ +typedef pthread_key_t vlc_threadvar_t; + +/** + * Threaded timer handle. + */ +typedef struct vlc_timer *vlc_timer_t; + +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_INPUT 10 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_AUDIO 5 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_VIDEO 0 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_OUTPUT 15 +# define VLC_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST 20 + +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_CONDVAR +typedef struct +{ + unsigned value; +} vlc_cond_t; +# define VLC_STATIC_COND { 0 } +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_SEMAPHORE +typedef struct vlc_sem +{ + vlc_mutex_t lock; + vlc_cond_t wait; + unsigned value; +} vlc_sem_t; +#endif + +#ifdef LIBVLC_NEED_RWLOCK +typedef struct vlc_rwlock +{ + vlc_mutex_t mutex; + vlc_cond_t wait; + long state; +} vlc_rwlock_t; +# define VLC_STATIC_RWLOCK { VLC_STATIC_MUTEX, VLC_STATIC_COND, 0 } +#endif + +/** + * Initializes a fast mutex. + * + * Recursive locking of a fast mutex is undefined behaviour. (In debug builds, + * recursive locking will cause an assertion failure.) + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_init(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Initializes a recursive mutex. + * \warning This is strongly discouraged. Please use normal mutexes. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_init_recursive(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Deinitializes a mutex. + * + * The mutex must not be locked, otherwise behaviour is undefined. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_destroy(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Acquires a mutex. + * + * If needed, this waits for any other thread to release it. + * + * \warning Beware of deadlocks when locking multiple mutexes at the same time, + * or when using mutexes from callbacks. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_lock(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Tries to acquire a mutex. + * + * This function acquires the mutex if and only if it is not currently held by + * another thread. This function never sleeps and can be used in delay-critical + * code paths. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * \warning If this function fails, then the mutex is held... by another + * thread. The calling thread must deal with the error appropriately. That + * typically implies postponing the operations that would have required the + * mutex. If the thread cannot defer those operations, then it must use + * vlc_mutex_lock(). If in doubt, use vlc_mutex_lock() instead. + * + * @return 0 if the mutex could be acquired, an error code otherwise. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_mutex_trylock( vlc_mutex_t * ) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Releases a mutex. + * + * If the mutex is not held by the calling thread, the behaviour is undefined. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_mutex_unlock(vlc_mutex_t *); + +/** + * Initializes a condition variable. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_init(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Initializes a condition variable (wall clock). + * + * This function initializes a condition variable for timed waiting using the + * UTC wall clock time. The time reference is the same as with time() and with + * timespec_get() and TIME_UTC. + * vlc_cond_timedwait_daytime() must be instead of + * vlc_cond_timedwait() for actual waiting. + */ +void vlc_cond_init_daytime(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Deinitializes a condition variable. + * + * No threads shall be waiting or signaling the condition, otherwise the + * behavior is undefined. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_destroy(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Wakes up one thread waiting on a condition variable. + * + * If any thread is currently waiting on the condition variable, at least one + * of those threads will be woken up. Otherwise, this function has no effects. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_signal(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Wakes up all threads waiting on a condition variable. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_broadcast(vlc_cond_t *); + +/** + * Waits on a condition variable. + * + * The calling thread will be suspended until another thread calls + * vlc_cond_signal() or vlc_cond_broadcast() on the same condition variable, + * the thread is cancelled with vlc_cancel(), or the system causes a + * spurious unsolicited wake-up. + * + * A mutex is needed to wait on a condition variable. It must not be + * a recursive mutex. Although it is possible to use the same mutex for + * multiple condition, it is not valid to use different mutexes for the same + * condition variable at the same time from different threads. + * + * The canonical way to use a condition variable to wait for event foobar is: + @code + vlc_mutex_lock(&lock); + mutex_cleanup_push(&lock); // release the mutex in case of cancellation + + while (!foobar) + vlc_cond_wait(&wait, &lock); + + // -- foobar is now true, do something about it here -- + + vlc_cleanup_pop(); + vlc_mutex_unlock(&lock); + @endcode + * + * \note This function is a cancellation point. In case of thread cancellation, + * the mutex is always locked before cancellation proceeds. + * + * \param cond condition variable to wait on + * \param mutex mutex which is unlocked while waiting, + * then locked again when waking up. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cond_wait(vlc_cond_t *cond, vlc_mutex_t *mutex); + +/** + * Waits on a condition variable up to a certain date. + * + * This works like vlc_cond_wait() but with an additional time-out. + * The time-out is expressed as an absolute timestamp using the same arbitrary + * time reference as the mdate() and mwait() functions. + * + * \note This function is a cancellation point. In case of thread cancellation, + * the mutex is always locked before cancellation proceeds. + * + * \param cond condition variable to wait on + * \param mutex mutex which is unlocked while waiting, + * then locked again when waking up + * \param deadline absolute timeout + * + * \warning If the variable was initialized with vlc_cond_init_daytime(), or + * was statically initialized with \ref VLC_STATIC_COND, the time reference + * used by this function is unspecified (depending on the implementation, it + * might be the Unix epoch or the mdate() clock). + * + * \return 0 if the condition was signaled, an error code in case of timeout. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_cond_timedwait(vlc_cond_t *cond, vlc_mutex_t *mutex, + mtime_t deadline); + +int vlc_cond_timedwait_daytime(vlc_cond_t *, vlc_mutex_t *, time_t); + +/** + * Initializes a semaphore. + * + * @param count initial semaphore value (typically 0) + */ +VLC_API void vlc_sem_init(vlc_sem_t *, unsigned count); + +/** + * Deinitializes a semaphore. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_sem_destroy(vlc_sem_t *); + +/** + * Increments the value of a semaphore. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * \return 0 on success, EOVERFLOW in case of integer overflow. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_sem_post(vlc_sem_t *); + +/** + * Waits on a semaphore. + * + * This function atomically waits for the semaphore to become non-zero then + * decrements it, and returns. If the semaphore is non-zero on entry, it is + * immediately decremented. + * + * \note This function may be a point of cancellation. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_sem_wait(vlc_sem_t *); + +/** + * Initializes a read/write lock. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_init(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Destroys an initialized unused read/write lock. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_destroy(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Acquires a read/write lock for reading. + * + * \note Recursion is allowed. + * \note This function may be a point of cancellation. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_rdlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Acquires a read/write lock for writing. Recursion is not allowed. + * \note This function may be a point of cancellation. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_wrlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Releases a read/write lock. + * + * The calling thread must hold the lock. Otherwise behaviour is undefined. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_rwlock_unlock(vlc_rwlock_t *); + +/** + * Allocates a thread-specific variable. + * + * @param key where to store the thread-specific variable handle + * @param destr a destruction callback. It is called whenever a thread exits + * and the thread-specific variable has a non-NULL value. + * + * @return 0 on success, a system error code otherwise. + * This function can actually fail: on most systems, there is a fixed limit to + * the number of thread-specific variables in a given process. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_threadvar_create(vlc_threadvar_t *key, void (*destr) (void *)); + +/** + * Deallocates a thread-specific variable. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_threadvar_delete(vlc_threadvar_t *); + +/** + * Sets a thread-specific variable. + + * \param key thread-local variable key (created with vlc_threadvar_create()) + * \param value new value for the variable for the calling thread + * \return 0 on success, a system error code otherwise. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_threadvar_set(vlc_threadvar_t key, void *value); + +/** + * Gets the value of a thread-local variable for the calling thread. + * This function cannot fail. + * + * \return the value associated with the given variable for the calling + * or NULL if no value was set. + */ +VLC_API void *vlc_threadvar_get(vlc_threadvar_t); + +/** + * Waits on an address. + * + * Puts the calling thread to sleep if a specific value is stored at a + * specified address. The thread will sleep until it is woken up by a call to + * vlc_addr_signal() or vlc_addr_broadcast() in another thread, or spuriously. + * + * If the value does not match, do nothing and return immediately. + * + * \param addr address to check for + * \param val value to match at the address + */ +void vlc_addr_wait(void *addr, unsigned val); + +/** + * Waits on an address with a time-out. + * + * This function operates as vlc_addr_wait() but provides an additional + * time-out. If the time-out elapses, the thread resumes and the function + * returns. + * + * \param addr address to check for + * \param val value to match at the address + * \param delay time-out duration + * + * \return true if the function was woken up before the time-out, + * false if the time-out elapsed. + */ +bool vlc_addr_timedwait(void *addr, unsigned val, mtime_t delay); + +/** + * Wakes up one thread on an address. + * + * Wakes up (at least) one of the thread sleeping on the specified address. + * The address must be equal to the first parameter given by at least one + * thread sleeping within the vlc_addr_wait() or vlc_addr_timedwait() + * functions. If no threads are found, this function does nothing. + * + * \param addr address identifying which threads may be woken up + */ +void vlc_addr_signal(void *addr); + +/** + * Wakes up all thread on an address. + * + * Wakes up all threads sleeping on the specified address (if any). + * Any thread sleeping within a call to vlc_addr_wait() or vlc_addr_timedwait() + * with the specified address as first call parameter will be woken up. + * + * \param addr address identifying which threads to wake up + */ +void vlc_addr_broadcast(void *addr); + +/** + * Creates and starts a new thread. + * + * The thread must be joined with vlc_join() to reclaim resources + * when it is not needed anymore. + * + * @param th storage space for the handle of the new thread (cannot be NULL) + * [OUT] + * @param entry entry point for the thread + * @param data data parameter given to the entry point + * @param priority thread priority value + * @return 0 on success, a standard error code on error. + * @note In case of error, the value of *th is undefined. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_clone(vlc_thread_t *th, void *(*entry)(void *), void *data, + int priority) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Marks a thread as cancelled. + * + * Next time the target thread reaches a cancellation point (while not having + * disabled cancellation), it will run its cancellation cleanup handler, the + * thread variable destructors, and terminate. + * + * vlc_join() must be used regardless of a thread being cancelled or not, to + * avoid leaking resources. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_cancel(vlc_thread_t); + +/** + * Waits for a thread to complete (if needed), then destroys it. + * + * \note This is a cancellation point. In case of cancellation, the thread is + * not joined. + + * \warning A thread cannot join itself (normally VLC will abort if this is + * attempted). Also a detached thread cannot be joined. + * + * @param th thread handle + * @param result [OUT] pointer to write the thread return value or NULL + */ +VLC_API void vlc_join(vlc_thread_t th, void **result); + +/** + * Disables thread cancellation. + * + * This functions saves the current cancellation state (enabled or disabled), + * then disables cancellation for the calling thread. It must be called before + * entering a piece of code that is not cancellation-safe, unless it can be + * proven that the calling thread will not be cancelled. + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * \return Previous cancellation state (opaque value for vlc_restorecancel()). + */ +VLC_API int vlc_savecancel(void); + +/** + * Restores the cancellation state. + * + * This function restores the cancellation state of the calling thread to + * a state previously saved by vlc_savecancel(). + * + * \note This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * \param state previous state as returned by vlc_savecancel(). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_restorecancel(int state); + +/** + * Internal handler for thread cancellation. + * + * Do not call this function directly. Use wrapper macros instead: + * vlc_cleanup_push(), vlc_cleanup_pop(). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_control_cancel(int cmd, ...); + +/** + * Thread handle. + * + * This function returns the thread handle of the calling thread. + * + * \note The exact type of the thread handle depends on the platform, + * including an integer type, a pointer type or a compound type of any size. + * If you need an integer identifier, use vlc_thread_id() instead. + * + * \note vlc_join(vlc_thread_self(), NULL) is undefined, + * as it obviously does not make any sense (it might result in a deadlock, but + * there are no warranties that it will). + * + * \return the thread handle + */ +VLC_API vlc_thread_t vlc_thread_self(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Thread identifier. + * + * This function returns the identifier of the calling thread. The identifier + * cannot change for the entire duration of the thread, and no other thread can + * have the same identifier at the same time in the same process. Typically, + * the identifier is also unique across all running threads of all existing + * processes, but that depends on the operating system. + * + * There are no particular semantics to the thread ID with LibVLC. + * It is provided mainly for tracing and debugging. + * + * \warning This function is not currently implemented on all supported + * platforms. Where not implemented, it returns (unsigned long)-1. + * + * \return the thread identifier (or -1 if unimplemented) + */ +VLC_API unsigned long vlc_thread_id(void) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Precision monotonic clock. + * + * In principles, the clock has a precision of 1 MHz. But the actual resolution + * may be much lower, especially when it comes to sleeping with mwait() or + * msleep(). Most general-purpose operating systems provide a resolution of + * only 100 to 1000 Hz. + * + * \warning The origin date (time value "zero") is not specified. It is + * typically the time the kernel started, but this is platform-dependent. + * If you need wall clock time, use gettimeofday() instead. + * + * \return a timestamp in microseconds. + */ +VLC_API mtime_t mdate(void); + +/** + * Waits until a deadline. + * + * \param deadline timestamp to wait for (\ref mdate()) + * + * \note The deadline may be exceeded due to OS scheduling. + * \note This function is a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void mwait(mtime_t deadline); + +/** + * Waits for an interval of time. + * + * \param delay how long to wait (in microseconds) + * + * \note The delay may be exceeded due to OS scheduling. + * \note This function is a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void msleep(mtime_t delay); + +#define VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP 10000 /* 10 milliseconds = 1 tick at 100Hz */ +#define VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP 9000000 /* 9 seconds */ + +#if defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (__clang__) +/* Linux has 100, 250, 300 or 1000Hz + * + * HZ=100 by default on FreeBSD, but some architectures use a 1000Hz timer + */ + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((error("sorry, cannot sleep for such short a time"))) +mtime_t impossible_delay( mtime_t delay ) +{ + (void) delay; + return VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP; +} + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((warning("use proper event handling instead of short delay"))) +mtime_t harmful_delay( mtime_t delay ) +{ + return delay; +} + +# define check_delay( d ) \ + ((__builtin_constant_p(d < VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP) \ + && (d < VLC_HARD_MIN_SLEEP)) \ + ? impossible_delay(d) \ + : ((__builtin_constant_p(d < VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP) \ + && (d < VLC_SOFT_MIN_SLEEP)) \ + ? harmful_delay(d) \ + : d)) + +static +__attribute__((unused)) +__attribute__((noinline)) +__attribute__((error("deadlines can not be constant"))) +mtime_t impossible_deadline( mtime_t deadline ) +{ + return deadline; +} + +# define check_deadline( d ) \ + (__builtin_constant_p(d) ? impossible_deadline(d) : d) +#else +# define check_delay(d) (d) +# define check_deadline(d) (d) +#endif + +/** + * Initializes an asynchronous timer. + * + * \param id pointer to timer to be initialized + * \param func function that the timer will call + * \param data parameter for the timer function + * \return 0 on success, a system error code otherwise. + * + * \warning Asynchronous timers are processed from an unspecified thread. + * \note Multiple occurrences of a single interval timer are serialized: + * they cannot run concurrently. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_timer_create(vlc_timer_t *id, void (*func)(void *), void *data) +VLC_USED; + +/** + * Destroys an initialized timer. + * + * If needed, the timer is first disarmed. Behaviour is undefined if the + * specified timer is not initialized. + * + * \warning This function must be called before the timer data can be + * freed and before the timer callback function can be unmapped/unloaded. + * + * \param timer timer to destroy + */ +VLC_API void vlc_timer_destroy(vlc_timer_t timer); + +/** + * Arms or disarms an initialized timer. + * + * This functions overrides any previous call to itself. + * + * \note A timer can fire later than requested due to system scheduling + * limitations. An interval timer can fail to trigger sometimes, either because + * the system is busy or suspended, or because a previous iteration of the + * timer is still running. See also vlc_timer_getoverrun(). + * + * \param timer initialized timer + * \param absolute the timer value origin is the same as mdate() if true, + * the timer value is relative to now if false. + * \param value zero to disarm the timer, otherwise the initial time to wait + * before firing the timer. + * \param interval zero to fire the timer just once, otherwise the timer + * repetition interval. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_timer_schedule(vlc_timer_t timer, bool absolute, + mtime_t value, mtime_t interval); + +/** + * Fetches and resets the overrun counter for a timer. + * + * This functions returns the number of times that the interval timer should + * have fired, but the callback was not invoked due to scheduling problems. + * The call resets the counter to zero. + * + * \param timer initialized timer + * \return the timer overrun counter (typically zero) + */ +VLC_API unsigned vlc_timer_getoverrun(vlc_timer_t) VLC_USED; + +/** + * Count CPUs. + * + * \return number of available (logical) CPUs. + */ +VLC_API unsigned vlc_GetCPUCount(void); + +enum +{ + VLC_CLEANUP_PUSH, + VLC_CLEANUP_POP, + VLC_CANCEL_ADDR_SET, + VLC_CANCEL_ADDR_CLEAR, +}; + +#if defined (LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP) +/** + * Registers a thread cancellation handler. + * + * This pushes a function to run if the thread is cancelled (or otherwise + * exits prematurely). + * + * If multiple procedures are registered, + * they are handled in last-in first-out order. + * + * \note Any call to vlc_cleanup_push() must paired with a call to + * vlc_cleanup_pop(). + * \warning Branching into or out of the block between these two function calls + * is not allowed (read: it will likely crash the whole process). + * + * \param routine procedure to call if the thread ends + * \param arg argument for the procedure + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_push( routine, arg ) pthread_cleanup_push (routine, arg) + +/** + * Unregisters the last cancellation handler. + * + * This pops the cancellation handler that was last pushed with + * vlc_cleanup_push() in the calling thread. + */ +# define vlc_cleanup_pop( ) pthread_cleanup_pop (0) + +#else +typedef struct vlc_cleanup_t vlc_cleanup_t; + +struct vlc_cleanup_t +{ + vlc_cleanup_t *next; + void (*proc) (void *); + void *data; +}; + +/* This macros opens a code block on purpose. This is needed for multiple + * calls within a single function. This also prevent Win32 developers from + * writing code that would break on POSIX (POSIX opens a block as well). */ +# define vlc_cleanup_push( routine, arg ) \ + do { \ + vlc_cleanup_t vlc_cleanup_data = { NULL, routine, arg, }; \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_PUSH, &vlc_cleanup_data) + +# define vlc_cleanup_pop( ) \ + vlc_control_cancel (VLC_CLEANUP_POP); \ + } while (0) + +#endif /* !LIBVLC_USE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP */ + +static inline void vlc_cleanup_lock (void *lock) +{ + vlc_mutex_unlock ((vlc_mutex_t *)lock); +} +#define mutex_cleanup_push( lock ) vlc_cleanup_push (vlc_cleanup_lock, lock) + +static inline void vlc_cancel_addr_set(void *addr) +{ + vlc_control_cancel(VLC_CANCEL_ADDR_SET, addr); +} + +static inline void vlc_cancel_addr_clear(void *addr) +{ + vlc_control_cancel(VLC_CANCEL_ADDR_CLEAR, addr); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +/** + * Helper C++ class to lock a mutex. + * + * The mutex is locked when the object is created, and unlocked when the object + * is destroyed. + */ +class vlc_mutex_locker +{ + private: + vlc_mutex_t *lock; + public: + vlc_mutex_locker (vlc_mutex_t *m) : lock (m) + { + vlc_mutex_lock (lock); + } + + ~vlc_mutex_locker (void) + { + vlc_mutex_unlock (lock); + } +}; +#endif + +enum +{ + VLC_AVCODEC_MUTEX = 0, + VLC_GCRYPT_MUTEX, + VLC_XLIB_MUTEX, + VLC_MOSAIC_MUTEX, + VLC_HIGHLIGHT_MUTEX, +#ifdef _WIN32 + VLC_MTA_MUTEX, +#endif + /* Insert new entry HERE */ + VLC_MAX_MUTEX +}; + +/** + * Internal handler for global mutexes. + * + * Do not use this function directly. Use helper macros instead: + * vlc_global_lock(), vlc_global_unlock(). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_global_mutex(unsigned, bool); + +/** + * Acquires a global mutex. + */ +#define vlc_global_lock( n ) vlc_global_mutex(n, true) + +/** + * Releases a global mutex. + */ +#define vlc_global_unlock( n ) vlc_global_mutex(n, false) + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* !_VLC_THREADS_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_timestamp_helper.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_timestamp_helper.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7068d9f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_timestamp_helper.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_timestamp_helper.h : timestamp handling helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2014 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 90840fbcf7a5197f235ab6160a2cc2708a87c54d $ + * + * Authors: Felix Abecassis + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TIMESTAMP_H +#define VLC_TIMESTAMP_H 1 + +/* Implementation of a circular buffer of timestamps with overwriting + * of older values. MediaCodec has only one type of timestamp, if a + * block has no PTS, we send the DTS instead. Some hardware decoders + * cannot cope with this situation and output the frames in the wrong + * order. As a workaround in this case, we use a FIFO of timestamps in + * order to remember which input packets had no PTS. Since an + * hardware decoder can silently drop frames, this might cause a + * growing desynchronization with the actual timestamp. Thus the + * circular buffer has a limited size and will overwrite older values. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t begin; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t capacity; + int64_t *buffer; +} timestamp_fifo_t; + +static inline timestamp_fifo_t *timestamp_FifoNew(uint32_t capacity) +{ + timestamp_fifo_t *fifo = calloc(1, sizeof(*fifo)); + if (!fifo) + return NULL; + fifo->buffer = vlc_alloc(capacity, sizeof(*fifo->buffer)); + if (!fifo->buffer) { + free(fifo); + return NULL; + } + fifo->capacity = capacity; + return fifo; +} + +static inline void timestamp_FifoRelease(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + free(fifo->buffer); + free(fifo); +} + +static inline bool timestamp_FifoIsEmpty(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + return fifo->size == 0; +} + +static inline bool timestamp_FifoIsFull(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + return fifo->size == fifo->capacity; +} + +static inline void timestamp_FifoEmpty(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + fifo->size = 0; +} + +static inline void timestamp_FifoPut(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo, int64_t ts) +{ + uint32_t end = (fifo->begin + fifo->size) % fifo->capacity; + fifo->buffer[end] = ts; + if (!timestamp_FifoIsFull(fifo)) + fifo->size += 1; + else + fifo->begin = (fifo->begin + 1) % fifo->capacity; +} + +static inline int64_t timestamp_FifoGet(timestamp_fifo_t *fifo) +{ + if (timestamp_FifoIsEmpty(fifo)) + return VLC_TS_INVALID; + + int64_t result = fifo->buffer[fifo->begin]; + fifo->begin = (fifo->begin + 1) % fifo->capacity; + fifo->size -= 1; + return result; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_tls.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_tls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84e44a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_tls.h @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_tls.h: + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2016 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2005-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_TLS_H +# define VLC_TLS_H + +/** + * \ingroup net + * \defgroup transport Transport layer sockets + * Network stream abstraction + * + * Originally intended for the TLS protocol (Transport Layer Security), + * the Transport Layer Sockets now provides a generic abstraction + * for connection-oriented full-duplex I/O byte streams, such as TCP/IP sockets + * and TLS protocol sessions. + * + * @{ + * \file + * Transport layer functions + */ + +# include + +/** Transport layer socket */ +typedef struct vlc_tls +{ + int (*get_fd)(struct vlc_tls *); + ssize_t (*readv)(struct vlc_tls *, struct iovec *, unsigned); + ssize_t (*writev)(struct vlc_tls *, const struct iovec *, unsigned); + int (*shutdown)(struct vlc_tls *, bool duplex); + void (*close)(struct vlc_tls *); + + struct vlc_tls *p; +} vlc_tls_t; + +/** + * \defgroup tls Transport Layer Security + * @{ + */ + +/** + * TLS credentials + * + * This structure contains the credentials for establishing TLS sessions. + * This includes root Certificate Authorities (on client side), + * trust and cryptographic parameters, + * public certificates and private keys. + */ +typedef struct vlc_tls_creds +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + module_t *module; + void *sys; + + vlc_tls_t *(*open)(struct vlc_tls_creds *, vlc_tls_t *sock, + const char *host, const char *const *alpn); + int (*handshake)(struct vlc_tls_creds *, vlc_tls_t *session, + const char *hostname, const char *service, + char ** /*restrict*/ alp); +} vlc_tls_creds_t; + +/** + * Allocates TLS credentials for a client. + * Credentials can be cached and reused across multiple TLS sessions. + * + * @return TLS credentials object, or NULL on error. + **/ +VLC_API vlc_tls_creds_t *vlc_tls_ClientCreate(vlc_object_t *); + +/** + * Allocates server TLS credentials. + * + * @param cert path to an x509 certificate (required) + * @param key path to the PKCS private key for the certificate, + * or NULL to use cert path + * + * @return TLS credentials object, or NULL on error. + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_creds_t *vlc_tls_ServerCreate(vlc_object_t *, const char *cert, + const char *key); + +static inline int vlc_tls_SessionHandshake (vlc_tls_creds_t *crd, + vlc_tls_t *tls) +{ + return crd->handshake(crd, tls, NULL, NULL, NULL); +} + +/** + * Releases TLS credentials. + * + * Releases data allocated with vlc_tls_ClientCreate() or + * vlc_tls_ServerCreate(). + * + * @param srv object to be destroyed (or NULL) + */ +VLC_API void vlc_tls_Delete(vlc_tls_creds_t *); + +/** + * Initiates a client TLS session. + * + * Initiates a Transport Layer Security (TLS) session as the client side, using + * trusted root CAs previously loaded with vlc_tls_ClientCreate(). + * + * This is a blocking network operation and may be a thread cancellation point. + * + * @param creds X.509 credentials, i.e. set of root certificates of trusted + * certificate authorities + * @param sock socket through which to establish the secure channel + * @param hostname expected server name, used both as Server Name Indication + * and as expected Common Name of the peer certificate [IN] + * @param service unique identifier for the service to connect to + * (only used locally for certificates database) [IN] + * @param alpn NULL-terminated list of Application Layer Protocols + * to negotiate, or NULL to not negotiate protocols [IN] + * @param alp storage space for the negotiated Application Layer + * Protocol or NULL if negotiation was not performed [OUT] + * + * @note The credentials must remain valid until the session is finished. + * + * @return TLS session, or NULL on error. + **/ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreate(vlc_tls_creds_t *creds, + vlc_tls_t *sock, + const char *host, + const char *service, + const char *const *alpn, + char **alp); + +/** + * Creates a TLS server session. + * + * Allocates a Transport Layer Security (TLS) session as the server side, using + * cryptographic keys pair and X.509 certificates chain already loaded with + * vlc_tls_ServerCreate(). + * + * Unlike vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreate(), this function does not perform any + * actual network I/O. vlc_tls_SessionHandshake() must be used to perform the + * TLS handshake before sending and receiving data through the TLS session. + * + * This function is non-blocking and is not a cancellation point. + * + * @param creds server credentials, i.e. keys pair and X.509 certificates chain + * @param alpn NULL-terminated list of Application Layer Protocols + * to negotiate, or NULL to not negotiate protocols + * + * @return TLS session, or NULL on error. + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_ServerSessionCreate(vlc_tls_creds_t *creds, + vlc_tls_t *sock, + const char *const *alpn); + +/** @} */ + +/** + * Destroys a TLS session down. + * + * All resources associated with the TLS session are released. + * + * If the session was established successfully, then shutdown cleanly, the + * underlying socket can be reused. Otherwise, it must be closed. Either way, + * this function does not close the underlying socket: Use vlc_tls_Close() + * instead to close it at the same. + * + * This function is non-blocking and is not a cancellation point. + */ +VLC_API void vlc_tls_SessionDelete (vlc_tls_t *); + +static inline int vlc_tls_GetFD(vlc_tls_t *tls) +{ + return tls->get_fd(tls); +} + +/** + * Receives data through a socket. + * + * This dequeues incoming data from a transport layer socket. + * + * @param buf received buffer start address [OUT] + * @param len buffer length (in bytes) + * @param waitall whether to wait for the exact buffer length (true), + * or for any amount of data (false) + * + * @note At end of stream, the number of bytes returned may be shorter than + * requested regardless of the "waitall" flag. + * + * @return the number of bytes actually dequeued, or -1 on error. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_tls_Read(vlc_tls_t *, void *buf, size_t len, bool waitall); + +/** + * Receives a text line through a socket. + * + * This dequeues one line of text from a transport layer socket. + * @return a heap-allocated nul-terminated string, or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_tls_GetLine(vlc_tls_t *); + +/** + * Sends data through a socket. + */ +VLC_API ssize_t vlc_tls_Write(vlc_tls_t *, const void *buf, size_t len); + +/** + * Shuts a connection down. + * + * This sends the connection close notification. + * + * If the TLS protocol is used, this provides a secure indication to the other + * end that no further data will be sent. If using plain TCP/IP, this sets the + * FIN flag. + * + * Data can still be received until a close notification is received from the + * other end. + * + * @param duplex whether to stop receiving data as well + * @retval 0 the session was terminated securely and cleanly + * (the underlying socket can be reused for other purposes) + * @return -1 the session was terminated locally, but either a notification + * could not be sent or received (the underlying socket cannot be + * reused and must be closed) + */ +static inline int vlc_tls_Shutdown(vlc_tls_t *tls, bool duplex) +{ + return tls->shutdown(tls, duplex); +} + +/** + * Closes a connection and its underlying resources. + * + * This function closes the transport layer socket, and terminates any + * underlying connection. For instance, if the TLS protocol is used over a TCP + * stream, this function terminates both the TLS session, and then underlying + * TCP/IP connection. + * + * To close a connection but retain any underlying resources, use + * vlc_tls_SessionDelete() instead. + */ +static inline void vlc_tls_Close(vlc_tls_t *session) +{ + do + { + vlc_tls_t *p = session->p; + + vlc_tls_SessionDelete(session); + session = p; + } + while (session != NULL); +} + +/** + * Creates a transport-layer stream from a socket. + * + * Creates a transport-layer I/O stream from a socket file descriptor. + * Data will be sent and received directly through the socket. This can be used + * either to share common code between non-TLS and TLS cases, or for testing + * purposes. + * + * This function is not a cancellation point. + * + * @deprecated This function is transitional. Do not use it directly. + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SocketOpen(int fd); + +/** + * Creates a connected pair of transport-layer sockets. + */ +VLC_API int vlc_tls_SocketPair(int family, int protocol, vlc_tls_t *[2]); + +struct addrinfo; + +/** + * Creates a transport-layer stream from a struct addrinfo. + * + * This function tries to allocate a socket using the specified addrinfo + * structure. Normally, the vlc_tls_SocketOpenTCP() function takes care of + * this. But in some cases, it cannot be used, notably: + * - if the remote destination is not resolved (directly) from getaddrinfo(), + * - if the socket type is not SOCK_STREAM, + * - if the transport protocol is not TCP (IPPROTO_TCP), or + * - if TCP Fast Open should be attempted. + * + * @param ai a filled addrinfo structure (the ai_next member is ignored) + * @param defer_connect whether to attempt a TCP Fast Open connection or not + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SocketOpenAddrInfo(const struct addrinfo *ai, + bool defer_connect); + +/** + * Creates a transport-layer TCP stream from a name and port. + * + * This function resolves a hostname, and attempts to establish a TCP/IP + * connection to the specified host and port number. + * + * @note The function currently iterates through the addrinfo linked list. + * Future versions may implement different behaviour (e.g. RFC6555). + * + * @return a transport layer socket on success or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SocketOpenTCP(vlc_object_t *obj, + const char *hostname, unsigned port); + +/** + * Initiates a TLS session over TCP. + * + * This function resolves a hostname, attempts to establish a TCP/IP + * connection to the specified host and port number, and finally attempts to + * establish a TLS session over the TCP/IP stream. + * + * See also vlc_tls_SocketOpenTCP() and vlc_tls_SessionCreate(). + */ +VLC_API vlc_tls_t *vlc_tls_SocketOpenTLS(vlc_tls_creds_t *crd, + const char *hostname, unsigned port, + const char *service, + const char *const *alpn, char **alp); + +VLC_DEPRECATED +static inline vlc_tls_t * +vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreateFD(vlc_tls_creds_t *crd, int fd, const char *host, + const char *srv, const char *const *lp, char **p) +{ + vlc_tls_t *sock = vlc_tls_SocketOpen(fd); + if (unlikely(sock == NULL)) + return NULL; + + vlc_tls_t *tls = vlc_tls_ClientSessionCreate(crd, sock, host, srv, lp, p); + if (unlikely(tls == NULL)) + free(sock); + return tls; +} + +/** @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_url.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_url.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ceae349 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_url.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_url.h: URL related macros + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2006 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: e13b7a5abb57e777e5252c5287bed9f52c7e2de0 $ + * + * Authors: Christophe Massiot + * Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_URL_H +# define VLC_URL_H + +/** + * \file + * This file defines functions for manipulating URL in vlc + * + * \ingroup strings + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Converts local path to URL. + * + * Builds a URL representation from a local UTF-8 null-terminated file path. + * + * @param path file path + * @param scheme URI scheme to use (default is auto: "file", "fd" or "smb") + * @return a heap-allocated URI string on success + * or NULL in case of error (errno will be set accordingly) + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_path2uri(const char *path, const char *scheme) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Converts a URI to a local path. + * + * Builds a local path (UTF-8-encoded null-terminated string) from a URI if + * the URI scheme allows. + * + * @param url URI + * @return a heap-allocated string or success + * or NULL on error + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri2path(const char *url) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Decodes an URI component in place. + * + * Decodes one null-terminated UTF-8 URI component to aa null-terminated UTF-8 + * string in place. + * + * See also vlc_uri_decode_duplicate() for the not-in-place variant. + * + * \warning This function does NOT decode entire URIs. + * URI can only be decoded (and encoded) one component at a time + * (e.g. the host name, one directory, the file name). + * Complete URIs are always "encoded" (or they are syntaxically invalid). + * See IETF RFC3986, especially §2.4 for details. + * + * \note URI encoding is different from Javascript escaping. Especially, + * white spaces and Unicode non-ASCII code points are encoded differently. + * + * \param str null-terminated component + * \return str is returned on success. NULL if str was not properly encoded. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_decode(char *str); + +/** + * Decodes an URI component. + * + * See also vlc_uri_decode() for the in-place variant. + * + * \return a heap-allocated string on success or NULL on error. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_decode_duplicate(const char *str) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Encodes a URI component. + * + * Substitutes URI-unsafe, URI delimiters and non-ASCII characters into their + * URI-encoded URI-safe representation. See also IETF RFC3986 §2. + * + * @param str nul-terminated UTF-8 representation of the component. + * @note Obviously, a URI containing nul bytes cannot be passed. + * @return heap-allocated string, or NULL if out of memory. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_encode(const char *str) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Composes an URI. + * + * Converts a decomposed/parsed URI structure (\ref vlc_url_t) into a + * nul-terminated URI literal string. + * + * See also IETF RFC3986 section 5.3 for details. + * + * \bug URI fragments (i.e. HTML anchors) are not handled + * + * \return a heap-allocated nul-terminated string or NULL if out of memory + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_compose(const vlc_url_t *) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Resolves an URI reference. + * + * Resolves an URI reference relative to a base URI. + * If the reference is an absolute URI, then this function simply returns a + * copy of the URI reference. + * + * \param base base URI (as a nul-terminated string) + * \param ref URI reference (also as a nul-terminated string) + * + * \return a heap-allocated nul-terminated string representing the resolved + * absolute URI, or NULL if out of memory. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_resolve(const char *base, const char *ref) VLC_MALLOC; + +/** + * Fixes up a URI string. + * + * Attempts to convert a nul-terminated string into a syntactically valid URI. + * If the string is, or may be, a syntactically valid URI, an exact copy is + * returned. In any case, the result will only contain URI-safe and URI + * delimiter characters (generic delimiters or sub-delimiters) and all percent + * signs will be followed by two hexadecimal characters. + * + * @return a heap-allocated string, or NULL if on out of memory. + */ +VLC_API char *vlc_uri_fixup(const char *) VLC_MALLOC; + +struct vlc_url_t +{ + char *psz_protocol; + char *psz_username; + char *psz_password; + char *psz_host; + unsigned i_port; + char *psz_path; + char *psz_option; + + char *psz_buffer; /* to be freed */ + char *psz_pathbuffer; /* to be freed */ +}; + +/** + * Parses an URI or IRI. + * + * Extracts the following parts from an URI string: + * - scheme (i.e. protocol), + * - user (deprecated), + * - password (also deprecated), + * - host name or IP address literal, + * - port number, + * - path (including the filename preceded by any and all directories) + * - request parameters (excluding the leading question mark '?'). + * + * The function accepts URIs, as well as UTF-8-encoded IRIs. For IRIs, the hier + * part (specifically, the host name) is assumed to be an IDN and is decoded to + * ASCII according, so it can be used for DNS resolution. If the host is an + * IPv6 address literal, brackets are stripped. + * + * Any missing part is set to nul. For historical reasons, the target structure + * is always initialized, even if parsing the URI string fails. + * + * On error, errno is set to one of the following value: + * - ENOMEM in case of memory allocation failure, + * - EINVAL in case of syntax error in the input string. + * + * \bug The URI fragment is discarded if present. + * + * \note This function allocates memory. vlc_UrlClean() must be used free + * associated the allocations, even if the function fails. + * + * \param url structure of URL parts [OUT] + * \param str nul-terminated URL string to split + * \retval 0 success + * \retval -1 failure + */ +VLC_API int vlc_UrlParse(vlc_url_t *url, const char *str); + +/** + * Parses an URI or IRI and fix up the path part. + * + * \see vlc_UrlParse + * \see vlc_uri_fixup + */ +VLC_API int vlc_UrlParseFixup(vlc_url_t *url, const char *str); + +/** + * Releases resources allocated by vlc_UrlParse(). + */ +VLC_API void vlc_UrlClean(vlc_url_t *); + +/** @} */ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_variables.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_variables.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a397580 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_variables.h @@ -0,0 +1,671 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_variables.h: variables handling + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2002-2004 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 83752b171f82c86164142a6254f513fc9cb7a324 $ + * + * Authors: Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VARIABLES_H +#define VLC_VARIABLES_H 1 + +/** + * \defgroup variables Variables + * \ingroup vlc_object + * + * VLC object variables and callbacks + * + * @{ + * \file + * VLC object variables and callbacks interface + */ + +#define VLC_VAR_TYPE 0x00ff +#define VLC_VAR_CLASS 0x00f0 +#define VLC_VAR_FLAGS 0xff00 + +/** + * \defgroup var_type Variable types + * These are the different types a vlc variable can have. + * @{ + */ +#define VLC_VAR_VOID 0x0010 +#define VLC_VAR_BOOL 0x0020 +#define VLC_VAR_INTEGER 0x0030 +#define VLC_VAR_STRING 0x0040 +#define VLC_VAR_FLOAT 0x0050 +#define VLC_VAR_ADDRESS 0x0070 +#define VLC_VAR_COORDS 0x00A0 +/**@}*/ + +/** \defgroup var_flags Additive flags + * These flags are added to the type field of the variable. Most as a result of + * a var_Change() call, but some may be added at creation time + * @{ + */ +#define VLC_VAR_HASCHOICE 0x0100 + +#define VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND 0x2000 + +/** Creation flag */ +/* If the variable is not found on the current module + search all parents and finally module config until found */ +#define VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT 0x8000 +/**@}*/ + +/** + * \defgroup var_action Variable actions + * These are the different actions that can be used with var_Change(). + * The parameters given are the meaning of the two last parameters of + * var_Change() when this action is being used. + * @{ + */ + +#define VLC_VAR_SETSTEP 0x0012 + +/** + * Set the value of this variable without triggering any callbacks + * \param p_val The new value + * \param p_val2 Unused + */ +#define VLC_VAR_SETVALUE 0x0013 + +#define VLC_VAR_SETTEXT 0x0014 +#define VLC_VAR_GETTEXT 0x0015 + +#define VLC_VAR_GETMIN 0x0016 +#define VLC_VAR_GETMAX 0x0017 +#define VLC_VAR_GETSTEP 0x0018 + +#define VLC_VAR_ADDCHOICE 0x0020 +#define VLC_VAR_DELCHOICE 0x0021 +#define VLC_VAR_CLEARCHOICES 0x0022 +#define VLC_VAR_GETCHOICES 0x0024 + +#define VLC_VAR_CHOICESCOUNT 0x0026 +#define VLC_VAR_SETMINMAX 0x0027 + +/**@}*/ + +/** \defgroup var_GetAndSet Variable actions + * These are the different actions that can be used with var_GetAndSet() + * @{ + */ +enum { + VLC_VAR_BOOL_TOGGLE, /**< Invert a boolean value (param ignored) */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, /**< Add parameter to an integer value */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_OR, /**< Binary OR over an integer bits field */ + VLC_VAR_INTEGER_NAND,/**< Binary NAND over an integer bits field */ +}; +/**@}*/ + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API int var_Create( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int ); +#define var_Create(a,b,c) var_Create( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API void var_Destroy( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); +#define var_Destroy(a,b) var_Destroy( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +VLC_API int var_Change( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t *, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_Change(a,b,c,d,e) var_Change( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d, e ) + +VLC_API int var_Type( vlc_object_t *, const char * ) VLC_USED; +#define var_Type(a,b) var_Type( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +VLC_API int var_Set( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_value_t ); +#define var_Set(a,b,c) var_Set( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_Get( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_Get(a,b,c) var_Get( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c ) + +VLC_API int var_SetChecked( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t ); +#define var_SetChecked(o,n,t,v) var_SetChecked(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,t,v) +VLC_API int var_GetChecked( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); +#define var_GetChecked(o,n,t,v) var_GetChecked(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,t,v) +VLC_API int var_GetAndSet( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); + +VLC_API int var_Inherit( vlc_object_t *, const char *, int, vlc_value_t * ); + +VLC_API void var_FreeList( vlc_value_t *, vlc_value_t * ); + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Variable callbacks + ***************************************************************************** + * int MyCallback( vlc_object_t *p_this, + * char const *psz_variable, + * vlc_value_t oldvalue, + * vlc_value_t newvalue, + * void *p_data); + *****************************************************************************/ +VLC_API void var_AddCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API void var_DelCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API void var_TriggerCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char * ); + +VLC_API void var_AddListCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_list_callback_t, void * ); +VLC_API void var_DelListCallback( vlc_object_t *, const char *, vlc_list_callback_t, void * ); + +#define var_AddCallback(a,b,c,d) var_AddCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_DelCallback(a,b,c,d) var_DelCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_TriggerCallback(a,b) var_TriggerCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +#define var_AddListCallback(a,b,c,d) var_AddListCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) +#define var_DelListCallback(a,b,c,d) var_DelListCallback( VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d ) + +/***************************************************************************** + * helpers functions + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Set the value of an integer variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param i The new integer value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, + int64_t i ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = i; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of an boolean variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param b The new boolean value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, bool b ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.b_bool = b; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, val ); +} + +static inline int var_SetCoords( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + int32_t x, int32_t y ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.coords.x = x; + val.coords.y = y; + return var_SetChecked (obj, name, VLC_VAR_COORDS, val); +} +#define var_SetCoords(o,n,x,y) var_SetCoords(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,x,y) + +/** + * Set the value of a float variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param f The new float value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, float f ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.f_float = f; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a string variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param psz_string The new string value of this variable + */ +static inline int var_SetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, const char *psz_string ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.psz_string = (char *)psz_string; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, val ); +} + +/** + * Set the value of a pointer variable + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + * \param ptr The new pointer value of this variable + */ +static inline +int var_SetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name, void *ptr ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.p_address = ptr; + return var_SetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, val ); +} + +#define var_SetInteger(a,b,c) var_SetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetBool(a,b,c) var_SetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetFloat(a,b,c) var_SetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetString(a,b,c) var_SetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) +#define var_SetAddress(o, n, p) var_SetAddress(VLC_OBJECT(o), n, p) + + +/** + * Get an integer value +* + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_GetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, &val ) ) + return val.i_int; + else + return 0; +} + +/** + * Get a boolean value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_GetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.b_bool = false; + + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, &val ) ) + return val.b_bool; + else + return false; +} + +static inline void var_GetCoords( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + int32_t *px, int32_t *py ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if (likely(!var_GetChecked (obj, name, VLC_VAR_COORDS, &val))) + { + *px = val.coords.x; + *py = val.coords.y; + } + else + *px = *py = 0; +} +#define var_GetCoords(o,n,x,y) var_GetCoords(VLC_OBJECT(o),n,x,y) + +/** + * Get a float value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_GetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.f_float = 0.0; + if( !var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, &val ) ) + return val.f_float; + else + return 0.0; +} + +/** + * Get a string value + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_GetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; val.psz_string = NULL; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + return NULL; + else + return val.psz_string; +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_GetNonEmptyString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + return NULL; + if( val.psz_string && *val.psz_string ) + return val.psz_string; + free( val.psz_string ); + return NULL; +} + +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_GetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetChecked( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, &val ) ) + return NULL; + else + return val.p_address; +} + +/** + * Increment an integer variable + * \param p_obj the object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name the name of the variable + */ +static inline int64_t var_IncInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = 1; + if( var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, &val ) ) + return 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_IncInteger(a,b) var_IncInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +/** + * Decrement an integer variable + * \param p_obj the object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name the name of the variable + */ +static inline int64_t var_DecInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = -1; + if( var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_ADD, &val ) ) + return 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_DecInteger(a,b) var_DecInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a), b ) + +static inline uint64_t var_OrInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + unsigned v ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = v; + if( var_GetAndSet( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_OR, &val ) ) + return 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_OrInteger(a,b,c) var_OrInteger(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +static inline uint64_t var_NAndInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name, + unsigned v ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + val.i_int = v; + if( var_GetAndSet( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER_NAND, &val ) ) + return 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_NAndInteger(a,b,c) var_NAndInteger(VLC_OBJECT(a),b,c) + +/** + * Create a integer variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetInteger( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetInteger( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a boolean variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_CreateGetBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetBool( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a float variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_CreateGetFloat( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetFloat( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a string variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetNonEmptyString( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetNonEmptyString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create an address variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_CreateGetAddress( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT ); + return var_GetAddress( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +#define var_CreateGetInteger(a,b) var_CreateGetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetBool(a,b) var_CreateGetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetFloat(a,b) var_CreateGetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetString(a,b) var_CreateGetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetNonEmptyString(a,b) var_CreateGetNonEmptyString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetAddress(a,b) var_CreateGetAddress( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/** + * Create a integer command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_CreateGetIntegerCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetInteger( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a boolean command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_CreateGetBoolCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetBool( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a float command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED +static inline float var_CreateGetFloatCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetFloat( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Create a string command variable with inherit and get its value. + * + * \param p_obj The object that holds the variable + * \param psz_name The name of the variable + */ +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetStringCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand( vlc_object_t *p_obj, + const char *psz_name ) +{ + var_Create( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_STRING | VLC_VAR_DOINHERIT + | VLC_VAR_ISCOMMAND ); + return var_GetNonEmptyString( p_obj, psz_name ); +} + +#define var_CreateGetIntegerCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetIntegerCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetBoolCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetBoolCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetFloatCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetFloatCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetStringCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetStringCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand(a,b) var_CreateGetNonEmptyStringCommand( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_USED +static inline int var_CountChoices( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t count; + if( var_Change( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_CHOICESCOUNT, &count, NULL ) ) + return 0; + return count.i_int; +} +#define var_CountChoices(a,b) var_CountChoices( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + + +static inline bool var_ToggleBool( vlc_object_t *p_obj, const char *psz_name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + if( var_GetAndSet( p_obj, psz_name, VLC_VAR_BOOL_TOGGLE, &val ) ) + return false; + return val.b_bool; +} +#define var_ToggleBool(a,b) var_ToggleBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b ) + + +VLC_USED +static inline bool var_InheritBool( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_BOOL, &val ) ) + val.b_bool = false; + return val.b_bool; +} +#define var_InheritBool(o, n) var_InheritBool(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline int64_t var_InheritInteger( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_INTEGER, &val ) ) + val.i_int = 0; + return val.i_int; +} +#define var_InheritInteger(o, n) var_InheritInteger(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline float var_InheritFloat( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_FLOAT, &val ) ) + val.f_float = 0.; + return val.f_float; +} +#define var_InheritFloat(o, n) var_InheritFloat(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED VLC_MALLOC +static inline char *var_InheritString( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_STRING, &val ) ) + val.psz_string = NULL; + else if( val.psz_string && !*val.psz_string ) + { + free( val.psz_string ); + val.psz_string = NULL; + } + return val.psz_string; +} +#define var_InheritString(o, n) var_InheritString(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_USED +static inline void *var_InheritAddress( vlc_object_t *obj, const char *name ) +{ + vlc_value_t val; + + if( var_Inherit( obj, name, VLC_VAR_ADDRESS, &val ) ) + val.p_address = NULL; + return val.p_address; +} +#define var_InheritAddress(o, n) var_InheritAddress(VLC_OBJECT(o), n) + +VLC_API int var_InheritURational( vlc_object_t *, unsigned *num, unsigned *den, const char *var ); +#define var_InheritURational(a,b,c,d) var_InheritURational(VLC_OBJECT(a), b, c, d) + +#define var_GetInteger(a,b) var_GetInteger( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetBool(a,b) var_GetBool( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetFloat(a,b) var_GetFloat( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetString(a,b) var_GetString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetNonEmptyString(a,b) var_GetNonEmptyString( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) +#define var_GetAddress(a,b) var_GetAddress( VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +VLC_API int var_LocationParse(vlc_object_t *, const char *mrl, const char *prefix); +#define var_LocationParse(o, m, p) var_LocationParse(VLC_OBJECT(o), m, p) + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* _VLC_VARIABLES_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7ac885 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_video_splitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_video_splitter.h: "video splitter" related structures and functions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: a5afba5230b0fb5b42c5cff3daab70a1e527f9eb $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H +#define VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \file + * This file defines the structure and types used by video splitter filters. + */ + +typedef struct video_splitter_t video_splitter_t; +typedef struct video_splitter_sys_t video_splitter_sys_t; +typedef struct video_splitter_owner_t video_splitter_owner_t; + +/** Structure describing a video splitter output properties + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* Video format of the output */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Window hints */ + struct + { + /* Relative position. + * (0,0) is equal to the default position. + */ + int i_x; + int i_y; + + /* Alignment inside the window + */ + int i_align; + } window; + + /* Video output module + * Use NULL for default + */ + char *psz_module; + +} video_splitter_output_t; + +/** Structure describing a video splitter + */ +struct video_splitter_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + + /* configuration */ + config_chain_t *p_cfg; + + /* Input format + * It is filled by the creator and cannot be modified. + */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Output formats + * + * It can only be set in the open() function and must remain + * constant. + * The module is responsible for the allocation and deallocation. + */ + int i_output; + video_splitter_output_t *p_output; + + int (*pf_filter)( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_dst[], + picture_t *p_src ); + int (*pf_mouse) ( video_splitter_t *, vlc_mouse_t *, + int i_index, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ); + + video_splitter_sys_t *p_sys; + + /* Buffer allocation */ + int (*pf_picture_new) ( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_picture[] ); + void (*pf_picture_del) ( video_splitter_t *, picture_t *pp_picture[] ); + video_splitter_owner_t *p_owner; +}; + +/** + * It will create an array of pictures suitable as output. + * + * You must either returned them through pf_filter or by calling + * video_splitter_DeletePicture. + * + * If VLC_SUCCESS is not returned, pp_picture values are undefined. + */ +static inline int video_splitter_NewPicture( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_picture[] ) +{ + int i_ret = p_splitter->pf_picture_new( p_splitter, pp_picture ); + if( i_ret ) + msg_Warn( p_splitter, "can't get output pictures" ); + return i_ret; +} + +/** + * It will release an array of pictures created by video_splitter_NewPicture. + * Provided for convenience. + */ +static inline void video_splitter_DeletePicture( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_picture[] ) +{ + p_splitter->pf_picture_del( p_splitter, pp_picture ); +} + +/* */ +video_splitter_t * video_splitter_New( vlc_object_t *, const char *psz_name, const video_format_t * ); +void video_splitter_Delete( video_splitter_t * ); + +static inline int video_splitter_Filter( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + picture_t *pp_dst[], picture_t *p_src ) +{ + return p_splitter->pf_filter( p_splitter, pp_dst, p_src ); +} +static inline int video_splitter_Mouse( video_splitter_t *p_splitter, + vlc_mouse_t *p_mouse, + int i_index, + const vlc_mouse_t *p_old, const vlc_mouse_t *p_new ) +{ + if( !p_splitter->pf_mouse ) + { + *p_mouse = *p_new; + return VLC_SUCCESS; + } + return p_splitter->pf_mouse( p_splitter, p_mouse, i_index, p_old, p_new ); +} + +#endif /* VLC_VIDEO_SPLITTER_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_viewpoint.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_viewpoint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf01913 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_viewpoint.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_viewpoint.h: viewpoint struct and helpers + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2017 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VIEWPOINT_H_ +#define VLC_VIEWPOINT_H_ 1 + +#include + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup output Output + * \ingroup output + * + * @{ + * \file + * Video and audio viewpoint struct and helpers + */ + +#define FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_DEFAULT 80.f +#define FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_MAX 150.f +#define FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_MIN 20.f + +/** + * Viewpoints + */ +struct vlc_viewpoint_t { + float yaw; /* yaw in degrees */ + float pitch; /* pitch in degrees */ + float roll; /* roll in degrees */ + float fov; /* field of view in degrees */ +}; + +static inline void vlc_viewpoint_init( vlc_viewpoint_t *p_vp ) +{ + p_vp->yaw = p_vp->pitch = p_vp->roll = 0.0f; + p_vp->fov = FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_DEFAULT; +} + +static inline void vlc_viewpoint_clip( vlc_viewpoint_t *p_vp ) +{ + p_vp->yaw = fmodf( p_vp->yaw, 360.f ); + p_vp->pitch = fmodf( p_vp->pitch, 360.f ); + p_vp->roll = fmodf( p_vp->roll, 360.f ); + p_vp->fov = VLC_CLIP( p_vp->fov, FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_MIN, + FIELD_OF_VIEW_DEGREES_MAX ); +} + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* VLC_VIEWPOINT_H_ */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vlm.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vlm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e3c61d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vlm.h @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vlm.h: VLM core structures + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 88d4437cc1028468c0cadeaea32fa645769e2ee6 $ + * + * Authors: Simon Latapie + * Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VLM_H +#define VLC_VLM_H 1 + +#include + +/** + * \defgroup server VLM + * VLC stream manager + * + * VLM is the server core in vlc that allows streaming of multiple media streams + * at the same time. It provides broadcast, schedule and video on demand features + * for streaming using several streaming and network protocols. + * @{ + * \file + * VLC stream manager interface + */ + +/** VLM media */ +typedef struct +{ + int64_t id; /*< numeric id for vlm_media_t item */ + bool b_enabled; /*< vlm_media_t is enabled */ + + char *psz_name; /*< descriptive name of vlm_media_t item */ + + int i_input; /*< number of input options */ + char **ppsz_input; /*< array of input options */ + + int i_option; /*< number of output options */ + char **ppsz_option; /*< array of output options */ + + char *psz_output; /*< */ + + bool b_vod; /*< vlm_media_t is of type VOD */ + struct + { + bool b_loop; /*< this vlc_media_t broadcast item should loop */ + } broadcast; /*< Broadcast specific information */ + struct + { + char *psz_mux; /*< name of muxer to use */ + } vod; /*< VOD specific information */ + +} vlm_media_t; + +/** VLM media instance */ +typedef struct +{ + char *psz_name; /*< vlm media instance descriptive name */ + + int64_t i_time; /*< vlm media instance vlm media current time */ + int64_t i_length; /*< vlm media instance vlm media item length */ + double d_position; /*< vlm media instance position in stream */ + bool b_paused; /*< vlm media instance is paused */ + int i_rate; // normal is INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT +} vlm_media_instance_t; + +#if 0 +typedef struct +{ + +} vlm_schedule_t +#endif + +/** VLM events + * You can catch vlm event by adding a callback on the variable "intf-event" + * of the VLM object. + * This variable is an address that will hold a vlm_event_t* value. + */ +enum vlm_event_type_e +{ + /* */ + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_ADDED = 0x100, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_REMOVED, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_CHANGED, + + /* */ + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STARTED = 0x200, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STOPPED, + VLM_EVENT_MEDIA_INSTANCE_STATE, +}; + +typedef struct +{ + int i_type; /* a vlm_event_type_e value */ + int64_t id; /* Media ID */ + const char *psz_name; /* Media name */ + const char *psz_instance_name; /* Instance name or NULL */ + input_state_e input_state; /* Input instance event type */ +} vlm_event_t; + +/** VLM control query */ +enum vlm_query_e +{ + /* --- Media control */ + /* Get all medias */ + VLM_GET_MEDIAS, /* arg1=vlm_media_t ***, int *pi_media */ + /* Delete all medias */ + VLM_CLEAR_MEDIAS, /* no arg */ + + /* Add a new media */ + VLM_ADD_MEDIA, /* arg1=vlm_media_t* arg2=int64_t *p_id res=can fail */ + /* Delete an existing media */ + VLM_DEL_MEDIA, /* arg1=int64_t id */ + /* Change properties of an existing media (all fields but id and b_vod) */ + VLM_CHANGE_MEDIA, /* arg1=vlm_media_t* res=can fail */ + /* Get 1 media by it's ID */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA, /* arg1=int64_t id arg2=vlm_media_t ** */ + /* Get media ID from its name */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_ID, /* arg1=const char *psz_name arg2=int64_t* */ + + /* Media instance control XXX VOD control are for internal use only */ + /* Get all media instances */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCES, /* arg1=int64_t id arg2=vlm_media_instance_t *** arg3=int *pi_instance */ + /* Delete all media instances */ + VLM_CLEAR_MEDIA_INSTANCES, /* arg1=int64_t id */ + /* Control broadcast instance */ + VLM_START_MEDIA_BROADCAST_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name, int i_input_index res=can fail */ + /* Control VOD instance */ + VLM_START_MEDIA_VOD_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name, int i_input_index char *psz_vod_output res=can fail */ + /* Stop an instance */ + VLM_STOP_MEDIA_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name res=can fail */ + /* Pause an instance */ + VLM_PAUSE_MEDIA_INSTANCE, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name res=can fail */ + /* Get instance position time (in microsecond) */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=int64_t * */ + /* Set instance position time (in microsecond) */ + VLM_SET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_TIME, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=int64_t */ + /* Get instance position ([0.0 .. 1.0]) */ + VLM_GET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_POSITION, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=double * */ + /* Set instance position ([0.0 .. 1.0]) */ + VLM_SET_MEDIA_INSTANCE_POSITION, /* arg1=int64_t id, arg2=const char *psz_instance_name arg3=double */ + + /* Schedule control */ + VLM_CLEAR_SCHEDULES, /* no arg */ + /* TODO: missing schedule control */ + + /* */ +}; + + +/* VLM specific - structures and functions */ + +/* ok, here is the structure of a vlm_message: + The parent node is ( name_of_the_command , NULL ), or + ( name_of_the_command , message_error ) on error. + If a node has children, it should not have a value (=NULL).*/ +struct vlm_message_t +{ + char *psz_name; /*< message name */ + char *psz_value; /*< message value */ + + int i_child; /*< number of child messages */ + vlm_message_t **child; /*< array of vlm_message_t */ +}; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +VLC_API vlm_t * vlm_New( vlc_object_t * ); +#define vlm_New( a ) vlm_New( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void vlm_Delete( vlm_t * ); +VLC_API int vlm_ExecuteCommand( vlm_t *, const char *, vlm_message_t ** ); +VLC_API int vlm_Control( vlm_t *p_vlm, int i_query, ... ); + +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageSimpleNew( const char * ); +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageNew( const char *, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 2, 3 ); +VLC_API vlm_message_t * vlm_MessageAdd( vlm_message_t *, vlm_message_t * ); +VLC_API void vlm_MessageDelete( vlm_message_t * ); + +/* media helpers */ + +/** + * Initialize a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_media vlm_media_t instance to initialize + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Init( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + memset( p_media, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + p_media->id = 0; // invalid id + p_media->psz_name = NULL; + TAB_INIT( p_media->i_input, p_media->ppsz_input ); + TAB_INIT( p_media->i_option, p_media->ppsz_option ); + p_media->psz_output = NULL; + p_media->b_vod = false; + + p_media->vod.psz_mux = NULL; + p_media->broadcast.b_loop = false; +} + +/** + * Copy a vlm_media_t instance into another vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_dst vlm_media_t instance to copy to + * \param p_src vlm_media_t instance to copy from + */ +static inline void +#ifndef __cplusplus +vlm_media_Copy( vlm_media_t *restrict p_dst, const vlm_media_t *restrict p_src ) +#else +vlm_media_Copy( vlm_media_t *p_dst, const vlm_media_t *p_src ) +#endif +{ + int i; + + memset( p_dst, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + p_dst->id = p_src->id; + p_dst->b_enabled = p_src->b_enabled; + if( p_src->psz_name ) + p_dst->psz_name = strdup( p_src->psz_name ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_src->i_input; i++ ) + TAB_APPEND_CAST( (char**), p_dst->i_input, p_dst->ppsz_input, strdup(p_src->ppsz_input[i]) ); + for( i = 0; i < p_src->i_option; i++ ) + TAB_APPEND_CAST( (char**), p_dst->i_option, p_dst->ppsz_option, strdup(p_src->ppsz_option[i]) ); + + if( p_src->psz_output ) + p_dst->psz_output = strdup( p_src->psz_output ); + + p_dst->b_vod = p_src->b_vod; + if( p_src->b_vod ) + { + if( p_src->vod.psz_mux ) + p_dst->vod.psz_mux = strdup( p_src->vod.psz_mux ); + } + else + { + p_dst->broadcast.b_loop = p_src->broadcast.b_loop; + } +} + +/** + * Cleanup and release memory associated with this vlm_media_t instance. + * You still need to release p_media itself with vlm_media_Delete(). + * \param p_media vlm_media_t to cleanup + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Clean( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + int i; + free( p_media->psz_name ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_media->i_input; i++ ) + free( p_media->ppsz_input[i]); + TAB_CLEAN(p_media->i_input, p_media->ppsz_input ); + + for( i = 0; i < p_media->i_option; i++ ) + free( p_media->ppsz_option[i]); + TAB_CLEAN(p_media->i_option, p_media->ppsz_option ); + + free( p_media->psz_output ); + if( p_media->b_vod ) + free( p_media->vod.psz_mux ); +} + +/** + * Allocate a new vlm_media_t instance + * \return vlm_media_t instance + */ +static inline vlm_media_t *vlm_media_New(void) +{ + vlm_media_t *p_media = (vlm_media_t *)malloc( sizeof(vlm_media_t) ); + if( p_media ) + vlm_media_Init( p_media ); + return p_media; +} + +/** + * Delete a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_media vlm_media_t instance to delete + */ +static inline void vlm_media_Delete( vlm_media_t *p_media ) +{ + vlm_media_Clean( p_media ); + free( p_media ); +} + +/** + * Copy a vlm_media_t instance + * \param p_src vlm_media_t instance to copy + * \return vlm_media_t duplicate of p_src + */ +static inline vlm_media_t *vlm_media_Duplicate( vlm_media_t *p_src ) +{ + vlm_media_t *p_dst = vlm_media_New(); + if( p_dst ) + vlm_media_Copy( p_dst, p_src ); + return p_dst; +} + +/* media instance helpers */ +/** + * Initialize vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to initialize + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Init( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + memset( p_instance, 0, sizeof(vlm_media_instance_t) ); + p_instance->psz_name = NULL; + p_instance->i_time = 0; + p_instance->i_length = 0; + p_instance->d_position = 0.0; + p_instance->b_paused = false; + p_instance->i_rate = INPUT_RATE_DEFAULT; +} + +/** + * Cleanup vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to cleanup + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Clean( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + free( p_instance->psz_name ); +} + +/** + * Allocate a new vlm_media_instance_t + * \return a new vlm_media_instance_t + */ +static inline vlm_media_instance_t *vlm_media_instance_New(void) +{ + vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance = (vlm_media_instance_t *) malloc( sizeof(vlm_media_instance_t) ); + if( p_instance ) + vlm_media_instance_Init( p_instance ); + return p_instance; +} + +/** + * Delete a vlm_media_instance_t + * \param p_instance vlm_media_instance_t to delete + */ +static inline void vlm_media_instance_Delete( vlm_media_instance_t *p_instance ) +{ + vlm_media_instance_Clean( p_instance ); + free( p_instance ); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/**@}*/ + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7306d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout.h: common video definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999 - 2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 627f6cec2e3b96eea04f9566ef799ed5b3a93b2a $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Olivier Aubert + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_H_ +#define VLC_VOUT_H_ 1 + +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup output Output + * \defgroup video_output Video output + * \ingroup output + * Video rendering, output and window management + * + * This module describes the programming interface for video output threads. + * It includes functions allowing to open a new thread, send pictures to a + * thread, and destroy a previously opened video output thread. + * @{ + * \file + * Video output thread interface + */ + +/** + * Vout configuration + */ +typedef struct { + vout_thread_t *vout; + vlc_object_t *input; + bool change_fmt; + const video_format_t *fmt; + unsigned dpb_size; +} vout_configuration_t; + +/** + * Video output thread private structure + */ +typedef struct vout_thread_sys_t vout_thread_sys_t; + +/** + * Video output thread descriptor + * + * Any independent video output device, such as an X11 window or a GGI device, + * is represented by a video output thread, and described using the following + * structure. + */ +struct vout_thread_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Private vout_thread data */ + vout_thread_sys_t *p; +}; + +/* Alignment flags */ +#define VOUT_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0001 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x0002 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_HMASK 0x0003 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_TOP 0x0004 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x0008 +#define VOUT_ALIGN_VMASK 0x000C + +/***************************************************************************** + * Prototypes + *****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * Returns a suitable vout or release the given one. + * + * If cfg->fmt is non NULL and valid, a vout will be returned, reusing cfg->vout + * is possible, otherwise it returns NULL. + * If cfg->vout is not used, it will be closed and released. + * + * You can release the returned value either by vout_Request or vout_Close() + * followed by a vlc_object_release() or shorter vout_CloseAndRelease() + * + * \param object a vlc object + * \param cfg the video configuration requested. + * \return a vout + */ +VLC_API vout_thread_t * vout_Request( vlc_object_t *object, const vout_configuration_t *cfg ); +#define vout_Request(a,b) vout_Request(VLC_OBJECT(a),b) + +/** + * This function will close a vout created by vout_Request. + * The associated vout module is closed. + * Note: It is not released yet, you'll have to call vlc_object_release() + * or use the convenient vout_CloseAndRelease(). + * + * \param p_vout the vout to close + */ +VLC_API void vout_Close( vout_thread_t *p_vout ); + +/** + * This function will close a vout created by vout_Create + * and then release it. + * + * \param p_vout the vout to close and release + */ +static inline void vout_CloseAndRelease( vout_thread_t *p_vout ) +{ + vout_Close( p_vout ); + vlc_object_release( p_vout ); +} + +/** + * This function will handle a snapshot request. + * + * pp_image, pp_picture and p_fmt can be NULL otherwise they will be + * set with returned value in case of success. + * + * pp_image will hold an encoded picture in psz_format format. + * + * p_fmt can be NULL otherwise it will be set with the format used for the + * picture before encoding. + * + * i_timeout specifies the time the function will wait for a snapshot to be + * available. + * + */ +VLC_API int vout_GetSnapshot( vout_thread_t *p_vout, + block_t **pp_image, picture_t **pp_picture, + video_format_t *p_fmt, + const char *psz_format, mtime_t i_timeout ); + +VLC_API void vout_ChangeAspectRatio( vout_thread_t *p_vout, + unsigned int i_num, unsigned int i_den ); + +/* */ +VLC_API picture_t * vout_GetPicture( vout_thread_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_PutPicture( vout_thread_t *, picture_t * ); + +/* Subpictures channels ID */ +#define VOUT_SPU_CHANNEL_INVALID (-1) /* Always fails in comparison */ +#define VOUT_SPU_CHANNEL_OSD 1 /* OSD channel is automatically cleared */ +#define VOUT_SPU_CHANNEL_AVAIL_FIRST 8 /* Registerable channels from this offset */ + +/* */ +VLC_API void vout_PutSubpicture( vout_thread_t *, subpicture_t * ); +VLC_API int vout_RegisterSubpictureChannel( vout_thread_t * ); +VLC_API void vout_FlushSubpictureChannel( vout_thread_t *, int ); + +/**@}*/ + +#endif /* _VLC_VIDEO_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36f1227 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_display.h @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_display.h: vout_display_t definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 80761c8762d6b2acd48091507637fdcefb3317bd $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H +#define VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H 1 + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup video_display Video output display + * Video output display: output buffers and rendering + * + * \ingroup video_output + * @{ + * \file + * Video output display modules interface + */ + +/* XXX + * Do NOT use video_format_t::i_aspect but i_sar_num/den everywhere. i_aspect + * will be removed as soon as possible. + * + */ +typedef struct vout_display_t vout_display_t; +typedef struct vout_display_sys_t vout_display_sys_t; +typedef struct vout_display_owner_t vout_display_owner_t; + +/** + * Possible alignments for vout_display. + */ +typedef enum +{ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_CENTER, + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_LEFT, + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_RIGHT, + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_TOP, + VOUT_DISPLAY_ALIGN_BOTTOM, +} vout_display_align_t; + +/** + * Window management state. + */ +enum { + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_NORMAL=0, + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_ABOVE=1, + VOUT_WINDOW_STATE_BELOW=2, + VOUT_WINDOW_STACK_MASK=3, +}; + +/** + * Initial/Current configuration for a vout_display_t + */ +typedef struct { +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) + bool is_fullscreen VLC_DEPRECATED; /* Is the display fullscreen */ +#endif + + /* Display properties */ + struct { + /* Window title (may be NULL) */ + const char *title; + + /* Display size */ + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + + /* Display SAR */ + vlc_rational_t sar; + } display; + + /* Alignment of the picture inside the display */ + struct { + int horizontal; + int vertical; + } align; + + /* Do we fill up the display with the video */ + bool is_display_filled; + + /* Zoom to use + * It will be applied to the whole display if b_display_filled is set, otherwise + * only on the video source */ + struct { + int num; + int den; + } zoom; + + vlc_viewpoint_t viewpoint; +} vout_display_cfg_t; + +/** + * Information from a vout_display_t to configure + * the core behaviour. + * + * By default they are all false or NULL. + * + */ +typedef struct { + bool is_slow; /* The picture memory has slow read/write */ + bool has_double_click; /* Is double-click generated */ + bool needs_hide_mouse; /* Needs VOUT_DISPLAY_HIDE_MOUSE, + * needs to call vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved() + * or vout_display_SendEventMouseState() */ + bool has_pictures_invalid; /* Will VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID be used */ + const vlc_fourcc_t *subpicture_chromas; /* List of supported chromas for subpicture rendering. */ +} vout_display_info_t; + +/** + * Control query for vout_display_t + */ +enum { + /* Hide the mouse. It will be sent when + * vout_display_t::info.needs_hide_mouse is true */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_HIDE_MOUSE VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM, + + /* Ask to reset the internal buffers after a VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID + * request. + */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_RESET_PICTURES, + +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the fullscreen state change after + * being requested (externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_FULLSCREEN VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM, /* bool fs */ + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the window management state change + * after being requested externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_WINDOW_STATE */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_WINDOW_STATE VLC_DEPRECATED_ENUM, /* unsigned state */ +#endif + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse the display size change requested + * (externally or by VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE) */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_DISPLAY_SIZE, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse fill display state change after + * being requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_DISPLAY_FILLED, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse zoom change after being requested + * externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_ZOOM, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse source aspect ratio after being + * requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_SOURCE_ASPECT, + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse source crop change after being + * requested externally. + * The cropping requested is stored by video_format_t::i_x/y_offset and + * video_format_t::i_visible_width/height */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_SOURCE_CROP, + + /* Ask the module to acknowledge/refuse VR/360° viewing direction after + * being requested externally */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_CHANGE_VIEWPOINT, /* const vout_display_cfg_t *p_cfg */ +}; + +/** + * Event from vout_display_t + * + * Events modifiying the state may be sent multiple times. + * Only the transition will be retained and acted upon. + */ +enum { + /* TODO: + * ZOOM ? DISPLAY_FILLED ? ON_TOP ? + */ + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID, /* The buffer are now invalid and need to be changed */ + +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_WINDOW_STATE, +#endif + + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE, /* The display size need to change : int i_width, int i_height */ + + /* */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_CLOSE, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_KEY, + + /* Full mouse state. + * You can use it OR use the other mouse events. The core will do + * the conversion. + */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_STATE, + + /* Mouse event */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_MOVED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_PRESSED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_RELEASED, + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK, + + /* VR navigation */ + VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_VIEWPOINT_MOVED, +}; + +/** + * Vout owner structures + */ +struct vout_display_owner_t { + /* Private place holder for the vout_display_t creator + */ + void *sys; + + /* Event coming from the module + * + * This function is set prior to the module instantiation and must not + * be overwritten nor used directly (use the vout_display_SendEvent* + * wrapper. + * + * You can send it at any time i.e. from any vout_display_t functions or + * from another thread. + * Be careful, it does not ensure correct serialization if it is used + * from multiple threads. + */ + void (*event)(vout_display_t *, int, va_list); + + /* Window management + * + * These functions are set prior to the module instantiation and must not + * be overwritten nor used directly (use the vout_display_*Window + * wrapper */ + vout_window_t *(*window_new)(vout_display_t *, unsigned type); + void (*window_del)(vout_display_t *, vout_window_t *); +}; + +struct vout_display_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module */ + module_t *module; + + /* Initial and current configuration. + * You cannot modify it directly, you must use the appropriate events. + * + * It reflects the current values, i.e. after the event has been accepted + * and applied/configured if needed. + */ + const vout_display_cfg_t *cfg; + + /* video source format. + * + * Cropping is not requested while in the open function. + * You cannot change it. + */ + video_format_t source; + + /* picture_t format. + * + * You can only change it inside the module open function to + * match what you want, and when a VOUT_DISPLAY_RESET_PICTURES control + * request is made and succeeds. + * + * By default, it is equal to ::source except for the aspect ratio + * which is undefined(0) and is ignored. + */ + video_format_t fmt; + + /* Information + * + * You can only set them in the open function. + */ + vout_display_info_t info; + + /* Return a pointer over the current picture_pool_t* (mandatory). + * + * For performance reasons, it is best to provide at least count + * pictures but it is not mandatory. + * You can return NULL when you cannot/do not want to allocate + * pictures. + * The vout display module keeps the ownership of the pool and can + * destroy it only when closing or on invalid pictures control. + */ + picture_pool_t *(*pool)(vout_display_t *, unsigned count); + + /* Prepare a picture and an optional subpicture for display (optional). + * + * It is called before the next pf_display call to provide as much + * time as possible to prepare the given picture and the subpicture + * for display. + * You are guaranted that pf_display will always be called and using + * the exact same picture_t and subpicture_t. + * You cannot change the pixel content of the picture_t or of the + * subpicture_t. + */ + void (*prepare)(vout_display_t *, picture_t *, subpicture_t *); + + /* Display a picture and an optional subpicture (mandatory). + * + * The picture and the optional subpicture must be displayed as soon as + * possible. + * You cannot change the pixel content of the picture_t or of the + * subpicture_t. + * + * This function gives away the ownership of the picture and of the + * subpicture, so you must release them as soon as possible. + */ + void (*display)(vout_display_t *, picture_t *, subpicture_t *); + + /* Control on the module (mandatory) */ + int (*control)(vout_display_t *, int, va_list); + + /* Manage pending event (optional) */ + void (*manage)(vout_display_t *) VLC_DEPRECATED; + + /* Private place holder for the vout_display_t module (optional) + * + * A module is free to use it as it wishes. + */ + vout_display_sys_t *sys; + + /* Reserved for the vout_display_t owner. + * + * It must not be overwritten nor used directly by a module. + */ + vout_display_owner_t owner; +}; + +static inline void vout_display_SendEvent(vout_display_t *vd, int query, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, query); + vd->owner.event(vd, query, args); + va_end(args); +} + +static inline void vout_display_SendEventDisplaySize(vout_display_t *vd, int width, int height) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_DISPLAY_SIZE, width, height); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventPicturesInvalid(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_PICTURES_INVALID); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventClose(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_CLOSE); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventKey(vout_display_t *vd, int key) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_KEY, key); +} +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) +static inline void vout_display_SendEventFullscreen(vout_display_t *vd, bool is_fullscreen, + bool is_window_fullscreen) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_FULLSCREEN, is_fullscreen, is_window_fullscreen); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendWindowState(vout_display_t *vd, unsigned state) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_WINDOW_STATE, state); +} +#endif +/* The mouse position (State and Moved event) must be expressed against vout_display_t::source unit */ +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseState(vout_display_t *vd, int x, int y, int button_mask) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_STATE, x, y, button_mask); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved(vout_display_t *vd, int x, int y) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_MOVED, x, y); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMousePressed(vout_display_t *vd, int button) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_PRESSED, button); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseReleased(vout_display_t *vd, int button) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_RELEASED, button); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventMouseDoubleClick(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK); +} +static inline void vout_display_SendEventViewpointMoved(vout_display_t *vd, + const vlc_viewpoint_t *vp) +{ + vout_display_SendEvent(vd, VOUT_DISPLAY_EVENT_VIEWPOINT_MOVED, vp); +} + +/** + * Asks for a new window of a given type. + */ +static inline vout_window_t *vout_display_NewWindow(vout_display_t *vd, unsigned type) +{ + return vd->owner.window_new(vd, type); +} +/** + * Deletes a window created by vout_display_NewWindow if window is non NULL + * or any unused windows otherwise. + */ +static inline void vout_display_DeleteWindow(vout_display_t *vd, + vout_window_t *window) +{ + vd->owner.window_del(vd, window); +} + +static inline bool vout_display_IsWindowed(vout_display_t *vd) +{ + vout_window_t *window = vout_display_NewWindow(vd, VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_INVALID); + if (window != NULL) + vout_display_DeleteWindow(vd, window); + return window != NULL; +} + +/** + * Computes the default display size given the source and + * the display configuration. + * + * This asssumes that the picture is already cropped. + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_GetDefaultDisplaySize(unsigned *width, unsigned *height, const video_format_t *source, const vout_display_cfg_t *); + + +/** + * Structure used to store the result of a vout_display_PlacePicture. + */ +typedef struct { + int x; + int y; + unsigned width; + unsigned height; +} vout_display_place_t; + +/** + * Computes how to place a picture inside the display to respect + * the given parameters. + * This assumes that cropping is done by an external mean. + * + * \param p_place Place inside the window (window pixel unit) + * \param p_source Video source format + * \param p_cfg Display configuration + * \param b_clip If true, prevent the video to go outside the display (break zoom). + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_PlacePicture(vout_display_place_t *place, const video_format_t *source, const vout_display_cfg_t *cfg, bool do_clipping); + + +/** + * Helper function that applies the necessary transforms to the mouse position + * and then calls vout_display_SendEventMouseMoved. + * + * \param vd vout_display_t. + * \param orient_display The orientation of the picture as seen on screen (probably ORIENT_NORMAL). + * \param m_x Mouse x position (relative to place, origin is top left). + * \param m_y Mouse y position (relative to place, origin is top left). + * \param place Place of the picture. + */ +VLC_API void vout_display_SendMouseMovedDisplayCoordinates(vout_display_t *vd, video_orientation_t orient_display, int m_x, int m_y, + vout_display_place_t *place); + +/** @} */ +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cb6853 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_osd.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_osd.h: vout OSD + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1999-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * Copyright (C) 2004-2005 M2X + * $Id: a07cd9073156d9ce0d5363543bcc3fd98a6de8f8 $ + * + * Authors: Jean-Paul Saman + * Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_OSD_H +#define VLC_VOUT_OSD_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * \defgroup osd On-screen display + * \ingroup spu + * @{ + * \file + * Overlay text and widgets + */ + +/** + * OSD menu position and picture type defines + */ +enum +{ + /* Icons */ + OSD_PLAY_ICON = 1, + OSD_PAUSE_ICON, + OSD_SPEAKER_ICON, + OSD_MUTE_ICON, + /* Sliders */ + OSD_HOR_SLIDER, + OSD_VERT_SLIDER, +}; + +VLC_API int vout_OSDEpg( vout_thread_t *, input_item_t * ); + +/** + * \brief Write an informative message if the OSD option is enabled. + * \param vout The vout on which the message will be displayed + * \param channel Subpicture channel + * \param position Position of the text + * \param duration Duration of the text being displayed + * \param text Text to be displayed + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDText( vout_thread_t *vout, int channel, int position, mtime_t duration, const char *text ); + +/** + * \brief Write an informative message at the default location, + * for the default duration and only if the OSD option is enabled. + * \param vout The vout on which the message will be displayed + * \param channel Subpicture channel + * \param format printf style formatting + * + * Provided for convenience. + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDMessage( vout_thread_t *, int, const char *, ... ) VLC_FORMAT( 3, 4 ); + +/** + * Display a slider on the video output. + * \param p_this The object that called the function. + * \param i_channel Subpicture channel + * \param i_postion Current position in the slider + * \param i_type Types are: OSD_HOR_SLIDER and OSD_VERT_SLIDER. + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDSlider( vout_thread_t *, int, int , short ); + +/** + * Display an Icon on the video output. + * \param p_this The object that called the function. + * \param i_channel Subpicture channel + * \param i_type Types are: OSD_PLAY_ICON, OSD_PAUSE_ICON, OSD_SPEAKER_ICON, OSD_MUTE_ICON + */ +VLC_API void vout_OSDIcon( vout_thread_t *, int, short ); + +/** @} */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_OSD_H */ + diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..edc94fe --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_vout_window.h @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_vout_window.h: vout_window_t definitions + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2008 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * Copyright (C) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * $Id: 3a613d4e4701783a43cefd299e171f95164e30e9 $ + * + * Authors: Laurent Aimar + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H +#define VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H 1 + +#include +#include + +/** + * \defgroup video_window Video window + * \ingroup video_output + * Video output window management + * @{ + * \file + * Video output window modules interface + */ + +typedef struct vout_window_t vout_window_t; +typedef struct vout_window_sys_t vout_window_sys_t; + +struct wl_display; +struct wl_surface; + +/** + * Window handle type + */ +enum vout_window_type { + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_INVALID=0 /**< Invalid or unspecified window type */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_XID /**< X11 window */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_HWND /**< Win32 or OS/2 window */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_NSOBJECT /**< MacOS X view */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_ANDROID_NATIVE /**< Android native window */, + VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_WAYLAND /**< Wayland surface */, +}; + +/** + * Control query for vout_window_t + */ +enum vout_window_control { + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_STATE, /* unsigned state */ + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_SIZE, /* unsigned i_width, unsigned i_height */ + VOUT_WINDOW_SET_FULLSCREEN, /* int b_fullscreen */ + VOUT_WINDOW_HIDE_MOUSE, /* int b_hide */ +}; + +/** + * Window mouse event type for vout_window_mouse_event_t + */ +enum vout_window_mouse_event_type { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_STATE, + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_MOVED, + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_PRESSED, + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_RELEASED, + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK, +}; + +/** + * Window mouse event + */ +typedef struct vout_window_mouse_event_t +{ + enum vout_window_mouse_event_type type; + int x; + int y; + int button_mask; +} vout_window_mouse_event_t; + +typedef struct vout_window_cfg_t { + /* Window handle type */ + unsigned type; + + /* If true, a standalone window is requested */ + bool is_standalone; + bool is_fullscreen; + +#ifdef __APPLE__ + /* Window position hint */ + int x; + int y; +#endif + + /* Windows size hint */ + unsigned width; + unsigned height; + +} vout_window_cfg_t; + +typedef struct vout_window_owner { + void *sys; + void (*resized)(vout_window_t *, unsigned width, unsigned height); + void (*closed)(vout_window_t *); + void (*mouse_event)(vout_window_t *, const vout_window_mouse_event_t *mouse); +} vout_window_owner_t; + +/** + * Graphical window + * + * This structure is an abstract interface to the windowing system. + * The window is normally used to draw video (and subpictures) into, but it + * can also be used for other purpose (e.g. OpenGL visualization). + * + * The window is responsible for providing a window handle, whose exact + * meaning depends on the windowing system. It also must report some events + * such as user input (keyboard, mouse) and window resize. + * + * Finally, it must support some control requests such as for fullscreen mode. + */ +struct vout_window_t { + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /** + * Window handle type + * + * This identified the windowing system and protocol that the window + * needs to use. This also selects which member of the \ref handle union + * and the \ref display union are to be set. + * + * The possible values are defined in \ref vout_window_type. + * + * VOUT_WINDOW_TYPE_INVALID is a special placeholder type. It means that + * any windowing system is acceptable. In that case, the plugin must set + * its actual type during activation. + */ + unsigned type; + + /** + * Window handle (mandatory) + * + * This must be filled by the plugin upon activation. + * + * Depending on the \ref type above, a different member of this union is + * used. + */ + union { + void *hwnd; /**< Win32 window handle */ + uint32_t xid; /**< X11 windows ID */ + void *nsobject; /**< Mac OSX view object */ + void *anativewindow; /**< Android native window */ + struct wl_surface *wl; /**< Wayland surface (client pointer) */ + } handle; + + /** Display server (mandatory) + * + * This must be filled by the plugin upon activation. + * + * The window handle is relative to the display server. The exact meaning + * of the display server depends on the window handle type. Not all window + * handle type provide a display server field. + */ + union { + char *x11; /**< X11 display string (NULL = use default) */ + struct wl_display *wl; /**< Wayland display (client pointer) */ + } display; + + /** + * Control callback (mandatory) + * + * This callback handles some control request regarding the window. + * See \ref vout_window_control. + * + * This field should not be used directly when manipulating a window. + * vout_window_Control() should be used instead. + */ + int (*control)(vout_window_t *, int query, va_list); + + struct { + bool has_double_click; /**< Whether double click events are sent, + or need to be emulated */ + } info; + + /* Private place holder for the vout_window_t module (optional) + * + * A module is free to use it as it wishes. + */ + vout_window_sys_t *sys; + + vout_window_owner_t owner; +}; + +/** + * Creates a new window. + * + * @param module plugin name (usually "$window") + * @note If you are inside a "vout display", you must use + / vout_display_NewWindow() and vout_display_DeleteWindow() instead. + * This enables recycling windows. + */ +VLC_API vout_window_t * vout_window_New(vlc_object_t *, const char *module, const vout_window_cfg_t *, const vout_window_owner_t *); + +/** + * Deletes a window created by vout_window_New(). + * + * @note See vout_window_New() about window recycling. + */ +VLC_API void vout_window_Delete(vout_window_t *); + +void vout_window_SetInhibition(vout_window_t *window, bool enabled); + +static inline int vout_window_vaControl(vout_window_t *window, int query, + va_list ap) +{ + return window->control(window, query, ap); +} + +/** + * Reconfigures a window. + * + * @note The vout_window_* wrappers should be used instead of this function. + * + * @warning The caller must own the window, as vout_window_t is not thread safe. + */ +static inline int vout_window_Control(vout_window_t *window, int query, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, query); + ret = vout_window_vaControl(window, query, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret; +} + +/** + * Configures the window manager state for this window. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetState(vout_window_t *window, unsigned state) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_STATE, state); +} + +/** + * Configures the window display (i.e. inner/useful) size. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetSize(vout_window_t *window, + unsigned width, unsigned height) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_SIZE, width, height); +} + +/** + * Sets fullscreen mode. + */ +static inline int vout_window_SetFullScreen(vout_window_t *window, bool full) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_SET_FULLSCREEN, full); +} + +/** + * Hide the mouse cursor + */ +static inline int vout_window_HideMouse(vout_window_t *window, bool hide) +{ + return vout_window_Control(window, VOUT_WINDOW_HIDE_MOUSE, hide); +} + +/** + * Report current window size + * + * This notifies the user of the window what the pixel dimensions of the + * window are (or should be, depending on the windowing system). + * + * \note This function is thread-safe. In case of concurrent call, it is + * undefined which one is taken into account (but at least one is). + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportSize(vout_window_t *window, + unsigned width, unsigned height) +{ + if (window->owner.resized != NULL) + window->owner.resized(window, width, height); +} + +static inline void vout_window_ReportClose(vout_window_t *window) +{ + if (window->owner.closed != NULL) + window->owner.closed(window); +} + +static inline void vout_window_SendMouseEvent(vout_window_t *window, + const vout_window_mouse_event_t *mouse) +{ + if (window->owner.mouse_event != NULL) + window->owner.mouse_event(window, mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a full mouse state + * + * The mouse position must be expressed against window unit. You can use this + * function of others vout_window_ReportMouse*() functions. + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMouseState(vout_window_t *window, + int x, int y, int button_mask) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_STATE, x, y, button_mask + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a mouse movement + * + * The mouse position must be expressed against window unit. + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMouseMoved(vout_window_t *window, + int x, int y) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_MOVED, x, y, 0 + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a mouse pressed event + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMousePressed(vout_window_t *window, + int button) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_PRESSED, 0, 0, button, + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a mouse released event + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMouseReleased(vout_window_t *window, + int button) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_RELEASED, 0, 0, button, + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** + * Send a mouse double click event + */ +static inline void vout_window_ReportMouseDoubleClick(vout_window_t *window, + int button) +{ + const vout_window_mouse_event_t mouse = { + VOUT_WINDOW_MOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK, 0, 0, button, + }; + vout_window_SendMouseEvent(window, &mouse); +} + +/** @} */ +#endif /* VLC_VOUT_WINDOW_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_xlib.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_xlib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6818c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_xlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_xlib.h: initialization of Xlib + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2010 Rémi Denis-Courmont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_XLIB_H +# define VLC_XLIB_H 1 + +# include +# include +# include +# include + +static inline bool vlc_xlib_init (vlc_object_t *obj) +{ + if (!var_InheritBool (obj, "xlib")) + return false; + + bool ok = false; + + /* XInitThreads() can be called multiple times, + * but it is not reentrant, so we need this global lock. */ + vlc_global_lock (VLC_XLIB_MUTEX); + + if (_Xglobal_lock == NULL && unlikely(_XErrorFunction != NULL)) + /* (_Xglobal_lock == NULL) => Xlib threads not initialized */ + /* (_XErrorFunction != NULL) => Xlib already in use */ + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%u:%s: Xlib not initialized for threads.\n" + "This process is probably using LibVLC incorrectly.\n" + "Pass \"--no-xlib\" to libvlc_new() to fix this.\n", + __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__); + else if (XInitThreads ()) + ok = true; + + vlc_global_unlock (VLC_XLIB_MUTEX); + + if (!ok) + msg_Err (obj, "Xlib not initialized for threads"); + return ok; +} + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_xml.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_xml.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..661e76d --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/include64/plugins/vlc_xml.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc_xml.h: XML abstraction layer + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 2004-2010 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * + * Author: Gildas Bazin + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_XML_H +#define VLC_XML_H + +/** +* \file +* This file defines functions and structures to handle xml tags in vlc +* +*/ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +struct xml_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + /* Module properties */ + module_t *p_module; + xml_sys_t *p_sys; + + void (*pf_catalog_load) ( xml_t *, const char * ); + void (*pf_catalog_add) ( xml_t *, const char *, const char *, + const char * ); +}; + +VLC_API xml_t * xml_Create( vlc_object_t * ) VLC_USED; +#define xml_Create( a ) xml_Create( VLC_OBJECT(a) ) +VLC_API void xml_Delete( xml_t * ); + +static inline void xml_CatalogLoad( xml_t *xml, const char *catalog ) +{ + xml->pf_catalog_load( xml, catalog ); +} + +static inline void xml_CatalogAdd( xml_t *xml, const char *type, + const char *orig, const char *value ) +{ + xml->pf_catalog_add( xml, type, orig, value ); +} + + +struct xml_reader_t +{ + VLC_COMMON_MEMBERS + + xml_reader_sys_t *p_sys; + stream_t *p_stream; + module_t *p_module; + + int (*pf_next_node) ( xml_reader_t *, const char ** ); + const char *(*pf_next_attr) ( xml_reader_t *, const char ** ); + + int (*pf_use_dtd) ( xml_reader_t * ); + int (*pf_is_empty) ( xml_reader_t * ); +}; + +VLC_API xml_reader_t * xml_ReaderCreate(vlc_object_t *, stream_t *) VLC_USED; +#define xml_ReaderCreate( a, s ) xml_ReaderCreate(VLC_OBJECT(a), s) +VLC_API void xml_ReaderDelete(xml_reader_t *); +VLC_API xml_reader_t * xml_ReaderReset(xml_reader_t *, stream_t *) VLC_USED; + +static inline int xml_ReaderNextNode( xml_reader_t *reader, const char **pval ) +{ + return reader->pf_next_node( reader, pval ); +} + +static inline const char *xml_ReaderNextAttr( xml_reader_t *reader, + const char **pval ) +{ + return reader->pf_next_attr( reader, pval ); +} + +static inline int xml_ReaderUseDTD( xml_reader_t *reader ) +{ + return reader->pf_use_dtd( reader ); +} + +static inline int xml_ReaderIsEmptyElement( xml_reader_t *reader ) +{ + if(reader->pf_is_empty == NULL) + return -2; + + return reader->pf_is_empty( reader ); +} + +enum { + XML_READER_ERROR=-1, + XML_READER_NONE=0, + XML_READER_STARTELEM, + XML_READER_ENDELEM, + XML_READER_TEXT, +}; + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib/libvlc.lib b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib/libvlc.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c8a821 Binary files /dev/null and b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib/libvlc.lib differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib/libvlccore.lib b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib/libvlccore.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce37aa5 Binary files /dev/null and b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib/libvlccore.lib differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib64/libvlc.lib b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib64/libvlc.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d8b702 Binary files /dev/null and b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib64/libvlc.lib differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib64/libvlccore.lib b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib64/libvlccore.lib new file mode 100644 index 0000000..638f0b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlc3/winlib64/libvlccore.lib differ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlc/vlchead.h b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlchead.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..517ae96 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlc/vlchead.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/***************************************************************************** + * vlc.h: global header for libvlc + ***************************************************************************** + * Copyright (C) 1998-2008 VLC authors and VideoLAN + * $Id: 8f39094bd4b15c99288cecd001f76fcc10565daa $ + * + * Authors: Vincent Seguin + * Samuel Hocevar + * Gildas Bazin + * Derk-Jan Hartman + * Pierre d'Herbemont + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + * Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston MA 02110-1301, USA. + *****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef VLC_VLC_H +#define VLC_VLC_H 1 + +/** + * \file + * This file defines libvlc new external API + */ + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +#ifdef vlc3 +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#endif + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif /* _VLC_VLC_H */ diff --git a/vlcdemo/vlcdemo.pro b/vlcdemo/vlcdemo.pro new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86484b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/vlcdemo.pro @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +QT += core gui + +greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets + +TARGET = vlcdemo +TEMPLATE = app +MOC_DIR = temp/moc +RCC_DIR = temp/rcc +UI_DIR = temp/ui +OBJECTS_DIR = temp/obj +DESTDIR = $$PWD/../bin + +#vlc2表示用vlc2版本 可以改成vlc3表示用vlc3版本 +#qt32表示采用32位的vlc 可以改成qt64表示采用64位的vlc +DEFINES += vlc2 qt32 +SOURCES += main.cpp widget.cpp +HEADERS += widget.h +FORMS += widget.ui +CONFIG += warn_off + +INCLUDEPATH += $$PWD/vlc +include ($$PWD/vlc/vlc.pri) diff --git a/vlcdemo/widget.cpp b/vlcdemo/widget.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfc815a --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/widget.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#pragma execution_character_set("utf-8") +#include "widget.h" +#include "ui_widget.h" + +Widget::Widget(QWidget *parent) + : QWidget(parent) + , ui(new Ui::Widget) +{ + ui->setupUi(this); + + QStringList urls; + urls << "rtsp://wowzaec2demo.streamlock.net/vod/mp4:BigBuckBunny_115k.mov"; + urls << "rtsp://admin:Admin123456@192.168.1.64:554/Streaming/Channels/102?transportmode=unicast&profile=Profile_2"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.108:554/cam/realmonitor?channel=1&subtype=0&unicast=true&proto=Onvif"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.15:554/media/video1"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.15:554/media/video2"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.247:554/av0_0"; + urls << "rtsp://192.168.1.247:554/av0_1"; + ui->cboxUrl->addItems(urls); +} + +Widget::~Widget() +{ + delete ui; +} + +void Widget::on_btnOpen_clicked() +{ + if (ui->btnOpen->text() == "打开") { + ui->btnOpen->setText("关闭"); + QString url = ui->cboxUrl->currentText().trimmed(); + ui->vlcWidget->setUrl(url); + ui->vlcWidget->open(); + } else { + ui->btnOpen->setText("打开"); + ui->vlcWidget->close(); + } +} diff --git a/vlcdemo/widget.h b/vlcdemo/widget.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d54597 --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/widget.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#ifndef WIDGET_H +#define WIDGET_H + +#include + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE +namespace Ui { class Widget; } +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +class Widget : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + Widget(QWidget *parent = 0); + ~Widget(); + +private slots: + void on_btnOpen_clicked(); + +private: + Ui::Widget *ui; +}; +#endif // WIDGET_H diff --git a/vlcdemo/widget.ui b/vlcdemo/widget.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32b150f --- /dev/null +++ b/vlcdemo/widget.ui @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + Widget + + + + 0 + 0 + 700 + 600 + + + + Widget + + + + + + + 0 + 0 + + + + + + + + + + + 0 + 0 + + + + true + + + + + + + 打开 + + + + + + + + + + VlcWidget + QWidget +
vlc.h
+ 1 + + + + +